home
***
CD-ROM
|
disk
|
FTP
|
other
***
search
/
Archive Magazine CD 1995
/
Archive Magazine CD 1995.iso
/
text
/
magazine
/
volume_7
< prev
next >
Wrap
Text File
|
1995-06-25
|
3MB
|
68,119 lines
Products Available
7.1
• 105Mb removable drive for A5000 − Just after last month’s magazine
went to the printers, we discovered that there is an IDE version of the
105Mb SyQuest removable drives. This means that you don’t need a SCSI
podule − it can use the built-in IDE interface. Not only that, but the
drives themselves are cheaper than the SCSI equivalent − £455 instead of
£490. Also, they will fit inside the A5000 and are user-fittable − no
soldering needed, just a screwdriver and enough technical common sense
to follow the fitting instructions.
7.1
These drives are not quite as fast as the SCSI version but they are up
to 20% faster than the A5000’s own 80Mb drive and up to 40% faster than
the 40Mb version.
7.1
To show just how much cheaper these drives are than existing SyQuests, I
have worked out the costings of a drive plus 200Mb of data storage and a
drive plus 400Mb of storage. These are Archive VAT-inclusive prices.
7.1
Drive type 200Mb 400Mb
7.1
42Mb £710 £1085
7.1
84Mb £750 £950
7.1
105Mb £530 £680
7.1
This costing has been done on the assumption that you already have a
SCSI podule. If not, you have to add £160 to the costing for the 42Mb
and 84Mb versions but not the 105Mb as it is an IDE drive. (If you want
the faster SCSI 105Mb drive, just add £35 to the above costings.
7.1
• Acorn Pocket Book pricing − The lower price of the Acorn Pocket Book
is being maintained for a little longer. They are currently available
through Archive for £200. Similarly, the special price on Schedule (£19
through Archive) is also being maintained and I think that there is
going to be a special offer on the A-Link − see the Price List for
details (if they arrive in time).
7.1
• Almanac − Stallion Software Ltd have released a new version of
Almanac. Existing users can have a free upgrade by sending their old
disc to Stallion. The new version includes full support for 3D, larger
icons, import/export, extendable notes, multiple telephone/fax numbers
and support for FaxPack.
7.1
• Alpine Adventure Collection − Alpine Soft-ware have released a games
compilation including two of their original games, Cops and Plague
Planet, plus one new one, Kidnapping − can you rescue your father, the
famous scientist, who has been kidnapped? All three games come as a
single compilation at £15 +VAT from Alpine Software.
7.1
• Archive BBS on line! − With some invaluable help from Paul Welbank of
StarNet BBS (0603-507216), we have got the Archive Bulletin Board up and
running − well, sort of! It tends to be a bit fragile, so please report
any teething troubles you find and also let us know what features you
would like to see added. Give it a ring on 0603-766585.
7.1
• Archive Hints & Tips − Matthew Hunter, who has been helping out at
Norwich Computer Services over the summer has converted the whole of the
Archive Hints & Tips data into Knowledge Organiser II format. This means
that you can search through the data much more easily and quickly,
looking for different topics, themes and/or words. This version will
only work on machines with 2Mb RAM or more but you do not need to own KO
II to run this application. It comes with full instructions and costs
£12 inclusive to Archive members. Those who have bought the original
Hints & Tips discs may return them for an upgrade for £2.
7.1
• Archive words discs on removable − We have now made all the Archive
words discs available on removable hard drives. On either a 42Mb, 84Mb
or a 105Mb, you can have all the words from Archive 4.5 up to the
current issue plus separate files for Hints & Tips and Products
Available. The 42Mb disc version is £85, 84Mb is £110 and 105Mb is £85.
7.1
• ARM3 + fpa deal − We have managed to get some better pricing on the
ARM3 + fpa combination. We can now offer the two together with the fpa
installed and tested for £235. If you have an old ARM3 for part
exchange, you will only need to send us a cheque for £175.
7.1
• Assembler Help − Stallion Software Ltd has now produced Assembler Help
(using Strong-HLP). This stand-alone program gives help for assembly
language programmers. It includes help on ARM instructions, FP
instructions, assembler directives, variables, macros, instruction
formats and instruction speeds. Assembler Help costs £15.95 +VAT from
Stallion Software Ltd.
7.1
• Blood Sport is a martial arts game from Matt Black featuring ten
deadly opponents, each with a unique fighting style. Blood Sport costs
£12 inclusive of VAT and carriage from Matt Black.
7.1
• CD-ROM drives − Morley Electronics now have two “Revolution” CD-ROM
drives available, an economy version for £299 +VAT and a high
specification one, the Revolution Pro, for £499 +VAT (£350 and £575
through Archive, respectively). Both the drives are fully multi-session
and PhotoCD compatible but the Revolution Pro is capable of data
transfer rates of over 300Kb/s.
7.1
• Creator II − Alpine Software have produced an updated version of their
game-creating program. The new version is £49 +VAT from Alpine and
registered users of Creator can upgrade for £20 +VAT. New features
include scroll text for demo writing, bar graph facility for displaying
energy, shield levels, etc, tiled backgrounds for memory saving, and it
now handles multi-level games. The new version comes on three discs with
a 100 page manual.
7.1
• Event is a diary system produced by ExpLAN for the Archimedes. It
takes up very little space on the Archimedes and will talk to Schedule
on the Pocket Book and Agenda on the Psion 3. Event costs £24.95
inclusive from ExpLAN.
7.1
• Ethernet Card − Digital Services are the latest company to announce an
Ethernet expansion card for Acorn machines. The new card is now shipping
in quantity and has apparently been designed to provide maximum possible
bandwidth on thin Ethernet systems. It incorporates two features which
are claimed to be unique: the computer’s CMOS RAM may be password
protected, thus preventing unauthorised personnel from tampering with
the configuration and, secondly, the NetGain for Ethernet client
software is included in the ROM. The latter enables fast application
loading when used in conjunction with the NetGain server pack. Currently
the card is available to fit A3000, A3020 and A4000 and is priced at
£139 +VAT from Digital Services.
7.1
• Illusions Disc Magazine − Virtuality disc mag-azine and Illusions disc
magazine have merged to form a single larger magazine. New prices for
the bimonthly magazine are: 1 issue £2.50, 3 issues £7.50, 6 issues
£14.50.
7.1
• Impression tutorial − Illusions Disc Magazine have published a 10-part
Impression tutorial on disc. The disc also contains some colour and b&w
clipart to be used within the tutorial. This costs £9.95 inclusive from
Illusions Disc Magazine.
7.1
• JPEG Shareware disc − Stuart Bell has put together a Shareware disc
with the latest versions of various JPEG applications. It contains:
!FYEO, version 1.02; !Jewel, version 0.04; !JFIF, version 26th June
1993; !JPEGinst to install !JPEGit, version 1.11A, i.e. the PD version;
!JView, version 0.07; djpeg (Keith Sloan’s implementation), file dated
18 Nov 1991; !ChangeFSI, version 0.90a; JPEG-FAQ − a text file pulled
off Usenet and headed “JPEG image compression: Frequently Asked
Questions”. This is available as Archive Shareware Disc 51.
7.1
• Keyboards on special offer − If your keyboard is getting a little
unreliable, (e.g. CapsLock problems) then you can try cleaning it. (See
page 32 for details.) If the problems persist, it might be worth
thinking of replacing it with a brand new keyboard. We have managed to
get hold of about ten brand new Acorn keyboards (as supplied with A5000)
and can sell them at a special price of £95 instead of the normal price
of £123. If you want to buy a new Acorn mouse at the same time you can
buy keyboard plus mouse for £130.
7.1
• Keystroke is a new desktop utility which allows you to perform a range
of desktop activities, including using existing desktop programs like
Impression by just pressing keys. We mentioned it last month but forgot
to say that it is available for £29.95 inclusive from Quantum Software.
It is now also available through Archive for £28. (See the review on
page 21.)
7.1
• Kim’s Game − There is now a computer version of the familiar parlour
game which took on a new meaning in The Generation Game! Kim’s Game from
Le Computer offers “hours of fun for all the family” for £25 inclusive
of VAT and p&p.
7.1
• Lexicon 2 − Stallion Software Ltd have rel-eased a new version of
Lexicon. Existing users can have a free upgrade by sending their old
disc to Stallion. The new version includes cloze testing, vocabulary
testing and 3D-look. Russian, French and German versions are available.
7.1
• Lingo Master − This is described by its author, Nigel Caplan, as “a
unique shareware program which allows anyone to learn any language at
any level for just £5 registration”. The aim of the pro-gram is to help
you with your vocabulary storage and learning. It allows you to enter
vocabulary (it comes with 2,000 words in three languages) and then tests
you on that vocabulary. You can get an unregistered version for £1 or
register for £5 or get a full site licence for £10 from Nigel Caplan, 33
Alwoodley Lane, Leeds, LS17 7PU.
7.1
• Memory madness − There is a general rise in the price of memory at the
moment and supply is getting difficult on some items. In particular, the
A3020/A4000 2Mb upgrades will not be available until early October and
we think they will be about £95 instead of the current £70. We do have
two 2Mb upgrades left in stock but will only sell them with A4000
computers. The A3000 1-2Mb upgrade is now £70 and the 1-4Mb is £140.
7.1
• Morley hard drives − Morley Electronics have extended their range of
hard drives up to 500Mb. New Archive prices are as follows:
7.1
Size (Mb) Internal External
7.1
40 £320 £400
7.1
80 £400 £480
7.1
120 £490 £570
7.1
240 £700 £780
7.1
330 £780 £860
7.1
500 £1100 £1180
7.1
• Phases à la Français − There is now a French version of the popular
Phases WP/DTP package. Phases à la Français costs £24 (+£3 p&p) +VAT
from NW SEMERC.
7.1
• Print, design and bureau service for Acorn computer users. Alternative
Publishing in Glasgow are offering various services to Archimedes users
who need to get their DTP output professionally typeset and printed.
Contact Majid Anwar at Alternative Publishing for more details.
7.1
• Replay DIY − Irlam Instruments can provide you with the means of
creating your own computer movies. Replay DIY consists of a single-width
podule plus software. You need an ARM3, at least 2Mb of RAM (4Mb for
preference) and a fast hard disc to run it. (The new version of the
A5000 would be ideal!) Plug in a video camera and you can start to
record live sequences − or pre-record and digitise from a video
recorder. Remember though that it chews up an awful lot of disc space −
about 20Mb/minute! The software then compresses this down to about
4.5Mb/minute. Replay DIY costs £250 +VAT from Irlam Instruments or £285
through Archive including carriage.
7.1
(Is anyone already using Replay DIY? Would anyone be prepared to give us
their views and/or hints & tips regarding its use?)
7.1
• Resultz is here! − Colton Software’s new spreadsheet that links in
with their wordprocessor, Wordz is now available. (See PipeLineZ for de-
tails, on page 45.) It costs £119 +VAT or £125 through Archive. (If you
buy it direct from Colton before 15th October, the price is only £119
inc VAT − Archive will match the offer until the same date.)
7.1
• RISC OS 3 special offer coming to an end − Acorn have said that the
special offer on RISC OS 3 (i.e. £49 instead of £89) has been extended
up to the end of October but that the A5000 version (£29) will be
discontinued forthwith. We still have a few of each in stock.
7.1
• Scanlight price drop − With the coming of the Scanlight Video 256 (see
Products Available last month) there has been a small drop in price of
the Scanlight 256. This has now dropped to an Archive price of £215. The
A3000/4000 version stays at £225.
7.1
• Scanlight Plus A4 discontinued (sort of!) − CC are having problems
getting hold of the sheetfeeders for their A4 Scanlight scanners. They
still have the scanners (£325) and these are going to be available,
“while stocks last”. We have some of the A3000 version available,
normally £325, but we will sell them (to clear stocks) £285 − cf the A5
version at £225.
7.1
• Schedule re-scheduled!!!! − Once again, please accept our apologies
(on behalf of Acorn) to the dozens of you who are sitting waiting for
Schedule for the Acorn Pocket Book. The delivery date has slipped back
and Acorn are now saying that they will be coming to us in the week
commencing 17th September.
7.1
• Stokke Wing chairs − We have sold quite a few of the chairs we
mentioned last month but are having difficulty importing more. The ones
available from stock at the moment are beech and rosewood (not teak) and
the cover colours available are black, navy blue, light blue, red,
beige, green, plum or dark grey. They cost £320 each.
7.1
• StrongEd from Stallion Software is “a fast, compact and powerful
editor that supports editing multiple files and throwback”. Strong-Ed is
written in assembler and occupies less than 200Kb of RAM. It costs
£25.70 +VAT from Stallion Software.
7.1
• Tales of Lore is a dungeon style games program in which you, the
goodie, are fighting against the bad guys and solving various puzzles
along the way. This game runs on all 1Mb RISC OS 3 machines and is
available from UK Software for £29.95 inclusive.
7.1
• Vigil − If you find debugging your multitasking programs a chore,
Vigil from Rhein-gold Enterprises should be rather helpful to you. It
allows you to see what is going on inside your program while it is
running, i.e. the state of its memory, variable, etc. Vigil costs £24.95
inclusive from Rheingold or £23 through Archive.
7.1
Review software received...
7.1
We have received review copies of the following: 1st Paint (e), Alpha-
Sound (e), Archimedes Game Maker’s Manual (programming book), ArcVenture
III − The Vikings (e), CADMust (computer aided circuit design), Choices
(e), E-Numix (e), Frontier 2000 (e), Gestalt 2 − Money & Shopping (e),
Gestalt 2 − Time & Fractions (e), Kim’s Game (ge), Letters (e), Mini
Expansion Adaptor (h), Pictogram + Word Library (e), Sea, Trade & Empire
(e), Small Steps (e), Soapbox (e), Sounds & Rhymes (e), Splash (ea),
StrongEd (u), Switch (g), Tiles (e), TOM computer simulator (see 6.5 p9)
(e).
7.1
e=Education, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music, u=Utility,
a=Art. A
7.1
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.1
First of all, I must apologise to those of you who thought that this
God-slot had finally been pushed out... only to find it had been put,
temporarily, at the back of the magazine!
7.1
Thanks for all the very interesting correspondence it provoked − whether
to support or to object. Surprisingly, there were many who called
themselves atheists or agnostics who were in support of the God-slot and
I am especially grateful for their support. This brings me to my main
point this month which I know is going to alienate quite a few of those
who declared their support for me (sorry!)...
7.1
The biggest danger both inside and outside the church today is the “live
and let live” philosophy − statements like, “It doesn’t matter what you
believe as long as you are sincere.” or “All religions lead to God.”.
These just do NOT square with the real Christian message. Read for
youself what Jesus said and then try to tell me that he only said “nice”
things like “love your neighbour”, etc.
7.1
Did Jesus say, (John 14v6) “I am one way (to God), an aspect of the
truth and a source of life”? No, he said, “I am THE way, THE truth and
THE life. (my capitals) No-one comes to the Father except through me”.
Or how about that familiar passage, John 3v16: “God so loved the world
that he gave his one and only Son that whoever believes in him shall not
miss out on God’s blessing...” No, that is not what he said! He actually
said that “shall not perish”. Perish? Surely Jesus wouldn’t condemn
anyone, would he? Surely, Christianity is about love and acceptance?
Well, try reading on to verse 18... “whoever does not believe stands
condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God’s one
and only Son..” Condemned? Just because he didn’t believe in Jesus?
That’s not very nice!
7.1
Some will say I am quoting Jesus out of context and misrepresenting him.
OK, read it for yourself and prove me wrong. No, if you are a person of
integrity, there are only two reactions to Jesus’ claims. You will
either say, “He is demon-possessed and raving mad. Why listen to him?”
(which is what they said about Jesus in John 10v20) or “This man really
is the Saviour of the world.” (John 4v42)
7.1
I have some free copies of John’s gospel. I will send one to anyone who
is prepared to read it. What is more, I will give a year’s free
subscription to Archive to anyone who can honestly come up with any
conclusion about Jesus other than that he was mad, bad or the Son of
God.
7.1
Norwich Computer Services 96a Vauxhall Street, Norwich, NR2 2SD.
0603−766592 (−764011)
7.1
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.1
4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.1
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.1
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.1
Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
342510)
7.1
Alternative Publishing Suite 91, 9A
Pentagon House, 36 Washington Street, Glasgow, G3 8AZ. (041-248-2322)
(041-248-3638)
7.1
Atomwide Ltd 7 The Metro Centre, Bridge Road, Orpington, Kent, BR5 2BE.
7.1
(0689-838852) (0689-896088)
7.1
Cambridgeshire Software House 7 Free
Church Passage, St Ives, PE17 4AY. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
7.1
Chalksoft P.O. Box 49, Spalding, Lincs, PE11 1NZ. (0775-769518)
7.1
Clares Micro Supplies 98
Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA.
7.1
(0606-48511) (0606-48512)
7.1
Colton Software (p10) 2 Signet
Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881)
7.1
(0223-312010)
7.1
Computer Concepts (pp19/20) Gaddesden
Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
7.1
(0442-231632)
7.1
Cygnus Software 11 Newmarke Street, Leicester, LE1 5SS.
7.1
Dalriada Data Technology (p5) 145 Albion
Street, Kenilworth, Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
7.1
Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
210600)
7.1
(0705-210705)
7.1
EESOX 5 Hillfield Road, Comberton, Cambridge, CB3 7DB. (0223-264242)
7.1
ExpLAN 34 Drake Gardens, Tavistock, Devon, PL19 9AT. (0822-613868)
7.1
HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760)
7.1
(091-491-0431)
7.1
Holdfast Computing Strode
House, Strode Gardens, Alveston, Bristol, BS12 2PL. (0454-411126)
7.1
Human Computer Interface Ltd 25 City
Road, Cambridge CB1 1DP. (0223-314934) (0223-462562)
7.1
Illusions Disc Magazine 42 Wimborne
Gardens, Ealing, London, W13 8BZ.
7.1
Iota Software Ltd St John’s
Innovation Centre, Cowley Road, Cambridge, CB4 4WS.
7.1
(0223-421542) (0223-421543)
7.1
Krisalis Software Teque House,
Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.1
Lambda Publications (p16) 194 Cheney
Manor Road, Swindon SN2 2NZ. (0793-695296)
7.1
Le Computer Main Road, Willows Green, Chelmsford, CM3 1QB. (0245-
362225)
7.1
(0245-362225)
7.1
Leading Edge 376 Meanwood Road, Leeds, LS7 2JH. (0532-621111) (0532-
374163)
7.1
Longman-Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4
4ZS.
7.1
(0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.1
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.1
Morley Electronics Morley
House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355)
(091-257-6373)
7.1
Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
627-4469)
7.1
Oak Solutions (p6) Broadway
House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
211760) (0954-211760)
7.1
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
7.1
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
411162 after 6)
7.1
Really Small Software Company Olivers
Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467 - eve & w/e)
7.1
Rheingold Enterprises 7
Waterbridge Court, Appleton, Warrington, WA4 3BJ. (0925-210657)
7.1
Risc Developments (p23) 117 Hatfield
Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
7.1
Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
7.1
Stallion Software Ltd Arundel
House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
7.1
Storm Educational Software Coachman’s
Quarters, Digby Road, Sherbourne, Dorset, DT9 3NN. (0935-817699)
7.1
System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
AL7 4TB. (0707-395500) (0707-395501)
7.1
TBA Software 24 Eastgate, Aberystwyth, Dyfed, SY23 2AR. (0970-626785)
7.1
UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
474681)
7.1
Oak Solutions (p6) Broadway
House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
211760) (0954-211760)
7.1
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
7.1
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
411162 after 6)
7.1
Really Small Software Company Olivers
Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467)
7.1
Rheingold Enterprises 7
Waterbridge Court, Appleton, Warrington, WA4 3BJ. (0925-210657)
7.1
Risc Developments (p23) 117 Hatfield
Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303)
7.1
(0727-860263)
7.1
Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
7.1
Stallion Software Ltd Arundel
House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
7.1
Storm Educational Software Coachman’s
Quarters, Digby Road, Sherbourne, Dorset, DT9 3NN.
7.1
(0935-817699)
7.1
System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
AL7 4TB.
7.1
(0707-395500) (0707-395501)
7.1
TBA Software 24 Eastgate, Aberystwyth, Dyfed, SY23 2AR. (0970-626785)
7.1
UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
474681)
7.1
Unveiling the Vision
7.1
The ‘Vision for the Future Mk II’ is gradually being unveiled by Acorn.
It is now clear that their vision is most certainly not limited to an
exciting new ARM700/VIDC20/256Mb RAM machine some time in the new year.
The vision starts NOW.
7.1
Acorn have launched some newly bundled packages for A3010, A4000 and
A5000. They have improved the software content, souped up the
specification for the A5000 and yet reduced all the prices! The idea is
obviously to capitalise on the current weakness of Amiga and Atari and
get into the home market in a very big way this autumn and winter. The
pricing and the marketing are both very aggressive, the latter being
based round a huge press campaign offering a free video which will show
the strengths of the Acorn machines and how it ‘blows the opposition out
of the water’.
7.1
Details are hazy at the moment but as information is released, we will
do our best to keep you up-to-date with all that’s happening. (Check out
the Price List for any last minute details that we discover.) For the
main bulk of the information that we know already, turn to page 7 and
read the section in Acorn World show report.
7.1
Exciting times, aren’t they?!
7.1
Paul Beverley
7.1
P.B.
7.1
Dalriada
7.1
From 6.12 page 18
7.1
Oak
7.1
From 6.12 page 20
7.1
Acorn World Report − 2
7.1
Paul Beverley
7.1
The exciting news this month is the launch of a range of new, bigger and
better and yet cheaper computer bundles, each with an impressive set of
‘free’ software. Most of them are based on the existing, unmodified
computers but one has an upgraded computer.
7.1
New, faster A5000
7.1
At last, Acorn have done something about the major gap at the top end of
their RISC OS computer range (I mean apart from the ARM700/VIDC20/256Mb
RAM mega computer to be launched next year). The A540 has long been out-
moded with its 800Kb floppy drive but the A5000 was always short of
memory at a maximum of 4Mb. There have been third-party memory upgrades
beyond 4Mb but none are what you would call ‘cheap and reliable’.
7.1
The new A5000s have a RAM capacity of up to 8Mb. They have, of course,
got the higher density 1.6Mb floppy drive but it is better than the A540
in one other important way − it is faster. Acorn have commissioned from
VLSI some higher speed ARM3 chips. These run at 33MHz − even faster than
the early A540s that had a 30MHz processor and certainly faster than the
majority of A540s that had the 24MHz ARM3.
7.1
For the technically-minded, these higher speed processors are built with
the new 0.8µ fabrication process which can ensure trouble-free operation
at 33MHz clock rates. The floating point accelerator will also be
available in this new higher speed version before the end of the year.
Until then, only 24MHz machines will be able to have FPAs fitted.
7.1
The 33MHz clock means a raw speed increase of 30%. In real terms, this
means that, depending on the application, you can expect to see about
20% speed improvement. Neil Gardener, Acorn’s Product Manager, says that
the A5000 is now faster, in terms of measured performance, than a
typical 33MHz 486 PC.
7.1
The new A5000 will comes in four models which echo the existing models:
2Mb/80Mb, 4Mb/160Mb and the two network versions, Econet and Ethernet.
7.1
A5000 pricing
7.1
The A5000 computers, although higher specification, are lower in price!
The 2Mb/80Mb model is £1499 incVAT and the 4Mb/160Mb is £1699 incVAT.
(They are currently £1644 and £1879 incVAT, i.e. price drops of £145 and
£180 respectively.)
7.1
The hard-disc-less A5000s are £1382 and £1499 incVAT for the Econet and
Ethernet versions respectively.
7.1
We don’t yet have any pricing information for the 4-8Mb upgrades. (See
Price List for latest news.)
7.1
New Acorn bundles
7.1
The new bundles are, for the A3010, an Action Pack (to replace the
Family Solution) and a re-vamped Learning Curve and, for the A4000 and
A5000, a re-vamped Home Office or the same Learning Curve as for the
A3010.
7.1
The idea is to provide a more versatile set of packages than at present.
Also, as well as providing ready-to-run software, each bundle has some
‘interactive demonstration software’, i.e. the sorts of demos you get on
some of the Acorn User, Acorn Computing and Archimedes World program
discs.
7.1
The A3010 is only available as a 1Mb Action Pack or a 2Mb Learning Curve
but you can buy the A4000 and the two A5000 hard-drive versions with
Home Office, Learning Curve or neither.
7.1
The Action Pack
7.1
This has Zool (see the review on page 39), StartWrite and an audio
training tape plus interactive demonstrations of Lemmings, Chuck Rock,
Fervour and Superpool.
7.1
The Learning Curve Pack
7.1
The Learning Curve includes, as we suspected, Acorn Advance (WP,
spreadsheet, database + graphs) and PC Emulator (the name PCSoft seems
to have been dropped) with DR DOS 6 as well as the audio training tape.
The interactive demonstrations included are: Rhapsody, ScoreDraw,
VoxBox, Fervour, SmArt, Naughty Stories, Topographer, Darryl the Dragon,
Crystal Rain Forest and ArcVenture Vikings.
7.1
The Home Office Pack
7.1
The Home Office includes EasiWriter, DataPower (instead of Desktop
Database as was supplied with the old Home Office), PipeDream 4 and the
PC Emulator with DR DOS 6 as well as the audio training tape. (Even at
Archive prices, that’s almost £600 worth of software!) The interactive
demonstrations are: Prophet and Almanac.
7.1
A3010 pricing
7.1
The A3010 Action Pack costs £399 incVAT (cf £499 for the old Family
Solution). If you want a monitor, that makes it £648 with an AKF30
monitor or £698 with an AKF18. The A3010 Learning Curve is £749 incVAT
with an AKF30 or £799 with an AKF18. That’s a decrease of £50 on the old
A3010 Learning Curve and you get the much-improved range of software.
7.1
A4000/5000 pricing
7.1
The prices (all including VAT) of the A4000 and A5000 computers with
their different packs are:
7.1
Base LC HO
7.1
A4000† 2Mb/80Mb £999 £1049
£1099
7.1
A5000 2Mb/80Mb £1499 £1549
£1599
7.1
A5000 4Mb/160Mb £1699 £1749
£1799
7.1
†A4000 has AKF30 monitor as standard. Add £50 for an AKF18 multisync
monitor.
7.1
Hitting the consumer market
7.1
As well as marketing the new computer bundles, Acorn are making major
efforts to get a huge range of games titles available and are hoping
that many of them will be released at the same time as the PC and Amiga
versions. They are making experienced ARM programmers available to help
software houses port leading games titles to run on Acorn systems.
Efforts are being made to involve as many of the mainstream software
publishers as possible. These will include US Gold, Gremlin, Renegade,
Ocean and Electronic Arts.
7.1
The other major move in this area is to involve Centresoft. They are a
leading distributor and wholesaler of home entertainment software, video
games, accessories and low-end business software applications. The
expectation is that their established links with leading high street
multiples will result in the early availability of Acorn titles in key
retail outlets such as Virgin, Boots, John Menzies and W H Smith.
Acorn’s Consumer Sales and Marketing Manager, Richard Percey, says, “We
are strongly positioning Acorn as the choice for home ‘edutainment’
computing. Acorn already have an impressive range of education software
but we recognise the need to balance this with a strong base of
entertainment titles.”
7.1
Acorn’s ad campaign
7.1
Acorn are using a rather different advertising campaign this autumn/
winter, leading up to Christmas, to try to sell these new computer
packages. Instead of using TV commercials, Acorn are going to get the
commercials actually into people’s homes. The ad campaign, which is
based on trade and national press publications, is offering a free 20
minute information video featuring Blue Peter’s John Leslie.
7.1
The video focuses on both the Acorn range of computers and other
manufacturers’ computers that are aimed at the home computer market
giving “a visual and incisive comparison of the different products
available” − just wait until you see it − you’ll love it! The video also
aims to be informative so that when people go to buy a computer, they
will understand more about what they are buying and what are the issues
on which to base their purchasing decision. (To me, this shows that
Acorn really believe that their computers are the best, if they are
making such an effort to enable people to make an informed decision
about their computer purchase, rather than just trying to sell on some
kind of hype.)
7.1
Nametape promotion
7.1
One strand of Acorn’s campaign is a promotion in partnership with J & J
Cash, the leading supplier of children’s nametapes. Acorn and J & J Cash
will be offering “ten Archimedes 32-bit RISC computers and 50,000
entertainment and educational software vouchers worth £200 each”. Yes,
that’s over £10 million. (I think we need a few more details before we
get too excited! My guess is that it’s something like... if you buy a
set of nametapes, you get a chance to win a computer and also a voucher
that is worth £200 off software when you buy an Acorn computer − so to
get your £10M worth of vouchers, you need to buy £50M worth of computers
− more than Acorn’s 1992 turnover. What a cynic I am!)
7.1
Laser light show
7.1
Acorn have signed up Laser Grafix to add a further touch of excitement
to Acorn World. (For the old fogies like me, Laser Grafix are apparently
well known for providing top flight rock bands − from Deep Purple to
Elton John − with spectacular laser light shows for their tours.)
7.1
Yes, you’ve guessed it... At the heart of the Laser Grafix control
systems are Archimedes computers. Even their Prisma single output system
“is able to display far more effects, including text, than conventional
twin and triple scan laser systems currently on the market.”
7.1
Apparently, Laser Grafix’ systems use two types of laser − Argon which
gives blue and green and Krypton which gives red. With these, they can
produce white light that will provide the full spectrum of colours.
7.1
By synchronisation with standard time code equipment, the Prisma can
also interact with, and give precision timing to, slide and video
presentations, whilst any graphics or text can be converted into a full
colour laser image.
7.1
Education section
7.1
In the education section of Acorn World, Acorn will obviously be
displaying the computers used in education but they will also be
offering an insight into future developments in the educational field −
for example, in response to the demands of the National Curriculum and
for children with special needs.
7.1
Based around the theme of ‘IT in Action’, they will be showing
innovative uses of IT in education. For example, children from local
schools will be abseiling down a specially constructed tower within the
exhibition hall whilst being connected by sensors to an Acorn computer.
This will monitor pulse and respiration rates generated by the human
body under stress.
7.1
There will also be a ‘Secondary School Focus’ where, amongst other
things, they will be displaying Irlam’s new DIY Replay − the low cost
DIY full motion video technology. Pupils from locals schools will be
using it to create Replay movies directly from camcorder or video tape.
7.1
Pupils will also be demonstrating aspects of using Acorn computers
within Design & Technology. In particular, they will be showing a 3D
CAD/CAM package which will allow them to create architectural designs
and do cost analyses.
7.1
PhotoCD demo
7.1
Further to what we said last month, it seems that if you shoot a roll of
Kodak film and take it, undeveloped, to Acorn World, there is a chance
that you will be one of the first people to see your pictures on CD-ROM.
7.1
New Impressions
7.1
Computer Concepts are advertising a new word processor for £99 +VAT,
said to be “available at Acorn World”. There are also reports of “two
new versions of Impression” being released at the show, Impression Style
and Impression Professional, the latter should be a great help to those
who, like myself, produce Archimedes magazines using Impression.
7.1
What else?
7.1
Many third party software and hardware suppliers are saying that they
will be releasing new products at Acorn World. I think we may need a
special Archive supplement just for “Products that became Available” at
Acorn World ’93! A
7.1
Colton
7.1
From 6.12 page 25
7.1
Stunt Racer 2000
7.1
Matthew Hunter
7.1
This is the latest car driving game from 4th Dimension and costs £34.95
(or £32 through Archive). It was reviewed on several machines
predominantly on an expanded A3000 (ARM3, 4Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.10 and IDE
hard drive), but also on a 2Mb A3010 and two 4Mb A5000s (one was RISC OS
3.0).
7.1
Only forty-four years left...
7.1
The actual setting is the year 2037 and, despite the changes that the
Formula One governing body is introducing, what people really want to
see on TV is action − and that means crashes. This is where the World
Federation Entertainments Network steps in to sponsor (and incidentally
transmit to an audience of over 750 million worldwide − did someone say
“advertising revenue”?) an event called ‘Stunt Racer 2000’. The formula
is simple. Take a track, based loosely on the most sickening ride from
your favourite amusement park, remove vital sections, add a few cars and
find people crazy enough to drive them, transmit it via satellite and
count the money as it comes in. The only problem is, there are still a
couple of free cars... and guess who gets to drive this one! That’s all
there is to the plot. If you finish a race, you might make enough money
to bang out the dents before you move on to the next race but then that
would take some of the fun out of it.
7.1
What you get...
7.1
Stunt Racer 2000 comes as one video style standard 4th Dimension
package, containing two discs and a manual. I was quite impressed by the
manual − it tells you what you need to know without trying to force the
plot (which, let’s face it, most people are not interested in) into your
brain. It does contain a considerable amount of humour as well, making
it an entertaining read in its own right. One of the first things that
it tells you is that you should make a backup of the second disc (or
install the whole lot onto a hard drive). It is tempting to ignore this
and leap straight in but, like many modern games, it saves data back to
the disc, so if you want to ensure that you can get back to the original
state, I would say that a copy should be made. Whether you simply copy
the second disc or install onto a hard drive, you will still need the
first disc handy as this is part of the copy protection and it is not
copyable.
7.1
On your marks...
7.1
Although I would regard myself as being firmly loyal to Acorn, I have
always felt that the games that come across best are those that have
been ported from other machines. (Remember all the hype when we finally
got Lemmings? − and where is Lemmings 2?) One particular example is the
E-Type/Lotus Turbo Challenge comparison. They are both very similar
games and some aspects of E-Type are far superior (especially
considering the relative age) but most would agree that Lotus is much
better presented. To my way of thinking, Stunt Racer 2000 goes some way
to breaking out of this mould.
7.1
The title screen, although simple, is very impressive and whilst the
between-game screen graphics still possess that Archimedes
“cartooniness”, the display is of a much higher quality than usual. The
reason for this becomes obvious if you read the inside cover of the
manual. Instead of the usual ‘Written by’ credit, various people are
accredited for different parts of the production. It is no longer good
enough for one person to create an entire game. Just because you can
program, it does not mean that you have the necessary artistic ability
to produce the right effect − and what about the music? If this is a
sign of things to come in the Acorn market, I’m very pleased, and it’s
about time!
7.1
Get set...
7.1
So you have seen the nice introduction and are now faced with a screen
of icons which is quite daunting at first. The manual should still be at
hand − following the ‘Quick Start’ instructions gets you quickly to the
driving seat. It should be noted, however, that the program will allow
you to configure it to choose whether you want the internal speaker on
or off, which of the three music tracks you want to hear, and whether
you want the music at the menus and during the game? You can have in-
game music and sound effects at the same time which greatly adds to the
feel of the game although for any in-game music, a 2Mb machine is
required. Other options allow you to set the graphical detail for course
and cars − even running at maximum for both is extremely fast on an ARM3
machine, making arcade games seem slow by comparison.
7.1
Go...
7.1
For my first attempt, I used the mouse. The effect was interesting, to
say the least − certainly nothing like Saloon Cars. Rather than the
mouse controlling the steering directly, the amount by which you turn is
defined by how quickly you move the mouse. Using the keys instead, I was
actually able to get the car moving and stay in the vicinity of the
track but, alas, the other cars in practice with me were way ahead.
Where was the speed I needed? Another quick flick through the manual and
I found the nitro button. Climbing from the wreckage of my vehicle, I
reflected that perhaps I should swallow my pride and wait until I knew
what the track was like first before I added any more nitro!
7.1
So far, I have not progressed beyond the first two tracks (and those
only in practice mode) but already the scope of the game is apparent.
Once the game is over, you can have an action replay of the last 20
minutes, viewed from the in-car camera, track-side cameras, or an
external camera which can be rotated around your car and zoomed in or
out to see where the opposition were at the time. These views can also
be selected when you are still driving, but this makes handling extr-
emely difficult, although you do get nice views as the car develops a
four-wheel skid and explodes against a cactus!
7.1
Having left this review for a couple of days to get a view as a
‘Beginner’ and as ‘Slightly less of a Beginner’, one comment that must
be made is that this is not an easy game. Once you start to qualify and
race, you realise that you are going to need a lot of practice to get
anywhere and, for this reason, it is best not to start to race too soon.
You may be able to scrape a third place, giving you advancement to the
next course, but you will find yourself under-powered and your winnings
just will not be enough. It is important to visit the garage as early as
possible to improve your vehicle but be careful when playing around with
gears, especially if you get Bob (the mechanic) to help, because you
cannot change your mind afterwards.
7.1
I also had a chance to try out the two-player options. As with Chocks
Away, this takes two forms, either with a split-screen mode on a single
machine or via a serial link to race between machines. The serial link
is far better because you get more screen to play with. Also, on split-
screen, the image does not scale down as effectively as it does on
Chocks Away. As well as allowing a second player to join in the racing
season, it is possible to play a game of ‘killer’. The aim here is to
cause your opponent to crash a set number of times. The courses for this
section are more complex since they include transporter gates so that
you can jump between sections.
7.1
This game has a vast array of features and I am very impressed with it.
However, there are a few deficiencies. There are only three different
car colours which means that identifying your human opponent is often a
little tricky. More importantly, while it is possible for the computer
players to crash, they will only be destroyed if a human player is also
destroyed. You can slow your opponents down by knocking them off the
course but it appears that you cannot put them out of the race
permanently (unless you pay Bob to sabotage someone before the race).
7.1
Compatibility
7.1
The game is started from the desktop and, when you exit, it returns to
the desktop in the same state you left it − well, almost. Under RISC OS
3.0, the characters that are redefined are not put back (which can
disturb some programs) but you shouldn’t really still be using RISC OS
3.0 anyway − it would be well to change to RISC OS 3.10 while the cheap
upgrades are still available. If you had an empty RAM disc when you
started, you will find that it isn’t empty when you get back to the
desktop − and you will find that the mouse speed has not been reset,
either. Contrary Acorn guidelines, the game sets the current directory
and does not reset it on leaving. Other than that, the program seems to
be very well-behaved.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
If you are a fan of driving games and are looking for something a little
more exciting than simply driving round Silverstone again and again, I
think you will enjoy this game. I do think the price tag is high but it
would appear that £35 is the current ‘going rate’ and this game is far
superior to some other games you could purchase for the same money.
Also, according to the in-game messages, additional track discs are
already available, although no details are given, which will
substantially increase the life of the game. A
7.1
Spreadsheet Column
7.1
Chris Johnson
7.1
Version 2 of Eureka
7.1
It is interesting that, as of the last week of August, I have received
only one comment relating specifically to release 2 of Eureka. Indeed,
some correspondents who have bought their copy of Eureka only recently
found they had version 1, and the first thing they had to do was send
for the upgrade. Thus, almost all the comments I am receiving still
relate to version 1, and it seems of little advantage to labour points
that I know have been corrected or addressed in the new version.
7.1
Saving drawfiles
7.1
In the last column, I complained about not being able to remove grid
lines when saving data in drawfile form. I feel rather embarrassed about
this, since I found the solution a few days after sending off the
column, and it is very, very obvious. Raise the worksheet menu and
follow Options > Window > to raise a dialogue box which allows you to
switch off grid lines and column/row headings amongst other things. Once
the drawfile has been saved, the grid lines and headings can be turned
on again using the same dialogue box. Thanks also to Julian Pixton at
Longman Logotron for being very quick to point this out to me when he
saw the article.
7.1
Tools3D
7.1
In Archive 6.10, I passed on some information concerning the use of
alternative tool sprites. This gave some users problems, since there was
some vital information that was not included in the original letter to
me. I must thank Mr Arthur Taylor, who has pursued this subject with
Longman Logotron at some length. To get the sprite file to be recognised
by Eureka, you need to ensure that bit 0 of location 140 in CMOS RAM is
set. The simplest way to do this is to type in the command: *fx162,140,1
at the command line prompt. This bit is now used by RISC OS 3 as a flag
for 2D/3D sprites (see page 1−358 of the new PRM). This is not the whole
story as far as 3D tool sprites are concerned, since the sprites must
not have masks when used with Eureka. Mr Taylor has put in a
considerable amount of effort converting the tool sprites by Rob
Davison, sent out on a recent Archive disc (monthly program disc 6.8.
Ed.), into a form suitable for use by Eureka. He has sent me a copy of
the sprites which Paul is going to put on the monthly program disc.
There are some limitations at present. The file is only a sprites22
file, since Mr Taylor uses a multisync monitor. In addition, the
resulting title bars and scroll bars do not have ‘pushed in’ versions,
since Eureka does not respond to them (there are no sprites
corresponding to the ptbarmidbart22, etc sprites in Eureka’s own
HiWinSpr file). Mr Taylor adds that he is generally very satisfied with
version 2 of Eureka, particularly the extra zooming and printing
features, which brings us once again to...
7.1
Printing
7.1
Mr Taylor finds that getting margins set up correctly is rather fiddly,
although he admits it is much more to do with the Canon BJ300 and the
associated printer driver than it is with Eureka. I have had several
letters (pleas for help) on this area and it appears to relate to the
set up of dot matrix printer drivers, particularly page size. In Eureka,
there is apparently a small range of options for page size in the page
set up dialogue box, the default being A4. However, the manual (page
B−52) states that this is currently ignored and Eureka simply assumes
A4. It is therefore necessary to adjust the margin settings (in the page
set up) to ensure that the Eureka print area is compatible with the
actual printable area on the printer − otherwise extra, almost blank,
pages may be generated. The manual describes problems with, and gives
settings for, the HP deskjet for example. In defence of Eureka, I use it
normally with a PostScript printer accessed over Ethernet, although I
have also tried it with a CC Qume Laser Direct, and printing has always
been faultless, both with version 1 and version 2. I should be
interested to know whether users are getting printing problems with
version 2.
7.1
One problem that still persists in version 2 is that if the column width
is only just wide enough for correct screen display, it sometimes
reverts to a row of hashes when printed. The moral is not to set the
column width too close to the minimum required for screen display,
although it is not easy to judge what is too close!
7.1
Other comments
7.1
Here is a comment that is typical of a number that I have received
relating to various aspects of the “non-standard” behaviour of Eureka,
compared with other RISC OS applications. I reproduce it essentially as
received. My only response is that I have also received a (much smaller)
number of letters in which the close similarity between Eureka and Excel
is seen as a bonus, since Eureka is used at home and Excel at work by
the correspondents.
7.1
• Eureka’s look and feel − All the reviews of Eureka I have read so far
mention the striking similarity between Eureka and Excel 3. Can it
really be that I am the only Acorn user who wants the applications he
buys for his machine to behave like Acorn software rather than looking
like a PC?!
7.1
The Windows®-style scroll thumbs (so inferior to Acorn’s scroll bars)
make me groan every time I use Eureka, not to mention the lack of RISC
OS 3 <adjust>-dragging the scroll bars or the strange way that dialogue
boxes behave.
7.1
I have no complaints as far as the working of the program is concerned.
However, if I wanted a program that has the typical cumbersome Windows
look and feel, I would not use an Acorn computer, but rather an IBM
clone with Windows!
7.1
Just in case I am not, after all, the only one who feels that way, I
think that it would be a good idea if those who agree with me were to
drop Longman Logotron a line (just one line on a post card to Julian
Pixton would be enough) asking them to stick to the Acorn conventions
where Eureka is concerned! Jochen Konietzko, Köln, Germany
7.1
• Charts − Here’s one of those hints that are obvious with hindsight:
Recently, I wanted to create a chart with dates on the horizontal axis;
the result was utter rubbish. It took me some while to realise that the
column with the dates had a heading “Date” in line 1! After deleting
this heading (so that the other headings could still appear in the
legend), everything worked perfectly. Jochen Konietzko, Köln, Germany
7.1
How to contact me
7.1
My postal address is Chris Johnson, 7, Lovedale Grove, Balerno,
Edinburgh, EH14 7DR; I can also be contacted by e-mail as
checaj@uk.ac.hw .vaxb if you have access. Note that I have changed the
form of the e-mail address, since some users accessing JANET via a
gateway, e.g. from Internet, have had their messages bounced when using
our Computer Centre’s preferred form of the address!
7.1
I am happy to receive anything in connection with spreadsheets, hints or
tips, macros, problems, solutions to problems, or just requests for
help. What would be of interest are examples of unusual uses of
spreadsheets.
7.1
To date, only one person has responded to this last request. Jim Brook
uses Eureka to produce a supermarket shopping list in a form his wife
finds most useful. Part of the spreadsheet contains a “plan” of the
supermarket in terms of items in each aisle. The sheet also contains the
weekly list itself, which is produced by copying the contents of the
cells containing items required into the list. When finished, the list
is printed out. The sheet could be extended when required to include
prices as well, to obtain an estimate of the total cost each week. Jim
says that the main benefits are reduced time in the supermarket (praise
be) and the computer collects brownie points as a ‘useful bit of kit’ in
the eyes of Mrs Brook. A
7.1
Small Ads
7.1
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.1
• A310, 4Mb, ARM3, RISC OS 3.10, Oak 45Mb SCSI hard disc, colour
monitor. PipeDream 4.13, Wordz 1.03, PC Emulator and other original
software, £590. Phone 0769-60289.
7.1
• A4 4Mb HD60 plus PC Emulator. £1300 o.n.o. Excellent condition, 7
months guarantee. Phone 051-427-9902.
7.1
• A410, 2Mb RAM, 20Mb ST506 hard drive, 14“ ITT-Nokia remote control TV/
RGB SCART monitor, Panasonic KXP1124 printer + sheet feeder, CC hand
scanner, Impression II, Hi-Fi sound enhancer plus lots of software and
books. All excellent condition for £1100. Phone R. Bedi on 031-650-5655
or 031-668-3246 (late eve’g).
7.1
• A420/1, 4Mb RAM, ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 20Mb ST506 internal hard disc +
40Mb external ST506 disc, (no monitor). £650. Phone Chris Johnson on
031-449-3869.
7.1
• A440, 4Mb RAM, 20Mb H/D, RISC OS 2 + Taxan 770 M/S Monitor + SparkFS +
RISC-OS 2 PRM, £850 o.n.o. Phone 0525-237625.
7.1
• Acorn medium resolution colour monitor £60. ARM3 upgrade £75. 5¼“
external drive interface £10, 5¼” external 40/80T drive £30, 20Mb hard
drive £40, ProText £25, EasiWriter £25, TechWriter £25, Acorn ANSI-C
£30. All with manuals. Phone 0742-483534.
7.1
• Acorn multisync monitor £150. Phone 0744-58404.
7.1
• Colour monitors. One standard Acorn, £105. One Philips CM8833,
(including audio amp and speakers), £125. both excellent condition.
Buyer collects or pays carriage. Phone Brighton 0273-846214.
7.1
• Desktop Database (Iota) £40 and EasiWriter £110, both unregistered.
SSERC !Draw Practical Guides £10. Phone 0263-78488.
7.1
• Panasonic KX-P1081 printer and stand, £60. Mr K J Tompkins, Camberley.
Phone 0276-28932.
7.1
• RISC-OS 2 PRM, £35. Phone Brighton 0273-777654.
7.1
Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
if the items are still available. Thank you.
7.1
A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £20, Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £15,
Archimedes First Steps book £4, Battle Chess £18, Holdfast Joypad £3,
Interdictor 1.0 £2, Premier 3 text processor £15. RISC OS 3 User and
Applications Guide £10, RISC OS 3 Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3 User
Guide £5, A3020 Welcome Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2, Basic V Guide
£8, Landmarks Civil War £12, Landmarks Elizabeth I £12, Yes Chancellor
II £12.
7.1
(If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers you
could donate for charity, please send it to the Archive office. If you
have larger items where post would be expensive, just send us details of
the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of them.) A
7.1
Darryl the Dragon
7.1
Richard Rymarz
7.1
It is always a pleasure to review a new piece of software from 4Mation,
and Darryl the Dragon is no exception. Designed for Key Stage 1 and
early Key Stage 2, it marks a return to the land of dragons so well
explored on the BBC micro with ‘Dragon World’. It also has the hallmark
of Mike Matson at his best. I remember a BETT Show two or three years
ago where, featured prominently around the 4Mation stand, were posters
claiming the area to be a ‘National Curriculum Free Zone’. Mike’s views
are well known on this subject and ‘Darryl’ forgets about the National
Curriculum and, like Granny’s Garden, leads the child to a world of
magic and imagination.
7.1
The package comes with two discs, one of which has to be used as a start
up disc if the software is installed on a hard disc. There is a 24 page
man-ual which contains an introductory story, curriculum suggestions and
program instructions. It is priced at £19.50 +VAT or £39 +VAT for a site
licence (£21 and £42 respectively through Arch-ive). There is a set of
32 photocopiable worksheets designed by Mike Matson which are well worth
£10 +VAT (direct from 4Mation only).
7.1
Getting started
7.1
Darryl the Dragon is fully RISC OS compliant and runs in any mode. It
installs on the desktop and clicking <menu> on the Darryl icon offers
the choice of saving, restarting and quitting the adventure. Finally,
there is a ‘choices’ option. Clicking on this allows the teacher/parent
to set one of three levels of difficulty, choose an appropriate font and
its size, conserve memory if a 1Mb machine is being used and the option
to use a full screen. All settings can be saved.
7.1
The program
7.1
Darryl the Dragon is a problem-solving adventure. We soon discover that
Darryl has lost his fire and, after a few introductory screens where we
meet Darryl himself and are introduced to a picture of ourselves, we are
asked to collect some objects to help him regain his ability to breathe
fire. To do so, various puzzles have to be solved, the first of which is
to find some honey to soothe his throat. We are presented with a simple
map which contains only five locations, one of which is a beehive.
Clicking on the hive results in us moving towards our goal. Movement
between them is not very realistic but, in my opinion, this does not
matter. On the way we encounter Tracey the Troll (a lady Troll − how
wonderful!) and have to solve a problem concerning the taking of three
animals across the river. Having arrived at the beehive, we discover and
that the bees sting and we cannot get the honey. So we have to search
for something that will pacify the bees. Eventually, a can of smoke is
found in the forest and this helps to subdue them.
7.1
Other problems include: climbing down a cliff, crossing a chasm,
traversing a tiled floor, solving a crossword and solving a key problem.
7.1
Eventually, we end up discovering that Darryl’s fire was killed by a
cold because his special fire proof handkerchief was stolen by a nasty
wizard. This results in an exploration of the wizard’s castle in an
attempt to find the handkerchief and return it to Darryl.
7.1
Conclusions
7.1
I was not disappointed. Darryl the Dragon must surely be a success with
younger children (and older ones who are young at heart). The animation
may not be brilliant but the story is bound to grab a child’s attention;
the problems are not too taxing so as to discourage progress although
they are tough enough to make a child think; and the addition of the
photocopiable masters helps to provide a wealth of ideas for busy
adults.
7.1
The adventure is well worth the asking price and I am delighted to say
that there is no mention of Attainment Targets anywhere. This should not
deter anyone who is thinking of buying the program. It is an imaginative
journey that will bring magic back to young children’s lives. A
7.1
Image Gallery
7.1
Dave Wilcox
7.1
Clipart is always a hard subject to review due to different people’s
tastes and opinions − the new disc called ‘Image Gallery’ from Eesox is
no exception to this.
7.1
The package
7.1
The package is a CD-ROM which contains over 1100 images for use by
Archimedes, IBM and Amiga owners. For Archimedes users, these images are
saved twice on the disc, once as a small image for use in the preview
window, and once in full size for downloading.
7.1
Front end
7.1
The disc is easy to use. You double-click on the !Gallery icon, which
loads the preview system onto the iconbar and opens a search window.
Each image has a short text description attached to it and when you want
to search for something, the text you require is searched on a
‘contained within’ basis. From the speed of this search, I would guess
that the data is all kept in RAM.
7.1
From the search window, it is possible to view a listing of all pictures
available. This is achieved by leaving the search field blank and
clicking the ‘OK’ button − a new window then opens with the full
listing. To view a picture from this window, or the shortened searched
list, simply click on the required entry. This picture is then opened
within the viewer mode. The viewer mode shows the small picture you have
chosen along with resolution, save and step options.
7.1
Resolution is selected by radio button for low or high as desired. There
are two save options available, sprite and clear, clicking on either
opens a window with the usual save options, i.e. name to save under and
a dragable sprite/clear icon. The step options allow you to step to the
pictures before and after, one step at a time. One further option which
is available from the iconbar, is to display the pictures in a random
carousel fashion.
7.1
The pictures
7.1
As I said at the start of this review, this is probably the hardest part
to review. The pictures cover a large range of topics: cars, boats,
scenery, flowers, animals, insects, and so on. Some of the images are
scanned, most are photographs. My first impression was that this is how
your Kodak Photo CD might turn out. The quality of the images would, I
imagine, match that of most people’s photographs − some of the images
are dark and some slightly ‘fuzzy’, although most are of a good quality.
It must also be remembered that all can be tweaked as you wish using
ChangeFSI or Revelation, etc. I ought to point out that all the images
and associated files are copyright and are only usable for non-
commercial purposes.
7.1
Printing the pictures
7.1
Using the Acorn printer drivers, I found the best results were obtained
using the ‘grey, small halftone’ setting. A TurboDriver system prints
fine on normal settings. With an HPII laser, again the best setting was
found to be the ‘grey, small half tone’.
7.1
Summary
7.1
All in all, the front end is simple to use and performs well. One
problem I did meet is the random display − once started, it failed to
cancel and needed the machine to be reset, which is not ideal. The
pictures themselves appear as someone else’s photo album, so are they of
use to you? That is your choice. I would recommend a good look through
before you buy it as the disc costs £52.88 inc VAT. A
7.1
CC
7.1
From 6.12 page 19
7.1
CC
7.1
From 6.12 page 16
7.1
Keystroke
7.1
Richard Skemp
7.1
As you might guess, Keystroke is a utility which enables you to write
your own keystrokes. However, this does not give an idea of the power
and variety which are available, nor of the usefulness of being able to
write key combinations in ways which do exactly what you want and which
fit into your personal working patterns. To illustrate this, here are
some examples which I have recently made for my own use.
7.1
Recently, I acquired a hundred new font families from Skyfall PD. With
the considerable number of fonts I already had, made it essential to
organise them so that I could have available a chosen sub-set at any
given time. (Skyfall include some helpful utilities for this.) It would
often be useful to have a quick check of the fonts currently available,
and I have set up <ctrl-alt-F> to do just that. It does it by opening a
task window and then inserting the text “fontcat |M” at the star prompt.
This provides a list in a scrollable window which can, if desired, be
made into a text file. It was an easy keystroke to set up. Another easy
one was to set <ctrl-alt-S> to activate my chosen screen saver. Now for
something a little harder...
7.1
I bought Keystroke several months ago but was busy with other things at
the time and it remained unused until recently, when I received an
upgrade from Quantum Software. This was unsolicited and was sent without
charge. The new version included keystrokes for a number of applications
including Vector. When writing to thank them, I mentioned that a welcome
addition to these would be one which enabled me, when working in layers,
to change to any layer I wanted, view all layers but have only the
current layer selectable. This would prevent me from accidentally
changing something on a different layer. I said that when I had time, I
was hoping to set this up but that it looked a bit complicated since it
involved opening the layers dialogue box and then clicking on four
successive icons.
7.1
Almost by return, Stuart Halliday, the project manager, sent me a disc
with a set of keystrokes doing just what I wanted, plus an extra one for
adding a new layer. He also sent a detailed letter of explanation, with
the help of which I was able to replicate these myself, thus providing a
useful learning experience. Taking this a step further, I have now set
up <ctrl-alt-V> to install Vector, load all these new keystrokes and
also show a list of them in a text file in case I need a reminder. Had I
wished, it would have been easy to open a directory of Vector documents
at the same time but, in my case, these are spread around their relevant
subject matter directories.
7.1
Here is just one more example of a keystroke tailored to a personal
need. I recently bought Risc Developments’ excellent Thesaurus. It is
linked with Ovation but since I use Impression and Wordz, I originally
needed to type my chosen word into the Thesaurus dialogue box.
Alternatively, I could (in Wordz) select the word, choose the menu
options File −−> Save other −−> Save selection as text, and then drag
the save icon to the dialogue box. The middle three of these are now set
up as a single key-press, which makes the whole operation quicker and
simpler. The advantage of this method is that an <adjust> click on the
chosen alternative inserts it directly into the text.
7.1
Keystroke allows you to replicate any or all of the following, and to
connect them in a sequence which provides their combined result by a
single keystroke:- Single or double icon click with <select> or
<adjust>; *commands; move window; menu selection; insert text; open
dialogue. For the keystroke itself, you can choose just about any
keyboard character. If a letter is used, it has (for obvious reasons) to
be combined with one, two or all of <ctrl>, <shift>, <alt>. Also, you
need to avoid combinations already used by your current application. The
function keys can be programmed as single kepresses or in combination as
above, giving eight possibilities for each function key! So, the answer
to Gary Jones’ question (6.12 p29) and the editorial note is most
probably ‘Yes’, although I am not in a position to try it out with
Impression Junior.
7.1
In my first note to Paul, I said that I found Keystroke “simple,
powerful and very useful”. After longer experience my views are
unchanged for the second and third, but with a slight modification of
“simple”. Usually, I do find it simple, but sometimes it is only simple
in retrospect − it’s easy when you know how! I don’t think that this is
the fault of either Keystroke or the manual, but rather a result of the
variety on offer.
7.1
The tutorial section of the manual is helpful and should be worked
through. Another useful learning exercise is to take one of the provided
keystrokes and step through its sequence in the keystroke definition box
by clicking in the boxes marked Previous, Next, and those for beginning
and end of the sequence, to see how it was done. This is also useful for
checking a new keystroke of your own, if it doesn’t work first time.
When I have telephoned with a query, Stuart Halliday has always given
clear and helpful answers.
7.1
Keystroke is now in my Deskboot file, as it has joined my short-list of
utilities which I have available every time I switch on my Archimedes.
As mentioned in the Late News with the September issue of Archive,
Keystroke costs £29.95 inclusive from Quantum Software and is now
available for £28 through Archive. A
7.1
Education Column
7.1
Solly Ezra
7.1
The role of Information Technology in education at all levels and in all
areas seems to be gaining more importance. The National Curriculum,
despite its lack of coherence, has brought to the fore the importance of
IT. This column, I am hoping, will be a source of necessary information,
advice and support for all teachers wherever they may fall along the
continuum of expertise − from the diffident at one end to the
enthusiastic expert at the other end.
7.1
Along with the aims and objectives detailed in the earlier columns, I
would be very happy for this also to be a forum where teachers, pupils
and ‘educationalists’ would freely (but courteously) express their views
and opinions.
7.1
Roger Nelson has sent me his thoughts, for which I am very grateful. I
will convey them to you with just a few comments. Roger feels that the
teacher who subscribes to Archive does not need more of the basic
articles that we suggested should be included in this column. He
suggests that this column should be a source of further information and
greater depth about what is being used, how it is being used and how
educational software is being developed. I agree that those teachers who
subscribe to Archive are not at the basic level and like most, if not
all, are enthusiastic Archimedeans. But I still hold to the view (based
on very wide experience) that there are many teachers who are not aware
of the full potential of their Acorn machines and want programs that
require little or no teacher input or management. Roger, clearly, does
not fall into that category. He uses programs, like Genesis, “to produce
learning materials and encourage pupils to use the more easily
understood Magpie to organise their own information”. He suggests −
“Should this be in the Genesis/Magpie column?”
7.1
In the previous column, one of Mark Sealey’s suggestions was − ‘case
studies of good practice from an educational rather than a technical
standpoint’. Like many of us, Roger thinks that is a very good
suggestion. Roger, please could you tell Archive readers how you use
Genesis and Magpie with your pupils?
7.1
Apologies
7.1
I will be across the waters for a while visiting with my folks on the
West Coast of the USA, so I will not return in time to meet the deadline
for the next issue. But please do keep writing with your thoughts and
suggestions.
7.1
I have a case study in the pipeline along with some reviews.
7.1
My address is: 35 Edgefield Avenue, Barking, Essex, IG11 9JL. A
7.1
RISC Developments
7.1
New Artwork about Desk Edit 2
7.1
Lambda
7.1
From 6.12 page 12
7.1
F.R.E.D.
7.1
Andrew Rawnsley
7.1
F.R.E.D. (Fred from now on!) is an amusing little game from Software 42.
Well, actually it’s quite a substantial game with 18 levels set in three
graphically different zones. It is a platform game running at 50 frames
a second, so everything is very smooth indeed.
7.1
The box claims that there are lots of ‘complex levels’, and after
playing the first few, I think that this is rather an understatement.
After over a week of regular playing, I have only reached level 7, and
level one took quite a while. The message is that Fred will take some
time to complete, and will have a good lifespan, as completing a level
is very satisfying.
7.1
The idea of each level is to travel around moving mirrors to reflect a
laser beam from its start position to the destination block. You also
need to collect pink stars which give the beam energy, if you are going
to reach the next level. These stars are revealed by standing under the
large, yellow question-mark blocks, and jumping to hit them with your
head − shades of Super Mario Bros., Sonic the Hedgehog and Gyrinus II,
methinks!
7.1
The presentation of the game is superb, from the title screen to the
screen fades. For example, when hard disc owners are asked to insert
their original disc, the 256 colour loading screen fades into a grey-
shaded version of the same screen with the insert disc request on it.
Very nice! Even when pausing the game during play, the whole screen goes
a little darker to make the Paused message stand out.
7.1
The main menu allows you to set various options, redefine the keys,
enter a password, start the game or quit. The options include
controlling the sound, music and keyboard / joystick control.
7.1
The graphics are high class, with a high level of detail maintained even
with the 50 frames per second animation. They start off with an Arctic
theme, with monsters including Santas and zombie snowmen (well − that’s
what I guess they are!), and various others. You can be sure that they
will raise a smile when you see them. After the ice levels, the game
enters a medieval phase with castle-style wooden graphics and squat
Viking enemies. Slightly different graphics are introduced in each
level, as well as new hazards such as force fields, one-way walls and
doors.
7.1
The gameplay is rather fast, particularly when accuracy is so important,
but the speed does make the whole game very exciting.
7.1
On each level, you have limited amounts of both time and energy. Energy
is lost if you collide with one of the monsters or land on some spikes,
or if the laser is firing. The two statistics are depicted by coloured
bars at the bottom of the screen, and the speed at which the time bar
goes down varies from level to level. This is one reason why the early
levels are so difficult − the time bar goes down very quickly.
7.1
Most of the puzzles involve trying to get at, and then turn, the
mirrors. A great deal of skill is required to turn some of the mirrors,
as they may be suspended from the ceiling above a large gap, and failing
to turn the mirror first time might mean not completing the level.
7.1
There is a high score table but, unfortunately, it is not permanent, so
your achievements cannot be saved and shown to friends. Perhaps there
should be two high score tables − one permanent, one temporary?
7.1
Finally, the game’s biggest fault − the plot. Any game in which the main
character is a Malteser (yes, the chocolate) which has transformed into
a tiny man, must get my vote for the most unbelievable plot of the year.
Quite how the laser beam fits into the plot, even the manual doesn’t
make clear. Never mind, since when did the plot influence whether or not
you buy the game?
7.1
Fred is available from Software 42 for £20 inclusive and, as such,
represents good value for money, as it will certainly last you a long
time and be great fun to play. A
7.1
Comment Column
7.1
• Acorn World bloopers − Two months ago, I gave you the wrong dates and
corrected them last month (October 29th − 31st). Last month’s deliberate
Acorn World mistake was the Norwich Computer Services stand number! We
are actually going to be on stand number 48. Ed.
7.1
• AKF18 problems − Further to the comments we have had about problems
experienced by subscribers with AKF18 monitors, I am pleased to say that
Acorn have responded in a very helpful way. N.B. This applies to the
early AKF18s, not the more recent ones. Despite the fact that the AKF18s
meet the EN60950 (equivalent to BS7002) safety standard, some of the
monitors have failed “in a rather dramatic fashion”, say Acorn. The
components prone to early failure have been identified and these
components have not been used on the later monitors. However, to
reassure customers, Acorn have extended the warranty from one to four
years on the monitors that have problems with these particular (un-
named) components. There is, unfortunately, no simple way of working out
if your monitor is included in this, as the poor quality components were
not confined to any particular run of serial numbers. Ed.
7.1
• Australian mail (male?) − Many thanks to the person from Australia
(Eastern mail centre?) who sent us a Tudor 100% recycled paper envelope.
Was there supposed to be anything it it? Ed.
7.1
• Beginners start here! − One thing which has emerged very strongly from
the questionnaire is the need for more help for beginners. I think I
knew that was the case and we have asked on a number of occasions for
people to write articles for beginners. Laura Handoca’s work in editing
the Beginners’ Column has been much appreciated and has gone some way to
providing the much-needed help. However, we would like to take this
further.
7.1
I am doing my best to get some beginners’ articles written and am hoping
to have a series of them starting in a month or so’s time. Writing
really good articles for beginners is actually very hard work but if
anyone else would like to have a go, I hope you will get in touch with
me telling me what subjects you would be interested to write about.
7.1
Also, I thought it would be good to have a panel of ‘expert’ beginners
to whom we could send the articles to see if they are understandable. If
you would like to offer your services as a member of the ‘Beginners
Panel’, again, do get in touch with me.
7.1
Beginners who don’t want to be involved in vetting articles might want
to make suggestions as to the sorts of things they want explained. You
are the people who know what information is needed. Please let us know
what you think. Ed.
7.1
• Budget DTP − I have recently had several “really good ideas” for
budget DTP that have all run into problems and I thought other readers
might find them amusing.
7.1
Colour Printing using a BJ230 + CC TurboDriver − I couldn’t afford a
BJC800 but I really did want A3 output with the option to do a little
colour work from time to time. The BJ230 seemed ideal − especially with
a fast TurboDriver to do the separations. I should have listened to the
CC salesman more closely! When he said I could purchase coloured inks to
do the printing, he meant exactly that − you can’t buy colour
cartridges, you have to use up black ones, wash them and refill them
with coloured inks. Has anyone done this with a BJ200/230 yet? (CC told
me that they hadn’t.) Is it any good? How does the TurboDriver compare
with ColourSep (ICS)?
7.1
AIM-less image processing − I use images from a HiVision digitiser but I
wanted an image enhancer to do some post-processing. AIM seemed ideal −
a macro-based image processor which offers some amazing functions. The
trouble is that it only takes 256×256 images so there is considerable
loss of detail from a 720×508 HiVision sprite. The AIM documentation
suggests that a new RISC OS 3 version will take any size sprite and will
handle Acorn 256 grey scale sprites. However, when I asked Lindis (who
distribute AIM in the UK) I was told that the RISC OS 3 version is not
being developed. There is a more powerful image processor that they
distribute called TCL-Image but this requires a UNIX platform and costs
about £3,500... Does anyone have a simple any-size-sprite PD or
commercial (up to £25) image enhancer?
7.1
Grabbing video stills with HiVision − The HiVision digitiser grabs a
720×508 pixel image by digitising consecutive interlaced TV images. For
moving pictures, this alternation between the two image positions causes
little problem. However, when you grab a still of a moving subject you
get horizontal “jaggies” on any vertical lines. Under these
circumstances it may be desirable to grab a subject with a lower
resolution single frame digitiser (e.g. the Vision digitiser).
7.1
Using monochrome sprites in budget DTP − If, like me, you use a 360 dpi
inkjet printer to produce your final output, you may well not notice
much final image degradation when using 16 grey level images as opposed
to 256 grey level images. This is useful because you can therefore use
ordinary 256 colour sprites rather than the new 256 grey scale ones and
hence edit them in ordinary (non-Colour Card) modes using older painting
packages. However, the problem with this is that your sprites take up
twice as much space (8 bits per pixel) as is actually required (4 bits
per pixel).
7.1
The answer is to convert these images into 16 grey level mode 20
sprites. RISC OS 3 ChangeFSI will do this if you use output as mode 20
with the “special” option “t”. Alternatively: use mode 20; set the
palette to a 16 grey level one (e.g. the one in the Impression
application directory); load the sprite into Revelation; then resave it
over the original. You can do the same thing with Paint by loading the
image and then grabbing part of the screen as a new sprite but this only
works for sprites smaller than the screen mode you are using.
7.1
Converting sprites like this has the advantage of using less disc space
to store images but if you use Compression, the benefit is less as the
redundant data is stripped out automatically. More importantly, if you
use these images in DTP documents, you can almost halve your memory
usage. Cain Hunt, Cambridge.
7.1
• Edit scrolling bug − Just to add to the Edit scrolling bug
information. I find that it happens with very long lines − I normally
just type and then dump it into !Draw or use <ctrl-f6> later for
formatting. It seems to occur most frequently when scrolling the screen
by holding <select> or <adjust> down on the scroll bar arrows. Indeed,
this method is almost guaranteed to produce it! The text can be restored
to normal by moving up and down a couple of screenfuls (using <shift>
<up/down arrow) so that the problem area is completely off-screen. It
is, of course, also in !SrcEdit, which I am using at the moment.
7.1
(Acorn! How about a !SrcEdit that can handle Basic, so that I don’t have
to use !Edit as well?)
7.1
Humble apologies to the contributor, but I cannot trace where this
comment came from. Ed.
7.1
• Equinox PD library − The organisers of Equinox PD library would like
people to know that they are no longer going to be operating. Please do
not send them any more orders. Geoff Scott, Northampton.
7.1
• Impression and Ovation compared − I thought Richard Hallas’ extensive
offering (Archive 6.2 pp42-49) was quite the best comparative review
I’ve ever seen in any magazine. The dongle stopped my plan to get
Impression and I’ve never regretted buying the superb Ovation
alternative. Amazing value for money. The review was absolutely correct
in what features Ovation did or did not have at the time but, as with
any good program, when things are missing, it is often very quick and
just as effective to use a workaround. Here’s a couple of examples:
7.1
It’s probably true to say that Ovation’s built-in sprite borders are not
as flexible as Impression’s drawfile solution. However, it’s very easy
to use a drawfile border with Ovation. Simply create a picture frame
inside the main (text) frame, drop the drawfile border into it and, if
necessary, click on Scale to Fit. In some respects, this is even more
convenient than the sprite borders. For a start, the sprite border sits
on the outside of the frame and you can easily get a “Not enough Room”
error with the thicker borders. The drawfile border sits on the inside
of the frame so the thickness or complexity is irrelevant. You could
even introduce a transparent text frame inside the border frame and have
your text superimposed on the border.
7.1
Although Ovation has no built-in method of producing tables, the power
of the line-drawing facility in conjunction with other built-in features
should never be underestimated (I use lines all the time for arrows,
column separations, tables and for general effect.) To make a table, all
you have to do is to create a picture frame with your choice of border
for the table surround, then put a transparent text frame inside and
type in the data where you want it. Finally, use the line-drawing
function to draw lines where you want them, with complete control over
line style, width and colour. If you start the lines inside the table
frame, they will be constrained within the table and you can use shift-
drag to ensure that the lines are perfectly horizontal or vertical.
Similarly, you could use Duplicate Line and/or Snap to Guides to ensure
overall accuracy.
7.1
With a little practice, perfectly good tables can be produced within
minutes and can easily be ‘tweaked’ if and when data changes. If you
need to move the table, to make way for other body text, for instance,
all you have to do is move the table frame − everything else moves with
it.
7.1
While this is very convenient, there comes a point that, if you wanted
to reproduce a more complex table, perhaps with formatting, background
shading or the facility to import data, it might be better to use a
dedicated application such as !TableMate, which works a treat with
Ovation.
7.1
I recently sent a wish list to Risc Developments, basically asking for
improved customisation in Ovation. John Wallace replied to say that all
things were possible and that he was considering my list. He did leak
some rather intriguing information that, although no major changes would
be added to Ovation as it presently stands, they “are working on a very
exciting development of Ovation”.
7.1
In the meantime, if you want to improve Ovation customisation (or any
other application for that matter), can I suggest you consider Keystroke
(Archive 6.12 p4). I’ve had my full copy only a week and, although it
takes a lot of getting used to (purely because its features are so
extensive and powerful), I have already managed to produce a much-needed
Ovation macro which reduces twelve separate keypresses to a single hot
key selection. From initial impressions, this utility will prove
invaluable and I think we’ll be hearing a lot about Keystroke in
future. Jim Nottingham, York.
7.1
(Keystroke is now available through Archive for £28. See the review on
page 21. Ed.)
7.1
• Mac transfer − I noticed the request in the Help!! Column last month
for information about Archimedes-Mac transfer and I wonder if people
know about a program called View>>Mac.
7.1
This is produced by Human Computer Interfaces Ltd in Cambridge. It
allows the transfer of WP files via a serial line between an Apple
Macintosh and either a BBC Computer or an Archimedes.
7.1
The program is written for the Apple Mac which acts as host, the other
machine being controlled completely by the Apple. You can read to and
from both machines’ discs, and the program recognises several BBC and
Archimedes WP file formats and converts them accordingly.
7.1
I use the program a lot to transfer old Archimedes files across to the
new Mac system. The Archimedes files are in PipeDream format and the
Apple files end up as Word format. It does work but, of course, you have
to have the two computers side-by-side. The program costs £69+VAT from
Human Computer Interfaces and they sell an Archimedes-Mac serial lead
for £25 +VAT. Steve Laugher, N. Yorkshire.
7.1
• Matt Black’s Image Club clipart − Archive previews, reviews and
comments rarely tend to contradict each other, so I was quite bemused by
John Hancock’s glowing remarks about Matt Black’s Image Club clipart
(Archive 6.9 p50), following Hutch Curry’s rather lukewarm reactions in
his necessarily limited review (6.7 p12). However, I sent off my fiver
and, after a 2 month wait for reprinting, received the catalogue. The
price seems to change by the week; currently it is £7, plus £2 for
postage and packing, but Matt Black kindly offered to absorb the
balance.
7.1
The substantial 110-page, A4, spiral-bound catalogue is very good
quality and value. Even if you didn’t buy any of the clipart, it would
be a very useful source of ideas for DIY clipart, rather like the
excellent DTP Seeds book from 4Mation.
7.1
From John Hancock’s comments and the price, I was expecting something
really special in the clipart, perhaps similar to the mind-boggling
stuff bundled with Artworks − I was very disappointed. I’m with Hutch
Curry; many of the offerings are trivial (e.g. arrows and shapes),
repetitive (maps) or of little practical value. For instance, two of the
24 volumes comprise a total of 41 rather unexciting Drawfonts, costing
some £60. Compare that with a current offer of a fiver for over 50
excellent RISC OS 3 PD outline fonts.
7.1
As the source material is Canadian, there’s a distinct transatlantic
flavour to things like signs and maps. With very few exceptions, I don’t
think any of the clipart is of a higher standard than that available
from other commercial sources or PD libraries and, surprisingly, there
are no colour images.
7.1
What caused my jaw to drop was the realisation that I already have a
significant portion of the offerings duplicated in my existing clipart
collection, obtained over the years from the PD libraries and ‘free’
with various vector graphic/DTP programs. I even spotted two piccies
which came with a DTP demo disc! So the clipart isn’t necessarily new or
unique. Has there been wholesale software theft? I suspect not − most of
the duplicated files I have are in full colour.
7.1
Turning to the prices, this is where my jaw really hit the ground. Let’s
try to put this in perspective. John Hancock tells us he’s bought 18 of
the 24 volumes − at current catalogue prices, this would cost well over
£500. For the same brass, you could buy Impression and Artworks (with
hundreds of outline fonts and full-colour clipart which leaves Matt
Black’s offerings standing), a couple of commercial clipart collections
and all the PD clipart discs on offer (giving thousands of images, many
in colour) − and still have change to buy Compression to squeeze them
all in.
7.1
So, in summary... loved the catalogue, shame about the clipart! And as
for the prices... ...sorry Matt Black, no contest! Jim Nottingham,
York.
7.1
• Past, Present and Future − The analysis in Paul’s editorial last month
(Archive 6.12 ifc) dealing with Acorn machine sizes since 1980 was
fascinating and the vision of the future was tantalising! In an attempt
to see into the future, I have tried to plot the growth of RAM and disc
sizes. I expected an exponential growth, so I used a logarithmic scale,
which shows an exponential ‘curve’ as a straight line. I have taken the
liberty of adjusting Paul’s figures in certain cases, as explained
below.
7.1
For RAM, Paul quoted the range of sizes available on the appropriate
machines but for discs, he quoted only the ‘standard’ as normally
supplied. Larger disc drives have been available from third-party
suppliers, and should be acknowledged on the chart. Since the current
Archive Price List includes a 1 Gb internal drive, I have included this
as the top of a dotted line for 1993 and I have boldly assumed that this
will be doubled in 1994.
7.1
I blinked a couple of times when I saw the prediction of 256Mb RAM for
the 1994 machine, but I now understand that this is, to some extent at
least, authoritative. This is encouraging, since it fits my straight
line very well. I have shown it as a dotted line below about 50Mb, since
one model is unlikely to offer a RAM range all the way from 1 − 256Mb.
Considering the small physical size of the 4Mb upgrade for my A540 and
the way RAM chips keep shrinking, I can well believe that a 256Mb
machine is now feasible.
7.1
As my chart shows, the progress of RAM size fits very well to a straight
line, or rather, a straight band. The slope of the band corresponds to a
doubling of capacity every year and gives a range of about 4−16Gb in the
year 2000, which supports Paul’s prediction.
7.1
The trend in disc sizes it less well defined. I have plotted the bands
manually, because the figures are too vague to use a precise regression
analysis. My estimate shows a band parallel to the RAM band,
consistently a factor of twelve larger. Because discs did not appear on
Acorn machines until 1986, I have plotted the figures available and
extrapolated backwards as well as forwards. From my recollection, those
PCs which did have discs around 1980 only had floppy drives of less than
100Kb, which fits quite nicely with my projection. Looking forward, I
predict hard discs of around 40−160Gb in the year 2000, a little below
Paul’s figure.
7.1
It is very noticeable that the A3/4/5000 machines lie rather below the
bands. They are, of course, manufactured to reduced specifications for
those users (the majority) who do not need the ‘flagship’ machine. I
have plotted the figures, but then rather ignored them. The projections,
therefore, relate to the ‘top-end’ machines.
7.1
My first attempt to draw this chart did not include my own ‘guestimate’
of 2Gb discs in 1994, nor had I thought about the size of discs before
1986. The band for disc sizes then had a significantly lower gradient
and it crossed the RAM band about the year 2005! I have often thought
that the days of discs might be numbered and that they would eventually
be replaced by RAM cartridges. It would obviously have to be non-
volatile RAM. Even if each cartridge contained a rechargeable battery, I
wouldn’t want to rely on that to maintain my live data files, would you?
Since the chart shows development of volatile RAM, I cannot predict the
demise of hard discs in 2005, even if that interpretation of the trend
in disc sizes were to be correct. On balance, I prefer the parallel band
estimate which gives a better back-projection as well as, I think, a
more credible forward prediction.
7.1
I would like to plot the growth of CPU power but that is not easy. On
Paul’s table, the clock speed is shown as having increased from 1MHz to
50MHz but this does not tell the whole story. The 8-bit processors have
been replaced by 32-bit and although this does not necessarily imply a
speed factor of four, it is probably of that order. The use of cache and
a degree of parallel processing also contribute to the increase in
speed. Paul did not explain his figure of ×300 − I would be interested
to know how he derived it. Over 14 years, this represents a growth
factor of ×1½ per year − significantly less than for RAM and for discs.
7.1
(In my July 1990 editorial, I said that I reckoned the A310 was about 30
times the speed of the Atom. The A540 is 4 or 5 times the speed of the
A310 and the new ARM700 machine looks being at least twice the speed of
the A540. Ed)
7.1
I wonder what the editor of Archive 14.1 will make of these
predictions? Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.1
Volume 14 of Archive? The mind boggles! Mind you, Acorn User and Acorn
Computing (aka Micro User) are in their twelfth years of existence − and
I wrote several articles for Volume 1 of each. Nostalgia, nostalgia! Ed.
7.1
• Pocket Book praise − I am writing this comment on the five-hour return
journey from Manchester to Norwich (on the train, I hasten to add). I
was hoping to take an A4 Notebook with me but there just aren’t any
available at the moment − we cannot supply existing orders, let alone
have one in stock that I could use. So, it was the office Pocket Book or
nothing. At first, I found it slow going as I kept having to go back and
insert missing letters that didn’t register because of lack of pressure
on the keys. But after several hours of use, I am now becoming much more
fluent and I can get up quite a good speed − obviously not as fast as on
a normal keyboard (even though I don’t touch-type) but quite acceptable.
(I transferred the text to Impression and have just counted − I typed
3,300 words in all − I was not typing for all 10 hours, though!)
7.1
I was warned that batteries would be a problem, so I put new ones in and
took a couple of spare sets. I have just had to change the first set
after what I would guess was about the equivalent of three or four hours
continuous use. I think I would do better next time because I have now
managed to convince myself that switching off really doesn’t lose the
text and, in fact, it brings you back to exactly where you were. It is
the equivalent, on a table-top computer, of just switching off the
monitor and back on again − except that it is instantaneous. I have only
tried to use Write, but I have to say that I am impressed and will be
using a Pocket Book at home in future for writing letters. That way, you
can be sociable with the family whist avoiding the pain of having to
using pen and paper!
7.1
One other thing that occurs to me as I type is that this Pocketbook
would be very useful for writing quick notes about various things.
Several “things to do” have occurred to me as I have been sitting here
on the train and instead of writing them down on bits of paper and then
wondering where I put the bits of paper, they are going into this Pocket
Book. I think I shall have to investigate the Schedule package. I have
to admit that I have resisted it thus far as it just looks SO
pretentious when people get out their electronic dairy in answer to an
“are you free on...” enquiry.
7.1
Finally, a couple of practical points. I found that it was not very good
typing on the table-top as it was too high. For the best typing
position, a book or, in my case, a clip-board on the knee was the best
working position.
7.1
Another small practical hint about the use of Write is that when you
spot a mistake and cursor back to change it, you then want the quickest
way back to the point where you were. Now, presuming you are using it
for entering text (I would never try to use it for editing!), it is best
to be working at the end of the text area. So, after correcting the
mistake, which is probably on the current line, you only need to press
the cursor down button and you will find yourself back where you left
off. There is no need for multiple keypresses unless you are several
lines up. Ed. A
7.1
Hints and Tips
7.1
• A300/400 floppy drive problems − On the old A310 and A440 machines,
the disc drive has a cover on the head which has a notorious tendency to
fall off but the drive is not affected by a missing cover. A far more
usual fault on A310 drives is that the eject button falls off. This can
easily be fixed with glue. (Do take the drive out of the machine first
so you don’t glue the button to the front of the computer!)
7.1
On the old machines (with only the disc drive button sticking out
through the front fascia) you have no option but to replace them with an
identical Sony drive mechanism (£102 through Archive − Ouch! Ed.) but on
the newer machines, like the A410/1, you can use most 720Kb drives
available. (Are you sure? Ed.) Knut Folmo, Norway.
7.1
• Bespoke appointments’ calendar − I have written a program (on the
monthly program disc) to generate an Impression-based appointments
calendar and would like to share it with other people, courtesy of
Archive magazine. Using the program avoids filling in all those
birthdays, etc every year. It’s all done automatically from a text file.
It’s written in Basic and has no glitzy front end but it works OK. Ian
Summers, Norwich.
7.1
• Elite − A space station exists in witch space. After killing all the
other ships, switch to one of the status screens (f8?) and the compass
will reappear. By jumping repeatedly in that direction, you can
eventually find it. This station is strange in many ways and, while you
are experimenting, it is worth noting that its existence changes while
you are looking at the status screen. Try docking and shooting while
using <f8>. Geoff Scott, Northampton.
7.1
• Form feeds in printer drivers − I would like to respond to Mick Day’s
comments about form feeds (6.12 p57). The terminal form feed is
definitively (now there’s sticking my neck out) configurable. Mick does
not say whether he is using text or graphics output to his printer but
for the dot matrix drivers this is what happens.
7.1
Text output:-
7.1
send
7.1
StartTextJob code
7.1
SetLines code plus byte to set the page depth in text lines
7.1
[your text formatted as per option set, eg none or draft highlights etc
using specified line feed/ linefeed cr codes]
7.1
{gets to the end of a page
7.1
[more text as above]}
7.1
.
7.1
. repeat above for number of pages
7.1
.
7.1
EndTextJob code (this usually includes a Form Feed in the codes sent)
7.1
For graphics you have:-
7.1
SetLines code plus byte as above
7.1
PageStart code
7.1
[Graphics data using specified control strings]
7.1
@{of a page
7.1
PageEnd code
7.1
SetLines code as above
7.1
PageStart code
7.1
[Graphics data as above]}
7.1
.
7.1
. repeat for number of pages
7.1
.
7.1
GraphicsFormFeed code PageEnd code
7.1
thus, by defining your form feed character in the driver definition file
to be nothing, form feeds can be suppressed. Remember though that it
needs to be done for each graphics resolution and each text definition.
7.1
I have a dummy printer def file which replaces the genuine control codes
with strings to illustrate what is going on. If it is merged into
!Printers’ Printer control window and set to print to file, output from
it can be viewed in !Edit to see what is going on. If a multipage text
file is dragged to it, the effect of text control codes can be viewed,
and similarly with graphics. The ideal is a two-page document using
outline fonts with, say, just one character at the bottom of each page
so that there is not too much graphics garbage to wade through but
mostly LineSkip codes. The printer def file and a suitable text test
file are on the Archive monthly disc. It includes a ‘Graptest’ file
which is a two-page Wordz “document”. Tim Nicholson, Cranleigh.
7.1
• Keyboard cleaning − We regularly get asked about keyboard problems,
many of which could be solved by cleaning. That, I think, is the answer
to Brian Cowan’s question in his Hardware Column last month. There have
been three main references to this in Archive (3.9 p10 + 5.1 p25 + 5.2
p28). I think these should cover most eventualities. Ed.
7.1
In response to Brian’s question, several subscribers sent in
descriptions of how to clean a keyboard. I think that much of it is
covered by the references above but I think Knut Folmo’s comments which
follow may also be helpful. Ed.
7.1
• Keyboard cleaning (2) − There are three different keyboards on
Archimedes computers.
7.1
(1) KPL keyboard − This was used only on VERY old A310 machines. It can
be identified by looking at the CapsLock LED, which is mounted on the
right hand side of the key-top, as opposed to the left on the more usual
types. This is horrible to type on! If you still have such a keyboard,
throw it in the wastebin and buy a new! (Funnily enough, Acorn keyboards
are on special offer at the moment for £95 instead of £123 − strictly
while stocks last − I have about 10 of them. Ed)
7.1
(2) Keytronics keyboard − This is the normal keyboard on most of the
A310s and nearly all the A400/1 range. If you take off one of the keys,
you will see a rubber cap that is mounted between the key and the
keyswitch.
7.1
These keyboards do not like hair, biscuits and other kinds of dust. If
any keys fail, it most likely to be the CapsLock key because the hole
around the LED makes it possible for dust to get into the keyswitch. If
you have access to pressurised air, you can fix the key for a limited
period of time by taking off the keytop and blowing some air around the
LED. The best cure is to open the whole keyboard and clean it. This is a
lot of work and involves unscrewing approximately 40 screws. (See the
references mentioned above. Ed.)
7.1
(3) Cherry keyboards − All A5000/A540 machines have this type of
keyboard, which use the same mechanics as the A3000. This is a very good
membrane keyboard which seems to be very long-lasting. The use of
membrane technology makes it impossible for dust to enter the electrical
contacts. This type of keyboard is also the best to type on. It can
easily be identified by taking off one of the keytops, which should have
a little spring mounted on the underside. (Cherry keyboards are the ones
we have on special offer at the moment. Ed.) Knut Folmo, Norway.
7.1
There is a fourth type: the A4000 type keyboard. We haven’t had any of
these go wrong yet, but we’ll report on them as and when they do. Ed.
7.1
• Street maps using Draw − At the risk of being boring, since there have
been lots of articles about using Artworks or Vector to produce street
maps, I offer this solution using plain simple RISC OS 3 Draw. Firstly,
draw your map using ordinary thin lines for the roads. Then group all
the roads together and make their thicknesses (say) 4pt. Switch the grid
lock on and copy the roads. With the grid lock on, a copy is made
exactly one grid distance down and to the right. Therefore you can move
the copy exactly over the original. Now change all the lines in the copy
to colour white and thickness (say) 2pt and, hey presto, there’s your
street map.
7.1
If you want different thickness roads, keep the grid lock on and move
the copy to a different bit of the paper. Then make the copy’s line
colour red (so you can see it) and ungroup both maps. Carefully change
the corresponding road lines to the required thicknesses − e.g. 8pt on
the original and 5pt on the copy for the main roads. Then re-group the
roads and move the copy over the original. Finally, change the copy to
white lines. There may be more elegant ways of generating road maps but
this one is “free” with the Archimedes! Notice also that there are no
problems with joining different sized roads (i.e. the outlines of the
small roads do not project into the big roads. Cain Hunt, Cambridge. A
7.1
Virtual Golf
7.1
Andrew Rawnsley
7.1
Golf simulations have always been popular, both on Acorn and other
platforms. There are more golf simulators for Acorn machines than any
other sports games. Perhaps the success of computer golf may be
attributed to the cost of the computer game when compared to the costs
of golf clubs and membership of the local club!
7.1
Be that as it may, Virtual Golf is 4th Dimension’s new golf game, which
tries to break new ground in computer golf simulation. It is from the
same stable as, and indeed shares the same author as, the original
Archimedes golf game, Holed Out. To this extent, you might be forgiven
for thinking that Virtual Golf is just an upgrade from this fun, if
rather dated, simulator. I prefer to think of it as a sequel rather than
as an upgrade, and not just because 4th Dimension will not be offering
an upgrade to Holed Out owners!
7.1
The major new feature of Virtual Golf is that when you come to play the
stroke, the power-meters and button clicks for power, hook and slice
have totally disappeared and are replaced by the player swinging the
mouse to simulate the club. Obviously you can’t swing the mouse in the
vertical plane, but this certainly beats clicking to stop a power-meter.
7.1
The swinging of the mouse certainly takes some practice, as you can only
achieve a clean impact with the ball if the swing is virtually perfect.
To help in this, the author, Gordon Key, has thoughtfully provided a
driving range, with the typical distance markers (cunningly disguised
paths!), bunkers and greens to pitch onto. Time spent here mastering the
swing, will certainly pay dividends in the main game.
7.1
Once you have conquered (?!?) the basic swing, you may practise any hole
on the course, from any position on the hole. This is, apparently, the
only way to practise putting, and it would be nice to see a practice
putting green implemented. Perhaps a small nine-hole putting course like
you find at most golf clubs and on the seafront at some seaside resorts
could be included?
7.1
One of the advertising slogans on the Virtual Golf box claims that it is
‘almost worth selling your clubs for’. Presumably it is referring to the
swinging of the mouse to represent the club, suggesting that it is
really lifelike. However, I found the game had a tendency to hook the
ball, with around two thirds of my full power stokes being hooked to the
left. In reality, I tend to slice the ball to the right, not hook it,
when playing a bad shot out on the course. This was a little
disappointing and is my only major criticism of the game. There are,
apparently, six types of shot which can be played: (note that the
definitions refer to windless conditions)
7.1
Hook − The ball falls away (heavily) to the left when in flight.
7.1
Draw − The ball drifts slightly to the left when in flight.
7.1
Clean − The balls flies straight and true − often the ideal shot.
7.1
Fade − The ball drifts slightly to the right when in flight.
7.1
Slice − The ball falls away (heavily) to the right when in flight.
7.1
Low Power − The ball only travels a short distance.
7.1
Hooks and slices vary in intensity depending both on the wind and on how
you strike the ball.
7.1
The main game requires at least 2 Mb of memory to run, and may be
installed onto a hard disc, but you will need the main program disc as a
key because of the protection. When loaded, it installs on the iconbar,
and all the game options are available via menus and windows. However,
the gameplay takes place outside desktop, but entering and leaving
desktop is very smooth.
7.1
The aim of the game is rather more interesting than most golf
simulators. Just as in real golf, you must practise playing the course
and then play handicap assessment rounds to try and improve your
handicap. Improving your handicap allows you to enter six increasingly
difficult competitions ranging from the Beginners’ Knockabout open to
everyone, through to the prestigious British Open, which is only
available to players with handicaps of 2 or less. The British Open is
the only tournament in which the names of real golfers are used. The
rest of the opponents are either puns or humorous ideas of Mr Key. The
default holder of the Acorn Masters trophy is Mr Archi Medes (groan!).
7.1
The variety of options is huge:
7.1
It is possible to select Winter, Spring, Summer or Autumn conditions
affecting both the gameplay and the graphics.
7.1
You can select match play (complete with gimmies and retiring),
strokeplay, handicap assessment, or tournament rounds.
7.1
Between one and four players may be present in any game, all of which
can be saved as player files, and each can be right or left-handed.
7.1
You can save the game and scorecard at any point.
7.1
There is a special high resolution display mode for owners of VGA
monitors (but which seems very small on an Acorn Multisync). The normal
graphics run in an overscan screen mode to increase the available screen
area.
7.1
There is an option to turn off the map and stroke information whilst the
ball is in flight, allowing you to see the shot more clearly.
7.1
It is possible to obtain information about the tournaments, such as who
the last winner was and when, and see a picture of the trophy awarded to
the winner.
7.1
You can set the sound level between 0 and 15.
7.1
The above is not even a complete list of the many features packed into
the game, but suffice it to say that I don’t think that any other golf
game on Acorn machines offers so many facilities. The only missing
option would be the skill option available in Holed Out, to set whether
or not wind affects the ball, and what sort of lie balls landing in
bunkers and the rough will be given.
7.1
At present, the game is only supplied with a course based on that at
Wentworth which is a shame. Two courses, as in Holed Out, would have
added more variety, although the manual states that more courses will be
available sometime in the future. Each course contains over 1Mb of data
so, we are told, these extra courses may take some time to complete.
7.1
The in-game graphics are particularly good with detailed slopes of
hills, rises and slopes. It makes a nice change to see a 4th Dimension
game with polished graphics to match the quality of the gameplay. Acorn-
only games seem usually to have superb gameplay, let down by their
graphics, whereas on consoles and other games machines, the reverse is
true.
7.1
Scenery is provided in the form of digitised trees and bushes, with
houses and even smoking industrial chimneys in the background! The
leaves of the plants vary according to the season selected.
7.1
Overall, Virtual Golf appears to be the best golf simulator available on
Acorn machines, but Cambridge International Software’s Microdrive 2 has
the advantage of being well established with quite a few of Virtual
Golf’s features, and extra courses and a course designer are currently
available. (Note that MD2 and MD Designer are both currently available
at the special price of £16 each. Ed.)
7.1
Virtual Golf costs £34.95 from 4th Dimension, or £33 through Archive.
Whether it is really ‘worth selling your clubs for’, I leave you to
decide, but I should hope that most golfers would receive more than £35
for their clubs! A
7.1
Colour Printing
7.1
Jim Nottingham
7.1
Colour printing is now available at a sensible price on the Archimedes.
I have had some experience of this and would like to offer a few
thoughts that will, hopefully, help others moving into this fascinating
area.
7.1
Paper & transparencies for inkjets
7.1
In the last year or so, there have been a number of valuable suggestions
in Archive about the best papers to use with inkjets/bubblejets. Having
been fortunate enough to be able to justify buying the superb Canon
BJC800, I’ve had varying results both with the recommended brands and
around 30 other types, so here are my own findings:
7.1
‘Cheapo’ duplicating papers − pretty useless on the BJC800, with lots of
colour runs and jagged edges with all printer settings.
7.1
Canon brand − one-sided, very white, very good but very expensive
(around 12p per A4 sheet, 25p for A3).
7.1
‘Colour Enhancement Paper’ from System Insight − mentioned in earlier
Archives, one-sided, not perfect white and rather thin (70gsm?) but, for
my money, the best printed results by a very long chalk. Mid-price at
£35 per A4 ream (= 7p/sheet), unfortunately not available in A3.
7.1
‘Final Quality Smooth Paper’ from System Insight − a lovely paper but,
despite what the catalogue says, useless on the BJC800! When I queried
this, SI said it’s good on the BJ10 and BJ200 but they don’t recommend
it for colour. Price £25 per A4 ream.
7.1
Posh ‘letterhead’ papers − Conqueror etc. Two-sided, quite white,
usually around 100gsm, readily available around £15 per A4 ream.
Reasonably good results, so best value for money unless you really need
the higher quality of Canon or System Insight papers.
7.1
Transparencies − very few brands recommended for the BJC800. Best value
from System Insight (£24 for 40 sheets = 60p/sheet) or, for a slightly
better result, Folextran from Canon suppliers at £60 for 100 sheets =
60p/sheet). Both brands are heavily coated and so they pick up gunge and
finger marks very quickly. Probably best to store/use them in clear
pockets. The suppliers say Folextran are also good on lasers but I’ve
found the results rather iffy. (Can anyone recommend a brand for use on
laser printers?) (I use Datamark which I buy from a local stationery
supplier and that seems fine. Ed.)
7.1
System Insight are a very helpful firm with lots of inkjet consumables
in their free catalogue.
7.1
Ironically, I’ve had problems getting Canon products; their recommended
suppliers don’t seem to want to be bothered with cottage industries.
However, I’ve found Copymore Office Automation to be very helpful and
with prompt delivery. You can contact Simon at Freepost BM130,
Birmingham, B12 8BR. Tel 0800-102010. Fax 021-753-0075.
7.1
Colour printing in practice
7.1
The BJC800 review and Charles Moir’s valuable comments in Archive 6.1
pp45-49 introduced us to the problems of colour variations between what
you see on screen and what you get on paper. These are quite significant
and, presumably, affect all colour printers, but you can also get quite
marked differences between different brands of paper or transparencies.
7.1
Since getting the BJC800, I’ve been trying out all sorts of ideas to
combat the general darkening of colours and, more problematical, the
changes in some colour hues. Results have been very variable but I’ve
had some successes, so here are a few ideas:
7.1
Adjusting the screen palette or using new screen palettes (such as that
supplied with Artworks) produces only marginal improvements and, in
practice, is really only good for 16-colour modes.
7.1
For sprites, there are two usable options. Firstly, a number of programs
(e.g. scanners or digitisers) allow you to apply gamma correction in
software. This lightens darker colours but leaves lighter colours alone
− clever stuff. It can combat the general darkening quite well but is
not so effective on hue changes. You will probably need lots of trial
and error, depending on the hardware, the program and even the original
image but a gamma correction of around 2.20 seems to be a good starting
point.
7.1
Alternatively, if you have 4Mation’s excellent Chameleon application, I
recommend dropping the sprite into !Draw and then into Chameleon. It is
then possible to tweak the sprite by using Chameleon’s global change
facilities. (You can’t change individual colours of sprites in
Chameleon.) I find weakening or brightening the image by a couple of
mouse clicks can often give the desired effect − the Chameleon manual
says this is equivalent to increasing white or reducing black − I don’t
understand it but it seems to work.
7.1
I haven’t found any method of combatting the hue changes with sprites −
does anyone have any ideas please?
7.1
Drawfiles are easier to deal with in more detail. Simply select each
line or filled area in turn and tweak the colour to give the desired
result when printed. This does need a little experience but that comes
very quickly. On the BJC800, I find using lighter shades of the primary
colours (yellow, cyan and magenta) works a treat, while combinations of
any two (to give lighter shades of red, green and blue) works quite
well. It’s only when you use darker shades, or start mixing all three
colours, that problems set in. With a modicum of trial and error, it
should be very easy to deduce a range of usable colours that will work
well with your printer.
7.1
If you really need to reproduce a specific colour, bearing in mind that
you can get quite different results on different materials, the only way
round it seems to be to use a colour cube. Segments of a cube are quite
easy to produce on paper, using the super interpolation functions of
Artworks, Vector or Draw. You can then choose the specific colours you
want and set the RGB values in either 0-100% or 0-255 units, depending
on your program. With this method, the colours on screen will probably
look all wrong but you really can achieve WYWIWYG (what you want is what
you get... ).
7.1
On the monthly program disc are a number of drawfiles which will enable
you to print them out on your own printer. A
7.1
Gemini
7.1
Hutch Curry
7.1
Gemini is a computerised version of the parlour game ‘Pelmanism’ which
is supplied on two discs for £29.95 +VAT by Cambridge Software House.
The first disc contains the Gemini application, a RISC OS 2 !Fonts
directory containing the Tabloid font, a !System and a directory of some
supplied sprites for the game. The application is started in the usual
manner by double-clicking on the Gemini icon. The program then installs
itself on the iconbar. To progress any further, you must drag one of the
directories from within the Games1 directory onto the iconbar.
7.1
The game is played with different numbers of ‘card pairs’ (3, 10 or 20).
When you begin, these are placed face down on the board. You turn over a
card by clicking on it. You then must try to locate a match for the
first card from the remaining face down cards. Depending on the game,
the match can either be literal (picture to picture) or symbolic
(picture to word). If you have been successful and found a match, the
cards are turned over again but the cards now have a different colour
backing to indicate that they are no longer in play. There are icons on
top of the board to indicate how many pairs have been found and a
counter to display the number of moves taken. The gameplay is reasonably
smooth but there seems to be an absence of any sound effects. This is
unfortunate as the use of sound might have increased the user’s interest
level.
7.1
From the iconbar menu, you can choose a number of options. You can
choose which of the available outline fonts to use for displaying the
names when the pairs are matched. You can also choose to have the cards
graphically ‘flip’ end over end when they are chosen as opposed to just
appearing in place of the background. Also, you can select the length of
display time before the cards are turned face down again after failing
to make a match. Gemini also includes a facility to store a complete
record of game play that can be saved to disc and replayed at any time.
Finally, there is an option to reshuffle the cards for another game.
7.1
Gemini is supplied with a second disc of games which includes such
themes as cats, dogs, dinosaurs, colours and number. In addition, Gemini
is supplied with a blank set of sprites and a sample script file so that
users can generate their own games. This is a nice idea that should
substantially extend the program’s lifespan for the purchaser.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
Gemini is a competent program with a number of nice features. However, I
think that the price tag of £29.95 is a bit high when one considers the
availability of a number of quite good PD versions of Pelmanism. A
7.1
Genesis Magpie Column
7.1
Paul Hooper
7.1
Skeletons in the cupboard
7.1
This month we are going to have a look at ‘skeleton’ pages within both
of the programs and the way you can utilise them to save not only work
but also disc space. As usual, the two programs deal with this problem
in different ways sometimes with unpredictable results! To illustrate
the differences, I will take an example from the Swap Shop catalogue and
describe how an identical application can be tackled in both Genesis and
Magpie.
7.1
The problem was this, I wished to set up an alphabet which would be
printed out along the bottom of every page and each letter was to be
linked to a separate page. The page format was also to be the same with
a large upper case letter and a lower case letter of the same size, both
of which were to be linked to a sound sample. I also required a next
page button. The picture below should explain the problem.
7.1
Magpie solution
7.1
In Magpie, there is a skeleton icon which can be used to set up a
skeleton page. First of all, we create a text frame and type in our
alphabet, then using the button tool you need to create 26 individual
transparent buttons covering each of the letters in turn. These buttons
need to be linked to the corresponding pages but one of the problems
with Magpie now rears its head − you can’t link to a page that doesn’t,
as yet, exist.
7.1
Yet with a little lateral thinking, you can overcome the problem. A
skeleton page in Magpie is a blueprint for all the others. You can edit
the skeleton page and it will affect all the pages that use that
blueprint. So, create your pages with pictures, sound samples, etc on
them using the skeleton page and then go back to your skeleton page and
edit it so that the buttons now point to the pages that you have
created. Save your new skeleton page and now every page in your alphabet
will be altered. The frame for the large letters can be formed in the
normal way but left blank so that you can type in the correct letter.
The skeleton page also has the next page button on it although my last
page would not require this but would require a button to return to the
beginning. Now if you try to modify a button that is part of a skeleton
page, you will get an error message. The way round this is to use the
rubber and remove the button on the last page, then replace it with a
new button connected to the first page. Magpie will not allow you to
edit anything that appears on a copy of a skeleton page but it will
allow you to rub it out.
7.1
Genesis solution
7.1
To solve the problem in Genesis is a little more complex. Over the past
few months, much has been said in this column about the use of the
shared resources area. Not only can you use this area for graphics but
you can also use it to save script language.
7.1
So if you wish to include a ‘skeleton’ page, create a page in the normal
way and using the ‘Info’ option at the top of the page menu, slide off
and, using the ‘Page’ option, open up the ‘Page Information’ − this has
a save script option. Save the script for your skeleton page into a
directory and then open up your shared resources area by using <menu>
over the Genesis icon, rename the script to something more meaningful
and drop the icon into the resources area. Now each time you wish to use
this skeleton page, you create a page as normal and then open up the
page script by holding down <Shift> and clicking <select> over the page
icon from the ‘Show’ sub menu. Drag the script file for this page into
Edit and type in:
7.1
INCLUDE “Your name”
7.1
Using the name that you used for your script in the resources area. Now
save the new page script by dragging it into the page resources area and
when you open up the page you will have your skeleton page. Now if you
change anything on your skeleton page, it will effect all the others.
Beware of altering your skeleton on a copy page, as this will mean that
the whole of the skeleton page is saved within your new page definition.
7.1
As an example on the month’s disc, I have included a Genesis demo which
is also a tutorial on the use of skeleton pages. Feel free to modify and
experiment with this and if you have any queries about the use of
skeleton pages, please let me know.
7.1
The Swap Shop
7.1
It has been very quiet for the last month on the Swap Shop front and I
have spent the time converting applications between the two formats. Let
me just remind readers how the Swap Shop works. If you have created a
Magpie or Genesis application, just send it to me and, in return, I will
send you a copy of the Catalogue. You can then select three applications
from the catalogue and send me the formatted discs and you will receive
them by return of post. If you are writing on behalf of an educational
establishment, put your request on headed note paper and you can choose
as many applications as you like so long as you provide the discs and
return postage.
7.1
National Education Multimedia Awards
7.1
These awards have been set up by NCET to encourage the creation of
multimedia compositions in the classroom. The awards are split into four
categories: 11 years and under, 12-16 years, 17-19 years, Students in
Initial Teacher Education.
7.1
Entry forms are available from: The NEMA Office, NCET, Sir William Lyons
Road, Science Park, Coventry, CV4 7EZ. The closing date is 31st March
1994.
7.1
This is an opportunity for schools to write and design their own Magpie
or Genesis applications and receive a real reward. Yet one thing has
struck me, many of the primary schools around this area are still
struggling on with the BBC Master and even the good old ‘B’. This would
be an ideal time to offer assistance to your local primary school by
offering your services and machine to help them out.
7.1
Next month
7.1
Next month’s column will take a close look at some of the applications
that we have in the Swap Shop, and will also examine what makes a good
application and other areas where Genesis and Magpie would be useful.
7.1
The end bit
7.1
If you have any suggestions or queries concerning either program, or if
you have an application/binder that you want to swap then drop me a line
to Paul Hooper, 11 Rochford Road, Martham, Gt. Yarmouth, NR29 4RL.
Phone: 0493-748474. A
7.1
Zool
7.1
Jean-Paul Hamerton
7.1
Zool was converted by James Byrne at Cygnus Software for Gremlin
Graphics and costs £25.99 or £24 through Archive. It was reviewed on a
1Mb A310 with a 20Mb hard drive. I have have been using this game for
about a month so that I could test its lasting appeal!
7.1
The plot
7.1
You are Zool, the interstellar cosmos dweller from the Nth dimension,
and you are on your way home when you notice a strange wobbling
phenomena. As a member of the Intergalactic Ninjas, you are compelled to
investigate. You move closer to the phenomenon to get a better look, but
some strange power takes over your ship. You are pulled deep into the
strange vortex, the ship starts to spin out of control, you are thrown
from side to side and you black out. You wake to see that your ship has
crashed landed on a planet made from sweets. There is a message on the
computer − you have been brought to the planet to see if your are worthy
of being a Intergalactic Ninja. It will be the first of six worlds for
you to conquer. You will be set a time limit to overcome the many
hazards and collect enough inanimate objects before you will be allowed
to move on to the next world.
7.1
The package
7.1
The game comes on two discs, both of which are unprotected and can be
copied onto a single high density disc or to a hard drive. If you have
enough memory, you could copy one or both of the discs to the ramdisc
and run it from there.
7.1
There is some protection in the form of a cardboard discs. These discs
have pictures of Zool in different poses. At the beginning of the game,
you are shown a picture and asked for the code in a box. You move the
disc to match up with the picture and type in the code. There is one
thing I do hate and I don’t understand why they did it. The codes are
written in black ink on the black card so it can’t be photocopied. It’s
just that I find it hard to read − you have to get the light just right.
7.1
There is an 52 page A5 instruction manual which is divided into four
different languages. The first four pages are taken up by a nice comic
strip which has Zool as an old man, telling his grandson all about how
he got into the predicament he was in. The next eight pages tell you all
about the different worlds and about the different enemies you will meet
on your way. The instructions are very good and tell you all you need to
know. Maybe there is too much information as it might be quite fun to
find out the hard way. There is also a single piece of paper explaining
how you can copy both discs onto a high density disc or a hard drive.
7.1
To load the program, you need to check that you have 640Kb free memory
and then double-click on the Zool icon. Ten seconds or so later, you
come to the protection sequence. You have three tries at typing in the
correct code, after which you get thrown out. When you get the right
code, after another ten seconds, the music starts and a large sprite of
Zool runs to the middle of the screen and jumps up and hangs from the
word Zool. If you press <space>, you will get a menu of different
playing options. Here you will be able to select how hard the game will
be or what type of music you would like. The choice is rave, funk, rock
or green − I don’t know what green is but that’s the one I usually
listen to. Press <fire> on a joystick or the keyboard and the game while
begin.
7.1
The game
7.1
Well, if you don’t already know, Zool is a four-way scrolling platforms
game. There are six different worlds, each with its own theme to
complete. Each world has three sections to it and at the end of every
third section, there will be a big beastie to kill before moving on to
the next world.
7.1
Zool is a funny looking alien with pointed green ears. He is dressed in
black with a nice red sash and has a wide selection of moves, not just
running about and jumping everywhere. You can make him slide, kick and
crouch, and he has even got a nice right hook, good enough to break down
walls − well, some walls. There is one more move that I have kept for
last. All ninjas are renowned for their sword skills and this little
ninja is no exception. Make him jump then press the <fire> button and
see him spin with his sword slicing up all that is in his path. He
starts the game with five lives, each life can take three hits (hearts)
before he will lose it. It is possible to collect more of these hearts
because sometimes, when you kill an enemy, a heart will start to float
to the top of the screen − you must jump and catch it before it goes
away.
7.1
First comes the Sweet World where the majority of the platforms are made
from a sort of cake with smarties in it. Lollipops and candy canes are
trees and the enemies are orange and green jellies with a liquorice
allsorts thrown in for good measure. There are various bumble bees
flying around that are made from sweets − I would have thought that they
could have come up with something more original.
7.1
Music World is the second world and the one I liked most. This has
walking drums and cymbals, and violins that fire their bows at you. I
particularly liked this level because of the massive piano that you can
play by jumping on the keys. At certain places on some of the background
there are music books which have some musical notes on the open pages
and when you play these on the piano strange things happen.
7.1
The next world is Fruit World with pomegranate volcanoes, spitting
carrots, flying pea pods (very wierd-looking), kamikaze tomatoes that
fall from the sky and grapes that hang around in bunches and when you go
near them they attack you by bouncing on top of your head.
7.1
Tool World is very hard. It took me ages to get started as you need to
find a hidden door. The enemies are very strange, woodworms with very
big teeth, drill bits that emerge out of nowhere, never mind the saws,
the chain-saws, the flies that are made from nuts and bolts buzzing all
about and some sort of red bouncy thing that when you shoot it, it
splits into two.
7.1
Toy World’s platforms are made from my favourite toy when I was kid,
Meccano. It looks as if someone has broken some of it, as it has some
very sharp edges. This level has Toy Tanks firing enormous missiles, a
bouncing ball trying to bounce on top of your head, and the Paper
Aeroplanes dropping bombs on you. On one of the later parts, there is a
bouncy castle that you have fun jumping on.
7.1
Last is Fairground World where you can take a ride on a plastic duck or
get killed by some very nasty-looking candy floss or maybe a toffee
apple might give you some G.B.H. There are some hammers that go around
hitting everything in sight but that can be very useful. There is one
thing you must remember − don’t eat the popcorn as it does more than
pop.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
Having had Zool for over a month now, I still enjoy playing it as there
is no way of jumping worlds (unless you have a cheat). Having to
complete each level every time, I would have thought would get a bit
frustrating at times, but Gremlin Graphics have done a good job with the
levels so that there are lots of bits that you might have missed before,
like hidden rooms or bonuses. There are also some hidden games as in
Nevryon.
7.1
I would have like to have seen a little more effort put into making the
player think, instead of just running about and killing anything that
moves. Some of the end-of-level beasties are poor as well. A banana and
alarm clock don’t exactly sound very exciting, and although Jimmy’s
killer guitar sounds a little better, it looks pretty naff. I must say
that the giant bumble bee and Maxie the robot do look very good.
7.1
The graphics and sounds are excellent and put a lot of Archimedes games
to shame. Zool has to be one of the most professionally written games on
the Archimedes. I have even heard that the game could be converted to an
arcade machine − that is how big this game has become. If you have ever
played any type of platform game and enjoyed it, then I really do think
you will enjoy this. A
7.1
Time Traveller − Victorians
7.1
Richard Rymarz
7.1
Time Traveller is a dedicated database that handles information with the
aid of a time line. It is produced by ESM and costs £37.50 +VAT from ESM
or £41 through Archive. It is specifically designed for primary school
children at Key Stage 2 (8 − 11 years old) and is closely linked with
Yorkshire Televisions ‘How We Used to Live’ series of historical
recreations.
7.1
Time Lines contains two discs − a program and a data disc. It easily
installs itself on a hard disc.
7.1
Aims
7.1
Time Traveller has two specific aims. Firstly, to show the relative
position of events so that children can explore the relationship between
one event and the next. Events can be added, for example, to show the
relationship between medical knowledge and social conditions during the
Victorian period. Secondly, there is the opportunity to compare two sets
of time lines alongside each other so that children can test hypothesis
and relationships between sets of data. This, it is hoped, will lead to
children exploring and investigating their own historical topics.
7.1
The Victorians − early and late
7.1
There are a number of ready-made time line files supplied by ESM. Here I
review the Victorians but other files include The Making of the United
Kingdom which covers 1500 to 1750, Britain since the 30s and Trade &
Industry in Medieval Realms.
7.1
An application, !Time, installs itself on the iconbar and the Victorians
Data file is dropped onto it. Immediately, a window opens revealing the
five main themes. Each theme has a number of related subjects. Thus
‘Working Life’ will contain data on Engineering, Factory Work, Farming
and Mining. Four buttons along the top of the data screen allow the user
to switch between the chooser button, simple time line, comparison time
lines and finally a record button. The latter offers information about
the chosen data. Subjects within a theme can be selected using two arrow
buttons. This is all easy to use and should pose no problems for
children.
7.1
Simple time line
7.1
Selecting ‘Working Life’ from the People theme presented me with two
time lines: the inner one was a fairly detailed yearly list of events;
the outer one placed the period shown on screen within the whole
Victorian period. As I scrolled down checking through the data, so the
outer one scrolled in unison. Clicking on any of the items and choosing
the record button gave me information on that event. More than one event
or subject can be chosen and will appear at the top of the data screen.
Double clicking on any of them highlights the events belonging to them.
Thus children can see which events correspond to more than one theme or
subject. New themes, subjects and events can be added to the time line.
They can be deleted but not until countless warnings have been issued.
7.1
The compare time line
7.1
Clicking on the Compare button allows the user to look at two sets of
data with a time line between them. Thus, for instance, the facts
concerning housing and education could be compared to see whether any
links could be determined between them. In this way, it is hoped that
children can formulate their own theories and connections between the
sets of data. Data can be switched from one side of the time line to the
other in order to make comparisons easier.
7.1
Other features
7.1
The Help button gives access to information on any set of data. This can
be changed within the Time Traveller program where full cut and paste,
move, copy, clear, etc functions are available, or data can be exported
as a text file, edited using !Edit and then imported back into Time
traveller. Sprites can be added but not drawfiles.
7.1
Completely new time lines can be created using !Time. Any period in
history can be defined spanning from 9999 BC to 9999 AD (‘future’ time
lines − some creative writing and thinking possible here). It is all
quite easy to do but would take a fair amount of time.
7.1
The program can be configured to suit individual requirements. Typeface,
access, deleting and printing options can all be changed.
7.1
Finally, the documentation is superb. The 25 page manual is beautifully
presented in a hardback file. The instructions are laid out clearly and
are easy to follow. Other documentation includes an A4 hardback file
that accompanies Yorkshire Television’s ‘How We Used to Live’. This is a
wonderful resource in itself containing 48 workcard and 17 photographs
about the Victorians. There is even an audio tape of songs of the
period.
7.1
Conclusions
7.1
Time traveller is easy to use, flexible in that new sets of data can be
created and the documentation is excellent. It manages to provide these
features in a straight forward way and fulfils the first of its aims
well in that it is easy to see sets of data in relation to each other. I
am less convinced that the second aim, comparing time lines, is always
achievable. Leaving aside the problems of using two sets of data that
are somehow linked, random searching, whilst educationally laudable,
could lead to much wasted time. It also requires a fairly sophisticated
level of thinking to hypothesise in the stated way. I wonder whether
children at the age level the program is aimed at (Key Stage 2) could
cope. I admit that I have not tried Time Traveller with any children
since the Victorians are not due for an airing in my school until 1995.
Perhaps now that there is to be an ‘education’ section in Archive, there
will be a forum allowing teachers who use the programs to offer their
experiences. (Also, there are more T-T packages for review so it would
be good to have them looked at by teachers who are currently dealing
with the topics in question. Ed.)
7.1
Much effort has gone into updating these sets of programs (I believe
they began life on the old BBC’s), making them easy to use and providing
usable documentation. I would recommend that any interested buyer
thoroughly trial the program before they part with their money to make
sure it does what they want.
7.1
Time-Traveller Victorians costs £39.50 +VAT from ESM or £43 through
Archive. The price includes a site licence. A
7.1
Time Traveller − Making of U.K. 1500-1750
7.1
Paul Hooper
7.1
I was intrigued by this title. Could two hundred and fifty years of
British history be summed up in a single 800Kb disc? Well, the short
answer is no. The program is designed as an outline which will enable
you to create your own time lines and create a computer database which
can be used to investigate links between data. The title is a direct
quote from the National Curriculum Key Stage 3, Core study unit 3 but
don’t let that put you off! Now I am not going to go into the detail of
the way this program works, as this has been covered in the review by
Richard Rymarz, but how can this program be integrated into a classroom?
7.1
But first the program...
7.1
I must admit that I was pleasantly surprised with the ease of use of the
program. It has a natural feel to it − you intuitively know what to do.
It is very easy to set up and compare time lines, and information cards
can be called up, edited and resaved with the author’s name. The cards
can also be exported in Edit format allowing you to import them into
other applications. I was a bit disappointed that the same sort of
export capability was not provided for the time line itself. If you
could export the time line as a sprite or drawfile, it could be used in
Genesis or other packages. The manual and the binder that go with the
program are excellent with first class photocopy masters, which are
almost worth the price on their own.
7.1
Classroom use
7.1
This program certainly has the capability of being used as a
collaborative venture by different groups of pupils. With the ability to
import Edit files as the information cards, those schools who are lucky
enough to have access to more than one Archimedes or even a few a Pocket
Books, can set groups of pupils working on different subjects and then
collect all the information into Time Traveller. This will involve the
pupils in looking up the information in books, doing word processing and
using English skills. When each of the cards is entered into the
database, a date is required and also the author’s name. This is a real
stroke of genius − there is nothing more encouraging to a child than to
see his name on the screen and to feel that he/she has written part of a
‘computer program’.
7.1
Pictures
7.1
Many of the PD libraries have clipart of kings, queens, explorers,
musicians, etc that can be added to information cards and you could even
scan in pictures. Draw can also be used to add pictures, so you could
create the pictures yourself. One slight quibble here though, is that
you can only add one picture to an information card. So, for instance,
you can only have a single picture of Inigo Jones or the Whitehall
Banqueting hall on the first page of the same card even though the text
may stretch over two or three pages.
7.1
Conclusions
7.1
What may seem at first as a weakness is in fact a strength. The fact
that the time line seems empty encourages you to put more and more
information into it. As any good teacher knows, if you have written the
information down, it is going to be learnt − it is much better than
being the passive recipient of information from the screen. ESM may very
well do themselves out of sales because once you have one copy of Time
Traveller, there is no real need to buy another one. You can create your
own time lines from the program. The only reason to buy another period
is for the photocopy masters. If these were available separately, that
would be very helpful.
7.1
Time Traveller − The Making of the United Kingdom is available from
Archive at £43. A
7.1
Smudge the Spaniel
7.1
Bob & Lisa Ames
7.1
The program comes with seven pages of manual, one of educational notes,
two and a half of “counting songs”, and a full page picture of Smudge
himself. The manual covers the IBM and RISC OS types of computer; the
compressed files may be installed on a hard disc without any problems.
However my AOC multisync doesn’t give a picture − unless I reconfigure
my computer to Monitortype 1 (not 3) and then it all seems to work.
7.1
There are three sections within the program:
7.1
1) Number shapes − The first part involves the student using the mouse
to draw around the shape of an enlarged number. The number is shown
about 8 or 9 cm high on a 14“ screen. To help with number recognition,
there is a similar number of objects for the pupil to count and, with
the sound option ON, the computer speaks the number.
7.1
2) Dot-to-dot − Either move the mouse and connect the spots or type in
the next number and the computer draws the line for you; then colour in
the completed picture.
7.1
3) Count and colour − A picture is coloured in by choosing the correct
answer for a sum in a particular part of a picture and then clicking on
the area which contains the question. (Rather an odd order to do
things!)
7.1
It is important to leave the write protect tab closed so that the disc
may be written to during the program. The CC !Compression utility is
used to de-compress sprite files as the program progresses and if the
program is the first thing run after switch on, this will load
automatically. However, as I use a complicated !Boot sequence, the
utility doesn’t load and it is necessary to load it manually first. Then
all the sprite files can be accessed. If the disc is write-protected, or
the decompression utility has not loaded, the dots have no numbers,
there are no letters to draw round and there is no picture to (count
and) colour!
7.1
The non-protected master disc may be backed-up at will. Hard disc
installation presented a few problems; the !CFS parameters had to be
changed manually (the full hard disc file path had to be typed into the
!config file), otherwise the CFS system didn’t look at the !Scrap file
on the hard disc and there weren’t any sprite files with the tasks (see
above). I think the procedure for hard disc installation should be spelt
out in the manual − I suspect that it would be beyond the scope of the
average user!
7.1
Specific problems encountered
7.1
You can’t properly reach the Info icon with the mouse on Count & Colour.
When you do, it doesn’t tell you that you are actually in the “assist
mode” until the next operation, so you don’t know that your attempt at
selection of Info was successful. The Info feature should be useful
because it gives a standard “ 5+4=?? ” format sum with the relevant
numbers of dots beneath each figure, so the child can count up the dots
for the answer. However, despite the warning in the manual, the random
nature of the sums still should give realistic colours (e.g. the sky
shouldn’t be green!) The completed Count and Colour picture may be given
a title, by colouring in and then pressing <escape> (Why escape?) and
typing in the title. This can be printed but the program doesn’t save
the picture.
7.1
When Number Drawing with the mouse, a line is drawn when the button is
released but it doesn’t draw a line when the button is pressed; (exactly
the opposite to !Draw!). I found this rather strange and Lisa couldn’t
understand this for a long while. The lines can be drawn in any (or
all!) of eight colours.
7.1
In Dot to Dot, in colour-in mode, you can’t go back to use the pen, so
you can draw extra lines. You can’t redo colour fills and the brush
bristles ought to change colour to indicate the colour to be painted
when a colour is selected. The selection process is unreliable and you
cannot change the colour when an area is painted wrongly!
7.1
Dot to Dot is very slow to respond to keyboard input. There seems to be
long gaps while Smudge walks to the next number in the sequence − this
causes frustration to more able children.
7.1
Sometimes even the computer leaves gaps in the lines and colour floods
out to colour large areas of the picture and this cannot be rectified
after the event. The “hollow” numbers (e.g. 6, 8, 9, 0) which mark the
dots cannot be filled with colour.
7.1
It is a great pity that the standard RISC OS printer drivers were not
used − I could not print out anything with my HP Desk Jet − I had to
resort to a noisy old Epson dot matrix! Any Epson which looks like an
FX80 will work, sideways printing the screens in true mono (i.e. black
and white only, no shading).
7.1
I’m glad to see there is a version of the program on the disc which can
be run on a simple unexpanded 1Mb machine. This does without some of the
frills − e.g. there is no sound apart from the introduction music.
7.1
Somehow during our investigations, the mouse was reconfigured to fast
resolution horizontally, but slow vertically! Surely, this isn’t
possible, is it?! It cleared to fast (my default) both ways, on
resetting the computer.
7.1
Telephone support was good and I suppose that the price of £24 through
Archive (£25.99 inclusive from Storm Educational Software) is just about
‘value-for-money’.
7.1
By the way, I must say that Smudge’s barks are very life-like − our dogs
took an instant dislike to them! A
7.1
PipeLineZ
7.1
Gerald Fitton
7.1
This month, I have two topics on which to express my views. The first is
‘porting’ data to other platforms. The second is a ‘not quite’
comparison of PipeDream 4 and Resultz!
7.1
PipeDream 2
7.1
I’m not sure why, but recent correspondence has included more than a few
reminiscences about the ‘good old days’ when PipeDream 2 existed on the
Archimedes under the Arthur (RISC OS 1) operating system, also on the A4
size, battery operated Z88, and on the PC running under MS DOS 2! In
particular, Elwyn Morris praises highly this concept of ‘portability’ of
PipeDream from one platform to another at great length. Those who ask
questions rather than make comment want to know if PipeDream 4 will be
‘ported’ to the PC − and, if not, then what is involved in transferring
data between PipeDream 4 (or PipeDream 3) on the Archimedes and
PipeDream 2 (or any other suitable package) on the PC.
7.1
The quick answer to the second part of the question is that there is a
utility which will allow you to transfer PipeDream files to run under
Lotus 1-2-3 on a PC. The longer answer is that PipeDream files can be
‘converted’ to WK1 format and there are many PC spreadsheet packages
which will read in and save worksheets in WK1 format.
7.1
The user interface
7.1
An even longer answer, which avoids a direct response to the first part
of the question, is that, for most users, it doesn’t matter whether they
are using an Archimedes, a Macintosh, an Amiga, an Atari or a PC with
MS DOS 2 or Windows. What does matter is that the user interface is
familiar. By a familiar user interface, I mean that, whatever the
combination of hardware and operating system being used, the user can
employ the same keystrokes, the same mouse operations, the same
formulae, indeed, the same everything and produce the same effect. One
of the most valuable features of PipeDream 2 was that it had (almost)
the same user interface (including pull-down menus and even colour
scheme) on the Z88, the PC and the Archimedes.
7.1
It would seem that many of you hanker after a spreadsheet package which
has the same user interface on the Archimedes and under Windows on a PC.
Well, I suppose one answer is for Acorn to ‘port’ Microsoft Windows onto
the Archimedes. I wonder how hard that would be? Then you would be able
to run a Windows spreadsheet like Excel on the Archimedes. Another
alternative is for Acorn to to provide a desktop environment which runs
on a PC − I wonder how likely that is? A third alternative is a PC
Windows version of PipeDream 4 − but I think that is unlikely. (If your
are interested in this argument, see also the discussion in the
Spreadsheets Column, on page 13, about Eureka 2 − which is facing
criticism for being too like PC Excel! Ed.)
7.1
The drift to PCs
7.1
There is no doubt that PCs look cheap compared with the Archimedes and
the Windows environment is similar in many ways to the Desktop. Over the
last five years, I have seen quite a few of my correspondents gradually
shift their position from “The Archimedes is far superior to a PC
running MS DOS” through “PCs are improving and their prices are falling”
and “I’m going to get a PC with Windows as my second machine” to “I’m
now using the PC more than my Archimedes” and finally “The packages
available for Windows are superior to anything available for the
Archimedes”.
7.1
Now let me make it quite clear that what I have quoted above is not
typical but it does represent a growing proportion of erstwhile
Archimedes (and hence PipeDream) users. When I am invited to respond to
their rhetorical questions, my response is that really the hardware, the
operating system and even whether it is Windows or Desktop doesn’t
matter to users. What does count is whether the package (be it a word
processor, spreadsheet or CAD) has all the features needed (power) and
has a user interface which is intuitive and ‘easy to use’.
7.1
For my own part, like so many of my correspondents, I would like to see
PipeDream 4 ‘ported’ to run under Windows but I am fairly sure that it
won’t happen.
7.1
(My dream, as mentioned in my editorial in Archive 6.11, was that
WindowsNT − which is, after all, supposed to be platform-independent −
would be ported onto the new ARM700 machine. That way, we could give the
“you’ve got to be standard” lobby something to work on. They would then
have the RISC OS facility in their hands so that they could see how much
better it was and thereby have their sights lifted. Ed.)
7.1
PipeDream 4 or Resultz
7.1
Now to something completely different...
7.1
The question of whether to buy (or stick with) PipeDream 4 rather than
Resultz is one which has been put to me many times in the last couple of
months, particularly by users of PipeDream 3. I’ve decided that this
isn’t a fair question, so I’m going to give an answer which many of you
will regard as more than a little unsatisfactory. My defence is that, at
the end of my exposition, you will want to ask a different question −
even if I can’t answer that one either!
7.1
The price of PipeDream 4 has fallen. Those of you who have bought it at
the lower price (£140 through NCS) reaffirm what I have always believed:
it was the price rather than the specification which deterred you from
purchasing PipeDream 4 in the past. The price of upgrading from
PipeDream 3 to PipeDream 4 (direct from Colton Software) is attractive.
7.1
Sticking with the commercial features (rather than the technical
description), the drawback of buying PipeDream 4 is that it is most
unlikely that it will be upgraded any further so that, over a period of
time, you may become dissatisfied with features that it doesn’t have.
7.1
Now to some technical points. My opinion is that PipeDream 4 is far from
the end of its life because it has features that many people want that
Resultz doesn’t have. In particular, PipeDream offers fast printing
(using PipeDream printer drivers) using the fonts resident within your
printer − I call this ‘character printing’. If you use the system font
for your screen display, that will ‘match’ character printing and gives
a much faster screen response than outline fonts − also many find the
system font easier to read than outline fonts.
7.1
PipeDream 4 also supports command files (called macros in PipeDream 3).
With a command file, you can change the shape of your document. For
example, you can add, delete and move columns, rows and blocks. You can
automate a complex search and replace sequence (such as converting to
smart quotes and ligatures). You can even save and load files, or parts
of files, from and to documents. Resultz does not support command files.
7.1
I believe that the charts facilities of PipeDream 4 are ‘better’ than
those provided by the rather basic charts module of Resultz. Judge for
yourself. I created the chart below completely in PipeDream (with no
help from !Draw) and the chart opposite is the nearest I can get to the
same style in Resultz. The Resultz charts module does not allow the
addition of a heading nor could I find a way of adding Yesterday, Today
or Minutes. Of course, it might be me − I’ll let you know.
7.1
Another good point is that there is a long history of PipeDream usage.
What follows from this is that if you have a problem that you can’t
solve, the chances are that someone else has a solution. You will almost
certainly get useful advice from either the NCS technical help line or
the PipeLine user group (which is run by me).
7.1
Finally, we come to the reason why I think the question of comparing
PipeDream 4 with Resultz is unfair. PipeDream 4 is an integrated package
which is primarily a spreadsheet, indeed, until Resultz was released,
there is no doubt that PipeDream 4 was the best spreadsheet available
for the Archimedes. However, PipeDream has other features. For example,
it is also an excellent word processor with a deep paste list so you can
cut as many words or blocks as you like and then paste them back in
‘last cut first pasted’ order − Resultz, like Impression, has a paste
depth of only one object. PipeDream is also a highly useable ‘flat form’
database which can be searched and sorted. I could go on listing other
features of PipeDream 4’s integrated nature − but I expect that you can
list them yourselves.
7.1
Resultz
7.1
Resultz is now a ‘product available’ in the Archive sense of the word.
If you have registered either PipeDream 3, PipeDream 4 or Wordz with
Colton Software then, by the time you read this, you should have
received publicity material about their limited period discount offer to
registered users (offer ends on 15th October 1993 so don’t wait for
Acorn World). After the initial offer, the recommended price will be
about £120 +VAT so it is likely that NCS will be offering Resultz at
about the same price as PipeDream 4. (Yes, it’s £125, cf £140 for PD4.
Ed.) If you have one of Colton Software’s products and haven’t heard
from them by the time you read this, I suggest that you give them a ring
on 0223-311881 and ask for the Resultz leaflets.
7.1
Let me return to your unfair question asking me to recommend to you
Resultz or PipeDream. What has Resultz got that PipeDream 4 hasn’t? I
shall have to answer that in two stages. Let me start by describing some
of the facilities of Resultz before I move on to Fireworkz.
7.1
Resultz is much more WYSIWYG than PipeDream ever was or ever could be.
By this, I mean that you can see where the edges of the page are. You
can create a Resultz document which consists of many pages down but,
unlike PipeDream, a Resultz document can consist of many pages across as
well as down so that, however wide your spreadsheet, you can always
print every column (albeit on separate sheets of paper).
7.1
In Resultz, you can have a deep row containing a headline at 36 point
followed by many narrow rows of mixed numerical data and text at
12 point, say. In PipeDream, this would be difficult if not impossible
and certainly wouldn’t look on the screen as it would print. Resultz
supports vertical alignment − this means that you can place text or
numbers at the top, bottom or centre of a slot (as well as left, right
or centre).
7.1
In Resultz, there is what I call a ‘Line break’ facility. If you tap
<return> on its own then, as in PipeDream, you will move down into the
next slot but, if you use <ctrl-return>, you will find yourself on a new
line but still within the same slot. To cater for slots consisting of
many rows of text, the size of a Resultz slot grows downwards
automatically to match the number of lines of text it contains. You can
change the line spacing in Resultz, line by line, if you wish.
7.1
Resultz allows you to draw boxes around slots. This is useful if you
have a mixture of tables and text on the same page. In PipeDream, the
grid is either on the whole sheet or not at all.
7.1
Resultz formatting relies on Styles and Effects. Whether it is the
number of digits to be displayed after the decimal point or whether you
wish to protect a cell, the ‘best’ way of producing the desired result
is by defining and then applying a style. For example, you could define
a set of styles called Precision_0, Precision_1, etc as having 0 decimal
points, 1 decimal point, etc and, if you decided that you wanted to
change a block to a precision of 1 dp then all you need to do is mark
the block and apply the 1 dp style. Box_On and Box_Off could be two
styles for drawing boxes around slots and removing the box respectively
− I’m sure you can see how to protect and remove protection from a
marked block of slots.
7.1
Now here’s something interesting about the way Resultz ‘works’ which, in
the future, we may find in other packages. Resultz consists of many
‘small’ modules, one of which is a charts module and I’m going to use
that as my example. When you load Resultz onto the iconbar, you do not
load all the package into the memory of the Archimedes. In particular,
you do not load the charts module − it remains on your disc. When you
decide that you want to create a chart by ‘pressing’ the Create chart
button, the charts module is loaded from disc to the memory of the
machine. If you no longer need a charts module (because none of the
documents you have loaded uses a chart) then the charts module is
removed from memory.
7.1
Following on from this is something that you may find interesting (or it
may cause you some concern if you don’t know what’s going on). Because
the charts module isn’t loaded until you ‘press’ the Create chart
button, the Choices menu doesn’t show an option for ‘Chart − Automatic
update’. The option just isn’t there in the Choices window. This in turn
means that you can’t Save a set of choices (your default) which include
the automatic updating of charts (or not if that is your preference)
until you have loaded the charts module. You must load the module before
you save your defaults.
7.1
The same philosophy applies to all the Resultz modules, as well as to
the modules which make up Wordz (after version 1.04) and I’m sure it
will apply to all Fireworkz modules.
7.1
If you are not sure whether you want to buy Resultz, I recommend that
you try the Resultz demo disc. The demo disc version does (nearly)
everything that the full version will do except that you will not be
able to save or print your work. With the demo disc, you can load and
run Resultz applications created by other people, you can change the
data, add new rows, columns and functions, you can reformat them (on
screen only), drag in style templates or create your own styles. You
will also be able to drag your PipeDream spreadsheets into the demo
version of Resultz and see how much faster they recalculate (I make it
about three times faster for most of my big sheets!)
7.1
Fireworkz
7.1
FireWorkz is still not a ‘product available’ in the Archive sense of the
word but, in order for you to make up your mind about whether to buy
Resultz, you need to know more about Fireworkz. Fireworkz is due for
release in October 1993 − I suspect at Acorn World, if not before.
7.1
If you buy Resultz, but not Wordz, you will be able to use all the
spreadsheet facilities of Resultz and you will be able to type text into
text slots and align the text to left, right or centre but there will be
facilities peculiar to Wordz that you will not have. For example, you
will not be able to create styles with tab stops since that is a Wordz
facility.
7.1
If you buy Wordz, but not Resultz, you will be able to type in text,
create styles having tab stops, you’ll have a dictionary, spell checker
and many other facilities not available in Resultz.
7.1
If you have both Wordz and Resultz, you will be able to save a document
from one package and load it into the other. For example, you can create
a document in Wordz using a style containing tab stops and then drag
that document into a Resultz window. The style (including the tabs) will
be accepted by Resultz and you will be able to apply that style anywhere
in the document as if it were a Resultz style. What you will not be able
to do in Resultz is change the position of the tab stop.
7.1
Of course, I could have chosen many other examples of what can be done
in one package but not in the other but the tab stop example illustrates
the principle. To appreciate exactly what you can do in one package and
not the other, you really need to try it.
7.1
If I create a style, or set of styles, using Wordz and send you a disc
with such a Wordz document, you will be able to load it into Resultz and
it will look just like it does to me in Wordz. What you will not be able
to do in Resultz is modify the styles I have created. If I send you a
set of styles (in the form of a blank template) which I have created
using Wordz, you will be able to load that set of styles into Resultz
and create documents similar to those I have done in Wordz.
7.1
Where does Fireworkz come into the equation?
7.1
FireWorkz will allow you to integrate both Wordz and Resultz into one
package with one icon on the iconbar. If you do that, your Fireworkz
package will have the ‘functionality’ of all the things I have called
‘modules’ from Wordz and from Resultz. You will find that your one
Fireworkz package will have spreadsheet functions and charts available
from the Resultz modules and, from the Wordz modules, tab stops,
dictionaries and the spell checker. The modular nature of Fireworkz will
ensure that the only modules loaded into the memory of your machine will
be those needed for the documents you have loaded.
7.1
I hope that you are now beginning to see why it is difficult to compare
Resultz with PipeDream. The modules which comprise Resultz are only one
part of the broader concept of Fireworkz. Indeed, some of the Fireworkz
modules, such as those which will run the database or improve the charts
(to match the facilities available in PipeDream 4), have not been
written yet. As I said last month, you will be able to ‘mix and match’
those parts of Fireworkz that you want.
7.1
What I would dearly like to know is what the full extent of Fireworks
will be. Of course, that is impossible to know − I believe nobody knows
yet! If you have an idea for a particular facility you would like made
available for addition to Fireworkz (e.g. a draw module), then I’d like
to hear from you.
7.1
Let me return to the commercial side of Fireworkz. In an earlier
PipeLine article, I highlighted the software suppliers’ problem that
their positive cash flow exists only when they sell a package. When they
supply you with free upgrades, this represents negative cash flow for
them. It is difficult (particularly in the Acorn world) to persuade
existing users to part with more cash for the upgrade. Asking dealers
and distributors to pay for upgrades which they provide free to users
won’t work because they are certainly not into negative cash flow
transactions. To a large extent, Fireworkz overcomes that commercial
problem but, I believe, it will do so at the expense of making problem-
solving for the NCS help line and the Fireworkz user group much more
difficult.
7.1
You could think of Fireworkz rather like a Lego kit. First you buy a
starter set containing a few blocks and, with it, you can do quite a few
interesting things. You find that you want to do more − so you buy
another box containing parts not in the starter kit. I believe that
Colton Software will continue to enhance Fireworkz by marketing
‘upgrades’ as modules which you can buy and then integrate with your
personal Fireworkz package. As you add more modules (such as a database
module, an intermediate or advanced charts package or a draw or paint
package) the ‘functionality’ of your ‘custom built’ Fireworkz package
will increase.
7.1
From the commercial angle, as you buy the extra modules, you provide
Colton Software with positive cash flow. If you keep asking for
additional facilities and are prepared to pay for them, Colton Software
will keep designing and selling them. Fireworkz is a ‘pay as you go’
package rather than a ‘free upgrades’ package!
7.1
From my point of view as the organiser of a Fireworkz user group, I can
see that I shall have to cater for a wide range of Fireworkz
configurations. That will make life ‘interesting’ (in the Chinese sense
of the word). I can see that I will have to say to some of my enquirers
not “You need to upgrade to version 4.13 of PipeDream − the upgrade is
free” but “I suggest that you buy the ‘Advanced charts module’ if you
really need to produce such a chart”.
7.1
Think about the implications of what I’ve said and let me know your
views. I’ll print a representative selection of them.
7.1
To summarise
7.1
I hope that, in refusing to compare Resultz with PipeDream 4, I have
shown you that a direct comparison is less meaningful than, at first,
you might have thought. What you need to compare is PipeDream 4 with the
‘ultimate’ Fireworkz package that you want to build up from a kit of
modules − and that is difficult. Consider the following: (a) I don’t
know what you want; (b) I don’t think anyone knows what modules will
become available; and (c) Fireworkz is open-ended. I can’t answer the
question yet!
7.1
Finally
7.1
If you wish to write to me, if you want a Resultz or Wordz demo disc
(£2.00 EC − £2.50 Non-EC), my address is that of Abacus Training given
on the back inside cover of Archive. A
7.1
Music Column
7.1
Stewart Watson
7.1
The main subject this month is a review of Sound Advice but first a
couple of small points.
7.1
Help!
7.1
I promised to send someone system-exclusive data to initialise their
Korg M1 but, unfortunately, I’ve lost the letter with your name and
address. If you phone me again, I promise I’ll send you the discs, etc,
straight away.
7.1
Inspiration
7.1
A member of Archive, Graham Greenhorn from Glasgow, has managed to get
Inspiration to run on his A5000 under RISC OS 3.10 and is willing to
help other Inspiration users if they contact him on 041-334-1951.
7.1
Sound Advice
7.1
Sound Advice is a multitasking 24 track music sequencer, with a host of
features, from The Really Small Software Company. In fact, it is more
than just a sequencer as it also includes a sound editor and a file
conversion program. The package, which comes in an A5 ring binder,
consists of a manual, a program disc and a data disc.
7.1
Program disc
7.1
The program disc contains the three applications: MusicEd, SampleEd and
Converter. The discs are not protected which shows a trust which I hope
will be respected. Also on the program disc are !Scrap, !System and
!SysMerge.
7.1
Data disc
7.1
The data disc contains four directories: !Voices, ProgLists, Songs and
Sounds. The Voices application needs to be in the root directory of a
hard disc or floppy disc as Voices must have been seen by the filer
before any of the other applications will run. ProgLists is a directory
of voice lists for various Midi keyboards, Songs is a directory of
demonstration songs and Sounds is a directory of internal sounds.
7.1
Set-up
7.1
MusicEd is fully multitasking, so you can drop in and out of your
sequencing to write letters or whatever, while you wait for a visit from
the Muses. On the data disc is a directory of patches for setting up
MusicEd to run with a variety of different Casio keyboards, but the Midi
list can easily be altered to suit any Midi equipment. Included on the
Archive monthly disc is a MidiList for MusicEd for the TG100 which
should be compatible with any other piece of equipment that adheres to
the General Midi specification.
7.1
Internal voices
7.1
Unlike Serenade, MusicEd does use internal voices, so to hear your work,
you do not necessarily need a Midi keyboard or expander. Up to 32
internal sounds can be used in a song but, of course, no more than eight
at any one time. It is possible to work without a Midi input device,
(Midi keyboard, guitar, etc) but to input whole scores in step time
using the mouse would be rather tedious.
7.1
Recording
7.1
There are three record modes: Midi real time, Midi step time and via the
mouse.
7.1
MusicEd is grid-based and, on loading the program, you are presented
with the main screen which consists of a large grid. All the functions
are available via <menu> via keyboard shortcuts.
7.1
Display
7.1
Notes are displayed on a grid which is subdivided into bars and beats.
As in all grid-based sequencers, lines of varying length are used to
represent note values in relation to a piano keyboard which is displayed
down the left side of the screen. Notes can be drawn directly and edited
in the grid but it is obviously quicker to enter notes from a Midi
keyboard or other controller.
7.1
Record
7.1
To enter real time record mode, select Midi from the main menu followed
by Real time. A new window opens, displaying the tempo and the number of
beats per bar. One thing to watch for is that, once you have recorded
something, you have to assign it by selecting Pattern to insert your
recorded music into the current pattern according to the insert and
overlay settings in the block menu.
7.1
Cut/Paste
7.1
All the usual cut and paste options are available. One novel feature,
however, is the ability to reverse a pattern − useful for anyone into
atonal composition.
7.1
Track list
7.1
In this window, you can select the voices and Midi channels for the
various tracks.
7.1
Event list
7.1
The event list window offers an alternative method of editing individual
notes program changes, etc. The information in the edit window can be
searched, specific values transformed and new events added.
7.1
Notation
7.1
Although MusicEd is a grid-based editor, it is possible to display
patterns and tracks in standard musical notation. This is a useful
feature because users fluent with musical notation will probably find it
easier to spot a mistake on a stave than in a list of events or on a
grid.
7.1
Files
7.1
Files can be imported from Tracker and Rhapsody − which gives users of
Sound Advice access to the vast amount of music in the public domain in
Tracker format.
7.1
Hot keys
7.1
When I opened the package, I was surprised at the lack of a function key
strip but although function keys are not used, (other than <f3> for
save) there are key shortcuts for some operations, especially in cut and
paste mode. I understand that later versions will make substantially
more use of keyboard shortcuts.
7.1
!SampleEd
7.1
SampleEd allows the creation of new sounds and voices for use in MusicEd
or in other programs. Sounds can be drawn with the mouse, from harmonics
or by using equations. Sounds can have effects such as echo, reverse,
fade, etc added to them. Sounds can be merged or bits of a sound can be
cut and pasted as in a word processor.
7.1
!Converter
7.1
Converter is an application which converts files in other formats into
MusicEd format. The formats currently supported are Maestro, Rhapsody,
Soundtracker and Desktop Tracker.
7.1
Manual
7.1
The 194 page manual is clearly laid out with copious illustrations. All
the windows and icons found on the screen are displayed and clearly
explained in the manual.
7.1
Verdict
7.1
Sound Advice is an interesting suite of programs. My opinion of the
review copy (version 1.02) is that it is aimed at those who are
interested in moving on from programs which use only the internal sounds
and adding some use of external Midi keyboards − those with an interest
in music-making but perhaps with only a limited keyboard ability. Sound
Advice is modestly priced and, with a free upgrade policy, it is
exceptional value for money. I wrote to the author of Sound Advice with
one or two suggestions and within a fortnight had version 1.03 with most
of my suggestions implemented. How’s that for software support? The
addition of Midi file compatibility will mean that files can readily be
transferred to and from other programs, such as Rhapsody or Serenade.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
MusicEd fills a gap in software provision on the Archimedes, between
Sound Tracker type programs and more expensive sequencers like Serenade
and Studio 24. Sound Advice is available at £39.95 from The Really Small
Software Company. There is a 20% discount for education users and a site
licence is available. A
7.1
Sleuth Optical Character Recognition
7.1
Peter Jennings
7.1
When scanners first became available for computer users, many people
thought they would remove the burden of laboriously typing program
listings or pages of text which needed to be put on computer for
editing. Unfortunately, scanners do not work that way. The images they
produce are just pictures, seen by the computer as a pattern of pixels
rather than individual, meaningful, characters. What is needed is an
optical character recognition (OCR) program to convert the graphic image
into the ASCII characters of a text file.
7.1
At least four OCR programs have been developed for Acorn computers but
none of them claim to be able to do the job completely. The problem is
that no-one has yet perfected affordable software that can unerringly
recognise and reproduce letters and figures in all the shapes and styles
used in printing and typing, let alone the infinite range of
handwriting.
7.1
Some of the better PC software is priced at well over £500. Risc
Developments’ new optical character recognition package, Sleuth, is
described as a low-cost entry point into OCR and costs £49 +VAT (or £54
from Archive). It is supplied on a single, unprotected, disc with a
slim, but adequate, 16-page User Guide. Early supplies have been offered
without the usual glossy packaging but this should be available by the
time you read this.
7.1
Risc Developments say that Sleuth is the first in a family of products
intended to reach full professional level and users will be able to
upgrade at minimum cost. Version 1.01 has been trained to recognise
“most popular fonts”, which actually means Avant Garde, Bookman,
Courier, Garamond, Helvetica, New Century Schoolbook, Palatino and Times
and similar typefaces such as the many clones which, for copyright
reasons, have a variety of different names. As the list is so small at
present, it would be useful to have some of the alternative names for
these fonts included in the manual and also illustrations of the basic
designs to help identify them. Sleuth is not yet user-trainable to
recognise other fonts but Risc Developments offer a service to do this.
7.1
Limitations
7.1
There are also other limitations. Sleuth can recognise only the regular
type styles and not, for example, italic or bold, and can convert only
sizes between nine and 24 points. It will not recognise stretched,
tracked or accented characters or lines of text which are too close
together. All results are dependent on the quality of the original
document and the scanned image.
7.1
The image has to be a mode 18 monochrome sprite, which most currently
available scanners will provide. The minimum resolution required is 200
dpi but 300 or 400 dpi is recommended for the best results. A 1Mb
computer can be used but will have little free memory if working with
400 dpi sprites.
7.1
Sleuth is fully multitasking and very simple to use. The scanned image
to be converted is just dragged onto the icon or into an input window.
The ASCII version then begins to build up in an output window from where
the final results can be saved. The rate is said to be between 80 and
250 words a minute, depending on the computer’s speed and the resolution
of the sprite being converted. Sleuth marks anything it does not
recognise with a user-definable character although it does not do so
with characters which it thinks it recognises but misreads.
7.1
The text file can be loaded into an editor or word processor for
editing, or limited corrections can be made in the output window as the
conversion takes place. To help this, a click with <adjust> on any word
in the output window positions the caret there and brings the same area
of the scanned image into view in the input window for comparison − a
nice touch. Four sample sprites of scanned documents are included in the
package and, when most new software comes with no warning that it is
anything but perfect, it is refreshing to see examples which are
designed to show the program’s shortcomings. They include scans of badly
printed passages, such as one where the word “truncated” has the letters
“run” so squashed together that you find them interpreted by Sleuth as
“nm”.
7.1
An A4 flatbed scanner obviously provides a steadier image than a hand-
held one and can cover a much bigger document but it is easy to use the
smaller scanner to feed in sections of longer pages. They can be scanned
either horizontally or vertically as the image can be rotated by 90, 180
or 270 degrees in Sleuth. The “zone” to be converted can be defined, if
necessary, by dragging a rectangular box around it. Text must be black
on a white background but white on black can be inverted. There is also
the option to have newline and/or carriage return characters inserted by
Sleuth at the end of lines and paragraphs and this can be done before or
after the image is converted to text.
7.1
Tests
7.1
I made my own tests using a Computer Concepts Scanlight 256 hand scanner
at 400 dpi. I began with a draft quality printout from a dot matrix
printer and I was pleased to find that, despite the less than perfect
original, a very readable version appeared. The main faults were that
some characters were consistently rendered incorrectly, with “1”
appearing as “I” for example, and there was a sprinkling of commas and
occasional full stops in the middle of words with no apparent cause. A
few words had spaces inserted. I found the quickest way to deal with the
consistent misreadings and the errant commas and full stops was to load
the text into Edit and use the search and replace facility.
7.1
A second dot matrix printout produced similar results until the very end
when an error message appeared and the program exited. The cause was
tracked down to some minute marks, the biggest being just four pixels
long, at the bottom of the sprite. I created a zone to cut out the
spotted area beneath the text and the problem was solved. An
alternative, when it is not possible to exclude the spots in this way,
would be to enlarge the sprite in Paint and use the spray can or pencil
to clean it up. In fact, this should no longer be necessary as Risc
Developments are now supplying a version 1.02 upgrade designed to solve
this problem.
7.1
The results seemed quite reasonable from rather poor originals. For a
fairer test, using better quality printing, I scanned part of an Archive
page.
7.1
This is how Sleuth rendered it.
7.1
. S’e“tl‘, Risc Developments’ economy OCR program should be available by
the time you read this. The program is ready but the packaging isn’t
quite finished ☓ it should be finished by the end ofJuly. fhe cost is £49
+VAT + £2 carriage from Risc Developments. (Sleuth was previewed in May
Acom User and commented on in Archive 6.8 p15 and 6.9 p50. We hope to
have a full review as soon as it is available.)
7.1
This paragraph was chosen not because it was likely to give a good or a
bad result and not completely at random. I picked it because it was
relevant to this article, which is the arbitrary way a piece of text
would be chosen in practice. The paragraph contains 330 characters. Nine
were rendered incorrectly, including one omitted space; an accuracy of
97.27%. (Pau’s comments on accuracy rates can be read in the May issue
of Archive, as referred to in the test paragraph.)
7.1
Some of these errors were to be expected. The first word of the
paragraph was printed in a bold style, which Sleuth has not yet been
trained to recognise. The initial “bullet”, which has been interpreted
as a full stop, is an unrecognised character, as is the dash in the
fourth line which has been replaced by a cross (ASCII 132) − the default
“unrecognised character” sign.
7.1
At present, Sleuth recognises only the following characters: !?£$&‘“%+=/
()[]<>,-.:;0123456789 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdef
ghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
7.1
Notable omissions include the underline, star and hash (_ * #), which
will disappoint anyone interested in program listings. In fact, the bad
news for anyone hoping to convert programs scanned from BBC Acorn User,
the only Acorn magazine which still prints all its program listings, is
that I could not get any readable results from the yellow pages. The
programs are printed in Corpus, which is similar to Courier, but usually
in 6pt, which is too small, and bold face, which is not recognised.
7.1
There are not many people outside the printing industry who can identify
a typeface (I checked the yellow pages font with the magazine) and one
problem with any OCR program is to know if a document you wish to
convert is printed in an acceptable font. Although Risc Developments
will train the software to recognise other required fonts, at a price,
it would be a clear advantage for users to be able to do this for
themselves and this facility may be available in the next version.
7.1
Conclusions
7.1
The example reproduced above compares well with other published tests
and should give a reasonable idea of the degree of accuracy that this
early version of Sleuth can attain from a hand-scanned image. A more
expensive flatbed scanner should make it easier to get consistently good
scans but it cannot improve the quality of the original printing and
this will set the maximum standard that the OCR software can achieve.
7.1
Sleuth works well within its admitted restrictions. These mean that the
best results come from a well scanned document which has been well
printed using recognised characters in a recognised font. Perfection
does not come easy, if at all, but some of these restrictions should be
eased as successive upgrades appear.
7.1
The price of Sleuth is not high for an OCR program but its value to you
is probably best judged on the quantity of text, in acceptable fonts,
that you need to convert, balanced against how fast and accurate your
typing is.
7.1
It may come down to which is the lesser chore: typing and correcting or
making corrections after scanning and converting. A
7.1
Two Joystick Interfaces
7.1
Anthony James
7.1
With the appearance of the A3010, people are looking to use joysticks
with computer games on the Archimedes. However, there have been ways of
using joysticks with your “normal” Archimedes for quite some time now.
If you wish to use the standard Atari switched type joysticks, here are
two alternatives: the Leading Edge joystick interface and the Magnetic
Image “Four” interface.
7.1
Both use a ‘dongle’ in the printer port and software to allow the use of
joysticks on your computer. They both use the now industry standard(?)
switched type joysticks which can be picked up for anything from £10
upwards. Both interfaces have a switch on their dongles to allow you to
use either the printer or the joysticks at any one time. However, this
is where the similarities end.
7.1
The Leading Edge Interface
7.1
The approach of Leading Edge is to allow the joystick to emulate
keypresses and mouse movements. This means that you have to write
programs specific to each game. This is not much of a problem because
there are pre-written programs for about fifty games. An application is
supplied to help you to write simple programs and the language is fairly
easy to use if you wish to write more complicated programs. This
approach means that joystick movements can simulate what you want and
not what the author of the game decided. It also means that mouse
emulation is possible on the desktop.
7.1
The programming language allows you to make a movement of the joystick
act as more than one key. Therefore, moving the joystick right could
produce the effect of <shift>, <control> and <B> all being pressed at
the same time and a “stirring” action of the joystick can also be used
to represent a keypress. It allows “flags” to be set up, so that a stir
can switch between flags A and B, each state (flag) giving a different
set of keys for the movements of the joystick. The flags can also act as
a software replacement for auto-fire as the package is not guaranteed to
recognise your joystick’s auto-fire.
7.1
The manual is impressive and very comprehensive − it seems to cover all
the possible questions. However, it gets the joystick pin connections
wrong, which is a surprising mistake.
7.1
The hardware consists of a dongle, which fits in your printer port, and
a printer/joystick switch. The joysticks’ plugs fit into the top of this
dongle which restricts the access to any ports above the printer port.
It only gives you about an inch of space to work with.
7.1
The software supplied is of excellent quality and includes programs for
writing, debugging installing modules into games and for updating
modules from previous versions of the software.
7.1
The ease of use depends on the game. If the game is ‘well-behaved’, you
can install the module onto a backup copy of the game with an
application provided. If you cannot do this, however, you first have to
load up the general VTJoystick module then your game-specific module and
then the game. The fun really starts when the game is one which reboots
during loading. The manual does, however, explain a way around that. It
is not guaranteed to work on all games, but it will work on most. When
using it with the Chocks Away Extra Missions, the memory was tight on a
1Mb machine. I managed to get around this by killing non-essential
modules such as BBCEconet, NetFiler, NetStatus and the podule modules.
7.1
Magnetic Image’s Four Interface
7.1
As the name suggests, this interface allows you to use four joysticks
instead of the normal two. The usefulness of this is questionable as
very few games allow for four players and you are unable to write your
own modules as with the Leading Edge package.
7.1
Magnetic Image’s approach is to provide a module which allows the
interface to work with any game that recognises the standard Acorn
joystick calls. Therefore, if the game does not take these into account,
it will not work. These calls appeared about the time of the A3010, so
your old games will probably not work. Magnetic Image says that you can
use the A3010 Joymaster software (£28 through Archive) to write modules
as with the Leading Edge interface but this involves spending more
money. Some software houses might offer upgrades which provide the Acorn
calls but some companies will charge for the upgrade.
7.1
The strength of this package is in the hardware which allows four
joysticks. It has a dongle which fits onto the printer port but you plug
the joysticks into a separate box connected to the dongle by a thick
cable. This means that you are not blocking the socket above the printer
port. It also means that you have access to the joystick plugs at the
side of the computer. It has a second fire button on this box which is a
substitute for the ‘stir’ on the other interface. The use of the second
button is questionable as most games will only allow for one fire
button. It also recognised auto-fire which the other interface did not,
though I cannot be sure that it will do so with all joysticks.
7.1
The package’s software consists of an application that tells you the
state of the joysticks as does the other package, a joysticks module and
a demo game which shows how all four joysticks can be used. The module
does not provide mouse emulation.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
There was no noticeable speed reduction with either package, so they
cannot be a hindrance. However, neither are they guaranteed to improve
your game-playing skills. The package from Leading Edge is good all
round but its strength is in the excellent software. Magnetic Image only
allows for recent games that recognise the standard joystick calls and
this is its weakness. Its hardware is its strength. They are very
different packages and it is important to work out your priorities
before buying either. A
7.1
Holdfast Joypad
7.1
Anthony James
7.1
The Joypad has been designed as a substitute for a mouse or joystick for
very young children and in special needs applications. It fits into your
joystick port or interface and is wired as a switched type joystick. To
use it, you will need the A3010 Joymaster software or the Leading Edge
joystick interface.
7.1
The box is a simple design being smaller than the average paperback and
about an inch and a quarter thick. It has sloped top with four large red
direction buttons and one fire button, all clearly picked out against a
yellow background. Its construction and design cannot be faulted and it
certainly looks as if it would take a lot of punishment. It can be used
for mouse emulation but as it only has one fire button, it makes it hard
to emulate a three button mouse. It is possible to use two buttons
together to emulate different buttons, but that defeats the object of it
being easy to use.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
For an adult or for older children, a mouse or joystick would be easier
to use, but it is not aimed at this market. There are many possible uses
for the Holdfast Joypad, including mouse emulation on the desktop. It is
certainly a valuable contribution to the Archimedes special needs
market. It costs £24.99 inc. VAT from Holdfast Computing. A
7.1
Digitising Printed Text and Pictures
7.1
Francis Aries
7.1
Francis borrowed a Scanlight 256, a Wild Vision Greyhawk digitiser and
an HCCS HiVision digitiser and gives his views on all three.
7.1
One disadvantage of the built-in fax machine such as David Pilling’s
ArcFax or Computer Concepts’ FaxPack is that there is no facility to
send the printed page or pictures unless they exist as software within
an application in the computer. Also, for including sketches or hard-
printed text into computer applications of word processing or DTP, some
means must be found to translate the hard-printed information into a
Draw or Paint file. The standard answer to this problem is to use a
scanner to scan the area to be digitised.
7.1
As an alternative, if you are lucky enough to have a video camera or
camcorder, it is possible to use this in conjunction with a grey scale
or colour digitiser. Having a camcorder and needing to buy some
equipment to do the digitising, I wanted to decide what was best for my
purpose. Paul was kind enough to loan me a Computer Concepts’ Scanlight
256 hand held scanner, a Wild Vision Greyhawk mono digitiser and an HCCS
HiVision colour digitiser in order to make some comparisons. All three
podule boards fitted the A5000 perfectly and the unprotected software
was easily transferred to hard disc.
7.1
The theory
7.1
Firstly, here are a few facts which will become clearer later. The
resolution of images captured by various devices and the file size
resulting from the picture of an A4 page (96.67 sq.ins.) are as follows:
7.1
Device DPI Size of file
7.1
A video camcorder 55+
7.1
HCCS colour digitiser 61
357Kb
7.1
Greyhawk Video digitiser 72×36
130Kb
7.1
(Later module promised 72×72
260Kb)
7.1
Scanlight 256 100dpi 100
min 109Kb
7.1
Theoretical 100dpi 100
967Kb
7.1
Theoretical 200dpi 200
3.9Mb
7.1
Theoretical 300dpi 300
8.7Mb
7.1
Theoretical 400dpi 400
15.5Mb
7.1
Scanlight 256 400dpi 400
max 14.7Mb
7.1
It soon becomes very obvious that the files collected from these devices
are horrendously long and a sizeable hard disc and 4Mb of RAM are almost
obligatory. It is easy to exceed the capacity of a floppy disc with one
scan, so it is necessary to open a directory on the hard disc to receive
the files being digitised. Compression can be used for archiving the
files when they have served their purpose but that is another story.
7.1
The Hardware
7.1
Video camcorders
7.1
The typical camcorder contains a Charge Coupled Device to receive the
image from the lens and a fairly standard specification for this is
400,000 pixels. If this is used in the most efficient way and is shaped
to suit the 3:4 proportions of the picture, the picture resolution will
be 547×730 pixels. This resolution works out at about 65×62 dots per
inch. As this does not exactly match the A4 proportions, losses and
margins could bring this resolution down towards 60 or 55 dpi. It is
fairly clear from the outset that this image capturing technique is
fairly coarse.
7.1
HiVision colour digitiser
7.1
This was supplied with a lead ending in an audio plug to suit the
majority of camcorders. (This could have been longer for greater
convenience but an extension was quickly added.) There was no user
guide, instead this was in a form unique to HCCS for screen-viewing and
I found it annoying, being able to print this only in the form of eight
69Kb sprites. (Please, HCCS, provide this as a Text file.) However, the
software is very simple to use and the processes soon become routine.
The image is quoted to be 508 lines high by 720 pixels wide, (508×720 =
365,760). If the 720 is related to the height of an A4 page, this would
result in a resolution of 61 dpi.
7.1
Clicking on the HiVision iconbar icon reveals a black window. The window
menu provides six main choices. ‘Save’ saves as a sprite file. ‘Adjust’
allows brightness, contrast and colour saturation to be pre-set for
adjustment. ‘Grab frame’ allows the instant grabbing of a source frame
into memory but only if the picture can be monitored on a TV or
camcorder viewfinder. ‘Continuous’ samples the input and displays it on
the screen at about one image per second, clicking again on ‘Continuous’
retains that sampled frame in memory. The retained image is of low
quality mono. ‘Process’ transforms the memory image into one of high
quality mono in accordance with the settings made in ‘Adjust’. ‘Colour’
does the same for an image input in colour and converts the low quality
mono image to one of high quality colour. Each of these adjusting
processes takes about a minute. At all times, only the one ‘adjusted’
image remains in memory and may be adjusted as many times as necessary
to obtain tones of your choice. When you are satisfied, the final
processed or colour image may be saved as a 357Kb sprite.
7.1
In addition, HiFinder software (with similar user guide) is provided
which samples colour or monochrome images in monochrome at about three a
second. Here, the software allows saving as a sprite or processing to
suit a mode 15 or 21 screen and the adjustment for brightness and
contrast are almost instantaneous.
7.1
The captured images are excellent and the resolution is well matched to
that of expected picture input in colour or monochrome. To do justice to
the HCCS HiVision digitiser, a high resolution 256 colour mode such as
21 must be used to view the picture. Higher resolution modes give no
noticeable improvement and there is obvious picture loss at lower
resolution modes. Adjusting as above can correct the image almost
infinitely to suit the purpose required. However, when related to an A4
sheet of text on paper, the resolution of 508 lines by 760 pixels is not
fine enough for viewing or printing standard text. To get the equivalent
of a 200 dpi scan (which is necessary for print, see later), the size of
input should be about a third the dimensions of an A4 sheet. The
stitching together of nine separate pictures is not a good idea.
7.1
It does not seem to be possible to use the software to adjust sprites
once they have been saved but there are other image-handling packages
available to do this.
7.1
When I require a digitiser for inclusion of pictures in an application,
I shall have no hesitation in going for the HCCS HiVision.
7.1
Greyhawk digitiser
7.1
This does the same job of monitoring a colour or mono vision input to
give a monochrome image. The podule connection was a BNC socket and no
cable was supplied. Here two items of software are provided and both
have to show on the iconbar together for use. !TakeOne allows a moving
source image to be viewed on the computer screen in real time with only
a trace of jerkiness but it does no more. The basic ScanImage dialogue
box from the !Scanner software (of which more later) must be on the
screen and, when the right frame is displayed by !TakeOne, OK in this
dialogue box is clicked. The input is then in memory occupying 130Kb.
The format is square but the scanner software may be used to select a
suitable rectangle from the original display although this leads to less
efficient use of the image. The software may be used to adjust
brightness, contrast, clarity, grey map, etc until the half tone grey
image is as near perfect as possible. You can then save the result as a
sprite or a drawfile containing the sprite. If the 130Kb file size is
related to the 11.7“ height of an A4 page, the resolution is not
suitable for standard text although very satisfactory for pictures.
7.1
As a bonus, the scanner software can be used to modify any monochrome
Acorn sprite file already saved. There is a new module promised to
improve the quoted resolution of 72×36 to 72×72 but this is still
unlikely to be satisfactory for an A4 sheet of text.
7.1
Scanlight 256 hand held scanner
7.1
This scans an area between 99mm and 105mm wide and of any length within
limits of memory available. It is provided with !Scanner software and a
ruler guide which engages in a slot in the scanner to assist in
producing straight scans. The scan may be done at 100, 200, 300 or 400
dots per inch. The choice of scanning in B&W or 16 or 256 grey levels is
given. Dithering is offered but advised against in favour of
manipulation by the software. The variations possible in the initial
scan and by software manipulation are so extensive that it will not be
possible to go through them all. Basically, the scanned Original image
remains unaltered in memory until replaced by new input. The software
allows an Altered image also on the screen and each time its toolbox is
used to make a change, the Altered window only is changed. Facilities
are available to alter grey scales, contrast, sampling (a form of
averaging groups of pixels to give a coarser, less memory-hungry result)
and many other effects, to an almost unlimited extent.
7.1
To test for file sizes, I scanned carefully an exact 4“ length of graph
paper. The input actually scanned was always slightly less than the 4”
length and the scanned width seemed to depend on the selected
parameters. The width, length and image bytes quoted below are as given
by the software. I assumed 16 sq.ins. as the scan area to extrapolate to
A4 size.
7.1
Dialogue dpi width length
size A4 size
7.1
box (in) (in) (Kb)
(Kb)
7.1
Mono 100 3.83 3.91 18
109
7.1
200 3.84 3.93 74
447
7.1
300 3.84 3.93 166
1002
7.1
400 3.84 3.98 299
1806
7.1
Grey 16 100 4.16 3.96 81
489
7.1
200 4.16 3.88 315
1903
7.1
300 4.16 3.94 720
4350
7.1
400 4.00 3.98 1244
7516
7.1
Grey 256 100 4.08 3.94 159
960
7.1
200 4.08 3.93 628
3794
7.1
300 4.05 3.94 1406
8495
7.1
400 4.00 3.90 2436
14710
7.1
Is it more than coincidence that the Grey, 256 tone A4 bytes are
comparable with the theoretical A4 dots above? Note how the width of
scan varies according to the selected type of scan.
7.1
For mono tests, I used an A4 sheet of 91 lines of 6 point text. After
many trials using the software to increase the image size until
individual pixels were visible, I found that 100 dpi did not give the
resolution necessary to acquire sufficient character detail for future
processing but it may be sufficient for much larger text or line
diagrams. 200 dpi was adequate for the 6 point text and would be very
satisfactory for larger point sizes. It was possible to scan half the
length of the sheet and select the wanted rectangle from each half and
stitch these together in DrawPlus or a suitable DTP package but the
linearity of the hand held scan is not perfect and the join is almost
impossible to hide. It is better to make three scans across the page and
join scans at spaces between lines of text.
7.1
Having made a scan and selected the area to process, the Altered image
window is displayed. The Toolbox allows the original image to be
processed to the optimum for printing. A certain amount of trial and
error is necessary until the process can be standardised to suit your
hardware. Below I detail my method of scanning an A4 sheet of annotated
text.
7.1
I made no tests to determine the capability of the Scanlight 256 in
digitising colour or mono half tone pictures. I saw this demonstrated at
Computer Concepts and feel that I could not fault the application for
scanning pictures up to about 4“ wide and manipulating them into a
satisfactory form for use. I believe the necessity to scan at a greater
density than 200 dpi will be rare.
7.1
The !Scanner software can also be used to make modifications to the
quality, grey level, contrast, etc of any standard Acorn monochrome
sprite by dragging the file to the scanner iconbar icon. This then
becomes an Original as described above.
7.1
This is not a complete review. The Scanner software has very extensive
capabilities which I have only been able to touch on or have been unable
to mention.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
Digitising an A4 sheet of text for use in another application is best
done using a scanner. For a hand held 105mm scanner, do three passes
across the A4 sheet. Vision digitisers in conjunction with a video
camera are excellent for their stated purpose but do not give sufficient
resolution to make them suitable for digitising an A4 page of text. The
scanner is also excellent for monochrome results from colour or half
tone picture inputs up to four inches wide. For pictures larger than
this, both vision digitisers with their software performed well.
7.1
Do not spend too little on a scanner. I first tried a well advertised
hand held scanner at about half the price of that from CC. However, the
grey scaling was inadequate and the software for image manipulation was
poor.
7.1
For my purpose I shall buy the CC scanner and leave the purchase of the
HCCS digitiser until the need for digitising pictures arises. I believe
the extra cost of the HCCS, because it can also give you colour, is
worthwhile over the Greyhawk. However there is now a new package from CC
called Scanlight Video 256 (see Archive 6.12 p6) which combines the
capabilities of Greyhawk with those of Scanlight 256. If you have a
camera and can manage without digitising in colour, the small extra for
this over the Scanlight 256 would be well worthwhile.
7.1
Scanning an A4 sheet
7.1
Here is my method for scanning an A4 sheet using the Scanlight 256 hand
held scanner. I choose to scan at 16 grey level, 200dpi as this scan is
over 100mm wide. I find that if I use very slightly darker than centre
on the brightness thumb wheel, it will pick up scribbled pencil as well
as print. I mark the length of the 297mm sheet at about 99mm and 198mm
with small marker lines a couple of mm long at each edge of the sheet. I
don’t choose these dimensions exactly but place the markers such that
they correspond with a space between text or some other part of the
sheet which will be easy to match up later. I then scan the top third of
the sheet with the scanner ruler in the next third of the paper, about
3mm clear of my markers.
7.1
After scaling the original image, to see it all, I use ‘select area’ on
its menu then ‘crop to selected area’ to choose the correct part of the
image to keep. I then raise the altered image and view the toolbox. I
select ‘2×2 sampling’ and ‘16 grey output’. I also rotate the altered
image by 90° anti-clockwise. I click on ‘Enhance’ followed by ‘darken
edge, low’ as this improves the clarity of the poorer parts of the image
(the scribbled pencil). The altered image is then saved to Draw. After
this first save, I also save the toolbox settings as a ‘settings’ file
which can be instantly recovered when I next have a session scanning
similar material.
7.1
The same process is followed for the centre third of the A4 sheet but
here the altered image is immediately transformed according to the last
setting of the toolbox and needs no work on it except saving. For the
final third, the A4 sheet must be rotated 180° so that the scanner ruler
may be placed in the middle third of the sheet to hold it during scan.
The processing is the same except that the altered image must be rotated
in the opposite direction before saving.
7.1
Three thirds of the sheet are now saved, all oriented to suit an A4
sheet. These files may each be dragged to a blank DrawPlus window (or
other suitable application) and adjusted into place so that the join is
imperceptible. This final image may be saved as a whole and used in
another application or printed or faxed to suit the original purpose of
the scan. A
7.1
Archivist Professional Database
7.1
Peter Jennings
7.1
When Oregan’s data management system, Archivist, was reviewed in August
last year (Archive 5.11 p61), I recommended it as a versatile, easy-to-
use, application which handled only text and figures. Since then it has
gone through a succession of upgrades, adding more and more features, to
emerge finally as the new Archivist Pro (version 5.03). This now offers
a card index for text, figures, graphics and sound. The cards will also
accommodate complete text files, limited only by computer or disc memory
and these, like the graphics and sound, are stored in the file as
“resources” which can be exported into other applications. Selections of
cards with a common theme can be compiled into subsets.
7.1
Archivist Pro costs £44.95, with a multi-user site licence available for
£50, but registered users of previous versions can upgrade from
Archivist 4.00 for £10 or from Archivist 2.40 for £15. Further updates
are to be provided free of charge.
7.1
Three discs are supplied, accompanied by a 25-page ring-bound
illustrated manual, a function key strip and a registration form, all
packed in a laminated card folder.
7.1
The discs contain the database manager and a number of other
applications including a card designer, an importer for data from other
systems, a program to append or merge separate database files, a utility
to catalogue discs and a comprehensive label designer and printing
program, along with sample files, a tutorial and six exclusive outline
fonts.
7.1
Simple card design
7.1
The card designer is very simple to use. It produces a blank master card
and opens a window where each field is created by typing a title and
setting the type, maximum size, colour and other details by clicking on
radio buttons. The fields appear on the master card as titled boxes
which can be dragged to the required place and visual size, using an
optional grid to help position them. Pairs of rulers, in centimetres or
inches, are available and these are particularly useful to help field
alignment if the data is eventually to be printed onto pre-designed
forms. The fields can be Text; Integer (whole numbers); Real (decimal
numbers); Formula, to carry out calculations; Date, for automatic
insertion of date and time in a chosen format; or Boolean and Multiple-
choice, containing a list of options which can be toggled through or
selected from a window.
7.1
The first noticeable differences from the original version of Archivist
are the addition of colour for the cards, which greatly improves their
appearance, and optional backdrops. There is a choice of 16 colours or
grey shades for the background and for each field independently.
7.1
As before, card layouts can be changed at any time without any loss of
data, by reloading the file into the designer. This is a really valuable
facility when, as so often happens, the original field lengths are found
to be inadequate or extra fields are needed.
7.1
The “resource” files are added by dragging onto the individual cards.
They can include Text, Draw, Sprites, Maestro, Tracker, Symphony and
sampled files. The graphics are displayed on the card and the text and
sound files appear as standard icons. They can all be accessed from the
card or copied into other applications.
7.1
Practical demonstration
7.1
The manual refers to the sample files and the tutorial on disc to help
explain resource files, and the practical demonstration offered is the
best way to understand them. It is not necessary to create separate
fields because a resource can “share” an existing one and the graphic or
icon will normally appear immediately above it. The width will match the
physical length of the field, with the height in proportion. The
tutorial shows how a resource can be made to appear at the side of the
field and how a graphic can be suitably scaled and proportioned.
Accessing the resource is done by holding down <Shift> and clicking on
the field (not the icon). This last point can easily be missed as it is
more natural to click on the icon when you see it displayed on the card.
7.1
Another useful new feature is the ability to add up to 128 lines of
“freetext” anywhere on the master card. This is done by writing the text
in a window and then dragging it into position. The usual range of
colours are all available.
7.1
I am always slightly disappointed when a database limits the length of
field names to a maximum of ten characters and makes it sometimes
necessary to use abbreviations. Also, I like to be able to set the title
of a field and its data to different colours, which the present version
of Archivist does not allow.
7.1
However, with freetext, I have found a simple, although undocumented,
way round both these restrictions. If you want to use a field name
longer than ten characters, leave the title box in the designer window
blank when creating the field. Then just write the desired name in the
freetext window and drag it into position on the card. The name can also
be set to a different colour from the field, if you wish. If you use the
label printing facility, you will find a blank in place of titles set in
this way as Archivist does not, of course, recognise them as field
names. Nevertheless, clicking on the blank still adds the field to the
label so there is no real problem.
7.1
Label design program
7.1
The label printer is, in fact, a comprehensive design program which
enables you to choose the fields to be included and the size and layout
of the labels, including the number of labels across the sheet and the
vertical and horizontal gaps between them. Separate print styles can be
applied to each individual field or piece of text.
7.1
Among other features added during earlier upgrades of Archivist is a
replace facility allowing the use of a formula to make a global
adjustment of figures. This, for example, would mean that all the prices
in a field could be changed on every card to match an increase or
(hypothetically, of course) a reduction in VAT with one simple entry.
7.1
One valuable feature that has also been available in earlier versions,
but is worth highlighting, is a quick entry facility for up to 16
separate lines of text or figures. These are first entered into a
window, either by typing or by dragging in a previously compiled text
file. Any line can then be copied onto a card with a single click,
greatly speeding up repetitive entries. An even quicker way, at the
designer stage, is to set a default entry, which can be overwritten on
any card.
7.1
Other features continued from earlier versions of Archivist, and
described in more detail in last year’s review, include a toolbox
browser; the ability to manipulate figures and make calculations as in a
spreadsheet; a clipboard; a range of searches from quick and simple to
very sophisticated (the fastest “Easy Search” is claimed to check
through 150,000 cards in five seconds and the more complex searches are
now nearly as fast); primary and secondary sort routines; a choice of
printing formats including WYSIWYG, columns or report (tabular,
spreadsheet style) and labels, using RISC OS outline fonts; statistics
windows; a password facility and the ability to export files in CSV,
optionally with Minerva Graphbox headers, TSV and plain text formats,
and direct to Impression by way of an Impulse link.
7.1
No nonsense
7.1
Archivist is described as a “no nonsense database” and its ease of use
has taken its earlier versions into more than 350 schools. Archivist Pro
still keeps this simplicity and intuitive feel but is now a more
versatile and powerful application with some sophisticated features
which should meet the needs of most database users.
7.1
Anyone thinking of buying a database program in a higher price range
should look carefully to see if it has anything more than they would use
to make it worth the extra cost. A
7.1
Battle Chess
7.1
Myles and Rick Thorne
7.1
Battle Chess from Krisalis Software Ltd. (£24 from Archive) comes in a
colourful chequered box, on two discs. An extremely comprehensive and
well-written manual gives the basic rules of chess, including movement
of pieces, chess notation, some sample games and various tactics to win
the game.
7.1
Starting up
7.1
Disc one is loaded and three options are given: play the game, install
the program on a hard disc or play the speeded-up version by using the
RAM disc. After a few moments, you are invited to load disc two.
7.1
The game is copy-protected − a marble chessboard appears on the screen
and you are asked to type in a specific move, from the manual, using one
of twenty games played between past masters. If you accurately type the
correct code, the board receives its chess pieces. If you install it on
your hard drive you first have to insert disc number 1, then copy a move
from the manual before you can start playing, so it has a kind of double
copy-protection.
7.1
The game
7.1
The game can be played as you against the computer, you against a friend
or the computer against itself.
7.1
Battle Chess menus can be obtained by pressing and holding <select>.
Pull down menus, carried by two cute flying cherubs, give further
options for disc, moves, settings and levels. These options, when
highlighted, are available even halfway through a game.
7.1
There have been many versions of computer chess but Battle Chess is
different. Whilst still providing a challenge to players of all
abilities, it is fun to play, mainly because of the superb graphics.
7.1
The playing pieces actually fight to the death before your very eyes.
The animation is extremely clever because each time a piece is taken, a
different combat takes place. The Queen seductively wiggles her way
across the board; the King has a few surprises up his sleeves; the Rook
changes into a lumbering rock monster; the Pawns are stocky men-at-arms
carrying deadly spears; the Knights are bullying and brash; the Bishop
gracefully glides across the board. Of course, each move takes a
considerable time in this mode, so once you have got the “silliness” out
of your system, you can switch to the 2D mode.
7.1
The advantage of the 2D option is that it is a more conventional chess
simulation and runs much more quickly than the 3D option.
7.1
Chess Tutor?
7.1
The program could also be used as a chess tutor. The ‘Suggest move’
option gives hints for possible moves, the Take Back option allows you
to take back the last move made by either side. Not enough time to
finish the game? Save it and pick up where you left off when time
allows. Growing impatient? Then the Force move option speeds up your
opponent’s thinking. Had enough? Choose Quit and exit to the desktop −
something that would be usefully copied by other games programmers.
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
Ten skill levels, with optional time limits for each move, offer a
challenge to just about everyone who plays chess. We found the program
extremely entertaining. Serious-minded players will find the program
appealing, fun-minded players will get many laughs and hours of
enjoyment from it.
7.1
Postscript
7.1
An interesting way of playing Battle Chess, in order to see the many
forms of combat, is to play as follows:- instead of trying to keep your
pieces out of harm’s way, you try to force your opponent to take them.
The winner is the player to get rid of all his pieces, including the
King, first. A
7.1
Here are some extracts from an unsolicited review sent in by Tord
Eriksson. I have chosen those bits which add to what Myles and Rick have
said...
7.1
... Being a devious type I tried fooling it into making a pawn into a
queen, when it really needed a knight, to avoid complete disaster. I am
happy to report that it did exactly what it should and check-mated me in
one move. The chess term is that the game supports under-promotion. All
competent games do this, but many don’t. Well done! ...
7.1
... On an ARM3 machine, using a RAM disc, it is slow, even when run at
novice level. If you make the mistake of running the program from a
compressed disc directory, Battle Chess will be painfully slow. Cyrus 4,
a widely available chess program, on a Amstrad 4MHz CP/M machine, runs
at about the same speed as Battle Chess on an ARM3, using the RAM disc.
...
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
When viewed in 3D it has, compared to Chess3D, much better graphics, if
not speed. It is also much easier to understand and to set up. Full
marks.
7.1
When viewed in 2D and compared to David Pilling’s multitasking Chess, it
has less to offer. The 2D view is quite plain, with very ordinary-
looking pieces that crawl over the chess board and not much more. Sadly,
the game seems to play as slowly in that mode as in the 3D view.
7.1
I think Krisalis would be wise to buy David’s chess algorithms and
include them in Battle Chess II. With that it would be a winner and a
delight in every way.
7.1
If you want to buy a chess game to interest someone who does not play
chess or to get a small child interested, this is a good choice − better
than Chess3D. For speed, !Chess wins hands down.
7.1
Compared to David Pilling’s !Chess, at £6 from Archive or David, there
is no contest, even with those glorious graphics and including the
little cherubs! A
7.1
JPEG Column
7.1
Stuart Bell
7.1
Last time, I reported on tests of the JPEG applications, !JPEGit, !JFIF
and !JView. I concluded that all work well and that the last one is very
fast indeed. However, it only reads JPEG files – it can’t create them,
and also, on my non-multisync screen, sprites were displayed without
omitting alternate lines, with the effect that the images were stretched
by a factor of two vertically. Held over to this month are tests of John
Kortink’s latest !Creator and !Translatr shareware applications, and
“For Your Eyes Only” from the same French programmer as !JView.
7.1
djpeg mark 2
7.1
In Archive 6.12, Mike Williams suggested a couple of possible reasons
for the dreadful image quality in a JPEGed ray-trace image file which I
had reported in July. One was a bug in the version of the djpeg utility
supplied by Acorn with RISC OS 3. He sent a version ported by Keith
Sloan which doesn’t have that bug. But, I didn’t keep Cain’s original
files, and on my original disc copy of my article, Impression stores
them as Drawfiles, not Spritefiles, and so I couldn’t JPEG them again.
Argh!
7.1
Part of the sprite deJPEGed by !ChangeFSI, using Keith Sloan’s version
of the djpeg utility.
7.1
Instead, I replaced djpeg in !ChangeFSI with Keith’s version, to see if
it made any difference with the familiar Hi People sprite from HCCS. To
my surprise, it appeared to make quite a significant difference, the
screen image being noticeably sharper. So, it may well pay to replace
the standard djpeg file in your copy of !ChangeFSI – not forgetting to
keep the original just in case of some obscure compatibility problem in
the future!
7.1
For Yours Eyes Only
7.1
Since last time, I’ve been playing around with !FYEO a little more. It
is very much like !JView, and as fast, but displays the de-JPEGed image
as the conversion proceeds. It, too, assumes the use of a multisync
monitor. Neil Hoggarth, who sent it to me, suspected that the output is
more grainy than that of !ChangeFSI, so I tried to test this aspect of
its performance. Using in turn !ChangeFSI and !FYEO to deJPEG a 30Kb
version of HCCS’s HiPeople sprite to give a mode 21 sprite, it seems
from the screen images that !FYEO certainly does produce a more grainy
image, although I’m not sure how evident that will be when they’re
printed in Archive. This, of course, raises the question of whether
!JView also produces images which are less good than those of
!ChangeFSI. Since all these applications will be on the Archive JPEG
Shareware disc, I’ll leave that as an exercise for the reader!
7.1
Part of the sprite deJPEGed by !ChangeFSI (standard Acorn version of
djpeg)
7.1
Part of the same sprite deJPEGed by !FYEO
7.1
These last three tests illustrate a very important point about the JPEG
process, and one which I had not fully appreciated before. It is that
whilst the algorithms involved are well defined, the implementation of
those procedures will differ, will involve different arithmetic and
rounding errors, and hence will produce results of varying quality. For
example, Keith Sloan’s version of djpeg, which runs to 41Kb, must be
quite different from Acorn’s 26Kb djpeg, and produces significantly
better results. Whether or not the differences are obvious in print, the
three sprites produced in the above tests are quite different, even on
my standard resolution (albeit 17“) monochrome(!) screen. So, in future,
we must consider the quality of results produced by JPEG applications as
well as the time they take.
7.1
!Creator and !Translatr
7.1
These shareware applications from John Kortink have become the de-facto
standard programs for the creation and conversion of image files in
(almost?) any possible format produced on any possible personal computer
system. I certainly don’t comprehend the massive range of formats
available but what is significant for this column is that the list now
includes JPEG files. Please note first that JPEG support appeared in
!Creator version 1.36 and !Translatr version 7.11 and hence that some PD
libraries may still be distributing earlier versions. Second, they are
shareware, not public domain, and so a registration fee is payable if
you use them.
7.1
The first thing that I noted was that they use version 4 of the
Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG software for the cjpeg and djpeg routines.
They are larger, require full word parameters (e.g. for quality) rather
than single letters and, one presumes, add yet another variable to the
question of which JPEG applications are the best. Of course, for ‘front
ends’ like !JPEGit of !JFIF to use these new routines, they would have
to be amended to supply the new-style whole word parameters. The
potential for improvement seems endless!
7.1
!Creator
7.1
As the documentation explains, !Creator can create several foreign
graphics formats, using either Archimedes sprite files (filetype &FF9)
or !Translator’s Clear files (filetype &690) as input. It can create the
following graphics formats: GIF (Graphics Interchange Format) files;
TIFF (Tag Image File Format) files; AIM (Archimedes/Amiga/Atari Image
Manager) files; PBMPlus (Portable Bit Map toolkit) files, and now JPEG
(Joint Photographic Experts Group) ‘JFIF’ files.
7.1
My first experience with !Creator (version 1.38) was not too
encouraging. Loading it and converting the Hi People sprite to a JPEG
file worked faultlessly but trying to load !Creator again after having
saved the ‘Status’ file with ‘JPEG’ as the selected output format
produced a ‘nothing works but total re-boot’ machine crash. There is a
bug in the way !Creator writes out new ‘Status’ files.
7.1
Apart from that, the creation works well, taking about 50 seconds (with
‘Q’ set to 25). The user interface is well laid out and quite intuitive.
Of particular note is !Creator’s use of memory. It will use what is
available for its input and output buffers but only takes 64Kb as a
minimum and will certainly convert sprites which are far larger than the
available memory. This sets it apart from all other JPEG applications
discussed to date.
7.1
Part of the same sprite from !Creator – !Translatr
7.1
!Translatr
7.1
This application will convert from a huge range of native and foreign
graphics file formats to Acorn sprite or ‘Clear’ files. Whilst the list
of supported formats is massive, our interest is in its JPEG file
reading facility. I tested version 7.14. Producing a mode 21 sprite from
the JPEG file produced by !Creator took about 50 seconds but it was
displayed with the familiar vertical stretch and with the palette of the
whole screen display modified. Again, memory usage was commendably low
(160Kb with no sprite being displayed.)
7.1
The result of the !Creator – !Translatr combination seem, on screen, to
be a little less clear than those produced using Keith Sloan’s djpeg
routine within !ChangeFSI.
7.1
I conclude that if you are used to using !Translatr or !Creator for
other graphics formats, you would be well advised to make sure that you
have late versions which handle JPEG files. Likewise, if your interests
extend to other formats, they make excellent multi-purpose tools, and
the registration fee is a bargain. But if you are only interested in
JPEG, they offer only the advantage of reduced memory requirements over
the JPEG-specific applications which we have already examined.
7.1
One further issue is the quality of image produced by the different
djpeg routines and, in particular, by the latest release from the
Independent JPEG Group, which !Creator and !Translatr use. Is version 4
much better? How does it compare with Keith Sloan’s implementation? I
hope to have some results for the next column.
7.1
Archive JPEG shareware disc
7.1
As promised last time, I’ve put together a shareware disc with the
latest versions of various JPEG applications. Its full contents are:
!ChangeFSI, version 0.90a; !FYEO, version 1.02; !Jewel, version 0.04;
!JFIF, version 26th June 1993; !JPEGinst to install !JPEGit, version
1.11A, i.e. the PD version; !JView − version 0.07; djpeg − Keith Sloan’s
implementation, file dated 18 Nov 1991; JPEG-FAQ − a text file pulled
off Usenet and headed “JPEG image compression: Frequently Asked
Questions”. Uncompressed, the disc runs to 900Kb, and is available as
Archive Shareware disc 51.
7.1
And finally
7.1
If anyone has access to Internet and could try to contact the author of
!JView, Frank Lyonnet, about the ‘stretched y-axis with non-multisync
screen modes’ problem I described last month, I’d be very grateful.
According to the documentation, his address is “lyonnet@ufrima.imag.fr.”
The JPEG correspondence dried up somewhat over the summer. Please let me
have news of your findings with the various JPEG applications, and how
about some more “<32Kb JPEG images”? The next JPEG Column should appear
in two months’ time, to give me a chance to include your responses to
this month’s offering. A
7.1
Vector Upgrade (1.1)
7.1
Tord Eriksson
7.1
Over a year ago (Archive 5.10 p35), I looked at Vector, an enhanced
version of Jonathan Marten’s DrawPlus. Now version 1.1 of Vector is
available as an upgrade for £10. The new package consists of a small
wallet containing a manual (the same as the old version), two discs and
some leaflets for existing users and some addendums.
7.1
There are tutorials, example drawings, a good selection of libraries and
some utilities on the discs. This is in addition to Vector 1.1, some
fonts and some further addendums, with errata and latest additions to
the program.
7.1
Flatten and more
7.1
This updated version corrects most of the drawbacks with Vector, and
improves on some already excellent features. The main difficulty I, and
many other users, have had with Vector, is its inability to export files
in draw format, with all the special effects included.
7.1
Now there is a little utility called Flatten that turns any Vector file
into a normal drawfile. This naturally makes the files much bigger,
typically 400%, but you can now use them directly in Impression or
Ovation documents, and still keep the interpolation, replication and
radiation effects. To export to other formats, like those used in the PC
and Mac sphere I still recommend using ArtWorks as a go-between, as it
can export in a number of different formats.
7.1
Vector fell on its face, so to speak, when Artworks arrived, especially
in terms of drawing speed. The latter cut corners in screen resolution
to be able to render very complex objects fairly quickly, but Vector did
not.
7.1
Now you can control the resolution of Vector in a similar way to
Artworks, with a useful speed increase. At maximum resolution, setting
“11” for Artworks and “5” for Vector, they both render a complex draw
object, like the Pharaoh below, at roughly the same speed, ArtWorks
being the winner (tested by switching from mode 12 to 15 and back).
7.1
However, as seen on the screen-shot there is a great difference in
screen resolution, due to ArtWorks CorelDraw-like rendering (ArtWorks
left, Vector to the right). Vector can now display objects only as wire
frame drawings, leaving all fills transparent. This is often a great
help when creating new objects, as you can then study all layers, with
all the details at once, unhindered.
7.1
Master editor
7.1
As I have said before, the editing facilities of Vector outclass
ArtWorks, just as ArtWorks outclasses Vector in the import/export
business. Sadly, neither package supports the format of the other.
7.1
With Vector, you can very easily split a path into sub-paths, reverse
paths, make masks, merge paths to create complex objects or make
numerous copies of an object in a number of ways. ArtWorks has some of
these features, but far from all.
7.1
One useful addition to Vector is “overlay lines” where you add a line on
top of another to create cables on technical illustration, or streets on
a map. In ArtWorks you make a copy on top the original lines instead.
7.1
As with Impression, you can now set the autosave to prompt you to save
after a set time − it even gives you a beep!
7.1
An addition I personally like is the fact that “text to path” can now
convert multiple lines of text or many objects at once. If only it had
been supported before...
7.1
An aid in moving control points is the “All control points” option. If
you set this to off, only the active control point will show its control
points. This means that the display will be far less cluttered.
7.1
Libraries
7.1
Vector’s strong point has always been the editing and its libraries. The
libraries are just that: files you have made of draw objects, or grouped
objects, which you often use. It might be complex symbols, sprites,
logos, or whatever. These are compressed and you can leaf through the
current library in pretty much the same way as you leaf through the list
of installed fonts. Click on a name and you get a pre-view of the object
(just as you do with the fonts). This selected object can then be pasted
into your drawing.
7.1
A library can now also contain ready-made “skeletons”, that are used by
the replication function, to make multiple copies of an object, in any
size or position. This is an excellent feature and quite unique!
7.1
Layers
7.1
With Vector 1.1, a feature has arrived that makes animation a
possibility: layers. Just as in animated film, you can split up the
display into different layers: the distant clouds can go on one, the
mountains on another, the trees on a third, your character on a fourth,
the cat in the front on a fifth and so on. You can set the computer to
show just one layer, or all, stepping up and down the layers with a
click on the toolbox icon: “arrow up” for up and “arrow down” for down!
7.1
Old features
7.1
There are many more features in Vector that I have forgotten to mention,
such as masks, interpolate, 4-point curves, circular arcs, polygons,
ellipses, zoom, grid lock and text mode, but these are pretty much the
same as before.
7.1
For the ArtWorks user, it might be interesting to note that most of the
features are more powerful than ArtWorks’ equivalents. On the other
hand, there is no perspective tool in Vector, sadly missed − an
excellent feature of ArtWorks!
7.1
The mask utility is now more powerful, as you now can create a mask
substitute that looks like the mask plus the masked object together,
just as if you had actually cut the thing out of a piece of paper. This
can then by replicated, inverted, enlarged and so on.
7.1
Omissions
7.1
The only serious omission in Vector is the fact that you cannot work
outside the paper. This is sometimes necessary, as the control points
might be far away from its object. The only solution is to opt for a
bigger paper size and then, having finished the manipulation, revert to
your favourite paper size. ArtWorks have vast plains of background to
use, just like Aldus PageMaker or Quark Xpress.
7.1
Also, both Computer Concepts and 4Mation should include so called
‘filters’ that accepts each other’s formats! Going via Draw (and
Flatten) is perfectly possible, but not very user-friendly! Or at least,
Impression should accept Vector files!
7.1
Conclusion
7.1
Owners of a legitimate copy of Vector would be fools if they did not pay
£10 for the update.
7.1
For those that does not have Vector yet, I can only say that it now
gives even more power for your money! A major omission, compared to
ArtWorks, is that it does not export to other systems as easily.
7.1
But, as always, I do recommend those who can afford it, to buy both
Vector and Artworks, as they both have their definite uses: ArtWorks is
easier to use for free-hand artwork and Vector is the master of
technical illustration, architectural and decorative drawing and
editing! If you do both free-hand and technical illustrations, you will
profit by having both!
7.1
A splendid complement is, as always, DrawBender and FontFx or a similar
package, say ArcSign, Poster, Fontasy or TypeStudio. Colouring is best
done with ArtWorks or Chameleon! A
7.1
Latest versions of Vector and ArtWorks, side by side, with the same
illustration, at the same size. The screen resolution of ArtWorks (left)
is far less than Vector’s. The time to redraw the picture (from mode 12
to 15 and back) was almost the same, ArtWorks having just a slight edge.
The earlier version of Vector (v. 1.03) took ages!
7.1
A library can contain just about anything, as this one: Bubbles for your
cartoons! A very useful feature, unique to Vector.
7.1
Using a circular skeleton from one library and the bubble from another
library you can get very odd borders indeed! The text is drawn, not
“pathed” with “text to path”, as it looked a bit odd on screen
otherwise!
7.1
Help!!!!
7.1
• Ancestry − Is there anyone in the London area who could demonstrate
Ancestry, to me, please? Charles Barraball, 287 West Barnes Lane, New
Malden, Surrey, KT3 6JE.
7.1
• Image Outliner (Iota) sprite to drawfile converter − I would
appreciate any comments from anybody that has used this application with
regard to value and quality of conversion. I am interested in an
application that will convert to lines and not the filled silhouette and
‘splodge’ system used in Trace and Tracer. Please feel free to mention
any others that would be useful. Alan Wilburn, Hartlepool.
7.1
• Knitting machine wanted − Has anyone got a Brother KH910 knitting
machine for sale? Has anyone interfaced one to an Archimedes? I have
interfaced one to the user port of a Beeb but it would be great to link
one to an Archimedes. F.Montague, Chatham.
7.1
• Second floppy on A3010/20/A4000 − Has anyone succeeded in getting a
second floppy going on any of these computers? Acorn say they cannot
have a second floppy because “the extra signals required to operate the
second drive are not present on the main p.c.b.” If anyone thinks they
can solve it, we’ll lend them a Tech. Ref. Manual! Harry Bradley,
Ruislip + Ed. A
7.1
A Typical School Network Setup
7.1
Malcolm Fraser
7.1
The network I manage consists currently of a single Econet system which
runs through 13 classrooms, including a computer room. All of the
machines are A series, mainly A3000s and A5000s. An A540 with an
additional SCSI hard disc is used as file server. The network runs using
Level 4 fileserver software (Version 2). Because of the number and size
of data files, both hard discs are used on the network.
7.1
Objectives
7.1
In order to keep the system simple for new users, I have set the
following objectives when organising the network.
7.1
1 Users should see a consistent view of the software and directory
structure, regardless of the machine used.
7.1
2 The machine configuration should minimise delays, in particular when
many users log on together, subject to 1.
7.1
3 Shared identities should be avoided where possible.
7.1
The reasons for the first two are obvious. In the third case, having
more than one person using the same identity causes problems in keeping
files secure, and if two people try to work on one file simultaneously
the results are predictable!
7.1
Organisation of user identities
7.1
Each student is given a unique identity. Identities are grouped by the
nominal year of entry. For example, everyone in the new Year 11 has an
identity which begins I90 (I for intake). This group identifier does not
have to be changed at the end of each year. An example is I90.AA, where
the second part comes from the student’s initials.
7.1
The identities can be generated using a simple PipeDream 4 sheet to
extract the first letter of each name to make up the identity. Clashes
are then adjusted manually. This uses the administration database lists
and reduces the work needed at the start of the year.
7.1
A directory is created for each student and free space allocated using
the !Manager application. This is a tedious process and will be done by
a short program in future. This gives a large number of directories on
each hard disc, but avoids the problems of shared identities.
7.1
Sometimes we have had to set up special ‘users’ to deal with software
(mainly for mathematics) which creates temporary files while running.
7.1
Machine configuration
7.1
Some machines have hard discs and some hard disc machines have RISC OS
3. The machines are configured to ensure that necessary modules are
loaded and system variables set up correctly at the start of the day.
7.1
Floppy disc RISC OS 2 machines have the default file system set to NET
and are configured to auto-boot. There is a user named BOOT, set up to
load network modules to replace those in ROM. It then locates the
!System, !Scrap and !Fonts directories in the $ directory on the main
fileserver disc. The application which does this is called !ArmBoot. It
is part of the fileserver software, tailored to our network.
7.1
There is one point which we discovered the hard way. Each floppy disc
station needs a directory with public read and write access inside
!Scrap. To do this, you log on as a system user at the station and
double click on !Scrap. This is documented inside !Scrap, but is not
obvious. Otherwise mysterious “Insufficient Access” messages appear at
some machines when ‘non-system’ users log on. The alternative is to
ensure each user has a copy of !Scrap in their personal directory but
this is not an efficient use of space as this is not needed when using a
hard disc machine.
7.1
On hard disc RISC OS 2 machines, a similar boot application is used but
all of the files are on the local disc and the application is called
!Boot. This speeds up many operations, e.g. transfer of data between
packages.
7.1
RISC OS 3 machines have more recent versions of the network modules, so
a !Boot file (not an application) is used just to locate !System, !Scrap
and !Fonts.
7.1
Students are taught to use hard discs for loading software where
possible. This has two effects. It cuts the time taken to load
applications on the student’s machine and it reduces traffic on the
network. The Broadcast Loader software cuts down delays in favourable
cases but if an application uses a lot of files or fonts, delays can
still be considerable.
7.1
File server organisation
7.1
The two hard discs on the file server have been named Upper_Sch and
Users_Disc. Both are exported across the network, so anyone can log on
to either. The software is identical but the former has the Sixth Form
directories, while everyone else stores data on the second.
7.1
It is important that users log on to the correct disc, otherwise they
will not be able to save work (their root directory windows do not
appear on the screen).
7.1
Everyone is shown how to call up the FS List window from the network
icon on the iconbar, and after a small amount of practice, we have had
very few problems. The following window shows the FS List window.
7.1
Directory structure
7.1
The root ($) directory on each hard disc is the one seen by users if
they use the “Open ‘$’ ” option in the network menu. Level 4 software
allows files and directories to be hidden from non-System users by
setting the “Locked” attribute. This is used to hide the file server
software and other items from view.
7.1
It is possible to change the directory which holds software and data so
that it is no longer the root directory. I intend to try this in the
future as an additional level of security.
7.1
When students log on, they see their personal directories − a typical
directory is as follows:
7.1
In order to load software, students must first open the ‘$’ directory.
The structure of the $ directory on the fileserver is:
7.1
The I90 directory has its access set to ‘Locked’ and is not visible,
even to members of Year 11. Again, this is important in keeping users
away from areas which they do not need to see. (We have almost no
deliberate ‘hacking’, although accidents have happened on occasion. It
has not been necessary to introduce the use of passwords so far.) The
view which students see when they open the network ‘$’ directory is as
shown at the top of the next column.
7.1
When an ordinary user opens the root directory, they see some
applications and a large number of folders. Each folder contains one
package or group of applications. For example, the folder ‘DTP’ contains
!Ovation, some stylesheets and !Accents. (This is a version of !Chars
which can be configured to show only the extra characters for a
particular language such as French. It is published by the Hampshire
Microtechnology Unit.)
7.1
As the $ directory must be opened in order to load software, this
ensures that the paths to modules and fonts are established for floppy
disc machines from the start.
7.1
Separate directories are used instead of grouping similar software, e.g.
graphics packages, in one directory because of the memory claimed by
each application ‘seen’. The computers are used for many different
purposes during the day, and we have had 2Mb machines running out of
free memory. In several cases, machines have ‘locked up’ through running
out of free memory. (The problem is rare on 4Mb machines, which helps
confirm this diagnosis.)
7.1
The file organisation on hard disc machines is almost identical to the
visible part of the $ directory on the network. The major exception is
the Design Processor package. This is a Genesis application which links
a number of packages such as WorraCAD and Euclid. The current version
loads large data files and runs slowly over Econet, so it is restricted
to local hard discs. (We are waiting for a new version to arrive and
there are suggested packages such as !AppFS which will help overcome
this difficulty but we have not yet tried these.)
7.1
The lack of a menu system puts the onus onto students to learn how to
navigate around the directory structure. Most manage this after a brief
introduction and soon start to explore the available software
independently.
7.1
Software
7.1
Most RISC OS applications which we have put on to the network have
worked satisfactorily. In some cases, companies have produced specific
network versions but often the same programs are used on the file server
and stand-alone.
7.1
The following packages have been used on the network without major
problems: Ovation, Key Plus, PipeDream 4, Numerator, Pinpoint,
Revelation ImagePro, WorraCAD, Perspective, Thinksheet, Poster and
Vector.
7.1
Problems which do arise are commonly of two kinds. Some packages are
unhelpful if the user does not have enough free space to save a file.
The warning messages are not always clear and, in some cases, they are
actually misleading (one reports “Station not listening” when it cannot
save a file, for example). Work has been lost because students did not
appreciate the significance of this message. Sometimes partial files are
saved, but when an attempt is made to load these later, the loss of data
is discovered as the computer hangs up totally. It is dangerous to
assume that because the file shows the correct icon that it has been
saved successfully.
7.1
The second problem is that some packages take a long time to load or
save files. Even allowing for the slow speed of Econet, the low rate of
data transfer suggests that saving routines could be improved. Although
I have not investigated this in detail, I suspect that complex files
(particularly Draw type files) are saved an object at a time. As each
transmission has included data to identify the transmitting station and
the destination, so a large number of small objects take longer to save
than one large one.
7.1
Future developments
7.1
Apart from the main building, there is a Library block, a Science
building and a number of temporary huts. None of these is networked at
present but we are about to set up a second computer room and, at the
same time, extend the network to all of the permanent buildings.
7.1
Once we started to plan this extension, we decided that there were only
two ways to go. Either students held their files on individual floppy
discs, or data stored on any file server had to be accessible from every
terminal on each network. The thought of over 850 floppy discs being
carried around school and, from current experience, at least a 1%
failure rate each year, made the second option seem more appealing, even
if technically more complex.
7.1
The Acorn Universal Networking (AUN) system for Ethernet and Econet was
announced while planning was still at an early stage. This seemed a way
of overcoming the problems with Econet. It should also allow us to link
in the existing network, rather than have to install a new system
everywhere. This last option would have been too expensive when the
Science Department, among others, had only just received their first
Archimedes, and were keen to get as many more as they could.
7.1
Once we decided where we wanted machines and how many we planned to have
in the long run, we sought professional help to decide whether our plans
were practical and whether there might be other solutions to our
particular problems. This is essential as it is more difficult to make
changes to a network when it is installed. The very helpful people at
Atomwide (thanks to Martin, Dave and everyone else!) spent a lot of time
making sure they understood our requirements and checking over the site,
before giving advice on the way to organise the network and the types of
machine which suited the different requirements best. (This was
essential because we now have minimal I.T. support within the county,
and that mainly directed at Research Machines products.)
7.1
The new system will come into operation early in September and I hope to
give a fuller description and evaluation of the success (or otherwise)
of the AUN system later in the term. A
7.1
Ancient Greece
7.1
Carol Haynes
7.1
Ancient Greece, from Chalksoft, is aimed at teachers and pupils in
primary schools and provides material to help cover the National
Curriculum Key Stage 2 History Core Study Unit 5. The version received
for review was 1.01, dated 22nd September 1992.
7.1
The program is supplied on a single disc with a four-page A5 leaflet and
a !Help application on disc. The information supplied does not discuss
the need to backup and store the original disc, or how to install the
software onto a hard disc if one is available. The disc is not protected
in any way and installs and functions on a hard disc without problems.
7.1
!Help
7.1
This application explains the keys used to control the movements of text
windows and the escape key. It is also explained that Format has been
disabled and to type ‘Unset Alias$Format’ to reinstate it. This seems to
me to be unnecessary and confusing. Furthermore, under RISC-OS 3.11, it
doesn’t disable formatting from the iconbar, but only when *Format is
used. The options available from the iconbar menu are explained. These
include saving text and pictures to disc, printing and a glossary as
well as control of the use of sound through the program. A very brief
overview of the seven sections of the main program is given along with
clues to solve two of the puzzles.
7.1
!Greeks
7.1
Double clicking on !Greeks loads the application onto the iconbar and
changes the screen mode to 12. The program will only run in mode 12.
Clicking on the iconbar icon starts the application running. At first
the whole screen appears to be used, and indeed some parts of the
program are not multitasking, but a close icon is provided and <shift-
f12> does bring the iconbar into view (in RISC-OS 3). With the opening
screen, a menu of two items is presented offering the options Go and
Help.
7.1
Help displays a window showing the icons around a standard desktop
window (in rather garish colours) and scrolling the window summarises
the keypresses available. Each menu in the package includes a help
option but the help available is the same each time.
7.1
Go opens a text window which explains that you have been given the use
of a time machine to allow you to travel to the land of Ancient Greece.
Clicking <menu> over this window produces a three item menu OK, Facts
and Help. Facts gives exactly the same information already displayed on
screen and OK takes you to Athens Airport, the starting point of all
journeys back in time. Clicking menu now displays a choice of seven
destinations:
7.1
2000BC Knossos
7.1
1200BC Siege of Troy
7.1
1000BC Mount Olympus
7.1
776BC Olympia
7.1
490BC Marathon
7.1
399BC Athens
7.1
Delphi-Oracle Quiz
7.1
Clicking on any of these destinations takes you, via a graphical and
noisy time-line, to the period and destination of your choice.
7.1
Each destination has the same structure available by clicking <menu>:
7.1
• Return back to Athens via the time-line,
7.1
• Go a game or activity to engage in,
7.1
• Facts to read, which includes limited use
7.1
of graphics, usually a map and one
7.1
further graphic
7.1
• Help the usual help option
7.1
The facts to read are quite lengthy in each case with some keywords
highlighted in different colours. The text is also split into short
sections with headings.
7.1
The activities are different for each section.
7.1
Knossos
7.1
Knossos is where the famous Labyrinth was built by Minos to hide the
minotaur from public view. The activity provided is a 3D representation
of a maze with three levels of complexity. The easiest level (Servant)
is to get out of the maze. The next level (Master) is to get out of the
maze twice! The third level (Theseus) is to find and kill the minotaur
and then escape from the maze.
7.1
Siege of Troy
7.1
This, in my opinion, is the best presented of the activities and
involves putting together a jigsaw of the wooden horse. The pieces are
all correctly orientated and lock together when they a placed in correct
relative positions. Once the horse is completed, the story of the Wooden
Horse is told by a simple animation with textual subtitles.
7.1
Mount Olympus
7.1
A logic puzzle is the activity this time. You have to make sacrifices to
the Gods in their temples. You can only sacrifice to a particular God if
they are outside their own temple. The puzzle is to move the Gods one by
one to their own temple. Some help is provided in the form of clues by
use of a Help button on screen. You can attempt this puzzle with two,
three and four Gods. Two Gods are quite straightforward to manipulate
but the problem is much more difficult with four Gods. The puzzle is
reminiscent of the classic Towers of Hanoi problem.
7.1
Olympia
7.1
This is your chance to take part in the Olympic games. Three simple
arcade style games: race, javelin and long jump. The keyboard controls
are similar for each game. The aim is to use the < and > keys as the
athlete’s feet fall to help him to accelerate, the space bar is used to
make the athlete jump or throw. It is a pity that the long jumper is not
carrying lead weights as was the practice of the Greeks.
7.1
Marathon
7.1
You have to help Pheidippides to find the quickest route from Marathon
to Athens, to take home the news that the Athenians have won a great
battle against the Persians at Marathon. A simple map is presented and
you have to choose where Pheidippides runs next on his journey until he
eventually reaches Athens. As he runs, you can see a representation of
the countryside he is running through, as well as a textual description.
7.1
Athens
7.1
Answer yes/no questions to guide Socrates to the temple through the
streets of Athens. Unfortunately Socrates always seems to get killed at
the end of the quiz, even if you answer all of the questions correctly −
that’s democracy for you!
7.1
Delphi-Oracle Quiz
7.1
A multiple choice quiz with questions covering material covered in the
other six visits. This also has the option of printing or saving a
personalised certificate after completion of the quiz. The display is
very static and uninteresting. If you get a question wrong you are not
told the correct answer!
7.1
Conclusions
7.1
A number of things bothered me about using this package with my class of
7/8 year olds; the package is aimed at 7-11. (Interestingly, Key Stage 2
is 8-12 years.)
7.1
The core of the package are the seven sets of facts presented in the
seven locations. These do contain a lot of useful information (along
with a few spelling mistakes: seige, Knossus) but the graphics are of a
fairly poor quality and used very sparingly. A much better way of
presenting the information is a colourful and readable book! This seems
like a poor way of using a computer − I, as a motivated and interested
adult, found it a boring slog to read though the large amounts of plain
text often with long Greek names, e.g. Pheidippides. Many of my eight
year olds would not be able to read it and would certainly not have the
concentration to finish. I am sure that most eleven year olds would find
the sheer quantity of reading quite daunting.
7.1
Each time you visited a location, you had to travel back to 20th century
Athens before your next visit. This was a nice representation of the
time-line but seeing it at least 14 times was a little tedious. The
sound used to represent travelling through time is a wailing sound. I
thought this was either unnecessary (especially in a classroom context)
or a poor use of Archimedes sound. Generally, the use of sound was poor.
In my opinion, sound should only be used in educational programs when it
adds something useful (e.g. the spoken word, Ancient Greek music... ).
7.1
The activities themselves were a mixed bag. My favourite was the wooden
horse which is fun, well designed and tells the story in a reasonable
way. On the other hand guiding Socrates to an Athenian temple is
bizarre. The temple is always in view and yet Socrates seems to wander
around aimlessly. No attempt has been made to give a reasonable
representation of a Greek city, even though the program notes say
“includes a journey through the town at the centre of Greek life and
commerce”.
7.1
All of the questions and quizzes are text based in the form of yes/no or
multiple choice. This seems a real shame. The use of graphics, sounds or
animation would make these far more enjoyable.
7.1
The printing and saving options are available through the iconbar menu
but this is usually hidden behind a full screen picture. When I did
manage to print Facts or the Certificate, I got a sheet of black paper
with indistinct white writing and outline drawings. The saved files are
sprites and text separately with the text formatted for the screen
window rather than for easy use in a DTP program.
7.1
The documentation is really inadequate, especially for inexperienced
teachers and children. There has been some attempt to give teachers
further ideas for classroom activities but these are mostly one-liners
and are not very original. Background information is also given on
agriculture and trade, sea transport, Greek scientists, Greece and Rome
and the Legacy of Greece, most of which is available in any standard
text from the library (even in children’s books).
7.1
Should you buy it? Some of the activities are fun and the children will
certainly learn about some of the myths and legends and the names of
famous Greeks and the Gods. The question is whether it is worth paying
£25 +VAT. Personally, I would say that the money would be better spent
on good quality books. A
7.1
NetGain for Econet and Ethernet
7.1
Tony Colombat
7.1
I have always been impressed with the way Econet performed with BBC Bs
and couldn’t believe it when it worked with an A310 over 100 yards of
dubious, cheap telephone cable. Having expanded to twenty A3000s, proper
wiring was essential, along with the maximum clock speed. Over the last
few years, however, as the numbers of fonts and program sizes increased,
Econet has struggled and sometimes floundered. Broadcast Loader eased
the strain, changing the 15 minutes to load Impression, down to 5
minutes but careful pre-planning of lessons was still required. Recent
programs requiring 2Mb memories have again caused problems. In one
attempt to load Wordz into twenty A3000s, after 15 minutes, only one
station successfully received the application. So, when Digital Services
produced NetGain as a ‘High Speed Application Loader’, I decided to
invest in it.
7.1
The package
7.1
NetGain is supplied for either Econet or Ethernet. The basic package is
similar for both, with the difference being in the software and the
method used to transfer applications. This leads to different memory
requirements in the workstations.
7.1
NetGain consists of a server expansion card and user pack for the first
ten stations − additional ten user packs can be purchased. There is also
a floppy disc with the software and a thin A5 manual. The package
arrives in a well-padded cardboard box.
7.1
The half-width podule needs to be fitted into a 4Mb computer with a hard
disc, as the NetGain server, and the same machine can also be the
network fileserver and printer server, if required.
7.1
Before fitting the podule, it is necessary to fit a ‘key’ onto the
podule. Each key gives NetGain access to ten stations and the extra keys
have to be purchased for extra stations. Keys must be pushed firmly
home, as otherwise they are not seen and the message ‘No keys fitted’ is
given.
7.1
Having fitted the podule, the NetGain server software should be
transferred onto the hard disc and loaded.
7.1
NetGain manager/server
7.1
NetGain works in two modes: as a manager and as a server.
7.1
As manager, the NetGain icon is installed on the left of the iconbar and
the first task is to allocate the station numbers to which NetGain will
respond.
7.1
Clicking <menu> on the NetGain icon will provide a menu and clicking on
Stations provides a chart of all 254 possible stations. The server
Station number is greyed out but any of the remaining may be chosen with
a click and is then shown in reverse video. A running total of stations
(both chosen and remaining) is provided. If a wrong station number is
chosen, or numbers have to be changed, this can be achieved at any time
by clicking on the station to be deselected.
7.1
The next stage is to select which software you wish to transfer via
NetGain. This is achieved by clicking <select> on NetGain, which opens a
NetGain filer window. Applications are then dragged into the windows.
Later, if you wish to add or delete applications, this can be achieved
in exactly the same way as adding or deleting from any filer window,
providing you are in manager status.
7.1
NetGain becomes a server by clicking <menu> on the NetGain icon,
following the Status arrow and clicking on server. There is a delay
whilst the files are compressed and saved to disc and then the NetGain
icon appears on the right, or application side, of the iconbar, now
running as a server.
7.1
Workstation setup
7.1
The stations selected have to be reconfigured to start with NetGain and
this is achieved slightly differently according to whether it is the
Econet or Ethernet NetGain being installed. (Both versions can be set up
with software supplied on the NetGain disc.) However, NetGain must be
running at the server, before switching on the workstation.
7.1
In the Econet version, a slightly slower boot up will occur before the
NetGain icon appears on the workstation. It is not necessary to Logon
the Econet network, as a click on NetGain opens a window and the
applications are available. NetGain is a read-only filing system and so
files need to be loaded through Econet and with less application
traffic, data files are usually loaded quickly. In NetGain, any
application is simply loaded by the usual double-clicking. The
difference is the speed at which the application is loaded; e.g. 10
seconds for Impression, no matter how many machines, and Wordz loads in
about 20 seconds, with Artworks in a similar amount of time.
7.1
So how is this achieved? There is the big difference between Econet
NetGain and Ethernet NetGain.
7.1
Econet/Ethernet NetGain
7.1
The Econet NetGain server software transfers the compressed applications
to the RMA memory as soon each workstation is booted up. Starting all
twenty A3000s appeared to make little difference to the bootup time,
compared to one A3000. The time taken to load applications is actually
the time required to decompress the application from the workstation’s
own memory, as no traffic takes place on the network when the
application is actually requested. Econet NetGain workstations are
recommended to have 4Mb memory. This is because every application
provided on the NetGain server is loaded, in compressed form, into every
computer’s memory. The idea of having 4Mb is so that as many
applications as possible can be transferred and still leave room to run
them.
7.1
The Ethernet NetGain server software works much more quickly and in a
different way, in that the workstations lose only 64Kb of memory. The
applications are only transferred when required from the server. They
are transferred at the top Ethernet speed of up to 1Mb/s rather than the
200Kb/s used by the Acorn Ethernet, i.e. 2 seconds for Impression −
faster than some hard discs. There is a slight slowing of speed
according to the number of machines requesting the application but,
compared to the normal Ethernet speed, NetGain is still very fast. This
system of transfer does mean that 2Mb workstations can work with the
Ethernet NetGain.
7.1
Boot files
7.1
Having reconfigured the Econet workstations for NetGain, boot files on
disc are ignored. To help overcome any problems, NetGain will run any
!Boot saved with the applications in NetGain. This is useful for
pointing to the Network !System folder and the workstation !Scrap folder
on disc.
7.1
Problems
7.1
I have not experienced any serious problems using Econet NetGain but
there is the minor niggle that some commands available to control the
NetGain icon at the workstation are apparently not working. The most
serious problem is the recommended 4Mb memory, as our A3000s have only
2Mb and so I have to have a number of different NetGain servers for
various applications and have to remember to have the correct one
installed before lessons start. Memory is now very tight on the
workstations. I tried to overcome this by quitting NetGain at the
workstation after loading the software. The freed RMA memory does not
become available to the workstation because of a limitation in RISC OS.
The Ethernet version of NetGain will work very happily with 2Mb memory
in the workstation.
7.1
The problem over the question of memory is a real teaser. To purchase
4Mb for our A3000s is approximately the same cost as the awaited HCCS
Ethernet Mini Podule. Certainly, Acorn would recommend moving to
Ethernet and this seems the most sensible way forward, as it is much
faster with file transfer as well as applications. In either case, the
cost is over £2,000 for twenty machines.
7.1
Summary
7.1
I would recommend the purchase of NetGain for either Econet or Ethernet,
as it has been one of the easiest installations to make and the speed
increase has to be seen to be believed.
7.1
Those with Econet need a 4Mb server (2Mb is possible) and must have a
minimum 2Mb memory, (preferably 4Mb) at workstations. You will be
delighted with the speed increase, especially with applications such as
Impression, Poster or Wordz.
7.1
Those with Ethernet need only a 4Mb server (2Mb is possible) to benefit
fully from NetGain, with recommended 2Mb workstations. They will also be
delighted at the increased speed transfer rate.
7.1
NetGain is available from Digital Services at £200 +VAT for a 10 user
pack and £100 +VAT each additional 10 stations. A
7.1
Axis
7.1
Andrew Rawnsley
7.1
With a variety of ‘shoot ’em ups’ now available on Acorn machines, it
takes a rather special one to capture public interest and convince
people to part with their money. This is even more true on other
platforms, for example on the Amiga, where there must be more shoot ‘em
ups than any other type of game.
7.1
However, at the Acorn User Show in Harrogate, Dominik Diamond, presenter
of Channel 4’s ‘Games Master’ show, and Amiga user, was detained for a
considerable time, hooked on this new release from TBA Software under
their Powerstation label.
7.1
The real beauty of Axis lies in its rotation. Well, 360° rotation to be
precise. “So what’s new?”, you ask. In Axis, it is not the player’s
character that rotates, but the whole screen. The whole play area
rotates effortlessly and flawlessly around the tank that you control.
The rotation is smooth enough on an ARM 2 machine, but super-smooth
would be the only way to describe it, on an ARM 3 machine.
7.1
I won’t dwell on the programming required for such a feat, or the
maths... !
7.1
Be that as it may, 360° degree rotation may well not send you running
off down to your local Acorn dealership. It must have gameplay, and
graphics.
7.1
The plot is, as ever, rather poor, but it doesn’t matter. Who cares why
you’re blasting little yellow tanks, just don’t get hit! Apparently, one
group of planets − the Axis planets − has decided to conquer the
universe, and you, as the poor soul sent by the Alliance, must
infiltrate their defences and blast the bad guys to kingdom come.
7.1
The game comes on two floppy discs, and make sure you keep them write
protected, as you might be tempted to try and write your own data to
them − there is apparently over 750Kb free on each disc. This is because
the game data is not stored in files recorded on the file allocation
table (this is to copy-protect the game). As a result, hard disc
installation is not possible but, fortunately, loading is very quick
anyway.
7.1
Once the game is loaded, you are presented with a reasonable title
screen, and an accompanying, rather monotonous tune. Pressing <space>
cuts out the music and takes you to the options screen where you can
select one of seven (!) control options. In simple terms, there are two
different sets of controls for each of keyboard, joystick and mouse, and
one for a Nintendo-style joypad with eight fire buttons.
7.1
As the player assumes the role of a tank, I preferred the ‘Conqueror’-
style controls, so you move around by controlling each side of your
craft independently. However, others preferred the more familiar Z, X, ‘
and / keys. All the keys can be redefined.
7.1
Each level has a password, which is most convenient when you finish a
level. When you start on the higher levels, you are helpfully provided
with some power-ups automatically, so that you don’t die within 5
seconds of starting the level.
7.1
The levels are large maps, in the form of huge mazes to explore − much
more fun than normal arcade shoot ‘em ups. You have a time limit to
destroy the enemy tanks and find the large gun emplacements which must
be destroyed before you can progress to the next part of the level. Once
you’ve destroyed the last emplacement on the level, an exit hatch
appears from which you enter the next level.
7.1
The graphics are acceptable, if not stunning, but when the whole
screen’s spinning around anyway, you hardly have time to notice!
7.1
The power-ups give you more energy or increase the amount of orbitals or
mines you can release. Orbitals can be launched out from your craft and
destroy everything in their path. You start with two orbitals − power-
ups just give you more − and one mine that can be released from the back
of your tank. However, your ability to launch orbitals and drop mines is
reduced if your tank becomes seriously damaged.
7.1
My only real criticism of this game is that even if you get hit by only
one (or perhaps two) of the shots from the large gun emplacements, a
tank with full energy can be reduced to a burnt out shell. The strategy
is to hide behind some building or piping so that you don’t get hit, and
fire your orbitals at the emplacement from there. Otherwise, you must
get just out of range of the gun emplacement before starting to fire.
When you hit the emplacement, you hear a distinctive ring − a good use
of the sound system!
7.1
Axis gets my vote as the best and most interesting shoot ’em up on Acorn
machines to date. Well done TBA!
7.1
Axis is (only) available from TBA Software − it costs £24.99 inclusive.
7.1
Haxis
7.1
Users of Doggysoft’s ‘The Hacker’ or Serial Port’s ‘Games Wizard’
(although owners of the latter be warned, Doggysoft do not like the
program and are quite rude about it in the documentation) may be
interested to know that although Axis attempts to disable The Hacker and
Games Wizard, Doggysoft produce a utility to get round this. Known as
Haxis, it lets you run a slightly modified version of Axis which enables
you to use the two hacking utilities, or save the modified version
directly to disc, so that you don’t need to keep loading Haxis every
time you play. It also contains a complete list of passwords for those
who can’t get beyond level one! A
7.1
Acorn World Logo
7.1
here!!!!!
7.1
Archive and NCS − All things new?
7.2
Acorn World 93 sees the re-launch of Archive Magazine and NCS! This
reflects our intention to develop as a company, building on the
strengths of the past 6 years. Our aim is to develop all the good bits,
improve where we fall short and move forward where new opportunities
arise − and all this without losing that ‘indefinable something’ that
makes Archive and NCS quite unique in the Acorn world! I have written a
separate article about this − see page 25. The new cover, which includes
the new company logo, and the slightly more open text layout are just
two of the changes which you will see over the next few months.
7.2
The recent customer questionnaire is currently being analysed, giving us
lots of constructive feedback. There is a healthy mixture of brickbats
and bouquets, both equally valuable. Well over one third of our
subscribers sent in a response which just shows the tremendous
commitment and involvement of our readers. Many, many thanks to all who
took the trouble to send in a questionnaire.
7.2
New staff
7.2
We’ve also had some changes in personnel. After 18 months with NCS,
Simon Moy has left for pastures new and we want to thank him for his
contribution to NCS and Archive magazine. Matthew Hunter, also a U.E.A.
graduate, has stepped into the breach and we are grateful for his help.
On the sales side, we are still looking to increase our staff so that we
can get out and about into local schools and colleges and stop the PC
and Mac salesmen from stealing Acorn’s traditional customers!
7.2
Acorn World 93
7.2
I hope we will be able to meet many of you at the show. There will
certainly be lots to see judging by the products listed in the Acorn
World 93 preview article this month. (See page 9.)
7.2
Things are really moving, aren’t they?! I’m enjoying being part of it −
I hope you are too!
7.2
Yours, as ever,
7.2
Products Available
• A4000S upgrade pack − Following the Cumana/SEMERC collaboration in
producing the A4000S package which enables overlay keyboards, switch
boxes, control equipment and turtles to be connected to the computer as
well as offering further expansion for SLCD, MIDI, SCSI and IDE, they
have released a hardware and software pack. This pack will upgrade a
standard A4000 to the A4000S. The upgrade comprises the EMU base board
and seven 1.6Mb floppies of software, ready for transfer to the hard
disc. The total cost is £119 +VAT. A number of Acorn dealers have been
on SEMERC’s special needs training courses so if you want expert advice,
ring Acorn’s special needs department and ask them who your nearest
trained dealer is.
7.2
• Acorn PC cards − The Acorn PC386 and PC486 cards for the A3020 and
A4000 have been dropped in price by £50 and the combined prices of
A4000/PC card systems has dropped by more than £100. The new RRP for the
1Mb 386 board is £225 +VAT, £425 +VAT for the 4Mb 486. (Archive prices
are £255 and £480 respectively.) The software has also been updated to
improve interaction between RISC OS and DOS/Windows when they are run
simultaneously.
7.2
• Acorn PC cards 2 − The enhanced software is available to existing
owners free of charge by returning the original Acorn PC Card software
and Windows driver where supplied, along with your name and address in
an envelope clearly marked “PC Card Upgrade” to Customer Services, Acorn
Computers Limited, Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE.
7.2
• AI CD-ROM − The Network Cybernetics Corporation has announced the
release of this CD through Lambda Publications. A large assortment of
software related to Artificial Intelligence and other topics is included
along with the text of research papers and tutorials, in a variety of
formats. Specific topics include Expert Systems, Neural Networks,
Genetic Algorithms, Fuzzy Logic, Linguistics/Natural Language, Robotics,
Virtual Reality, Artificial Life/Evolution Simulations, Machine Vision,
Prolog, Lisp/XLisp. Executables for some machines are included, as is
the source code so that programs can be recompiled on new platforms. The
cost is £80 per disc + p&p from Lambda Publications.
7.2
• AppFS − The network application from Angelsoft has been increased in
price from £100 + VAT to £130 + VAT. A full site licence is still
included in the price.
7.2
• ART20 is a sprite-based art package which brings “fine art facilities
to the Archimedes at a fraction of the price of other recent art
packages”. Painting is done outside the desktop but with easy return to
an unaltered desktop. ART20 costs £60 inclusive from Tekoa Graphics. An
education site licence costs £120 inclusive.
7.2
• Aztecs − This educational adventure from Sherston Software includes
resource materials such as posters, help cards and challenge cards. The
aim is to survive in Aztec times, learning as much as possible about the
Aztec people. It can be used as the centre piece to a class topic, or
simply on its own. The price is £39.95 + VAT from Sherston or £37
through Archive.
7.2
• Cars − Maths in Motion − This is a very interesting educational Grand
Prix simulation program. It is aimed at both young children and adults
and has “many educational opportunities” covering percentages,
multiplication, division, simple geometry, scale drawing, modelling,
probability, ratios, strategy and logical thinking. This is available
from Cambridgeshire Software House (note the new address in the
Factfile) for £49.95 +VAT and carriage.
7.2
• Computer Holidays − PGL Adventure, the well-known activity holiday
company, are offering IT Advantage holidays for 8 to 13 year olds in
1994. These holidays, to be held at PGL’s Marchant Hill centre in
Surrey, will combine computing (using all Acorn equipment!) and various
adventure activities. Contact PGL for more details − and tell them you
read about it in Archive magazine!
7.2
• Explorer − A new National Curriculum teaching aid designed to enhance
project work on the Solar System. It is a game where the player (or
players, as group involvement is recommended) must explore all planets
in the solar system with the aid of probes. During exploration, the
children will have to discover a variety of facts about the planets and
their moons. It is produced by Alpine Software at £30 +VAT.
7.2
• First Steps in Programming Acorn RISC OS Computers − A companion book
for “A Beginners Guide to WIMP Programming”, and also by Martyn Fox, it
is aimed at people who have only just purchased an Acorn machine and
have no experience of programming, or are finding it difficult. Basic is
used and a full reference section is included for VDU and PLOT codes and
for keywords. The price is £14.95 + p&p from Sigma Press or £15 through
Archive.
7.2
• Formula Fun − A four player top view driving game over several
different courses from Mystery Software. All four players are shown on
screen simultaneously and is compatible with the new Four joystick
interface. The price is £14.99 inclusive from Mystery Software.
7.2
• IBM Keyboard and Mouse Interface − Supplied by the Serial Port for £89
+VAT, it allows you to connect a PC keyboard and mouse to your
Archimedes. Any standard PC/AT keyboard can be used as well as a variety
of PC keyboard devices including barcode scanners, magnetic card readers
and PC 3-button serial or bus mice. The Acorn mouse can also be
connected. The interface also allows up to 4 Atari-style joysticks to be
connected. Each can be programmed to emulate any key or combination,
making it compatible with all games. There is no Joystick control
software needed. Software supplied allows key mappings for PC keyboard
scan codes to Archimedes keys, with different mappings for modifier keys
(e.g. shift).
7.2
• James Pond 2 − RoboCod − This conversion is the sequel to James Pond
but is said to have many improvements and new features to make it
enjoyable even for those who played the original. It is available from
GamesWare (the conversion was done by Eclipse) for £25.99 inc VAT or £24
through Archive.
7.2
• Keyboard Trainer − No, it’s not a typing tutor but Minerva Software’s
new music program. It is “an exciting new way of learning how to play
the electronic keyboard and to read music”. The program requires a 1Mb
RISC OS computer with Midi interface and will work with the Yamaha PSS
and PSR keyboards with Midi, plus most of the popular Midi keyboards and
synths. This costs £69.95 +VAT from Minerva or £87 through Archive.
7.2
• KlienFS − This is another compression utility, for any Acorn machine
with RISC OS 3 (since it uses the Squash module). It offers a full
filing system, and creates files like those produced by the squash
application. This means that compressed files are readable even if you
do not have the KlienFS. The fact that it is a filing system, however,
means that it offers a far more user-friendly interface than using
Squash. The price is £17.95 inclusive from PTW Software.
7.2
• Laser Direct prices slashed!!! − Over £350 off the price of the Laser
Direct Hires 8, plus a free copy of Impression 2 is what I call “prices
slashed”! Computer Concepts are really trying to attack the Mac market
in a big way. This is shown by the range of new DTP products mentioned
in the Acorn World 93 preview on page 9 but they are also doing this
special offer on Laser Directs. The Hires 8 is now selling for £1099 +
£15 carriage +VAT or £1280 through Archive including carriage. The Hires
4 is £799 + £10 carriage +VAT or £925 through Archive including
carriage. The free Impression offer is also available through Archive
but only up to 31st December 1993.
7.2
• Ludwig van Beethoven Overture, Egmont − Angelsoft Educational have
produced an electronic book concerned mainly with the Egmont overture.
It also contains background information on Beethoven’s life and works.
It was created using the ‘Genesis’ application, so pages can be printed
out as permanent records, and if you have a CD-ROM drive and the correct
CD, the musical pieces can be played. The pupils can be tested by using
the enclosed !BeetQuiz which asks questions based on the information.
The cost is £25 +VAT from Angelsoft.
7.2
• More Naughty Stories − The second volume of Sherston Software’s
Talking Books entitled “More Naughty Stories” is now available for £9.95
+VAT for individual stories or £47.75 +VAT for the set of six. The
titles are Bobby the Boastful Bird, Clarence the Clumsy Cat, Derek’s
Dopey Dinosaur, Gordon’s Groovy Granny, Lucy the Little Liar and
Tasmin’s Terrible Tantrums. The set of six is £55 through Archive.
7.2
• Morpheus − As indicated by the name this is a morphing package,
costing £34.95 inc VAT from Oregan Software Developments or £33 through
Archive. Morphing first leapt into public consciousness in the Michael
Jackson video “Black and White” (although that was certainly not the
first time it was seen). It is a method of changing one image into
another but, unlike a simple fade, more account is made of the contents
of the image through the definition of a grid. The package will work on
256 colour sprites (including 256 shades of grey) or 24-bit clear files
(as produced by Translator), multitasking on the desktop, and supports
Acorn Replay. This will be reviewed next month.
7.2
• Nexus Junior − An important networking solution for schools, or any
other small installation of Acorn machines has been released by SJ
Research. The package includes four Nexus Junior expansion cards, a
Nexus Junior router, cables and software. It is aimed at locations
where, currently, software is loaded from local hard drives or floppies
but a more centralised system is wanted. Up to four machines, one of
which must have a hard drive can be connected through one router box.
The machine with the hard drive acts as a server, and the hard drive
appears to all machines as if it were resident locally as a read-only
drive. This means that files are protected from accidental deletion, and
only one machine needs to be updated with new software. Any files
produced locally can be saved to floppy to allow pupils to keep their
own work. Currently, there is a special introductory price of £399 +VAT
for the four-computer pack, or £599 including a visit to have the system
installed and an on-site training course. (Nexus Junior is also
available through Archive. Please ring for details.)
7.2
• Notes − Those of you who use sticky notes to keep track of your life
will be pleased to know that, thanks to the Really Good Software
Company, they are now available for your Archimedes. They can be stored
within the Notes application or put on discs as free-standing
applications. As well as being used as a notepad, there is a facility to
attach notes to specific files, causing them to be displayed when the
file is loaded or run. The cost is £9.95 inclusive from RGSC.
7.2
• Observess − The first Expert System shell for the Acorn RISC OS
machine. It is fully desktop compatible and incorporates an IF ... THEN
... rule structure with up to three conditions. Support for percentage-
based certainty factors on facts and rules, and single or multiple
recommendations based on the certainty factors. The price is £20 (no
VAT), or £2 (refundable on purchase of the full version) for a
demonstration run-time system, from Rebecca Shalfield.
7.2
• Pocket Book special SPECIAL offer − Having extended the Pocket Book
special offer of £199.99 up until 31st December, Acorn are now doing a
very special Acorn World 93 price of £149.95. If you want one at this
price, you have to come to the show − we will have them available on the
Norwich Computer Services stand. (It would be worth ringing us to
reserve one as soon as possible. Ed.)
7.2
• PowerPad − This is a hardware modification which plugs into the
printer port of any Acorn 32-bit machine to give one or two joy-pads.
There are 6 fire buttons and a four-way thumb control pad, and software
is included to enable it to support the Acorn Joystick standard or
emulate keys for those games which do not know about joysticks. The
price is £29.99 inc VAT for the single pad. The two pad price has not
yet been fixed and can be purchased from GamesWare.
7.2
• ProArtisan 2 − Clares have now released version 2 of ProArtisan at
£135 inc VAT. It has a range of new features including texture brushes
(rattan, basket, dimple, slate, stone, canvas, etc) and special effects
such as smudge, dopple (Pointilist technique), smear and diffuse. There
is a special upgrade price from Clares of £67.50 if you return your copy
of an earlier Artisan program or £87.50 if you return to them any other
art package costing £35 or more. The Archive price is £120.
7.2
• Quark − A new shoot-em-up game from Oregan Software Developments,
priced at £24.95 or £23 through Archive. Features include one or two
players, 16 zones, 8 stereo soundtracks and “slippery smooth scrolling”.
7.2
• Revolution − Two new CD-ROM drives from Morley Electronics. Both are
compatible with all CD discs for RISC OS and DOS format (the latter
through emulation) as well as Kodak Photo CD. They are also fully
multisession and the cheaper of the two, Revolution, costs £299 +VAT +
carriage from Morley or £355 through Archive. If you want data transfer
rates of over 300Kb/s then Revolution Pro is £439 +VAT + carriage from
Morley or £510 through Archive.
7.2
• Rephorm − Another morphing package, this time from Oak Solutions. It
can create Ace film files as used by Projector (which is also supplied)
and Splice which can be used to edit films produced. Other features are
non-linear motion and colour control, options for fades and wipes and
support for 16 and 24-bit images. The price is £49.95 + £2 p&p and VAT
or £56 through Archive.
7.2
• Schedule for the Pocket Book − Err, yes... it is now actually
available and the special price of £19 through Archive has been extended
up to the end of December 1993. Sorry for the delay but “the first ones
produced failed quality control”.
7.2
• Sound Advice − The new 24-track sequencer for the Archimedes produced
by The Really Small Software Company was reviewed last month in the
Music Column (7.1 p50). Stewart Watson was obviously quite impressed, so
we have decided to sell it through Archive for £38.
7.2
• Tales of Lore − This game, recently released by UK Soft, has already
had a price change, the current RRP is £24.95 inc VAT.
7.2
• The Missing Dinosaur Bone − An educational adventure game in which the
children aim to find the stolen exhibit of the title. Language and
mathematical puzzles offer challenges to be overcome, all of which are
based around the ‘living things’ theme. Digitised images and sprites are
used to enhance the software. Also included in the package is an
‘Animals & Habitats’ resource disc with sprites of 80 animals and 10
habitats created with !Paint, a teachers guide, a curriculum activity
booklet, user guides and two activity sheets. The cost is £25 +VAT from
Angelsoft Educational.
7.2
• The Tudors − This set of two clipart discs contains 50 draw format
files. It covers several aspects of Tudor Life, including monarchs and
people, buildings, furniture, ships, punishment, weapons, musical
instruments. It costs £15 +VAT from Angelsoft Educational.
7.2
• Twilight − Recently upgraded by the Really Good Software Company, this
package is designed as an enhanced version of the RISC OS 3 screen
protector. Instead of a blank screen, any of 17 different effects can be
displayed to prevent damage to the monitor screen. As well as activating
after a certain time, blanking can be manually induced, and to restrict
access to your machine while you are away, a password can be entered,
without which the blanker cannot be disengaged. Two versions are
available, a demo for £5 or the full program for £14.95 inclusive (the
demo cost is deductible if you decide to upgrade to the full version).
7.2
• Xenon 2 − Another product released by GamesWare/Eclipse, this shoot-
em-up has had great success on other formats and features a soundtrack
from “Bomb the Bass”. The retail price is £25.99 of £24 through Archive.
7.2
• X-Stitch Designer − Version 3 of this package has now been released in
Archimedes format. It has many features including move and copy,
reflection, rotation, half stitch and backstitch. The cost is £36 inc
VAT from IL-Soft.
7.2
Review software received...
7.2
We have received review copies of the following: •AI CD-ROM, •Alpha-
Sound (e), •Archimedes Game Maker’s Manual (bk), •ArcVenture III −
The Vikings (e), •ART20 (a), •ASM_Help (u), •Cars − Maths in
Motion (e), •E-Numix (e), •Explore with Flossy The Frog (e),
•Explorer (e), •First Steps in Programming Acorn RISC OS Computers (bk),
•Formula Fun (g), •Gestalt 2 − Money & Shopping (e), •Gestalt 2 −
Time & Fractions (e), •Illusions Disc Magazine, •Impression Tutorial
on disc, •Keyboard Trainer (em), •KleinFS (u) •Letters (e),
•Lingomaster (e), •MiniExpansion Adaptor (h), •Observess Expert System
Shell, •Phases à la Français (e), •ProArtisan 2 (a), •Sea, Trade &
Empire (e), •Screenplay training video, •Small Steps (e),
•Soapbox (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e), •Switch (g), •Tiles (e), •TOM
computer simulator (e).
7.2
e=Education, bk=book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.2
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.2
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.2
Some important questions − “Why is God so obsessed with people believing
in him? He must have a real ego problem. Why isn’t he happy for us just
to lead a decent existence?” said one of my more open and honest
correspondents.
7.2
Just suppose for a moment that God does exist and that he made us − so
in a way he is a sort of “Father”. (Those of you who have had bad
experiences of a human father probably don’t feel very positively
towards the “father” figure − but try to think of it in terms of what it
would be like with an ideal father.)
7.2
Put yourself in Dad’s position for a minute. Your son is a really
wonderful person; he’s hard working, honest and consciencious; he is
really loving towards other people; he would help anyone in need − even
a stranger; he gives generously to charity − all-in-all, a wonderful
son! But there is one slight problem. He refuses to have anything to do
with you, his own father; he even acts as if you didn’t exist; he won’t
talk to you; he won’t listen to you and he doesn’t even read the letters
you write to him − just throws them in the bin!
7.2
Does God the perfect Father have an ego problem? No, really he loves us
and desperately wants us to get in touch. It might be worth reading his
“letters” to see what he has to say − just in case he exists.
7.2
Jesus: mad, bad or God? − Thanks for all the responses to last month’s
challenge. The trouble is that I shouldn’t really be the one to judge
whether or not your arguments are convincing. Is there anyone reading
this who considers him/herself NOT to be a Christian (so that they are
not biased in my favour) who would be prepared to read a few of the
letters and tell me if you think they deserve a free subscription?
7.2
Paul Beverley
7.2
P.B.
7.2
Archive gets NITTs!
7.2
Norfolk IT Team
7.2
With the next issue of Archive, we shall be starting a series of
beginners’ articles written by members of the Norfolk Information
Technology Team (NITT).
7.2
The goal of NITT is to improve the quality of education by promoting the
appropriate use of information technology in learning. Based in Norwich,
NITT runs the local Acorn in Education Centre and provides similar
support to users of Apple and PC machines.
7.2
NITT is made up of a team of six advisory staff with a broad range of
educational expertise and experience. We also have a detailed knowledge
of the application of information technology for the benefit of pupils
with special educational needs and we have our own full time technical
and administration staff.
7.2
We provide training courses to teachers, parents and others, and operate
an extensive software reference library and hardware exhibition centre
and produce a range of publications, mostly in support of school
curriculum development. These include KeyPress, a termly magazine and
KeyITin, a weekly broadsheet of abstracts from key sources of
information on IT especially in respect of education. We also operate a
subscription-based HelpLine service for teachers and others.
7.2
Absolute beginners
7.2
Our intention is to provide articles pitched at the right level for
Archive subscribers who are absolute beginners at using the Acorn
Archimedes and A series machines. We hope to cut through or explain
jargon, and make no assumptions about existing expertise on the part of
the reader. If all this sounds too pedestrian for you − fine − there is
plenty of material in Archive at a higher level. If much of the material
in Archive seems just beyond your comprehension at the moment then our
series of pieces should give you the warm helping hand that we all need
when embarking on something new. We look forward to this new venture and
to hearing readers’ comments and suggestions as we get underway. A
7.2
Oak
7.2
New artwork
7.2
CC
7.2
From 7.1 page 19
7.2
7.2
28
7.2
Acorn World 93 − Last Minute Information
7.2
Tickets
7.2
It may not be too late, by the time you get the magazine, to get advance
tickets for Acorn World. If you ring the ticket Hotline on 0784-473818,
they will be able to tell you if there is time to get advance tickets
out to you. It is worth it because you save about 20% on the cost of
tickets.
7.2
Magazine contributors
7.2
Several of our regular Archive contributors will be on hand at the
Archive stand (48) at Acorn World 93 so that you can chat to them. If
you have questions to ask them or ideas and suggestions to offer, here
is a list of when they hope to be available:
7.2
Friday 29th
7.2
Paul Hooper (Genesis / Magpie) 10 − 12
7.2
Alan Highet (General reviews / Help for beginners) 11 − 1 and 2 − 4
7.2
Gabriel Swords (Art packages / Clipart) 12 − 2
7.2
Solly Ezra (Education) 12 − 2
7.2
Dave Wilcox (General reviews) 12 − 2
7.2
Stuart Bell (JPEG) 12 − 2
7.2
Rob Wears (General reviews) 12 − 2
7.2
Richard Fallas (CAD / Architecture) 12 − 2
7.2
Peter Jennings (General reviews) 1 − 2
7.2
Saturday 30th
7.2
Trevor Sutton (ArtWorks) 10 − 12
7.2
Paul Hooper (Genesis / Magpie) 10 − 12
7.2
Robert Chrismas (General / Mugs) 12 − 2
7.2
Tim Nicholson (Squirrel / Printer drivers) 12 − 2
7.2
Richard Hallas (DTP / Music publishing) 2 − 4
7.2
Hugh Eagle (RISC OS 3) 2 − 4
7.2
Sunday 31st
7.2
Solly Ezra (Education) 10 − 12
7.2
Thomas Down (C programming) 12 − 2
7.2
Laura Handoca (Help for beginners) 12 − 2
7.2
There will probably be others popping in and the editor will be there
most of the time if you want to sort him out on one or two matters!
We’ll try to keep a timetable on the stand so you can see whom to
expect, and at what time, on each day.
7.2
Special deals
7.2
Acorn are being very generous at the show in more ways than one. They
are offering, in collaboration with TDK, a free copy of !NewLook, the
official Acorn 3D tool sprites. NewLook contains replacement templates
for all the ROM applications, and also those on the two application
discs, as well as 3D icons and toolsprites.
7.2
£50 off the £50 off the Pocket Book (no, that’s not a misprint!) − The
special price of £50 off the Pocket Book (i.e. £199.95) is still
available until the end of 1993 but if you come to the show, you can get
£50 off the £50 off price! In other words you can buy one for £149.95 −
but this is ONLY at Acorn World 93. Mind you, unless you live in
Scotland, it’s probably worth a trip to London just to buy a Pocket Book
and save yourself £50!
7.2
(If you want to buy one from NCS, it would be worth ringing us to
reserve one a.s.a.p. Ed.)
7.2
Competition
7.2
Wyddfa Software and Norwich Computer Services have combined to offer a
competition. The aim of the competition is to find out the English name
for Wyddfa or, more properly, yr Wyddfa. The winner will be the first
entry drawn at random from all the correct entries. The prize is that
Wyddfa Software will pay up to £50 towards any product(s) of the
winner’s choice supplied by Norwich Computer Services. Application forms
will be available from Wyddfa Software either by post or at Acorn World
93, stand 94 (Wyddfa) or stand 48 (NCS).
7.2
New products
7.2
As expected, we have received a tremendous number of press releases
telling us about new products to be launched at Acorn World 93. We have
tried to give some brief details here but, obviously, it would be best
if you could come to the show to see for yourself. I suspect you will
see quite a few hardware and software engineers at Acorn World 93 with
bags, nay portmanteau, under their eyes from burning the midnight oil to
meet the 29th October deadline!
7.2
Judging by the pages and pages of new product details, this is going to
be a show to remember!
7.2
Matthew Hunter (our latest recruit) has spent ages leafing through the
press releases. Here are his findings in no particular order. (Well,
what order would you have used?)
7.2
• Armlock − A RISC OS software-only utility that prevents unauthorised
access to CMOS RAM or designated files/directories on the hard disc.
Armlock costs £35 +VAT single user or £135 +VAT for a ten-user licence
pack. (Digital Services − stand 17)
7.2
• Squirrel 2 − A major upgrade to their popular Squirrel database,
Squirrel 2 has 38 separate enhancements over the previous release
versions. Existing users can upgrade to version 2 for £25 +VAT or £35
+VAT including a revised manual. (Digital Services − stand 17)
7.2
• MicroStudio 2 − 24-Track MIDI/internal sound software with unique
keyboard learning system, has been re-written for the Desktop and
enhanced for RISC OS 3. (EMR − stand 28a)
7.2
• Desktop Scorewriter − You can now play up to 8 score parts using the
Archimedes internal sound system and the included ‘Alpha’ font allows
the computer to act as a music typewriter. (EMR − stand 28a)
7.2
• Music Player 3 − Part of a new EMR/Yamaha package (‘Hello Music’),
this allows any standard MIDI format file to be played simply by double
clicking on its icon. Other facilities include changing file formats and
program numbers (for different MIDI instruments) as well as selecting
the play time. (EMR − stand 28a)
7.2
• Studio24Plus − This package now allows direct disc recording when used
with the new MIDI/Sampler interfaces produced by HCCS as part of their
‘Ultimate’ series. This offers dual MIDI ports with 32 channels and an
optional 8-bit mono sampler (at up to 50kHz). Sounds can be sampled from
a variety of sources even while playing MIDI instruments. (EMR − stand
28a)
7.2
• PrimeMover − A new animation system for any RISC OS machine. It not
only allows sequencing of frames but then allows the animation to be
moved around the screen. The program allows you to restrict access to
facilities if required. A real time system is used for animation control
making it easier to understand how the animation will appear. (Minerva −
stand 42)
7.2
• Keyboard Trainer − A software package aimed at those learning the
electronic keyboard. It contains more than sixty lessons including over
20 graded tunes in a variety of styles and nine games to develop
keyboard familiarity. It also fulfils all National Curriculum
requirements for the primary sector. To use the package, you need at
least 1Mb of memory and a MIDI interface. (Minerva − stand 42)
7.2
• Talking Rhymes − A new series of educational software titles, each one
featuring one illustrated nursery rhyme. The rhyme appears as a
combination of text and picture which are jumbled. By clicking on the
pieces, the child can hear what the piece ‘says’ (using real sampled
speech) before dragging it to the correct place. Once the rhyme has been
completed, the child is rewarded with an animation and sing-along tune.
There are eight titles in all, Humpty Dumpty, Georgie Porgie, Little
Miss Muffet and Ring-a-Ring-a-Roses, which should be ready for the show,
and Little Jack Horner, Mary Mary, Jack and Jill and Baa Baa Green (yes,
green) Sheep, which will be released before Christmas. (Topologika −
stand 44)
7.2
• S-Base 2 − A new version of the RISC OS relational database including
the S-Base Application Manager (SAM) allows simple creation of working
databases, without the need for programming. Extended features include
query by example, enhanced multimedia support, the ability to load DBase
III and Squirrel data, and improved documentation. (Longman Logotron −
stand 72)
7.2
• Eureka 2 − The second release of this spreadsheet permits scaled
printing of worksheets, improved memory management, a macro language for
custom functions, worksheet zoom, charting of multiple selections, best
fit lines. (Longman Logotron − stand 72)
7.2
• Talking Pendown − The latest in the Pendown series of wordprocessors
provides immediate feedback by reading back letters, words and sentences
as you type, making it easier for children to spot mistakes. (Longman
Logotron − stand 72)
7.2
• Fireworkz − An integrated program for all machines with 2Mb or more of
memory, it combines all the features of Wordz and Resultz, offering
improved flexibility over use of the two separate programs (available at
the show for £169 +VAT). Reports in the wordprocessor can include tables
or charts which can contain ‘live’ data − no need to return to the
spreadsheet and regenerate, new data can simply be entered and any re-
calculations are conducted. Sprites and drawfiles from other sources may
also be included in documents. (Colton Software − stand 46/47)
7.2
• Replay Plus − A hardware upgrade for the Acorn Replay DIY kit to
improve image quality of movies, along with new software, the total
price is £139 +VAT. The software allows several new movie formats (these
take less disc space and can be played back immediately), time lapse
recording, improved movie editing and better sound. Sound sampling
facilities allow the kit to act as a direct to disc stereo sampler,
supporting Armadeus, Microsoft WAVe, Creative VOC (Soundblaster) as well
as sound-only Replay files. (Irlam Instruments Ltd. − stand 121)
7.2
• 16 bit Sound Sampling − Stereo sampling at up to CD or DAT sampling
rates can be captured and played back at a higher quality than the
built-in sound system allows with this new card, a derivative of that
used for the Replay system. The software enables samples to be edited
and saved in RISC OS or industry standard formats. An on board DSP can
perform real-time audio effects and compression. The price is £299 +VAT
(Irlam Instruments Ltd. − stand 121)
7.2
• A3000 − A3020 − Aimed at upgrading the specification of an A3000 to
one comparable with the A3020, this comprises three parts. The Multi I/O
primary board replaces the floppy controller and floppy drive to give a
high density disc drive. The secondary board has a serial port and bi-
directional parallel port as found on the newer machines. Finally, an 85
or 120Mb IDE hard drive can be fitted. The primary board costs £199
+VAT, the secondary £45 +VAT. The hard disc prices have not yet been
fixed. (Greyhound Marketing/Vantage One − stand 6)
7.2
• PDSview − The package has been upgraded with many new features and a
new manual. 24bit colour processing and separation of bit-mapped images
is possible. Additional support is available for users with graphics
cards. It provides multispectral classification and other powerful
processes usually associated with more expensive dedicated image
processing systems. (Spacetech − stand 38)
7.2
• PDSmap − This allows huge images such as those from SPOT or LANDSAT
(some as large as 150Mb) to be previewed and processed. Sample images
will also be available on CD-ROM. (Spacetech − stand 38)
7.2
• Weather Satellite Stations − Upgraded to be colour card compatible,
additional enhancements include cross-fade for super smooth animation of
weather systems. (Spacetech − stand 38)
7.2
• Scribble − An easy-to-use art package aimed at pre-school and special
needs, the program can be tailored to meet the individual needs of the
user. The touch window screen is also supported. Topical support packs
are also available including ‘The Farm’, ‘Space’, ‘Dinosaurs’,
‘Christmas’, and ‘Miscellaneous’. Pictures can be imported and exported
into other applications. The cost is £29.95 and includes a site licence.
(Honormead Software Solutions − stand 93a)
7.2
• Jumble Fun − A game for pre-school and special needs costing £15.95
(including site licence). It can be used in conjunction with switches or
touch window. Level 1 is a jigsaw and level two a picture jumble.
Additional discs with further topical jigsaws are available, or pictures
can be imported from Scribble, 1st Paint or scanned/digitised images.
(Honormead Software Solutions − stand 93a)
7.2
• Crystal Maze − Based on the Chatsworth Television program for Channel
4, this game features a mix of puzzles and action and is being released
exclusively to the Acorn Market. (Sherston Software − stand 35)
7.2
• CD-ROMs − A new selection of cheap CD-ROMs specifically designed for
classroom use and linked to the National Curriculum. Clipart, datafile
packs and map suites are available. It should be noted that some of the
CD-ROMs are dependent upon the Key range of software (Key Plus/Key Calc/
Key Count). (Anglia TV − stand 109)
7.2
• Easy C − ANSI standard C development system, made easy to use by the
provision of a wimp front end to drive the compiler and linker (AOF
Compatible), removing the need to remember long command line sequences.
Programs can be compiled, linked and run using a single mouse click
making it ideal for beginners, while the built-in make facility ensures
large multi-file applications are also possible. A built-in assembler
allows ARM code to be included directly. It provides access to the CLib
module and is compatible with the FreeWare WIMP library DeskLib.
Upgrades from the C Development System costs £10 +VAT. If you do not
have the earlier system, the price is £49 +VAT. (RISC Developments Ltd −
stand 75)
7.2
• Outline Fonts − Two new discs of outline fonts, each containing 10
families of fonts and additional applications. The cost is £11.95 inc.
VAT each. (RISC Developments − stand 75)
7.2
• Basic Programmer’s Toolkit − Ten applications for programmers,
particularly those using Basic. A disc and manual are supplied. (RISC
Developments − stand 75)
7.2
• WIMP Programmer’s Toolkit − Updated to Version 3, the toolkit now
contains 15 applications to aid WIMP programming. New features include
Procedure/Function analyser, WIMP mask and flag generators and a
comprehensive WIMP library. The price (including manual) is £21.95 inc.
VAT (£7.95 upgrade). (RISC Developments − stand 75)
7.2
• High-Density Floppy Disc Interface − Enables older machines to use the
higher capacity floppy disc formats found on the newer machines and
gives access to 1.44Mb DOS discs. (RISC Developments − stand 75)
7.2
• Tape Streamer − Connecting to the standard printer port, this is
designed as a large capacity, low price backup device. (RISC
Developments − stand 75)
7.2
• Impression Style − The latest in the Impression series, it combines
the features of a standard word processor with many powerful features
new to the Acorn platform, and those usually associated with DTP. Two
types of on-line help − interactive help and full hyper-text help − are
included. Special features include: drag and drop editing; an integrated
thesaurus and dictionary with definitions based on the highly respected
Collins publications; OLE or Object Linking and Embedding; Impression
Junior, II and Acorn Advance file compatibility; automatic section and
paragraph bulleting, numbering and re-numbering; full support for 24
bit, full colour images; an open, extendable graphics filter system with
TIFF loaders; New interactive ruler and tab system.
7.2
All this costs £99 +VAT. Discounts are available on trade-ins for your
old packages. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• Impression Publisher − Incorporating all the new user-friendly word
processing abilities of Impression Style as well as advanced page layout
capabilities. The package has full colour separation capabilities.
Together with Impression Style and ArtWorks, this package offers full
support, including separations, of 24bpp colour images and even 32-bit
CMYK images, along with the ability to load TIFF files (even Mac, PC and
CMYK variations). OLE and full on-line interactive and hyper-text help
is also provided. PostScript is also catered for, offering industry
standard output. Additional features include auto-tracking and kerning
(for RISC OS3 fonts), brightness and contrast control of graphics and
will create a list of all the fonts used in your document. The cost is
£169 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• OPI Supplement − For professional pre-press or publishing work, this
optional upgrade supports the Open Prepress Interface − a system for
incorporating very high resolution full colour images without the need
for huge hard discs or large amounts of memory. In addition, the OPI
Supplement includes the ability to load EPS (encapsulated PostScript).
It is only available as an upgrade to Impression Publisher at £230 +
VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• WordWorks − Designed as a stand-alone application to assist users of
all word processors (although it is more integrated with Impression).
Not only a Thesaurus, WordWorks is unique in that it includes a complete
English dictionary with explanations. WordWorks uses licensed thesaurus
and dictionary data from Collins, so you can be sure the information is
up-to-date, accurate and of the highest quality. Once a word has been
looked up, it can be transferred to whatever wordprocessor you use. Note
that this product is bundled with Impression Style and Impression
Publisher products and is included in the upgrades available. Price £39
+ VAT (£45.82) (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• AudioWorks − Providing a complete suite of sound editing functions in
one easy-to-use, low cost application. AudioWorks is compatible with a
whole range of sound files (MicroSoft WAVe, Armadeus, DataVox,
SoundTracker and RawData formats). In addition to playing back from the
standard Archimedes speaker, the software can sample from and playback
to more advanced audio boards, such as the Eagle MultiMedia card.
7.2
AudioWorks supports 8 bit, 12 bit, 16 bit, linear signed, linear
unsigned, VIDC logarithmic, m-law logarithmic, mono and stereo samples.
Features include: accurate waveform display with instantaneous zoom; a
utility for playing back from hard disc in the background with various
effects; on screen real-time spectrum analyser and oscilloscope
displays; full background operation; multiple channel and multiple
sample operations. Price £49 +VAT (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• BJC-600 − The brand new BJC-600 A4 plain paper printer from Canon,
combined with Computer Concepts’ 24-bit TurboDriver software, provides a
key component in the full colour revolution that is occurring in the
Acorn world. Four colour CMYK inks for the best full spectrum of colours
including real black, 360 dpi provides 40% more dots per square inch
than 300 dpi printers − visibly better resolution. The high quality
colour results on plain paper mean lower running costs than other colour
inkjet printers. Minimum 4Mb RAM recommended. Requires RISC OS 3.1.
Price Guide £500 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• ArtWorks CD − This CD contains a full copy of the latest version of
ArtWorks, all the fonts normally included with ArtWorks in both RISC OS
2 and RISC OS 3 outline format (RISC OS 3 format includes kerning
information), and everything that is on the ArtWorks Clipart CD. The
latest version of ArtWorks (1.5) now includes full support for 24bpp
sprites and compatibility with the new graphics filter system used by
Impression (including the filter for TIFF files). Price £169 +VAT. CD
Upgrade for registered ArtWorks owners − £29 +VAT. Floppy disc upgrade
to version 1.5 (program only) − £10 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/
68)
7.2
• ArtWorks Clipart CD − This CD includes the best of the entries for the
ArtWorks competition and many more ArtWorks and other graphic examples.
On the CD are an ArtWorks file viewer and over 800 ArtWorks example
pictures, on-line ArtWorks presentation, a demonstration version of
!AudioWorks and example audio files, dozens of high quality 24bpp
photographs − ideal for the new 24bpp-capable versions of Impression and
ArtWorks. Price £19 +VAT. (Computer Concepts − stand 67/68)
7.2
• Eagle M2 − Designed to offer an array of multimedia facilities, this
standard width expansion card is capable of video digitising (still
frames, and Replay movies), stereo audio sampling and playback, as well
as MIDI capability. Software included comprises a video view-finder and
image capture utility for still frames and Replay movie capture. Acorn’s
!ARMovie is supplied to play back movies created and Computer Concepts
!AudioWorks enables capture and editing of sound samples. Real time
scaling and dithering of images is achieved by additional hardware on
the card. Any machine with a standard podule slot free can be used,
although 4Mb of RAM and RISC OS 3.1 is required. A5000/A540 is needed
for Replay capture. (Wild Vision/Computer Concepts − stand 67)
7.2
• Lark − Following the success of the ColourCard in providing high
quality graphics, the Lark is a new Audio card which offers CD-quality
sound. It has industry standard stereo input and output connection. The
line-in can be connected to a wide range of audio sources. Sampling
frequencies can be up to 48kHz (DAT standard) and may be stored in 16-
bit linear format or in various compressed formats. The single width
podule comes with the !AudioWorks software as well as an additional
‘mixing desk’ application. (Wild Vision/Computer Concepts − stand 67)
7.2
• Chroma 500 − This latest version of the digital genlock card gives
full broadcast size screen modes and enables encoding to S-VHS format.
Resolutions of up to 768×576 pixels (TV resolution). Output can be
overlaid onto video, or not, as required. (Wild Vision − stand 67)
7.2
• Talking Stories − Another learning aid for younger children, questions
are asked and the child can pick their response. Correct answers are
rewarded with an amusing story. In later levels, the questions are
replaced by sentences with missing words. (Wyddfa Software − stand 94)
7.2
• Flossy the Frog − An interactive adventure for under eights, movement
is by clicking on elements of the picture. The animations are designed
to be as educational and entertaining as possible with sound effects
completing the package. (4Mation − stand 119)
7.2
• RiscCAD Professional − Actually an updated version of RiscCAD Junior,
this has a variety of new tools and tool boxes to hold them. The plotter
drivers are programmable to ensure compatibility, and conversions for
different units. (Davyn Computer Services − stand 30a)
7.2
Help!!!
7.2
As you can see, there is a huge number of new products aimed to be
released at Acorn World 93. It is therefore a major job analysing and
assessing them and finding out which of these are actually “Products
Available”. Could anyone help us in this task, please?
7.2
We need writers (preferably those who have written for Archive before)
who will take a particular theme, say, ‘new developments in Archimedes
audio’ or CD-ROMs and go round the show finding out about all the
different offerings.
7.2
The deadlines for the next issue of Archive are a bit tight, so if you
wanted your write-up to be in the main Show Roundup article in the
December issue, I would need to have a disc in my hands within about two
or three days of the end of the show!
7.2
Judging by what is promised (and I use that word advisedly!) to be at
Acorn World 93, we may even need to produce a separate Acorn World 93
Supplement.
7.2
The number of developments on some fronts (DTP, for in particular) are
so many and so significant for the future of the Archimedes that it may
be better to take a bit more time assimilating and assessing them and
not rush into print. These sort of decisions will have to be made during
the course of the show itself, so if you are interested in helping in
this important task, come along on Friday, if possible, and get in touch
with Paul a.s.a.p.
7.2
This is another example where Archive, through its unique network of
contributors, can play an important role in the world of Acorn. Thank
you for all your help! A
7.2
Wembley Exhibition Centre − Hall 1
7.2
Friday 29th − Sunday 31st October 1993
7.2
Acorn World Logo
7.2
Colton
7.2
From 7.1 page 10
7.2
Lambda
7.2
From 7.1 page 16
7.2
or, if it turns up, the Acorn World one !!!!!
7.2
Removable Drives − New Developments
7.2
Paul Beverley
7.2
With the coming of the 3½“ SyQuest 105Mb removable drives, and
especially the IDE version for the A5000, the price/performance ratio
has been improved drastically over the older 5¼” 42Mb and 84Mb versions.
Removable drives therefore become worthy of consideration for a much
wider range of applications.
7.2
In this article, I shall look at the pros and cons of removable drives
in general and the 105Mb drives in particular. Some of the material in
the article will have been covered previously in Archive magazine but I
think it will be helpful to see the information within one article.
7.2
First of all, let me look at removable drives in general.
7.2
What is a removable hard drive?
7.2
The majority of hard drives consist of a rotating metal disc (or a
number of them) inside a sealed container. A magnetic read/write head
glides over the surfaces of the metal disc(s) and data is stored as
magnetic patterns on these surfaces. The heads glide very close to the
surface in order to increase the packing density of the data and the
heads have to be moved in a precision way across the surface. Small
specks of dirt could damage both the head and the surfaces − which is
why the discs are normally sealed.
7.2
Techniques have improved over the years such that the degree of
susceptibility to dirt and dust has decreased and it is now realistic to
use removable metal ‘hard discs’. The discs are held in plastic cases
with a flap that opens as the disc is pushed into the drive − rather
like floppy discs.
7.2
So you can now have a number of different hard discs which can be
inserted in turn into the one drive, each disc holding up to 105Mb of
data. What’s more, the data transfer speed is rather different from
floppies − you can load and save data at well over 1,000 Kb/sec instead
of more like 25 Kb/sec from floppies.
7.2
What can they be used for?
7.2
If you can get as much as 105Mb on each disc and they can transfer data
as fast as a fixed hard drive, they become a very powerful and versatile
data storage medium. Using them for backing up the data on fixed hard
discs becomes simplicity itself. And since they are so fast, there is no
reason why they should not be used as the primary hard disc medium,
giving increased flexibility over fixed hard drives.
7.2
What is the down side?
7.2
Removable drives are not the solution for every situation − there are
some drawbacks, not least of which is cost. The cheapest removable drive
is the A5000 internal IDE 105Mb. The Archive price of this is £455
compared with a second 160Mb internal fixed hard drive for the A5000
costing just £290.
7.2
Although the technology has improved quite considerably, no-one is going
to pretend that removable drives are as robust as fixed hard drives.
Since they are not sealed units, they are bound to be at least slightly
more susceptible to dust than fixed hard drives although the difference
is somewhat less than it used to be with the coming of 3½“ units. In
fact, SyQuest, who make the drives and removable discs, have given a 5-
year guarantee on the 3½” 105Mb media!
7.2
Security issues
7.2
In one sense, removable drives increase security in that the discs can
be taken out and locked up in a safe place, kept in a fire-proof box, or
whatever. The down side of that, of course, is that if you can remove
them easily, so can unauthorised people. Losing 1.6Mb of data on a
stolen floppy disc is one thing but losing 105Mb at one go is rather
different!
7.2
How do they compare with their forbears?
7.2
The 105Mb 3½“ drives are the descendants of the long-standing 42Mb and
(more recent) 84Mb 5¼” removable drives, so how do they compare?
7.2
Because the new discs are two-thirds of the diameter, they don’t need to
be as thick to maintain the stability of the flat surfaces. This means
they are a lot lighter, the 5¼“ discs weighing 183g each compared with
only 79g for the 3½” discs.
7.2
One major consequence of this is that the electro-mechanical parts
needed to spin and control the discs are far smaller and use much less
power. The maximum power consumption of the 3½“ drives (i.e. when
getting the drives up to speed) is only 6W compared with 28W for the 5¼”
drives. The average power when operating normally is 3.5W compared with
13W.
7.2
Anyone who has felt the temperature of a 5¼“ disc when it comes out of a
removable drive on a hot summer’s day will be quick to see another
advantage of the 3½” drives. The lower power (and hence the lower
operating temperature) could make a significant difference to the
reliability of the discs. Although the quoted MTBF (mean time between
failures) of the two drives is quoted as being the same, the fact that
the 3½“ discs now come with a 5-year warranty speaks for itself.
7.2
Desk space
7.2
This may sound like a strange criterion to use for comparison of hard
drives but in some circumstances, it can be important. If you look at
the footprints of the drives in the diagram below, you will quickly see
that the 3½“ drives occupy a lot less desk space. The internal A5000
drives don’t add to the desk space at all, because they fit in the box
instead of a second floppy drive.
7.2
(Those of you who have already bought an external 105Mb drive may be
surprised at the footprint size quoted. This is because there are two
sizes of drive that we have supplied. The earlier drives were designed
to allow battery use and so are rather longer allowing a space behind
the drive for a battery pack. The newer drives have the power supply
underneath the drive so that the footprint is little more than that of
an un-cased drive unit, i.e. the same size as a 3½“ floppy drive).
7.2
Relative costs?
7.2
If you look at the table of relative costs of the different removable
drives (see opposite), you will see another major advantage of the newer
drives. The table of Archive prices should make it clear. Although the
105Mb drive units are more expensive, the media costs per megabyte are
so much less that even if you only want to store a total of 200Mb of
data, the 105Mb drives actually work out cheaper.
7.2
Particular applications
7.2
1) Data portability
7.2
One of the most obvious applications for these removable drives is for
data portability. In my job as editor of Archive magazine and MD of
Norwich Computer Services, it is extremely important to be able to carry
large amounts of data to and fro between the home and office. For
several years, one of the 42Mb removable discs has been my constant
companion, travelling in my brief case on the back of my bike every
single day. Latterly, I have been having to carry two 42Mb cartridges
and so the advent of the 105Mb drives was greeted with great joy!
7.2
2) Data backup
7.2
If you are wanting to back up your fixed hard drive, what are the
options? You can choose from large numbers of floppies, tape streamers
or removables.
7.2
(a) Floppies − If finance is strictly limited, you will have to use
floppies. But you don’t need me to tell you what a pain it is to have to
sit there for possibly hours inserting floppy after floppy − and what
happens if you do have a crash and need to reconstitute the data? You
sit there with fingers crossed hoping that the restore function of your
backup program actually works. (Don’t try to tell me that you have
already tried that feature out by reformatting your drive... ...because
I won’t believe you!) And we all know that if backing up is a real pain,
it doesn’t get done... and then we all know what happens next! (They say
the computer world is divided into two types of people: those who have
lost a lot of data on a hard disc crash and those who will lose a lot of
data on a hard disc crash!)
7.2
(b) Tapestreamers − In the PC world, the price of tapestreamers has
dropped quite a bit but they are still quite an expensive backup option
for the Archimedes user. The Morley 250Mb tapestreamer, for example,
costs about £820.
7.2
Mind you, when I say that tapestreamers are expensive, I am talking
about the drive. The media on the other hand are relatively cheap. A
250Mb tape will cost you about £30 compared with £75 for a 105Mb
cartridge. So that’s 12p/Mb as compared with 71p/Mb − one sixth of the
media cost.
7.2
The other factor is speed. The data transfer rate of the Morley 250Mb
tapestreamer is “approximately 100Kb/s” compared with 1,370 Kb/s for the
105Mb SCSI removable − rather a difference! Although it probably won’t
take as much as 13½ times as long to do the backup, I’m a great believer
that if backing up is quick and easy, you are more likely actually to
use it.
7.2
(c) Removables − In terms of backup, a removable is just like another
hard drive except that you can take it out and lock it away in a safe
place. You can also have a number of backup discs so that you keep more
than one backup of your data.
7.2
The ease of handling the data is, for me, the other main factor in the
choice between tapestreamer and removable. If you want to restore the
whole of the data after a drive crash, that is one thing, but more
common in my experience is trying to recover from an accidental deletion
of some critical file or directory. To insert a removable disc and drag
back the latest backup version is simplicity itself whereas the file-
handling on tapestreamers is much more complex and it will probably take
you several minutes to find and restore a particular file − during which
time you sit and sweat wondering whether you did the last backup before
or after you spent hours making those really major changes! (I know the
feeling from bitter experience!)
7.2
The other area where removables’ file-handling is much easier is in
terms of ‘freshening’ your backup. Most people have certain directories
of data that are more critical than others because the data is changing
more rapidly. You therefore don’t want to backup the whole hard disc,
except occasionally. To backup just certain parts of a hard drive is
considerably easier with a removable drive than with a tapestreamer. You
can see at a glance the directory structures of both the hard drive and
the removable and can delete sections of the old backup and copy the
latest version at will, keeping your eye on the free space available.
You might also keep more than one historic copy of the most critical
bits of data (such as the as yet unpublished articles I am working on!).
7.2
3) Replay DIY
7.2
With the advent of Replay DIY from Irlam Instruments, large amounts of
fast data storage have become extremely important. The speeds of the
42Mb and 84Mb removable drives were not quite good enough for real-time
digitising from video sources. With the higher capacity removables,
digitising direct to disc is perfectly possible − even the slower IDE
105Mb drives are fast enough and the SCSI versions are more than
adequate. A 105Mb disc will store about 5 minutes of continuously
recorded video data and, when the data is compressed, you can fit about
20 minutes of film onto each disc.
7.2
Other issues
7.2
Data compatibility across platforms?
7.2
Since these removable drives can also be connected to PCs and Macs, how
much data portability is there? Well, in theory, it should be perfectly
possible to read (and write, I suppose) PC and Mac format cartridges in
an Acorn-controlled removable drive − it “just” needs someone to write
the software! Any offers? (I have just heard a rumour that Risc
Developments are hoping to release some software for Mac file transfer.
If that’s true it’s terrific news!!)
7.2
IDE / SCSI data compatibility on Acorns
7.2
Is it possible to transfer 105Mb cartridges between SCSI 105Mb drives
and IDE 105Mb drives? Well, yes, to a limited extent. So far, we have
found that cartridges formatted on SCSI cannot be read on IDE drives but
those formatted on IDE can be read on SCSI! We are looking into this in
more detail and will report back as soon as we find out what is going
on.
7.2
IDE versus SCSI
7.2
Although the SCSI drives are slightly more expensive than IDE, they have
a number of advantages. First of all, they are faster than IDE by about
20% although, for most applications, they are already so fast that 20%
would be hard to notice.
7.2
The major difference at the moment is that IDE is not as easy to use as
SCSI because of a problem within the RISC OS filing system. RISC OS was
never written to handle removable hard drive media and so it treats them
as ordinary fixed hard drives. Because SCSI removable drives have been
around for quite a while, a suitable “kludge” has been added which
enables SCSIFS to handle removables properly but, at the moment, there
isn’t a suitable fix for ADFS − although Acorn are working on it for us.
7.2
The effect of this is that if you are using an IDE removable, there is
no way of getting ADFS to forget about the first removable disc it sees
at switch-on. The only way, therefore, to change discs is to release the
removable from the drive, switch off the computer, insert the new
removable and switch the computer back on again.
7.2
Anyone who has got used to the ease of exchanging removables would NOT
be advised to try to save money by buying an IDE removable... ...well,
not until such time as we get a software fix.
7.2
(Also, there can be problems getting IDE removables to work happily with
other IDE hard drives. This, for me, confirms what I have always felt,
that IDE is a false economy!)
7.2
Part exchange deals?
7.2
If anyone is interested in doing a part exchange, we’d be prepared to
offer £100 for a 42Mb drive plus £10 per cartridge but that would only
be against the purchase of a 105Mb drive with at least one extra
cartridge. If you are interested, let us know and we will explain the
terms in more detail.
7.2
(This may not seem a lot to offer in part exchange for a drive that cost
you several hundred pounds but you have to ask yourself how much you
would be prepared to pay for a second hand 42Mb drive. You then take off
the VAT that we have to charge and allow for the cost of refurbishment
of the drive plus something for admin and carriage and you will,
perhaps, see why £100 is all we dare offer.)
7.2
I’m afraid that we cannot make this offer for 84Mb drive since so few of
them have been sold which means that there is very little chance that we
will be able to sell them as second hand drives.
7.2
Conclusion
7.2
These new 105Mb drives are certainly an exciting development. They
introduce a new level of speed, compactness and convenience to data
backup and data transfer. With their larger capacity and the ability to
sit in floppy drive slots, they seem set to be even more widely used
than the 5¼“ drive units.
7.2
When the technical problems with ADFS are overcome, the IDE version will
provide an even cheaper entry-level system for A5000 owners, thereby
increasing their market penetration even further.
7.2
If someone produces some Mac or PC read/write software, it will have
considerable implications for the transfer of large DTP files and such-
like, between platforms.
7.2
It will be interesting to see what sort of applications people will find
for them. You never know, Acorn may even offer them as an option in
their new ARM700-based computers! A
7.2
Comparison of computer and removable drive ‘footprints’.
7.2
(The sizes include some cable space at the rear.)
7.2
42 ext 84 ext 105 ext 105 int
105 IDE
7.2
Drive including one disc £410
£550 £570 £490 £455
7.2
Extra data disc £75 £100
£75 £75 £75
7.2
Data cost per Mb £1.79 £1.19
71p 71p 71p
7.2
Cost of drive plus total 210Mb £710
£750 £645 £565 £530
7.2
Cost of drive plus total 420Mb £1085
£950 £795 £715 £680
7.2
Cost of drive plus total 840Mb £1835
£1450 £1095 £1015 £980
7.2
Relative costings of the different removable drives
7.2
(These costings ignore the cost of the SCSI interface which is needed
for all but the A5000 105Mb IDE version.)
7.2
The drives fit neatly into the second floppy slot on the A5000
7.2
42Mb 84Mb 105Mb
7.2
Size 5¼“ 5¼” 3½“
7.2
Speed (rpm) 3,200 3,200
3,600
7.2
Ave access (ms) 20 20 15
7.2
Buffer size (Kb) 8 32 64
7.2
Transfer rate (Kb/s) 590
900 1370
7.2
“File copy” test (Kb/s) 45 47
60
7.2
Max power (W) 28 28 6
7.2
Ave power (W) 13 13 3.5
7.2
Cartridge weight (g) 183
183 79
7.2
Drive price (ext) £410 £550
£570
7.2
Media £75 £100 £75
7.2
Cost/Mb £1.79 £1.19 71p
7.2
Specifications of the three sizes of SyQuest removable.
7.2
CC
7.2
From 7.1 page 20
7.2
ArtWorks Column
7.2
Trevor Sutton
7.2
A couple of months ago, I lashed out on a 486 PC board from Aleph One.
No, that isn’t the reason I’ve missed a couple of months of column
writing − it’s just that I’ve been gathering a few ideas and hints from
people and waiting for some exciting news from Computer Concepts. Well,
I can wait no longer. Yes, we are to have the ArtWorks CD − two
actually! There will be one with clipart selected from competition
entries and one containing AW itself and possibly the fonts and a
selection of clipart. After delving into the PC vector graphic world,
this line up sounds all too familiar. I wished for at least one more
exciting tool for my AW toolbox.
7.2
AW and the PC
7.2
Yes, I have been exploring the memory-consuming world of the PC. This
portion is not meant as a review of any software but I have to say how
pleased I am with the performance of Aleph One’s board and their helpful
advice and suggestions. There is something almost indecent about running
ArtWorks and Corel Draw at the same time in the same desktop
environment. Sadly for PC users, this could never be an option for them
for the foreseeable future.
7.2
The transfer of files from one program to another was simple, provided I
didn’t mislay files inside some vast Windows directory. Certain
facilities, notably the special fills of Corel Draw, would not transfer,
as Corel seems to use a system of masks in order to fill irregular
shapes. I have mentioned before that this facility should perhaps be a
priority for AW developers. (I have just seen 4Mation’s HatchBack at our
local IT centre and will buy it soon if we don’t get an AW tool.)
7.2
My main reason for acquiring PC compatibility was to have easy access to
a vast range of graphic images to import to, and export from, AW and to
explore PC printing which seems to me to be more effective in providing
better control and some better dithers, especially on cheaper colour
printers. The time taken to produce a print is compensated for by
effective print buffering and queueing. The dithering is better than any
I have seen from a RISC OS printer driver. Hopefully this will change.
7.2
Mike Charlton in Hampshire has been using vector graphic programs in
interesting and exciting ways. He is a mathematics teacher and so
perhaps views these programs with a different and, as you will find out,
a critical eye. Though AW has made an impression on him (no pun
intended!) he finds a fatal flaw in one feature of AW.
7.2
Tessellating with ArtWorks?
7.2
Mike Charlton
7.2
Drawing patterns is an activity that I like to spend a lot of time on in
school. Tiling patterns, reflection patterns, circle patterns ... lots
of patterns. The basic tools are pencil, paper, pencil crayons and a
black handwriting pen. It takes quite a while and colouring well with
pencil crayons really does make your finger ache.
7.2
Instead of drawing patterns, why not try drawing them with ArtWorks −
perhaps not quite as satisfying as struggling with a sore finger to
create your masterpiece, but fast, accurate and painless!
7.2
Here’s one method for creating Escher-type tessellations using ArtWorks.
7.2
With gridlock on and the grid showing, draw a square, at least 5cm ×
5cm. This will be the basis for your tile.
7.2
1) Draw a side (with either straight sides or curves).
7.2
2) Copy the side and position it to form a second, opposite side.
7.2
3) Repeat for the other two sides.
7.2
4) Before you can colour-fill the tile, you must draw it as a single
object, so carefully draw over the outline of the whole tile or, if you
prefer, join the sides together to form a closed shape.
7.2
5) You can now select the whole tile and move it away, which enables
you to select and delete the original square and the individual sides.
7.2
6) The tile is now ready for copying, colouring, arranging, etc.
7.2
For a different effect, try a tile with the ‘same’ sides adjacent rather
than opposite. You will need to rotate the two different sides by 90°
(or −90° depending on which sides you construct first), and position
them accurately.
7.2
Selecting an isometric grid would allow you to work with tiles based on
the equilateral triangle but I can’t find an isometric grid anywhere −
does it exist? Not equipping ArtWorks with an isometric grid facility
is, for me, a major blunder.
7.2
As a school teacher, I am aware that a considerable amount of work in
the mathematics classroom is based on triangular dotty paper and that
isometric projection is a vital aspect of work in Technology (ArtWorks
has a square grid facility which allows the user to create orthographic
projections, and it has the perspective tool which allows the user to
work in true perspective with vanishing points, but it does not possess
the facility to enable the user to construct and work to a simple
isometric grid!)
7.2
So, as much of the wonderful graphic art of Maurits Cornelis Escher is
based on the isometric grid, it is impossible to emulate it using
Artworks.
7.2
If you wish to follow up this idea of tessellations and produce images
like these, then, for the time being, like me, you will have to continue
using Draw.
7.2
You can use ArtWorks to distort your images at the end, if need be!
7.2
Coda
7.2
Clearly there are many items on our AW ‘wanted list’. The uses of AW are
so many and varied that it is impossible to please everybody. It would
seem, however, from Mike’s comments that an isometric grid is rather a
serious omission. The facilities within AW for distortion of shapes make
it an ideal environment for some of the experiments that Mike has
outlined. It is a shame that an important link in the process is
missing!
7.2
If you have a particular use for AW or have discovered something which
it does well or badly then please let me know. A
7.2
NCS − The Shape of Things to Come!
7.2
Paul Beverley
7.2
Both Norwich Computer Services and Archive Magazine are being re-
launched at Acorn World 93. As you can see from this magazine, we have a
new cover and a new company logo. This is one outcome of a kind of
“stock taking” exercise that we have been (and still are) going through.
NCS has seen huge business growth and expansion in the last 18 months,
both in terms of turnover and staff levels to handle the increased
business − now is the time to take stock of where we are, look to where
we want to go from here and how to get there.
7.2
We have always tried to be a friendly, efficient company with concern
for customer care high on our priority list − and it is our intention to
stay that way − but we realise that we also need to be professional and
business-like at every level of the way we operate. One very important
aspect of this is to make sure that our “image” reflects what we want to
say about ourselves, our products and our services − hence a big re-
think about how we present NCS and Archive to the world. Come and see us
on Stand 48 at Acorn World 93 and see the shape of things to come!
7.2
“More than a magazine − it’s an interactive user group”
7.2
...this is the main thrust of our publicity at Acorn World 93. It is my
firm belief, backed up by the many complimentary comments from you in
the recent questionnaire, that Archive is unique. It is unique because
Archive is MORE than just a magazine − it’s an interactive,
communicating, dynamic user group. Yes, I know it is a commercial
venture and I know it is the vehicle through which the employees of
Norwich Computer Services earn their daily bread. Nevertheless, it IS
unique because of its contributors − and that means you.
7.2
Anyone who reads this magazine is a potential contributor. You all have
views and, by expressing them, you are able to shape your magazine − the
new cover and the slightly lightened layout are examples of this.
7.2
Talking of contributors, we have invited some of our regular experts to
join us on the Archive/NCS stand at Acorn World 93. They will be
available for you to meet them face to face, ask any questions and chat
with them generally or about any burning issues you’d like to discuss!
In the Acorn World 93 Preview on page 9, I’ve put a list of the times
and days when various people will be available.
7.2
First reactions to questionnaire
7.2
The questionnaire was filled in by over one third of all Archive
subscribers − that really is tremendous and shows a level of commitment
that is extremely gratifying. Thanks very much for taking the trouble to
fill it in − it will help us to see how we can improve things to meet
your needs.
7.2
We are using Longman Logotron’s PinPoint to help us interpret
statistically and report on the findings from the database. We will be
telling you more before the end of the year but since we have so many
questionnaires to analyse, it will take a little time.
7.2
Some things, however, didn’t need computer analysis to identify as
common themes, so we are taking action on those straight away...
7.2
Help for beginners
7.2
We have now commissioned a series of beginners’ articles (starting next
month), so that Archive can be an educational vehicle for everyone and
no-one need feel they can’t even get onto the bottom rung. We will
continue to be a source of up-to-date technical information but we want
more people to be able to learn along with us. Hence the efforts to
bring more people on board through the beginners’ articles which
complement the work already done by Laura Handoca in the Beginners’
Column. The articles will be written by members of the Norfolk IT Team,
based at our County InSET Centre in Norwich − they introduce themselves
on page 6 and we are looking forward to gaining the benefit of their
experience and training skills within the pages of Archive magazine.
7.2
Archive monthly program disc
7.2
Lots of people said they didn’t actually know what was on the program
disc each month, so they didn’t buy it − fair enough! Each month, I try
to put details of the program disc towards the back of the Members’
Price List − I hope this helps!
7.2
Payment cards
7.2
Almost every other questionnaire said would we please, please start
accepting payment by Visa, Barclaycard, etc, etc! Well, having made the
decision to “go with the flow”, we’ve set things in motion and hope to
be up and running with payment cards by the end of November − watch this
space!
7.2
Archive Bulletin board
7.2
We re-launched the Archive bulletin board in August, with help from Paul
Welbank at Eaton (City of Norwich) School. Now that we have a better
idea of what it’s capable of doing, we are working on it behind the
scenes to incorporate the improvements and the facilities you’ve
requested. We hope to have these all ready to install at the end of
November at the latest.
7.2
If you haven’t already expressed your views and have some suggestions
about the sort of facilities you would like to see on Archive BBS, then
contact Matthew Hunter at the Norwich Computer Services office.
7.2
Additional phone lines
7.2
To cope with the ever increasing telephone traffic to the Archive
office, we have installed some extra lines, so you shouldn’t get that
annoying engaged tone quite so often. We are not saying that you won’t
ever get the ansaphone, because with four incoming lines and customers
calling at the office, we sometimes run out of person-power to answer
the phones − so please bear with us and call back some time later when,
hopefully, things will have calmed down.
7.2
Unfortunately, for 2½ weeks after BT did the new installation, the
phones were not working properly. “When we didn’t get either you or the
ansaphone, we thought you had packed up and gone”, said various people.
BT have apologised for the inconvenience, so we pass their apology on to
you.
7.2
Until we meet...
7.2
Norwich Computer Services Open Day
7.2
We will be holding the first Norwich Computer Services’ Open Day at
Colman Middle School, Norwich, between 10am and 4pm on Saturday 13th
November.
7.2
These are some of the key exhibitors and displays:
7.2
• The new Acorn home computer series will be on display: Action Pack,
Home Office and Learning Curve
7.2
• Acorn’s network installation team and other Acorn personnel will be on
hand to demonstrate and advise
7.2
• Norfolk IT Team, from the County InSET Centre
7.2
• Colman Middle School’s IT Coordinator, Rick Thorne, will display the
school’s Acorn workstations and children’s work
7.2
• Educational software producers Longman Logotron and Anglia TV
7.2
• Gamesware, producers of games for the Archimedes
7.2
• Various software packages can be seen in operation, such as Genesis,
Magpie, Artworks, Impression
7.2
• Stock clearance: education and other software at special prices
7.2
• Competition with prizes of software/hardware vouchers to spend at
Norwich Computer Services
7.2
• Charity sales: items sent in by subscribers in aid of charity
7.2
(There won’t be space on the Archive Acorn World 93 stand for charity
bits and pieces. We are sorry that this tradition cannot be continued
but be assured that charitable giving is still high on our list of
priorities.)
7.2
There is ample car parking at the school and light refreshments will be
on sale all day.
7.2
See you at Acorn World 93 ?
7.2
These are certainly exciting times for Archive and Norwich Computer
Services... I hope that we will see many of you next week at Acorn World
93 or at the Open Day in November. Thanks again for being part of
Archive! A
7.2
Toshiba XM-3401 CD-ROM Drive
7.2
David Bower
7.2
The Toshiba XM-3401 is recognised in the PC world as the fastest single-
disc CD-ROM drive currently available. This review provides some general
information on CD-ROM drives and reports on the compatibility of the
Toshiba with the Archimedes both in the RISC OS desktop and in PC mode
using an Aleph One PC-386 card.
7.2
CD-ROM performance
7.2
The performance of a CD-ROM drive is determined by its speed, its
compatibility with multiple data storage formats, the hardware-interface
to the host computer and reliability.
7.2
Three factors control the effective drive speed. The drive’s access time
(the time to position the optical head over the desired track plus the
time for the desired block to spin under the head) is critical for
operations such as cataloguing a drive or copying a number of short
files. The sustained transfer rate is crucial for sound and real-time
video applications. First generation drives had access times around a
second, and transfer rates in the 50-100Kb/s range. Most modern drives
conform to the Windows Multi-Media PC (MPC) specification which demands
a minimum 150Kb/s transfer rate. The latest generation of drives can
spin at both normal and double-speed. In the latter mode, access times
are around 200 to 300ms and transfer rates are around 300Kb/s. A final
factor − rarely specified − is the ‘soft error rate’. This shows how
frequently data-blocks need to be re-read to pass internal checksum
tests.
7.2
All drives support the ISO 9660 (High Sierra) CD-ROM data format. Most
will support CD-ROM XA (which allows graphics, video, audio and text
files to be interleaved) and CD-DA which allows music CDs to be played
via the computer. The latest development is PhotoCD for storing and
retrieving high-definition images scanned from photographs. PhotoCD
comes in two flavours − single session and the more recent multi-
session. Acorn are porting PhotoCD software to the Archimedes, so multi-
session compatibility is potentially important.
7.2
Though a few drives use proprietary interfaces for operation with a PC,
SCSI is by far the most common hardware interface for CD-ROM drives and
the only one relevant to the Archimedes. The latest generation drives
usually support the newer SCSI-2 standard which is backwards compatible
with SCSI but can operate at higher speeds. As far as I am aware, all
Archimedes SCSI interfaces work to the older standard.
7.2
Although manufacturers quote typical mean times to failure around 30,000
to 50,000 power-on hours, these figures should be treated with some care
as they are usually extrapolated from limited testing. One would expect
a CD-ROM drive to be about as reliable as an audio CD-player and that
mechanical moving parts such as the disc load/unload assembly, the laser
head carriage and the drive motor would be the most likely failures
points. The power supply and the semiconductor laser diode in the read
head are also potential weak spots.
7.2
Hardware and firmware requirements
7.2
Earlier this year, I decided that the range of CD-ROM software for both
the Archimedes and PC platforms had expanded to the point where I could
justify the purchase of a CD-ROM drive.
7.2
My A440/1 system runs RISC OS 3.1. It has an ARM3 board, an Aleph One
PC-386 card with 4Mb RAM / 80387 co-processor and an Oak 16-bit SCSI
card. My first move was to upgrade the ROM on the SCSI card to include
the essential Acorn CDFS control software. Oak supplied me with a new
ROM containing SCSIFS version 1.33 and CDFS version 2.13 for £30. (All
the prices mentioned here and below exclude VAT.)
7.2
The list of CDFS *commands contains two very intriguing options:
*CDSpeed and *Supported. The first shows that CDFS supports dual-speed
drives. (Does anyone know which speed parameters are legal apart from
the default zero?)
7.2
Executing *Supported produced the following CDFS compatible drive list:
Sony, LMS, Toshiba 3322, Hitachi, Chinon, Toshiba 3301.
7.2
Selecting a CD-ROM drive
7.2
My personal requirements were as follows: (i) compatibility with
Archimedes (for home use) and IBM-PC hardware (for a PC network at work)
(ii) single and double-speed drive operation (iii) CD-XA / CD-DA /
PhotoCD compatibility.
7.2
Very little data on CD-ROM hardware has appeared in dedicated Archimedes
magazines. However, manufacturers’ literature was readily available and
PC magazines reviews and adverts were another fruitful source of
information.
7.2
A single-speed Chinon drive and an incompatible Mac drive were described
in Archive 6.10 p25 and the Acorn Multimedia unit was reviewed in the
Aug/Sept ’93 issue of Risc User. Both the Acorn unit and the new Cumana
600 series drives use the Sony CDU561 double-speed mechanism which has a
295ms access time and a 300Kb/s claimed transfer rate.
7.2
Recent PC magazine reviews such as Windows Magazine July 1993, Computer
Buyer July 1993 and Personal Computer Magazine April 1993 have all
selected the Toshiba XM-3401 as the top performing drive and they also
rated highly the build-quality of this drive.
7.2
The clinching factor in my decision was a Toshiba data-sheet showing
that the XM-3401 drive was downwards compatible with the XM-3301 drive
included in the CDFS supported drive list.
7.2
Drive variants
7.2
Although Archimedes software is usually cheaper than PC equivalents, the
reverse is true for peripheral hardware. ‘Street prices’ for PC CD-ROM
drives range from around £150 for a low-end internal drive to around
£500 for top-performance external drives with a SCSI interface card.
7.2
The Toshiba drive is available in three forms:
7.2
(a) An internal PC mounting mechanism − typical July ’93 pricing £320 −
£340. This variant would only interest those Archimedes users intending
to add a second drive to the Acorn Multimedia unit.
7.2
(b) An external cased drive with its own power supply. This is the
version most suitable for Archimedes owners − though you will need to
buy a SCSI cable − prices are typically £420 − £440.
7.2
(c) As (b) plus an 8-bit PC ISA-bus SCSI controller card, controller
software and a SCSI cable connecting the card to the drive. Typical
system price is around £480 − £500. As I wanted to use the drive on both
Acorn and PC hardware, I plumped for this version. (The software
supplied with the drive also supports the Adaptec 1542 16-bit SCSI
controller − a near industry-standard on the PC).
7.2
The Toshiba XM-3401
7.2
The drive mechanism and power supply are housed in a cream, steel box
23cm wide by 27cm deep. Including its four rubber feet, the unit is 6cm
high.
7.2
The rear panel has two female 50-way SCSI connectors (resembling an
overgrown Centronics printer port) so that the drive can be connected in
a daisy-chain to other SCSI devices. Also on this panel is the power on/
off switch, a set of DIP switches for setting the SCSI device-address
and a pair of phono plugs to connect the audio output to a hi-fi system.
7.2
The major feature on the front panel is a dust flap to protect the
internal mechanisms − CD-ROM drives are more sensitive to dust than
their audio equivalents. For the same reason, the discs are not loaded
directly into the drive, but are first inserted into a CD-caddy, a thin,
plastic box with a transparent flap and a protective metal slide like a
floppy disc. Other front panel features are a small headphone socket
with an adjacent thumbwheel volume-control and a caddy-eject push
button.
7.2
Opening up the case revealed a tidy interior with the sealed drive
mechanism flanked by a power supply. All the cabling was neatly
arranged.
7.2
Specification
7.2
The claimed features of the drive are as follows:
7.2
• Access time: typically 200ms†
7.2
• Sustained transfer rate: 330Kb/s†
7.2
• 256Kb internal data-buffer
7.2
• SCSI-2 interface
7.2
• CD-ROM XA compatible (modes 1 and 2)
7.2
• CD-ROM DA compatible
7.2
• Multimedia PC compliant
7.2
• Multi-session PhotoCD compatible
7.2
(† in double-speed mode)
7.2
Performance in the RISC OS desktop
7.2
The trials started with the Acorn Replay Video-Clip Collection One − a
freebie passed out by Acorn at the 1992 User Show. Clicking on the CD
drive icon produced an immediate file-catalogue − and a huge sigh of
relief from yours truly! The main files on this disc are in ARMovie
format − combined real-time video and sound − and are between 5 and 14Mb
long. (A 10Mb file provides around one minute of film in a 256 × 256
pixel area). In modes 15 and 20, the video and sound are smooth and
continuous. In modes 21 and 28, the motion is more jerky and the sound
is sometimes lost. I don’t know if an A5000 with its faster memory can
handle the load but I assume the next generation of ARM700 powered
machines will have no problems.
7.2
The Cumana four-disc CD-ROM set of Creepy Crawlies, Grooves, Dictionary
of the Living World and Image Warehouse all performed as expected −
though I was somewhat disappointed with their contents.
7.2
Turning to more rigorous tests, I did some timings for copying files
from the CD-ROM to RAM disc. The first test copied a single 1704Kb
ARMovie file to test the sustained transfer rate. The second test copied
the entire contents of the !ARMOVIE directory (34 files/914Kb). The
tests were executed in modes 15, 20 and 21 with the ARM3 cache disabled
and enabled. The results below are in seconds and are the means of three
separate runs.
7.2
Mode Test Cache off Cache on
7.2
15 File 6.92 5.60
7.2
20 File 5.64 5.56
7.2
21 File 5.90 5.69
7.2
15 Directory 7.17 5.91
7.2
20 Directory 6.92 5.84
7.2
21 Directory 11.76 7.77
7.2
Clearly, the drive defaults to its double-speed mode with a transfer
rate in excess of 300Kb/s.
7.2
Performance with Aleph-One PC386 card
7.2
PC specific CD-ROM discs were tested with an Aleph-One PC386-20 card
running Windows 3.1 under DOS 6.0. The CONFIG.SYS file needed an extra
line, DEVICE=A1CD.SYS /D:MCSD000, to load the Aleph-One supplied CD
device driver, and the AUTOEXEC.BAT file was modified to invoke the
MicroSoft CD extensions file MSCEDX.EXE.
7.2
Two of the discs tested were not compatible, but only because they
needed SVGA resolution or a 256 colour VGA mode. The Aleph-One card
cannot handle either mode. All the other discs tested worked well and a
recommended list follows:
7.2
Software Toolworks ‘Multimedia Encyclopedia’
7.2
DeLorme ‘Global Explorer’ (Atlas)
7.2
Power User ‘So Much Screenware’ (Photos)
7.2
Screen Artists ‘Danger Hot Stuff’
7.2
Screen Artists ‘Hot Stuff II’
7.2
(In spite of the titles, the last two items are not pornography − they
are collections of pictures, video animations and SoundBlaster files.)
7.2
The Aris ‘MPC Wizard’ utility indicated a transfer rate from the CD-ROM
of 134Kb/s rate under Windows. This figure is below the MPC standard but
it includes the bottleneck imposed by the interface between the Aleph-
One card and the Archimedes. Moreover, my PC card is an early unit and
it lacks the faster podule interface of cards shipped after June 1993.
7.2
Performance in a PC
7.2
The drive was briefly installed on a PC-compatible machine used as a
network server. All the discs tested worked perfectly on ‘the real
thing’. (If you get a chance, do try to see the brilliant Software
Toolworks disc, ‘The Animals of San Diego Zoo’.)
7.2
CDFS version 2.13 problems
7.2
The current CDFS frequently crashes when discs are swapped, even after
dismounting the first disc. It also consistently crashes when it tries
to catalogue certain PC discs from the RISC OS Desktop − though the same
discs all catalogue correctly with the Aleph One card under DOS.
7.2
Conclusion
7.2
The Toshiba XM-3401 drive is Archimedes compatible and highly
recommended. A
7.2
We are trying to find a source of these drives at a good price for
Archive subscribers − see the Price List for more details. Ed.
7.2
Comment Column
7.2
• A5 sub-notebook portable − Have you heard the rumours about the Acorn
A5 sub-notebook portable? The size of half an A4 sheet of paper when
closed, it’s designed to fill the massive price and performance gaps
between the A4 and the PocketBook. It comes with an ARM3, 4Mb RAM, and
no floppy drive but a 40Mb hard disc pre-loaded with Acorn’s Advance
integrated package. The price is £599 inc VAT. You haven’t heard?
Neither have I, but if you do, let me know – A4 prices are looking
increasingly unrealistic. Stuart Bell, Horsham.
7.2
• Floating-point numbers in Basic64 − I have been wondering for some
time how numbers are held by Basic64 and also by !SciCalc which uses the
same standard. It is clear from my experiments that Basic64 can hold the
exact values of integers up to 253 (in floating-point variables, not in
integer (%) variables). It can also distinguish between successive
values of 1−k·2−53, for positive integer values of k. These findings
indicate that the values are held to 53-bit precision. I also find that
it can handle floating-point values up to nearly 21024, which implies
that the exponent is held in 10 bits. Adding two bits for the signs of
the exponent and the mantissa gives 65 bits all together! How then does
it squeeze this into 64 bits?
7.2
To investigate this, I first discovered that the indirection floating-
point operator (|) processes eight bytes, rather than the five in BBC
Basic. It is therefore possible to study how various floating-point
values are held. It still takes a bit of detective work to figure out
what is happening.
7.2
Firstly, we must recognise that floating-point values (with a few
exceptions explained later) are held in a normalised mantissa + exponent
form, with just one integer bit. For decimal (base ten) numbers, this
means, for example, that the number 1234 would be held as 1·234E3 and
0·005678 as 5·678E-3. The exponent is set so that there is just one
significant digit before the implied point and this, of course, cannot
be zero.
7.2
The same principle applies to numbers held in binary. The exponent is
set so that there is just one integer-bit before the implied binary
point. Since this bit cannot be zero, it must be one, which means it
does not need to be stored, its presence can always be assumed! That is
how Basic64 achieves 53-bit precision by holding 52 significant bits.
7.2
Investigating further, I find that the exponent, rather than being held
as a signed integer in the range ±1023, is held as a positive number
relative to −1023. Hence an exponent of −1022 is held as 1, zero is held
as 1023 and 1023 is held as 2046. These values held in binary require
eleven bits. For some reason, the value 2047 (all bits set) is not used.
Indeed, if you force it in by using indirection, any attempt to use the
resulting value will generate an error.
7.2
The format just described is used for all numbers whose absolute value
is å2−1022. That value is held with an exponent of 1 and a mantissa
(excluding the implied 1) of zero. Negative values are indicated by a
sign bit which is held before the most significant bit of the eleven-bit
exponent. This standard creates a problem with the number zero. A number
held with all 64 bits zero would, with the implied integer bit,
represent a value of 2−1023 which, although very small, is not zero!
7.2
Hence absolute values of Å2−1023 are held differently. Such numbers are
indicated by the fact that their exponent is held as zero. They are not
normalised as described above, and the assumed integer-bit is zero. The
52-bit number is treated as a binary fraction relative to 2−1022. Thus
2−1023 is held as 0·1000...02, and 5×2−1028 is held as 0·000101000...02.
The smallest non-zero values which can be held is 2−1074. This is held
as 0·000...0012. Zero is held as all-bits-zero. Incidentally, the
largest number which can be held is 1·111...1112E11111111112, which is
21024−2971, or †1·79769313486231571×10308.
7.2
The floating-point number is assembled with the sign-bit first, followed
by the eleven-bit exponent, then the 52-bit mantissa. Finally, following
the usual Acorn convention, the individual bytes are held in memory in
reverse order, but this applies only to the four bytes within each 32-
bit word. The two words are held in the ‘right’ order. Is that clear?
Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.2
• HCCS Electronic manual − Francis Aries is far too kind about HCCS’s
!Emanual “electronic manual”. (Archive 7.1 p58) The !HiVision package is
excellent and the idea of an on-line manual is great but the execution
is abysmal. Each takes almost 600Kb of disc space and 640Kb of RAM when
running. This is in addition to the 736Kb for !Hifinder and 1120Kb for
!HiVision. Even with 4Mb of memory, one !Emanual and the two
applications cannot be co-resident with !Impression. You might, of
course, want to have both manuals and both applications open; that’s
3136Kb! Users with 2Mb are going to have real problems with a manual
that cannot be accessed when you’re running the application which it
describes.
7.2
If the manuals themselves were wonderful, then these overheads might be
tolerable. But they are not. Each page is a sprite of up to about 100
words, in a very ‘chunky’ font, with some simple diagrams. There are
eight pages to each manual, so the efficiency of the implementation is
about 1Kb per word. In short, great hardware and software – shame about
the manual, which is just what I said, for quite different reasons, in
my review of the original monochrome digitiser, Archive 5.12 p43.
Stuart Bell, Horsham.
7.2
• Sleuth OCR in use − I edit a magazine for a club I belong to and
produce it on an Archimedes using Impression. Items for the magazine
arrive in various forms, but many are either typewritten or printed from
a word processor. Rather than type everything into Impression, I have
been using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) on a Digital (DEC)
Vaxstation with an A4 flatbed scanner attached. This has proved
moderately successful, with some help from Impression’s spell checker.
7.2
When Risc Developments recently released an OCR package for RISC OS,
called Sleuth, I was keen to attempt the OCR operation on the
Archimedes. If that was successful, it would help to justify buying a
scanner so that I could perform the complete operation on the
Archimedes. First impressions were good. The manual is brief but told me
all I needed to know and the program was easy to set up and use.
7.2
I selected some articles I had already processed on the Vaxstation,
using DECimage OCR software and converted the scanned images to mode 18
sprite files, as required by Sleuth, using !ChangeFSI. The articles had
been scanned at 300 dpi using an A4 flatbed scanner.
7.2
The first example had been produced on a dot matrix printer. Sleuth
delivered 90% accuracy (in terms of words), while DECimage gave 94%. If
Sleuth had not consistently confused the letter “w” for “M”, it would
have exceeded the accuracy of DECimage. Considering the quality of the
original, this can be considered acceptable.
7.2
A second example was again apparently produced on a dot matrix printer.
On this one, Sleuth delivered 85% accuracy, while DECimage gave 92%.
7.2
A third example was a good quality typewriter copy. Sleuth could only
deliver 72% accuracy in this case, while DECimage delivered 100%.
7.2
As a fourth example, I took an article produced on a daisywheel
typewriter. Sleuth delivered only 50% accuracy, while DECimage achieved
100% accuracy. I suspect that the problem arises from Sleuth not being
trained on the font used, as the quality of the scan (as viewed in
!Paint) is excellent.
7.2
As a further reference, I repeated the four examples above on a PC using
a popular OCR package, Calera WordScan Plus. This has a setting
specifically for output from dot matrix printers and produced 100%
accurate results on all four examples, whereas DECimage was not too
happy with output from dot-matrix printers.
7.2
There is a trade-off between the number of fonts considered and the time
it takes to recognise the document. Currently the processing time is
remarkably quick (at least as fast as Calera WordScan Plus on a 386 PC),
but I would be quite happy to accept a slower rate in return for greater
accuracy. Although 90% accuracy may sound good, that means it will be
necessary to correct one word in ten. To be a really practical tool, a
consistent score of around 98% or more is generally considered
necessary, otherwise it would probably be easier just to re-type the
copy.
7.2
I believe it is really important that a first class OCR package is
available for RISC OS if the Acorn platform is to compete in the DTP
business. Sleuth appears to be a step in the right direction and has an
excellent user interface. It is priced quite reasonably at £49 + VAT,
whereas Calera WordScan Plus will set you back several hundred pounds!
It is often said that you get what you pay for but Sleuth urgently needs
further development if it is to provide consistent and useful results.
Richard Readings, Wokingham. A
7.2
Hints and Tips
7.2
• ArcDFS under RISC OS 3 − It has been reported on numerous occasions
that ArcDFS doesn’t work under RISC OS 3 − not true! (Or at least only
partly.) If a disc reports a failure, change the disc TITLE (using
appropriate option) to “”, i.e. an empty string, and hey presto!!
7.2
Why is that necessary? I have not yet had a chance to bury myself in the
code to find out, I’m afraid.
7.2
Note: The only other option that doesn’t work is Free, but personally I
don’t think that’s much of a problem. Format and Verify both work OK.
7.2
P.S. Make sure the Step timings are set to those values given in the
original documentation, as they are reset when upgrading to RISC OS 3.
R. George, Cambridge.
7.2
• Grey Scales − I frequently use Draw to produce diagrams for inclusion
in text produced using Impression, or for independent printing. The
drawing package which comes with RISC OS 3 generally satisfies my needs.
7.2
One facility which I often need is a grey scale which will produce
distinct shades on my LaserDirect printer, with the minimum of
‘graininess’. Ignore the adverts which proclaim 256 Grey Shades! If you
need a ‘seamless’ transition from black to white, this is fine, but if
you want to print blocks of greys which all look different, you will be
lucky to manage 16 shades.
7.2
The simplest approach to this problem is to try using the colours on the
palette. It can be helpful to have the features of your diagram
highlighted in blue, red, green, etc on the screen, but how will they
appear printed in black-and-white? If you use the default palette (which
I do not!) the 16 colours come out in various shades of grey, as shown
below. The squares are labelled with the appropriate colour numbers, and
arranged from white to black. These squares appear on my Impression
screen, of course, in glorious technicolour.
7.2
I cannot be sure how this will turn out if Paul prints it in Archive,
but on my printer there are only seven, perhaps just eight,
distinguishable shades. They are all fairly grain-free, printed at
600×600 dpi, so a suitable selection can be used. If you want them to
appear on the screen as shades of grey, use ‘colours’
0 ◰2 1 2 3 4 5(?) 7. If you prefer them displayed in colour, use
the series 0 ◰2 9 ◰4 ◰5 ◰0 5(?) 11 7.
7.2
I have continued this investigation to attempt to find the best possible
grey scale using colours not necessarily on the palette. I have
restricted my investigation to grey ‘colours’, i.e. those using the
same, or similar, intensities of red, green and blue. That is enough to
be going on with!
7.2
!Draw allows you to select each of the three components on a scale
0−255. The !Palette utility only allows 16 intensity levels for each
component (producing the 4096 standard colours), so I have started with
this restriction. Representing the 16 degrees of intensity by the hex-
digits 0−F, and allowing a difference of only one between the three
components, I have devised the 16-grey-shades scale shown below.
7.2
How these colours appear on your screen depends on what palette you are
using. In front of me now, I can see shades of buff/brown, because I
have modified the standard, rather harsh, palette. You could try setting
up a palette using these as colours 0−15. The result on the screen is
pretty horrible! The result in print, however, is quite good, although
the lighter shades are a bit grainy.
7.2
Using the Fill Colour facility of Draw gives us greater flexibility,
because we can select from 0−255 for each primary colour. To keep things
fairly simple, I have tried only ‘pure grey’ shades, in which the
intensities of redgreenblue are always the same. This gives 256 shades
to try.
7.2
Using this technique, LaserDirect clearly does not print 256 shades.
Groups of four consecutive shades always appear identical, so our
selection comes down to 64 shades. I printed blocks of these shades,
each identified by the intensity number used for each of the three
components, 0 = black ... 255 = white. The shades which show the least
grain are, for some reason, those numbered 243 235 227 219 etc, i.e.
those whose codes are 8k+3.
7.2
There are 32 such shades, but adjacent ones are very similar in print,
often apparently identical. In an attempt to create a usable scale, I
have selected ten of these codes (235 219 203 187 171 155 139 123 99 and
67) plus 0 (black) and 255 (white). These are the shades which I will
try for my next few Draw diagrams. Even these shades show little
difference between adjacent pairs, and it is desirable to use alternate
ones only, if possible.
7.2
Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.2
• Hard disc usage − How much space do my hard disc files occupy? The
answer depends on how I try to measure them! My investigations resulted
in the recovery of 5.6Mb (13%) from an unexpected source which I don’t
think has been mentioned previously in Archive.
7.2
We all know that the disc usage figures given by *Free and *Count are
different. *Count returns the total number of data bytes in the files,
in my case 22.3Mb. *Free returns the total number of bytes used (or
reserved) on the disc, in my case 42.8Mb. These are different for at
least two reasons.
7.2
Firstly, disc space is allocated to files in units which vary from drive
to drive. In the case of the Acorn SCSI on my A540, this unit is 1Kb.
Hence, on average, 512 bytes is wasted at the end of each file − this is
included in the bytes used returned by *Free, but not by *Count. For the
5,134 files on my drive, this totals 2.5Mb.
7.2
Secondly, some space is reserved for each Directory Header. The Index
occupies 2Kb, irrespective of the drive and filing system which, for my
1204 directories, amounts to 2.4Mb, increasing *Count to 24.7Mb.
However, SCSIFS reserves a larger allocation per directory, as noted by
several Archive readers, including Steve Drain (Archive 5.12). On the
A540, each directory is allocated 15Kb, of which only 2Kb is occupied by
the Index. Some of the rest may, if I am lucky, be occupied by small
files subsequently created within the directory. If I am unlucky, I lose
13Kb per directory. For my 1204 directories, this could amount to
15.3Mb.
7.2
Adding this 15.3Mb to the 2.5Mb noted above, gives a maximum wastage of
17.8Mb. The actual discrepancy, however, was 42.8 − 24.7 = 18.1Mb, so
there must have been something I hadn’t discovered. In order to
investigate, I considered my disc directories in three groups, as
identified in the table overleaf.
7.2
7.2
The largest is headed by a directory called Documents. This contains all
my Impression documents, plus a large number of drawfiles and several
hundred old First Word Plus text files retained for reference. When I
discovered the 13Kb per directory wastage, I realised that Impression,
which normally uses three directories per document, was wasting a great
deal of space.
7.2
I tackled this problem some time ago, by saving most of my Impression
documents as Text only. This Impression feature in fact stores the
Styles with the text, but does not store graphics or frame data. If I
drag one of the resulting text files onto the Impression icon on the
iconbar, this displays the text in its original fonts, sizes, etc. If,
instead, I drag the text of a letter into the document which contains a
‘blank’ letterhead, the letter is restored exactly as it was originally
created − provided it contained no graphics and no frames other than
those defined in the letterhead document.
7.2
I was thus able to store most of my Impression documents as Text only,
and recover several megabytes, without losing anything. This was done
some months ago, before the exercise I am describing here. At that time,
I also compressed all these ‘document’ files, using Compression and they
are now read and written using Cfs. Some of the other directories on my
disc are also held in compressed form and are identified below as Other
Cfs. The rest (mainly fonts and software) are not compressed and are
identified as Non-Cfs.
7.2
The table shows the *Count for each group of files and the *Count
obtained via Cfs, which shows what the count would have been if the
files had not been compressed. For interest, I have also shown the sizes
of the backups for each category. These were obtained using by !Backup,
into a temporary directory on the same disc and noting the *Counts of
the backup data directories created (excluding the recovery software
stored with the backup data). !Backup uses !Spark compression which, we
can see from the figures, has some effect on the Non-Cfs files. For the
others, however, no further compression is possible and the backup
actually uses more space than the live files, owing to the directory
structures and other parameters stored by !Backup.
7.2
In order to assess the Actual Mb used for each group, I copied (by
dragging) each in turn into a temporary directory on the same disc and
noted the decrease in *Free bytes. Then I discovered that the three
figures obtained did not total the Used bytes given by *Free for the
whole disc − the discrepancy being over 5Mb. After some experimentation,
I concluded that the copying process did not produce a precise ‘clone’
occupying the same space as the original. The only way to discover the
space occupied by a group of directories is to delete it and note the
increase in *Free bytes.
7.2
Hence I copied each group in turn, then deleted the original, rather
than the copy, and noted the change in total usage arising from the
deletion rather than the copying. The copies were then retained in place
of the originals. This process not only revealed the true original
sizes, but also gained 5.6Mb free space, because the copies occupied
less space than the originals!
7.2
Where did this windfall come from? The first point to note is that it
was all gained in the Documents directories. These have been very active
in the past. Apart from the usual process of addition and amendment of
documents, the filing system has also had to endure the process of
replacing most of the Impression documents with text files, the
compression of all the files and, recently, a major exercise of
restructuring the directories and renaming most of the files. Many of
the recent changes were made by copying files, then deleting the
originals, rather than by renaming. All this activity must have produced
considerable small-scale fragmentation of the free space, which is
perhaps not mapped and included in the *Free bytes. *Compact (which
should not be needed with this filing system) did produce a
simplification of the free space *Map, but did not change the number of
*Free bytes. Copying the files in sequence, however, produces a new
directory with no fragmented waste.
7.2
As a result of all this, I can now calculate the wasted space as 8.5Kb
per directory, instead of an apparently impossible 13.3Kb. If I could
recover all of this, I would save another 10Mb in total, but that seems
to be impossible. I could recover perhaps three quarters of it by re-
formatting the disc using a smaller File Allocation, except that I don’t
want to do that unless it is really necessary, and in any case, I don’t
appear to have the right Format program ...! Colin Singleton,
Sheffield.
7.2
• Image enhancement − I think I can offer a solution to Cain Hunt’s
request for a cheap image enhancer (7.1 p26). With hindsight, I might
have included the information in the notes on colour printing (7.1 p35).
Version 0.90 of Acorn’s !ChangeFSI application comes ‘free’ on the RISC
OS 3.1 Support Disc and its many facilities include most of the sprite
processing options I suggested; brightening and gamma correction for
example. It also accepts some foreign formats (e.g. TIFF), converting
them to sprites.
7.2
The documentation is not so hot. There seems to be nothing between the
rather sketchy notes starting on page 207 of the RISC OS 3 Applications
Guide and the detailed but very complex FSIinfo file in the !ChangeFSI
directory. However, this desktop application is intuitive to use, and
trial and error will often produce the desired result. Although it is
possible to apply two or more processing functions in parallel, I do
support the notes’ recommendation to operate on an unmodified file and
try changing only one parameter at a time.
7.2
The only process I would like to see added to !ChangeFSI is Chameleon’s
‘Weaken’ function which, for me, seems to give more effective control of
colour sprites than Brighten.
7.2
I spotted a documented facility in !ChangeFSI which allows very large
output files to be built in ‘strips’ using the parameter ChangeFSI
<source address><destination address>28-max<n> where n is the desired
size of the strip, e.g. 512Kb. I wonder if some very clever person might
be able to use this as a basis for a utility to transfer large
TIFF files between Archimedes/PCs/Macs, split between two or more MS-DOS
floppy discs?
7.2
As a further postscript to the colour printing notes, a reader has
recommended Hewlett Packard HP 92296U transparencies for my Canon LBP-4;
about 32p each. I’ve since tried them and the results, especially on 600
dpi graphics, are excellent. Jim Nottingham, York.
7.2
• Indelible ink − At long last, there is an indelible ink refill
available for HP Deskjet cartridges. They are available from Misco
Computer Supplies, Faraday Close, Park Farm Industrial Estate,
Wellingborough, NN8 6XH. A two-refill kits costs £13 plus postage. Mike
King, Guernsey. A
7.2
Small Ads
7.2
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.2
• A3000 2Mb upgrade (Watford) £17. Chips are soldered in, so upgrade to
4Mb impossible. Phone Gerald Fitton on 0793-723347.
7.2
• A3000 upgraded to 4Mb and RISC OS 3.1 with manuals and discs, no
monitor, £500 o.n.o. Phone Dr Woodward on 0684-573098.
7.2
• A310, RISC OS 3, colour monitor, Epson LX80, software, computer desk,
swivel chair, £500. Phone 0782-634096.
7.2
• A410, 4Mb RAM, internal 40Mb hard disc, external 40Mb hard disc and
5¼“ 40/80 switchable drive, ARM3 upgrade, RISC OS 3.1, Watford hand
scanner, CC Colour Card, Taxan 775 multisync monitor, loads of software.
£1200 pounds o.n.o. Phone Mick Cattell on 0742-745209.
7.2
• A410, 2Mb RAM, 20Mb ST506 hard drive, 14“ ITT-Nokia remote control TV/
RGB SCART monitor, Panasonic KXP1124 24 pin printer with A4 sheet
feeder, CC hand scanner, Impression II, Hi-Fi sound enhancer plus lots
of software and books. Everything in excellent condition, all for £800.
Contact R. Bedi on 031-650-5655 or 031-668-3246 (late evenings).
7.2
• A410/1, 4Mb RAM, 100Mb SCSI hard drive, RISC OS 3.1, Eizo 9060S
multisync monitor, Hi-Fi adaptor, 5¼“ floppy drive interface, software,
boxed £950. Phone Rainham, Kent 0634-360650.
7.2
• Ace ProDriver for DJ500C/550C, £30. Phone Copthorne 0342-714905.
7.2
• Acorn: DTP £35, RISC OS 2 PRM £35. Beebug: Star/Epson colour printer
driver £5. Minerva: GammaPlot £15, System Delta+ £25. Digital Research:
DR DOS 5.0 £20. Games: Cops, Nevryon, Plague Planet, Powerband £6 each
or all for £20. Phone 0737-832159, eves.
7.2
• Acorn MIDI board (AKA16) £50 (unregistered). Easiword 2 wordprocessor
£35. GraphicWriter £5. Paradroid 2000 £10. Dropship £5. RISC OS 2 PRMs
£25 (minus index cover). Phone Gloucester 0452-525976 after 6pm.
7.2
• Archimedes A440/1 base unit (no monitor) upgraded to 8Mb RAM, ARM3 and
RISC OS 3.1. Includes manuals and Applications discs. £800 o.n.o. Phone
Coventry 0203-715864, after 6.
7.2
• Beebug 5¼“ disc interface, 40 track drive, DFS reader software and 50
5¼” discs. The lot for only £40 o.n.o. +p&p. Phone Derby 0332-557751.
7.2
• Computer Concepts ScanLight Junior − £75. Contact Richard Hallas on
0484-654186.
7.2
• Fun School 2 (under 6’s) £5. Freddy Teddy £5. Personal Accounts
(Apricote) £10. Electronic Solutions Detour £10. First Impressions £10.
Mr Burnett, 135 Park Road, Enfield, EN3 6LN.
7.2
• JP-150 FX850 Emulator Card £50, PC Emulator 1.81 + DR-DOS 5 £30,
System Delta Plus V2(unprotected) + Mailshot + Sigmasheet £50, Printer
Lead £6, Signwriter (Wight) £6, Keyword £5, DT-Talk £5, Investigator2
£5, Prog Ref Man RISC OS2 £12. Phone 0532-736943.
7.2
• Oak Recorder sound sampler, boxed with original software and ArcLab
sound processor, hardly used £25. Phone Mr A Mothersole on 0344-55772,
eves.
7.2
• Original Software Impression 2.19 (unregistered) + borders £90, Schema
£50, PC Emulator 1.8 £40, Midnight Express £30, WorraCad £50, Titler
£60, Acorn DTP £10, ROM/RAM Podule, battery backup £20. Phone Tamworth
0827-330118, eves.
7.2
• Multistore II £70, Archway 2 £30. Phone Bath 0225 464313.
7.2
• Psion series 3, 256K and A-Link, £145 complete (or will split). Phone
0494-522704.
7.2
• Psion series 3, 256K, with spreadsheet (compatible with Acorn Pocket
Book). 6 months old, still under Psion guarantee £160 including
delivery. Phone 0788-521189 evenings and weekends.
7.2
• RISC OS 3 PRM draft copy £40, Revelation 2 £50, First Word Plus II
unopened £35, Acorn DTP unopened £25. Phone 0992-768133 after 1pm.
7.2
• Six SyQuest 44Mb cartridges £50 each or £256 the lot. Juki 5510
printer and some spare ribbons £55, carriage extra. Juki 6200 A3 wide
carriage daisy wheel printer £50, carriage extra. Keith Hodge 0244-
550803.
7.2
• SJ MDFS Fileserver and 20Mb hard drive. SJ tape streamer and several
35Mb tapes. Manufacturers support can be transferred. Will sell
separately. Any reasonable offer. Phone 0225-444089.
7.2
• Wanted, A-Link for Psion 3. Phone Derby 0332-557751.
7.2
• Wanted, Z88, Z88 bits, broken Z88. I will buy any broken or damaged
Z88 computers for student project. Cracked cases, quirky keyboards, dim
displays, mauled manuals, power supplies that don’t, anything! phone me
with offers. Contact Bob Ames 071-477-8275 days, 0487-814227 eves,
weekends.
7.2
• Z88 computer with 512K RAM expansion, PC-link ROM, serial cable, mains
adaptor, manual, carrying case and original box. £180 o.n.o. Phone 0602-
723379.
7.2
• Z88 with 128Mb RAM pack, mains unit, serial link to Archimedes,
parallel link to printer and manual. £100 o.n.o. Phone evenings Germany
010-49-521-624723, daytime 521-681-440, Mr Gallie.
7.2
• Zoom Modem − V21,V22,V22bis, with fax send facility £45 o.n.o. Phone
Mike Roscoe on 081-579-0607
7.2
Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
if the items are still available. Thank you.
7.2
A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £20, A3020 Welcome Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2,
Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £15, Archimedes First Steps book £4,
Atelier £15, Battle Chess £18, BBC Basic Guide £6, Desktop companion
book £4, Desktop Folio £8, Acorn DTP £8, DR DOS 5.0 guide £8, First Word
Plus 2 guide book £4, Fun school £4, Genesis Plus guide book £5,
Interword £5, Landmarks Civil War £12, Landmarks Civil War £12, Premier
3 text processor £15, Quest for Gold £4, RISC OS 3 User and
Applications Guide £10, RISC OS 3 Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3 User
Guide £5, Sigma Sheet £4, Pacmania £5, Yes Chancellor II £12.
7.2
(If you have unwanted Archimedes software or hardware, please send it to
the Archive office. If you have larger items where post would be
expensive, just send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can
get hold of them.) A
7.2
Using RISC OS 3.1
7.2
Hugh Eagle
7.2
Conversion of programs to RISC OS 3
7.2
Ian Jeffray has offered to get (almost) any software running under
RISC OS 3. (Presumably the offer only extends to Archimedes, and
possibly BBC, programs.) He says that “with a little bit of ARM and some
patience, almost all programs can work under RISC OS 3. Indeed, I have
not found a single program from my large collection that does not now
work with RISC OS 3.” For legal reasons, he will only accept original
discs to work on. His address is Field House, Sessay, Thirsk, N.
Yorkshire, YO7 3BE.
7.2
RFS software for ROM/RAM podule
7.2
Peter Prewett asks whether anyone has come up with an upgrade to the
software for operating the Computer Concepts ROM/RAM podule.
7.2
RISC OS 4 Wish List (Continued)
7.2
The following are from Chris Walker:
7.2
• Common templates available to all – Templates for standard items such
as Save boxes could be stored in one file in ResourceFS, and made
available to all applications. This would reduce the time spent writing
programs, as Save boxes would not have to be designed; it would reduce
the space necessary for template files, by avoiding unnecessary
duplication; and it would ensure consistency for all programs that used
it. An Info window is another possibility, as it would be possible for
the program merely to write to the relevant icons. After all, I notice a
‘Global’ directory in Resources:$.Resources, in which there is a
Messages file. Messages could also be just one large file with similar
benefits, although it might take longer for the application to find the
message if it was one long file.
7.2
• Pointer definitions – More standard pointer definition files could be
incorporated in ROM with a CMOS bit to indicate which one is default. A
Vax has several pointer definitions offered at Boot time from which the
user selects one as default.
7.2
• More attractive appearance – Icons could be made more attractive and
also be larger. (Look at some of the sprites in Windows − awful program,
but nice sprites, e.g. the Corel Draw sprite.
7.2
• Backdrop sprites – The freed space which was used in ROM for template
files could be used for tiles in backdrops. They could
also have a CMOS bit to indicate which one is default.
7.2
• Fonts – More outline fonts in ROM.
7.2
• Printer manager – Make !Printers truly multi-tasking with proper
background printing. In Windows, the time sharing is user-configurable
for some applications. If nothing else, then this should be done in OS4.
Also, if the print data is a file, give the option to delete the print
file after printing.
7.2
• !Edit – Improve !Edit: it needs to be quicker. Look at DeskEdit and
StrongEd for ideas.
7.2
• Floppy discs on iconbar – Show mounted floppy discs on the iconbar.
Dismount by clicking adjust on them. When the disc icon is shown but no
filer window open, click select on the disc icon to open the window.
(Chris sent in a version of the Filer modified by Neil Walker;
unfortunately we cannot include this on the program disc because it is
based on a program from Archimedes World: August 1991.)
7.2
• Multi-tasking BBC emulator – A multi-tasking BBC Emulator would be
nice. If it can be done with the PC Emulator, why not the Beeb?
7.2
• !Paint – Make deletion of multiple sprites in !Paint easier. A
7.2
Full Phase
7.2
George Barnett
7.2
Northwest SEMERC has launched Full Phase for the Archimedes, a talking
word processing package, designed to provide further support for
literacy in children from 4 years upwards. It is very reasonably priced
at £28 +VAT +p&p.
7.2
Phases, the precursor of Full Phase, is a simple DTP program enjoyed by
both primary and secondary pupils and, in fact, I have seen teachers use
it to produce A4 leaflets for use in the classroom, albeit rather
amateurish productions. Draw and Paint files can be dragged into the
Phases screen, resized and positioned. Text can then be added in a
variety of fonts and sizes supplied in the program. There is also a
support disc containing a selection of pictures of interest to children
and, for those with video digitisers and hand scanners, personal
pictures can be produced and used where necessary. I have found it a
useful exercise to have pupils use two of the support disc pictures and
then, using !Draw or !Paint, execute a personal design. An appropriate
story can then be written which will flow round the three pictures.
7.2
The 73 page ring-bound manual is perfectly adequate, separated into two
parts, one for new users and the other for those with Phases experience.
7.2
Full Phase, the latest version, combines graphics and text with a
digitised speech facility which can be turned on or off. Letters and
words can be spoken as they are typed and full sentences can be read out
aloud again and again. Commands, such as changing letter size, font or
text alignment, can also be spoken as they are typed.
7.2
In the handout commenting on Full Phase, SEMERC’s Director, Martin
Littler said “Recent research has shown the value of talking word
processors to children with dyslexia.” I quite agree − talking computers
for educational use are very valuable and serious aids to the partially
sighted as well as those with dyslexia. I feel, however, that unless
your normal tongue is ‘Dalek speak’, some other voice program could have
been used, thereby preventing the initial giggling which occurs when
pupils first hear the voice.
7.2
The organisations which care for the blind and partially-sighted supply
those in their care with talking computers, talking calculators, talking
clocks, etc and all those which I have heard have had serious, cultured
voices (mostly American) not the robotic voice supplied by Superior
Software.
7.2
The default speech can be altered somewhat and although the default
cannot be changed as such, the alterations can be saved if required.
7.2
There are five different fonts with six different sizes. Personally, I
would have preferred to see the Ghost font changed to Fancy dress, but
children seem to enjoy this font so perhaps I am wrong. Care has been
taken to make some of the operations rather complicated to prevent
accidental deletion and this is considered a good point.
7.2
There is a wordbank where, by the use of a mouse, words can be imported
into the text. An Overlay Keyboard can be used and a ‘CLOZE’ exercise
facility is available. For those new to ‘CLOZE’, it is an exercise
whereby children add letters where blanks are left in printed words.
7.2
Printing is easy. Simply press <Print> or, for more control, use the
main menu print box.
7.2
Overall, I consider this to be a cheap and useful literacy package but
with the reservations mentioned above on the ‘Speech’. A
7.2
Debugging ARM Code
7.2
James Riden
7.2
This article is intended to provide someone who can already write some
ARM code with a few guidelines on debugging. I have outlined some common
mistakes and explained some error messages.
7.2
Explanation of terms
7.2
First of all, let me give an explanation of a few common terms that are
likely to be used regularly.
7.2
PC − The program counter, which points to the instruction being
executed. It is stored in the low 26 bits of R15 (because all
instructions are on a multiple of four bytes, the bottom two bits are
used for flags).
7.2
Pipelining − The ARM takes one clock cycle to fetch an instruction, one
to decode it and one to execute it. To speed things up, the three
processes are performed at the same time on different memory locations.
The instruction pointed to by the PC is being fetched, the instruction
pointed to by the PC−4 is being decoded and the instruction pointed to
by the PC−8 is being executed, all at the same time.
7.2
Crash, hang-up, etc. − The computer stops functioning until a reset is
performed. This may be accompanied by corruption of the screen, spurious
noise and locking of the pointer.
7.2
MEMC − The chip that interfaces the RAM to the CPU. Amongst other things
it converts logical addresses to physical addresses.
7.2
Physical memory − The RAM chips themselves. The MEMC can address up to
4Mb of RAM.
7.2
Logical memory − The computer arranges the physical memory into pages
and allocates a number of these to the RMA, the screen memory and to
application workspace. For instance, the application workspace is at
&8000 but the RMA starts at &1800000. If there were RAM allocated all
the way in between these values you would have a 16Mb computer.
7.2
Link − When a BL instruction is executed, R14, otherwise known as link,
is set up to point to the instruction after the BL. You can return from
the subroutine by using MOV PC,R14.
7.2
Fault finding
7.2
In my experience, by far the most common faults are due to careless
mistakes rather than fundamental misunderstanding. For example, I often
copy instructions from other parts in the program and forget to change
the instruction appropriately.
7.2
I might copy STMFD R13!,{r0-r12 ,R14} and alter it to LDMFD R13!,{r0-r12
,R14} and place it at the beginning and end of a subroutine. Of course,
the subroutine will not return because I haven’t changed the R14 in the
LDMFD to PC. Failing to do this causes the program to plough on through
the memory following the subroutines until it comes across an illegal
instruction.
7.2
To check a particular routine or compare instruction, you can use SWI
OS_WriteI. The number of the call is 256 plus the ASCII code of the
character, for instance SWI &121 will print an exclamation mark. If you
are not sure whether one routine is being executed you can place this
SWI in it. You can also use it with a condition to determine the outcome
of a CMP instruction. If, for some reason, your program suppresses text
then you can use SWI &107 to generate a beep.
7.2
Compilation errors
7.2
Bad immediate constant means that the value you are trying to use cannot
be encoded by the computer. Most instructions have 12 bits free for an
immediate value and these are divided up into 8 bits for the mantissa
and 4 for the exponent. For those unaware of such things, it’s worked
out as:
7.2
value = mantissa * 2^exponent
7.2
Considering the value as standard form in binary, if you can’t express
it in 8 bits, you can’t do it. For example MOV R0,#&F0000 (%1111*2^16)
works as does MOV R0,#&102 (%10000001 *2^1) but MOV R0,#&1234 does not.
To get round this, you can MOV a register to &34 and then add &1200 to
it to give &1234.
7.2
Bad address offset is similar but affects ADR, LDR and STR instructions.
When using the form LDR,labelname, labelname must be less than 2048
bytes away from the PC at that point. A signed 12 bit number is used to
encode this which allows −2048 to +2047 to be stored. Remember that if
you use a register instead of a label, this does not apply.
7.2
Fatal errors
7.2
These can be perplexing to beginners because the error message is
somewhat cryptic. However, they are often quite easy to work with when
you have a little more information.
7.2
Address exception means that the PC has been assigned a value (not
necessarily with a branch) outside the logical memory of the computer.
It can be caused by link being corrupted during a subroutine.
7.2
Abort on data transfer usually means that you have tried to load or save
a register outside the logical memory. Corruption of the pointer, or a
bug in a routine to calculate a pointer, can cause this. This error
frequently occurs when plotting directly onto screen memory if part of
the sprite goes off screen.
7.2
Undefined instruction means that the ARM processor has attempted to
execute an instruction which currently does not exist. This means that
the PC is either in some area of your data or is outside your program.
*Showregs will give the value of R15 at the point the error occurred. To
take account of pipelining, subtract 8 bytes from the value shown.
7.2
Branch through zero means that the computer has come across an
instruction telling it to branch to location zero of the RAM. Location 0
contains an instruction to branch to the routine that resets the
computer. This is inaccessible in user mode.
7.2
Debugging method
7.2
The best way to do this is divide the program up by using breakpoints
and then check each bit for errors. For example, does the subroutine
return the correct values? If it does, go on to the next bit in the
execution sequence. If it doesn’t then why not? Check the parameters
that are passed to it and the data that it uses. Remember to look at the
obvious first.
7.2
The debugger
7.2
*ShowRegs will list the contents of the registers at the time of a fatal
error. It also shows the flags which affect conditional instructions.
7.2
*BreakSet will set a breakpoint (surprise!) at the specified address.
This means that the instruction will be replaced with a branch to the
Debugger module. The Debug* prompt will then be given and you can check
on your code.
7.2
*BreakClear will remove all breakpoints. The branch instruction will be
replaced by the original contents of the memory location.
7.2
Other commands can be found by typing *Help Debugger and then *Help
<command name>
7.2
Quick check list
7.2
• Are you returning from subroutines correctly?
7.2
• Check all MOVs and LDM/LDRs which will affect the PC.
7.2
• Have you stored the correct value on the stack?
7.2
• If you have copied parts of the code,
7.2
• Have you changed any label names and branches to these labels?
7.2
• Have you altered register numbers and instructions as appropriate?
7.2
• Have any registers been corrupted that are needed in other parts of
the program?
7.2
• Have you DIMmed enough space for the code?
7.2
I hope some of the above information helps someone out there who is just
getting started in ARM code. Remember, if you can’t get it to work, it’s
better to start on something else and return to the faulty code after a
day or two.
7.2
If you have comments, ideas or questions, drop a line to me at the
Archive office. A
7.2
PipeLineZ
7.2
Gerald Fitton
7.2
It must have been the holiday which reduced the correspondence I
received in early August − there’s certainly been a lot of it these last
four weeks. I think that all but a small handful of your letters have
been answered and everyone asking for help should have received a reply
by now.
7.2
Portability
7.2
Last month I wrote about portability − running software with the same
user interface on other ‘platforms’. What’s happened since then?
7.2
Firstly I’ve received a lot of comment from you about the relative
merits of PC Windows and the Archimedes Desktop with most of you coming
down in favour of the Archimedes. However, some of my correspondents
remark somewhat wistfully that, at work, they have PC Windows and would
like a version of PipeDream 4 that runs under PC Windows. Honestly, I
don’t think that that will happen.
7.2
Secondly, I’ve received copies of two official press releases from
Colton Software. The second press release includes “an ambitious program
of new product development” and “New staff are being taken on to expand
..... the programming team...” Perhaps more interestingly (in the
context of portability) is a remark from the first press release that
“Colton (Software) has created a new range of software designed to
exploit the best features of the new generation of windowed operating
systems, including RISC OS 3”.
7.2
I found the phrase “including RISC OS 3” intriguing because it implies
to me that RISC OS 3 was not the only ‘windowed’ operating system that
Colton Software (and their new staff) are working on. Mark Colton, the
founder of Colton Software, has personally written programs for many
platforms including the old BBC B, the Z88 and the MS DOS PC and he has
proved that he is well acquainted with the concept of portability. As I
said last month, one of the most interesting features of PipeDream 2 was
that it presented the same user interface on three very different
platforms, the Z88, the PC and the Archimedes! This allowed users with
an Archimedes at home, a PC at work and a Z88 on the train (or on
holiday) to work on their personal applications ‘anywhere’ and copy data
files from one environment to another with impunity. Let me repeat, the
user interface on the PC and on the Archimedes was identical and, on the
Z88, it was only the size of the monochrome lcd screen which was
different.
7.2
I must be careful not to repeat information which I have been privileged
to receive ‘off the record’ but let me say that my interpretation of the
combination of these two press releases is that the new Fireworkz
package will be ported to at least PC Windows. The only other popular
windows environment that I know of is one with which Paul Beverley is
well acquainted − the Apple Mac! I am pretty sure that those of you who
want portability will find that PC Fireworkz (if it is produced and if
that is to be its name) and RISC OS Fireworkz will have identical user
interfaces. Add to that the fact that RISC OS 3 treats PC format discs
as if they were native ADFS discs and you will see that, if you have
both PC Fireworkz and RISC OS Fireworkz, you will not only have the same
user interface but you can use the identical (PC format) floppy disc on
both machines. Like Stork and butter (in the old and not the new advert)
let’s hope you’ll find it hard to tell the difference!
7.2
The next question is “When will PC Fireworkz be launched?” I think that
the BETT Show in January 1994 might be a bit early but I wouldn’t be
surprised if a ‘preview’ version was being demonstrated there. I think
that it’s more likely to be six to nine months before we see much more
than a ‘preview’.
7.2
Another question which will be entering your mind is whether, as a
purchaser of RISC OS Fireworkz you’ll get a discount on the PC version!
I’d like to know the answer to that one too but I will say that Mark
Colton, in his correspondence with me, keeps referring to users of
Colton Software’s “family of software” in a way which leads me to
believe that, if you have RISC OS Fireworkz you’ll be offered the PC
version at a discount during the two months after its launch.
7.2
What I’d like to know from you is how many of you would be interested in
a PC Fireworkz so, if you have ideas on this then please write to me at
the Abacus Training address on the inside back cover of this magazine.
7.2
Fireworkz availability
7.2
In the first of the two press releases I received it says “Fireworkz
will be available at the Acorn World Show ..... priced at £169 + VAT”.
It looks to me as if that is the date they are working towards for its
launch. If you have registered your purchase of both Wordz and Resultz
then the press release implies that you will receive Fireworkz without
asking for it! In any case, I am assured that registered (“family”?)
users of both Wordz and Resultz will get Fireworkz free of charge. If
you have both Resultz and Wordz but have not registered with Colton
Software, I suggest that you do so right away. Although, when you read
this, version 1.04 of Wordz will have been available for quite a while,
it hardly seems worth while upgrading to V 1.04 when Fireworkz is so
near. Nevertheless, for the record, and for those of you with Wordz and
not Resultz, the upgrade to V 1.04 is free of charge.
7.2
Acorn World 93
7.2
As usual, Colton Software have invited Jill and me to appear as ‘guests’
on their stand (46/47). We are delighted to do so and, this year, we’ll
be there for all three days of the Show. If you want to see what we look
like then Acorn World 93 is your opportunity. We have found (nearly!)
all of you interesting to chat to and you have some wonderful tales to
tell.
7.2
Rich Text Format
7.2
In answer to a common question, Fireworkz will load and save files in
PipeDream, ASCII, CSV, WK1 (Lotus 1-2-3) and RTF format. I have little
knowledge of Rich Text Format so, if there’s anyone who does know and
who would like to be famous (by having their name mentioned), please
drop me a line or two of enlightenment.
7.2
My mistake
7.2
Last month I said that I didn’t know how to get legends into Resultz
charts. By the way, a ‘legend’ is the name of the variable such as the
“Yesterday” and “Today” from last month’s article. I suppose the old
adage “When all else fails read the instruction manual”, which I quote
so often to others, applied to me!
7.2
David Crossley (amongst others) has written to me and explained how to
do it. The legend for the column takes its name from the text at the top
of each column so that, by including an extra row containing the
headings at the top in the marked block from which you made your chart,
the headings become the legends! The title for the chart and the units
are text in slots (put the picture to the back or make the background
transparent). The overall result is shown in the screenshot below.
7.2
David praises the ease with which he can create charts in Resultz. He
goes on to say, “Charts in PipeDream were not this simple to set up and
I never got around to sorting out how to use them properly. With
Resultz, I had set up six charts as I wanted them within as many
minutes”. David completes this paragraph with “Reading the manuals
before starting saves a great deal of time”!
7.2
Selecting a maximum or minimum
7.2
It was Denis Murray-Smith who first put this problem to me in the
context of finding the best shop in which to buy a particular item when
you know the prices of the items in each of many shops. However, the
problem is of wider significance. For example, you may wish to find out
which of many subjects are best for each pupil and then find out which
subject is best received!
7.2
The screenshot below shows a simple spreadsheet which I’ve called
[Shopping]. The names of the products appear in column A as Alpha, Beta,
Gamma and Delta. The names of the shops appear in row 6 as Shop 1,
Shop 2, Shop 3 and Shop 4. Of course, you could have many more items and
a much greater choice of shops.
7.2
The price of each of the four items in each of the four shops appears in
the range of slots B8E11. The formula in slot F8 is min(B8E8), and it
returns the lowest price in row B.
7.2
The slot G8 contains the formula lookup(F8, B8E8,B$6E$6). In
PipeDream 4, the arguments of the lookup(,,) formula are: F8 − the key
field containing the minimum price, B8E8 − the range in which you hope
to find F8 (the minimum price), B$6E$6 − the range which contains the
value to be returned. Note the $ characters in this last range; these
ensue that, as you replicate the formula from G8 down through the column
G, the final argument of the lookup(,,) function does not change. For
example, in the slot G11 you will find lookup(F11,B8B11,B$6E$6).
7.2
The formulae in F8 and G8 have been replicated down the two columns
using one of the following techniques. Place the cursor in F8 and
execute <Ctrl-Z> to mark slot F8. Place the cursor in G11 and execute
<Ctrl-Z> so that the ‘block’ F8G11 is marked. Alternatively drag from F8
to G11 to mark F8G11. Execute <Ctrl-BRD> to replicate the formula down
through the marked block. You can extend the formulae down as many rows
as you wish.
7.2
In Resultz
7.2
When I ported the file [Shopping] to Resultz, I found a small problem.
If you have a look at the screenshot below, you’ll see how I solved it.
7.2
I found that I had to modify the formula in G8 so that the horizontal
arrays b8e8 and b6c6 were seen by lookup(,,) as vertical arrays.
Transpose does just that! Am I making a mistake? Can it be done more
simply? I’m sure that you’ll let me know.
7.2
Text in Resultz
7.2
If you find that some of your largest worksheets appear to ‘hang up’
when you change the layout near the bottom of the sheet, the chances are
that you haven’t selected a suitable template as your starting point. It
hasn’t really ‘hung up’ but it is just reformatting every page and, when
you’re at the bottom of the sheet, you have to wait for all the work to
be done before you regain control of your computer!
7.2
Perhaps the most likely cause of the ‘delay’ is that you have some text
slots and these have been selected to have the ‘Fixed height’ disabled
as in the screenshot above.
7.2
What you should do is redefine your Text style so that the ‘Fixed
height’ is fixed by the Base Style style. In your Resultz templates, you
will almost certainly find that the Base Style style fixes the height of
the slots.
7.2
If you need to allow some slots to be of different height in order to
allow multi-line text, you can do this either one row at a time or in
large blocks by loading an Overlay Template containing a Variable Height
style which is applied where required. The speed of reformatting (near
the end of a worksheet) depends upon the number of rows in which the
height is not fixed.
7.2
Finally
7.2
If you wish to write to me or if you want a Resultz or Wordz demo disc
(£2.00 EC − £2.50 Non-EC), then my address is that of Abacus Training
given on the inside back cover of Archive. A
7.2
Scanlight Video 256
7.2
Francis Aries
7.2
Following on from last month’s article, “Digitising Printed Text and
Pictures” (Archive 7.1 p57), in which I compared a Scanlight 256, a Wild
Vision Greyhawk digitiser and an HCCS HiVision digitiser, I have now
purchased the CC Scanlight Video 256. This, in effect, combines the
Scanlight 256 and the Greyhawk on one expansion card with dedicated
connection socket for the scanner and a BNC socket to accept a lead from
the video image source.
7.2
In use as a scanner, it is operated exactly as for the Scanlight 256
requiring only the !Scanner software on the iconbar.
7.2
To use it as a vision digitiser with a video source connected, the
software !TakeOne must also be on the iconbar and clicking on this gives
a real time moving image on the screen of the source. ‘TakeOne’ can be
set to show either the full frame video image or about 60% (or so) near
the centre of the full frame. As for Greyhawk, the Scanner dialogue box
must be on the screen in order to grab and process an image. The
dialogue box offers three choices and (although not advised by the
manual) these may be chosen irrespective of the ‘!TakeOne’ setting:
7.2
Selection Resolution Size
Notes
7.2
FullFrame 768 × 288 216Kb
Grabs whole of video frame
7.2
Cropped 512 × 256 128Kb
Grabs centre 60% of frame
7.2
Interlaced 512 × 512 256Kb
Grabs centre 60% of frame at
higher resolution
7.2
Clicking on OK grabs the current frame of the image as an Original and
this can then be processed by the !Scanner software.
7.2
Although the facility is there to display and grab the cropped image, I
find it better always to select and grab the full frame to form the
Original image in the !Scanner software. I can then make my own
selection out of the frame using the Select area and Crop facility and
then process my selection as I wish.
7.2
If you possess the video source, I would feel it well worth while paying
the little extra for the Scanlight Video 256 to include the Video
facility if you are planning to buy a hand held scanner. You also save
yourself a podule slot.
7.2
Scanlight Video 256 costs £220 + VAT + carriage from Computer Concepts
or £245 through Archive. A
7.2
Mapmaking
7.2
Colin Singleton
7.2
The subject of mapmaking has attracted some interest recently among
Archive readers. I was particularly pleased when Cain Hunt explained how
to produce a street map using Draw (Archive 7.1 p32). The technique is
so simple, but I hadn’t thought of it. Briefly, having drawn the road
network using thin lines, he groups all the roads together, selects Grid
Lock − very important − and makes a displaced copy using <ctrl-C>. He
then changes the Style of the original to, say, 6pt line width, black,
and the copy to 5pt width, white, then moves the copy back on top of the
original, where it snaps into place − brilliant!
7.2
Cain’s extended procedure for producing roads of different widths on the
same map seems excessively laborious. You do not need to produce a
completely separate copy, nor do you need to ungroup all the roads.
Instead of collecting all the roads into one big group, collect them
into two or more groups, one for each road width. Then apply the copy-
and-overlay procedure for each group in turn. All the black lines will
be at the back, with all the white lines in front, so the junctions will
be drawn correctly.
7.2
When I read Cain’s hint, I had already drawn a map of my locality, using
Draw, with the roads represented by broad grey lines. It looked rather
uninspiring and so Cain’s technique was just what I needed! I have now
completed my map of Bradway (a suburb of Sheffield), as you can see
opposite overleaf.
7.2
The map appears here at reduced scale, and the names of the minor roads
are a little difficult to read. Printed at 100%, the outer frame is
200×180 mm which fits neatly on an A4 sheet, landscape. The text is
still small but is quite readable, and the effect looks very
professional − neater than the published map from which most of the
details were copied! Some comments on the production method may be of
interest to anyone contemplating printing their own neighbourhood map.
7.2
Certain features appear ‘naturally’ using Draw, with little effort. At a
road junction, the white line down the middle of the side road extends
to the middle of the main road, obliterating its ‘kerb’ (assuming that
the original thin lines met at a point), so the junction is drawn
correctly, whatever the widths of the roads. The arrowheads which I have
used for roads which go off the map are equally easy. Just ensure that
the original lines representing the roads have triangular end-caps,
where appropriate. I have used ×¾ width and ×2 height. The road-drawing
procedure will then produce the results shown.
7.2
The road goes over the railway and the river. This is no problem − just
ensure that the layers in the drawing are stacked in the right order.
They can be juggled from back to front afterwards if necessary. The
river also goes under the space between the road and the station (the
station car park), without appearing on the surface. This requires a
white patch, placed in front of the river, but behind all the other
details. The river, of course, is drawn same way as the roads, from a
suitably curved thin line.
7.2
The footpaths and railway tunnels are drawn using the Line Pattern
feature to produce dotted lines. This reveals an odd quirk of Draw. If
you specify a triangular end-cap on a dotted line, Draw produces an
arrow-head on each of the short line-segments! Hence my arrow-heads were
drawn separately, on short solid lines.
7.2
The grid lines were drawn first, and used to position the roads
correctly. Hence Draw keeps them at the back, behind the roads and other
details. Published maps usually have the grid lines printed over the
details − if that is how you want them, they can easily be brought to
the front. I prefer them as they are.
7.2
The difficult part of the exercise is the positioning of the road names
down the middle of the roads. Mine are printed using Homerton font,
regular style. This is one application where block capitals look better
than lower case, largely because all the characters are the same height,
and fit neatly between the parallel lines. I have used four different
road-widths on this map, and chosen the widths after several
experiments. The one ‘A’ road is 10pt white on 12pt black, the ‘B’ road
is 8¼ on 9½, and the others are 6¾ on 7½ and 5½ on 6. For the names, the
font heights are 8½, 7½, 6 and 5 pts respectively.
7.2
Mathematically, I have used a formula whereby if the widths of the black
and white lines are p and q pts, and the height of the text is r pts,
the ratios p/q and q/r are each 2p/48. The overall widths (p) of the
various roads have been chosen so that the widest is twice the width of
the narrowest, and the ratio of successive values of p is 3Ú 2.
7.2
I chose the road widths to be as narrow as possible, consistent with
being able to read the names fairly easily. If most of the map area is
covered by road, the actual layout is difficult to appreciate − a
frequent problem with published town plans. My map certainly does not
suffer from this problem, but the smallest text I have used is the
smallest which is easily readable. As the above copy shows, it is just,
but only just, practical to print it at reduced scale. The map scale of
the full-sized print, incidentally, is 10cm = 1km, or 1:10000 (about 61/
…3“ to a mile).
7.2
For a straight road, positioning the text is no problem. The complete
name can be entered into Draw in one line, and then rotated through the
necessary angle. If you are using LaserDirect, the text must be
converted to path in order to print correctly, if for no other reason.
If the text has to fit around a curve, the process is more tedious. The
name must be converted to path, then ungrouped into individual
characters. Each character must then be individually rotated and
positioned. If the shape of the road permits, keep several consecutive
letters − complete words if possible − grouped together in straight
lines. Not only does this create less work, but it is easier to get a
neat result.
7.2
Talking of neat results − if you are fussy about precision, and if you
have a number of small, tightly curved roads, you may find, as I did,
that the ×8 maximum zoom offered by Draw is not really enough. There is
a way round this. Set up Draw with an A2 sheet instead of A4, and draw
everything double-size. A 5pt on 6pt road should be drawn as 10pt on
12pt. The 5pt text should be entered as 10pt. There is now no problem
manipulating even the smallest items − except perhaps that, with maximum
zoom, only a very small part of the map will be on the screen at one
time. Keep your master copy on file at this size, for subsequent
amendments.
7.2
When you want to print the map on A4 paper, everything should be
collected into one group, which should then be magnified by ½. The
resulting drawing should be positioned within the bottom left hand
quarter of the A2 sheet, in order to print on A4. Assuming you have the
right printer driver installed, Draw will, on request, show the outline
of the area which will actually be printed. It may be convenient to save
a copy of the map at the smaller scale for printing. A
7.2
PD Column
7.2
David Holden
7.2
Shareware clipart
7.2
I have recently been sent a few discs of Shareware clipart. This type of
material is common on the PC and Mac but is a fairly new development for
the Archimedes. Normally the ‘distributable’ disc is full, or nearly so,
and upon registration the user receives more. This would seem a healthy
area into which Shareware could expand. There is quite a lot of PD
clipart and a moderate amount of commercial material but clipart is one
area where it is difficult to know what you need until you have it. This
makes purchasers reluctant to buy without seeing what they are getting
first so it is the perfect scenario for Shareware. It is also impossible
to employ any sort of software protection and this feeds upon the
protection paranoia of most software producers and discourages them from
entering this field.
7.2
Hopefully, the people producing this will profit from it and be
encouraged to produce more to the benefit of all users. So far I haven’t
seen any Shareware fonts but it would appear that there is plenty of
scope here too.
7.2
‘Free’ PD
7.2
There is a general consensus that it is ‘wrong’ to use PD programs for
commercial gain. Most authors attach some sort of conditions of use to
their program and, as I have explained before, this actually establishes
their copyright and authority and negates any other statement to the
effect that the program is Public Domain. In general, such conditions
stipulate that the program may be freely used and distributed provided
that this is not done for profit. It is understood that libraries will
charge a ‘reasonable’ fee for this distribution and this is normally
permitted.
7.2
However, there is a special type of PD which I have encountered from
time to time where the author insists that the program must not be
distributed by any source which makes any charge whatsoever for
distribution. They normally have no objection to their programs
appearing on BBS’s. This means that the average Archimedes user is
unable to obtain access to these programs or is obliged to pay
considerably more to BT to obtain them (assuming, of course, that he/she
has a modem) than they would otherwise have to pay to a PD library. It
would seem that these authors have no objection to BT (who have
absolutely no interest in the Archimedes) profiting from their work but
they object to a PD library making a sensible charge to cover its
running costs.
7.2
Most of these programs seem to originate in academic institutions and
are circulated via educational networks. These are certainly not ‘free’
but are simply paid for from public funds rather than directly by the
users.
7.2
I once had a telephone discussion on this subject with a teacher who had
written a program that I wished to include in the APDL catalogue. At
first, he insisted that he did not want his work to be distributed by
anyone making a charge, no matter how small. I was, of course, quite
prepared to abide by his wishes but then I raised some minor point about
the program. He said that he would look into it when he returned to
college because he didn’t have an Archimedes at home. It transpired that
the program in question had been written using the college’s facilities
and during his ‘working’ hours. I pointed out that this meant he didn’t
actually own the copyright but, following usual practice, it belonged to
his employer. Furthermore, as he was employed, indirectly, by the state
and I was a taxpayer, that appeared to make me his employer and, as
such, I was already part owner of the copyright.
7.2
Luckily, he saw the funny side of the situation. That program, and
others he has written since, are now included in the APDL catalogue.
7.2
Profit?
7.2
It doesn’t take much mathematical ability to calculate that PD libraries
make a profit on the price of each disc. To those who have never
attempted to run a business, it would appear that the profit is simply
the selling price of a disc less the cost of a blank disc + a jiffy bag
+ postage. In fact, there are lots of other ‘overhead’ costs and this
means that the true cost of supplying a single disc is probably closer
to £1.
7.2
Even after adding overheads, most libraries do still make a profit. The
better ones use most of this for the benefit of PD and Shareware authors
and Archimedes users in general. But even if they don’t, what is so
wrong with making a profit? I have often expressed the view that I have
a personal preference for Shareware, not only because I believe that it
is a good way of distributing and improving software, but because I
believe that those who work hard to produce something which is of use to
others are entitled to the fruits of their labours, i.e. a financial
return for their efforts. This same logic applies to libraries. If they
do a good job and provide a service to the public, why shouldn’t they be
permitted to make a modest profit for all the hard work that goes into
running them?
7.2
Without good PD libraries, the material produced by PD and Shareware
authors would not get the wide circulation it deserves. To run a library
well takes a great deal of time. No matter how much effort is put in, it
can never be highly profitable in the same way that a PC Shareware
library can be.
7.2
To those who might think that I am merely trying to justify making a
‘profit’ from APDL, I should point out that I have always held these
views and had often expressed them before I was running a library. As a
PD and Shareware author and a customer of other libraries, both
Archimedes and PC, I learned that libraries which charge a reasonable
fee for their services not only give good service to their customers but
to authors as well. Most authors realise this and are happy for the
libraries to make a modest profit. Frankly, in terms of money per hour,
I can earn twenty times as much writing PC Shareware as I ever could
either from APDL or writing Archimedes programs but it’s not as much
fun.
7.2
Special offer
7.2
As Christmas is fast approaching, this month’s special offer is a disc
of assorted clipart with a Christmas theme. The disc is full of assorted
items from Santa Claus to holly, secular and religious, modern and
traditional, suitable for all types of Christmas messages and greetings.
For a copy, send £1 or four first class stamps to me at 39 Knighton Park
Road, Sydenham, London SE26 5RN. A
7.2
Education Column
7.2
Solly Ezra & Roger Nelson
7.2
In response to my appeal in the last Education Column, Roger Nelson has
written a description of the way he uses Genesis and Magpie with his
pupils.
7.2
What follows is an excellent description of the real business of
education and the work of an educationalist. As you read through his
article you will see that Roger has used many programs for his work with
his pupils. These include: Draw, Snippet, PipeDream and PenDown. This
leads me to reiterate what I have said before, that no one program can
ever be described as a complete educational program. Therefore, a
further word to software developers − compatibility is vital!
7.2
Roger writes: You asked for it, so here is a brief outline of how I use
Genesis and Magpie. If you want greater detail or to discuss this
further please do not hesitate to contact me at the above address −
sometimes it’s easier to talk than write! (If you would like to talk to
Roger, his phone number is 091-396-6696.)
7.2
Genesis
7.2
I have been using this since version 1 and was attracted to it
immediately, as it gave me the ability to provide a window environment
without needing to learn to program. Subsequently, I have started to use
the script language to help provide certain facilities and carry out
effects. The package also gave the facility to present information in a
new way − on a screen not in a text book or on a worksheet. This, it was
hoped, would prove to be a good way to present information to pupils who
would otherwise show little interest − and I think it has been
effective. Is it the power of the ‘box’ or the attraction of the
computer or not having to listen to the teacher (me!) drone on?
7.2
So far I have developed packages for use with year 7 (1st year of the
secondary school), year 10 and year 11 to help deliver specific parts of
each syllabus (e.g. Weather, National Parks and Glaciation). These
packages have not relied solely on the computer but also on task sheets
which guide the pupil in the use of the package and provide a series of
questions to help the pupil determine what information is needed to
fulfil their needs. To accompany the task sheets are outline maps for
completion as necessary, as well as references to books which will
encourage the most able to expand upon what is on the computer screen.
7.2
The tasks are part of the school way of working − resource-based
learning is used wherever possible. We have a Resources Centre with open
access for pupils to books, videos and computers. As part of their
induction to the school at the beginning of year 7, pupils are given a
task to complete in the Resources Centre researching information from
reference books and from a Genesis package on the computer. This task is
delivered through the geography curriculum. It provides pupils with an
introduction to the use of the Resources centre, an introduction to the
use of the computers and delivers part of the geography National
Curriculum.
7.2
One aspect of using Genesis and Magpie which does not always come across
is the need to be able to use other pieces of software. In order to make
the presentations in Genesis more effective, I have had to develop the
use of Draw, Snippet, PipeDream (for graphs), a digitiser and a scanner.
This inclusion of maps, diagrams and photographs makes the presentations
much more effective. The one thing I am very wary of is the use of
copyright material and so I use my own photographs and slides − recorded
using a video camera and then digitised. Is there anyone out there who
can clarify the copyright position over the use of scanned and digitised
material in multimedia presentations? Linked to this use of other
packages is the amount of time needed to prepare a successful package
including the planning that goes on beforehand, in my case on many
pieces of paper. Although it is easy to change links, it is much easier
if everything is planned.
7.2
Magpie
7.2
When the school was provided with a site licence by the local authority,
I investigated the use of Magpie for preparing the same type of packages
as with Genesis. The ease of use, however prompted me to think of
getting pupils to develop their own packages. I tried this by digitising
pupil portraits and getting a group to develop a package about
themselves. This was a simple package with few links to develop but the
concept still proved demanding for some of the least able pupils. The
amount of time used and the effort put into the package was high but the
finished article did not show this and was not very useful.
7.2
Further thought has led me to the latest attempt to use Magpie. This is
still ongoing but so far has proved much easier to manage and of greater
educational value for geography and I.T.
7.2
The latest package is a combined effort between myself and pupils! I
have provided an outline package based on a map of Europe. The map is
shown on screen and links are provided from each country on the map to a
blank screen. The pupils’ task was to present information about a
selected country. The country for each pupil to research was selected by
me to ensure that there was some challenge for the most able and the
possibility of achievement for the least able. The guidelines provided
suggested that the pupils display a map of the country, the flag of the
country and some textual information about the country. To provide this
information, the most able pupils created their own map and flag using
Draw, Flare, Snippet, Revelation or whatever they were used to using.
7.2
They used books to find the textual information and then typed this
directly into Magpie or produced a text file using PenDown, Edit, etc.
7.2
For the less able pupils, maps, flags and basic text resources were
provided on disc ready to drag into Magpie and position. The pupils were
encouraged to produce sufficient for more than one screen about each
country so they learnt how to create new screens and how to link
screens. The completed package, when added to and edited by me, was used
by the pupils to research into European countries. So far, the project
has progressed well. The pupils have placed their own (or the prepared)
resources into the outline package.
7.2
The next step is to use the package for research. By providing the
outline, the pupils have been able to concentrate on collecting and
producing information rather than on learning how to use the Magpie
package. What they needed to know they picked up easily when creating
their information screen. The development of the package has given the
pupils experiences in I.T. and delivered part of the geography programme
of study. My problem now is to think of another possible outline package
for which the pupils can develop resources. Has anybody got any ideas?
7.2
I must mention one other venture using Genesis. With a colleague, a
package about the events of 1066 is being developed which provides both
the resources and the questions on screen. A menu screen leads to
information, diagrams and maps which are accompanied by tasks accessed
by clicking over a button. This is an attempt to do away with the task
sheets mentioned above and to provide everything on screen. This package
is almost complete but still requires the final links making and then
testing.
7.2
The use of Genesis and Magpie have enabled me to target specific parts
of a syllabus/scheme of work with a package tailored to what the pupils
need. Although I will continue to develop this type of package, I have
come to realise that the use of a multimedia package can help pupils to
present information in a new way. The production of graphics and text
require the use of information research and Information Technology
(computer) skills. The use of the multimedia package requires the pupils
to organise information in a limited space, i.e. the screen (yes, I do
realise that you can enlarge the space available and scroll it but I
don’t wish to complicate matters at present). It is a new way of working
for many pupils and, as such, is seen as exciting and it obviously has a
motivating effect. The only problem with using the software is the time
needed to prepare everything but then everything needs time. A
7.2
Desktop Diaries & Organisers
7.2
Andrew Rawnsley
7.2
Over the last few months a variety of desktop organisers have appeared
and, over the next couple, more are due to appear in the Acorn market
place. In fact, it could almost be said that Acorn themselves started
the trend, since it was their omission of Agenda from the in-built
software on the Pocket Book that brought the lack of Acorn organisers to
the pages of the Acorn press.
7.2
The packages
7.2
This review will mainly concentrate on two packages recently sent to
Archive for review:
7.2
Event − £24.95 inclusive − ExpLAN
7.2
Almanac − £72.50 inclusive − Stallion Software
7.2
It should be noted, however, that a full comparative review of the two
pieces of software is not realistic, as the two products have a very
different aim and market.
7.2
Event is a desktop diary, and little more − hence the lower price. It is
in fact part of a larger package, Occasion, which should be released for
the Acorn World show.
7.2
ExpLAN say they do not intend Event to be in direct competition with
Almanac but Occasion certainly will.
7.2
Occasion was not quite ready at the time of writing, even in demo form,
but watch this space!
7.2
Pocket Book owners should watch out for Schedule, Acorn’s version of the
much-praised Agenda in the Psion Series 3. Indeed, it may well offer
more, as it is being sold as a separate package.
7.2
The potential market
7.2
The big question with desktop organisers and diaries is, why pay a
significant amount of money for something that could be done with a
couple of books and a pen?
7.2
It’s a very good question, and one that needs a proper answer. Neither
Almanac nor Event state clearly their potential markets and presume that
you will have your own use for the software if you have parted with your
money.
7.2
The answer is obvious for all those who use portable Acorn machines −
the A4 or the Pocket Book − you need to be able to access diaries,
address lists, appointments and the like on the move. A4 users have the
choice of Almanac, Event and, shortly, Occasion whereas Pocket Book
owners are limited to Schedule. However, I would suggest that Pocket
Book users with Acorn machines at home would also find a copy of Event
useful, as it can read and write Schedule and Agenda files.
7.2
Other uses which are not immediately apparent include quick entry of
addresses for mail-merging with other packages (not in Event), and
Almanac also provides links to Computer Concept’s Fax Pack and David
Pilling’s Arc Fax, so it can be used as a telephone book too.
7.2
It would probably be true to say that computer-based organisers give out
what you put in − the more you think about the software, the more uses
you find.
7.2
You should first think how much you use your Acorn machine. If it is
only used occasionally − once a week or less there is really no need to
look at such a program. On the other hand, if you use your machine
almost every day and don’t want to miss any vital appointments, you
really ought to invest in some form of desktop organiser. It is a pity
though that neither program has an ‘alert’ or ‘alarm’ option built in to
remind you of appointments, etc whilst you are using the machine.
7.2
Event
7.2
ExpLAN do not claim Event to be anything other than an attractive
desktop diary. They felt that Acorn machines had been sadly lacking in
the diary area, so they took steps to fill the niche. In doing so, they
have also provided an entry-level version of Occasion which should whet
the appetite of many a potential customer.
7.2
The software comes on one disc with a fairly thin manual which lacks an
index (a feature noticeably missing from so much of today’s quality
software). However, the software requires little in the way of
instructions as it is intuitive to use and has been sensibly put
together.
7.2
The presentation of the software is superb and knocks spots off many
desktop programs. Three dimensional buttons and icons are used
throughout, even on RISC OS 2 machines. Outline fonts are used to
display all the text, except for the window title bars. This can be
forgiven as I know from experience that if you replace the RISC OS 3
toolsprites with your own, even in accordance with Acorn’s NewLook
desktop, the whole title bar ends up getting corrupted.
7.2
I expect more software to follow in the footsteps of Event in terms of
presentation, as it really does set a trend.
7.2
The software can be configured quite substantially, with a large or
small main window (large displays the previous and next months, plus the
previous and next years), progress windows can be turned on and off, and
the method of loading data can be specified. Data can be loaded and
accessed from memory, or loaded from disc when required, reducing memory
requirements.
7.2
The program allows you to set up birthdays, anniversaries, reminders,
appointments and day notes for any day. You can then view them on a
daily basis, or as a weekly appointment viewer, as blocks which
correspond to the time and duration of the appointment. My only
criticism was that it was not possible to add appointments from the
appointment viewer − they had to be added from the day dairy window.
7.2
There are comprehensive repeat options, including a pattern option which
allows you to specify your reminders to occur only on certain days. Most
events can be specified to repeat. You can also search your diary for
any event, and export as much or as little data as you wish as CSV,
Occasion, Agenda and Schedule files. Their are also excellent print
options.
7.2
The standard diary includes a variety of birthdays and anniversaries for
important historical events and places. For example, I now know that I
share my birthday with Margaret Thatcher (should I have admitted to
this?) and Paul Simon and on my birthday in 1943, Italy declared war on
Germany.
7.2
Finally, as stated earlier, Event is compatible with Agenda and Schedule
on the Psion Series 3 and Acorn Pocket Book, making it an excellent
partner program for users of either program.
7.2
Almanac
7.2
Almanac offers considerably more than Event but as it is around three
times the price, you would expect this. The program attempts to provide
all the features of a Filofax in one computer program. In fact, it even
comes as a Filofax with the manual taking the first 68 pages. All you
have to do is remove these pages and you have your own yuppy Filofax.
(Will later versions come complete with a red Porsche?!!)
7.2
This does mean that the amount of information contained within the
manual is relatively small. Compare the size of a filofax page with a
standard A5 page, and then remember that around 75% of the pages in the
Almanac manual have illustrations on them. Yet again, there is no index
and the tutorial was quite hard to follow, particularly as it refers to
version 1 and Almanac is now on version 2. Perhaps the manual would be
better if it had been a separate A5 volume and the Filofax included as a
free gift?
7.2
Anyway, Almanac offers the following functions: Address Book, Company
Address Book, Anniversary Records, Correspondence Records, Diaries −
Daily, Weekly, Monthly and Yearly, To Do lists and Sticky Pads for
linking in external files.
7.2
However, each one of these functions can be linked to any other − even
to another record of the same type. Thus you could have a name in the
address book, linked to anniversaries, birthdays and correspondence with
that person. A picture of the person could also be loaded into a sticky
pad from outside. As you can imagine, this makes Almanac far more useful
than it might appear at first glance, and it beats a paper-based
alternative. Almanac also allows you to password-protect private
information.
7.2
The software is not particularly intuitive but this is fairly inevitable
with a product so brimming with features. The emphasis is consistently
on providing the user with as much versatility as possible so that he
never feels restricted. Unfortunately, this can result in the novice
user feeling swamped by so many options.
7.2
For example, take exporting data. The program comes with some export
formats set up (e.g. labels for Impression) but you may wish to export
in a slightly different format. Almanac provides you with a complete
export format definition system. This allows you to include printing
effects such as bold and italics. You can also set it to ignore blank
lines (important in addresses!), set the order in which the fields are
exported and keep fields together (allowing the Forename & Lastname
fields to be on the same line, for example). There are options for use
with Impression and even options for setting label height, etc.
7.2
The power of the system is clear but the entire export system is
controlled from just three complex windows. Fortunately, the version 2
release notes explain how to use the import and export options fairly
clearly.
7.2
The most surprising thing about version 2 was that there was less space
in the address box than in version 1. This was because postcode and
county boxes had been introduced. In the tutorial file, this field was
used to include information about a company, not its address, so it was
very hard to read the text under version 2!
7.2
This brings me to another criticism. The address section is squarely
aimed at UK addresses, as most foreign countries do not attach
importance to counties in addresses, nor do they have the postcode as
the last line of the address as in the UK. Most countries use a ZIP code
before the town name.
7.2
Appointments and reminders can have many repeat options set, and the
reminders can be marked urgent and/or completed. Priorities can be set
up in reminders.
7.2
The correspondence records allow you to keep track of what has been sent
to whom and when and by what means! You can state what you sent to a
person, or have received, including a brief description of what that
concerned, the date and time that the item was sent/received and whether
it was sent by post, fax, telephone or email.
7.2
Many things are represented by icons in Almanac, and the software comes
with an extensive icon library to start with. For example, in the
correspondence window, there is a category icon which can be set to the
method of sending/receiving the item, or any other icon appropriate to
the correspondence.
7.2
The address books both allow you to set up two each of telephone
numbers, fax numbers and email numbers, which can be selected by
clicking on the appropriate icon.
7.2
Filters can be set up so that only certain events are displayed within
the program, and these are very flexible. You could, for example, set it
to only display the birthdays of those people between the ages of 20 and
50 whose first name was John!
7.2
The more you explore Almanac, the more you find, and a complete review
of every feature would fill nearly half an issue of Archive on its own!
7.2
The user interface has been made partially three dimensional in version
2, by the use of 3D buttons, but the whole look and feel is still a long
way behind Event and, hopefully, Occasion. Almanac looks as if it has
been designed by the programmer, whereas Event looks like the programmer
has commissioned an artist to design the look of the interface. This is
the way things should be done.
7.2
Acorn now agree that an attractive interface is an important part of a
good piece of software, and even employed a special graphic artist to
design their new RISC OS 3 textured toolsprites.
7.2
It may seem that I have been rather hard on Almanac but I feel that
potential purchasers need to know exactly what the program does and
doesn’t do before parting with over £70, especially in view of the
fairly imminent release of Occasion. Almanac is a super product which is
very flexible and powerful, provided you accept the limitations on the
interface and the fact that it is not particularly intuitive. A
7.2
Squish
7.2
Hutch Curry
7.2
Squish, from HoneyPot, is one of those wonderful utilities that you
didn’t know you needed until you had it − then you wondered how you ever
managed without it. Squish is a transparent sprite compactor and
decompactor that allows sprite files to be saved to disc in compacted
form while still allowing existing applications to use these files
without additional user intervention.
7.2
Honeypot developed Squish as a utility to assist them in the production
of their educational software − which uses lots of sprites. They found
that they were constantly struggling to fit more and more sprites onto
one disc. Unlike other currently available compressors and archivers,
Squish was developed in such a way that existing applications would be
able to use these files directly.
7.2
Squish works by compressing the sprite file and then storing it back in
a sprite file as a very long and thin sprite. This means that the file-
typing is retained. When the decompactor module is loaded, all sprite
files are examined before they are loaded into any application. If the
sprite has previously been ‘squished’, it is expanded before the
application receives it. This all happens automatically without any user
intervention − and is therefore said to be transparent.
7.2
To use Squish to compact sprites, you double-click on the filer icon to
load the application onto the iconbar. During the loading process,
Squish loads a module called SquishMod that does the actual work of
compaction/decompaction. The iconbar menu allows the user to set Squish
to perform either compression or decompression. The decompaction option
is provided to allow the user to restore the sprites to their original
format if so desired. Having set the option to compact, the actual
compaction is performed by dragging a sprite file onto the Squish icon.
When the compaction is complete a standard save box appears with the
same name as the original sprite for replacement.
7.2
Once the sprites are compacted, they can be used as normal provided that
the SquishMod module is loaded − if the SquishMod module is not present,
the sprites will load into !Paint, for example, but will appear
incorrectly as one long thin sprite. Therefore, if one wishes to use
Squish fully, it would be essential to ensure the module was loaded at
machine start-up.
7.2
It should be noted that the degree of compression provided by Squish is
generally not as great as that provided by other compression techniques
and, as such, should not be considered an alternative to more standard
archiving techniques. Nonetheless, the sprite file illustrated in the
figure shrank from 170Kb to 56Kb − which is a reasonable saving on disc
space. I think that the transparency of Squish is illustrated well in
the discrepancy between the disc space usage reported with the ‘Full
Info’ option set on the Filer and the ‘Count’ option. By the full and
proper use of operating system vectors, the SquishMod module
decompresses the sprite file before reporting its size to ‘Count’. The
degree of RISC OS integration that Honeypot have been able to provide
for Squish is remarkable. Observing Squish in operation leads me to the
conclusion that Acorn should look very closely at Squish to see if they
would be able to incorporate something similar in future versions of the
operating system.
7.2
In extensive testing, I found Squish very easy to use and extremely
helpful for my work which involves handling a large number of sprites in
the programs I write. I did discover one area of incompatibility with
Computer Concepts’ ArtWorks which the authors of Squish are now looking
into. The price of Squish has not yet been firmly decided but will
probably be around £30.00. If it were not for the one problem with
ArtWorks, I would be able to wholeheartedly recommend Squish to anyone
who has need of handling a large amount of sprite data. A
7.2
Compuserve and the Archimedes
7.2
Richard Proctor
7.2
(I am publishing this article on the understanding that part of it is,
in a sense, advertising. i.e. Richard talks about his own product,
ARCTIC. Ed.)
7.2
Modems and electronic mail mean many things to many people. To an
American friend who was studying without access to a decent library, or
to another who needed accurate information for a meeting the next day,
CompuServe Information Service (CIS) meant access to 850 databases with
up-to-date detailed information from hundreds of magazines and journals.
7.2
For some, it means a chance to discuss computer issues with others who
use the same machine or software − there are support areas for most
major computer firms. For my wife, it provides a chance to discuss Star
Trek with a friend in Hawaii or to play Monopoly with three Americans
and a German. It allows our postal gaming customers to avoid postal
delays and send us orders that we can receive the next day.
7.2
Letters can either be sent directly and privately, or posted in one of
the thousands of special interest forums for everyone else to read and
comment on. The forums are a bit like a discussion in the pub, lots of
conversations going on, and you can join in whichever ones interest you.
Before you know what has hit you, you have new friends who share your
own interests. Essentially, having a modem can put you into a new world
that can be used for business or pleasure or both.
7.2
In the realm of E-mail and BBSs, there are hundreds of systems and
levels of service. But for worldwide coverage, only Internet and
CompuServe need be considered. I started on CompuServe to communicate
with a group of international Play By Mail gamers on there (we are
mainly a PBM games business). As a service, CIS is enormous. If you
started today examining all the subjects and forums, it would take you
years to find all that is available and by then there would be so much
more...
7.2
But what software to use? You could use terminal-based programs such as
ArcTerm or Hearsay but with the way CIS charges you for online time,
this is bad news. CIS supply their own terminal-based online programs
for the PC and the Mac. They are pretty but, being designed and promoted
by CIS, are not very cheap to use. However, there are a number of
shareware programs around, notably for the PC, that are very well tuned
to do everything you want online in a very short time and then let you
operate offline. I started using the most popular of these (TAPCIS) on
my PC laptop, but although the software was reasonable at keeping costs
down, its user interface was bad (even by PC standards!!!). Only having
an A3000 at the time without a hard disc, running the PC emulator was
not really a serious option.
7.2
So, what to do? There is a small Archimedes community on CIS and after
chatting to them, I started writing an application. After a few months,
I released ARCTIC (ARChimedes Terminal Interface to Compuserve). I used
it myself and let others have free access to it and, as a result,
features have been added to it continuously. It is shareware (with a £15
registration fee) that can be downloaded from CIS, Arcade, etc. The
program now offers more than TAPCIS and is currently used by at least 35
people on CIS, including Archimedes users from New Zealand and Hong
Kong.
7.2
Along with the development of ARCTIC, the Archimedes community on CIS
has grown. We now have our own section of a forum (Section 5 of UKCOMP)
for support of ARCTIC and anything else Archimedes related. Come and
join the fun.
7.2
What is Compuserve?
7.2
CompuServe is a worldwide network that supports mail, as well as
thousands of forums on different topics, from computer support, through
games, sport, news, gardening, travel, gossip... The list grows every
week.
7.2
Although CIS is based in USA, it operates worldwide and has offices,
computers and access nodes in this country. Direct access is now
available in London, Reading, Bristol, Manchester and Birmingham, with
other nodes due to open in the future. You can also access CIS through
BT’s GNS (PSS) service and Mercury’s 5000 Packet service, though it is
usually cheaper using CIS direct.
7.2
CompuServe is mainly divided into forums on subjects, each forum having
three parts − The Message Board, the Library and the Conference Rooms.
Each of these parts is divided into sections on individual subjects.
Usually, the sections in each part are related, e.g. for Acorn matters,
we have section 5 of the message board, section 5 of the library and
conference room 5.
7.2
The most important part of a forum is the message board. Here you can
read and reply to messages. Messages can be public or, in most forums,
private (just between two individuals). Messages survive on the messages
board in most forums for about a week, though on some very heavily-used
forums, they can scroll in a day.
7.2
The Library allows long-term storage of files. Anybody can download the
files but restrictions apply to up-loading and, usually, files are
checked before being released to the general public.
7.2
The third part is the conference rooms. These permit real-time “talking”
between participants in an open or closed group. Be careful though −
they can be expensive.
7.2
As well as the thousands of forums, the other principle area is mail.
You can exchange mail with other people on CIS or across Internet to
just about anybody. Mail remains for 3 months, if not read, so is more
secure than a forums message board. You can also mail files and mail to
more than one person at once.
7.2
There are many other specialised parts of CIS including: online
shopping, registering software, access to other networks.
7.2
What is Arctic?
7.2
Arctic (ARChimedes Terminal Interface to Compuserve) supports messaging,
mail, conferencing and libraries. The program is fully RISC OS compliant
and should run on any machine with at least 2Mb of RAM and one floppy.
7.2
Arctic’s features currently include:
7.2
• Navigates through downloaded messages by forum, session, section,
thread, parents, replies, your own marks, search on subject or whole
text
7.2
• Most actions may be driven by keys, mouse clicks or menus
7.2
• Messages may be read, printed or saved for later use
7.2
• Editor uses split screen operation to allow you to look at a message
while writing a reply
7.2
• Editor based on Edit with enhancements
7.2
• Address book − captures user identities from messages with comments,
searched and simply selected when writing messages. A recent history
maintained on each forum to allow quick selection of frequently used
entries.
7.2
• Reply to a message via mail or any other forum and/or section
7.2
• CompuServe’s B+ protocol for file uploads and downloads
7.2
• Full offline support for catalogue browsing, uploads and downloads
7.2
• Request library information by keyword, age, library or name
7.2
• Downloaded files may be read and printed directly from the browser
7.2
• A log is maintained to relate library files with files you have
downloaded
7.2
• Split screen conference operation
7.2
• Scrolling of the ‘from CIS’ window back through 50,000 characters
7.2
• Read announcements, section, library and conference names
7.2
• Sections can be read, scanned or ignored or read by keyword
7.2
• Messages to you can be read whatever the section state
7.2
• Incoming private messages automatically deleted
7.2
• Support for gateways to non CIS forums
7.2
• Very extensive context-sensitive help on most windows and menus
7.2
For further info
7.2
Ring CompuServe on 0800−289458 for info on CompuServe and for a startup
pack.
7.2
Arctic is available as shareware from Waveney Games, 28 Diprose Road,
Corfe Mullen, Wimborne, Dorset, BH21 3QY. Arctic copy on disc − £5,
registration £15, disc copy and registration £17. Free CompuServe
startup pack included if requested. Help from Richard Proctor 100031,604
in section 5 of UKCOMP. (Internet: 100031.604 @compuserve.com) Arctic
may also be downloaded from CIS, Arcade and a number of other places. A
7.2
Beauty and the Beast − The Story of Clipart
7.2
Gabriel Swords
7.2
You would have thought that writing a review about clipart was a fairly
simple thing to do. Not so − it seems to be a fairly controversial
subject! How, for example, do you reconcile one article which says brand
X clipart is no good; another which says it’s brilliant, and yet another
which strongly criticises it for both cost and quality? The answer is
that you can’t. As they say, ‘beauty, is in the eye of the beholder’.
7.2
While it is legitimate to make judgements about the quality and artistic
merit of individual pieces of clipart, these judgements say nothing
about the useability or value of the material. One man’s bad bit of
bitmapped banality is another man’s ideal piece of artwork. That’s the
thing about clipart − good, bad or indifferent, there’s usually someone
who can find a use for almost anything anyone wants to churn out. The
trouble is that unless you know exactly what you are buying, before you
buy it, you could spend up to £30 or more on material, most of which
will be of no use to you.
7.2
So, before you buy, there are a few questions it’s worth asking:
7.2
• Does the supplier have a catalogue of all of the clipart in his
collection? Having a catalogue means you can see the material before you
buy it and provides you with a visual index of materials after you have
purchased something.
7.2
• In what format are they supplied? Drawfiles are instantly useable
because Acorn machines come with Draw installed. Drawfiles are more
flexible and will print at any size without loss of quality. Sprites, on
the other hand, begin to look ragged with large increases in size, and
can’t be altered unless you want to dabble with paint programs. Artworks
files aren’t much good unless you can read them!
7.2
• Copyright? Suppliers have different expectations as to how their
clipart will be used. For example, if I include a piece of artwork in
something which is later published, will I be infringing someone’s right
to an acknowledgement or payment? Some say yes, some say no.
7.2
• Coloured or black and white? I prefer all my clipart to be
monochrome. That way, if I send a full colour document to a bureau for
processing, I don’t need to check to see if there’s a colour lurking in
the clipart that will reproduce where I don’t want it to.
7.2
At the end of this article, there’s a summary of what the suppliers
under review say about these questions, plus information about price and
addresses.
7.2
The material
7.2
There’s a lot of clipart about for the Archimedes and this review is by
no means exhaustive. What I have done is to look at eight suppliers of
clipart which I’ve been using for the last three months. So far, I have
had no problems with printing any of them − they print satisfactorily at
300 dpi as well as at higher resolutions. The only slight hiccup I’ve
had was with Micro Studio’s Magpie archiving − it didn’t always work
properly.
7.2
Software 42
7.2
The material I looked at was made up of a mixture of cartoons, fantasy
figures, animals, electronics and people. They are supplied on disc as
drawfiles, and most of them have some coloured elements in them. On the
whole, the material was well drawn − the animals looked like animals and
the cartoons were... well, cartoons. What you don’t get is a lot of
complex artwork type graphics. What you do get are some good, simple,
and at times humorous, illustrations of things which look exactly like
what there are meant to be. The fantasy collection − made up of Goblins,
Orcs and fairy-tale figures − get a bit more complex with the use of
graduated tints. These are compressed using ArcFS. There’s also a
collection of electronic components and diagrams which could be very
useful for putting together your own circuit diagrams.
7.2
TopicArt
7.2
I suppose if I could only afford one collection of clipart discs
TopicArt might be the ones I’d go for. They have a good selection of
very useable material. There are discs on transport, costumes, bugs,
entertainment, road signs, sports equipment, sports figures, dinosaurs,
symbols, tools and some general items. The quality of the drawings were
usually high, especially with things like animals and dinosaurs − the
bugs were horribly realistic! The road signs were good in that you get a
coloured copy as well as a monochrome one.There was a wide selection of
period costumes from the Romans to the 60’s − though some of the figures
inside the costumes left a little to be desired! One annoying feature of
the general symbols disc is that because none of the drawings are
properly labelled − only numbered − you don’t know what you are about to
get until you open it. That seems to be good reason for having a visual
record! Each title comes on a separate disc as either compressed or
uncompressed drawfiles.
7.2
Christian Clipart
7.2
These images started life as monochrome scanned images in PCX format on
PC discs. They have been converted into sprites, and some are repeated
as ‘traced’ drawfiles. All are monochrome except for a few which have
been coloured in Artworks. Although the selection is called Christian
ClipArt, there’s a lot that will be of general interest, so don’t be put
off by the title. There’s a catalogue which covers about a third of the
collection. Titles include: Christmas and Christian symbols; Easter;
Harvest; Money, poverty and war; environment; banners; borders and a
whole lot more. They also have, under licence, the collection of
illustrations from the Good News Bible. As to the quality and style of
the material, most of it’s OK though I’d probably only use it for news
sheets and in-house magazines − but then that’s what it’s designed for.
7.2
Dec Data
7.2
More Christian clipart providing images of churches, church furniture,
Christian images, maps, messages and events. The designs are more ‘high
church’ in style − a bit too conservative for me, but none the less
acceptable! The collection is called ‘Parish Magazine Clipart
Collection’ and consists of four discs, three of which are clipart, the
fourth is the King James New Testament. The collection costs around
£20.95 inc. VAT and postage.
7.2
Micro Studio
7.2
Micro Studio produce a wide range of images in different styles, from
silly cartoon people to historical figures in full period costume. Some
of their material comes archived in Magpie as either sprites or
drawfiles, while others come as straightforward sprites. The beauty of
having images archived (even when they don’t always work because of an
‘invalid cap specification’ or ‘page does not exist’ error) is that you
can skip through the collection easily and quickly. In this collection,
you click on an image to reveal a ‘save as’ dialogue box of either a
drawfile or sprite, you then drag the icon to a directory or into an
application − simple! Because they produce material in different styles,
from the silly to the sublime, there’s a good chance of finding
something to suit your needs.
7.2
The collection I looked at contained historical figures, plant life,
wildlife, cartoons of animals, objects, toys, transport and characters.
7.2
ABC of Art
7.2
This is a novel way of producing clipart. Each disc is based on a letter
of the alphabet with the designer attempting to cover a range of
different subjects. Of course, because of their complexity, there is a
limit to the number of images you can get on one disc, even in
compressed form. The average so far seems to be about nine Artworks
files. Having said that, there are some files which contain more than
one picture. For example, there’s a wide selection of arrows, arches and
capital letters. Purchasers are encouraged to supply suggestions for
subjects to be included in future discs, so there’s scope for getting
what you really need. All the images are brilliantly drawn Artworks
files with lots and lots of detail. They print well but because of the
complexity of the images, they lose much of their impact when reproduced
in monochrome. Even so, if you don’t mind the limited number of images
and the fact that there’s still a long way to go in the alphabet, they
are well worth having.
7.2
Image Club (distributed by Matt Black)
7.2
For me, these are the most professional looking and most useful of all
the clipart collections reviewed. Now I know that may be a bit
controversial, especially after the comments of Jim Nottingham in last
month’s issue (7.1 p28). Because of that, I’d like to start by answering
some of his points.
7.2
1. Cost of the catalogue. Jim rightly says that the cost of the
catalogue is £7 plus £2 p&p. What he doesn’t say is that you get £5 off
your first order. Considering the quality of the catalogue, I think
that’s pretty good.
7.2
2. He says that, for the price, he was expecting something akin to the
clipart you get bundled with Artworks. While I agree that the Artworks
stuff is very high quality and nice to look at, it is too complex for
the kind of work most people do. Sure, I’ve impressed my friends with
8,000 times enlargements of the tax disc on the Artworks mini, but when
a client asks me for a picture of a car for a publicity leaflet, I don’t
need that kind of detail. What I do need is something which looks like a
car and which is professionally drawn. Image Club gives me that.
7.2
3. What about the ‘transatlantic flavour’ to things like signs and maps?
I agree with Jim when it comes to the maps − there are plenty of the USA
but none of the UK. I don’t agree with the symbols criticism. Volume 17
contains 629 symbols, 80 of which could be said to be ‘transatlantic’
but that still leaves 549 very useable symbols.
7.2
4. The price. Most of the volumes cost £29.95, with a few at £34.95.
That makes the Image Club collection the most expensive clipart
available for the Archimedes. On the other hand, it’s half what I paid
for the same collection when I used a Mac! So Matt Black are to be
congratulated there. Having said that, I do wish they were cheaper,
because then I’d buy a lot more.
7.2
As I’ve already said, I think the collection is very professional
looking and comprehensive. The fact that you can look at all the clipart
before you buy means you shouldn’t end up with loads of stuff you’d
never use. Titles include cartoon people, symbols and headings, various
miscellaneous volumes, business and industry, food and entertainment,
office and education, celebrity caricatures, science and medicine and a
very interesting ‘fabulous fifties’ selection, plus lots more. In all,
there’s about 4,000 images in the collection.
7.2
Vanguard Graphics (Matt Black)
7.2
Vanguard Graphics are Matt Black’s own original designs. They are more
complex than the Image Club collection and cost roughly half the price −
so that’s good news! The impressive thing about this collection, apart
from some very good designs, is the way the collection is packaged.
Along with the discs, you get a brochure, showing all the images, and
some useful ideas about how to use them. Take, for example, the picture
of the artist. Because of the way they layer their images, you can
easily ungroup them and use various bits in other ways. There are also
examples of how to use the images in publicity and information sheets.
7.2
Pack 1 is a miscellaneous collection of cartoons, stationery elements,
tools and figures. Pack 2 is something else altogether! Entitled Cowboys
and Indians, it’s a collection of cartoon characters designed for making
your own cartoon strips on computer. Included in the pack is a booklet
containing a picture index, a step by step guide to creating comic books
and ideas on how to use the graphics in education and design. If the
collection proves successful, they will probably develop the idea
further.
7.2
Conclusion
7.2
Archimedes users are in the very fortunate position of getting software
and clipart on the cheap (compared to Mac and PC users). Let’s hope this
cheapness doesn’t lead to an increasing amount of cheap looking
material. It seems to me that if the Archimedes is going make an
impression on the ‘professional’ design market, there has to be a
commitment to high levels of quality both in software and in things like
clipart. It’s for this reason that I like the kind of material that
people like Matt Black, ABC and TopicArt are producing. The really
interesting thing for the future will be to see how the Archimedes is
marketed to satisfy professional and non-professional users − the
designers and the home enthusiasts. So far, the Mac and PC platforms
aren’t as accessible as the Archimedes, but neither is the Archimedes as
professional as Macs and some PCs. In this respect, the Archimedes has
got some catching up to do! A
7.2
7.2
Name:
7.2
Catalogue:
7.2
Format:
7.2
Copyright:
7.2
Colour:
7.2
Cost:
7.2
Address:
7.2
7.2
Image Club (Matt Black)
7.2
Yes − costs £7.50 with £5.00 refund on first order. Very impressive cat.
7.2
Draw − some bitmapped images available
7.2
No restrictions
7.2
Monochrome
7.2
£29.95 − £34.95
7.2
P.O. Box 42, Peterborough, Cambridgeshire PE1 2TZ
7.2
7.2
Software 42
7.2
No. PD demo available free, includes a selection of clipart
7.2
Draw. All hand drawn, no scans
7.2
Acknowledgement for profit making publications
7.2
Mixed, but mostly colour
7.2
£8.50 each.
7.2
109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Hockley, Essex SS5 6EL
7.2
7.2
Vanguard Graphics
7.2
Booklet supplied with each disc − also gives suggestions for using
clipart
7.2
Mostly Draw, some Artworks
7.2
No restrictions on clipart use
7.2
Mainly colour
7.2
£15
7.2
P.O. Box 42, Peterborough, Cambridgeshire PE1 2TZ
7.2
MicroStudio
7.2
No info
7.2
Draw and Sprites
7.2
No info
7.2
Mono
7.2
£19 − £27
7.2
22 Churchgate Street, Soham, Ely, CB7 5DS.
7.2
7.2
Name:
7.2
Catalogue:
7.2
Format:
7.2
Copyright:
7.2
Colour:
7.2
Cost:
7.2
Address:
7.2
7.2
Christian Clipart
7.2
Partial, contains about a third of images
7.2
Scanned images, converted to sprites − some also drawfiles. Small
proportion of AW
7.2
Commercial use requires permission and acknowl’ment
7.2
Mainly monochrome − some colour
7.2
£7.99 per disc; £59 for 10; £149 for 30. p&p £2.50
7.2
18 Larksfield, Covingham, Swindon SN3 5AD
7.2
Dec_Data − Parish Magazine
7.2
No
7.2
Draw
7.2
No info
7.2
Mono
7.2
£20.95 inc. VAT P&P
7.2
P.O. Box 97, Exeter EX4 4YA
7.2
7.2
ABC of Art
7.2
Sheet of artwork supplied with each disc
7.2
Artworks
7.2
Major commercial use requires permission + acknowl’ment
7.2
Colour
7.2
£8
7.2
Tideways, South Road, Brean, Somerset TA8 2SE
7.2
7.2
TopicArt
7.2
No
7.2
Draw
7.2
No info
7.2
Colour and mono
7.2
£8 per disc
7.2
Bright Ideas, Unit 2A, Heapriding Business Park, Stockport SK3 0BT.
7.2
Software 42
7.2
TopicArt
7.2
Christian Clipart
7.2
Parish Magazine by Dec Data
7.2
MicroStudios
7.2
ABC
7.2
Image Club (Matt Black)
7.2
Wimp Programming for All
7.2
Geoff Scott
7.2
The book Wimp Programming for All, written by Lee Calcraft and Alan
Wrigley and published by Risc Developments, is written as “an
explanation of the techniques involved in programming Acorn’s Window
Manager”.
7.2
From the start, it is assumed that the readers will have a knowledge of
writing programs in Basic and that they understand many of the major
concepts, including parameter blocks and SWI calls. An understanding of
the graphical abilities of Basic and a fluent use of procedures and
functions is also essential.
7.2
The book begins by explaining some of the terminology associated with
the wimp, and introduces the idea of using SWI calls, task
initialisation/termination, the wimp poll loop and application structure
on the disc itself.
7.2
Building blocks
7.2
At the start, a small sample program which works in the desktop is
created, but this doesn’t actually do more than initialise. On this
base, each technique is built, clearly showing a practical use for the
methods discussed in the text.
7.2
The creation of windows is dealt with in great detail. As well as an
explanation of the functions of all parts of a window with the
alternatives, there is an in-depth discussion about passing data
directly to the wimp to create windows from Basic.
7.2
A chapter of the book is devoted to explanations of the polling
mechanism and the reason codes returned by the wimp, along with details
for handling these. The masking out of events is also covered.
7.2
Icons are the subject of quite a large section of the book and, as in
the window creation section, they are explained very thoroughly. The
meaning of each of the possible flags is explained briefly and exclusive
selection and radio icons are covered, along with reading and changing
an icon’s state, once defined.
7.2
Handling menus is well covered − all the concepts seen within the
desktop are explained. Submenus and dialogue box handling finally became
clear to me, along with the idea of allowing more than one menu
structure.
7.2
All you need to know?
7.2
At this point, you are told that, having covered windows icons and
menus, you know everything needed to write your own programs, at least
simple ones. The remaining sections continue in the same way but
covering the less essential, and more complex, aspects of wimp
programming.
7.2
The user redrawing of windows is explained concisely and several
techniques of achieving smooth redraws are demonstrated. As you are
mainly using Basic’s graphics commands, you are really free to draw what
you like, although the book recognises that you will face problems that
are beyond its scope.
7.2
The wimp’s message system itself is detailed quite thoroughly, although
only a very few messages are described. The idea of receiving and
sending messages is covered adequately and a useful program is created
from the original sample, covering many of the ideas explained. The data
transfer protocol is explained and a standard save box is demonstrated
to show how object-dragging and data-transfer work.
7.2
The final chapter of the book is all about printer drivers and outline
fonts. Handling these fonts is covered briefly but effectively. It is
the description and explanation of the printer drivers which use most of
the space, and I found it quite enlightening. The example here is well
worth it.
7.2
There is a section on using FormEd to create your windows rather than
passing the data to the wimp, and various appendices cover the use of
indirection operators, sprite areas and the associated disc.
7.2
Overall
7.2
The book appears to be a collection of articles originally published in
Risc User. I found that sections of the book matched the magazine
exactly with small sections rewritten (usually the “this month...”
piece!) and more detail added. Other sections were completely different
and usually written in more detail.
7.2
I found the book was well-written and the information was presented
clearly throughout.
7.2
If you have read the series of articles in Risc User, there is little
new material in the book, although certain topics are dealt with more
thoroughly. If you are new to programming the wimp, it is a very good
book which will help you a lot. If you are an advanced programmer who
can already use the wimp proficiently, this is no replacement for the
PRM’s.
7.2
Wimp Programming for All costs £12.95, or £13 inc carriage from
Archive. A
7.2
Hatchback from 4Mation
7.2
Hutch Curry
7.2
Hatchback is a utility program to allow the use of ‘hatched’ fill
patterns in both Draw and Poster files. The basic idea is that the fill
colour of any defined object (with the exception of single lines of
text, text areas and sprites) can be replaced by a patterned fill. The
most usual reason for wanting to do this would be to increase the visual
separation between areas when printing in black and white.
7.2
Hatchback is supplied on one disc which must be initialised before use.
After initialisation, the software can then be run from the floppy. At
this stage, the software can be copied for backup purposes and can be
installed on a hard disc without difficulty. The supplied manual runs to
only 16 pages of A5 but is very well illustrated and tells you
everything you need to know about the software in a very concise and
effective fashion.
7.2
Being fully RISC OS compliant, Hatchback is extremely easy to use for
anyone used to the Archimedes. When Hatchback is run, it installs itself
on the iconbar awaiting a suitable file to be delivered. Pressing <menu>
over the iconbar icon reveals the usual entries of Info and Quit plus a
Choices submenu. In this submenu the user can set a number of useful
options controlling the way in which Hatchback works. The choices are
whether or not Hatchback should respond to a double click on a file icon
of the appropriate type, whether the default save file format is Draw or
compressed Draw, the size of the margin and the size of the Undo buffer.
The Undo buffer is a very useful facility as it allows the user to
retrace his steps (and to subsequently reinstate them if so desired) up
to the limit of assigned memory.
7.2
When you drag a drawfile onto the iconbar, Hatchback opens a window
displaying that file. To the left of the display window is a toolbox
pane which controls the operation of Hatchback. From the toolbox, the
user can select the fill pattern, the foreground and background colours
of the fill and the extent of fill operation. There are nine hatched
patterns provided that should encompass most requirements. There is also
the ability to fill with a solid colour. Additionally, each of the nine
fills can be altered in terms of the foreground colour, the background
colour, the angle of rotation, the density and the frequency to produce
thousands of variations.
7.2
From the toolbox, the user can decide whether the fill will be applied
only to the object clicked upon, to all objects of the same colour as
that clicked upon or to objects either within or outside of a user-drawn
bounding box.
7.2
All of the toolbox options are also available from the main menu which
is obtained by pressing <menu> over the draw window. Most commands have
also been given function key shortcuts.
7.2
In general, I found Hatchback extremely easy to use, quite flexible and
capable of producing good quality output. On the negative side, I found
that filling with dense patterns was quite slow and produced files of
quite substantial size. For example, the original drawfile produced by
Graphbox Professional shown above was 6Kb. After processing by
Hatchback, the file length has increased to 153Kb − above right.
7.2
Despite the tremendous flexibility of Hatchback, I have to admit that I
was unable to get the software to cope with one of my needs for hatched
fills. I generate a lot of charts and graphs as part of my work and most
of these are done as 3-D bar or column charts. These graphs use
perspective and shading along the Z-axis to give the appearance of
depth. I found that it was not possible to satisfactorily use Hatchback
to hatch these 3-D shapes as none of the supplied fills use either
perspective or differential density to give the illusion of depth.
Despite this limitation (which will probably not affect many potential
users), I am very impressed with Hatchback.
7.2
To my mind Hatchback is good value for money if you need patterned fills
in drawfiles. One of the nicer policies of 4Mation is the provision of
demo versions of their software for the price of a blank disc and SAE,
so if you think that Hatchback might be useful to you − send for a demo.
7.2
Hatchback version 1.0, May 1993 costs £35 +VAT (including a site
licence) from 4Mation or £38 through Archive. A
7.2
ProCAD Update
7.2
Richard Fallas
7.2
Since the appearance of my review of ProCAD in Archive 6.10, Minerva
have sent me an updated pre-release version of ProCAD (1.52). This has
undergone a major amount of improvement and I have to say that I am
impressed by what has been achieved. My review was fairly positive, with
one or two niggles, particularly in the area of creating tangents to
large radius arcs, which gave rise to some concern and comment from
potential users and the software house alike. Other problems had become
apparent during more extended use and virtually all of these have now
been attended to plus many more. The “new features” text file for
changes since V1.02 is 25Kb long! I shall therefore only be able to
mention a few of the more notable.
7.2
Firstly, tangents to arcs are now created via the Circle & Arc options
and are created using a form of extended precision, before being stored
in the normal precision format. This still does not give floating point
type accuracy for extreme cases but it does get much closer and is now
acceptably accurate. The function also now works predictably as
intended.
7.2
Other improvements include: Snaps may be varied from the status bar
during editing; multiple editing points; mid-point snaps have variable
sub-divisions; CSV file output of file or selection is possible;
perpendicular extensions may now snap accurately to the end of the base
line; user arrow style (or symbol) for dimension lines; reflections now
available; break points selectable at fillet intersections; partial
implementation of IGES import; page positioning option via coordinates;
parallel option for Beziers (but producing a line object as apparently
the parallel to a Bezier is not a Bezier!); Squash file import and plot
direct; import text from WIMP writeable icons into ProCAD icons;
improved distance measurement and scale transformations (using floating
point, hence slower); improved screen rendering and speed of large arcs;
and many others.
7.2
I have used the program out of choice on a number of different types of
drawing since the review, and there is still much to learn and I haven’t
even tried out all of the above. Suffice it to say that I am
increasingly impressed with ProCAD. It is certainly the most convenient
CAD program to use that I have come across, and with the niggles and
bugs removed and a better understanding of its capabilities, it must be
worth a look for all serious CAD users.
7.2
The single user price of ProCAD is £495 +VAT (£535 through Archive) and
a site licence for up to 30 machines is £1580 +VAT from Minerva. A
7.2
WorraCAD Update
7.2
Richard Fallas
7.2
Since WorraCAD was reviewed by Mike Hobart in Archive 4.8 p43, it has
undergone a number of detail changes and recently has had a significant
face-lift in the form of a new User Interface consisting of a series of
3D icon-based menus. Regular readers of Archive will have seen Oak
Solutions adverts showing a screen shot, together with a list of
features, which give a good indication of the new appearance.
7.2
I bought a copy of WorraCAD several years ago when it first came out,
hoping that it would compliment my copy of the considerably more
expensive Parametric Design Tool. In the event, I have to admit to not
feeling at home with the menu structure in the original and never really
became proficient with it. Certain looked-for features turned out to be
too limited, e.g. fills: no double rule fills were possible, and
certainly no pattern or discontinuous line fills. I also felt it was a
little lacking in menu short-cuts and with my then ARM2 based machine,
screen redraws and displaying the current selection at the cursor were
rather slow, so despite various manipulation options not available in
PDT, my use of WorraCAD languished.
7.2
The program, priced at £99 (with upgrades costing £30) does not attempt
to be a full blown, state-of-the-art CAD package, but it does have a
fairly comprehensive list of basic features. It is probably aimed at
users who want something better than Draw, for technical drawing
production, but who don’t expect to be using it as the nucleus for a CAD
oriented business. Having said that, I shall no doubt hear from many
such users! It does maintain very good accuracy in the various
constructs which can be achieved, with full floating point data
handling, and virtually infinite zoom potential.
7.2
How does the new program differ and is it a significant improvement on
the original? As well as the new icon-based interface, the features
which are new include Ellipses and construction Ellipses, Scales,
enhanced Dimension styles, Grouping, Monochrome printing and various
detail improvements to plotter control, point creation, scaled text and
group naming/database information facilities to be used with the
(forthcoming?) ‘Design Processor’. Interestingly, the program no longer
requires a dongle − does anyone want to buy a cheap redundant decoding
appendage?
7.2
The program has also benefited from a lot of refinement, user feedback
and de-bugging, although these improvements are more subtle. One feature
which has not been changed in concept is the separate Translator
application, which converts DXF files into WorraCAD format. Older
versions of Translator were pretty unstable and repeated use was
virtually impossible. This has now been corrected and no doubt other
refinements added. The “convert to PDT” option was greyed out on the
review example, which I suppose is reasonable, but disappointing. In
use, I preferred Minerva’s integration, with its scaling facility before
entry. Also mildly frustrating is WorraCAD’s persistence with the
imported file, as it is retained for further copies according to the
cursor position until another task is selected. I don’t think that this
default behaviour is based on a very common requirement, but it seems to
echo the action of selected items ready for dropping multiple copies.
7.2
In essence, the functions and features of the program are substantially
unchanged in use from the original version. So does the new icon menu
system give better control over the original text based arrangement
(which is still available via the icon bar menu if required)? I have to
say that I couldn’t see a lot of difference, although at least it is now
possible to go back up the tree structure one step using the adjust
button, which (still) doesn’t happen with the text version. It may be
that the structure is user-configurable but this is not evident in the
documentation. In consequence, one is constantly backing out of menus to
change function, as the most commonly used options (for any one user)
are not grouped together. ProCAD does much better than this, and
changing function (in mid element if need be) requires much less effort.
On the plus side, the WorraCAD menu box is smaller, thus taking up less
screen space.
7.2
I also found the snap options pretty spartan after using ProCAD (which
is five times the price however!) and no significant additions to the
key short-cuts were available. Nor were the fills enhanced apparently.
Unfortunately, the documentation still consists of the original manual,
with additional features listed in text files. I suspect that there are
all sorts of little improvements which are not listed but which only
extended use will reveal. It is pleasing to see that Oak Solutions are
still upgrading the program, so users may have confidence of continued
support.
7.2
It’s a pity that PDT has not had any similar recent support because, in
my view, it has always been a much better package and could have been
enhanced to make it a lot more productive. I gather Oak Solutions are
actively working on products for PCs now, which probably explains this
lack of support for PDT. It is probably worth any frequent user getting
the upgrade for the increased reliability and enhancements but I think a
lot more could have been done with menu structure flexibility. A
7.2
Landmarks − Civil War & Elizabeth I
7.2
Chris Price
7.2
These two programs from Longman Logotron are, technically speaking,
identical. I shall therefore attempt only the one review − of the Civil
War program − with references to Elizabeth I. Unless specifically
stated, comments I make may generally be taken to apply to both pieces
of software.
7.2
There have been reviews of several Landmarks packages. Like all the
others, these two have, as their central character, a young child of
approximately 10 years of age. Although this does suggest to the teacher
an “ideal” age range, I do not feel that this is critical. I have used
other programs in the series with eight year olds with no appreciable
difficulties.
7.2
Firstly, I would echo Joe Gallagher’s remarks (Archive 6.10 p59) that
the computer work should be only part of topic work. An attempt to “do”
the English Civil War solely through Landmarks 1645 would, I am sure, be
very restrictive. In any case, this is not at all how it was intended to
be used.
7.2
Preparation
7.2
Before I started using the other Landmarks programs (Egyptians & World
War 2), I went searching for some clipart to support the topic. I have
yet to find any on a Civil War or Elizabethan topic (though Micro Studio
do a limited amount of the appropriate fashion files) and I would be
grateful if someone could advise me of a source (preferably through
Archive − then we can all benefit from the knowledge). I say this
because, good though the pictures which accompany the series are, they
do not print out well, nor can they be extracted from the parent disc −
being some kind of compressed sprite file − and adapted so that they may
be dumped to printer. I have tried screen grabs but the results are not
convincing, hence the need for a good source of clipart. A separate
resources disc, from which to print pictures for classwork and wall
displays, would have been a good idea.
7.2
My final preparation was to explain to the children that they would have
to use very simple phraseology as the character(s) would not understand
complex questions.
7.2
Documentation
7.2
The documentation is, as ever, excellent and would seem to cover
absolutely every eventuality. This said, I have also heard criticism
about the goals set for children being too narrowly defined. My answers
to that criticism are: (1) You don’t have to use them if you don’t want
to − although I think you’d be a fool not to − and (2) They are very
useful if you’re team-teaching with a self-confessed technophobe (as I
have done!) who barely knows one end of an Archimedes from the other.
You help the children with their computer work. Your technophobe
colleague concentrates on other aspects of the work − an ideal division
of labour!
7.2
The program
7.2
The story revolves around a 10 year-old boy called John and it takes
place in the year 1645, shortly before a minor skirmish around his home
town, towards the end of the Civil War. My main reservation here is the
use of language. Being 1645, John uses the archaic “thee” and “thou”
forms of address which may cause problems for some children. Like all
the Landmarks characters, John is an obliging young fellow who will do
all he can to show you the wonders of Langport, the town where he lives.
7.2
There are some neat touches here which allow children to examine most
aspects of John’s life. (For example, John was amused that I did not
know what a “chamber” was and explained as exactly as he could!!) We
learn about his friends − especially his best friend Joshua. (Joshua’s
Dad is a Puritan, but John doesn’t mind, which is the biggest clue to
John’s allegiance that I’ll give you.) When you want to quit the
program, the usual procedure is to key in “Goodbye”, at which John will
reluctantly bid you farewell. Events take place in real time and if you
do have to quit and come back, you will be greeted cordially and
informed of what has gone on in your absence.
7.2
As with all Landmarks programs, you can move around by using the arrow
keys to indicate North, South, East and West. Three function keys are
also used. Key <f1> types “What can you see?”, <f2> types,“Where are
you?” and <f3> writes “Describe” permitting you to enter such requests
as “Describe a chamber”.
7.2
Shortcomings
7.2
I have corresponded with the program author, Stephen Grand, and even he
admits that the programs are showing their age − mainly in the way they
are constructed. It is technically very difficult to cater for all the
possible options that the average 9/10 year old may want to explore, and
fit the whole lot onto a single floppy disc. However, the programs make
a good stab at this, although there are one or two minor “niggles”.
7.2
Unless you can see a character, it is generally not possible to describe
him. This can be rather irritating when John mentions a character whilst
describing a location. If you then ask him to describe that character he
will usually only give a description of the previous scene. As this is a
fairly natural thing for children to do, they find it irritating not to
get an answer to a straightforward question.
7.2
I must echo Joe Gallagher’s comments on the “teletext” style.
Nonetheless, the children that used the Landmarks programs had no
problems with this. The problem I did find in a classroom context was
the fact that, once asked a question, John often went into quite a long
monologue. This meant that children had to scribble at a great rate in
order to write down all they were being told. Because they write more
slowly than an adult, quite a time passed before they had finished and
the next thing they knew they were informed curtly that it appeared that
“nobody wants to talk to me.” Not surprisingly, the children found this
attitude rather harsh. After all, they were only trying to record the
Great One’s pearls of wisdom! (Saying “Sorry” usually put things right!)
7.2
It is a good product but, as I said earlier, it is now showing its age a
bit. This is especially apparent when it is put alongside something like
Sherston’s ArcVentures which makes much better use of the Archimedes’
facilities. (Having spoken to Mr Grand myself, I gather that this is
because the same packages have to run on other computer platforms so we
end up with the lowest common denominator. Ed.) A
7.2
Two CD-ROMs reviewed
7.2
Bob Ames
7.2
I am going to be dealing with two CD-ROMs − ‘Woodlands’ and Acorn’s
Educational Directory. First of all, though, here is some technical
background about CD-ROMs.
7.2
CD-ROMs are small polycarbonate discs containing data. They look
remarkably similar to the digital audio CD you might play in a domestic
CD player.
7.2
They are very similar and, indeed, the same disc is sometimes used in
both systems. They are both made in the same ways, either by “printing”
and etching aluminium onto a polycarbonate disc via a high-accuracy
glass master (usually made by Pilkington, who else?), or by direct
(magneto-laser) recording onto a recordable disc. The latter method
obviously only gives one copy at a time − rather like copying onto a
floppy disc, one item at a time. The first method will give a virtually
unlimited supply of identical discs and is suitable for bulk sales.
7.2
The cost of multiple CD replication is now down to under £1 per disc.
For large quantities, you would get the jewel case thrown in and the
printing of the info sheet/ booklet is usually a few pence in these
quantities.
7.2
For digital audio, there are two alternatives: (The reason I mention
audio is the similarity of the media, the methods and the duplication
costs.) (1) Buy a recordable CD machine. There are models available from
Marantz, Philips and Studer, varying in price from £2,500 to £6,000. (2)
Go to one of the number of sound studios who have purchased these and
who offer a service of transcribing your (preferably digital) tapes onto
CD for as little as £25 a go! Blank recordable 60 minute discs cost
around £16 each. Data can be written onto the disc in several sessions,
prior to “fix-up” when the table of contents (the map which tells the CD
player where to go) is written and the disc can be played in any CD
player.
7.2
According to CD Revolution (the company set up by Kodak to market
recordable CDs), if you had a single CD made from your hard disc
contents (the most expensive way, and only for huge databases which are
relatively fixed) the cost would be of the order of £20 per disc.
7.2
The one-time recordable disc will hold differing amounts of data
depending on the disc purchased − there are 60 and 74 minute discs
equating to 500 or 700 Mb of data. (700 Mb is equivalent of 470 high
density floppy discs or the contents of up to 340,000 pages of text.)
The system is very similar to that for audio CD duplication and the
costs are similar − the CDR recorder CDD521 from Philips costs around
£5,000.
7.2
The real problem with CD-ROM software (and drives) is one of pricing.
It’s a real ‘chicken and egg’ situation, i.e. without cheap software,
there will be very few drives sold, thus few copies of the software will
be sold and so the price stays high, and so on.
7.2
Woodland CD-ROM
7.2
APA MultiMedia have produced a fascinating collection of pictures and
sounds, together with facts and figures on many of the species found in
British woodlands. The Woodland CD-ROM comes in a huge box, with a mono
photograph on the front. Inside is a CD in jewel case (no CD-ROM caddy,
which will cost you £7, at least until the new cheap versions become
available) and a brief manual which is notated to the effect that a full
manual will be sent on completion of the guarantee card. I sent off the
card and waited.
7.2
The application runs on a 1Mb RISC OS 3 machine − attempting to run it
on a RISC OS 2 machine brought up an error box and no further progress
could be made, so I upgraded (with ill-founded trepidation) to RISC OS
3.1.
7.2
Once the controls have been mastered and the principles understood, the
system is very easy to use. Lisa (now 5½ years) took to it very quickly
and discovered all sorts of birds and trees, butterflies and deer, and
had a great deal of fun with it. For instance, one Saturday afternoon,
after listening to the birds singing in the garden she went to the
computer, switched it on, started up Woodland and identified our
resident blackbird from the disc!
7.2
The rook calls must rate as the best use of the Archimedes sound chips
yet − it really startled us with its realism. The most impressive sounds
are from the deer collection but, unfortunately for us, we live in the
Cambridgeshire fens and we don’t have many rutting deer in our woods!
7.2
Lisa is now looking for all the butterflies depicted on the disc − a
great pity we didn’t have this CD a few weeks earlier, as her class has
just completed a project on butterflies.
7.2
The sound samples are well-recorded but, if anything, they are too
realistic in the sense that they suffer from being played at the
relative levels as found naturally. Perhaps it would have been better to
put some form of volume control on the system, for I am sure that the
quieter sounds would get swallowed up by classroom noise − or even a
noisy hard disc fan! There is a lot of background noise on most of the
samples, which is very realistic, and is as found in real woods.
However, this can create distractions for the younger child.
7.2
The first introduction page gives way to a “Map page” where further
choices can be made from eight sections. There are sections on
Introduction (85+ pages); 16 animals; 50+ birds; 28 trees; 22 types of
other plants; “minibeasts” (16 butterflies, 8 moths, ants); 7 types of
fungi; and 28 pages of ‘things to do’. The sound directory has 48 sound
samples.
7.2
The instructions indicate that you should scroll through the pages with
<select> on the forward arrows but that leaves the previous page on
screen and eventually leads (quite quickly on a 1 Mb machine) to the
“Too many windows” error box. A far better way is to use <adjust>
because this closes the previous window as it opens the new − rather
like a book! (Remember books? They were made of a renewable resource
and, usually, had indexes!) Of course, <select> can be used when the
previous window is needed for, say, comparison.
7.2
Later on (at-the-last-resort-read-the-manual!) I investigated the Info
icon. This gives a better series of instructions, including the use of
<adjust> to scroll forwards − this should have been copied to the
introduction page.
7.2
The display font is difficult to read on the Acorn colour monitor. The
system font is far easier to read at the sizes used − it’s the choice of
size which creates problems, e.g. in the heading which shows the word
BIRDS, the middle horizontal part of the S is invisible!
7.2
The lack of an index is the really worrying aspect, although there is a
very comprehensive search facility. I really like browsing through the
index of a book as it gives me a real feel for the contents. I
constantly find things that I didn’t know anything about. The old
problem arises: how do you find out about (say) the buzzard if you don’t
know its name! The CD has a file called Index.Wordlist but that is over
5Mb long, and so won’t load into any other application. (Unless you have
an 8Mb A5000 or an expanded A540!)
7.2
If a session is interrupted, you cannot go back to, say, page 30 of the
many pages of introduction. The only way I have found is to go through
all the previous 29. This is very time-consuming − there ought to be a
way of going to an individual page in the “Intro” or “Things to do”.
7.2
There are many different aspects to the search routine. For instance,
entering the word OAK will produce a list of entries which includes the
four types listed, the fungi which grow on it or under it, and the fauna
which live in Oak woods. However, you have to be careful because, if the
result of the search yields more than 25 pages of references, an error
box appears and a refined search parameter is requested.
7.2
In the tree or plant sections, there are no diagrams of leaves, only
part-screen photos of tree outlines − I was always taught to identify
trees by looking at their leaves. In any case, if trees are in a wood,
the outlines are not easily visible. There is also a shortage of textual
description of the tree-shape and leaf-shape − only “broad-leaved” or
conifer. (I don’t think broad-leaved is the usual description of a
willow!) The only photos of leaf shape given are the oaks but there is
no full tree-shape picture!
7.2
Minor grumbles
7.2
Spelling ought to have been checked before producing the CD, e.g. the
buzzard, is said to have a “distincive” sound.
7.2
The entry for Robin has two spurious data pages (pages S2 & S3). They
have no information, just a curious, non-functional, Smile icon.
7.2
All bird entries have the sound icon but some (e.g. Kestrel, Sparrow)
have no sound. (I learned later that it’s the caption which denotes
whether a sound is available − i.e. sound icon but no caption = no
sound.) A few of the animals have sounds and, as I said, the deer are
particularly impressive. Here the availability of sounds is indicated by
the presence of the icon only. (No icon = no sound.)
7.2
The Map icon is far too close to the Next icon, so young, untrained
hands can easily miss the Next icon and click on the Map icon. This
means that they lose their place (in, say, the 80-odd pages of Intro
text) and have to scroll through all the pages again to get back to the
same point.
7.2
The information is really not all that plentiful − a total of 150
species are described. Even so, Woodland takes 110 Mb of storage in 3910
files.
7.2
Is it worth £150 +VAT? I reckon that about £49 inclusive would be
appropriate for this product − that would be on a par with most
educational CD ROMs for other platforms such as PC and Mac. There are
the Tropical Rainforest, Full Bloom and Deep Voyage CDs available from
Aris for PC & Mac for £29+VAT with roughly comparable amounts of
information. For Archimedes, the packed Interactive Space Encyclopedia
CD from Andromeda which has 2,000 colour photos, 150 3D full screen
animations and films, and 1,000 text documents costs £75+VAT; the
Hutchinsons’ Encyclopedia (see last month) with even more information
costs £150+VAT. The free Next demo CD has 110Mb and 28 minutes of audio.
7.2
It is financially sound to sell high quantities of anything; selling
1000 at £10 unit profit yields better than selling 50 at £100 − the
company benefits financially and also becomes much better known.
However, if CD ROMs were to be sold at, say, £10 then the flood of sales
of CD ROM players would achieve the “critical mass” and bulk sales would
ensue. Commercial CD replication is priced under £1 each in 1,000 lots.
7.2
Acorn Educational Directory
7.2
It’s interesting to compare the previous product with the Acorn
Educational Directory (issue 4), also published by APA Multimedia. The
Acorn dealer adverts take 3Mb in 1,025 files. The actual Education
Directory comprises 8,575 files and takes up 150Mb.
7.2
The dealers are displayed on a map of the relevant county which is
chosen from an alphabetical list. The names are displayed with acorns on
various parts of the county map although the position of the acorn does
not necessarily correspond to the actual placing of the dealer within
the county. Clicking on the name brings up a page of address details and
“a few words from the sponsor” indicating specialisms.
7.2
I would say that the catalogue at £30 +VAT is still high cost for a
reference book which has a great deal of advertising in it. The previous
edition printed in A4 paper-back book form, came to me free of charge
for the cost of a phone call. A
7.2
Insight
7.2
Mike Samworth
7.2
Insight is a suite of software designed to link up with data-logging
hardware, supporting the most popular data-logging interfaces used in
schools. It goes much further than mere collection of data, however,
allowing quite sophisticated analysis of data.
7.2
Peter Thompson gave a comprehensive review of the software (Archive 5.9
p60) in which he made some valid criticisms. There have been a number of
improvements since that version (1.05) and I had intended to see if
these had been attended to in version 1.31 as sent by Paul. Some initial
problems meant that the version actually reviewed here is 1.38.
7.2
Insight is written by a team at Leicester University led by Lawrence
Rogers and is published by Longman Logotron. The price is £69 +VAT.
7.2
Insight was used on an A3000 with serial chips fitted. The hardware used
was Sense and Control (SaC) from Educational Electronics, together with
a range of dedicated and undedicated probes, the latter connected via
the ADC input of the interface.
7.2
What is data-logging?
7.2
Data-logging is using a computer to interface with sensor devices and
thereby capture the data so produced. There are many different sensors
available and obviously this has a large bearing on the usefulness of
data-logging. Sensors currently available include temperature, light
intensity, humidity, pressure, magnetic flux density, pH and oxygen.
These measure physical quantities and relay this information to the
computer as a voltage via the hardware or interface. Other sensors are
called digital sensors and merely relay a state condition as on or off
and are used to count or measure the speed of an object passing through
two light gates, for instance.
7.2
Why use data-logging?
7.2
Experimentation, the measuring and controlling of variables, is the main
technique for testing theories and hypotheses. One of our
responsibilities is to try and teach science as it is actually done in
real scientific situations. We must also teach it in such a way as to
make it easily understood. In both respects, data-logging has a valuable
contribution to make. Firstly, science research carried out by
industrial and academic researchers involves computers extensively to
log experiments. This is done for a number of reasons:
7.2
1. routine tasks are automated to save unnecessary work
7.2
2. less chance of human error
7.2
3. allows very slow or very fast events to be followed
7.2
4. data can be analysed quickly
7.2
Secondly, as well as being an essential part of modern science, data-
logging has many other educational advantages:
7.2
1. pupil motivation is often increased
7.2
2. limited competence at measuring or maths does not stop
experimentation
7.2
3. concepts can easily be understood
7.2
4. data can be manipulated easily, saving time
7.2
5. printouts of results save needless repetitive plotting of data
7.2
What is needed?
7.2
An interface is needed which connects the sensor or probe to the
computer. There are many different models available, which confuses the
user somewhat. In some versions, the probe must first be connected to a
box which is then connected to the interface. Software is needed, of
course, to control the collection of the data and then analyse and
present the data in some suitable form (e.g. graph, table). It is also
possible to build your own probes and interfaces or even write your own
specific software. This is obviously quite labour-intensive.
7.2
The Insight package
7.2
Insight comes in a colourful box containing two A4 guides, a set of
laminated work cards in addition to the usual envelope containing the
disc. The Users’ Guide is very clearly written including many
screenshots and would be easily followed by those not too familiar with
RISC OS conventions. My only criticism is that, where the reader really
needs more help, such as the analysis section, the guide tends to fall
short. Ideally, I would have liked to have seen a real example worked
through in context to illustrate the features available. The Teachers’
Guide is intended to give background information and to set the context
for which Insight was designed. It is an excellent introduction to data-
logging and would be a useful publication in its own right. The people
who wrote it obviously have a knowledge of the National Curriculum in
Science − no mean feat!
7.2
The pupil workcards consist of good-quality laminated cards depicting 20
possible investigations using Insight in combination with a data-logging
device. They are extremely well written without being too prescriptive,
always giving the necessary apparatus, inputs, timespan, etc. There are
even suggested follow-up investigations. In addition to these very
useful resources, there is a resource file on the Insight disc
containing more examples, contact addresses and references.
7.2
The software
7.2
Insight consists of two distinct applications !Analogue and !Digital.
Before looking at each separately, there have been a few improvements
since the earlier version reviewed that apply to both. Firstly, the
number of interfaces supported has increased. The Unilab range of
interfaces are now supported, as is Sense from Educational Electronics.
It is important that prospective users think very carefully about what
hardware they have or are considering. Sense IT, Sense and some of the
Unilab range require an I/O podule to be fitted, whilst the others use
the serial port.
7.2
I have used Insight almost exclusively with Sense and Control (SaC).
This is for two reasons. First is the simple fact that, whilst we have a
LogIT at school, we do not have the serial cable for an Archimedes and
Griffin and George would not send one out on approval. Secondly, SaC
provides a parallel port, user port and ADC port. The latter then allows
connection of such sensors as the ‘Blue Box’ range from Philip Harris.
This range is probably the most popular in schools and colleges and thus
allows the use of existing hardware that may have been built up over
many years. Insight will also now allow the calibration of new sensors
to be added to the list.
7.2
Analogue measurement
7.2
Rather than repeat much of Peter Thompson’s comprehensive description of
the facilities of the Analogue application, I shall give a brief resumé
followed by any improvements.
7.2
A maximum of four analogue measurements can be made from sensors over a
timespan of between two seconds and seven days. Recognised sensors are
calibrated automatically but others have to be calibrated and saved to
the list. Alternatively, a set-up file of the whole data can be saved to
avoid having to repeat this.
7.2
Remote operation is now much easier and will, for instance, support
sleep mode for SaC which allows remote operation for the maximum time
period of seven days. This makes use of the internal clock in SaC to
switch off measurement circuits inbetween readings thus extending the
battery life beyond the usual 4-6 hours. Peter had problems with LogIT
and though I am unable to confirm this, the update file in Insight
claims that this has been corrected. According to this, auto-log is
fully supported, as is simultaneous real-time and auto-logging. I think
the biggest improvement is that set-up files are no longer necessary
before remote fetching, a most irritating feature of the original
version.
7.2
There have also been improvements to the scaling of axes, zoom display
and printing of graphs. Certainly, where the printing of graphs is
concerned, this is very much enhanced when an outline font is selected
from the icon menu. Graphs can now be exported as drawfiles. The program
scores heavily over some competing packages in the ease of data analysis
with gradients, averages, trial fits, ratios as some of the useful
features. Many of these are particularly useful in a teaching situation,
though they are mainly confined to the higher end of secondary education
or further education.
7.2
Digital measurement
7.2
This handles two digital inputs, for instance from light gates. Possible
experiments include those with trolleys that would normally involve
miles of ticker tape scattered around the science laboratory. Possibly,
as a non-physicist, I must confess that this half of Insight is not as
user-friendly as the Analogue program. Data collected is displayed in a
variety of ways, perhaps most usefully as a table that can have columns
added and calculations carried out on it. This feature has been enhanced
in this latest version and acts very much like a simple spreadsheet
albeit with far fewer functions and less flexibility. The table also
allows manually obtained data to be added. Unfortunately, there is still
no facility to count pulses from a Geiger tube or other pulse sensors.
7.2
Conclusion
7.2
Insight is unlike most data-logging software in that it is designed to
work with a number of interfaces. Most interfaces are supplied with
dedicated software, some at extra cost. For the Archimedes, this can
range from rewritten BBC software to fully RISC OS compliant software.
Insight, I believe, scores on two counts. Firstly it means that whatever
myriad collection of interfaces and hardware a school or college
possesses, once students have become familiar with Insight, they can
begin to make use of it and, with practice, use it to its full
potential. Secondly, it is just that potential that makes Insight stand
out from other software of this type that I have used. It has been
designed with science teaching in mind and this shows in both the
features and the way they are implemented. I for one have enjoyed using
Insight to experiment and would recommend it fully.
7.2
Footnote
7.2
Version 1.31 had a Readme file that said Insight supported sleep mode
with SaC. This proved not to be true. However, the very helpful
technical staff at Educational Electronics contacted the author,
Lawrence Rogers, who kindly sent me a copy of version 1.38 which does
support sleep mode. Their help is much appreciated. A
7.2
StrongED
7.2
Dave Wilcox
7.2
StrongED has been around for some considerable time, originally in a
shareware form, and it has now matured into a commercial package. It is
written by Guttorm Vik from Norway and is marketed by Stallion Software
Ltd. The package is presented in the usual video type box, containing
one disc and a 48 page manual.
7.2
The manual
7.2
The manual has been prepared using Impression and printed out,
apparently, on a bubblejet printer. In my opinion, the manual for a
piece of software needs considerable thought and, I would suggest, as
much time and effort as the program itself. This is important as the
potential customer obtains his first impressions from this manual.
7.2
I hope that the copy supplied with the review software is a draft
version. If not, a little bit of attention needs to be paid in this
area. Throughout the booklet there are large gaps − it looks as if it
was intended to put screenshots into these spaces. This said, the actual
content of the manual takes you through each menu option in a clear
concise manner, followed by detailed listings of all shortcuts available
in various modes of use.
7.2
The disc
7.2
On the disc, you have !StrongED, the main application, and !StrongHlp,
an interactive help package still being developed but set up to work
with StrongED. Then there is a keystrip in Draw format and !System and
!Scrap directories. StrongED is currently on version 2.54, but should be
version 2.60 by the time you read this. The first thing to do is to make
yourself a backup or install onto hard disc. There is no copy
protection, so this can be done via the OS.
7.2
The program
7.2
StrongED is now fully desktop compatible. Double clicking on its icon
loads the program onto the iconbar as a clenched fist icon. From this
icon, you obtain various configuration choices, such as the choice of
flashing or steady cursors of ‘block’ or ‘caret’ type. You can also
configure throwback actions, for C program development. The Basic option
to strip line numbers is configurable. It is also possible to keep a
list of texts currently loaded in a separate window and then by clicking
on one entry in this list, it is easy to bring your choice to the front
for further work, removing the need to step through layers of windows.
From this menu you can also select the type of work window you require,
i.e. creation of the usual Text, Obey, Exec files through to language
files like Basic, C, Pascal, etc.
7.2
To use StrongED, simply click on its icon and this opens a text window
as in Edit. With StrongED, there is one noticeable difference Below the
horizontal scroll bar, you have an additional info bar. This contains
basic information showing cursor position from the top left corner or
offset position, insert or overwrite mode, tab setting, markers − if
used, mode, word or character wrap setting and the newline character.
These can be changed by clicking to toggle or using menu selections over
the appropriate item.
7.2
Block manipulation in StrongED works as you would expect, not as we have
become used to. Once a block is selected, it can be extended or reduced
by clicking with <adjust>. This block can then be copied, moved or
deleted as in a wordprocessor package, but can also have the case of the
characters changed to upper or lower case throughout the block, in one
action. Blocks may also be indented or un-indented (by using a negative
number) at will. There is a versatile and quick search and replace
facility which also allows searches for control characters now more
commonly called Magic Characters. It also allows you to move backwards
and forwards through the resulting finds by use of the arrow keys.
7.2
For programmers, there is a facility to list all procedures and
functions in a separate window. If you then wish to move within the
program to a specific function or procedure, simply click on its name in
the list window and the cursor will move to that area of your program.
Another nice feature of the search facility is the ability to list all
finds. This opens a window showing all lines with occurrences of the
search string. A quick word of caution though, if you do several
searches and list the occurrences, there is no indication as to which
window represents which search, perhaps in later editions this will be
corrected.
7.2
At the present time, the magic characters are the same as in Edit. So,
for example, if you wish to search for a Hex character, the search field
should read \xXX where XX is the Hex coding. This is not documented at
all. On several occasions, using the search and replace, I have had this
program crash with a machine reset being necessary following multiple
search and replace operations. However, the search and replace facility
is apparently one area to be enhanced in the next version. There is also
the facility to set different colours for foreground text, backgrounds,
control codes and so on. This helps when searching through for control
codes.
7.2
If you are frequently involved in converting the likes of PC text files
to the Archimedes, StrongED has a built in feature which enables you to
change from one end of line character to another or combination of the
same at the press of a button, without going through the laborious
search and replace method we are now so used to.
7.2
Nearly all menu options have a corresponding keyboard equivalent, and it
is also possible to record keypress sequences for repetitive operations
and play them back when needed.
7.2
Summary
7.2
I feel sure that this overview of the software does not do it full
justice, I have only really scratched the surface of the program’s
capabilities. As with all software, practice and use will show its full
capacity. On first impressions and use I can recommend this package to
anyone. However, I would stress to Stallion Software that the manual
needs some attention.
7.2
For those who prefer to use StrongED in place of Edit, simply include
the following two lines in your boot file and anytime you double-click a
text file, StrongED will load in preference:
7.2
Filer_Boot <Full path to !StrongED>
7.2
Filer_Boot <Full path to !StrongHlp>
7.2
Also, if you have used the task manager to save your !Boot file, delete
any Filer_Boot references made to !Edit. The line usually reads:
7.2
Filer_Boot Resources:$.Alps.!Edit
7.2
StrongED costs £30.55 inclusive from Stallion or £27 through Archive. A
7.2
SPEX
7.2
Bob & Lisa Ames
7.2
Spex from Explan (who hail from Tavistock, Devon) is a room-designing
program aimed at children from 5 to 18 or so. There are four stages in
the design:
7.2
1) Planning (choose the room and dimension it)
7.2
2) Wall fittings (place doors, windows, etc)
7.2
3) Choice and position of furniture
7.2
4) Final 3D view of results (including paper modelling)
7.2
The main program comes on a floppy disc, with resources, called items,
(doors, windows and furniture, etc) on another − and an extra disc of
example 2D and 3D views. There are also comprehensive worksheets for
activities away from the computer. These involve completing part-
drawings in perspective and plan and elevation, work on costings of
various room settings and so on. The review copy came with two similar
sets of worksheets, one aimed at secondary schools and one for primary
groups (key stages quoted as 1 & 2).
7.2
The sets of worksheets were provided as photocopy masters − permission
is given for the school to copy as required. These sheets are presented
in a loose form of perfect binding (lightly glued down the back) but
perhaps they should have been contained (unglued) in a ring folder
similar to ESM’s Time Traveller series which had one for each of the
program instructions and resource pack.
7.2
The program is very easy to use − the sections are presented on a 4-
square “menu picture”, each describing the function with the help of a
vignette − e.g. the furniture section depicts the view of a removal van
and furniture, complete with a “Mr Shifter”.
7.2
When a room is planned, yards, feet, inches, metres, centimetres or
millimetres may be used, the next section may be accessed. This is where
the fittings (the doors, windows, curtains and so on) are decided. This
is done on an elevation of the wall in use − any of the walls may be
equipped but the south and east walls are transparent on the 3D view.
The height of the room seems fixed.
7.2
At first, the restriction of designing just four domestic rooms
(bedroom, kitchen, lounge, bathroom with no study, dining or utility
room, etc) seemed a great pity but chats with the very helpful guys at
Explan tell me that there are three extra discs in preparation which
will each be “of modest cost”. These will include kitchen extensions −
i.e. all the missing views of the furniture, and some more items
besides. There is, by “popular request”, a disc coming which will
contain the classroom environment. There are also plans afoot to provide
partitions for various rooms, which will get round the problem of
regular 4-sided rooms. Most houses have at least one room which is not
rectangular, e.g. L-shaped or worse.
7.2
It seems that views were left out to enable a complete set of items for
the 4 rooms to be fitted on the one supplied disc without compression.
(It was a very good idea to omit compression − I hate it!) However, I
feel quite strongly that as the omissions are so random, there ought to
have been extra discs supplied with the package so that complete sets of
components for each room would have separate discs, e.g. one master
program and individual discs for kitchens, bedrooms, etc. That way, it
would be relatively easy to add extra environments in the future − there
would be spare space on each disc for common components and for extra
items when designed or purchased.
7.2
It appears that the forthcoming Explan program ‘Architect’ will allow
individual rooms to be created. I particularly like the idea as this
will allow me to design recording studios with the essential non-
parallel wall format. I would like to be able to design my own wall-
fittings and furniture as I require some very specialised fittings −
e.g. double doors for equipment access, loudspeakers, tape recorders,
etc. And, of course, I would like to change the height of the rooms. I
hope the two programs will be fully interlocking. It should be the first
use of the Archimedes to give a full walk-through design and display of
a building (at reasonable cost, at any rate).
7.2
Minor grumbles
7.2
Most of the items of furniture can be placed on any wall but there are a
number of items which will only face two ways, the most surprising being
the kitchen sink, bath, toilet and shower. (Strangely, while the person
and the fireguard can only face two ways, Teddy and the fire place face
all four ways!)
7.2
There are some perspective problems. A couple of the kitchen units and
the freezer look square when E or W facing, but appear oblong when
facing N or S. When deciding the kitchen furniture, the table should be
placed after the chairs, otherwise chairs appear on top of the table on
the plan views. However, warnings about this sort of thing are given in
the manual.
7.2
The “plugs” (electric power sockets) cannot be installed above the base
units in the kitchen, because their height is fixed − Lisa wanted to do
a replica of our kitchen and it has many power sockets. Neither could
she do an island or breakfast bar which came out properly on the 3D view
− probably because the perspective views are not complete. The drag and
drop positioning requires great accuracy. It is all too easy to place
one kitchen unit too close beside another, when the 3D view will show it
on top!
7.2
When printing out a plan on A4, a very odd scale was shown, quoted as 1/
29.66, and the length and depth were shown incorrectly. For a 16 × 13 ft
room, the dimensions printed were 4.876190476ft × 3.961904761ft, and the
area was 19.31900226 feet (also note the omission of “Square”). I
suppose these strange decimal places and scalings are the results of a
pre-production bug!
7.2
When working with a small scale window (e.g. 1:400 − for convenience
when filing operations were carried out), when the window closes down,
so does the tool (menu) bar along the bottom of the window. This means
that some ¾ of the options are not available until the scale was
increased, but the scale option is not visible! Fortunately, the
magnifying glass icon returns the display to 1:50. This fault really
should be addressed in future versions. I suggest following !Draw’s
example where the whole of the iconbar is available regardless of the
size of the window.
7.2
Lisa loved the program and its ability to show a 3D view of the room
that she had enthusiastically designed. Her first attempt was full of
doors and windows but no furniture − she was so eager to get to the 3D
part! Later on, the verdict was “fantastic” (a judgement rarely given)
but that must be tempered by her mother’s view that the section on “bill
of quantities” was poor. She couldn’t see what practical use this part
had. This is the section available after the 3D view which displays the
quantities of each item used, e.g. 1 door, 1 toilet, 1 bath, 1 basin and
so on. This information is displayed in a choice of bar chart or
pictogram format. In a real setting, for most rooms, quantities would be
1 or 2 of each − which makes for a very boring bar chart! The kitchen
is really the only room where substantial quantities are present and
which warrants pictograms and similar displays. These quantities would
be transferred to a worksheet and activities away from the computer
would then involve pricing and similar work.
7.2
Printing
7.2
I’m glad to say that facilities are available to print out via your
choice of printer driver. The walls may be printed out complete with
side “tabs” for gluing together to form a model of the room. The plan
view may also be printed and used as a base for the model. The pages are
best stuck onto stiff card first. The 3D view may also be printed, as
may the pictogram of quantities.
7.2
Conclusion
7.2
The program is surprisingly easy to use, the principle being the usual
drag and drop. There a few restrictions as to the number and positioning
of the objects and these are being addressed. The real benefit is in the
set of work sheets which allow the work to continue away from the
computer. The perspective drawing task is something I have not seen
before. The costings tasks are real attempts to appeal to other
disciplines, e.g. maths and art, and it also tries to get children
thinking about the design of their home environment with critical eyes.
7.2
I think that when the extra items are available (hopefully included in
the cost) “Spex” will become a really useful introduction to planning
and perspectives, using maths and drawing skills along the way. I look
forward to Explan’s “Architect” which is due “late summer” it seems. The
cost of “Spex” is a bit on the high side − but a site licence is
included − £59 for primary sites, and £99 for secondary sites. I am
aware of no other difference between the programs.
7.2
P.S. If you leave the Program Info window on screen for long enough, you
are treated to a scrolled message, credited as John 10: 24-28 − a nice
touch! A
7.2
The Taxan 787 SVGA Monitor
7.2
Stuart Bell
7.2
The first part of my account of the personal quest for a very economical
upgrade path for my standard resolution monitor on my A310 was published
in Archive 6.11 p58. I had purchased the Watford Electronics SVGA VIDC
enhancer, agreed with a previous writer about the high quality of the
software, but noted that installation on old A300 and A400 series
machines required the fitting of two headers to the main circuit board
of the computer. I looked forward to obtaining an SVGA 800×600 monitor.
The saga continues...
7.2
Technical support?
7.2
But first, the headers. Deciding to fit them myself, I rang Watford for
details of the ‘two tracks’ which the manual says have to be cut on the
circuit board. “There’s only one, actually” came the reply. “Which one?”
I asked. “I don’t remember exactly, but it’s between two pins of one of
the headers, and quite obvious,” was the answer. Thank you!
7.2
First, the board must be completely removed from the case. It’s a job
that requires care more than technical ability. But if you are doubtful
about your own competence, don’t risk it; take it to an Acorn Service
Centre. If you DIY, don’t forget that you’ll lose all data stored in the
battery-backed CMOS RAM, and that means all your configuration options
That includes things such as how you make the system boot from your SCSI
disc, and especially if you can’t locate the SCSI manual, it can take an
awfully long time to re-configure your machine. If you think I’m
labouring this point, then don’t ask why! Make sure you know now what
you’ll need to do later.
7.2
As the Watford man said, the track between two pins of Link 11 is fairly
obvious, and can be cut with great care. A three-pin header (strips of
headers are available from Maplin Electronics, part no. JR74R) must be
inserted. The ‘book’ way is to extract the solder from the holes and
then solder the header in place. Manual solder-suckers are rather
violent and problems arise if you apply a little too much heat and the
sucker removes part of the plated-through hole as well as the solder. I
heated each hole gently in quick succession, pushing the header gently
at the same time, so that it inched its way into position gradually.
Link 12 is a three-pad link in which a two-pin header is to be
installed, to which one pin is connected to the VIDC enhancer. But which
pin? Since the signal is ‘VSYNC out’, and the centre pad goes straight
to the previously un-connected pin 5 (VSYNC) of the 9-pin video socket,
that’s the one to receive a single pin header.
7.2
Re-build your machine, re-set the configuration(!), install the VIDC
enhancer and all should be well. All that remains is to buy (£12 from
Archive) the 15 to 9 pin adaptor to use a VGA monitor on an older Acorn
machine.
7.2
The Taxan 787 SVGA Monitor
7.2
My criteria for selection of a monitor were; SVGA (800×600) capability,
0.28mm dot pitch; recognised manufacturer (who might be around in seven
years’ time for repairs or spares) and low cost.
7.2
September’s Computer Shopper showed three suppliers listing the Taxan
787 (not the LR version) at about £209 + VAT. Ringing one – Powermark
PLC – on a Saturday morning revealed that their normal price had already
gone up to £249 (and this was still in August!), but that their price on
Saturdays was £209. Hmm! I accepted the price and placed an order,
whatever marketing gymnastics produced it.
7.2
The Taxan 787 is the lower-cost ‘brother’ of the 789LR available from
Archive. Whilst the later offers non-interlaced displays of up to
1024×768 (with a separate display card), the 787 only goes non-
interlaced to 800×600 – hence the SVGA designation – and displays
1024×768 in interlaced mode. In this mode, the flicker caused by each
line on the screen only being refreshed every other cycle of the display
makes long-term use rather unpleasant.
7.2
Physically, the 787 looks much like the 789LR, and comes with a tilt and
swivel stand. The screen is described as “14“ 0.28mm non-glare, dark
tint”, and measures some 248mm across. Below the screen are controls for
power, contrast, brightness, horizontal and vertical position, and
vertical size. A note in the manual warns that this last control is only
operative in SVGA and IBM 8514/A (1024× 768) modes and that in standard
VGA modes the vertical size cannot be adjusted manually.
7.2
The SVGA enhancer and Taxan 787 in use
7.2
The first thing to say is that, following the enhancer manual, the
monitor worked at first attempt in VGA and SVGA modes. A major benefit
claimed for the SVGA VIDC enhancer is that it will display ‘non-VGA
modes’ on (S)VGA monitors. As Appendix D of the RISC OS 3 User Guide
points out, Acorn machines display standard resolution modes on VGA
monitors in ‘letterbox mode’ with, typically, the 256 ‘vertical’ pixels
being displayed centred in the 352 raster line display. The Watford SVGA
enhancer does the same, and modes 0 to 15 are shown in the centre 60% of
the screen. Such modes are ‘useable’, rather than practically useful.
7.2
As supplied, the standard 640×512 multisync modes 18, 19 and 20 are
displayed centred in an 800×600 SVGA screen, with massive borders all
round. However, it was found that the Taxan 787 would happily display
them in the 640×480 VGA mode, thus using the whole screen. Also, the 256
colour mode 21 could be defined and displayed in a similar manner.
However, the main point of the SVGA enhancer is to use the SVGA modes
29-31 and the stretched VGA modes 78 (960×384) or 82 (896×352 –
equivalent to the multisync mode 39).
7.2
The list of modes for SVGA monitors supported by the enhancer software
runs to 36 entries but the most useful 16 and 256 colour ones are as
follows.
7.2
Most useful 16 and 256 colour modes for SVGA monitors, as amended for
the Taxan 787.
7.2
In comparison with the displays provided by enhancers on multisync
monitors, notably lacking with SVGA screens, are the 16-colour modes 75
(1056×416) and 102 (1152×448). This latter one soon became the
definitive enhancer-produced mode and it is interesting to read in old
issues of Archive correspondents (and the Editor!) being as rapturous
about that display as they are now about the 1600×600 offered by the new
video cards.
7.2
Remember that when displaying high-resolution 256-colour modes, the VIDC
takes the majority of bandwidth of the memory, with a consequent severe
degradation of performance that is quite obvious in use, even on ARM3-
powered machines. With the price of ARM3s now at an all-time low, I
would recommend that ARM2 users upgrade that first, before seeking to
improve their monitor. The ARM250s in A30x0s and A4000s are roughly half
as fast as ARM3s, but their memory runs 50% faster than on older ARM2
machines and so bandwidth shouldn’t be quite as much of a problem.
7.2
I expected that software that assumes certain standard modes and/or
attempts to drive the VIDC directly would not work. Happily, both E-type
and Pacmania worked perfectly, in a ‘letter-box’ mode, which is quite
acceptable for such games.
7.2
However, Minerva’s SigmaSheet is a problem, in that it requires modes 12
and 16, the first of which is a ‘letterbox’ mode and the second a 132-
column mode which cannot be displayed on an SVGA screen. It won’t even
start up, because mode 16 is unavailable. Since SigmaSheet was
originally written for Arthur, and will run under RISC OS 3 with the
right monitors, I can’t complain but I think that a move to Eureka is
called for!
7.2
HCCS’s !Vision application (the earliest standard resolution, monochrome
version) – which always requires one of modes 12, 15, 20 or 21 for
screen-grabbing – worked perfectly in mode 20.
7.2
Conclusions
7.2
The impression one gets from adverts for SVGA monitors is that it’s a
case of 640×480 or 800×600, and no other option. However, even the basic
VGA standard is more varied than that, and the programability of Acorn’s
VIDC coupled with Watford’s software give a surprising degree of
flexibility. Whilst they are not ‘multisync’ in the sense that they will
synchronise with almost any display mode, neither are they ‘single-sync’
single mode displays.
7.2
The final result is a decent 640×512, 256-colour, or 800×600 or 960×384,
16-colour display for about £310 including the enhancer, 15-9 pin
adapter, and VAT. It is clearly better than the current pair of Acorn-
badged colour monitors. However, please remember that this combination
won’t match the flexibility, resolution and quality of, for example, the
ColourCard + Taxan 789LR combination (Archive, 6.10 p6) at about £720.
Also, its inability to support certain modes can be a problem. If you
can afford the extra cost of the better display, it may well be worth
it.
7.2
The best way to achieve an improvement in screen display varies from
machine to machine. Please don’t assume that this article proves
anything other than that the A310 (and, one presumes, A4x0 and A3000
machines), the Watford SVGA enhancer and the Taxan 787 monitor will work
happily together! On its own, the 787 may well be cost-effective for the
most recent machines. Matching monitor to enhancer is made more
difficult if that monitor is not commonly used on Acorn machines, and
most cheap ‘box-shifters’ will be no use at all in advising you about a
suitable display for an Acorn computer. I would recommend that for A300,
A400 and A3000 series machines you get an enhancer before buying your
monitor. Watford produce both a multisync and an SVGA enhancer and NCS
sell the ex-Atomwide multisync model. I know which supplier will give
the best technical support! For A30x0’s, A4000’s and A5000’s, buy the
ex-Atomwide ‘supermodes’ software first (Careware disc 18). That way,
you’ll know what displays they claim to support, and you shouldn’t end
up with an unuseable monitor.
7.2
I hope that my account demonstrates that you can get a much improved
display on your Archimedes without spending a lot of money. If you are
interested in exploring the world of VIDC enhancers further, the
following Archive articles and notes are worth reading: 3.8 p4; 3.10
p21; 3.11 p10; 4.3 p8; 4.4 p23; 6.3 p68; 6.11 p58. A
7.2
Fact-File
7.2
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.2
4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.2
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.2
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.2
Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
342510)
7.2
Angelsoft Educational 35 Heol
Nant, Swiss Valley, Llanelli, Dyfed, SA14 8EN. (0554-776845)
7.2
Anglia Television Education
Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1 3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.2
APA Multimedia Unit 8, Henley Business Park, Trident Close, Medway
City Estate, Strood, Rochester, Kent, ME2 4ER. (0634-295222) (0634-
710193)
7.2
Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
7.2
Clares Micro Supplies 98
Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA. (0606-48511)
(0606-48512)
7.2
Colton Software (p16) 2 Signet
Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881) (0223-312010)
7.2
Computer Concepts (pp8/22) Gaddesden
Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.2
Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
(0483-503121) (0483-503326)
7.2
Davyn Software The Workshop, off Princess Street, Sandal, Wakefield,
WF1 5NY. (0924-254800)
7.2
DEC_dATA 60 Danes Road, Exeter EX4 4LS. (0392-221702)
7.2
Desktop Projects Ltd Unit 2A,
Heapriding Business Park, Ford Street, Stockport, SK3 0BT. (061-474-
0778) (061-474-0781)
7.2
Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
210600) (0705-210705)
7.2
EMR Ltd 14 Mount Close, Wickford, Essex, SS11 8HG. (0702-335747)
7.2
ExpLAN 34 Drake Gardens, Tavistock, Devon, PL19 9AT. (0822-613868)
7.2
GamesWare Unit 26, The Bartletts, Hamble, Hants., SO35 5RP.
(0703−456523) (0703−456523)
7.2
HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760) (091-
491-0431)
7.2
Honeypot Exeter Road, Wheatley, Doncaster, DN2 4PY. (0302-340331)
(0302-328735)
7.2
Honormead Software Solutions The Grange,
Hospital Lane, Mickleover, Derby, DE3 5DR. (0332-512848) (0332-512867)
7.2
IL-Soft 16 Langdale Gate, Witney, Oxon, OX8 6EY. (0993-779274) (0993-
702048)
7.2
Irlam Instruments 133 London
Road, Staines, Middlesex TW18 4HN. (0895-811401)
7.2
Lambda Publications (p15) 194 Cheney
Manor Road, Swindon SN2 2NZ. (0793-695296)
7.2
Longman-Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4
4ZS. (0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.2
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.2
Micro Studio Ltd 22 Churchgate Street, Soham, Ely, Cambridgeshire.
(0353-720433)
7.2
Minerva Systems Minerva House, Baring Crescent, Exeter, EX1 1TL.
(0392-437756) (0392-421762)
7.2
Morley Electronics Morley
House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355)
(091-257-6373)
7.2
Mystery Software 421 Sprowston Road, Norwich, NR3 4EH. (0603-400477)
(0603-417447)
7.2
Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
627-4469)
7.2
Oak Solutions (p7) Broadway
House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
211760) (0954-211767)
7.2
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
7.2
PGL Adventure Alton Court, Penyard Lane, Ross-on-Wye, HR9 5NR.
(0989-764211) (0989-765451)
7.2
PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
(0329-281930)
7.2
Really Good Software Company P.O.Box 60,
Ashton-under-Lyme, OL5 9WW.
7.2
Really Small Software Company Olivers
Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467 - eves & w/e)
7.2
Rebecca Shalfield 51
Swallowfield Road, Charlton, London, SE7 7NT.
7.2
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield
Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
7.2
Sherston Software Swan Barton,
Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433) (0666-840048)
7.2
Sigma Press 1 South Oak Lane, Wilmslow, Cheshire, SK9 6AR. (0625-
531035)
7.2
SJ Research J1 The Paddocks, 347 Cherry Hinton Road, Cambridge, CB1
4DH. (0223-416715) (Tech Help 0223-414532) (0223-416440)
7.2
Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
7.2
Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
(0305-860483)
7.2
Stallion Software Ltd Arundel
House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
7.2
Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
546376)
7.2
The Serial Port Burcott Manor, Wells, Somerset, BA5 1NH. (0749-670058)
7.2
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.2
UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
474681)
7.2
Wild Vision 15 Witney Way, Boldon Colliery, Tyne & Wear NE35 9PE.
(091-519-1455) (091-519-1929)
7.2
Wyddfa Software 3 Preswylfa, Llanberis, Gwynedd, LL55 4LF. (0286-
870101) (0286-871722)
7.2
Acorn World 93 − The aftermath...
7.3
So Acorn World 93 has come and gone. Did it live up to expectations?
Well, it certainly did as far as Norwich Computer Services is concerned.
We were well and truly ‘re-launched’ with the new-look magazine and our
somewhat more professional-looking stand. We were pleased to receive
such positive feedback from the many Archive subscribers who visited the
stand. I’m glad you liked it.
7.3
It was great to have several of our regular contributors there at the
show so that people could chat to them. Many thanks to all those who
gave their time to be available.
7.3
There was a lot of interest in the 105Mb removable drives. They really
have to be seen to be believed and, having seen them, many people bought
them. We also now have software available so that the IDE versions work
properly − many thanks to Atomwide for that!
7.3
The best thing about Acorn World 93 as far as Archive is concerned is
that in three days, we increased our subscribers list by almost 9% ! In
fact, in the last month, our subscription base has increased by 17% − so
a big welcome to all the hundreds of new (and renewed!) subscribers. I
hope the new-look Archive will serve you well. Let us know if there is
any way you can think of to make it even better.
7.3
...and the ARM700 Machine?
7.3
All we saw of the new machine was a tantalising screen display showing
what the new 16-bit desktop and 24-bit graphics capability could be
like. It didn’t even say that it was an ARM700/VIDC20 running the
display but I don’t see that anything else could have produced such
stunning graphics at such speed.
7.3
When will it be launched? Well, it would be nice to think that it would
appear at BETT ’94 in January but my guess is that we may have to be
even more patient than that.
7.3
Happy reading!
7.3
Products Available
7.3
• 105Mb SyQuest drives − Because of larger than expected price drops,
A5000 owners can now have a 105Mb removable drive for under £400!
SyQuest have just cut the prices of their 105Mb mechanisms with the
result that we can take £60 off the prices of all our 105Mb drives. The
SCSI external drives are now £510, the SCSI internal drives are £430 and
the IDE version is now £395. These prices include one cartridge plus
cables but the SCSI prices do not include a SCSI interface. (If you
don’t already have a SCSI interface, we recommend the Morley uncached
interface at £160 through Archive.)
7.3
(I do apologise to those of you who have recently bought these drives
but I did deliberately set the profit margins as low as I dared in
anticipation that the prices might drop − but I could not have foreseen
such a large price drop and, in any case, I couldn’t have set a negative
profit margin! Ed.)
7.3
• A5000 4−8Mb Upgrades − You can now upgrade the new 33MHz A5000
computers (ALB32 and ALB35) from 4 to 8Mb. The Archive price is £470.
They are self-fit upgrades provided you have a little bit of technical
know-how − no soldering is involved, just chip extraction and insertion.
7.3
The 4−8Mb upgrade is also available for the old 24MHz A5000s (ALB22 and
ALB25) but the computer needs to come back to us for the upgrade to be
done. This is because the MEMC chip has to be removed and a socket
fitting in its place before the upgrade can be inserted. The price,
including two-way carriage is £545.
7.3
• Academy Television CD-ROMs − A new series of educational CD-ROMs has
been released, including Science Series I: The Elements (£130),
Directions 2000: French/¡En Marcha! Spanish (£140 each, including a
microphone recording system), and the Environment Series I: Water
(£130). You need to add £5 p&p to these prices, plus VAT.
7.3
• Acorn AKF50 − The latest Acorn monitor handles all screen modes up to
SVGA. It has a 0.28mm dot pitch tube and is built in the UK by
Microvitec PLC. When purchased separately, the price is £374, and if
purchased with a computer (in place of an AKF18) a surcharge of £75 is
made. (More details are given at the end of Stuart Bell’s article about
monitors on pages 9−12.)
7.3
• Acorn’s Education Cash-back offer − Until 24th December, Acorn are
making a £100 cash-back offer on sales of the new 33MHz A5000 computers
to educational establishments. Schools and colleges can buy any number
of A5000s and, after the purchase is complete, Acorn will send schools a
cheque for £100 for each A5000 computer purchased.
7.3
• Anglia Television CD-ROMs − Five more educational CD-ROMs are
currently available from Anglia TV. ‘Understanding the Body’ and
‘Castles’ (£40 each) are self-contained library discs including stills,
video sequences, vector graphics animations and text written for the 11-
14 age group. ‘Countries of the World’ and ‘Counties of Britain’ (£40
each) are for use with Anglia’s Key system − Key Plus, Key Note or Key
Calc can be used. Finally, ‘19th Century Biographies’ (£25) is the first
Key Plus datafile to be released on CD and features over 250
biographies. Discounts are offered for multiple purchases, and site
licences are available.
7.3
• ARM3 special price − We have got hold of some ARM3s without fpa socket
and are selling them off (“while stocks last”, as they say) at £145
instead of £185 inclusive. Ring the Norwich Computer Services office if
you are interested − please don’t just send in a cheque as there are
only a few available − ring first and we will put one aside if they are
still available.
7.3
• Armlock is a RISC OS software-only utility that prevents unauthorised
access to CMOS RAM or designated files/directories on the hard disc. The
CMOS settings are protected by password so that only the system manager
can make amendments.
7.3
The hard disc is also password protected although, unlike other security
systems, the hard disc does not have to be partitioned into read-only
and writeable areas. File attributes are utilised to grant or revoke
access to files or directories for public users. ‘Execute-only’ allows
users to run applications but not to copy them, thus effectively
preventing software theft.
7.3
Armlock also provides a facility to back-up the protected areas in a
compressed form to a series of floppy discs, (or other transfer medium),
thus allowing identical Armlock hard disc configurations to be created
on further machines.
7.3
Armlock costs £35 +VAT single user or £135 +VAT for a ten-user licence
pack from Digital Services or £38 and £145 respectively through Archive.
7.3
• AudioWorks − One of the Computer Concepts’ products released at Acorn
World 93 was AudioWorks. It can handle a variety of sound files
(MicroSoft WAVe, Armadeus, DataVox, SoundTracker and RawData formats)
for playback from the standard Archimedes speaker, or advanced audio
boards like CC’s own Lark, which can also record samples.
7.3
8 bit, 12 bit, 16 bit, linear signed, linear unsigned, VIDC logarithmic,
m-law logarithmic, mono and stereo samples are all supported. There are
several display modes for the waveform display and the sound output can
be shown using the real-time spectrum analyser and oscilloscope
displays. An additional utility for playing back from hard disc in the
background with various effects is also provided. The price is £49 +VAT
from CC or £53 through Archive.
7.3
• BJC-600 − The Canon BJC-600 is the A4 version of the popular BJC-800
colour printer. Four colour CMYK inks are used for the best full
spectrum of colours, including real black, in resolutions up to 360 dpi.
“The high quality colour results that you can get on plain paper mean
lower running costs than other colour inkjet printers.” The price £529 +
£10 carriage +VAT from CC or £633 through Archive. (If you get your
calculator out, you will find that there is no discount on the CC price.
This is because CC only give a very small dealer discount so we cannot
offer any discount to subscribers. Sorry.)
7.3
Anyone who saw the output of these new printers at Acorn World 93 will
confirm that they are very impressive, especially when you consider the
pricing compared with other colour printers.
7.3
• BJC-600 Turbo Drivers − The Computer Concepts range of Turbo Drivers
now includes one for the BJC-600 (currently the only printer driver
available for it!). It is designed to take advantage of the 24-bit
printing which more and more packages are now supporting. The software
requires RISC OS 3.1 or later, and a minimum 4Mb RAM is recommended. The
price is £49 +VAT from CC or £53 through Archive.
7.3
• Buzz is a new games label − actually, it is the budget arm of
Krisalis. They have just re-released some older titles at £9.99
inclusive each. Titles are Swiv, Revelation, Jahangir Khan Squash, Mad
Professor Mariarti and Manchester United.
7.3
• CD-ROM 6 Pack − A late release at the show, this CD-ROM drive (a
pioneer DRM-604X) marketed by Computer Concepts, uses Pioneer’s
‘Quadraspin’ Technology to rotate the disc at four times normal speed,
giving a sustained 614 Kb/second transfer rate. It also has a six-disc
magazine and autochanger allowing it to do the job of six separate
drives. The package includes the drive and controller software. It will
work on any Archimedes with an Acorn-compatible SCSI interface, although
it is aimed at networked schools and high-end professional users. CD-ROM
6 costs £999 +VAT +carriage from CC or £1150 inclusive through Archive.
7.3
• ColourCard Gold is based on the original Wild Vision/Computer Concepts
ColourCard. It keeps the large screen resolutions and fast redraw
speeds, but now also allows the 32,000 colour screen modes to be used on
the desktop (the 24 bit modes are not (yet?) desktop compatible) at
resolutions of up to 800×300 or 576×400. RISC OS 3.1 is needed and users
of older machines (A300/400) should ensure that their machine has a
genlock header fitted. An A3000 version is available, but requires a
special fitting kit so it is important to specify, when you order, which
machine you are using. The new Colourcard Gold costs £249 (+£6 carriage)
+ VAT from Wild Vision or Computer Concepts or £280 inclusive through
Archive.
7.3
• Creator II − The new version of Alpine Software’s arcade game designer
has been released, with many changes, resulting from users’ feedback. A
tiled mode of operation is now available to create large background
sprites. Square tiles can be used to build up the background. Further
additions make it easier to use and improve the final result. The price
is £49 +£1.50 p&p direct from Alpine Software or £55 through Archive.
Upgrades from any previous version of Creator (1.xx) can be obtained for
£20 +VAT − return both your old Creator discs to Alpine Software.
7.3
• Crystal Maze − Based on the Chatsworth Television program for Channel
4, this game features a mix of puzzles and action and has been released
exclusively to the Acorn Market. It costs £39.95 inclusive from Sherston
Software or £37 through Archive. (See the review on page 47.)
7.3
• Dinosaur Discovery − This is actually a new version of a game
originally written for the BBC Micro in 1985 by Jacaranda. This new
version is by 4Mation and makes use of the improved graphics facilities
of the Archimedes. The purpose is to follow the notes given in the diary
of a professor to find, and then incubate, a brontosaurus egg. Various
tasks must be completed and problems solved. The single user version is
£27.50 +VAT (£30 through Archive) and the site licence is £64.64 +VAT
(£70 through Archive). Schools may take advantage of a 28 day trial
period before buying the software from 4Mation. Individuals may obtain a
demo version by sending a blank disc directly to 4Mation.
7.3
• Ergo-Keyboards − Released by Castle Technology, these keyboards are
compatible with the Acorn keyboard, including the mouse socket and the
reset button. They have industry standard 102 key PC layout and hardware
keyboard mouse emulation. The price is £99 +carriage+VAT direct from
Castle Technology.
7.3
• Eizo F560iW is a 17“ flat-screen monitor (not Trinitron) with a higher
specification than the F550iW. It is quoted as 1280×1024 and has a dot
pitch of 0.26mm. (The F550iW is 1024×768 and 0.28mm.) Unless you intend
to get a colourcard, it would probably not be worthwhile getting a 560
instead of a 550 as the extra resolution would hardly be noticeable. (I
haven’t seen them side-by-side so this is based on supposition.) If you
compare the F560iW with the T560iT (Trinitron) then you get a monitor of
comparable resolution for £270 less (£1590 cf £1320) but you don’t get
the better brightness and increased colour saturation of the T560iT.
7.3
• Eizo F780iW is a 21“ flat-screen monitor (not Trinitron) with a
somewhat higher specification than the F760iW. It is quoted as 1664×1200
and has a dot pitch of 0.26mm. (The F760iW is 1280 ×1024 and 0.31mm.) If
you want the ultimate in monitors for use with a colourcard (or the
ARM700 machine!) then this is it. The Archive price is £3,300 including
VAT and carriage − rather more than the F760iW at £1,990 − but it would
certainly be a “future-proof” purchase!
7.3
• FireWorkz − The integrated spreadsheet, graphing and wordprocessing
package from Colton Software is now available. Effectively, this is a
merging of Resultz and Wordz and the integrated nature has the advantage
that, instead of creating a separate table and including it into the
wordprocessor, the wordprocessor can have ‘live’ data. The wordprocessor
features a style editor, button bar for frequently used functions,
spelling checker (55,000 word) and WYSIWYG display. The spreadsheet can
have background or manual recalculation, includes a custom function
macro language and access to a full range of charts. Import and export
functions include Wordz, Resultz, PipeDream, ASCII text, CSV, Lotus 1-2-
3 and RTF text. The price is £169 +VAT (£185 through Archive) but there
is a special launch price (valid to the end of 1993) of £149 +VAT (£165
through Archive). Upgrades from Wordz and Resultz are available from
Colton.
7.3
• Flossy the Frog is an interactive adventure for under eights, released
at Acorn World 93 by 4Mation. Features include point and click movement
and investigation. Animations are also included and more than one can
occur at a time. It is designed to provide reading opportunities,
although it is not necessary to be able to read to use the software, and
it also teaches simple problem solving. The price is £24.50 +VAT from
4Mation or £27 through Archive. Schools can take advantage of the ‘try
before you buy scheme’ from 4Mation.
7.3
• Haunted House is a desktop adventure game using a similar interface to
‘The Wimp Game’. This new offering from 4th Dimension sets you
collecting all the antiques from an old house, at the owner’s
instruction, although he declines to come with you. At least 2Mb of RAM
is required and there are enhancements for ARM3 machines. Animations
enhance the game, in which 99.5% of the graphics are scanned. The price
is £25.95 or £24 through Archive.
7.3
• Home Computer Minefield − After a legal challenge by Commodore UK,
Acorn Computers have withdrawn their “Home Computer Minefield” video.
They will be moving on to the next stage of their free video campaign
which involves a detailed guide for parents on the educational use of
computers.
7.3
• Inkmun refills − System Insight have released a range of specialist
refill kits for some of the latest inkjet printers, including the CLC10,
BJC800, Epson Stylus 800 and Deskjet 1200. Refills are specifically
designed for each of the printers, the ink being matched to that of the
original cartridge manufacturer, and contained in a concertina-style
bottle eliminating syringes and sharp needles. As well as the ‘green’
aspect, refilling is ‘at least 50%’ cheaper. Prices start at £14.98
including VAT and first class postage for two complete refills. As a
special offer to Archive readers, System Insight are offering a 10%
discount on any Inkmun Refill Kit on all postal and telephone orders (a
maximum of five kits per customer) if you quote reference “Archive
Magazine RB20” when ordering.
7.3
• Jumble Fun − This is a game for pre-school and special needs from
Honormead Software Solutions costing £15.95 +VAT (including site
licence). It can be used in conjunction with switches or touch window.
Level one is a jigsaw and level two a picture jumble. Additional discs
with further topical jigsaws are available, or pictures can be imported
from Scribble, 1st Paint or scanned/digitised images.
7.3
• Medieval and Gothic Fonts − This font pack (reviewed in Archive 6.12
p77) from the Datafile has now been updated to include full character
sets, and the quality of drawing has also been improved. The pack
therefore now consists of four discs rather than three. The price
remains the same and existing users can upgrade by sending £2 to cover
costs. You do not need to return any discs.
7.3
• Midi add-on to Acorn I/O podule − This module is no longer available.
There are plenty of other Midi interfaces available but users of the I/O
podule will no longer be able to save a podule slot in this way.
7.3
• Navigator − Topologika have produced a content-free software pack to
develop navigation and mapping skills. Maps can be displayed on screen
and students can navigate around them in various different ways: compass
directions, compass bearings, O.S. references, latitude and longitude,
‘turtling’ based on turns and moves and vectors (moves relative to your
current position). The pack comes with six ready-to-use activities on
disc, manual and teachers’ notes for £45 +£2.50 p&p +VAT or £52 through
Archive. (N.C. key stages 2 to 4, Geography, Maths and History.)
7.3
• Noddy’s Playtime is produced by The Jumping Bean Company. The
materials relate to the National Curriculum in Key Stage 1. English,
Maths and Science are covered with eight special learning programs,
Railway Station (memory game), N & B Works (observational activity),
Chimney House (musical fun), Noah’s Ark (jigsaw puzzle), Farm Yard
(animal matching), Market Place (letter recognition), Post Office
(counting) and Police Station (maze game) which are linked together by a
driving program. Also included is a full art package whose features
include picture colouring, electronic ‘fuzzy felts’, freehand drawing
with pens, spraycans and fill patterns. The software is RISC OS 3
compatible but 2Mb of memory is required. The site licence cost is £49
and the single user version is £25.99.
7.3
• Opening Doors on IT Capability − This sounds like the title of a book
but actually it is a series of “computer-based learning resources” from
the Calderdale Curriculum Support Team. The packages are integrated
collections of text and graphics file, tutor notes and student
activities. Packs available so far include Using Objects 1 (KS2/3
History, Technology − £20), Using Pictures 1 (KS2/3 History − £15),
Limestone Scenery (KS3/4 Geography − £40), Impressionism (KS2/3 Art −
£40). The prices include VAT − more details from Tim Scratcherd at
Calderdale Curriculum Support Team.
7.3
• RISC OS 3 Laser Direct Drivers − The long awaited Laser Direct Drivers
are now available from Computer Concepts, giving full compatibility with
the RISC OS 3 !Printers application. Free upgrades are available to
existing LD owners.
7.3
• Scribble is an easy-to-use art package aimed at pre-school and special
needs. The program can be tailored to meet the individual needs of the
user. The touch window screen is also supported. Topical support packs
are also available including ‘The Farm’, ‘Space’, ‘Dinosaurs’,
‘Christmas’, and ‘Miscellaneous’. Pictures can be imported and exported
into other applications. The cost is £29.95 +VAT from Honormead Software
Solutions and includes a site licence.
7.3
• Squirrel 2 − Digital Services have announced a major upgrade to their
popular Squirrel database. Squirrel 2 has 38 separate enhancements over
the previous release versions including data compression, the ability to
store sprites, drawfiles and text on the backdrop, spreadsheet format
editing, subset updating and many others. A new graphing module is also
included. The new price is £139 +VAT or £150 through Archive.
7.3
Existing users can upgrade to version 2 for £25 +VAT or £35 +VAT
including a revised manual. Upgrades are only available from Digital
Services.
7.3
• TCP/IP release 2 − There is now a new version of TCP/IP which has been
produced to take account of the various new network interface cards
available. The new price is £399 +VAT or £420 through Archive. This
price includes a site licence.
7.3
Users of version 1 may upgrade to version 2 by sending a cheque for
£59.95 (inc VAT) to Acorn Direct − or ring 0933−279300 for more details.
7.3
• WordWorks − This package from Computer Concepts is supplied with the
new Impression packages (neither of which is yet available). However, it
is a separate application and has been released on its own to assist
users of all word processors (although it is more integrated with
Impression). It combines the functions of a desktop Thesaurus and a
complete English dictionary with explanations. It is also possible to
use it as an inverted dictionary − for example, you could find all words
whose explanation includes the word ‘useful’. Once a word has been
chosen, it can be transferred to your wordprocessor to save you typing
it again. WordWorks uses licensed thesaurus and dictionary data from
Collins, so you can be sure that the information is up-to-date, accurate
and of the highest quality. The price is £39 +VAT from CC or £43
through Archive.
7.3
Review software received...
7.3
We have received review copies of the following: •Archimedes Game
Maker’s Manual (bk), •ArcSimp V3 (electronics) (e), •ArcVenture III
− The Vikings (e), •ASM_Help (u), •Cars − Maths in Motion (e),
•Creator II (lgu), •E-Numix (e), •Gestalt 2 − Money & Shopping (e),
•Gestalt 2 − Time & Fractions (e), •Keyboard Trainer (em),
•Letters (e), •Lingomaster (e), •Mini Expansion Adaptor (h),
•Navigator (e), •Notes (u), •Observess Expert System Shell, •Opening
Doors on IT Capability − four packs, see above (e), •Sea, Trade &
Empire (e), •Soapbox (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e), •Switch (g),
•Tiles (e), •Twilight (u).
7.3
e=Education, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.3
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.3
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.3
Have you ever been really depressed? I don’t just mean feeling really
fed up − I mean that horrible rising tide of fear that wells up inside
you and makes you go hot and cold. You want to escape but there is
nowhere to run. Some of you won’t know what I am talking about − and I’m
glad for your sake that you don’t − but some of you will know exactly
how it feels. A few days ago, I slipped into just such a depression and
it was terrifying. I’m only just coming out of it.
7.3
Given the sorts of things I normally say in these comments, I guess that
some of you will be expecting me to come up with some simple solution:
“God will heal you if you believe in Jesus” or some such.
7.3
I only wish it were that simple! All I will say is that I don’t think I
would have survived that depression if it hadn’t been for the inner
strength that I receive through my faith in Jesus. Oh, yes, I can hear
my critics saying, “There you are, you see! Christianity is just a
crutch for those too weak to stand on their own two feet. They believe
in the unbelievable just to make themselves feel better.”
7.3
Sorry but that’s just not true. I believe in Jesus because when I didn’t
feel any sense of need, I studied what Jesus said and decided it made
sense. Although it couldn’t be proved, I believed it to be
intellectually self-consistent. I therefore decided to take Jesus at his
word and accept all that he was offering.
7.3
So, if you are feeling strong and that you have no need of a crutch, NOW
is the time to examine Jesus’ claims. At least you will know that you
haven’t been swayed into believing in Jesus just because you feel in
need of support or strength.
7.3
Paul Beverley
7.3
P.B.
7.3
Fact-File
7.3
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.3
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.3
4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA.
7.3
(0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.3
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.3
Academy Television 104
Kirkstall Road, Leeds, LS3 1JS. (0532-461528) (0532-429522)
7.3
Acorn Direct 13 Dennington Road, Wellingborough, Northants, NN8 2RL.
7.3
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.3
Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
342510)
7.3
Amsat-UK 94 Herongate Road, Wanstead Park, London E12 5EQ. (081-989-
6741)
7.3
Anglia Television Education
Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1 3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.3
Calderdale CST Heath Training & Development Centre, Free School Lane,
Halifax, HX1 2PT. (0422-357832) (0422-348783)
7.3
Cambridge International Software 8
Herbrand Street, Russell Square, London, WC1N 1HZ. (071-278-5136) (071-
837-6077)
7.3
Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
7.3
Castle Technology Ore Trading
Estate, Woodbridge Road, Framlingham, Suffolk, IP13 9LL. (0728-621222)
(0728-621179)
7.3
Colton Software (p7) 2 Signet
Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881)
7.3
(0223-312010)
7.3
Computer Concepts (pp8/13) Gaddesden
Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
7.3
(0442-231632)
7.3
Dabhand Computing 5 Victoria
Lane, Whitefield, Manchester, M25 6AL. (061-766-8423)
7.3
(061-766-8425)
7.3
Dalriada Data Technology (p18) 145 Albion
Street, Kenilworth, Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
7.3
Datafile 71 Anson Road, Locking, Weston-super-Mare, Avon, BS24 7DQ.
7.3
(0934-823005)
7.3
Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
210600) (0705-210705)
7.3
Doggysoft 7 Blackhorse Crescent, Amersham, Bucks., HP6 6HP.
7.3
Electronic Font Foundry Gibbs House,
Kennel Ride, Ascot, SL5 7AQ. (0344-891355) (0344-891366)
7.3
E.S.M. Duke Street, Wisbech, Cambridgeshire, PE13 2AE. (0945-63441)
7.3
Expressive Software Products Holly Tree
Cottage, Main Street, Strelley Village, Nottingham, NG8 6PD. (0602-
295019)
7.3
Honormead Software Solutions The Grange,
Hospital Lane, Mickleover, Derby, DE3 5DR. (0332-512848) (0332-512867)
7.3
Icon Technology 9 Jarrom Street, Leicester, LE2 7DH. (0533-546225)
7.3
(or Mike Glover on 057-286-642)
7.3
Jumping Bean Co Leen Gate, Lenton, Nottingham, NG7 2LX. (0602-792838)
(0602-780963)
7.3
Kudlian Soft 8 Barrow Road, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 1EH. (0926-
851147)
7.3
Le Computer Main Road, Willows Green, Chelmsford, CM3 1QB. (0245-
362225)
7.3
(0245-362225)
7.3
Leading Edge 376 Meanwood Road, Leeds, LS7 2JH. (0532-621111) (0532-
374163)
7.3
LOOKsystems (p40/41) 47 Goodhale
Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-764114)
7.3
(0603-764011)
7.3
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.3
Micro Studio Ltd 22 Churchgate Street, Soham, Ely, Cambridgeshire.
(0353-720433)
7.3
Microvitec Ltd Bolling Road, Bradford, BD4 7TU. (0274-390011) (0274-
734944)
7.3
Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
9XD.
7.3
Oak Solutions (p14) Broadway
House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
211760) (0954-211767)
7.3
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
7.3
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
411162 after 6)
7.3
Sherston Software Swan Barton,
Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433)
7.3
(0666-840048)
7.3
Sibelius Software 4 Bailey
Mews, Auckland Road, Cambridge, CB5 8DR. (0223-302765)
7.3
Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
7.3
Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
(0305-860483)
7.3
System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
AL7 4TB.
7.3
(0707-395500) (0707-395501)
7.3
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.3
UK Software 38 Midlands Estate, West End, Southampton, SO3 3AD. (0703-
474681)
7.3
Unilab Ltd The Science Park, Hutton Street, Blackburn BB1 3BT. (0254-
681222)
7.3
(0254-681777)
7.3
Widgit Software 102 Radford Road, Leamington Spa, CV31 1LF. (0926-
885303)
7.3
Words & Music 26 Newark Drive, Whitburn, Sunderland, SR6 7DF. (091-
529-4788)
7.3
(091-529-5327)
7.3
Colton
7.3
New artwork
7.3
CC
7.3
New artwork
7.3
Modes, Megahertz and Monitors
7.3
Stuart Bell
7.3
A beginner’s guide to monitors
7.3
The ultimate aim of this article is to help Archive members to come to
an informed decision about the best way of upgrading the video display
which they are currently using on their Archimedes. It would be possible
simply to list the options, but that doesn’t help as soon as a new
monitor comes on the market, and choosing from a list isn’t really
making an “informed decision”! But the consequence is firstly that we
really have to understand a little of the development of video displays
on Acorn (and IBM compatible) computers, and secondly that we have to
get involved in interpreting the specifications of monitors, so that we
can determine their suitability for our particular computer.
7.3
A little history
7.3
1987 was an important year in the personal computer industry. That was
the year that saw the production of the first A310 computer. It was also
the year in which IBM produced their PS/2 system, with a new standard of
video display − VGA, the acronym for ‘Versatile Graphics Adaptor’, which
is the interface board within the computer which produces a VGA display.
7.3
Before 1987, there was a plethora of mutually-incompatible display
standards in the PC world, and thus no ‘industry standard’ which Acorn
could have chosen to follow. Instead, since the A310 was seen as – and
labelled as – the successor to the original BBC computer, Acorn chose to
maintain some measure of compatibility with the video output of that
machine. The BBC computer worked with televisions, or with what are
termed ‘broadcast standard’ monitors, which are effectively TV’s without
a tuner. Thus, the first Archimedes User Guide (1987), lists modes 0 to
20, of which all but the last three will work on such displays. (Modes
18-20 are the 640×512 displays for multisync monitors.) To this day, the
standard Acorn colour monitor is a broadcast standard device, with the
very important consequence that, to be fully compatible with an
Archimedes, a monitor must support these modes 0–17, and in particular
modes 12 and 15.
7.3
A little terminology
7.3
Monitors work much like televisions, in that the screen image is
‘painted’ on the front screen of a cathode-ray-tube by a ‘gun’ which
fires electrons at the screen. (To be precise, on non-Trinitron colour
screens, there are three such guns.) The guns trace a path of parallel
lines, working down the screen, and at typically 640 points on each line
the gun may be turned ‘on’ or ‘off’, or to some intermediate power,
according to whether, for example, any green colour is required at that
point on that line on the screen. As soon as the screen has been
‘painted’ once, the whole process starts again, each screen cycle being
termed a ‘frame’.
7.3
There are three parameters to the timing of the display being provided
by the monitor. The first is the vertical scan frequency, or the frame
rate. This is the rate at which the whole screen is being ‘re-painted.’
Typically, this takes place 50 to 80 times a second. The number of
cycles is measured in ‘Hertz’, so such a monitor would be described as
having a frame rate of 50-80Hz.
7.3
The second parameter is the number of lines of display that the monitor
can display in one second. This is termed the horizontal scan frequency,
or the line rate. A typical multisync monitor might have a range of
30–60kHz, meaning that it can display 30 to 60 thousand lines in one
second.
7.3
Thirdly, the bandwidth of a monitor describes the rate at which the
colour of individual ‘dots’ or pixels can be displayed on the screen. A
bandwidth of 80MHz would mean that it can display 80 million pixels per
second. Clearly, these parameters are related to each other, and also to
the resolution of the display on the screen. This is expressed as the
number of pixels displayed – for example 640×256 in mode 12. (You will
find it useful to have Appendix D of the RISC OS 3 User Guide in front
of you!)
7.3
For example, a 60Hz frame rate and a 30kHz line rate would imply that
each frame contained 30,000/60 lines, that is 500 lines of display. In
practice, the borders at the top and bottom would reduce this to perhaps
400 pixels in the vertical direction. Similarly, a 30kHz line rate and a
30MHz pixel rate would suggest that each line contained 30,000,000 /
30,000 = 1,000 pixels per line, which, allowing for borders might be
about 800 ‘dots’.
7.3
Finally, the last often quoted parameter for a monitor is the ‘pitch’,
or the physical size of the pixels on the screen. Whilst a typical size
is 0.28mm, some lower quality screens may have a pitch of 0.39mm. The
quality of the perceived image will fall off rapidly if you try to
display more ‘dots’ than will fit on the screen. For example, my 14“
monitor has a 0.28mm pitch, and the horizontal width of the display area
is about 250mm. Therefore, one cannot expect to be able to display more
than 250 / 0.28 = 892 pixels across the screen. Some better monitors
will allow this rule to be bent a little, but quality will deteriorate.
7.3
An example: Mode 12 on a standard monitor
7.3
Mode 12 is the 16 colour 640×256 pixel mode used by many users with
standard monitors. Such displays have a fixed frame rate of 50Hz and a
fixed line rate of 15.625kHz. As we have seen already, this implies that
every frame must have about 15,625 / 50 = 312.5 lines, and you will
observe that, to allow for the top and bottom borders (and time for the
‘guns’ to move back to the top of the screen) every desktop mode from 0
to 17 does indeed have 250 or 256 lines. The number of pixels displayed
along one line depends on the relationship between the pixel rate and
the line rate. In mode 12, these are 16Mhz and 15.625kHz respectively,
giving a theoretical 16,000,000 /15,625 = 1024 pixels.
7.3
In practice, mode 12 displays 640, but you can see that there is scope
to use up some of the margins with some monitors – hence RISC OS 3’s
mode 35, a ‘wider’ mode 12 with 768 pixels per line. Similarly, it
squeezes 288 lines out of the theoretical 312, instead of only 256. By
increasing the pixel rate with standard monitors, it is possible to
increase the horizontal resolution of the display. For example, mode 16
uses a 24MHz pixel rate to give a 1056×256 display, and I have
personally been able to wind that figure up to over 1100 on some
screens. But the vertical limit of 256 to 288 lines remains.
7.3
Thus, in 1987, Acorn computers offered a good range of modes, with up to
256 colours, on ‘broadcast standard’ monitors, at a resolution up to
640×256 pixels. This compared very favourably with the displays of other
personal computers and also offered compatibility with earlier Acorn
machines. For users with access to ‘multisync’ monitors, modes 18-20
allowed 640×512 displays. It should be noted at this point that, as the
RISC OS 3 mode list shows, such modes do not show twice as much
information. The logical area displayed (defined in ‘OS units’) is the
same, but as twice as many lines are used, the resolution and clarity of
the display is much better. Since mode 12 uses 640×256 pixels to display
1280×1024 OS units, whilst mode 20 uses 640×512 pixels for the same
area, the former is said to be a ‘rectangular pixel’ mode, and the
latter a ‘square pixel’ one. Most higher resolution modes are of this
type, but it is important to be sure. For example, what is sometimes
described as a 1600×1200 mode on one of the new colour cards in fact
displays 1600×600 pixels – it is a rectangular pixel mode.
7.3
Example 2: Mode 20 on a ‘multisync’
7.3
Whilst standard monitors have fixed frame and line rates, multisync
monitors will synchronise with a wide range of rates – hence the
designation. Mode 20, a 16 colour 640×512 display has too many lines for
a standard monitor, but could be displayed on a multisync with quite a
range of different line rates. For example, a pixel rate of 24Mhz, a
line rate of 30.075kHz and a frame rate of 50Hz work quite well, giving
narrow borders. (You may like to check the calculations, to find the
theoretical display size.)
7.3
However, as we shall see later, multisync monitors are not the answer to
all our problems. First, there is the question of cost but, more
importantly, we shall find that very few can display the standard
resolution modes without special software.
7.3
The VIDC enhancer
7.3
First developed by Atomwide, the use of the VIDC enhancer has been well
discussed in Archive. It may be worthwhile, however, to consider the
technical reasons for its development. For all machines up to and
including the A3000, the fastest pixel rate that the VIDC (the chip
responsible for the video display) could produce was 24MHz. Since 50Hz
is the lowest frame rate for practical use, that means that the maximum
number of pixels that could be displayed on the screen was 24,000,000 /
50 = 500,000. Allowing for borders all round, the practical maximum was
about that of mode 40, 896×352 = 315,392 ‘dots’. Atomwide realised that
by speeding up the VIDC, a pixel rate of 36MHz is possible and Acorn
built this new clock rate into the later machines. For example, with the
right monitor, mode 102 – 1152×448 – 516,096 displayed pixels became a
possibility.
7.3
The VGA standard
7.3
As we have noted, IBM’s PS/2 machines introduced the VGA standard to the
PC world in 1987. It specified a 640×480 pixel 16 or 256 colour display,
with other modes, such as 720×400, being offered. As usual, where IBM
led, the rest of the industry followed (“All we like sheep have gone
astray... ”), and VGA became the industry standard. When a need for
higher resolutions was perceived, after an initial period of chaos, a
manufacturers’ association, VESA, defined the 800×600 (SVGA) and the
1024×768 standards. Immediately, the need for multisync monitors became
less pressing and manufacturers could tailor the electronics of their
displays to support only the VGA standard and its successors. The cost
savings in producing these less-flexible monitors is quite massive –
hence the current price differences between multisync and SVGA monitors.
7.3
For Acorn users, however, there is the major problem that the VGA
standard bears no relation to anything that Acorn produced prior to the
A30x0, A4000, A5000 and A540 machines. The VGA standard defines a pixel
rate of 25.175Mhz, and a line rate of 31.5kHz. The SVGA standards are
36MHz and 35.5kHz respectively.
7.3
Watford Electronics saw the advantages for Acorn users of being able to
use SVGA monitors and, in addition to producing a standard VIDC
enhancer, devised also an SVGA version, which added a 25.175MHz clock to
the 36MHz pixel clock normally provided. The use of this device is
described in my article “The Taxan 787 Monitor” in Archive 7.2 p77.
Whilst it forms a very cost-effective solution to monitor upgrading, the
limitations of the device in respect of the ‘letterbox’ display of
standard modes should not be ignored. Later Acorn machines added the
25.175MHz clock, thus allowing the use of SVGA monitors for many but not
all display modes, as the table on page 220 of the RISC OS 3 User Guide
indicates.
7.3
The VIDC – Memory bottleneck
7.3
A significant limit on the quality of display produced by the VIDC –
with or without an enhancer – is the speed at which it can access the
memory which holds the information to be displayed. On older machines
with memory running at 8MHz, this is about 18Mb per second. Thus, at a
frame rate of 50Hz, this limits the screen memory to 18,000,000 / 50 =
360Kb. (RISC OS itself limits display memory to 480Kb, but this is not
normally a problem.) The 360Kb limit precludes 256 colour versions of
the larger resolution modes being used. For example, the 16 colour
800×800 mode 31 takes 234.4Kb, but a similar 256 colour mode would
require twice that, and is therefore impossible. A further problem is
that when using such ‘big’ displays, the VIDC takes most of the
bandwidth of the memory. In other words, it is so busy reading and
displaying the screen memory that it stops the processor from doing
useful work. This degradation is obvious on-screen, even with ARM3
processors.
7.3
The bottle-neck solution: Colour Cards
7.3
Again, these have been well described in earlier issues of Archive. They
circumvent the problems of VIDC speed and memory bandwidth although, at
the moment, they are still constrained by RISC OS’s 480Kb display memory
limit when displaying the desktop. With ‘square pixel’ displays of
1600×600 with 16 colours or 800×600 with 256 colours in the desktop, and
576×424 with 32,000 colours outside the desktop, they represent the
highest-quality upgrade for Archimedes users. But since they also
require extremely good monitors, almost certainly with a 17“ screen, to
display such great numbers of pixels, they cannot offer the lowest cost
upgrade path!
7.3
Having outlined the development of Acorn display standards and attempted
to explain the characteristics of different monitors, in the second half
of this article next month, I shall try to help readers to come to an
informed decision about their own possible display upgrade path. A
7.3
Some new information has come to light since Stuart wrote the above
article...
7.3
A new entrant
7.3
Acorn have just launched their new AKF50 multisync monitor as an
alternative to the AKF18. It is a 14“ monitor with a dot pitch of 0.28mm
(the same as the Eizo 9060) compared with the AKF18’s 0.39mm. Like the
9060, it works right down to the lower frequency modes and, from our
initial investigations here in the Archive office, it looks to be a very
good monitor for the price.
7.3
The Archive price of the AKF50 is £374 compared with £600 for the Eizo
9060 monitor. This may well be because the AKF50 is UK built (by
Microvitec) instead of being imported, fully-assembled, from Japan. (The
dollar exchange rates have been pushing up the prices of Japanese goods
for some time now.) If you want to buy one with an A5000, just add £75
to the price as quoted with the AKF18.
7.3
Obviously, we cannot yet say anything about the long-term reliability
since it is a brand new monitor. However, anyone who has used Microvitec
monitors on BBC computers over the years will know that they had a very
good reliability record. We can only hope that this reputation will be
maintained. Ed. A
7.3
Beginners’ Column
7.3
Laura Handoca
7.3
Where do we go from here?
7.3
Letters and questions are becoming a little thin on the ground and I
remain somewhat unconvinced of their general usefulness. With the new
series of beginners’ articles by the NITTs starting this month, I felt
it was time to take stock of the situation.
7.3
What do people really want from the Beginners’ Column? The only feedback
from Acorn World 93 concerned programming (see below), with some
questions about where beginners can go for help.
7.3
This is therefore an appeal for some slightly more specific information
from you, the reader. What areas of computing would you like to see
dealt with in Archive? What is your most persistent trouble spot
(printing?... organizing memory?...). I could compile a questionnaire to
find out this sort of thing but it would be easier if people wrote to me
with ideas.
7.3
From the feedback so far, areas of confusion seem to include using the
task manager, configuration set-up, !Alarm, and what happens outside the
desktop. Please have a think about this and write to me!
7.3
Programming...
7.3
The main beginners’ queries I encountered at Acorn World 93 concerned
Basic programming. It has been suggested that we provide help for
beginners who are keen to learn how to program in Basic, but who
encounter problems that they can’t solve. The idea would be that they
should send in their program to the Beginners’ Column, indicating (if
possible) which section is causing difficulty, and describing what they
are trying to achieve.
7.3
We will try to find and correct the mistake, and explain the reason why
the code did not work in the first place. We will probably not be able
to print whole programs in Archive but airing some common mistakes will,
hopefully, help most early programmers.
7.3
So, if there is anyone out there who would find this a useful beginners’
feature, please send in your problem programs.
7.3
More help available
7.3
One thing I did pick up from the Acorn User magazine stand was a little
booklet entitled “The Acorn User Handbook”. It only took half an hour to
read but I thought it was quite well done − easy to read, jargon-free
and informative. I think some beginners would find it useful.
7.3
It is only available from Acorn User magazine − contact them for more
details on 071-331-8000. A
7.3
CC
7.3
From 7.2 page 8
7.3
Oak
7.3
From 7.2 page 7
7.3
Look Systems
7.3
From 6.12 page 40
7.3
Look Systems
7.3
From 6.12 page 41
7.3
New Outline Fonts on the Archimedes
7.3
Richard Hallas
7.3
Ever since the Archimedes first appeared, there seems to have been a
dearth of quality fonts, at least in comparison with other systems.
Despite having the best font management software which, at the time it
was released, was a quite staggering step forward in quality and ease of
use, there has nevertheless been only a relatively small number of fonts
available in the Acorn format. In the cases where a font family was
available, there was normally the inconvenience that the Acorn name did
not match the PostScript name on other machines.
7.3
We have at least been lucky to have had one font design house, the
Electronic Font Foundry, which has been dedicated to producing quality
outline fonts at a reasonable price, but it has frequently been true
that desired fonts from the Mac and PC platforms have simply not been
available to users of the Acorn machines. All that is now set to change.
7.3
Two new contenders have just entered the scene, in the form of
LOOKsystems and the Datafile. Both companies are offering conversions of
high quality fonts from PostScript format into Acorn outline format, and
their prices are very competitive indeed.
7.3
LOOKsystems’ 100 Monotype Typefaces Pack One
7.3
Over the last few months, it has been difficult not to notice the high-
profile advertising from LOOKsystems in the various Acorn magazines: a
double-page spread, listing all the 100 Monotype fonts in the pack.
Given this amount of advertising, there is little point in listing all
the fonts in the pack here; suffice it to say that this first pack
consists of 100 individual font faces in 26 actual families, the number
of faces in each family ranging from 1 to 13.
7.3
The price of the 100 Monotype Typefaces Pack One from Archive is £90,
which seems ludicrously cheap. Do you really get a set of very high
quality outline fonts, in RISC OS 2 and 3 format with full kerning data,
for only 90p each? It is, after all, quality rather than just quantity
which is required. I will get around to answering this question shortly.
7.3
Opening the LOOKsystems pack when it arrived through my letter box did
indeed put me in a very favourable mood from the outset, as it is one of
the most attractively presented software packages I have yet come
across. The pack consists of six discs, a manual and some installation
notes housed in a slim white plastic wallet which is slightly larger
than A5. The A5 manual, which is of similar dimensions to an issue of
Archive, is a really beautifully presented document and must, in itself,
have been quite expensive to produce. Printed entirely on highly glossy
paper in red and black ink, it contains a complete printout of every
font in the pack, with type samples in various point sizes.
7.3
Installation of the fonts has to be done by a special utility, you can’t
just copy the fonts onto your own discs, as they are both protected and
in the wrong format. The first time you run the installation program, it
prompts you for a unique password which, when typed in, unlocks the
package. (This only has to be done once.) Installation still has to be
performed by the utility after you have entered the password, as the
fonts are stored on disc in an efficient way. From the individual files,
the installation program extracts the RISC OS 3 or RISC OS 2 format
fonts, according to which format you have chosen. (Of course, if you
choose RISC OS 2 format, the kerning data is lost from the copied
version of the fonts.) It can even create new font directories for you.
The installation program is nicely presented, very simple to operate,
and can be run as many times as you wish. You don’t have to install all
the fonts at once − you simply pick which ones you want from a list. If
you only have RISC OS 2 in your machine, you can install the fonts in
that format and replace them with the improved versions (with kerning
pairs and more characters) if you upgrade later.
7.3
The Datafile’s ITC, Letraset and URW font conversions
7.3
The Datafile is doing a very similar job to LOOKsystems and is, in fact,
using the same conversion and hinting software. Unlike LOOKsystems,
however, the Datafile is selling font families singly at a rather higher
price. This is not a case of the Datafile trying to cash in − it’s just
that the two companies’ licensing agreements are different and it would
not be financially viable for the Datafile to sell its fonts any more
cheaply. The way that the Datafile’s pricing structure works is that you
pay £10 for the initial face in any family, £5 each for any further
family members up to the sixth face and then £3·50 each for any other
faces.
7.3
Concerning packaging, the Datafile’s fonts are also very attractively
presented in a thin white plastic wallet which is similar to, but rather
smaller than, the LOOKsystems version. The wallet is almost square and
slightly larger than a 5¼“ disc. The relevant font is featured on the
cover, and a separate printout of one complete face in several point
sizes is supplied inside the package, along with samples of the other
faces. The disc itself also illustrates the font, which is a nice touch.
Where possible, the documentation also contains some historical
background about the font, which is both interesting and illuminating.
7.3
Rather than taking the LOOKsystems’ installation approach, the Datafile
fonts are supplied in both formats on a single disc. You simply copy the
RISC OS 2 or RISC OS 3 face out into your own font directory.
Alternatively, you can use the RISC OS 3 font directly from the original
disc if you so wish, as a small application is supplied which adds it to
the font list. (Running fonts from floppy discs is a slow process,
though.)
7.3
Since Datafile adverts have been less widespread than the ones from
LOOKsystems, here is a list of the fonts which are available at the time
of writing:
7.3
From ITC: Bauhaus, Eras, Isadora, Manhattan, Panache; from Letraset:
Academy Engraved, Balmoral, Freestyle Script, Gillies Gothic Extra Bold
Shaded, Mastercard, Quixley, Sinaloa; from URW: Palladio, Antiqua.
7.3
The Electronic Font Foundry ITC and Letraset fonts
7.3
EFF is very much a known quantity in the Archimedes sphere, as it has
been producing fonts since the early days of the Archimedes. Recently it
has begun advertising ITC and Letraset fonts in addition to its own
typefaces. The reason for this is that it has now obtained a licence to
supply its own versions of these fonts and so there will be a certain
overlap between the fonts produced by EFF and the Datafile. The
difference is that EFF, being a design house, will be selling its own
versions of these fonts which have been newly created from the ITC and
Letraset shapes, whereas the Datafile sells actual PostScript
conversions, so what you get is very similar to what you would be
getting if you bought the PC or Macintosh version. Until recently, EFF’s
fonts have been supplied in large (video cassette size) plastic boxes,
but these rather over-size offerings have now been replace by smaller
wallets. The fonts themselves must simply be dragged from the disc into
your own fonts directory before you can use them. (There is also a very
simple install program which you can use to automate this process if you
wish.) No actual font printout is supplied, but a small utility,
FontTable, which is supplied on the disc, creates a drawfile of a font
so you can make your own printouts if you wish.
7.3
EFF’s pricing structure has recently been revised. Fonts now cost £5 per
face in RISC OS 2 format, or £6 per face in RISC OS 3 format, which
includes kerning data. There are also a number of font packs which
(depending on the pack) can supply fonts for as little as £1 per font.
These prices only apply to Latin 1 fonts: other language fonts are
available at a higher price, and cater for around 60 languages. EFF is
currently the only company of the three to supply foreign-language
fonts, although LOOKsystems has definite plans to do so in the future.
7.3
Quality and technicalities
7.3
So much for the packaging and installation but what are the fonts
themselves like?
7.3
When you buy an EFF font, you know that it has been specifically
tailored for the Acorn platform. Every character in the face will have
been defined, and best use will have been made of the special Acorn-
specific hinting methods for improving printing quality.
7.3
As the LOOKsystems and Datafile fonts have both been produced using very
similar methods to each other, they can be grouped together for this
part of the discussion. These fonts have been converted from PostScript
and then have had full hinting and skeleton lines added to them, and
quality control measures have been taken to ensure that they all print
correctly, even at very small point sizes. However, since they have been
converted from PostScript, there are certain features which make them
slightly different from EFF’s Acorn-specific offerings. The most
important point, in a way, is that (initially, at least) the hinting
methods used are not quite as good as those used by EFF.
7.3
The way that PostScript handles the curved parts of letters is different
from the Acorn method. The control points of the curved lines occur at
the N, S, E and W directions, whereas the Acorn system requires that
control points are positioned at NW, NE, SE and SW, and that pairs of
points are attached to the scaffolding lines, with the ‘belly’ of the
curved segment on the scaffold. The diagram below should make this
clearer. The left window is from EFF’s Garamond and the right one from
the LOOKsystems’ Monotype Garamond.
7.3
As you can see, the EFF Q has pairs of points attached whereas the
PostScript conversion has only single points attached. This will lead to
a slight difference in quality when printing at small sizes. However,
Adrian Look (who wrote some of the conversion software used by both
LOOKsystems and Datafile) is investigating the possibility of rotating
the necessary points by 45° to enable them to be attached to the
scaffolding lines in the correct way. If he is successful, then both the
LOOKsystems and Datafile fonts will be upgraded. (The fonts will remain
the same price, and upgrades will be free to existing users.) Even if it
cannot be done, it does not really detract much from the quality of the
fonts. Any differences would only really be apparent at very small point
sizes and, in any case, at resolutions of 600 dots per inch or more
(resolutions which are now available cheaply via various direct-drive
laser printers) the effect would not really be noticeable at all.
Besides, the fonts have all been checked and modified as necessary to
ensure that ‘drop-out’ does not occur when printing the characters at
small sizes.
7.3
For example, take a look at the bitmap illustrations on the opposite
page.
7.3
These two bitmaps show exactly what you would get if you printed a
capital Q (the very same letters are shown in the previous illustration)
in 6 point text at 300 dots per inch. (This is really the smallest size
you can get away with on a standard resolution – 300 dpi – laser
printer.) The EFF character (left) does have slightly more balanced
sides with a better inner ‘belly’ at the mid-point of each curved side.
However, there are a couple of points to note. These two Qs are taken
from versions of Garamond from different design houses, and the overall
weight of the font in the right-hand window is a little heavier than
that in the left. Also, the descenders are of slightly different designs
to each other. The comparison is therefore not quite a fair one. Bearing
these points in mind, you can see that there is very little practical
difference in quality at these resolutions. If you were not printing on
a laser printer, and the resolution were lower, then differences may be
more apparent. However, if you don’t have a laser printer, these
differences will probably not worry you anyway! So, in a truly practical
sense, the potential difference in quality is not of great concern.
7.3
A second issue is that of character sets. As mentioned above, in an EFF
font, every usable character is defined, including those in the range
ASCII 128−139 which are not specified in the Acorn format. This is EFF’s
own adaptation of the standard Latin 1 set. The new specification for
RISC OS 3 fonts includes some accented W and Y characters which were not
present in the RISC OS 2 specification and, of course, the EFF fonts
include these characters. The PostScript conversions do not include
these characters but the RISC OS 3 versions of the fonts generally have
a few more characters which are extra to the Latin 1 set. These include
S and Z (in both upper and lower case) with a caron accent (like an
inverted circumflex) and L with a slash through it. (Actually, these
characters are not accessible under the current version of the operating
system but that’s not the fault of the fonts − it’s a limitation of RISC
OS, but that’s another story...)
7.3
Therefore, if you need fonts which can cope with the Welsh language
(circumflex W, etc) you have no choice but to buy the EFF fonts;
otherwise, there should be no problem, and the PostScript conversions
will give you a few extra characters for free.
7.3
A further consideration is that not all the PostScript conversions have
absolutely full character sets. All the most important characters are
there but there are sometimes a few omissions in the display fonts.
(Characters such as <, > and = may be omitted.) This is, of course, not
a fault of the conversions − they’re not defined in the PostScript
sources either. The Letraset fonts, in particular, suffer from this and
so do a very few of the fonts in the Monotype pack. However, it’s not
really a problem since the fonts concerned are intended as display faces
rather than for body text and so you would be unlikely to use the
omitted characters anyway. The vast majority of the converted fonts have
absolutely full character sets (excepting the Welsh characters) and they
do of course follow Acorn’s layout of characters. (Under their licensing
agreements, LOOKsystems and the Datafile are not allowed to add any
characters to the ones already provided.)
7.3
Now looking at the specific font packs available, the Monotype Pack One
certainly gives you a lot for your money. I am pleased to say that the
LOOKsystems fonts are really very good indeed. If you install them in
RISC OS 3 format, the fonts incorporate full kerning data. RISC OS
applications are now increasingly making use of this data and it can
drastically improve the appearance of documents. (In particular, current
versions of Impression, Ovation, Wordz and PMS make use of automatic
font kerning under RISC OS 3.)
7.3
As for criticisms, it is really rather hard to make any. Aside from the
point that the scaffolding could be slightly improved (which Adrian Look
is actively working on), the only point I can think of is that it’s a
bit of a pity that there’s not slightly more variety in the fonts
provided. A few of them do look a bit similar and it would perhaps have
been nice if a few more display faces could have been included among all
the body text fonts. However, the fonts have been well-chosen and form
an excellent range of ‘starter-fonts’. Also, the range provided gives a
good representation of typographical history, from the ‘classic’ Blado
and Poliphilus (whose original designs date from the early sixteenth
century) to much more modern fonts. A second point is that it’s very
useful to get the full range of the font families at once, rather than
just, say, four faces per family. The Blado and Poliphilus fonts do
contain a lot of control points and have a rather lumpy appearance when
examined in detail. This is seemingly a result of slightly over-zealous
conversions of the hot-metal originals into PostScript format, with
possibly a little too much attention to fine details. They are certainly
‘authentic’ fonts but they do consume a bit more memory and disc space
than is desirable. Anyway, that’s a fault of the originals rather than
the conversions.
7.3
There are also some unusual inclusions in the LOOKsystems pack which are
well worth having (such as Goudy Text Lombardic Capitals), and I was
very pleased that a Plantin Expert set was included. The expert fonts
include the ‘standard’ ligatures which are not built into the Acorn font
specification, as well as old style numerals, small capitals and tools
for building up fractions. (The EFF Publishers’ Pack includes a Garamond
font – LondonA – with similar expert sets.) The expert sets are of
course for quite specialised use, and the characters available do not
all conform to the standard layout − indeed, they couldn’t, as many
aren’t included in the specification. Full character sets are not
provided in these fonts. However, for specialised use, and for really
sprucing up the appearance of your documents to the highest standards,
they are invaluable. Both LOOKsystems and EFF expert sets follow similar
layouts. (How fitting that this article should be published in the first
issue of Archive in which Monotype’s Plantin is being used for the main
text. Ed)
7.3
The Datafile’s font conversions are of a very similar quality to those
from LOOKsystems. The same comments apply about their conversion
processes, hinting and character sets. In the first instance, the
Datafile was only going to be converting ITC and Letraset fonts, but URW
(the Hamburg company which creates the original PostScript files) was so
impressed with the conversion quality of the first selection that they
granted the Datafile an exclusive licence to convert their own fonts.
7.3
URW is the biggest design house in Europe, and wrote the software which
is used to convert the original letter designs into the actual
PostScript in the first place. The Datafile’s acquisition of exclusive
rights to supply URW fonts in Acorn format is of huge importance given
Acorn’s new printing ventures in Germany and Holland. Acorn versions of
these URW fonts have been specifically requested by the Germans, and the
Datafile is now supplying fonts to AB Dick in Germany and ECD in Holland
as part of Acorn’s publishing system.
7.3
The selection of fonts from the Datafile is generally ‘fancier’ overall
than the LOOKsystems offerings at the moment, although some body-text
fonts are available too. The Letraset conversions generally suffer from
the incomplete character sets mentioned above but this is only because
the characters do not exist in the PostScript versions. Also, in some
fonts there are some interesting additions. In particular, the Freestyle
Script conversion (which includes a bold face) contains a number of
special ligature characters (for example qu, on, tt). Whilst this means
that this particular font is in a non-standard format, with a bit of
trouble you can get some font-specific refinements which would not
otherwise be possible. Interestingly, this font is also available from
EFF. In this incarnation, the character set is absolutely standard, as
you would expect from EFF. None of the special ligature characters are
provided (and EFF does not currently supply a bold face). However, the
full, standard character set may be what you require.
7.3
The LOOKsystems pack contains a copy of Monotype Garamond. EFF currently
produce ITC Garamond, so I compared the two. It was interesting to find
that they are so different as to almost comprise two different fonts
(see above, in the Q hinting example). There are in fact at least four
different versions of Garamond (designed by different companies) in use,
and these are two of them. It does illustrate the point, though, that
you cannot assume that two fonts with the same name from two companies
will be just the same. In this case, I preferred the EFF design but this
is not a comment on the quality of either font.
7.3
I also compared the EFF version of ITC Bauhaus with Datafile’s
conversion of ITC Bauhaus. Even though this is the same font from the
same source, I still found a (smaller) number of differences, which can
be accounted for by the fact that EFF does its designs from the original
shapes rather than converting PostScript data. I found the Datafile’s
version to be preferable, with more rounded letter shapes overall − but
that’s a subjective judgement.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
If you owned a Mac or a PC, and you were to buy one of these fonts, it
would cost you around £38 for every single face. If you buy them from
the Datafile, they cost you around £5 each, from EFF they cost up to £6
each, and from LOOKsystems they all cost 90p each.
7.3
Whilst the Datafile’s fonts look a little expensive compared with the
LOOKsystems fonts, it is important to remember that the LOOKsystems
fonts are only sold in packs of 100, and £90 (at Archive price) at once
can seem like a great deal, especially if you only really want one or
two fonts in the pack. The Datafile fonts are available singly, and
there is an additional advantage that if you want a particular ITC,
Letraset or URW font which has not yet been converted, you can ask the
Datafile for it and its conversion will be made a priority.
7.3
The LOOKsystems and Datafile packs present, for the first time on the
Archimedes, world-class quality fonts from Monotype and ITC, and their
ranges will include not only brand-new typefaces, but also classics
which have been around for as long as these companies themselves.
7.3
The historical importance of many of these fonts should not be
understated. The Monotype Corporation, in particular, has been creating
typefaces of world renown for a century, and the Monotype Classic Font
library consists of around 700 typefaces which have been adapted from
their hot-metal originals using the same software which Adobe uses for
creation of its own fonts. Now this classic library is to become
available to Acorn users, courtesy of LOOKsystems, and that really is
good news for anyone who has even the slightest interest in printing.
7.3
The outline fonts supplied by the Datafile and LOOKsystems are high
quality originals, and of the finest traditions, as ITC New York,
Monotype, etc are world class type foundries which work with the
original type designers, and very many famous typefaces have been
designed by or for these companies. The importance of these licences for
Acorn users cannot be stressed too highly, as they mean that well over
3000 typefaces will eventually be converted into Acorn format, finally
bringing Acorn users in line, typographically speaking, with the other
computer platforms − and all at much lower costs.
7.3
The points I have made about less-than-ideal scaffolding and
occasionally slightly incomplete character sets are really very minor
niggles. I have only really included them to be fair to all companies
concerned, and to paint a true picture. In answer to the question I
posed at the beginning, “Is it too good to be true” the answer has, for
once, to be a resounding “No!”. Both the LOOKsystems and the Datafile
fonts are of the highest quality and if you are in need of any new
fonts, I urge you to support these companies in their new ventures.
After all, the fact that these converted fonts have had extra hinting
added really makes them better quality than their PostScript originals,
and the fact that they can be bought for as little as a fortieth of
their prices on other platforms comprises one of the biggest bargains in
computer history. The conversions of these classic fonts at these prices
suddenly makes Acorn machines seem a whole lot more attractive to
publishers of all kinds, and can only be very good for the Acorn
community as a whole. A
7.3
Introducing Your Computer
7.3
Norfolk IT Team
7.3
This is the first of our new series of articles for the absolute
beginner which we announced in the last issue of Archive.
7.3
No assumptions
7.3
Although we said last month that there would be no assumptions, we are
in fact going to make just two. The first is that you have managed to
connect together the various parts of your machine and have switched it
on. We are relying on you to have done that because the various
computers in Acorn’s A series range all connect together slightly
differently and the Welcome Guide supplied with your machine includes
very clear instructions for this process.
7.3
Our second assumption is that you are using a machine with RISC OS 3 in
it. Aargh − jargon already! RISC OS 3 is the current version of the
operating system − i.e. the programs that are always inside your
computer. Let’s try to explain what an operating system is through the
use of an analogy.
7.3
If you had serious amnesia, you might forget who you were, where you
lived, etc. If you were affected even more badly than that, you might
find that you could not even read or talk or walk. These basic faculties
are rather like the things your computer knows about as soon as you
switch it on. It has, as it were, an identity. It also possesses a set
of procedures which enable it to recognise a program on a disc, know how
to make a picture appear on the monitor screen, etc.
7.3
If when you switch on your computer there is a little green acorn in the
bottom right hand corner of the screen then you have RISC OS 3 − all is
well. If you have an older computer and a multi-coloured ‘A’ symbol in
the bottom right hand corner of the screen then you have RISC OS 2 − an
older version of the operating system. Our advice would be to upgrade it
to the newer version, Talk to your local dealer about this − the cost is
little compared to what you probably paid for your computer and there
are significant advantages.
7.3
The mouse
7.3
The mouse is used to get information into the computer. Moving the mouse
around on a flat surface moves a small pointer around on the screen −
try it. You should be holding the mouse with the wire pointing away from
you. As you move the mouse away from you then the pointer moves up the
screen, as you move it towards you then the pointer moves down the
screen. Moving the mouse to the left moves the pointer to the left and
so on. If you run out of space for your mouse to move but have still not
got the pointer far enough on the screen just pick up the mouse, move it
back a bit, put it down again and carry on. It’s rather like ‘brumming’
a toy car. For as long as the mouse is picked up, the pointer will not
move on the screen. It is a good idea to buy a ‘mouse mat’ − a spongy
pad that mice particularly like to move around on.
7.3
The buttons
7.3
The mouse has three buttons. These have different names and all do
slightly different things. They are known, from left to right, as
Select, Menu and Adjust. Many people find it easy to remember because of
a certain brand of baby milk powder. If it bothers you that you can not
remember the names of the buttons then simply mark them as S, M and A
with a marker pen.
7.3
Select, the lefthand button, is generally used to choose things and do
things on the screen (e.g. keeping it pressed down while moving the
mouse to draw a line in an art program). The Menu or middle button is
used − well you’ve probably guessed that one − it calls up a menu (a
list of options) if you want to go on to do something other than what
you are already doing. These first two are the buttons you will be using
most − which is great if you are right-handed as the select button sits
most naturally under your right index finger. Software does exist which
allows you to reverse the way the buttons are named if you feel you need
it but most left-handers don’t seem to be bothered. The Adjust button
has particular uses which you will gradually come to appreciate as you
become more familiar with your computer.
7.3
Clicking
7.3
When you use a button on the mouse, you will most usually need to press
it quickly just once − this is known as ‘clicking’. Sometimes you will
need to press it twice in rapid succession − known as ‘double-clicking’.
People can get anxious about trying to remember when to click and when
to double-click but it’s not worth worrying about − if a single click
doesn’t work then just try a double-click!
7.3
Dragging
7.3
This is another use of the buttons on the mouse. ‘Dragging’ is moving
the mouse while holding down a button, usually <select>. (The convention
in Archive is to use “<select>” rather than saying “the select button”
every time. Similarly, we would say “press <return>” rather than “press
the return key”. Ed.) In most cases, the pointer will need to be
positioned over a particular object or ‘icon’ on the screen, the button
depressed, the mouse moved until the pointer is in a new position and
then the button released.
7.3
The screen
7.3
When you turn your computer on, after a short delay during which there
will be an introductory RISC OS 3 message, you will see something like
the picture opposite.
7.3
Most of the screen is blank but at the bottom is the iconbar. Icons are
used extensively in the wonderful world of RISC OS which you are about
to enter. However, these icons bear little resemblance to religious
pictures painted onto wooden panels hanging in a Greek monastery. They
are used to represent programs, disc drives, saved work − everything!
Generally they are designed to convey their meaning fairly well but some
are arbitrarily designed or simply represent something too abstract to
picture easily. This icon, at the bottom left of your screen is designed
to represent the opening of your machine’s floppy disc drive...
7.3
and this one...
7.3
represents a ‘folder’ of tools which are analogous to crayons, paint
brushes, pens etc.
7.3
Your computer may well have more icons at the bottom left of the screen
and will have a couple at the bottom right too − bear with us for now,
we’ll come to them later.
7.3
Opening a window
7.3
Right, let’s do something! Move the mouse pointer until its tip is
within the ‘Apps’ icon at the bottom left of your screen and click
<select> once. A ‘window’ will open on your screen. A window is a part
of the screen where a particular job that the computer is doing is
displayed. A window might contain a page of writing you are working on,
a picture you are painting, a game you are playing or whatever.
7.3
This particular window is a ‘directory’ − it shows us the contents of
the Apps ‘folder’. (See the diagram at the bottom of the page.) The
icons within it all represent applications. The word ‘application’ is
generally used rather than the word ‘program’ to refer to what is
nothing more than a set of instructions for the computer to enable it to
carry out a task.
7.3
Window icons
7.3
Around the edge of the window you have opened are a series of tiny
icons. All RISC OS windows have some or all of these icons. Once you
have learned what they are for then that knowledge will be applicable
whether you are using a word-processor, database, painting, diary
application or whatever. It is worth putting in a little work at this
stage − later it becomes much easier as a result. In the same way that
you do not need to re-learn all your driving skills when you use a
different car, you will not need to re-learn everything for each
computer application you use.
7.3
To explore the functions of these icons, it will be useful to have a
second window open on the screen so let’s load an application. Move the
pointer over the ‘!Calc’ icon and double-click <select>. Sometimes it
takes a little practice to get the speed of your clicking right, but
eventually it becomes second nature. You will know you have succeeded
when a small calculator icon appears on the iconbar on the right-hand
side. You have loaded an application. To use it, now move the pointer
down to the icon on the iconbar at the bottom of the screen and click
over it with <select>. The calculator which appears on screen can be
used with the mouse pointer doing the job your finger does with a hand-
held calculator. Click on <select> to press the buttons.
7.3
Now back to our exploration of the window icons. Here is a picture of a
window with its icons labelled.
7.3
We’ll take these icons one by one. Experiment with the icons on the
windows on your screen.
7.3
• Send to back − If one window is overlapping others on the screen then
clicking <select> on this icon will send a window behind all the others.
In this way your windows can be ‘stacked’ on the screen rather like
sheets of paper on a desk top. In fact, Acorn use the term desktop to
refer to this way of working on screen.
7.3
• Close the window − Click on this with <select> and the window will
close. As the icon is an ‘X’, this operation can be thought of as
kissing a window goodbye! Remember to click on the Apps icon to re-open
your directory window or on the calculator icon to open a calculator
window again.
7.3
• Title bar − This shows the title of the window but also has a very
important function. Clicking with <select> on the title bar of a window
will always bring it to the front of the ‘stack’ − try it. If you ‘drag’
the title bar (move the pointer over it, press <select> down and,
keeping it down, move the mouse) then the window can be moved around the
screen.
7.3
• Adjust size (bottom right) − If this icon is present, dragging it will
change the size of the window on the screen. Try it on the Apps
directory window − drag it up and left first to shrink the window. Note
that the window may be made tall and narrow, short and wide etc and that
the icons inside it will shuffle around to show as many of themselves as
possible.
7.3
• Toggle size − If you have previously shrunk a window, clicking on this
icon will enlarge it to the size of the whole screen or as large as it
need be to show all its contents. Clicking on it again will return the
window to the smaller size so this icon flicks (toggles) between the two
sizes.
7.3
• Scroll arrows − Try shrinking the Apps directory window until you can
only see one or two of the icons inside it. Now holding <select> down
over one or other of the scroll arrows will move the contents of the
window up or down. See what happens if you use <adjust> instead of
<select>.
7.3
• Scroll bar − When a window is at less than its full size then the
scroll bar can be dragged up and down to move the window contents.
Clicking in the area between the scroll bar and a scroll arrow will
cause the window contents to jump a window-full at a time.
7.3
Some windows have horizontal scroll controls at the bottom as well as
the vertical ones on the right hand edge.
7.3
Finishing
7.3
So far, all this has led you to the point where you can use your
computer as a very expensive, basic calculator! Now to finish using the
computer for the time being.
7.3
Move the pointer down over the calculator icon on the iconbar and click
on <menu>. A menu will appear with two items on it. Move the pointer
over the ‘Quit’ option and it will be ‘highlighted’. While it is
highlighted, click <select> and the icon on the iconbar will vanish. The
application has now been closed down.
7.3
It is a good idea to get into the habit of ‘shutting down’ your computer
properly. Move the pointer over the green acorn icon in the bottom right
corner of the screen and click <menu>. Now select ‘Shutdown’ just as
before you selected ‘Quit’ from the calculator menu. Your computer will
inform you when it is ready to be turned off.
7.3
In the next issue of Archive we shall introduce the keyboard, cover the
use of discs and loading and saving work such as text and pictures.
7.3
As we said last month, do contact us if you have any comments to make
about our beginners’ articles or requests for areas you would like us to
cover in the future. A
7.3
Many thanks to Mark Hickson of NITT for this first article and to the
team of “expert beginners” who looked at Mark’s article before it was
published. Trying to combine five or six people’s (sometimes
contradictory) views of how to improve Mark’s article proved rather
difficult but I hope I have included the best suggested changes.
7.3
If you have views on what you would like to hear about in these
articles, write to me at the Archive office or direct to Mark Hickson at
NITT. Ed. A
7.3
Dalriada Data
7.3
From 7.1 page 5
7.3
Enlarged to fit space, please.
7.3
PipeLineZ
7.3
Gerald Fitton
7.3
Thanks for your many letters and the praise you’ve heaped on me for the
article which appeared in Archive a couple of months ago. Although I
have a lot which I could write this month, I am mindful that much of
Archive will be filled with reports of the Acorn World Show. Rather than
have my submission succumb to the delicate touch of the Editor I have
restricted myself to one major topic and a few odds and ends.
7.3
Odds & Ends
7.3
There is no doubt that PipeDream 4 continues to be supported by Colton
Software. The most recent version of PipeDream 4 is V 4.13. If you have
any suggestions for V 4.14 then please write to Mark Colton, Colton
Software, 2 Cygnet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA marking the
envelope “PipeDream 4.14”. If you have found a ‘bug’ in V 4.13 then it
will help diagnosis if you can enclose an example on disc which
demonstrates the ‘bug’.
7.3
In the past, if you have wanted to upgrade from one Colton Software
product to another (e.g. PipeDream 3 to Wordz) then you would have been
offered a ‘trade in’ value for your unwanted software. Now Colton
Software are extending this ‘trade in’ offer to many products other than
their own. For example, you can trade in First Word Plus or Acorn
Advance against any Colton Software product. Telephone them on 0223-
311881 or write to the address given in the paragraph above if you want
a quote for your unwanted spreadsheet − no suggestions from me as to
which one! − or other software as a ‘trade in’ against any Colton
Software product.
7.3
I have received a letter from Steve Drain, 14 Paulsmead, Portland,
Dorset, DT5 1JZ in which he offers support for anyone with View
Professional (this is the package which Colton Software regard as being
PipeDream 1 − it runs on a BBC Model B). In his letter he refers to a
sideways RAM image which makes View Professional “work almost exactly
like PipeDream 2” produced by Dr David R Lucas. If you have a BBC
computer and View Professional then I suggest that you write to Steve.
7.3
Finally, by the time you read this, the current versions of Wordz,
Resultz and Fireworkz will be V 1.06. To obtain your free upgrade, send
your Program and Examples discs to Colton Software at the above address.
You will speed up the return of your discs if you enclose a self
addressed adhesive label and return postage. If you want a Fireworkz
demo disc then we can supply it for £2.00 if you live in the European
Community or for £2.50 outside the EC.
7.3
Large Resultz spreadsheets
7.3
Now to the major topic. I have received countless letters about the
“sluggishness” of large spreadsheets ‘ported’ into Resultz from
PipeDream 4. Such letters of complaint often conclude with a remark such
as “To be quite frank, I have stopped using Resultz and I’ve returned to
using PipeDream 4”. There is no doubt that, in the minds of all too many
of you, this tardiness is a major shortcoming of Resultz. I have
discussed the ‘problem’ with Mark Colton, looked into his suggestions
and my conclusion is that Resultz is not inherently slow or sluggish −
it is the way it is used! First let me explain what causes Resultz to
slow down before telling you how to speed it up.
7.3
Resultz and Fireworkz have a most useful feature, namely that (if you
set the appropriate options) the row height of the cell within which you
are working adjusts automatically so that you can have a ‘multi line’
cell. This feature is switched on (or off) by the Fixed height option
(which you can find under Row in the style editor). Generally, if you
create or use a Text style, then you will want the Fixed height option
of such a Text style set to allow variable row heights but for the
numbers and formulae of a spreadsheet, you will normally used fixed
height rows. Using word processing jargon, when you switch off the Fixed
height option you can consider each cell of the spreadsheet to be a
separate paragraph with each paragraph containing many rows. To move the
‘input focus’ to a new paragraph you must press <return>; if you wish to
remain within the same paragraph (cell) then you use <ctrl-return>. One
of the penalties for this variable line height is that, if a Text style
exists within some (many?) cells of your document, you will find that
the time taken to scroll around the document is increased at least
proportionately to the number of cells which are treated as having a
variable height.
7.3
There is another more subtle but more influential parameter and that is
the number of Regions in a document. A Region is a section of the
document to which a style has been applied. A Region can vary from a
single word in bold (applied as an Effect by clicking on the B button)
through a single Left aligned slot to a complete column to which the
(variable height) Text style has been applied. The golden rule built
into the operation of all the Fireworkz packages is: “Fewer Regions mean
faster operation”. If you have ‘built up’ your large spreadsheet from a
blank sheet of paper then the chances are that your sheet has relatively
few regions. However, if your version of Resultz is lower than 1.06 and,
if you have dragged a large PipeDream spreadsheet over the Resultz icon
to create your monster, the chances are that it will have a relatively
large number of Regions. With later versions of Resultz, there is an
option in the Regions menu to display a Count of the number of Regions −
you’ll be surprised at the way in which regions are proliferated,
particularly if your PipeDream sheet has many blank cells! Allow me to
repeat “Fewer Regions mean faster operation”.
7.3
So what can be done about reducing the number of Regions?
7.3
Let’s start by assuming you’ve upgraded to V 1.06. If so, you can drag
PipeDream files over the Resultz (or Fireworkz) icon and the file will
load with the Text style disabled. As a consequence, there will be
substantially fewer Regions than if you had carried out the same
exercise in an earlier version and your Resultz spreadsheet will run
quickly. My own experiments with Fireworkz show that most of my large
sheets run faster in Fireworkz than in PipeDream 4.
7.3
The ‘downside’ is that you will now have to apply the Text style to all
those slots which will benefit from the application of that style. When
you apply the Text style, do so in large blocks such as most of a column
or over many rows rather than a cell at a time. Remember that every
extra Region will imperceptibly slow down the operation − but you’d have
to spend a long time creating Regions by hand to have a noticeable
effect!
7.3
If you don’t have V 1.06, ask for a free upgrade − whilst you’re waiting
for it to arrive here’s what you can do about any PipeDream sheets you
‘convert’ to Resultz (or Fireworkz). Load Resultz onto the iconbar.
Click on it and select the Sheet template from the options. Click on the
S (Style) button and Delete the Text style. Save the modified Sheet as a
template file under a new name such as SheetPD. From here on you can
load your PipeDream file into the modified SheetPD template assured that
the number of Regions will be few. There is a small problem if you do
want some Text Regions − you’ll need a Text style. The best way of
handling this (until your V 1.06 arrives) is to drag the original Sheet
template from the !Resultz.Resources.Templates directory into your large
Resultz file so that the Text style is added to your list of style
options. Then apply the Text style to large Regions as above.
7.3
We still have to deal with those previously created Resultz files which
you don’t want to ‘start again’ (because you’ve done some work in
Resultz). Here’s my recommended ‘solution’.
7.3
If you have V 1.05 (or later) of Fireworkz or Resultz (note that V 1.05
of Resultz was never released) then one of the options offered when you
click on the S (Style) button is to delete all traces of a particular
style from a document. You do this by clicking on the Delete button from
the Style option menu. (In versions earlier than V 1.05, you would get
the error message that you couldn’t delete the style because it was in
use in the document.) Use this Delete option to delete the Text style
completely from your document. The document will reformat. Now reload
the style template (probably the one in the !Resultz.Resources.Templates
directory called Sheet) as described above. This will add the Text style
back to your list of style options. Then apply the Text style to large
Regions as above.
7.3
Finally, if your version of Resultz is pre-V 1.05 then you may have
V 1.06 of Fireworkz (or not). If you have Fireworkz (it will be at least
V 1.06 because that was the first general release version of Fireworkz),
load your Resultz file into Fireworkz and proceed as in the previous
paragraph.
7.3
If you don’t have V 1.06 of Fireworkz − and, as you read this, most of
you will be in that situation, then your choices are few. They are
either (a) buy Fireworkz or (b) wait for V 1.06 of Resultz to arrive or
(c) delete the Text style region by region (a painstaking process which
I don’t recommend); continue as in the above paragraph but one!
7.3
To summarise
7.3
Phew! That was a marathon so I’ll summarise by telling you what I
believe is the easiest strategy. Buy Fireworkz (V 1.06) or apply for the
upgrade to V 1.06 of Resultz. Except in the most urgent of cases, put up
with what you have until V 1.06 arrives. When V 1.06 arrives ‘upgrade’
all your ‘old’ Resultz sheets by deleting the Text style from the whole
of your sheet and then applying it again to large regions.
7.3
Finally
7.3
In spite of the relative shortness of this piece, please continue to
send your comments and criticisms to me at the Abacus Training address
on the inside back cover of Archive. A
7.3
ArtWorks Column
7.3
Trevor Sutton
7.3
Kingfishers, water droplets and BJs
7.3
The Acorn World show came and went and what did the ArtWorker see to
excite the mind? Well, this particular ArtWorker was delighted to meet
Saturday morning visitors to the NCS stand and to talk about the state
of the Art. I was also pleased to have the opportunity, after finishing
my stint, to talk to other interested parties about the progress and
future of AW.
7.3
Clearly, and it is probably true to say as usual, CC grabbed the biggest
crowds; even bigger than Acorn’s who seemed to be giving nothing away
apart from a New Look and some Pocket Book shareware. Certainly CC’s new
offerings look exciting but this is the wrong column to get excited
about new Impressions. With any luck, my next column will be written in
Style. However, I have to say, as I did last month, that despite CD-ROM
developments, it is a pity that after a year we do not have another
plug-in tool to give us new scope for work in AW. This brings me on to
my next plea.
7.3
I talked at length with Gordon Taylor of CC about this and he asked me
to offer a challenge or get down on my knees to other companies to write
some ‘plug-ins’ for AW. Though I don’t feel AW should go to the extremes
of programs like Corel Draw, with dictionary, thesaurus, graphing and
DTP facilities, there are many features which would make AW an even
better program. I would hope that CC are still developing this side of
AW, but other companies have particular expertise in producing bit-map
editors, tracing software (OK, I know I always put a big ? against
tracing), hatching software. Perhaps it’s time for another wish list and
perhaps one directed at other companies capable of producing
enhancements for AW. Come on, let’s hear what you think.
7.3
To the companies with the knowledge, please contact CC and talk to them.
7.3
The ArtWork on display at the show was most impressive both in the
quality of the printed product and also of the skills of the artists. I
look forward to poring over the CD-ROM images and will feature these in
a future column. Remember that there is a lot to be learned by
dismantling other people’s ArtWork. There was some real art work, with
little evidence of plagiarism. Some was reminiscent of air-brush
painting while other examples had the feel of drawings in coloured
pencils. The draughtsmanship in the drawing of the camera was stunning
whilst others had all the hallmarks of computer art and, when viewed on
the colour card made one proud to be using this package. The newer,
cheaper BubbleJet colour printer (BJC600 at £633 inclusive through
Archive including the Turbo Driver) looks like the perfect, and now
realistically priced, choice for AW printing. Perhaps I may be asked to
review its potential for Archive. (Well you can but try!)
7.3
Finally, it is pleasing to see increased support for AW file rendering
in other packages, from DTP and databases to, I hope very soon, Genesis.
7.3
Coda
7.3
This column has just been a very brief and speedily produced résumé of
the Wembley offerings. In the next column, I hope to include something
else for you to try in the manner of last month’s tesselations.
7.3
Finally, I have nothing but admiration for what I saw on the CC stand −
it’s just a pity there were so many folk there that it was difficult to
get close to a CC representative. A
7.3
Small Ads
7.3
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.3
• 47Mb SCSI external Seagate drives, little used, £120 each + p&p.
Amstrad SM2400 modem + A5000 serial lead £50 + p&p. Beebug 5¼“ disc
drive interface for A3xx, A4xx computers only, £10 + p&p. Phone Malcolm
Davies on 0283-75345.
7.3
• A3000 2Mb, RISC OS 3.1, WE 30Mb IDE hard drive, colour monitor with
stand and new logitech mouse. Software and manuals included. £650 o.n.o.
Phone 0443-816850.
7.3
• A3000 4Mb, RISC OS 3.1, manuals and discs, no monitor, £350. Phone
0684-573098.
7.3
• A4 model II (4Mb/60Mb HD) 1 year old, inc. PC Emulator v1.82, will
split, £1180. Euclid 3D £30. Interdictor (unopened), £5. Pineapple
digitiser podule +software, £50. Basingstoke 0256-467574.
7.3
• A410/1, 4Mb RAM, 40Mb IDE HD, RISC-OS 3.10, Acorn Multisync monitor,
manuals and loads of software, £850. Phone 071-703-5675 (eves).
7.3
• A440/1 with ARM3, RISC OS 3 and much PD software £825 o.v.n.o. Acorn
colour monitor £100. 0272 736237.
7.3
• Ace Prodriver DJ500C/550C £20, Snippet £20, EasiWriter V3 £59, S-Base
Personal V1 £39, Equasor £20, DeskEdit 2 £15. Phone 0342-714905.
7.3
• Acorn med. res. monitor £40, 20Mb hard disc £25, Graphbox Pro. £10,
Chartwell £10, 5¼“ 40/80 external drive + interface £25. Phone 0742-
483534.
7.3
• CC ROM/RAM board fitted with 32Kb RAM chip, Interword, Intersheet and
Spell Master chips, complete with manuals and key strips, £80. Also
Acorn’s original maths coprocessor podule, £150 o.n.o. Phone 0925-
811420.
7.3
• CC ROM/RAM podule with battery backup £30, Autosketch CAD v2 £35,
System Delta v2 database £20, Lemmings £15, Interdictor £10, Psion 3
serial link (for PC) £40, Personal Finance (Widget) for Psion 3 £35.
Psion series 3 256K (4 months old) £140. Phone Andy after 8pm on 081-
675-5972.
7.3
• CC Scanlight 256 hand scanner with Scanlight Plus (v2) software, £90.
Watford Electronics Video Digitiser and software, £50. Pace Linnet V21/
23 Modem, £30. All excellent condition and complete with manuals and
packaging. Contact G. Rhodes 0302-722781 (eves).
7.3
• Eureka! + update discs £75 (inc p&p). Phone 0723-363917 anytime.
7.3
• Iota Desktop Database £35, Easiwriter £90, Resultz £80, Quest for Gold
£10, Triumph Alder wide carriage serial daisywheel printer c/w
printwheels, ribbons £90. Phone 0263-78-488.
7.3
• Laser Direct HiRes4 board plus Canon LBP-4, latest software. Good
working order £700 or reasonable offers. Phone 0223-63545.
7.3
• Oak 52Mb SCSI external high speed drive, plus 16 bit podule, £185
o.n.o. Phone 081-898-0447.
7.3
• Orion podule box for A3000 £15, Atomwide VIDC enhancer £14, Lemmings
£12, Interdictor 2 £12, ArcPinBall (RISC OS 2) £5. Phone Mike Battersby
on 081-841-1463.
7.3
• Series 3, 256K v1.80f, just over 1 year, £130 o.n.o. which includes
new manuals, new batteries and postage. Also, Series 3, 256K, ass above
but not as old, £150. Will supply PD if discs provided. Phone Mark after
7pm on 0905-754277.
7.3
• Standard Res monitor AKF12 for A3000, £45. 1-2Mb RAM board for A3000,
£20. Phone Wisbech 0945-581111
7.3
• Star LC24-10 printer £100, 300Mb SCSI drive £250, Oak 47Mb SCSI drive
plus interface with CDFS £150, Prophet accounts £120. Phone 0736-63918.
7.3
• Watford IDE podule with IBM 40Mb Hard disc, backplane and fan, £50.
Watford MkII ARM3, £100. Acorn AKF11 med-res colour monitor, £100.
Ovation 1.35, £60. PC emulator 1.8, £50. Ground Control teletext, £50.
Investigator 2, £12. Chocks Away Compendium, £12. Phone 051-606-0289.
7.3
• Watford (A310) hand scanner £55, HCCS Colour Vision Digitiser £40,
Tracer £25, Euclid £35, Tween £17, Mogul £13, Snippet £20. Phone 081-
950-7589.
7.3
• Watford MkII 16 grey scale hand scanner (podule+scanner head) £95. For
details ask for Roland 01033-88601988 (8am-8pm). For delivery in London,
phone 071-600-0927.
7.3
• Wanted − Utility or module to transpose mouse keys, for left-handed
use. Terry Meech, day 081-889-8110, late evening 081-806-3540. A
7.3
Morpheus
7.3
Richard Hallas
7.3
Fans of science fiction films like Terminator II and of the Star Trek
Next Generation and Deep Space Nine TV series cannot fail to have been
impressed by the splendid effects used to show a person transforming
into an alien form, or into an inanimate object, or some other such
unlikely occurrence. The Terminator effects seemed absolutely
revolutionary when the film first came out, but since then these kinds
of effects have been used extensively in other films and programmes, and
are now even being used in TV commercials.
7.3
So what has this all got to do with Acorn computers? The answer is
Morpheus, a new package from Oregan Developments, which allows you take
two pictures and melt from one to the other in liquid animation.
7.3
How does it work?
7.3
You supply Morpheus either with a directory containing start and end
pictures, or with a pair of sprites (which it can scale to be the same
size). In the latter case, it will create a directory with the necessary
files for you. Morpheus opens two windows on the desktop which contain
the pictures you have supplied. Both pictures are overlaid with a grid
which is initially square. You have to tell Morpheus how many
intermediate pictures you want it to produce, the default being ten. If
you were to simply load in two pictures and make Morpheus start morphing
straight away, then you would get a series of frames in which the two
pictures gradually fade into each other, which would be a fairly
pleasant if not very spectacular effect. The real power of Morpheus lies
in its ability to make specific areas of the start picture transform
themselves into specific areas of the end picture. Not only that, but it
can also make them transform at different speeds from each other, and
the transformations can move in curved lines.
7.3
This is where the grid comes in. Although it is initially square, you
can can click on any point where horizontal and vertical lines
intersect, and drag the point (the ‘knot’) around. This pulls it out of
shape with the rest of the gird, but the grid lines bend and stretch
between knots so that the four lines surrounding the knot you are
dragging follow it around. For any area on the start picture which you
want to transform into a specific area of the end picture, you must drag
knots to surround that area. Once you have done that in the start
picture, you must repeat the process with the same (equivalent) knots in
the end picture’s grid, so that Morpheus knows which areas of the
pictures have to blend into one another.
7.3
There are plenty of helpful options: by using <Adjust> rather than
<Select>, you can drag a knot in both grids simultaneously, and it’s
possible to add and delete rows and columns of knots from the grid, or
to move them up and down or left and right. The whole grid can be
resized, and if you only want to morph a section of a picture, you can
position the grid to cover just that section. The handy grid cursor
snaps to the nearest point to it (unless you turn the option off), so
you rarely miss the point you want (unless two points are very close
together). When you have finished editing the grid, each picture will
have all its major features surrounded by knots in both start and end
images. You can also save the grid for future use in the directory
containing your source pictures.
7.3
Once you have outlined the necessary parts of your picture, you can put
different sections into different ‘groups’, of which there are eight,
and these can be given individual names. For example, if you were
morphing a face you would have outlined the eyes, nose, mouth, hair-
line, shape of head, etc. You could put all these into different groups
and give them appropriate names. The advantage of doing this is that the
eight groups can all be made to transform at different times, and at
different speeds.
7.3
Rather than grouping knots together, individual knots may be given a
path to follow. By default, all knots travel in a straight line, but you
can edit their paths in the form of bezier curves. Paths can also be
copied from one knot to the knots surrounding it. Altogether, then, the
facilities for editing how the pictures morph into one another are
really quite extensive and flexible.
7.3
Other options
7.3
Morpheus has a wide range of options for creating animations and
sequences of frames. You can make as many frames as you have disc space
for, and the program tells you just how much space is needed. The frames
can be saved singly, in a sequence, or as a stand-alone animation
(either multitasking or full-screen), and you can even save the sequence
as a Replay film or ViA file. (No soundtrack, of course!)
7.3
The number of picture formats supported is very extensive, and includes
all the Acorn sprite formats, Clear files, RGB and CMYK files. One of
the really innovative things about Morpheus is that it can handle very
big image files, far larger than available memory. It incorporates its
own disc-based memory swapping system which enables it to work with
images as large as 2000×2000 pixels in 24-bit colour (12Mb per image).
7.3
It is possible to alter the timing between individual frames, and there
is a small range of presets to make the transformations go slow-fast-
slow, for example.
7.3
There is a large range of options which can be set to alter all sorts of
features, from the colour of the grid to whether dithering and anti-
aliasing are used. Morpheus can be set to multitask or take over the
whole machine while it is processing, and gives helpful progress reports
if multitasking (otherwise it uses the percentage in the hourglass).
Overall, Morpheus works very quickly indeed and can, apparently, achieve
up to 50,000 pixels per second in the optimum situation.
7.3
During the entire review period, my copy of the first release of
Morpheus operated faultlessly. The only problem I found was that it did
not handle the palette of imported 256-greyscale sprites correctly, but
this is obviously an oversight which is bound to be corrected. The whole
performance of the program was very impressive indeed, and it’s very
nicely presented on-screen too.
7.3
The only ‘limitation’, as such, was that it is not directly possible to
morph from one image to another via one or more intermediate images.
However, since the frames can be saved singly, there is no reason why
this could not be performed manually if required, by simply taking the
final frame of one transformation and using it as the first frame of
another.
7.3
Packaging
7.3
Morpheus comes on three discs, two of which contain example files, the
other containing the application itself. Copy protection takes the form
of entering your name, which is then displayed in the program’s Info
window: surely the best of all methods.
7.3
The packaging itself is somewhat flimsy, consisting of a very thin
cardboard box (almost like a pizza box) surrounded by a colour-printed
sheet. This features the clever transformation of John Major into John
Smith featured in the adverts. The manual takes you through the program
basically by explaining all the menu items in turn, and is possibly the
least helpful part of the package. It’s adequate but it could have been
more extensive.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Morpheus is the first commercial offering from one of the most able
public domain and shareware authors, whose public-spirited offerings
have so far included one of the best public domain disassembler
packages, DisAssem, and the excellent shareware image processor,
Process. Morpheus is an extremely impressive commercial debut. If it
could only work with memory-sized sprite files then it would be an
interesting novelty, but the fact that it can work on huge images in 24-
bit colour elevates it above the current hardware limitations of the
Acorn machines, and possibly into the world of full video editing. If
you have any need for a package of this nature, then I can recommend
Morpheus very highly indeed. You won’t be disappointed − it’s a
remarkable piece of software.
7.3
(Morpheus has an RRP of £34.95 inc VAT from Oregan Software Developments
and costs £33 through Archive.) A
7.3
Spy Snatcher
7.3
Dave Wilcox
7.3
‘Spy Snatcher’ is another text adventure from Topologika, whose better
known text adventures include The Doom Trilogy and The Kingdom of Hamil.
7.3
The package
7.3
The program comes on one disc presented in a plastic fold-over type
wallet along with the usual advertising literature and a manual. I must
admit I could not really see the purpose of the manual − the only
section of use was the Hint list. This would have been better supplied
on a single A5 card like the loading instructions and basic commands, or
the latter included in the manual perhaps.
7.3
The software
7.3
The disc is not copy-protected and the game can be installed onto a
hard-disc with the usual proviso that disc 1 is used on start-up. To
start the game, you open the directory and double-click on the
!Adventure icon. The game takes over the machine and you are greeted
with the only graphic, the title screen. Pressing keys as directed
presents you with a brief scenario of the situation you are faced with.
7.3
‘You have been summoned to MI7 headquarters, popularly known as ‘The
Zoo’, in order to unmask a mole. The chief of MI7 is extremely worried
because the plans for the new Sonic Macrothrodule are believed to have
been leaked. They were kept in the safe in his office, and were there
yesterday when he came in at 9 am, the safe had been disturbed when he
checked it in the morning, but the plans were still there. He reckons it
would take about one hour to remove, copy and return the plans.’
7.3
You are there in an unofficial position and, if caught, you are on your
own. Your job is to look around, collect evidence and find the mole,
from about a dozen staff. To achieve this, you need to hack into the
computer system, crack safes, listen at keyholes and remain unseen.
7.3
Whilst in the game, you have options to save your position to disc for
reloading later − very useful. Within the game is a hints section − if
you get really stuck, type HELP and refer to the manual for the hint
number you require. Most hints are multi-layered and offer a bit more
info, if required, down to giving the answer in some cases.
7.3
The puzzles themselves are not incredibly difficult, if you can see
them, if you don’t they can drive you quite ratty − but this is what
makes text adventures playable.
7.3
Summary
7.3
Topologika rate this game as moderately-sized and of medium difficulty.
It is priced at £15 inc. VAT. If you like text adventures, I would
recommend giving this one a try. It is well-written and well-presented
and uses the standard dictionary of command words. I would have liked it
to run in a window, so that I could use Edit as a notepad − perhaps this
will be provided in future games − we shall have to see. Overall, this
is a good brain teaser. A
7.3
Comment Column
7.3
• 105Mb removable drives − Having just set up the 105Mb external SCSI
drive on my A540, I would like to thank you for bringing such a useful
item to the Acorn platform. You should justifiably sell lots of them as
the news spreads (assuming you manage to overcome the IDE interface and
formatting difficulties). These are now solved, thanks to Atomwide who
have written a piece of code to allow the cartridges to be dismounted
like floppy discs. Ed.
7.3
I have just one comment to make about setting it up on the Acorn SCSI
card. I was thinking in terms of it being more like a floppy than a hard
drive, so I set the configuration for an additional floppy. That does
not, of course, work but it took me a little while to realise what I had
done wrong! John Green, Shrewsbury.
7.3
It may be helpful to add that, on some Acorn SCSI cards, you may get
problems with the system hanging when copying large numbers of files. We
have a software fix for this problem which can occur with any of the
removables on the Acorn card. Ed.
7.3
• Batty ideas − A recent Archive mentioned that someone was using a
Leading Edge sound sampler in research on bats. Having used an Armadillo
sampler for the past couple of years to study the calls of magpies, I
was not surprised by this. Last autumn, ‘Tomorrow’s World’ showed an
Acorn machine running a commercial radio station. I have read of another
controlling watering and ventilation in a commercial glasshouse, and
another in use at Joderell Bank for radio astronomy research. If you are
using an Archimedes for an unusual hobby or research project, I would
like to hear from you. If I get enough responses I’ll combine them into
an article for Archive. Les May, Rochdale.
7.3
• Grey Scales error − In Colin Singleton’s hint & tip about grey scales
last month (Archive 7.2 p32) there was a typesetting error that made
nonsense of one sentence. The number sequences lost some leading ‘1’
digits. It should have read: “If you want them to appear on the screen
as shades of grey, use ‘colours’ 0 12 1 2 3 4 5(?) 7. If you
prefer them displayed in colour, use the series 0 12 9 14 15 10
5(?) 11 7.” Sorry for any confusion caused.
7.3
• Keystroke − It is a pleasure to endorse Richard Skemp’s praise of
Keystroke and especially of Stuart Halliday, its author (Archive 7.1
p21). I wrote to Stuart with a problem, fully expecting to be told that
Keystroke “wasn’t designed to do that”. Instead, he sent me a disc
containing two solutions. In more recent correspondence, he has been
more than helpful, and his latest letter brings information that may be
of interest to other people who use both Impression and Keystroke.
7.3
The Keystroke command Move Window can be used to adjust the size of an
Impression window and its position on the screen but, if the document is
set to have Rulers on, the instruction doesn’t work. Stuart has
discovered that, in this configuration, there are actually two windows
and that Move Window and Drag to Set only operate satisfactorily when
used on the background of the outer one. This only exists in the top
left-most corner of the Impression window, immediately below the title
bar, as shown below. As Stuart says, it’s amazing.
7.3
• New products − The theory is that companies with new products for
Acorn computers should communicate with magazines such as Archive to
tell us about them but sadly that doesn’t always work. This is where you
come in. The thousands of Archive readers can act as an information
gathering network. If you see some new product that you think might be
helpful to other Archive readers, either ask the company to let us into
their secret(!) or send us some information yourself.
7.3
This information network is already working − the 105Mb removable drives
are an example of that. David Bower saw them and realised their
potential for Acorn users, alerted us... and the rest, as they say, is
history! Ed.
7.3
• Pixel Resolutions − Comments have been made from time to time in
Archive relating to the number of pixels which can be displayed on a
monitor with a certain dot pitch. In some cases, we seem to be trying to
put a quart into a pint pot − and succeeding! How? The following
deliberation is based on a certain amount of guesswork. If any Archive
readers are better informed, confirmations and corrections would be
gratefully received.
7.3
A monitor display, like a television picture, is made up of dots of
three colours, red, green and blue. In my diagrams, these are
represented by circles in three shades of grey, and the relative
positions of the three colours are, hopefully, as shown. (On a Trinitron
screen, the dots are rectangular, tall and narrow with no gaps, and the
appearance at this scale is very different from the ‘dots’ screen. A
different analysis of resolutions would be needed.)
7.3
The manual for my 16“ Eizo 9070 monitor claims that, with suitable
control cards, it can display up to 800 lines of up to 1280 pixels. It
uses the term Trio Pitch, rather than Dot Pitch, and gives the figure as
0·28 mm, which appears to be the SVGA standard. My principle piece of
guesswork is to assume that this is the distance between centres of dots
of the same colour, which are in a triangular formation in the display.
7.3
The display area of my screen is approximately 220 × 293 mm, from which
I can calculate the nominals size of each pixel for a particular screen
mode. The lines which look like Playschool windows show how the pixels
relate to the tri-coloured dots for various modes. The relative
positions of the pixels and the dots will vary in different parts of the
screen, but the relative sizes should be right. By my reckoning, there
must be about 1830 × 1570 single dots, comprising 1220 × 785 triangular
trios.
7.3
Using the enhancer which is standard on the A540, the highest
resolutions available are Mode 98 (800×600) and Mode 102 (1152×448).
Mode 98 has square pixels, which probably makes it the best for certain
types of graphics. Mode 102 has rectangular (tall, narrow) pixels, and
is the one I use for DTP. Using one of the new colour cards, I could
obtain 1024 × 768 pixels, which has become something of a standard for
PCs, and probably the 1280 × 800 quoted in my monitor manual.
7.3
In the fourth diagram, it will be noted that this mode includes,
overall, approximately one dot of each colour in each pixel, although
one dot may appear to be shared between two or three pixels. The monitor
cannot, of course, display parts of a dot in different intensities, so
each dot will be displayed in the intensity appropriate to the pixel
which claims most of it, or perhaps the average intensity of the two or
three pixels, depending on the logic of the controller. The dithering
effect, which in any case is used to give the impression of a palette of
colours from the three actually displayed, will ensure that the result
‘looks right’. It should look better than a standard TV set, which has,
I believe, 576 rows of 768 trios. The fact that the positions of pixels
in relation to dots vary across the screen can result in identical thin
lines in different parts of the screen appearing to be of different
widths, something I frequently observe.
7.3
In theory, with the right electronics, my monitor could display pixels
about two-thirds the width and half the height of those in the
1280 × 800 mode, giving about 1920 × 1600 pixels. Each pixel, however,
would then correspond approximately to just one coloured dot, not a
trio. Hence, in general, whatever colour may be defined for a pixel, the
screen would only show one of the three RGB components of that colour.
Dithering, again, would produce the desired result. This hypothetical
mode, would require three times the screen memory of the 1280 × 800
mode, and three times the processor power, but the end result would be
much the same. The advice in my manual would therefore appear sensible,
and the multi-scan electronics in the monitor are not sufficiently
variable to display as many as 1600 lines. This would be pointless.
Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.3
• Pocket Books et al − I really must disagree with you about those
“pretentious electronic diaries”! (Archive 7.1 p30) (Hands up those who
spotted that I called them ‘electronic dairies’! Ed) I use the cheapest
form, a Z88, in every day use. When you get over the feeling of prodding
“dead flesh”, the standard size Qwerty keyboard is a boon compared with
the small “pocket” type. The use of a portable machine also enables me
to input data, write memos, reports, reviews, etc on the daily train
journey between London and Huntingdon, which would otherwise be a total
waste of two hours each day.
7.3
I consider the Z88 with its diary facility as a natural extension to the
Archimedes computer. The on-board PipeDream package may not be the
world’s most up-to-date wordprocessor but it does what I want, and the
similarity of command keystrokes between the Z88 and Archimedes version
of PipeDream is essential for efficient working.
7.3
The amount of work thus achieved on the train is quite remarkable. The
phone doesn’t interrupt your “train” (sorry) of thought, and all that I
have typed can be dumped onto the Archimedes, graphic headings added,
and the results lasered, jetted or dotted onto hardcopy in the office.
7.3
However, I might be tempted to agree with you that the use of a near
£2,000 NoteBook is highly pretentious, when there are others which
suffice at a much lower cost.
7.3
I would say that once a decision to use a form of electronic diary has
been taken, it is essential to fully commit to the medium. There is
nothing worse than trying to keep two diaries − there will come a time
when an entry in one is either omitted from the other, or causes a clash
of bookings. I have tried, but it is impossible. Even with one for work
and one for personal events, there will eventually be a disaster!
7.3
Please reconsider your opinion − the fact that you personally don’t have
a regular use for this type of machine shouldn’t affect your judgement.
(But don’t worry, I’m a staunch Archive reader!) Bob Ames, Huntingdon.
7.3
It is interesting to see the reactions I get to my comments. Really, I
am quite happy to see portables of various sorts used with the
Archimedes. If it is the right tool for the job, use it! Talking of
which, I think we really ought to be adding the Psion 3A to the Archive
Price List as it is such an improvement over the Psion 3 (and Pocket
Book). If you are interested in getting one, give us a ring. Ed.
7.3
• The A-Word − I quote from an official Acorn press release, dated 29th
October 1993: “Acorn Computers today announces the availability of its
new high resolution monitor, the Acorn Super VGA Multiscan monitor, for
the Acorn Archimedes range of 32-bit RISC OS computers.” The news of the
monitor is excellent, although one might query the price, but it would
be easy to miss one glaringly obvious but rather unexpected word:
Archimedes.
7.3
Since the A3000, Acorn appeared to have dropped the name, so we ended up
talking about “Acorn 32-bit RISC OS machines”, which was a rather
verbose replacement for “Archimedes”! Even the A-symbol disappeared from
the iconbar with RISC OS 3. Are Acorn rehabilitating the A-word? Is it
official or was it a mistake? What next – shall we be able to talk about
“podules” again, instead of the more mundane “expansion boards”? The
previously-forbidden name also appeared several times in one article in
the official Acorn World Show Guide, whereas others continued to use
familiar A-word-avoidance techniques such as “RISC OS A-series machine”!
What’s going on?
7.3
Stuart Bell, Horsham. A
7.3
TechWriter
7.3
Brian Cowan
7.3
TechWriter is the only integrated scientific or technical writing system
available for the Archimedes range. I have spent a long time getting to
know Impression and using it together with Equasor (and BestForm) to
produce scientific documents. Readers will recall that some time ago I
lamented the fact that Computer Concepts had decided against upgrading
Equasor to release 2. This caused me to have a new look at the second
version of BestForm − on which I will report in a future issue. Ideally,
a package like Impression would allow “hot links” or “object linking and
embedding” to other programs like Equasor so that objects could be
manipulated actually from the Impression document. That would give the
appearance of integration, a second-best to what TechWriter provides: a
fully integrated system.
7.3
EasiWriter plus
7.3
TechWriter is based on Icon Technology’s EasiWriter, with the addition
of a powerful equation editor, footnotes and endnotes. TechWriter
version 1 is currently on sale but there is a version 2 under
development which has numerous enhancements. EasiWriter is rather
different from Impression. Rather than the styles and effects of
Impression, it has structures. A chapter structure can thus have the
first line defined as the chapter heading, in a larger, possibly
different type face, perhaps centred. Subsequent lines would be in the
regular style. Other types of structure include lists and tables.
Clearly one needs to understand the facilities of EasiWriter while
learning to use TechWriter. I therefore recommend interested readers to
see the review of EasiWriter in Archive 5.7 p35. But the temptation is
to start directly on the scientific facilities. This can be done with
the set of graded exercises in the manual − more on this below.
7.3
Expression mode
7.3
Equations, or expressions, can either be part of a line of text or they
can occupy a line of their own. On going into expression mode, by
choosing Expression from the Maths menu, or by typing Ctrl-[, the caret
changes from red to green. Thereafter, typed text appears in Italics
(except brackets, etc) until expression mode is terminated. However,
much more is going on in expression mode. Spaces are generated
automatically in equations, including the placement of − signs. In
particular, the monadic −a is different from the diadic a − b, although
both would be typed without spaces (Equasor does not recognise this
distinction.) Also, the prime character ‘ becomes ’, the differentiation
symbol.
7.3
Picking symbols
7.3
The Greek and symbol characters may be chosen from a scrolling palette
at the top of the document. I have shown the enhanced palette and
toolbar which comes with TechWriter version 2. The characters are from
the MathPhys font (from EFF) and they are arranged in a logical way. To
the left is the Greek character set. Next is a selection of “zero-width”
characters for overtyping symbols with hats, etc, such as àa or Áb .
Then there are the stretchable arrows and integral signs, followed by an
array of various symbols. This is not the MathGreek font with which some
readers may be familiar; MathPhys has a number of differences. There are
closed loop integrals for two and three dimensions and − a particular
favourite of mine − Planck’s (other) constant äh. As yet, the MathPhys
bold font is not included; I hope this will be supplied with future
versions of TechWriter. I have been wanting bold Greek for ages!
7.3
Scrolling palette
7.3
The scrolling palette is a clever idea since, although there are a lot
of symbols to be displayed, in this way they appear at a reasonable
size. Presumably, to facilitate fast scrolling, the symbols are
displayed in bit-mapped form rather that as outline font characters. But
here I have a slight reservation since it means that everything is tied
to the MathGreek font and it could not easily be substituted by,
perhaps, a custom-made font.
7.3
In expression mode, the Greek characters are printed as Italic while the
other symbols appear in upright (Roman) form. This is certainly logical,
although many scientific typesetters use Italic English and Roman Greek
characters in equations. However, if you click on Planck’s constant, you
will get the h in Roman style − and that would never be used.
7.3
Tool bar
7.3
The tool bar of TechWriter version two is much-enhanced. On the top row,
the icons provide the frequently used functions of undo, save, print,
spell check, search, ruler show/hide, and various zoom options. The
lower row provides tab setting, math palettes and show/hide. There
follows a collection of structure buttons for chapter, section, sub-
section, list, sub-list, table, figure, picture, footnote, equation and
end structure. Next are the justify options: left, centre, right and
full. Font style is controlled by the next set of buttons giving bold,
italic, underline and plain styles. And the last three buttons open
dialogue boxes for borders, type style and line spacing.
7.3
In use
7.3
TechWriter takes quite a bit of getting used to. There is a set of five
exercises in the manual which introduce the user, in a very gentle
fashion, to the capabilities of the system. The return key is often used
as an indication that a particular sequence of operations is completed.
This is in contrast to Equasor where the cursor-right key would be used.
But perseverance pays off. With practice, it becomes second nature to
create documents containing a mix of text and mathematics with both in-
line and separate equations. It is much easier than Impression plus
Equasor where, for editing, an equation must be exported from the
Impression document to Equasor and then reimported after modification.
However, equally important is the fact that TechWriter automatically
follows the rules of scientific typesetting, producing much more
satisfactory equations than does Equasor. All this happens quite
invisibly to the user.
7.3
Menu choices
7.3
It can be quite confusing getting to grips with some of the large menu
trees which appear, and finding the path to one’s required option.
Things are not always laid out in the most logical manner; certainly the
arrangement is different from Impression. But here the tool bar of
version two is a great help, with most common options available at the
click of a button.
7.3
Graphics objects
7.3
One can import both Draw objects and sprites. These become embedded in
the text; they keep their place in the text rather than their place on
the page. However, it is not possible to place more than one line of
text beside a graphic. If there is space on a line then just one line of
text can be placed beside it, appearing half way up the graphic. This is
an unfortunate limitation but it follows since TechWriter is text-based
rather than frame-based (such as Impression). Thus one should regard
TechWriter as a highly sophisticated word processor rather than a DTP
system. The above problem has a solution, based on the facility to
export a selection of a TechWriter document as a drawfile.
7.3
Text beside a graphic − solution
7.3
One of the example files provided with TechWriter shows that it is
possible to place a block of text next to a graphic object. If the size
of the graphic is known, the size of the required adjoining text area
can be worked out. A new TechWriter document is opened with a column set
at the required width. The required text and expressions is then typed
in, to the number of lines to give the required height. This selection
is then exported as a drawfile and imported to Draw where it is placed
next to the graphic object. Finally, the composite drawfile is imported
into the TechWriter document. This is clumsy but it works. Ideally,
TechWriter would allow (TechWriter) text frames together with the other
types of frames supported. A compromise could be effected if TechWriter
exported the areas as a tagged drawfile, containing the original
TechWriter information. This would then enable editing of the text/
expressions.
7.3
Miscellaneous points
7.3
The standard scientific document preparation system is TEX. While
TechWriter does not provide output files in the TEX format, nevertheless
the general structure of TechWriter is based on that of TEX. It is
therefore possible that in the future either a new version of TechWriter
or a special utility might become available to generate TEX files from
TechWriter documents. I do hope this will happen.
7.3
The TechWriter document is stored as a single file in uncompressed form.
Currently, Impression documents are constructed as an application
directory containing a number of files. This makes for a number of
problems, particularly in scientific applications, as I have mentioned
in the past. A facility for conversion between TechWriter and Impression
document format is highly desirable.
7.3
The TechWriter manual contains a wealth of information on the
conventions of scientific typesetting. It also covers many facilities
which I do not have space here to discuss such as matrices, chemical
formulae, brackets, underlines, overbars, subscripts and superscripts
etc, etc. I have found no mathematical construct which could not be made
relatively easily! Although I have been working with TechWriter for some
time, I am continually discovering new features; it really is very
versatile. I propose to discuss more of the facilities of TechWriter,
including those of the new version, in a future article on scientific
document preparation. This will also cover the merits of BestForm. (For
those interested in my feelings about BestForm, my main criticism is
that it does not allow for any variety of character sets: it only allows
a text font and a symbol font in only Roman and Italic styles − no
bold.)
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
Should I use Impression plus Equasor or should I use TechWriter? The
answer is that both have their uses. For complicated scientific or
mathematical documents, reports, etc, TechWriter is clearly the winner.
But for the creation of carefully laid out pages, Impression has to be
the answer. With Impression, you must do more work in creating your
equations and tweaking them to the required form. Some constructs,
trivial to create with TechWriter, such as matrices and horizontal
braces, are impossible to construct with Equasor. Furthermore, using
Impression, you can’t produce footnotes and endnotes. On the other hand,
with TechWriter you can’t place a block of text beside graphics easily,
certainly not in an automatic manner. Also, TechWriter does not support
(so far as I can find) vertical kerning. So I could not use it to write
TEX!
7.3
One worry I had about TechWriter was that it might not continue to be
supported by its producer. However, Icon Technology is a well-
established software house. They produced EasiWriter in collaboration
with Acorn, who bundle it with some of their Home Office packs, and they
have written such packages as Formulator and MacAuthor in the past. The
imminent arrival of TechWriter version 2 is an indication of their
commitment to this product.
7.3
My view is that Acorn should produce a ‘scientific’ bundle, possibly
with the yet-to-be-announced new machine, containing TechWriter and a
port of Maple − but that’s another story!
7.3
TechWriter is a superb package. I thoroughly recommend it for scientific
document writing. TechWriter costs £236.18 inc VAT & p&p from Icon
Technology or £215 through Archive. A
7.3
TechWriter’s Greek...
7.3
TechWriter (version 2) Toolbar
7.3
Version 2 maths tools
7.3
...and symbols palette
7.3
Music Column
7.3
Stewart Watson
7.3
It would seem, from circulars I have been receiving, that a whole host
of new music software for the Archimedes was to be launched at Acorn
World 93. Unfortunately, living as I do in the frozen north, distance
prevented me from attending the show, but I am looking forward to seeing
the software as it becomes available.
7.3
SS1600
7.3
One of the most exciting hardware developments I have seen for some time
is an expansion card from ESP (Hardware). It provides an Acorn standard
MIDI interface together with and an on-board 16 bit quality GM standard
Wave-Table synthesizer with some software, all for £249 +VAT. This could
be the answer to many people’s prayers if it lives up to expectations,
and I await further information with great interest.
7.3
Rhapsody 3
7.3
From Clares, there is a new version of Rhapsody, which will have full
dragging of notes and other symbols, different note styles, outline
fonts for text handling, a whole range of new symbols, etc.
7.3
Sound Advice
7.3
Sound Advice (7.1 p50) from The Really Small Software Company, will
shortly be available with the facility to load and save standard MIDI
files, and will have MIDI thru capability. These extra facilities, which
will be available to present users as a free upgrade, will make Sound
Advice (price £38 from Archive) even better value for money.
7.3
Rhythm-Bed library
7.3
I mentioned a few months ago that a library of Rhythm-Bed files might be
a good idea. Well, ‘Keep on Drumming’ from Words & Music provides 160
files in directories including Afro, Blues, Disco Fills Funky Heavy Hip-
Hop, House, Latin, Motown Reggae, Rock, R-N-B and Shuffle, all in
standard MIDI file format with drums on MIDI channel 10, (some with bass
parts assigned to channel 2) together with some tips on making the most
of the files provided. The documentation is a bit sketchy, e.g. no
catalogue of the discs contents is included, but there is certainly
plenty of variety in the material on the disc. These files can all be
loaded directly into Rhythm-Bed or Serenade and should save users a lot
of time and effort.
7.3
EMR
7.3
ElectroMusic Research should have released by now MicroStudio 2, Desktop
Scorewriter and Music Player 3. I look forward to seeing these programs
in the near future. EMR music library files now have presets to match
the general MIDI format. Of course, using the facilities available in
the MIDI list mapping page in Studio 24+, these voice presets and drum
voices can easily be altered to suit other set ups.
7.3
Disc Orchestra files
7.3
As well as standard MIDI files, there is a wide range of music of all
types available for the Yamaha Clavinova range of electronic pianos in
Disc Orchestra format. These discs are in Yamaha’s own version of DOS
and the files are protected and usually unreadable. Unlike most music
files where a song is completely loaded before playback begins, Disc
Orchestra files are loaded in sections, the Clavinova accessing the disc
regularly as the piece of music is played.
7.3
Editing
7.3
I have a Clavinova and a PSR6700, both of which load and run Disc
Orchestra files, but neither keyboard transmits these files from the
MIDI out, or the MIDI thru port. This is not necessarily a problem if
you are happy to leave the files in their original state but if you wish
to edit them then it is a bit frustrating. But there is a third way to
run these files, using an MDF2 MIDI Data Filer and a TG100 expander, and
when the files are run using this combination, the data is passed to the
MIDI thru port and can be recorded into an external sequencer for
editing.
7.3
Signal processing effects
7.3
By careful use of copy, cut and paste, it is possible to obtain some
interesting signal processing effects using only a sequencer. This can
be useful if you do not have an effects processor, or if you have need
of more effects than your processor can handle simultaneously.
7.3
Echo
7.3
Echo is a single repeat of a sound, usually at a lower volume. Studio
24+, for instance, can add echo to a sound by copying that sound to
another track and reducing the volume of the new track, using the track
options facility. Select track options in the track box and a window
appears. The last option in the window should read Velocity. Change the
percentage to the required amount (e.g. if you wanted the track to be
repeated at half the original volume, enter 50%) and click on OK.
7.3
Delay
7.3
Delay is a number of repeats of a sound gradually decreasing in volume.
This effect can be created in exactly the same way as echo, by making
more copies of the original track.
7.3
Chorus
7.3
Chorus is an effect which fattens out a sound and is usually produced in
signal processing devices by adding a second track with the same note
information but slightly higher or lower than the original.
7.3
If you have any ideas for special effects − or any other ideas,
suggestions or questions about using the Archimedes for music, write to
me via the Archive office. A
7.3
Humanoids and Robotix
7.3
Meg Else
7.3
Humanoids
7.3
The object of humanoids is to defend the humanoids against the invasion
of enemy landers and to survive. The game is based on a repeated
horizontally scrolling landscape, and you must kill all the enemy
forces, against enormous difficulties, before they capture your men. If
they successfully capture one of your men and you fail in a rescue
attempt, the successful lander becomes a Mutant, and far more dangerous
than before. To complete a level you have to kill everything on the
screen.
7.3
The graphics are poor by modern day Archimedes standards. This game is a
development of the BBC game Videos Revenge. It’s repetitive, but
somewhat addictive. It’s very hard to play and can be annoying at times.
7.3
My son James managed to reach level 3 and rated it like this:
7.3
Graphics 34%
7.3
Sound 76%
7.3
Gameplay 83%
7.3
Overall 64%
7.3
Robotix
7.3
This game is much less interesting than Humanoids. It’s a simple
structure. The object is to shoot the enemy, avoid the indestructible
hulks, pick up the humanoids and to survive.
7.3
Both the graphics and sound are poor. It’s very hard. We got to level 7,
which sounds good but the levels are short and repetitive, although
there was quite a range of monsters. Unlike Humanoids, however, we soon
lost interest in the game which was only slightly addictive.
7.3
Rating by James:
7.3
Graphics 17%
7.3
Sound 24%
7.3
Gameplay 7%
7.3
Overall 16%
7.3
Overall rating for both games:
7.3
Graphics 26%
7.3
Sound 50%
7.3
Gameplay 45%
7.3
Overall 40%
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
Not a very inspiring set of games but you can’t grumble when it’s only
priced at £24.99 for the pair from Cambridge International Software.
7.3
They are now on special offer at £9.95 for the two from C.I.S. or £10
including p&p through Archive − which makes quite a bit of a difference!
Ed. A
7.3
Hints & Tips
7.3
• Two independent stories with Ovation − Richard Hallas demonstrated an
excellent method of creating two independent stories with Impression in
the ‘Hints & Tips’ column (Archive 6.12 p27). To perform a similar task
with Ovation is not quite so easy but there is a way that this layout
can be obtained.
7.3
Double-click on the Ovation application to load it onto the iconbar.
Click <menu> over Ovation’s icon and select the ‘New Document’ option.
From this menu, choose the A4 page, ‘Portrait’ orientation and single
column options. For this example, I will create two independent columns
on an A4 sized page. Similar layouts can be created with other page
sizes.
7.3
Once Ovation’s main window has been opened, click <menu> and select the
‘Page’ menu. From this menu click on ‘Show Master Pages’. You will now
see Ovation’s master page for the A4 document. Ovation, unlike
Impression, does not allow you to delete any frames on the master page.
Alter the width of the A4 frame by choosing ‘Object’ from Ovation’s main
menu and then from the ‘Object’ menu select ‘Modify Frame’.
7.3
Set the main frame width to 90mm and height to 255mm. After modifying
the frame it will be displayed on the left hand side of Ovation’s master
page. Now create an identical sized text frame, using the text frame
icon on Ovation’s tool bar, and place it on the left hand side of the
master page, making sure that it aligns perfectly with the left hand
frame. Check with Ovation’s ‘Modify Frame’ option that this newly
created frame has identical dimensions to the previously created frame.
At this stage, any header or footer frames should be added to the master
page. You may well have to alter the height of both main text frames to
accommodate the header and footer frames.
7.3
Now quit the master page and return to Ovation’s main window. Ovation
still displays the original A4 frame outline. To display your newly
created dual frame layout, you will need to select the ‘Page’ option
from Ovation’s main menu. From this ‘Page’ menu select the ‘Insert Page’
option and a box ‘Insert Pages’ will appear on the screen. Click on ‘OK’
and the newly created page will now be displayed in Ovation’s window.
7.3
If you have already created two independent text stories with another
word processing package, you will need to have both stories saved as
plain text files, ready to drop into each newly created Ovation frame.
7.3
Click <select> on the first of these text stories and drag the file into
Ovation’s left hand main frame, making sure that this frame is the one
selected. The text will fill the frame and generate the necessary number
of linked frames to accommodate the story. Remember that this left hand
frame was originally Ovation’s A4 master page frame, adjusted to the
required size to accommodate another frame alongside it.
7.3
If you now select and drag the other text story into Ovation’s right
hand frame, you will notice that only the first right hand frame will
fill with text, and that Ovation’s text overflow arrow is displayed at
the bottom of this frame. For the text in this right hand frame to flow
through the length of the entire document, you will need to select the
‘Link Frame’ option from Ovation’s tool bar. Once this has been
selected, you must then individually link each right hand frame
throughout the length of the document. As you link each right hand
frame, you will notice that the text story flows from the previous
frame. Note that you can choose the ‘Link Frame’ option from the tool
bar with <adjust>. If this is done, this option will remain selected,
but will significantly slow down the scrolling speed of pages.
7.3
It is most important to drop the first text story into Ovation’s left
hand frame. This is the frame that generates automatically linked frames
as the text flows throughout the document.
7.3
Ovation can, of course, be used to produce the original stories, with
the proviso that the left hand frames are used to write the first story.
If required, the two frames on Ovation’s master page may be swapped
over, so that the first story can be set in the right hand frame. Mike
King, Guernsey. A
7.3
PD Column − The Virus Problem
7.3
David Holden
7.3
I have received several letters recently from people worried about
computer viruses and, in particular, the likelihood of ‘catching’ one
from a PD library. Most of these letters were from new users who have
been subjected to the various scares in the press that have appeared
during the past year or so and haven’t realised that these refer mainly
to the PC. I shall therefore suggest a few simple precautions users can
take to avoid infection.
7.3
It is worth stating that, provided you take the appropriate precautions,
I don’t believe there is any serious virus problem with the Archimedes
nor is there ever likely to be. They obviously exist, and some users may
have ‘caught’ one at some time but, so far, they have been annoying
rather than dangerous or destructive. If you are worried about viruses
then consider the Great Michaelangelo Virus Scare last year which was
supposed to wipe out half of the PC’s in the world. I wonder how much of
the media ‘hype’ preceding this was real and how much generated by the
many companies selling expensive virus detecting software for the PC
market? Luckily there is no equivalent commercial driving force to
exaggerate the problem on the Archimedes.
7.3
Quarantine
7.3
There are two main reasons why the Archimedes is comparatively immune
and why it is likely to remain so. Before I expand upon this I shall
state what is obvious but is frequently forgotten. Viruses in computers,
unlike their namesakes with people, cannot be ‘caught’ by one computer
just being in close proximity to another. The virus needs to be
physically introduced from outside. There are normally only two ways
that this can be done: via the serial port (including modems) or carried
on a floppy disc. I shall ignore networks because, for purposes of virus
infection, a network should be thought of as a single large computer so
the principle is the same, it is just that there are more ‘entrances’.
Your computer can’t ‘catch’ a virus, someone (that probably means you),
needs to be careless and introduce infected material.
7.3
The primary reason for the Archimedes’ natural immunity is that it has
its operating system in ROM. Most PC’s, with the exception of some
laptops, load their OS from disc. It is therefore impossible to run them
without accessing a disc drive of some sort and this is where most
viruses strike. They attach themselves to a part of the OS on the ‘boot’
disc of these computers so they are loaded and active as soon as the
user switches on. There is simply no way that even the most ingeniously
programmed virus could attach itself to the Archimedes OS. If you
suspect that your Archimedes has a virus you can actually start it up
without loading anything from disc. With RISC OS 3 hold down <shift>
when you switch on or, with RISC OS 2, ‘*Configure Noboot’ and
*Configure Drive 0‘ and although your hard disc will still exist, the
Archimedes won’t look at it until you take some action yourself.
7.3
In theory, it is possible to start up an Amiga or PC in the same way but
it is more awkward.
7.3
How viruses work
7.3
Most Archimedes users start up their machines without the use of any
‘foreign bodies’ and this gives them a very important first line of
defence. Remember it is impossible for your computer to be infected, a
virus can only hide on a disc and so you can easily prevent it from
getting to work. Most viruses operate on similar principles. They attach
themselves to or disguise themselves as something that exists naturally.
The primary objective of a virus is to replicate itself as many times as
possible before it is discovered and to achieve this it wants to be
‘run’ as soon and as often as possible. This is why some viruses attach
themselves to !Boot files of applications.
7.3
Another type of virus attaches itself to modules. This is very easy to
do because a module, unlike a normal application, must be written to be
fully relocatable and its ‘header’ must conform to a specific format.
Also once a module is loaded, it tends to remain active until the
computer is switched off so it is easy for it to claim vectors, watch
for file operations, and attach a clone of itself to any suitable file
copying actions.
7.3
Prevention...
7.3
From what I have said so far, you can see that prevention is really very
easy. Don’t put anything into that slot in the front of your Archimedes
unless you are certain it isn’t carrying a virus. Unless absolutely
essential, keep all floppy discs write protected so if you do become
infected, the infection is contained in as small an area as possible.
Remember it is your discs, not your computer, that will be infected. If
you use floppy discs, try to keep your applications and data on separate
discs. You can then write protect the discs which contain the actual
programs. Since most viruses work by attaching themselves to
applications of one sort or another, they will be unable to replicate
because data files are not normally suitable for their purposes.
7.3
Unless you are confident of its source, use a virus scanner on every
‘foreign’ floppy disc before you click on the drive icon. There are
several PD and Shareware detectors and removers but if you handle more
than the occasional alien disc, I recommend you subscribe to the
Pineapple Software service. This will cost about 60p per week and is a
worthwhile investment.
7.3
If you have a hard disc, scan it regularly. Your first line of defence
is checking each new floppy but sooner or later you will forget one so
check regularly. Always scan your hard disc before you back it up. It’s
obvious but easily forgotten.
7.3
Be suspicious of unexpected ‘disc write protected’ error messages and
any unusual disc operations. These may be a virus trying to put a copy
of itself onto a disc.
7.3
... and cure
7.3
This is just an extension of prevention and if you take precautions,
there shouldn’t be any problem. Most viruses can be removed from the
programs to which they have attached themselves, so a disc can be
‘disinfected’. If all else fails, you will have to go back to your last
hard disc backup. (You did scan before you backed up, didn’t you?)
7.3
Don’t just scan your hard disc and the few floppies that you remember
using in the last day or so. If you discover an infection on your hard
disc, scan every disc that isn’t always kept write protected, which is
another good reason for keeping as many as possible in that state. Most
recurring virus infections happen because not enough trouble is taken
when it is first discovered to ensure that it is completely eradicated.
7.3
Once again it’s obvious but keep a copy of your virus detector program
on a write protected floppy disc. If it’s on your hard disc and that
becomes infected...
7.3
Source of infections
7.3
The people who are most often blamed for spreading virus infections but
are in fact least likely to be the cause are PD and Shareware libraries.
As the precautions for avoiding infection are so simple, it is most
unlikely that you will ‘catch’ a virus from a disc obtained from any
reputable library. Before their existence was well known, there were a
few instances but that was long ago.
7.3
In general, PD libraries, because they receive discs from all sorts of
strange sources, are most likely to take proper precautions and so least
likely to pass infections on. The same is true of most bulletin boards.
It is more difficult to prevent infection because in theory anyone can
‘upload’ but most services now only permit uploads to specific areas and
these are thoroughly checked before they can be accessed by users.
7.3
One thing that has disturbed me somewhat is that, in the last few
months, I have received several unsolicited discs from Germany with
requests that I include the material in my library and/or pass it on to
others. About 75% of these have been infected with various viruses.
Naturally, I have no way of knowing whether this is a deliberate attempt
to spread infection or merely indicates that viruses are out of control
in Germany. However, there is no doubt that an unusually large
proportion of the viruses that abound for PC’s and Amigas did originate
in Germany, so there would appear to be an “irresponsible” element in
that country and I hope that this does not indicate that they have now
turned their attention to the Archimedes.
7.3
It is now generally acknowledged that, with PC’s, the most common cause
of virus infection is through pirated commercial software. This is one
reason why introducing ‘personal’ software onto an office PC is now a
sackable offence in many companies. The suggested reason for this link
is that the type of person who will use or pass on copies of commercial
software is also likely to be the sort of person that is amused by
infecting others with a virus.
7.3
Future developments
7.3
There is one development in PC’s which, I feel sure, will bring with it
a new type of extraordinarily destructive virus. Hopefully, this will
not be emulated in the Archimedes.
7.3
All PC’s have a ‘kernel’ of their operating system in ROM. This is known
as the BIOS (for Basic Input Output System) and is the part which is
responsible for carrying out system checks and loading the main part of
the OS from disc. Because it is in ROM, this has hitherto been immune
from virus infection. However, some PC’s are now being made with the
BIOS in a ‘flash’ programmable ROM. The idea behind this is to enable
the people who assemble the computers to program the BIOS with suitable
messages to suit the country in which they will be sold. This sounds
like a good idea, except that no additional hardware is required to
program this area and no write protect link is provided. This means that
a virus could be written which would infect the BIOS and render all
conventional ‘disinfection’ software useless. Because the very core of
the computer is infected, it could not be used at all until the BIOS had
been reprogrammed.
7.3
Please don’t think I’m giving anyone ideas by pointing this out. The
perverted people who write and spread viruses are probably already hard
at work. In fact, that’s the most exasperating thing about the whole
business. Thousands of hours are spent by dedicated and skilled
programmers with no other aim than to be a thorn in the side of computer
users. If only this effort were put to productive instead of destructive
ends... A
7.3
Acorn Computers in TV Post-Production
7.3
Alan Afriat
7.3
This is a rather technical article but anyone involved in this area will
realise its importance. It is yet another area where the power of
RISC OS computers is providing a cost-effective solution to a real-world
problem. Ed.
7.3
The ‘Your World’ primary schools TV series, currently transmitting on
Channel 4, has been an experiment in more ways than one. The series, a
co-production between Channel 4, Encyclopaedia Britannica and Case
Television, was designed as resource material for teachers to record off
air for classroom use by themselves or individual pupils. It has no
commentary, but an on-screen clock provides easy reference to the course
notes and crawler captions throughout give headline information − which
make the programmes particularly suitable for hard-of-hearing children.
Also experimental was the post-production work, including the programme
compilation, computer graphics and captioning, in which we tried out for
the first time a novel approach to graphics and tape editing using Acorn
computers for just about everything.
7.3
When we started on the project, I already had the Encyclopaedia
Britannica Video Library database on an MS-DOS partition. As this has
full shot lists of nearly all their programmes, I transferred all
information of interest to a Squirrel database which allowed me to add
extra fields as required and multitask it with other applications that I
was using such as Optima (Eidos’s, RISC OS digital video editing system)
and Octopus (a video editing machine controller board and software which
we have developed in-house). The transfer was surprisingly easy and
Squirrel afforded much better search facilities than were available on
the original database. Multitasking was crucial as I wanted to be able
to drag timecodes between applications for quick access to digital or
tape pictures and database information.
7.3
The programmes were edited using a novel combination of digital and tape
editing techniques. Although Optima does not give as good a picture as
some of the MS-DOS and Macintosh JPEG based systems, it is in many ways
the most flexible − and it’s a great deal cheaper! It does have the big
advantage of being able to directly access removable, re-usable magneto-
optical discs, each side of which can hold up to 70 mins of timecoded
sound and video − so with two MO disc drives and a 540Mb internal hard
drive, you can edit a programme of any length without having to digitise
tapes onto an expensive internal multi-gigabite hard disc system. You
can access any frame on a disc instantly by just dragging in a timecode
and you can cut, paste and overlay sound or picture in a flash. It gives
you all the creativity and flexibility of traditional film editing but
without any of the dross. It’s really good for track laying too; with up
to four sound tracks, you can fit and lay effects, commentary and music
precisely − and produce a film-style dubbing chart by dragging timecodes
and comments into a Draw or Artworks template. It also outputs a
reliable edit decision list data file for on-line picture and audio
auto-conforming.
7.3
Octopus − our own edit controller − will drive up to eight editing
machines of any type that have a standard computer interface. It
consists of multitasking editing software and an expansion card which
plugs into any Acorn computer that accepts standard cards. It normally
drives a three machine edit suite with the new JVC 22 series S-VHS
machines and the latest Panasonic mixer/DVE, but other machines can be
driven and hired in as required, including Beta-SP and disc, DAT, HIDAT
and ADAT recorders for audio conforming.
7.3
Before editing, master Beta-SP tapes are assembled, with original
timecode, onto 4-hour S-VHS tapes and then digitised. The resulting
tapes are then scanned at 10 times speed to index them for database
cross reference. Whenever Optima’s image quality leaves any doubt, this
indexing system makes it possible to gain almost instant access to a
high quality tape picture and sound for checking. You just drag a
timecode from Optima into the edit controller window and type in a roll
number and whichever machine has that frame will instantly spin down to
it. Current machines spool at more than 100 times speed, so with three
machines connected, any frame out of 12 hours of material can be
accessed within a maximum of 3½ minutes.
7.3
For viewing the completed cut, computer edited versions can be
transferred to tape with up to four mixed tracks and then have pictures
auto-pasted over. It takes about 1½ hours for the edit controller to
picture conform a half hour programme − and, with 4-hour tapes, it does
it in the background with minimum tape changes − so you can get on with
something else while the machines are busy. One of the virtues of this
hybrid 2-tier off-line editing system is that you can achieve a really
complete off-line edit. The mixer will produce visual effects, picture
in picture, multi-screen and frozen images − so you can off-line your
effects and then digitise them for editing.
7.3
We have also developed our own Acorn-based computer graphics system for
producing, cueing up and displaying in the off-line edit, broadcast
quality pictures, captions and subtitles, including rollers and simple
real-time animation. These can be precisely reproduced on-line where the
computer responds as though it were another VTR, giving complete editing
freedom at any point in a caption routine.
7.3
Apart from early teething troubles and de-bugging, our system performed
amazingly well. We achieved frame accurate off-line edits including all
captions and crawlers; we hired in two Beta-SP editing machines and a
waveform monitor/vectorscope and performed an A & B roll, cuts only pre-
conform. We took our A5000 computer along to the on-line edit and
completed everything in one pass, laying down captions as we added
visual effects and mixes. Sound was transferred to the S-VHS FM tracks
and digitised along with the rushes − I then track-laid with Optima,
auto-conformed with our edit controller and transferred to DAT and then
a digital recorder for dubbing. (Next time, we intend to conform
directly onto a digital multitrack recorder.) The S-VHS FM tracks have a
frequency response of 20-20,000Hz and JVC have brought the switching
noise of the new machines way below the audible threshold so, for
effects purposes, they were quite adequate. All this means that tape
generations and expensive on-line editing and dubbing time is reduced to
an absolute minimum.
7.3
Your World was the first time we had used our system on a real project.
Because I was working to a tight fixed budget with agreed production
specifications, it was imperative that on-line editing and dubbing costs
were kept to a minimum. We were successful − thanks in no small measure
to my associate, Adam Goodfellow, who engineered the graphics and tape
editing systems. A
7.3
The Crystal Maze
7.3
Gabriel, Jonathan and Katherine Swords
7.3
The Crystal Maze is a game from Sherston Software based on the Channel 4
series of the same name. For those of you not in the know, the idea of
the game is that you travel through four game zones, with a team of six
characters, competing in physical, mental, skill and mystery challenges.
The successful completion of each challenge rewards you with a crystal.
Your aim is to collect as many crystals a possible − the more you get
the longer you get to stay in the Crystal Dome.
7.3
The Crystal Dome is the climax of the game. Once inside, you’ll see gold
and silver tokens floating around − you have to collect as many gold
tokens as you can, while missing the silver ones. When your time is up,
the computer counts the amount of gold and silver you’ve collected,
deducts the silver from the gold then gives you your final score. Easy
really − until you start to play!
7.3
In my first five attempts, I collected a total of ten gold tokens − that
makes an average of two per game. I didn’t think that was too bad until
I read that 100+ is what you should be aiming at. So, a little
disgruntled, I decided it was time to hand over to my kids − more on
them later!
7.3
Inside the box
7.3
The game comes boxed with an A3 poster, manual and three discs, and a
registration card. The instructions were good enough to allow my
children to load the contents of the discs to hard drive, alter a piece
program to allow for hard drive use, and run the game.
7.3
Once inside the game, you start by setting the configuration − this
includes adjustments to the sound effects, music and volume. From there
you move to the difficulty level − the slider goes from 0 to 99 so
there’s plenty of scope for different levels of player. There’s also a
learner mode which allows you to practice any game as many times as you
like. In addition to all that, you can also re-define the ‘input
devices’ − the keyboard, joystick and mouse.
7.3
Once set, it’s time to choose your team. There are twelve characters to
choose from − according to the instruction manual each character has
different strengths and weaknesses, some more suitable than others for
the games you enter. You’re supposed to be able to work out who is
better at what the more you play, so far I haven’t got a clue. Choose
your six characters then select your first playing zone.
7.3
There are four zones. The Aztec zone is a re-creation of the Aztec
kingdom of the 15th and 16th centuries. The Ocean zone is set in the
hull of a sunken ocean liner. The Medieval zone is set the depths of a
medieval building. The Futuristic zone is a cold, impersonal place where
lives are ruled by computers − I know the feeling!
7.3
When you enter a zone, you have to play three games before you can move
on. You can choose from physical, skill, mental or mystery. Choose a
game type, and a player, then off you go − but don’t hang around, you
only get one or two minutes to complete the challenge − and if you don’t
get out in time you get locked in!
7.3
The real thing
7.3
This is where the game really starts to look and feel like the real
thing. While I was at the controls, my ‘back seat drivers’ were
constantly telling me what to do − then as the seconds ticked by, they
started screaming at me to get out before I got locked in. I was a
nervous wreck by the end of my first game − just like the real thing!
7.3
After completing one zone, you go on to the next until you’ve done
twelve games. The games reflect the atmosphere of each of the zones; so
in the medieval zone you could find yourself firing crossbows at moving
targets or jumping over snakes. In the Futuristic zone, you could be
chasing electrons or working your way out of a maze. The games don’t
change if you increase the difficulty level, they just get harder to
play! The ones I really hated, and therefore left to my children, were
the mental games − you know the kind of things; ‘If I ate two thirds of
my sweets on Monday, and three quarters of the rest on Tuesday, and
there are still five left, how many did I have originally?’ − I haven’t
a clue!
7.3
You can quite satisfactorily play this game on your own, but it really
does lend itself to team play − as a family we all chose characters and
took turns at playing different games. Because you’re working as a team,
as they do in the TV series, you begin to get excited or frustrated when
the others are playing. This is also one of those games where you don’t
have to succeed at one level before you go on to the next − in fact, you
could end up with only one crystal after 12 games but still get a go
inside the Crystal Dome − albeit for only 5 seconds. It’s a game for
adults and children.
7.3
Speaking of children − how did mine get on? Well, when I arrived home
from Acorn World 93, they proudly announced they had scored 161,
playing at the same level I had played on. They think it’s great −
things are getting so bad that now I have to book time on my own
computer!
7.3
Niggles
7.3
They are only a few niggles. For example, some of the clocks which tell
you how much time you have left aren’t very easy to read. Some of the
graphics on the picture puzzles aren’t always as clear as I’d like. And
when you leave the game and come back into desktop, you need to remember
to reset your font cache which goes down to 32Kb.
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
So, after all the hype in the magazines and at Acorn World 93, does
Crystal Maze live up to the expectations that the advertisers tried to
place on us? Well, apart from the few niggles I have mentioned, we can
all thoroughly recommended The Crystal Maze. It really is ‘fun for all
the family’ and would make a good Christmas present.
7.3
Crystal Maze costs £39.95 inclusive from Sherston Software or £37
through Archive. A
7.3
Blood Sport
7.3
Richard Rymarz
7.3
Blood Sport is the Archimedes answer to Street Fighter and other such
‘Beat ’em Up‘ games found on other computer formats. It is distributed
by Matt Black (well known for their clipart), comes on one disc in a CD
style plastic case and costs the princely sum of £9.99 (£12 inclusive of
VAT and carriage) which, by today’s standards, must rank as a budget
game. It is easily installed on hard disc although I had to reset my
machine before it worked.
7.3
The scenario
7.3
Blood Sport takes over the whole machine and begins with an attractive
picture behind a high score table and a number of options: the defining
the keys, information about the various foes that are to be encountered
and no less than six playing modes including one to play against a
friend.
7.3
There are ten lethal opponents that have to be beaten before you can
become a champion. Once completed, the level of difficulty can be
changed. A total of sixteen moves have to be mastered which requires a
fair degree of dexterity to say the least. It took me some time to learn
the moves since I was unsure what I was actually doing. I feel that a
seventh option allowing some practice would have been helpful.
7.3
The game
7.3
Clicking on ‘play’ results in some disappointments. The playing area is
only a quarter of the height of the screen. The figures, although well
drawn, are tiny and the different moves are difficult to define.
However, on the plus side, the action is fast and furious and is
accompanied by the requisite thumps, groans, ‘Oohs’ and ‘Aahs’ as your
opponent knocks you down over and over again. The screen even shakes as
you hit the ground with a thud. The various backgrounds have some fairly
basic animation. Fights are timed and points for each fighter are
clearly shown.
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
Since there is much of a muchness about the action, it soon loses its
novelty and interest wanes. Blood Sport is not in the same class as
games such as Street Fighter. However, it is one of the few ‘Beat ’em
Up‘ games for the Archimedes and it is cheap.
7.3
Blood Sport is fairly mindless but, if played with a friend, might
occupy the odd half hour on a winter’s evening when there is little else
to do. A
7.3
Quark
7.3
Andrew Rawnsley
7.3
Quark is a new release from the rapidly expanding Oregan Software
Developments. A year ago this was a tiny, little known company but today
it markets a variety of excellent utilities including, arguably, the
best Acorn tracker music editor (Digital Symphony) and a morphing
package (Morpheus). With Quark, it has broken into the quality games
market.
7.3
Vive la France!
7.3
Quark is written by a new French programming team Psychotic. It astounds
me the amount of quality software that comes from the rest of Europe
because, let’s face it, Acorn’s marketing department is hardly making a
splash over there. (They are making major moves into Germany at the
moment. Ed.) However, the likes of Digital Symphony and the popular
public domain utility Dissi come from Belgium, Eterna were based in
France, and who can forget demo writers extraordinaire, Brothers in Arm,
in Norway! Quark doesn’t let the side down.
7.3
At first sight, Quark is just another vertically scrolling shoot ‘em up,
but when you get into it, it is a feast of blasting mayhem with lots of
different spaceships, levels, music and even more power-ups. I mention
the spaceships because, unlike most games of this genre, Quark lets you
choose the ship which you want to pilot from six basic craft. Each has
its own speed, weaponry (with different power-ups) and armour class. The
appropriate values are stated in the manual which is clear if a little
concise.
7.3
Play a friend
7.3
The game can be played by one or two players simultaneously, and each
player can have any ship he likes. Cleverly, the programmers have
restricted the amount of weaponry power-ups that each can collect in the
two player game, to about two-thirds of what your ship is capable of in
the one player game. This means that you don’t get such an overwhelming
advantage when in two player mode.
7.3
Each player can alter his or her individual keys using a small, but
well-designed, desktop application. This is supplied on disc one, along
with a hard disc installation program and the main game. Hard disc users
will still need the original disc at hand to insert at the beginning of
the loading process.
7.3
The title screen is pretty, and is followed by a pleasing, permanent,
scrolling high-score table. However it’s a shame that you can only start
the game from the title screen and not the high score table. You have to
press a key to return to the main screen. Why not just allow the player
to go straight to the ship selector or enter the game.
7.3
Pressing <F12> starts the ship selector, whilst <F8> gives you a quick
start option using either the standard spaceships or the one(s) used in
the previous game, depending on whether you have just loaded.
7.3
The game itself
7.3
The in-game graphics are well drawn, although they only use 16 colours
in order to obtain smooth scrolling. Despite this limitation, the
colours are used to good effect to provide variety within the levels.
There are some clever colour palette changes, so you may travel out of a
gold coloured section, for example, into a purple section and on into a
green one. This shows that the game has been well thought out, and not
just knocked together overnight! The background graphics were
exceptionally detailed, even on a fairly low resolution monitor.
7.3
The amount of damage that your ship has taken is shown by the amount of
armour left on your ship. As you get hit, chunks of armour disappear
until your craft looks like a burnt out shell, at which point one more
hit will reduce you to dust and remove one of your lives. Fortunately,
you can get more lives by collecting certain tokens. The manual doesn’t
actually tell you what each token does, so it’s up to you, with the help
of the odd bit of digitised speech, to decide what does what.
7.3
Sound
7.3
The music is excellent, with tunes to suit everyone’s taste, be it
classical (on the game over screens) or heavy metal (for a metallic
level!). For once, the music hasn’t been written by the programmer
himself, but someone obviously skilled in computer music. Only four
channels appear to be used in the music, and the others are for used
sound effects such as speech and explosions.
7.3
Criticisms
7.3
I would like to have seen more animation of the ship, as in the soon to
be released Xenon 2. Also, maybe the levels could have been given
passwords. Fortunately, when your game ends, the computer remembers
which level you reached so that you don’t have to replay all the
previous ones. Otherwise, this is a very polished game.
7.3
One serious flaw was that the review copy had problems with multisync
monitors. The fade routine into level two caused the screen to go
completely black on my Acorn multisync, so I suggest you ring Oregan
direct (as instructed in the manual) to check on the compatibility of
your monitor and to see if the bug has been fixed.
7.3
The competition − Quark versus Xenon 2
7.3
To my mind, the only major competition for vertically scrolling shoot
’em ups comes from Swiv and Xenon 2.
7.3
Swiv has a simultaneous two player, but Quark offers more crafts for the
player(s) and more power-ups. The music is much more comprehensive in
Quark with tunes for every part of the game, not just the title screen.
7.3
Xenon 2 has more power-ups than Quark, but only one spaceship, and one
(rather good) piece of music which plays virtually non-stop throughout
the game, the exception being when you are in the shop. Xenon 2’s
animation is better than Quark’s, and the level of presentation is high,
but the two player game is hopeless. Player 1 has a go, and then when he
dies, player 2 starts. Another comment on Xenon 2 is that by the time
you reach the later levels, it is almost impossible to die. You simply
have too much firepower. Quark is still challenging late into the game
because, unlike Xenon 2, you lose some (but not all) of your firepower
bonuses when you die.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Quark is an excellent product which compares very favourably with the
competition. If you own a multisync monitor, check its compatibility
with Oregan first but if you like vertically scrolling shoot ’em ups,
you can’t go wrong with Quark!
7.3
Quark costs £24.95 from Oregan Software Developments or £23 through
Archive. A
7.3
Help!!!!
7.3
• Archway − Can anyone advise or help with upgrading Archway? I have
version 2.00 and believe there is now version 2.10, but Simtron seem
very hard to get in touch with! Phone Andy after 8pm on 081-675-5972.
7.3
• Screenwipes − Can anyone tell me how to use screenwipes on sprite
files from Basic? Contact Jonathan Topper, 4 Clapham Old Rd., Ingleton,
Via Carnforth, Lancs, LA6 3JA. A
7.3
Help Offered
7.3
• PCATS Graphics Enhancer − Following my request for help about using
the PCATS Enhancer under RISC OS 3.1, I got no offers of help! However,
I have managed to write a short relocatable module which stops the
enhancer crashing on RISC OS 3.1 and provides the full range of
multisync and enhancer modes. I am happy to provide copies of the module
to anyone sending me a blank formatted disc plus SAE. Seán Kelly, 8
Vicarage Lane, Wing, Leighton Buzzard, LU7 0NU.
7.3
• Scientific Software. A disc of scientific software, mostly of a
chemical nature, is now available. If you would like a copy simply send
a formatted blank disc (not 720Kb DOS!), together with return postage
(and address) to Chris Johnson, 7, Lovedale Grove, Balerno, Edinburgh,
EH14 7DR. Chris would still like to receive more software of a
scientific nature, as he would like to make up additional discs for
distribution. A
7.3
Demon’s Lair
7.3
Rob Wears
7.3
This game from the 4th Dimension was reviewed on an A310 (ARM 3, 4Mb
RAM, SCSI hard disc) and an A4 (4Mb RAM, hard disc). The game requires a
minimum of 2Mb RAM and it must be said that a colour monitor would make
your life a lot easier.
7.3
The plot?
7.3
You have drawn the short straw and have therefore volunteered to save
the land from an evil demon and release a friendly dragon. The only
things between you and a horrible death are your wits, luck and a Karate
kick capable of disrupting ghosts. And the name of this mighty hero −
Thorin Bloodaxe? Er... no actually you get to be called “Bob”. I’ve got
nothing against being called “Bob” − it’s the wife that isn’t too keen −
but it just doesn’t fit with my notions of your basic muscle-bound hero.
The blurb is a little weak but how does the game compare?
7.3
The package
7.3
The game comes on two discs and is copy protected by means of a “key
disc”. It will readily load to and run from a hard disc, providing disc
one is inserted for a short while as the game loads. There is no need to
replace the key disc if you find the need to reload a saved game
position. I find this a very inoffensive piece of copy protection which
did not cause any problems during testing, and provided that you keep
the original disc safe when not in use, it should not cause any
problems. When loaded, the game sits innocently on the iconbar and uses
1120Kb. When playing, it takes over the whole machine but a single
keystroke returns you to the desktop environment.
7.3
You are supplied with a single A4 sheet of paper with loading and
playing instructions, and a set of hints that are only minimally
helpful. There are also some clues contained in the screen shots shown
on the outer packaging, which are invaluable.
7.3
The game play
7.3
The puzzles are all said to be logical in nature, but I’m not too sure
that Mr Spock would approve of the rather brutal use of the rabbits!
There are some instances where you still have to rely on luck despite
having set things up to the best of your ability. As it is possible to
move your character freely in three dimensions, there are numerous key
actions possible to control the actions of your hero, and remembering
the right key to press can be a bit of a nightmare. However, it is very
easy to produce your own key definitions, which is essential for the
non-standard A4 keyboard.
7.3
The graphics
7.3
The graphics scroll smoothly but are rather cartoon-like. They are of a
similar standard to most of the Acorn games currently on the market −
that is to say, they are not particularly stunning and certainly do not
compare well with those found on games console machines. It is possible
to play the game on an A4 but you do miss some of the detail − I found
it quite surprising to find a corridor full of grabbing green arms on
the A310 because I had assumed the strange flickering lights on the A4
display were some sort of transporter beam. In addition, the magic is
colour coded (!) so using it with a monochrome display involves a lot of
trial and error. A colour display makes life a lot easier and is
therefore highly recommended.
7.3
To buy or not to buy?
7.3
So should you buy it? Well, if you enjoyed “The Kingdom of Hamil” and
the “Doom” adventures on the Beeb, or “Pandora’s Box” on the Archimedes,
I would say “Yes”. There is enough “arcade” gameplay to keep you amused,
but this does not distract from the high quality of the puzzles. It’s
basically all there − cackling witches, giant spiders and skulls, an
enormous eye on a spring, a Red Herring and a dragon. There is plenty of
humour (have you ever played a game where it is actually necessary to
become a frog for a while?) and plenty to keep movie buffs happy (spot
the bits from Frankenstein, Jaws, the Prisoner and the famous rock from
Indianna Jones). Above all, the game has that certain “I’ll just have
one more go” quality combined with a degree of complexity which ensures
a good lifespan. This is a very high quality game which deserves a place
in any Acorn games collection.
7.3
Demon’s Lair is £25.95 from Fourth Dimension or £24 through Archive. A
7.3
The Dungeon
7.3
Dave Wilcox
7.3
This game is one of the latest releases from The Fourth Dimension and is
one of the role-playing genre. It comes in the now standard video type
box with a colourful cover. Inside you will find three discs and a 13
page A5 manual. The manual is well written and easy to understand. It is
stated that this game will work on all Acorn 32-bit machines but you
must have at least 2Mb of RAM available.
7.3
Loading
7.3
As is now the norm with many games, the main disc cannot be backed up.
It is, however, possible to install the game onto your hard disc if you
have 3Mb free − an installation program is included on the disc to
simplify this for you but you still need to initialise the running of
the program with disc 1. Loading the game is a simple matter of double
clicking on the Dungeon icon. You are greeted with a rather bland
opening screen accompanied by a stereo tune, somewhat less intricate
than I would have expected. You will then need to insert disc 2 but,
initially, this is the only disc change and this passes you on to the
game screen.
7.3
The story so far
7.3
Many years ago there was a monastery. The monks resident there ruled the
area in a fair but firm manner. In doing so, they accumulated great
wealth. One night the monastery burned to the ground and, after the
fire, no bones were to be found and no trace of the great wealth was
evident. People searched to no avail. One day a parchment was found in
an old library showing the entrance to a crypt under the monastery.
Assistance was sought from three trusted friends and the four explorers
set off for the crypt. On entering the tunnel, the floor falls away from
under the four and they fall deep into the crypt. It is your job,
‘should you decide to accept it’, to guide these explorers through the
crypt gathering as much treasure as possible until you find the exit.
7.3
The game
7.3
The game screen is made up of six windows, the main and largest of which
is the graphical view location screen, showing the room or corridor you
are currently in, along with items and occupants. (Occupants are mad
Monks, etc − you never see your own character.) Under this you have a
window associated with each of the four team members, showing items
carried and their respective conditions in bar graph form. To the right
of the main screen, you have a window associated with the team leader.
This can be changed to make any person the leader, as the game
progresses. This window shows items carried in their back-pack, items of
clothing worn, options to sleep, eat, examine items, general condition
report and the option to save and load games. The bottom right of the
screen is taken up with the creation of spells with runes found on your
explorations. There are two other windows across the top of the screen,
one contains the spells found listed on scrolls and the other is the
text reply window where the game communicates text information to you.
7.3
The first feature that really makes an impression is the graphic
programming. The graphics used in the corridor construction are very
good and the scrolling is smooth. Extra effect is gained from the
programming of the various light sources, ranging from candles to
torches. When these sources are first lit, the surroundings are bright
and easy to see but as the light source burns down, the light intensity
decreases until the source expires and darkness again envelopes you.
7.3
Staying on the subject of graphics, the monsters and mad monks, etc are
the main point that really spoil this program. Whilst these are at a
distance along the corridors, they are acceptable but as they close in
they become very ‘pixelly’. This is a shame because otherwise the
program’s graphics are good.
7.3
The sound effects used throughout the game, consist of the usual grunts
and groans from monsters and doors creaking open or closed somewhere.
There is nothing new or exhilarating on the sound front but it does
fulfil its purpose and is programmed in stereo.
7.3
Movement around the dungeon is well thought out. You have the option of
keyboard control or mouse control. Using a trackerball, movement is easy
and quick. As you move around the dungeon you will come across numerous
items of treasure, weaponry, clothing, food, drink, potions, etc, all
devised to help or hinder. As you progress, you are required to
negotiate teleport systems, floor pads/switches, doors, portcullises,
pits, stairways, chasms and secret rooms. I haven’t managed to get out
of the Dungeon yet but I can say that I am hooked!
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
This game is of the sort of standard we have come to expect from The
Fourth Dimension. The graphics scrolling is smooth even on an ARM2
machine − up to 12½ frames per second. With ARM3, this goes up to 25
frames per second. If you like games involving role playing, in
preference to blasting everything in sight, this game is for you and can
be recommended without hesitation. It is available from 4th Dimension
priced at £34.95 or £32 through Archive. A
7.3
Vigil
7.3
Andrew Rawnsley
7.3
When I saw that Vigil was advertised as ‘the Spy on the Desktop’, I
didn’t know quite what to expect from Vigil. I bought it whilst it was
still undergoing beta-testing, as part of a special offer from Rheingold
Enterprises. I was soon to realise what an understatement the slogan
was.
7.3
After using the various different versions (0.42 − 1.02) for around
three months, I can honestly say that it must rank as one of the single
most useful program utilities available at the moment, alongside the
likes of Basic Compilers. It does, however, require RISC OS 3.10 or
later.
7.3
Who is it for?
7.3
The package is aimed at desktop programmers but the price has been set
to make it a viable purchase even for those just starting on desktop
programming. Although it has some features specifically for Basic and
Assembler programmers, almost any programming language can be used with
it. I must stress, however, it is for programmers who wish their
programs to run in the desktop, not outside it.
7.3
Basic features
7.3
Vigil has some very special features for those writing in Basic and
Assembler. For example, Basic programmers can view and alter some of
their program’s static and dynamic variables whilst the program is
running.
7.3
Gone are the days when you had to run a program with one value set for a
variable, only to find that the required effect was not achieved, having
then to quit it, edit the code and re-load. Now you can view the
variables, check that they are correct, and alter them until the desired
effect is achieved, provided that those altered are static variables or
dynamic integer variables.
7.3
Later versions will also offer the ability to view certain specified
variables.
7.3
Archway users should note that although early copies of the software had
problems when the Archway module was present with the Basic code, this
has now been overcome. Indeed, Archway and Vigil make an excellent pair
for those with limited desktop programming experience.
7.3
Disassembly
7.3
Assembler programmers will appreciate the number of functions aimed
directly at them. Dropping a file (rather than the usual application
directory) over the Vigil icon on the iconbar will result in Vigil
trying to disassemble it. Module and Utility files are assumed to start
at zero, and disassembled listings will start at that address. Absolute
files are assumed to be application images and are disassembled with a
start address of &8000. You can toggle between zero and &8000 using a
menu option from the disassembled viewer.
7.3
You can view your disassembled code, search it, print it out or save it
as raw data or as text.
7.3
ARM code programmers will also like the ability to display the contents
of the ARM processor registers. This has a secondary use, as it allows
Basic programmers to track individual variables, until such time as this
feature becomes part of the main variable display routines.
7.3
Viewing the workspace
7.3
This is perhaps one of Vigil’s main features. It allows you to examine
and edit the contents of your application’s workspace while it is
running. The workspace can be displayed as bytes, words (of memory) or
as mnemonics. The option requires that you have as much memory free as
the size of the workspace, since Vigil keeps a copy of the workspace to
edit.
7.3
Thus, if you register a 64Kb program with Vigil, you will need 128k free
before doing so. If you don’t have enough memory, Vigil will give you
the option of registering the task anyway, but not having the workspace
display available.
7.3
However, this requirement means that if you are working on a fairly
substantial program, you will need at least 2Mb of RAM to make best use
of the system.
7.3
The various options available from the workspace display can be accessed
via menus or via a toolbox which lies on the left hand side of the
window.
7.3
The tools
7.3
Format: this allows you to change the view which you are getting of the
workspace to any of byte, word or mnemonic.
7.3
Go to start: goes to address &8000.
7.3
Go to end: goes to the end of the application’s workspace.
7.3
Go to: allows you to go to a specific address within the application
memory.
7.3
Update: opens a dialogue box allowing you to choose a periodic update or
single updates when requested. The update option itself updates Vigil’s
workspace view to that of the registered program. The window’s title bar
displays the time of the last update.
7.3
Search: allows you to search the workspace display for a byte, word,
mnemonic, SWI or string.
7.3
Clear: clears the currently selected word or block of memory.
7.3
Write: this option lets you alter the contents of memory in units of one
word (4 bytes). This is a very useful option, giving all programmers
similar options to those of Basic programmers listed earlier.
7.3
Print: either prints via a RISC OS 3 printer driver or direct to the
printer port, depending on whether there is a printer driver loaded or
not. You can choose to print all or only the selected area of the
workspace.
7.3
Save: this option lets you save all or part of the workspace as text or
raw data.
7.3
The byte display format also allows you to alter single bytes of memory
or type ASCII characters directly into memory. You can do this either by
altering the hex numbers or by typing directly into the ASCII section of
the window. Each time you type a character, your application’s workspace
is altered.
7.3
Other features
7.3
(Vigil’s list of features does seem to go on and on doesn’t it?! Still,
it shows you get value for money.)
7.3
You can display all the wimp messages passed to and from your program,
as reason codes and as the messages themselves. Action codes are given,
where appropriate, and each is listed with the time it occurred. You can
also choose only to view certain messages and poll codes. This can be
very useful in ascertaining why your program is or isn’t performing some
particular action.
7.3
There is a centisecond timer which can come in very handy when you are
trying to optimize your code. It can sometimes be hard to tell whether
that last change speeded your program up or down. Now it’s easy to tell.
7.3
You can display the pointer’s co-ordinates in OS-units. They are
displayed as absolute screen co-ordinates or relative to the work area
or a user-defined point on the screen. You are also told the current
window and icon handles under the pointer. All the values can be
displayed as decimal or hex values.
7.3
You can obtain information on any currently loaded relocatable module.
You can display all its * commands and SWIs. You can examine the
module’s code or save the module out to disc. From the code viewer, you
can search, save all or part, as text or raw data, and print.
7.3
Finally, Vigil has thirteen SWI calls which give access to many of the
functions available from the main window, plus a few extra. These SWIs
should be called by the application being viewed and developed.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
It is hard to fault Vigil. It is certainly a feature-laden system. If
you find some feature that you need that isn’t present, a telephone call
to Rheingold Enterprises may well result in it appearing in the next
version! Another reassuring fact is that Vigil was originally written to
help the Author develop other packages. Thus it has been used and tested
by a programmer who knew what he needed and wrote the program to do it.
7.3
Vigil costs £24.95 (inc. VAT) from Rheingold Enterprises or £23 through
Archive. This price is less than the average computer game and a lot
more useful for anyone into Acorn programming. A
7.3
Genesis/Magpie Column
7.3
Paul Hooper
7.3
GenUp Lite
7.3
I will be devoting much of this month’s column to a review of GenUp Lite
which is described as a delivery system for multimedia applications.
GenUp is designed to overcome many of the problems associated with the
original !Browser application supplied with Genesis. As anyone who has a
network will be aware, Genesis can take an awfully long time to load and
run an application. Also, on a 1Mb machine, the problems of memory
restrictions become critical. GenUp will solve these problems. Yet this
does not do justice to this suite of programs because once you have
compiled your programs into GenUp format, you are able to index them and
use GenUp to run the application.
7.3
The package
7.3
The package contains a loose leaf folder with an A5 manual and two
discs. The first disc contains four applications and a special needs
directory. The four applications are !Bookmark, !Compiler, !GenUpII and
!Indexer. The directory contains applications which enable you to run
Genesis applications using a concept keyboard. The second disc contains
an example of a Genesis application and a GenUp version of the same
application.
7.3
The manual is well written, with a ‘quick start’ page to enable you to
get the software running. It is also well indexed.
7.3
Compiling an application
7.3
Compiling an application is simplicity itself. A click on the !Compiler
icon will open a window as shown below. It is then a simple matter of
dragging your Genesis application into the window... then go and make a
coffee while it is compiled. There is a sub-menu which allows you to
specify if you wish to compress the target files, delete the source
files and ‘make complete’. These terms are explained in the manual and
should be used with care.
7.3
The compiler will not cope with all of the Genesis script language, so
make sure you only try and compile a copy of the application. At the
moment, the compiler will not implement commands like INCLUDE and CLOSE
although these are promised for a future upgrade. Also, Word, Euclid and
Ace frames cannot be compiled at the moment. Despite these limitations,
the compiled application runs much faster than the original, and with
RISC OS 3.1 and !Squash, a significant compression can be gained. After
compiling the !Churches application from the Swap Shop catalogue, the
size went down from 640Kb to 569Kb − a 12% saving in disc space. Faster
access can be gained at the expense of size if the ‘Make complete’
option is chosen. This deletes the shared resources and compiles them
into the individual pages that use them. This means, however, that an
application that uses a lot of shared resources could actually become
larger after compression.
7.3
Indexing an application
7.3
Indexing an application follows the format of compiling. You simply drag
the application onto the window and wait. You can either use a default
exclusion list or, using Edit, you can compile your own default list.
7.3
The compiled application
7.3
The compiled application can only be run using GenUp II, and if you have
compressed the application, you will also need RISC OS 3 because GenUp
uses the Squash modules built into the ROMS. On this month’s disc, is a
copy of the Swap Shop catalogue that has been compiled using !Compiler
and a copy of !GenUp II which will enable you to use it.
7.3
What are the differences between !GenUpII and !Browser ? The first and
most obvious difference is the speed with which the application runs.
Even with compression, a GenUp application will run at about twice the
speed of one run under Browser. The larger the number of resources on a
page, the faster it will run under GenUp. In terms of disc space, GenUp
occupies about 40Kb and Browser 97Kb. The real saving comes in the
Wimpslot claimed by the two programs, !Browser claims almost 300Kb,
including the support modules it loads, whereas GenUp requires no
support modules and runs in a 32Kb slot. So a large Genesis application
of 2Mb can be compiled and run on a 1Mb machine.
7.3
Running the application
7.3
The real difference comes in the way the application is run. The icon
menu has three options as well as the usual Info and Quit. These enable
you to save the current state of the application, ‘Options’ leads you to
a sub-menu which enables you to reverse the mouse action so that
<select> becomes <adjust>. This means that you can close the previous
page by clicking on <select> rather than <adjust>. On this sub-menu,
there is also a special needs option, which provides a larger pointer
which can be moved between action frames by pressing <tab> and selected
with <return>.
7.3
The biggest advantage of GenUp is its search facility. If an application
has been indexed, <menu> over a page will provide you with three
writable icons in which you can enter search criteria, which can be
linked with ‘or’ or ‘and’ conditions. This enables fairly complex
searches to be carried out. Other options allow you to save the results
of a search or export resources that are unlocked.
7.3
The remaining programs
7.3
The ‘Special Needs’ directory enables you to run a concept keyboard from
either the serial or parallel port. An A4 overlay is provided and this
is based on the Tab and Return of the special needs facility.
7.3
Bookmark is a program in which you can save those resources that you
export from a GenUp application. It can also be used to view a history
file of the application. Many ideas for the use of Bookmark appear in
the manual.
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
GenUp Lite is excellent for speeding up the delivery of Genesis
applications, but a word of caution. It is very unforgiving and if, like
me, you have developed sloppy habits in the writing of Genesis
applications, it will throw them back at you. It is better to design
your applications with the compiler in mind, avoiding all those CLOSE
and INCLUDE commands. Don’t expect to be able to convert an existing
application without a lot of work to bring it in line with the compiler.
7.3
If you run a network and want to speed up applications, GenUp Lite is
for you. If you are running applications with young or special needs
children, the ability to use a concept keyboard will certainly be
helpful. Even for the single user, the extra abilities of indexing and
SuperSearch will make purchase of GenUp Lite worthwhile.
7.3
Price
7.3
GenUp Lite is available from APA Multimedia Ltd. For a single user, the
price is £79 +VAT but for a single educational user, it is £49 +VAT.
There are also special deals for site licences for schools − ring APA
for further details on 0634-295222.
7.3
The Swap Shop
7.3
I have finished converting all of the applications between Genesis and
Magpie, but I haven’t received any applications for ages. So let me
remind you that for every application you send me, I will send you three
of your choice. The details of the applications are on this month’s
disc.
7.3
The end bit
7.3
If you have any questions on Genesis or Magpie or wish to swap some
applications then write to me, Paul Hooper, 11, Rochford Road, Martham,
Great Yarmouth, Norfolk, NR29 4RL or phone 0493-748474. A
7.3
JPEG Column
7.3
Stuart Bell
7.3
!JPEGit and !JFIF
7.3
Neil Hoggarth, author of !JFIF, shared the surprise that I expressed in
the September column that !JPEGit seemed faster than !JFIF at
compressing sprites. Neil tried, but failed, to reproduce my results.
So, I tested them again, and now I can’t reproduce my own results! At
the time, I expected similar figures for the two programs, so when they
weren’t similar, I repeated the tests to make sure. I can only conclude
that I must have set some parameters differently for the two programs.
So, as one would expect for applications that use the same underlying
code, one should get very similar timings for !JPEGit and !JFIF.
7.3
Neil had also come across the problem with !FYEO with standard
resolution monitors, but points out that you can still use !FYEO to
convert JPEG files to Sprite files, as the receiving application will
convert the sprite file for your particular mode. There remains the
problem that the sprite file is twice as large as you really need.
7.3
Frank Lyonnet, author of !FYEO and !JView, has written to me to say that
whilst currently they only work with square pixel modes, that won’t be
the case with !FYEO 2.00, on which he’s now working. However, it may not
be Freeware (i.e. PD).
7.3
Quality matters
7.3
In the last column, I reviewed !Creator, !Translatr and !FYEO, and came
to the conclusion that in addition to testing the speed and user-
friendliness of JPEG applications, we should also compare the quality of
results, as not all cjpeg and djpeg routines are created equal.
7.3
I now have three versions of these utilities. In chronological order,
there are first those implemented by Keith Sloan in his !JPEG
application dated 18 Nov 1991; then those supplied within !ChangeFSI
dated 18 May 1992; and finally those supplied with the latest versions
of !Creator and !Translatr, which are compilations of version 4 of the
Independent JPEG group routines and are dated 23 Dec 1992. The big
question is “which set is best?”
7.3
Since all of the JPEG applications except !FYEO use an intermediate file
format, those ‘front ends’ were not used, but rather the different cjpeg
and djpeg routines were called directly from the command line, starting
with the same 248Kb GIF file. Each time, the GIF file was converted to
JPEG format with a “Q” of 25, and then deJPEGed back to GIF format.
Finally, !FYEO – which also reads GIF files – was used to produce the
Acorn sprite file. To compare the deJPEGging ability of !FYEO, it was
used to decompress the JPEG file created by the version 4 implementation
of cjpeg.
7.3
It was immediately apparent, even without magnification, that the
results from the “Keith Sloan” routines demonstrated a very strange
pattern in the upper part of the sprite. The implementations of the
version 3 and version 4 routines produced by the Independent JPEG group
were then compared.
7.3
Whether or not it will be clear in print, there is a difference between
the two sprites. I would characterise the latter as giving smoother
shades, with less apparent pixelisation. The conclusion must be that
“front ends” like !JFIF and !JPEGit would produce better results if they
were recompiled to use the version 4 routines, supplying them with the
full word switches (e.g. “-quality” rather than “-Q”) which they
require.
7.3
Finally, I compared the previous results with the output produced by
!FYEO from the JPEG file produced by the version 4 cjpeg. Again, whilst
the differences are quite subtle, I conclude that the results from !FYEO
are very similar to those of version 3, and that, therefore, the version
4 routines produce the best results of all the JPEG routines compared so
far. However, one must not lose sight of the fact that they are
currently only compatible with !Translatr and !Creator, and also that
!FYEO is both quicker and easier to use than any of the other deJPEGing
methods.
7.3
Mode overheads
7.3
As I can now use !FYEO with my SVGA monitor, I’ve become a convinced
user of this application. Even if the output isn’t quite up to the
standard of version 4 of the IJG’s routines, its ease and speed of use
more than compensate. However, the use of the higher resolution modes
permitted by the monitor has highlighted the problem of the VIDC and the
ARM CPU competing for memory bandwidth. To deJPEG the HCCS ‘Hi People’
sprite originally compressed with Q=25 took !FYEO the following times
(ARM3, Oak 45Mb SCSI):
7.3
Mode 12: 15s Mode 15: 23s
7.3
Mode 20: 16s Mode 21: 50s
7.3
Mode 28: 43s Mode 31: 16s
7.3
The above figures demonstrate quite clearly that it is the combination
of a high-resolution (‘square pixel’) mode and 256 colours that really
affects performance. A further overhead is the extra work required to
produce a 256 colour sprite. With the ARM3 cache turned off, simulating
an ARM2, the mode 21 time was 147 seconds! (If anyone is using JPEG
applications with one of the new colour cards, please do let us have
some comparative timings.)
7.3
It’s no surprise, therefore, that for putting sprites into JPEG format,
the ability of JPEGit (the shareware – not PD – version) to use Mode 0
during conversion is a real benefit, especially with 256 colour modes.
The relevant figures are:
7.3
Mode 31, into Mode 0 during processing: 35s
7.3
Remaining in Mode 31 during processing: 40s
7.3
Mode 21, into Mode 0 during processing: 35s
7.3
Remaining in Mode 21 during processing: 115s
7.3
These last two figures represent a 70% time saving. Again, the speed
more than compensates for any nuances in the final output: the JPEGit /
FYEO is my current favourite combination.
7.3
MPEG − moving JPEG!
7.3
Tom Kirby-Green kindly sent me the two MPEG engines and a selection of
movie files that he had offered. !MPEG is by Paul LeBeau of 4Mation,
with thanks in the !Help file expressed to Roger Wilson of Acorn. It’s a
port of an MPEG engine from Unix, and makes no attempt to run under the
RISC OS WIMP front-end. Instead, double-clicking on an MPEG movie file
causes the MPEG engine (i.e. the decompression and display program) to
be loaded transparently and the movie to be displayed in what appears to
be a 320×256 pixel format, centred in the screen. When the film ends,
the image remains and can only be cleared by scrubbing it out by moving
other windows over it. With an ARM 3 and mode 28, the frame-rate is
about one per second. 16-colour modes are faster, but the colours are
strange!
7.3
!MPEGPlay is another Unix port, made by Niklas Röjemo and translated by
Tord Eriksson. This one does work in the RISC OS environment. The
application can be loaded onto the iconbar, and the display window is a
proper one which can be closed and moved. The application requires
1500Kb, and has to be re-loaded for each new film. Presumably because of
the pixel-scaling algorithm used, the displayed image is only a quarter
of the size provided by !MPEG. The display frame rate is again about one
per second.
7.3
The first problem I encountered was that the two applications assume
different filetype numbers – either &123 or &01 for MPEG files, so that
the easiest way to run the two engines alternately was to have two
directories of identical files, albeit with different filetype numbers.
7.3
The second problem is the overhead of 256-colour modes, not only for
displaying the movies, but also for loading programs and films. My
rather ancient 45Mb SCSI drive almost grinds to a halt in modes 21 or
28.
7.3
I suppose that I had somehow expected better quality and a faster frame-
rate from the MPEG applications. Perhaps here would be free ‘full-motion
video’! But, of course, I should have remembered the constraints on the
performance of the system. In order to minimise disc space (which is
what both JPEG and MPEG are all about – the HulaHoop application of
about 40 frames runs to only 111Kb), there must be a massive computation
overhead in decompressing the image, and producing each frame. This
computation is slowed down by the mode overhead in 256-colour modes,
caused by the VIDC’s access to memory.
7.3
So, we have rather grainy 320×256 pixel images and a frame rate of one
per second. No doubt an MPEG application written in ARM assembler,
rather than complied from a C program ported from Unix would show the
same kind of speed improvement that !FYEO demonstrates over other JPEG
programs. Where MPEG does show its strength is in the disc space
required. Forty such images stored in sprite form on disc would take
2.6Mb, not 111Kb!
7.3
As I write this, I look forward to seeing the Acorn DIY Replay system at
the Acorn World Show – it will be interesting to compare its results
with those of these MPEG engines. But, if DTP was the application of the
1980’s, then I’ve no doubt that video, in all its forms, will be the
application of the 90’s. And what demands that will place upon hardware
design! The ARM3 that runs Impression II with ease – and a darn sight
faster than Microsoft Word on an Apple Quadra I saw running yesterday –
grinds to a snail’s pace with moving video. The SCSI disc that’s as fast
as one could want in a 16 colour mode hits the VIDC bandwidth barrier
with 256 colours, and 45Mb is looking very small indeed, even with
MPEG’s economy of disc space. Naturally, the computer manufacturers
won’t mind if we feel compelled to upgrade our machines!
7.3
Now why didn’t I think of that!
7.3
Allan Woods wrote to remind us that you can extract a sprite which
Impression has saved as a drawfile. Simply load the file under !Draw,
select the sprite and, from the Save menu, select ‘sprites’ and save it
as a spritefile. Thanks, Allan! Now, who else had forgotten about that
facility? Admit it!
7.3
Finally, if you send me discs via the Archive office, please ensure that
they are 800Kb, not 1.6Mb format. With an A310, I simply can’t read the
latter. Assuming that there’s anything to report on the JPEG (or MPEG!)
front, this column should appear again in two month’s time. A
7.3
From left to right, the output from the version 3 and version 4
implementations of the Independent JPEG Group cjpeg and djpeg routines,
the output from !FYEO’s deJPEGing of a version 4 jpeg file, and the same
part of the original sprite file. All these samples are printed at 200%
of ‘actual’ size.
7.3
The original 640×480 256 colour sprite, 50% scale.
7.3
Top of the “Keith Sloan – produced” sprite
7.3
Formatting the Basic PRINT Statement
7.3
Francis Crossley
7.3
Francis feels that it would be good to have more articles about
programming techniques... so he has started the ball rolling by
providing one himself! If anyone has any ideas of articles they would
like to contribute, just drop a line to the Archive office. Ed.
7.3
This article describes how the format variable, @%, can be used to
control the output of numerical information. To understand how to use @%
a little knowledge of the hexadecimal system is needed. Basic recognises
that a hex number is present when it is preceeded with ‘&’; characters
permitted are 0 to 9, A to F, representing the decimal numbers 0 to 15.
The hexadecimal system counts in groups of sixteen, whereas the decimal
counts in groups of ten, with A to F representing the six new symbols
needed.
7.3
The format variable consists of four bytes each of which is written as
two hexadecimal digits, it might look like this:
7.3
@%=&00010A14
7.3
The bytes have the following meaning, starting with the right hand
(least significant) byte called byte#1.
7.3
Byte#1: (14 in this case) sets the print field width, i.e. the number
of spaces allocated to one value. If the values are printed on separate
lines their right hand digits will be in line at the right hand edge of
the field (right justified). Byte#1 can have any value between 0 and
255, written in hex as 00 to FF.
7.3
Byte#2: (0A in this case) determines the number of digits printed. In
general format (see later) this is the number of digits printed before
the value is printed in exponent form. In exponent form, it is the
number of significant digits before the exponent (E). In fixed format it
is the number of digits that appear after the decimal point (to the
right), note that the number is not padded out with zeros. Byte#2 can
have a value between 0 and 10 (00 and 0A).
7.3
Byte#3: (01 in this case) selects the format of the number. Only 3
values are legal:
7.3
00 − general format. This is what you get if you do not set ‘@%’.
Numbers have the form nnn.nnn, the number of digits printed being set by
byte#2 (not counting the decimal point). If the number is too large, it
will be printed in exponent form.
7.3
01 − exponent form. These numbers have the form n.nnnEnn, the number of
digits to the right of the decimal point and before the E being given by
byte#2. This is the only form in which all the decimal points will line
up for all values.
7.3
02 − fixed format. Numbers have the form nnn.nnn, the number of digits
to the right of the decimal point being given by byte#2. Overlarge
numbers will be printed in exponent form. The decimal points will not,
in general, line up.
7.3
Byte#4: The final byte sets the format of printing when using the
string operator, STR$(n). If the value is 0 the general format will be
used, with bytes #1 and #2 having no effect. For any other value STR$(n)
uses bytes #3, #2 and #1 to determine how to print the value.
7.3
Examples
7.3
1) @%=&00010A14
7.3
Starting at the right: the field width is &14 or 20 in decimal; &0A or
10 (decimal) is the number of digits to be printed, since the next byte
is 01 the exponent form is to be used the number could look like
7.3
1.234567809E5
7.3
The left most byte is 0 meaning that STR$(n) would print the number in
the general format, the above number then appearing as
7.3
123456.7809
7.3
2) @%=&0102050A
7.3
This time the field width is 10 (decimal) with 5 digits being shown to
the right of the decimal point in fixed format (2). STR$(n) uses the
same format (byte#4 being non zero).
7.3
Note that Basic can display a maximum of 10 digits, the default setting
of ‘@%’ permits 9 digits to be displayed in a field width of 10 in the
general form; this changes to exponent form for values less than 0.01 or
those having more than 9 digits.
7.3
If you are not sure of the effect of a particular setting of ‘@%’ write
a simple test program. Using Basic this takes only seconds (well perhaps
minutes!) and is very instructive. I hope the information given enables
good looking tabulated results to be obtained more quickly. If you have
any comments or queries please write to me at 156 Holmes Chapel Road,
Congleton, Cheshire, CW12 4QB. A
7.3
Matthew Hunter, here in the Archive office, has knocked together a
program that will allow you to play around with the format to see the
effect of each of the parameters.
7.3
PRINT“Enter field width :”;
7.3
field%=FNGetNum(256)
7.3
PRINT“Enter number of digits : ”;
7.3
digits%=FNGetNum(256)
7.3
PRINT“Enter format (0-2) : ”;
7.3
format%=FNGetNum(3)
7.3
PRINT“Enter STR$ format (0 or 1) : ”;
7.3
sformat%=FNGetNum(2)
7.3
PRINT“Setting @% to ”;
7.3
value%=(sformat%<<24)+(format%<<16)+ (digits%<<8)+field%
7.3
PRINT“&”;~value%
7.3
@%=value%
7.3
PRINT123456.7809,456.25600, STR$(123456.7809)
7.3
END
7.3
:
7.3
DEF FNGetNum(x%)
7.3
REPEAT
7.3
INPUT y%
7.3
UNTIL y%<x%
7.3
=y%
7.3
Satellite Prediction Software
7.3
Barry Haines
7.3
In this review, I will be looking at three satellite prediction
packages. SatPack from Unilab, ArcTrack from Amsat and Kepler from
Spacetech.
7.3
Background
7.3
If predicting satellite orbits are a simple task, there would be no need
for this software. The most difficult orbits to predict are low earth
orbits which is where you find most weather and amateur satellites.
7.3
The track of each orbit changes due to the rotation of the earth but
also these tracks drift due to the earth orbiting the Sun. To overcome
this, a three axis co-ordinate system is used, the first axis being the
north pole, the second the equator and the third a fixed star (first
point of Aries).
7.3
The next problem is determining where in the orbit the satellite is
located which may not appear to be a problem until you realise that the
satellite speed is not constant. This is due to the fact that the earth
is oblate (it bulges at the equator) and also that the orbit is
elliptical and thus the altitude is changing which in turn affects the
speed.
7.3
These programs require a set of elements known as keplerian elements
which give the time and position of a reference orbit and orbit
parameters. If all of this seems rather sketchy that is because a full
description is beyond the scope of this review and would easily fill the
magazine.
7.3
Accuracy
7.3
My first task was to determine the accuracy of the packages. I used a
NOAA-11 pass in the visual spectrum noting the time at recognisable land
masses and the error of the minute markers. Comparing the absolute data
against the predicted data, the sub-satellite point error was within 2
degrees. This gave an aerial azimuth error of 5 degrees and an elevation
error of less than 10 degrees which is acceptable for aerial gains of
less than 20dBi.
7.3
I also compared the results with predictions using keplerian elements
that were 4 months old. SatPack and Kepler were both about 5 mins late
but to my surprise, ArcTrack was 10 mins early.
7.3
SatPack 1
7.3
This came in a box containing a disc, handbook, keystrip and product
catalogue. The handbook started off reasonably well describing the
various menus but then I think the author got bored because the
description of the display modes was rather sparse.
7.3
I ran the software from a directory on hard disc and, after passing
through a couple of boring introductions, arrived at the main menu. All
of this has a BBC appearance which gave me the impression that it was a
straight port from the Beeb.
7.3
I first discovered that all disc access is to the root directory so all
data files for the satellite elements have to be stored here. Next I
decided to input new data and, using the input function, I kept getting
a bad drive error every time I tried to save it. I then discovered you
could use the edit function but as the SMA (semi-major axis) is not
given in element sets, I left this at zero which then gives you a divide
by zero error. Returning to edit and entering zero for SMA after the
elements had been entered, the program calculates it for you.
7.3
Now I tried a prediction by selecting A from the main menu which first
took me to the timing page. Here you enter the date and start time
followed by the duration of the prediction. You then select real time or
stepped time for the prediction and say whether you want hard copy. I
first tried the prediction in tabular form which gives two lines of data
for each step but this scrolls so fast it was unreadable and is only
useful for hard copy purposes.
7.3
Projecting the prediction to screen has two modes, realtime and stepped,
both of which allow you to save to printer or disc. The default is a
Mercator projection which has a zoom mode that switches to a map of
Europe when in range. You also have a polar projection mode again with
the same facilities as the other modes. The quality of these maps I
consider rather poor, lacking in detail and with no colour.
7.3
I found the stepped mode the most useful because you can jump forward to
see when the satellite is in range and the path it takes. However, if
you select zoom you keep jumping to the European projection and just
when you have figured out the satellite’s position, it has passed by and
you return to the mercator projection losing all previous data.
7.3
All in all, considering the bugs and the fact that it can only handle
one satellite and is not multitasking and the general poor quality, I
feel unable to recommend it. I also feel that, in its present state, it
would not even be suitable for the PD market.
7.3
Arc-Track
7.3
Firstly, the manual was 16 loose pages which made me wonder if the
binder had been lost. Apart from that, it was well laid out covering all
aspects of the program, including customising, such as creating your own
sprites and changing the map colour, etc.
7.3
The program is fully multitasking and RISC OS 3 compatible. It installs
itself on the iconbar and is completely menu driven. The map is a
Mercator projection with the land coloured green and the sea a dark red.
Pressing <select> over the icon brings up a status window of all the
satellites giving the name and time to AOS (acquisition of signal)
which, on reaching zero, changes the background to yellow giving the
time to LOS (loss of signal). I found this very useful as a quick check
when I had just started the application or was working on another task.
Pressing <menu> over the icon opens the main menu which has the usual
Info window and a Map function in case you close the map.
7.3
The Time function opens a window displaying the current time with radio
buttons allowing you to move back or forwards in time. This is where I
found some bugs, the first being that the displayed time was incorrect
which turned out to be a ‘feature’ of RISC OS 3. This is corrected by
configuring Timezone +0:0 which might then require the system clock to
be reset as you could find it one day ahead. The other bug was that when
I jumped 4-5 years, the program either gave an error or crashed. This is
a stupid thing to do, admittedly... which is why I was the first to find
it!
7.3
Once you have set some time and wish to return to the current time, a
single click on the Real time button and you are back at real time. At
the bottom are some buttons to enable you to advance to the next in-
range orbit or when it next passes the horizon but this only applies to
satellites enabled by the Active function.
7.3
The next menu item is Change which allows you to add and delete
satellites and edit the keplerian elements. You can also give the name
of the sprite to represent the satellite as well as how it is displayed,
i.e. only when in range or all the time.
7.3
This function had one very nice feature that the other programs did not
have. If 2-line NASA elements are down-loaded from packet or some other
BBS to a text file, you can leave in the headers and just drag the file
onto the Change window and all the elements are automatically updated
without the tedium of typing.
7.3
Here again, I found a small bug in that when you add three or more
satellites, the program can crash but if you save after adding two, you
don’t waste too much time re-entering the data. This bug is being looked
into but as you will probably only add more than two when setting up for
the first time its not a major problem.
7.3
The final function is the Active menu which allows you to select which
satellite is active and will also open up a tracking window.
7.3
I found this an excellent package and the only real gripe I have is that
there is no hardcopy facility and no way of producing results in tabular
form with full information for future reference.
7.3
Kepler
7.3
The handbook for this program was also loose leaf but as it was intended
to complement the WeatherDesk application, I assumed it was intended to
be inserted in that binder. The manual was to Spacetech’s usual
standard, covering all aspects to a reasonable depth.
7.3
The program is RISC OS 3 compatible and fully multitasking and installs
what I thought was quite a nice icon on the iconbar. The icon, when
first installed, has ‘empty’ under it, indicating no satellite data has
been loaded but when loaded with elements the appropriate name appears.
To load the keplerian elements, <menu> is selected and clicking on Show
Satellites opens a directory of directories of satellites and I must say
that I did not know there were so many. A simple double-click loads the
data with a window being opened showing the elements. Selecting <menu>
on this window opens the main menu with a number of functions.
7.3
The main one is Predict which opens another window which displays the
date of the data, the orbit period and increment. At the bottom is the
time of the next pass with two radio buttons to go forward or go back in
orbits and finally clicking on OK brings up the map. The map is a
Mercator projection showing the plot of the orbit and a small red square
indicating the current position of the satellite. The countries seemed
quit detailed and were filled in yellow with a white background which
gave it a bright look. At the bottom were three lines of data such as
the sub-satellite point, azimuth, elevation and also the current time.
7.3
Selecting timetable from the menu brings up another window giving the
date which can be moved forward or backwards and the number of days for
the table. Then it’s just a case of deciding if you want all or just
those orbits that are in range. Going to the Timetable sub-menu and
using Export, you can save as a text file or print a table of equatorial
crossings for future reference.
7.3
To update the Keplerian data, you will find editing is a simple task of
pressing <select> on the icon to open the kepler window and selecting
the elements you wish to update. This program provided one feature that
the others did not have for those who cannot access BBS’s directly or
obtain up-to-date keplerian elements. By selecting Update and entering
data from the Weatherwatch UK telephone service, the kepler elements can
be re-calculated from the data supplied. The telephone number and a form
that can be copied is provided in the manual.
7.3
Summary
7.3
SatPack 1 from Unilab costs £23.77 inclusive and although this was
claimed to be RISC OS compatible it was not multitasking. The bugs were
so elementary and obvious it makes this the most unprofessional package
I have yet encountered. It was also tedious and user unfriendly with
poor graphics. I feel unable to recommend it.
7.3
ArcTrack from AMSAT costs £25.20 inclusive which includes a donation to
the upkeep of the amateur satellite program. This was by far the best
package reviewed being fully multitasking and easy to use. Although
their were a few bugs, these should not distract you from what is such
an excellent package.
7.3
Kepler version 1.02 as reviewed here costs £34.66 from Spacetech.
Although it was easy to use, it did not have all the features of
ArcTrack. Kepler version 2.00 is under development and is due for
release in the autumn. From the screenshots I have seen, it appears to
have all the features of ArcTrack but with more information on each
satellite’s position. It is intended to integrate with the WeatherDesk
package to automatically trigger the capture of data and then add
mapping details. For those who use WeatherDesk, version 2.00 sounds the
ideal package. A
7.3
Pocketbook Special Offer
7.3
We still have some Pocketbooks left over that we bought at Acorn World
93 under Acorn’s special scheme so, while stocks last, we can offer...
7.3
Pocketbook − £160 (£40 off Acorn’s price)
7.3
Pocketbook, A-Link, Mains Adaptor & Schedule − £235 (£50 off Acorn’s
price)
7.3
Please do not send a cheque but ring the NCS office to book one as we
only have about eight Pocketbooks left at the special price.
7.3
Games Hackers
7.3
Andrew Rawnsley
7.3
In the last couple of months, two computer game-hacking utilities have
been challenging each other for first place in the Acorn market. There
is a significant price difference between them: The Hacker is £5
inclusive from DoggySoft and The Games Wizard is £30 inc VAT from
Leading Edge / Vertical Twist. They both require more than 1 Mb of RAM
for serious use, although the cheat modules they produce will work on a
1Mb machine.
7.3
Hackers − What are they?
7.3
Games hacking utilities operate by sitting in the background and are
activated when a group of hot-keys are pressed together. When this
happens, they take over the whole screen and allow you to search the
contents of the memory for a given number of lives, time or passwords,
etc.
7.3
The search is repeated for a different value, and the results of both
searches put into lists. You can compare these to see what is present in
both, enabling you to find the address which must be modified to
implement the cheat.
7.3
However, the hackers have been developed to allow you to do much more
than this, and come with example cheats for various Acorn games. The
beauty of them is that, unlike most cheats, you can decide just how much
help you want. You can give yourself just one extra life, or as many as
255!
7.3
An example hacking session − Killerbugs
7.3
The hacking principles are similar in both utilities.
7.3
1) Load Killerbugs and start the game.
7.3
2) Go into the hacking utility.
7.3
3) Search for the ‘word’ of memory (always use this for numbers)
containing the number 3 (the number of lives).
7.3
4) Store the results in a list.
7.3
5) Go back into the game and lose a life.
7.3
6) Re-enter the hacking utility and search for the number 2 (as you have
now only got two lives left), storing the results in a different list.
7.3
7) Compare the two lists. This should give you the one address
containing the number of lives.
7.3
8) Alter this address to the number of lives you require.
7.3
Easy, isn’t it? No? Well, the manuals to each of the utilities describe
very clearly how to do it.
7.3
On the monthly program disc is a KillerBugs cheat module produced in the
above way. It was produced using the Hacker utility.
7.3
The Hacker
7.3
I should point out straight away that the Hacker is very much more
powerful than Games Wizard. It is a well-developed and well-supported
hacking utility. It has moved from version 3.05 to 3.08 in the time it
has taken to produce this review, and the number of cheats that come
with it has gone up from 58 to 100. Not bad for three weeks! The author
already has plans for version 3.10.
7.3
The Hacker has a mouse-driven interface when you are actually hacking,
with buttons, radio icons and choice buttons, etc. However, the sheer
number of features makes it quite hard to use − hence the interactive
help proposed for version 3.10. A quick skim read of the manual is
essential.
7.3
One of the beauties of the software is that it is expandable. External
code can be written to interface with the Hacker and increase its
usefulness. It already comes with extra code to do everything from
ripping out tracker tunes from games to hacking Spectrum games running
on Speculator − the Spectrum emulator. No, I’m not joking!
7.3
Once you have found the address to alter for a cheat, you can produce
stand-alone modules which allow you to have hot-keys to activate cheats
without needing to have the Hacker present. This is very useful as the
cheat modules only take up a tiny amount of memory.
7.3
You can get all of the Hacker’s 100 cheat modules by sending a blank
disc, or 50p, to DoggySoft and requesting them, as they are public
domain. Even the most recent games such as Zool and Axis have cheats.
7.3
The only limitation with the Hacker is that it only has six lists for
storing addresses. This is not particularly serious, as you should only
need two or three for even the most intensive hacking session.
7.3
The review copy also contained some assorted public domain utilities,
one of which, Wimp Extend, is superb as a programmers’ utility and was
used during the development of the Hacker.
7.3
The Games Wizard
7.3
Unfortunately for Leading Edge, this product is overpriced and under-
powered. For £30, I expected more. It only comes with 38 cheat modules
and you cannot produce your own without writing to Leading Edge who will
then produce the cheat for you. What a palaver!
7.3
The opening menus allow you to set up the hot-keys used to invoke the
utility during game-play. This was quite useful, although the very
limited control over this in the Hacker never caused any problems.
7.3
Probably the worst thing about this utility is that it is copy
protected! Yes, a copy protected desktop utility! You have to insert the
original disc every time you load it. How annoying! Come on, Vertical
Twist, what’s wrong with a unique serial number in each copy?
7.3
The main Games Wizard hacking screen has a huge sprite across the top
(what a waste of valuable memory!) and a text menu below. (I always like
text menus, perhaps because I still have fond memories of my old BBC!) I
felt quite at home with this, and most of the features seemed intuitive
to use. This may well have been because there were not very many of
them.
7.3
As with the Hacker, you can save screenshots as well as having the
normal hacking options, and the slow-down facility seemed quite
effective after a little trial and error. However, I would have
preferred it if this just slowed down the opposition, not your own
character − but perhaps it is not very realistic to expect that.
7.3
This utility has more lists, 16 of them, labelled from A to P. It should
be noted, however, that the way the utility works is such that you may
well need to use more.
7.3
The final straw was the tutorial in the manual. You can imagine how
irritated I was when, after spending fifteen minutes wondering why the
example cheating session was not working, I realised that the tutorial
was wrong. It is based around Gods and, instead of storing the current
number of lives, it stores the number of lives to go. Thus you have to
search for two and then one, not three and then two as detailed in the
manual.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
The Hacker is excellent value for money and I can recommend it
wholeheartedly. Having spoken with the author over the phone, I can say
that, as a company, DoggySoft are helpful and friendly. This is always a
good sign.
7.3
The Games Wizard is over-priced compared to the Hacker. If it were sold
at the same price as the Hacker, it might represent more serious
competition.
7.3
It is probably worth trying both the public domain Hacker demo and a
copy of the Games Wizard at an Acorn dealer before you buy. You may
prefer the Games Wizard’s simplicity and ‘no nonsense’ text menu
approach to hacking.
7.3
If you want the best, I recommend you opt for the Hacker. At only £5, it
should be in every games player’s collection. A
7.3
Serpents
7.3
Andrew Rawnsley
7.3
The peaceful land of Serpentia has been thrown into chaos by the evil
Saddame (groan!). He has overthrown the good king and brought great
sadness to the land. As Zippy Slippy, Crown Prince and heir to the
throne, you must escape from Saddame’s dungeons and rescue Kiki, Zippy’s
childhood sweetheart. All in a day’s work for a snake of Zippy’s
pedigree.
7.3
Loading
7.3
So goes the plot to one of Cambridge International Software’s better
recent releases. It comes on one disc, and will run on a 1Mb machine. It
has an A4 sheet of instructions which are clear and concise.
7.3
The game has an attractive title screen accompanied by a jolly, and
rather pleasing, soundtrack. After a while, the screen fades away to be
replaced by the high score table, which is permanent, unless the disc is
write protected. Thus you can show your ‘all-time’ high score to your
friends and colleagues. This was a nice feature and showed that some
thought had gone into all aspects of the game.
7.3
An options menu allows you to enter a password for one of the later
levels and redefine keys. You are also told how to turn the sound and
music on and off, both in game and on the title screen. The final
option, ‘Serpuku’, applies only when you are actually playing, and
causes you to die − suicide.
7.3
Gameplay
7.3
The game is divided into eight levels of Saddame’s castle, from dungeons
to throne room, each containing four stages and one bonus stage, except
for the last level, where the bonus stage is replaced by a final
encounter between Zippy and Saddame. On completing the five stages in
each level, you are told the password to the next set of stages.
7.3
Each stage consists of a play-area occupying just one screen − no
scrolling here but the graphics are small yet detailed and are generally
of reasonable quality − so this is not a restriction.
7.3
The objective of each stage is to devour a quota of enemy snakes, each
of which has different attributes such as speed or intelligence. These
are shown just under the play-area on the left hand side of the screen.
When you have eaten all the snakes, you move onto the next stage.
7.3
Your snake is segmented and can have up to ten segments. You can eat
snakes smaller than yourself by running into them head-on, but those the
same size or larger than you must be eaten from the rear, or side. If
you bite any snake in the neck − between the first two segments, it dies
immediately. Unfortunately the same is true if you are bitten by an
enemy snake. Eating an enemy snake or an egg laid by a snake causes
Zippy to grow an extra segment, up to a maximum of ten.
7.3
There are various power-ups available for your snake, which do all sorts
of weird things to Zippy and the enemy snakes. Some give Zippy increased
speed, whilst others reduce all the enemy snakes to a size of only two
segments. There are many other power-ups, plus B, O, N, U and S tokens
which, when collected in order, give you − yes, you guessed it − a
bonus.
7.3
Presentation
7.3
Each level starts off with a small, symbolic graphic with some
accompanying music. Indeed, there is music for each part of the game −
title screen, level intro screens, eight in-game tunes (one for each
level), a jingle just before you start each new life and yet another
tune when you die. I enjoyed the music, which was of a good quality, and
the attention to detail throughout the game is most impressive.
7.3
The my one real criticism is that I would have liked more variation
between levels. OK, the graphics change a little, and the music too, but
there is little variety in the basic strategy or enemy snakes. As a
result, the game’s lifespan may not be as high as some others. I also
found that Serpents got difficult rather too quickly.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Overall, Serpents represents excellent value for money, as it now only
costs £10 through Archive. As Christmas approaches and many expensive
new games are released, Serpents will prove an excellent stocking-
filler, without breaking the bank. A
7.3
Pictogram and Word Library
7.3
Hutch Curry
7.3
Pictogram and Word Library are both RISC OS compliant programs aimed
squarely at the education market. According to Kudlian Soft, Pictogram
was specially developed to support Key Stage 1 for data handling and
Word Library is envisaged as having a multitude of educational uses
(particularly in modern languages) up to secondary level. At present
there is a limited period offer of both packages for £20 +VAT. This
price also includes a site licence. It appears that at some point in the
future the two programs will be sold separately for £20 each. At the
moment, for your £20, you receive one disc, a plastic wallet and an A5-
sized soft covered manual of 20 pages. The manual is well-written,
concise and, in the case of the section on Pictogram, provides
suggestions on how the program might best be used in the classroom.
Neither software is copy protected and they will both run from a hard
disc without difficulty. Let us now consider the two programs
separately.
7.3
Pictogram
7.3
This program is designed to assist in the teaching of elementary data
collection, handling, input and display. The role of Pictogram itself is
primarily in input and display as the program allows children easily to
enter numeric data into pre-defined categories and then have the data
graphically displayed.
7.3
After running Pictogram by double-clicking on the filer icon, the
program installs itself on the iconbar. A single click on the iconbar
icon opens a window into which the data will be entered and displayed.
The next step is to choose a set of pictures to be used in the pictogram
construction. Kudlian supply ten sets of appropriate icons although
others can be added. (I was only able to add my own sets of pictures
through my own industry − I could find no mention of this facility in
the manual.) The example that I have included in this review uses the
set of pictures labelled ‘programmes’ − which refers to TV programmes.
The idea of a pictogram is that the picture symbolises the occurrence or
existence of one of whatever the picture is supposed to represent.
Therefore the whole pictogram represents the frequency of occurrence of
a number of different events or things. In the example shown opposite,
the bottom row of the upper panel shows two pictures of a globe. The
globe was chosen to represent news programmes. Thus, in this data set
there are two news programmes. In the row above there are seven symbols
representing comedies.
7.3
To construct the pictograms, the user has merely to drag the symbol into
the appropriate row the requisite number of times. Following the
pictogram construction, the user can choose to view the data as a block
chart or as a bar chart. Each of these has a more abstract
representation of the original data.
7.3
There are facilities for saving both the data and the graph and for
printing the graph using the standard RISC OS printer drivers.
7.3
In general, I thought the program was quite good and could be used to
great advantage in the classroom. I personally would have preferred the
program to have gone one step further in abstraction and incorporated
line graphs as well.
7.3
I have two small niggles. The first is that the drawfile that is saved
from the pictogram display should include the key for the icons.
Otherwise, the graphs cannot really stand by themselves. The second is
that the ‘movable’ flag on the main window is not set which means that
you are unable to move that window around the screen.
7.3
Word Library
7.3
Word Library is a superb little application that displays list of words
and/or phrases, and when one of these is clicked upon, it sends that
word or phrase to any application that has the text caret. If you hold
down <shift> as you click, the first letter of the text will be
capitalised. Word Library is supplied with seven libraries which include
a number of French, German and Spanish key words and phrases. To vastly
increase its flexibility and utility, Word Library allows the user to
construct their own word lists very easily. Input to Word Library is
through standard ASCII text files which are easily generated.
7.3
For special needs applications, Word Library has the facility to scan
automatically through the list of words and make a selection on the
basis of a switch press or Concept Keyboard activation. This works but
is only a very rudimentary system.
7.3
This is the sort of content free program that should find many uses both
within and outside of the educational system. In the short time that I
have used Word Library, I have found it useful for entering keywords and
structures when I am programming in Basic, for entering values into a
limited choice field in a database and for providing template journal
reference formats for inclusion into manuscripts for publication.
7.3
In conclusion, I think that both Pictogram and Word Library have merit
in their intended environments. I believe that Word Library would be
more generally useful to a larger number of users. At the special offer
price I consider these very good value for money. If the price were to
double....!
7.3
Pictogram, version 1.0, 24-June-93 and Word Library, version 1.1 15-
June-93 are available for a special price of £20 +VAT from KudlianSoft
or £22 through Archive. A
7.3
EFF’s DrawKern
7.3
Richard Hallas
7.3
The Electronic Font Foundry’s small utility, DrawKern, is designed to
overcome a rather ridiculous omission in the current version of RISC OS
3 Draw. Despite the fact that RISC OS 3 fonts include kerning data, the
version of Draw built into the RISC OS 3.1 operating system treats them
as if they were RISC OS 2 fonts and does not allow their kerning
information to be used.
7.3
This means that any text you create in Draw will not have its inter-
letter spacing set correctly. The DrawKern utility aims to correct what
is presumably an oversight on Acorn’s part. Once loaded on the iconbar,
DrawKern does nothing until you drag a drawfile onto it, at which point
it pops up a save box. The file it saves out is identical in every way
to the file you dragged in, except that all the text strings which were
previously unkerned will have had the appropriate font’s kerning data
applied (assuming, of course, that the font you have used is a full RISC
OS 3 font).
7.3
DrawKern supports inter-application data transfer, so you can usefully
have it loaded at the same time as Draw. You will then be able to save a
line of text from Draw into DrawKern and then drag the icon back into
the Draw window, where you will find it has had kerning applied.
Usefully, once kerning has been applied to some text, you can still edit
it in Draw without the kerning turning off again.
7.3
There isn’t much else to say about the utility. It does what it is
supposed to, and seems to work faultlessly. If you have purchased
4Mation’s Vector, you will have no use for it as Vector already includes
a kerning option. I also rather suspect that a future version of Draw
will be updated to correct this oversight but, for the moment, if you
want kerned text in drawfiles, your only option is either to buy a full
copy of Vector or to get this utility. DrawKern costs £9.99 inc VAT from
EFF. A
7.3
Visual Backup
7.3
Andrew Hersee
7.3
Visual Backup, as its name suggests, is a hard disc backup program. It
comes with a concise 18 page manual which only takes a few minutes to
read since it is well laid out with several screen shots.
7.3
For the purpose of this review, I used version 1.01 of the software on a
4Mb A5000 fitted with RISC OS 3.10 and a 170Mb hard disc.
7.3
Installation
7.3
After reading the manual, I inserted the disc into the disc drive and
double clicked on !VBackup. A dialogue box appeared requesting my name.
I obliged and the disc chugged away. After a few seconds the application
was initialised with my name, which appears each time the program is
run. I could now copy the application to my hard disc.
7.3
Start up
7.3
Visual Backup installs itself on the iconbar taking up 480Kb. The first
thing to do is not to click its icon with <select> but <adjust>, which
opens a preferences window. This allows you to specify either a
directory or complete disc to use as the backup source. The window
contains several other options some of which I will mention later. After
entering the name of my hard disc and saving the preferences, I clicked
on the program’s icon (with <select> this time) and the program began to
scan the hard disc. This continued, multitasking, for some time,
displaying its present position in a window.
7.3
Memory problems
7.3
After a while, the program crashed the whole machine. I traced this to
the fact that it had run out of memory. So I rebooted the computer with
a minimal configuration (Font size, etc set to zero) and tried again.
Fortunately, it worked this time leaving just over 1.5 Mb of free space
which seemed too much since it had previously run out of space. So I
tried again with ArcFS loaded since 30% of my hard disc is compressed.
This time it returned with only 96Kb free.
7.3
It turns out that the program will enter any image filing system files
(e.g. archives and DOS partitions) as though they were directories. The
reason for this is so that a DOS partition is not backed up as one large
file which means you could restore individual files in the partition
instead of the whole thing. One of the many options in the preferences
window allows you to turn this off. It then treats partitions and
archives as single files.
7.3
As the program scans the hard disc, it loads any application sprites it
finds which is why it takes so much memory and time. Unfortunately, this
cannot be switched off.
7.3
Selecting files to backup
7.3
After it had scanned the hard disc, I was presented with a view of the
whole hard disc in a tree structure.
7.3
This allows you to select the files you want to backup. Selecting a
directory selects everything inside it. You can also select files using
a search facility or by loading a previously saved selection.
Unfortunately, there is no option for an incremental backup − not even a
simple search on date. I also found it quite difficult to navigate round
the viewer. Consider trying to find a line in a piece of text 10,000
lines long using the scroll bar.
7.3
Compression
7.3
Visual backup uses a simple 12bit LZW compression algorithm to reduce
the space needed on the backup floppies. You can switch compression off
for all files or just small files. This may be useful if you use
Compression or any similar filing system. Using such systems means the
data on your hard disc is already compressed and nothing would be gained
by using Visual Backup’s LZW compression.
7.3
There are two disc areas used for compression and decompression. By
default, these are set to the RAM disc for small files and the RISC OS
scrap directory for files that will not fit on the RAM disc.
7.3
Making a backup
7.3
After selecting the files to backup and setting any other options, you
can start the backup process. This involves a single window that shows
you the amount of data still to backup and the expected size of that
data when it has been compressed. The window also prompts you to insert
discs as and when required. It can backup onto any format disc known by
RISC OS which is good news to people with the luxury of high density
floppies. I assume it would also backup to flopticals and maybe even a
tape streamer but Dabhand Computing did not reply to my list of
questions so I cannot say for sure.
7.3
If you insert a disc which is not formatted, you can specify a list of
commands to execute. This feature is set up to format and verify the
disc as a low density disc. Whilst allowing the user to specify any set
of commands is very flexible, it may be a little daunting to the average
user who is used to clicking on Format in the filer’s menu.
7.3
If the disc is not blank, you are asked if you want to wipe the existing
files before continuing.
7.3
The backup process is fully multitasking and may be paused and resumed
at any time. You can even specify the percentage of CPU time to be taken
up, so if you want to continue working on the computer you can reduce
this figure. This would obviously slow down the backup process but make
the desktop less sluggish.
7.3
At the end of the backup, catalogue data will be saved to the last disc
and all the other discs will be 100% full.
7.3
Using a backup
7.3
This is the best part of the package. Double clicking on any of the
files on the last disc of the backup will open a tree viewer of the
backed-up data. You can then select the required files and click on
restore in which case you will be prompted for the relevant disc(s) and
the files will be restored to their original position on your hard disc.
A few options can be set so that this only occurs if the file does not
already exist on the hard disc or is newer, etc.
7.3
An alternative way of restoring data is to drag the relevant files to a
directory viewer where they will be copied. What’s even better is that
you can actually run an application or file by double clicking on it in
the tree viewer. This then restores the file to the temporary directory
on the hard disc and runs it from there. After it has run, the files are
then removed from the temporary directory. This means that you could
make a backup of, say, all your music files. Then, if you wanted to find
one, all you would need to do is load the tree viewer and double click
on the file. It would then request the relevant disc, decompress the
file and load it into your favourite music package.
7.3
Alternative use
7.3
If you have ever wanted to transfer a file that is too large to fit on a
floppy, you may have troubled splitting it up into smaller files and
then joining them back together on the destination hard disc. However,
now all you need to do is select the file and use Visual backup − it
will do the splitting and joining for you.
7.3
Visual backup comes with a read-only version of the software which is
public domain. This would allow it to be used to distribute large
software packages such as the public domain TeX distribution which is
20Mb in size.
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
I have mixed thoughts about this package. It has tremendous potential
but I worry that it is going to stay as it is since Dabhand did not
reply to my bug report and suggestions for improvements − I gave them
two pages of possible improvements.
7.3
The package works well for small hard discs but cannot cope with a full
170Mb disc. Without an incremental backup option and with a price tag of
£46, I would closely look at the competition. (See Archive 6.12 p73 for
a review of HD Backup_2.)
7.3
If, however, you need to copy large files onto floppies or package
software up for PD libraries then I can recommend this package. A
7.3
10/10 Maths Algebra & 10/10 Maths Number
7.3
Peter Patilla
7.3
These 10/10 Maths programs are non RISC OS compliant programs from 10/10
Educational Systems. They cost £19 +VAT each (or £24 through Archive)
and a site licence will be needed if they are going to be used on more
than one computer.
7.3
Each suite of programs is aimed at pupils aged 6 to 16 years and
intended to cover major areas of National Curriculum Attainment Target 3
(Algebra) and Attainment Target 2 (Number). The suites follow the same
structure − each has six educational games with six levels of challenge,
level 1 being for early maths work and level 6 for more advanced
mathematics. All the games can be played by one or more children. A
clear Parent/Teacher guide comes with the discs supplemented by a Player
Guide which requires good reading and comprehension levels if it is to
be used by younger pupils.
7.3
After using and playing with the programs over a couple of weeks, I find
myself with very mixed feelings about them...
7.3
Good features
7.3
I really like the way the programs can be customised before pupils use
them − you can, for example, set starting levels and control the sound.
Although each game has six levels and is played in the same way, with
just the problems to be solved increasing in difficulty, it is nice that
the graphics become slightly more sophisticated as the levels progress.
From the Parent/Teacher customisation option, you can control the level
of graphics you prefer.
7.3
There is the option to practise most games, often at different levels,
before playing the game in earnest.
7.3
At the start of each game, a simple menu allows for several options to
be set, such as speed of game, timer, number of questions and number of
players.
7.3
There are two scoring methods in built into the programs, one to record
the percentage of correct answers (the Achievement Record) and the other
to note both accuracy and speed (the High Score Tables).
7.3
Certificates of achievement can be printed out (more of a motivator for
younger than for older children). I must add that this option created
problems on my setup causing the whole system to lock up requiring the
computer to be reset − most annoying! I eventually had to print out via
the Paint application.
7.3
Annoying features
7.3
At the end of each game, words of encouragement, or otherwise, appear. A
very poor score is rewarded with the word “Pathetic”; not so worrying in
a game, perhaps, but slightly more so in an educational package.
7.3
The shorthand notation used for the various bits of the National
Curriculum was rather confusing (for example, AT3 Level 4a. 3(i))
although I readily accept that this shorthand can be switched off via
the customisation option. However, I think it highlights one of the most
annoying features of the whole package − that of trying to claim or
cover too much. The games within the suites are excellent for developing
quick recall of facts and are motivational when number practice is
needed − much better than a page of sums. I worried that some of the
problems did not merit this treatment and, as a consequence, it made the
level of attainment more difficult than intended. For instance, most
children would find Level 2 in the game “Carnival” on Maths Number more
difficult than Level 3.
7.3
One small irritation was that, when quitting the suites and returning to
my desktop, I found it not as it was left! My font cache had been
reduced from its customary 256Kb down to 32Kb and the Ram Disc icon was
sitting on my iconbar.
7.3
General comments and conclusion
7.3
Overall, the games and graphics score best when they are used to
practise those elements of the National Curriculum which require quick
recall. Interpreting some of the National Curriculum statements of
attainment is a notoriously difficult task and I feel that, on
occasions, the programs miss the intended target and are more difficult
than intended.
7.3
Pupils will have to be rather adept at mouse control to use the programs
and play the games.
7.3
I am not sure whether one suite of six games is a good idea when it is
intended to cater for 6 year old through to 16 year old pupils. This is
a long time to wait for a completed certificate of achievement.
7.3
For me, 10/10 scores 7/10.
7.3
It was tested on an A3000, 4Mb memory, IDE hard drive and Qume Laser
Direct Printer. A
7.3
Kim’s Game from Le Computer
7.3
Hutch Curry
7.3
Kim’s Game is a computerised version of the parlour game of the same
name costing £25 including VAT. For your money, you receive one disc in
a plastic wallet. There is no printed manual supplied, although there is
an on-line manual on the disc. Kim’s Game is − according to Acorn
terminology − RISC OS compatible, which means that the application takes
over the whole machine. At this point I must admit that I am quite
biased against Archimedes applications that are not fully RISC OS
compliant when they could easily be so. I will, of course, make
exceptions for action games which need the speed and/or memory gains
that can be obtained by running outside of the desktop. In the case of
Kim’s Game, I can see no reason why the program should not have been
fully compliant. As it stands now, Kim’s Game has more the look and feel
of a BBC ‘B’ program than an Archimedes one. To my way of thinking this
is not a plus.
7.3
The central idea behind Kim’s Game is the learning of a list of items.
The difficulty factor in this sort of exercise is the list length. In
this implementation, there are a total of 60 familiar items available
for use. On any one trial, a number of these items are selected for
display. The display consists of a sprite depicting the item and the
name of the item. At the end of the list there is another screen for the
user to enter the names of the items shown. The user is allowed three
attempts for each of the items. At the end of the response entry, the
user is shown small pictures of the items missed.
7.3
After considerable use of this program, I found that my initial negative
response to this program remained unaltered. Specifically, I found that
the quality and clarity of the sprites was variable. Some were quite
good but others were barely recognisable. I did not like the requirement
for perfect spelling for a response to be scored as correct. At one
level, my objection is that the obtained score is not necessarily a very
good measure of list learning as it is quite possible for someone to
have learned the full list of items pictorially but yet be unable to
spell any or all of them. At a more pragmatic level, I would expect that
users who make a typographical error would get annoyed by having what is
essentially a correct answer scored as an error. The solution to my
first objection would require a radical rethink on how the program
operates. A solution to my second objection would be to use a more
intelligent input routine that used a form of ‘fuzzy logic’ to determine
if the input was close enough to one of correct answers to be scored as
correct.
7.3
I also discovered that there is a problem with the screen that displays
the missed items. If the name is longer than 6 or 7 letters, the last
letters do not appear consistently.
7.3
In conclusion, I could not recommend that anyone spend £25 on this
software. There is much better software addressing these same sort of
capabilities in the public domain.
7.3
Kim’s Game costs £25 inc VAT from Le Computer. A
7.3
Primary Nature
7.3
Hilary Ferns
7.3
I am encouraged by this set of Genesis applications, which have clearly
been developed to support and enhance classroom work addressing AT2 of
the Science curriculum. Of course, nothing can ever take the place of
hands-on experience − collecting minibeasts and exploring the local
environment would form a major part of the topic. In addition,
significant learning would also come out of group discussion around the
computer and sharing of information with the class. The program is
ideally suited to this way of working, with the children using the
computer as a tool to retrieve and present information. Numerous useful
coloured drawfiles (and textfiles) can be saved to disc, which could
then be used to present work.
7.3
Although nothing is provided which could not be found out from books,
the programs provide significant opportunity to address I.T. capability.
All the information given in the program provides a useful springboard
to children’s further research. The collection of species is adequate
providing you are not expecting it to replace an encyclopaedia. Many of
the screens can be printed using standard printer drivers.
7.3
The package comprises three separate programs, each on its own disc. The
Genesis Browser is provided on a start-up disc. All the programs can be
run from floppies or be installed on hard disc. Although the time taken
to load from the floppy occasionally seemed long, it is in fact quite
acceptable in the absence of a hard disc. The various ‘clickables’ and
arrows for page turning are clear throughout. Due to the complexity of
the links in the application, another useful facility is a ‘bookmark’ to
remember pages for easy access later.
7.3
Hedgerow
7.3
The title screen provides a nice animation of a butterfly. (It would
have been quite nice to have further animations throughout the
programs.)
7.3
A picture of a hedge presents itself on the first page, and clicking on
any of the bushes leads to a screen giving information about the plant
and its fruit, and there are three further clickable pictures to find
out about the resident wildlife. The hedge is apparently based upon
findings in a real hedge at a field centre in Leeds. A reasonable
selection of mammals, birds, and insects (including butterflies and
moths) is provided. These also appear in a simple database, (little more
than a set of linked pages), which is accessible from the first page. It
provides easy access for saving drawfile pictures of each creature, but
data cannot be analysed.
7.3
Also provided in ‘Hedgerows’ is a simple explanation of the energy cycle
and food webs and a sheet for you to print out to make your own wildlife
collection.
7.3
Pondlife
7.3
The pond explorer provides many routes to each page of information.
Clicking on the picture of the pond and its surrounds is supposed to
simulate ‘pond dipping’. It is a good way to introduce children to
interdependence of species in ecosystems and food chains. ‘Catching’ a
water flea leads to a picture and information of the water flea, with
further clickables allowing access to the pages for its various
predators and prey. In this way, each child could investigate links
between particular species and share their findings with the class. Such
sequences could be discussed.
7.3
e.g. Water flea − Beetle − Stickleback − Kingfisher
7.3
Pike − Trout − Snails − Phytoplankton
7.3
Food chains
7.3
Again, a valuable tool for children to investigate along their own
chosen path. About thirty species are given as starting points. Clicking
on a name will lead to a display of the appropriate food chain, with
clickable pictures leading to information about each member. A simple
database provides limited facts about each entry. Again, it cannot be
used to analyse the data, but it is a quick way to see what is available
and find drawfiles for saving.
7.3
A screen is again provided to build your own wildlife picture, and there
is also a sorting activity where the user classifies each creature in
turn by looking at such characteristics as fur, feathers, shell, skin
and scales. Photocopiable sheets are provided to support this idea in
the classroom.
7.3
Supporting information
7.3
Photocopiable sheets include ideas and details of practical activities,
as well as black and white printouts of minibeasts and birds. All will
probably be useful at some point. The teachers’ notes clearly explain
each program and worksheet.
7.3
Troubleshooting (Version 1.00)
7.3
Don’t panic, it’s nothing too drastic. When I used Foodchain before
either of the other two programs, all went smoothly. However, if I used
Hedgerows or Pondlife without Foodchain, I experienced a minor hiccup
with loss of the bookmark facility, but I did manage to cure the
problem. During loading, an error message flashed up ‘bad filename
.CourseSup’. The program loaded and ran but a complicated error message
occurred each time I tried using the bookmark facility. Comparing the
command file entitled ‘!Init’ in each of the programs revealed an extra
line ‘SET FoodChain$dir <Obey$dir>’ in the foodchain application.
Adapting this to suit each of the other programs solved the problem.
7.3
Conclusion
7.3
I am pleased to see software to support Sc2, and welcome this package
into the primary classroom. I have given up commenting on prices, as in
my opinion so many good educational programs are too expensive for the
average primary school where a limited budget has to be moulded and
stretched to supply numerous indispensable resources across the
curriculum. Other commercially developed Genesis applications also seem
to be quite expensive.
7.3
Primary Nature costs £45 +VAT +p&p from Oak Solutions. A
7.3
ArtSchool
7.3
George Barnett
7.3
ArtSchool is a painting program for new computer users who are
interested in art and graphics. Drawing tools can be temporarily
excluded by the teacher or parent, using a separate setup program so
that the user is not confused by too many icons. A built-in help
facility is provided to aid the learning process or as a quick reminder.
7.3
The features of the program are: Pencil and Paint, Shapes and Fill, Undo
and Erase, Patterns and Clipart, and costs £29.95 inclusive from Micro
Studio Software.
7.3
The program comes on two discs disc one containing the main program and
disc two containing the !Picture Folder (this needs to be loaded before
disc one). I would have it thought it sensible to have reversed the disc
numbers. Put clipart and pictures, a Readme file on disc 1 and the main
program on disc 2.
7.3
The instructions for loading are quite obscure because of the necessity
of double clicking on a picture folder first. A 2Mb machine really is a
must although there are instructions what to do with a 1Mb machine. The
other general instructions are quite reasonable. I gave the instruction
booklet and discs to three fifteen year-old pupils and not one of them
could save their own pictures − the saving instructions could certainly
be made clearer.
7.3
When the program is loaded, the screen comes up with the tools on the
right hand side and a help facility which the pupils appreciated. Those
who were used to ProArtisan found this program easier to use and
although the clipart was considerably more juvenile, they enjoyed it and
I think that I would prefer this cheaper program for school use.
7.3
I am of the opinion that the Draw and Paint programs supplied with the
computer are good and adequate but, having said that, few teachers or
pupils seem to use them proficiently. Although the leaflet states that
ArtSchool was written in conjunction with teachers and pupils, I think a
trial in a school would have shown the difficulties of the instructions
mentioned above.
7.3
At the price asked I can certainly recommend its purchase. A
7.3
Card Mania
7.3
Andrew Rawnsley
7.3
Having spent many enjoyable hours playing Acorn’s Patience on both RISC
OS 2 and 3 machines, I had high hopes for Cambridge International
Software’s Card Mania. Since Acorn themselves had shown games writers
the way to produce card games for their machines, I expected CIS to
follow suit.
7.3
To my disappointment, Card Mania bears no resemblance to Acorn’s desktop
game and indeed the four games included in the pack do not seem to share
a standard interface, even though they have all been written by the same
author.
7.3
Packaging
7.3
Card Mania comes on two discs, each containing two games as follows:
Disc 1: chinese patience, cribbage, Disc 2: 2-pack clock
patience, gin rummy.
7.3
The review discs came with no instructions, but with the phrase
‘Instructions on disc’ scrawled on each. In common with many users, I
dislike on-screen manuals, and always print them off for reading and
reference.
7.3
Unfortunately, only gin rummy and clock patience came with text file
manuals, hidden away at the bottom of many sub-directories on the disc.
Cribbage came with a data file which included the instructions backwards
plus a lot of control codes, so you could only view it from within the
game and even though they tell you to print them out and make them into
a booklet, there was no print option! Chinese patience came with no
instructions whatsoever, even within the game.
7.3
All of the instructions included are difficult to understand with
spelling, grammar and punctuation errors. Even those familiar with other
card games will not find learning the new ones easy. Not only this, but
the in-built demo modes are far too fast for the new user to follow what
is happening.
7.3
Loading
7.3
The software cannot be installed on hard disc, and the original discs
must be write-enabled, as all the games insist on writing the results of
each game to disc. This proved most annoying.
7.3
The menus for selecting the games reminded me of some of the attempts on
the BBC model B! The two games on the appropriate disc and a quit option
are printed large size in system font, looking very blocky, in white.
You click on the one you want with the mouse.
7.3
The games
7.3
I have never come across chinese patience before so I decided to start
by having a look at that first. There being no instructions, it required
a lot of determined detective work to play it even at a limited level.
7.3
The quality of the graphics is passable, but distinguishing the clubs
from the spades and the hearts from the diamonds is not always easy.
This is partly due to the small size of the cards used in most of the
games and partly due to the colour schemes employed.
7.3
Some of the games allowed you to play against the computer or a friend,
some only let you play against the computer. When you play against the
computer, there is just one skill level (which is not good if you are
learning), except for Rummy, which has eight! In fact, the games seem to
go to great lengths to try and make life difficult.
7.3
In Cribbage, for example, you are expected to calculate and tell the
computer your score. If it thinks you have given yourself too many
points you lose half your score, then the second time, all your score,
and the third time, the game.
7.3
However, if you have under-estimated your score, the game laughs at you
and only gives you the score that you have selected. This is not exactly
encouraging for the beginner and certainly didn’t endear me to the game.
7.3
It is no help either to be told in the instructions that during the
gameplay you can have four Jacks in a row...a total of 40 when the
maximum allowed is 31!
7.3
In Gin Rummy it is possible to reach a stalemate situation where the
computer refuses to give you the one card you need to win the hand and
it cannot ‘go out’ with any of the cards you can throw away (i.e. not
already declared) or are available from the pack. There is no way of
getting out of the situation without abandoning the whole game.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Card Mania is rather a disappointing product. Card fanatics will
probably find the games restricting and hard to play, but may feel the
£10 a small price to pay for solo practice when human opponents aren’t
available. They may also be more tolerant of the interface and
presentation!
7.3
Novice players and those whose vision is less than perfect will be put
off by the user-unfriendliness and low quality, indistinct graphics (by
today’s high standards). At £10 through Archive, Card Mania was not
overpriced, but there are probably better ways of spending the money and
Paul has just told me that the price has gone back up to £19.95! I
suggest that you look for discs of card games from PD libraries before
parting with the cash. A
7.3
KillerBugs
7.3
Andrew Rawnsley
7.3
Between ten and fifteen years ago, a new arcade game appeared. Called
‘Space Invaders’, it went on to be the great-grandfather of thousands of
modern computer games. In the old days, the game was played on a single
screen, with no scrolling, a maximum of eight colours, and it was
wickedly addictive. (I’m old enough to remember it in black and white on
an Acorn Atom! Ed.)
7.3
Over time, new and improved versions have been released. They feature
scrolling play areas, 256 colour graphics, power-ups and so on. However,
the more advanced the games became, the more they grew away from the
original. (Compare Swiv on the Archimedes to Arcadians on the BBC model
B.)
7.3
Now, as part of its ‘Arcade Classics’ series, Cambridge International
Software (CIS) gives modern games players the chance to experience the
delights of the original Invaders games. For this privilege, CIS are
charging £24.95. (Now reduced to £10 through Archive! Ed.)
7.3
The A4 manual sheet doesn’t make out KillerBugs to be anything other
than a pure, unadulterated shoot-em-up. The plot is such as to make it
look like a take-off of the original. The space bugs have invaded and
are trying to steal everything they can lay their claws on. The only
thing between them and their conquering the earth is you. In other
words, blast them before they blast you!
7.3
The review copy came with two applications on the disc, !!Killer and
!!FKiller. The only difference, as far as I could see, was that
!!FKiller has no sound. Why not just put a ‘sound off’ option in
!!Killer? The software is copy protected in such a way as to make hard
disc installation a waste of time, as all the game data is loaded from
the floppy.
7.3
The aliens fall into four distinct types: Byrds which are typical flying
aliens dropping bombs on you; Landers and Centipedes are both from the
arcade game, ‘Centipede’ with Landers travelling vertically down the
screen dropping many bombs, and Centipedes travelling down the screen
whilst moving backwards and forwards across it. The most interesting
type of aliens are the Bouncers, which seem to have migrated from the
public domain game, Ballroom Blitz.
7.3
The game starts with the Byrds being released from the mother ship which
is off to the left of the main play area, and therefore cannot be hit.
They then move out onto the main play area in groups, to be shot at by
vicious Acorn users!
7.3
If the action becomes too frantic, pressing <space> (the keys are
redefinable) gives you a temporary shield. The problem with this is that
you tend to forget to press space until it is too late. You can only use
your shields a few times, as they are controlled by a power bar across
the bottom of the screen.
7.3
You have three lives but you acquire an extra one every 15,000 points −
very useful. Unfortunately, running out of lives isn’t the only way to
die. On each level, there are five objects down the right hand side of
the screen and if the Bugs steal them all, you get to see that familiar
‘Game Over’ message once again.
7.3
After those very memorable blasting sessions, you can enter your name in
the high score table but this doesn’t appear to get saved to disc. What
a shame!
7.3
There is no denying that KillerBugs is a fun game. If you liked the
original Invaders, you will enjoy KillerBugs but, compared to classics
such as Arcadians or Super Invaders on the BBC, KillerBugs seems somehow
lacking in addictiveness. Certainly at £24.95, it seems very expensive.
If it were priced at £9.99, like the original games on the BBC, maybe it
would be better value for money. (It is! C.I.S. have dropped the price
and it is now £10 through Archive.)
7.3
To my mind, anyone wanting a non-scrolling shoot-em-up should take a
look at Ballroom Blitz in PD. It is available on Archive Shareware disc
24. Other public domain games to watch out for are Invaders (requires 2
Mb of RAM) and Desktop Invaders. On the commercial front, Swiv or
Technodream beat KillerBugs every time. A
7.3
Compose World
7.3
Richard Rymarz
7.3
Compose World is written by Expressive Software Projects and costs £48
+VAT (which includes a site licence). It claims to be an easy-to-use
music program that allows young children to combine musical phrases to
compose tunes. The stated aim is to encourage teachers and children to
become more involved in the world of music. As an acknowledged musical
novice, I felt quite excited when asked to review this piece of
software. Maybe it would provoke some spark of musical imagination that
had been lying dormant for nearly 50 years.
7.3
!Compose
7.3
Compose World is fully RISC OS compliant. The manual is beautifully
written and presented and only rarely has to be studied. All
applications and associated utilities are present on one disc and easily
copy onto hard disc. Everything is packaged in a hardy, video-style box.
Clicking on !ComposeW1 installs the application on the iconbar. There is
a second application that allows eight more instruments to be added to
the original voices built into the computer. (Why haven’t Acorn added
more interesting voices to the boring ones built into the operating
system?) Clicking <menu> on the application icon offers the option to
‘Split voices’ allowing all eight channels to have different voices.
Another option allows the program to be used with MIDI which I could not
test. (The program also accepts !Maestro files.) A third option enables
the user to switch the internal speaker on and off. Finally, the user
can define the layout of the three main elements of the program:
phrases, sequences and displays.
7.3
The program
7.3
I decided to leave everything at its default value and clicked on the
Compose World icon − I had already added the extra voices. I was
presented with two windows: an empty one entitled ‘Phrases’ and another
entitled ‘Sequencer’. The latter was divided into 16 empty boxes (more
could be defined if longer sequences were planned) above which was a bar
with tape recorder style buttons corresponding to Play, Stop and Pause.
Further, there was a Loop button, an icon to mark sections of a sequence
and finally a Tempo bar showing the number of crotchets per minute. This
could easily be altered. I loaded a prepared Tune File and chose one of
the twenty seven tunes. A number of pictures in the form of sprites
filled the Phrases window. Clicking on any picture resulted in a short
musical phrase almost inaudibly squeaking its way from my A3000‘s
speakers. Solution − attach the speaker to the household stereo and...
...wonderful − a much richer and more rounded sound.
7.3
I then had a great deal of fun listening to all the sounds and
discovered that clicking <menu> on a picture brought up another series
of options including the ability to change the voice and edit it. All
sorts of weird and wonderful sounds can be created in this way and saved
as new phrases. Time signatures, pitch, rhythm, scales, octaves and a
variety of other musical options could be changed. This I felt was
beyond me but many ambitious youngsters would have a great time creating
their own phrases. Even the pictures can be edited, using a very basic
pixel editor, and the results saved.
7.3
‘Composing’ music
7.3
Now came the moment to ‘write’ my own music. First, I used one of the
set phrases and, by dragging the desired pictures from the ‘Phrases’
window into the ‘Sequencer’ window, soon had a tune which sadly, I found
a touch boring. Moving, changing and deleting phrases is very easy and I
improved my effort considerably. However, it still only contained one
instrument and I wanted more.
7.3
Listening to other tune files, I discovered I could add to my list of
phrases. Now I could use more. Soon I had lots of voices and some very
interesting sequences playing in the living room. These were far from
boring. My tune was then saved, edited and could be loaded back into
!Compose with great ease. I finished up ‘singing’ to my composition
having enjoyed myself immensely.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Usually, when reviewing a piece of software designed for schools, I like
to test them with a selection of the targeted audience. This was not
possible because of the long summer break but I am sure schools will
find Compose World very useful (make sure you can amplify the sound). I
believe there is a history of success for this program, it having
originally been written for the BBC micro. The authors claim to have
enhanced and added to the program to take advantage of the 32 bit
machines found in most schools. Certainly, it achieves its stated aim of
allowing every child − and child at heart − the chance to create their
own music. What the musical purist will think of it I have no idea and I
am sure that other musical composition programs such as ‘Rotate’ would
appeal to them more. However, for the novices of this world, Compose
World is great. A
7.3
Tales of Lore
7.3
Richard Rymarz
7.3
Tales of Lore is one of the very few role-playing adventure games
available for the Archimedes. It comes on two discs inside a robust
video style box. The version I am reviewing contains a 16 page manual
that includes all that you need to know. The game costs £24.95 inc VAT
from UK Software.
7.3
It can be loaded onto a hard disc using a slightly complicated procedure
of altering the !Boot and !Run files. Further alterations are needed if
you are using a 1Mb machine since there are problems when saving a game.
A ReadMe file explains how to change some lines in a particular file.
However, I couldn’t even find the file let alone alter it. Clearer
(correct?) instructions should be given otherwise some game players will
be very disappointed.
7.3
Anyway, let’s get on to the game itself. Perhaps the superb gameplay,
graphics and puzzles would make up for the short comings.
7.3
Preparing to play
7.3
Clicking on !Tales, results in an introductory screen showing a devil-
like creature wearing a loin cloth. Seconds later the desktop is
returned and the game is installed on the iconbar. There is a
configuration option which allows the type of machine to be chosen (ARM
2, 250 or 3); the names of the characters; and whether sound effects are
required. Saving the game is done from here as well and you are
encouraged to do so frequently returning to the desktop by clicking
<select> and <adjust> together.
7.3
The main playing screens
7.3
Clicking <select> on the !Tales icon reveals the main screen. A nice
touch is the heavy breathing that increases and decreases in intensity
as you move. Pictures of your four intrepid adventurers are presented on
the left hand side. Their two hands are displayed, as are three slider
bars representing their health, strength and magic powers. In the centre
is the main playing window and below are directional arrows. Clicking in
any direction is reflected in the main window.
7.3
To the right is a compass which changes to show which direction you are
heading and there is a flag and a tent which toggle whether you are
asleep or not. If you are sleeping (an important strength building
exercise) the main window goes dark and the breathing stops.
7.3
Finally, in the top right hand corner is the ‘combat box’ and shows what
weapons are available for use and allows you to alter the position of
the person in front. Some weapons can be used from the rear but all have
to be in the right hand.
7.3
Clicking on one of the characters reveals his statistics: health,
strength and magic skill; his possessions and whether he is wearing any
armour.
7.3
The game
7.3
The game’s scenario is that you find yourself under the influence of the
evil ‘Bill the Almighty’. You and your companions bravely announce that
you will investigate the ‘keep on the moors’. Having drunk a little too
much you wake up in a dungeon, completely naked and...
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Playing the game is quite straight forward after you have mastered all
the information and what each function does. All actions are performed
with the mouse. This is my first brush with role playing games and I
quite enjoy playing it. The puzzles are quite easy to begin with
although mapping is essential. However, my well informed sons were not
so impressed. Compared with similar offerings on other computers, all
areas of the game came in for a fair amount of criticism. They did
concede that the sound effects, though minimal, were quite good and
!Tales of Lore was a reasonable introduction to this type of game.
However, they felt the graphics were very mediocre and, for a beginner,
the interface was quite complicated. No doubt experienced game players
would have few problems. Finally, I understand that a similar game from
the 4th Dimension called ‘Dungeon’ has recently been released. Perhaps
buyers should compare the two before considering a purchase. A
7.3
Bookstore
7.3
Richard Rymarz
7.3
Bookstore is published by ESM and has been available since 1991 although
this review is based on version 1.05 dated January 1992. It is a
dedicated database designed to be used by children at Key Stage 2 and 3
anywhere in school where reading takes place. It attempts to simplify
and make enjoyable some of the more mundane elements of book reviewing
and, just as importantly, allows children to search and read reviews
already created by others. The program comes in a smart, hardback folder
which includes an excellent manual and site licence. It costs £39.50
+VAT (including the site licence) from ESM or £43 through Archive.
7.3
The program easily installs on hard disc and contains some sample
reviews. These aim to allow the children immediate investigation of some
titles they may wish to read, as well as show them how to write a
review. The documentation is clear and concise. It is divided into two
sections. Part 1- Teachers Notes − includes appropriate references to
the National Curriculum, instructions on how to use Bookstore in the
classroom or library and a step-by-step account of each screen. Part 2
is a user guide and explains how to get started, search the database,
create a review, read a review, edit a review, print a review and create
a new database. All are beautifully written and very easy to follow.
7.3
Creating a database
7.3
I have been using the program since the beginning of this term and to
date (late October) twenty reviews have been entered into our class
database. The children (9 and 10 year olds) found the process easy and
intuitive and it only needed one short lesson to explain what was
required. Creating a review is simplicity itself with the children
moving easily between nine screens each one needing either the minimum
of keyboard entry or just the clicking of radio buttons. This leads to
one of the major limitations of this type of program (recognised by ESM
in the documentation). The options within each screen cannot be changed
and whilst the author has chosen them wisely, the children sometimes
wished they could add their own. Never-the-less, with a little artistic
licence, the children found words that suited or if they wished to be
particularly pedantic, they left certain screens blank.
7.3
Using the database
7.3
Having created a certain number of reviews (ESM suggest that between
1000 and 1500 can be held on one 800Kb floppy disc) searching the
database is very simple. After dragging the directory onto the Bookstore
icon, a window opens displaying the reviews. Large buttons of the
alphabet are displayed at the top. If the letter is coloured red, it
means there is at least one review of a book beginning with that letter
− others are greyed out. Clicking on any letter highlights the first
book beginning with that letter. There are four radio buttons at the
bottom of the window: title, author, reviewer and type. Clicking on
either results in the book/ author/ review or type of book being
highlighted in the main window. Clicking on the book brings up the
review which has been condensed from an eleven page entry process into a
three page review. Clicking <menu> on the main window allows further
reviews to be created; the selected book to be renamed; a find facility
that allows any word to be searched for; and finally, the opportunity to
print any selection of books. When a review is being read, clicking
<menu> allows the review to be edited and printed. It is all quite
comprehensive.
7.3
Conclusions
7.3
Bookstore is easy to use, the documentation is excellent and the options
full and comprehensive. In practice, the children enjoyed entering the
reviews and reading them. They can easily search and find favourite
titles, authors and even reviewers. Our class database is not yet large
enough to test how quick the search facility is but I believe the
children will not be disappointed.
7.3
However, there are some improvements that I would like to see
implemented: the system font is the only one available − it would be
nice to use an outline font of our choice; there is no facility to merge
files − this would be useful where more than one computer is available;
and it would be nice to be able to export reviews as text files to other
programs − a word processor perhaps. There were one or two problems:
entering data does take a long time − be prepared to tie up precious
time if you want thoughtful results; and, I could not print using my
Laser Direct − not too great a problem unless your school/classroom is
rich enough to have such a system available. Finally, one irritation:
the windows do not completely conform to RISC OS guidelines since they
cannot be resized. Never-the-less, I recommend this program as a very
useful tool in a busy classroom. A
7.3
The spirit of Archive
7.4
We have finally had time to analyse all the questionnaires you sent in
October. The reason it has taken so long is that, as I mentioned before,
over one third of all Archive subscribers responded − that says
something about the “spirit of Archive”! We have already implemented
some of the suggestions (such as taking credit cards − see page 36) and
we are working on a number of others.
7.4
It has made me realise that to say “Archive is your magazine” is not
just a platitude or an advertising slogan. Over the years, (have I
really edited and DTP’ed one magazine a month for over 6 years?!) we
have had terrific support from the contributors to Archive. People have
written about their interests and shared their enthusiasms with the rest
of us. And that, as I see it, is Archive’s main strength. It does mean
though that we depend on you to tell us what you have discovered and
give us your views on anything and everything to do with Acorn
computers.
7.4
How can you help to improve Archive? Well, I have written about that at
much greater length in an article entitled “Archive − Making It Even
Better” on page 33.
7.4
Rumours
7.4
Isn’t it funny the way rumours spread?! All I did was to make a Special
Christmas Offer − I offered a £100 software voucher with every A5000
sold before Christmas. Very soon, the bulletin boards were buzzing −
“He’s selling off his stocks of A5000s before the new machines come in.”
7.4
Sorry to disappoint you but there is no sign at all of any new machines.
From what I can gather, it will be months, not weeks, before there is
anything new available − maybe not even until Acorn World 94. I hope I
am wrong in that prediction but I think it is probably fairly realistic.
7.4
Wishing you a very Happy Christmas and a good New Year,
7.4
Products Available
7.4
• A5000 special offer extended − Archive’s “Christmas Special Offer” on
the new A5000s has been extended. Until January 31st, you can buy one of
the new 30MHz A5000s and get a £100 software voucher to use against any
purchase of software from NCS either at the same time as the computer or
in the future. The 2Mb/HD80 is £1499 (carriage free) and the 4Mb/HD160
is £1699. Add £75 if you want an AKF50 monitor instead of an AKF18.
7.4
(N.B. We have unlimited stocks of these computers − well, Acorn have −
this is not a pre-ARM700 stock clearance but a sales incentive scheme to
encourage you to buy A5000s because the launch of the ARM700 is looking,
I think, more like 3rd or 4th quarter 1994.)
7.4
• (Another) A5000 special offer − We have got hold of some more of the
older 25MHz A5000s and are selling them without monitors at £950 (inc
carriage, cf the Beebug price of £1008.15). These are 2Mb computers with
80Mb hard drives. We only have a limited number available so please ring
to check stocks before ordering.
7.4
• Aggressor − Macho Edition − This is an upgraded version of the
original shoot ’em up game from Matt Black although it is now released
as a budget game at £14.99 +p&p from Matt Black or £15 through Archive.
(See the review on page 43.)
7.4
• Archive monthly program disc − On the disc this month, we have some
extra, useful utilities: !Convert by John Winters converts DOS->text and
Text->DOS, which DOSFS doesn’t do; !OnTime by Mark Godwin allows you to
keep track of how long you have spent on line to a BBS; !OpenDir by Mark
Godwin opens application directories by dragging rather than shift-
double-clicking; !SeraPara, again by Mark Godwin, sends incoming data
from the serial port direct to the parallel port so that, for example,
you can print from the Pocket Book to a printer without disconnecting
the printer from the Archimedes, i.e. you only need an A-Link and not a
Parallel Link as well.
7.4
Also, on the disc, in the Psion3 directory, is a Psion Series 3
Emulator. This is not a RISC OS application, and requires the PC
Emulator or a PC Card and there are certain conditions for its use. It
is a Series 3 Emulator not a Pocket Book emulator, therefore there will
be some differences. The OPL Compiler is included so you can write
software without needing to spend £65 on the compiler − although it
rather defeats the object of it being a portable computer! For what it
is worth, it is there for your use.
7.4
Chris Johnson has sent us the latest version of his application called
!Text>Draw which solves the problem noted by Richard Hallas’ last month
(Archive 7.3 p68) of getting kerned text into Draw.
7.4
Finally, there is an Elite cheat − see Hints & Tips on page 50. The
Archive monthly discs cost £2 each (or £20 for twelve − a full year).
7.4
• Birds of War − 4th Dimension’s latest release is a flight simuator for
2Mb Archimedes computers. It provides 192 missions with over 50 aircraft
types. There are 10 Mb of data including 86,000 words of briefing text
for the missions. These are compressed onto six discs but they say an
ARM3 hard drive computer is the ideal configuration. Birds of War costs
£34.95 from 4th Dimension or £32 through Archive.
7.4
• Bitfolio Cartoon Graphics − LOOKSystems have done another conversion
for the Archimedes. This time it consists of 100 full colour cartoon
characters. The 3.2Mb of images are in drawfile format, not scanned as
sprites. LOOKSystems sells them for £30 inc VAT and the Archive price is
£28.
7.4
(The fun part about it is that the same collection is available for PC
and Mac users but they have to pay £60 for exactly the same graphics!!)
7.4
Here are some sample cartoons − none of them bear any resemblance to any
member of the Norwich Computer Services staff, especially not the
editor!
7.4
• Braille tuition − The Dorton IT Support Centre have produced a program
called DotTest for those undertaking the Birmingham braille course but
it is equally suitable for those wishing to practise or improve their
braille. It can be used with the standard keyboard configured by the
program to use the six home keys and the space bar to mimic a braille
keyboard or an adapted Perkins Brailler plugged into a user port. The
program costs £25 from Dorton IT Centre.
7.4
• Chemical Modeller − SSERC’s molecular modelling software (version 3.3)
is now “fully mouse compatible”. It has been improved in many of the
ways suggested by David Kent in his review in Archive 6.4 p55. It costs
£52.50 +VAT from SSERC.
7.4
• DP Font Library − Dalmation Publications are selling a set of fonts
(101 in all) at “a price nearly everyone can afford”. The cost is £19.95
inclusive of p&p from Dalmation Publications.
7.4
• EasyFont − Fabis Computing have produced a font management system
which allows you to choose a selection of fonts simply by clicking in a
window. EasyFont costs £25 (+£1 p&p) +VAT from Fabis Computing.
7.4
• Fonts Discs − Three discs of display fonts (seven families of fonts on
each disc) are now available from Fabis Computing, each disc costing £5
+VAT.
7.4
• Granny’s Garden goes European − 4Mation have produced some modern
language versions of their popular Granny’s Garden program. It is now
available in French, German and Italian. Each costs £24.50 +VAT from
4Mation or £27 through Archive.
7.4
• ImageMaster from David Pilling is a new image processing program
allowing format conversion and image acquisition from scanners via Twain
(see below). ImageMaster reads and writes TIFF, JPEG, PCX, PBM, Clear,
sprite, BMP, GIF and MTV. It can handle images bigger than memory by
using virtual memory techniques. It works with 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 24 and
32-bit per pixel images. ImageMaster has a whole range of facilities for
processing and manipulating images and is supplied with Trace, D2Font
and Snapper (screen capture program). ImageMaster costs £30 inclusive
from David Pilling or £28 through Archive.
7.4
• Impression II/Publisher special offer − Archive are doing a special
offer on Impression II. The normal Archive price is £180 but “while
stocks last” we are selling them at £120. If you want to upgrade to
Impression Publisher when it becomes available, the upgrade will cost
just £29 +£3 p&p +VAT =£37.60 from Computer Concepts. The RRP of
Impression Publisher is £169 +VAT = £198.58 so by buying a cheap copy of
Impression II you can get a copy of Impression Publisher for £157.60 −
quite a good saving. We only have a limited number of copies at this
price so please do not send a cheque without ringing to reserve a copy
first.
7.4
• Lexique / Wortgut − These are French to Eng-lish and German to English
dictionaries produced by Fabis Computing. Features include groups and
sub-groups of GCSE topics, search and edit, add your own words, language
lists printed as required. Each dictionary costs £20 +VAT from Fabis
Computing.
7.4
• Night Sky is Clares Micros’ new astronomy program. It allows display
of the night sky at any time from anywhere on earth, gives information
about each star, shows constellation boundaries, sun, moon and planets,
works in real or accelerated time, shows lunar and solar eclipses and
occulations, and deep sky objects can be shown e.g. nebulae, clusters
and galaxies. Night Sky costs £79.95 inc VAT from Clares or £74 through
Archive.
7.4
• Phaethon − A new game from a new software house: System Interrupt.
“Drive your space orb along hazardous terrains at breath-taking
velocity! Take corners and jump gaps at an unwise speed! Employ your
full manual capacity upon the solution of fiendish puzzles! Play the
game!”, says the System Interrupt press release. Phaethon (apparently
pronounced “faith-on”) is £25.95 from System Interrupt or £24 through
Archive. (Never mind the press release, read the review on page 19 from
which you will gather that Andrew Rawnsley rather likes Phaethon − and I
can vouch for the fact that Andrew has no connection, financial or
otherwise, with System Interrupt! Ed.)
7.4
• Psion 3A − As mentioned last month, we are going to be stocking the
new Psion 3A. The pricing will be £269 for the 256Kb version and £329
for the 512Kb. The only problem is that there are only limited supplies.
If you know somewhere that has them in stock then I suggest you buy one
while you have the chance(!) but if not, place an order with us and we
will put you in the queue and hold your cheque until we get supplies.
7.4
• Rhapsody 3 is now available. New features include guitar chords, quick
edit panel, hairpins & phrasing, auto bar checking, etc. Stewart Watson
has reported on the extra features in this issue − see page 12. Rhapsody
3, which requires 2Mb RAM, costs £99.95 inc VAT from Clares or £92
through Archive. There is an upgrade offer from Rhapsody 2 to 3 which
costs £48 inc VAT from Clares although this offer is limited to 31st
December 1993.
7.4
• Scientific Graphics Collection CD-ROM − This provides a huge database
of scientific graphics material. It contains all the material from the
15 discs of graphics produced separately by SSERC as well as a Draw
Practical Guide in electronic format. The CD-ROM contains around 9,000
files with a total of 330Mb of data covering chemistry, physics,
biology, technology, IT and computing. It costs £150 +VAT from SSERC.
7.4
• Shareware 21 − The Archimedes Image Manager on Shareware 21 has now
been updated to the latest version (AIM3) which includes instant loading
of (grey) sprites, manipulation of selected area, no restriction on
image format, better compliance with RISC OS, better menu structure,
improved query box and help function, histograms savable as drawfiles.
This is a disc-only version but if you want a version complete with
manual, it is distributed by Lindis International. Shareware 21 is £2
through Archive.
7.4
• Small − Another new company on the Archimedes games scene is Virgo
Software. Their first offering is called Small. It is a 3D maze
adventure game in which you have been shrunk to microscopic size and
have to wander the labyrinthine realm of your mind. Small costs £24.95
from Virgo Software or £23 through Archive.
7.4
• TCP/IP 2 single user − Acorn have realised that making TCP/IP 2
available only as a site licence at £399 was not too user-friendly. They
have therefore decided to make it available with a single-user licence
for £99 +VAT (£105 through Archive).
7.4
• T-shirts, sweatshirts and mugs − If you are interested in putting your
own designs onto T-shirts, sweatshirts and mugs, Tekoa Graphics will
take your designs on Archimedes floppy disc in Artworks, Draw or sprite
format and transfer them to the required medium. Prices depend on
quantity but one-off prices are £13 for T-shirts, £16.70 for sweatshirts
and £6 for mugs dropping to £6, £9.70 and £4 each respectively for 25 or
more. (No VAT as T.G. are not VAT registered.)
7.4
• Twain is an image acquisition standard for easy communication between
image capturing devices and software applications. It has been
implemented on Mac and PC and has now been brought to RISC OS machines
by David Pilling. Basically, Twain does for scanners what RISC OS
printer drivers do for printers. The only version currently available is
for the HP ScanJet but versions for the Canon scanner (ScanLight
Professional) and the Epson scanners are on their way. The ScanJet
version is £20 inclusive from David Pilling or £19 through Archive.
7.4
Review software received...
7.4
We have received review copies of the following: •AIM3 (u),
•ASM_Help (u), •EasyFont (u), •Jumble Fun (e), •Lingomaster (e),
•Mini Expansion Adaptor (h), •Noddy’s Playtime (e), •Opening Doors
on IT Capability − four packs (e), •Scribble (e), •Sea, Trade &
Empire (e), •Small (g), •Soapbox (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e),
•Switch (g).
7.4
e=Education, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.4
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. A
7.4
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.4
“So, the self-styled expert on Christianity has been suffering from
depression, he has? Paul, I thought you said that you believed in a God
who healed people!?”
7.4
Well, as I reported in this slot a couple of years ago, God healed my
back miraculously in answer to prayer, so why didn’t He remove my
depression when I, and a good number of other people, prayed? (I am
feeling a lot better now, by the way. Many thanks to all those of you
who expressed concern!)
7.4
I don’t pretend to have any answer to “the problem of suffering”, I’m
afraid. And I don’t honestly think that the bible does, either. We in
the West are trained to ask “Why?” and I don’t think there really is any
answer to that question. Oh, yes, in some cases you can see that
someone’s suffering is a direct result of their, or someone else’s,
actions but in the majority of cases, suffering does not happen as a
direct ‘cause and effect’.
7.4
Have I learnt anything through the depression I suffered? Yes, I have.
It made me stop and ask, “What is really important in life?” The answer?
People and relationships. I decided, amongst other things, that when I
felt better I was going to find a way of spending fewer hours slaving
over a hot computer and spending more time with my own family and
friends.
7.4
God is in the business of transforming suffering and if we trust Him, He
will bring good out of the worst situation. You only have to look at
Jesus’ death to see that. It looked like pointless suffering, but the
bible teaches something very different − if you don’t know what I mean,
ask a Christian to explain it. And if you do know what I mean, thank God
that he allowed His Son to die for us!
7.4
Paul Beverley
7.4
P.B.
7.4
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.4
4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.4
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.4
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.4
Angelsoft Educational 35 Heol
Nant, Swiss Valley, Llanelli, Dyfed, SA14 8EN. (0554-776845)
7.4
Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
7.4
Clares Micro Supplies 98
Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA. (0606-
48511) (0606-48512)
7.4
Colton Software (p5) 2 Signet
Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881) (0223-312010)
7.4
Computer Concepts (pp5/15) Gaddesden
Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.4
Dalmation Publications 37 Manor
Road, Teddington, Middlesex, TW11 8AA.
7.4
David Pilling P.O.Box 22, Thornton Cleveleys, Blackpool, FY5 1LR.
7.4
Davyn Software The Workshop, off Princess Street, Sandal, Wakefield,
WF1 5NY. (0924-254800)
7.4
Dorton IT Centre Dorton House, Seal, Kent, TN15 0ED. (0732-761477
Ext223)
7.4
merald Publishing P.O.Box 324,
Cambridge, CB1 3HB. (0223-355399)
7.4
EMR Ltd 14 Mount Close, Wickford, Essex, SS11 8HG. (0702-335747)
7.4
Fabis Computing 95 Fabis Close, Swadlincote, Derbyshire, DE11 9SL.
7.4
Krisalis Software Teque House,
Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.4
Kudlian Soft 8 Barrow Road, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 1EH. (0926-
851147)
7.4
Lindis International (p9) Wood Farm,
Linstead Magna, Halesworth, Suffolk, IP19 0DU. (098-685-477) (098-685-
460)
7.4
LOOKSystems 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-
764114) (0603-764011)
7.4
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.4
Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
9XD.
7.4
Oak Solutions (p10) Broadway
House, 149-151 St Neots Road, Hardwick, Cambridge, CB3 7QJ. (0954-
211760) (0954-211767)
7.4
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
7.4
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
411162 after 6)
7.4
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield
Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
7.4
Sherston Software Swan Barton,
Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433) (0666-840048)
7.4
Sibelius Software 4 Bailey
Mews, Auckland Road, Cambridge, CB5 8DR. (0223-302765)
7.4
Sigma Press 1 South Oak Lane, Wilmslow, Cheshire, SK9 6AR. (0625-
531035)
7.4
SSERC 24 Bernard Terrace, Edinburgh, EH8 9NX. (031-668-4421)
7.4
System Interrupt Burcott Manor, Wells, Somerset, BA5 1NH. (0749-670058)
(0749-670809)
7.4
Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
546376)
7.4
Virgo Software P.O.Box 44, Cheshire, SK7 4QY. (061-456-0009)
7.4
Colton
7.4
From 7.3 page 7
7.4
CC
7.4
From 7.3 page 13
7.4
The Advance Column
7.4
Robert Chrismas
7.4
This column is for people interested in Acorn Advance. The main topics
this month are the importance of the Learning Curve Offer, and
installation. Next month’s main topic will depend on what you write to
me about.
7.4
The Learning Curve
7.4
If you are buying an Archimedes now, it is worth finding an extra £50
for the ‘Learning Curve’ software pack. It is excellent value. Acorn
Advance, just one item in the pack, includes a word processor/DTP
package, a spreadsheet, a database and a graphics program − all the
serious software most users need to get started. Advance has a sensible
selection of features which are easy to use.
7.4
I reviewed Advance in Archive 6.9 p33 and said that although it is a
good package, I was not sure how well it would sell. However, if Acorn
planned all along to include Advance with a new Archimedes for a give-
away price, I reckon they got it right this time.
7.4
People buying computers for the first time often find choosing suitable
software intimidating. A new Archimedes owner already gets a desktop
environment, fonts, printer drivers, drawing and painting packages free.
So now, for a small extra cost, they can get their ‘office’ software −
the only tricky decisions left are what games to buy and what computer
magazines to subscribe to.
7.4
One advantage of buying Archive will be ‘The Advance Column’ in which
users can seek help and perhaps find useful advice.
7.4
For established Archimedes users, the generous Learning Curve offer is
still important. Acorn made sure that Font, Sprite and Draw format files
became a standard (at least within the Archimedes world) by giving away
the font manager, Paint and Draw with RISC OS. Advance format files will
probably not achieve such universal acceptance but we can expect to see
many Advance format files as well as applications which can interact
with Advance tools.
7.4
Getting started
7.4
The second chapter in the manual explains how to install Advance for
each of the three different packs in which Advance is supplied. Since
most users will have a single user pack, they can skip quite a lot of
this chapter.
7.4
If you are the sort of person who chucks the manuals aside and tries
things out, the advice which follows may forestall some disappointing
mistakes. If you are the sort of person who puts the discs to one side
and reads as much of the manual as you can understand before trying to
install the software, you may be interested to learn that informal
observation of teenage culture dialect words suggest that this behaviour
is typical of a personality type which they refer to as ‘Meccano Man’.
We are the latest minority group!
7.4
With a single user pack, you cannot back up the discs until disc 1 has
been installed. So insert disc 1 and double click on the !Advance
application. Complete the registration details. This will remove the
copy protection from disc 1. Depending on how careful you are (how
Meccano oriented) you may now want to back up Disc 1 and Disc 2.
7.4
Advance is supplied on two 800Kb discs. This is not very convenient. All
the new Archimedes computers can use discs formatted to hold twice as
much data − 1.6Mb. So you can store the whole application on one disc.
Of course, if you have a hard disc you will probably want to copy
!Advance into a suitable directory on the hard disc.
7.4
First copy the !Advance application from Disc 1 on to a suitable
directory on your hard disc, or into a floppy disc formatted for 1.6Mb.
7.4
Now look inside your new copy of Advance. You do this by pointing to the
new copy of Advance, holding down <shift>, and double clicking <select>.
This opens the Advance directory.
7.4
Now you can copy !AdvanceWP from Disc 2 so that it is in the same
directory as !AdvanceDB, !AdvanceGR and !AdvanceSH. This creates a
complete copy of Advance.
7.4
You should now make a backup of this complete copy of Advance onto
(another) 1.6Mb floppy disc.
7.4
Although it makes installation a bit fiddly, this method of organising
Advance has some advantages. You do not need to keep all the tool
applications inside Advance. You can keep the tool applications anywhere
you want. Provided the computer has ‘seen’ them, they will still be
loaded and used.
7.4
Some notes on WP
7.4
Save three seconds: to start a new word processing document, you can
just click <select> on the Advance application. There is no need to go
through the Create menu.
7.4
Paragraph Border: Look out for the Paragraph Border option on the
Effects menu. There are three types of border, thick, thin and shadow.
If you mark any section of text and try to put a border around it, the
border will automatically go from the carriage return before to the
carriage return after.
7.4
The paragraph border menu also has thick and thin ‘rules’ which draw
single lines under the ‘paragraph’.
7.4
Some interesting results occur if you put borders around areas which
already include sections with borders, or if you change the ruler within
a section with a border. So far, I have not found a practical use for
this.
7.4
Send your hints, tips, ideas, questions, frustrations, etc to me, Robert
Chrismas, either via the Archive office or direct to 8 Virginia Park
Road, Gosport, Hants, PO12 3DZ. Provided I do not get inundated (fat
chance judging from the response to the July article) I will try to
answer questions immediately through the post. However, in the style of
problem pages everywhere, you will still see your letter in the magazine
(possibly with a completely different answer). A
7.4
Lingenuity
7.4
New artwork
7.4
Oak Solutions
7.4
From 7.3 page 14
7.4
Music Column
7.4
Stewart Watson
7.4
TG100?
7.4
Two questions from the postbag. What is a TG100? Is it an expander, is
it a module, is it a tone generator or is it a synthesizer? The answer,
in each case, is ‘yes’. Most synthesizers are now produced in two forms,
with and without a keyboard. The keyboardless versions, which include
the tone-generating part of the original synthesizer, are usually called
expanders, but are sometimes referred to as synthesizers in module form
(modules) or tone generators.
7.4
General MIDI
7.4
There is now a wide range of expanders on the market, many of which are
General MIDI compatible. This means that they will be at least 28 note
polyphonic and 16 part multi-timbral. They will all have a set of voices
at least from 1 − 128 that are of the same basic type, i.e. voice 1 will
be a piano sound, voice 57 will be a trumpet sound etc. The drum sounds
will be assigned to MIDI channel 10, and the note assignment of the
different drum sounds will be the same. The difference between different
General MIDI tone generators is in the sound (and price) of different
manufacturers’ products. Some manufacturers are particularly strong in
brass sounds, while others have excellent strings, and it is up to the
purchaser to decide which model’s sounds (and price) best suit their
requirements. A General MIDI device is well worth having because of the
vast range of music available in Standard MIDI file format, which will
run immediately via General MIDI.
7.4
PSR6700?
7.4
What is a PSR6700? Yamaha, who now almost totally dominate the keyboard
market, produce a wide range of keyboards with either small keys or
standard size keys. The third letter of the name indicates the size of
the keys; S for small, R for regular. The number is simply the model
number, and the higher the number of the current range, the higher the
specification. Therefore, a PSR6700 is a Yamaha regular sized keyboard
with a fairly high specification. Unfortunately, Yamaha also seem to
have a policy of regularly changing the model numbers of their
keyboards, without necessarily changing very much else. But it does mean
that bargains can be found by buying a replaced model which is perhaps
only cosmetically different.
7.4
Standard MIDI files
7.4
Each month there are more and more adverts in music magazines for
Standard MIDI file libraries. Not all of these are in Archimedes format
but that doesn’t mean that the Archimedes cannot access these files. DOS
and Atari files can be transferred to ADFS very easily. First back up
the original disc. Load the copy, select all the files and change the
filetype to &FD4, the Serenade filetype, and these can then be loaded
and run perfectly. Alternatively, use the EMR Studio24+ file converter
to convert the MIDI files into Studio 24+ files. Some of these files are
extremely professionally produced − but not all. I suggest that, if you
wish to build a library of Standard MIDI files, you sample a few
libraries before deciding where to spend the bulk of your hard-earned
money. Pro Music of Dettington Way, Bury St. Edmonds, Suffolk IP33 3BR
have an extensive catalogue of Standard MIDI Files priced £5.95 per file
(minimum order 4 files).
7.4
Sound Advice
7.4
Sound Advice file converter has been upgraded to import and export
Standard MIDI Files. Files can be exported in either Format 0 or Format
1. This gives Sound Advice users access to the vast Standard MIDI file
libraries.
7.4
Music Scorewriting
7.4
There are major advances in music writing packages for the Archimedes at
the moment. Rhapsody 3 from Clares (see separate review) is now
available and ScoreDraw 3 will be available around Christmas. Sibelius
Software who produced the very professional, and very expensive Sibelius
7, should have Sibelius 6 on sale by the time you read this. Sibelius 6
is a cut down version of Sibelius 7 and will cost £160 including VAT.
EMR claim to have Desktop Scorewriter available, but I’ve still not seen
it. A
7.4
Rhapsody 3
7.4
Stewart Watson
7.4
Rhapsody 3 is the latest music package from Clares. It is obviously an
upgrade of Rhapsody 2 but there are so many new and improved features
that it perhaps should really be thought of as a new and separate
program. In fact, Rhapsody 2 will continue to be available in the
immediate future. Rhapsody 3 requires a minimum of 2Mb of RAM to run, as
it requires over 800Kb itself. If you intend to multi-task Rhapsody 3
and Serenade, for instance, 4Mb is essential.
7.4
User-friendliness
7.4
Despite the vast number of features available, Rhapsody 3 is extremely
user-friendly, and a novice to scoring should have no problem at all in
getting to grips with the basics of the program. Extensive help is
available via Acorn’s help application, and the numerous keyboard short-
cuts are very useful. The more familiar you become with the short-cuts,
the faster you will be able to input complicated scores. I tried the
program out on a couple of pupils who were not particularly au-fait with
music technology and they took to it like ducks to water, without access
to the manual, and with only a minimum of help from me.
7.4
The package
7.4
The package includes 4 discs and a very thorough 110 page manual.
Unfortunately, there is no keystrip or separate quick key guide. There
are so many quick keys that I think a separate quick key guide is almost
essential, if you do not wish to have the manual by your side when
working on more complicated scores. I’ve included a text file for
printing your own quick key guide on the Archive monthly disc. The
program has Clares usual installation procedure which is a sensible
protection system protecting the supplier without inconveniencing the
user.
7.4
Discs
7.4
Of the four discs supplied with the package, the first contains the main
Rhapsody 3 application, together with !Scrap, !SysMerge, !System and a
ReadMe file containing the most up-to-date information on the program.
There is also a Utilities directory containing two applications
!3Dwindows and !DragaSpri, which are not referred to in the manual.
There are three resources discs. Disc one contains the !Config, !Perform
and !VoiceApp applications, together with the Pembroke music font,
Tonecharts for a wide variety of keyboards and a Demo which will run for
over three hours. Resources disc two contains the !Voices application
which includes a large number of voices which will be very useful if
using the internal voices rather than the MIDI facilities. Resource disc
three contains a large collection of music files.
7.4
The manual
7.4
The manual is well laid out with plenty of illustrations but,
surprisingly, the quality of the screen dumps is not consistent with the
high quality of the rest of the package.
7.4
New features
7.4
There are a huge number of new features including guitar chords, a quick
edit panel, full dragging of notes and other symbols, hairpins and
phrasing, different note styles, automatic bar checking, user
preferences, different individual stave sizes and styles, auto save
option, a whole range of new symbols, etc, etc.
7.4
Start up
7.4
When the program is loaded and run, you are presented with two windows,
a single stave with a treble clef and the main editing panel. Users can
customise the start up configuration to their individual preferences.
This allows the development of individual house styles.
7.4
Getting started
7.4
There are a variety of ways of entering notes and symbols, the most
immediate being to simply drag them from the main panel into the score
window. The note length at the cursor can be altered by pressing one of
the function keys, and accidentals can be added from the control panel
or by using <ctrl> and a function key.
7.4
Staves
7.4
To insert a new stave, you bring up the Add item in the stave submenu.
This window allows you amongst other things, to name the stave and
assign it to a MIDI channel and a programme change. A maximum of 24
staves are allowed per score and the information for each can be
displayed down the left side of the screen. Staves can be in one of four
formats, normal, small, percussion, sol-fa or blank. The blank scores
are particularly useful when entering lyrics or guitar chords.
7.4
Notes
7.4
Every note fits into a slot, which varies in width according to the
length of the current note and other information that is present. Slots
can be globally widened or narrowed to the user’s preferences, and
individual slot widths can also be altered.
7.4
The main panel
7.4
The main panel is where most of Rhapsody’s features are controlled. It
is divided into three sections, Action, Selection and Submenus. The
action icons control the movement of the cursor and insertion and
deletion of notes, etc. The selection icons duplicate the symbols
available from the function keys, and when one is selected from the main
panel, a submenu choice appears at the bottom of the main panel.
7.4
Block functions
7.4
Blocks of notes can be cut, copied and pasted, as in a word processor
but, additionally, blocks of notes can be shifted, transposed or have
attributes like accents added. This is a much more powerful function
than in Rhapsody 2.
7.4
Capture
7.4
Scores can be played in from a MIDI keyboard in real time, step time or,
interestingly, semi-real time. Once the notes have been recorded, they
are transcribed with a variety of interesting options. Quantize is
available as fixed length or variable length, which is extremely useful
if there is a wide range of note values in the piece being played. It
can interpret or ignore triplets and the keyboard can be split at any
point and any notes below that point will be input to a stave below the
current one, so that piano music can be input in real time.
7.4
Guitar chords
7.4
In a review, it is only possible to touch on some of the features
available and there are so many wonderful features that it is hard to
decide what to include and what to miss omit. Having said that, the
guitar chord function is really excellent. Up to 48 chords can be
defined, named and stored. The program comes with 36 chords already
defined which saves a lot of initial effort. The chords are best placed
on a separate blank stave because, by default, they are input to the
centre of the stave.
7.4
Printing
7.4
At the end of the day, any scoring package is going to be judged on the
printout, which was Rhapsody 2‘s weakness. Rhapsody 3 is a considerable
improvement in this respect, and the format options are extensive and
first-class. Files cannot presently by exported to ScoreDraw, but a new
version of ScoreDraw to take Rhapsody 3 files should be available soon.
However, the print quality from Rhapsody 3 is perfectly acceptable for
everyday use.
7.4
Wish list
7.4
Although when recording in real time, it is possible to leave a blank
bar and then delete the extra barline, I find that inelegant and would
prefer a count-in bar. Inputting text is a bit unwieldy, although using
a blank stave does make this much more comfortable than previously. An
easier way to input text would be advantageous. The list of Italian,
German and English terms could have been made user-editable. There are
one or two little idiosyncrasies, for instance, there are two inverted
mordants but no mordant symbol, and the range of dynamics doesn’t
include Sforzando. Having the facility to input guitar chords is a real
boon, but it would have been delightful if the facility to output a part
in guitar tablature were available. These are obviously very minor
quibbles, for such an excellent program.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
Sequencing and scorewriting are fundamentally different activities in
that, when you use a sequencer, you are primarily concerned with how
your music sounds, but when you score a piece of music, you are
principally interested in how the music looks. I think Rhapsody 3
compromises its principal aim slightly to provide some extra sequencing
functions. Having said that, it is an extremely effective program,
wonderfully easy to use, and would fulfil all but the most demanding of
anyone’s scorewriting needs.
7.4
Price and availability
7.4
Rhapsody 3 is available from Clares Micros price £99.95 inclusive or £92
through Archive. An upgrade from Rhapsody or Rhapsody 2 is available
from Clares until the 31st December price £48.00. A site licence costs
£352.50 from Clares and an existing site licence upgrade costs £146.87.
A
7.4
CC
7.4
From 7.3 page 8
7.4
Comment Column
7.4
• Acorn World 93 − Your description of Acorn World 93 is mild indeed. I
thought it was pretty disappointing: no new hardware to speak of (apart
from the 105Mb removables, of course), nothing new on sale at CC,
NewLook which slows the machine down unacceptably, Oak going out of
hardware and Rob McMillan out of a job. (Someone tells me he is now
working for Acorn! Ed.)
7.4
One thing on the credit side for music buffs was Sibelius, the music
writer’s equivalent of Impression, which really looks very impressive.
7.4
On the subject of removables, there is apparently a 270Mb, 3½“ drive in
the offing. It is only in IDE format and there is no sign of a SCSI
version. Mike Hobart, Cambridge.
7.4
We too heard the rumours about the 270Mb removables. We have been told
told “hopefully sometime in 1st quarter 1994” for the IDE version and
“March at the earliest” for the SCSI version. There is no word on
pricing yet. Also, I must confess to a sense of un-ease at the thought
of trusting 270Mb of data to a 3½“ removable disc! Ed.
7.4
• Auto-kerning fonts in Impression − At the time the ‘New Outline Fonts’
article was written (Archive 7.3 p34), Impression Style was expected to
have been released by the publication date, so the comment that current
versions of Impression support these fonts would have been true. In
fact, it was true, but only if you live in Germany! The Germans have
Impression 2.5 which contains several features not in 2.19, including
support for auto-kerning fonts. However, this release is not generally
available in this country, and is being superseded by Impression
Publisher (and, in some ways, by Style). Richard Hallas, Huddersfield.
7.4
• Colour Card with Taxan 770 Plus − Much has been made of graphics cards
recently but potential purchasers should be aware of the impossibility
of getting a quart out of a pint pot (see Colin Singleton’s comments
Archive 7.3 p27). My ‘pint pot’ is a Taxan 770+ and having bought a CC
Colour Card recently, I have discovered that the monitor will not
support many of the new modes theoretically offered by the card. In
particular, it will not synchronise with any of the 1024×768 modes, the
960×720 modes or the synthetic SVGA 800×600 modes. Obviously, the
1280×1024, 1440×1080 and 1152×848 modes are also not available, although
1600×600 does work. This mode is very dim on the screen and requires
resizing via the monitor controls. I have wound up using mode 110 most
often, with the CC 640×512 mode 98 being very clear and having an almost
liquid clarity, but with correspondingly big text and icons.
7.4
I was after a larger effective desktop size and have achieved this, but
I wouldn’t say I’m totally happy. Mode 110 is a trifle too small/unclear
and I wish I could use the 16 colour 960×720 mode. So be warned that the
pursuit of a better display may well take you on the path towards a 17“
monitor. Prices for these are dropping, however, as they become
increasingly the norm for PC Windows users. Richard Fallas, Grendon
Underwood, Bucks.
7.4
• Flopticals for ADFS, part three − Since I told you (in Archive 6.11)
about the intention of the Berlin-based firm, Tools, to develop the
software for an ADFS floptical drive, things have taken a turn for the
worse.
7.4
Tools have just told me that, after several months filled with fruitless
attempts to obtain up-to-date developers’ information from Insite
Peripherals, they have dropped the project completely. Jochen
Konietzko, Köln, Germany.
7.4
• Kerned text within Drawfiles in Impression − When incorporating
drawfiles which contain kerned text into Impression, the text reverts to
being unkerned. The only solution at present is to convert the text into
paths before saving the file into Impression: the letters then remain in
their kerned positions. Nick Edgar, Doncaster.
7.4
At the time of writing, this does still apply to the pre-release of
Impression Style, although Computer Concepts are aware of the situation.
7.4
Richard Hallas, Huddersfield.
7.4
• Keystroke Update − Quantum Software’s Keystroke utility has attracted
some very complimentary and well-deserved remarks in recent issues of
Archive and elsewhere. I don’t know of any other program which enhances
the Archimedes’ productivity so well and the after-sales service is
quite the best I’ve come across.
7.4
Version 2.30 was released in mid-November and represents a significant
update with a fully-revised manual. V2.31 (25-Nov-93) clears a minor bug
in the Executor playback module for the key definitions.
7.4
There are two main areas of change in V2.30. Firstly, in previous
versions, the Insert Text option was basically limited to letters,
numbers, other characters and control codes in the ASCII range 32-255.
The update allows virtually all the remaining control keys to be used
(escape, tab, page up, Print, and so on), by entering them between
backslash (\) characters as part of the text string. In the case of Ctrl
and/or Shift, only the letters C-, S- or CS- need be entered as the
‘text’ equivalent.
7.4
To give an example, if you wanted to change the page indents manually in
Ovation, you would first call up the Tabs/Indents dialogue box by
pressing the Shift, Ctrl and Tab keys together (<shift-ctrl-tab>),
before amending the dialogue box numbers. Keystroke’s Insert Text
equivalent is entered simply as ‘\CS-TAB\’. Very straightforward but
very powerful.
7.4
The other new facility is the ‘EVAL’ function, used in conjunction with
dialogue boxes. This function evaluates any numerical element of the
text present in a box, applies a desired, preset arithmetic change and
inserts the new value into the box. The arithmetic operations can be
add, subtract, multiply or divide.
7.4
Confused? Let’s look at an example following on from the one above. Let
us say you wish to apply an indent of 10mm at the right-hand side of an
Ovation document. To do that manually, you would need to press <shift-
ctrl-tab> to open the Tabs/Indents dialogue box, click on the Right
Indent radio button, note the existing value (which will depend on the
page width), mentally subtract 10mm, clear the existing value (<ctrl-
U>), type in the new value, press <return> and click on OK; a total of
some 15 keypresses. Keystroke will do all this for you with a simple
two-key combination.
7.4
The benefit of using ‘EVAL’ and ‘−10’ in the text string is that, rather
than entering an absolute value, Keystroke will enter a value of −10mm
relative to the existing value, giving a 10mm indent regardless of the
document page width.
7.4
The sheer power and value of Keystroke can best be illustrated by taking
the example still further. In the technical reports I publish, I like to
clarify presentation by liberal use of sub-paragraphs, with left and
right indents, plus hanging indent ‘bullets’ from the Dingbats font.
Without wishing to denigrate Ovation, to do that manually would require
around 45 separate keypresses. Keystroke has changed all that; simply by
pressing a two-key combination, an indented sub-paragraph with bullet is
displayed in moments. That’s what I call an aid to productivity. Ovation
= super; Ovation + Keystroke = SUPERB.
7.4
One slight limitation, explained in the manual, is that the codes
produced when pressing the desired key combination have also to be
passed to, and may interact with, the application in use. For instance,
if you set up <alt-A> in Keystroke to perform a Select All function in a
word-processor, that will work. However, <alt-A> will also generate an
international character (‘æ’) which will appear in the word-processor at
the text caret position. The manual suggests that, where this happens,
the superfluous character can be suppressed by adding a ‘delete’
character via an Insert Text command (‘\DEL\’). But there are other key
combinations which produce control codes whose effects can be relatively
painful, e.g. <ctrl-U> will delete text in a dialogue box!
7.4
Having been caught out unexpectedly by this a couple times, I decided
that I would work my way through all the key combinations to determine
their effects − then Keystroke V2.31 arrived. This includes an Edit file
called Spare Keys (in the example Keystrokes directory), listing all the
key combinations which do not produce a character under RISC OS 3.11.
Sticking to combinations in this list should ensure you will not be
similarly embarrassed. Jim Nottingham, York.
7.4
• Pocket Book comments − I purchased a Pocket Book at Acorn World 93 and
I am delighted with it. Here are my observations so far:
7.4
Typing is surprisingly easy for such a small keyboard provided that you
press each key in a positive manner.
7.4
Moan #1: I wish the Caps Lock had an indicator light.
7.4
The spelling checker is excellent, the ‘bring’ facility is useful and
the editing options are exceptional for such a small machine.
7.4
Moan #2: It is a pity there is no alphabetic sort on Cards but the
search option is very good.
7.4
The calculator is superb. I personally have little use for the
spreadsheet and have only just started to use Schedule.
7.4
I find it difficult to understand why Acorn are advertising the Pocket
Book as an educational tool and are not mentioning business and personal
use. They seem to be missing a large sector of the potential market.
7.4
Is there any possibility of having a Pocket Book Column in Archive?
Roger Jackman, Farnham.
7.4
Yes, we can have a Pocket Book Column if someone will offer to edit it
and if there is enough input from people. If you have hints & tips,
ideas, questions, etc, send them in to the Archive office and if someone
would like to offer to edit the column, let me know. Ed.
7.4
• Risc User Kerner and EFF DrawKern − The Risc User magazine disc for
Volume 7 issue 1 (£4.75 to members) and the Fonts Discs 2 and 3 (£11.95,
including other font utilities and 10 outline font families) all contain
a small program caller Kerner, which appears to duplicate the functions
of EFF’s DrawKern and which works in a similar way. Nick Edgar,
Doncaster.
7.4
Also, George Buchanan has written a Charityware application which allows
you to convert a drawfile into one with kerned text, similar to EFF’s
DrawKern. If you would like a copy, please send a blank formatted disc
(DD, not HD) with an SAE to George at 145 Albion Street, Kenilworth, CV8
2FY. The whole £1 will go to charity. A
7.4
Help!!!!
7.4
• Downloading to a portable PC − Has anyone got Interlink, Laplink or
other PC file transfer software working between an Archimedes (with or
without the PC Emulator) and a portable or desktop PC? Or how else have
you transferred files, including PC binary files, other than using
discs? (My portable has no floppy drive.) Details of successes and
failures to Stuart Bell, 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham, RH12 2AW.
7.4
• LinTrack to DrawPlus/Vector − Jonathan Marten is writing a conversion
program for LinTrack to DrawPlus. This will make LinTrack a sensible
choice for general use with output via RISC OS printer drivers. Please
contact me if you are interested as the program could be released
commercially if demand were sufficient. Richard Torrens, 30 Reach Road,
Burwell, Cambridge, CB5 0AH.
7.4
• Printing the system font − I am having problems printing out the
system font and pictures from Draw using Computer Concepts’ Turbo
Drivers. After resizing numbers in the system font, they disappear when
printed out but they are there on screen! Resized pictures also lose
part of their colouring.
7.4
Does anybody know why I am getting this problem as Computer Concepts
have not replied to my plea for help, but I presume they are busy with
Style, etc.
7.4
My computer is an A3000 upgraded to RISC OS3 with 4Mb of memory printing
to Canon BJ330. Brian Cocksedge, “Ferndell”, Kings Drive, Midhurst, W
Sussex, GU29 0BJ.
7.4
• Rhapsody swaps − Would anyone be interested in contacting other
Rhapsody users? If you would like to share tunes entered and/or
alternative instruments, please contact Mr E Crennell, 67 Queens Road,
Formby, Merseyside, L37 2HG.
7.4
• Spurious line feeds − I have an A5000, with RISC OS 3.1, and v1.8 of
the PC Emulator. I have a JP150, but I sometimes want to print to an
FX80. Despite changing all the program configurations from DeskJet to
Epson FX, printing of both text and graphics includes spurious line
feeds. This results in the text being double-spaced, while graphics can
have several spurious line feeds in (what should be) each line. The CR/
LF switch in the FX80 is switched off. Can anybody help? John Woodgate,
3 Bramfield Road East, Rayleigh, Essex SS6 8RG. A
7.4
Help Offered
7.4
• Kerned text in Draw − In response to Richard Hallas’ comment last
month (Archive 7.3 p68) on the problem of getting kerned text into Draw,
Chris Johnson has sent us an application called !Text>Draw to solve the
problem. We have put it on the monthly program disc. (£2 through
Archive) Chris writes...
7.4
You may recall that a few months back Brian Cowan requested a facility
to import text into Draw. I responded with an application (!Text>Draw)
which was put onto the 6.12 monthly disc. The latest version of this
application not only displays correctly kerned text but also allows the
text to be loaded into Draw. It allows the use of up to six font styles
and does multi-level super- and sub-scripts. A WYSIWYG display is shown
as the text is entered and the result can be saved as a drawfile. Note
that this program will only function correctly on RISC OS 3. The
application contains extensive on-line help. Chris Johnson,
Edinburgh. A
7.4
Phaethon
7.4
Andrew Rawnsley
7.4
Every once in a while, there appears a game that is really addictive,
immensely playable, and even rather fun! Sometimes it will have good
graphics and sound, or maybe hundreds of levels to increase the
lifespan. Phaethon is one such game.
7.4
Addictive
7.4
Ever since I first loaded this new product from System Interrupt, I have
been hooked on it. The gameplay is so simple, but each time you make one
bad move, you simply have to have another go!
7.4
Initially, Phaethon bears a strong resemblance to Fervour from Clares.
However, as soon as you begin to play, you realise that this product is
of a much higher class.
7.4
The plot
7.4
Phaethon’s plot is rather dire, but don’t let that detract from the
game. Apparently, Phaethon is the name given to the most exhilarating,
frustrating, elating and even more frustrating form of relaxation in the
galaxy. It is also the ultimate challenge, the definitive confrontation
and the supreme contest... well that’s what it says here.
7.4
Why can’t it just be put simply − Phaethon is Sinusoidal Tendencies’
name for a game in which you race your sphere around long, winding and
fiendishly designed courses? It is, perhaps by chance, also the most
addictive game released this year.
7.4
Loading
7.4
Phaethon comes on two discs − a game disc and a zones disc. The discs
are unprotected, so the game can easily be installed on, and run from, a
hard disc. The way the zones appear in a special zones directory, and
the presence of a built-in level designer, indicate that we may well see
more zones discs appearing if the game proves to be popular.
7.4
Double clicking the !Phaethon icon leads to an attractive credits screen
with a multi-directional scrolling starfield effect. The game is
announced as ‘a Sinusoidal Tendencies game for System Interrupt’ −
sounds like the credits for a movie!
7.4
Once the game has loaded, you can select which of the supplied zone sets
you wish to play. Currently these are: learning, scenic, normal, mazes
and puzzles. You can create new zone sets with the editor if you so
wish.
7.4
The options
7.4
Having set which zone you wish to play (it can be changed later if
required) you can change the controls, control method (mouse, keyboard
or Acorn compatible joystick) and sound, enter a password for a level in
the current zone, edit a level or start the game.
7.4
You will probably be choosing the last option, and clicking on this
button starts one of the many pieces of music and you enter the shop.
The Phaethon music is one of life’s little mysteries − how on earth did
Sinusoidal Tendencies fit it all on one zones disc, as well as the level
data?
7.4
The shop
7.4
When you arrive at the shop, you are given a choice of three options.
You can buy a pre-defined setup for your sphere, design a setup which
will be saved so that you can access it in the future, or just design a
one-off setup.
7.4
You have an allotted amount of cash, shown at the bottom of the screen
on the status bar. From this you buy what you require. When designing a
setup, you can choose from four different engines, four different break
sets, two sets of lateral thrusters, two different vertical jets, as
well as many others, including new paint jobs or stereo systems! Engines
may be tweaked for optimum performance.
7.4
Once you are ready to go, you simply click on ‘Quit Shop’.
7.4
The game itself
7.4
Each level consists of a long tiled track with curves, hills, slopes and
dips. The width of the track varies and sometimes there are even gaps in
the track which must be jumped over.
7.4
However, these are just the mundane things. There may be magnets which
attract your sphere, disintegrating, textured floor, glue on the track,
or ice, sand or slime. There may be reverse control tiles, cash tiles,
score tiles, death tiles or teleporter tiles. Some levels include gates,
doors and locks which must be opened by driving over, and collecting,
certain tiles. There are even gun emplacements and aliens which kill you
on impact on some levels! The list simply goes on and on. Phaethon has
so many features!
7.4
Then there are between eight and ten different pieces of music per zone,
totalling over forty pieces of in-game music. Wow!
7.4
Graphics
7.4
The quality of the graphics also deserves praise. Although not quite the
best I’ve seen, they are certainly good and enhance the gameplay.
Particularly worthy of note are the many different background planets
and nebulae and, err... potatoes?
7.4
Quitting the game
7.4
This should be mentioned in passing. When you click on the ‘return to
Desktop’ icon from the main menu, you find yourself back in the desktop
with a Phaethon icon on the iconbar, allowing you to re-enter the game
just by clicking on the icon.
7.4
Conclusions
7.4
What can I say? My only criticism of this game is that it is slightly
difficult to get the inner carton containing the discs out of the box!
7.4
If you buy one game this Christmas, make a wise choice and buy Phaethon.
It certainly beats all the Amiga conversions we’re so inundated with
(not that I’ve anything against conversions). Just one last thought,
don’t play it last thing at night, otherwise you’ll wonder where the
night went!
7.4
Phaethon costs £25.95 from System Interrupt or £24 through Archive.
(Now, leave me alone and let me get back to level 17!) A
7.4
I’m sure you’re dying to know why the name Phaethon was chosen as the
name of this exciting new game... well, apparently, (definition A) it is
a small asteroid that has an orbit approaching close to the sun that
releases fragments of dust that enter the earth’s atmosphere as meteors.
Actually, it should be Phaëthon (definition B) the son of Zeus, the sun
god, who borrowed his dad’s chariot and nearly set the earth on fire by
getting too close − but dad saved us by striking him down with a
thunderbolt. Phew! No, no, it should have been phaeton, without the
extra ‘h’ (definition C) which is a light four-wheeled horse-drawn
carriage with or without a top, usually having two seats!
7.4
There’s a free Archive mug for each of the first ten subscribers to tell
me which of the above is or are true definitions − call my bluff?!
Ed. A
7.4
Electronic CAD
7.4
Richard Torrens
7.4
Welcome to this, the first of a series on Electronic CAD. But before you
turn over to the next article, please give me a chance: although you may
not wish to design electronic circuits, much that I have to say (at
least in this first article) will be quite general and applies to any
choice of software. Also, some of the software I use and will write
about is general purpose, like Draw or PipeDream.
7.4
I have been using an Archimedes for CAD for many a year and I now want
to upgrade my software. But which route do I go? Are there standard,
general Archimedes programs I can use or do I have to go for a dedicated
package? Do I have to change my methods to suit the dictates of the
package I choose or is there a dedicated package which will do what I
want? Will any available Acorn package be good enough or do I have to
desert Acorn and go to DOS?
7.4
Come to that − exactly what do I want? So I started writing to clarify
my own requirements and found that I had a lot to say. At that point it
started to develop into a series of articles which Paul agreed to
publish.
7.4
I am using an Archimedes to run an electronics company. Software that I
use includes DrawPlus, PipeDream, ArcFax, Prophet as well as specialised
CAD so the column may well become ‘The Archimedes Used To Run An
Electronics Business’. Its direction will depend on the feedback and
interest that I get from you.
7.4
Introduction − the author
7.4
I have been ‘doing’ electronics for about 28 years now. I started work
with Clive Sinclair when he was selling audio kits. Since then, I have
been working in electronics, running service departments, writing
instruction manuals and answering technical enquiries. I have done quite
a lot of design work and, at one stage, I wrote a regular article for a
DIY magazine. Now I run my own company making controllers for battery
motors such as golf buggies, miniature locomotives, etc.
7.4
I am not a computer engineer but a general purpose electronics engineer
with a background of technical writing and communication. This
background gives me a different viewpoint on computing from the average
computer engineer or software writer.
7.4
My first computer was an Acorn Atom and then followed a BBC B+, a BBC
Master and an Archimedes. I first started using the BBC for word
processing, then we got PCB (printed circuit board) design software to
run on the B+ so I have thus been using CAD software for many years.
7.4
Although I enjoy computing, my main interest is in the use of the
Archimedes to help me run my business. I use an Archimedes to do
everything, from office work through to writing, publishing technical
manuals, sending out mail shots, answering letters, sending and
receiving faxes. At the other end of the business, I do the design work
all the way from designing and drawing the circuits and preparing the
PCB artwork through to parts listing, stock control, purchasing and
invoicing. We are a decentralised company using homeworkers and, as we
expand, we shall use teleworking techniques as far as possible. A lot of
what we do in the company would not be possible without computer
technology.
7.4
What is ‘good’ computer software?
7.4
The answer to this question will depend on your viewpoint. A
programmer’s answer could well be to say that the best software is that
which sells best. After all, the programmer is there to make a living
for himself and, by definition, a program which does not sell well is no
good.
7.4
A user’s answer might be: good software does the job I want to do and
only the job I want to do. It has no unnecessary features and facilities
that I do not require and which only make it confusing to use. If it is
a sophisticated package, it must have an easy entry point so I can start
to use it at a simple level, learning about the sophistications as I go.
As I learn about it, I expect to enjoy using it. Any program which I
have to fight with is a non-starter. The more I use the program, the
more friendly it should become. Some programs do not do this. They have
‘sharp edges’ and ‘rough patches’ (or should I say ‘bugs’ and
‘features’) which make them nasty to pick up and re-use after a few
weeks of non-use.
7.4
We have here a dilemma: many of the jobs which people want to do can be
quite simple. If you write a simple program to do these simple jobs,
then where is the profit for the programmer? If the job is being done
well by a simple program, who will need to upgrade?
7.4
It is a truism that a simple, well designed, single purpose piece of
computer software should be able to do the job for which is was designed
far better and faster than a general purpose package. The dedicated
software (if properly written) will always be much easier for the
unskilled user and it will also have a short learning curve. However,
computer programmers are there to sell software. A package with more
bells and whistles will look more attractive to a new purchaser and will
do more jobs and it should therefore sell better − so this is what tends
to get written.
7.4
The problem with any powerful software is the learning curve involved:
the more versatile the program, the steeper the learning curve. But
then, the steeper the learning curve, the harder it is to change to a
new package. One therefore tends to learn and get used to a particular
way of doing something, dictated by the software you are learning. After
this, any new software feels wrong simply because it is different. It is
very difficult to set aside learned ‘bad’ habits and judge the new
software fairly. Users tend therefore to stick to one package and
advocate this.
7.4
A comparison between packages is very difficult to make. Have you ever
seen an in-depth comparative review of even two desktop publishing
packages? (Er, yes, in Archive − but we take your point! Ed.) How much
more difficult it is to adequately compare three or four PCB design
packages.
7.4
I once tried to learn SuperCalc 4 but I couldn’t get into it. Then I
changed job and was given an old computer as a stop-gap. This had an
earlier version of SuperCalc with far fewer bells and whistles. I learnt
this quite quickly. Having learnt that, SuperCalc4 was far easier. I was
soon using SuperCalc 4 quite simply. In fact, I started using SuperCalc4
at home on the Master512 in preference to PipeDream on the BBC. However,
when I eventually got an Archimedes for home use, with PipeDream 3, I
swapped over from SuperCalc back to PD3 − it felt like coming home again
− far easier than SuperCalc.
7.4
It is also true that very few users know exactly the job they want done.
In any case, the job may well change. Certainly the average user buys a
package for one not-too-well-understood purpose, then finds other uses
for the package as his learning progresses.
7.4
Manuals
7.4
Perhaps the point about software and learning curves here is that a new
user almost always has ‘technophobia’ about a new, sophisticated
package. The more powerful and professional-looking the package (and
these may be the reasons why it was purchased) the more frightening it
will be. I know that when I read a review of a particular package, I am
not interested, initially, in how well it performs. The first thing I
want to know is what it does.
7.4
When I purchase a new package, I am trying to learn what it does, why it
does it and how to do it. All manuals should start by assuming that the
user does not know why the program was written. Instead of telling us
how to use the package, the manual should start by explaining how the
package arose, what problems it is there to solve, why the author wrote
it and even what experience the author has. By the time we have read
this long, chatty, non-technical introduction, we have begun to
understand what the program is all about, how the authors perceive the
problems and how they have tried to solve them and we are beginning to
lose our phobia of the new product. When we actually start to use the
software, we are already a little familiar with its aims and what it can
do.
7.4
I write instruction manuals for our own products. I know that these are
often not read − so what’s new? If I write a manual which is unreadable,
then that is my fault. If, on the other hand, I write a good, bed-time-
readable instruction manual and it does not get read then that is not my
fault.
7.4
You will, by now, realise that this is exactly the style that I have
tried to use to start off this column.
7.4
Electronic CAD − background
7.4
Electronic circuitry is normally designed initially on paper (or the
computer equivalent). The designer will have a problem and will think of
a circuit to solve the problem. He will use a circuit diagram as a
thinking tool to imagine how the various bits will interact. Sometimes
his idea won’t be what he thought it was when it actually becomes a
circuit diagram. Sometimes he will need to build the circuit to try it
out. Nowadays there are computer software packages which will calculate
the response of a circuit. These actually simulate the effect of putting
the circuit together and show how it should work.
7.4
When I design a product, I can usually build up the final circuit out of
‘circuit blocks’ − small sub-circuits which each do a particular job. If
all the blocks are ones I have used before and know to work, I can
simply draw them on paper (via the computer) and then make a circuit
board. If one or more of the blocks are new, I may have to test out the
block on its own to see if I am on the right track.
7.4
I put the designs down on paper as a circuit diagram partly for the
record and partly to fix in my own mind what I am doing and partly as a
thinking tool to help me visualise the result. An experienced designer
thinks in circuit diagrams as a navigator might think in charts and
maps. However, the circuit diagram is not the final product so I then
have to make a printed circuit board to house the components.
7.4
At this stage, I have to think of the shape of my finished product −
What box am I going to use? What connectors will I use? What is the
actual shape of the components I intend to use? Sometimes, at this
stage, I need to modify my original circuit, if I find that it won’t
easily fit the components that I have to use. Sometimes I have to look
for new components to fit the circuit. In commercial product design, the
shape of the printed circuit board is usually modified by the way I have
to house it and the shapes of some of the components I have to use.
7.4
This is an area where some PCB design packages fall down badly. They are
intended only for fitting components (integrated circuits, resistors,
capacitors, etc) together onto a board and getting this to work. They
sometimes don’t think of the need to fit that board itself into some
mechanical housing.
7.4
Having made the circuit board, I need to make a prototype partly to
check whether my original circuit was right. This is partly to check
whether I have laid the components out without error, partly to check
whether everything fits mechanically but also to check that there are no
unexpected interactions between components. How well this all happens is
down to my skill and experience.
7.4
The use of a computer hasn’t had much effect on this type of design.
Most of the skill is in the designer’s ability to solve new problems in
a new way and this doesn’t change much whether the designer uses paper
or a computer. Where the computer does help me is that it enables me to
produce a prototype circuit board myself, in-house, without having to
send artwork away for processing.
7.4
Early days
7.4
On the BBC, I started off using LinTrack for PCB design. Lintrack was
widely acclaimed as being one of the best packages then available.
Although we bought Pineapple Software’s PCB design package, this never
got used because LinTrack did all I required of it and the learning
curve was too steep on the new package. Also, we had a pen plotter and
LinTrack was designed to output to this. However, we were using
Pineapple’s Diagram software for circuit diagrams. This was a very good
package and was the reason why we bought their PCB designer to try.
7.4
Eventually, the BBC began to get too long in the tooth so we bought a
DOS card for the BBC Master and I started looking at DOS packages to do
the job. We got demo versions of ProCAD, Orcad, Isis and others. I
joined the PD Software Library and we purchased Shareware and PD
programs. I was not impressed. We were doing nearly as well with
existing BBC software and it was going to cost a lot for little benefit.
7.4
LinTrack and Diagram on the Archimedes
7.4
Then the Archimedes came out and Linear Graphics released an upgraded
LinTrack for the Archimedes. We went via that route. Pineapple also
released a modified package that allowed Diagram to run on the
Archimedes.
7.4
My job at the time involved using a sort of ‘Lego’ system of modular
printed circuit boards that we could quite quickly assemble to any
required configuration. New applications sometimes arose for which we
either designed a new board, or a new way of interconnecting existing
modules or we modified an existing board.
7.4
This involved a lot of PCB design work, small quantity runs and even
one-off specials. It also involved a lot of documentation and circuit
drawing. LinTrack was pretty good: we could knock out a new board
easily, pen-plot it onto polyester film, do a contact exposure onto
photo-sensitive board and etch a board.
7.4
Our problem was not in the modules but in drawing the diagrams of how
the boards all interconnected. This ended up as a large diagram which
took many screens of Diagram, and had long straight wires right across
the drawing. Diagram is poor at this sort of work as it has no variable
zoom and, whilst panning across several screens is quite easy, you need
a very good idea of where the wire is going to before you can draw it.
This made tidy layout a tedious process involving a lot of trial and
error, draw and redraw. I wanted a better package.
7.4
Enter (and exit!) Autosketch
7.4
So we bought Autosketch. The least said about that the better. Although
you could pan out and back, the redraw time was so long that the package
was unuseable. It also had several very unfriendly features. Diagram was
quicker to use and a lot more friendly, so Autosketch got binned.
7.4
DrawPlus
7.4
Eventually, RISC OS 2 was released and, with it, Draw. I tried out Draw,
but it did not appeal. It lacked several features necessary for
technical drawing and I did not like the user interface. To me, it did
not feel correct. It was also very difficult to do any scaled drawings
so I did not use Draw.
7.4
Then we got a copy of DrawPlus which was much better. It felt right and
it had most of the features that were missing on Draw. I started using
it seriously, for more and more drawings.
7.4
By this time, I had branched out on my own, running a company which
designs and manufactures controllers for Golf buggies and other battery-
operated motor applications so some of the original targets had moved.
However, in electronics as in most things, one acquires a particular
style of operating and my style can’t have changed much even if the
applications have.
7.4
DrawPlus is a much improved version of Draw. It has many more features
and it is very useable for technical drawing purposes. We use it for
circuit diagrams, for technical illustrations and for any other drawings
we need. However, although an improvement on Draw, it is still
definitely Draw-based so it suffers from Draw’s inherent advantages and
disadvantages. Draw is a general purpose drawing tool and is not
designed for a particular application. A well-designed specific tool
should, in theory, always be better for its designed purpose than a
general purpose tool. Draw-type tools are not specific to electronics
and are not ideal.
7.4
The main problem with Draw-type programs is in the ‘Bounding box’. Each
object in Draw has, as part of its description, a bounding box. This is
the rectangle which totally encloses the object. Consider the following
Current Mirror circuit:
7.4
This is quite simple − the largest ‘bounding box’ is the dotted box
shown. On simple diagrams, bounding boxes are small and cause no
problem. In educational applications and in simple electronics, most
circuits considered will be quite simple. Draw is excellent for these.
7.4
In the real world, however, we are trying to produce a useable piece of
electronic equipment which will normally have a lot of simple circuit
elements. The more complicated the circuit, the longer the
interconnections and the larger the bounding boxes. On a commercial
circuit, the likelihood is that many bounding boxes will overlap. The
more boxes that overlap, the more the difficulty of selecting any one.
7.4
Consider the second circuit (above), still quite simple but here the
bounding box (shown dotted) of the bold line actually encloses almost
the whole of the diagram. Any attempt to select an object within this
bounding box is likely to select the bold line. This situation rapidly
becomes worse as the diagram increases in complexity until the drawing
becomes almost impossible to edit.
7.4
Fortunately, there is a way around this problem which is not to use
lines with nodes. If the bold line was actually formed from 4 straight
sections, without any nodes, the bounding box problem would not occur.
This is the technique I use, and it works fine.
7.4
The only problem left is that Draw doesn’t enable separate objects to be
joined. The only way of joining two straight bits of line is by making
them one, with a node. This lack of joining can cause a problem because,
when designing any complicated circuit, the diagram has to grow. Even if
I have the whole circuit in my head, I cannot lay it out on paper
exactly as I want it first time. I have to move bits around, get some
space here to add more bits, move that section over there, etc. Without
the joins, I run the risk of undoing my work and rejoining it
incorrectly. The way around this one is to draw in all the lines first
as a sort of grid, then put the components on top.
7.4
In the diagram at the bottom of the page, I have separated the circuit
above so you can see the wires on the left and, separated, all the
components. This is the ‘obvious’ way to draw the circuit.
7.4
On the right is a different set or wires but, in this case, a line
‘through’ a component is drawn as one with the component drawn over the
top. Naturally, the component must be filled and the wire must be behind
the component. This method of drawing is against the way we are taught
to think of connections ‘to’ components. The wires here go through the
component but, if I want to shift the component I can either select just
it and move it along the wire, or I can select it and the wire and move
both parallel to the wire.
7.4
Also in the drawing below, there are no nodes in the wires. All are
simple straight lines, so selecting a particular component or a group of
components is simple. There is no confusion because of overlapping
bounding boxes. The method works well for simple circuits and even for
complicated ones. DrawPlus used like this is so good that I have not yet
found a better package and we use it for all our circuit diagrams. Below
is an example of one of our circuits which, as you can see, is quite
complicated.
7.4
Of course this method of using DrawPlus only works if there are no long
diagonals − but this is the normal situation in circuit diagrams. The
above diagram has a file length of 140Kb, so it is not small. Despite
DrawPlus’ lack of targeting this market, it does the job extremely well.
If anyone wants a copy of my library files, please send me a blank disc.
7.4
Electronic CAD − Part 2
7.4
Next month, I will explain the different types of PCB that are used so
that we can see what different tasks a PCB layout program might need to
perform. In the third part of the series, I will start to look at how
the different PCB packages measure up to the requirements.
7.4
If you have ideas, suggestions, questions, etc on this subject, write to
me, Richard Torrens, 30 Reach Road, Burwell, Cambridge, CB5 0AH. A
7.4
Small Ads
7.4
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.4
• A310, 1Mb RAM, 4 slot IFEL backplane, internal ST506 42Mb hard disc
and controller, Philips CM8533 colour monitor, RISC OS 2, over 12Mb of
PD, manuals and dust covers. Excellent condition, original boxes. £700
plus carriage. RISC OS 2 PRMs £30 (minus index cover). Phone Steve Hurst
on 081-715-1555 or 0344-771558 (eves and w/e).
7.4
• A3000, monitor, 2 disc drives, 2Mb RAM, PC Emulator, FWPlus, Genesis,
Draw, fonts, clipart and PD, £600. Phone 081-349-4877.
7.4
• A4 Model II (4Mb/60Mb HD), 1 year old, incl. shoulder bag. Excellent
condition, £1300 o.n.o. Phone 0724-851712 or, during school holidays,
try 081-777-6334.
7.4
• A4 portable, 4Mb RAM, 60Mb HD. Good working order, £1150 o.n.o. Phone
0533-718437.
7.4
• A5000 4Mb RAM, 120Mb hard disc, Acorn monitor, Artworks, Impression,
C, etc, £1400. CC Laser Direct card £240. Phone 0744-58404.
7.4
• Acorn DTP £40, FWP2 £20, PRM2 £25, PipeDream 4 £90, System Delta+ £35,
Interdictor £8. Tel. 071-703-5675.
7.4
• CC/Canon LBP4 600DPI laser printer £575 o.n.o. Pocket Book with OPL,
Personal Accounts and SpellCheck ROMs, Parallel link, A-Link, power
supply and manuals, £240 o.n.o. Phone 0642-612187.
7.4
• Impression II v2.19, £100, or swap for Artworks. Phone Brian on 0730-
812341 ext 5059 (eves).
7.4
• Oak Solutions high speed 52Mb SCSI external hard drive, plus Oak 16-
bit SCSI podule. £160 o.n.o. Phone 081-898-0447.
7.4
• PC emulator v1.81 and MS-DOS £40. Atomwide VIDC enhancer, £15. DT
Talk, speech software by DT software £8. RISC OS 2 PRM (no cover on
index) £25. All include post. Phone Mark after 7pm on 0905-754277.
7.4
• Psion 3, 256Kb inc. manuals £100, Star LC200 colour printer inc.
unused colour ribbon £100. Phone 081-885-1034 (eves).
7.4
• Wanted Unregistered Impression Junior and unused Acorn Advanced.
Contact Colin on 0786-461-501.
7.4
Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
if the items are still available. Thank you.
7.4
All-in Boxing £4, E-Type £7, A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £20, Battle Chess £18,
60Mb Tapestreamer tape (DC600A) £5, BBC Basic Guide £6, Acorn DTP £8, PC
Emulator with DR DOS 5.0 £20, First Word Plus 2 £10, Premier 3 text
processor £10, RISC OS 3 User and Applications Guide £10, A3020 Welcome
Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2, Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £15,
RISC OS 3 Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3 User Guide £5, Sigma Sheet
£4.
7.4
(If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers
thatyou could donate in aid of charity, please send it to the Archive
office. If you have larger items where post would be expensive, just
send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of
them.)
7.4
Language Column
7.4
David Wild
7.4
I am sorry that there has been such a long time since the last language
column but I have had problems with health and even bigger problems with
my hard disc! These ended with the electronics on my disc drive dying
and I had to buy a replacement disc.
7.4
Some time ago I had a query from a reader about the random function in
the desktop Pascal. He couldn’t make it return anything other than zero,
in spite of trying many different “seeds”. I had a look at the problem
and there appears to be a bug in the system; I think that the routine is
looking in the wrong memory location for the seed and so never finds
anything but zero. Fortunately, there is a much better random number
routine (rand and srand) in the ANSI library and so the built-in
function isn’t really needed anyway.
7.4
Working with this Pascal compiler made me understand why so many people
dislike being on the receiving end of charity! It is, I suppose, very
good of Acorn to let us have this compiler free, but there is no-one to
whom you can turn for help or to whom you can send a complaint. I would
much rather have paid some more money and had a proper manual and
supplier-customer relationship.
7.4
I was in Blackwell’s bookshop recently and found a new edition of “Oh!
Pascal!” by Doug Cooper. I thought that the previous edition was very
good, but this one is even better. The book includes a (high-density)
disc with listings of all the programs on it and a Pascal interpreter to
run on a PC. At £17.95 it is certainly very good value for money for
anyone wanting to learn Pascal and a useful reference book for those who
use it regularly. Cooper is aware of most of the extensions to standard
Pascal and offers examples of their use, while pointing out the
advantages for portability of using the standard when there is no big
benefit in the extension. A
7.4
Education Column
7.4
Solly Ezra
7.4
The world of education seems bedeviled with contentious issues and the
issues get more contentious when commercial interests come into play.
7.4
My column this month is a response to an item that appeared in ECT
(Educational Computing and Technology). The heading below is as it
appears in ECT although the quotation marks are mine.
7.4
“Platform Change?”
7.4
A survey was carried out on behalf of Research Machines by Nielsen
Consumer Research. The findings apparently suggest that, “on leaving
school, the majority of pupils are poorly equipped to face the world of
work − in their experience of IT at least”. The respondents were from
further and higher education as well as industry.
7.4
The item claims that the purpose in commissioning the report was to
start a debate − so here goes!
7.4
The general conclusion is that the “platforms” and software used in most
schools leave the children ill-prepared for the outside world. These
platforms, it seems, do not provide pupils with necessary (and
relevant?) experience for the “work place”. Further, most of the
respondents seem to feel that the Apple and Acorn platforms are not very
relevant to the world at work.
7.4
What do you mean by “standard”?
7.4
I feel that it is necessary for someone to shout loudly that really
there is no agreed industry standard. We are in the situation now that
we have been in for a long time with the following systems: Unix, MS-
DOS, Acorn, Sun and a few others. While there are a lot of MS-DOS
systems extant, it is hardly correct to describe it as THE standard. The
Unix operating system seems to be used quite widely in universities and
there are also a lot of Sun systems. In a recent television documentary,
which dealt with research in pathology, the shot of the laboratory
showed quite a few BBC Masters in use! So much for industry − or any −
so called standard!
7.4
“A further claim made in the report is that funds are being spent on IT
equipment that have little relevance to life after school.” I get the
feeling that there is an underlying sales pitch here − go on, correct me
if I am wrong!
7.4
Is learning and experience transferable? Undoubtedly − YES.
7.4
My experience with children of all range of abilities is that lessons
learnt on one system give the child a basis of expertise which is
transferable to almost any other system. In the unit for children with
special educational needs which I used to run, I had the good fortune of
having had a BBC Master, an Archimedes 440, an A3000, a Link 480Z, a
Nimbus, an Amiga 500 and, occasionally, a Commodore 64. I soon realised
that the children moved easily from one “platform” to another. With just
a few of the lower ability children, reminders were required as they
moved from one machine to another.
7.4
When some of my past pupils/students returned to visit, they reported to
me that while the PCs at their work place were new to them, they had
very few problems in adapting. However, the consistent comments were
about the user-unfriendliness of the PCs. Perhaps the Windows
environment has made the PCs more user friendly.
7.4
“What is more,” the article goes on to say, “the survey claims that the
expectations of employers are often very different from those of
teachers at school” − did we expect them to be the same!
7.4
What are teachers supposed to be doing at school? Giving children an
education or simply providing grist to the commercial mill?
7.4
As you will probably have gathered, the ECT article made me rather
angry. It did say that its purpose was to start a debate, so I hope that
I have started one here. I realise that, amongst the Archive readership,
there are many teachers and other people in associated fields in
education. Are you one? If so, please write to me at 35 Edgefield Avenue
Barking, Essex IG11 9JL. I look forward to hearing your views. A
7.4
Upgrading Standard Resolution Monitors
7.4
Stuart Bell
7.4
Last month, in “Modes, MegaHertz and Monitors”, I attempted to describe
the development of video displays on Acorn computers, and explained some
of the terminology used to describe the capabilities of different types
of monitor. I now move to the practicalities of how individuals can
determine the best upgrade path for their machine.
7.4
I start with two assumptions: First, that you are using a standard Acorn
monitor, or its equivalent; i.e. a display which is limited to modes
0–17 or their derivatives, 24 and 33–36. If you already have, for
example, a multisync monitor, then only the more adventurous upgrade
paths will be of interest. Second, I assume the use of RISC OS 3.1 or
later − display mode support is so much better than with earlier
versions.
7.4
A basic starting point
7.4
If you have what, in the rest of this article, I shall call an ‘old’
machine (A3000 or earlier), then unless you are immediately going to
purchase a separate display card (e.g. those produced by Wild Vision /
Computer Concepts and State Machine) you should first purchase a VIDC
enhancer. This will give you the equivalent of the VIDC circuitry to be
found in the ‘new’ machines. However, which enhancer to buy must be
determined after you have decided on the monitor to be purchased.
7.4
Similarly, if you have a ‘new’ machine, then you could buy either a
separate display card or one of the very few multisync monitors that are
‘plug in and go’ with Acorn computers for all modes. If you are not
doing either of these, you should purchase Archive’s Careware Disc 18,
with the ex-Atomwide special mode software. The reason for this will
become clearer later.
7.4
Setting out the options
7.4
Clearly, there is a virtually unlimited number of possible upgrade
paths, as almost any monitor will work in at least a handful of display
modes. Our aim is to maximise that number, and also the quality of the
display, within a particular budget. To simplify things a little, I will
describe the five most obvious upgrade strategies and attempt to discuss
the pro’s and con’s of each solution.
7.4
The Acorn multisync monitor
7.4
This display has received much criticism in the pages of Archive. Some
of it (e.g. that it has only a 0.39mm dot-pitch) is justifiable, but
other comments seem to misunderstand the purpose of the monitor. I do
not believe that it was ever intended to be a very high quality display.
Rather, it was designed to allow, at relatively low cost, the display of
both standard modes and ‘square-pixel’ modes 18–21 without any problems
or requiring special software, something that very few monitors can
achieve. However, since the maximum horizontal resolution is 250mm /
0.39mm = 640 pixels, only the vertical resolution will be improved. I
understand that Acorn may be offering alternative monitors in the not-
too-distant future.
7.4
An SVGA monitor
7.4
Such an upgrade path was described in “The Taxan 787 Monitor”, Archive
7.2 p77. Without either the software that comes with the Watford VGA
VIDC enhancer or the Careware 18 disc, the range of modes that can be
displayed is a rather limited. The Watford software significantly adds
modes 20 and 21 to the range. The largest displays possible are 16
colour ‘square pixel’ 800×600 or ‘rectangular pixel’ 960×384 modes.
Modes 0–15 are displayed in ‘letterbox’ mode, and some modes (e.g. 16
and 24) are not possible at all. Owners of ‘old’ machines need the VGA
enhancer as standard enhancers will not produce VGA displays except with
a 24MHz (rather than 25.175MHz) pixel clock, which some VGA monitors may
not accept.
7.4
This is a very low-cost solution, but one that is rather a dead-end, in
that any further improvement (other than getting 800×600 with 256
colours with a display card) would require you to change the monitor yet
again.
7.4
14“ multisync monitor
7.4
Without a separate display card, but with an enhancer on ‘old’ machines,
or extra software on new machines, the largest possible mode obtainable
with multisync monitors is 102 – 1152×448. This is a ‘rectangular pixel’
mode, and so should be compared with the SVGA’s maximum of 960×384. The
increase in display size does not, in my opinion, justify the 50%+ cost
increase, unless you see the monitor change as only the first step in
your upgrade path, and plan to buy a separate display card in the
future. If that is the case, then read on, but you must be aware that
matching multisync monitors to ‘bare’ machines is harder than finding
suitable matches for those with separate display cards.
7.4
The fundamental problem is the question of line rate. Standard monitors,
as we saw last month, have a 15kHz line rate, whereas the VGA standard
is 31.5kHz. Hence, most manufacturers produce multisync monitors whose
range of line rates start at about 30kHz. Indeed, in a review of 20+
monitors in the Byte magazine of May 1992, not one could go below 20kHz,
and only two went below 30kHz. The problem is simple; you cannot display
modes that require a 15kHz line rate on such monitors, without extra
software. Of those available through Archive, only the Cubscan 1440 and
Eizo 9060 can reach 15kHz, and thus form plug-in-and-go solutions. The
Watford VIDC manual suggests that the older Taxan 770 and 775+ could
also do this but, for example, the Taxan 795, NEC 4D and Eizo 9070S
cannot. The use of extra software to generate the standard modes using a
higher line rate (provided with an enhancer, or on Careware 18) is not a
problem; it just makes things a little more complicated.
7.4
Before moving on, I must raise an important question for those who
expect to add a colour card to their 14“ multisync: Will the screen be
large enough to display the modes that you hope to use? There is first
the question of the dot-pitch of the monitor. As we have seen, a 14”
0.28mm pitch screen will not happily go beyond 900 pixels − perhaps 1024
at a pinch. Using a 1600 pixel wide display on a 14“ screen may be
possible, but is it practicable? Secondly, a common rule of thumb is
that most people’s eyes can cope with up to about 80 pixels to the inch.
This gives 800 pixels across the 10” width of a 14” screen. (14“ is the
diagonal measurement, remember!) To go much beyond this may not be a
realistic expectation. If you are certain that you will want a colour
card in the future, would it be better to buy a larger monitor in the
first place?
7.4
A colour card and 14“ multisync
7.4
This is an attractive all-in-one solution to the upgrade problem. The
colour cards produce superb results, with support for more than 256
colours on an increasing range of software and, perhaps, under RISC OS
4(?). However, they can – at the moment – only be fitted to machines
that take full size podules; the A310, A400, A540 and A5000. A suitable
combination with the Taxan 789LR monitor was discussed in Archive 6.10
p6, and you have the advantage that by buying them together, the
supplier of one item can’t blame somebody else for any compatibility
problems!
7.4
Three brief warnings: First, older A300 and A400/1 machines will require
a header soldering to the main circuit board; second, the G8Plus card
synthesises the standard Acorn modes, which produces a nice display but
could cause a problem with software that tries to drive the VIDC
directly; thirdly, the CC ColourCard uses the standard video signal for
ordinary Acorn modes, so that the Careware disc software may still be
required to produce standard modes on some multisync monitors (those
that cannot handle 15kHz line rates). Finally, I raise again the
question of whether a 14“ screen can do justice to the output from the
separate colour cards.
7.4
A colour card and 17“ multisync
7.4
For owners of compatible computers, this is the ultimate upgrade
solution. The problem is that 17“ multisync monitors are very expensive
(but getting less so). Here too is the answer to the problem of what
happens when you upgrade your whole machine to one running a VIDC20 and
providing incredibly high resolution displays. A 17” 0.28mm pitch
screen, 330mm wide, could display 1200 pixels across the screen quite
happily, and 1600 without too much loss of quality, assuming that the
electronics of the monitor will go so far. Such monitors are typically
specified as providing 1024×768 or 1280×1024 displays. 17“ multisyncs
still have the same problem with line rates for standard Acorn modes. If
you’re really serious, 20” displays are very nice!
7.4
Conclusions
7.4
I’ve tried to offer reasonably impartial advice on the options available
to those wishing to improve the quality of the video display on their
Acorn computer. Let me now give a few personal conclusions that you may
feel free to ignore or even totally to disagree with!
7.4
Firstly, the Acorn multisync does not offer a sensible upgrade path.
7.4
Secondly, I do not believe that when used without a separate colour
card, 14“ multisyncs provide a cost-effective benefit over SVGA
monitors. The extra £150+ (for a recognised make of multisync) gives
1152×448 instead of the SVGA’s 960×384, but 1152 pixels across the 250mm
width of a 14” screen may not be highly legible. Particularly for owners
of A3000, A30x0 and A4000 machines, who will not be able to add a colour
card later, SVGA monitors are a very economical solution. But, with
SVGA’s, you must accept ‘letterbox’ standard modes.
7.4
Thirdly, I do have reservations about the use of 14“ monitors with the
colour cards as a final solution, although if you already have a 14”
multisync, it could make sense to get a colour card now, with the
intention of upgrading the monitor later.
7.4
Fourthly, if you can afford it, the 17“ multisync plus colour card is
the upgrade path and I would strongly commend it, even if you have to
take it in two stages, buying the monitor (and Careware 18) first and
the colour card later. The increase in physical area of the screen is
almost 50% and, from my experience with big screens on Apple Macs, you
won’t believe the difference they make until you try one! But, they are
expensive; Watford’s Aries 7000 (1280×1024) is one of the cheapest at
£735! (But you can, of course, pay £600+ for a high quality 14”
multisync.)
7.4
In short, the ‘cheap and cheerful’ SVGA monitor (with a VGA enhancer on
‘old’ machines) solution at £270 – £310, and the ‘go for the best’
colour card + 17“ multisync solution at about £1000 both seem to me to
be more sensible than the more obvious compromise upgrade path of a 14”
multisync monitor with, or without, a colour card. A
7.4
(This is an important area. Many thanks to Stuart for offering this
advice and risking being shot down in flames by readers with other
views. If you have anything to add to the subject, either questions or
comments, send them in to the Archive office. Ed.)
7.4
The CIA’s Map of the World
7.4
Jochen Konietzko
7.4
Some time ago, the CIA released into the public domain a massive amount
of geographical data (5.7 million line segments, packed into 130Mb of
COBOL program) for the creation of a computer-based world map.
7.4
This data has since been converted into 13Mb of data suitable for Acorn
computers, and John Kortink has produced a desktop front end.
7.4
This program is freeware although teachers are asked to register with
John.
7.4
How you get it
7.4
John Kortink’s application − called !EarthMap − is available through a
number of PD libraries. It comes without the data, which has to be
acquired separately, either through some computer nets (details in
!Earthmap’s documentation) or through a PD library.
7.4
Installation
7.4
I received my data through the DataFile in Weston-Super-Mare, packed
onto six HD discs (also available on twelve DD discs), together with a
single tasking installation program.
7.4
During installation, an intermediate file of about 30Mb is created, so
make sure you have lots of space available on your hard disc! The result
is a 9Mb PackDir file which, in turn, unpacks into the 13Mb application.
7.4
I had a bit of a problem with my installation, because the instructions
failed to mention that you have to set the type of the 9Mb file to
PackDir and decompress it, and even after I had found this out, at first
nothing happened, because there was a nasty typing error in the Run file
of my version of !PackDir, defining the file type as PackDdir!
7.4
Other than that, installation just takes a lot of time.
7.4
Running the program
7.4
After the usual double click, you get an icon on the iconbar with a
typical Kortink menu (those who know his !Translatr will feel at home).
7.4
The picture below shows just a few of the things you can put onto the
map or leave out.
7.4
An <adjust> click onto the icon opens the map window, centered on the
Gulf of Guinea (0°N/0°E), unless you specified some other coordinates.
7.4
The picture is black with white coast lines, yellow borders and blue
rivers (in a 256 colour mode there are many shades of blue); there are
(as yet?) no cities.
7.4
The borders in my version (0.58,11-Jun-93) are still pre-1990, showing
Germany divided, Yugoslavia and the USSR whole.
7.4
John Kortink’s program deals quite ingeniously with the fact that the
maps may well contain more data than any Archimedes can keep in RAM.
Every coordinate is computed and then forgotten − it simply becomes a
pixel on the screen.
7.4
The advantage is that the program always uses only 64Kb of RAM but the
disadvantage, of course, is that every change you make to the window,
including the tiniest scroll, forces a complete redraw.
7.4
On my A410/1 with a 24MHz ARM 3, a map of Central Europe took about 15
seconds to compute, the British Isles above with all rivers took about 7
seconds, and the whole world with all details shown needed roughly 2.5
minutes.
7.4
You can zoom in and out at will. Zooming in can be done very simply by
dragging a box around the area of interest. The quality of the
information given is quite amazing − I zoomed in on the river Rhine in
Cologne and the line I got shows each and every bend exactly as it
appears on a 1:50000 Ordnance Survey map − except for the distortion
unavoidable far away from the centre of any world map.
7.4
Zooming out − with a key combination − can take quite a number of steps,
so that in such a case, it might be wise to switch off all details
before you zoom out to a map showing a very large area.
7.4
Hard copy
7.4
You can save the map you see on the screen as a drawfile, memory
permitting! The map on the last picture contains only the rivers, just
to show how detailed the information in this database is. Still I could
not convert it into Draw format, because I “only” had 11Mb of free disc
space!
7.4
An additional advantage of a simple screen shot (with the colours
changed for easier printing) is that it is quick. The build up of a
drawfile is much slower than that of the original EarthMap picture!
7.4
Only relatively small areas can be converted into Draw format, and then
loaded into RAM: Even the map of the British Isles takes up nearly
800Kb!
7.4
Problems
7.4
There are a few minor bugs. Occasionally, a redraw of a screen will stop
halfway, leaving you with a fragmented map. A map of the whole world,
with all the details, has twice (out of six attempts) crashed my machine
completely.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
Considering its price (basically just the cost of copying), this is a
very impressive package indeed.
7.4
Anyone who has a lot of free hard disc space, wants to work − or play
around − with maps of the world, and has no need of country or river
names, nor of cities or roads, will have a lot of fun with it! A
7.4
Archive − Making it Even Better
7.4
Paul Beverley
7.4
“It’s more than a magazine − it’s an interactive user group.” That is
how we have taken to describing Archive in our publicity nowadays. Now
that we’ve had a chance to digest your questionnaire feedback, we want
to involve you in helping to take Archive into the next stage in its
development. Archive is, after all, a magazine written “by the users,
for the users”... And what an interesting and varied profile our
readership has! From your responses, I gather that our readers range
from the “enthusiastic computer illiterate” to the “died-in-the-wool
techie” (your descriptions, not ours!)... and although we didn’t ask you
to divulge your exact age, we gather that we have readers from age 12
years old to 85½ years old. Any advance on 85½?!
7.4
What you said about improving the content
7.4
You had plenty to say about what you’d like to read within the pages of
Archive and here are just some of your requests.
7.4
More technical articles − One thing you (and we) have noticed is the
reduction in the number of technical articles − and this seems to apply
to all the Archimedes publications. This may reflect the fact that the
Archimedes now attracts more “users” and fewer “techies” but Archive has
always been a fairly “techie” magazine and I believe that has been
appreciated. I guess it is a question of balance but I am always on the
lookout for good technical articles, so if you think you may have
something to contribute, do let me know.
7.4
Beginners articles − As you will have seen, we have commissioned a
series of articles for beginners written by the Norfolk IT Team, in
response to your requests for help. I hope you will let me know what you
think of them, how they could be improved and what else you would like
to read about. Some people would like to see some “starting from
scratch” articles, e.g. starting from scratch with DrawPlus, Fonts,
FormEd, Translator, etc.
7.4
Programming − Several people have asked for more articles on programming
− for beginners and for improvers and also clever tricks for the real
experts. In last month’s column, Laura Handoca offered help to beginners
who are having problems with Basic programming − which is great − but I
really need to know if there is anyone who would be prepared to write
something a bit more substantial about programming. Any offers?
7.4
Personal interests column − A number of readers would like to hear how
Acorn RISC computers are being put to use for Archive members’ hobbies
and non-education uses. For example, one reader tells us his hobby is
genealogy and he uses Archimedes products for data and printouts.
Another asks if anyone can write about editing for home videos.
7.4
What do you use your Archimedes for? Here are just a few of the specific
uses that you told us about in the questionnaire... weather satellites
and satellite tracking, amateur radio, aviation, archaeology, chess,
astronomy, Star Trek Fan Club (two members of the NCS’ staff are
inveterate Trekkies and would like to know more, please!), electronic
equipment testing, writing training packages, music composition,
university medical research.
7.4
Why not write just a paragraph about your use for Acorn computers? (Text
on a disc would be preferable as no-one here is a fast typist! Thanks.)
7.4
Any offers for contributions on other topics? − Specific requests for
articles were: Acorn computers in business, Experience of Acorn users
living outside the UK, Young Users’ interests, InterNet, Interfacing. If
you’d like to write to us about any of these topics mentioned here, I
would be pleased to hear from you and remember, an article or
contribution doesn’t have to be several pages long to be of interest and
value to other readers − a paragraph or two can be equally effective!
7.4
Reviews
7.4
I’m keen to get more Archive readers involved in reviewing products,
using their knowledge and day-to-day experience of computers and
software. Each month we are sent various bits of software (and sometimes
hardware) for us to review. The way this works is that at the end of the
Products Available column, I publish a list of what is available for
review. If there is something you would like to review, just ring the
Archive office and ask if the item is still available for review. If it
is and you have never done any reviews for us before, we may ask what
qualifies you to do the review. For example, we like the education
software to be reviewed by practising teachers. If you do the review,
the reward is that most software companies do not want the software
package returned, so the reviewer can keep it!
7.4
It may be that you are using some software that has not been offered for
review but which you think is worthy of attention. In which case, drop
us a line or ring the office and tell us what you would like to review.
It is important that you don’t just send in the review unsolicited
because someone else may be working on the same thing. It has happened
more than once that someone has sent in an unsolicited review which I
have published only to receive a second review of the same item written
by the “official” reviewer!
7.4
There is one other important type of review article that would be good
to include but which requires a lot of knowledge or a lot of work to
produce. It would be good to have more “survey” type articles. For
example, someone could look at a whole range of WP and DTP packages and
try to suggest what strengths and weaknesses they have and how they
compare with one another. These would be a great help to other readers
saving them from buying the “wrong” package for a particular job.
7.4
Writing reviews
7.4
When you are writing reviews, it is important to put yourself in the
place of the person reading the review to ask yourself whether you have
given the right sort of information. Your article should try to answer
questions such as: What is the purpose of the program and how well does
it fulfil that purpose? Who is it aimed at and is it at an appropriate
level for them? How easy was it to use ? Is it well presented? Has it a
manual? And is it readable? Does it have all the necessary information?
Are there any changes that would improve the package as a whole? Then
there are the purely factual points which can easily get left out: How
much does it cost? Inclusive or exclusive of VAT? (There may be no VAT
if it’s a small company that is not VAT registered.) Is there a site
licence version? Is a site licence included in the cost? Who produces
the program? (The address should appear in the Factfile if I’m doing my
job properly but if it’s an obscure company, please put the address at
the bottom of the review just in case I don’t have it.) Which version
are you reviewing?
7.4
Your favourite columns
7.4
The Archive questionnaire showed that the five most popular columns in
Archive are Hints & Tips, Products Available, Comments Column, DTP and
Hardware Columns. If these are the most popular, we want to make sure
you continue to get as much information, help and news from these as
possible − again, you can help us here.
7.4
Hints & Tips is mainly up to you, the reader, to tell us what you have
discovered. Remember that although you may think “I’m sure everybody
must know this − but I have only just realised”, send it in anyway. We
are also going to make more effort to pass on hints & tips ourselves in
the Archive office. We are going to record the questions asked and
answered on our telephone Technical Help Service and from the letters
you write, and reproduce those that are generally applicable in the H&T
Column.
7.4
Comment Column − Well, again, these are your comments, so it is your
forum for airing your views and questions about almost anything to do
with Archimedes computers. (Although I say it is your forum, I have to
act as editor and so I do reserve the right to publish your comments, or
not, or edit them, as I think fit!)
7.4
DTP Column − This disappeared from view in the middle of volume 6 −
almost a year ago − although the Ovation Column continued until the last
issue of volume 6. We had several contributors taking it in turns to
produce the DTP Column and we fed any input from readers to whichever
contributor was next in line to write his piece. The system worked well
and we are grateful to those involved but without readers’ input, it is
difficult to sustain. Neil Whiteley-Bolton, has agreed to get the column
going again by writing a “Where is Archimedes DTP now and where is it
going?” type article. Richard Hallas has agreed to help, as and when he
can, but to make it work we need more contributors to write the actual
columns and more input from readers to provide material for the
columnists. If we had, say, four contributors it would mean only
producing a column once every four months (I did that without a
calculator!) so if you feel you might be able to help, drop me a line,
preferably with some indication of your writing skills and experience.
For the rest of us, if you have ideas, questions, comments, hints & tips
etc about any aspect of DTP, please send it in straight away so that we
can get this valuable column going again.
7.4
Hardware Column − Brian Cowan’s column has been consistently one of the
most popular columns in Archive and we are all grateful to Brian for his
input over the years. However, Brian’s (paid) job is getting ever more
demanding so he is not able to write as much as he would like. If anyone
has any suggestions as to how to help, please write to Brian via the
Archive office or at Royal Holloway & Bedford New College, Egham Hill,
Egham, TW20 0EX.
7.4
Products Available information comes to us mostly from the individual
suppliers but I mentioned last month that readers are a very valuable
resource to Archive for finding new products that other Archimedes users
would find of benefit. If you see something like that in your reading of
other (non-Acorn) journals and papers, do let us know.
7.4
Duff products
7.4
While we are on the subject of products, you may feel that you have
bought something from a company and it is not up to standard. Your first
move, of course, is to talk to the company in question. If you then feel
that they are not giving the level of service you expect or that the
product really is very poor, let us know because we don’t want other
people buying the same product and having the same unrealistic
expectations.
7.4
Having said that, anyone involved in dealing with the general public
knows that the truth of the adage, “The customer is always right” is
sometimes stretched to the limit. There are people (and I trust that
you, dear reader, aren’t one) who have quite unreasonable expectations
of companies and products. What I have to do is to talk to the
suppliers, arbitrate and make judgements about which comments I publish
and which I don’t. So if I don’t publish your complaint, I hope you
won’t take it too personally and if I do publish the complaint, I hope
the company involved won’t take it too personally! (It’s called playing
“piggie in the middle”.)
7.4
Archive monthly program disc
7.4
We’re going to develop this further, e.g. we could use it more as a
vehicle for good PD software that comes our way or to provide an Archive
glossary. We intend to stick to our policy that the monthly program disc
and the magazine are priced separately, i.e. we won’t increase the price
of Archive to incorporate the disc “free” as we feel this it’s your
choice whether you take the disc or not.
7.4
Once again, this is an area where you can help. You can give use more
ideas how we could use the disc and you can contribute to it. If you
have some particularly good piece of PD software that you think other
subscribers could benefit from, send it in to us. Then for the glossary,
perhaps you could let us know of words you come across that you would
like to see defined.
7.4
Help!!! column
7.4
We get quite a few people asking for help through the Help column which
forms a useful interactive part of Archive. However, from our survey, it
seems that a lot of people would like to see more of the answers
published. So, if you have at some time put in a request for help and
someone has written to you and solved your problem, could you then write
in to Archive and tell us what the solution was, please? That way others
who come up against the same problem will benefit from your experience.
Thanks.
7.4
Quick technical response
7.4
One facility that Archive can provide because of its huge number of
technically competent readers is what I have called “quick technical
response”. This is typified by Chris Johnson’s response (see page 19) to
the problem that Richard Hallas’ noted in his review on page 68 last
month. None of the other magazines seem to be able to have questions and
answers running from one month to the next like that. Again, this is
very much dependent on readers “owning” Archive and being prepared to
respond to things they read in the magazine and offering help.
7.4
Credit cards at last
7.4
As promised, we have started to take credit card payments: Mastercard,
Visa and Eurocard. Because we are a mail order computer company,
Barclay’s Merchant Services make very heavy charges for the service and
say that the rate is “non-negotiable”. They say they have to make high
charges because mail order computer companies are very vulnerable to
fraud.
7.4
What I had not appreciated is that the credit card companies do no offer
any protection to us, the supplier. If a fraudulent purchase is made by
credit card, we stand the whole of the loss. We are then cut both ways
because if we are more likely to suffer from credit card fraud, they
charge us more commission because of the extra work it gives them! “You
can take out insurance” they say − but then that adds even more to the
cost of providing the credit card service which some people seem to see
as their right. Perhaps those of you who have been indignant about us
not taking credit cards will appreciate that we have not taken this on
lightly.
7.4
You will not be surprised to hear that we feel we cannot absorb all of
the credit card charges ourselves and will have to pass part of that
charge on to the customer. So, there will be a fixed charge of £3 on all
credit card orders below £100 and 3% on orders above £100. Some
companies do this be saying “free carriage for cash customers” but we
feel this way of doing it is more honest and open.
7.4
Also, to help protect ourselves from fraud, we will not allow anyone to
make their first ever purchase from Norwich Computer Services by credit
card. The reason for this is that, once a customer has made a purchase
by cheque, time has elapsed, the address has been verified and the
chances of a fraudulent purchase are somewhat reduced.
7.4
I hope that, for the times when you are in a particular hurry, the
credit card charges will seem worthwhile. I know that many overseas
customers will be extremely grateful that we have provided this extra
facility − it makes things much easier when you don’t have to go through
all the complications of exchange rates, etc and in many cases, it will
work out somewhat cheaper than trying to get a Sterling cheque from a
bank.
7.4
So, to summarise on credit card facilities:
7.4
Charges: £3 per order or 3% above £100.
7.4
Restrictions: First order must be by cheque, subsequent orders can be by
card. (We may be prepared to vary this for overseas customers −
especially those who are long-established subscribers.)
7.4
Charity donations
7.4
Over the last five years, Archive subscribers have raised over £60,000
for charity. This has mainly been through the Careware scheme of selling
PD discs on behalf of charity but also by members donating software and
hardware for sale in aid of charity.
7.4
Sadly, the rate of donations has decreased: £19,625, £17,847, £13,005,
£9,150 and, so far this year only £1,020. The reason for this is that
the Careware scheme is dwindling. Very few people are sending PD
software in for the scheme and there are now so many other PD libraries
that the Archive library is being eclipsed. Any suggestions? Any offers
of help?
7.4
The God Slot
7.4
There has been quite a bit of correspondence over the years about my God
Slot on the inside front cover. From the results of the questionnaire,
the votes are more than 4:1 that the God Slot stays!!
7.4
I was amazed that quite a few people asked if they could use some of the
ideas or the actual text of what I write there. “What is the copyright
situation?” asked two people. Apparently, one or two of you even use
some of the ideas your sermons or in church magazines! I certainly don’t
claim any divine authority for what I say (I don’t believe in editorial
infallibility!) but I do pray each month that God will give me something
that at least someone will find helpful. So, please, if anything from
the God Slot is useful, do feel free to reproduce it in whatever way you
like − provided it is for a purpose that you think I would support!
7.4
And finally...
7.4
To sum up on the Archive questionnaire, we greatly appreciated your
input, which has contributed to the shaping of our plans for Archive and
NCS for 1994 and beyond.
7.4
May I take this opportunity to thank you for your support and your
involvement in Archive in 1993, and to bring best wishes for 1994 to all
our readers, from myself and all the NCS staff. A
7.4
Frontier 2000
7.4
Ian O’Hara
7.4
Frontier 2000 is an educational pack based on The Borders around
Carlisle, an area with a very rich and fascinating history. The complete
pack comes in a large yellow folder and is the result of collaboration
between Cambridge Software House and various organisations based in
Carlisle such as the Tullie House Museum. I did not receive the complete
pack with its piece of Roman wood (!) for review but what follows is
based on the program discs and CD ROM.
7.4
The discs
7.4
The software provides two ways of investigating the data contained on
the discs. There is a timeline containing 25,000 words and covering the
period from 43AD up to May 1991. You can either look at every entry or
get the computer to search for specific items. Searching is done by
selecting a theme (e.g. Food & farming, Buildings, etc), a time interval
(e.g. 1900 − 1991) and then typing in a search term (e.g. cow). The
computer will then search the data for all items which match these
criteria. The data in the timeline also contains references to events
that occurred outside the border areas but which are relevant to them,
e.g. the crowning of various monarchs.
7.4
The other way of accessing the data is to explore the map. This
stretches from the Solway Firth in the west to Haydon Bridge in the east
and from Hermitage Castle in the north to Harraby in the south. At each
of the many places marked on the map, you can consult experts who will
tell you about the place. For instance at Tarraby there exists a small
stone altar dedicated to the god. Consult the historian and you get one
piece of information, Consult the Archivist and you get another. In this
way you can build up a whole picture of the location or artifact found
there. Some of the entries have pictures as well as text. All of this
information can be saved to disc or printed.
7.4
Theme trails
7.4
As a more useful alternative to exploring the map, you can follow theme-
based trails such as one on those star players of history, The Reivers.
You can choose either of these routes at the start-up screen. You can
also enter your name at this point and it is used to print out a
certificate to prove you have completed a trail.
7.4
When you start a trail, a character known as “The Professor” pops up to
give you a quick bit of background and a clue to a place. To solve the
clue requires you to search the map to find a location. “Up the A7 north
of Canonbie to a tower by the Esk.” The place is a peel tower once
frequented by the infamous Johnnie Armstrong. Having found the right
place, you have to drive there. Clamber into your nice white Porsche,
click on the car key, click on the place and away you go. A window opens
showing you driving along. Time passes and you arrive. The time is
important and is shown on the icon on the iconbar.
7.4
If you get to the correct place, you will be asked a question, e.g. Who
destroyed Johnnie Armstrong’s tower? So it is time to consult the
Professor’s experts. The archaeologist tells us that most stairs in peel
towers went up clockwise so as to disadvantage a right-handed attacker
(try using a heavy sword using your left hand). The Kerr family were
left handed and so had anticlockwise stairs. Eventually, you will find
an expert who gives you the answer.
7.4
Grabbing your portable phone, you call the Professor and give him the
answer. Another clue, another drive and another question. Each trail
consists of between five and eight clues. This is done to let children
complete a trail during the course of a lesson. Wrong answers lead to
time penalties, whereas consulting the experts takes no time. This
provides a strong incentive for pupils not just to get to one location
and try all the answers in turn. The children did compete against each
other to see who used the least game time to complete a trail.
7.4
On its own, the information given on a trail is very fragmentary.
Following the Reivers trail does not give one a complete picture of
these people, it just gives little snippets which don’t always seem to
fit together to make a complete whole. This is always going to be a
problem when a large topic is covered in a short time. It took me many
hours to read “The Steel Bonnets” (a history of the Reivers) but under
an hour to do the trail. It’s the difference between reading a book such
as Catch 22 and seeing the film. The producer has to decide which bits
are put in and which left out. For this reason, I would see the trails
as being a stimulus for further work rather than an end in themselves.
7.4
Documentation
7.4
The manual gives suggestions as to how the pack may be used in the
classroom. For instance, the authors suggest groups of four children
tend to gain more than individuals when working with the software.
Support materials including worksheets and four role play exercises are
provided on the resources disc. Included in the full pack is a sound
tape of an interview with a local called Louie Hartley. Supporting
material for this is supplied on the disc and includes copies of family
trees, scans of photographs and a birth certificate.
7.4
The CD-ROM
7.4
The CD-ROM contains all the data on the discs and more. One of the first
things you notice when running Frontier from the CD is the improved
graphics. Most of the information given by the experts is accompanied by
a scanned colour photograph in mode 15 or 28. For some locations, there
are replay files to watch. Seeing and hearing a steam train chugging out
of Carlisle Station certainly brings the railways trail to life.
Unfortunately, history does not lend itself to movies. How do you get
film of a Roman legion marching to war without making the product so
expensive that nobody could afford to buy it. (Try licensing a film clip
from, say, 20th Century Fox.) Sound is available, so one can hear the
professor’s questions as well as read them. The telephone rings though
only for the first question. Five new trails are available and the time
line expanded to 35,000 words.
7.4
Frontier in use
7.4
The manual suggests that the material is usable for children aged
between 8 and 16. I have used it with children between year 7 (11) and
year 10 (14). Brighter pupils had no problem with coming to grips with
the trails and solving the clues but some of those lower down the
ability range did have trouble. The trails do require map reading skills
and some of the bottom set year nine who tried the Reivers trail lacked
these skills. On the other hand, I lent the discs to a year 8 pupil
whose 9 year old sister apparently followed the trails without any
problem.
7.4
Some of the language used could cause problems. Even some bright year 10
pupils had problems with the instruction “follow the B6357 up
Liddesdale”. They could follow the road but “dale” is not a widely used
word around St Albans. All that is marked on the map is Liddle Water.
That said, it is extremely difficult to provide tasks which can be done
by an 8 year old and still be enjoyed by a pupil twice as old. Every
pupil who tried the software enjoyed using it and the CD-ROM is very
popular in the library at lunch times.
7.4
Niggles
7.4
I have found one or two problems with the program. The index option
appears rather fragile. Several times, I have clicked on this menu item
only to have the program crash with a fatal error − most frustrating
when you are at the final place on a trail. So far, I have had no luck
running the program from a hard disc on a machine with RISC OS 3 − as
soon as a trail is chosen, the program crashes. If I use floppy discs,
there is no problem. The CD-ROM version appears to be rock solid. I
couldn’t make it crash and, as yet, I am unaware of children doing so.
The program also does not like Acorn’s New Look − the title bar of the
windows get a little muddled.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
Frontier is a beautifully produced piece of software which will keep
children (and adults) absorbed for a very long time. In school, I would
see it being used as another resource when particular topics are covered
rather than a way of teaching that topic. If you were planning a trip to
the region, it would be a superb guide to the area.
7.4
The disc version costs £95 +VAT and the CD-ROM version is £175 +VAT. The
CD-ROM plus the disc version are available as one pack for £195 +VAT
from Cambridge Software House. A
7.4
The map and experts’ icons when at a location
7.4
The professor asking a question
7.4
An expert’s contribution
7.4
Aztecs
7.4
Richard Rymarz
7.4
‘Aztecs’ is another in the series of wonderful historical adventures
and/or simulations published by Sherston Software. It costs £39.95 +VAT
from Sherston or £37 through Archive. You can also buy site licence
versions from Sherston (primary £79.90 +VAT and secondary £119.85 +VAT)
which gives the institution an unprotected key disc. It can easily be
installed on a hard disc.
7.4
The pricing may seem a little excessive but the plastic wallet contains
three discs, Teachers book, Aztec calendar symbols, an A3 poster of
Aztec counting symbols and glyphs (pictures used for writing), an A3
colour poster of an Aztec warrior, an A4 colour and A4 black and white
map, nine challenge cards and an Aztec word glossary.
7.4
The teacher’s book is superb. It virtually produces a blueprint for
handling a topic on the Aztecs providing information and areas to
develop away from the computer in a variety of curriculum areas:
history, maths, language, science, art and craft and geography. A cross-
curricular approach is made relatively easy and will encourage teachers
to spend an adequate amount of time on one of the required elements of
the National Curriculum.
7.4
Starting up
7.4
Double clicking on !Aztec loads the program onto the iconbar. Clicking
<menu> accesses the Setup menu. From here, the volume can be adjusted,
the difficulty of the language altered, the screen display chosen − CGA
or VGA − alternative starting positions picked (there are up to 26
different possible starting positions) and there is the method for
saving a position. Return to the desktop can be achieved by pressing
<ctrl-Q>, screens can be saved as sprites by pressing <ctrl-S> or
printed by pressing <ctrl-P>.
7.4
This is very long winded introduction to this review but the options are
so comprehensive and so useful that they need to be mentioned.
7.4
The adventure
7.4
Clicking with <select> starts the adventure from the beginning. After a
moment’s delay, we are greeted with a title and credit screen and an
excellent drawing of an Aztec warrior. Seconds later we find ourselves
visiting our Aunt Maud and Uncle Angus who live in Bermuda. Uncle Angus
is a ‘nutty professor’ and has invented a computerised jet pack and we
are invited to go to America to sell two of them. We set off in Uncle
Angus’ helicopter and fly through the ‘Bermuda Triangle’. The date is
set from the Archimedes and as we are inevitably sucked into a time
warp, the date clicks back to 1519. A quick check of the map shows we
are heading towards Mexico City or Tenochtitlan as it was called then.
Slowly the shape of the city unfolds as we fly through the mountains and
we eventually land on a chimampa (an island reclaimed from a lake) in
order to make repairs to the helicopter. The jetpac’s computer provides
us with all sorts of useful information as it scans the surrounding area
providing us with ‘explore boxes.’ One, for example, shows us how a
chimampa is made and the kinds of food the Aztecs ate. (Yuuuugh!)
7.4
Eventually, we are surrounded by Aztec warriors and taken to the court
of the Emperor Montezuma II. We find favour with him by offering simple
gifts. We are given a slave which quite rightly Uncle Angus disagrees
with (a touch of ethnocentricism?). The adventure continues to unfold as
we help a slave women prove her husband’s innocence. This involves
finding one of Montezuma’s precious masks that have been stolen. The
husband, who was a nobleman, has been made into a slave and will be
sacrificed when the ninth conch blows (the end of the Aztec day). As we
gallantly strive to demonstrate his innocence, we learn about other
areas of Aztec life. These include: Aztec time periods and calendar,
travelling merchants, the tasks of Aztec priests, shopping, schooling,
an Aztec game, writing and so on. The children have to solve some
puzzles and have to learn to barter. Finally, just in time, we find the
real thief and return the mask to Montezuma. The slave women’s husband
is released and they decide to leave Tenochtitlan. In the meantime,
Uncle Angus has finished repairing the helicopter and, as we fly away,
the children learn about the Spanish explorer Hernan Cortez and the
destruction of the Aztec empire.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
Children, parents and teachers familiar with the ‘Arcventure’ series
will enjoy ‘Aztecs’ although the format is different and the adventure
element is emphasised rather than the simulation. Sherston have a fine
reputation for producing high quality programs that provide real
opportunities for children to explore history in an exciting and novel
way. Sound and animation are used to good effect bringing to life
aspects which would be impossible to show otherwise. Skilful use of
animation, appropriate text at realistic reading levels and an element
of humour, all serve to make this piece of software a lifeline to hard
pressed teachers. Add to this the excellent support materials and you
have a program that all primary schools should have. I only hope there
are more to supplement other areas of the National Curriculum. A
7.4
PD Column
7.4
David Holden
7.4
Competition results
7.4
Some of you may be wondering what happened to the competition for the
best PD or Shareware that I announced several months ago.
7.4
I wrote to all the main magazines and most of them quickly published
details. In fact, one was so precipitate it appeared before the
‘official’ announcement in Archive! However, another was not so quick
and nothing was printed until some months later, just as I had decided
to close the entries. This brought more enquiries and I felt that I
ought to extend the time to accommodate these new entries.
7.4
All is now finalised and I therefore take pleasure in announcing the
winners.
7.4
First prize
7.4
The first prize of £100 in cash from A.P.D.L. goes to Event Shell by
Paul Hobbs. This is a complex programmers’ utility which aids the
writing of Wimp programs. At its heart is the !ShellSys directory
containing a series of Library programs. This acts in a similar manner
to the normal !System directory in that programs can access and make use
of these common resources. Some of these were not written by Paul but
contributed by others. For example, it uses Simon Huntington’s
‘Interface’ module which provides fancy borders amongst other things.
7.4
The core of the system is provided by a large Basic library containing a
wealth of functions for the Wimp programmer. Many of these duplicate
existing SWI’s but for someone who does not possess a copy of the
P.R.M.’s (and at around £100 a copy many don’t) they are absolutely
invaluable. The user manual has improved greatly so that, by using Event
Shell, any competent Basic programmer can write high quality Desktop
applications.
7.4
Paul has been criticised for writing the main library routines in Basic
rather than machine code but I agree with his choice. In absolute terms,
machine code would be better but the whole concept of Event Shell is
that it is aimed at the less experienced programmer. By looking at the
code, the user can find out exactly how it works and so the system is
not only a very useful library of routines, it is also a valuable
tutorial.
7.4
Event Shell is Shareware with a registration fee of £5. In view of the
fact that Paul lives in Germany and is always happy to offer help to
users even before they register, this is very reasonable as most of this
money goes towards user support.
7.4
Second prize
7.4
Originally there was no second prize but owing to the high quality of
this program Paul decided to award it a £50 N.C.S. voucher.
7.4
The program is Powerbase written by Derek and Steven Haslam. This is a
general purpose desktop database. I’m not even going to attempt to
describe all its features except to say that unless you have very
serious requirements, and a depth of pocket to match, Powerbase will
probably fulfil all your database needs.
7.4
Once again it’s Shareware with a registration fee of £10, which is very
modest in view of the quality of the program.
7.4
This brings me to the remaining four programs each of which will receive
a £20 N.C.S. voucher.
7.4
Skyview
7.4
This displays a view of the major astronomical bodies in a scrolling
desktop window. It was written by Nigel Hawkes and although it’s not
actually Shareware or Careware, users are requested to make a donation
to a charity if they use the program. There are several programs of this
type for the PC but this is the first of any quality I have seen for the
Archimedes. I confess that I don’t have the expertise to judge how
accurate it is but I have made some comparisons with a professional PC
program and couldn’t find any important differences.
7.4
HD Lock
7.4
This was written by John Lageu and is designed to prevent or restrict
access to a hard disc. It is primarily intended for use in schools but
would also be useful for preventing younger brothers and sisters (or
sons and daughters) from getting at the more sensitive parts of your
data.
7.4
It is not a particularly secure system, but it is not intended to be. It
will certainly prevent most ‘non expert’ users from wandering in
restricted areas. It is also easy to set up and flexible.
7.4
Lingo Master
7.4
Written by Nigel Caplan, this is a program to assist in learning foreign
languages. It is a non-desktop program but operation is from simple
menus and is very straightforward. Limited vocabularies are provided in
four languages, each divided into various categories. Once again, it’s a
Shareware program with a registration fee of £5. Registration brings
much larger and more varied vocabulary files which are mainly aimed at
the GCSE syllabus. This program is not ‘state of the art’ but it
performs the required function and is a good low cost learning aid for
students.
7.4
Movie
7.4
Another non-desktop program written by Richard Burnell. This is actually
a large database of films with information such as the stars, director,
etc. As the data files are plain text, you can easily add new entries or
amend or add notes to existing ones. In fact, the program itself is
fairly simple but it does what is required of it. The main work of
producing this program must have gone into collecting and compiling
nearly three quarters of a megabyte of data files. Again this is a
Shareware program with a registration fee of £5.
7.4
Why Shareware?
7.4
It will probably not have gone unnoticed that of these six prize
winners, four are Shareware. Regular readers of this column, knowing my
bias in this direction, may feel that I have given preferential
treatment to Shareware at the expense of Public Domain entries. I assure
you that this is not the case. Although I noticed the fact that Movie
and Lingomaster were Shareware when I first saw them, I had completely
forgotten this by the time I came to the final judging.
7.4
In retrospect, I think that it did influence matters indirectly. Many of
the programs submitted had minor bugs and one factor which I did allow
to influence me was how the authors reacted to my criticisms and
suggestions for improvements. A couple of programs had no proper
instructions and when I commented upon this fact, the authors couldn’t
be bothered to provide any. Others had bugs which could easily have been
fixed but again they wouldn’t take the trouble to do so. I make no
apologies for reacting unfavourably to this. Someone who writes programs
for public consumption, even if they are PD, should respond properly to
users’ queries and problems. If these entrants felt unable to do
anything about the points I raised, even after having entered their
programs for the competition, then it seemed they would be unlikely to
react sympathetically to a user who got into difficulties.
7.4
I had always made it clear that I would be influenced by good
documentation. This is something that Shareware authors who want
registrations very soon discover to be important. It is no coincidence
that the first two prize-winners have extensive user manuals. In my
experience, people who can write good bug-free programs can also write
good manuals. Poor documentation in a program may be due to lack of time
or inclination on the part of the author and this is acceptable if the
program is PD, but when judged against others of similar quality, the
one with clear instructions will possess a great advantage.
7.4
Special offer
7.4
This month’s offer is that I will send you a copy of all of these
programs on either two 800Kb or a single 1.6Mb disc (please specify or
I’ll send you a hi-density disc by default). The price for either
version is £2 or the equivalent in stamps. When de-archived, they take
up about 3½ Mb of disc space so I hope you’ll agree that this is a
bargain. Also any ‘profit’ from the sale of these special discs will be
passed on to some of the worthy entries who did not win a prize or be
put towards the next competition.
7.4
Contact me at 39 Knighton Park Road, Sydenham, London SE26 5RN. A
7.4
Budget Games
7.4
Andrew Rawnsley
7.4
In the run up to Christmas, quite a number of budget games have been
released into the Acorn market. These fall into two categories, re-
releases of old games, and cheap, new games. Either way, the customer
benefits, and that Christmas cheque goes a little further. This leads to
a problem for the reviewer − most of the games offer great value
compared to their £25 rivals.
7.4
The companies
7.4
There are two main companies selling budget priced games this Christmas,
Buzz (a branch of Krisalis) and Matt Black.
7.4
Buzz are selling five of Krisalis’ older titles, re-packaged in small
cardboard boxes, at £9.99 each.
7.4
Matt black are selling two new games (one is just a re-vamp) at £14.99
each.
7.4
The products
7.4
The following games are available:
7.4
SWIV − Buzz
7.4
Revelation − Buzz
7.4
Mad Professor Mariarti − Buzz
7.4
Jahangir Khan World Championship Squash − Buzz
7.4
Manchester United − Buzz
7.4
Blood Sport − Matt Black
7.4
Aggressor, Macho Edition − Matt Black
7.4
SWIV
7.4
SWIV is a vertically scrolling shoot-’em-up, with good graphics, sound,
power-ups and plenty of variety. It would be good value for money at its
RRP of £25.99, but at £9.99, it’s a real bargain.
7.4
SWIV has the added advantage that it has a rather good two-player mode.
Play is simultaneous, the players either helping each other out, or
trying to amass a higher score than their opponent. One player controls
a helicopter, whilst the other controls a jeep (which is harder!). In
one player mode, you can control either vehicle, so it provides two
difficulty levels.
7.4
If you enjoy this type of game (and don’t own it already), this should
be top of your post-Christmas shopping list.
7.4
Revelation
7.4
This is an interesting little game which has never been released as a
full priced product on Acorn machines, although it has for the PC, Amiga
and ST. It did, however, form a worthy part of the Krisalis Collection
on the Acorn platform.
7.4
The idea behind the game is to turn various dials on each level, to
complete the colour combinations required to open a safe. Once inside,
you can use your remaining time (usually not a lot!) to grab bonuses out
of the deposit boxes inside the safe.
7.4
The difficulty is that if the colours in adjacent dial slots are the
same, the dial not being turned rotates and may set off a chain
reaction, messing up all your hard work!
7.4
The game resembles the classic non-computer game, Downfall, the dials
and knobs being very similar. There are various power-ups which give
extra time, pause the timer, reset the level etc.
7.4
If you like puzzle games, this is definitely worth the cash.
7.4
Mad Professor Mariarti
7.4
This is quite an old game but it that still retains some of its
attraction, even in the face of modern releases. It is an arcade
adventure in which you guide your professor around the levels, trying to
shut down his laboratories. There are five levels, the last being a
rather good mystery level.
7.4
The game has a cute, cartoony feel, with much humour in both the
graphics and the text message at the bottom of the screen. The puzzles
are not too taxing, and once you have solved one level of the game, the
style of puzzles stays the same, so the rest become a little easier.
7.4
One nice touch is that you can collect tokens which can be used to buy
‘tools’ (weapons to the rest of us) with which to defend yourself from
the mutant equipment.
7.4
Again, this is a game worthy of most people’s collections and the style
of gameplay has a particular appeal to younger players.
7.4
Manchester United
7.4
Fans of the famous football team will be disappointed with this
‘official’ game. It is a shame that Krisalis chose to release this game
on budget, rather than its far superior brother, Man. United Europe.
7.4
The graphics and sound are adequate, but the game lacks playability and
interest, probably because there isn’t a two player option and because
control is difficult and unresponsive.
7.4
The management section isn’t bad and may give the game a longer lifespan
but you can’t choose to play the management section on its own.
7.4
This is definitely not a premiership product and most football fans
should watch out for Gamesware’s forthcoming ‘Striker’, whilst avid
Manchester United supporters should save up the extra £15 for Manchester
United Europe.
7.4
(I wonder if NCS will be releasing The Canaries − the Official Computer
Game?)
7.4
Jahangir Khan World championship squash
7.4
This squash simulator really only has one plus point − it’s the only
one. The game is typical of many sports simulators − it has a fistful of
options but when it comes to the main game, it’s nothing like the real
thing, and the fixed speed and key responses leave you thinking that
you’d have won in real life.
7.4
The graphics are not particularly stunning and don’t help the isometric
3D view of the squash court which makes the controls seem a little
strange.
7.4
Squash fans may find something in it to appeal but most people should
give this one a miss.
7.4
Blood Sport
7.4
This was Matt Black’s first budget release and it’s a shame that the
price has just gone up by £5. Anyway, this game still represents good
value for money and is by far the best fighting game currently available
on Acorn machines (i.e. it’s better than the other one!).
7.4
You can choose to be one of four characters, and then take on the other
eleven in mortal combat. The graphics are detailed but it’s a shame that
they only take up just over a third of the screen, vertically. Taller
characters would make the moves clearer and give space for character
detail. After all, it’s the characters we’re interested in.
7.4
There are lots of different playing modes, including simultaneous two
player games for playing with or against a friend.
7.4
Don’t expect Mortal Kombat or Streetfighter 2 − but then it only costs
£15. This is the next best thing for Acorn owners. If you like this
genre of game, you can’t go far wrong with Blood Sport!
7.4
Aggressor − Macho Edition
7.4
Some readers may remember the original version of Aggressor, marketed by
Atomic Software. The game was a flop but the authors took the criticism
to heart and re-wrote it to produce a game that, if it does as well as
it deserves, should prove very popular.
7.4
The game can be played by one or two players simultaneously and is a
horizontally scrolling shoot-‘em-up, with the addition of platforms to
provide you with access to more of the screen. However, along your way
through each level, there are usually computer terminals to fix or
prisoners to rescue which adds more interest to the missions.
7.4
The bad guys come thick and fast and, if you’re lucky, so do the droids,
carrying health and weapon power-ups.
7.4
There are eight new missions, each with excellent, detailed graphics, so
it should keep you occupied, particularly as the game has been made
tougher since the original release.
7.4
My only criticism is the title. How on earth can playing shoot-’em-ups
all day long make you more macho?!?
7.4
This is a quality product which is definitely worth the cash. A
7.4
The Archive prices of these games are £10 (Buzz) and £15 (Matt Black).
We cannot give any discount on the budget games except that postage and
packing are, effectively only charged at 1p!
7.4
Introducing Your Computer − 2
7.4
Norfolk IT Team
7.4
Last month, in the first of our series of articles for the absolute
beginner, we covered the mouse, examined windows and got as far as
loading one application, quitting from it and shutting down the computer
after use. Now we shall begin using the keyboard and introduce the use
of floppy discs for the storage of information.
7.4
The keyboard
7.4
Like the mouse, the keyboard is used for getting information into the
computer. It will look fairly familiar to anyone who has used a
typewriter before. There are four main groups of keys − the main QWERTY
keyboard (so called because of the arrangement of the letter keys), the
numeric keypad on the right of the keyboard, the function keys at the
top and two small clusters of special keys between the QWERTY keyboard
and the numeric keypad.
7.4
QWERTY
7.4
This is the area of the keyboard most likely to seem familiar. It works
in pretty much the same way as a typewriter keyboard. To examine its
functions let’s load an application. Move the mouse pointer until its
tip is within the ‘Apps’ icon at the bottom left of your screen and
click <select> once. This will open the Apps directory. Move the pointer
over the ‘!Edit’ icon and double-click <select>. The Edit icon will
appear on the iconbar. Clicking <select> on this icon will open a window
with the title ‘Untitled’. Click <select> on the ‘toggle size’ icon of
this window to open it to full screen size. Now you can type into this
window. The red, vertical line is known as a ‘caret’ and indicates the
point where the characters you type will be inserted into your text.
7.4
The letter keys will behave as you might expect. To obtain the top
character on a key marked with two characters, hold down one of the two
<shift> keys as you type. This will also give you upper case letters. If
you want to type in upper case for a while, press <capslock> to switch
its green light on. Note that this does not have quite the same effect
as holding down <shift>. You will still get ‘4’ rather than ‘$’ for
instance.
7.4
The <ctrl> key is used in conjunction with other keys to perform actions
which may depend upon the application you are using. Using <ctrl-X> will
often delete a selected area of text or a part of a drawing for
instance. In general, different applications use <ctrl> in similar ways,
cutting down considerably the time you will need to spend learning them.
The <alt> key can be used to obtain characters not shown on the keyboard
at all − try holding down the <alt> key and typing <4> (use the key on
the QWERTY keypad, not the numeric keypad).
7.4
Chars
7.4
There is another way of getting characters other than those shown on the
keyboard into text. Load Chars from the Apps directory by double-
clicking with <select>. (If you have been following these instructions,
you will probably have to use the ‘send to back’ icon on the Edit window
to bring the Apps directory into view.) Chars does not install an icon
on the iconbar but directly opens up a window. Clicking on the
characters in this window will insert them at the caret. In this way you
can get characters such as ‘©’ into your documents. Clicking on the
‘close the window’ icon will actually quit from the Chars application.
7.4
Numeric keypad
7.4
To the right of the keyboard is the aptly named numeric keypad. This
enables more rapid entry of numbers for those familiar with using to a
calculator. One might expect that there would be one common standard in
these things but life just isn’t that simple − take a look at a
telephone keypad! In addition to the numbers, there are keys here for a
decimal point, plus, minus, division (/), multiplication (*), # and
<enter> (which is an alternative to <return>). Pressing <numlock> will
turn off its light and alter the way these keys work. Again, this is a
facility which may be used in a particular way by certain applications.
7.4
Function keys
7.4
At the top of the keyboard are the function keys, labelled F1 to F12.
These have specific uses which depend on the application you are using
but, like the <ctrl> combinations, these tend to be similar from one
application to another. Pressing <f12> will nudge the whole screen up a
bit and insert a line at the bottom of the screen beginning with a ‘*’.
This is known as the command line. In general, you will not need to use
the command line but if you are keen to try, type the word ‘time’ and
press <return>. You should see the current date and time at the bottom
of the screen. Press <return> again to remove the command line and
return to the ‘desktop⇧⇩⇩⇩⇩⇩⇩⇩’ as the normal screen is called.
7.4
Special keys
7.4
The four ‘arrow’ keys usually allow you to move the caret around the
screen − try it in Edit. <Delete> deletes the character to the left of
the caret and <copy> deletes the character to the right. <Pageup> and
<pagedown> usually move through text one ‘windowful’ at a time in word-
processors and <insert> is generally used in word-processing
applications to insert a section of text at the caret position. <Home>
usually takes the caret to the beginning of text that you are working
on. <Print> is used by many applications to do just as you might expect
(but more on printing later in this series). <Scroll lock> is not used
in normal applications working on the desktop.
7.4
<Break> is used (particularly in conjunction with <ctrl>) to ‘reset’ the
computer. This is rather like switching the computer off and then on
again except that you do not actually turn the power off. Don’t do this
unless you really mean to because it will cause the computer to forget
what it was working on and any text, for instance, that you were
composing will be lost if you have not saved it onto a disc. There is
also a key marked ‘Esc’ in the top left hand corner of the keyboard.
Pressing this key will usually stop the computer from doing what it is
currently engaged upon. An example of its use would be to stop the
printing of a document when you have just realised that you need to make
an important alteration but the printer has already started working.
Somewhere on your computer there will be a ‘Reset’ button though this
may not be on the main keyboard. Your manual will show you its location.
Pressing this will reset your machine as described above, rather like
pressing <ctrl-break>.
7.4
Floppy discs
7.4
Your Acorn A series computer may well have a hard disc drive fitted
inside it. We shall come to the use of hard drives later on. For the
moment we shall be concerned only with the use of floppy discs as all
machines are able to use these and indeed, software you buy is most
likely to be supplied on floppy discs.
7.4
A floppy disc is shown here.
7.4
The disc itself (the ‘floppy’ part) is enclosed inside a fairly rigid
plastic case. When the disc is put into the disc drive, the computer
pulls back the metal shutter on the disc case to reveal the actual disc
inside. You can slide back the plate yourself but do not touch the
surface of the disc − it is very vulnerable to fingerprints and
contamination by any kind of dust or liquid.
7.4
The way in which information is written onto this disc is similar to the
way in which information is written onto a VHS video tape or an audio
cassette − it is a process involving magnetism and therefore the disc is
also affected by magnets − so keep magnets away from your discs!
7.4
The surface of the disc shown in the illustration above is the side
which should be uppermost when you insert the disc into the disc drive.
The arrow indicates the direction in which the disc should be inserted −
hold the label and put the metal end in first.
7.4
The small hole in the bottom left hand corner of the disc is very
important. If you turn the disc over you will see that a small plastic
piece can be firmly pulled back and forth with a finger nail or suitable
object and clicked into place so as to either cover or expose the
rectangular hole. When this hole is exposed, the contents of the disc
are protected and cannot be altered in any way or deleted. You may be
familiar with a similar protection system employed on audio cassette
tapes.
7.4
Formatting
7.4
Before a newly purchased disc can be used it must be ‘formatted’ for use
on the particular computer with which it will be used. What is meant by
formatting?
7.4
Imagine that, without a map, you drop a valuable load out of a
helicopter onto the surface of a vast desert. Months later, you return
to retrieve your possession. You have little chance of finding it by
just flying around the desert. If there were grid lines marked on the
surface of the desert and you knew that you had dropped your load at a
particular grid reference, you would stand a much better chance of
retrieving it. Indeed, if the grid system was sufficiently detailed
then, as long as the load had not been moved, you could be certain of
locating it.
7.4
An unformatted disc is like the uncharted desert − a featureless waste.
The formatting process is analogous to the marking of the desert surface
with grid lines. Unfortunately, different computer systems use different
formatting methods and so discs are supplied unformatted and the
purchaser must format the disc for their computer. In fact, the Acorn A
series computers can use a number of different formats and this can be
very useful if you use more than one kind of computer. For the moment we
are going to consider just two ways of formatting discs for use only
with Acorn machines.
7.4
The discs you buy may be of two kinds. One type can store more
information than the other. This larger capacity, so-called ‘high
density’ disc will always have the initials ‘HD’ written on it on the
opposite side of the metal plate to the insertion arrow. High density
discs can be used with Acorn A3010, A3020, A4000, A5000 and A4
computers. Earlier RISC OS computers such as A3000s, A310s and A420s etc
can usually only use the standard density discs. If your computer can
use the high density discs − get them − it is easier and cheaper to keep
twice as much information on each disc.
7.4
To format a disc, insert it into the disc drive. A fairly substantial
clunk will tell you that it is in place. Move the mouse pointer over the
floppy disc drive icon in the bottom left of the screen (if a window is
obscuring the iconbar press <shift-f12> and the iconbar will come to the
front of the screen, pressing <shift-f12> again will return it to the
back) and click <menu>. Move the pointer onto the menu which appears and
when the ‘Format’ option is ‘highlighted’, slide the pointer over the
arrow to the right. If you have a high density disc then click <select>
over the ADFS 1.6M option, otherwise click <select> over the ADFS 800K
(E) option.
7.4
A window will open like this...
7.4
... click on ‘Format’ and your disc drive will spring into action. A
horizontal bar will show you the machine’s progress as it first formats
and then verifies your disc. The verify process ensures that the
computer is able to read what it has just written!
7.4
Once your disc has been formatted, click on the ‘OK’ in the window. Now
is the time to give your disc a name. To do this click <menu> over the
disc drive icon again, move the pointer up to the ‘Name Disc’ option,
slide over the arrow and a small window will open. If you move the
pointer into the white space below the title bar of this window, a caret
will appear and you can type in a name for the disc. You cannot use
spaces, punctuation or characters such as $ in the disc name.
7.4
When you have typed in the name, press <return>. At this point, it is a
good idea to take out your disc (press the button beside the disc drive
slot), apply a label and write the name of the disc on it. If the
computer ever asks you to insert a particular disc (and it might) it is
a lot easier if it has a recognisable name and it is clearly written on
the label.
7.4
Saving
7.4
Now we will save some information on this newly formatted disc. If it is
not already in the drive, insert it now. Click <select> on the floppy
disc drive icon and a directory window will open for your disc. Use the
adjust size icon to ensure that you can see both your Edit window with
its text and your directory window. Click in your Edit window to ensure
that you can see the caret and then press <f3>. This will open a window
into which you can type a suitable name for your work. Do not press
<return> when you have done this, but drag the icon that is above the
name you have just entered, to the directory window and then release
<select>. Your work will be saved and its icon will appear in the
directory window for your disc.
7.4
Loading
7.4
Now to load your work. Let’s get bold − shut down the computer and then
restart it. Now load Edit so that its icon appears on the iconbar.
Insert your floppy disc into the drive, click on the floppy disc drive
icon and then double-click on the icon for your work which appears in
the directory window for the disc. Your work should now load into Edit
ready to be altered, continued or whatever. A
7.4
Explore with Flossy the Frog
7.4
Richard Rymarz
7.4
I thoroughly enjoy reviewing software, especially if it is of the
quality that houses such as 4Mation produce. One of their most recent
offerings is ‘Explore with Flossy the Frog’ and it lives up to my
highest expectations.
7.4
‘Flossy’ is housed in a plastic wallet, contains three discs, operating
instructions and teachers notes. It can be installed on a hard disc but
a key disc has to be used each time the program is run. It costs £28.79
for a single user version (£27 through Archive) and £57.58 for a site
licence from 4Mation. A demo version of the program can be obtained from
4Mation on receipt of a blank disc and schools can evaluate the program
on 28 days free approval. It will run on any Archimedes but 2Mb or more
are needed.
7.4
Aims
7.4
The broad, general aims are ‘to provide reading opportunities, simple
problem solving activities and a stimulus for creating activities away
from the computer.’ Apparently, any fears that non-readers would be
deterred by the written content of the program were soon dispelled when
it was trialed with very young children − non-readers were just as
enthralled by it. Consequently, it is aimed from pre-reading children up
to the age of 8, either at school or in the home.
7.4
The program
7.4
Clicking on !Flossy (the whole program is mouse driven) results in the
application installing itself on the iconbar. Clicking <menu> on Flossy
opens up a number of options including the ability to save a position,
restart, quit and a choices option that allows the user to choose the
screen font and its size, a choice to conserve memory if things are
tight and whether the default is full screen or in a window.
7.4
The program multitasks and, in fact, I am writing this review using
!Edit and there is a loud plopping noise in the background. Water is
dripping from a tap into a dog bowl which just happens to be on a bank
next to a lake and mountains (no reason for this is offered).
7.4
From this first scene, the children are encouraged to explore the
variety of objects in view. Some provide information, most jump into
life with some engaging animation and others result in a change of
scene. For example, clicking on the dog bowl results in the appearance
of a large, barking dog. Flossy is not impressed and jumps into the lake
where a whole new variety of creatures and objects come to life. My
favourite is the water snake who make a series of amusing appearances
which reminded me of a very funny scene from the film ‘Airplane’. But
really it would be churlish to either criticise or acclaim any
particular drawing or piece of animation. All are amusing, delightful
and/or surprising. Many animations can happen at the same time (memory
permitting), the sounds are realistic and music is used effectively.
7.4
There is a simple element of problem solving − nothing which will be too
taxing or unachievable given a fair amount of trial and error. The
children’s imagination is to be exercised − can Flossy really jump so
high that she can reach the moon? Answer − of course she can − just
watch her! Finally, there is no real plot. Flossy’s adventures unfold in
a gentle and imaginative way taking her (is Flossy a she?) to a planet
in a space rocket, to the beach, under a lake, and into her bedroom and
kitchen.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
‘Explore with Flossy the Frog’ has all the hallmarks of an experienced
educational software house developing its expertise to provide
exceptionally high quality material. The drawings by Dutch artist Hans
Rijnen are superb and the authoring system developed by Dave Caughly has
been enhanced even since the publication of ‘Granny’s Garden’ and
‘Darryl the Dragon.’ Each scene is a joy to explore and was greeted with
delight when I tested the program with a group of 6 year olds battle
hardened on a diet of shoot-em-up games. Certainly, if their reaction is
anything to go by then Flossy is a sure-fire winner.
7.4
Does it live up to its stated aims? The answer is a definite yes.
However, like many such programs, much as a child will profit from using
the program alone, more will be gained if Flossy is explored in small
groups or with the help of a sympathetic adult. If Flossy is to be used
at home, parents should be prepared to join in with their children and
enjoy with them the enchantment that this program offers.
7.4
The documentation is excellent with simple suggestions for work away
from the computer. There is no reference to the National Curriculum −
thank goodness. Programs such as this should be left to the imagination
of the children, parents and teachers.
7.4
Finally
7.4
4Mation are very pleased with this program. They hope to have it
published in America and are porting it to Windows and the Apple Mac.
They plan several different language versions and, most interestingly, a
sign language version for the deaf. This could be on several CD ROM
discs and include a sign language video clip for each of the 300 pieces
of text. A
7.4
Hints & Tips
7.4
• Backing up PC partitions. When backing up a PC partition (with
filetype DosDisc) from a HardDrive with RISC OS 3 the ADFS sees the
files in the partition as individual files so backs them up as such. So
when you come to reinstate the partition afterwards the PC partition
will no longer work, i.e. it will be a normal directory with files in.
The way to overcome this is to reset the file type to Text before
backing up and change it back afterwards. Brian Cocksedge, W Sussex.
7.4
• Elite Cheat. On this month’s program disc (£2 through Archive) is a
cheat for Elite v1.02 made with The Hacker program from DoggySoft. The
cheat allows you to do more than the normal game will allow. The
functions are made by using the right Ctrl key and some other keys not
used in the game. Load the cheat module after you have the Elite
commander on the iconbar and read the instructions carefully. It enables
you to stop dead in space, go like a bat out of hell, have loads of
energy bombs (useful for blasting those rock grabbers), have an
indestructible energy unit, unlimited rockets and, as a small bonus,
kills the asking of the word from the book when saving a commander file
after you have run the game, back to the Desktop (saving time).
S Edwards, W Midlands.
7.4
• Epson Stylus 800 cartridge life − When the cartridge I had in my new
Epson Stylus 800 ran out after it had printed only about 300 to 400
sheets (instead of the quoted 700), I contacted Epson to discuss the
matter! They asked whether I pressed Pause before switching off the
printer. I said I did not and asked why it was important. They told me
that it was because the printer goes through the print head cleaning
process on every start-up unless Pause is pressed before switch-off. It
is only necessary to clean the print head “about once a month”. They
admitted that this is not mentioned in the manual(!), so I thought I
would pass this gem of information on to other Archive subscribers!
Stan Haselton, Abbots Langley.
7.4
• JP150 sheet feeder − Owners of JP150 printers may be interested to
know that the sheet feeder for the Integrex Betajet seems to be exactly
the same as the one for the JP150. The good news is that the Integrex
one costs approximately £40 +VAT (£47) as against £77 inc VAT. I wonder
why the Acorn product is so much more expensive? Alan Shelton, Sutton-
in-Ashfield.
7.4
• Magazine storage − An alternative to the Archive magazine binders is
to use what are called K-Bins which are basically topless cardboard
boxes. They are designed for storing components but work quite nicely
for Archive magazines and cost about £1.15 each. I am happy to supply
them to people at cost plus postage − let me know if you are interested.
Bob Ames, Dept of Music, City University, Northampton Square, London
EC1V 0HB.
7.4
• Mouse mat grooming − Next time you groom your mouse, take a look at
your mat. If it has a layer of stubborn fibres, cat hairs etc, try using
one of those rolling, tacky lint removers that you use on suits and
jackets. Nik Kelly, Liverpool.
7.4
• PC card and screen blanking − After installing a new hard drive, I had
to re-install everything and set the computer up as though it were new.
While I was restoring some of the PC programs, my screen went blank and
no keypresses would bring it back. What seemed odd was that the
computer was still working, reading the disc.
7.4
Each time this happened, I reset the computer and then, when I was at
Acorn World 93, I had a word with Aleph One. They explained that, when
the PC card had “input focus” all keystrokes were passed through to the
card and so RISC OS was unaware that keys had been pressed − so the
screen blanker was coming into operation and was locking in the blank
state. Because of this, I would need to disable the screen blanker in
order to use the PC card.
7.4
As I don’t use the blanker very much, it was only a slight nuisance, but
I carried out an experiment and found out that mouse movement was still
done via the main operating system. Because of this, all that is needed
to get the screen back is a very slight movement of the mouse.
7.4
I suppose that if you were wanting to work with text in a word processor
it would be a good idea to disable the screen blanker, but most of the
time it is unnecessary. David Wild, Hemel Hempstead.
7.4
• Scanners and Turbo Drivers − A slight problem for users of Turbo
Drivers is that, sometimes, the printout from ArcFax with CC’s scanner
becomes garbled for no sensible reason. The solution is to turn your
printer on. It does not have to be online but just switched on. It works
every time. Tord Eriksson, Sweden.
7.4
• Time errors − Recently, I found that whilst !Alarm, and indeed most
other applications, could work out the correct time, those I had written
in C were wildly inaccurate (over a year and a half out!). The same
program would work fine on the office A5000 but on my RISC OS 3 A3000,
it refused to give me anything but 1995. Finally, I tracked the problem
down to the Territory Manager (literally just by chance, I was actually
looking up ‘time’ in the PRM’s and spotted it. Somehow the configured
timezone was −23:45, well outside the allowed limits of +/−13 hrs.
!Alarm took off the correct value but when I reset it to zero, the
machine jumped ahead by a day. Why CLib gave such a large error, I don’t
know. Matthew Hunter, NCS. A
7.4
RiscCAD − A First Look
7.4
Richard Fallas
7.4
RiscCAD was unknown to me until Acorn World 93, although I’ve since seen
it advertised in the other magazines. Davyn Software kindly allowed me
to try out the package so that I could review it for Archive. A full
review, with relevant comparisons with the opposition will take me a bit
longer than Paul’s deadlines permit so this is an initial summary.
7.4
The screen shots on the manual cover show a circuit diagram but this is
a full CAD application of more general use. It costs £199 inc VAT and
this places it neatly between WorraCAD at around £112 and ProCAD at
£460. What level of facilities does RiscCAD offer? A substantial manual,
albeit with rather brief index, quick reference guide, function key
strip and latest version release note are provided along with the
program disc and examples disc. Start-up from hard disc requires
insertion of the original disc BUT this may be backed up. RISC OS 3.10
is an essential requirement for use of the program.
7.4
Initial impressions are that RiscCAD has a very professional appearance.
Icons are clear, larger and less numerous initially than ProCAD, and
attractive on-screen. Tool icons are ranged in 9 pairs down the left
side, and open on selection to sub-menus positioned horizontally (but
this may be altered) very much in the style of Drafix (on the PC). HiRes
and LoRes sprites are provided and both are very good, but I’m still
looking for the HiRes switch! A help message window is also available.
Many control key combinations are standard Acorn options, e.g. <ctrl-A>
for “select all”.
7.4
The program uses integer maths at a low level, as does ProCAD, and
redraws are correspondingly rapid − comparisons with other packages will
follow, when I’ve taken delivery of my flak jacket! Unlike ProCAD, it
offers associative dimensioning. The tool selection is very extensive
but does not match ProCAD, with no provision for non-circular curves.
Object snap options are also less numerous than ProCAD but cover the
most commonly required choices. In use the snaps felt “dead” as no
audible or visual confirmation is offered that a snap is available
before selection. The icon selection is better than WorraCAD, however,
again in line with the program cost.
7.4
I liked the way that sub-toolboxes could be rearranged around the screen
to make best use of available space. Many options could be saved as a
start-up setting. Less impressive was the Zoom facility. This is
apparently achieved solely through use of the F10 key, and I couldn’t
find a mouse controlled Zoom option although a scale to current window
option is provided. The !Draw (and ProCAD) method of using Shift+Mouse
to give a zoom window would be an important (essential?) improvement. I
still like the old PDT method of + and − keys, perhaps with <ctrl>, to
zoom in and out and this could also be implemented.
7.4
Limited hatching facilities are offered, as are symbols and many text
options, although outline fonts are not supported which is a strong
ProCAD feature. Step and repeat copying is available, and also arrays.
Parallel lines/arcs, fillets and chamfers are also included and up to 16
layers may be used. Objects may be “broken” and lines trimmed/extended.
Hiding of objects is also possible, both individually and by type.
Access to plotters is extensive and controllable, if required, via
script files.
7.4
The program had a predictable and “solid” feel in use, and so far has
been robust, i.e. no crashes as yet! To do it justice, I need to spend
rather longer trying all the features I can find − and working out which
are missing! This is a time-consuming business and has to be fitted into
my workload.
7.4
In summary, RiscCAD offers good functionality and speed at a realistic
price for many users. Future extensions may add facilities − I get the
feeling that Davyn Software will listen carefully to suggestions from
users. It goes beyond WorraCAD in most respects, yet is not so
ambitious, or costly, as ProCAD. A useful addition to RISC-Ware and I
hope it sells well and develops further. A
7.4
Econet Column
7.4
Dave Emsley
7.4
I have two main items this month. The first is a look at Robert
Chrismas’ !RAMScrap application and the second is a look at the problems
of serving Archimedes applications on a Level 3 Econet network leading
into a review of !AppFS which will be a great help for those of us still
having to survive on Econet.
7.4
!RAMScrap
7.4
Archimedes systems all require writable scrap space for some of their
operations. This was originally provided within the !System folder.
However, recently, the method has changed to a separate !Scrap
application. So what happens if none is available − for example, when
using a network as a guest user?
7.4
Enter a new utility called !RAMScrap written by Robert Chrismas. This is
an application which, when clicked on creates a 64Kb RAM disc (if one
does not exist) and uses it for scrap files. If an empty RAM disc
already exists, but is not 64Kb or greater, it is extended. If one
exists but is not empty it is used at its current size.
7.4
As Robert says in the !Help file, “!RAMScrap tries to cope with most of
these problems but is not afraid to give up.”
7.4
The only time I could manage to get it to fail to work was when there
was less than 64Kb of memory available to it.
7.4
Is 64Kb of Scrap space enough?
7.4
I didn’t think it was, but I can’t get !RAMScrap to fail. I loaded up
both Revelation ImagePro and Ovation and created an 800Kb sprite.
Dragging this sprite from Revelation to an Ovation picture frame worked
correctly. I tried the same using Paint and Draw and a 500Kb sprite − no
problem. Either 64Kb is enough or the Scrap area isn’t used in the way I
thought it was.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
This is an excellent utility. I haven’t exhaustively tried it in a
classroom situation but I intend to try replace the current !Scrap
application in a few users’ directories and test it out thoroughly.
7.4
!RAMScrap is available on this month’s Archive Program Disc, price £2.
7.4
Application Serving on Econet
7.4
Serving Archimedes applications on a Level 3 Econet network is far from
ideal due to the time it takes to load. This is obviously not a
criticism of the applications which are very good, once loaded, but
Econet was designed in the good old days of BBC Bs and Masters and the
largest applications on these were 64Kb long. Having said that, the
network does offer two very important things: security and a common user
interface.
7.4
Security is important in an open access area because if the software
were stored on floppy disc, anyone could simply take the discs away with
them. This was the system that we used previously, until discs started
going missing, but now the majority of software for which we have a
licence is available to students via the network.
7.4
It is important to have a common user interface so that students know,
for example, that if they need to use a spreadsheet, they double
clicking on !Apps and then double clicking on SSheets. This will present
them with a choice of spreadsheets to use − and all this should be
independent of their physical location in the college or school.
7.4
When you consider that the loading times may be doubled, and in some
cases trebled, compared with loading from floppy discs, is it too high a
price to pay for the added security and the common user interface? Well,
I would have said that it was but a new product has appeared that has
given Econet a new lease of life.
7.4
AppFS
7.4
AppFS from AngelSoft is an application which allows a hard disc from any
station on a network to be distributed across the network to allow
faster loading of applications.
7.4
First impressions
7.4
AppFS arrived in a cardboard folder with a plastic pocket holding the
single disc and a booklet of instructions. The A5 sized booklet consists
of 19 pages on A4 paper folded, no fancy cover, no colours, no staples
just clearly printed and easy-to-follow instructions. As I said in my
review of NetManage (Archive 6.9 p25) this is all a network manager
needs − leave the fancy boxes for the software that has to sell by its
looks or for impressing the Governors. As long as I can follow the
instructions that’s all that matters to me. If it saves costs, I
personally would even accept documentation for this kind of application
on the disc.
7.4
The application suite comprises of two applications: !AppFS and
!AppServer. The introductory section of the manual goes into detail
about how these applications work and the expected speed increases (2-4
times). It also explains that there is a down side to the application in
that the disc being served MUST be write protected.
7.4
Setting up the software
7.4
The manual goes into very specific detail on how to set up the software
for any eventuality, be it a Level 3 or Level 4 network, EtherNet, mixed
economy or just plain old Econet.
7.4
AppServer
7.4
Part of this section explains how to adapt the software to make it
autoboot. I tried this on our A440/1 with RISC OS 3.1 and it worked
perfectly first time. When the machine is reset or switched on, the
application AppFS Filer now appears in the modules list and an icon
appears on the iconbar.
7.4
On the server machine, clicking on this icon will produce the same
result as clicking on the HardDisc icon except that the title at the top
begins “AppFS::$..” not “ADFS::$..” Software from this can be loaded as
if from the normal HardDisc4 icon although loading times are slightly
slower than when loading direct from the applications on hard disc.
7.4
7.4
Hard Disc AppFSFiler
7.4
Junior PinPoint 6 10
7.4
Ovation 9 14
7.4
Eureka 9 19
7.4
Revelation ImagePro 5 8
7.4
PenDown 5 6
7.4
RISC OS 3 Printers 16 20
7.4
AppServer Control
7.4
One of the configurable options in the !Run file is to have the
AppFSServer icon on the iconbar. The reason for this is so that the
manager can update the server station by adding files and/or
applications while the server is running.
7.4
Whilst off line, the icon on all clients changes to a “crossed out”
version. Clicking on this produces either the error “Application Server
is offline” or the error “Please insert HardDisc4”. I think that this
second one is an unsatisfactory and misleading message. It occurs when
AppFS has been used and then the server has been put off line. If AppFS
hasn’t been used then the first error message results.
7.4
!AppFS
7.4
This is the application which needs to be run on the client stations. In
the manual, the information for making it boot automatically is given
but I didn’t want it to boot automatically on all stations so I
temporarily put it into a user’s directory to test it out. A suggested
version of the application !Armboot is provided with AppFS and I tried
this in a user’s directory with the result that AppFS loaded and then
logged me off. Although AppFS does work without being logged on, I felt
that this was not a good idea because if a user logs on they want to
stay logged on. A phone call to AngelSoft solved this. The !ArmBoot, as
supplied, is for the user ‘Boot’ to ensure that if it is automatically
loaded into every machine from the start, it loads, then logs off so
that no-one remains logged on as the user ‘Boot’. The correct way of
running this from a user’s directory is to run !AppFS by double clicking
this (or incorporating it into a boot sequence).
7.4
Loading software
7.4
Once AppFS is loaded on the client and AppServer is loaded on the server
(not our fileserver incidentally) clicking on the AppFS icon produced an
unexpected error. The hard disc on the A440 is set to boot with a
desktop boot file and this caused the error ‘Please insert disc
HardDisc4’ to occur due to several lines beginning Filer_Boot
ADFS::$.... Eventually, after clicking innumerable Cancels for the above
message, the expected directory viewer of the A440’s hard disc appeared
and I was able to attempt loading applications. The quoted speed
increases (i.e. 2-4 times) were achieved on all but the RISC OS 3.1
printer driver. In actual fact, the speed using AppFS is only marginally
faster than from floppy disc. (I believe that this is more a function of
what the printer driver does when it is being installed rather than the
speed of the medium. Even on my 670Mb drive, !Printers takes well over
10s to load. Ed.)
7.4
AppFS Network Floppy
7.4
Junior PinPoint 13 25 15
7.4
Ovation 20 40 32
7.4
Eureka 30 59 32
7.4
Revelation ImagePro 9 18
11
7.4
PenDown 6 13 9
7.4
RISC OS 3 Printers 20 23
20
7.4
Problems
7.4
The only problem encountered was with the !Boot file on the hard disc
that is being served causing problems. Because there is a !Scrap
application on the A440 hard disc, this causes an error message “AppFS
Discs are write protected” on the client machine. The best way I can
envisage AppFS being used is for the disc that is being served to be a
small separate disc or a partition of the main disc and for it not to
have either a Boot or Scrap application on it. This might mean
purchasing say a hard card or cheap IDE disc and fitting it inside any
large (i.e. 4Mb) machine. The best way, however, must be for it to be
fitted into a machine which is also acting as the Level 4 fileserver
using the smaller disc for applications with AppFS and the larger for
files under Level 4. We don’t yet have Level 4 but I tried this idea out
using !AWServer (a public domain file server utility from Alan Williams)
and it works fine.
7.4
Conclusion
7.4
To evaluate this application thoroughly, you would ideally need access
to an extensive or multiple net network. What I can say though is that,
for our establishment with its single cable Econet, this application
does exactly what is is intended to do and does it well. It was easy to
set up and the telephone support provided by AngelSoft was first rate.
This application is a must for schools who are serving applications
across a network.
7.4
!AppFS costs £130 +VAT from AngelSoft. A
7.4
JPEG Column
7.4
Stuart Bell
7.4
Impression and JPEG
7.4
Perhaps the most important news for JPEGers since this column started
was buried away in one magazine’s references to the latest incarnations
of the Impression DTP application. It was the news that Impression
Publisher would support the JPEG file format. Let me explain the
potential significance of this news.
7.4
Until now, if you wanted to include a JPEG file in any Impression
document, it first had to be de-JPEGed back to Acorn sprite format. A
document with a number of such files could become very large indeed and
I often had trouble squeezing the Impression files of articles for this
column to the point at which they would fit on a 800Kb floppy disc for
sending to Paul and had to resort to cropping them with !Paint. The
silly thing was that almost all of them had started out as JPEG files,
but they had to be decompressed to be part of an Impression document.
Because any quality-loss occurs when a sprite file is compressed to a
JPEG file, and not on decompression, a 357Kb sprite file was of no
higher quality than the 30Kb JPEG file that produced it!
7.4
I contacted Computer Concepts to find our how the system will work. The
crucial question was whether the latest versions of Impression will
store the files in a ‘foreign’ format or convert them to sprite format
within a stored Impression document. If they are converted before
storing, the space-saving gains offered by JPEG will be lost.
7.4
Apparently, the system works like this: when an image file is loaded
into Impression in a format which it does not recognise, it ‘asks
around’ any applications which the system has seen to see if they
‘understand’ the format. If any do – and there will be a variety of
conversion applications for a wide range of formats – then, totally
transparently to the user, the application will be used to convert the
file format for Impression (or Artworks for that matter) to display.
7.4
At the moment, the image in the original format will be deleted from
memory because, as in the case of something like TIFF files, the
conversion overhead for the variety of possible variant formats makes it
a laborious process to convert the file each time it is displayed.
7.4
Furthermore, the ability of Impression Style and Impression Publisher to
read JPEG files is only theoretical, for it has not yet been
implemented. All that is needed is the writing of an application to
perform the conversion under the “Object Linking and Embedding” protocol
which Impression uses. CC hopes to collaborate with Acorn on this point.
7.4
Computer Concepts recognise that, with JPEG, deleting the JPEG file from
memory and storing the image within the document as a sprite file would
lose all the space-saving benefits which JPEG offers. However, within
memory it would need to keep both the JPEG file and the sprite file, as
it would be too time-consuming to convert the JPEG image each time it is
to be displayed. I was told that it would be possible simply to keep the
sprite file in memory and keep the disc file in JPEG format,
reconverting the file each time the document is loaded. The disadvantage
of this approach is that a recipient of the Impression document would
have to have the JPEG-decoding application, otherwise they would not be
able to read any document that included images stored in JPEG format.
7.4
Clearly, unless images can be kept in JPEG format, the space-saving
benefits are lost and the only real advantage to the user is the
transparency of the conversion process. I do hope that Computer Concepts
will produce a JPEG-reader application under the OLE protocol, and
implement a ‘keep in JPEG format’ facility in future releases of
Impression.
7.4
MPEG improved − has it an Acorn future?
7.4
Andrew Ling kindly sent me some JPEG files and also a later version of
the !MPEG application which I described last time. Clearly, that was a
very early release and the one that Andrew has sent (version 2.06) is
smaller and has sprites for higher resolution screens, but most
importantly clears the MPEG image from the screen when the movie has
run. The new MPEG filetype is now &BF8. Even though it’s not a true WIMP
application, the eradication of earlier “wrinkles” plus its display size
makes !MPEG by Paul LeBeau the MPEG application for Acorn machines – at
least for the moment. Apparently, this version also supports the PCATS
16 bit-per-pixel graphics card. Now, what about the 24bpp cards now
being announced?
7.4
Currently, MPEG runs no faster than about one frame per second. That’s
on my relatively slow ARM3-powered A310, but even with the latest
A5000s, I wouldn’t expect anything over three frames a second. It’s
crystal-clear now why Acorn went for their proprietary Replay
compression system. It is asymmetric, in that compression takes an awful
long time and requires special hardware, but decompression can be done
in real time without any additional hardware. The Replay DIY board now
allows reasonably cost-effective compression, and anyone can play Replay
movies. I saw some running at Acorn World 93 in October, and very
impressive they were! Certainly, no-one would mistake them for a
‘proper’ video, but the quality would be very acceptable for many
applications.
7.4
Is there, then, any future for MPEG under RISC OS when Replay is the
official full-motion-video format? I read, in a recent Byte magazine, of
the availability of MPEG player hardware for PC machines − confirming
the need for hardware support for MPEG decompression. I also noticed in
December’s Computer Shopper that the latest release of Microsoft’s Video
for Windows (1.5) supports the JPEG file format, and also that “dial-a-
video” cable systems commonly use hardware-supported MPEG compression
and decompression to maximise the cable bandwidth.
7.4
The point that I’m trying to make is that of industry standards. JPEG
and MPEG are such standards. However, for all its technical excellence,
Replay is not. When MPEG decompression boards cost, say, £50 each, will
Replay’s non-standard file format be a millstone around our necks? Only
time will tell – your comments will be appreciated.
7.4
Also, in connection with Replay, a self-explanatory quotation from
Roland Perry’s report on Comdex in January’s Computer Shopper: “To
display full-motion video effectively on most microcomputers in
circulation today requires dedicated hardware (the 32-bit Acorn
Archimedes is an exception). . .” How’s that for a tribute to Replay
from the PC-orientated world?
7.4
A free MPEG disc
7.4
Until someone produces an MPEG movie recorder application (as opposed to
the existing players like !MPEG), none of us can produce MPEG movies,
and so I thought that there might be some interest in a disc containing
!MPEG and a few movie files. Since !MPEG is really little more than an
interesting – rather than useful – application at the moment, I don’t
think that it merits a proper Archive shareware disc. So, if you would
like an MPEG disc with a “player” and some movies, please send a pre-
formatted 800Kb disc in a jiffy-bag – not an ordinary envelope – with a
label with your name and address and a postage stamp so that I can
simply re-label and re-stamp the jiffy-bag and send it back to you, to
me at 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham, RH12 2AW. No label or stamp – no disc!
7.4
!CFSIscale
7.4
M R Davies has written a useful application to calculate the scaling
factors to be entered into !ChangeFSI when changing sprite sizes.
Particularly when working with colour printers, all sorts of
interference patterns can be introduced if the printer drivers do the
scaling of the sprite being printed. It’s far better to do it properly
with !ChangeFSI, so that each pixel of the sprite corresponds to one
pixel produced by the printer. For example, if you want to print a
picture four inches wide on a 300dpi printer, then it’s best to use
!ChangeFSI to scale the sprite to be exactly 1200 pixels wide first, as
its error correction techniques are far better than those of the
!Printers applications. !CFSI scale calculates the scaling factors for
you. Although it’s not strictly a JPEG application, it could be useful,
and will be on this month’s Archive program disc.
7.4
Cross-platform portability with JPEG
7.4
Bernard Maugoust has written pointing out the benefits of the JPEG
format for passing data between different computers. I quote him at some
length because his findings will be of interest to other “cross-
readers”: “Shortly after the announcement of the shareware disc you’ve
put together, I received a DOS formatted disc (720Kb) mostly filled with
deep-sky pictures taken with various CCD cameras and amateur telescopes.
As I am the only Archimedes user to receive it (it comes as a side-dish
subscription to an astronomy magazine, ‘Pulsar’), I had to request the
compression to JPEG to pack as many of them onto the 720Kb discs. After
I received my copy of Shareware 51, I tried viewing those pictures on
the following programs: FYEO, JView and Jewel.
7.4
The findings are: (a) all could be viewed through FYEO, (b) some
couldn’t be displayed correctly using JView, at least on my normal
resolution monitor, (c) all were be decompressed correctly by Jewel,
(d) FYEO accepted the files and displayed them even when still filetyped
as DOS ones (just by dropping the file onto iconbar icon), which Jview
and Jewel would not do − just change their filetype to ‘jpeg’ (C85) if
they can be written to freely.”
7.4
Such ‘deep-space’ pictures are about the hardest to re-print from laser
originals, but to give Archive readers a flavour of how JPEG is being
used for cross-platform portability, below is one of the files which
Bernard sent.
7.4
Irlam Instrument’s ImageBank
7.4
Tom Kirby-Green kindly sent me a copy of a demonstration disc which he
picked up at Acorn World 93. It was Irlam’s ImageBank application which,
to quote its read-me file, “contains images compressed using ‘state-of-
the-art’ JPEG (Joint Photographics Experts Group) techniques. This
allows 10 Mb of colour scans to be squeezed onto an 800Kb floppy. All
the images in the ImageBank archive are stored in 24 bit format − they
are not simply sprites.”
7.4
The chopped down version presents the user with a neat scrollable
window, displaying thumb-nail impressions of each image in the archive.
Selecting any one of them initiates the de-compression process, and the
de-JPEGed image can be loaded into Paint for viewing, or saved to disc.
The full version of ImageBank allows compression to JPEG format, and the
saving of 24-bit Clear files.
7.4
The twelve images supplied are very attractive, the front-end is very
nice and the thumbnails are very useful, but on the evidence of the free
version, I can’t recommend ImageBank to readers of this column. Why?
Firstly, because ImageBank consistently decompressed one demo file
(“Mex”) to give a unuseably skewed image when the “optimised” option was
set. Secondly, and more importantly, it’s about 10–20% slower at de-
compression than the Public Domain !FYEO application and requires Paint
to view the decompressed image. If you need to do a lot of compression,
the full version of ImageBank may be quicker than !JPEGit, but this
commercial product serves to show yet again how good the PD !FYEO
application really is.
7.4
JPEG and the ColourCard
7.4
Tom also responded to my request in December for some tests of JPEG
conversion speeds with a separate Colour Card (the latest “Gold”
version) – so that the memory bandwidth problem of 256-colour modes on
normal displays is eliminated. Because his A5000 runs its main memory
50% faster than does my A310 and probably gets data off its hard disc
faster, I append my own results alongside his. For the decompression
using !FYEO of the same 608×460 image, our timings were:
7.4
Mode: A310 A5000 C.Card
7.4
12 12 sec 9 sec 9 sec
7.4
15 18 sec 9 sec 9 sec
7.4
20 13 sec 9 sec 9 sec
7.4
21 39 sec 10 sec 9 sec
7.4
28 35 sec 10 sec 9 sec
7.4
31 13 sec 10 sec 9 sec
7.4
Tom notes that in mode 103 (256 colours at 800 ×600), the Colour Card
also took 9 seconds. For compression using !Creator 1.41 as a ‘front
end’, he reports that the use of the Colour Card reduces times by about
15%. He comments that a true colour sprite looks lovely with 65536
colours. I only need one colour − green for envy!
7.4
I find these results fascinating − not just the Colour Card results, but
also the differences bet-ween the A310 (with ARM3) and A5000
performances. Two months ago, I went on at length about the overhead of
256-colour modes on processing speed. Now, it’s clear from these results
that the 12MHz speed of A5000 memory overcomes most of the bandwidth
problems experienced by me on my A310 with its 8MHz main memory. In mode
21, the A5000 was almost four times as fast, or so it would appear.
7.4
VIDC Enhancer performance degradation
7.4
But then I wondered if there could be any other cause for these
differences. I had already eliminated the overhead of using Compression
to store the files being converted (typically five or six seconds a file
in this case.) I am using the Watford Electronics VGA VIDC Enhancer to
drive an SVGA monitor – could this be degrading performance? My A310
won’t drive such a monitor in modes 20, 21 or 31, without the enhancer
and its software but I tried the VGA modes 27 and 28 straight from RISC
OS. Without the enhancer, some VGA monitors may not synchronise with the
24MHz pixel clock (rather than the proper VGA 25.5MHz) that older Acorn
computers produce, but mine did, and the results were: Mode 28 (256
colour 640×480) display: With the Watford VIDC enhancer and software: 35
seconds. Without the enhancer, using the RISC OS 3 screen driver: 25
seconds (cf. the A5000’s 10 seconds).
7.4
One may assume that A300s or A400s driving a multi-sync monitor in mode
21 would take a similar time. One must put this ten second difference
down to the relative inefficiency of the software provided with the
enhancer − an overhead of 28% in mode 28. (There is no significant
degradation with the 16-colour mode 27.)
7.4
This does illustrate the difficulty of obtaining a ‘level playing field’
when trying to run comparative benchmarks. The safe conclusion must be
that machines with 8MHz main memory offer only 40% of the processing
power of an A5000 when in a 256 colour mode. Now, wasn’t some company
talking about a 12MHz memory speed-up board when the A310 4Mb memory
upgrade business was at its peak?
7.4
If anyone with an A30x0 or A4000 has !FYEO and the “Donkeys” JPEG file
from the ImageBank application, it would be very interesting to hear of
your results. In the mean time, thanks to Tom for two pieces of
interesting JPEG material.
7.4
Version 4 of the IJG routines
7.4
When comparing the results produced by different versions of the
International JPEG Group’s routines, I commented that because version 4
expects full word parameters (e.g -Quality instead of -Q) JPEG
applications which use cjpeg and djpeg routines which implement the IJG
software would need recompiling to pass on the full word parameters.
Neil Hoggarth, author of the excellent !JFIF application, has written to
point out that the switches can be abbreviated with version 4 routines,
and so no recompilation is necessary. Just replacing the old version 3
cjpeg and djpeg routines in a working copy of !ChangeFSI with the new
ones is all that is needed. Thanks to Neil for pointing that out. You
might like to try it – version 4 does produce different – and I think
better – results than version 3. Of course, the fastest de-JPEGer,
!FYEO, uses its own decompression routines and so they can’t be changed.
7.4
He also tells me that he has started work on a new full blown JPEG
application. It may be a while in coming to completion, only because the
IJG is working on version 5 of its routines, and Neil wants his
application to use them. Secondly, he’s got a Colour Card on order
(lucky chap!) and wants to include a “True Colour” capability in the
application. We wait with interest, Neil!
7.4
And finally
7.4
If you’ve written to me since the first week in December and are
wondering why your letter hasn’t been mentioned, it’s because I’m
sending this column to Paul rather earlier than usual – before the
Christmas rush, and my holiday after Christmas. So, those contributions
and any responses to this month’s JPEG material should appear in two
month’s time – unless some earth-shattering JPEG news appears in the
meantime! A
7.4
I have confused things further − Stuart’s article arrived so early that
it got into this, the January magazine, instead of the February one he
was expecting − so don’t look for a JPEG column in either February or
March − let the poor man have a well-earned rest! Ed.
7.4
PipeLineZ
7.4
Gerald Fitton
7.4
Yet again, this month the mail bag has been full and I regret that the
quantity of mail has meant that some of your letters remain unanswered.
Requests for assistance receive the highest priority with
‘contributions’ acknowledged and discs returned a little more slowly.
Bear with me and your discs will be returned.
7.4
My mistake!
7.4
Jochen Konietzko has pointed out a couple of mistakes I made in an
earlier PipeLineZ article.
7.4
Macros in Resultz
7.4
After completing my article I received version 1.07 of Fireworkz and,
as, Jochen says, in that (and later versions) it is true that Fireworkz
(and hence both Resultz and Wordz) does have built into it the potential
for a command language. However, it is also true that only a limited
range of commands are available at present. I’ve been told by Mark
Colton that the range will be increased.
7.4
In my defence, I must say that, for practically all users of Fireworkz,
the command language is, at present, unuseable. Colton Software say,
“Please do not hope for lengthy technical support on the command
language”. The undocumented function, ‘command’ can be used from within
a custom function as one way of executing a Fireworkz command. I have
not been able to put together a Fireworkz command file or macro which
will turn sexless quotes into smart quotes. If anyone can do this, I’d
be most grateful if they would send it to me.
7.4
Character printing in Resultz
7.4
With regard to character printing, I said that “PipeDream offers fast
printing (using PipeDream printer drivers)... If you use the system font
for your screen display... (it) gives a much faster screen response”. I
implied that Fireworkz did not have the facility for fast printing.
Jochen is right and I am guilty of an oversimplification; Wordz, Resultz
and Fireworkz are capable of character printing. My defence is that most
people who have tried it (including me!) find it too difficult to use.
Let me quote a remark by Richard J Baldey which is typical. “The ability
to use my printer’s text mode with PipeDream is a real plus. I haven’t
figured how to do this with... Wordz yet!”. If you have, please let us
all know how to do it (with examples).
7.4
PipeDream 4
7.4
Yet another mistake on my part! I am on record as saying that I didn’t
believe that there would be any further upgrades to PipeDream 4. When I
wrote that I did so because I was assured by Robert Macmillan that that
was the case! Recently, there have been many changes in the way Colton
Software are marketing their products and one of the more pleasant
consequences is that we now know for sure that the current version of
PipeDream (V 4.13 issued in April 1992) will not be the last! The
upgrade may not be free but the fact that an upgrade is being worked on
shows the extent to which Colton Software intend to continue supporting
PipeDream. Personally I’m really pleased by that assurance. How about
you? If you have any ideas for improvements to PipeDream 4 (or will it
be PipeDream 5?) then please write to Mark Colton at Colton Software.
7.4
Fireworkz for PC Windows
7.4
Yes! This is a definitely going to happen. My latest information is that
a pre-release version of Fireworkz for PC Windows will be on display on
the Colton Software stand at the BETT show (Olympia) in January 1993.
The release version (i.e. the one which you can buy) will not be
available until the Spring. Please write to Colton Software if you want
to be put on the list of those interested.
7.4
Unplugged modules
7.4
One of the problems which beset all Archimedes users, and not only those
who use PipeDream or Fireworkz is that some packages unplug modules and
don’t plug them back in unless you quit the package in an orderly
manner. The latest problem is that many of those who have written to me
have found that something is unplugging the System Devices Module used
by both PipeDream and Fireworkz. Bruce D Brown has written to say that
*Unplug (the star appears when you press <F12>) is the easiest way of
finding out which, if any, modules are unplugged. If you are having
strange problems then try *Unplug. You can plug your modules back in
with *RMReInit. Unplugged modules are not reinstated by switching off
and on again. If anyone does discover the package (or packages)
responsible for unplugging modules then please let me know.
7.4
Another ‘nuisance’ for many of my correspondents are those utilities
which change the sprites held in the sprite pool. If you send me an
application on disc which does this then please ‘bury’ it in a directory
and include a [ReadMe] file of warning.
7.4
The width of linked columns in Fireworkz
7.4
Column widths are applied in regions like any other styles. Normally, a
separate region is applied for each column width, so that the widths
operate independently. However, it’s quite feasible, and sometimes
sensible, to apply a column width region which spans more than one
column. In which case, when you drag the width for any of those columns
affected, all the widths change together. You can use the region editor
to investigate where the column width regions are applied.
7.4
Inserting a row copies styles
7.4
In Fireworkz, <return> operates like Insert row and copies all styles
including column widths.
7.4
Fireworkz TaskX module
7.4
On the Fireworkz program disc, within the !Fireworkz.Resources
directory, you will find two versions of the module TaskX. One is
version 8 with filename [TaskX008]; the other is version 9 with filename
[TaskX009]. Version 8 is loaded by default and it will operate correctly
with Computer Concepts’ Turbo Drivers but, with it, you will have
problems printing sprites in some modes. If you don’t use Turbo Drivers,
you can overcome the sprite printing problem by deleting [TaskZ008] so
that [TaskX009] is loaded by default instead of [TaskX008]. If you have
Turbo Drivers and still have problems printing sprites then you must use
[TaskX008] and you must choose a mode which prints correctly (such as
mode 27).
7.4
Region counter
7.4
In later versions of all the Fireworkz packages, there is a region
counter. Mark the block over which you wish to count the regions and use
the pop-up menus to execute the sequence Style – Regions – Count. The
‘answer’ will appear in the status line (just under the button which
looks like a pair of glasses in the button bar).
7.4
Leaf names
7.4
A problem I used to have was that sometimes I had two [ReadMe] files
from different directories which I wanted to load at the same time.
Earlier versions of Fireworkz wouldn’t let me do it. With version 1.07
of Fireworkz I can! I’m pleased about that.
7.4
Addressing envelopes
7.4
Richard Turnbull says, “As I still find it difficult to set up labels
accurately, I now print addresses directly onto envelopes. A common
envelope size is 220×110mm which takes an A4 sheet folded in three.
7.4
For my printer (a Cannon BJ-200) the following margins prove
satisfactory when set up from a standard A4 page setting: Top 45mm
Bottom 200mm Left 70mm Right 50mm. These margin settings can also be
used as at template in the Mailshot facility so that a name and address
can be set up using Data fields and printed from the same table as has
been used for a personalised letter.”
7.4
Refilling Canon Bubblejet ink cartridges
7.4
A warning from Richard Gardner. He says “I recently bought ink refills
for my Canon BJ300 from a major supplier despite the warning in the
Canon manual not to refill the cartridges. It seemed wasteful and
‘ungreen’ to throw away a cartridge after using it only once. Also, new
cartridges are substantially more expensive than a refill and ink is a
significant expense using a bubble jet. As a reputable supplier was
involved, and I suspected Canon of maximising their profits by locking
customers into their cartridges, I decided to go ahead. Refilling the
cartridge was easy and printing was at first excellent but about ten
thousand words later the print faded and became patchy and very soon
printing stopped altogether. I live in the middle of nowhere and am
fifty miles from the nearest service centre. The service engineer got to
me the next day (one hundred miles travelling expenses) examined the
printer and declared the printhead mechanism blocked and burned out.
This is the most expensive part of the printer. He demonstrated very
well the difference between the refill and Canon inks by suspending the
inks in isopropyl alcohol and letting the two solutions run down
absorbent paper, a sort of paper chromatography. The Canon ink was
consistently black and coherent throughout the run down the paper but
the refill rapidly separated out into a black major strip and a yellow
component, demonstrating significant differences in composition. The
engineer said that a large part of his work was dealing with printer
problems caused by using these refills and he couldn’t understand why
they were sold for use in Canon machines and why Canon couldn’t stop
them. He was too polite to say he didn’t understand why people didn’t
take heed of warnings in the manuals. A new print head was installed in
a few minutes and with a new (Canon) cartridge we have been in business
ever since. The cost? Nothing! By great good fortune the machine is less
than a year old and was bought with a year’s free service. So my advice
if you have a Canon printer and are tempted to be green or economical
and use refills is........ don’t!”
7.4
(There are ink refills that do work. I suggest you ask the supplier for
a written assurance that the cartridge is OK for your particular
printer! Ed.)
7.4
FontMax
7.4
A subject I’ve been asked to deal with is slow screen refresh rates in
Fireworkz (and other packages). Do not confuse screen refresh rate with
the Fireworkz ‘problem’ of slow reformatting time on large documents
(i.e. 20 or more pages). That is something which I dealt with last month
and which might have happened when you loaded a large PipeDream format
document into Fireworkz. If you have a document which is not much larger
than the screen and you still have a slow screen refresh rate then the
chances are that your FontMax is too small. Another effect of making
FontMax too small is that printing will also slow down. I suggest a
value of at least 128Kb; I use 512Kb but I’ve got 8Mb to play with.
Printing will slow down if you make FontMax so large that there’s not
enough room left in memory for use by the printer module, so you must
compromise.
7.4
Get FontMax ‘right’ before you have a go at ‘tweeking up’ FontMax3.
Changing FontMax2 might improve the ‘look’ of the screen display.
FontMax4 and FontMax5 will further improve the appearance of the screen
but, unless you are taking screen shots for manuals (or to send to
someone on a disc as I do) then it probably won’t be of much interest to
you. Finally, FontMax1 is useful only if someone sends you a document
which uses an old (Arthur OS type) bit mapped font. I hope that you
never need it.
7.4
Radio buttons in Fireworkz
7.4
Yesterday I received a letter from Denis Murray-Smith in which he
expresses a great deal of concern over greyed out radio buttons. I’ve
had a few other similar letters but I must admit to never fully
understanding what was going on until I investigated Denis’ claim.
7.4
Type a few characters in the base style and click on the S (Style)
button. You’ll see that all the green squares are On but all the radio
buttons which are used to change the style are depressed and greyed out.
Here is the anomaly brought to my attention by Denis. Although the
buttons are all greyed out and can’t be switched, you must treat them as
if they are all depressed (On)! They can’t be switched to Off! This
anomaly is not a mistake! Every radio button in the base style is greyed
out and switched to On! Now, because they are all switched On, you can
change the Column Width or Heading etc. If you wish you can change the
typeface from Trinity to Homerton and you can depress the Bold and
Italic buttons to the right of the selection of typefaces. These will
change your base style for that document and these changes will be saved
with the file.
7.4
Finally
7.4
Thanks again for all your letters. Have a joyful Christmas and a good
New Year! A
7.4
First Steps in RISC OS Programming
7.4
Les May
7.4
The preface of Martyn Fox’s book First Steps in Programming Acorn RISC
OS Computers, notes that writing multitasking programs is ‘a trifle more
complicated’. At the end of the main text he concludes, ‘you’ve taken
your first steps in programming... ’. Don’t be so modest Martyn. Anyone
who sticks the course will have learned how to write useful programs.
7.4
There is a lot of information in this book, and that is the problem.
From all the possible starting points, how do you go about selecting,
ordering and presenting material to take someone from knowing nothing
about programming to feeling confident enough to tackle anything?
7.4
Quite a good starting point might be to decide what is meant by
programming. Is it constructing the algorithm to instruct the computer
to do what you want it to? Is it learning the syntax of the language
being used to code that algorithm? Or is it perhaps, ‘Here are some
handy hints and tips to include in your program’. Unfortunately the book
tries to teach all three indiscriminately. Inevitably one of them,
planning the logical steps of a program, is given less weight than the
other two.
7.4
One result is that there is no attempt to give an explanation of what
types of structures are needed to construct a program. Statements e.g.
INPUT, selectors e.g. IF.. THEN or CASE, and loops e.g. FOR.. NEXT or
REPEAT.. UNTIL are introduced, an example is discussed and perhaps what
amounts to a ‘handy hint’ given, but no overview. Structured programming
is introduced in a chapter heading and gets a page and a half of
explanation, but there is almost no attempt to explain how to set about
planning a large program.
7.4
Some of the short example programs include sloppy, and in the long run
counter-productive, examples of using FOR.. NEXT loops without bothering
to include the loop variable after NEXT. If you think that is just
academic pedantry, try running your next substantial program through a
Basic compiler, then watch it throw out the redundant bits of code you
didn’t know you had left in and which the interpreter was happy to
ignore.
7.4
The only other thing I had any reservations about was the pair of
sections that dealt with ERROR handling. The first of these is quite
straightforward. The second longer section I found confusing, largely
because the example program is ill-chosen.
7.4
By contrast, the use of procedures and functions, passing values to a
procedure or to RETURN them, and the use of LOCAL variables are well
explained, as is manipulation of string variables. Array variables are
introduced by recoding an earlier program which calculates the day of
the week for any date this century. This is nicely integrated with how
to fill arrays by READing DATA statements.
7.4
Equally good is the brief section on using Edit as a programming editor.
I found it a bit disconcerting in the early chapters to be asked to quit
the desktop so as to get the machine to do something, but when Edit is
introduced there is enough detail to make sure the reader is not left
floundering. RISC OS 2 is mentioned but you don’t get much help if you
have not upgraded yet.
7.4
The twenty odd pages of ‘Bits, Bytes and Binary Numbers’ are dense, very
dense. It is a something of a ragbag of a chapter with sections on
binary and hexadecimal arithmetic, bit shifting, logical operations and
the use of indirection operators, but everything is explained in
sufficient detail. One curious omission was the absence of any material
on trigonometrical functions.
7.4
The last half of the book has chapters on graphics, files and databases,
and assembly language programming. Graphics are introduced early in the
book but a later chapter builds on this by listing a ‘Munchie’ game then
carefully deconstructing it over the next few pages with plenty of
explanation of what the various statements and procedures actually do.
Using sound to accompany a game gets a chapter to itself.
7.4
There seemed to be a bit missing in the chapter on files. Having
explained how to save and load a block of memory to and from a file, a
jump is made to explaining random access files. Sequential files are not
covered. This is a pity because they are easier to understand and often
used by programmers to take the output of one program so that it can be
operated upon by another. After random access files have been
introduced, the various problems encountered in writing a database are
tackled step by step, culminating in the skeleton of a program and
advice on how to build upon it.
7.4
The final chapter introduces using assembly language from Basic. Again
material from earlier in the book, the ‘Munchie’ program, is used as a
basis and improved as new techniques are introduced. Much of the
material in this chapter could be used to supplement a book dealing
specifically with assembly language. The author suggests Archimedes
Assembly Language Programming by Mike Ginns.
7.4
After the main tutorial text are several appendices. One long one lists
and explains the Basic keywords. Two shorter ones deal with VDU and PLOT
codes. These appendices are not just padding. They are more convenient
to have beside the computer than Acorn’s offering. If the book ever
reaches a second edition, a glossary would be a worthwhile addition.
7.4
By now you will have realised that, in spite of its title, the book is
really about Basic programming. If your interests run to something more
exotic or if you can program already and want to tackle multitasking
programs, look elsewhere. If you want to learn how to write Basic
programs it is a good place to start.
7.4
The price of First Steps in RISC OS Programming is £14.95 + p&p from
Sigma Press or £15 inc p&p through Archive. A
7.4
Software Upgrades
7.4
Peter Jennings
7.4
Professionally produced software usually goes through a number of
versions during its life, sometimes bringing major improvements which
may be made available to existing users at a modest price or just for
the cost of postage. The upgrades often begin within a few weeks of the
first issue, although these are usually to exterminate minor bugs which
have just shown themselves. Later upgrades will usually add new
features, many of them suggested by early users and reviewers, and it is
worth watching out for these. When I was asked to join the contributors
making themselves available to chat to readers on Archive’s Acorn World
stand, I brought myself up to date on the latest versions of the
software I had reviewed during the previous year or so. Here is what I
found out.
7.4
Archivist Pro
7.4
Oregan Software Developments have decided that Archivist Pro, the recent
upgrade of their database system (reviewed Archive 5.11 p61 and 7.1 p61)
is likely to be the final version of Archivist apart from any bug fixes
and small improvements. Oregan feel that all worthwhile features have
now been incorporated and that any other additions would just make the
program complicated and gimmicky.
7.4
Banner
7.4
The very user-friendly sign printer, Banner, from Kudlian Soft (Archive
6.1 p38) has gained a whole host of improvements, while still keeping
its ease of use. Owners of earlier versions can get the upgrade, to
version 1.64, free of charge by returning their original disc with a
stamped addressed envelope. A four-page leaflet detailing the new
facilities will also be supplied.
7.4
The mostly noticeable changes are the abilities to add imported graphics
and to mix text sizes. There are also many more border types. Twenty-
five are supplied and users can, with a bit of care, now design their
own. Additional documentation about this is available on request. Longer
banners can be made, up to a new maximum of 100 characters to a line,
and the length is now shown, either in metres or as the number of
printer pages required. Printing can be scaled from 10% to 100%, with
buttons for quick setting to half or full size.
7.4
Another new button sets a “mirrored” print out which can be used for
making transfers, to iron onto cloth, when using the appropriate ink.
Kudlian are considering adding some further improvements during 1994 but
these will depend on whether schools, their main market, are interested
enough to pay the higher cost.
7.4
DBEdit and DeskEdit 2
7.4
DBEdit, the Desktop Basic Editor from 4Mation (Archive 6.5 p58), has
been upgraded to version 3.83. The new features include the addition of
“elastic spaces” to keep spaced text in fixed columns, new colour
controls and new keyboard shortcuts, the ability to create Basic lines
longer than 250 characters and improvements to its compaction function,
copy mode and macro editor.
7.4
Registered users can get a free upgrade by returning their original disc
to 4Mation.
7.4
Risc Developments have just issued a major upgrade to version 3 from
DeskEdit 2 which I looked at in the comparative review. Upgrades to
DeskEdit3 are available from DeskEdit 1 (£8.47 +p&p +VAT) and DeskEdit 2
(£5 +p&p +VAT) from Risc Developments.
7.4
DrawBook
7.4
Emerald Publishing’s winter catalogue 1993-4 is advertising an enhanced
version of DrawBook, their budget DTP utility. In fact this is version
1.06 which was issued just in time for the Archive review to be updated
before publication (Archive 6.8 p70). Its main change was the addition
of a preview facility and anyone with an earlier version can get it
upgraded by returning the disc with a payment of £2.50 (no VAT) to cover
the cost of a new manual.
7.4
!Help 3
7.4
There have not been any changes to Sherston Software’s guide book to
RISC OS3, !Help 3, (Archive 6.8 p74) and the only upgrade to the support
disc has been the substitution of printer definition files for the old
printer data text files. As everyone received printer drivers with RISC
OS3, there is no need to send for a new disc, although if anyone thinks
they may need one they should ring Sherston.
7.4
Masterfile 3
7.4
Risc Developments have made a number of changes to their Masterfile 3
database (Archive 6.11 p39), which has now reached version 1.29. The
main improvements provide additional features for printing. It is now
possible to use a card design to format the text for report printing.
7.4
The card can be edited and the contents of two or more fields can be
combined so that, for example, first names and surnames from separate
fields are printed together. Also, conditional expressions can be
included. This makes it possible, for instance, for a mail shot using
card printing to begin a letter with either “Dear Sir” or “Dear Madam”
according to whether a field titled “Sex” contains “M” or “F”.
7.4
Protext 6
7.4
The long awaited multi-tasking RISC OS compliant version of Arnor’s
Protext 5 (Archive 4.10 p59) has now been overtaken by a major upgrading
of the original software to Protext 6. This is already available for PC
and Atari computers and the Acorn RISC OS version is due for release in
“early 1994”. It will need a machine with at least 2Mb of RAM.
7.4
Among the new features in Protext 6 are: simple font changes within a
document, graphics import, glossary facilities with abbreviations for
commonly used phrases, interactive help, a macro editor, a dictionary
editor and enhanced printer support including colour printing, scalable
fonts, automatic line spacing and PostScript driver. The documentation
includes a 180-page user manual and a 160-page reference manual.
7.4
Sleuth
7.4
The OCR program Sleuth (Archive 7.1 p53), from Risc Developments, is
being developed with the aim of bringing it up to the standards of some
of the advanced packages on the PC market. The target date for version 2
is some time next Autumn. The details of what this is likely to include
are not being disclosed at present but it could well have a user ability
to train the software to recognise new fonts. A
7.4
Fact-File
7.4
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.4
Network Floppy Disc Hard Disc
AppFSFiler AppFS
7.4
Junior PinPoint 25 15 6
10 13
7.4
Ovation 40 32 9 14 20
7.4
Eureka 59 32 9 19 30
7.4
Revelation ImagePro 18 11
5 8 9
7.4
PenDown 13 9 5 6 6
7.4
RISC OS 3 Printers 23 20
16 20 20
7.4
The Spirit of Archive − Part 2
7.5
There has already been lots of response to my article last month about
Making Archive Better. We now have offers to do a Basic Programming
Column and a Young Readers’ Column − for details, see the Comment Column
on page 8. As requested in your questionnaire responses, this issue
brings more technical articles. For example, we have the first of a
series on relational database design and an interesting insight into the
use of Acorn computers in a university laboratory setting. There is room
for more technical articles, so please get in touch with me if you would
like to make a contribution.
7.5
Your response has been very gratifying and only serves to emphasise that
Archive is “more than just a magazine − it’s an interactive user group.”
7.5
Thin Archives?
7.5
The observant amongst you will have noticed that last month’s issue was
only 64 pages instead of 80. We do this a couple of times a year, when
the production time is a bit tight, as it is over Christmas. (We think
this is preferable to only having 10 issues a year!) The other reason is
that 10×80page + 2×64page Archives just fit into a binder and I suspect
that 12×80 might be a bit too tight!
7.5
Technical Help Service
7.5
We are making efforts to improve Archive’s Technical Help Service − both
the telephone version (£15 a year on top of your subscription) and the
free service available to all subscribers by letter. David Webb has
written about it in more detail in the magazine − see page 21.
7.5
Here’s hoping you continue to benefit from reading and responding to
Archive!
7.5
Best wishes for 1994,
7.5
Products Available
7.5
• 10 out of 10 French − The latest in 4th Dimension’s 10 out of 10
educational series gives help with learning French. It provides
“challenges to reinforce facts stated in AT 3 and 4 of the National
Curriculum”. It is aimed mainly at Key Stages 3 and 4 but “the numerous
parent and teacher customisation options make the software suitable for
all children who are learning the French language.” 10 out of 10 French
costs £25.95 inclusive from 4th Dimension or £24 through Archive.
7.5
• 10 out of 10 Maths − Statistics − Another of 4th Dimension’s 10 out of
10 programs for mathematics is on statistics. It covers “major areas of
National Curriculum AT5” including data handling, probability, charts,
graphs, averages, interpretation, observations, surveys, estimation and
words. 10 out of 10 Maths (Statistics) costs £25.95 inclusive from 4th
Dimension or £24 through Archive.
7.5
• Another new Acorn monitor − Acorn have now discontinued the AKF18 and
are providing instead the AKF52 which should be available by the
beginning of February. They call it a direct replacement although it has
a slightly larger dot pitch − 0.42mm cf 0.39mm for the AKF18. (The AKF50
is 0.28mm.) However, it will display all the Acorn screen modes unlike
the AKF30 and 40 which are limited to modes 0-17, 24 and 44-46. The
price is £299 inc VAT. (Archive price £300 inc carriage.)
7.5
• Archive monthly program disc − As well as the support files for the
PipelineZ and Magpie/Genesis Columns the disc contains an index of the
AI CD-ROM as reviewed on page 42.
7.5
Also, Christopher Jarman, a handwriting expert and author of the review
of Letter on page 30 has sent in two fonts that he has produced. He is
happy for them to be used in the public domain and freely distributed.
We have put them on the monthly program disc for you to use.
7.5
This is the Jarman font. The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy dog.
7.5
This is the Jarman oblique font. The quick brown fox jumped over the
lazy dog.
7.5
This is the Quiltalic font. The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy
dog.
7.5
This is the Quiltalic oblique font. The quick brown fox jumped over the
lazy dog.
7.5
Finally, we will put on the disc an update of the ArcScan data for
volumes 6 and 7 (to issue 3) of Archive.
7.5
• Audioworks provides a complete suite of sound editing functions in one
application. It is compatible with a whole range of sound files
(MicroSoft WAVe, Armadeus, DataVox, SoundTracker and RawData formats).
In addition to playing back from the standard Archimedes speaker, the
software can sample from and playback to more advanced audio boards,
such as the Eagle MultiMedia card. AudioWorks supports 8 bit, 12 bit, 16
bit, linear signed, linear unsigned, VIDC logarithmic, m-law
logarithmic, mono and stereo samples. Features include: accurate
waveform display with instantaneous zoom; a utility for playing back
from hard disc in the background with various effects; on-screen real-
time spectrum analyser and oscilloscope displays; full background
operation; multiple channel and multiple sample operations. Audioworks
costs £49 +VAT from Computer Concepts or £55 through Archive.
7.5
• Basic Programmer’s Toolkit − Beebug have produced a set of utilities
to aid the process of writing programs in Basic. It includes: program
printer, program formatter, SWI name / number converter, program
analyser, program cruncher, program differentiator, desktop front end
for the Help command, program monitor, procedure library manager and a
library of Basic routines. The Basic Programmer’s Toolkit costs £15.28
+£2 p&p +VAT from Risc Developments (£12.72 +£2 for Risc User
subscribers).
7.5
• Carnage Inc. − From the same programmers as Pandora’s Box comes
Carnage Inc. which is an isometric adventure game. “From dazzling fire-
fights to ingenious puzzles, Carnage Inc. will test your reflexes as
well as your mind.” The price is £25.95 from The 4th Dimension or £24
through Archive.
7.5
• Colour scanners − Irlam Instruments supply a range of colour scanners
for use with Archimedes computers. The software, Proi-Mage (pronounced
‘pro-image’!) is a desktop application which can be used with a range of
different scanners and supports a wide range of file formats including
industry standard ones. The image is built up on screen as the scan
proceeds and the software multitasks so you can get on with other jobs
while you wait. Sprite output is in monochrome, 16-grey, 256-grey and
256-colour and dithering can be turned off for line art or colour
printing.
7.5
The first scanner supported is the Sharp JX-100 as used in the Risc
Developments’ Spectra scanner costing £549 +VAT (reviewed in Archive
6.11 p62). The Irlam version, including the software, is £449 +VAT (£520
inc VAT through Archive). This uses an RS232 serial interface and will
work with all the newer computers: A5000, A3010, A3020 and A4000. If you
have one of the older computers, you need an interface board costing £69
+VAT (£80 through Archive) which goes in a standard podule slot. The
scanning area is 100mm × 160mm and it scans at 200 dpi.
7.5
If you want an A4 scanner, there is the Epson GT-6500 at £875 +VAT
(£1000 inc VAT through Archive) or the Epson GT-8000 at £1195 +VAT
(£1,380 through Archive). As well as having the larger scanning area,
these scanners are faster than the JX-100, partly because they use the
bi-directional parallel port. (Again, older Archimedes computers need
one of the interface boards at £80 through Archive.) The scanners are
300dpi and 400 dpi, respectively, and have a number of extra features
and options which justify the extra cost. The GT-8000 has a SCSI
interface, so it can be operated at even higher speeds with an
appropriate SCSI interface − not all of them work properly with
scanners!
7.5
**STOP PRESS**
7.5
Irlam say they now have a colour hand scanner available − we will put
details on the Price List if we can get them in time.
7.5
• Cowboys & Indians − If you are wanting to make a comic book involving
cowboys and indians then Matt Black have a new clipart pack just for
you. Their Vanguard Graphics Pack 2 (Cowboys and Indians) contains two
discs of coloured drawfiles and a manual giving hints suggesting how you
could create your own comic strips. This pack is aimed at teachers and
parents of 4 − 12 years olds and costs £15 +£2 p&p from Matt Black.
7.5
• DeskEdit 3 − Risc Developments have updated DeskEdit again. The price
remains the same at £31.95 inc VAT or £30 through Archive. New features
include a 20-entry desktop debugging window, an independent scrolling
window, 20 new invisible markers, a powerful function locator, extended
info on template files, sprites, modules, PCK image files and Basic
programs, an input filter to normalise files coming from foreign
environments and an automatic file backup creator. If you have DeskEdit
1 or 2 and want to upgrade to 3, it will cost you £9.95 and £5.88
respectively inc VAT from Risc Developments.
7.5
• Desktop Thesaurus new version − Risc Developments have expanded their
thesaurus to include antonyms. The new version recognises over 17,450
keywords and contains around 200,000 alternative words. Existing users
may upgrade free-of-charge by returning their original disc with S.A.E.
(or £2 to cover p&p) to Risc Developments. The price remains at £19
+£1.70 p&p +VAT from Risc Developments or £23 inclusive through Archive.
7.5
• Easy C − Risc Developments have produced an “easy-to-use” C
development system. It is a fully RISC OS compliant application which
provides a WIMP front end for driving the compiler and linker. The
compiler conforms to the latest ANSI standard (although it has not been
validated). It is claimed to be unique in having an integrated ARM
assembler. Easy C is supplied with a library of ANSI functions and
RISC OS functions. It is compatible with DeskLib, the freeware library,
and it has a library management facility to allow users to create and
maintain their own libraries. Easy C costs £49 +£2.70 carriage +VAT from
Risc Developments or £56 through Archive.
7.5
• Explorer is an educational program from Alpine Software which will
help with project work on the solar system and space travel. Aimed at
Key Stages 3 and 4, it costs £30 +VAT from Alpine Software or £33
through Archive. For more details, see the review on page 78.
7.5
• Granny’s Garden is now available on CD-ROM! Cumana and 4Mation have
combined to produce this new multimedia version of this popular
educational program. It costs £29.95 +VAT or £33 through Archive.
7.5
• Heimdall is a Viking adventure game from Krisalis. In this five-disc
game, you follow the Viking warrior Heimdall in his growth from a small
boy to a great warrior. It includes some splendid 3D animations and
realtime combat. Heimdall costs £29.99 inclusive from Krisalis or £28
through Archive.
7.5
• Kerner − Design Concept have produced a utility that can convert your
existing outline fonts to the new RISC OS 3 format, adding kerning
information. It costs £15 inclusive from Design Concept. With it, at no
extra cost, they are also supplying Kern-All. The aim of this is to
force all applications, even those which do not currently do so, to use
kerning.
7.5
• KleinFS − PTW Software are marketing KleinFS, a compression filing
system with many “unique features” including the ability to support
networks, allowing users to log-on and log-off. KleinFS costs £17.95
incVAT from PTW Software.
7.5
• Magic Pockets is a scrolling arcade adventure program written by the
Bitmap Brothers and distributed by Renegade at £25.99 inclusive or £24
through Archive. It boasts “bonus games, secret rooms, loads of power-
ups, stacks of levels, heaps of weapons and swarms of intelligent
nasties”.
7.5
• Materials, Components & Techniques is the latest in Anglia
Television’s series of KEY datafiles. ‘Materials’ provides numerical and
textual information about common materials and then the ‘Components’,
‘Tools’ and ‘Joining’ datafiles each include a graphic field which
presents a diagram relevant to the record being displayed. Materials,
Components & Techniques costs £22 +VAT from Anglia Television.
7.5
• Mouse-tamer − NW SEMERC have produced an aid for younger children or
those with a physical handicap. It is called the SEMERC Mouser and it
allows you to disable any combination of the three mouse buttons thus
simplifying the use of some programs for users with limited motor
control. It also has switch inputs for those for whom even the mouse is
a non-starter. The SEMERC Mouser costs £47 +£5 p&p +VAT from NW SEMERC.
7.5
• Music Box − Topologika have released an educational music program for
primary schools which aims to help the children investigate rhythm,
pitch, harmony and composition. No technical musical skills are needed
but the purpose of the package is to develop transferable musical skills
and it is aimed at AT 1 and 2 at Key Stages 1 and 2 of the National
Curriculum. Music Box is configurable to the needs of the child and
comes complete with a range of support material in printed form and on
disc. Music Box costs £35 +VAT for a single user licence (£38 through
Archive) and there are site licences available from Topologika: primary
£60, secondary £70 and teacher training licence £105, all +VAT.
7.5
• Sylvia Layne is here at last! The Exotic Adventures of Sylvia Layne
from 4th Dimension is now available for £25.95 or £24 through Archive.
It is a scrolling arcade adventure with 50 frame/sec animations and five
layers of vertically scrolling parallax and can be loaded onto hard
disc.
7.5
• Talking Rhymes − Topologika have produced a set of four nursery rhymes
in both words and pictures which can be set up as jigsaw puzzles for
youngsters to solve. When the jigsaw is complete, the rhyme is spoken
out using digitised speech and a rewarding animation sequence is played.
The complexity of the jigsaws is configurable to suit the age and skill
of the child. The four rhymes are: Humpty Dumpty, Georgie Porgie, Little
Miss Muffet and Little Jack Horner but a further pack of four will be
released later in the year. Talking Rhymes (Pack 1) costs £40 +VAT for a
single user licence (£44 through Archive) and there are site licences
available from Topologika: primary £65, secondary £75 and teacher
training licence £110, all +VAT.
7.5
• Ultimate Expansion System − HCCS now have available a micropodule for
the CC Scanlight 256. It comes in various forms, with and without the
scanner head, as a micropodule on its own or as a Starter Pack including
a multipodule plus PSU and as a combined Starter Pack with either the
Vision colour digitiser or the HiVision colour digitiser. The Archive
prices are as follows:
7.5
ScanLight 256 Micropodule + Scanner − £261
7.5
ScanLight 256 Micropodule only − £114
7.5
ScanLight 256 Starter Pack − £342
7.5
ScanLight 256 + Colour Vision S.P. − £420
7.5
ScanLight 256 + HiVision S.P. − £455
7.5
• Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit upgrade − Beebug have updated their Wimp
Programmer’s Toolkit to version 3. It now contains fifteen applications
to assist in the developing and debugging of Wimp programs. New features
include Basic procedure and function analyser, wimp poll mask number
generator, program to calculate icon, window and menu flags, Basic
variable lister, pointer icon locator, new template file browser and a
library of wimp applications and procedures. There is also a new 56-page
manual. Prices are £21.95 inc VAT (or £7.95 as an upgrade) through
Beebug or £17.95 and £4.95 respectively for Risc User subscribers.
7.5
Review software received...
7.5
We have received review copies of the following: •Basic Programmer’s
Toolkit (u), •Carnage Inc. (g), •Cowboys & Indians (ae), •Easy
C (l), •Jumble Fun (e), •LingoMaster (e), •Materials, Components &
Techniques (e), •Sea, Trade & Empire (e), •Sounds & Rhymes (e),
•Switch (g), •WIMP Programmer’s Toolkit (u).
7.5
e=Education, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language, m=Music,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.5
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.5
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.5
Have you ever noticed that when you go through difficult times it sets
things in a new perspective? You really begin to appreciate things that
you once took for granted. That has certainly been my experience over
this last few months.
7.5
I’m sure that most of you will remember the old Beatles’ song, “Money
can’t buy you love”. Well, here is a variation on the same theme which
was quoted in a sermon at our church − and it certainly struck a chord
with me...
7.5
Money can buy you a bed but it can’t buy you sleep.
7.5
It can buy you food but it can’t buy you an appetite.
7.5
It can buy you medicine but it can’t buy you health.
7.5
It can buy you amusement but it can’t buy you
happiness.
7.5
It can buy you sex but it can’t buy you love.
7.5
It can buy you a crucifix but it can’t buy you a
Saviour.
7.5
It can buy you a coffin but it can’t buy you eternal
life.
7.5
7.5
Paul Beverley
7.5
P.B.
7.5
Fact-File
7.5
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.5
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.5
4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA.
7.5
(0271-25353)
7.5
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.5
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.5
Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
342510)
7.5
Anglia Television Education
Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1 3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.5
Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley
Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS. (0480-467945) (0480-496442)
7.5
Clares Micro Supplies 98
Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA.
7.5
(0606-48511) (0606-48512)
7.5
Colton Software (p10) 2 Signet
Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881)
7.5
(0223-312010)
7.5
Computer Concepts (pp16/22) Gaddesden
Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.5
CWDE Software 1 Catton Street, London WC1A 4AB. (071-831-3844) (071-
831-1746)
7.5
Design Concept 30 South Oswald Road, Edinburgh, EH9 2HG. (031-668-
2000)
7.5
Desktop Projects Ltd Unit 2A,
Heapriding Business Park, Ford Street, Stockport, SK3 0BT.
7.5
(061-474-0778) (061-474-0781)
7.5
Digital Phenomena 104 Manners
Road, Southsea, Hants, PO4 0BG.
7.5
Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
210600)
7.5
(0705-210705)
7.5
EMR Ltd 14 Mount Close, Wickford, Essex, SS11 8HG. (0702-335747)
7.5
ESM Duke Street, Wisbech, Cambridgeshire, PE13 2AE. (0945-63441)
7.5
Fabis Computing 95 Fabis Close, Swadlincote, Derbyshire, DE11 9SL.
7.5
HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760)
7.5
(091-491-0431)
7.5
Icon Technology 9 Jarrom Street, Leicester, LE2 7DH. (0533-546225)
7.5
Illusions Disc Magazine 42 Wimborne
Gardens, Ealing, London, W13 8BZ.
7.5
Jumping Bean Co Leen Gate, Lenton, Nottingham, NG7 2LX. (0602-792838)
(0602-780963)
7.5
Keyboard Technology Unit 3,
Gordon Road, Loughborough, LE11 1JX. (0509-610706)
7.5
Krisalis Software Teque House,
Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.5
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4
4ZS.
7.5
(0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.5
LOOKsystems (p40/41) 47 Goodhale
Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-764114)
7.5
(0603-764011)
7.5
Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
9XD.
7.5
(0603-33276)
7.5
Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
627-4469)
7.5
Oak Solutions (p6) Dial House,
12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15 7RN (0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.5
Panda Discs Four Seasons, Tinkers Lane, Brewood, Staffs, ST19 9DE.
7.5
PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
(0329-281930)
7.5
Really Good Software Company 39
Carisbrooke Road, Harpenden, Herts., AL5 5QS.
7.5
Really Small Software Company Olivers
Hill, Ashburnham, Battle, Sussex, TN33 9PE. (0435-830467)
7.5
RESOURCE 51 High Street, Kegworth, Derbyshire, DE74 2DA. (0509-672222)
7.5
(0509-672267)
7.5
Risc Developments (p15) 117 Hatfield
Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303)
7.5
(0727-860263)
7.5
Safesell Exhibitions (p9) Market
House, Cross Road, Tadworth, Surrey KT20 5SR.
7.5
Sherston Software Swan Barton,
Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433) (0666-840048)
7.5
Software 42 109 Ferry Road, Hullbridge, Essex, SS5 6EL.
7.5
Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
546376)
7.5
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.5
Computer & Electronics Holiday for Young People !!
7.5
Scripture Union runs a Computer & Electronics Holiday for 13 to 16 year
olds (boys and girls) at an attractive school set in the beautiful
Hertfordshire countryside.
7.5
The dates? August 1st −
9th, 1994.
7.5
The price? £112.
7.5
For details, write to Jim Maddox,
7.5
S.U. Holidays
7.5
69 Claverdale Road
7.5
London SW2 2DH
7.5
or phone: 081-671-
8761.
7.5
Oak
7.5
From 7.4 page 10
7.5
Comment Column
7.5
• Cover discs − I am surprised that nobody has mentioned the current
craze for cover discs on all Acorn magazines available on the
bookstalls. The cover prices have been increased to £2.95 or £3.95 in
order to pay for the ‘free’ disc!
7.5
However, I have always found the contents of these discs to be of little
interest, consisting of half-baked games, simple utilities, crippled
demo versions and miscellaneous rubbish. As far as I am concerned, these
discs are just an expensive way of buying blank discs.
7.5
I think that the real problem is that there is just not enough
worthwhile software available to fill all these discs every single
month.
7.5
Michael Lowe, Loughton.
7.5
I suspect that not everyone will agree with Michael (especially the
magazine publishers!) but let me assure you that Archive is NOT going to
follow the bookstall magazines in this policy. Ed.
7.5
• Educational programs − One of the many computer magazines that I read
is Computer Shopper which is a multi-format publication heavily biased
towards the PC market. However, it does make faint recognition of the
Acorn range of computers. The present writer of the Archimedes column
does his best to champion the cause of Acorn computers particularly in
the field of business and DTP.
7.5
For most users, programs such as Impression, Eureka, Datapower,
Artworks, S-Base and many others are as good as packages costing many
times more on other computer formats, particularly the PC. As PC and Mac
programs grow and grow, they add new feature upon new feature, most of
which will seldom be needed by the user.
7.5
Where I take real exception is when the Computer Shopper columnist
discusses an area where Acorn dominates, i.e. education, and dismisses
software for education on the Acorn range as being boring and
insignificant. He ends up praising many American programs whilst
ignoring the efforts of Sherston, 4Mation, Topologika, ESM and all the
other software houses (all basically steeped in the Acorn market and not
widely known outside the school fraternity) who have many years of
development behind them.
7.5
In some ways, his perception of ‘good’ educational software is clouded
by an audience whom he says is hardened by expectations derived from
games software. I agree that good graphics and well-designed programs
are needed but had he looked beyond the PC, Amiga and Atari, he would
have found a huge variety of programs that are anything but dull and
boring. Perhaps his brief was to look at software available on all
formats (and mostly the PC) and Acorn-specific programs were beyond his
scope.
7.5
My experience as a teacher for 23 years leads me to believe that
children respond not just to the program but also to the teacher/parent
who helps the learning process. If the aim is to stick the children in
front of a VDU and let them get on with it, we may as well give them a
shoot-’em-up Sega and forget about ‘education’. Parents and teachers
should be aware that teaching involves the preparation, discovery,
discussion, help and follow-up work that the software generates.
7.5
Here then is where imagination and skill takes over from mindless
zapping. I have watched, talked, listened and joined in with my children
at school and at home as they have explored The Crystal Rainforest or
Plodd and have been delighted by the children’s response not just to the
lovely (or not so lovely) graphics, but to the pleasure of involvement −
learning is caught rather than forced.
7.5
My children at home and at school are users of a huge variety of
software available on Acorn machines. They also play games on all
computer and console formats. The two have neither to be compatible nor
complimentary − they are often just different and a case has not been
made that the two must necessarily be similar.
7.5
Richard Rymarz, Norwich.
7.5
• Programming in Basic − Having read the article last month about Making
Archive Better, I would be willing to coordinate a section for the
magazine dealing with ideas for Basic Programming.
7.5
It would be useful to have some short routines published that would
solve particular Basic programming problems. I have in mind, for
example, routines to claim and release memory, a routine to find out the
correct buffer size to use when loading templates with
Wimp_LoadTemplate, etc. I have written many such routines but I’m sure
that many other people have their own solutions that may be better than
mine.
7.5
The routines should be fully commented for those people without PRMs,
and attention should be drawn to any global variables used. The
commented versions could be supplied on the monthly disc with a version
with the REMs removed to save space in the magazine.
7.5
What do you think of this idea? Have you any routines you think
suitable? Write in to me via the Archive office or direct to:
7.5
Paul Hobbs, Rheinfalzstrasse 2, 85049 Ingolstadt, Germany.
7.5
(Paul is the author of the extensive wimp library which won the APDL
competition so he is well able to edit such material for us. If you want
to write to him, a letter only costs 25p to post and a disc in a paddy
bag would only be 42p or 54p so don’t let the fact that Paul now lives
in Germany put you off contributing. Ed.)
7.5
• !RAMScrap (Econet Column Archive 7.4 p52) − The reason that !RAMScrap
appears to allow an 800Kb sprite to be transferred between applications
even though only a 64Kb RAM disc is used is simply that properly written
applications (certainly commercial programs) don’t use scrap files at
all! They transfer the information in RAM buffers.
7.5
Paul Hobbs, Germany (+ several others!)
7.5
I’m sorry that we didn’t spot that technical mistake! Ed.
7.5
• Young Readers! − In the last issue of Archive, I suggested that there
was a demand for a Young Readers’ Column and Neil Walker has offered his
services as editor. He writes:
7.5
I have a few ideas about what to include in it but it would be best for
you to tell me. One thing I did think would be a good idea was a high
scores table for Archimedes games. For this to work, I would need some
proof of a score. For example, a photograph, a screenshot or a witness
to counter-sign your letter.
7.5
However, I am sure that you use your computer for more than just games −
you do, don’t you?! So, let me know how you use it.
7.5
Please send your comments and contributions to me: Neil Walker, 16
Finderne Drive, Wymondham, Norfolk, NR18 0HU. A
7.5
Help!!!!
7.5
• ARX − Does anyone know anything about the original operating system
that was designed for the Archimedes? It was described as a Xerox-like
windows environment and was to be called ARX. It was mentioned in a 1988
issue of Acorn User. I would be interested to find out how similar it is
to RISC OS. Neil Walker, Norwich.
7.5
• Cat & dog clipart − I prepare posters for a local Animal Rescue Centre
and need clipart of domestic cats and dogs. Can anyone help, please?
R.E.Clark, 34 Bradley Street, Wootton Under Edge, Gloucester, GL12 7AR.
(0453-842576)
7.5
• Eizo F340iW − Has anyone found any software or hardware that allows
the F340iW to handle the Acorn lower resolution modes? Every scrap of
advice gratefully received by Danny Fagandini, 6 Alleyn Park, Dulwich,
London SE21 8AE. (Phone 081-670-0547 or Faxpack on 081-670-7173.)
7.5
• FontEd − On RISC OS 3.1, coordinates no longer appear after selecting
the Skeleton Menu/Display/Coords option, even though the option is
ticked. I have tried all versions of FontEd up to 0.31a. Any fixes
available?
7.5
Ronald Alpiar, 84 Dudsbury Road, Ferndown Wimborne, Dorset, BH22 8RG.
A
7.5
Safesell
7.5
New Artwork
7.5
Colton
7.5
From 7.4 page 5
7.5
The Future of DTP on the Archimedes
7.5
Neil Whiteley-Bolton
7.5
In one sense, now is not the best time to be discussing the future of
Acorn’s range of computers as a platform for professional publishing. So
much is dependent on the machines themselves and, whilst it is not
unreasonable to suppose that a new machine or range of machines is
waiting in the wings, those people who know the “what’s and the when’s”
are not allowed to say. Nevertheless, many people will be both worried
and disappointed that Acorn has not already launched a new range of
computers and will be anxious to know what sort of future Acorn has in
electronic publishing.
7.5
In this article, I shall speculate about this future by considering the
requirements of the professional market and attempt to assess how well
these requirements are likely to be met. I believe it is the
professional market which is vital to Acorn because it is this market
which drives software houses to develop “state of the art” software, and
also because it is brand awareness/acceptance in this market which is
the key to DTP sales success in all other areas. Try looking through
“platform independent” computer magazines − I have never seen Acorn
mentioned in any discussion or review of DTP software or systems.
7.5
Hardware & system software
7.5
Although it is the software which actually performs the complex tasks
associated with page layout and artwork generation, the computer,
together with its operating system, is important for two reasons.
Firstly, it must be powerful enough for the software developers to
implement the features and functions they wish to include in their
applications. Secondly, it must be competitive enough generally, in
terms of features, performance and price, for software houses to feel
that it is commercially viable to write software for it.
7.5
As I said in the introduction, those people who know about Acorn’s next
generation of computers are not allowed to say anything − all I can say
is that I expect Acorn’s next machines to be competitive. By this, I
mean that I expect they will match, or out-perform, similarly priced
machines from other vendors, running different OS’s. I do not expect the
performance to match that of the current generation of 100+ MIP
workstations, so those people who choose their computers solely on the
basis of simple performance specs may have to look elsewhere.
7.5
This should not in itself be a problem because professional users buy
“complete solutions” and performance to them means how quickly and
effectively they can perform the tasks which constitute their business.
Here, the consistent and intuitive user interface and fast application
software count for a great deal. Assessing these factors is like
assessing a car’s road handling − it’s very subjective.
7.5
Let me conclude this section by listing improvements which I would like
to see in the next generation of Acorn machines and which, in varying
degree, are necessary in order for them to provide a viable platform for
DTP in the professional marketplace.
7.5
More processing power − Always nice to have.
7.5
More RAM − This is vital, as I shall explain later. Machines should be
expandable to at least 128Mb, preferably more.
7.5
A virtual memory system − Very desirable, if not strictly necessary.
7.5
Faster disc controllers − These are important, albeit not essential, for
retrieving/storing large files. Standardising on SCSI 2 would be nice
but in order to achieve real speed improvements, this requires a 32-bit
connection from podules to the main board and/or a controller on the
main board.
7.5
OS support for a 24-bit desktop − This is absolutely vital. Computer
Concepts have rewritten a part of the operating system and are supplying
the new module with their Colour Card Gold which offers a 15-bit
desktop. Unfortunately, the screen memory limit currently imposed by
RISC OS means that this is still at a modest resolution. Accelerators
are available for PCs and Macs which provide 24-bit colour in
resolutions of at least 1280×1024 pixels and Acorn’s next computers must
do the same.
7.5
Support for pressure sensitive stylii (mouse replacements) such as those
from Wacom and CalComp. These make the generation of computer artwork
much easier. The support ought to be built into RISC OS but I suspect it
won’t be. Perhaps CC will do the job?
7.5
Removal of the 512Mb limit on disc size imposed by the filecore. This is
a fairly high priority in my opinion. When I bought my first Acorn
machine, a 100Mb hard disc was considered large but high resolution
images mean large files − I would like my next hard disc to be 2Gb or
more.
7.5
Reasonably priced peripherals − Some items, such as memory upgrades, are
more expensive partly because they are non-standard, but how can third
parties justify the price tags associated with devices like CD-ROM
drives and hard discs? A ‘single speed’ drive sold specifically for
Acorn machines costs upwards of £300 whilst a flick through the pages of
Computer Shopper reveals name brand, ‘double speed’ drives for around
half this price. Can the development costs of driver software be so
high? To my knowledge, only CC sell a CD-ROM drive at a price which
competes with PC equivalents, and that is the ‘quad speed’ Pioneer
Multi-Player.
7.5
Software
7.5
This is an area about which I can speak with greater certainty. The
software which is vital to professional publishers falls broadly into
two areas: page make-up and artwork generation/processing.
7.5
In the area of page make-up, the Acorn platform has been well served by
both Impression from CC and Ovation from Risc Developments, with
Impression being the choice of professionals. (If there is anybody using
Ovation professionally, please let me know. Is Risc User still produced
on Macs?) In most areas, Impression compares favourably with the best
Mac/PC-based packages such as Quark Xpress but the most serious
limitations, as far as professional users are concerned, are in the
areas of typography, full colour and PostScript generation.
7.5
Line drawing software is well represented − packages such as Artworks
and Vector easily hold their own against competitors such as Corel Draw
and Adobe Illustrator, though both would be made considerably more
potent were there to be support for one of the pressure sensitive stylii
mentioned earlier.
7.5
Acorn is let down badly in the area of pixel-based photo-retouch/paint
software. There is nothing, at the moment, to compare with Adobe’s
PhotoShop or Fractal Design’s Painter, both of which are available for
the Mac and for PCs running DOS/Windows. This, it has to be said, is
principally due to limitations in the existing hardware and RISC OS. To
successfully create or edit ‘photo realistic’ images, it is necessary to
display the images in 24-bit colour, and the demands made upon hardware
by high resolution, 24-bit images is phenomenal − such images can easily
be 40 Mbytes or more in size, necessitating far more main memory than
the 16MBytes currently available (virtual memory would be an asset here)
and improved disc controllers (SCSI 2?) in order to speed up access to
such large files.
7.5
Again, I conclude by identifying areas which need improvement if the
system is to gain more widespread acceptance in the industry.
7.5
Typography − (a) kerning and tracking AND control of word spacing (b)
ability to specify outline and fill (colour, thickness, etc) as
attributes, and (c) ability to define the thickness of underline and its
distance from baseline.
7.5
Impression Publisher will address the most important of these issues.
Impression 2.5 (an interim version sold only to professional publishers
by Acorn) already has tracking as a “style attribute”, together with a
large number of other useful features.
7.5
Full colour − The ability to load, display, print and separate to
PostScript 24-bit bit-mapped images is absolutely vital. This requires a
machine with a large main memory and a fast disc controller − SCSI 2?
7.5
Impression Style can already load, display and print 24-bit sprites, and
Artworks (version 1.5) can separate them. According to CC’s Charles
Moir, Impression Publisher “will offer selection of separation curves
control over R, G and B brightness, contrast and gamma on an individual
picture by picture basis” and “will cope with pre-separated CMYK sprites
or CMYK TIFF files such as those produced by Adobe PhotoShop.” These
features may prove indispensable if a PhotoShop equivalent does not
appear, because even Photo CD images need gamma correction before they
are really “useable”.
7.5
PostScript − A better quality PostScript printer driver (Level 2) is
urgently needed. PostScript generated by an Acorn machines takes much
(sometimes many times) longer to RIP than a PostScript file generated
on, say, a Mac. Imagesetter time is very expensive.
7.5
Support for OPI (Open PrePress Interface) − Impression 2.5 is OPI
compatible and it will be available as an extension for Publisher. This
extension will also feature EPS file loading and printing and possibly
features such as imposition control.
7.5
Photo-retouch − A good pixel-based photo-retouch and/or paint package is
vital for acceptance of the system. There is hope here, I think. A
German company, Digital Arts is allegedly porting its photo-retouch
package (Retouché) to RISC OS from the Atari. I have not seen Retouché
but a colleague who has, claims it will give PhotoShop a run for its
money.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
We are still in a ‘wait-and-see’ position but I am cautiously optimistic
about the prospects for 1994. I welcome correspondence from people with
further information and/or a different viewpoint. Write to me, Neil
Whiteley-Bolton at: Prinseneiland 79N, 1013 LM Amsterdam, The
Netherlands.
7.5
(If you want to write to Neil, a letter to Holland only costs 25p to
post. Ed.) A
7.5
Small Ads
7.5
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. Sending small ads on disc is helpful but not
essential.)
7.5
• 40/80 track disc drive £50, Scanlight Junior (A3000) £75, A3000 I/O
and User Port card £20, Gods, Chocks Away, Saloon Cars, Interdictor 1&2
£10 each. Phone 0745-583930 (North Wales).
7.5
• A310, med res Philips monitor, 4Mb MEMC 1a upgrade, interfaced 5¼“
twin 40/80 disc drives in monitor plinth, serial link, PC Emulator v1.7,
DR DOS 5.0, considerable quantity of essential software, utilities and
games. Offers invited around £500. Phone 0572-821313.
7.5
• A3000, ARM3, RISC OS3.1, AKF17 colour monitor, Cumana 2nd drive
adaptor, 4Mb RAM, 2nd drive mounted in PRES system housing & monitor
stand with space and p.s.u. for internal hard drive. Software also
available. £800 o.n.o. Call Ralph on 0785-714535 or 021-522-2000.
7.5
• A3000 complete with colour monitor, 1Mb upgrade, 24 pin dot matrix
printer, plus applications software, £600 o.n.o. Phone 0993-822305.
7.5
• A3000 Learning Curve, upgraded to 4Mb, RISC OS 3.1 with discs and
manuals, VIDC enhancer with switch, £450. Phone 0895-259245.
7.5
• A310, 4Mb, ST506 interface, 4-slot b-plane £350. PRM (RISC OS 2) £20.
Phone 0903-813524.
7.5
• A4000 Home Office, 4Mb RAM and multisync monitor, 80Mb HD + software
£850 on.o. Canon BJ200 printer £180 o.n.o. Phone 0553-675182 or 0850-
883159 any time.
7.5
• A440/1 4Mb RAM, 47Mb hard disc, ARM3 and RISC OS 3.1, no monitor £675.
Fireworkz new and unregistered £105. DeskEdit 2 latest version £15.
Bristol 0272-736237.
7.5
• A5000, 25MHz, 4Mb/40MbHD, no monitor, Artworks, Impression II, Good
Impression, First Impression, Equasor, Business Supplement, Borders
disc, Genesis Plus, £999 o.n.o. Also as separate items: Colour Card
£150, Laser Direct card £170, Morley cached SCSI £120, Turbo Driver
(BJC800) £25. Phone Chris after 7pm only on 0252-519727.
7.5
• A5000, 4Mb memory, 120Mb hard disc, Art-works, Impression, C, PC
Emulator, ISO Pascal, books and magazines £1400 o.n.o. Laser Direct card
£240 o.n.o. Phone 0744-58404.
7.5
• A5000 4Mb RAM, 230Mb + 210Mb hard discs, Taxan 775 multisync, Aleph
One 486PC card 4Mb +coprocessor, Colour Card Gold, HCCS multipodule +
SCSI/CDFS, Artworks, Ovation, Schema, Poster, ArcFax, Archivist Pro,
games etc. £1875. Phone (+31) 115851362. This is South Holland, less
than one hour from the Dover-Ostend ferry.
7.5
• Acorn Advance, unwanted, still sealed as new £80. Phone Norman 081-
950-5904 (eves).
7.5
• Archimedes A410/1, 4Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.1, 40Mb HD, 3½“ FD, 2×5¼” FD
external, manuals, boxed, as new, with Taxan 770+ M/S monitor, £800.
Phone Wigan 0942-717454.
7.5
• Archimedes, 8Mb RAM, 103Mb HD (16 bit SCSI), Aleph One 30MHz ARM3,
RISC OS 3, Laser Direct LBP8, Spectra colour flatbed scanner, Watford
hand-scanner, Impression 2.17 (including Business Supplement), Poster,
PC Emulator, OCR, Schema, Autosketch 2, Logistix, FontFX, Artisan, loads
of utilities, games and over 70 fonts. Cost well over £5000 new.
Absolute bargain at £1000 (no offers, but may split). Phone Rudi on
0892-503786 (work) or 533686 (evenings) for further details.
7.5
• CD-ROMs − Illustrated Shakespeare, Illustrated Sherlock Holmes &
Illustrated Holy Bible − £20 each or £50 for all three. Phone 06977-
46786
7.5
• Clares Illusionist, £54. Phone Norwich 0603-402819.
7.5
• EasiWriter v2.07, Datapower, both new and unregistered, £75 each.
System Delta + v2, £25. PipeDream 3, £50 o.n.o. Contact 0860-430032.
7.5
• Hawk V9 MkII colour digitiser, with Fastgrab software (version 2)
£100, Software (as new): Acorn Desktop C, release 4 £100, also Desktop
Assembler and DDE (release 2) £90, PipeDream 4 (v4.12) £60, Genesis 2
(v2.59) plus script language book £60, Squirrel database (v1.21) £40.
Phone 0279-424139.
7.5
• HCCS hi-res colour digitiser, nearly new £80. Multipod professional
colour video/sound digitiser and serial port £65. EMR MIDI 4 (4 in, 4
out) interface £75. Phone Croydon 081-655-0399.
7.5
• Psion series 3 v1.08F/ENG 1 month old unregistered, with serial link
£175. Phone 0332-701969.
7.5
• Psion series 3 £140, Spreadsheet £40, Series 3 Link £40. Phone 0903-
813524.
7.5
• Snippet (unregistered) £20, EasiWriter (version3) £59, Equasor £20,
Ace Prodriver for DJ500C/550C £20. Phone Copthorne 0342-714905.
7.5
• Software for sale. David Pilling: MicroSpell, Trace, Panorama, all £4,
Artisan £12, Interdictor £12, Pandora’s Box £17, E-Type, £17, Olympics
£12, Repton 3 £11, Risc Dev’ts Movie Maker £11, PipeDream 4 £63, Various
PipeLine discs £5 each, FlexiFile £37, Acorn DTP £32, First Word+ £32,
Genesis Plus £22, HP Deskjet Empty Carts (5) £5, Assembly Language Book
and Disc £12, DataPower £93. Phone David Heath on 0752-781286.
7.5
• Two A310s both 1Mb, good condition, one with green screen monitor,
backplane, boxed, original manuals etc, Genesis & other software, £295
(no offers), the other with colour monitor, PC Emulator, 1st Word Plus
and ISO Pascal (boxed), £400 o.n.o. Phone 0272 633010 (Phil) or 0734-
661431 (Ian).
7.5
• Wanted: Acorn Replay CD, any offers? Call Ian on 0734-661431.
7.5
Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
if the items are still available. Thank you.
7.5
A3000 1-2Mb upgrade £15, A3020 Welcome Guide £2, A5000 Welcome Guide £2,
Ace Printer Driver for Epson JX £5, Acorn Education Directory CD-ROM £9,
All-in-Boxing £8, Battle Chess £15, BBC Basic Guide £6, Acorn DTP £8, PC
Emulator + DR DOS 5.0 £30, First Word Plus 2 £8, Premier 3 text
processor £9, RISC OS 3 User and Applications Guide £6, RISC OS 3
Applications Guide £5, RISC OS 3 User Guide £5.
7.5
(If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers you
could donate for charity, please send it to the Archive office. If you
have larger items where post would be expensive, just send us details of
the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of them.) A
7.5
Risc Developments
7.5
New Artwork
7.5
CC
7.5
New Artwork
7.5
(Use 7.4 p6 if it doesn’t arrive in time.)
7.5
Relational Database Design
7.5
Keith Underdown
7.5
I have been an Archimedes user for almost three years, mostly using DTP
for posters and programmes for a Choral Society. I have also made a
couple of attempts to build up a membership database − with varying
degrees of success. Professionally, I am involved in the development of
a large company’s Information Systems Strategy. I would like to try to
explain the principles of data modelling and database design and explore
how they can best be achieved in the context of the Archimedes and the
databases available on it.
7.5
It is a subject that I have never seen discussed in an Archimedes
publication and it also seems to be poorly treated in schools, if my
daughter’s experience of National Curriculum IT is typical. It has a
bearing on the database products available for the Archimedes too. The
ones I have tried (in particular, Squirrel) seem to lack certain
features and this makes designing truly relational databases difficult.
7.5
Why data modelling?
7.5
Any programmer knows that starting into coding, without doing some
design first, is a recipe for disaster. Programmers often start by
describing the functions in some kind of “pseudo-code” − a dialect of
English that allows you to express the ideas without worrying about the
syntax required by a programming language. This enhances creativity and
allows one to explore the problem without too much investment in complex
code structures. Designing the data structures is not given nearly so
much thought but it is just as necessary − if not more so.
7.5
Thinking about the data analytically (data modelling) enables you to
isolate the essential elements and clarifies the functions that need to
be performed. Where the data has a life of its own − in other words, it
needs to exist outside the program − then you need to produce a database
design that will turn the model into reality.
7.5
In this series of articles, I will attempt to show that this can be done
using graphical techniques − the data equivalent of pseudo-code. There
are certain formal ideas of relational database theory which underlie
these techniques but I will try to develop these informally and leave
the theory until last.
7.5
I will start with an address book and, over the next few issues, build a
data model that will formally describe the information held in it, and
other related lists, such as birthdays. Having done that, I will extend
the model to support additional functionality.
7.5
An address book
7.5
This is effectively a card index and would have three or four fields:
7.5
Name: Both Forename(s) and Surname. If my family’s is typical then we
would include both names of a couple in the database but we would
remember the children’s name or we might have another list somewhere
else.
7.5
Address:
7.5
Again this would be unstructured and contain House Name (sometimes),
Number, Street, District, Town, County, Postcode.
7.5
Phone Number:
7.5
The STD code and number might be separate. In principle, we do not
need the STD code because we could look it up in our local directory
but, to save time, we write it with the rest of the address or we might
remember that Liverpool implies 051, for example, and miss it out.
7.5
This could be very easily emulated on the simplest of database packages.
Would it work? Well, the first thing that you might notice is that
sorting into alphabetic order is tricky as it would sort on forename
first. If you were to split Name into Surname and Forename then sorting
on surname becomes possible but this points to another problem − whose
forename would we put?
7.5
Data modelling building blocks
7.5
What has happened here? The problem arises because we are holding
information about two different but related things. We have a mixture of
information about individual people and the households they live in.
This is a critical step in the analysis of the information we are
interested in. We have identified two key entities and a relationship
between them. These are the basic building blocks of our model. My
dictionary defines entity as: “something that exists”. Data modelling is
about identifying the things of importance to the problem and then
exploring the relationships that exist between them. Another way of
looking at this is that entities correspond to nouns and the
relationships are the verbs that we use in sentences describing what the
nouns do. From now on, I will use an upper-case name to identify the
formal use of an entity; as in PERSON and HOUSEHOLD. The relationship we
have discovered is: “A PERSON is part of a HOUSEHOLD”; the converse is:
“A HOUSEHOLD consists of at least one PERSON”. We can express this
diagrammatically in what is called an entity-relationship diagram. This
is the beginning of our data model. The diagram is shown below:
7.5
The boxes represent the entities and the line joining them shows a
relationship between them. The symbols at the ends of the line (often
called “crows-feet”) tell us things about how many instances of each
entity are involved in the relationship and whether or not the
relationship will always exist. The strict interpretation of this
diagram is:
7.5
A PERSON is always part of one and only one HOUSEHOLD.
7.5
A HOUSEHOLD always consists of one or more PERSONs.
7.5
The relationship names in the diagram are read clockwise so “part of”
follows PERSON and “consists of” comes after HOUSEHOLD. The first part
of the crows-foot can be O or |. The former means that the relationship
is optional − need not always exist − and the latter means that it is
mandatory. The part of the crows-foot abutting the entity can be O or |
or the trident shown above. These can be read as 0, 1 or many. Rarely,
many can be replaced by a specific number but this should be viewed with
suspicion as it places a restriction on the way in which instances of
the two entities may interact. It usually means that there are a number
of similar but different relationships.
7.5
Using an address book
7.5
What do we use our address book for? A typical example is the production
of the Christmas list. Who do we send cards to? Who gets a letter as
well? Who at church or work or my wife’s work? When faced with this
problem, my daughter added boolean fields for each list. This is not the
relational way of doing it! As the number of lists grows, so would the
size and complexity of the database.
7.5
This might not seem a terribly important issue as the price of disc
space falls but there is another consideration − the more data one has,
the longer queries and report generation will take. Also, the need to
create a new list would involve modifying the structure of the database
and every record in it. This is undesirable for several reasons. Most
importantly, modifying the database involves a more privileged access to
the database and the user could alter other things at the same time. If
you were developing a package to sell then this would be enough to make
the package unsupportable. The user may change only the content − not
the structure.
7.5
We have identified another entity: LIST. Our LISTs might involve
HOUSEHOLDs (as in the Christmas Card example) or might involve
individuals within a multi-person household. There is thus a
relationship between LIST and both PERSON and HOUSEHOLD. Clearly, as the
number of different lists grows, each PERSON or HOUSEHOLD may be
included in several LISTs. Notice how, in the previous sentence, we
quite naturally found a name for the relationship − “may be included”.
The use of “may” is interesting as it suggests that membership of a list
is optional; PERSONs or HOUSEHOLDs do not have to be included in a list.
7.5
Our data model must be amended as shown opposite. There are two
complications here. Firstly, a list would probably either be a
“Household” list − involving every PERSON in the HOUSEHOLDs − or it
would be a “Person” list − involving only the nominated individuals. I
know of no convention for indicating this in an entity-relationship
diagram. We need to make a note somewhere that one or other of the
relationships, but not both, must exist.
7.5
The second is that we have defined two, so-called, many-to-many
relationships. This is the source of many of the arbitrary restrictions
that one finds in existing computer systems. How many is “many”? Often
an arbitrary decision is made − no household will be a member of more
than eight lists, for example. Murphy’s Law dictates that when you are
trying to define the list of guests at your fortieth birthday party,
your cousin will be involved in his ninth list and blow the system.
7.5
I will leave the solution to this problem until next time. In the next
issue, I will “resolve” the many-to-many as it is known and show how we
would implement this simple database in Squirrel. I will also see if
there are any more entities lurking in the information that a typical
family holds. A
7.5
The Advance Column
7.5
Robert Chrismas
7.5
Most word processors have ‘Rulers’ which allow the user to control the
layout of the the text. They usually have a scale marked in characters
or some standard units. There will be markers for the left and right
margins and for tab stops. The user will probably be allowed to set
several rulers in a document so that different parts of the text can
have different margins, for quotations, lists, etc.
7.5
The Advance ruler
7.5
Advance uses separate markers for the left margin and the ‘first
indent’. The left margin controls the left hand edge of every line in a
paragraph except the first. The first line starts at the first indent.
7.5
The first indent does not have to be to the right of the left margin −
sometimes it is useful to position it to the left.
7.5
Like rulers in Impression Style
7.5
The rulers in Advance’s word processor are different from those in
Impression II and Impression Junior. They are more like the rulers in
Impression Style. In Advance, and in Impression Style, you can use a
ruler which governs just one paragraph without having to give it a name.
7.5
To alter the layout of just one paragraph, position the cursor anywhere
in that paragraph and use the menu option Ruler/Show Ruler to display
the current ruler. As you alter the ruler, you will see that the whole
of the paragraph which contains the cursor is selected (it will be
displayed in inverted colours); the changes you make to the ruler will
apply to the selected paragraph only. For that paragraph, the ruler name
will change from ‘BaseRuler’ to ‘BaseRuler*’. You can have lots of
different paragraphs, each with its own BaseRuler*.
7.5
When a group of adjacent paragraphs is selected, any changes to the
ruler will affect all the paragraphs.
7.5
These local changes to the BaseRuler can be cancelled by clicking on
‘Delete’ on the Advance ruler. Doing this restores the current ruler to
the BaseRuler format.
7.5
Named rulers
7.5
To create a new named ruler, you first alter the current ruler as
required, then delete the name on the ruler and enter a new name. The
current paragraph will be controlled by the new ruler. You need to press
<return> once to enter the name of the ruler. Be careful not to press
<return> twice because your current paragraph is marked − when an area
of text is marked it will be deleted if you type anything at all,
including <return>. So press <return> once to enter the name of the
ruler then use the cursor keys or mouse to move the cursor.
7.5
The ruler menu
7.5
To change a named ruler, find (or create) somewhere in the text which is
controlled by the ruler. Then make your changes to the ruler. This will
only alter the current paragraph. You must now click on the arrow next
to ‘Copy To’. A list of rulers will appear. Click on the one you want to
change.
7.5
A named ruler can be applied to any block of text. First select the
block of text then, on the Ruler menu, click on the name of the ruler
you want to apply.
7.5
To delete a ruler, find (or create) somewhere in the text which is
controlled by the ruler, then click on Delete. The ruler will cease to
exist and the text will revert to being controlled by the BaseRuler.
7.5
Database graphics
7.5
‘How do I get a graphic to appear on each card of my database?’ First
create your graphic as a drawfile or a sprite. On the database menu use
‘Edit/Edit Layout’ to view the layout. If you are creating a new
database, you will be viewing the layout already. Use the menu option
‘Utilities/Insert/Frames’ to create a new frame. When you have clicked
on the menu option, the pointer will change and you will be able to drag
out a graphic box. Make sure you drag down and left − the box will not
drag up or right.Your graphic can now be dragged into the graphic box.
7.5
File compatibility
7.5
You can load Advance documents into Impression Style. You cannot load
Impression II documents into Advance, but if you save selected text with
styles, it will be displayed properly in Advance. Surprisingly, it is
possible to view an Impression II document in Advance. Drag the
Impression II document onto an Advance WP document (not on to the icon
on the iconbar) and a new window will open showing the document. It is
not possible to edit the document or to save any of it from this window.
7.5
Loading times
7.5
At my college, we are loading Advance from a network. This takes an
awfully long time. If any readers have any suggestions for speeding it
up (the protection prevents us using NetGain) I would be glad to hear
from them.
7.5
In fact, I would be glad to receive any correspondence about Advance. I
would love to be forced to write something like “sorry to all those
people to whom I have not yet replied ...”, but the fact is that no one
at all has written to me! If you are using Advance (or if you have
decided not to use it!) do send me your comments. My address is 8
Virginia Park Road, Gosport, Hants, PO12 3DZ. A
7.5
Setting the margins
7.5
NCS Technical Help Service
7.5
David Webb (NCS)
7.5
1994 sees somes changes and improvements in the Technical Help Service
that NCS offers its customers, and I’d like to take this opportunity to
tell you about them. So, what does the NCS Technical Help Service
consist of and who has access to it? Well, there are two levels of
technical help available to Archive Subscribers...
7.5
Written questions
7.5
Firstly, any subscriber may write to us with a query of a technical
nature. From 1st February onwards, we are making a commitment to
responding to queries within ten working days of receiving them. Where a
full answer cannot be supplied straight away, we will write and tell you
what we are doing to investigate the matter. We cannot guarantee always
to find the answer to everyone’s problems but, in addition to our own
pool of knowledge and documentation, we do have a special resource of
expertise available to us through the readers of the magazine and our
own contacts. So, if we cannot give you an answer, we usually “know a
man who can”. (Due to staff changes in the autumn, we built up a serious
backlog of written technical enquiries awaiting replies − our apologies
to those readers who were affected and we intend to do better in 1994!)
7.5
Telephone hot-line
7.5
Secondly, we also offer a telephone hot-line service which provides
immediate support to those having difficulties. Archive members can have
access to this service for an additional £15 a year, giving them
priority over other technical queries when they ring us on a special
direct dial telephone number, quoting their Technical Help subscription
number. As from 1st February, we will be operating the Technical Help
hot-line between 10am and 4pm on all weekdays except Wednesday, when the
hot-line will be available 1pm − 4pm. This will enable us to give
Technical Help subscribers our full attention during those given times
and should ensure that the service is least affected by other
distracting activities such as staff meetings, etc!
7.5
(For those who do not yet subscribe to the Technical Help Service, may I
put in a plug here, please! I believe this service is very good value
for money, giving you fast access to our own resources of experience and
knowledge and beyond, as Dave says. I also think it helps to discuss a
problem, personally, rather than write it in a letter − often the answer
becomes apparent as you talk it through with someone else. With our
broad overview of hardware and software products in the world of Acorn,
we can often give a perspective that goes beyond the help offered by
individual product suppliers. Ed)
7.5
Finally, a brief note about us! The technical services team consists
principally of Matthew Hunter and myself, and we share the
responsibility of supplying technical information and investigating
problems for customers and for NCS. Our services are available through
both written and telephone technical help, as described above. And of
course, we also help recent customers experiencing difficulties with
their purchases and advise prospective customers with product enquiries.
7.5
We will be grateful for any feedback that you may have on NCS Technical
Services and how you think they can be further improved. You can also
help us improve the technical content of the magazine and the quality
and scope of help offered to subscribers, by writing to us with hints,
tips, comments on products, answers to questions raised in the magazine
and any similar material. As Paul has been emphasing, Archive has the
role of drawing upon the experiences, views and knowledge of its
subscribers and presenting them back to the readership, so please keep
the correspondence coming and use Archive! A
7.5
CC
7.5
From 7.4 page 15
7.5
The printer advert
7.5
Fast, Cheap Laser-Printing?
7.5
Andrew Rawnsley
7.5
Computer Concepts’ TurboDriver utilities for colour printing with Canon
inkjet printers have been reviewed in Archive (6.3 p59). However, with
the advent of the HP (Hewlett Packard) TurboDriver, CC have attempted to
revolutionise mono laser-printing, as well as providing colour support.
7.5
The printers
7.5
The HP TurboDriver package contains drivers for the following printers:
HP LaserJet II, III and IV, HP DeskJet 500C and 550C, HP DeskJet 1200,
Black & White DeskJets, Acorn JP-150 and Integrex ColourJet Series 2.
The Acorn and Integrex drivers are the same as two of the HP ones, but
that should not matter in practice.
7.5
A little history
7.5
You will forgive me if I dwell on the laser printing options in these
new drivers, but these are what makes this collection different from
previous offerings.
7.5
In the past, Acorn users who wanted a laser printer had a problem. Any
Acorn dealer would try and sell them a CC LaserDirect or a Calligraph
ArcLaser. Both of these cost almost £1000, whilst the high-street price
for an industry standard HP compatible laser printer was around £500.
7.5
However, these were fine-tuned for PC use and would take anywhere up to
10 minutes to print a complex page of graphics (remember that any
software using outline fonts prints them out as graphics). Imagine
trying to print out a 25+ page report! Thus users had to pay £500 extra
just to get a reasonable speed.
7.5
With the advent of the HP TurboDrivers, the story has changed.
7.5
Timings
7.5
TurboDrivers are designed to speed up printing and dramatically reduce
the time taken to return control to the user. When control is returned,
printing continues in the background whilst you work.
7.5
In practice, when printing an A4 page of Impression text, control would
be returned to the user after 6-10 seconds. Thus the 25 page report
would take only around 200s (3 mins 20 secs) to return control to the
user, compared to 200m (3 hours 20 mins). Not bad!
7.5
However, to actually print the page still takes around 1 min 20 secs
(compared to around 20 secs), but even this is an improvement.
7.5
Complex ArtWorks illustrations may take up to a minute to return control
to the user and 4-5 mins to print out the page. This is still excellent
and most users will not be printing such complex images regularly.
7.5
Problems
7.5
Since the RISC OS 3 TurboDrivers merge seamlessly into !Printers, there
were no software compatibility problems and all the popular programs
worked perfectly. There were a few problems with page sizes, but nothing
serious, so I recommend sticking with your old page definitions.
7.5
The only real problem was that the utility has a special cable, which
acts like a dongle. Need I say more?
7.5
Colour printing
7.5
Oak Solutions are recommending their customers not to buy Ace ProDrivers
now but wait until early ’94 when there will be new versions released,
the TurboDrivers are the only fast colour printer drivers around.
Naturally, colour printing takes longer (in some cases, much longer)
than mono printing but using the TurboDrivers still speeds up the
process, much to the amazement of Corel Draw users on the PC, who have
to wait ages for pages to print out!
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
The advent of the HP TurboDrivers should be received with a sigh of
relief by any frustrated HP (or compatible) user. Our LJ-2 compatible
Kyocera F-800 will never be the same again! Laser printing for around
£500 − £550 is now a realistic option for Acorn users.
7.5
Colour users will love the speed increase, as colour printing can take
forever.
7.5
The HP TurboDriver package costs £49 +VAT from Computer Concepts or £53
through Archive. A
7.5
We are looking into finding a suitable ‘inexpensive’ laser printer that
will work well with the TurboDrivers so that Archive subscribers can
have an alternative to the £925 LBP4 Laser Direct. Ed.
7.5
Splash and 1stPaint
7.5
Roger Nelson
7.5
This review deals with two art packages aimed at the same age group
(primary) but which operate in different ways. They each have something
distinctive to offer and come from companies well known for producing
educational software.
7.5
Splash
7.5
This offering is produced by Sherston Software and consists of two discs
and a slim manual. The program disc is a ‘key’ disc which must be used
at the start of every artistic session. The second disc contains
examples produced using the software. The program loads in the usual
manner installing itself onto the iconbar. The menu from this icon
provides Info, Save in Splash and Sprite formats and Quit options. A
click with <select> opens the drawing screen.
7.5
The program takes over the whole screen when in the drawing mode.
Initially, the bottom portion of the screen is covered by a large, clear
menu of icons. This menu area can be moved to the top of the screen with
a click on the small upward pointing arrow or removed from view and
recalled using <menu>. The initial menu shows icons for Drawing, Text,
Background, Clear, Help, Filing, Printing and Desktop.
7.5
Three of these work on a single click. Desktop returns you to the
desktop environment where you can use another program if you have
sufficient memory − Splash will happily work in 1Mb taking up 384Kb of
memory space. Help toggles the help bar, which appears next to the menu
area. Clear does what it says and clears the screen to the last
selection of colour or pattern.
7.5
The remaining menu icons take you to further menus. The Drawing menu
gives you a choice of using lines to create irregular shapes, producing
regular shapes or using one of a variety of brushes. Any of these
selections takes you to another menu where you can choose the line
colour, style and thickness as well the fill colour. The fill colour may
be any of the solid colours which are available, a dithered colour from
a choice of 136, or a pattern. The patterns are predefined but can be
changed using a small grid to whatever you like. The size of the grid
can be changed from a 2×2 to an 8×8 to help you see the effect of your
experiments.
7.5
A spray brush is also available for creating fills. The ‘marbling’
effect of this can be altered to make it appear as a radial fill
starting in the centre of a shape or increasing in density from any edge
of a shape. The intensity of each of the three colours in the fill can
be changed using draggable indicator bars.
7.5
The background option enables a user to set the paper colour at any time
to any colour or fill pattern that is available.
7.5
The text menu allows any of the fonts available to the system to be used
and three are supplied on the examples disc in case you don’t have any
others. The size of the text is limited to small, medium and large in
the first instance but there is a way to alter the size to suit your
needs using arrow based icons. The colour of the text is chosen as for
other drawn items.
7.5
The filing option removes the drawing screen replacing it with a window
with the choices of saving as a Splash file, as a sprite or of returning
to Splash. There is another box onto which you are asked to drag Splash
files for loading. This method of leaving the drawing screen while
saving allows RISC OS dragging to be used.
7.5
The printing option recognises if a printer driver is loaded − two RISC
OS2 drivers are supplied with the package.
7.5
Special features
7.5
From what has been said above, it probably appears as if Splash is just
another painting program. In some ways it is, but there is one
particular operation which prompted me to offer to do this review. There
is a select option, as in Draw. Using the arrow icon which appears at
the right hand end of the toolbox icon, you can select any object and
change its attributes (line colour, fill colour, line type), its
position on screen, its size, its orientation and whether it appears in
front of or behind other objects. There is also the possibility of
editing the object, moving a point, adding or deleting a point. A single
object can, when selected, be isolated (i.e. all other objects are
removed from the screen) and edited before all the other objects are
recalled to the screen. All these options are available via icons and
can be applied to all objects including text. The ability to nudge
objects into position is useful, especially for positioning text.
Another useful option when editing text is the alignment feature. With
this, any selected text objects can be left or right justified or
centred.
7.5
It was this ability to select objects and edit a drawing that seemed to
me, as a teacher, a way to bridge the gap between painting programs
(e.g. Flare, Revelation, PrimeArt, Artisan) and Draw. Pupils will (if
you let them!) use a painting program for all kinds of task without
considering if another program is more suitable. In many cases, pupils
will shy away from using Draw for diagrams, maps and posters because
they find the process of selecting, editing and deleting too complex
compared to brushing over an area. I’m not sure yet whether Splash will
fill the role I envisaged. Its icon rather than text based method of
selecting operations does make it easy to operate. The ability to undo
the last action is also available but can take some time if the drawing
is more than simple outlines.
7.5
I have some reservations about this software, namely the taking over of
the whole screen, the non-standard icon based menus and the slow speed
of some operations. It must be said, however, that the operation of the
package is excellent, with no sign of any bugs. The package is aimed at
primary age children and, for their use, the reservations must be seen
as no obstacle to successful use. My own 8 year old had no problem in
producing pictures. He also found the ability to edit objects handy but
did comment on the lack of a roller to fill objects! To sum up, this is
a typical high quality Sherston product with a clear and concise manual
to help if you get stuck.
7.5
1st Paint
7.5
This software, from Keyboard Technology, comes as a two-disc pack with a
fairly slim manual and sheet of extra instructions. Disc 1 is the
program disc which cannot be used until a registration program has been
run. It can then be backed up as normal for security purposes. Disc 2 is
a workdisc used for holding fonts and as a store for picture files. This
is requested by the program before you can begin work on screen.
Installation onto a hard disc is possible, although the instructions
could be clearer for novice users. Once the software is installed on the
iconbar, a click opens a window which you can re-size or close at will −
in other words a normal RISC OS operation. Like Splash, this program
operates easily within 1Mb, taking up only 352Kb when loaded.
7.5
Features
7.5
A toolbox is positioned along the bottom and a colour selection area up
the right hand side of the drawing area. The tools and colours are set
up as a default option − a user can configure these defaults to restrict
the range of tools and colours that are available. This is a useful
feature for younger users who can be introduced to new features
gradually, and are thus forced to concentrate on picture composition
rather than “playing” with the features.
7.5
The toolbox first opens showing the paint tools − two different sized
round brushes, a square brush, straight lines, spraycan and a fill
roller. Using the Turnover icon (a right pointing arrow) the toolbox can
be changed to show the drawing tools − rectangle, ellipse, triangle,
line and fill roller − and the utilities for filing, printing, text and
the dustbin. The paintbrushes, the thickness of lines and the density of
the spraycan may be varied using the Change size icon. The drawing of
accurate squares and circles is made possible by the Smart button which
also restricts the angles at which lines can be drawn and affects the
way triangles are drawn. The Undo button gives you the chance to recover
from a mistake.
7.5
In use, the painting and drawing tools are simple to operate, and
pictures can be drawn within minutes of loading. The utilities tools
give you the opportunity to save, whatever you create by simply clicking
on the small disc icon. It uses the name you provide when configuring
the software and it increments the number it attaches to the filename
each time you save to avoid wiping out an earlier picture. If the work
disc you are saving onto becomes full, the disc icon has a red cross in
the middle as a warning. Instructions for creating Workdiscs are given
in the manual.
7.5
There are two other disc icons shown in the utilities tools, one with a
drawfile represented on it, the other with a sprite on it. A click on
these opens a directory on the workdisc showing the contents, any of
which can be loaded into 1stPaint by dragging the icon into the drawing
area. Files from discs other than workdiscs can be loaded by dragging. A
file is provided to ensure that drawfiles you wish to use are the
correct size for the drawing area.
7.5
The Dustbin icon clears the drawing area and if the configuration is set
up correctly, it also saves the picture in the sprite directory of the
workdisc as Last_bin. This makes the picture recoverable up to a certain
point!
7.5
The text option in the utilities opens a window into which you type your
text and press <return>. The text appears in the font style, size and
weight which you have set up via the program menu. Four fonts are
provided with the package on the workdisc. The font colour is black, no
matter what colour is selected. It is possible to change the colour with
the roller but the anti-aliasing makes this difficult to achieve fully.
7.5
The colour selection is restricted to sixteen and the program operates
best in mode 12. Clicking <menu> over each of the twelve colours allows
you to change the balance of red, green and blue in that colour and so
produce a palette of your own choosing. The Turnover button associated
with the colour selection area allows you to choose from a series of
eight fill patterns or eight Stamps.
7.5
The Stamps, which range from a butterfly to a set of footprints, may be
placed directly onto the screen as many times as a user wishes and re-
coloured using the fill roller. The range of Stamps provided is limited
and I am sure that there is a case for making new sets of Stamps
available as pupils get tired of using those provided. No doubt it is
possible to create your own, but no guidance is given in the manual so
it would take someone with knowledge of how to create sprites of the
right size and with a mask.
7.5
In use, the program operates very easily and the ability to configure it
extensively makes it ideal for introducing youngsters to painting on the
computer. The ability to load drawfiles for colouring by the very young
(and not so young) increases its versatility. My eight year old enjoyed
working his way through the drawfiles, colouring each one and altering
some with the drawing tools as they took his imagination. He mastered
the operation of the program easily and enjoyed using it. He did find
the colour selection restricting until he was shown how to alter the
colours in the palette. For me the program does not offer sufficient
facilities but for the young who are just learning to use a computer, it
is most suitable and can be used with other control devices.
7.5
There was only one slight bug when using the program which occurred when
the Smart button was clicked on during the use of the brushes on the
painting menu. The round brush appeared on screen as a square brush −
not something which will badly affect the drawing capabilities.
7.5
The manual is good but not up to the standard of that produced for
Splash as it omits some things which would be useful for the experienced
to know and could explain some aspects of the programs use in simpler
terms for the beginner. Overall, a good program which will be effective
if used in the right situation.
7.5
Targeted twosome
7.5
These two packages, which are aimed at specific target users, both
perform very well, offering facilities which the user will appreciate.
Splash is more complex and offers a different way of operating from many
other art packages. The ability to change the attributes of any object
at any time during a drawing gives the user great flexibility. In some
ways, the program could be seen as a beginner’s Draw − or even Artworks!
7.5
1stPaint on the other hand is definitely for beginners. It offers those
who want to encourage youngsters to develop the use of computers, the
ability to introduce facilities in a controlled progression. The
purchase of either program will depend upon who is to use it, but with
the right target users, neither will disappoint.
7.5
Splash costs £22 through Archive which includes a free site licence. 1st
Paint costs £35 +VAT from Keyboard Technology. A
7.5
Hints and Tips
7.5
• CC Turbo & Laser Direct Drivers − A few people have discovered a
problem that occurs when you try to run the RISC OS !Printers after
having run a Turbo Driver or a Laser Direct driver. The error “Module
PDriver 3.16 or later is required” appears. To clear this, do a
*RMReinit PDriver before using the Acorn driver.
7.5
• File copying on floppies − When copying from one floppy to another,
the overall copy time can be reduced by opening the task manager and
dragging the Next slot to 800Kb (or 1600Kb for an HD disc if you have
the memory). This means that the next task to request space (i.e. the
filer) will have enough space to read in the entire contents of one
floppy, so that you don’t have to swap discs more than once.
7.5
On large copy jobs (say between two hard discs) the larger area the
filer gets, the faster the copying because fewer reading/writing cycles
will be needed. You can either adjust the Next slot or, once copying has
begun, drag out the Filer Action Window task as large as it will go.
When copying is complete, the space is regained.
7.5
• Floptical drives and faulty floppies − An article in a German PC
magazine claimed that, due to their much more elaborate construction,
flopticals drives could handle many discs which caused normal floppy
drives to give up; I can report to all floptical owners that this claim
holds true for the Acorn world, too.
7.5
A software upgrade arrived on a disc which my floppy drive could not
read − a disc error 08 was reported and Verify found a massive 56
defects! My floptical drive, however, had no problem at all with the
disc − it verified OK and the software could be loaded and runs
perfectly. So, when the readability of a disc is a borderline case,
giving the disc to the floptical drive to read might well help. Jochen
Konietzko, Köln, Germany
7.5
• Printer driver problem − “SWI &42940 Not known”. This error was
reported recently in another printer driver problem. A quick look at the
PRM showed this to be a BufferManager SWI. The buffer module had become
unplugged which was causing the problems. It is not such an obvious
problem though because the error appears to come from the printer
driver. The solution is to press <f12> and type *RMReinit BufferManager
<return> and then another <return> to get back to the desktop. A
7.5
Impression Tutorial
7.5
Dave Wilcox
7.5
The Impression Tutorial comes on one disc and is made up of a
compilation of articles, containing text and screen shots, published by
Richard Clark of the Illusions Disc Magazine. These articles have been
compiled in Magpie, and edited to ten chapters. The tutorial consists of
the Magpie reader and Magpie file along with a small selection of
clipart and a couple of Impression documents for example purposes. The
chapters vary in size from 4 to 14 pages (93 pages in all) and contain a
nicely presented summary of Impression control and use techniques. The
disc is capable of being backed-up via the desktop and installation onto
hard disc is a simple matter of dragging icons.
7.5
The application is simple to use − double click on the Magpie reader and
then either double click on the tutorial file or drag it to the iconbar
icon. You will be greeted with the Illusions Disc Magazine header, soon
replaced by the first page of the carousel − The Contents list. The
contents listing shows the ten chapters as Part #1 to Part #10, so what
do these Parts cover? I’m afraid it’s up to you to have a look and find
out, as there is no specific indexing system giving any detail of
section reference, other than a paragraph giving a quick overview on
page 1 of each chapter.
7.5
Content
7.5
The content of this tutorial is good, written in simple English and easy
to follow. The first page points out to the purchaser that this item is
a tutorial for those who have failed to read the manual for whatever
reason. If you use the software in this way your reading is cut down
considerably and you should obtain a working knowledge of Impression
upon completion of the ten parts − the object of the software is
therefore fulfilled. Being a frequent user of Impression, I would
personally like to see the front end modified slightly to give an
itemised index containing an alphabetical list of sub-headings, for
instance, or even just the area heading − e.g. Printing, Frames etc,
instead of part numbers. If this were done, I feel it would appeal to a
wider variety of people, as the person who has a working knowledge, or
the novice user, having forgotten how to do something could have the
tutorial running alongside Impression and call the relevant pages as
reminders when necessary simply at the click of a mouse button, instead
of wading through the chapters. There is a search facility in Magpie
which will take you to occurrences of a target word but, to my mind,
this method is messy and somewhat defeats the purpose of the carousel
idea.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
A lot of thought and work has gone into the layout of the pages in this
presentation and it is pleasing to view and read. The content deals with
most aspects of the use of Impression in a simple clear manner. For the
new user to Impression, I could recommend this disc as money well spent.
For the frequent user it is reasonable value for money but would be more
so if the front end were improved.
7.5
Impression Tutor is priced at £9.95 inclusive from Illusions Disc
Magazine. A
7.5
Dinosaur Discovery
7.5
Richard Rymarz
7.5
Dinosaur Discovery is yet another new release from 4Mation. This is an
Archimedes update of a very successful 8 bit program that was originally
published in 1985 as a language program in Australia. It fully
multitasks and comes on two discs housed in a plastic wallet which also
contains some simple support materials, loading instructions (it can be
installed on hard disc and used with the key disc), a diary and a
comprehensive teacher’s book. These materials are basically the same as
the original version and give an indication that the conversion is
virtually identical to the original. Those looking to upgrade will be
very familiar with the program.
7.5
First impressions
7.5
So what is different? Well as would be expected, the graphics are much
more sophisticated. The now familiar authoring system, which appears to
have been used in all 4Mation’s releases since Granny’s Garden, is again
effectively implemented. Drawings are by Dutchman Hans Rijnen (of Flossy
the Frog fame) and the program has been programmed by Dave Caughley.
Beyond that and the fact that everything is mouse driven, little has
changed except perhaps that it is all very much quicker and easier.
Having last used the 8 bit version less than a year ago with a group of
Yr 5 children (10 yr olds), I can vouch that completing the adventure
was quite demanding requiring a fair degree of diary keeping and
evidence collection.
7.5
The program
7.5
The aim of this adventure is to hatch a dinosaur egg − all very topical
considering the success of the film ‘Jurassic Park’. To accomplish this,
the children are given a diary written by a professor who sadly died in
his quest. They have to take on the mantle of intrepid explorers
battling their way through forests, deserts, mines, dangerous waterways
and other hazardous locations, intent on finding a dinosaur egg, a
crystal to power an egg-incubating machine and the location of the
machine itself.
7.5
Each venue contains a task. Some are simple and some more taxing but
none are too demanding. It is here that the adventure’s origin, as a
language program, shows itself. At a number of locations, the tasks are
language based − word puzzles, anagrams, etc which have nothing to do
with the story. It doesn’t really matter but it would have been nice if
the updated version had all tasks relevant to the adventure. However,
this is really a minor niggle since it does not detract from the
adventure itself.
7.5
After visiting the museum (absolutely vital) and collecting the correct
coloured egg and crystal, the children have to set off across the
Stegasaurus Straits at the correct time. If they don’t, then they are
inevitably wrecked on the rocks and have to start again. Here is my
second little niggle. Crossing the Straits in the 8 bit version was very
tricky − but in this version, the map is smaller and the task much
easier. It’s a shame really, since this part of the adventure usually
led to the whole class watching with baited breath to see if a group
managed it. I wonder if the same excitement will be generated with the
updated version − the pictures of your boat being consumed by the
“terrifying” waters (sadly looking quite placid) are disappointing.
7.5
Never-the-less, having navigated the Straits and having the lock
combination, crystals and the proper incubation temperature, the
professor’s incubator can be used to hatch an egg. The children have to
remember the information gained in the museum and where certain
information is in the professor’s diary. Their reward is the hatching of
a brontosaurus and worldwide recognition in the papers.
7.5
Support materials
7.5
The support materials are up to the high standard expected from a
leading educational software house. There are suggestions for work with
or without the computer either by location or curriculum area. These are
excellent and once again 4Mation make no mention of the National
Curriculum. This allows the teacher to choose whether to match whatever
the children do to the National Curriculum. I applaud this since it
helps teachers to escape the straight jacket that the NC has placed on
them.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
I have reviewed a number of 4Mation’s recent offerings. I have not
hidden my admiration for their high quality, their imagination, the high
calibre of support materials and their attitude towards ‘education’ and
what it should mean to children. In most ways, Dinosaur Discovery
exhibits all those things. If you need a program to supplement or lead a
topic on Dinosaurs with the added element of adventure and problem
solving, ‘Dinosaur Discovery’ fits the bill. If you already have the
program and access to an old BBC then I would continue using that one.
7.5
There are random elements in the program but the standard of difficulty
cannot be changed. This is a pity, as updating from 8 to 32-bits would
have been a wonderful opportunity to broaden the age range and scope of
the program. However, at £32.32 for a single user version and £64.64 for
a full site licence (£30 and £70 through Archive) the package is good
value and will be used over and over again. A
7.5
Frontier 2000
7.5
In the review in Archive 7.4 p37, Ian O’Hara said he couldn’t get
Frontier 2000 to run on RISC OS 3 hard disc machines. CSH assure us that
it works on all the hard discs they’ve tried and are offering to find
out why it doesn’t work on Ian’s machines! Ed.
7.5
Letters
7.5
Christopher Jarman
7.5
Educational programs have a hard task before them. While they need to be
entertaining, that is not all they should be. They must instruct and
inform at the right level, they must be accurate, but they cannot afford
to be too matter-of-fact, or the motivation for children to go on using
them will not be strong enough.
7.5
Letters is aimed at Key Stage 1. It is colourful and has two good
motivating games designed to help children learn letters as initial
sounds. It also contains an attractive morphing type of action where an
initial small letter such as an “m” turns gradually into a picture of
some mountains and then back again. The program is easy to use once
installed and the icons to click on are large and well-defined. It is
simple for almost any child, with a little practice, to choose the
different activities and to understand the points being made.
7.5
The problem, however, is not so much the presentation but whether the
points being made are, in themselves, worthwhile and accurate. The
Teachers’ Notes say that the applications are intended to cater for the
needs of children in speaking and listening, reading (learning phonic
cues) spelling (although there is no direct reference to spelling in any
of the activities) and finally handwriting. There are nine discs in the
pack and a total of 30 photocopiable black and white worksheets. Apart
from the startup disc, each floppy contains the data for dealing with
three or four lower case letters of the alphabet. Capital letters are
not included in the program.
7.5
As a simple letter recognition teaching device, the program is fine. In
teaching children to spot the 26 letters, their particular design is
unimportant. There are so many alphabets or fonts today that the wider
variety to which youngsters are exposed, the better will be their
abilities to recognise them. However, simple recognition devices are all
around us for free, so is there really a need for an expensive program?
7.5
Poor for letter formation
7.5
As an aid to handwriting, the program is frankly disastrous. Current
thinking from all recognised experts and from OFSTED is that handwriting
should be taught joined-up from the start. The National Curriculum
demands a clear and legible cursive style by level 3. At the very least,
the letter shapes need to be formed in a way which is in preparation for
joining. In Letters, no thought has been given to this at all. The
design of the letters under this heading, especially for beginners, is
all-important. Here, the same old print script shapes from the London
County Council lectures of 1913 have yet again been reproduced.
7.5
There are so many inaccuracies in the Letter Formation section of the
program that I believe that it should be withdrawn. To take one or two
examples, the letters r n m and h p b are described as the yo-yo family
because it is said the pencil must go down the first stalk and up it
again. For good cursive writing habits to be learned, the pencil must in
fact travel down and then up at a slight angle to the right − not at all
like a yo-yo. The letter s is shown with the initial stroke being made
upwards, a well-known fault in young children’s writing which produces
an s much taller than the other letters and which can take years of re-
training to eradicate. It should start with a horizontal right to left
stroke. The small a is not even a- shaped but looks like an o stuck to
an i. The letter l that is given is, in fact, a capital I, etc!
7.5
In conclusion
7.5
While I liked the letter animation into an object and the I-Spy game
with its musical reward, I feel that children deserve better artwork
than the very poor drawings which were used. Altogether, the program
could be said to succeed in its letter recognition aims but in a rather
mundane style, while failing completely in its claim to help letter
formation. Altogether very poor value for schools at £45 + p&p +VAT and
even worse value for non-education users at £60 +VAT. Letters is
available from Oak Solutions. A
7.5
As this was not exactly a glowing review, I showed it to Oak Solutions
to give them the chance to respond. They simply pointed out that (a)
they have many satisfied customers already using Letters, (b) in
Archimedes World, the Foundation Series (of which Letters is a part) got
a five-out-of-five on all counts in its review and (c) it got a good
write-up in Acorn Computing, January ’94, p35. Is there anyone using
Letters who would be willing to give us their views? Ed.
7.5
Look Systems
7.5
From 7.3 page 40
7.5
Look Systems
7.5
From 7.3 page 41
7.5
Notes − A ‘Sticky Pad’ Utility
7.5
Peter Jennings
7.5
If you find it useful to write notes on those little tear-off pads which
have a sticky strip along one edge, then The Really Good Software
Company have issued just the utility for your computer or network.
Priced at a very modest £9.95 inclusive (recalling those cheaper days of
BBC B software), Notes (version 1.43) allows you to write memos which
can be stored and recalled, attached to specific files or even put on
discs to be sent to someone else.
7.5
The notes can then be set to appear at particular times or in response
to particular conditions. These can be at switch on, when a directory or
file is opened, on certain days of the week, at intervals of a set
number of days or just when clicked on. A recently added enhancement
also makes it possible to add a note to the shutdown procedure which can
be used as a reminder to remove floppy discs and switch off the printer.
Notes can be made printable and can be viewed and edited at any time.
7.5
Expandable windows
7.5
The notes are written in automatically expandable windows which can have
different background and text colours, set by the user. The default size
is one line, 30 characters long, and the window grows by one line every
time the text wraps round. The colours can be used to show whether the
note is a routine memo or an urgent message.
7.5
Notes is very simple to use. A click on the iconbar icon brings up a
Notes window for you to type in your message. The note is then saved as
one of three types: ‘dir’, ‘stored’ or ‘attached’. A ‘dir’ (directory)
note is a stand-alone memo which can be put on a floppy disc without
needing the Notes program to be present. It can be set to pop up the
first time that its directory is opened after each switch on or when its
icon is clicked. A ‘stored’ note is held inside the Notes application
and can be automatically displayed at start up. An ‘attached’ note is
fastened to a file, directory or application and appears whenever that
object is loaded or run.
7.5
A range of styles can be set, and new ones created, to give a
distinctive appearance to different types of notes so that, for example,
urgent memos can have a red background.
7.5
Manual on disc
7.5
Notes comes on a single disc, unprotected but with an embedded serial
number to identify the legitimate owner, in a clear plastic case like a
slightly over-sized CD box. The manual is on disc as a HelpReader file
(a PD text reader by the same author) and although this keeps the price
down, the manual is detailed enough for me to wish there had been a
printed copy. In response to my suggestion, it is now also being
supplied as a text file, so that it can be printed out.
7.5
I have various text files of information scattered around my hard disc
and it would be useful to be able to convert some of them to this more
versatile system, perhaps by dragging to the icon or into a Notes
window. This suggestion, too, is being acted upon and the facility will
be provided in the next major update, which may already be available by
the time you read this.
7.5
At less than £10, Notes is cheap enough to buy and try, even if you are
not sure how much use you will make of it. You could find it’s one of
those programs that you wonder how you managed without. A
7.5
Ixion
7.5
Jean-Paul Hamerton
7.5
Ixion was written by Tom Cooper & Barry Clarkson for Software 42 and
costs £25.99 inclusive. It was reviewed on a 1Mb A310 with a 20 Mb hard
drive.
7.5
The plot
7.5
Due to the greenhouse effect, Earth had became pretty inhospitable for
humans to live on, so it was decided that there had been too much damage
done and everyone should evacuate Earth and set up a new civilization on
another planet.
7.5
Times were very hard on the new world, as people had to start rebuilding
their lives again. This caused a lot of poverty and poor living
condition which led to a large increase in crime. Not being able to
cope, the government decided that the best action would be to use
certain inhabitable regions on old Earth as a prison. You have being
placed on Earth because you were found guilty of being in possession of
narcotics. You will be stuck on Earth unless you can find a way to
escape.
7.5
The package
7.5
The game comes on two floppy discs in a white video cassette box. The
discs can be copied to either hard disc or ram but you will still need
to have Ixion Disc 1 in the floppy drive at all times for copy-
protection reasons. If you only have a single floppy drive, you will
need to swap the disc every time you begin a new game.
7.5
There is an 8 page A6 instruction manual which tells you what all the
controls are gives you some background information. There nothing
outstanding here as most of the information is very obvious and, to be
honest, there is only one bit you need to read and that is about the
weapons. This is because it tells you about the first puzzle that you
have to solve.
7.5
The game
7.5
You start the game in the middle of the city of Ixion. The top two
thirds of the screen is taken up with a 3D view of the city. There is a
pub just behind you but as you don’t have any money, there is no point
going there. To the right there is a car − this is because walking is a
bit slow and who wants to walk when you can drive? Movement is
controlled from a control panel at the bottom of the screen by clicking
on the different direction icons. The control panel also has some other
icons such as a radar, map and inventory. There is also a small human
shape that changes colour when you get hit − it starts at white and goes
to dark blue just before you die.
7.5
As you walk towards the car, you will see a person walking like John
Cleese in his ‘funny walk’ sketch. When you are in the car, movement is
still as smooth as before but rather faster. If you chase John Cleese,
you can kill him by knocking him down. This is quite a good method of
killing things but the car can only take a certain amount of damage and
if the car blows up when you are in it, you will die.
7.5
There are a lot of places to explore. If you click on the map icon, you
can find other places to visit. The map doesn’t show all the places
because I found a tardis, although I couldn’t get it to work.
7.5
There are also some people that you might meet on your journey, like the
drunk and the barman. You can try to get information out of them but
most of the time you have to give them something to get anything from
them. When you are talking to them, you get a nice digitised picture of
a person. I would guess that they are all friends of the programmers.
The conversations are very basic − when you talk to the barman, you will
only be able to buy a drink by clicking on the ‘buy drink’ response. It
is worth buying a snake bite because, if you drink one of these, the
screen starts to wobble all over the place − it made me feel quite sick!
7.5
There are loads of puzzles to solve − it takes me over an hour to get to
where I am and I still haven’t completed the game. The puzzles are very
simple. For example, you have to open lots of different doors with the
right passcard. There are also terminals scattered around different
buildings. Some of these terminals are networked together so you can
log-on to a different terminal from the one you are using. These come in
handy for some of the puzzles.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
This game is good fun to play but it does get very frustrating the more
you play it because there is no way to save the game. When you have
completed quite a bit of the adventure and you make a silly mistake and
die, you have to go back to the beginning. Having said that, if there
were a save game option, the game would be too easy, so I am not sure
what could have been done to make it harder.
7.5
I have just two things that I think could have been improved. The people
you meet could have been made to look more like the character they were
playing. The barman could have been wearing some sort of pinny and
cleaning a glass and the drunk at the bar could have looked drunk. The
other niggle is that I would have liked to be able to move the head. You
could then walk in one direction and shoot in another using the cursor
keys. These two points don’t ruin the game, but I think it would have
been a bit more fun to play.
7.5
There is only one more thing I should say and that is the packaging
really lets this game down. It comes in a video box which gives a lot
protection but the cover picture was printed the loading screen sprite
in black and looked very poor. The instructions were just enough to be
able to say that there were instruction included. To my mind, this made
the game look cheap and nasty.
7.5
If this game were a bit cheaper, I would recommend it but with the bad
packaging I don’t feel I can. However, if you can put up with the
packaging and like 3D adventure games, I can see that you might want to
buy it. A
7.5
Introducing Your Computer − 3
7.5
Norfolk IT Team
7.5
This month we shall return to something touched upon in the first of
this series. In that article we said that the computer has an ‘identity’
when it is first turned on. It is possible for you to control certain
aspects of that identity in order to set up your computer in the way
which best suits your approach to using it.
7.5
!Configure
7.5
The computer comes with a built-in application which gives you control
over a number of the ways in which it can be set up. This application,
Configure, is held in the Apps directory. Move the mouse pointer until
its tip is within the ‘Apps’ icon at the bottom left of your screen and
click <select> once. This will open the Apps directory. Move the pointer
over the ‘!Configure’ icon and double-click <select>. The Configure icon
will appear on the iconbar. Clicking <select> on this icon will open a
window with the title ‘Configuration’.
7.5
We shall deal with the twelve options which appear in the Configuration
window. Most of the settings will not need to be altered at all, some
depend very much on individual preferences and others are better
changed. A single click over any of the icons will open the window for
that subject.
7.5
Net
7.5
Note that the ‘Net’ icon will be ‘greyed out’ and will do nothing unless
your computer is connected to a network. A network is a way of
connecting a number of computers together so that they can share
information and expensive devices such as laser printers. With a
network, such a printer may be connected to just one of the computers
but all may be able to use it. If the computer you use is connected to a
network, perhaps in a school or business, then there will be a person
whose job is to be the network manager − talk to them if you need
advice.
7.5
Discs
7.5
This option is only likely to be of use if you add (additional) hard
disc drives to your computer.
7.5
Floppies
7.5
This option, like the Discs one above, is only of use when adding
additional disc drives to your computer.
7.5
Printer
7.5
The settings in this section are likely to be satisfactory as shown.
7.5
Printer port refers to the way in which your computer is connected to a
printer. (A ‘port’ is a connection point for your computer to
communicate with other electronic devices − rather as a sea port enables
the communication of a country with other lands, and the importation and
exportation of goods.)
7.5
It may be that when you try to use your printer to print some text, it
all prints out on one line without the printer moving the paper up at
the end of each line. If this is so then clicking on the ‘snowflake’ to
the left of the legend Ignore character code so that it disappears may
well cope with your problem. If that does not do the trick then you
should contact your local dealer.
7.5
(The snowflake represents ‘true’ or ‘active’ and the empty box
represents ‘false’ or ‘inactive’ so the empty box means that it does not
ignore the particular character code.)
7.5
Mouse
7.5
The mouse options may be set according to personal preference.
7.5
You are most likely to wish to alter the Mouse speed. This changes as
soon as you click on one of the speed settings so if you then move the
mouse around a bit, you can see if it suits you. More experienced users
generally prefer a faster mouse but this can be a little disconcerting
if you are still learning how to control the wretched rodent!
7.5
The other settings control the timing of double-clicking and dragging
operations. The values shown above are the standard ones. If you have
difficulty with hand or finger control then altering these settings may
well help.
7.5
Keyboard
7.5
There are two areas in this window.
7.5
Auto repeat controls whether or not a key automatically begins to enter
a whole string of characters if you keep it held down for a while. Young
children in particular may benefit from having this option turned off
(click on the ‘snowflake’) as there will then be a one-to-one
correspondence between keypresses and characters appearing on the
screen.
7.5
The Caps lock setting determines what the QWERTY keys do when the
machine is first switched on. Most people prefer this to be set to off.
The keys then automatically enter lower-case letters, only giving upper
case when <shift> is held down − as on a typewriter.
7.5
Memory
7.5
Most of these settings are best set to zero but there is one which
should be changed from the standard value likely to be already set on a
new machine. This is the value for Font cache.
7.5
To alter the value you can either click with <select> on the arrow icons
next to it or click on the value itself in which case a caret will
appear and you can edit the value using the delete and number keys. If
you have a 1Mb machine, we would recommend setting Font cache to 64. If
you have 2Mb or more, it is worth setting the font cache to about 150 or
more. Altering this value may dramatically speed up the time taken for
the computer to write your characters onto the screen as you type them.
7.5
Sound
7.5
This allows you to decide whether to have the speakers in your computer
on or off. It is possible to connect your computer either to a HiFi
system or to a pair of headphones (any pair of headphones suitable for a
personal stereo will do) by using the socket on the back of the
computer. This gives you the option of amplified sound at improved
quality or a blissfully quiet room while the computer user blasts away
at aliens or composes a musical masterpiece. In either case, you will
probably want to turn off the computer’s own speakers by clicking on the
‘snowflake’ to the left of Loudspeaker enabled.
7.5
The overall volume of your machine may be adjusted by clicking on the
arrow icons to either side of the Volume horizontal bar chart.
7.5
The Voice setting determines the noise made when the computer ‘beeps’ at
you, such as when you first turn it on. Try clicking on the arrow keys
by the number to see the various alternatives − all are harsher than the
Wavesynth-Beep setting which is almost certainly that in operation when
you first got your machine.
7.5
The Quiet and Loud beep settings determine the volume of the beep in
relation to the overall volume setting. A Quiet beep setting sounds
about half as loud as the Loud setting.
7.5
Screen
7.5
If you are using a relatively new machine (A3010, A3020, A4000, A5000)
then the Automatic type detection option will probably work for you. If
you have an older machine, you will need to select a Monitor type −
consult your dealer if you are stuck (but remember that any subscriber
can send a written request for help to Archive or subscribe to the
Technical Help Service).
7.5
Turning on Automatic mode selection (as usual, click on the ‘snowflake’)
will ensure that your computer starts up with a screen display which
makes good use of your monitor. Experienced users may prefer to turn
this option off and enter a mode number into the Default screen mode
box.
7.5
The Interlace setting can almost certainly be left off − it is only
intended for certain older models of monitor.
7.5
The Blank delay setting can be altered by clicking on the arrows by the
box. This will automatically blank the monitor screen if there has been
no use of the computer for the specified time. Just moving the mouse or
pressing a key will turn the display on again after it has been blanked
in this way. If a computer is left switched on for a long time, an
unchanging image may be ‘etched’ onto the screen of the monitor, such
that it is always visible. This is clearly undesirable and so screen
blankers are often used. There are also applications which can be
purchased to put a changing display on the screen after a specified
period of time, rather than just have it go blank.
7.5
The Vertical adjust setting is useful if the computer display is
disappearing off the top or bottom of your monitor screen and the
monitor has no vertical shift adjustment.
7.5
Fonts
7.5
The Use anti-aliasing setting can usefully be set to 30 or so. This will
improve the appearance of text on the screen, particularly if you have a
good quality monitor and like to use larger type sizes when word-
processing. You will probably notice that the Use cached bitmaps setting
alters automatically as you use the arrow icons to change the Use anti-
aliasing value. The Use sub-pixel anti-aliasing options should be turned
off − their use is very specialised and consumes considerable amounts of
computer memory.
7.5
Windows
7.5
Our advice would be to switch all these options on except the last. Open
submenus automatically will not wait for you to slide off the little
right-pointing arrows on menus before opening the next menu. This can be
rather confusing.
7.5
Interactive file copying means that you can still use the computer to
get on with your work while files are being copied or deleted.
7.5
Instant dragging means that the windows on your desktop seem really to
slide around on the screen if you move or resize them. If this option is
off, frame outlines appear when you resize or move frames and the frame
is not redrawn on the screen until you have finished moving it.
Experiment with these options if you want to see what they do.
7.5
Allow windows off-screen means that windows can be slid partially off
the screen to get them out of the way. This can be quite useful.
7.5
Beep when an error occurs will cause the computer to make a beep (as set
with the sound options described above) when you make a mistake such as
clicking on the floppy disc drive when no disc is present.
7.5
Applications
7.5
This is really quite a useful set of options which simply allows you to
have one or more of the applications in the Apps directory automatically
loaded when you switch on your machine. If you have the Alarm
application switched on, there will always be a clock on your iconbar,
switching on Calc will make sure a calculator is always easily
available, etc.
7.5
When will it happen?
7.5
Some of the configuration settings covered above will take place
immediately, such as adjusting the mouse speed. Others will have no
effect unless you ‘do a <ctrl-break>’ or until you have turned the
computer off and then on again. By ‘doing a <ctrl-break>’, we mean that
you hold down <ctrl> and press and release <break> whilst still holding
<ctrl> for a couple of seconds. Be careful, though, because a <ctrl-
break> resets the computer and you will lose any work that you were
doing at the time.
7.5
What if I get into a mess?
7.5
It is, of course, possible to get into a terrible mess with a number of
unsuitable settings. If this happens, turn off your computer and then
turn it on again while holding down the R key. Release the R key after a
few seconds, you will see some colour changes on the screen and then the
configuration settings will all be restored to their standard values! A
7.5
Arcventure III − The Vikings
7.5
Doug Weller
7.5
Arcventure III is the third (and last) in the series of archaeological
simulations from Sherston Software. It costs £31.95 +VAT from Sherston
or £35 (including VAT and carriage) through Archive. It comes on three
discs; a start up disc which cannot be copied and must be used every
time the program is run, a copiable Work Disc and a resources disc with
various text, draw and sprite files of Viking characters and objects
which can be used with other packages. The program can be run from hard
disc but still needs the startup disc, although a site licence can be
bought from Sherston − £63.90 +VAT for primary schools and £95.85 +VAT
for secondary.
7.5
The pack, which comes in a plastic wallet, also includes an excellent
teachers’ book, A3 and A4 maps of central Jorvik and two expedition
cards with information about characters and objects.
7.5
Aims
7.5
The program has two aims; to help children learn about the Vikings, and
to give children some understanding of archaeology. The teachers’ book
has some excellent suggestions on further work in history, geography,
maths, english, art & craft, science, health education, drama, music and
religious education!
7.5
Starting up
7.5
The program can be loaded normally onto the iconbar, from which several
options can be set. Three levels of difficulty are offered; level one
has three easy-to-find unknown objects (see below), level two has three
different and more difficult objects and level three has two further
very difficult objects. Sound volume can be adjusted from the options
menu or turned on and off with functions keys. When using the program
<ctrl-Q> returns to the desktop, prompting the user to save the current
position.
7.5
Clicking on the Arcventure III icon on the iconbar first makes a title
screen appear, then a screen offering a choice between Archaeologist’s
Instructions, starting the adventure, and a movie. The movie is a series
of animated screens with good mood-setting background music giving an
introduction to the adventure. It’s nice − the kids like it − but it
doesn’t do justice to the graphics capability of the Archimedes.
7.5
The adventure
7.5
As the adventure starts, children are shown a series of screens moving
from a map of Britain to a view of York to an excavation site in York.
At the dig, they are offered a choice of tools (spade, trowel, brush and
magnifying glass). Children choose the area they want to excavate and a
tool to use − a small figure on the screen then starts digging. If they
find an object, it is displayed on screen. Of course, after over 1000
years most of them show their age and are displayed as they would look
when excavated! A clever option here is the ability to get the computer
to reconstruct the object in its original form. There are nineteen
finds, all of which were actually found at Coppergate or similar sites.
7.5
At the end of each day, they return to the Information Hut where the
objects uncovered are stored and where further information about the
objects can be found. From here, a notebook facility, the Journal, can
be accessed and the day’s activities recorded. This is kept as a text
file and can later be used in any word processor or DTP package.
Fourteen days are allowed for the excavation, and points are awarded
both in the excavation and in the expedition, adding a competitive
element to the program.
7.5
Occasionally, an unidentified object is uncovered. There are eight of
these in all, but only three are found in any one adventure. When one is
found and taken to the information hut, the children are taken back
through a time line to Coppergate in Viking Jorvik. Here they must move
around Coppergate, visiting various locations and meeting many people
with whom they must communicate to get information. The manual stresses
that children should be told to keep notes on the information they come
across. To find out what the object is, they have to complete various
tasks before they return to the dig. They can talk to the people they
meet, who will often give them clues and occasionally tasks to do. In
all, there are 26 people; the expedition covers what was probably the
centre of Jorvik including Coppergate, King’s Square, the market place
and three churches. When they have the information about the unknown
object, they are taken back to the dig and the information hut.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
This is an excellent program to use in support of a Key Stage Two
project on Invaders. The teachers’ book is well detailed with
information about all the finds and solutions for all the unknown
objects. There is also a section written by a professional archaeologist
which offers teachers a quick overview of archaeology, including places
to visit, books, and addresses of organisations such as English Heritage
and the Young Archaeologists’ Club. I can recommend it enthusiastically
with only one caveat which is, like most historical simulations,
probably the lowest age range it could be used with is Year 4 (8/9 year
olds). A
7.5
Art20
7.5
Andrew Rawnsley
7.5
Art20 is a new sprite-based painting application from Tekoa Graphics.
The program boasts all the usual creation and painting options, plus
some powerful image-processing operations all for a very competitive
price.
7.5
Inside the wallet
7.5
Art20 comes in A5-sized plastic wallet with a rather unattractive
picture on the front cover. The author has tried to show too many of the
program’s features in one image!
7.5
Inside, there is a 35 page Ovation-produced manual, which is complete,
if rather hard to read due to the amount of text per page. More
illustrations would have been nice, particularly as this program is
designed for creating pictures!
7.5
There are two discs of software, one containing the program and
associated utilities (more of which later), plus four low-resolution
(mode 15) sprites. The other disc contains three hi-res mode 27/28
images. Apart from the picture of a kookaburra (bird), none of these
pictures were either attractive or useful, and most were derived from
the fractal Mandelbrot set, which seems to be the package’s trademark,
although it can’t of course produce fractals!
7.5
Using Computer Concepts’ Compression on these pictures, it was easy to
fit all the software onto one 800Kb floppy disc.
7.5
The program itself
7.5
When the Art20 application is run, it installs itself on the iconbar,
and the menu allows creation, saving and deletion of the sprites, as
well as setting up mode and pointer defaults.
7.5
Art20 makes a distinction between what it calls Screens and Sprites. To
most readers, a sprite will be the contents of any Paint or other pixel-
graphics program, ignoring image size. Art20 creates Screens − full
screen sprites in whatever mode you select − which act like canvasses.
Sprites are pictures smaller than full screen size, which Art20 stores
separately and which can be manipulated and inserted onto your ‘screen’.
They may be from external files or areas taken from your screen.
7.5
Art20 can cope with up to four screens at once, depending on the
computer’s memory limitations.
7.5
Once a screen has been created, a window appears containing a view of
the ‘screen’. This suggests that the program runs nicely in a window on
the desktop. However, this window is only a viewer, and all editing
takes over the whole screen.
7.5
From the menus and options windows, it is clearly still running on the
desktop, as all the styles are retained, you just can’t access any other
application until you choose the Desktop option from the menu. This
proved to be a major flaw in the program, as whenever I am creating
images, I tend to use three or four different image creation/processing
utilities, ranging from Paint to ProArtisan 2, saving data into and out
of each application. Art 20 makes this method of working much harder.
7.5
The tools
7.5
However, once you begin to use the application, it becomes clear that it
has many powerful features ranging from graduated fills, to dither
palettes, to colour shifting. Naturally, all the standard shapes,
brushes and pixel editing options are present.
7.5
A feature that the author is particularly proud of (from the demo
pictures) is the program’s ability to transform an area into a circle,
or wrap it around a hemisphere for a 3D effect.
7.5
Some readers may know the painting program called Imagery from the
Palette Studio, which retails at around £90. It boasts a substantial
array of processing options, many of which appear in Art20, although the
author is not the same. Thus we have softening, sharpening and edge
filtering to outline a shape. There is a mosaic option which produces
‘tiles’ of colour throughout an area. You can also perform colour swaps
and offset the colours by a given value. The full contrast option allows
you to brighten or dim the image.
7.5
One particularly useful function is that the program stores the current
screen whenever you bring up the menu, or begin an area effect option,
so if everything goes wrong, you can undo it and start again.
7.5
Problems
7.5
Apart from the difficulties caused by the program taking over the whole
screen, the one serious omission that I found was in the Text option. It
is perfectly possible to create text in your image with Art20 but, like
Paint, it can only be created in the system font.
7.5
We all know how awful this looks both on screen and on paper,
particularly when distorted using Art20‘s area manipulation effects.
Maybe the program will use outline fonts in the next version?
7.5
ArtPrint and ArtView
7.5
These are the two utilities that accompany Art20. ArtPrint allows you to
print out pictures, with the option to fit the picture to the page. You
can print with either landscape or portrait page orientation − the
options seemed to work the wrong way round − portrait would print out
landscape and vice versa!
7.5
ArtView is simply a low memory full screen picture viewer, which seemed
to be rather a space-filler on the disc. There are so many PD utilities
which do the same job and provide some image control.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
At under half the price of some of the high-end painting/processing
applications such as Pro Artisan 2, there is no point in trying to
compare Art20 with the likes of these, although Art20 lacks many of the
more powerful features of these programs.
7.5
However, at only £60 inclusive (£120 for a site licence) from Tekoa
Graphics, it offers good all-round performance, and if you can live with
it run-ning outside of the desktop, and the text limitations, and don’t
need all the facilities of Revelation ImagePro or Pro Artisan 2, it is
certainly worth a look.
7.5
I can also see this package being popular in schools, as it fairs well
when compared to the similarly priced Revelation 2. In schools, the
full-screen operation is likely to be seen as a bonus, as it appears
much simpler than a cluttered desktop with windows and tool-panes to
navigate. With the site-licence only costing the equivalent of two
copies of the program, this too seems suitable for the education
market. A
7.5
Network Cybernetics AI CD-ROM
7.5
Hutch Curry
7.5
The Network Cybernetics AI (Artificial Intelligence) CD-ROM is marketed
in the UK by Lambda Publications of Swindon at the price of £80
inclusive. Lambda is better known as the purveyors of a version of the
programming language Scheme called EdScheme that runs on a number of
platforms including the Archimedes. Scheme is a modern version of Lisp,
one of the programming languages most closely associated with artificial
intelligence applications − which probably explains why Lambda are
involved with the AI CD-ROM.
7.5
As the AI CD-ROM contains more than 800 items and occupies 196Mb in a
highly compressed form, it is clearly impossible to do any sort of
thorough review of the contents. For the past three weeks, I have spent
an hour or two every evening going through the material, and I have only
scratched the surface. Therefore I will try to identify who might be
interested, summarise the type of material on the CD and give my views
on its usefulness to an Archimedes user.
7.5
Who will buy?
7.5
This CD originates from the States and is primarily intended for use on
DOS-based machines. This means that the compiled applications supplied
on the CD will only run (slowly) on the Archimedes under the PC
Emulator. This also means that there is no native front-end software for
the Archimedes to help the user find his/her way through the material.
However, the Acorn CDFS reads the CD-ROM with no difficulty so all of
the text and source files are immediately available in native mode after
decompression with, for example, SparkFS. The upshot of all this is that
the potential user must be keen and prepared to spend time and effort to
extract the material.
7.5
The CD-ROM contents
7.5
The contents of the AI CD-ROM have come from a large number of sources.
Most of the material could have been (and can be) obtained by file
transfer (FTP) over the InterNet. The bulk of the material is public
domain although there are a substantial number of shareware applications
included. There is also quite a lot of material for which I could find
no clear statement of copyright status. The next few paragraphs will
attempt to provide a summary of the disc contents by broad topic area.
(I have included an extensive, but still abridged, index for the CD-ROM
on the monthly program disc.)
7.5
Programming languages, utilities & tutorials
7.5
The AI CD-ROM includes a vast range of material for programmers and for
those interested in computer languages. There are versions of well-known
languages such as C, C++, Lisp, Prolog, Scheme, Smalltalk and Forth for
various platforms. There is more material for the languages such as
Lisp, Prolog, Smalltalk and Scheme that are used extensively in AI
applications. In addition, the CD-ROM contains versions of many less
well-known languages such as Bob, Icon, J, Future86 and SnoBol4. Most of
these implementations are for DOS-based machines but include source
code, so it would be possible to get a number of them to run on the
Archimedes.
7.5
The AI CD-ROM includes a large number of programming utilities and aids
scattered around the disc. For example, there are versions of a Fortran
to C translator for both DOS and OS/2 (with source). As I am currently
trying to get to grips with programming for Windows, I was especially
pleased to find the complete source listings and utilities from
Richter’s book, ‘Windows 3.0 :A Developer’s Guide’. Other potentially
useful entries are assemblers and/or disassemblers for a number of
processors including 6502, Motorola DSP56001, Motorola 68HC11 and Z80.
Also included are circuit simulators and analysers. If you are
interested in PostScript programming, I expect that the text files
containing the official Adobe P.S. printer descriptions will be very
useful. Ultimately, the degree to which any individual will find
anything particularly useful will depend on his/her own needs and
therefore any potential purchaser should scan the extensive contents
list prior to purchase.
7.5
In addition to languages and utilities, the CD-ROM contains a good
selection of tutorial material for those trying to learn a particular
language. There is coverage of 80x86 assembler, C, C++, Forth and
Modula-2.
7.5
Artificial intelligence
7.5
A large amount of the CD is, not surprisingly, devoted to artificial
intelligence (AI) of one form or another. Included are bibliographies of
AI papers, lists of magazines, journals and computer-based resources and
a number of tutorials and other didactic material. I found the tutorials
on expert systems and neural nets to be particularly informative. There
is a very interesting section of source and reference material
concerning robotics. Included are the text and source code from years of
both ‘AI Expert’ and ‘AI List’.
7.5
Neural networks
7.5
The AI CD-ROM contains an incredible amount of material concerned with
artificial neural networks. Included are comprehensive bibliographies of
neural net journal papers, magazine articles and computer-based
resources. There are also detailed papers on topics such as the
applications of neural nets and a number of excellent tutorials. There
are loads of examples of all of the common types of neural networks
(back propagation, perception, self-organising and recurrent) and
examples of neural nets I had never previously encountered. Many of
these come with source and the vast majority are written in some form of
C or C++. Also included are the text and source code from the ‘Neural
Digest’ Volumes 1 − 9 .
7.5
Expert systems
7.5
Coverage of expert systems on the AI CD-ROM is not as extensive as that
for neural networks although there is still plenty of material to browse
through. The AI CD-ROM includes some detailed papers on topics such as
the reliability of expert systems and an excellent tutorial on their
use. There are also a number of sample applications demonstrating
different applications and approaches to expert systems. Only a few of
these have complete source code included and, as such, are generally not
that useful for an Archimedes owner. One notable exception is the
provision of CLIPS version 5.1. CLIPS is an expert system development
environment originating from NASA and looks to be extremely powerful. In
addition to providing source code for DOS platforms, there appears to be
complete generic C code for other machines. I have started to convert
this to run on the Archimedes but have put it aside for the moment to
finish this review. Also included are the complete text and source code
from the AI Expert Magazine, 1986-92.
7.5
Language resources and natural language processing
7.5
The largest share of the AI CD-ROM is given over to language, language
resources and natural language processing. The disc contains a large
number of valuable resources such as an abbreviation and acronyms
dictionary, extensive word lists in English, Dutch, German, Italian and
Swedish and finally tutorials in ASL (sign language), French, German,
Greek, Esperanto, Hebrew, Japanese, Italian, Latin, Russian and Spanish.
There are a number of programs to generate or transform text in a
variety of ways.
7.5
One interesting example is a shareware program called Babble. This
program is described as a toy for people who love words. Babble operates
as a text-mixing studio that babbles endlessly from supplied or user-
provided texts. You can even add special effects such as stutter. The
program is great fun and works surprisingly well.
7.5
With the emphasis on natural language processing, there are lots and
lots of programs and example code dealing with different forms of
textual analysis − such as word count, character frequency, parsing,
lexical analysis and so on. Amongst these is PC-Kimmo, a well known
morphological parser. There are also detailed papers on topics such as
Discourse Representation Theory and English to Prolog conversion. There
are probably fifteen different versions of the classic natural language
processing program, Eliza on the CD. Included also are lists of resource
materials, contact addresses for linguists and the complete text from
Natural Language Knowledge Representation Digest, Volumes 1 to 9.
7.5
Artificial life and evolution
7.5
The AI CD-ROM also contains an extensive range of material concerned
with artificial life and evolution. Included are comprehensive
bibliographies of artificial life papers and computer-based resources.
There are also quite a few substantive papers on topics of evolution and
sexual selection. Also included are the complete contents of both the
Artificial Life Digest (Issues 1 − 79) and the Genetic Algorithm Digest
(Volumes 1 − 6). The programs and source to support this section are
subdivided into: 1) cellular automata and simple life-like algorithms,
2) virus-level genetic evolution and behaviour simulators, 3) insect-
level genetic evolution and behaviour simulators and 4) genetic
algorithm programs. There are a number of programs in each category and
most of these are supplied with source code.
7.5
Miscellaneous
7.5
In the miscellaneous category, I include the numerous fractal programs
(some with source), the programs for speech production, text to speech
translation, hypertext, computer vision, optical character recognition
(OCR), virtual reality, simulations and image-processing. Some of the
material looks to be very useful.
7.5
Also included on the AI CD, are datasets which do not seem to have any
particular relevance to the rest of the CD. Some of these datasets, for
example the sunspot frequency over the past several hundred years, are
classic. Others such as the complete text of the Bible (twice over) seem
to be merely filler material.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
It is important to realise that this CD is from the States and is aimed
pretty squarely at PC and Mac users. If I were writing this review for a
PC magazine, I would have no trouble giving a solid recommendation. For
the Archimedes user, the situation is quite different in that none of
the executable programs will run in native mode. Although most of the
programs I tried ran under the emulator, they ran rather slowly. Unless
someone does a version of the AI CD-ROM for the Archimedes, the only
other way for the programs to run natively will be for the user to
recompile the code. This may be possible for users with extensive
programming experience but this is clearly not a course of action that
most users would be willing or able to follow.
7.5
For this product to be successful in the Archimedes market, I think that
the distributor must provide some software tools to make this vast
amount of material more easily available and useful. As I mentioned at
the beginning of the review, there is no indexing software for the
Archimedes on the CD-ROM − although there appears to be software for the
PC, Mac and Amiga. I think that a floppy disc containing some indexing
software should be an essential part of the package.
7.5
Continuing in a slightly negative vein, the distributor should also
provide a text reader so that the &0D characters used as line
terminators in the PC world do not show up as funny characters as they
do in Edit. Finally the package should also include a utility program to
ease the transfer of PC or Unix C source code to the Archimedes. I would
suggest that the transfer program should create the appropriate
directories on the Archimedes on the basis of the file suffix on the CD,
so that the file GLOBAL/C will end up as c.Global with the &0Ds swapped
for &0As and the filetype set to &FFF. This would certainly make life a
lot easier for those who wish to recreate the executables on the
Archimedes.
7.5
Although the title of the CD includes Artificial Intelligence (AI),
there is sufficient depth and variety of material included on the disc,
that a passionate interest in AI should not be seen as a prerequisite to
consideration. However, there is no doubt that the greater your interest
in AI, the more you will find of interest. Equally, the more you are
interested in programming, the more you will find to explore.
Nonetheless, the non-programmer can run a large number of programs under
the emulator and will have hundreds of megabytes of journal articles and
papers to browse. Therefore, I would think that a large number of users
would actually find this CD useful and fun. Unfortunately, the price
will probably be prohibitive for most single users. However, I would
expect that secondary schools and universities would find this CD a
valuable resource for their computing science programmes − particularly
if the CD-ROM could be made more accessible on the Archimedes.
7.5
**Stop Press**
7.5
I understand that there has just been a second version of the AI CD-ROM
released which includes more source code and some updated material.
Lambda Publications hopes to hold the price of the new version at £80.
They also wish to announce that there are a few copies of Version 1 now
available at the reduced price of £61.60 inclusive of p&p.
7.5
Network Cybernetics AI CD-ROM costs £80 including VAT plus £1.50 p&p
from Lambda Publications. A
7.5
Acorn Computers in a Research Laboratory
7.5
Ernest Rutter
7.5
For many years we have been concerned, in our laboratory at Manchester
University, with the measurement of the mechanical properties of rocks
at high temperatures and pressures. Before the days of microcomputers,
we logged our experimental data using multipoint strip-chart recorders
or as strips of printed digital information that resembled supermarket
checkout lists. After each experiment came the laborious task of
obtaining a list of data from ruler measurements from the chart,
followed by hand-typing the data onto punched cards or paper tape. The
data processing was carried out on the central-site mainframe.
7.5
Early days − the BBC Micro
7.5
Our first venture into real-time data-logging and computer control came
with the old Nascom microcomputer kit from about 1981 onwards, but
despite a great deal of effort invested this was a road to nowhere. By
1984, favourable comments were being made about the BBC Microcomputer so
we bought our first of many. Initially, we logged four data channels via
the analogue port, modified for an improved voltage reference. Millivolt
level signals from thermocouples and strain-gauge bridges were amplified
with a set of four linear DC amplifiers. In order to obtain satisfactory
resolution, we had to ensure that the full range of the analogue ports
were used, but we found we could measure voltages stably to a resolution
of close on 0.01 mV.
7.5
The next step was to be able to log more channels − and several
approaches to this were taken. By this time (but still pre-Archimedes)
we had five or six BBC Micros attached to several experimental rigs. The
basic measuring instrument for each rig was always a digital voltmeter
(DVM) with a resolution of at least 0.01 mV. This had to be commanded by
the micro to begin a reading and, when the reading was acquired, to make
it available to the computer.
7.5
The computer also had to switch source signals sequentially into the
DVM, using a device called a scanner, usually based on reed relays as
the switching device. Sometimes we used home-made interface devices
driven from the user port, otherwise commercial scanners and DVM’s
interconnected via the IEEE bus. There was never sufficient memory to
store in RAM all the data that was gathered during a typical
experimental run, so we had to used direct-access disc filing
techniques, sending each block of data to disc as soon as it was
acquired. In this way, 2800 records of 10 fields could be stored on one
side of a 5¼“ floppy. It was consoling to think that if someone tripped
over the mains plug, data would not be lost, but several years
experience showed that logging and control programs could run
continuously on these machines for months without problems.
7.5
One of the most attractive features of the BBC Micro was the ease with
which it could be made to communicate with other devices. The relatively
structured BBC Basic made programming straightforward, and this was
aided by a large amount of easily accessible technical literature. At
the time, good mode 0 graphical displays could easily be generated, but
it was always necessary to ensure that the available memory in each
machine was enhanced as far as the technology allowed. The bottom of the
range machine, by itself, would have been pretty useless, but fully
expanded, the machine was very powerful. Based around a BBC ‘B+’ or a
Master, a very flexible data-logging and control system could be put
together for less than £2000. If you consider that a 2-channel chart
recorder would cost the same price, and that the micro-based system with
its dot-matrix printer could generate chart-style printouts in graphics-
mode to even greater resolution, it is clear that dedicated strip chart
recorders should be a thing of the past.
7.5
There is no doubt, however, that in order to get the best out of this
type of equipment for laboratory applications, it was necessary to write
one’s own software. Despite the potential, I never saw a satisfactory
commercial laboratory data-logging package built around the BBC Micro.
In this respect, another important plus for the BBC Micro was its
competitive pricing. It meant that academics like myself could buy
systems for home use. All software development had to be carried out at
home; the day-to-day laboratory environment never provided the quiet
time needed for programming.
7.5
Presently, we still have seven BBC Micro systems working away 24 hours
per day for every day of the year. Their principal source of problems is
the power supply, which eventually fails. Our solution there has been to
buy a stock of 12 cheap power units of similar specification, which we
then mount outside the computer. It is the heat from the power supply
that can eventually kill other components, thus for applications such as
ours, an outside power supply enhances longevity. On two machines (with
surviving internal power supplies) we have fitted cooling fans.
7.5
As well as being the workhorse for the logging and control, the BBC
Micro met our requirements for data processing, database functions and
other computational tasks such as numerical modelling. It also took care
of the organisation of our departmental examinations administration and
all our word processing requirements.
7.5
Enter the Archimedes
7.5
We became so heavily committed to the BBC Micro that the commitment was
transferred to the Archimedes when it appeared. The effort previously
put into data-logging and control software was easily transported to the
Archimedes, so that now we have developed multitasking and considerably
enhanced versions. We have four Archimedes in our laboratory, plus two
that staff have purchased for home use, where inevitably most of the
‘desk’ work still takes place. In the laboratory, one Archimedes is
committed to logging and control on a large mechanical testing facility.
It communicates via the IEEE bus with an Instron 8500 servo-mechanical
loading system and with a traditional scanner plus DVM logging
arrangement. A second machine is used to log and analyse data from
equipment for the measurement of acoustic wave velocities in rocks at
high pressures and temperatures. In this case, pressure measurement data
are input via the serial port, and the pulse for the driving transducer
is shaped by a Thurlby function generator. Waveform data are collected
by a LeCroy digital oscilloscope. The latter two instruments are under
the control of the Archimedes via the IEEE bus, by which the resultant
waveform is downloaded to the Archimedes and stored on disc for later
analysis.
7.5
The intrinsically greater power of the Archimedes and the much improved
commercial software base allows us to do much more now than we ever
could with the BBC Micro. A major application that we have written
specifically to meet the requirements of our group concerns the
quantitative analysis of images of rock microstructures. We require to
determine grain-size distributions, grain shapes, porosity, proportions
of the material composed of different crystalline phases, the degree of
contiguity between different phases and the orientation distribution and
density of cracks. After trials, we rejected the use of television
images for primary data input and elected to make tracings from optical
photomicrographs. In this way, the inevitable stage of subjective
interpretation of the image content is carried out by the user at the
outset. The tracings are then digitised using an A4 scanner. Our
software then begins the analysis by finding arrays of coordinates that
describe the boundary of each traced grain.
7.5
Whereas, on the BBC Micro, the analysis of the results of each
experiment was carried out entirely by our own software through to the
final presentation of graphs, with the Archimedes we generate the output
from the first stage of data processing as a text file that can be read
into any word processor or spreadsheet (on any type of machine too). For
the most part, we use PipeDream 4. Some additional manipulation of the
data is carried out on the spreadsheet and then we use the PD4 charts
routines to generate the basic plots in drawfile format. The latest
version of PD4 charts just about meets our basic requirements. It is not
really written with the scientist in mind but, having said that, it is
probably the most useful of the available packages. For more complex
function fitting operations than are available on PD4, the data can also
be imported into some of our in-house software. The drawfile output from
PD4 can then be loaded into Vector, Artworks or DrawPlus for
manipulation into drawings of publishable quality. Most of our text
processing is carried out using PipeDream or Impression II. PipeDream is
fast to use, particularly for short documents, has relatively modest
requirements for disc space and does not require that infernal dongle.
On the other hand, for professionally produced documents with embedded
graphics, Impression is far superior. In particular, it is much more
flexible for font handling and for the presentation of equations.
7.5
The more powerful a machine becomes, the more one seems to need. To
realise fully the power of a multitasking machine, I find the largest
possible desktop to be essential. Two of our Archimedes are equipped
with 17 inch Eizo F550i monitors and one with a CC ColourCard. The
latter configuration really makes the difference for the rapid
production of quality graphics and for the manipulation of large
spreadsheets.
7.5
I find it quite astonishing to see how much memory we seem to need
nowadays. Four megabytes of RAM disappears in a flash and we always seem
to be buying additional hard discs, mainly for datafiles. Our four
machines currently have about 1Gb of hard disc between them, and when
you consider the need for backup copies of datafiles on floppies the
requirements are becoming formidable. !Squash is a truly essential
utility!
7.5
Other machines
7.5
Within our department, this laboratory is unusual in its commitment to
Acorn machines. Most teaching and research is centred around an array of
Macintosh machines and PCs. We have to have some degree of commonality
with the rest of the world so we also have a 486 PC and a Mac, and hence
the opportunity to make some comparisons. I find the GUI of the
Archimedes to be far superior to that of the Mac and infinitely more
user-friendly than Windows. The latter slows down the PC to a painful
degree.
7.5
However, there are some tasks for which there is no alternative to these
machines. Both the PC and one of the Archimedes is connected to the
university network. We have to make a great deal of use of the Pegasus
mailer on the PC and this works very well, but we cannot run this from
the Archimedes. We have found the TCP/IP suite on the Archimedes to be
far less satisfactory than the network facilities that we use on the PC.
We have also been disappointed to find no-one offering a Fortran
compiler for the Archimedes. We have to carry out a certain amount of
work using Fortran, and this must be done on the PC or Mac.
7.5
Again, take a simple general-purpose application like a graph plotter.
On both the PC and the Mac there is Cricket Graph, which is far more
flexible for scientific work than anything that seems to be available
for the Archimedes. Perhaps it is the fault of scientists for failing to
indicate to commercial software houses exactly what they want to be able
to buy. But perhaps that in turn is a reflection of the easy do-it-
yourself programming environment that the Archimedes provides.
7.5
A final point concerns the cost of Acorn computing. I commented earlier
that one of the attractions of the BBC Micro was its relatively low
cost. This is ceasing to be true of Acorn computers. Leaving aside their
superiority as machines, Acorn computers, upgrades and peripherals are
not competitively priced alongside the world of the PC, whilst PC’s are
becoming better from the point of view of technical capability. General
purpose data-logging software like LabView is available for the Mac and
PC, and is widely used in other laboratories like ours. No doubt the
attractive pricing of PC’s is a consequence of the cut-throat
competition in that marketplace but for the hard-pressed finances of the
university sector, this is a very real consideration. A
7.5
Many thanks to Ernest for responding so quickly to our request for “how
do you use your Archimedes” reports. If you have comments about this or
other uses of the Archimedes, write in and let us know − we may be able
to set up interest groups to link together people with similar
interests. Ed.
7.5
PipeLineZ
7.5
Gerald Fitton
7.5
This month I want to devote the major part of my column to a subject
which I think will interest my many readers who do not have PipeDream or
Fireworkz. It explains how to set up your ‘FontMax’ values in a way
which is suitable for RISC OS printing from either PipeDream and
Fireworkz (or many other packages) − but first a few short paragraphs
arising from recent correspondence.
7.5
Letters from overseas
7.5
Over the last few months, I’ve noticed an increase in the number of
letters I’m getting from outside the UK. It would seem that both Acorn
and Colton Software have achieved a great deal of success in selling
their wares to the overseas market. I trust that this is reflected in
new overseas subscribers to Archive and readers of this column. If you
live outside the UK, please don’t be deterred from writing to me. You
will always get a reply.
7.5
Even more users of PipeDream
7.5
I have traced another surprising increase in my correspondence to sales
of another Archimedes magazine, Risc User. If you recently placed a
subscription with Risc User, you will have received PipeDream 3 as free
software! Although these free copies of PipeDream 3 have led to a small
increase in my correspondence, a far greater increase has arisen because
of an offer from Colton Software. You can trade in PipeDream 3 (and many
other non-Colton packages − ask for them a quote) for either PipeDream 4
or one of the Fireworkz packages! I’ve been told that some copies of the
Risc User PipeDream 3 were traded in unopened!
7.5
Year planner
7.5
Philip Mott has sent me a set of three year planners for 1994 which can
be loaded into Wordz. One is suitable for A4 and another for a filofax
while the third is large enough to be stuck on a wall. The files are on
the Archive monthly disc.
7.5
Upgrades
7.5
The last version of PipeDream 3 was version 3.14 and I think I’m pretty
safe in saying that there will be no more upgrades.
7.5
The latest version of PipeDream 4 is 4.13 and it is now clear that this
will not be the last! Please, please don’t send your suggestions for
PipeDream improvements to me. Send them directly to Mark Colton.
7.5
The Fireworkz suite is now at version 1.07.
7.5
To obtain a free upgrade of your old PipeDream 3, PipeDream 4, Wordz,
Resultz and Fireworkz send both your program and examples discs direct
to Colton Software.
7.5
The components of the Fireworkz suite (currently three packages, Wordz,
Resultz and Fireworkz) are always upgraded simultaneously. When
Fireworkz becomes version 1.08 (soon) then Wordz and Resultz will also
be upgraded to V 1.08 at the same time.
7.5
Loading Fireworkz files
7.5
On the Archive monthly discs (this month and previously), you will find
some files having a Fireworkz filetype. Some of you who possess only
Wordz or Resultz are experiencing problems trying to load files which
have a Fireworkz filetype. One reason is that you are double clicking on
the Fireworkz file − nothing happens. Fireworkz files will load into
Wordz and Resultz provided that your version is 1.04 or later − but not
by double clicking.
7.5
Instead, you have to load Wordz (or Resultz) onto the iconbar and then
drag the Fireworkz file to the installed icon and choose a suitable
template from the menu which pops up.
7.5
If your version is 1.03 or earlier, you won’t be able to read the
Fireworkz files. The solution? Upgrade to version 1.07 (or it might be
1.08 by then).
7.5
If you load Fireworkz files containing formulae into Wordz, the formulae
will be evaluated (snapshotted) and you will not be able to see the
effect of changing values on the spreadsheet. Fireworkz files will load
into Resultz and will generally ‘work’ as they would in Fireworkz. What
you will not be able to do in Resultz is to change any of the tab
settings or add new tabs.
7.5
Friday 13th
7.5
Steve Drain has yet a further PipeDream answer to the Friday 13th
problem. I have included it on the monthly disc. Initially Steve’s
solution was a spreadsheet which, even in compressed form, would have
consumed a large proportion of the disc so I vetoed it and told Steve
why. Not to be outdone, Steve came up with an interesting solution which
doesn’t rely on compression. He sent me a file consisting of only seven
lines (and three columns) which runs to 673 bytes! Of course, the 673
byte file wouldn’t do the job on its own but Steve included a PDCmdFil
of 136 bytes which ‘expands’ the 673 byte file to the size of the
‘original’ which I’d vetoed! The method he uses is to replicate the
formula in A2 down through about 4800 rows using:
7.5
\Bre|i “A2” |i “A3A4800” |m
7.5
I was impressed! If you have an application of PipeDream or Fireworkz
which uses a large unwieldy disc file, take a tip from Steve and you
might become famous by being mentioned in this column and getting your
file onto the monthly disc!
7.5
A control key problem
7.5
Roger King has written to say:
7.5
“Wordz has a number of control key shortcuts which can speed up the
editing and manipulation of text. One combination of such keys which can
cause problems to new users of Wordz and possibly Resultz, is the use of
the shortcut <shift-ctrl-X>. This key combination brings up on screen
the icon allowing boxes to be created around marked areas of the
document. If you have marked an area of text and intend to call up the
box routine with the above key shortcut and tap <ctrl-X> by mistake,
then the marked area on screen will vanish! Actually, this marked area
has been cut to the clipboard and can easily be repasted into the
document again with <ctrl-V>, or by the use of the paste icon on the
tool bar. Some new users of Wordz that I have met recently have
experienced this problem and thought that they had lost the marked area
of text for good, as you would if you used <delete>. I would prefer to
see the box routine chosen with a different key combination, perhaps
<shift-ctrl-B>. Failing to press <shift> with this combination, would
only result in the highlighted area being made bold, which is easily
restored to normal text by pressing the same key combination once more.”
7.5
Resultz files − but not for printing
7.5
My thanks to Colton Software who, via Rex Palmer, provided the following
hint. You might want to get rid of the page breaks in a Fireworkz (Wordz
or Resultz) document. For example, you might have a large spreadsheet or
database that you never want to print in total but from which you want
to extract data. It will look much neater on the screen without page
breaks. The method of removing page breaks is to use the pop up menus
and select Page − Paper − None. You will be presented with a spreadsheet
with no vertical (and no horizontal) page breaks − some will say “Just
like PipeDream!”
7.5
Printing selected columns
7.5
In PipeDream, if you want to print selected columns then one way is to
mark a block and print the marked block. If you want to print columns A
and D but not B, C, E and F then one way of achieving this is to reduce
the width of the unwanted columns to zero using <ctrl-W>. They will
disappear from the screen and won’t be printed. You can restore the
widths afterwards with a second application of <ctrl-W>. If you’re
clever, you can arrange for a PDCmdFil to reduce the widths, print the
selected columns and then restore the widths. Let me know if you want
more details.
7.5
Optimising your font manager
7.5
In response to many requests I shall explain how I set up my ‘FontMax’
values in a way which is suitable for RISC OS printing and I’ll explain
why I do so. Before I start, I must express my indebtedness to
Dr S Antczak for his contribution to this subject.
7.5
What do you want?
7.5
Dr Antczak and I have different requirements. He is a ‘normal’ user (if
such a thing exists) who wants the clearest display which is consistent
with a fast screen update. He is interested in the printed output more
than the screen display. On the other hand, I am prepared to put up with
a slower screen refresh rate because I need clear screenshots for some
of my printed work. I use ‘anti-aliasing’ and ‘sub pixel anti-aliasing’
to improve the screen display for my screenshots.
7.5
!Configure or *status
7.5
Press <F12> to produce a star at the bottom of the screen and type
Status <return>. This will display your CMOS RAM settings − part of
which is something like:
7.5
FontSize 32k
7.5
...
7.5
FontMax1 20 points
7.5
FontMax2 72 points
7.5
FontMax3 72 points
7.5
FontMax4 12 points
7.5
FontMax5 12 points
7.5
FontMax 512k
7.5
The above values are those which I use − your values may well be less.
7.5
If you have RISC OS 2, you will have to use *Configure to change your
settings but, if you have RISC OS 3, I suggest that you use the
procedure I set out below.
7.5
Apps to Fonts
7.5
If you have RISC OS 3 then you will find an icon called Apps on the left
hand side of the icon bar. Click on this (one click) and a directory
called Resources:$.Apps will open. One of the applications is called
!Configure. Double click on !Configure and the !Configure icon will
appear on the right hand side of the iconbar.
7.5
Click once on the !Configure icon and a viewer will open which looks
like the first block of the screenshot below. Click once on the Memory
icon and then on the Fonts icon to open the two windows containing the
dialogue boxes shown in the second and third parts of the screenshot.
7.5
FontSize
7.5
The Memory allocation window can be used to adjust the initial size of
the Font cache. You can use the arrows or you can click on the number
(where I have 32) and change it. Generally, this number is not important
because it is used only as a starting point for the size of the font
cache. I use 32K so that I’ve got something rather than nothing. You can
regard it as the minimum size of your font cache and it will be
important to set it to a value other than zero only if you have a very
limited memory.
7.5
FontMax
7.5
The size of the font cache grows automatically as you load or need more
outline fonts in memory. The Font cache limit (mine is 512Kb) sets the
maximum amount of memory which can be allocated to the font cache. This
is the way in which it works. The font manager reserves space for a font
cache. If the font cache is too small for all the fonts you want to use,
the Font Manager will make room in two ways. It can decide to throw away
cached blocks of fonts not in current use (or those in use but which
have not been used for a little while) or it can increase the size of
the font cache. The font cache grows until it reaches the limit set by
FontMax. If it grows this way from FontSize then it will then shrink
back (to FontSize if possible) as soon as any fonts are finished with
and which can be discarded because no document contains those fonts.
7.5
How large should you make FontMax?
7.5
Well, as a general rule the larger the better! However, what you might
not know is that, when printing, the printer driver uses all available
memory to get on with its job as quickly as possible. If your printing
is much slower than it ought to be, it may be that your FontMax is too
large or too small.
7.5
If FontMax is too small, the font manager will have to keep loading
fonts from disc into the font workspace as you print. If it is too
large, there won’t be enough room for the printer driver to get a grip
on its own rendering of the fonts which it needs for the process of
printing. I have 8Mb of memory in my machine, so I can afford to set
FontMax to 512Kb; you may have to compromise at a lower figure. I have a
strong suspicion that RISC OS 3 works better with a larger FontMax than
that which I found to be the optimum when I had RISC OS 2!
7.5
Generally you should try values such as 64Kb, 128Kb, 256Kb and 512Kb and
check the printing times of a ‘standard’ document.
7.5
FontMax1
7.5
FontMax1 is for controlling the mixed use of outline and bitmap files
and is of little importance to most users. I use the value of 20 points
to cover the possibility that someone sends me a file containing
bitmapped fonts! Probably the best value for you is zero. You cannot set
it using the !Configure utility − you have to press <f12> (for a *) and
type *Configure FontMax1 0k <return> (not ok but zero k).
7.5
FontMax2
7.5
At the bottom of the screenshot you will see a set of four dialogue
boxes (in a window headed Fonts) which popped up when you clicked on
Fonts in the Configuration window. The first dialogue headed “Use anti-
aliasing for characters up to” sets the value of FontMax2.
7.5
FontMax2 is the maximum size of anti-aliased characters in pixels. If a
character is larger than this value, anti-aliasing will not be used.
Anti-aliasing quadruples the size of retained bitmaps in the cache and
also slows down the conversion from outlines. I use 72 points so that
practically all my screen displays are anti-aliased. If FontMax2 is set
to 0, anti-aliasing is turned off entirely and this might be the most
suitable value for 1Mb machines! You may find that most of your text on
screen is below 18 point and so 18 or 24 will be a suitable value for
you. It is because I want to take screen shots of 72 point text that I
use the larger value.
7.5
FontMax3
7.5
The dialogue box “Use cached bitmaps for characters up to” corresponds
to FontMax3 and sets the maximum size of any form of retained bitmap. If
the character to be drawn is larger than this, the outline will be drawn
directly to the screen (or printer) with no caching happening at all. If
you use font sizes larger than the FontMax3 setting for more than one or
two characters in a document, the screen refresh and printing will be
slowed down to an unacceptable rate. If you have too large a value for
FontMax3 (72 point) and a small value for FontMax (e.g. 64Kb) then a
single character might flush everything else from the font cache. I use
72 points with my 512Kb FontMax and so that it matches my FontMax2. You
might use proportionately lower values such as 18 or 24 points for
FontMax2 and FontMax3 in conjunction with 128Kb for FontMax in a 2Mb
machine.
7.5
FontMax4
7.5
FontMax4 is normally set to zero. If it is non-zero, sub-pixel anti-
aliasing is used in the horizontal direction. This is a refinement of
anti-aliasing in which four separate versions of each character are
retained allowing them to be placed on the screen at sub-pixel accuracy.
This has a noticeable effect (an improvement) on the quality of the
screen display of very small characters but it slows the computer down
and most users consider the delay to be unacceptable. I generally use 12
points but I increase it for some of my more detailed screenshots in
which I use large point sizes.
7.5
What is sub-pixel anti-aliasing?
7.5
Try this experiment in Fireworkz or PipeDream using a mode 12 screen.
Create a line consisting of lots of upper-case Trinity.Medium ‘l’s (or
lower-case ‘l’) at 12 point. Notice how they are not evenly spaced. They
bunch up in groups with an extra pixel between the bunches. This is
because the width of the letter is not an exact multiple of the size of
a screen pixel.
7.5
If you have RISC OS 2, you must use *Configure as explained below. If
you have RISC OS 3 then you will be able to use the pop up menus.
7.5
For RISC OS 2, press <f12> and type *Configure FontMax4 20 to configure
FontMax4 to ‘work’ up to 20 points. Press <return> twice and see the
difference; the bunching is smoothed out. You can use the !Magnifier
package if you want a closer look. Unless you want to retain sub-pixel
anti-aliasing, be sure you reset FontMax4 to zero.
7.5
Note that changing a FontMax configuration has an immediate effect and a
<ctrl-break> is not necessary. Like all CMOS RAM settings, the value of
all the FontMax settings are retained so that the next time you switch
on the computer, you will find you have the same settings as when you
switched off!
7.5
FontMax5
7.5
FontMax5 is similar to FontMax4 but controls sub-pixel anti-aliasing in
the vertical direction rather than the horizontal direction. Its use is
even rarer than that of FontMax4 and is usually left as zero to turn off
sub-pixel anti-aliasing in the vertical direction. I use a value of 12
points − but then I have a large value for FontMax (512Kb) and I have
8Mb of memory to play with.
7.5
Summarising FontMax settings
7.5
Do not confuse screen refresh rate with the Fireworkz ‘problem’ of slow
reformatting time on large documents (i.e. 20 or more pages); that is a
different problem which we have dealt with in an earlier article. The
slow reformatting problem probably happened when you loaded a large
PipeDream format document into a pre 1.07 version of Fireworkz.
7.5
If you have a document which is not much larger than the screen and you
still have a slow screen refresh rate, the chances are that your FontMax
(Font cache limit) is too small. If printing is slow, your FontMax value
might be too small or too big! A FontMax which is too big uses up too
much of your available memory and causes printing to slow down. Get
FontMax ‘right’ before you have a go at ‘tweaking up’ FontMax3. Changing
FontMax2 might improve the ‘look’ of the screen display. FontMax4 and
FontMax5 will further improve the appearance of the screen but, unless
you are taking screen shots for manuals (or to send to someone on a
disc) then it probably won’t be of much interest to you. Finally,
FontMax1 is useful only if someone sends you a document which uses an
old (Arthur OS type) bit mapped font. I hope that you never need it.
7.5
Finally
7.5
It would seem that the time has come to remind you once again of the
advantages of sending me your problems on a disc rather than just as
writing on paper. If you send me a worked example demonstrating your
problem, I can check it quickly to see if your problem arises with my
set-up or whether it is something to do with the way you have configured
your system. Secondly, there is no ambiguity as to exactly what you
mean. Thirdly, I can modify your files and send you a worked solution
which you will find easier to understand than a mountain of printed
words from me. Finally, I can make your problem and its solution
available to others by the simple process of copying the relevant files
to the disc they send me.
7.5
You can write to me at the Abacus Training address which you will find
at the back of Archive. Your letter will reach me much more quickly than
if you send it to me via the Archive office. If you live in the UK, it
will help my expenses if you send me return postage − I do appreciate
that overseas correspondents will not be able to do this even though
when I write to them it costs more than a UK letter but if you live
overseas then don’t let that deter you. (In many countries, you can buy
“postal response coupons” which Gerald can cash at his local post office
when buying stamps. Ed.)
7.5
If you want to say how interesting you find this column, please write to
Paul Beverley − then he won’t mind if I do another 5-page PipeLineZ! A
7.5
Electronic CAD − Part 2
7.5
Richard Torrens
7.5
PCB layout − history
7.5
Having drawn a diagram of the circuit we wish to make, we have to put
the bits together. In the early days, Veroboard (which is still
available) was often used for prototypes.
7.5
The board is insulating material with copper strips on one side. It has
a grid of holes on 0.1“ pitch − which happens to suit virtually all
components. The idea is to insert the components into the holes and
solder to the tracks, which are cut where necessary and joined sideways
where necessary to connect the components up as per the circuit diagram.
7.5
The next step is to make up a proper printed circuit board and, for
this, we first have to produce an image of the tracks we need. In the
early days of hand design, we used to do this with ‘Circuitape’ pads and
tracks. The tracks are sold in reels and are dense black crepe tape in
various thicknesses. Pads are sold on a roll and are circular pads with
a central hole, again available in many diameters. Also available are
symbols such as groups of 14 or 16 pads printed on a transparent backing
so you can peel them off and stick them in place − the groups fit
various ICs. The idea is to stick pads, tracks and symbols on a
polyester drafting film sheet to form an image of the board, usually
twice life size, which was then sent off for photography and commercial
production.
7.5
The crepe tape was slightly flexible and, with practice, you could
produce nice, smooth curved tracks. It was quite a skilful job getting
everything looking neat and tidy.
7.5
Then came double-sided artwork. For this, we used black for the pads,
red plastic tape for one side of the board and blue plastic tape for the
other. The photographer would photograph the master using a red filter
so that the red tracks disappeared and the blue tape showed up as black,
as did the pads − this was the blue side. The red side was similarly
photographed using a blue filter, so that the blue disappeared and the
red showed up as black. If the board used plated through the holes, all
the pads would be black but it was quite possible to use red and blue
pads if you did not want plating through. Many of the earlier PCB layout
programs tended therefore to use red and blue on screen, with black
pads.
7.5
I suspect that, although the pads and tapes method is outdated, it is
still the starting point for a lot of PCB design. Even if it is not, it
is very simple to understand and any PCB layout program should be able
to cope simply with anything ‘legal’ that can be done by pads and tapes.
I say ‘legal’ because, when I used this method, we sometimes cheated,
increasing clearances by cutting a segment off a round pad. I don’t
think I would expect a computer program to be able to do this! It is
also very easy to understand the pads and tapes manual layout, so this
is a good point from which to start learning a computer program.
7.5
Analogue vs digital
7.5
Although there is no exact dividing line, PCB design divides into
analogue and digital. Digital designs are those such as computer boards
which use many integrated circuits with few individual components.
Almost all board tracks are laid pin to pin of an IC, perhaps a memory
bus or maybe the interconnections between lot of CMOS logic chips. The
tracks for the most part don’t carry much current but are signal lines,
switching either high or low. Interaction between lines is not very
common and, except at higher frequencies, there are generally few
problems with layout − track routing, spacing and length have little
effect. Most of my designs don’t fall into this category but are
‘Analogue’.
7.5
Analogue designs use far fewer chips with most of the circuit formed
from individual resistors, capacitors and transistors. Signals don’t
switch but can be at any level. Currents may be anything from very small
to very high. Since the voltages are at variable levels, there are many
problems with interaction between signal tracks. Routing earth tracks,
in particular, can be a problem as a high current earth can easily take
the same route as a low current earth. There can easily be interaction
because the tracks have a small, though noticeable, resistance. The
simple transistor circuit I showed last month (reproduced below) is an
analogue circuit, made from three transistors, although the distinction
between analogue and digital is slightly lost at this level of
complexity. The complex circuit I showed last month actually uses partly
analogue and partly digital circuitry, but as far as PCB layout is
concerned it is definitely analogue, because of the large number of
separate resistors and capacitors.
7.5
For digital circuit design, auto-routing can be useful. For analogue
circuitry, it is generally of no use. The main circuit could perhaps be
auto-routed but I do not think there is an auto-router which could make
a good job of it! Analogue layout seems generally to require more
technical knowledge and experience than digital and the layout in
analogue circuitry is less easily separated from the overall design than
it is in digital circuits.
7.5
Another consideration for analogue design is that there may be very
large currents in some of the copper track, for example, the motor
controllers I design may have up to 100 amps flowing in the copper. This
necessitates large areas of copper and layouts such that voltage drops
in high current copper are not allowed to interfere with the correct
operation of the rest of the circuit. Some of our prototypes have heated
the copper sufficiently to melt the solder, so we have to be very
careful with layout. At 100 amps, inductive coupling can also cause
severe problems! In digital circuitry, problems are much more
predictable, being mainly down to capacitative coupling between adjacent
tracks, which can even be analysed mathematically.
7.5
Computer programmers seem to know more about digital design than
analogue and computer programs often seem far more capable of doing
digital design than analogue. There are a lot of digital designs about:
digital boards are often high cost, high profit margin, small quantity.
The style of board layout and the expense of the final board are
relatively minor compared with the design costs. Therefore a computer
design has an advantage. However, for high quantity production of a
commercial product such as a motor controller, the cost of the board
becomes more important and it becomes worth investing time and design
skills to get a cheaper product. Large quantity boards tend then towards
analogue design, with manual routing and layout rather than full
computer design.
7.5
Types of board
7.5
There are several styles of board: through hole mount, surface mount,
single-sided, double-sided, multilayer, plated through, etc. I shall
attempt to clarify these.
7.5
Single-sided − Early components were resistors, capacitors, transistors,
etc. These components were cylindrical or some other shape, with two or
more wires coming out to make the connections. The first circuit boards
used only this type of component with the component wires sticking
through holes in the board. On the reverse side of the board was the
copper interconnecting circuit. The component is soldered to the copper
as shown in the diagram.
7.5
The board is produced by a photographic process rather than printing, so
the name ‘Printed Circuit Board’ is something of a misnomer − but it has
stuck. The basic board is a laminate of either paper and phenolic resin
(known in the trade as SRBP) or, more usually nowadays, fibreglass and
epoxy, with a copper cladding on one side, or both sides (hence single-
sided or double-sided board). The pattern of copper tracks is made by
etching away the copper layer where none is required. The etching is
done by immersing the board in a solution of ferric chloride.
7.5
To etch the unwanted copper, first the copper that is wanted must be
protected with an etch-resistant coating. This is done either by screen
printing (the only ‘printing’ in the normal process) the required image
or by exposing a photosensitive coating through a contact print of the
board. Photosensitive board is readily available and computer printouts
can be well up to producing the required image. After exposing the board
in an ultraviolet light box, it is developed in sodium hydroxide
solution. This washes off the photoresist where it has been exposed,
leaving bare the copper so that this can be etched away in the ferric
chloride.
7.5
The resulting board then has the component holes drilled out and is then
assembled. The whole process can quite easily be done on the kitchen
table.
7.5
Single-sided boards are the easiest to produce and therefore tend to be
the most common. It is these that the beginner is most likely to be
doing on the kitchen table.
7.5
Double-sided boards − Sometimes there are long interconnecting tracks
and it is not possible to feed these through between the soldered pads,
or perhaps to do so might risk solder bridges. It would be possible to
use a single-sided board with copper wire for a few extra connections
across the top of the board and many single-sided boards do have a lot
of wire links on the topside for this reason. However, as the board
complexity increases, links no longer offer a tidy solution and for
these, double-sided board becomes sensible. On these, copper is present
on both surfaces of the board and interconnections can be made on the
solder side or on the component side.
7.5
A simple double-sided board will just have a few soldered connections on
the component side. These soldered connections may be made to a
component lead or you can insert a small pin in the board and solder it
on both sides. Of course, there is nothing to stop you using wire links.
A simple double-sided board will aim to keep the quantity of soldered
joints on the topside as small as possible.
7.5
To make double-sided boards is really as easy to do on the kitchen table
as it is to make single-sided. However, for commercial double-sided
boards, it is vital that the top side does not have a pad around every
hole, but pads only where a topside connection is required. After all,
the reason for going from single-sided to double-sided is that the pads
on the single side are getting so close that you can’t thread the tracks
easily between them. Also if you are manufacturing boards in quantity,
you don’t want extra pads to solder on the topside and it is impractical
to tell the solderers not to solder most of the pads. This would cause
confusion. To have every pad on the copper side repeated on the topside
is just not on, yet this is exactly what many PCB layout packages do!
7.5
At this stage I must declare my interest. This style of board is one I
commonly use, so software I like must do it. Yet it seems to be a very
little used style which few PCB layout packages offer. Do I go to true
PTH (plated through hole) boards, which nearly doubles the cost per
board, or look at the PC software which will probably also have the same
problem and will cost about £1000 as I will have to buy a PC card plus
software. Or do I get a special program written or modify LinTrack to
suit? In part, this solution depends on you, the reader, since if this
series causes the right feedback we may be able to get a software
supplier to provide the correct facilities.
7.5
Plated through hole boards − As the board complexity increases further,
the number of soldered joints on the component side increases and the
pads on the copper side become very crowded. Eventually, it is not a
matter of just a few topside joints. This is where the PTH board comes
into its own. Every hole has a pad both topside and bottom side. During
the manufacturing process, the holes through the board are coated
internally with copper − ‘plated through’. All connections from one side
to the other are now made automatically, simply by having a hole through
the board. Every time there is a component hole, there will be a through
connection. Other through connections can be made simply by having a
small pad each side of the board and a small through hole. This through
connection is known as a ‘via’.
7.5
There is a fundamental difference between PTH and non-PTH boards in that
a non PTH board must have the soldered joint on the surface of the
board. Because the PTH board has a plated through hole, the solder wets
the plating and the component lead and runs into the board so the
soldered joints are not on the surface but inside the board as shown in
the diagram below. This automatically means that the copper pads on the
board surface can be smaller, reducing the board density and alleviating
many problems. The trade off is that plated through boards cost about
60% to 80% more than non-plated through boards. For small quantity, high
priced circuits this is no problem but for high quantity low profit
boards, it is an unwarranted expense.
7.5
The other bad point about PTH is that it is difficult (or even
impossible) to produce these on the kitchen table so they are no good
for very small production quantities, e.g. for the home constructor.
7.5
Surface Mount Technology (SMT) − As we have seen, early boards mounted
the component by feeding the component leads through holes and then
soldering − a through-board mount. As board densities increased and
components got smaller, surface mount boards came in. On these, the
component is mounted on one side of the board and held in place simply
by the solder. The components often don’t have wire leads but metallised
areas.
7.5
Various techniques for mounting occur and surface mount techniques are
ideally suited to mechanised high volume use. The scale of working is
much smaller such that mechanised assembly is required, although a
skilled operator can assemble surface mount by hand, but they need very
good eyesight and a magnifying glass or, preferably, a low-power stereo
microscope.
7.5
The boards themselves are cheaper to make as they don’t require the same
amount of drilling. Because the components are far smaller, the board
area they take up is also reduced, further cutting the costs. Surface
mount is usually used on dense boards so this also implies double-sided
and plated through holes but there is theoretically nothing to prevent
the use of a single-sided surface mount board, except that the component
leads are very close and difficult to get tracks between.
7.5
Of course, you can also combine surface mount with through board
mounting. However, mixing technologies like this can lead to some knotty
assembly problems. In fact, there were quite a few knotty problems in
the early days of surface mount.
7.5
Multi-layer boards − For even more dense technology, some modern boards
use a multilayer boards where there are one or two layers of copper
within the board. These are very specialised boards but becoming much
more common in computers as the memory, complexity and speed increase
and the size decreases.
7.5
Afterword
7.5
This month I have given a brief overview of PCBs and explained what the
software should be able to do but if I continue, I am in danger of
getting too technical and going into details of hole sizes, board
production, etc. This may not be what you want. I have much to say − but
I prefer to write for a receptive audience, so let me know your
thoughts. If you want detailed instructions on DIY board production,
that is fine.
7.5
Next month, I will write about some of the available software. I have
also just purchased Vector and intend, probably the month after, to give
some hints on using this for PCB work as it looks very promising indeed.
I have also just talked to Davyn Software about RiscCAD − the programmer
is an electronic engineer and his program was, apparently, in a previous
incarnation, a PCB designer. They are interested in tackling PCB design,
so I am quite excited about trying this out. A
7.5
Two Talking Wordprocessors
7.5
Joe Gallagher
7.5
PenDown and StartWrite are two educational wordprocessors which have
been available for the Archimedes range for some time now. PenDown, from
Longman Logotron, has a long pedigree dating back to the days of the BBC
micro, when it had a reputation as a very “child centred” wordprocessor.
An Archimedes version was subsequently produced which was later expanded
into PenDown Plus. StartWrite, from Icon Technology, is a simplified
version of EasiWriter, a program which first saw the light of day on the
Macintosh and later became part of the Home Office bundle.
7.5
Although both programs are naturally tailored towards the needs of
younger users, they are nevertheless both very capable wordprocessors in
their own right. The main features missing, as compared to their
respective big brothers, are the ability to work with columns, tables
and styles in the case of StartWrite and the table and mail merge
facilities of PenDown.
7.5
The spoken word
7.5
Either of these programs would suffice quite nicely as a wordprocessor
for the average user but the one feature that sets them apart from other
educational wordprocessors is the fact that they are “talking”
wordprocessors. Both programs have the ability to speak text using the
internal sound system of the Archimedes.
7.5
PenDown includes full software speech support built into the program
whereas users of StartWrite need to purchase a speech synthesizer
program separately. Although PenDown is, as a result, initially more
expensive for a site licence than StartWrite, the price difference tends
to even out when the cost of purchasing the sound software is taken into
account. With PenDown, you are tied to Superior Software’s Speech!
program whereas StartWrite allows you the choice between that program
and SpeechSystem from PEP Associates. Although this is not quite the
“one-stop” solution that PenDown offers, I think that it does have the
advantage of allowing you to fine tune the speech synthesizer to meet
your needs. With PenDown’s integral speech synthesizer this is just not
possible.
7.5
Icon Technology offer a voucher worth 50% off the cost of PEP’s speech
program when you buy StartWrite. However, this reduction is only good
for a single copy of SpeechSystem even if you purchase a site licence of
StartWrite which seems a bit pointless. I raised this issue with both
Icon Technology and PEP but neither company seemed very interested in
following it up.
7.5
Talking wordprocessors could become an important feature in the teaching
of literacy. Longman’s program has already been used in a pilot study in
Somerset where, if the initial findings are to be believed, it may have
some significant advantages over traditional methods of supporting
learners who have had difficulties in coming to terms with print.
However, the quality of sound produced by existing speech synthesizers
for the Archimedes does suggest that there is considerable room for
improvement. PenDown’s implementation of the speech facility is
considerably more comprehensive than that found in StartWrite, allowing
you to determine the range of text that is spoken from an entire
document right down to individual letters. Its spelling checker, itself
the more friendly of the two, can also sound out suggested spellings.
7.5
Documentation
7.5
Both programs are well supported by the documentation provided.
StartWrite’s takes the form of a tutorial, aimed more at teachers and
older children. PenDown’s booklet has the edge, from a teacher’s point
of view, in that it not only provides a clear and concise introduction
to wordprocessing in schools but it also suggests several curricular
applications for the various features of the program.
7.5
In many ways, it really is hard to separate the programs. Both come
supplied with a very attractive sans serif default font which is
sensibly set at 18 points in the case of StartWrite and 16 points for
PenDown. However, I’m not sure how appreciative secondary colleagues
would be of this feature, especially in view of the difficulty one
experiences in trying to change the default font for a document in the
case of StartWrite. Graphics can be inserted into documents in either
program but in a fairly rudimentary way and not without some hiccups in
both cases. PenDown even has a special graphics mode for working with
pictures but neither program is capable of anything but the most basic
of page layouts. PenDown only allows you to have one document open at a
time whereas StartWrite supports multiple documents.
7.5
Menus
7.5
It is in the approach to menus that these two programs really begin to
diverge. PenDown, while sporting a modest toolbar, is much more of a
classic RISC OS program than is StartWrite. Most of the buttons, in
fact, lead to standard dialogue boxes which, in other programs, would be
accessed by the menu button of the mouse. StartWrite, on the other hand,
has adopted a toolbar which is very similar, in many respects, to that
of Word for Windows.
7.5
Nearly all of the essential basic wordprocessing functions are available
at the click of a button on the toolbar. These include undo, saving,
printing, checking spelling, search and replace as well as text
alignment and effects such as bold, italic, underlining and borders. You
can zoom in and out by clicking on small icons of mountain ranges which
double or halve the current scale of magnification.
7.5
Strangely enough, the one thing missing from StartWrite’s tool bar is
any means of font control. This may not actually be such a bad thing as
children (and adults?) should really be learning first and foremost to
use a wordprocessor as a tool for composing and editing rather than as a
means of merely producing a spruced up “best copy”.
7.5
Drag ’n drop
7.5
When considering editing facilities, it becomes apparent that StartWrite
is in a league of its own. StartWrite adopts the select and over-type
approach for replacing and/or getting rid of unwanted blocks of text.
PenDown’s approach seems unfortunately to be modelled on Edit’s rather
non-standard way of doing things. StartWrite provides the usual means of
moving and copying text around a document by means of cutting and
pasting. However, in StartWrite, these techniques are, to some extent,
redundant as it also supports carrying out these operations by using the
state of the art “drag and drop” approach − again a feature of Word for
Windows.
7.5
StartWrite even goes one better than the Microsoft product in this
respect, for it is possible to “drag and drop” not only within
individual documents but also between documents themselves. This feature
has just been incorporated into the very latest version of the MicroSoft
product (Version 6) which is an impressive accomplishment for a mere
child’s wordprocessor!
7.5
Not to be outdone, PenDown has a innovative option for moving, copying
and deleting blocks of text in the form of a “bin” to which text can be
despatched for later re-inserting or “emptying”. What distinguishes this
implementation of the clipboard from others that I have come across is
the fact that it is not limited to holding one block at a time. Any
number of blocks can be dropped into it and the contents, each separated
by its own header, can be viewed before deciding what to do with them.
7.5
Extra features
7.5
Undoubtedly, pound for pound, PenDown is the more comprehensive and
ambitious of the two programs. PenDown is accompanied not only by
extensive example files but also two stand-alone programs; !WordList and
!Cloze.
7.5
!WordList is an extremely versatile dictionary accessory which allows
you to insert words from PenDown’s dictionary into any text editor. If
the speech option is enabled, it can even sound out the words before you
enter them. !WordList can also produce anagrams and analyse the
incidence of recurring words from any text file.
7.5
!Cloze, as its name suggests, is an application which will produce cloze
procedure text files from any text file that is dropped onto its icon.
7.5
Most aspects of PenDown are configurable from an option on the iconbar
menu. This is a very welcome feature in a program aimed largely at
schools, as it does allow the program to be tailored towards the needs
and aptitudes of a wide range of users. (It’s pretty useful for home
users too.) To compensate for its rather under-powered toolbar, PenDown
does allow the function keys to be set up to perform various shortcuts.
Existing KeyScipts may be edited or new ones created using a list of
possible commands which are documented in the manual.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
I would have no hesitation in recommending either of these programs for
use in school. Against the power and number of features found in
PenDown, one has to balance the sheer ease of use of StartWrite.
Obviously though, it makes sense for a school to decide on one standard
wordprocessor throughout the school in order to promote continuity and
minimize the time spent on learning the features of programs as opposed
to using them.
7.5
In the end my preference was for StartWrite for the following reasons.
The program is simple and intuitive enough for children from reception
(four plus) right up to secondary age to use. It is not a million miles
away in look and feel from standard Windows wordprocessors, which a lot
of staff are familiar with. Perhaps most important of all is the fact
that it is the first children’s wordprocessor that I have come across
which really does put composition and editing, as opposed to publishing,
at the heart of the process. If, however, I was choosing a wordprocessor
with mainly older children in mind, I would be very tempted by the
wealth of features offered by Talking Pendown.
7.5
Talking Pendown is available through Archive for £69 inc VAT (£275
primary, £450 secondary) and StartWrite costs £75 inc VAT (£131) again
through Archive. (Site licence prices are shown in brackets.) A
7.5
Xword
7.5
Roger King
7.5
Xword is a powerful and sophisticated, multitasking crossword setting
and solving application for the range of Archimedes computers. This
application produces the conventional black and white crossword grids
that we see every day in our newspapers. The program is intended to
remove the “spadework” in the design of crosswords, and thus allow the
crossword-setter to concentrate on the more creative aspects of
crossword design, e.g. clue-writing.
7.5
Xword version 1.12b
7.5
The program disc is supplied unprotected in a sturdy plastic wallet and
contains an English dictionary and the instruction manual. The disc also
includes many sample puzzles and a tutorial on how to use the
application. Xword is loaded in the standard manner for a RISC OS
program. Clicking on Xword’s icon on the iconbar produces a window
displaying a default 15×15 blank crossword grid. Any size of crossword
grid may also be generated by clicking on Xword’s iconbar icon and
selecting the Create option.
7.5
You can use Xword in three operating modes: Compile Mode is used to
compile a puzzle. Solve Mode is used to solve a puzzle. Edit Mode is a
special mode which is only available during the compilation of puzzles.
It allows manipulation of blocks of cells within puzzles.
7.5
First, the pattern...
7.5
The first icon in Xword’s toolbox produces a random fill of black
squares in the top-left corner of the grid. This tool does not always
create a “legal” pattern. Sometimes there will be an odd square or two
which does not interconnect to the rest of the puzzle. If such a random
fill is produced, you have two choices − either click on the pattern-
generator tool again or adjust the pattern manually by changing the
colour of individual squares.
7.5
When you think you have created a good pattern, you are then ready to
add the symmetry to the rest of the grid. There are two different ways
of adding symmetry, either by rotation or reflection. In both cases, the
pattern in the top-left corner is copied to the other three corners in
the grid. Once a grid is produced, you can tell Xword to number the
puzzle which it will do automatically.
7.5
Then the words...
7.5
There are several ways of entering words into a puzzle:
7.5
1. Direct input by entering individual words manually.
7.5
2. ‘Automatic insert’ allows you to enter a single word which Xword will
attempt to fit into the puzzle.
7.5
3. Use suggestions from the 70,000 word English dictionary.
7.5
4. Drag a text file (of a particular format) onto the puzzle. Xword will
attempt to fit as many words as possible into the puzzle. (This is
particularly useful for designing thematic puzzles.)
7.5
The dictionary
7.5
Xword’s dictionary is supplied as an application directory. All words in
this dictionary are split up into certain length uncompressed text files
from 1 to 19 characters. Overseas users of the Xword application can
create their own foreign language dictionaries very easily.
7.5
The dictionary can be accessed in three ways, by asking it to find:
1. The first word to fit in a particular space (a quick search). 2. A
list of words to fit in a particular space (a simple search). 3. A group
of up to eight words to fit into possibly interlocking spaces (a complex
search).
7.5
The first method will find the first word (in alphabetic order) to fit
in the highlighted space but as the search is alphabetical, it will tend
to find words at the beginning of the alphabet.
7.5
A simple search will give you a list of words that will fit the
highlighted block. After a few seconds, you get a list window containing
the words that will fit into the highlighted block. Just choose a word
and drag it to the grid.
7.5
As the puzzle is being filled with words, you will probably come across
instances where the dictionary is unable to suggest a word that will fit
in the grid with other interlocking words present. You could then delete
a word (or two) from the grid and ask the dictionary for other choices
but a far better solution is to perform a complex search. The simple
crossword grid shown opposite will illustrate this.
7.5
The remaining four partially empty lights from the crossword grid have
been dragged into the left-hand column of the search window. As each
drag is completed, the reference (across or down) will be displayed. The
order in which the references are arranged within the left-hand column
determines the order in which the search is carried out and you may find
that if you put the references to the longer words first, the search
time will be reduced.
7.5
Click on the Search icon and, After a short time, the searching will
stop and the right-hand column of the window will display a list of
interlocking words that will fit into the grid. At this stage you have
several options: 1. Add the found words to the puzzle (aborting the
search). 2. Ask Xword to find another set of words. 3. Delete one of the
references if you feel the search is “too hard”. 4. Add an extra
reference to make the search more specific. 5. Abort the search
completely.
7.5
When a grid has been completed by filling in all blank squares, you now
come to the hardest part of crossword compiling...
7.5
Then create the clues!
7.5
Xword does not provide any substitute for the crossword compiler’s
creative skill but it does provide the means to enter, edit and view
your set of clues. In addition, it is possible to provide three separate
sets of clues for every answer in the grid.
7.5
Solving a puzzle
7.5
Many of Xword’s facilities described so far are also available in Solve
mode. In particular, the full range of dictionary tools is available.
You can use each of the following tools either applied to a single word
or applied to an entire puzzle, in which case, the user is asked for
confirmation before execution.
7.5
The Compare tool compares the solver’s solution thus far with the actual
solution. Any letters found to be incorrect are deleted.
7.5
The Mark tool informs you how many of the letters you have got right. No
indication is given of which letters are right or wrong.
7.5
The Cheat tool fills in the actual solution in the highlighted word or
the entire puzzle as requested.
7.5
Saving
7.5
There are various Save options in the Xword menu:
7.5
File saves the entire puzzle in Xword format.
7.5
Grid saves the on-screen part of the puzzle in drawfile format.
7.5
Clues saves the puzzle’s clues in Edit format.
7.5
Solution leads to another submenu with options to save the solution
‘Grid’ (the solution fitted into the grid) as a drawfile and Text to
save as an Edit file.
7.5
Printing
7.5
The file icons can also be dragged to a Printer icon on the iconbar.
This will produce hard copy with the minimum of fuss. If you need a
finer control over what is printed, you can set various options from a
Print dialogue box.
7.5
Customising Xword
7.5
In Xword’s application directory there is a text file named “Defaults”.
You can customise many of the settings to your own requirements by
altering the data in this file.
7.5
Many Xword operations can be carried out with keyboard shortcuts. There
are thirty available.
7.5
Wish list
7.5
A problem encountered using this application was the lack of a
dictionary maintenance facility. This makes the adding/deleting of
dictionary words a laborious task. At present, to add a word to a
dictionary, you have to load the text file (of required word length)
into Edit and insert the word into alphabetical sequence. I prefer to
use PipeDream4 for this task, as the modified word list can be sorted in
order with a few simple keypresses. I understand that a dictionary
maintenance facility may well be incorporated in a future release.
7.5
Another wish is that the dictionary should be in compressed format. The
dictionary supplied with Xword has approximately 70,000 words and takes
up more than 500Kb of floppy disc space. I use my own dictionary of over
300,000 words with this application. I have compressed this very large
dictionary application with “SparkFS” and have it installed on my hard
disc drive. This dictionary, uncompressed, takes up very nearly 3Mb of
space. In its compressed state, it has been reduced to 1.4Mb − a
considerable saving. There is, of course, a slight reduction of speed
when searching a compressed dictionary for words but it is as fast as
accessing uncompressed data from a floppy disc.
7.5
Anagrams are part and parcel of most professionally produced crosswords.
This application really does need a small window where grid words can be
dragged and available anagrams of that word listed. At the present time
I use William Tunstall-Pedoe’s “SuperGram” application to generate
anagrams from words in each crossword grid. This excellent application
is available from most Shareware libraries.
7.5
It would be most useful if the normal black fill of crossword grids
could be changed to a light grey fill for the printing out of pre-
publication draft copies of crossword grids. This option would save an
enormous amount of ink when using inkjet printers.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
I have been setting professional crossword puzzles for over thirty
years. For the last ten or so years, I have used various Acorn computers
and software to produce grids, clues and the final proof copy. Xword
provides all of these functions in one excellent application. I can
recommend the application without reservation.
7.5
Xword is produced by Panda Discs and costs £44.95 inclusive of VAT and
carriage. Site licences are also available.
7.5
I have designed a keystrip for this application, listing all of the
keyboard shortcuts. If anyone would like a copy, then please send me a
blank formatted disc and reply-paid padded bag. I am willing to let
other crossword compilers have copies of my large dictionary (300,000+
words) compiled over the last thirty years. The dictionary is held in
several different formats. Please send me a stamped addressed envelope
for full details. Roger King, Malgre-Tout, Ruette des Corneilles, Cobo,
Castel, Guernsey. A
7.5
Music Column
7.5
Stewart Watson
7.5
I had a very interesting letter the other week from a newly retired
reader, who recently purchased an Archimedes hoping, amongst other
things, to use the it to develop his interest in music − but he had no
previous practical musical experience. The general tone of the letter
can be summed up by this quote; “Why can’t the manuals for the various
bits of software be written in English rather then in Serbo-Croat?!” His
letter has prompted me to look again at the subject of choosing suitable
software.
7.5
What to buy?
7.5
A few months ago, I did a brief review of some of the music software
currently available and I would just like to sum up that article, and
add some extra pointers as to what might be the best software route for
each individual’s needs. Unfortunately, this particular reader had been
concentrating his efforts on two pieces of software that were
particularly unsuited to his needs. “What I would really like to do, as
a non-musician and non-player of any instrument, is to put together some
tunes of my own using the computer.” There is now a fairly wide range of
music software about for users with varying degrees of musical expertise
but there are some questions you should ask yourself before spending
your hard-earned cash.
7.5
• What do I want to be able to do?
7.5
• Are my wishes achievable?
7.5
• Is this software capable of fulfilling my aspirations?
7.5
• Can I move step by step towards my goal?
7.5
• Do I wish to hear my music, see it printed out, or both?
7.5
Composition
7.5
Do you wish to compose original pieces in a classical style? or write
simple ditties? or perhaps only re-arrange some of the wide variety of
commercially available MIDI files?
7.5
A computer is only a tool and, remarkably good though it is, it cannot
make a silk purse out of a sow’s ear! If your desire is to write
original pieces of music, it is doubtful whether you will find enough
background material on music in any software manual, as the manual’s
purpose is simply to explain how that program works, and it is not meant
to be a treatise on composition or arrangement.
7.5
Some background reading and study is essential, I would say, before
indulging in composition or arranging and before attempting to write
Magnum Opus Number 1. However, there are exceptions to every rule and I
do know some people who have produced excellent and exciting original
compositions from their computer with little background knowledge − but
these tend to be people under the age of 18! The older we become, the
less adventurous we tend to be − so more preparation is required before
undertaking new activities.
7.5
Maestro
7.5
My correspondent, being recently retired, hardly falls into the under 18
category(!) and, unfortunately, the first music software with which he
came in contact was Maestro. Now Maestro is not a bad bit of software,
especially as it comes free, but it is not really for the novice
musician. Its uses are strictly limited, in that it lacks many of the
features found in other, admittedly more expensive, music software.
7.5
Trackers
7.5
The other program that the reader had used was one of the Soundtracker
programs. There are now some really excellent Tracker programs for the
Archimedes but these are, in my opinion, for the younger user or for the
more experienced computer user who wishes to add music to his own
programs or demos. Tracker software terminology is slightly musically
non-standard and excellent though they are, they do not really approach
music from the musician’s usual standpoint.
7.5
Rhapsody and Notate
7.5
The basic purpose of both these programs is to produce printed scores of
pieces entered into them from the computer keyboard or external MIDI
keyboard. If your wish is primarily for printed copies of your work, one
of these might be what you want. Each program has particular strengths
and, as Notate is geared to the education market, it might be a better
bet for the novice. The vast number of demonstration files provided with
Notate are bound to be a boon. Having said that, Rhapsody 3 also comes
with a large number of demonstration files.
7.5
MIDI interface
7.5
If you wish to play music into the computer from a keyboard, or if you
wish to use more than the eight channels of sound from the computer, you
will need an interface so that the computer and the keyboard can talk to
each other. There are a whole range of different MIDI interfaces about
and it will depend which model of Archimedes and what other podules you
have fitted, which is the most suitable for your needs.
7.5
Sequencers
7.5
If what you want to do is experiment with sound by playing and recording
into the computer, using the computer as a note store, you will almost
certainly need one of the sequencing programs. There is now an expanding
choice of sequencers for the Archimedes.
7.5
Sound Advice from the Really Small Software Company is the least
expensive and can import Standard MIDI files.
7.5
The next one up in terms of price is MicroStudio from EMR which has
extra features designed to help you learn to play the keyboard. It comes
with some demonstration files which you can learn to play on a MIDI
keyboard.
7.5
Serenade from Clares is next up the price range and has some really nice
features, especially the guitar window where chords can be drawn on a
guitar fretboard and entered directly by cursor.
7.5
Studio 24+ from EMR is the most expensive of the sequencers currently
available for the Archimedes, and has a whole host of features, enough
to satisfy the most demanding of users. Its only drawback is that,
although it has been upgraded umpteen times, it still has the same basic
front panel as it had when it first saw the light of day some six or
seven years ago and it now looks and feels a bit dated. It is, however,
extremely powerful and fast.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
If you have answered the questions above to your satisfaction, the next
step is to sample the various programs available. Some companies are
helpful and provide demonstration discs, either free or with a refund
against the purchase price if you buy the program − these give you a
chance to try before you buy. If you can’t get a demo, ask around and
see if you can find someone with the program you think you want. Ask
them for a demonstration and ask for their views on its merits and
demerits because the advice of someone actually using a system can be
very valuable.
7.5
If I could only have one piece of music software right now, it would be
have to be Rhapsody 3. If I could have two, the second would be
Studio24+ V3 (with the MIDI file converter), and my third choice would
be ScoreWriter. However, if my circumstances were like the gentleman
whose letter inspired this article, I would suggest the order might well
be, first choice − Notate, second choice − MicroStudio, third choice −
Rhapsody 3. A
7.5
Some Serbo-Croat terms explained!
7.5
Sample − A sample is usually a sound which has been recorded then
digitised so that it can be stored onto disc and loaded and played by
the computer when required.
7.5
Blocks − A block is any selected group of notes. Just as with a block of
words in a wordprocessor, a block of notes in a sequencer can be cut,
copied or pasted.
7.5
Markers − Markers are used to mark the beginning and end of a block.
7.5
Patterns − A pattern in a sequence is a section − like a paragraph in an
essay. Unfortunately, in the Tracker-type programs a pattern sometimes
means a single line of notes sounding one after the other − which can
cause confusion.
7.5
Genesis/Magpie Column
7.5
Paul Hooper
7.5
Acorn User Show
7.5
What a show! I was on the Archive stand for two hours on both Friday and
Saturday and I never stopped! It was nice to meet some of the people
that I have been writing to for some time. I was particularly grateful
to those who brought applications with them to add to the catalogue or
to ask my advice. We now have a fine Magpie adventure written by 9 year
old Mark Newton of Essex.
7.5
Around the show
7.5
One of the highlights of the show for me was the Magpie binder that
Uniqueway were showing on their stand. This was all about Thunderbirds
and not only had full colour pictures and text information but also
Replay films of the launching of all the Thunderbirds along with many of
the craft in action. After chatting with the very helpful staff and
examining the set up, I realised that the binder was running on an A5000
from an 80Mb hard disc and that it occupied 79Mb of that disc! Has
anyone got a spare A5000?
7.5
Genesis was in action on the Acorn in Education stand with a CD-ROM
application about Langdale, written by Ital of Halifax. This application
is based on O.S. maps of the area and has over 500 colour photographs
along with text, diagrams and sounds. Although this was a preview
version, it looks a very exciting use of Genesis in Geography. Since the
show, I have received a whole pile of HD discs containing part of this
application and have sat and enjoyed touring around Langdale in the warm
while it was snowing outside. I’ll tell you more about this next month.
7.5
A very novel use of Genesis was on show from CD sports. This is an
application to teach swimming and a full review appears below. On the
Oak stand, some of the ready-made Genesis packages were on display,
along with the new Oak Recorder II.
7.5
PC clone?
7.5
One of the most disappointing aspects of the User Show to my mind was
the idea that multimedia was just the province of the PC world. Many of
the multimedia CD-ROMs on show were conversions from PCs with the
consequent hype in price. Now I am making no comment on the content of
these programs because some of them, like ‘Who Stole the Decimal
Point?’, are excellent, but if a majority of computers in education are
Acorn machines, why are all these programs produced on PCs? Where are
all the people who can produce good multimedia products on Acorn
machines? Is it the case that the people that produce these CDs are
programmers and not teachers?
7.5
Optima
7.5
In my review of this multimedia package in Archive 6.9, I commented that
Northwest SEMERC were going to produce a series of resource packages for
Optima. These were available at the Acorn User Show and cover such
diverse topics as ‘Our World In Space’, ‘Nursery Rhymes’, ‘Words and
Pictures’ and the excellent ‘Hairy Maclary’ books by Lynley Dodds. The
nice people from SEMERC took me through these packages and I was very
impressed with the idea of multimedia for infants. I shall be taking
these applications into a class of five year olds and also down to my
local playgroup in the coming weeks and a full review of these will
appear in next month’s column if I can stop my six year old daughter
from playing with my review copy of Hairy Maclary!
7.5
The swap shop
7.5
The swap shop has grown yet again with an application about track
cycling from Peter Walder of Sheffield Hallam University. This is a
large application with many sprites showing exercises and the reasons
for them and requires either a hard disc or a disc drive capable of
reading HD discs. For all beginners, there is the WIMP tutor that
teaches the basic principles of window operation and menus. I have
already sent out fifteen copies of this since the NCS Open Day.
7.5
Also added are two historical applications on the Tudors and the
Stuarts. These are open ended applications which have a basic time line
and then it is up to you to fill in the information on the subjects on
specific pages. The pages normally have a picture of some sort to
illustrate the subject. These would form a good class project with
groups of children filling in the information on one or two subjects.
For these applications you will, of course, require your own copy of
Genesis or Magpie.
7.5
Anyway, if you require a copy of the catalogue just send me a blank disc
and the return postage to the address at the end of this article.
7.5
Swimming
7.5
I know that Genesis is flexible, but using it to teach swimming... ? I
approached this with a degree of scepticism but having gone through it a
few times, I’m beginning to find myself convinced by the blurb.
7.5
The package comes in a video-style box with no less than eight floppy
discs and a small A5 manual. This is a huge application and although you
can run it from floppy, a hard disc is a better bet.
7.5
This application is produced with the help of the Amateur Swimming
Association and the Hampshire Microtechnology Centre and is designed to
help the teaching of swimming and water safety. It was produced in the
good old days of RISC OS 2 and therefore requires the computer to be
configured with the cache off. In fact, the instructions to configure
the machine to optimum running conditions contains five different
instructions. It would have been better to include a boot file to set
these up.
7.5
Running the application
7.5
The application runs in mode 15 and the first thing you will notice is
that the windows have no icons or even a title bar. This means that you
cannot move them around or multitask with another application. After the
initial title page, there are some quick instructions and then the index
page. You are then asked if you can glide and if you understand why you
can glide. If you answer ‘no’, it takes you to a set of pages to explain
this.
7.5
The main index includes the following options: front glide, front crawl,
breaststroke, backstroke, butterfly, survival skills, water safety,
activities and exit. Double clicking on any of the icons takes you to a
window which enables you to select between hard drive or floppy-based
use.
7.5
Each of the different options follows a similar pattern with a mixture
of information pages and games to play. The information pages include
animations which show you the best positions for doing a particular
stroke. The games pages are particularly good with a board game,
throwing items to help someone in the water and my own favourite of
dragging the flag to the flag pole and discovering what it means. There
are lots more games and animations to keep you amused.
7.5
Quitting the application
7.5
Most pages within the applications include a quit option which returns
you not to the main index but back to the initial title page. From there
you have to work your way through the title page, instructions and
deciding on floppy or hard disc versions. This can become somewhat
frustrating waiting for the title page to scroll itself. If you are
using the floppy disc version, it returns you to the desktop with the
index loaded but again you have to work through title page, etc.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
This is a novel application and the games and animations are excellent.
Unfortunately, poor programming coupled with little thought to the user
detracts from what could otherwise be an excellent program. My advise to
anyone buying this program is to throw away disc 1 which is the index
application and just use discs 2-8 as separate applications. You then
have eight good separate applications on breaststroke, butterfly, etc.
If you have access to Genesis, modify the pages with the inclusion of
title bar, go to back and quit icons. The survival and safety
applications are brilliant with good games and graphics and are good
‘skill and drill’ programs in their own right.
7.5
Whether this justifies the asking price of £46.99, I will leave you to
judge but certainly do not dismiss this program as most schools have
only limited access to swimming pools and this program can do much to
reinforce the basic skills of swimming. My thanks must go to the
children of Freethorpe CP School for the help they gave me in reviewing
this application.
7.5
Swimming is available from CD Sports, 4 Wirral Business Centre, Dock
Road, Birkenhead, Wirral L41 1JW at £39.99 +VAT (= £49.99).
7.5
Genesis/Magpie tips
7.5
One of the advantages with both programs is their ability to present
information in a non-linear way. You can skip around the pages of an
application with gay abandon and follow your own line of thought. In
Magpie you can use the ‘Leave Marker’ option to allow you to return to
your last page. The Magpie, example called Stuarts on the monthly disc
shows what I mean. There are two menus, one a time line and the other a
menu on religious issues. Clicking on the item marked Pilgrim Fathers in
either menu will take you to a page on the Pilgrim Fathers. Clicking on
the marker in the top left hand corner will take you back to the menu
from which you came. Try the other menu now and again and you will find
that the marker returns you to the menu you used to gain access to it.
7.5
In Genesis, you can use the GO_BACK command to achieve the same result.
This time the pages have the ‘Return2’ icon of a blue square on it.
Clicking on this will return you to correct menu. For the benefit of all
the script language buffs, the commands are as follows:
7.5
DEF FRAME “Sat,04 Dec 1993.16:30:52;1”
7.5
SPRITE “return2”
7.5
FGCOL 7
7.5
BGCOL 0
7.5
AT 960 -768 1056 -704
7.5
ON SELECT BEGIN GO_BACK
7.5
CLOSE END
7.5
BORDER
7.5
END FRAME
7.5
The trick is in lines six and seven which, freely translated, means that
when the user clicks <select> a subroutine BEGINs and Genesis GOes_BACK
to the previous page and CLOSEs the open page and ENDs the sub-routine.
7.5
The Genesis example on the monthly disc, shows how this command can be
used to replicate the marker in Magpie, with the added ability of using
your own sprite anywhere on the page.
7.5
The end bit
7.5
My thanks go to all the people who have written to me in the last year
and may I take this opportunity to pass on my good wishes for the coming
year. If you have any queries or questions or any applications for the
‘Swap Shop’ please write to me, Paul Hooper, at 11 Rochford Road,
Martham, Great Yarmouth NR29 4RL. Phone 0493-748474. A
7.5
Squirrel 2
7.5
Tim Nicholson
7.5
Digital Services have recently released version 2 of Squirrel, their SQL
database system. In contrast to the version 1.2x upgrades which were
sent to existing users free of charge, the upgrade to version 2 costs
£25 for the software and a further £10 for a replacement manual. The
price for new users is now £139. (All prices exVAT) Digital Services
claim that there are 38 separate enhancements in version 2, but are they
worth the cost of the upgrade?
7.5
The proof of the pudding
7.5
... is in the installing − which is where I encountered my first slight
problem. As Digital Services did not have any manuals when I received my
upgrade, they supplied me with an upgrade disc and the promise of the
manual to follow. The disc contained an application called !NuVersion
which, when run, upgrades ones previous version of both Squirrel and
SqlImport to version 2.00, and so I set about upgrading (making sure I
kept a copy of my earlier version somewhere in case of problems). Upon
running !NuVersion, I was presented with an error message saying “Ensure
Disc is write protected”. Being cautious, I had done this anyway, but I
checked and tried again. Same result. Applying a little reverse logic, I
turned the write protection off. Success! It’s amazing the difference in
meaning that the lack of the word not can make to an instruction!
7.5
Needles and haystacks
7.5
In due course, the manual arrived, together with a covering letter which
included some ominous phrases, more of which later. As I attempted to
find out what all the new features were, I discovered that one of the
things missing from the new manual is any listing of the changes from
previous versions. It was therefore a case of working through section by
section trying to spot the goodies. In all I counted about 18 areas of
enhancement ranging from small additions, to complete new sections with
several facilities. This is not to say that I quibble with the claim of
“38 separate enhancements” since it rather depends on how you count
them. The changes are certainly significant and most of the things on my
wish list were there with perhaps one or two omissions, but it is in the
nature of man always to want more than he has got.
7.5
Laying the table
7.5
In the table creation/editing mode of Squirrel, I found a number of new
features. On the cosmetic side, it is now possible to have a backdrop
picture and text within the viewing window. Tables may now be password-
protected providing a greater level of security on public systems or
over a network. Individual fields may be either public, read only, or
hidden from all but the password holder.
7.5
One particularly welcome new feature, is the ability to turn off
indexing on fields for which Squirrel would normally expect to generate
an index (i.e. string numeric and Boolean fields). This can lead to a
substantial saving of disc space, since the index file can be larger
than the data file, and it can also speed up certain operations as there
are fewer indexes to generate. The ability to compress text, picture and
file fields is also offered although, in version 2.00, this feature does
not work properly and its usage can corrupt the database. Digital
Services warned of this (and a number of other “minor” bugs) in the
accompanying letter and say they will be issuing a free upgrade to all
purchasers when they have “dealt with the situation”.
7.5
It is now possible to set a default entry for a field when a new record
is created, and ensure that an entry is unique. I found a problem with
trying to set a default date entry to ‘TODAY’ and invoked an error
message whenever Squirrel tried to automatically set a date field on new
records. Wordwrapping is now also configurable in text fields, and
setting the entry order of fields is easier to do for small changes.
7.5
One thing that hasn’t changed is that entering Edit Table mode
automatically forces Squirrel to re-index the database. Whilst this is
obviously necessary if fields have been edited or deleted, or their type
changed, it is a real pain if all you wanted to do was to change, say,
the backdrop picture or the order in which data fields are entered. If
you have a sizable database which is being re-indexed, it can take quite
some time executing this unnecessary task.
7.5
Data facilities
7.5
A toolbar is now available in data entry mode to replicate the function
of GOTO First/Last and GOTO Previous/Next which are provided in a menu
or via the Page Up/Down buttons. However, whilst Previous/Next relates
to the index of the currently active field, the toolbar always seemed to
use the first indexed field in the database, thus rendering this feature
virtually useless.
7.5
A new display called “List Mode” is now available. It can display
several records at a time, each record on a single line with either all
or selected fields available. In this mode, it is possible to drag
fields from one record to another or edit an individual record.
Unfortunately, it is not possible to use ‘GOTO’ in this mode to get you
to roughly the right place and then scroll up or down to find the
specific entry you require. The order in which the list is displayed is
selectable from a submenu. This menu displays all the available fields
not just those that have a valid index on which to order and selecting
an invalid field produces an error message and a blank display. It would
be better if invalid fields were omitted from the submenu or greyed out.
Toggling between card mode and list mode automatically sets the list
mode index back to the first field in the list (which may not be
indexed). It needs to use the currently active index in card mode to be
of much use. I also found another problem in that having selected
‘Surname’ as my index field in the menu, the list was promptly displayed
sorted by ‘Forename’ which was the field above Surname in the list. This
offset was complicated by the inclusion of non-indexed fields in the
list and I gave up trying to find out which field (if any) I had to
select to obtain a Surname ordered list − another table, however, did
not exhibit this problem.
7.5
Enquire within
7.5
Query mode now comes with two powerful extra features, a graphing mode,
which can produce bar, pie or line charts from selected fields. These
charts may be displayed on screen, printed or saved as drawfiles. Whilst
the results are not “hot-linked” as in other packages, they do provide
some nice features and can be made to produce meaningful graphs from
non-numeric data by counting the number of occurrences of a particular
entry grouped by another entry. For example, by counting the number of
Surname’s against Class grouped by Year, a plot of the number of
children in each class for each year can easily be produced. The
graphing mode is also available from within the Reporting option
enabling easy insertion into reports.
7.5
The second big addition to the query mode is what is referred to as
Batching. This is in addition to the ability to set an auto-run mode for
a query. When a query file is double clicked on, it can be set to
automatically execute a particular function such as produce a report,
export a new table or CSV file, etc. This enables global operations to
be carried out on a batch of records as defined by the query. Two types
of operation are supported: deletion of records and updating of
specified fields. Unfortunately, the manual is rather incomplete in its
description of these facilities, concentrating on how to update numeric
fields only. An errata file fills in some of the details with regard to
updating text fields but no mention is made of dealing with date fields
where, once again, I encountered some difficulties. I eventually managed
to achieve the desired result by much trial and error − the syntax
required was by no means intuitive. When updating a field, any of the
functions valid in a View definition may be used and these are now much
extended.
7.5
Viewing facilities
7.5
Most of the new facilities in the Views section of Squirrel have already
been mentioned elsewhere. Backdrops and password protection may be set
independently of those used in table(s) being viewed. The range of
functions available has been significantly extended and include things
like calculating an age, from a date of birth and today’s date, and a
number of trig and logarithmic functions. Calculated fields, however,
are still only numeric in type and there are no string functions to
enable you to produce a view with two string fields merged. You
couldn’t, for example, keep Surnames and Forenames in separate fields
and view them with initial and surname in one new field.
7.5
A good report
7.5
Most of the improvements in the reports section came with the upgrade to
version 1.2x. The additions in version 2 include access to the graphing
and batching facilities and some tidying up of page layouts, including
making allowances for paper margins and enabling forced and programmable
page breaks to help prevent groups being split in uncomfortable places.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
Version 2 of Squirrel offers some significant extra features over its
predecessor but to get the best out of it, a new manual is essential.
This brings the cost of the upgrade up to around a third of the full
cost of the package. At this sort of figure, a serious assessment is
required as to whether the new features will be used sufficiently to
justify upgrading.
7.5
Given the bugged nature of the current release, which as well as
suffering from the above mentioned problems was prone to crashing in all
manner of ways, anyone considering upgrading would be prudent to wait
until Digital Services have fixed the items they regard as significant
and then assess what is offered. It is perhaps worth bearing in mind
that Digital Services stated policy is “to produce infrequent major
upgrades, rather than bug ridden frequent minor upgrades” and that this
policy meant a wait of over a year for fixes to significant bugs in
version 1.07.
7.5
I hope they get version 2 right quickly because I can certainly make
good use of the new features. Also, I know of a number of people put off
Squirrel by problems with the earlier version and it would be a shame if
that were to be repeated. As and when “fixes” are provided I will report
back. In the meantime, my advice would be to hang on to your money. A
7.5
Three Time Traveller Packages
7.5
Bob Ames
7.5
Richard Rymarz reviewed the Time Traveller package “The Victorians” in a
previous Archive (7.1 p41). This is therefore a few brief words about
the packages “Britain since the 1930s” and “Expansion, Trade &
Industry”, plus a few observations of my own about the whole concept.
7.5
Packages in the series include: (for Key Stage 2) The Victorians; Tudors
& Stewarts; and Britain since the 1930’s. An Archimedes site licence is
priced at £32.50 +VAT; with a teacher’s resource pack included, it costs
£57 +VAT.
7.5
For Key Stage 3, there are: Medieval Realms 1066-1500; The Making of the
UK 1500-1750; and Expansion, Trade and Industry 1750-1900. These are
priced at £39.50 +VAT for the site licence; and with the teacher’s
resources, it costs £59 +VAT.
7.5
There is even a content-free package which allows you to “Create Your
Own Time Line”; the site licence costs £37 +VAT. However, because you
can also create a fresh database from within any of the other packages,
it would be more cost effective to purchase one of the complete packs.
7.5
The general idea behind Time Traveller seems good, but I feel that the
way the information is presented is somewhat lacking. I think there
should be more than the usual single “electronic” page about each topic.
The information in the support folders is much easier to read than that
in the database. These folders contain a wealth of information − usually
accompanied by photographs − and make really worthwhile packages out of
the basic idea.
7.5
One folder in each pack is the instruction manual. While it is not
absolutely essential to put the instructions in a large ring binder, it
is so very much better than the usual four folded sheets of A4! The
instructions are really clear and no problems were encountered in
installing the data or programmes onto hard disc. (The programs were
reviewed on a RISC OS 3, A3000 with multisync monitor and 4Mb memory.)
7.5
The package including the resource pack is good value because there is
so much information gathered together and this ease of access makes
research enjoyable. I expect the data in these packages would otherwise
be beyond the scope of most schools’ libraries. I can imagine some of
the old fashioned catch words coming back into use as “new” inventions −
just listening to the BBC Archive’s tape included in the 1930’s pack
brought back a few memories!
7.5
Teachers may decide to incorporate children’s work into the database,
and fresh “cards” may be made up easily. Of course, these would be
checked for accuracy and edited later. In this way, a huge database
could be built up, far beyond that provided by the software pack. This
could be a major resource for the school in later years.
7.5
Minor grumbles
7.5
The resources pack is mainly printed on stiff card ready for
photocopying but because the cards are so stiff, they won’t go through
the automatic sheet feeder on our photo copier! The glossy photo sheets
are OK, being just that bit thinner. The only remedy is to place each
sheet by hand. The temptation is to make a master copy first and then
automatically copy these but this, sadly, could lead to poor definition.
7.5
The line “Written by ESM” after the data on each “electronic page” of
information in such a large font size seems unnecessary, although I
agree that there should be some identification of the author. At least
it should be in a much smaller size and not need a separate page just
for the identification!
7.5
There are quite a few spelling mistakes: in the Victorians package, I
noticed King George is spelt twice as “Geroge”; the “Britain since the
1930’s” data contains “britains” for britons; “Alamain” for Alamein.
Also “galvinise”, “Herz”, “extravagence”, “occured”, “politicans” and
“opportunites” were noted. This last also occurred in “Expansion Trade &
Industry” as did “liquified” for liquefied.
7.5
From the “Britain since the 1930’s” package, it seems that transistors
are made of metal! In fact, the first types were made of germanium, a
rare metal found during the zinc purification process, but later
versions are made mainly of the non-metallic element silicon. The cases
and connecting leads are metal! Still in the same data pack, Radar
signals are reflected back from the target and picked up by a receiver
not a transmitter. Also, while there were fighter planes over Britain
during the war, it was usually bombers which dropped the bombs with so
much devastation!
7.5
I agree with the Richard Rymarz (who reviewed The Victorians) that the
suggested correlation of thoughts required from Key Stage 2 pupils could
be too much. However, the abundance of information in the software, in
the hard copy teacher’s resources and in the audio tape of examples is
very easy to assimilate. In fact, the teacher’s resources took me the
whole of a train journey to London to get through.
7.5
The pricing includes a site licence for each set of data. Each set of
data comes with the program required to run it and there is no price
reduction for additional sets of data (say, for a different time scale).
The people at ESM take the view that the program is included free with
the data and they say you don’t actually pay extra for subsequent
copies.
7.5
I found ESM’s telephone support good and they even offer a free 30 day
approval scheme to schools. This is a great idea and what a way to show
confidence in your product!
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
Apart from the spelling mistakes and factual errors, this is a likeable
package overall. I expect a high level of demand from pupils who get
their hands on it. It makes history accessible and enjoyable! Research
can now be undertaken in reasonable amounts of time, from a single
source, and good quality results may be expected. Oh that these packages
had been available when I “endured” History at Paston Grammar
.......(tails off into reminiscences). A
7.5
PocketFS2 for the Pocket Book A-Link
7.5
Matthew Hunter (NCS)
7.5
The latest batch of A-Links bore stickers announcing that they contained
PocketFS 2 (version 2.03 to be exact). So, before they were sent out, we
had a quick look to see what changes had been made to the original
version.
7.5
I have aimed these comments at people considering getting a Pocket Book
and A-Link because, for those who have already got an A-link, I’m afraid
that Acorn can’t yet say whether an upgrade path will be available!
7.5
(References to the Pocket Book apply to the Psion Series 3 and 3a,
although resident applications on those machines are slightly
different.)
7.5
What are the differences?
7.5
At first glance, there does not appear to be much difference except for
a slightly different PocketFS icon on the iconbar. Assuming that the A-
link is connected properly and the Pocket Book Remote Link is switched
on, a single click on the PocketFS icon will open a window containing a
representation of the Pocket Book desktop, with Cards, Write and Abacus
icons. As on the Pocket Book, under each icon will be a list of files of
that type. Dragging a file from that window to a standard filer window
will copy the file from the Pocket Book to the RISC OS machine. (Note
that you have to drag the name and not the icon.)
7.5
One surprise inclusion with PocketFS2 was a new version of ChangeFSI
(v0.92) which will convert Pocket Book ‘.pic’ files to sprites.
7.5
The only other visible difference is that the ‘output’ dialogue box
contains switches for 16 and 32 bit per pixel images − although it gave
an “invalid sprite mode” error when I tried to create one! (Shades of
ARM700? Ed.)
7.5
File translation
7.5
In contrast to most filing systems, the copy will not be identical to
the original, as PocketFS does some translation. Cards files can be
turned into TSV or CSV files, suitable for inclusion in other databases.
Write files can be copied as plain text or Rich Text Format, which has
the advantage that it retains the formatting information. This can then
be loaded into Impression with an appropriate loader module (included in
the Impression Business Supplement and with Impression Style &
Publisher). Abacus files can be exported as TSV, CSV or Lotus formats.
7.5
Clicking <menu> on this window gives options Convert to, File ‘name’,
Select all and Clear selection. The Convert to option allows you to set
the translation for the particular application area (as in PocketFS 1).
Select all and Clear selection allow you to make multiple selections
within the application area. File gives access to a submenu with options
to rename, delete, count and get additional information on a particular
file − or delete and count work on multiple selections.
7.5
Bringing up a menu on the iconbar gives you Info, Open ‘$’, Dismount,
Configure... and Quit options. Info displays a standard “About this
program” window and Dismount tidies up the disconnection from the Pocket
Book ensuring all files are properly written and so on.
7.5
Configuration options
7.5
The biggest change is the inclusion of the Configure option which allows
you to specify which applications should appear in the PocketFS window
and which directories should be scanned for files to include. This has
the advantage that if, like me, you have different directories for
different areas of work, you can still convert them. I have a WORK
directory where I place any NCS-related documents and a PROG directory
where I put any bits of code I write. Originally, I needed to copy any
such documents into the WRD directory before I could get them
translated.
7.5
A menu also allows you to set the default translation type, what
filetypes to look for in a directory and whether to use the Latin1 or
DOS character sets.
7.5
Filer options
7.5
Open ‘$’ opens a standard filer window onto the Pocket Book. The root
level shows the devices that are present as directories. C is the A-link
on-board software and M is the Pocket Book internal disc. A and B may
also be present − they are the SSD drives.
7.5
This filer window behaves just like any other filer and enables you to
copy files to and from the Pocket Book without any translation being
performed. The main change here is that PocketFS now handles extensions
properly (the Pocket Book uses the DOS directory structure), so you can
copy files directly from a PC disc and retain the extension. This is
particularly important if you wish to gain access to the large amount of
Psion 3 software available as PD, most of which is distributed in PC
format. With the old version, it was necessary to copy each file and set
the extension manually.
7.5
Other features
7.5
Finally Quit has the option of killing the application but leaving the
filing system running so you can still gain access to the Pocket Book
files. (PocketFS and the translator applications take up a total of
256Kb) This means that if you do not require the translations − say, if
you just want to do some backing up − you can free up some memory.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
PocketFS 2 offers little extra for people using the Pocket Book at the
simplest level but, to my mind, it is what PocketFS 1 should have been
in the first place. It offers far greater compatibility between the two
machines, without compromising the ease of use. The only thing which
seems to be missing is a way to translate the files without having the
Pocket Book connected − perhaps a direct PBWrite loader will be made
available? It would also be helpful to be able to send documents with
styles to the Pocket Book − but that is a feature for RISC OS word
processors rather than PocketFS. A
7.5
QuickTile
7.5
Richard Millican
7.5
Have you ever wanted to print out a huge poster to stick on your wall?
Well, QuickTile is a really useful program designed to let you print
large, or even small, posters. It does this by printing a series of
tiles which the user can later glue together to form a large poster.
7.5
What makes this program a cut above the rest? Well, it sits in the
background intercepting SWI calls to the RISC OS printer manager. What
this actually means is that it works with absolutely any RISC OS
application that makes use of the printer manager (!Printers). This
means you can tile Impression documents, Draw files, Eureka printouts,
Rhapsody scores, etc.
7.5
User interface
7.5
As far as I can tell, the whole application conforms to Acorn’s latest
style guide, and version 1.01 of the program has a well laid-out user
interface that allows you to do pretty much anything you would want to
do with a program such as this.
7.5
There are three basic things which the program needs to know: how big
you want the poster, in which orientation you want the poster to be
printed and which tiles you want printed.
7.5
For selecting how big you want the poster, A0 to A6 are the sensible
built-in settings but you can also select your own Custom scale factor.
7.5
To select the orientation, you get a choice of Portrait or Landscape.
Some other tiling programs I’ve seen can be given an angle of rotation
here, but I can’t really see much point in this.
7.5
To select which tiles you want printing, you can either select ‘All’ or
give the program a tile to start at and a tile to finish at. This can
save a lot of paper and ink if you mess up one of the tiles whilst
sticking the poster together.
7.5
Sticking a poster together
7.5
The program prints crop-marks and page positions on each of the pages it
produces. It also prints a bit of extra drawing over the crop
boundaries, in case of human error. The documentation which you get with
the program shows you how it’s all done and makes it look quite easy −
which it is if you ever paid attention while Blue Peter was on TV!
7.5
It can take some time to stick together a large poster but it is often
well worth it. You can actually get some quite professional-looking
results if you take a bit of care.
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
This is a very professionally presented product which performs its task
extremely efficiently. If you need to produce larger printouts than your
printer is capable of, then this is certainly the program for you. All
the Desktop Projects software that I’ve seen has been of an
outstandingly high quality and this product is no exception and at
£25+VAT it is good value for money. A
7.5
!Calc Upgrade
7.5
Edward Naish
7.5
It is more than two years(!) since I reviewed !Calc, my favourite
spreadsheet, so I thought that I would recap on the changes and
improvements between version 2.18 and the current version, 2.48.
7.5
For those who did not read my first effort, Calc is a multitasking
spreadsheet which closely follows the guidelines for RISC OS programs.
It has a sheet window of 52 columns and 100 rows. Commands are entered
into a separate command window. Pressing <menu> on the sheet gives a
conventional menu of facilities as detailed in my previous article. I
did not mention in my first review that when you save a sheet, all the
characteristics are saved with it. Therefore when you restart it, the
sheet window and command windows are in the same position on the screen
as before, the sheet cursor is where you left it and the area of sheet
in view is the part you were working in. Also, if you have changed the
colours, these are saved as well so it is easy to colour code your
sheets and I personally find it easier to remember colours than names.
7.5
The whole application has become smoother and faster than previously.
Features which have been added since then include, mouse dragable column
widths, Menu accessible copy and wipe commands (a variation on the
replicate command) and a provision for the import and export of CSV
files. Major changes have obviously been made internally as the old
files will no longer be loaded, an error message tells you to upgrade
them using the utility supplied with the new version. Just load the
upgrading application, drag the old files onto it and they will be
resaved in the new format. There is an anti-virus ability built in,
which warns if the application is interfered with in certain ways, like
adding extra files inside it.
7.5
The principal upgrade to !Calc has been the graphing facility. Graphs
are plotted as bar, line, stick and pie graphs. Four colours are
selectable out of the sixteen available and their shades can be altered
by the usual ‘Paint’ style colour selector. Background and axis colours
can also be chosen. In black and white printing, the grey shades will be
the most useful of course. Apart from printing, graphs can be exported
as sprites or drawfiles.
7.5
A few extra functions have been added since my last review: min, max and
spr to go with sum and ave. The author also explains how to simulate an
IF function.
7.5
Printing is via the RISC OS printer drivers in the usual way and there
is also an ‘export as text’ provision for incorporating sheets into DTP.
7.5
The manual is a very polished Impression-generated A5 spiral-bound 30-
page tutorial, with an extra 11 page reference section at the end. There
are quite a few sprites and screen shots to illustrate points and the
example spreadsheets were added using the text export facility
mentioned.
7.5
If you want to have a look at !Calc without committing yourself, there
is a demo version available from reputable PD libraries and the author
will send you a ‘fully working’ demo copy on receipt of a blank disc and
return postage.
7.5
!Calc makes no attempt to be a competitor to the big guns, but is aimed
at the low end user with simple requirements. It is therefore very easy
to learn to use effectively. If you are, like me, a bear of very little
brain and know that the idea of getting to grips with large integrated
applications is just a pipedream, then !Calc should be the one for you.
7.5
!Calc is available from Circular Triangles, 13 Woodhall Terrace, Juniper
Green, Edinburgh, EH14 5BR, price £25.95 (no VAT) or £50 for a site
licence (£40 for education). A
7.5
Numéro 62
7.5
Neil Hutchinson
7.5
Numéro 62, from Resource Software, is a foreign language (i.e. French,
Spanish and German) version of the well-received No. 62 Honeypot Lane
which was reviewed in Archive 6.2 p37 by Simon Anthony. Therefore, the
following comments ought to be read with that review in mind, if not to
hand.
7.5
Numéro 62 is supplied on one floppy disc which is protected by means of
the key disc system: the program may only be run from the original disc
and not copied onto hard disc or properly backed up. This is a nuisance
but I do understand the reasoning behind the use of such protection. In
many cases, the program will be used on a site licence, and the key disc
device is thankfully (and necessarily!) missing from discs sold on that
basis.
7.5
The program is accompanied by the original manual for No. 62, along with
resource materials (in English), plus information on the key disc system
and specific instructions for Numéro 62 itself.
7.5
Using the program
7.5
The program allows the user to view the inside and immediate
surroundings of an obviously (and admittedly!) stereotypical British
semidetached house. More importantly, the changes that take place over
the course of an entire year can be plotted on an hour by hour basis.
The user’s interest (including that of adult users − i.e. myself) is
maintained by the changes that take place throughout the year.
Significant dates bring about changes that are, in part, predictable but
there is a regular flow of “updates” to the rooms. I would think that
most children using either version would enjoy the program for its
novelty and its beautifully drawn illustrations.
7.5
Throughout the program, the rooms and most of the items within them, are
labelled in the current language. The label is displayed when an item is
selected with the mouse. The current language may be changed at any time
by simply pressing the appropriate key on the keyboard:
7.5
E, F, S, or D, for English, French, Spanish or German respectively.
7.5
Use in the classroom
7.5
The program, along with so many of its type, depends very heavily upon
the use made of it by the teacher (or parent!). Some ideas for its use
are provided in the guidance notes but adequate preparation of a range
of tasks would enhance its use greatly. This program has a great
potential for use by foreign language teachers, especially with younger
pupils. For example, basic spoken description could be elicited, as part
of group work, by allocating a room in the house to each group member.
Worksheets might include simple written questions to elicit basic
answers or further work might lead to more complex descriptions of
rooms. More open-ended tasks might include a narrative of the activity
of important days based upon the visual evidence of the program. Older
pupils are not entirely excluded from the fun but, as always, each
teacher has to decide the suitability of a product for a given group.
7.5
Anything negative?
7.5
Because the program is structured in the same way as the original with
the necessary added data for the foreign languages, sacrifices have had
to be made for it to work on a 1Mb machine. Most notably, and very
regrettably, the ability to print copies of the screen has been removed.
This was a calculated decision which, I hope, may be reversed in any
future development of the program for 2Mb machines.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
I regard Numéro 62 as a useful item in any classroom that is endowed
with its own computer, and where a group of pupils can be completing a
task while others are doing “more traditional” language work. In a
computer room (i.e. whole class) situation, with the site licence or
network version, a different strategy will be necessary. The program is
a useful tool which can be integrated into a number of areas of study
but, most obviously, the area of “House and Home”. In my opinion, it is
good value for money, especially when compared to some other products
that may be offered to teachers.
7.5
Numéro 62 is available for £38 (inclusive of VAT) through Archive. A
7.5
Twilight
7.5
Dave Floyd
7.5
Twilight is a screensaver utility from The Really Good Software Company
(henceforth known as TRGSC) and costs £14.95 inclusive of VAT. Although
RISC OS 3 includes a screen protection option it just literally blanks
the screen, giving no indication that the computer is actually turned
on. On the other hand, it is free, so what does Twilight offer for the
money?
7.5
Twilight is supplied in a CD-style box and requires the installation
program to be run before use. Installation creates a working copy of the
software stamped with your name, the serial number of your copy and a
special hidden code that identifies it. It is all very painless using
the application supplied and although it appeared to think that my hard
disc was a floppy, the installation was completed without problems. You
are given an option to make Twilight auto-booting or not and if you have
RISC OS 3, the installation utility will also put Twilight into a named
directory and modify your !Boot file automatically, should you wish.
7.5
Once the installation is complete, double clicking on the !Twilight icon
loads the application onto the iconbar from which you can access the
control panel. As can be seen from the screendump below, the panel
allows you to adjust the actions of the program to suit your preferred
way of working. There are options to switch the timer on or off and set
the time delay before the screen-saver is activated, a button to select
whether any output to the screen will wake it up and an opportunity to
change the hot key combination should <ctrl-shift-tab> not be to your
liking or should it clash with another program in your collection.
Random effects are possible if you have a hard disc, and the time
between each change is configurable as is screen-saving on startup and
no screen-save while printing (although the screen-saver does not
interfere with printing, unlike some of the PD screen protectors
available).
7.5
As well as giving you a screen-save utility, Twilight can also be used
to provide password protection should you wish to stop unauthorised use
of your computer in your absence. If this option is selected and a
password entered, every time the screen is put to sleep, a password is
required before it is woken up again. The password function also
disables <break> and <ctrl-break>, and if <reset> is pressed while it is
active, the screen-saver will activate from start-up so it still
requires the password to be entered. If the effect you have chosen fades
the screen instead of completely blanking it, it will be blanked and
replaced with random shapes if the password function is selected,
thereby stopping anybody reading your work while you are away from your
desk.
7.5
The on-screen effects can also be tweaked to your own personal
preferences. Depending on the effect, you can make the animations
faster/slower, smaller/larger and on those which fade the screen rather
than blank it out, you can stipulate how dark the screen becomes.
Seventeen different effects are available as standard and TRGSC will be
releasing discs of extra effects, should the choice prove too limiting
for you. It is also possible to write your own effects if you are
familiar with ARM code and information on writing your own effects can
be obtained for a disc and return postage from TRGSC.
7.5
Twilight behaved very well in all respects. Printing from Impression
continued without any problem when the screensaver was active. It did
not blank out arcade games and the password facility worked as claimed,
with the exception of the suggestion in the manual that using the ¤
(Shift£-) character in a password would make it hard for anybody to
guess. True enough, but the program would not acknowledge the existence
of ¤ or £ when I tried to enter it.
7.5
My only real gripe with this program is that the is not available in
printed form but only exists as a disc file and is viewed using the
public domain Help Reader utility (also by Ben Summers, the author of
Twilight). I realise that not having a printed manual helps to keep
costs down but Help Reader does not allow the user to produce a hard
copy, nor is the text held in Edit format, so you are stuck with the
disc version. Having said that, the software is intuitive to use and so
this should not pose a real problem.
7.5
My only other niggles were a matter of personal taste in that I could
suggest various ways in which the effects could have been improve.
However, given the open-ended expandability of Twilight it probably
won’t be long before there is a range of PD effects available to add to
those supplied.
7.5
Although I think the price should be slightly lower, given the lack of
printed documentation, Twilight does fill a gap which has previously
been served only by public domain programs of variable quality and
functionality. I think it deserves a place in every Archimedes owner’s
software collection.
7.5
Now, shall I have spotlight today? Or lines? Or maybe... A
7.5
Noddy’s Playtime
7.5
Richard Rymarz
7.5
Noddy’s Playtime is published by The Jumping Bean Co, a newcomer to the
Acorn scene. It is their first offering and according to their launch
information, it is selling extremely well. It was launched on the
leisure market on the PC, Amiga and Atari and is a move by the company
to establish themselves in the education market. The suite of programs
is designed as “educational .... fun to play programs” for three to
seven year olds and comes on three discs. The programs can be installed
on a hard disc without any apparent protection and cost £25.99 for a
single user copy and £49.99 for a site licence.
7.5
The package
7.5
There are ten programs in all:
7.5
The Toy Town Map − A linking and menu system where the children help
Noddy to drive around Toy Town. They can make Noddy wave and nod, beep
his horn and make his car engine roar. This program takes Noddy to
various parts of Toy Town where other activities take place.
7.5
The Post Office − Here the activities involve number recognition and
simple arithmetic.
7.5
The Market Place − This involves tasks ranging from simple letter
recognition to finding a number of objects that begin with the same
letter.
7.5
Noah’s Ark − The children have to solve a jigsaw puzzle. Each successive
level involves more jigsaw pieces − 16 being the highest and the prize
is a ride in Noah’s Ark.
7.5
The N. & B. Works − This involves finding the ‘odd one out’. At the
simplest level the children have to find one odd one out; at the most
difficult there are three odd objects and there is a time limit.
7.5
The Farm Yard − A matching game where children have to match a tail to a
particular animal. At the most difficult level, a variety of heads and
tails of animals are available only two of which match.
7.5
The Railway Station − A memory game. Characters from Toy Town are used
but at the simpler levels shape and colour are employed to help.
7.5
Four-Chimney House − A music game which initially allows children to
recognise the eight notes available and then goes on to ask them to
replay tunes that they have first heard. Numbers are used to do this but
at the hardest level musical notation is used.
7.5
The Police Station − A maze game which increases in complexity at each
level.
7.5
Noddy’s Paintpot − A complete art package.
7.5
All in all, the extent of the programs is impressive. The activities at
the locations have variety and each contains three levels thus ensuring
a long life span across a wide age range. Most are a great deal of fun
to play and to watch. Noddy is quite engaging and Big Ears pops up as a
guide to the activities.
7.5
The written support materials are beautifully produced. The guide
actually mentions the Archimedes by name rather than offering a scruffy
piece of paper which looks like an afterthought. As well as loading and
playing instructions, there is an ongoing story that links the Toy Town
locations; a number of photocopyable pictures which can be coloured-in;
a parent/teacher section that links the programs to the National
Curriculum; and, at the back, a help line that is available during the
afternoon.
7.5
The programs
7.5
Since the programs have been written for all computer formats, they are
not multitasking. Clicking on !Noddy results in some catchy music and a
picture of Noddy and all his friends but, unfortunately, I could find no
way to adjust the sound of the music. Clicking again brings up the main
menu from which the location and level of difficulty can be set. At this
point the children can drive Noddy around Toy Town or he can
automatically visit any chosen location. If you want to return to the
desktop, you can press <shift-ctrl-escape>.
7.5
It would take too much space to detail all the locations. Suffice it to
say that each one contains what appear to be sixteen-colour graphics
some of which are very nicely animated. Tasks are easy to recognise and
the difficulty can be altered at any time by pressing <f10>. Return to
the main screen is easy. Humour and sound effects are used to good
advantage, as at the Market Place where successful answering of the
questions results in a ducking for Mr Plodd the policeman.
7.5
Noddy’s paintpot
7.5
This is a painting package in its own right. It is not very
sophisticated and does not pretend to be. However, most of the popular
tools are available and reasonable results can be obtained. One nice
feature is the inclusion of some outline drawings for the children to
fill in. All pictures are saved as sprites (so long as the correct
directory has been created on a new disc) but have to be printed using
another package such as !Paint. I found the switching of menus a little
laborious (Noddy swings up and down with a shutter) but I don’t think
the children will mind.
7.5
Niggles
7.5
I cannot be too critical of this package. However, it is obvious that
this is software not specifically designed for the Archimedes. Only ²/3
of the screen is used and the rather garish sixteen-colour graphics are
sometimes difficult to distinguish. I feel the option of having a larger
pointer would help younger children and I did have problems quitting
back to the desktop.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
Noddy’s Playtime is great value for money. It is full of interesting
games which will delight children and make learning fun. It could
equally be used at home and school although parents beware − as with all
‘educational’ software, some form of help will be required if the best
is to be achieved from the program. Some of the tasks are ‘tests’ of
basic knowledge. There is nothing wrong with that since reinforcing
basic skills in a fun way is important. I feel there is a large niche in
the market for software that is ‘educational’ in content but not
specifically designed for schools. Parents particularly, are looking for
different uses for their computer rather than just playing games. I hope
The Jumping Bean’s obvious success with this program will encourage them
to write something more appropriate to the graphic capabilities of the
Archimedes. A
7.5
Explorer
7.5
Andrew Jackson
7.5
This piece of software looks as if it may be the answer for science
teachers who are looking for materials to enhance project work on the
solar system and space travel.
7.5
The study of the solar system is required as part of the Science
National Curriculum. The sentences below can be found in the Programme
of Study for Key Stage 3 and 4, Attainment Target 4 (Sc 4) Strand (v):
7.5
Key Stage 3: “Pupils should further develop their study of the solar
system through observation and secondary sources. They should consider
ideas about the position of the sun and planets in the solar system and
the position of the solar system in the universe.”
7.5
Key Stage 4: As well as the above, pupils should... “consider the
possibilities and limitations of space travel... ...know that other
planets are geologically active and that their present composition is
related to their distance from the sun.”
7.5
Traditionally, these areas have been covered with videos and slides,
with models being built by pupils from data obtained from textbooks. So
can Explorer supplement that source of information?
7.5
What you get
7.5
Explorer comes on three discs and is accompanied by a teachers’ guide
and student instructions, data collection and worksheets. This
documentation can be photocopied within the purchasing institution. On
the discs you have !Explorer, the main application, and information
about the planets contained in the form of text files and separate
applications which display further data and graphics.
7.5
Before students can use the program, they need to be given the ‘Explorer
Pilot’s Briefing’ and ‘Planetary Database’ collection sheets. These
provide details on how to load the program and the object of the game.
The main application, !Explorer, can be started by double clicking on
its icon. This loads the program directly and the game begins. The
object of the game is to collect data about each planet in the solar
system starting with Pluto. (Data about the third planet from the sun
does not need to be collected.) Data is collected by steering a
spaceship called Explorer 1. The graphics used during the game are
generally good though nothing outstanding. When a planet is encountered,
a probe is launched at a safe distance. When the probe hits, information
about the planet is displayed briefly. This information needs to be
noted on the ‘Planetary Database’ collection sheet. Since the
information is only displayed briefly, the game needs to be played in a
group, each member taking responsibility for noting parts of the
information. The information displayed contains details of:
7.5
Planet Name
7.5
Code Number (Needed to access further info)
7.5
Distance from Sun (Millions of Kilometres)
7.5
Length of Year
7.5
Length of Day
7.5
Mass (Earth = 1)
7.5
Atmosphere
7.5
Temperature (°C )
7.5
Surface Gravity (Earth = 1)
7.5
The information is in abbreviated form and is in the same order as the
columns on the ‘Planetary Database’ sheet. If each pupil is given one of
these sheets, the data can be noted. It may, however, need a few
attempts to enable pupils to get used to collecting the correct
information.
7.5
During the spaceship’s journey through the solar system, it also
encounters various alien ships which have to be avoided or destroyed.
The spaceship is moved via the keyboard. Alien ships are destroyed or
avoided using ‘Tunnel-Shells’ or a ‘Force Bubble’ (which can only be
used once). The spaceship is protected by shields which can withstand
ten collisions. However, if enough alien ships are destroyed, a device
called a ‘Decomposition Shield’ (which ‘sucks’ the energy out of hostile
ships when destroyed) can be used to strengthen the shields on the space
ship.
7.5
The game, although difficult to finish, can be mastered fairly quickly
and does not depend on the academic ability of the students.
7.5
Once the game is over, either through being destroyed or finishing, the
code numbers collected from each planet can be used to access further
information. This is supplied in the form of separate applications for
each planet. The information can be obtained by double clicking on the
application for the planet you are interested in and entering the code
number obtained during the game. The information is in the form of
graphics and text which are well presented. The graphics are a little
unclear even on a multiscan monitor. Using the information obtained and
that collected during the game, students can complete the ‘Explorer
Report Sheet’.
7.5
There is also a ‘Solar System Word Search’ contained in the pack which
could be used for homework to reinforce the names of the bodies in the
solar system. The documentation also contains ideas for other activities
which could be tried using the software or the data from it.
7.5
Conclusions
7.5
This is an alternative and entertaining way of getting over information
about the solar system and I see myself using it at Key Stage 3 rather
than Key Stage 4. During the game there are quite a lot of sound effects
which make a positive contribution but which may be distracting to other
pupils in the classroom. It would be useful to have the facility to turn
the sound off. The representation of the distance between the planets
portrayed during the game does give a slightly false impression of the
actual situation.
7.5
All in all, a useful application and good value at £30 +VAT from Alpine
Software or £33 through Archive. A
7.5
Sand Harvest
7.5
Charles Hill
7.5
Sand Harvest from CWDE Software is a simulation of life in the Sahel. It
is a version of the program originally written for BBC computers but
expanded to take advantage of the RISC OS operating system with
additional information provided and improved graphics. Although it uses
the mouse, it does not run as a multitasking window although previous
desktop tasks are only suspended. It is supplied as one disc together
with booklets and information sheets. The version reviewed was 1.01.
Much of the program seems to be written in Basic. I loaded and ran the
program from a hard disc with no problems.
7.5
Documentation
7.5
The supporting documentation is very good and comprises an Organiser’s
Manual (30 pages), a Villager’s Handbook, Nomad’s Handbook and
Government Officer’s Handbook which contain background information, some
of which can be photocopied. In addition, there are also photocopiable
“Role Sheets”, a “Run Card” and a copy of a CWDE Countrysheet about
Mali.
7.5
The simulation
7.5
The software is intended for ages 11 and upwards and, with careful
planning, it could be used with any secondary school age group − even a
sixth former given an hour or two to look at the package did not exhaust
all its possibilities! The obvious curriculum area is Geography but it
could well be useful in other areas of the curriculum. The package gives
participants the opportunities to identify with three roles, Government
Officer, Nomad and Villager who are faced with problems to solve and
decisions to make. The ‘game’ moves in yearly cycles with an annual
report at the end of each year for each participant.
7.5
The main menu includes options for choosing the language in which
information is given (English, French or German), setting options,
listing, loading or deleting previous games on disc, sound and print
options (on/off). The options choice allows a choice of roles e.g. just
nomad or all three, whether the villager role is complex or simple, a
choice of schemes (e.g. health care, tree planting, employment schemes,
water), selection of initial budget for schemes, choosing a variable or
constant exchange rate, the amount of rainfall and whether or not
unknown events will occur unpredictably in the program.
7.5
Roles
7.5
The nomad has to move around a mapped area choosing appropriate pasture
for cattle, goats, sheep and camels and finding water holes. Each move
around the map lasts for 3 days and the ‘game’ lasts for one year. The
map shows different land areas (arable, desert, scrub, good and fair
grazing, etc) and wells as well as villages, the edge of the encroaching
desert and fenced areas. There is a non-persistent key which can be
called from a help menu. The animals can die and give birth (with sound
effects!) and the nomad tries to keep his herd and family alive as well
as generate some income.
7.5
The villager is modelled on an overworked female trying to survive with
her family. She has to choose how to allocate time to various tasks e.g.
cooking, sleeping, agriculture, government schemes, etc.
7.5
The government officer’s task is to implement schemes and encourage
villagers to support them although the officer is limited by the budget.
7.5
It is also a suggestion that someone is appointed as organiser to set up
the simulation and quell any riots from overheated discussion!
7.5
Reports
7.5
At the end of each year, an annual report is produced; the screen
display includes graphs and charts but the printout is text only. The
printout facility seemed to work well with a dot matrix printer but I
could not get the program to recognise my HP Deskjet. The annual report
includes information on population, life expectancy, money, crops, water
and people.
7.5
The program can make use of the mouse but can also be run using the
keyboard only. There are keypress shortcuts to leave the program early
but these will cause incomplete years to be saved and hence continuation
for further years and annual reports will be affected. The program also
requires the use of passwords which are given in the supporting
literature and do not seem to be changeable − I wonder if they are
really necessary? The running sheet also gives a keypress shortcut to
reveal the passwords. Games are saved to disc as they are played. This
would make playing the game from a read-only network disc area difficult
− the boot file contains the instruction for setting the games directory
(where games are stored) and this could be modified in !Edit.
7.5
Aims and objectives
7.5
The program is intended by its authors to give experience in decision-
making, provide an awareness of the plight of others through role play,
encourage consideration of both long and short term consequences of
decision-making, foster discussion and cooperation between individuals
and analyse and act on information in charts, reports, graphs and
tables. It helps participants understand desertification and that a
local viewpoint can be important in decision making. It also encourages
groups and individuals to work to predetermined goals, from staying
alive to making money!
7.5
Conclusion
7.5
The program seems good value for £58 +VAT from CWDE Software and site
licences are available from them at £88 +VAT. For me the program has
some niggles; the colour scheme seems odd at times, error messages and
events persist until cancelled and have to be removed for the game to
continue and the ‘random events’ can soon become predictable. I do not
feel, however, that any of these should affect children’s enjoyment and
learning from the program. A
7.5
Panda say that a new version of Xword which takes up some of Roger’s
suggestions is almost ready. Ed.
7.5
Whither Acorn? − Part 16
7.6
I can’t remember quite how many times we have returned to the “Whither
Acorn?” saga − so I guessed that we were up to Part 16! Gabriel Swords,
in our Comment Column on page 24 has added his two penny-worth and I
have to admit that a month or so ago, I was getting a bit depressed at
the way things were (or weren’t) going. I could see Macs and PCs
snapping at Acorn’s (educational) heels and I was beginning to panic
because, unlike a number of other companies, we have refused to
diversify onto other platforms.
7.6
BETT ’94 was a turning point in my feelings about Acorn’s future. Apple
had no new machines to offer and the amount of Mac and PC educational
software was rather less than I had feared. Acorn, on the other hand,
were continuing to drop hints of new technology and the amount of new
Acorn hardware and software being launched was staggering. (The Products
Available section occupies eleven pages!) All I hope is that Mike
Williams’ prediction in Risc User of “towards the middle of the year” is
more accurate than my guess of “maybe not even until Acorn World 94” for
the launch of the new machines.
7.6
NCS / Archive Open Day − March 12th
7.6
A total of 27 Acorn-related companies will be displaying their wares at
our Open Day in March. It promises to be an exciting event so I hope a
good number of Archive subscribers will be able to come. I’m sure it
will be enjoyable from both a technical and a social point of view. For
more details, see page 17.
7.6
Growth in Archive?
7.6
This issue of Archive has been extremely difficult to put together
because of the huge amount of material. There is more advertising than
usual and a lot of good technical articles. Thanks to all those who have
responded to our request for more technical material and please be
patient if yours hasn’t yet been published. There’s over 25 pages left
for next month. But don’t let that stop you if you have something to
contribute − the more material we have, the more valuable Archive will
be to its readers.
7.6
Suddenly, I’m really looking forward to ’94! I hope you are too.
7.6
Products Available
7.6
A lot of the new products available this month have an education bias.
This reflects the large amount of new software and hardware on show at
BETT ’94. However, there are a tremendous number of products of more
general application, so even non-education readers will find it worth
wading through the whole eleven pages!
7.6
• Acorn Access is an important new AUN networking product. It is
described as an “entry-level plug and play” networking product. If you
have Acorn computers (RISC OS 3.1 with 2Mb+) in reasonably close
proximity, you can buy an Access Pack for each one, connect them
together and you will be able to share hard disc and printer facilities
between the computers. Each pack consists of an Ethernet card plus
appropriate drop-leads, T-connectors and thru-connectors to link the
computers together, and the Access software. This allows you to export
hard discs and printers so that they can be accessed by other computers
on the network. It requires no fileserver software or hardware and
therefore has no management overheads − no special knowledge is needed
to run it − indeed the installation ‘manual’ is a single A4 sheet and
the operating instructions are on another A4 sheet. However, you can
link it into an existing Level4 fileserver if you want to do so.
7.6
This is an extremely easy system to set up allowing up to about twenty
machines to be linked together over a distance of up to 185m. Acorn
recommend sharing one hard disc between about five or six machines and
it is possible, say, to share three or four hard discs between fifteen
machines on the same network segment. The hard discs can be shared on
the basis of ‘protected’ or ‘unprotected’, i.e. read-only or read/write
so you can prevent things being deleted if you choose! The schools that
have acted as test sites for Access have been extremely pleased with it,
particularly it terms of easy of installation and easy of use.
7.6
We haven’t got any pricing information at present but if it arrives in
time, we will put it in the Members’ Price List.
7.6
• AUN Fileserver Level 4 release 3 is now available. This includes
Application Accelerator (see above) and !Gateway which enables two-way
access between two Ethernet networks of between two different cabling
systems such as Ethernet and Econet. Again, we are still waiting for
confirmation of pricing but I guess that the price will probably stay at
£399 +VAT or £430 through Archive. The upgrade for release 1 or 2 to
release 3 is ‘hoped to be about £100’.
7.6
• Application Accelerator is another new AUN networking product from
Acorn. It is an application server which allows applications to be made
available to client machines on a read-only basis about four times as
fast as through the Level 4 Fileserver. However, Accelerator can export
any accessible directory or filing system and is not just limited to a
fileserver. For example, if it is put on an AUN gateway machine, it can
make a shared filing system accessible from both sides of the gateway.
If you have an application server using NFSFiler (from TCP/IP), you can
make this available to clients without them having to use NFSFiler.
Accelerator is compatible with TCP/IP (release 2) and Level 4 Fileserver
(release 3).
7.6
• ArcFS2 − This is now being distributed by Vertical Twist and the price
has been increased to £24.99 inc VAT or £23 through Archive.
7.6
• ArcSimp III − Mijas Software have now released version 3 of their
RISC OS compliant electronic simulation package. Its facilities include
digital circuit simulation, analogue circuit simulation, control system
design and mechanical system simulation. It comes in two forms: a
National Curriculum study version at £55 +VAT (site licence £150) and a
Professional Design & Research version costing £105 +VAT (site licence
£300).
7.6
• ArtWorks 1.5 − This new version of ArtWorks provides support for 24-
bit sprites. It includes new TIFF file loaders and a fast-load feature.
The price remains at £169 +VAT from Computer Concepts or £180 through
Archive.
7.6
• ArtWorks 1.5 on CD − This includes all of the clipart from the Clipart
CD, the new version of ArtWorks plus all the ArtWorks fonts. The price
remains at £169 +VAT from Computer Concepts or £180 through Archive.
7.6
• ArtWorks Clipart CD − Computer Concepts are selling a CD which
consists of an ArtWorks file viewer plus over 800 ArtWorks example
pictures. It also has a demo version of AudioWorks with example audio
files and dozens of 24-bit photographs. The ArtWorks Clipart CD costs
£19 from Computer Concepts or £21 through Archive. (The clipart on this
CD is the same as is included on the CD version of ArtWorks.)
7.6
• ArtWorks Made Easy by Ann Rooney is published by Dabs Press. As the
title suggests, this is aimed at the Artworks beginner and takes the
reader step by step through its various features and draws attention to
the principal differences between Artworks and Draw. Artworks Made Easy
costs £14.95 from Dabs Press or £15 through Archive inclusive of p&p.
(Books, being heavy are expensive to post.)
7.6
• Basic WIMP Programming is a new book by Alan Senior published by Dabs
Press. It enables you to learn how to program the WIMP environment using
Basic. To assist program development, the book gives many example
programs which are designed to be easily adapted and expanded for your
own applications. An extensive library of procedures and functions is
also provided to simplify the program writer’s task. The price of £16.95
includes a disc of programs, procedures and functions. This is available
through Archive for £17 inclusive of p&p.
7.6
• BearSheet is a “simple yet sophisticated” spreadsheet from ERIC
(Education Resources in Computing). It consists of two spreadsheet
programs aimed at different educational levels, does bar and pie charts,
line and scatter graphs and costs £29.95 inc VAT from ERIC with a
network version at £59.90 inc VAT.
7.6
• BearWords is a wordprocessor/DTP package also from ERIC consisting of
three separate WPs at different levels from elementary to advanced
level. It is also concept keyboard compatible. BearWords costs £42.95
inc VAT from ERIC and a network version is available from them at £85.90
inc VAT.
7.6
• Bodywise is an animated database of the human body from Sherston
Software. It provides an exploration of the human body for top juniors
and lower secondary pupils − just point and click the body-part they
want to know about and watch it work! (The mind boggles! Ed) There is a
setup option which allows teachers to choose which systems are available
to the children and to turn on or off the explanations and animations of
the sexual organs. Bodywise is fully RISC OS compliant and all
illustrations and text can easily be saved or transferred to other
applications. The package comes with user manual, a booklet of ideas for
classroom use, two sets of Body Search cards and a set of study sheets.
Bodywise costs £39.95 +VAT from Sherston Software or £44 through
Archive.
7.6
• Brilliant special needs software − Brilliant Computing have produced
some more software for special needs children.
7.6
FacePaint allows the children (or you!) to create hundreds of silly
faces with different noses, eyes, ears, hair, hats, etc. Fill in a
‘features chart’ from an eye-witness report and then create your own
identikit picture. FacePaint is £30 +VAT from Brilliant Computing.
7.6
Look & Listen consists of five mini video games to develop basic road
safety skills. It uses the stereo sound and comes with a free pair of
headphones. It can be used with mouse, keyboard, touch screens or simple
switch. Look & Listen costs £25 +VAT from Brilliant Computing.
7.6
Sound Stuff consists of five games using a library of 24 sounds and
matching pictures. Find the sound to match the picture, use the stereo
facility to find where the sound is coming from, or play the matching
pairs game. It uses real recorded speech and can be used with mouse or
touch screen and comes with a free pair of headphones. Sound Stuff costs
£25 +VAT from Brilliant Computing.
7.6
• CD-Net is a CD-ROM filing system for AUN. The idea of it is to
overcome some of the limitations imposed by existing hardware and
software. It allows CD-ROMs to be accessed either by special retrieval
software designed for a particular CD-ROM or through a CDFiler. CD-Net
is designed in such a way that, with “appropriate hardware”, it is even
possible to run Replay movies over the network. CD-ROMs have to be
specifically licensed to be accessed through CD-Net. There are currently
eight titles being licensed but more will be available over the next few
months. A CD-Net Trial Pack costs £39.95 +VAT from PEP Associates.
7.6
• Celtic Clipart disc − This includes borders, panels, chains, motifs
and some hints on altering the graphics for your own use. It costs
£10.99 (no VAT) and is available from: Glyn Howells, Sicar Uchaf,
Brongest, Newcastle Emlyn, Dyfed, SA38 9ET.
7.6
• Cistercian Abbeys is a Genesis application that uses graphics, plans,
maps and a database to explore medieval monastic life. Cistercian Abbeys
costs £45 +VAT from Oak Solutions or £50 through Archive.
7.6
• Clipart & educational resource files − a range of clipart and
educational resource files are available from DEC_dATA at prices ranging
from £3 to £13 +VAT per set. New ones include Famous Buildings, Hand
Tools and Military Aircraft each £7.95 +VAT and The Party, Wedding and
Anniversary Collection, a two-disc set at £14 +VAT. There is also an
Impression Style Resource Disc at £7.95 +VAT which includes borders,
decorative drawfiles, map of the UK, masks, office symbols and sport
pictures and an Artworks Resource Disc at £8.95 +VAT which includes
decorative motifs, moulds for the envelope tool, drawings of gears and
stars, moulds for the perspective tool and a good number of sample
files.
7.6
• Colour Hand Scanner − We now have information on Irlam’s hand scanner
as mentioned briefly in Products Available last month. This is an A5
scanner producing 24-bit colour output or 256 grey levels. Resolution is
from 100 to 400 dpi. The scan area is selectable up to just over 4
inches (about 10.5 cm). It has monochrome, 16 grey, 256 grey and 256
colour sprite support. The 24-bit formats include Clear files and
compressed JPEG. Brightness adjustment is done by control on the scan
head and gamma correction and sharpness are adjustable in software. A
version that will work in A3000/3010/3020/4000 machines is in the
pipeline but, at the moment, you need a computer that will take a
standard podules. The Irlam 24-bit Colour HandScanner costs £359 +VAT
+carriage from Irlam or £425 through Archive.
7.6
We had a look at this scanner at the BETT Show and it is VERY
impressive. The output has to be seen to be believed. We have put a few
sample scans on this month’s program disc.
7.6
• Colour scanner correction − When I mentioned Irlam’s Proi-Mage
software and Epson scanners, I misquoted the scanning resolution. The
Epson GT-6500 (£1000 inc VAT through Archive) actually scans at
600d.p.i. and is even capable of going to 1200d.p.i. while the Epson GT-
8000 (£1,380 through Archive) scans at 800d.p.i. and is capable of going
up to 1600d.p.i.!
7.6
• Conjugez! − This is a software tool from Creative Curriculum Software
for helping you learn French verbs and is applicable right from early
learners of French up to A level and beyond. Conjugez! has 3,500 verbs
built into sets of data files in a range of nine appropriate levels. The
education site licence version also has a utility for adding more verbs
and editing the existing datafiles. Conjugez! is £24.95 +VAT for a
single user or £89 +VAT for a site licence from Creative Curriculum
Software.
7.6
• Cumana CD-ROM price increases − There have been various price rises on
CD-ROMs. The new Archive prices are as follows:
7.6
Creepy Crawlies − £100
7.6
Dictionary of the Living World − £175
7.6
Grooves − £25
7.6
Image Warehouse − £59
7.6
All four of the above − £180†
7.6
Space Encyclopedia − £44
7.6
World of Number
7.6
Number Games & Short Tasks − £89
7.6
Perspectives − £89
7.6
Picture Gallery − £89
7.6
Who Stole the Decimal Point? − £89
7.6
†Yes, I know that’s only £5 more than Dictionary of the Living World on
its own but they say it’s a special offer price, so who are we to argue!
7.6
• Cycloids − GamesWare have taken over this Software 42 game. The plot
features a unicycle-riding clown whose job it is to save the world! It
features 256-colour cartoon graphics and comical sound effects. Cycloids
costs £19.99 from Gamesware or £19 through Archive.
7.6
• Desktop Screenturtle − Topologika have produced a desktop version of
their easy-to-learn turtle graphics program. It offers a range of Logo
features but always with the aim of making it accessible for the younger
users − aimed at 8 to 13+ year olds. The new version has ‘many new
features’ including a toolbox plus drag and drop loading of screens and
word sets. You can also switch off the need for numbers after commands.
This ‘no numbers’ input mode works in conjunction with scaling options
for distance and direction and means that younger children needn’t worry
about numbers bigger than 10. Desktop Screenturtle costs £45 +VAT or £49
through Archive. An upgrade from the original version is available at
£10 +VAT from Topologika.
7.6
• DrawPlot upgrade − Oak Solutions have upgraded DrawPlot, their HPGL
compatible plotter utility which works, for example, on the Roland CAMM
series. It now supports Graphtec plotters and work is under way on
Plotmate A3M and A4M plotters. DrawPlot allows you, simply and quickly,
to plot, cut or engrave drawings from drawfiles. CAMM1 cutters and CAMM2
millers can be driven in the same way as an HPGL plotter and DrawPlot
can be used, for example, to produce vinyl signs.
7.6
DrawPlot is part of their Draw Print & Plot package, which costs £30
+VAT from Oak Solutions or £33 through Archive.
7.6
• Eagle M2 − The Eagle M2 multimedia card provides 12-bit stereo
sampling and playback at CD rate (44.1kHz), full Midi capability, 24-bit
colour and greyscale still frame digitising, Acorn Replay movie capture
and Eidos real-time movie capture. It has S-VHS and composite video
input, line level audio input and output as well as audio out through
the computer speaker or headphone socket. This is an impressive array of
facilities to have on a single-width podule and the price is impressive
too: £299 + p&p +VAT (£358.37) from Wild Vision or £340 through Archive.
It needs 4Mb and RISC OS 3.1 and, for Replay movie capture, an A5000 or
A540 with at least 4Mb is recommended.
7.6
David Lenthall has started a series about audio sampling (see page 43) −
and he will be mentioning this and other offerings on the Acorn audio
front next month. Ed.
7.6
• Exploring Nature is a CD-ROM version of Usborne’s First Book of
Nature. It is targeted at primary and early secondary and aims to keep
up the Usborne tradition of “a very colourful presentation style with
hundreds of beautifully drawn pictures”. The basic approach is to let
children emulate the process of scientific discovery by doing a
simulated field trip on which they “measure” such things as temperature
and sunlight, and collect or “photograph” things they find. They can
then study from themed books or look up references in a nature
dictionary. From their collected information, the children can write up
a report or transfer pictures and data to other applications to collate
it further or make a special presentation of their work. Exploring
Nature comes with a teacher’s pack providing explanatory notes, user
guide and National Curriculum linkages. Exploring Nature costs £120 +VAT
from Hampshire Microtechnology Centre.
7.6
• Fortran 77 − Intelligent Interfaces distribute a Fortran 77 compiler
and a desktop front-end for Fortran 77. The compiler itself is supplied
with linker, symbolic debugger (ASD) and utility library and costs £99
+VAT or £110 through Archive. The front-end, !Fortran77, enables Fortran
programs to be compiled, linked and executed in the RISC OS desktop
environment. It is supplied with DrawF, Graphics, SpriteOp, Utils and
Wimp libraries and costs £25 +VAT or £28 through Archive.
7.6
The compiler was originally distributed by Acorn as the Acornsoft
Fortran 77, release 2, compiler but Intelligent Interfaces have made a
number of changes: the compiler can now be installed anywhere in the
user’s directory structure, the User Guide has been completely re-
written, a Utility Library is included, the symbolic debugger
(previously distributed with the Acorn Software Developer’s Toolbox) is
included with its own user guide, a command to compile and link in a
single operation has been added and instructions on how to use the
linker in Acorn’s DDE are given.
7.6
• Fonts (low cost) 1 − Tekoa Graphics have produced their first pack of
low-cost fonts. They are offering 25 outline fonts for under £1 a font.
They are suitable for use with RISC OS 2 and 3 although they do not
contain any auto-kerning data. The fonts (including the number in each
family) are as follows: Academy (2), Bengal (4), Bookmark (4), Chaucer
(medium italic only), Garland (4), Matrix (a fancy font), Moscow (a
Cyrillic font), Optimist (4) and Paladin (4). They are mainly serifed
fonts and are “mostly inspired by (but slightly different from)
industry-standard typefaces”. Fonts Pack One costs £20 +£2.75 p&p from
Tekoa Graphics (no VAT as not registered). (See Richard Hallas’ review
next month − it wouldn’t fit in this month.)
7.6
• Fonts (low cost) 2 − The Datafile have renegotiated their licence
agreement with ITC of New York and URW of Hamburg. The result is (a)
lower prices for professional fonts and (b) a Pick ’n Mix service so
that you can buy just the fonts you want from a list of 33 families,
totalling 100 weights. The fonts seem to be of very high quality. (See
Richard Hallas’ review next month.) For more details, contact The
Datafile or see the advert on page 20.
7.6
• F.R.E.D. − The 3D adventure game which was reviewed in Archive 7.1
p24, is now available through Archive at £19.
7.6
• Go-Go! − This is a simple turtle graphics program from NW SEMERC for
teaching number, geometry and logic to special needs, primary and
secondary pupils. This is a full RISC OS multitasking package providing
a range of activities whose simplicity or complexity can be set by the
teacher. It includes a wide variety of ready-made scenes and pointers to
which the pupil must give instructions in order to move it around the
screen to a particular goal. Reward sounds can be programmed to play
when a particular task is completed. A map, ordnance survey symbols and
an on-screen ruler and protractor are provided for taking accurate
measurements. The price of the two-disc set for Go-Go!, including a
curriculum guide with more ideas, is £40 +£3 p&p +VAT from NW SEMERC.
7.6
• Granny’s Garden CD-ROM! Cumana and 4Mation have combined to produce a
new multimedia version of this popular educational program. The CD-ROM
version has enhanced graphics so that you can take advantage of higher
screen resolutions if they are available. It also has music and sound
effects together with a narrated introduction to the story by 4Mation’s
own Mike Matson. It costs £29.95 +VAT or £33 through Archive.
7.6
• Hard drive price drops − The prices of Mac hard drives (which work
well on Acorn using most of the SCSI cards currently available) have
dropped recently. The price drops are as follows:
7.6
170Mb internal £310 −−> £260
7.6
170Mb external £440 −−> £390
7.6
525Mb internal £790 −−> £580
7.6
525Mb external £910 −−> £710
7.6
1Gb internal £1040 −−> £850
7.6
1Gb external £1170 −−> £980
7.6
We also have a new drive: a 2Gb external at £1390.
7.6
Remember though that with Acorn’s existing range of Archimedes
computers, the maximum amount of memory that can be handled as a single
logical drive is 512Mb, so the 1Gb would have to be partitioned as two
512Mb drives and the 2Gb drive would take up all four drives possible on
a SCSI interface, leaving no room for a SCSI-type backup device!
7.6
(It would be a reasonable guess that these bigger drives will be more
easily handled on any new range of machines that Acorn might launch in
the future. Ed.)
7.6
A suitable SCSI interface would be a Morley uncached SCSI card (£160)
for the 170Mb drive and a cached SCSI card (£220) for the larger drives.
Below about 200Mb, the cache does not make a lot of difference to the
speed.
7.6
• Hawk V9 MkII − Wild Vision’s Hawk colour digitiser used to be
available in two forms: standard and “hardware dithered” but the
standard version has now been deleted and the hardware dithered version
has been reduced from £269 to £199. This version allows you to have a
live display window in the desktop where the grabbed video picture is
displayed with full dithered colours. It also has a special mono format
useful for preparing material for monochrome DTP work. It comes with
fully RISC OS compliant software providing an “extensive range of image
scaling and enhancing options” allowing sprites produced to be dragged
straight into whatever desktop applications you are using. The price is
now £199 +£6 carriage +VAT from Wild Vision or £229 through Archive.
7.6
• Help for dyslexics − A new book has been published which has been
sponsored by Acorn Computers and the British Dyslexia Foundation.
Computers and Dyslexia is edited by Dr Chris Singleton and aims to give
an overview of the best in current technology and educational practice
of help to those suffering from dyslexia which apparently affects about
4% of the population. Computers and Dyslexia is published by the
Dyslexia Computer Resource Centre, University of Hull, Hull, HU6 7RX.
200pages, price £10.95, ISBN 1 898862 00 1.
7.6
• High-density floppy disc interface − At last, owners of A310/4x0/540
computers can use 1.6Mb floppies and be compatible with the newer
machines. Risc Developments have produced an interface plus software to
allow you to interface to a high-density floppy drive and use F-format
Acorn floppies as well as 1.44Mb and 1.2Mb PC formats. You can buy it
with or without an HD drive unit and it has a set of link jumpers
allowing configuration for operation with a wide range of drive types.
It costs £119 +VAT for the interface or £159 +VAT for the interface plus
an HD floppy drive. For A310 to fit one of these drives internally,
there is a special fascia plate costing an extra £30 +VAT.
7.6
• ImageBank from Irlam Instruments is a way of getting 10Mbytes of
colour scans onto a single floppy! It uses standard JPEG image
compression to allow 8-bit and 24-bit images to be archived. One major
advantage of it is that it provides the user with a thumbnail sketch of
each picture in a directory-type display so that you can easily select
the image you want. This can then be decompressed by double-clicking on
it. Images can be exported in JPEG, 24-bit Clear file, 256 colour sprite
or the new 15 and 32-bits per pixel sprites. A cut-down version is also
supplied so that your images can be distributed/sold or shown as
examples to other people. The complete package including the full and
the cut-down versions of ImageBank costs £25 +VAT from Irlam Instruments
or £28 through Archive.
7.6
(This month’s program disc contains some colour scans from Irlam’s new
hand colour scanner presented via the ImageBank reader software.)
7.6
• Impression Style is CC’s exciting new WP/DTP package. For £99 +VAT,
you get facilities which are comparable with Impression II and many of
the facilities are in fact superior to the older (more expensive)
package. We hope to have a review of Impression Style before too long
but suffice it to say that its features include: integrated thesaurus
and dictionary, auto-section and paragraph bulleting, numbering and re-
numbering, full support for 24-bit images, graphics filter with TIFF
loaders, new interactive text ruler system and styles. Impression Style
costs £107 through Archive.
7.6
Impression upgrades: Impression Junior and Impression II owners can
upgrade to Style for £29 +VAT through Computer Concepts. Then when
Impression Publisher is released, Impression Style owners and Impression
II owners will be able to upgrade for £29 +VAT, again through Computer
Concepts. (Many people feel that the extra facilities of Style make it
worth upgrading once from II to Style and then again from Style to
Publisher. Ed.)
7.6
• Inkjet Refills − For some time now, we have been intending to “go
green”(!) by stocking inkjet refills. We have now arranged a deal with
Quill Marketing in Norwich to stock InkMun refills which seem to have a
good reputation for quality and reliability. (However, if you try them,
perhaps you would report back so that we can check that they really are
as good as they seem.)
7.6
The cost savings involved are quite marked. For example, buying HP black
cartridges at £21 each would give you the same amount of ink as a pack
of two refills costing only £15. Prices are as follows:
7.6
Hewlett Packard 500/510/500C/550C/310
7.6
(and JP150)
7.6
Black standard − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Black high capacity − 2 refills − £20
7.6
Cyan standard − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Magenta standard − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Yellow standard − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Triple colour 9 refills (3 each colour) − £30
7.6
Canon BJ10
7.6
Black − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Cyan − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Magenta − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Yellow − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Canon BJ200
7.6
Black − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Cyan − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Magenta − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Yellow − 2 refills − £15
7.6
Canon BJC600
7.6
Black − 3 refills − £15
7.6
Triple colour 9 refills (3 each colour) − £30
7.6
Canon BJC800
7.6
Black − 2 refills − £21
7.6
Cyan − 2 refills − £21
7.6
Magenta − 2 refills − £21
7.6
Yellow − 2 refills − £21
7.6
I think these are likely to be the most popular ones which is why we
have been able to work out special prices on them. If you have other
printers for which you want refills, let us know and tell us the sorts
of quantities you are likely to want during the course of a year, say,
and we’ll see what we can work out with Quill Marketing.
7.6
• IT in the Real World is a Genesis application that looks at the
applications and effects of IT in real life. It is aimed at Key Stage 3
and relates to IT capability levels 3 to 8. The IT in the Real World
pack includes information and worksheets and costs £30 +VAT from Oak
Solutions or £33 through Archive.
7.6
• Ixion − The 3D adventure game (see review on page 32 last month) is
now available through Archive at £19.
7.6
• Keyboards − If your keyboard is beginning to get a bit unreliable or
if you just want something of better quality (and cheaper!) than the
Acorn replacement keyboards then Castle Technology’s Ergo-Keyboards seem
a good bet (see Brian Cowan’s review on page 49). These keyboards are
compatible with the Acorn keyboard, including the mouse socket and the
reset button. They have industry standard 102 key PC layout and hardware
keyboard mouse emulation. (We also suspect that any new Acorn computers
will have standard PC keyboards, so you can get used to the slightly
different PC layout ready for the new machines!) The price is £99 + £10
carriage +VAT (£128.08) direct from Castle Technology or £120 through
Archive.
7.6
(Because Brian’s review was so positive, we reckoned there would be a
good number of people wanting to try these new keyboards so we have
arranged a special bulk purchase with Castle Technology and can offer
them at the introductory price of £105 inclusive − 18% discount. To take
advantage of this special price, please place your order a.s.a.p.
Thanks.)
7.6
• Keyboards for A3000 − If your A3000 keyboard is beginning to get a bit
unreliable Castle Technology’s Ergo-Keyboards can now be attached to an
A3000. The price of the A3000 Ergo-Keyboard, including interface, is
£129 + £10 carriage +VAT (£163.33) direct from Castle Technology or £155
through Archive.
7.6
(We have arranged a bulk purchase of these keyboards and can offer them
at the introductory price of £135 inclusive − 18% discount. To take
advantage of this special price, please place your order a.s.a.p.
Thanks.)
7.6
• Langdale is described by Creative Curriculum Software as “a massive
resource of materials to Key Stage 3 geography”. It provides OS maps,
diagrams, aerial and ground photographs, data, statistics, charts and
sounds all relating to Langdale in the Lake District. It consists of
eight applications on CD-ROM for £149 +VAT including a site licence. Two
of the applications, Stickle Project and River Project are available as
separate stand-alone applications on disc for £89 +VAT each for those
not having access to CD-ROM. Each price includes manual and teaching
materials as well as the CD-ROM or discs.
7.6
• Laser printers − At the suggestion of Andrew Rawnsley last month (page
23) we have worked out a ‘cheap’ alternative to Laser Direct HiRes 4
(Archive price £925). If you get a ‘cheap’ Laserjet-compatible laser
printer and buy the CC HP TurboDriver (£53 through Archive) you don’t
need to pay as much as £925. It won’t be as fast but if you want the
quality of output that a laser offers, it’s a way of doing so for a
lower price. You can, of course, get a copy of Computer Shopper, or
whatever, and find the cheapest Laserjet-compatible available but if you
want a ‘good name’ printer to get the reliability then we would be happy
to supply either the Epson EPL-5000 at £630 (£680 with TurboDriver) or
the Panasonic KX-P4410 at £560 (£610 with TurboDriver). These prices are
inclusive of VAT and carriage. They both have 0.5Mb RAM (expandable),
will cope with envelopes and thin card and have paper trays taking 150
and 100 sheets respectively and run at 6ppm and 5ppm respectively.
7.6
(Readers have suggested other laser printers that they have used: Dave
Walsh uses an Oki400e and, with only 0.5Mb RAM, it seems to cope with
all but the most complex drawfiles. It has a straight paper path to take
heavier paper and envelopes, gives good quality output and is reasonably
cheap to run.)
7.6
• Lemmings II − The Tribes − Krisalis’ latest Lemmings extravaganza is
now available. It is truly amazing what they can get those tiny little
animals to do! There is now a huge range of new and exciting Lemmings
types to try out and many new levels to test your ingenuity and stretch
your patience. Lemmings II is £29.99 from Krisalis or £28 through
Archive.
7.6
• Little Smalltalk − A full-blown Smalltalk environment would cost over
£500 but if you want just to experiment with the concepts of object-
oriented programming, David Pilling’s Little Smalltalk (as mentioned in
Acorn User February 1994) is a good start. Little Smalltalk costs £5.99
from David Pilling or £6 through Archive inc p&p.
7.6
• Maths Card − To help with the teaching of maths at Key Stages 1 & 2,
Creative Curriculum Software have produced Maths Card. Its aim is to
help you produce well laid out maths question sheets quickly and easily
as drawfiles ready for printing. It allows you to set up questions on
addition, subtraction, multiplication and division while controlling
things such as the occurrence of carrying figures, sign left or right,
etc. It also covers decimals, fractions, weight and length, and allows
the use of magic squares using Units to HTU. Maths Card costs £49 +VAT
from Creative Curriculum Software.
7.6
• MidiMax is Wild Vision’s Acorn-compatible Midi card. It has on-board
FIFO buffering to allow reliable operation at maximum data rates. The
standard Midi In, Out and Thru connectors are provided as well as a
second Out connector to ease the interfacing of multiple devices.
MidiMax costs £69 +p&p +VAT (£88.12) from Wild Vision or £83 through
Archive.
7.6
• My World 2 + 2 − NW SEMERC have produced a large pack of resources
based on their framework package, My World 2. Originally designed with
special needs in mind, My World 2 + 2 can be used by “people of all ages
and abilities across many fields of learning and recreation”. It
provides four discs of resources including alphabet jigsaws, an easy
writing screen, sentence building, picture building activities, kitchen
planning, pattern-making from shapes, DIY dinosaurs, solitaire,
draughts, town planning, pattern making, weather maps and charts. My
World 2 + 2 costs £39 +£3 p&p +VAT from NW SEMERC.
7.6
• Oak Recorder II − This product has now been taken over from Oak
Solutions by Solent Computer Products Ltd and sells at £39.95 +VAT.
7.6
• Oak Solutions price drops − A large number of Oak Solutions’ software
products have been reduced in price (since they moved into their new
premises − address in Factfile at the back of the magazine). The new
Archive prices are as follows:
7.6
Arclight − £50
7.6
Euclid − £55
7.6
Splice − £33
7.6
Tween − £33
7.6
7.6
WorraCAD − £77
7.6
KiddiCAD − £50
7.6
7.6
Oak Logic − £77
7.6
Oak PCB − £77
7.6
Ancient Egypt − £50
7.6
Castle Life − £50
7.6
Saxon Life − £50
7.6
ClassPrint LD − £77
7.6
ABC Compiler − £77
7.6
Cambridge Pascal − £77
7.6
• Oxford Reading Tree Stage 2 Talking Stories − Sherston Software and
Oxford University Press have combined to produce “an exciting and
motivating way of consolidating vocabulary and learning to read at Stage
2”. Anyone who has seen Sherston’s Naughty Stories and More Naughty
Stories will appreciate the value of this team-up with OUP. This pack of
six stories by Roderick Hunt is animated with Alex Brychta’s
illustrations and Hannah Gordon is the narrator. The cost is £39.95 +VAT
from Sherston Software or £44 through Archive.
7.6
• PenFriend − This is a “predictive typer” from Design Concept. What
that means is that, as you type, it offers you suggestions of what word
you might be typing. You can then avoid typing the whole word and just
click the mouse or press a function key to select from the list of words
that PenFriend offers you. You can have your own sets of commonly used
words so that it can guess more quickly what word you are typing.
PenFriend costs £25 +VAT from Design Concept.
7.6
• Pocket Book offer extended again − Acorn’s offer on Pocket Books and
Schedule has been extended again − this time to 31st March 1994. The
Pocket Book is therefore still £200 (instead of £250) through Archive
and Schedule is £19 instead of £49. The Class-pack of 11 Pocket Books
plus an A-Link plus Mains Adaptor is on offer at £1699.50 +VAT or £1950
inclusive through Archive.
7.6
• Pocket Ethernet Adaptor − Atomwide are now offering an Ethernet
adaptor that works on any of the Acorn Computers that have a
bidirectional parallel port (A4, A3010, A3020, A4000, A5000). It is easy
to install and remove and therefore offers a degree of adaptability not
offered by the normal Ethernet podules − and, of course, it saves a
podule slot. It is currently only available as a 10base2 interface but a
10baseT version is under development. The Pocket Ethernet Adaptor costs
£199 +VAT from Atomwide or £225 through Archive. It is fully IEEE 802.3
compliant, has a 64Kb local buffer memory and offers a transfer rate of
200Kbps peak.
7.6
• PocketFS2 − The new A-Link software which was reviewed briefly last
month (p71) is now available as an upgrade for existing A-Link owners.
Send £9.95 (inc VAT & p&p) plus the original A-Link floppy disc to Acorn
Direct in Wellingborough. This offer lasts until the end of April 1994.
7.6
• Primary Information Management System (PIMS) is a package produced by
Longman Logotron and Acorn Computers to provide a ready-to-use system
that will handle pupil and staff records, budgeting and accounts,
maintenance, insurance and inventory. It stores individual records
relationally, not hierarchically, giving flexibility in retrieving the
data to put straight into reports such as pupil assessment sheets, class
lists and registers. For those schools already using SIMS (the school
secondary version) all data can be transferred directly into PIMS. The
package includes an A4000 or A5000 computer with SVGA (AKF50) monitor,
inkjet printer, software, hotline support, start-up consumables,
training, delivery, installation and on-site maintenance for an all-
inclusive price starting from £1,999 +VAT (for the A4000 version) or £16
a week using the Acorn Options rental scheme.
7.6
• PrimeSolver − The latest in Minerva Software’s “Prime” series aimed at
education in the primary and lower secondary sector is PrimeSolver. This
is described as “a creative and practical problem solving system for
entertainment purposes whilst being highly educational at the same
time”. (I had a look at it at BETT and it certainly seemed to be a lot
of fun!) It is basically a way of creating simulations and solving
mechanical puzzles using real-life mechanics of ropes, pulleys, cogs,
engines, pipes, etc. There are almost 60 tools provided to solve various
puzzles, 16 of which are provided with the pack although you can design
your own puzzles with the design mode provided. PrimeSolver costs £79.95
+VAT from Minerva or £88 through Archive. There are primary and
secondary site licences available for £120 and £320 +VAT from Minerva
Software.
7.6
• Pro-Drivers from Oak Solutions − Despite what we said last month about
Oak Solutions (Ace) Pro-Printer Drivers no longer being sold (sorry for
the confusion!) they are still very much available. What is more, they
have come down in price making them more competitive than the CC
TurboDrivers. The Ace Pro-Drivers for Canon LBP 4/8, HP compatibles and
Epson ESC-P2 compatibles are now £35 +VAT each or £39 through Archive
and if there is an Acorn driver (RISC OS 3) for your printer then you
can use the Standard Pro-Driver which is only £15 +VAT or £17 through
Archive.
7.6
• Report Writer from Creative Curriculum Software is a package for the
production of individual reports and assessment sheets using National
Curriculum statements of attainment. It gives easy access to all the
National Curriculum statements which can then be transferred into any
other RISC OS application. You can add words, phrases and sentences from
within datafiles to produces your reports. A single user version of
Report Writer (for KS 1/2 or KS 3/4) costs £49 +VAT. You can also buy
upgrade packs to increase the numbers of users and/or get other Key
Stage data discs, manuals, etc − contact Creative Curriculum Software
for full details.
7.6
• Repro is a professional tool from Oak Solutions which allows the user
to manipulate the exact translation of colours from screen to paper. It
gives complete control over screen size, screen angles, gamma
correction, grey balance and black removal. Multiple palettes can be
defined so that differences caused by various types of printer or paper
can be minimised. You can also use the system to produce special effects
such as tweaking a colour to make it more vivid or enlarge halftones to
show individual colour spots. Repro can also produce colour separations
in various forms. It costs £50 +VAT from Oak Solutions or £55 through
Archive.
7.6
(This product only works with Acorn’s new RISC OS printer drivers... but
they aren’t ready yet. Ed.)
7.6
• RF design software − Steve Hunt has developed a number of applications
which will be of interest to both professional and amateur RF design
engineers. They include a filter designer, a receiver noise figure/
intercept point analysis tool, an inductance ‘ready-reckoner’ and a
Smith Chart design aid. For more details, contact Steve Hunt at 21 Green
Street, Milton Malsor, Northampton, NN7 3AT (0604-858090 after 7 pm).
7.6
• RISC OS 3 − First Steps is another new book by Anne Rooney, again
aimed at the beginner. It replaces, but is considerably bigger (at
around 500 pages long) than, the popular Archimedes First Steps. It
provides an introduction to Acorn RISC OS 3 computers, dealing with each
topic in considerable depth. It also provides up-to-date information
about developments such as CD-ROM, multimedia and special needs
provision. RISC OS 3 First Steps costs £14.95 from Dabs Press or £15
including p&p through Archive.
7.6
• Seelinks are educational packages from ESM. The first, Seelinks −
Ourselves, is aimed at children in Key Stages 1 & 2 and provides
material for data handling to enable the children to collect and analyse
data about themselves. This pack costs £32.50 +VAT (including a site
licence) from ESM or £36 through Archive.
7.6
The second pack is Seelinks − Transport and is aimed at children in Key
Stage 2. It uses the subject of transport to develop skills in the data-
handling area. Transport costs £39.50 +VAT (including a site licence)
from ESM or £44 through Archive.
7.6
• Sibelius 7 is the much-acclaimed “expert system for music engraving”.
If you are wanting to produce printed music, it seems that Sibelius 7
has all the facilities you could possibly want. The full package costs
£760 +VAT but, for non-professional users, there is a special offer
price of £485 +VAT. We hope to have a review of this amazing package
fairly soon.
7.6
• Sibelius 6 is an education version of the full professional music
notation program, Sibelius 7. It has a simplified user interface but it
can still handle complex orchestral scores, all traditional musical
notation and a wide range of contemporary notation, Midi input and
output etc. Sibelius 6 costs £160 +VAT from Sibelius Software.
7.6
• Soundcard − This is a 16-bit sound sampling board from Irlam
Instruments. it samples at a wide range of frequencies including CD and
DAT standard. You can record and replay sound directly to and from hard
disc. The Soundcard costs £299 +VAT from Irlam Instruments or £330
through Archive.
7.6
(More details will be given about this and the next product in David
Lenthall’s two-part article about digital audio. See page 43.)
7.6
• Super Sound Expansion System − Expressive Software Products have
produced a podule which provides high quality sound output from the
Archimedes. It contains synthesizer chips with 170 different wavetable
instrument sounds which are sampled from the original instruments. The
output, which is 16-bit CD-quality sound, is fed to an external box
which provides a standard jack output with volume control as well as
Midi, phono and mini-jack outputs. All you then need is your favourite
Midi music package and you are all set to produce CD-quality music.
Super Sound Expansion System costs £249 +VAT from Expressive Software
Products.
7.6
• Talking Computer learning materials − Longman Logotron have published
materials to be used with Talking Pendown which are said to make
“lasting improvements in reading, writing and short term memory”. It has
been tested on 68 children aged between 7 and 14 with serious reading
and memory difficulties and the results obtained were “impressive”. The
materials cost £29 +£3.53 p&p from Longman Logotron and Talking Pendown
costs £64 +VAT (or £69 through Archive) for a single user licence or
£190 +VAT or £330 +VAT for a site licence (primary or secondary
respectively).
7.6
• The Civil War is the latest in Anglia Television’s series of Key Plus
datafiles. It enables students to study the English Civil War of the
17th Century, focussing mainly on events in England and Wales but also
including information and illustrations from Scotland and Ireland. The
datafiles, which are accompanied by a 24-page photocopiable A4 booklet,
include information on 150 battles and skirmishes including information
from the latest research, a Key Plus Map system to help in searching the
data, a case study of the Parliamentary Garrison at Chadfield in
Wiltshire and biographies of many of the principal leaders of the War.
The Civil War Key Plus pack costs £22 +VAT from Anglia Television.
7.6
• Time Detectives − The Victorians − This is a new adventure-back-in-
time from Sherston Software written by Simon Hosler, author of Crystal
Rain Forest. It begins when three local children mysteriously disappear
in the sleepy seaside town of East Heston and pupils, taking on the role
of a reporter for the local newspaper, are given the task of trying to
track them down. The package focuses on the changes since the Victorian
era in “an original and entertaining way”. The package includes user’s
manual, a teacher’s book with ideas for classroom use, a catalogue of
Victorian artefacts together with sets of work and information cards to
be used in conjunction with the program. The Victorians costs £39.95
+VAT from Sherston Software or £44 through Archive.
7.6
• Twain image acquisition software (see Archive 7.4 p4) is now available
for the Canon scanner (ScanLight Professional) and the Epson GT
scanners. They cost £20 inclusive from David Pilling or £19 through
Archive.
7.6
• Ultimate Expansion CD-ROMs − There are now two CD-ROM drives available
that work with the HCCS Ultimate Expansion System. Both are Acorn
Replay, multi-session and PhotoCD compatible. Each includes an interface
in the form of a micropodule for plugging into an Ultimate multipodule.
The single speed drive (150 Kb/s) is £229 +VAT or £265 through Archive
and the dual speed drive (300 Kb/s) is £289 +VAT or £335 through
Archive.
7.6
• Ultimate Expansion System − There are also some new (sadly, higher)
prices for HCCS Ultimate Expansion System Starter Packs. We have
therefore changed the Archive prices as follows: The SCSI Starter Pack
has increased to £114. The HiVision Starter Pack has been withdrawn and
replaced by a Colour Vision Starter Pack at £182. The Midi + HQ Sound
Sampler Starter Pack has been withdrawn and replaced by a Midi Starter
Pack at £114.
7.6
• XLisp − This is a version of Common Lisp with object oriented features
(as mentioned in Acorn User February 1994). It is available from David
Pilling at £5.99 or £6 through Archive inc p&p.
7.6
• Xword − Panda Discs’ crossword puzzle generator/solver program
(reviewed last month on page 59) has had some of Roger King’s
suggestions implemented and the price has dropped to £39.95 inclusive. A
site licence is now £95.
7.6
Review software received...
7.6
We have received review copies of the following: •Artworks Made
Easy (bk), •Basic WIMP Programming (bk), •Carnage Inc. (g), •CD-
Net Trial Pack (u), •Celtic Clipart (a), •Easy Font − Needs to be
compared with FontDir (u), •Fortran 77 & Front-end (l), •Impression
Style Resource Disc (a), •Jumble Fun (e), •Kerner (u),
•LingoMaster (e), •Oxford Reading Tree Stage 2 Talking Stories (e),
•Party, Wedding & Anniversay Clipart (a), •Payroll Manager (b),
•PrimeSolver (e), •RISC OS 3 First Steps (bk), •Sounds &
Rhymes (e), •Switch (g), •The Church Year Clipart (a), •The Civil
War Key Plus Pack (e), •Time Detectives − The Victorians (e).
7.6
e=Education, b=Business, bk=Book, l=Language, u=Utility, g=Game, a=Art.
7.6
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field.
7.6
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.6
One of the readers of this God-slot said to me that the church was dead
on its feet. I responded by pointing out that the Christian church is
growing at a staggering rate in many parts of the world (e.g. Korea,
China and many parts of S.America and Africa). His first response was to
note that the growth was mainly in third world countries and to wonder
whether this was because of the limited development of intellectual
thought in those countries. (Before reading on, think about that
statement. Do you think it is true?)
7.6
That view is actually very prevalent − i.e. now that we have ‘come of
age’, intellectually, we have no need for Christian (or any other) God-
myths. My two counter arguments to that are: (1) We may have come of age
intellectually, but have we, in the UK, come of age morally? (Think
about family breakdown, drug addiction, homelessness, etc before you
answer.) (2) Why is there so much interest in spiritualism, New Age,
Eastern religions, etc? There is an aching void in people’s lives that
they try to fill by pursuits of one kind or another.
7.6
Just suppose for a moment that God does exist and that Jesus really is
who he said he was. If you were God, how would you react to people who
refused even to listen to what you were trying to say? In John 3 verse
36, Jesus says, ‘Whoever believes in the Son has eternal life, but
whoever rejects the Son will not see life, for God’s wrath remains on
him.’ God is just and will not condemn us for ignorance but if we have
the opportunity to consider Jesus’ claims, it’s worth checking them out
before we reject them as only for those of ‘limited intellectual
development’.
7.6
Paul Beverley
7.6
P.B.
7.6
Fact-File
7.6
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.6
4Mation 11 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.6
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.6
Acorn Direct 13 Dennington Road, Wellingborough, Northants, NN8 2RL.
7.6
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House,
Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4 4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.6
Anglia Television Education
Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1 3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.6
Atomwide Ltd 7 The Metro Centre, Bridge Road, Orpington, Kent, BR5 2BE.
(0689-838852) (0689-896088)
7.6
Brilliant Computing P.O.Box 142,
Bradford, BD9 5NF. (0274-497617) (0274-497617)
7.6
Castle Technology Ore Trading
Estate, Woodbridge Road, Framlingham, Suffolk, IP13 9LL. (0728-621222)
(0728-621179)
7.6
Clares Micro Supplies 98
Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich, Cheshire, CW9 7DA. (0606-48511)
(0606-48512)
7.6
Colton Software (p27) 2 Signet
Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA. (0223-311881) (0223-312010)
7.6
Computer Concepts (pp8/28) Gaddesden
Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.6
Creative Curriculum Software 5 Clover
Hill Road, Savile Park, Halifax, HX1 2YG. (0422-340524) (0422-346388)
7.6
Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
(0483-503121) (0483-503326)
7.6
Dabs Press 22 Warwick Street, Prestwich, Manchester, M25 7HN. (061-
773-8632) (061-773-8290)
7.6
Database Publications (p42) Europa
House, Adlington Park, London Road, Adlington, Macclesfield, Cheshire,
SK10 5NP. (0625-859444) (0625-879966)
7.6
Datafile (p20) 71 Anson Road, Locking, Weston-super-Mare, Avon, BS24
7DQ. (0934-823005)
7.6
David Pilling P.O.Box 22, Thornton Cleveleys, Blackpool, FY5 1LR.
7.6
DEC_dATA P.O.Box 97, Exeter, EX4 4YA. (0392-221702)
7.6
Design Concept 30 South Oswald Road, Edinburgh, EH9 2HG. (031-668-
2000)
7.6
Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
210600) (0705-210705)
7.6
ERIC Pepabera, Findon Road, Findon, Worthing, BN14 0RD. (0903-872400)
(0903-872400)
7.6
ESM Duke Street, Wisbech, Cambridgeshire, PE13 2AE. (0945-63441)
7.6
Expressive Software Products Holly Tree
Cottage, Main Street, Strelley Village, Nottingham, NG8 6PD. (0602-
295019)
7.6
GamesWare Unit 26, The Bartletts, Hamble, Hants., SO35 5RP.
(0703−456523) (0703−456523)
7.6
Hampshire Microtechnology Centre Connaught Lane, Paulsgrove,
Portsmouth, Hants, PO6 4SJ. (0705-378266) (0705-379443)
7.6
HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760) (091-
491-0431)
7.6
Icon Technology 9 Jarrom Street, Leicester, LE2 7DH. (0533-546225)
7.6
(or Mike Glover on 057-286-642)
7.6
Intelligent Interfaces Ltd P.O.Box 80,
Eastleigh, Hants, SO5 5YX. (0703-261514) (0703-267904)
7.6
Irlam Instruments 133 London
Road, Staines, Middlesex TW18 4HN. (0895-811401)
7.6
Krisalis Software Teque House,
Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.6
Lambda Publications 194 Cheney
Manor Road, Swindon SN2 2NZ. (0793-695296)
7.6
Lindis UK Wood Farm, Linstead Magna, Halesworth, Suffolk, IP19 0DU.
(098-685-477) (098-685-460)
7.6
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge CB4
4ZS. (0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.6
LOOKsystems (p16) 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-
764114) (0603-764011)
7.6
Mijas Software (p63) Winchester
Road, Micheldever, Winchester, SO21 3DJ. (0962-774352)
7.6
Minerva Systems Minerva House, Baring Crescent, Exeter, EX1 1TL.
(0392-437756) (0392-421762)
7.6
Morley Electronics Morley
House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne & Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355)
(091-257-6373)
7.6
Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
627-4469)
7.6
Oak Solutions (p19) Dial House,
12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15 7RN (0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.6
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor
Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield, B74 3PE.
7.6
Panda Discs Four Seasons, Tinkers Lane, Brewood, Staffs, ST19 9DE.
7.6
PEP Associates 34 Tiverton Way, Cambridge, CB1 3TU. (0223-212251)
7.6
Pineapple Software 39 Brownlea
Gardens, Seven Kings, Ilford, Essex IG3 9NL. (081-599-1476) (081-598-
2343)
7.6
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
411162 after 6)
7.6
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield
Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303) (0727-860263)
7.6
Safesell Exhibitions (p7) Market
House, Cross Road, Tadworth, Surrey KT20 5SR.
7.6
Sherston Software Swan Barton,
Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH. (0666-840433) (0666-840048)
7.6
Sibelius Software 4 Bailey
Mews, Auckland Road, Cambridge, CB5 8DR. (0223-302765)
7.6
Silicon Vision Ltd Signal
House, Lyon Road, Harrow, Middlesex, HA1 2AG. (081-422-3556) (081-427-
5169)
7.6
Solent Computer Products Ltd 2 Mills
Lane, Longstanton, Cambridge, CB4 5DG. (0954-789701) (0954-782186)
7.6
Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
546376)
7.6
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.6
Vertical Twist Albany House, Oving Road, Chichester, PO19 4BH. (0243-
531194) (0243-531196)
7.6
Wild Vision (p18) 15 Witney Way, Boldon Colliery, Tyne & Wear NE35 9PE.
(091-519-1455) (091-519-1929)
7.6
Safesell
7.6
From 7.5 page 9
7.6
Computer Concepts
7.6
New Artwork or
7.6
From 7.5 page 22
7.6
Computer & Electronics Holiday for Young People !!
7.6
Scripture Union runs a Computer & Electronics Holiday for 13 to 16 year
olds (boys and girls) at an attractive school in the Hertfordshire
countryside.
7.6
The dates? August 1st − 9th, 1994.
7.6
The price? £112.
7.6
For details, write to Jim Maddox, S.U. Holidays, 69 Claverdale Road,
Tube Hill, London SW2 2DH or phone 081-671-8761.
7.6
Credit where it’s due
7.6
• Pineapple Software − I purchased a video digitiser some years ago from
Pineapple and it worked well until recently when the picture started to
break up. I rang Pineapple who suggested I returned it, apologising for
the inconvenience and saying there would be no charge. I think they
thought I had just bought it and that it was under warranty. I knew that
as soon as they saw the dust on it they would realise it was not new and
expected to get a bill for its repair.
7.6
I posted it on Tuesday afternoon and it was back again on Thursday
morning − imagine how surprised and pleased I was to receive it back so
quickly and with no bill − a tribute to the post as well as the
excellent service from Pineapple. All I can add is a thank you and a
guarantee of my future custom. Alan Highet, Nottingham.
7.6
If you have had particularly good service, send details in to the
Archive office. Thanks. Ed. A
7.6
LOOKSystems
7.6
New Artwork
7.6
Norwich Computer Services Open Day
7.6
10am − 4pm, Saturday 12th March 1994
7.6
Thorpe St Andrew Lower School, Longfields Lane, Norwich.
7.6
A star-studded cast...
7.6
After the success of our first Open Day in November last year, we’re
holding another event in March which promises to be even bigger and
better! We are delighted to have so many leading companies from the
Acorn world joining us as exhibitors and there certainly will be
something to interest a very wide range of computer users.
7.6
If you look at the full list of exhibitors at the foot of the page, you
will agree, I’m sure, that the companies and organisations who will be
joining us represent the foremost names in Acorn technology and products
today.
7.6
The Open Day will be a great opportunity to see, try out and buy the
latest hardware and software products. You will be able to chat about
them with the experts and find out about current developments in the
Acorn world. For those of you who missed Acorn World 93 and BETT 94, or
who can’t wait for Acorn User Show in Harrogate in April, it will be an
ideal place to meet all these top companies under one roof and in a
friendly environment!
7.6
Other items on demonstration by individuals rather than companies
include computerised embroidery and computer video-editing.
7.6
A warm welcome to Archive Members
7.6
We are extending a special welcome to all our subscribers at an Archive
Members area, hosted by a number of contributors who are old friends of
Archive: Trevor Sutton, Hugh Eagle, David Holden and Richard Rymarz.
They will be available to talk to you about anything relating to their
Archive columns, Acorn/Archimedes issues in general or your particular
queries. Hopefully, there will be a number of other contributors around
and I’m sure it will be an extremely useful forum for sharing ideas.
7.6
There will be a display of the history of Archive, charting its growth
and development from the very first issue 1.1 in October 1987 to today.
All back issues will be on hand to browse through, plus a special offer
price on complete sets of Archive volumes 1 − 6.
7.6
In the Price List this month, you will find a Refreshments Voucher with
the compliments of Archive Magazine. You can use this at the Open Day to
get yourself a drink and a bite to eat “on the house” !
7.6
Special Open Day discounts for Members
7.6
Extra discount will be available to Archive Members with orders placed
on 12th March. This will be in the form of a £10 voucher (or £5
discount) with orders over £100; a £25 voucher (or £15 discount) with
orders over £250; a £50 voucher (or £30 discount) with orders over £500.
The vouchers can be used for any subsequent purchase from NCS.
7.6
Charity Bring & Buy − Will you help, please?
7.6
At our last event, we had a most successful Charity Stall and we are
doing this again. All proceeds of the Charity Stall will go to the
Battersey Cats’ Home. It’s the ideal time to send in or bring along
unwanted items of Archimedia to be sold in aid of charity. People are
more prepared to buy second-hand items if they can actually see them
before buying. So please have a look to see if you can find any pieces
of kit or software that you don’t need any more and would like to use
from someone else’s benefit − send it to the NCS office as soon as
possible (or bring it with you) and we will turn it into a Charity
Donation at the Open Day!
7.6
Practical details
7.6
It is my hope that Archive Members will come along and see us at the
Open Day and so, to help you make up your mind, here are some of the
practical details that you might be considering...
7.6
Thorpe St Andrew Lower School is about 2½ miles from Norwich railway
station. The taxi fare from the station to the school is about £3.50.
There are buses which run from just outside the station to the school
every 12 minutes and the fare is 88p.
7.6
A weekend in Norfolk?
7.6
If you are thinking that you might like to combine your visit to the
Open Day with a weekend in Norwich/Norfolk, we have a list of Norwich
hotels and accommodation, provided by the local Tourist Information
Board. We will send copies of this, together with a map of Norwich to
show how to get to the Open Day, to anyone who rings or writes to the
NCS office with a request.
7.6
The NCS staff are very much looking forward to the Open Day and we would
be delighted to see you there − come and introduce yourself to us and
meet fellow members of the Archive user group! A
7.6
Anglia TV Education
7.6
Acorn Computers
7.6
Atomwide
7.6
BirdTech
7.6
Canon UK
7.6
Clares Micro Supplies
7.6
Cogent Software
7.6
Colton Software
7.6
Computer Concepts
7.6
Cumana
7.6
Digital Services
7.6
Epson UK Ltd
7.6
GamesWare
7.6
HCCS
7.6
Icon Technology
7.6
Longman Logotron
7.6
LOOKsystems
7.6
Mystery Software
7.6
Norfolk IT Team
7.6
NorthWest SEMERC
7.6
Oak Solutions
7.6
Sherston Software
7.6
Sibelius Software
7.6
S J Research
7.6
Topologika
7.6
Wild Vision
7.6
Wyddfa Software
7.6
Companies coming to the NCS Open Day
7.6
Oak
7.6
New Artwork
7.6
Mijas Software
7.6
New artwork
7.6
Wild Vision is the leading developer and manufacturer of expansion cards
for the Acorn range of microcomputers, and a subsidiary of Computer
Concepts Ltd., the Acorn industry’s largest and best-known software
developer. Over the years, Wild Vision has been responsible for some of
the most innovative products in the Acorn marketplace and has
specialised in Video, Graphics and MultiMedia products.
7.6
Due to continued expansion Wild Vision is upgrading its technical
support service and will be implementing a new after sales care package
which will be second to none in the industry. This has given rise to a
vacancy for a Technical Support Engineer to join our team based in the
North East of England.
7.6
This position offers an excellent opportunity for an Acorn enthusiast
who will provide a first class service including managing enquiries,
monitoring repair processes, and systems administration.
7.6
Applicants must be familiar with Archimedes, with a knowledge of
electronics and the principles of programming. Excellent communication
and administrative skills are essential.
7.6
Please forward a C.V. stating current salary to: Peter Wild, Wild
Vision, 15 Witney Way, Boldon Business Park, Tyne & Wear, NE35 9PE.
7.6
JOB VACANCY
7.6
TECHNICAL SUPPORT ENGINEER
7.6
NCS own
7.6
double
7.6
page spread
7.6
It needs an NCS logo putting here because the one on the printout is a
scanned image.
7.6
Comment Column
7.6
• Computer experts − Have you ever had a problem with your machine, or a
piece of software, and had to make contact with an expert? You what an
expert is... those programmers and engineers who inhabit dark spaces
deep in the ground. Their great joy in life it is to humiliate us poor
unsuspecting morons who only know about on and off switches, and double-
clicking on buttons.
7.6
I hate making contact − or should I say ‘interfacing’ − with these high
priests of the computer world. Before I ring, it takes me hours to
summon up enough nerve to make the call. My hands start to sweat and my
mouth goes dry. Then as soon as one of them comes on the line, all
attempts at lucid thought fail miserably − my mind goes into ‘fatal
internal error’ and everything that comes out of my mouth only
reinforces the impression he has... that I’m a moron.
7.6
In a vain attempt to try and lessen this impression, I now write down
helpful phrases which I hope will convince them that I know more than I
actually do... “I’m using v.2.1 of your software on an A5000 running
RISC OS 3.10, with a SCSI card, in a blueish-grey room on a brown desk”.
I usually feel fairly confident at this point − but then comes the
secret handshake which reveals whether I’m one of them or not... “are
you using vector separation on your podule or are you still in a quasi
reverential input mode...” The long silence that follows tells it all −
he knows I’m a moron! I can feel him looking around his office at his
colleagues, eyes raised with that look of... “I’ve got another one,
lads.”
7.6
I usually come off the phone thanking him very much for all his help but
knowing that I haven’t a clue what he was talking about and probably
I’ll have to live with the problem for the rest of my life.
7.6
What I long for is experts who will understand that most of us who use
these machines have no idea how the things work − and don’t want to know
− all we want to know is which button to press to make it do what we
want. OK, there may be times when I have to shift-double-click on an
icon, and maybe delete or change something, but that’s about as far as
it goes.
7.6
One expert − from a well known and much-loved company (not NCS!) − told
me, rather sardonically, that my problem was probably very complicated
and he didn’t want to waste time trying to explain it to me... so I
wrote, two weeks ago − I’m still waiting for a reply. Gabriel Swords,
Norwich.
7.6
• Flopticals for ADFS, part 4 − When I installed a new version of the
ROM for my Morley SCSI board (1.13), I had some difficulty setting up
the system − one of the two icons representing my Floptical drive had
disappeared and would not reappear despite attempts to reconfigure the
computer. The missing icon was ‘SCSI drive 0’ which was the nominal
floppy drive that handled ADFS discs. It turns out that Morley have
removed the software for handling ADFS discs from their latest ROM.
(They have stopped marketing Floptical drives altogether.) The situation
is actually more complicated than that. The drive does still recognise
1.6Mb discs as well as its native 21Mb discs − it will read and write
files to both these formats and correctly works out the size of the
disc. Morley seemed rather surprised by this when I spoke to them on the
phone. However, the drive will definitely not recognize 800Kb discs
now. Philip Draper, Borehamwood.
7.6
• Frontier − Elite II − Many Archimedes users loved (and still love) the
greatest space game ever made: Elite. Today the sequel has arrived,
named Frontier − Elite II − but sadly not for the Archimedes. Currently,
there are PC, Amiga and Atari versions available but the author, David
Braben, made the source code independent, which makes a conversion
easier. The question is, will he do the conversion? For this reason, I
have collected some reviews, stories and addresses into a small
application. This will give you a look into the game and write a demand
for a conversion! If you want a copy of this application, then write a
request to my e-mail address: atle.baardholt@kih.no. (There’s a copy on
the monthly disc. Ed.) Atle Mjelde Bårdholt, Norway.
7.6
• Hard disc life expectancy − Back in July, my A5000 (with Oak SCSI
card) failed to boot up in the normal fashion, due to my three and a
half year old 70Mb Rodime drive not spinning up. After switching the
computer off, waiting a while, and then switching it back on again, the
problem seemed to have gone away (huge sigh of relief). About a month
later, the same thing happened again but fortunately, the power off-on
sequence seemed to do the trick. A fortnight later still and the problem
occurred more often than not, and required more than one attempt to kick
the drive into life.
7.6
A phone call to Oak Solutions brought the depressing comment “the
average life expectancy of a hard disc drive is between three and five
years”. Ouch!! So, if you’ve got a hard drive that is over three years
old and the contents aren’t backed up, back it up, now! The suggested
explanation of the fault was that the bearings wear with age, such that
the power supply is unable to supply enough current to overcome the
friction to initially get the drive spinning, and that this is a
definite indicator to start thinking about a replacement drive.
7.6
Is a life of 3-5 years really typical for a hard drive, or have I just
been unlucky? Most people probably aim to keep a computer for five to
ten years before buying a replacement. That the hard disc may need to be
replaced during that period is a budgeting factor I’ve not seen
mentioned. How long can a removable type drive and cartridges be
expected to last? I had always been of the opinion that you should buy
the largest capacity drive you could afford, as you will fill it up
eventually. Though if it’s going to die before its half full, I’m not so
sure. David Lenthall, Walworth, London.
7.6
• Image Enhancement − Further to Cain Hunt’s request for a simple/cheap
image enhancer (7.1 p26), I’ve obtained Henrik Pederson’s excellent
!Process application which handles a range of 256 colour/greyscale image
types and does all sorts of wonderful things with them. !Process used to
be shareware but the plan is for Oregan Developments to release a
commercial version called PhotoTouch in the near future. In the
meantime, Henrik has put v1.21 into the public domain. (We have a copy
and could put it on a Shareware disc − but I’m afraid there’s no room on
this month’s program disc. Ed.)
7.6
• Mouse mat vandalism − We have a room full of Apple Macs at school
and have found that the screens on the LC2 take so long to refresh that
kids vandalise the mouse mats while they are waiting. Meanwhile, the
almost identical mouse mats on our two A5000s are in near new order
after the same period of time and many more hours of use. Alan Jackson,
Oamaru, N.Z.
7.6
• Oak SCSI cards − A few words of warning to owners of Oak SCSI cards,
who may find themselves looking for a second or replacement drive.
7.6
According to Oak Solutions, Fujitsu drives should be avoided with their
interface, though according to Arm Tech Ltd the 540Mb Fujitsu drives
which they use present no problems with an Oak card.
7.6
Due to the death of one of my hard discs, I was in need of a replacement
drive. As Technology Matrix were advertising a 330Mb Fujitsu drive
(2622FA) at a bargain price, I opted for one of those. To cut a long
story short, although the drive seemed to work all right, when I tried
to fill the disc to capacity, I found that I couldn’t access beyond the
first 271Mb.
7.6
So back went the Fujitsu drive for exchange. This is a shame, as in many
respects it was a very nice drive. It was noticeably faster than my
Quantum 100Mb drive as the following table reveals (using the speed test
routine in Oak’s “!SCSIForm”) :
7.6
Mode 0 Mode 15 Mode 21
7.6
Quantum 105S 1054Kb/s 1021Kb/s
1054Kb/s
7.6
Fujitsu 2622FA 1655Kb/s 1655Kb/s
1352Kb/s
7.6
Also, the Fujitsu’s reliability (MTBF) was quoted as being 200,000hrs
(i.e. about 23 years of constant 24hrs/day usage), so they are quite
safe in offering a five year guarantee. It can also be configured as a
SCSI 1 or SCSI 2 type device. (All Archimedes SCSI cards are SCSI 1,
probably because the podule bus bandwidth is a limiting factor which
would preclude any benefit from using a SCSI 2 interface.)
7.6
So, if anyone has an Oak SCSI card and is thinking of adding a Fujitsu
drive, ensure that the particular model is known to work (fully) with
it. The 540Mb drives which ARM Tech Ltd supply may well be OK, but it
doesn’t seem to apply to all models.
7.6
The onus of this problem seems to lie with Oak, as it is their SCSI
firmware which is ‘temperamental’ with Fujitsu drives. The drives
themselves are specified as being “fully SCSI compliant”, and apparently
they work with no problems on a Morley SCSI card.
7.6
A big thank-you to Lee Henderson of Matrix who was extremely reasonable
and understanding throughout the whole exercise and who allowed me to
try out the Fujitsu drive on a sale-or-return basis. I finally opted for
a Quantum 240Mb drive to sit alongside the 100Mb Quantum already
present. Both drives have performed faultlessly.
7.6
I was advised not to use a fan silencer with 2 drives. Re Colin
Buckland’s comments (6.12 p29) about his drive’s death and rebirth and
the implications against the fan silencer, I have decided to remove this
from my machine (it didn’t reduce the noise much, anyway). It would seem
to be more sensible to spend the money on a quieter fan (e.g. a low-
noise Papst device). Does anyone know of a suitable source? David
Lenthall, Walworth, London.
7.6
• Phaethon definition − The result of our ‘Call My Bluff’ competition
(Archive 7.4 p20) is that only one person got the correct answer − ALL
THREE definitions were correct! They all came out of my Collins English
dictionary. So I have therefore sent TWO mugs to Eric Hunter of Hitchin,
the only person to come up with the correct answer. Well done, Eric!
(Actually, he assures me that it is also a tropical bird − a type of
boatswain-bird − but I don’t know if that is a bluff or not!!)
7.6
• To K or not to K? − Going back to the debate on the use of ‘kb’ or
‘Kb’ to represent kilobyte. ‘K’ is the SI abbreviation for Kappa (1018).
Certainly, RAM in quantities measurable in Kb (kappabytes) is very
attractive, though it is not very practical, financially. At £30/Mb, 1Kb
would cost £30,000,000 million. No doubt you could get a discount, but
you may have to wait a while for the order to be fulfilled. On the
subject of waiting, the time taken to refresh the RAM (assuming that it
is of the dynamic type) would require some fairly hefty processing in
itself. So really, the use of either ‘k’ or ‘K’ to refer to 1024 is
wrong.
7.6
I personally use ‘k’ and rely on the context to say whether it’s 1000 or
1024. To further the argument for the use of ‘k’, the approximation when
using ‘M’ for 1,048,576 (1024k) as opposed to 1,000,000 seems to be
accepted without question. David Lenthall, Walworth, London.
7.6
• Stability of Impression Style 3.01 − So far, I have noticed only one
one bug which will always cause Style to crash completely, forcing a
reset: when I click <adjust> on the Close icon of an “Untitled” Style
document. (In RISC OS 3, this would normally cause the parent directory
window to be opened but, of course, before the first Save, the document
file doesn’t have one.) This effect does not occur after version 2.17 of
Impression has first been run.
7.6
There is a small incompatibility with Keith Sloan’s utility !RMA-
Man(ager), version 1.6, which I use as the simplest way to remove
modules that I no longer need. Style’s spell checker sometimes (maybe on
one occasion in five) responds to any such attempt with an error message
about an unknown SWI and with a complete crash.
7.6
A very minor harmless bug concerns Autosave. If you press <f3> just when
the next Autosave is due, you will find two Save boxes on your screen,
and the Autosave prompt will remain even after you have clicked OK in
the other Save box.
7.6
There is a bit of a difficulty for users who have a foreign language
version of RISC OS in their machine, e.g. the German 3.19 version.
During the installation of Style, an application !CCShared is put into
!System. This, in turn, contains the !HyperView application which is
used for !WordWorks and the Interactive Help. The !Hyperview directory
contains Resources.UK, but no Resources.Germany, causing both programs
to fail. If you just rename the UK directory to Germany, various error
messages will appear during operation, so the thing to do is to copy the
UK directory as Germany, so that there appear to be resources for both
countries.
7.6
Despite these minor niggles, I am very satisfied with the upgrade.
Jochen Konietzko, Köln, Germany
7.6
• Talking Wordprocessors − In Archive 7.5 p57, I mentioned that Icon
Technology offer a voucher worth 50% off the cost of PEP’s speech
program when you buy StartWrite. However, even if you purchase a site
licence of StartWrite, this voucher is only good for a single copy of
SpeechSystem − which seems a bit pointless. Since then, I have spoken to
PEP Associates who agreed that with the single user version, we had
“permission to copy it for use on as many machines” as we like on site.
I’m not sure what the difference is between that and a site licence,
but... if it walks like a duck... ! Thanks, PEP. Joe Gallagher,
Hackney.
7.6
• Whither Acorn? − That’s the question I keep asking myself. Not that
I’ve got any right to ask − I’m not a shareholder or anything. But it’s
a question I find myself asking the more I use these machines.
7.6
Is Acorn’s market, for example, the average home user who wants to do
accounts and write the odd letter, or who wants to let the kids play a
few games? Surely not. If all you want to do is play games then you’d be
better off buying a proper games machine − they’re cheaper and there’s
loads of games available to play. If you want to do simple things like
accounts and letters then buy a PC, or one of the more user-friendly,
and cheaper than an A3010, Macs. To do any of the above using ARM 3
technology is a bit daft − it’s like buying an MG to do the weekly
shopping.
7.6
Well, is it aimed at the professional market − the place where all this
power can be used to the full? The place where PC’s and Macs have
reigned supreme for years? It’s the most logical of places, but is the
hardware and software really up to it?
7.6
I consider myself to be a professional user − I write and design things
on an A5000, and people pay me to do it. I’d like to continue using it.
I’d like to see it gain more credibility in the professional design
market, but I find myself getting very frustrated it.
7.6
Today, yet again, I’ve had to re-do some PostScript files because when I
sent them to the image setting bureau, the separations didn’t work. On
another job, the pages were cropped all round and I ended up preparing
the artwork manually.
7.6
The programs I use are supposed to be ‘at the cutting edge of Archimedes
technology’ but, in truth, they only work correctly, for me, 85% of the
time. When I used a Mac I got to see the dreaded ‘Bomb’ about three
times in three years − on my A5000 I have an average of three crashes a
month, plus a whole host of strange error messages which shut down the
program I’m using as soon as I go near the OK button. This is not a very
professional way of running a computer company!
7.6
“Ah but”, I hear you say − “they’re cheaper than the opposition”. That’s
true of the software, but not of the machines − in some cases Acorn
machines are more expensive. But if the software only works properly 85%
of the time, it’s no good to me. For me, the two best design and page
layout programs available for the Archimedes are Impression and
Artworks, but even in their new forms, are still two years behind
Pagemaker and Freehand.
7.6
For a professional designer, it doesn’t matter how fast the machines are
or how cheap the software is, if it doesn’t do the job. And being
unreliable means I have to waste time re-doing things − and that costs
money − money which could be spent on more reliable software!
7.6
So is it a schools machine? Traditionally the answer is, of course, yes.
There’s certainly a lot of educational software about. My children use
Acorns at school and they like them − but they also use Macs, and they
like them too! If Apple and the PC manufacturers see a profitable market
in schools, you can bet they’ll be in there with plenty of software to
support them, and suddenly the fast, but expensive, Acorn machines will
be left behind.
7.6
I really do hope Acorn machines, and all the software that goes with
them, achieve something substantial in the professional market place − I
think they need to if they are going to survive. To do this they need to
recognise that speed and raw power isn’t everything − though, clearly,
having the speed and power gives them a lead over the others. On the
other hand, if the machines and software don’t do the things people
want, they won’t buy them.
7.6
It’s time they came of age and took the professional user more seriously
− that doesn’t just mean supersonic ARM7’s − it means giving us the
stuff to do the job as well as Macs! Gabriel Swords, Norwich.
7.6
There is an element of truth in what Gabriel is saying but, personally,
I think he is over-stating the case to try to stir Acorn and third-party
companies into action.
7.6
Let me tell you the history of Gabriel’s life in DTP (he’s a personal
friend of mine so I’m sure he won’t mind!) as it makes his comments even
more poignant.
7.6
He was born and raised on Macs but, for several years now, he has popped
into the NCS office fairly regularly. He used to watch over my shoulder
as I worked on Impression on my A540. One day he asked if he could have
a play with Impression − he was impressed! Eventually, without any
persuasion, he asked us to quote for a DTP system based on an A5000. As
you will gather, he bought the A5000 and Laser Direct and has had good
use out of it.
7.6
I have to say that Gabriel has had more hardware and software problems
than most − which obviously colours his view of Acorn. I used to wheel
him out to ‘give his testimony’ to Mac-using customers who were thinking
of changing horses − but I won’t let him near them now!
7.6
Hopefully, the latest versions of Impression and ArtWorks (which Gabriel
hasn’t got yet) will help to lift his spirits but there is ‘room for
improvement’ as the Acorn community’s school report would probably say.
Ed. A
Oak Logic
7.6
Bevis Peters
7.6
Oak Logic is a multitasking program for designing and simulating digital
7.6
logic circuits. It comes on one 800Kb disc, along with a few examples
7.6
and a large number of pre-made microchip circuits, (as will be explained
7.6
later), and a 36-page stapled A5 manual.
7.6
Installation to floppy or hard disc is very simple, although it does not
7.6
come with a copy of !Sysmerge for updating the !System folder, which
7.6
would have been handy.
7.6
The program
7.6
The software loads onto the iconbar by double-clicking, and takes up
7.6
about 256Kb of memory.
7.6
Clicking on the icon with <select> brings up two windows; the main
7.6
display and a separate unattached tools window. This tools window
7.6
contains icons for all the basic gates and a lamp, astable (oscillator),
7.6
input pad, output pad and simulation switch. Circuits are made up by
7.6
placing these symbols, or any other pre-made chips, onto the main window
7.6
by dragging and dropping them. These symbols are forced onto a grid
7.6
layout.
7.6
The manual starts with an example circuit; a traffic light simulator.
7.6
The construction of this is described step by step in a simple and easy-
7.6
to-understand manner, although with my knowledge of digital electronics,
7.6
I found myself skipping over bits. I found that the example circuit
7.6
worked just as they said it would, first time, with no problems.
7.6
The rest of the manual describes the various program options in more
7.6
detail, although the program is very simple to use and could probably be
7.6
tried without the manual at all − always a good test of software
7.6
friendliness.
7.6
In use
7.6
The program allows all the base components to be placed easily on the
7.6
board with its very handy dragging, although the dragging can be quite
7.6
slow with complicated boards and the components can only be placed in a
7.6
left to right orientation. Although this may be good practice, some
7.6
circuits look neater if you can make components point towards each other
7.6
− a mirror option would have been nice.
7.6
Wires are drawn with a straightforward Draw-like method, although again
7.6
this is slow. Having pushed <select> to mark the start of a wire, there
7.6
is a noticeable pause before it appears on the screen and if you move
7.6
the mouse before it has appeared, it does not get drawn at all. Moving a
7.6
single node or connection point on a wire moves all the wires joined to
7.6
that point as well, thus keeping the circuit intact. Also, deleting a
7.6
component deletes any wires which would have been left hanging off it −
7.6
this may neaten the layout, but if you want to replace a component with
7.6
another one, you have to redraw all the wires again. A neat point is
7.6
that the mouse pointer changes when it is over a node or wire to help
7.6
with the wiring.
7.6
7.6
Moving components about also keeps the wiring intact and is done
7.6
‘realtime’, i.e. you can see the component and the wires as you drag
7.6
them.
7.6
Input and output pins can be placed easily, and the text in them
7.6
changed, albeit only up to four characters long.
7.6
A circuit can be designed and then saved as a sub-circuit to be used in
7.6
later designs. For instance, I built a full adder and saved it and then
7.6
dragged it back into another circuit where it appeared as a box with
7.6
labelled inputs and outputs.
7.6
An astable is available whose rate can be changed, though not its duty
7.6
cycle. However, its maximum oscillation rate is set by the speed at
7.6
which the program can simulate the circuit.
7.6
When the simulation switch is thrown, the program continuously works out
7.6
the logic of the circuit, changing the astable’s state and redrawing
7.6
wires with a high logic value in orange. Inputs can be toggled between
7.6
high and low states by clicking on them with the mouse. What is
7.6
particularly impressive is that the circuit can still be edited while
7.6
the simulation is running.
7.6
The completed circuit can be saved as an OakLogic circuit or a drawfile,
7.6
and can either be printed through a RISC OS printer driver or sent to a
7.6
plotter. Two separate programs, DrawPrint and DrawPlot are used for
7.6
this. They allow for accurate printing and positioning on the paper, but
7.6
for OakLogic, to work, they were really necessary − and one of them must
7.6
be running to print at all. The results from my BJ10e were much the same
7.6
as just printing the equivalent draw file.
7.6
Problems
7.6
By far the biggest problem with the program is that the window redraw is
7.6
very slow, and often goes very wrong with complicated circuits.
7.6
To test the program, I recreated a slightly simplified circuit that I
7.6
designed for my degree which used parallel processing to run the Game of
7.6
Life algorithm. This was originally built up on a very powerful and
7.6
complicated DEC station and involved some very complicated simulations.
7.6
One processor in the circuit contained 72 gates and was built up from
7.6
many sub-circuits.
7.6
The program allowed me to build it very quickly and easily, and the
7.6
subsections could be simulated quite successfully. Trying to simulate
7.6
the whole circuit was almost beyond the program’s ability, however. The
7.6
screen redraw failed completely. To see what was happening, I had to
7.6
continually force the program to redraw the window by pressing <f12> and
7.6
<return> or by dragging other windows across it. It was also very slow,
7.6
although that was not altogether surprising.
7.6
Conclusion
7.6
This is a good program but not quite versatile or powerful enough for
7.6
particularly complicated circuit designs. Any serious circuit
7.6
simulations cannot be practically performed. A system whereby a text
7.6
file of the inputs can be written and fed into the software which then
7.6
produces a text file of the outputs would be more useful for complex
7.6
circuits.
7.6
For more simple designs and as a teaching aid, OakLogic is very good. It
7.6
is very simple to use and with the wires lighting up as the circuit
7.6
runs, it is very easy to see mistakes and to see how the logic is
7.6
working, and I’d certainly recommend it for schools teaching basic
7.6
digital logic.
7.6
OakLogic has recently been reduced in price. It is now £70 +VAT from Oak
7.6
Solutions or £77 through Archive. A
7.6
Writing a Program for the Archimedes
7.6
Francis Crossley
7.6
This article will briefly discuss why you might want to write a program,
how to choose a language and a few comments on style and structure. In a
second article, I will suggest how to start writing a program.
7.6
Why write a program?
7.6
Presumably, you want to write a program to solve a problem. Probably the
hardest and certainly the most important part of writing a program is to
define the problem carefully. If there are several parts to be solved,
should a very large program that does everything be used or is it wiser
to break the solution into several distinct parts, each having its own
program? Results from one part could be saved in a file to be read by a
second program − for example, this is a useful technique when the
intermediate results are of interest in themselves. I do this with
teleprinter signals which are recorded using one program and analysed
with a second. Different analysis can be done with a third program. This
approach means that each part can be fully tested quickly and easily
without waiting a long time for complex program to work through to the
end.
7.6
Which language?
7.6
This is a contentious subject so I will stick my neck out and say ‘it
does not matter!’. It will be useful, however, to indicate briefly what
considerations would help us decide on a particular language if several
are available.
7.6
a) Compatibility with other makes of computer
7.6
A Basic program written for the Archimedes would not run on a different
make of computer because the program is tokenised (each keyword being
replaced by a code which occupies less space and increases the speed of
interpretation on execution). The tokens are unlikely to be same on
different makes of machine. This problem can be overcome by saving the
program as text (spooling it). The foreign machine would then need to
accept the program in text form but it is likely that some commands
would need to be altered to suit this machine’s particular dialect of
Basic and any structures peculiar to Acorn Basic would need to be
rewritten.
7.6
A program written in a standard compiled language such as Fortran,
Pascal, C etc can be transferred as a text file to most other makes of
computer and can then be compiled (see later) and linked (also see
later) and then executed. I did this very successfully using Pascal on a
BBC B which I sent to a Prime multiuser mini computer using Kermit (a
very useful file transfer program). The Prime then compiled and linked
the code ready for execution.
7.6
b) Software secrecy
7.6
If the program is to be sold, you may not want the purchaser to see the
code being used. If the language is Basic it can be read, modified and
possibly sold by the purchaser. A compiled language does not have this
problem since what is sold is in a machine code which is peculiar to a
particular processor and is not readily understood by humans. But this
also means that compatibility with other makes of computer is lost. The
processor is the part of the computer which does all the work, in the
Archimedes it is an ARM2 or ARM3 and is incompatible in every way with
the processor used in a PC, for example.
7.6
c) Speed of execution
7.6
Before looking at the speed of execution, a few words are needed about a
fundamental difference between Basic and compiled languages. Basic is an
interpreted language which means that as each line in the program is
read, the computer converts it into a machine understandable form and
immediately executes the command, the next line is then converted and so
on. If these lines are met again as they would be in a loop, the
conversion process takes place again. This repeated conversion process
makes interpreted languages intrinsically slow. However one exception to
this is the set of mathematical routines built into Basic which, because
of their limited precision are much faster than their equivalent using
the floating point emulator.
7.6
Languages such as Fortran, C and Pascal are ‘compiled’ and ‘linked’.
Compilation is the process of translating statements into machine code.
One statement might give rise to many machine code words. (An example of
a short C program with part of the machine code is on the monthly disc.)
7.6
Linking adds the code you have written to that needed to perform
functions such as printing, writing and reading files etc. Compiled
languages are intrinsically fast.
7.6
The fastest and smallest program is one written in assembly language
which provides a way of programming the computer at the level of the
simple commands the processor actually executes. These programs are not
as easy to write as those written in high level languages because of the
huge effort involved in working out every single step needed by the
processor. Assembly language is known as a low level language because
it involves writing commands which directly affect registers and memory
locations. For example, it may be necessary to obtain the screen memory
address and write directly to the screen thus increasing the speed of
drawing, etc. Some understanding of how the machine works is necessary
before using assembly language.
7.6
Summary
7.6
I use Basic for experiments with programs but for the more serious work
I use C. I have used Fortran and Pascal but rather than use all three
and worry about which one to use, I stick to one. C and Pascal require a
more disciplined approach than does Basic. The choice is really personal
unless speed or size of code are important, then you would use a
compiled language or assembler. If the techniques for writing a program
are known, it is easy to learn and use a new language when required.
There are other languages available which have their devotees or are
valuable for particular purposes − languages such as Lisp, Logo and
database languages. Any language could be used to write almost any type
of program but using an inappropriate one, e.g. Basic for a database
program, would be harder than using one designed for the job.
7.6
Another important advantage of the compiled languages is their improved
memory handling facilities, particularly the ability to use structured
data types. This allows the programmer to refer to a collection of
variables as a single object and makes dynamic data structures easier to
build. The only complex structure available in Basic is the array, where
all elements have to be of the same type. This rather limits what can be
done without accessing the machine at a lower level.
7.6
Style and structure
7.6
Neither of these is of any interest to the computer or the user. They
are of value only to the programmer because adopting a good style and
structuring the program will make the program easier to understand when
you come back to it, weeks after it has been written and therefore it
will be easier to modify. It should also decrease the chances of a minor
change in one part of the program, causing catastrophic failure
elsewhere.
7.6
What is meant by style? I use the word to mean things such as:
7.6
1) Meaningful variable names − These make for increased readability. Be
careful though that they are not mistaken by the interpreter to be
keywords. Calling a data array DATA(i%) is my favourite mistake! Putting
upper case letters in a long name helps readability, e.g. NumberOfItems.
7.6
2) Consistency − Use the same structure for performing the same
operation.
7.6
3) Indentation − Indenting statements within FOR loops, IF ENDIF
structures, REPEAT UNTIL structures, etc helps to show which parts of
the program belong together.
7.6
4) Control variables − Some people insist on the FOR NEXT control
variable being repeated adjacent to the appropriate NEXT, although
indenting the structure makes this less important and it is not required
by Basic. I tend to use single letters for the control variable if the
loop is short, perhaps presetting an array, and longer names where the
structure is more complex and the variable is used for some purpose,
such as a comparison.
7.6
Structure
7.6
This is the idea of breaking the solution into small parts, each doing a
clearly defined job. In addition, it is common to ‘hide’ these parts in
procedures placed together in the program. The opposite of structured is
what used to happen in early versions of Fortran when GOTO had to be
used to implement a choice using a simple IF statement. It then became
quite difficult to follow the possible paths through the program. It is
believed that one GOTO ruins a structured program but this is
exaggeration, we must be pragmatic and write programs which do the job
reliably and are reasonably easy to follow, especially if the program is
for our own use.
7.6
Acorn Basic has a wealth of features which make writing structured
programs much easier:
7.6
IF ...THEN...ELSE...ENDIF
7.6
FOR...NEXT
7.6
REPEAT...UNTIL
7.6
WHILE...ENDWHILE
7.6
CASE...OF...WHEN...OTHERWISE...ENDCASE
7.6
PROCDoSomething
7.6
FNReturnSomething
7.6
GOSUB...
7.6
ON...GOSUB...
7.6
The last two are not recommended since they do not give any clue to what
they do. A REM statement could be used but PROC and FN do the same job
and can have meaningful names. The CASE statement can be replaced by a
number of IF...ELSE IF ... structures and is preferred by some. Most, if
not all these structures are present in modern languages, C, Pascal and
even Fortran. BBC Basic, of course, has had them for years!
7.6
The final part of this article will consider a concrete example of
writing a simple program using some of the above ideas. These notes are
my personal suggestions, so if you have any comments I would be pleased
to see them either in Archive or you could send them to me at 156 Holmes
Chapel Road, Congleton, Cheshire, CW12 4QB. A
7.6
Help!!!!
7.6
• Brainsoft Multipod Professional − I can’t get this to work under
RISC OS 3.1. Can anyone help, please? Tim Hill, 29 Risborough Road,
Stoke Mandeville, Aylesbury, HP22 5UP.
7.6
• Calling all ArcTEX Users − I use public domain TEX software, modified
by Graham Toal for Acorn, which works well on my A440 with RISC OS 2.
After installing RISC OS 3.1, I have three problems.
7.6
(1) I get an error explaining that the TexFonts file cannot be opened.
The system crashes so I cannot preview any text.
7.6
(2) The texing process cannot access the macro file from hard disc so I
have to store copies of the macro file in the directory with the Tex
being processed.
7.6
(3) When I drag a directory with a Tex file onto the Tex icon, I am
informed the .tex file can’t be found, although it is where it always
was under RISC OS 2.
7.6
Are there any other ArcTEX users out there with answers to these
problems? I’d really love to hear from you! Toni Beardon, University of
Cambridge Department of Education, 17 Trumpington Street, Cambridge CB2
1QA.
7.6
• CD-ROM encyclopedia − I want to get a good encyclopedia on CD-ROM for
the school at which I teach. Acorn/Cumana recommend the Hutchinson one
but it got a thorough panning in the educational press so I wonder what
real users (as opposed to reviewers!) think about it. Or is there an
alternative? Chris Price, Merton Court School.
7.6
• Laser Jet IIIp margins − I have a Hewlett Packard LaserJet IIIp, and
have been frustrated with the broad (13mm) top margin when using the
RISC OS 3 printer driver. HP say this should be about 4mm. With advice
from Acorn plus a little experimentation, I found that I could get the
margin down to 5mm by modifying a line in the file
!printers.lj.resources.messages. The line, under the heading of paper
tray selection strings, reads: PT_A4:|[&126A
7.6
and this should be changed to:
7.6
PT_A4:|[&1-13u-177z26A
7.6
This works well but since using the Computer Concepts HP Turbo Driver, I
find that these settings are ignored. Can anybody help please? Andrew
Hextall, 119 School lane, Bushey, Herts, WD2 1BY.
7.6
• Red Boxes − I used the Red Box system on the old BBC Micro but cannot
find out if there is any way of getting them working on the Archimedes.
Can anyone help, please? Tim Hill, 29 Risborough Road, Stoke
Mandeville, Aylesbury, HP22 5UP.
7.6
• Teletext adaptor − The Morley Teletext adaptor has now been
discontinued but we still get an occasional enquiry. A company called
Ground Control used to do a teletext adaptor but we have been
unsuccessful at getting in touch with them. Does anyone know where we
could get a teletext adaptor? Ed.
7.6
Help Offered
7.6
• AI CD-ROM − Lambda Publications have a few copies of Issue 1 of the AI
CD-ROM as reviewed in Archive 7.5 p42. As Issue 2 is now available, they
are prepared to offer the Issue 1 CD-ROMs to schools for only £25. Send
Lambda a cheque with order and quote your Archive subscription number.
7.6
• Dog & Cat clipart − I would like to thank all those people who
responded to my request for clipart. The response confirms the
camaraderie and mutual help which exists between Archimedes users. R E
Clark, Gloucestershire.
7.6
• Free computer language − Lambda Publications have made a very generous
offer to Archive subscribers. They are keen, in their own words, “to
change the face of educational computing”! In particular, they want to
see Scheme used more to teach programming. To that end, they are
offering to any Archive subscriber a free copy of EdScheme (reviewed in
Archive 4.3 p48 and mentioned in Archive 6.9 p22) to anyone buying a
copy of “The Schemer’s Guide” from them. Just send them £17.50 for the
book (they don’t even charge for p&p!) and quote your Archive
subscription number and they will send you both the book and a copy of
EdScheme. A
7.6
Small Ads
7.6
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.6
• A3000, no monitor just a stand, 2Mb RAM, games and software − £200.
SyQuest removable 42Mb hard drive with four cartridges £450. WS 4000
modem, Beebug Hearsay £100. RISC OS 2 PRM £30. Z88 with case, 288Kb ram,
SpellMaster, zBase, PC link, Archimedes leads, mains adaptor, manual
£200. Euclid, Mogul, Splice and Tween, £40. Phone 081-993 2361.
7.6
• A3000, RISC OS 3.1, monitor, 4Mb RAM, external SCSI controller + 45Mb
drive, £500. Phone Bradford 0274-580693.
7.6
• A410/1, 4Mb, ARM3, 40Mb HD, RISC OS 3.11, Philips CM8833 colour
monitor, FaxPack v2.01, Scanlight 256, Laser Direct LBP-8, Impression
2.19. Consider any offer and donate 10% of to Archive charity! Call
Frode on (+1) 305-947-8983 9am-5pm or (+1) 305-861-2931 7pm to 5am. This
is Miami Beach USA so please remember the 5 hour time difference!
7.6
• A5000 4Mb/120Mb HD, monitor, software inc Artworks, Impression, C, PC
Emulator, ISO Pascal, Beebug scanner, books and mags £1200 o.n.o.. CC
Laser Direct expansion card £200 o.n.o. Phone 0744-58404.
7.6
• A540, 8Mb RAM, 100Mb SCSI hard disc, CD ROM drive, RISC OS 3.1, Taxan
770+, Econet, Watford Digitiser, Hyperactive Junior genlock board,
Desktop C and Assembler, PRM, loads of software with full documentation.
£2,000. Bedford 0234-750770.
7.6
• Acorn DTP £30, PRM2 £25, System Delta+ £30, Interdictor £8. Phone 071-
703-5675.
7.6
• Acorn Pocket Book with manuals and Schedule, £120. Phone Coventry
0203-418064.
7.6
• Archimedes A410/1, 4Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.1, 40Mb HD, 3½“ FD, twin 5¼” FD,
with Taxan 770+ multisync monitor, manuals, boxed, immaculate condition,
offers. Phone Wigan 0942-717454.
7.6
• Canon BJ10e printer + CSF + 5 black cartridges, £220. PCATS graphics
enhancer with manual, £100. Phone 0425-471060 after 6pm or weekends.
7.6
• Ground Control 4Mb upgrade with 35MHz ARM3 board and MEMC1a for A305/
310. Plugs in − no soldering, £250. CC ROM podule with RAM chips and
battery backup, £35. Acorn ANSI C v 3, £50. System Delta+ £25. Phone
051-606-0289.
7.6
• I/O podule (Acorn AKA10) with analogue, user, 1MHz bus ports, semi-
upgraded to Midi, £30. Phone 031-339-6979.
7.6
• PRES A3K6 disc interface for A3000, £25. Cumana CS354 3½“ disc drive
with PSU, £50. Cumana CS400S 5¼” 40/80 disc drive with PSU, £30. Ground
control, A3000 2Mb upgrade (upgradable to 4Mb) £25. All with manuals,
all ex. cond., all o.n.o. Phone Ian on 051-678-9879.
7.6
• Risc Developments Hard disc companion £20. Serial Port Investigator 2
£10, Games: Conqueror, Nevryon, Superior Golf, Zarch £6 each or all 4
for £20. CC ROMS (for ROM/RAM podule): InterChart £10, InterSheet £15,
SpellMaster £20. Phone 0737-832159 (eves).
7.6
• RISC OS 2 PRMs (with index cover), Basic user guide, Assembly Language
(Dabs), Operating System (Dabs), C (Dabs) all with support discs.
ArcScanIII, DT-Talk, I-APL with manual and tutorial. As new £55. Phone
Mick Magennis 0742-471049.
7.6
• SJ MDFS fileserver for Econet with 20Mb hard disc and matching
tapestreamer and 35Mb tapes, £500. Continued manufacturers support still
available. Phone 0225-464313.
7.6
• Wanted: A410/1, 440 or 310 base unit, in reasonable condition.
Specification and OS not critical. Please phone Edward Downes on 0242-
263805(work) or 0242-528571(eves).
7.6
• Wanted: Acorn Computing magazine (+ discs if poss) March 1993 issue
i.e. Vol. 11 No1. Phone 0751-472285.
7.6
• Wanted: Morley Teletext adaptor. Model for BBC B might be acceptable.
Phone Tony Cowley on 0473-780298. A
7.6
Charity Sales − None this month as we are selling it all at the Open Day
on March 12th! If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes
computers that you could donate for charity, please send it to the
Archive office a.s.a.p. Thanks.
7.6
Make your own
7.6
‘Bucky Ball’
7.6
using the
7.6
PD libraries
7.6
from
7.6
‘Fortran Friends’
7.6
Easier Fortran77
7.6
on the
7.6
Archimedes
7.6
For information on the Public Domain library for the Archimedes,
‘Fortran Friends’ which includes a Desktop Development Environment and
libraries for graphics and Wimp utilities etc, send an electronic mail
message via JANET: KMC@UK.AC.RL.ISISE
7.6
Now available as ‘Shareware Disc 44’ from:
7.6
Norwich Computer Services, 96a Vauxhall Street, Norwich, NR2 2SD.
7.6
Fortran on the Archimedes
7.6
Kate Crennell
7.6
As a practising scientist, I have used Fortran for many years on
mainframe computers. I believe the Archimedes is potentially very useful
for scientific research computing in the Universities and Higher
Education Institutes, especially since the Floating Point Accelerator is
now available. Unfortunately, the scientific market is relatively small
and makes difficult demands on the operating system. Apparently, Acorn
have taken the sensible business approach and decided that they cannot
afford to support Fortran on the Archimedes.
7.6
Fortran77 (release 2) is now marketed by Intelligent Interfaces at £99
+VAT. For more details, see the recent article in ‘Acorn User’ February
’94 p33. Intelligent Interfaces are also just completing the
documentation for a new product, a window-based ‘Front End development
system’ for use with this Fortran77 compiler.
7.6
I have set up a self-help user group known as ‘Fortran Friends’. Our aim
is to communicate any news of interest to Fortran users, including
listing accessible software libraries, and to accumulate a public domain
library of routines which we can all afford to use. Further
contributions are welcome at any time.
7.6
Join us today in lobbying Acorn for a ‘Fortran90’ compiler, which has
many new statements including matrix manipulation and has Fortran77 as a
subset.
7.6
‘Fortran Friends’ have so far produced two discs, which have been
compressed into one, now sold by Archive as their Shareware 44, since I
prefer programming to copying discs.
7.6
Disc 1 contains a Desktop Development Environment for Fortran77, which
greatly simplifies the compilation and linking stages of program
development. In addition, there are fast Binary input/output routines,
graphics, SpriteOp and Wimp low level libraries with extensive
documentation and test examples. As well as the low level graphics
library, there are higher level routines in Fortran which allow the
saving of the picture as a drawfile, draw a simple x/y graph, 2D contour
lines and a 3D surface. There is only the source on this disc, so you
need a copy of the Fortran77 compiler to see their output. The two large
sample applications, SphereRot and WimpPoly, are given in both source
and executable form with a few examples of datafiles.
7.6
The disc is intended for scientists, already familiar with Fortran, who
wish to embed the graphics into their own scientific programs. The
example source code is mainly intended as an illustration of how to use
the graphics libraries, not to form complete packages.
7.6
Disc 2 contains the complete !WimpPoly, a fully RISC OS (version 2 or 3)
compliant application, which draws two views of a polyhedron − a 3D
solid shaded one or a planar net. There are datafiles for drawing over
140 polyhedra and drawfiles illustrating all the polyhedra.
7.6
I hope that WimpPoly will prove useful to both research scientists who
write in Fortran and science and mathematics teachers in schools who are
interested in polyhedra. Models of the polyhedra can easily be made by
printing the planar net on stiff paper; they make decorative additions
to any classroom or office. There has been increased interest in the
truncated icosahedron lately, because this is the shape of the recently
discovered form of carbon, Buckminster Fullerene, more familiarly known
as a ‘Bucky Ball’. The data comes from the public domain and I am asking
anyone with co-ordinates of an interesting polyhedron to contribute them
to the library.
7.6
Interested academics can contact me via the Joint Academic Network,
JANET, where my full address is KMC@ISIS-E.RUTHERFORD.AC.UK or the
abbreviated form (within the UK only) KMC@UK. AC.RL.ISISE.
7.6
There is now a Higher Education Software Archive, (Hensa) with many
useful programs for the Archimedes. For details, send a message to:
hensa@uk.ac.hensa.micros. A
7.6
Hints and Tips
7.6
• A4 battery life − Many A4 users may have noticed that the charge of
the A4 battery becomes shorter after each recharge. Apparently, if the
battery is not discharged completely it does not run for the full
capacity upon recharge. One solution is to unplug the battery manager
from the command line and leave the computer on until the red light
stops blinking. The battery will then be fully discharged and can then
be recharged as normal.
7.6
I now leave the battery manager unplugged permanently. I just have to
make sure I save everything regularly. When the red light flashes to
indicate the battery being flat, I have a couple of minutes to save the
latest alterations and shutdown. Awie Bosman, South Africa.
7.6
• Beware the old module! − I have discovered that some older (slightly
badly-behaved) applications load their own modules in their Run file.
Presumably this is because RISC OS 2 didn’t have all the modules in ROM
and an application needing a module newer than the RISC OS 2 one would
need to load it itself − if it was too lazy to use SysMerge, that is. If
you have RISC OS 3, these applications can have the disconcerting effect
of replacing a RISC OS 3 ROM module with an older version of the same
module.
7.6
I came across this when trying to run Almanac − I got the error message
“Module .....$.!System.FPEmulator not found”. Looking into System
confirmed that there was no such module under this pathname, and several
minutes of panic ensued while I played ‘hunt the module’. Finally, a
hard reset seemed to restore Almanac to perfect behaviour, the module
was restored and I was so relieved that I forgot about the problem for
some weeks.
7.6
The problem recurred but this time, Ovation would not run either, giving
a similar message. I realised that, in RISC OS 3, FPEmulator is in ROM,
so something must have happened to the ROM module. On checking *Help
ROMModules, I found FPEmulator was “Dormant”. Trying to *RMReinit it had
no effect. Then I remembered that I had been playing CIS’s Mah Jong.
Sure enough, in the application directory was a copy of FPEmulator and
in the Run file was the line “RMLoad <obey$dir> FPEmulator”. Inspecting
this module showed it to be version 2.60 (the ROM module is 2.87).
7.6
In the Almanac Run file is the line “RMEnsure FPEmulator 2.70 Error You
need FPEmulator 2.70 or later”. So, Mah Jong had been quietly loading an
old module without this being at all obvious until another application
wanted the ROM version. Deleting the line from Mah Jong’s Run file cured
the bug but Mah Jong seems to get along only intermittently with the new
FPEmulator, unpredictably throwing up “invalid floating point operation”
errors. (Should it do this? What about “backwards compatibility”?)
Putting “RMKill FPEmulator” followed by “RMReinit FPEmulator” at the end
of Mah Jong’s Run file doesn’t have any effect, but running the same two
lines in a separate Obey file does work. Does anyone know why?
7.6
The moral would seem to be to inspect the directories of applications
you have been using if your modules start misbehaving. They may be
loading all sorts of things you don’t want. Peter Young, Cheltenham.
7.6
• Computer hang-ups − There’s a hint in Computer Concepts’ Turbo Drivers
manual which suggests that if the printer should ‘stall’, selecting
<f12> followed by <return> will re-start the printer.
7.6
Quite by chance, I found that doing the same thing can occasionally
clear a computer hang-up. Specifically, it may work when you can still
move the mouse pointer but clicking on an icon, etc has no effect.
7.6
The beauty of this is that, rather than having to perform a soft or hard
reset to clear the hang-up and thus losing any unsaved work, you are
returned to the desktop as it was before selecting <f12> <return>, i.e.
all windows and documents are restored. Jim Nottingham, York.
7.6
• !FontEd under RISC OS 3.1 − Ronald Alpiar’s problem of invisible
coordinates in last month’s Help!!! (7.5 p8), apparently only occurs in
256 colour modes. In 16 colours they reappear.
7.6
(I think this could be linked with an obscure problem which one of our
subscribers has reported to Risc Developments. When using Ovation in
certain 256-colour screen modes, inverted text, i.e. white on black,
becomes black on black! Risc Developments say they have a partial
solution and are working further on the problem. Ed.)
7.6
• Keystroke hints − I’ve just started using Keystroke myself, in
earnest, and, quite frankly, it is brilliant! It will save me huge
amounts of time with all the text editing I do from day to day. For
example, contributors often say, “Press the menu button to do such and
such” instead of “Press <menu>... ”. I now click on “the” and press
<alt-f6> and the change is made at a stroke! It is done by making the
key insert the text |D<60>\S-⇨\\⇦\<62>|D. The <60> and <62> have to be
used to create the triangle brackets which, as a beginner to Keystroke,
confused me for a while.
7.6
I find Impression’s <shift-ctrl-Q> useful for inverting charactres (sic)
− a very common typing error! However, I sometimes need to change “to
boldly go” into “boldly to go” (yuk!) so I produced a key, <alt-Q>, to
invert adjacent words by using |D\S-⇨\|V − simple but effective − just
put the cursor somewhere in the first word and click <alt-Q>.
7.6
I often have to delete a comma when someone has put one in the, wrong
place. So <alt-\> generates the string \S-⇨\\⇦\|? which moves to the
beginning of the next word, back one space and then deletes one
character. This has the effect of deleting the final character of the
word in which you have just clicked, so it could also be used to change
a plural to a singular. The only time this falls down, of course, is
when the next word is separated by an extra character like a bracket or
somesuch.
7.6
These special keys may seem a little unnecessary but to someone who does
as much editing as I do every day, they can save quite a bit of time.
7.6
Finally, in the days of programmable function keys on the old BBC Micro,
I used to use |[ to generate an <escape>. This seems to work OK with
Keystroke and avoids having to use \ESCAPE\ in a text string. I remember
it because the [ is like an E for escape. Ed.
7.6
(There are a huge number of time-saving tricks that could be done with
Keystroke, so do send in your own Keystroke hints & tips. Ed.)
7.6
• Resultz and Continental numbers − I have just discovered a feature
offered by Resultz which should delight Continental spreadsheet users.
The sixth number format in the list offered by the style editor, which
looks so strange with its character combinations “,.” and “.,” actually
is used to replace the English way of writing numbers with the
Continental one, so that a number like 3,500.50 will appear instead as
3.500,50! Jochen Konietzko, Köln.
7.6
• RISC OS !NewLook − Now that everybody has had a chance to play with
the new look desktop as distributed at Acorn World 93 (and numerous
other sources), we would be interested to hear what you think of it. Do
you use it? If not why not? Does it do everything it should? How does it
compare to other user environments (e.g. Windows 3.1, NeXT)? What would
your ideal RISC OS 4 desktop look like? Please write to Archive with
your comments.
7.6
• Schedule and Spell (Pocket Book) − There seems to be no mention at all
of Spell in any of the manuals, except for a section in the User Guide
on how to spell-check in Write. The Schedule release note says that
“this replaces the Spell application supplied with your Pocket Book”,
but does not tell you that you shouldn’t delete Spell before installing
Schedule. If you do this, as I did, you find, somewhat oddly, that you
can check spelling in Write but that you can’t save to the global
dictionary − you can’t, of course, use Spell as a free-standing
application because it isn’t on the Desktop. If you reinstall Spell,
from whichever drive you have Schedule in, all works as it should,
though you have to learn how to use Spell from the Help facility, which
is very good.
7.6
Nowhere seems to make it plain, however, that to use document
dictionaries, you have to enable this from the Setup/Install menu in
Spell. Incidentally, document dictionaries are not kept in the WRD
directory with “the same name and in the same directory as the document,
but with the file extension D$S”, as the manual says, but in a separate
D$S directory with the same name as the document. Peter Young,
Cheltenham.
7.6
• Style − Changing date and time formats − Impression Style allows the
current date or time to be inserted into a document. By default,
Impression Style enters ‘25th January 1994’ for the date and ‘6:52:13
am’ for the time. Both formats may be changed quite easily. You can have
several different date and time formats stored and swap from one to the
other while you work.
7.6
The date is inserted in one of three ways.
7.6
• By pressing <ctrl-shift-D>
7.6
• By clicking on the insert icon on the tool bar and clicking on Current
date
7.6
• From the menu: Utilities−>Insert−>Current date
7.6
The time is inserted in one of two ways
7.6
• By clicking on the insert icon on the tool bar and clicking on Current
time
7.6
• From the menu: Utilities−>Insert−>Current time
7.6
The format used for the time and the date is stored in special system
variables called Style$TimeFormat and Style$DateFormat. These variables
are not mentioned in the printed manual and are given wrongly in the
early versions of the on-line help as Impression$TimeFormat and
Impression$DateFormat. If the user does not set these variables, the
!Run file sets them automatically.
7.6
To set the variables, find your RISC OS 3 User Guide and find the
section on System Variables. This gives a table explaining (not very
well!) how to set the time and date variables. There isn’t space here
for a tutorial but the Impression Style defaults are written
%z12:%mi:%se %pm for the time which appears as ‘7:27:07 am’ and for the
date, %zdy%st %mo %ce%yr which appears as ‘25th January 1994’.
7.6
You can reset the two system variables temporarily as follows: press
<f12> and type, for example, Set Style$TimeFormat %z24:%mi then press
<return> twice to return you to the desktop. Now insert the time in an
Impression Style document and you should get the current time in the
format ‘7:30’ instead of ‘7:30:01 am’.
7.6
The “time” doesn’t have to be confined to the time − you can add the
date to the time format just as you can add the time to the date format.
So you could use the “time” and the “date” as two different versions of
the date.
7.6
When writing letters I like <ctrl-shift-D> to give me ‘25th January
1994’ but when I am writing notes from the telephone, which I do a lot,
I like to date and time stamp them so I prefer ‘7:36 Tue 25 Jan 94’.
This means that you can have a keyboard shortcut for entering the time
combined with, or instead of, the date.
7.6
To do this, you just need two Obey files. Load !Edit from the Apps icon.
From the Edit menu, choose Misc−>Set Type and then delete the offered
Text and enter Obey and press <return>. Into the edit window type:
7.6
Set Style$DateFormat “%z24:%mi %W3 %zdy %m3 %yr ”
7.6
Press <return> and save the file to disc calling it DateTime. After you
have double-clicked on this file icon, you should see the current time
and date in the format ‘7:36 Tue 25 Jan 94’.
7.6
You now need another similar file to restore the default. Create another
Obey file in Edit and this time it should say simply:
7.6
Set Style$DateFormat “”
7.6
When Impression Style sees that the variable is set to null, it uses the
format in the !Run file. Save this file, preferably as something
meaningful like DateDeflt.
7.6
Now store the two files on your Pinboard so that you can double-click on
whichever format you want.
7.6
If you want to change the format automatically, as Style loads on start-
up, put a line in your !Boot file, after Style is loaded, to set the
system variables mentioned above. If you want to change the default
format permanently, you can amend the !Run file in Style though this is
not normally recommended and you should always keep a backup copy of the
original !Run file. If you don’t know where to find the !Run file, or
how to alter it, it’s probably best not to do it! Paul Lewis, London
W3.
7.6
• Style − Saving files as documents − Impression Style allows files to
be saved as documents rather than directories. The advantage is that a
document takes up far less space than a directory. If you store files
compressed, perhaps as a backup, a file can be compressed much more
efficiently than a directory.
7.6
There is no utility to go through your entire hard disc to convert all
those space-hungry directories into files, but you can convert them as
you use each directory quite simply. Load a number of the old-type
Impression documents − Style will warn you that the document is in an
old format and may warn you about things it can’t convert or find.
Remember that instead of clicking on OK to these warnings, you can just
press <return>.
7.6
You can load up to sixteen documents, memory permitting. Click in the
top document and press <ctrl-shift-Y>. That toggles the file save
routine to save the document as a file rather than as a directory. Press
<f3> then <return> to save it. Although its name still begins with a
‘!’, it is now a file and not a directory and will have the Style icon
instead of the old ‘I’ icon.
7.6
Now press <ctrl-f2> to remove the document from memory and then go
through the stack of documents in the same way. It’s not automatic but
it is quite quick. How much you save will depend on your disc filing
system but I saved about 14Kb per document. Documents can be stored as
files but long documents might be best left in the old format,
especially ones that are so long that you have to load and edit chapters
separately to fit them in memory.
7.6
If you have a backup of your hard disc (and if you don’t, start one
now!) you may find that RISC OS will not overwrite a directory with a
document of the same name. The answer is to alter a system variable
called Copy$Options. To do that, press <f12> and enter Set Copy$Options
F then press <return> twice. That should force RISC OS to overwrite the
directory with a file when you backup. There is more on these options
for copying in the User Manual under *Copy. Paul Lewis, London W3.
7.6
• Tables (again) − I often have to make up tables and have always been
frustrated by the fact that wordprocessors work essentially in lines
while data for tables usually comes in the form of columns. It would be
great to be able to pour the data into the WP side by side.
7.6
The only way around it that I have found within Impression is to
generate sufficient side by side columns. If you want a master page to
do this, make one with the requisite number of columns and then unlink
them by cutting and pasting them back with the same co-ordinates and
dimensions.
7.6
An easier way, particularly for numerical tables but also for text, is
to assemble the tables in a spreadsheet which will accept column data
and then transfer the finished arrangement back to the WP in the form of
a CSV file of the block of data.
7.6
I use Schema which is particularly amenable in that CSV files of data
can be input just by dragging them onto a marker and columns (data
separated by returns) will load as columns. It is not necessary to do
any more than ensure that the sheet is large enough to take the longest
line/column. If the basic CSV input filter is set on Impression, all the
commas will be converted to tabs and you get an instant table by
applying a suitable table style. The input filter, CSV+, in the Business
Supplement will automatically generate tables for the non-table literate
− in a somewhat complicated way! Bob de Vekey, Watford.
7.6
• Time errors (continued) − Further to Matthew Hunter’s item on time
errors (7.4 p51), the situation is actually significantly more complex
than described. The CLib time commands will not give the correct answer
if the cumulative effect of TimeZone and DST (e.g. BST) is negative.
Setting TimeZone to zero is not going to be a valid solution if you
don’t live in the UK.
7.6
I encountered this problem some time ago during the development of
ArcTrack. The problem is particularly acute in this case since the
program needs to know both UTC (for the orbital mathematics) and Local
Time (to display to the user). I will attempt below to describe the
solution which I developed. It may not be the simplest general solution
but it solved my particular problem.
7.6
This first code fragment determines the difference between local time
and UTC in seconds. It will be necessary to make a new copy of swi.h for
RISC OS 3 if this has not already been done. The SWI_List program
provided with the compiler will achieve this.
7.6
#include “os.h”
7.6
#include “swi.h”
7.6
int utc_offset ()
7.6
{temp ;
7.6
os_swi2r (Territory_ReadCurrentTimeZone, 0, 0, (int*) NULL, &temp);
7.6
return temp / 100; /* Output of SWI is in centiseconds */
7.6
}
7.6
The secret of extracting the correct current value of UTC time is to use
os_word 14, thus:
7.6
#include “os.h”
7.6
double utc_time () /* Would be significantly simpler if long ints were
64 bits */
7.6
{{ unsigned int a, b; }
7.6
double un_int = 4294967295.0;
7.6
struct five_byte now = {3 , 0};
7.6
os_word (14, (void*) &now); /* Determine current UTC time */
7.6
return((double) temp.a + (double) temp.b * un_int) /100.0;
7.6
}
7.6
The value returned is the number of seconds since 1st January 1900. Of
course, this is not the same as the time_t values returned by the CLib
‘time’ function. To convert to time_t values, you could assume
(correctly) that they are unsigned integers representing the number of
seconds since 1st January 1970. Just remember that, under ANSI C, this
simple representation is not guaranteed and Acorn are perfectly entitled
to change it in future compiler releases. R C Simpson, Farnborough.
7.6
• Writing extensions to PC Discs − Some people have had difficulty
writing to PC discs and giving a file an appropriate extension that a PC
will be able to read − the infamous README.TXT file, for example.
RISC OS 3 gives desktop access to DOS discs but it makes the discs
appear as a standard RISC OS disc. The only way to tell that it is
different is to check the size using free or current format from the
floppy disc iconbar menu.
7.6
The problem arises due to the different way in which RISC OS and DOS use
directory specifiers. DOS uses the ‘/’ character to specify a
subdirectory whereas RISC OS uses the full stop. The DOS path “SOME/DIR/
STRUCT” would be “SOME.DIR.STRUCT” within RISC OS . Therefore, if you
try to write the file README.TXT to a RISC OS disc, what you are
actually trying to do is save the file TXT into a directory called
README − which probably does not exist.
7.6
To write a file with an extension, use the ‘/’ character, e.g. README/
TXT. This can be a little confusing because, if you write the file to an
Acorn formatted disc, the ‘/’ character will be part of the filename but
if you write to a DOS disc, the file will be saved as ‘README’ with an
extension of TXT. The screenshot below shows the RISC OS directory
display and the PC Emulator directory showing that the file does appear
with an extension.
7.6
Many save boxes will only allow you to use names of up to 10 characters
− this therefore limits you to a six character filename (with a four
character extension “/XXX”). However, the DOS filer within RISC OS will
allow you to rename a file to eight characters, giving a total of
twelve.
7.6
It should also be noted that if you copy a file from a DOS disc to a
RISC OS disc and back again, the extension may change. This is again due
to the name length restrictions. README2.TXT would be copied as README2/
TX for RISC OS . When copied back to DOS, the file would therefore be
README2.TX. Matthew Hunter, NCS. A
7.6
Database
7.6
Publications
7.6
New
7.6
16-bit Digital Audio for Archimedes − Part 1
7.6
David Lenthall
7.6
Since the Archimedes was first released, I have been waiting for some
professional musical applications, to match what is available on most of
the other computing platforms. For example, SoundTools on the Mac (16-
bit sampling h/w and s/w) or SoundBlaster on the PC (Midi synthesizer).
There was Armadillo’s A616 16-bit sampling card for the Archimedes a
couple of years ago, though it was expensive, hogged the machine (RAM
and processing time) and consequently never really sold. Now, like the
proverbial bus, along come three 16-bit audio cards all at once, with a
fourth one also in sight.
7.6
Before looking at these new products, I want to go over some of the
theory and possibilities, so that we are better armed to judge how these
products shape up in the light of a potential purchaser’s specific
requirements. To give some idea of where we are headed, the products
which I will cover next month, fall into two categories − audio samplers
and wavetable synthesizers, with two offerings in each category. But
first the theory.
7.6
Audio sampling
7.6
To get a representation of sound into a computer, the electrical
‘analogue’ of sound which is used in consumer audio equipment must first
be converted to digital form. This task is performed by an Analogue to
Digital (A-D) converter. The term “sampling” is used because the output
of an A-D converter is a series of samples of the instantaneous value of
an audio waveform. The waveform shown below has been sampled at 26
regularly spaced intervals. For this example, the output of the A-D
would be the following series of numbers: 0, 10, 13, 15, 14, 11, 7, 8,
9, 6, −4, −7, −6, −3, −6, −13, −14, −10, 5, 8, 9, 12, 10, 9, 4, −9.
7.6
The reverse process, Digital to Analogue conversion, would convert this
sequence of numbers to produce the output shown below. It is necessary
to feed the digital data to the D-A converter at the same rate as the
original sampling frequency, otherwise the output will be transposed in
pitch, compared to the original. The original waveform is shown by the
dotted line, and it is immediately apparent that the output of the D-A
is different to the original signal, as it is now a stepped waveform.
Things can be improved a bit by passing the output signal through a low
pass filter, to smooth the corners, so to speak. It can also be seen
that the output is very slightly delayed (by half the width of a
sampling step).
7.6
There are two main factors determining picture quality on a screen: the
use of a higher resolution in both pixel size and the number of colours
assignable to each pixel. When dealing with sound, the factors become
sampling frequency and word size. So, we can improve the audio fidelity
by:
7.6
a) taking the samples at closer intervals, i.e. using a higher sampling
frequency (analogous to using smaller pixels).
7.6
Without delving into the maths, there is a law (Nyquist’s theorem) which
states that the sampling frequency should be at least twice as high as
the highest frequency which is to be captured. The CD standard uses a
sampling frequency of 44.1kHz, which gives a maximum theoretical audio
bandwidth of 0 − 22.05kHz, though more realistically this would be
0 − 20kHz, at best.
7.6
b) using a larger word size for each sample, i.e. more bits per sample
(analogous to a larger colour palette).
7.6
8-bit sampling means that there are 256 (28) possible values which can
be assigned to each sample. This would give a dynamic range of 48dB. 16-
bit sampling gives 65536 (216) possible values, which corresponds to a
dynamic range of 96dB. Incidentally, in the example illustrated above,
the range −15 to +15 roughly equates to 5-bit sampling (25 = 32) and
would provide poor audio fidelity.
7.6
Although both of these steps improve the quality of the process, the
down side in each case is the greater requirement for RAM. Sample twice
as often and there are twice as many samples to be stored, and each 16-
bit sample requires two bytes as opposed to one byte for an 8-bit
sample. Taking stereo samples will also double the requirement − each
stereo 16-bit sample requires four bytes of storage. CD standard
sampling requires 2 × 2 × 44100 = 176,400 bytes/s.
7.6
The normal DAT standard (16-bit, 48kHz) requires 192,000 bytes/sec,
whereas the low bandwidth DAT standard (16-bit, 32kHz) requires 128,000
bytes/s.
7.6
It is useful to be able to sample at a number of different rates so that
the user can trade off quality against RAM requirements. For example:
7.6
• 44.1 or 48kHz/16-bit for high quality, but hungry on RAM,
7.6
• 11kHz/8-bit for telephone quality speech, but economical on RAM,
7.6
• 22kHz/16-bit as a happy compromise.
7.6
If you want to sample instrument-type sounds to be played by Midi
commands (i.e. at various pitches), then variable rate sample playback
is required so that the sound can be transposed precisely in semitone
steps and preferably over a wide range.
7.6
Summarising in Hi-Fi terms, the sampling rate determines the frequency
range and the sample word size determines the dynamic range.
7.6
An important aspect of the hardware design is to restrict the upper
frequency of any signals allowed into the A-D stage so as to prevent an
effect known as aliasing, which manifests itself by producing
harmonically unrelated frequencies, i.e. a horrid noise. A low pass
‘aliasing’ filter performs this task, and its cutoff frequency should
vary proportionately with the sampling frequency, to filter out any
frequencies higher than the nyquist frequency (half the sampling
frequency).
7.6
A matching low pass filter is also used at the output of the D-A
converter, to ensure that none of the sampling frequency components
appear in the output signal.
7.6
Direct to disc recording
7.6
So far, we’ve covered the processes of capture and playback but, with CD
standard sampling requiring over 170kb/sec, 1Mb of RAM is only
sufficient for just under 6 seconds of stereo sound. As RAM is a limited
quantity, it makes sense to consider the idea of sampling direct to (and
playing back from) hard disc. This means that the length of a sample is
limited only by the free disc space, e.g. a 105Mb syquest cartridge
could hold about ten minutes of stereo sound − much more useable. A
rough guideline is 10Mb per minute of CD quality stereo.
7.6
Hard disc recording is revolutionising working practices in professional
recording studios, replacing both analogue and digital tape mediums for
editing operations, primarily because of the benefits of random access
(tape is, by nature, serial) and zero generation loss within the digital
medium.
7.6
Hard disc recording software mimics the user interface of a multitrack
tape recorder, providing 2, 4 or 8 tracks of audio − similar to the
Arrange modes found in many Midi sequencers. All the elements of a
composition can be saved to hard disc as separate ‘soundfiles’. The
software, by means of a ‘playlist’, enables you to specify which (and
when) soundfiles are to be played − a sample sequencer, basically.
7.6
Digital in and out
7.6
Many CD players have a digital output socket and most DAT recorders have
both digital input and output sockets. The most common interface
standard used is the Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF). This uses
phono (2-wire) connectors and thus carries a serial data stream.
7.6
The provision of S/PDIF connectors on an A-D-A card enables digital
sound to be captured directly into the computer (e.g. from a CD player)
without having to pass through the A-D stage, and thereby ensuring
optimum sound quality.
7.6
Although DAT recorders are not exactly household items, anyone working
professionally with audio will almost certainly be able to lay their
hands on one, even if they don’t personally own one. In conjunction with
a S/PDIF connector and suitable software, a DAT recorder can be used as
a tape streamer for hard disc backup. A 2 hour DAT tape costs under £10
and can hold over 1Gb of data!
7.6
Private sample RAM
7.6
This refers to RAM present on the A-D-A card which can be loaded up with
sound samples (from disc or the analogue input). The advantage is that
samples can then be played from this RAM without putting any load on the
ARM processor or disc system. The disadvantage is that because any such
RAM is not directly visible to the ARM processor, samples cannot be
edited whilst in this private RAM. To perform any editing on the
sample(s), you would have to load it into main user RAM, and then
transfer it into the private sample RAM once editing was completed.
7.6
Wavetable synthesis
7.6
Most modern synthesizers use a variation on the technique of wavetable
synthesis, whereby a selection of different wavetables (samples) are
provided as a tone palette. These wavetables can be combined in various
ways (superimposition, cross fading, etc) and processed to produce new
sounds (voices).
7.6
The wavetables can be in ROM or private RAM, or even in main user RAM or
on disc, though the former two are preferable for the reason mentioned
above. ROM may not seem an obvious choice as its contents are fixed,
though it can be a cost-effective way of providing a wide range of
sounds which are always available. Even better if the sounds are General
Midi (GM) compatible.
7.6
GM compatibility is a Midi standard aimed at multimedia applications. It
applies to sound generators (synthesizers) and is therefore a possible
option for the two synthesizer cards looked at later, whereas it is not
applicable to the purely sampling cards. The GM protocol dictates what
sounds should be available, and their respective voice numbers, so that
whatever brand of GM device you are using, you can be sure that Midi
voice number 1 will always be an acoustic grand piano, and that voice
number 14 will always be a xylophone, etc. GM specifies a total of 128
voices, plus a further 47 drum sounds. The drum sounds are accessed via
Midi channel 10. To make a legitimate claim of GM compatibility, a sound
generator should also have a minimum of 24-note polyphony, i.e. it
should be capable of playing at least 24 notes simultaneously.
7.6
Another term associated with synthesizers is ‘multi-timbral’. This
refers to the number of different sounds (timbres, not notes) which can
be played simultaneously. For GM compatibility, 16-part multitimbrality
is required.
7.6
Given the large amount of disc space required for music in sample form,
the alternative use of GM standard MidiFiles with a GM standard
synthesizer for applications requiring musical output makes a lot of
sense, as MidiFiles are of a much smaller size.
7.6
Digital signal processing (DSP)
7.6
This involves applying algorithmic processes to digital sound (or video)
data, transforming it in all sorts of ways. Some of the possible effects
relevant to sound data are:
7.6
• Delay/echo − In the real world, an echo is the result of a reflected
sound wave, and is heard as a distinct repetition of the original sound
which may then repeat in a series of decaying reflections.
7.6
• Reverberation − This is the myriad secondary reflections which bounce
between hard surfaces in an enclosed space and is perceived as a
blurring and extension of the sound. If you stand in a bathroom and clap
your hands once, reverberation is the ringing sound which follows the
slap of your hands. Emulation of this effect is quite difficult as there
are possibly thousands of separate closely spaced echoes, diffusing into
one another, to deal with.
7.6
• Pitch transposition − This is accomplished by using a different
sampling frequency on playback from that used when the sample was
recorded. Play back twice as fast and the output will be transposed up
by an octave, although the sample will then last only half as long as
the original. The more advanced algorithms repeat or omit sections
within the waveform to reinstate the original duration.
7.6
• Time stretching − This is the inverse of the more advanced form of
pitch transposition, in that the duration of a sample is changed whilst
retaining the original pitch.
7.6
• Vibrato − This is pitch modulation, and is achieved by cyclically
varying the sample playback rate about its nominal value.
7.6
• Chorus − This produces an ensemble effect, whereby a solitary
instrument can be made to sound like more. When two or more musicians
play the same musical phrase on similar instruments, their precise
timing will vary. This is one of the reasons for the richness of real
music compared to raw electronic music. A chorus effect is used
therefore to partly overcome this shortcoming with electronically
generated sounds.
7.6
• Phasing/flanging − These are similar to chorus except that it has a
slower ‘movement’ to it. Difficult to describe in words, the effect
became popular in the 60’s as a ‘psychedelic’ treatment. (The drum
treatment on “Itchycoo Park” is a fine example.) Flanging is generally a
deeper effect than phasing.
7.6
• Level compression/expansion − This is a process which affects the
dynamic range of a piece of audio. Often a threshold value can be
specified, above or below which no change occurs.
7.6
• Digital filtering − Filtering involves affecting the spectral content
of an audio signal. The main advantage of digital filters over their
analogue counterparts is that they can be designed to have
mathematically perfect characteristics, such as a precise cutoff
frequency with sheer slopes, which does not affect frequencies
immediately adjacent to the target frequency. Also, the characteristics
of the filter are entirely dependent on the particular algorithm used,
and thus are programmable.
7.6
Some of these operations are fairly processor-intensive and could not be
performed by the ARM processor in real time, let alone whilst
maintaining a responsive WIMP interface. Cue the DSP chip.
7.6
The DSP chip
7.6
A DSP chip is essentially a microprocessor whose command set has been
optimised for signal processing applications and which has a high degree
of internal parallelism. They generally pack a fair bit of punch,
50MIPs+ not being uncommon. They also have a larger word size than most
general-purpose processors − 56 bits being common, though some having 96
bit registers.
7.6
They enable the type of effects I have just mentioned to be applied to
the digital sound data, in real-time, whilst recording or replaying a
sample. With some clever programming, they can even produce a number of
such effects simultaneously.
7.6
This real-time processing ability allows the use of non-destructive
editing in HD recording software.
7.6
Low level software
7.6
So far, I have outlined the main theoretical and hardware aspects,
though the potential of any hardware add-on is largely dependent on its
system firmware. Areas of low-level software support which I consider to
be highly desirable in the context of an A-D-A card, are:
7.6
• Facility to sample (record) direct to hard disc.
7.6
• Facility to play samples direct from a hard disc.
7.6
• Interception of Midi SWIs, both incoming and those being sent out by,
for example, a sequencer, to activate (play) samples direct from hard
disc or from private sample RAM if available on the card.
7.6
I have described these features as low-level software because, ideally,
they would each need to operate as background tasks, without
unacceptably degrading the general WIMP performance.
7.6
Application software
7.6
The following is a list of some typical applications which are made
possible by an A-D-A card:
7.6
• Replay and other multimedia applications requiring soundfile playback
with higher quality than is possible using the internal sound system −
somewhat akin to upgrading your telephone to CD quality.
7.6
• Sample editor (e.g. AudioWorks). As well as the cut & paste, trim and
normalise type operations, this may also include facilities for applying
DSP-type effects. It would be handy if it could be used to create Replay
format sound files.
7.6
• Integrated HD recorder/Midi sequencer, i.e. a sequencer which is
capable of concurrently running two or four tracks of digital audio, in
addition to its usual 16, 32 or whatever, tracks of Midi data.
7.6
• Wavetable synthesis management, providing librarian facilities for
sounds designed by the user, as well as the means to design the sounds
in the first place.
7.6
Rounding off
7.6
This month I’ve covered most of the relevant theory and, hopefully,
whetted your appetite a little as to the possibilities. If there are any
relevant aspects which are still unclear, please write to me via the
Archive address, and I will answer your queries as best I can. Next
month I’ll give a preview assessment of four of the up-and-coming
products that fall into the 16-bit audio category. A
7.6
Oak PCB
7.6
Bevis Peters
7.6
Oak PCB is a CAD package for the design and layout of printed circuit
boards. It comes with three discs: the OakPCB program, a copy of
DrawPrint and DrawPlot, two libraries of pre-made circuit symbols and a
Helvetiplt font. The manual is a well laid out 58 page stapled A5
booklet, including a thorough index.
7.6
The program
7.6
When I first ran the program (by double clicking on the OakPCB icon)
after my usual !Boot sequence, the whole machine crashed. I finally
tracked this down to a “free RAM” display program, and without that it
started up fine. It installs itself on the iconbar, taking up 352Kb of
memory initially, with a configuration menu available which allows
various preferences to be set, for instance the size of the PCB to be
made, the grid size and colour, etc.
7.6
Clicking the iconbar icon opens up three windows; the main PCB display
window, a tools window showing the various items that can be placed on
the PCB design, and a Layers window which shows which layer is currently
being worked on.
7.6
PCBs are often made with multiple layers for the wiring, and OakPCB
allows for this, with four layers available for the laying of wire
tracks. The other layers are a “silk” layer − used for writing
information, i.e. component values, manufacturers name, a “drill” layer
for marking the drill holes and a “solder resist” layer for laying down
areas which do not want to be covered in solder in flow soldering.
Obviously, only one layer can be worked on at a time but any combination
can be viewed and all are colour coordinated to distinguish between
them. This does need a minimum 16-colour mode.
7.6
By clicking on one of the tools in the tools window, that item can be
placed on the PCB. A comprehensive set of tools is available, including
solder pads, tracks, through PCB holes, text and “silk” layer drawing
aids. Each tool has its own associated menu which allows various aspects
of the tool to be changed, such as the diameter of holes, the number of
pins and width of a SIL/DIL socket, the track width and the font and
direction of written text. Obviously, some tools are only used on
certain layers, e.g. text is only used on the silk layer. The
documentation suggests that the included Helvetiplt font is used, and
that is a good option since it is very fine. Anti-aliasing is not used,
although the fonts can be drawn as either an outline or filled solid,
and in any direction. Be warned, however, that some fonts cause dire
errors along the lines of “No RGB value set for font” − not fatal, but a
terrible hassle.
7.6
Some Draw-like tools are available for drawing on the silk layer − open/
closed lines, boxes and circles.
7.6
Items can be selected by clicking with the “select” tool set in much the
same way as in Draw. Selected items can be grouped, moved and rotated
through 90°, although not resized. Grouped items can be given a name, so
a schematic for a 741 op-amp can be designed and then called “741” for
referencing.
7.6
The manual includes a run-through of a PCB design − a Darlington pair −
which is informative and easy to follow. It covers all the points in
enough detail to be useful without being tedious. I used the program to
design a PCB for a voltage regulator quite happily, and found correcting
mistakes very simple.
7.6
Files can be saved as either OakPCB files, full colour drawfiles or CSV
hole position files, which is basically a list of all the drill hole
positions relative to some chosen point.
7.6
The files can only be printed with the included print/plot program. For
driving a plotter, the need for this is more apparent, but with my
BJ10e, I achieved the same results by just printing the equivalent
drawfile. Their program does allow the position of the printing to be
set more accurately, however.
7.6
The two libraries − !PCBlib and !Schemlib − contain dozens of pre-made
components for easy placing on PCB designs.
7.6
Overall, I found the program easy to use, although I did not actually
build the PCB I designed. Having never used any other commercial PCB
design package, I cannot compare it in performance, but for the small
electronics business, or just the active hobbyist, OakPCB is worth
getting as an alternative to hand design.
7.6
OakPCB has recently been reduced in price. It now costs £70 +VAT from
Oak Solutions or £77 through Archive. A
7.6
TechWriter Update
7.6
Brian Cowan
7.6
My recent review of TechWriter seems to have attracted much
correspondence.
7.6
Text beside a graphic
7.6
Interested readers will recall that my main criticism concerned the
difficulty of running text around graphics. Since TechWriter is
fundamentally a word processor (i.e. text-based rather than page-based),
all graphic objects are embedded in the text and they will therefore
move with the text if anything is added above. So, text will be expected
to remain beside a graphic even when the text above is edited. This is
in contrast to a local frame in Impression where the frame is fixed on
the page and text really does flow around the frame.
7.6
Since the text beside a graphic in TechWriter is fixed, it can be
incorporated into the graphic object itself. In fact, one of the
TechWriter calculus example files does this. The clever point which I
missed, but which a number of readers wrote in to tell me, is that a
figure “caption” is not limited to one line. This can be the text beside
a graphic and it can be as big as you like. So there really is no
problem.
7.6
Save as Draw
7.6
In the review, I explained about the facility to save an area of a
TechWriter document as a drawfile. This is useful for a number of
applications, although it would be better if saved as a tagged drawfile
containing the original Techwriter information. One particular use for
saving as Draw is to export equations. You could therefore use
TechWriter as a superior sort of Equasor to create equations for
Impression documents or whatever.
7.6
New facilities
7.6
My review in Archive 7.3 was really of TechWriter version 1, with a
preview of what version 2 would provide. Currently, version 2.01 is
shipping and that has some more facilities added. Background printing is
provided and more commands have been added to the button bar. A useful
hint concerning the button bars is to have Acorn’s interactive help
application running. Then it will tell you what the buttons do if you
forget what the icons mean. Icon Technology have also implemented OLE in
this version, although it is not guaranteed to be perfect in this
version. That allows the editing of, say drawfiles, simply by clicking
on the frame in the TechWriter document − this is most useful.
7.6
The other new facility is that you can now save your document directly
as a PostScript file, although in this form it can’t, of course, be
loaded back into TechWriter.
7.6
Future facilities − my wish list
7.6
My main wish is for the facility to output files in TEX format. This can
happen if Icon Technology can be persuaded that it is needed. So come on
all you people out there, either write to Icon Technology or let me
know. My other wish, which would make TechWriter really compatible with
the big outside world, is the facility for both import and export of
text in RTF (Rich Text Format). This would enable the movement of
documents from one platform to another. A
7.6
Keyboard Options
7.6
Brian Cowan
7.6
The lifetime of a computer is usually determined by its mechanical parts
− except for the obsolescence factor. There is no long-term hope for a
dead hard disc but the adept might well attempt to breathe new life into
an old keyboard. On one occasion I did ‘repair’ a keyboard upon which I
had spilled a cup of coffee. However another time, I attempted to clean
a rather grubby keyboard and I tried using some contact cleaner.
Disaster! My present inclination is to leave well alone. So what options
are there when a new keyboard is needed? Obviously an Acorn ‘spare’ can
be purchased (£125 through Archive) but this is an opportunity for a
change.
7.6
Ergo keyboard
7.6
Castle Technology have produced a PC-style replacement keyboard at an
attractive price. It is called Ergo presumably because of its ergonomic
design which claims to reduce the instances of Repetitive Strain Injury
(RSI). The keyboard has a wide leading edge to support the wrists and
the rows of keys are stepped and curved for easy finger access. At
first, I missed the bumps which the Acorn keyboards have on the F and J
keys to locate the fingers when touch typing but then I noticed the
discrete raised bars on those keys of the Ergo keyboard.
7.6
PC origins
7.6
This keyboard is clearly a standard PC keyboard which has been modified
by the addition of a small circuit board to interface to an Archimedes
computer. Also a reset button has been added and a socket for the mouse.
The keyboard claims a minimum design life of 30 million operations,
substantially more than Acorn keyboards.
7.6
The key layout follows the conventions of a PC. That will be familiar to
A4 users and it is likely that future Acorn computers will use PC
keyboards, so the Ergo keyboard is a step in the right direction.
7.6
Keyboard feel
7.6
Keyboard preference is a rather personal thing. I have never objected to
the Archimedes ones, even the rather ‘spongey’ feel of the A5000 one,
but real IBM keyboards I hate. They tend to be noisy and clumsy, and one
tends to bash them quite hard. My favourite is the keyboard attached to
DEC VT220 computer terminals. These are strong but require minimal
finger force and they also have a simulated click. However I am happy to
report that, in my view, the Ergo keyboard is almost as good. It
requires a slightly greater finger force and it has a real click. One
plus is that the lock keys have LEDs to indicate their state.
7.6
Mouse emulation
7.6
Another clever feature is emulation of the mouse action from the
keyboard. Initially, I was a little disappointed that in implementing
this, Castle did not follow the convention adopted by Acorn in the A4
portable. However, it actually makes more sense to use the keys in the
numeric keypad. Not only are up, down, left and right provided, but
using keys 7, 9, 1 and 3, you have diagonal motion as well. Then 0 gives
<select>, 5 gives <menu> and the dot gives <adjust>. What is more, other
keys can control the mouse speed and the step size. This is one of the
best mouse emulations I have seen − comparing with the A4 and IBM’s
‘wobbly key’ mouse.
7.6
Power-on
7.6
The power-on configuration options are supported whereby various CMOS
RAM settings can be altered. Thus apart from power-on [Delete] resetting
all the CMOS settings, [0] sets standard monitor, [1] sets multi-sync
monitor, [2] sets high res. mono., [3] sets VGA, [4] sets super VGA and
[5] sets LCD. These are useful to know if you want to reset the CMOS RAM
when you can’t get a picture! Castle also supply a range of foreign
language keyboard modules and these, as well as the in-built keyboard
country settings, can be activated at switch-on.
7.6
A3000 version
7.6
There is also a version of this keyboard available for the A3000. This
requires the insertion of a small circuit board under the Econet PCB.
The computer is then able to sense whether the external keyboard is
connected or not, rather as in the A4 portable.
7.6
A4
7.6
I used the Ergo keyboard with my A4 and it worked perfectly, although of
course the mouse (if used) must be connected to the keyboard and not
directly to the A4. I was surprised that the keyboard worked so well,
since I had been led to believe that you must use a PC keyboard with the
A4. However, it transpires that the A4 was designed to accept either an
Archimedes or a PC external keyboard. It senses which type is connected
and it acts accordingly. The problem that some people have reported with
Archimedes keyboards, where the mouse can ‘drop’ objects while dragging
them, happens because the computer’s polling of the keyboard can be a
bit slow. But I found no problems.
7.6
Serial Port interface
7.6
The Serial Port manufacture a PC keyboard interface which allows the
connection of a keyboard of your choice. The interface alone costs in
the region of £100, so can hardly be considered a bargain. The advantage
of that product is that it allows for the connection of a wide range of
joysticks etc. If you are a serious keyboard user, i.e. a really busy
typist, then you might wish to buy a super luxury keyboard, in which
case, the Serial Port adaptor is for you.
7.6
Other options
7.6
I understand that there are some other keyboard adaptor products under
development from other companies. We should soon see an interface which
allows a PC keyboard to be switched either to an Archimedes or to a real
PC. If you have to have a PC then this will save some desk space. It
sounds as if these adaptors will cost in the region of £50, which would
make them an attractive option even without a real PC.
7.6
Conclusion
7.6
The Ergo keyboard is a very well-made product which should last a long
time. I have been using one for about a month and I am very happy with
it. It has a robust feel and it is a delight to use. At £99 +carriage
+VAT (£128.08) for the standard model or £129 +carriage +VAT (£163.33)
for the A3000 version it is good value. A
7.6
Brian was so positive towards these new keyboards, we have done a
special deal with Castle Technology. As an introductory offer we can
sell the standard version at £105 inc VAT (normal Archive price £120)
and the A3000 version at £129 inc VAT (normal price £155).
7.6
Using RISC OS 3.1
7.6
Hugh Eagle
7.6
Star LC-10 printer driver
7.6
Rex Palmer has written in response to Mick Day’s hint in Archive 6.12
pp56-57 about using the Star LC-10. “It is, in fact, very easy to use
the ‘top bit set’ characters (called IBM set #2 by Star) contrary to the
information given in the manual. The simplest way to achieve this (and
to get all the standard characters) is to use the USA character set
(switches 2-2, 2-3, 2-4 ON) and to set switch 1-7 OFF. The £ sign, for
instance, is then character 156.
7.6
“The printer drivers supplied with RISC OS 3 no longer include the star
LC-10. The Read_Me files suggest that the nearest one should be the
Epson EX-800. This may be so for the LC10C, but the dear old monochrome
version does not support the “escape-$” codes, so the driver is not
suitable. I have written a driver for the “old” LC-10 which also matches
as many of the Acorn ‘top bit set’ characters as is possible, for the
draft printing modes.” Rex’s driver is included on the monthly disc.
7.6
RISC OS 3 Style Guide
7.6
The man I was talking to on the Apple stand at the BETT Show pointed
towards the Acorn stand and said: “Of course, we wish we had their
hardware, but their software cannot stand comparison with ours.” When I
asked him what he meant, he explained that Macintosh applications always
worked in the same way, with consistent menu structures, keyboard
shortcuts, and so on.
7.6
I don’t know enough about Macs to comment on this but, interestingly,
the January edition of Computer Shopper (which is not exactly a magazine
noted for Acorn fanaticism) contained the following statement: “The
truth is that, at the moment, no-one has succeeded in creating a good,
stable and logical operating environment (except perhaps Acorn’s RISC
OS... )” !
7.6
Wherever the truth lies, one thing I am sure of is that the standard of
useability of applications is vital to the success of a computer
platform, and a crucial part of this is the degree of consistency in
“look and feel” between different programs. Of course, complete
consistency is an impossible dream. Indeed, it is not totally desirable
because, unless developers occasionally branch out, the standard will
fossilise. If, for instance, the suppliers of Archimedes software had
stuck religiously to the RISC OS 2 standards, we would never have had 3-
dimensional icons, button bars or drag and drop. A degree of change is
therefore necessary, even if it leads to unfortunate situations such as
we have today where the standard applications supplied in the RISC OS 3
ROMs fail by a long way to match up to the current guidelines. However,
it is important that someone sets the standards, and that is exactly
what Acorn is seeking to do in the RISC OS 3 Style Guide which has
recently been published as an appendix to the Programmer’s Reference
Manual.
7.6
The stated aim of the Guide is to help developers produce applications
that make the computer easy and pleasant to use (Users with varying
levels of experience and different requirements should find applications
easy “to learn, to re-learn and to use productively.”) It describes in
quite extensive detail how this should be done, covering areas like how
to make it clear to users what options and actions are available
(through the design of dialogue boxes, menu structures, etc), how to
make messages clear and unambiguous, how to provide feedback, how to
make programs co-operate and share data with others in the multitasking
environment and, most importantly, how to make them behave in a
consistent manner. In all these matters, the Guide deals with principles
of design: it does not go into technical details or tell you how
actually to implement the design – these matters are left to the PRM
itself and the various programming language manuals.
7.6
What has changed?
7.6
There is much in the Guide that has not changed since RISC OS 2. The
main changes are in the following areas:
7.6
– the 3D option for icons and “window components” (as in the NewLook
that Acorn were distributing at Acorn World 93)
7.6
– cut and paste (like Impression) rather than the old style of cutting,
copying and moving selections as used by Edit, etc.; apparently the old
method, with the cursor independent of the marked block, confuses many
users
7.6
– the introduction of drag and drop as a method of copying and moving
(as has now been implemented in Impression Style)
7.6
– a new method of selecting fonts whereby the selection of bold or
italics are separated from the choice of the font itself (thus if a
selection contains some text in Trinity and some in Homerton and the
“italic” attribute is selected, the text will be changed to the Italic
and oblique versions of the respective fonts). (This is how Macs have
operated since day one! Ed.)
7.6
– inclusion of a “Selection” button in standard Save boxes for the user
to choose whether to save the whole file or just the selection. (The
purpose of this change is partly to overcome past confusion caused by
some programs having a Save option in the Selection menu whereas others
had a Selection option in the Save menu!)
7.6
– choosing RGB values in 100ths rather than 256ths
7.6
– iconisation of windows on the Pinboard
7.6
– the use of high resolution sprites
7.6
– some changes in the way keystrokes work when dialogue boxes are active
7.6
Points of detail
7.6
Amongst the details, I noted the following bits of good advice which
many software houses might do well to observe:
7.6
– applications should not allow document windows to be closed without
the document first being saved, even if the document is still held in
memory: it is too easy, otherwise, for the user to forget that the
document has not been saved and to lose it by switching off the computer
7.6
– closing the window of a document that has not been saved must lead to
a dialogue that offers a Save option (as well as Discard and Cancel); I
wish that DeskEdit would do this!
7.6
– applications (including games) that run outside the desktop should do
as much as possible on the desktop using standard conventions, including
things such as redefining keys and loading saved data, before taking
over the whole screen. They should also allow the user to return to the
desktop by pressing either <escape> or <f12>. Saving the state of play
should be done from the desktop by dragging to a directory display in
the usual way
7.6
– dialogue boxes should not have a Close icon: it is not clear to a user
whether any settings chosen will be implemented if he clicks on a Close
icon, so a better way of cancelling a dialogue box is via a Cancel
action button
7.6
– dialogue box choices should never be implemented until OK or some
other appropriately worded button has been clicked on (as the Guide
points out some of the dialogues in the Configure application disobey
this rule!)
7.6
– where an application offers a facility via a keyboard shortcut which
is on Acorn’s list of standard shortcuts, it must use the standard
combination. An example is the use of <f3> for save, and I see that
Impression Style no longer uses <ctrl-f3> and has now come into line
with the standard. Where a standard action is not offered, the related
key combination can be used for something else. Thus, for example,
Impression does not have an Undo facility so is allowed to use <f8> for
another purpose.
7.6
– an application should only grab a file type if they are not currently
set (i.e. it should only define Alias$@RunType_ttt, etc. if they have
not already been defined)
7.6
– applications should never automatically redefine sprites in the Wimp
pool; this is yobbish, anti-social behaviour!
7.6
– shared resources which are not eligible for inclusion in the System
application should be held, not within an individual application’s
directory structure, but inside a separate shared resource application
directory (whose name has been registered with Acorn). This must be a
good way of avoiding the proliferation of duplicated modules such as has
been happening with Computer Concepts’ RMStore directories.
7.6
Curiosities, quibbles and criticisms
7.6
The Guide says that release notes held in a separate file from the
applications !Help file should not be held within the application
directory. Why? Where should they be held? Is it intended that !App
should be held in a directory called App alongside its ReadMe file?
Surely not?
7.6
The Guide also says that an application’s !Boot file should not be
executed from within the !Run file. Again I would like to understand
why.
7.6
There is quite a lot of sensible advice about the wording used in
dialogue boxes: as well as recommending the avoidance of jargon, the
Guide also advises that action buttons should contain specific active
verbs like “Save”, “Print” or “Proceed” instead of non-specific and more
easily misunderstood words like “Yes” and “No”. Unfortunately, the
standard operating system call for popping up a message and asking for a
Yes or No answer (the SWI call “Wimp_ReportError”) only offers buttons
that say “OK” or “Cancel”. Since designing a box with your own words in
the action buttons requires rather more effort, I fear that many
programmers will, like me, continue to depart from the guidelines!
7.6
One area where I had been hoping to find a change, but was disappointed,
is the way in which the filename in a Save box is treated. If the file
has not yet been saved, the Guide prescribes that the writable icon in
the Save box must contain the default document name (e.g. “Textfile” or
“Untitled”) when the Save box is opened. This means that if I type in a
filename, then realise that the destination directory display is not
open so I move the pointer away to open it (causing the Save box to
close), when I reopen the Save box I have to type in the filename again.
This irritating feature has wasted a lot of my time in the years since I
first used RISC OS 2!
7.6
The biggest omission in my opinion is the complete lack of any
requirement for on-line Help. There is an assumption that applications
will contain “help text”, which must be placed, along with other textual
messages in a separate Messages file (to aid translation into different
languages). However, the only other references I can find are to !Help
files, which are stated to be optional! In the Windows world the on-line
context-sensitive hypertext help facilities of the major applications
(which are considerably aided by Windows’ standard Help facility) are
tremendously helpful, and I can scarcely imagine doing without them.
They are supported by data files which run sometimes to several
megabytes − even in compressed form! Perhaps this is the problem for
Acorn: because applications have to be usable on floppy-disc only
machines, such extensive help is not thought to be a realistic
proposition, even as an option. Whatever the reason, I think it is sad
that so many applications (even from leading suppliers, and even
programs bundled by Acorn) ignore this facility. It is especially a
shame because the on-line !Help application is such a good idea and is
so easy for the programmer to use.
7.6
Another curious omission is any reference in the Guide to sprite
dragging. Is this, perhaps, because even the Filer does not use this
facility? Whatever the reason, it seems very strange that such an
obvious stylistic feature (and, what is more, one where RISC OS is in
the lead) has been ignored, when great attention has been paid to things
like the size and spacing of buttons in dialogue boxes!
7.6
Conclusion
7.6
There is a lot that is included in the Guide’s 120-odd pages. Although
it is not directly relevant to non-programmers, there is plenty to
interest any user. It is written in a very readable style, is admirably
thought-provoking and I would encourage anyone who can get access to it
to read it.
7.6
The RISC OS Style Guide is available (and in stock) through Archive for
£10 inc p&p. A
7.6
Acorn User Spring Show ’94
7.6
Paul Beverley
7.6
There is a certain air of expectancy about the Spring Acorn User Show.
It seems to me that quite a lot of companies are aiming to launch new
products at this show − more than last year. We’ll do a round-up of some
of them in Archive next month but this time we’ll give you the basic
information about the show itself.
7.6
When, where and how much?
7.6
The Acorn User Spring Show ’94 will take place at the Harrogate
International Centre from 22nd to 24th April and it will be open from 10
a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. Tickets cost £5 for adults and £2.50 for under
16s. There is a family ticket (2 adults plus 2 U16s) for £13. However,
if you book tickets in advance, they will be £4, £2 and £10
respectively. For advance tickets ring 0737-814713 or write to Safesell
Exhibitions Ltd.
7.6
What?
7.6
There will, of course, be the usual array of stands where you can talk
to, and even buy from, your friendly Acorn companies but there will also
be a range of supporting events. These include a free theatre programme,
competitions, ‘surprise features’(!) and celebrity visits.
7.6
In the run-up to the Show, a competition is going to take place in which
schools can demonstrate the effective use of IT by creating a story-book
with mixed text and graphics. The winners’ entries will be on display at
the Show.
7.6
Who?
7.6
Acorn Computers themselves are supporting the show with a large stand
and your own Norwich Computer Services (Archive magazine) will, of
course, be there on stand 119! Other companies who will be taking stands
include:
7.6
Acorn Computing magazine
7.6
Acorn User magazine
7.6
Archimedes World magazine
7.6
Cambridge Software House
7.6
Castle Technology
7.6
Clares Micro Supplies
7.6
Colton Software
7.6
Computer Concepts
7.6
Digital Services
7.6
Fourth Dimension
7.6
Gamesware
7.6
Ian Copestake
7.6
Icon Technology
7.6
Illusions Disk magazine
7.6
Integrex Systems
7.6
Irlam Instruments
7.6
Krisialis Software
7.6
Lindis Technology
7.6
Longman Logotron
7.6
Oak Solutions
7.6
Oregan Software
7.6
Quill Marketing
7.6
Risc Developments
7.6
Sherston Software
7.6
Silicon Village
7.6
Simtec Electronics
7.6
Spacetech
7.6
Stallion Software
7.6
The ARM Club
7.6
The Datafile
7.6
Topologika
7.6
Vertical Twist
7.6
Wyddfa Software
7.6
Next month, I’ll give more details of some of the exciting new products
that will be on display at Acorn User Spring Show ’94. A
7.6
Education Column
7.6
Solly Ezra
7.6
I would like to begin with many thanks to those who have so far
responded to my comments in Archive 7.4 p28. The consistent emotion in
all the letters has been one of anger.
7.6
Janet Handcock of the Perse School in Cambridge says, “For respondents
from higher education and industry to comment on the irrelevance of
Acorn, when they have no in-depth knowledge of the machines or what the
teachers do with them, is outrageous!”
7.6
Christopher Price of Merton Court School refers to a series of bald and
unproven assertions based on scant evidence. He also agrees that there
is no ‘industry standard’.
7.6
Torben Steeg, University of Manchester, Department of Education, has
written to endorse my views. He says, “I think the most significant
issue is the one about fitness of purpose. The choice of a machine for
education should be made on educational grounds. One of the criteria
might relate to life after school, but even here the focus should be on
the kinds of things that students might do, not on particular platforms.
Apart from anything else, the frame of mind that sees the platform as
important will, logically, also see the package as important and here,
despite the claims of Microsoft, there is no standard even in the PC
world”.
7.6
Torben also informs us that, based on the information he has received,
he gathers that the Hong Kong stock exchange and Rolls Royce use
Archimedes computers. I agree with him that we should gather some more
examples on the use of Archimedes and Macintoshes in an attempt to break
the myth of the ‘standard’ and allow the focus of decision-making to
return to educational issues.
7.6
Whose side are you on?
7.6
I am taking sides in this issue − I am on the side of the pupils. It
matters not whether the pupil is using a computer of a particular brand
or is using a particular ‘platform’. What is vitally important is the
software available for use on that computer. The humble BBC computer
with its limited RAM did serve the pupil in school wonderfully well. The
software that was originally available for it was innovative and set the
trends. Initially, there was a plethora of games but soon there came
some admirable software that was educational in the very best sense of
the term. Further, the BBC computer was very easily adapted to control
various bits of apparatus in the science laboratory and then in other
areas of education.
7.6
Since those days, we have come a very long way. The National Curriculum
recognised the place of IT (information Technology) in the total
education of the child and thus made provision for it.
7.6
I quote from the National Curriculum:
7.6
Pupils should be able to use IT to:
7.6
Communicate and handle information.
7.6
Design, develop, explore and evaluate models of real or imaginary
situations.
7.6
Measure and control physical variables and movement.
7.6
They should be able to make informed judgements about the application
and importance of IT, and its effect on the quality of life.
7.6
The tools and resources we choose must therefore help us achieve those
aims. It is not the purpose of education to give pupils specific
training in the use of particular machines, tools or gadgets − that is
the purpose of vocational institutions, training colleges and
apprenticeships. Our aim as educators is to develop, both specific and
broad, that are transferable. To equip the child with abilities to think
logically and clearly, to be able to analyse, deduce and arrive at
balanced conclusions.
7.6
Educational Computing and Technology
7.6
Lisa Hughes, in the January issue of ECT, has written what I consider to
be a very balanced article in which she examines the issues raised in
the debate of the so-called ‘industry standards’. While Lisa seems to be
sitting on the fence with respect to platforms, she is very clearly on
the side of the pupils and teachers. She draws a distinction between
training and education and goes on to emphasize the fact that its the
software that counts.
7.6
If you are in education, you should also subscribe to ECT since it is a
magazine that has very clearly stated educational aims.
7.6
I would also recommend to you pages 284 to 289 of the January issue of
Personal Computer World.
7.6
Please do take the trouble to write to me at 35, Edgefield Avenue,
Barking, Essex IG11 9JL. A
7.6
JPEG Column
7.6
Stuart Bell
7.6
!Replay vs. MPEG
7.6
In January, I raised the question of whether Acorn’s development and
support of the technically-excellent !Replay full motion video system
would leave Acorn users at a disadvantage when the rest of the PC world
seems to be going for the MPEG standard. The advantage of !Replay is
that it can be replayed without any special hardware provision, whereas
MPEG decompression is too computationally complex to be performed only
by software.
7.6
After making those comments, I read both a review of, and advertisements
for, ReelMagic, a £400 (inc VAT) board for the PC that will decompress
in real time MPEG sequences with up to 32K colours at up to 1024×768
resolution. Most significantly, it is compatible with the new VideoCD
standard for storing games and movies on CDs. Currently, the maximum
run-time is 72 minutes. The compatibility, of course, is due to the use
of MPEG compression. When VideoCD gives full motion video of that
quality, and decompression boards have plummeted in price as most PC
products do when they become commodity items, will Acorn users be
looking enviously at the low cost of VideoCD discs, made possible by the
scale of the market?
7.6
Also, in January’s Computer Shopper (which, given the PC-obsessive
nature of PCW, is now the only true multi-platform magazine) I read that
Commodore have announced an MPEG board for the latest Amiga, using a
single-chip MPEG decoder and costing $250 in the USA. This just
underlines my point about industry standards – it’s a brave or a foolish
company which ignores them. I also note a recent advert for an MPEG
real-time compression board for PCs – Video MakerTM – from a French
manufacturer. The board also decompresses MPEG files. Perhaps the fact
that no price is quoted suggests the worse, but it does demonstrate that
single-board MPEG solutions are possible.
7.6
Is !Replay a technically-excellent but commercially out-gunned blind-
alley? We shall see – but perhaps only when it’s too late. For a
detailed but highly readable description of how MPEG works, don’t miss
the February issue of PCW − which seems to be sold on MPEG to judge by
its 1994 awards.
7.6
!ArcJpeg
7.6
Tim Twell wrote into the Archive office to report on a JPEG application
which he had downloaded from Usenet. It’s a freeware application called
!ArcJpeg which forms a front-end for the usual JPEG routines. He
comments, “The application seems to work, although it hangs badly saving
to the default IDE drive if you haven’t got one.” Thanks for the
warning, Tim!
7.6
Fractal TransformTM
7.6
Stuart Halliday sent into the Archive office information which he had
received about yet another image compression system for PC-compatibles,
Fractal TransformTM. Essentially, it stores images as the complex
formulæ of the fractals which would produce those images (I think!).
Hence, compression is a complex procedure, but the compression ratio is
very high, because the formulæ are much smaller than the data into which
they are expanded. Hardware is required for the real-time compression of
moving images, but ‘486/50s are capable of software decompression at up
to 30fps at 320×200 pixels. Compression ratios of 40:1 up to 180:1 for
still images, and disc requirements of 1.5Mb a minute for video images
are quoted. The system is like !Replay, in that it is asymetric with
software-only decompression. Typical prices for the bottom end software-
only still systems are £500 a time, with the top-of-the-range
compression board and software working out at £9,500!
7.6
It’s tempting to say that the arrival of 600Mb CDs will make data
compression redundant – but who five years ago would have predicted
that, even with the 1Gb hard discs that are relatively cheap today,
people would still want to use data compression techniques to increase
their disc capacity? As Murphy’s Law ought to say, data expands to
exceed the space available. With JPEG, MPEG, !Replay and Fractal
TransformTM offering compression ratios of 10:1 upwards (and consequent
savings in disc data transfer rates), I can never see disc capacities
being so large as to make data compression unnecessary.
7.6
Impression and JPEG
7.6
After my reference last time to the use of JPEG files in Impression
Style and Publisher, Computer Concepts got in contact again. (I’ve
always found them very helpful, even when I’ve not been wearing my
columnist’s “hat”.) They pointed out that the new Level 2 PostScript
printer driver implementation includes support for JPEG files. That is,
they can be printed out directly without needing to be decompressed
first. Now all we need is the same facility for other printer drivers,
starting with CC’s HP Turbo Drivers.
7.6
Another free disc!
7.6
With the help of various correspondents over the past few months, I’ve
now assembled quite a reasonable selection of JPEG files. I’ve put the
best (by my entirely subjective judgement) onto a disc, together with
the !FYEO decompression application. If you’d like a copy, please send a
blank formatted 800Kb disc in a jiffy bag, with a return label and
return stamp, indicating that you’d like the JPEG disc (as opposed to
the MPEG disc I offered last time), to me at 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham,
RH12 2AW. As before, no label or stamp, no disc! If you’ve never used
JPEG before, here’s an ideal introduction. To compress files into JPEG
format you will, of course, need the JPEG shareware disc (Shareware 51).
7.6
Memory speeds and performance
7.6
Last time, I commented that when using high-resolution 256 colour video
modes, the 8MHz memory speed of A300 and A400 series computers seems to
degrade overall performance to about 40% of that offered by the 12MHz
memory speed of the A5000. (The ARM250 powered A30x0 and A4000 series
are not directly comparable – but I’d be interested to receive any
comparative timings, please.) In response to my aside that when 4Mb
upgrades for A310s first became available, there was some talk of 12MHz
speed-up kits being feasible, Kevin Moore wrote to report on his
experiences: “I have succeeded in doing this on my A440, though not to
12MHz, but to 10.66MHz, mainly because you still require 8MHz for some
of the peripherals, so you have to swap the clock between 8MHz and
10.66MHz when the machine accesses the disc or printer... ...The result
was that a process which, in mode 12, took 73s at 8MHz, took 52s at
10.66MHz. In mode 28, it took 205s and 99s respectively. When you
introduce a 35MHz ARM3, the same test takes 24s and 20s respectively in
mode 12, and 53s and 23s in mode 28.” Thanks for the information,
Kevin. By my calculations, with or without an ARM3, the performance in
mode 28 shows a 50 − 60% gain. Quite an improvement!
7.6
MPEG demo-disc
7.6
Requests for the MPEG demo disc are now arriving most days. If you want
a copy of that, or of the new JPEG disc, please indicate which you want
when you write. The original JPEG disc (Shareware 51) is still available
from the Archive office.
7.6
With more and more correspondents passing on their experiences, there
may well be an MPEG column again next month. Do keep writing – and
sending me any interesting JPEG applications or images which you may
encounter or produce! A
7.6
PipeLineZ
7.6
Gerald Fitton
7.6
I have been asked to write a further article about Charts in PipeDream
and to include instructions which will enable you to draw charts using
non-consecutive rows of data. Your wish is my command! However, first a
few words about Fireworkz.
7.6
Fireworkz
7.6
There are still quite a few bugs in Fireworkz version 1.07. Some of
these are a bit ‘nasty’ in that you get the wrong answer but no error
message and nothing obviously wrong. The most worrying of these seems to
be associated with the set_value(,) function. If you use set_value(,),
make sure that your spreadsheet also includes an if(,,) function to
check if the spreadsheet is making a mistake. For example, if you have a
rectangular block of numbers, you can add the rows, add the columns and
then, using the if function, check that the sum of the added rows equals
the sum of the added columns. I recollect writing an article in Archive
about using if(,,) for checking a spreadsheet when PipeDream 4 was
causing a similar amount of consternation.
7.6
I must say that I’m surprised that version 1.08 hasn’t appeared yet but
I’m assured that it will soon. Make sure that your purchase is
registered and keep asking about your free upgrade!
7.6
Using the files on the monthly disc
7.6
Now to the Charts tutorial... Suitable files will be found on the
monthly disc together with a [ReadMe] file of the tutorial. If you use
the Archive disc then, apart from the [ReadMe] file, do not attempt to
load and run any of the other files in the PipeLineZ directory from the
master disc! This is because Colton Software’s hot linked graphics
operates by saving copies of chart files back to disc. The original file
I have included will be over written. For that reason I strongly suggest
that you work with back up copies of the files rather than the
originals.
7.6
Outline fonts
7.6
To use the PipeDream Charts facility, you will also need outline fonts.
In particular the Homerton (and maybe the Trinity) fonts must be loaded
(if in doubt, click on the !Fonts application) before you load PipeDream
to the iconbar. PipeDream cannot add fonts to its ‘private’ font list
after it (i.e. PipeDream) has been loaded to the iconbar.
7.6
If you send me a Charts application for inclusion in PipeLine, please
use only Homerton and Trinity .
7.6
General
7.6
In this tutorial, I am going to explain how you can draw multiple bar
charts using data which is not in consecutive rows. Although I shall
concentrate on bar charts, the principles can be used to draw multiple
line graphs using data which is not in consecutive rows.
7.6
Before I start, let me acknowledge that the inspiration for this article
was a problem sent to me by Peter Paddisson. It is his [Stats] file
which I am using as the data for this tutorial. I believe that the file
is the monthly rainfall somewhere in the UK, measured in inches and the
original data he sent me runs from 1888 to about 1990.
7.6
The statistics
7.6
If you have the monthly disc, double click on [Stats]. If you don’t have
the monthly disc, the picture above shows the file.
7.6
You will see that the month names are in row 2, the year names are in
column A (note that these year names are not numbers but text strings)
and the data is in the block B3M12. Peter has calculated an average in
column N.
7.6
The easiest chart
7.6
Mark the block A2M3 and then execute <ctrl-CHN> (CHart New). You will
find yourself with a chart which looks much like [Chart1888], (shown
overleaf − the only difference being that in the chart you have just
produced, all the bars are red whereas, in [Chart1888], the colours of
the bars cycle through a set of nine colours. You can ‘convert’ your
chart to one of many colours by executing the following sequence. Click
<menu> on the chart (not on the data) and a menu called Chart will pop-
up. Run the pointer through Gallery and click on Bar. In the version of
PipeDream which I have (V 4.13), there are seven types of bar chart
presented, a top row of three and a bottom row of four. Click on the
third from the left (the right most) of the bar chart types in the top
row and your bar chart will turn into one having nine differently
coloured bars.
7.6
Separated rows
7.6
Now how do you draw a bar chart for the 1889 data without including one
for the 1888 data?
7.6
Mark the block [Stats]B2M2 which contains Jan to Dec. Be careful; make
sure that you do not include either A2 or N2. I find the easiest way of
marking the block B2M2 to click <select> in B2 and click <adjust> in M2.
7.6
Execute <ctrl-CHN> to create a new chart. You will see a pop-up message
box which reminds you that there is no numeric data in the marked block.
Although there is no numeric data, you must choose to continue by
clicking on the Yes box.
7.6
Place the pointer in the new chart and click <menu>. Select
Gallery − Bar and then select the third type of bar chart from the first
row of bar charts. That is the one which gives the multi-colour bars.
Finally, click on the OK box.
7.6
Mark the block [Stats]A5M5 (note that the year is included in the slot
A5) and then execute <ctrl-CHA> (CHart Add) to add the data to the
(blank) chart. You will observe that the legend (contained as text in
slot A5) shows in the chart as year 1890.
7.6
Two sets of data on one chart
7.6
You can add a second set of data to a bar chart but, personally, I don’t
really like the result. I prefer the multiple line graph of [1888_1889]
above. The method of creating a line graph with multiple lines, adding
as many as you like, is fairly straightforward.
7.6
Mark the block B2M2 and execute <ctrl-CHN>. Click on Yes to proceed even
though there is no numeric data in the marked block. When the box
containing the Chart appears click <menu> − Bar − Line. Turn off the 3D
button, ensure that the first type of line chart has been selected (the
one at the top left) and click on OK.
7.6
Now you can mark any row such as the 1889 results in A4M4 and execute
<ctrl-CHA> to draw the line graph for that year’s data.
7.6
If you mark a block such as A6M9 to include three year’s data then you
will draw three lines at once (all in different colours)!
7.6
In conclusion
7.6
If you do have any problems with creating the Chart you want, then, like
Peter, please send me a disc file of typical data and an indication of
the many things you’ve tried that didn’t work. It does save me
considerable time and allows me to send you back a reply which uses your
data and a chart in the format you want. A
7.6
Genesis/Magpie Column
7.6
Paul Hooper
7.6
Optima Resources
7.6
In my review of Optima (Archive 6.9 p58) I mentioned the resource packs
that would accompany this package. These packs are complete in
themselves and you do not require Optima to run them but access to
Optima will enable you to alter them. The packages are ‘Hairy Maclary’,
‘Scattercat’, ‘Our World in Space’ and ‘Words and Pictures’ and I have
now had a chance to run all four of them with three different groups of
children. All the packs come with the minimum packaging of a plastic bag
and an A5 pamphlet manual and most packs come with two copies of the
program, one on a single HD disc for the newer machines and also on two
800Kb discs for the rest.
7.6
Hairy Maclary and Scattercat
7.6
Both of these are based on the excellent books by Lynley Dodd and the
pack includes the relevant hardback book. Each Optima page includes a
scanned picture from the book and the text from the facing book page.
Each sentence is a sound sample and can be activated by clicking on the
sentence. The voice is a little soft in a noisy classroom but could be
replaced by another if you have Optima.
7.6
Using the programs with reception and year 1 pupils (5 − 6 year olds) in
pairs, it was interesting to watch how they used them. Most decided to
read the book and then have their reading confirmed by clicking on the
sentences. Difficult words were clicked on to hear the word and many
were disappointed that they got the whole sentence. Yet the fascination
of the computer speaking the story kept them enthralled. I also took
this to my local playgroup with pre-readers. They adopted a completely
different strategy, following the pages on the screen along with the
book and letting the computer do the reading.
7.6
Both packs are available from NW SEMERC priced at £18 including the hard
copy of the book and represent excellent value for money. (Add £3 p&p
+VAT to those prices.)
7.6
Our World in Space
7.6
This is an update of the space program on the Optima examples disc, but
it has grown to 1100Kb. It now includes not only ‘Our Solar System’ but
also man in space, the stars, the discovery of space and a quiz. The
layout and graphics are excellent and the presentation of information is
stimulating and encourages you to explore more. Sound samples are used
sparingly but to good effect, with the famous “The Eagle has landed”
phrase, along with some demonstrations of the Doppler effect.
7.6
The group of eight and nine year olds that tried it had to be prised
loose from the computer and then went on to explore the topic in books.
Again, it is good value for money at £15 with plenty of space left on
the disc to expand the program. (Add £3 p&p +VAT from NW SEMERC.)
7.6
Words and Pictures
7.6
This program is about basic word recognition. The first part presents
you with a picture and the written word along with a sound sample.
Having worked through the word list, you are then presented with three
pictures, a written word and the sound sample and you have to select the
correct picture. The basic idea sounds quite good but the implementation
leaves a lot to be desired. The word list seems to have been selected on
a fairly arbitrary basis to match the pictures available. The sound
samples are occasionally unclear, and are played before the page is
opened, so that you get the sound ‘ball’ when on screen is a picture of
an apple! Then the page with the ball picture opens.
7.6
If you are trying to encourage written word recognition, it seems rather
pointless to play the sample of the word and present the child with a
choice of three pictures. All that happens is the child listens to the
word and then selects the correct picture without looking at the written
word. Although this is again reasonably priced at £15, it would be a lot
easier to make up your own application based around your own reading
scheme. (Add £3 p&p +VAT.)
7.6
The future of Genesis
7.6
Having just returned from a hectic day at BETT, I thought I would try
and set out what is happening to Genesis. Genesis Plus is to be replaced
by Genesis Project, Genesis 2 will become Genesis Professional and new
version of Genesis for the Apple Macintosh will join the PC version.
There is also to be a top-end version called Genesis SDK which will
include cross-platform capability to produce applications on all three
machines.
7.6
So far as I can gather, the availability schedule is:
7.6
Genesis Project: Mid March
7.6
Genesis Professional: Mid March
7.6
Genesis SDK: Summer
7.6
Genesis for Windows: Out Now
7.6
Genesis for Mac: Summer
7.6
I had an opportunity to play with Professional, and noted that the user
interface had been improved and you now have the ability to define
master pages and also frame styles. Text can be in any colour on 3D
buttons and frames. Re-ordering of frames on a page has been made easier
but perhaps the biggest enhancement is the turbo-loading system which
will enhance the speed of page loading. More data types can be imported
into Genesis − Artworks is now supported along with Replay and even BMP
files from the PC. There will be upgrade paths for existing users with a
charge of about £60 to upgrade from Genesis 2 to Professional.
7.6
Professional does certainly bring Genesis up-to-date with a much
friendlier feel and as soon as I can get hold of a copy, I will do a
review.
7.6
(If anyone wants a copy of Genesis Professional (£120 +VAT = £141) at a
reduced cost, we have some copies of Genesis II on special offer at £55
which can be upgraded to Professional for £60 +VAT = £70.50. So by
buying one of these now, you save £15.50 overall, pay out only £55
initially, have a copy of Genesis II to work on and are able to pay the
rest from next year’s budget! We only have five copies left, so please
ring the Archive office if you want to book one of them. Ed.)
7.6
The future of Magpie
7.6
Magpie already includes the ability to use Replay but from what I
gathered around the Longman stand, I think there will be a new version
of Magpie released sometime around the middle of the year. I don’t have
any details but I don’t think it is too late to influence the upgrade.
So if there is anything you would like to see Longman incorporate, you
should write to them straight away.
7.6
Hints and tips
7.6
One of the problems with third party hardware is that it doesn’t always
conform to a set standard. HCCS’s Vision digitiser produces excellent
results that can be imported straight into Genesis but if you try to
load the same sprite into Magpie, the colours are wrong. The problem is
that HCCS use a non-standard palette to achieve the results. To overcome
this, load the sprite into Paint and go to the Edit option. If you open
the submenu, you will see that the palette option is ticked. Click on
this to remove the tick and then save the resulting sprite straight into
Magpie. The colours won’t be completely correct but they will be a lot
nearer than before.
7.6
Both Magpie and Genesis can be made reactive to user input and the use
of these features can make an application more rewarding. In one of the
applications I have written, I required the user to click on a box and
then be rewarded the user in some way. On a Magpie page, you set up the
box was set up and, over the top, create a text frame with ‘Well Done!’
in it. Then change to the button tool and click on the text frame and
select ‘Hide and reveal on Mouse click.’ Save the page and then, when
you click on the box, the reward will pop up. The Magpie application on
this month’s disc is taken from WIMP Tutor and demonstrates this well.
7.6
With the added flexibility of Genesis, much more is possible, including
a fully interactive quiz. GenLib contains a button called ‘Radio3’
which, when dropped onto a page, provides three radio type icons which
have a word frame associated with them. Write your question at the top
of the page and alter the word frames to three alternative answers. Next
create a frame after the answers, indicating which answer is correct as
in the picture below. Save your page and then call up the script file
and alter the three Correct/Wrong frames so that they are called Right,
Mis1 and Mis2 instead of the date. Also, alter FGCOL to the same colour
as your background. In this example, it will be FGCOL 1. Now add the
following five lines to the three frames labelled Button 1-3 just before
the END FRAME command:
7.6
ON SELECT BEGIN
7.6
SET FGCOL OF “Right” TO 11
7.6
SET FGCOL OF “Mis1” TO 1
7.6
SET FGCOL OF “Mis2” TO 1
7.6
END
7.6
In this case, the answer is correct and the frame Right has the text
turned from FGCOL 1 (grey) to FGCOL 11 (red). You will need to alter the
values of FGCOL for the other two frames. An example of a Genesis
interactive quiz is on this month’s disc.
7.6
A challenge for Genesis
7.6
Following on from the above, I would like to see if anyone can solve a
problem that it took me a few months to crack. Taking the above quiz
page, can you place a box on each of the pages that keeps a running
total of the score that you have got in the quiz? A score box on one
page is easy, but how do you keep the variable from page to page? I
suppose I should offer some sort of prize, but as a poor hard up
student... (Would half a dozen Archive mugs be any good as an incentive?
Ed.)
7.6
The Swap Shop
7.6
We have added another three applications to the Swap Shop, all
historical. One is on the Black Death of 1340s, one on the Great Fire of
London and one on the Plague of 1665. These are complete applications
with many good graphics and sound effects. All are Genesis format at the
moment but will be converted to Magpie fairly soon. If you require a
copy of the latest catalogue just send me a blank disc along with the
return postage. By the time you read this, I hope to have sent out a
copy of the new catalogue to all the people who have sent me
applications in the past year.
7.6
The End Bit
7.6
If you have any queries or questions about either program or if you just
want to send me examples of your applications then send them to: Paul
Hooper, 11 Rochford Road, Martham, Great Yarmouth, Norfolk, NR29 4RL.
(0493-748474) A
7.6
ArtWorks Column
7.6
Trevor Sutton
7.6
I am pleased to say that, as was hoped, this column is written using
Impression Style and I am finding it to be a pleasant improvement on
previous Impressions. As an ArtWorker, I suppose it was inevitable that
I should like the tool bar. However, I must avoid the temptation to
write a review, perhaps just mentioning Style’s relationship with AW.
7.6
Style & ArtWorks
7.6
As with the later versions of Impression, Style accepts AW files and the
familiar WYSIWYG knob appears as an icon, allowing access to a menu
offering different qualities of displayed image. I am not feeling the
benefit of this at the moment as my old AKF18 has broken and I am using
an AKF17 which becomes unbearable after a while. I don’t care what
people say about the AKF18, I want mine back!
7.6
What is interesting − and perhaps news to some people − is that
drawfiles can be anti-aliased from Style. TIFF images can also be
loaded.
7.6
Perhaps the most useful feature is the facility known as OLE − Object
Linking & Embedding. What this means for an AW drawing is that holding
down <ctrl> and double-clicking on the drawing in a Style document will
load it into AW. It can then be saved back into the frame by clicking on
OK in the save window of AW.
7.6
One thing which needs examination is the quality of printout from any AW
files which include sprites. As described below, there seems to be a
problem with the current version of AW as Steve Ellacott describes and I
have subsequently tested.
7.6
Sprites, printing and AW
7.6
The reproduction of small sprites on a 300dpi laser printer (using HP
Laserjet emulation, although my printer is actually a Brother) is very
poor when printed from AW 1.12 with the default settings. Our church
logo contains a fairly detailed monochrome sprite which is scaled to a
small size. Although one cannot expect very good reproduction at 300dpi,
all other applications (including Impression) produce reasonable
results. However, the output from AW is disastrous. The problem appears
to be that the mapping to the target printer resolution (from the
separations submenu on the Print dialogue box) is hopelessly
conservative. My experiments so far indicate that the best results can
be obtained by setting this to be 3 to 4 times the actual resolution but
not an exact multiple. If it is an exact multiple, or if it is too high,
lines appear on the image. 1000 seems to be a good starting point for a
300 dpi printer. However, the best choice is probably dependent on the
actual sprite and the scaling involved, so experimentation is likely to
be required. I enclose some printouts of my experiments.
7.6
While experimenting with this I also uncovered another bug. If the AW
window does not have the input focus (e.g. if you have just finished a
print), but you try to change the “Print This Ink” icon, an
unrecoverable error occurs.
7.6
Thanks Steve. This is another of the irritating little problems which
committed bug hunters have found.
7.6
The problem of printing sprites from AW is altogether more serious and I
have experimented after getting similarly poor results.
7.6
The problem is, I feel, that the aspect ratio of a sprite cannot be
maintained in vector graphic programs like Draw and AW without using the
magnify option in Draw or the Scale option in AW. This becomes very
fiddly when you want the sprite to fit into a particular space. In
Impression, you would simply make a frame and fit to that frame
retaining the aspect ratio.
7.6
I tried several prints to a Canon BJ-10SX and the results from
Impression were far better than those from AW which showed white
horizontal and vertical lines when the sprite was reduced in size. (I
remember when Ovation did this !)
7.6
The very worst results were achieved (if achievement it be) when the
sprite was loaded into Draw and subsequently saved as a drawfile. This
is a recommendation from certain software applications.
7.6
Well, I suppose I should send this information to CC, but one would hope
that they just might read the column. Instead, I make a plea for some
research. Please, try out prints from AW containing sprites, some
resized and saved as drawfiles printed to different printers and perhaps
even using Turbo Drivers. I believe that this is a problem with AW and
not the printer drivers.
7.6
Let me know how you get on − maybe the next version will have it sorted.
7.6
Well, that’s the technical stuff out of the way. I was delighted with
the response to Mike Charlton’s contribution on tessellation. His love
of the isometric grid and his desperation with AW prompted the following
response from Richard Lyszkowski...
7.6
Isometric grid for AW
7.6
I was most interested to read your article in Archive 7.2 p23, regarding
the absence of an isometric grid facility in AW. I too found that
absence frustrating but got round it, to some extent, by creating an
isometric grid of my own and placing it in a background layer. Isometric
drawings could then be created using the grid as a guide. The main
problem was the slowness of redrawing the grid and the continual need to
go to 4000% enlargement to ensure accuracy. I have sent in a copy of my
AW grid which could go on the Archive monthly disc.
7.6
Your article, however, prompted further thought on the matter. My
problem was: how can I retain the grid lock and obtain an isometric grid
too?
7.6
This simple example shows how it can be done:
7.6
1) Open an AW window and view and lock the grid.
7.6
2) Draw a square with edges parallel to the edges of the AW window.
7.6
3) Draw its top-left to bottom-right diagonal.
7.6
4) Group the square and diagonal.
7.6
5) Choose the Rotate tool and rotate the square through 45° about its
centre.
7.6
6) Choose the Scale tool and change the aspect ratio to 57.735%. (The
‘exact’ % value would be given by 100 divided by the square root of 3.)
7.6
7) Scale the object by 1.224744871. (The ‘exact’ value is the square
root of 1.5) The effect of this scaling is to make the isometric grid
spacing the same that of the original square grid.
7.6
8) Further rotations through 60°, 90° or −30° may be desirable,
depending on how your original was created.
7.6
I have included some simple examples in a drawfile (on the monthly disc)
to show the results of some of my experiments (with Draw).
Interestingly, the Draw version of the isometric grid, appears to be
more accurate than the AW version, despite the acceptance of more
significant figures by the latter application! No doubt someone can
explain. (Has some accuracy been sacrificed in the quest for speed?)
7.6
The process is also easier to carry out in Draw, though obviously
unnecessary in that application.
7.6
I have included a couple of fairly boring doodles which I made with the
assistance of the grid. As you will doubtless notice, the AW files were
the results of my efforts in October, 1992 − I’ve progressed somewhat
since then, but confess to still finding Draw much easier to use than
AW.
7.6
Some final thoughts relating to the square-to-isometric transformation.
It means that M.C.Escher drawings will now be possible... provided, that
is, you think that my suggestion should be passed on! And yes, it would
be better if AW already had an isometric grid facility. Wouldn’t it be
good to be able to generate any regular grid system, to which a grid
lock could be applied? Imagine all the tessellations which would then be
possible!
7.6
Thanks Richard. I welcome these mathematical applications of AW. I am a
bit of a chaos man myself and I’ve just found a way of converting
recursive, basic procedures into drawfiles. Drop these into AW, colour
them in and send them to the Royal Academy! Richard’s files are
available on the Archive monthly disc.
7.6
Coda
7.6
Mike has promised me some Celtic Knot Artworking and I promise an
interesting article soon from a friend who has used AW in drawing from
life. A glass of water on the computer bench, sketched by mouse and
subsequently manipulated. Now that’s art! A
7.6
Richard Hallas
7.6
This month’s DTP Column takes the form of a detailed look at Computer
Concepts’ WordWorks package and a shorter comparison with Risc
Developments’ Desktop Thesaurus.
7.6
WordWorks
7.6
WordWorks is a new multi-purpose hypertext system from Computer
Concepts. Its main use is as a dictionary and thesaurus package but, in
fact, it has a much wider scope than just these two applications. Its
launch has been rather overshadowed by the fact that it is bundled free
with Impression Style (and Publisher, when it appears). However, it is
available separately as a stand-alone product, and in this review, I
want to look at it on its own merits and in comparison with Risc
Developments’ Desktop Thesaurus, which itself has recently undergone a
fairly major upgrade.
7.6
The package
7.6
When you buy it as a separate package, you get WordWorks in a very
attractive cardboard box presented in just the same style as a Collins
dictionary – even down to the name ‘Collins’ emblazoned on the lid. The
implication is, therefore, that it is just a dictionary and thesaurus,
as stated on the box. However, it has the potential to be a lot more
than this, and even now it acts as a very comprehensive help system for
Impression Style and, indeed, itself.
7.6
The box contains four discs, a registration card and an eight-page
manual which is very nicely presented but hardly necessary, as the
software is both easy to use and self-documenting. Use as a help system
is a primary purpose of WordWorks: Impression Style and WordWorks both
have a ‘Help’ item at the bottom of their main menus, leading to various
choices. The help file supplied with WordWorks contains full
instructions on its use, along with electronic copies of the printed
text in the real Collins Gem Dictionary and Thesaurus. In fact, it’s all
very much more detailed than the printed manual.
7.6
The installation process is simple: just insert a disc, double-click on
!Install, and follow the instructions − very straightforward and
friendly. Although you can designate the location of WordWorks, the bulk
of the application is actually stored in the !System directory: the
WordWorks application is actually just a front to the more general
HyperView application (which is what you see if you look deep inside
!System). I found this approach a little confusing, but also, the
version of the program I received for review, version 1.04, adds an
‘information i’ icon to the iconbar rather than the WordWorks dictionary
icon shown in the filer window and in the manual − but that’s only a
small point.
7.6
In use
7.6
Once this initial confusion has passed, WordWorks is a doddle to use. If
you’re using it from Impression, then to load it you have to do no more
than choose ‘Thesaurus’ from the spelling menu, or choose one of the
help options. Otherwise, double-click on the icon as normal. A window
opens showing the hypertext files currently in use: this will normally
be the Collins GEM Thesaurus and Dictionary, but if you have chosen a
help option, it will be the appropriate page of a help file instead.
7.6
The top of the window contains an area into which you can type a word or
phrase. WordWorks will intelligently try to remove the ending from the
word or phrase and attempt to look up the root word. If it can’t find a
root word, WordWorks will use ‘inverted dictionaries’ to find out if the
word occurs in the dictionary or thesaurus, and will present a list of
records in which the word appears. If you are using Impression, simply
highlighting a word or phrase in your text will send it to WordWorks
automatically. Actually, I personally find this a bit of a nuisance: as
soon as you make any kind of selection in Impression, it’s immediately
transferred to WordWorks (if its window is open). It’s possible to turn
this feature off but then you have to type in the words by hand. I’d
like the ability to send a word to WordWorks simply by pressing a hot
key − but again, it’s a fairly minor point.
7.6
Once a find is displayed in the WordWorks window, it is possible to
highlight a word and then double-click on it with <select> to look it up
in WordWorks, or double-click on it with <adjust> to transfer it to
whatever application has input focus. (The Replace button has the same
effect.) If that happens to be Impression, everything happens instantly
and intelligently, with any selected region being replaced by the
word(s) appropriately capitalised. With other applications, the solution
is a little less satisfactory: WordWorks effectively types out the text
for you, and you can see it appearing character by character at the
caret. A direct transfer would have been better but, presumably, this
must not have been possible.
7.6
A related irritation is that WordWorks will not accept a text file
dragged to it as input. For programs such as Edit or Ovation which do
not communicate with it directly, it would be nice to be able to
highlight a word and save it as a selection into WordWorks. However, if
you try this, WordWorks simply ignores the file, and you have to type in
your word or phrase manually.
7.6
Presentation
7.6
The above niggles are slightly annoying if you are trying to use
WordWorks with any program other than Impression but, in all other
respects, WordWorks operates very quickly and intuitively, and it
searches through its multiple dictionaries with commendable speed. The
presentation of the main window is very good, and looks just like a
printed dictionary. Multiple outline fonts are used just as in the
printed Collins counterparts, and it is possible to set the heading and
body fonts which WordWorks uses, along with the font size.
7.6
It is possible to resize the windows up to full screen size, and the
text will reformat itself to fit. You can have multiple views open at
once, and saving your choices will record the position and size of the
windows. You can even save out entire entries along with their styles,
in the format used by Impression.
7.6
Although the Collins dictionaries themselves do not make use of
‘hotlinks’ (you can click on any word in the window and WordWorks will
try to look it up) the help files all do. Hotlinks take the form of
coloured text which, when double-clicked, will take you to the relevant
page. Again this is extremely fast and easy to use, and the ‘Back’
button at the top of the window makes it very easy to return to the page
from which you came. (There is also a History menu, which lists the last
32 entries you viewed, and browse buttons which let you move backwards
and forwards through the file a page at a time.)
7.6
To summarise, then, it is important to remember that WordWorks is not
just a dictionary and thesaurus, but a full-blown hypertext system with
hotlinks. As such, it is extremely powerful − more so than it first
appears. For instance, the entry on WordWorks’ hyper dictionaries in the
Glossary informs us that the files may contain not only text with
hotlinks but also graphics, sound and movie clips. In fact, the program
is not yet capable of incorporating these, but it will be at some future
stage. This has very important implications − it potentially makes
WordWorks the ideal retrieval system for CD-ROM, and the potential is
obviously there for some very exciting applications indeed. (I’d dearly
like to see the PRM in WordWorks format, for example.) (And what about
the NIV Bible? Ed.)
7.6
Considering that every owner of the new versions of Impression (and in
practice that should mean virtually every Impression user) will get a
free copy of WordWorks, and the fact that WordWorks retails separately,
it seems likely that WordWorks will become a standard information
retrieval system on RISC OS. It is to be hoped that other manufacturers
will support it, as I think it is potentially the best such system I
have seen, although without reference to a version which can incorporate
graphics and sound, it is difficult to make the conclusion for certain
at this stage.
7.6
Incidentally, Computer Concepts is looking at the possibility of doing
foreign-language versions of the WordWorks dictionaries which could be
of interest to many users. WordWorks is excellent value if bought alone,
but considering it is free with the Impression upgrade (which is
cheaper), there is little excuse not to get a copy. I sincerely hope
that applications from publishers other than Computer Concepts will make
use of its facilities in future.
7.6
Desktop Thesaurus
7.6
Version 1.23 of the Desktop Thesaurus has just appeared, and I thought
it would be useful to have a look at it alongside WordWorks to see how
they compare. This product is, of course, a dedicated thesaurus, and a
much simpler program overall than WordWorks. It has been reviewed before
in various magazines, but to present a brief resumé, a single window
contains a word list on the left and a list of ‘finds’ on the right,
with an area at the bottom for you to enter words.
7.6
The major new addition to version 1.23 is that it now shows antonyms as
well as synonyms. The program contains 17½ thousand keywords and nearly
200,000 synonyms and antonyms. In the finds portion of the window, the
synonyms are listed with blue labels next to them stating whether they
are nouns, verbs, etc., and now the same window also shows the antonyms
listed after the synonyms, and with red rather than blue labels.
7.6
In use, the thesaurus is very straightforward: it is directly supported
by several applications, namely Ovation, EasiWriter, TechWriter and
Wordz. Pressing a hot key in any of these applications will call up the
thesaurus for the word at the caret, or you can simply type in a word as
normal. Happily, unlike WordWorks, it is possible to save a selected
word from a text editor into the thesaurus so you don’t have to type it
again. Transferring text back into an application, though, works just
like WordWorks: the thesaurus types it for you at the caret. The fact
that both programs use this method rather implies that a more direct
transfer method is not possible.
7.6
Apart from the addition of antonyms, the Desktop Thesaurus works just as
before. Clicking on a word in the finds window looks it up, and you can
scroll through the list of available words on the left until you find
the one you want. A ‘Previous’ button steps back through the words you
have found so far, and a ‘Root’ button takes you back to your initial
word.
7.6
Conclusions
7.6
I have always found the Desktop Thesaurus very convenient and easy to
use, and the addition of antonyms is certainly worth having. WordWorks
is every bit as good in its rôle of thesaurus, but it does not display
any antonyms. In fact, for a straight thesaurus package, I slightly
prefer Desktop Thesaurus to WordWorks: its display is a bit easier to
use at a glance (with the helpful labels to the left of the synonyms and
antonyms), and it operates on the hot key method which I prefer.
However, there is, of course, no associated dictionary with meanings,
and the text included is not from an ‘official’ reference book.
7.6
As an overall product, WordWorks itself is of course first class, and I
think it has a great many potential uses above and beyond its current
scope of dictionary, thesaurus and help system. I certainly enjoy having
an electronic dictionary available at my fingertips, and I hope that its
potential for presenting all kinds of references, including
illustrations, is exploited to the full in the future.
7.6
Before WordWorks came out, I had expected to be looking at two similar
products, but in fact they are completely different. Desktop Thesaurus
is just a thesaurus, but a particularly easy-to-use one, whereas
WordWorks (the name says it all) is a hypertext system to beat off all
comers. If I had to choose between the two I would go for WordWorks but,
as a thesaurus, Desktop Thesaurus is extremely convenient to use, is
directly supported by several applications, and I wouldn’t want to be
without it. Its new antonym display is also handy. I’m just glad I’ve
got both!
7.6
Information
7.6
WordWorks costs £39 +VAT from Computer Concepts (£43 through Archive).
It is also bundled free with Impression Style (£99 +VAT or £107 through
Archive), and the Impression to Impression Style upgrade (£29 +VAT from
CC). Desktop Thesaurus costs £19 +£1.70 p&p +VAT from Risc Developments
or £23 through Archive. A
7.6
DTP Column
7.6
Mijas
7.6
New
7.6
PD Column
7.6
David Holden
7.6
Licenceware
7.6
You may have seen references to this ‘new’ method of selling software,
often linked with PD libraries as if it were a modified form of
Shareware. Don’t be fooled − Licenceware has nothing to do with PD or
Shareware. Indeed, the very concept is the antithesis of the Shareware
principle.
7.6
The basic idea of Shareware is that potential users should not be caught
in the trap set by all commercial software. There is no way that you can
seriously evaluate ‘normal’ software until you have parted with your
money. This usually means that unless you are prepared to repeat the
exercise (and part with more money) with every similar program that is
available, you become committed to the first one that you try. If you
subsequently discover that it doesn’t suit your purpose or has features
that make it of little use, or you simply don’t like it, it is most
unlikely that the company that sold it to you will give you your money
back!
7.6
With Shareware, you don’t pay a penny until you are satisfied that the
program is what you want. This has far-reaching consequences I shall
enlarge upon at another time, but the most obvious is that if there are
several programs that just might be suitable, you can try them all, at
negligible cost, and only pay for the one you actually want.
7.6
Back to Licenceware... The idea of this is that instead of the ‘try
before you buy’ principle of Shareware, the program is distributed by a
‘licensed’ Library who then pay a percentage of the price to the author.
I may be missing something but that sounds exactly like commercial
software to me. There are certain advantages − the program will be sold
at a very low price because the distribution costs are so low and
because it will normally be a simple disc with no fancy packaging and
advertising overhead − but really it is just budget commercial software.
The only connection with PD or Shareware is that it is normally
distributed through the same network but, as with most software, it’s
‘pay now, try later’.
7.6
Please don’t misunderstand my position, I have nothing against
Licenceware. In fact, I’m very much in favour of it. It’s a good method
of distributing low cost software, but I do object to it being linked
with Shareware as if it were a variation on that system − which it
clearly is not.
7.6
The origins
7.6
Licenceware, in its present form, started with Amiga and Atari PD
libraries. The main reason for this is that the owners of these machines
are not so sophisticated as Archimedes users (no correspondence from
irate Amiga/ST owners on this, please) and often ‘forget’ to register
for Shareware programs, especially games. The method is therefore a good
way of ensuring that the programmer receives some reward for his work.
7.6
It has never gained a foothold in the PC world where there is so much
excellent Shareware. The people who seem most eager to sing the praises
of Licenceware would appear to be ‘failed’ Shareware authors. I accept
there is some justification for Licenceware where games programs are
concerned because registrations are often rather thin, but I’m not so
sure that it is a good thing for more serious programs.
7.6
“Shareware doesn’t work”
7.6
This is something I have been told by people who have been unsuccessful
with Shareware that they have written and who, perhaps, are now trying
to jump on the Licenceware bandwagon. They don’t seem to realise that
there are major corporations who exist upon Shareware − companies like
Magee Enterprises, Trius and many others, most of whom are larger than
any producing Archimedes software.
7.6
Since Shareware is ‘try before you buy’, this means that if users don’t
like what they are ‘trying’, they won’t ‘buy’, i.e. they won’t register.
When Shareware programs don’t seem to produce much in the way of
registrations it may not be that users are too dishonest to register,
but just that they didn’t like the program. If authors cripple certain
functions in an effort to ‘force’ users to register, this only makes the
situation worse.
7.6
Good documentation and a straightforward user interface are vital
because you must convince the potential user in the shortest possible
time that your program is worthwhile. A commercial program has the
immense advantage that the user has already paid for it and will be
reluctant to give up and admit that it was a bad purchase. Even more
than with other types of software, a moderately competent Shareware
program that is simple to use and with good documentation will get more
registrations than a really powerful program which is not so easy to
‘get into’.
7.6
CIA World Map
7.6
This, with John Kortink’s desktop viewing program, was reviewed in
Archive 7.4 p31 and several people have asked me if I could supply a
copy. As there is obviously a lot of interest, I have decided to make it
this month’s special offer, despite its huge size. When de-arc’ed, it
takes about 14Mb of hard disc space. The version reviewed requires even
more than this because of the installation method used but I have
written my own installation program so it does not need any extra space.
This also permits you to install only part of the data if you don’t have
enough room for the full program.
7.6
This is a fairly massive amount of data and can be supplied on six 1.6Mb
discs or eleven 800Kb discs. My ‘special offer’ price to Archive readers
will be £7.50 for the 1.6Mb version or £9 on 800Kb discs.
7.6
As regular readers will be aware, I usually insist that these offers are
for the period covered by that issue of the magazine only and I will not
accept requests for ‘back issues’. However, because not everyone will be
interested in the CIA World Map and because the offer I made in the
January issue has proved quite popular, I shall extend it for the period
of this issue as well. Another reason for this extension is because, as
you may remember, this offer was for either two 800Kb discs or one 1.6Mb
disc containing versions of all six winning programs in the APDL/Archive
competition. As all ‘profits’ go towards extra payments for other worthy
entries and prizes for the next competition, I am quite happy to extend
it.
7.6
A special thanks to the many people who sent more than the £2 requested
for these discs and asked that I add the surplus to this fund. You can
contact me at 39 Knighton Park Road, Sydenham, London, SE26 5RN. A
7.6
ArcSimp − Electronic Simulation
7.6
Ian Williamson
7.6
This article is about an unusual application: a simulation program for
the Acorn Archimedes, written by Mijas Software. It is available in two
basic versions: analogue and digital, and also as mixed analogue/
digital. It is available at two levels of size and complexity:
Education/Hobby and Professional.
7.6
ArcSimp Analogue can be used to simulate physical phenomena, mechanical
and electrical, and thus enable the study of control systems,
demonstrate the laws of mechanics, and display mathematical functions.
ArcSimp Digital can be used to study logic gates and simple digital
controls. With suitable I/O hardware ArcSimp can be used to control
models and other systems and display external events.
7.6
As an electronics engineer, I believe there is a very great need for
good, or indeed any, circuit analysis programs to run on the Archimedes.
(I used to use a very good program, Analyser II, which could run on a
BBC Model B, but that was not supported, or translated to the
Archimedes, as Number One Systems have shifted their allegiance to the
PC.) Thus I have been on the lookout for suitable electronic circuit
analysis programs for some time, and I am interested to see whether
Richard Torrens’ Electronic CAD series evolves beyond PCB layout. (In
the meantime, we have received a review by Bevis Peters of OakLogic, a
digital simulation program. I’ll publish it next month. Ed.)
7.6
Having said that, I should point out at this stage that ArcSimp is
neither an analysis nor synthesis program for electronic circuits. It
does not start at the component level (transistors, resistors,
capacitors etc), but starts at the “black box” level (gain blocks,
gates, integrators etc) and calculates the behaviour of the model in the
time domain, not the frequency domain. Whilst it may be considered that
the model is somewhat idealised, that is to some extent true of even the
most powerful analysis programs (e.g. Super-Compact, Spice), and the
skill of the modeller is to construct a sufficiently realistic model by
incorporating stray parasitics, non-linearities etc. Nevertheless,
ArcSimp is a very powerful and flexible simulation program that can give
a valuable insight into what is happening in a system, and I regard it
as an important addition to the Archimedes applications.
7.6
Versions reviewed
7.6
Educational/Hobby Digital Gate Simulator, version 3.01, 1st Nov 1993.
This is the Digital Only version: maximum number of functions/gates 50.
7.6
Professional Analogue Simulator, version 3.01, 1st Nov 1993. This is the
most comprehensive version. Supposedly, the Professional version has no
limit to the number of function blocks/gates other than the computer
memory but according to the Info menu, the limit was set at 60 functions
and 30 graphics − this limit can be changed by editing the last line of
the !Run file. The Digital Gate option had been added, and the User
Function option was available.
7.6
Educational/Hobby Analogue Simulator, version 3.05, 30th Dec 1993. This
version supports maximum number of 50 functions and 30 graphics. The
Digital Gate option had been added. This copy was sent to me by Mijas
after I had made a number of criticisms of version 3.01, and it
incorporated some of my suggestions.
7.6
ArcSimp is RISC OS compliant and runs under RISC OS2 or 3 on any
Archimedes with 1Mb of RAM, although it was run on an A420 with ARM 3
and 4Mb RAM for the purposes of this review. As it happens, my
Archimedes is also fitted with the new Acorn FPA chip, but with the
simple models I ran, I was not able to determine whether this made any
difference to the running of ArcSimp, which has 64 bit floating point
accuracy and uses a well-proven integration algorithm.
7.6
Functional blocks available
7.6
The Digital version has two and three input AND, NAND, OR, NOR and XOR
gates, and a NOT gate. CMOS and TTL gate types are provided: you can
select either type for the whole simulation from the iconbar menu but
you cannot mix types within a simulation. I think the digital gate types
should be extended to include ECL. Furthermore, I think you should be
able to mix gate types, because that can happen in a real system, but it
would mean that you would have to select the gate type for every gate,
so perhaps that ought to be a feature of the Professional version. Any
of the ArcSimp analogue blocks can be included and a number of these are
provided: sine and random function generators, summer, delay, time
constant. Two types of input and output blocks are provided: Boolean
function, type boolf, which change between logic 0 and logic 1, and true
input and output blocks which read and write data and thus enable
communication with other programs and the real world.
7.6
The Analogue version has 36 functions − too many to list here. Input and
output function are also provided to enable communication with other
programs. The list of available functions will be extended as requested
by users who will receive a free upgrade when their suggestion is
incorporated. My suggestions are…:
7.6
Attenuator: basically a gain block with gain less than 1. Incidentally,
it would be useful to have the option to define some of the amplitude
parameters in dBs rather than numerical values. Peak Envelope Detector
and Phase Sensitive Detector: these would be useful for plotting the
amplitude and phase versus frequency of a system (Bode plot). Phase
Shifter: phase angle of sine waves can be advanced or retarded by a
phase shifter. This is similar to Delay function except that the delay
can only be positive − if you try a negative delay, you will get an
error message. Frequency Discriminator: output signal proportional to
the frequency of a sine wave. This is the converse of function Vsine.
This block would be useful to model an FM receiver.
7.6
I think the logic gates are idealised: they are quite adequate for an
educational application to illustrate the operation of logic systems,
but logic gates in the real world respond after a finite delay time and
have an output rise time. Fortunately, Mijas have been working on this
but it will be limited to the Professional version.
7.6
With a little ingenuity, most of the above functions could be realised
by combining a number of existing function blocks, which leads me to my
next suggestion. I think it would be useful if a group of functions/
gates could be enclosed in a dotted box, given a suitable name, saved
and then merged into another simulation. This could save a lot of time
in constructing complex models. [After I had written this review, Mijas
sent me a beta version of an enhanced ArcSimp which enabled simulation
models to be merged.]
7.6
It would be particularly useful to be able to represent such a group by
a “black box” with the same number of ports and add it to a library of
functions, i.e. the ArcSimp Tools window. The problem with this
suggestion is that four copies of the black box would have to be added
to the !ArcSimp.Sprites file to enable it to be rotated. Alternatively,
the Rotate option could be disabled for that black box: that is a
restriction I would willingly accept.
7.6
The User Function of the Professional version enables users who have
copies of Acorn’s Desktop C and FormEd, and are fluent in C to add their
own functions. I am not, and am not able to comment on this option, but
I have been inspired to buy a book on C.
7.6
Starting ArcSimp
7.6
Load ArcSimp in the usual way. When you click on the icon on the
iconbar, this opens the ArcSimp scrollable simulation window and Tools
window, together a licence message which lists the purchaser’s name and
address, and the Registration Number. This seems to me to be a good
method of making software piracy more difficult (or at least conspicuous
every time the program is run) without imposing the dreadful
inconvenience of a dongle.
7.6
A new simulation model can be created by dragging functional blocks from
the Tools window and connected as described later, or an existing
simulation can be found in a Workfile Directory, e.g.
<ArcSimp$Dir>.examples.bessel (see below). Simulation files are loaded
by dragging the green file icon onto the ArcSimp icon on the iconbar,
nothing happens if you drag the simulation file icon onto the simulation
window. I found that a little confusing as that is what I would have
done intuitively. Alternatively, you can double click on any simulation
file, but this is confusing because it always creates a new copy of the
ArcSimp program.
7.6
Constructing a simulation model
7.6
A new simulation model can be constructed by dragging functional blocks
from the Tools window into the ArcSimp window. A functional block can be
repositioned by dragging it around the window with the mouse whilst
holding down <adjust>. If you use <select>, the functional block will be
copied rather than moved.
7.6
Each function block has ‘blobs’ to represent the input or output ports,
and these function blocks are connected to one another by clicking with
<select> from an ‘output blob’ and dragging an orange dotted ‘Rubber-
band’ all the way to an ‘input blob’. When you let go, a solid black
connection line appears, made up of rectilinear segments. The connection
line can also be drawn backwards, i.e. from input to output. If you let
go before a connection is made, the partly completed line will remain
dotted, and you can either start again, or click on the unfinished end
and start another segment of the connection. This is a sensible feature
and enables you to work around and avoid other blocks, or make a
feedback connection.
7.6
ArcSimp enables you to rotate a function block in order to produce a
tidy diagram. To do this, you have to click with <menu> on top of the
function block and then click on “Rotate” with either <select> or
<adjust>; if you use <adjust> the Menu will still cover the function
block but “Rotate” and other options will be greyed out. I found it
irritating not being able to see the block as it rotated (it rotates
clockwise by the way), especially when having to repeat the whole
process to turn the icon by 180 or 270°. I would have preferred to be
able to highlight the block and then carry out the operation using
<select> or <adjust> in the usual way. [This has now been dramatically
improved.]
7.6
The manual points out that blocks can be rotated after connections have
been made and that they stay connected, but warns that they can get a
bit tangled! I suppose some problems should be expected since it is
difficult to anticipate all the possible combinations and the connection
path has to be pinned down somehow, but I it needs a rather more
prominent warning in the manual than “get a bit tangled!” If you do get
your diagram into a tangle, just draw a new connection path using a
better route and it will automatically replace the old one − this is a
very convenient feature.
7.6
Running the simulation
7.6
The parameters for a function block are set by clicking <menu> over its
icon, highlighting Data and moving onto the submenu, which is a window
appropriate to the type of function or gate. It has a number of writable
icons which enable you to change its name and select various parameters
and values, e.g. amplitude, phase, frequency, gain, time constant etc.
These parameters can be set whilst you are constructing the simulation
model, or changed later. I have even been able to change parameters
while the model is running, although I could find no mention of that in
the manual. The manual does indicate that you can pause a simulation,
save it and restart from the point at which it was paused in order to be
able to introduce a number of disturbances without having to wait for
the stabilisation period that some simulations may need.
7.6
When you start the simulation, ArcSimp checks that the data you have
entered is suitable, allocates a system number to all the function
blocks and then works out the order in which function blocks will be
called. It follows an information path from the output of one block to
the input of the next and gives appropriate messages if there are any
errors present, e.g. “Sort error at function block <name> input n”, “No
path to function block <name>”.
7.6
When the simulation is accepted as valid, ArcSimp displays the Run Data
submenu. This submenu enables you to give a title and change some of the
run time parameters. There are six coloured bands, which are actually
writable icons, into which you write the name of the parameter that you
wish to display in that colour.
7.6
Simulations can also be run in real time, but only if they would
normally run faster than real time. It is possible that other programs
will slow ArcSimp down and prevent it from running in real time. If that
happens, the real time indicator flickers or is extinguished, so stop
and quit any unwanted tasks. Real time operation is only likely to be
required if ArcSimp is controlling an external system.
7.6
Graphics
7.6
A Graphics window can be opened from the ArcSimp main menu. A two
dimensional representation of a physical object can be drawn by dragging
objects from a graphics Tools window and creates a working diagram of
the real world. Connections can be made from any connection point to any
other object, the x and y positions of parts of this diagram can be
linked to the numerical output of the simulation. A few interesting
examples are included. This option is not available on the Digital only
version.
7.6
Documentation
7.6
The documentation, presented in A5 format, is clear and concise. There
are different manuals for the analogue and digital versions. The manual
for the analogue version is the more comprehensive, and includes half
page detailed definition of all 36 functions provided. The manual for
the digital version is a little brief − it is adequate for the gates
provided but gives no information about the analogue blocks.
7.6
Conclusions
7.6
Despite the niggles mentioned in this review, it should come as no
surprise that I am very impressed with ArcSimp. It was listed in the
education category under ‘Review software received’ in Archive, and will
fill this role admirably provided care is taken to avoid getting tangled
diagrams. ArcSimp will also be useful to the practising electronics
engineer to model systems, but not for circuit analysis. What about it,
Mijas?
7.6
ArcSimp is available from Mijas in a number of different versions at
prices that I regard as very good value for money.
7.6
Education/Hobby − Analogue £35
7.6
Education/Hobby − Digital £35
7.6
Education/Hobby − Analogue/digital £55
7.6
Professional − Analogue £85
7.6
Professional − Analogue/digital £105
7.6
My view is that the Digital-only version is likely to be the least
useful, since the analogue version has many more functions which can be
used to simulate a vast range of physical phenomena. It is well worth
paying an extra £20 for the analogue/digital version. Furthermore, I
suspect that if you buy the Education/Hobby version and start using it
seriously, you will want to upgrade to the Professional version before
long.
7.6
Post Script
7.6
My experience whilst doing this review is that Mijas are very receptive
to suggestions and, if improvements are possible, they are made quickly.
For example, I sent a draft copy of this review to Mijas, and I was very
pleased to receive a copy of ArcSimp version 3.10 beta that implements
many of the suggestions I had made. As this review is long enough
already, I will not describe the changes here, except to say that my
major criticisms concerning the connection paths and the rotation of
function blocks have been addressed, and the merging of simulation
models is now possible. In the short time I have had to examine them, my
impression is that all the improvements appear to be very well thought
out, and greatly enhance ArcSimp. If Paul can spare the space in a
future issue, I would happily write a follow-up review to describe these
improvements, and maybe even write (or coordinate) an occasional series
describing the use of ArcSimp. A
7.6
PCB Layout Software
7.6
Richard Torrens
7.6
I have already written (in Archive 7.4 p21) about circuit diagrams but
PCB layout is a different kettle of fish. Although there are obvious
ties (indeed a 1 to 1 correspondence) between a circuit diagram and the
actual copper layout, the latter is never confined merely to horizontal
and vertical lines. Diagonal lines are very common. Also, whereas a line
may be straight on paper, in copper it has to negotiate other
components, so it may twist and turn across the board. Vector would be
fine for small boards, but will get progressively more difficult to
handle as the complexity increases. I have not actually used Vector for
layout yet because of the complexity and because I have been happily
using LinTrack.
7.6
LinTrack is an example of a simple program, dedicated to a single job
and it does that job well although it is not much good at any other
jobs. LinTrack started life on the BBC, so it had to be simple.
Unfortunately, it did not develop and, because of the lack of major
maintenance, it now looks ‘long in the tooth’. I have an Archimedes
version, running as an application from the desktop, but it is single-
tasking. LinTrack was written for Linear Graphics who made pen plotters,
so naturally it outputs only to a pen plotter − a severe limitation.
Although I have a plotter, my problems with LinTrack started with RISC
OS 3.1: plotting is now effectively impossible because, for some reason,
there is a pause of perhaps ¼ second after every pass of the pen. This
increases the plotting times so that a plot which used to take 2 hours
can now take 6 hours. It is not practical to keep an ink pen unclogged
for this duration! I am now on the look out for another program to take
over.
7.6
As far as commercial board production is concerned, there is no problem
since Peter Ward of Linear Graphics supplied me with a program they had
written for the DOS version of LinTrack to generate a Gerber format
file. Gerber is the file format preferred by commercial photo-plotting
bureaux. I had to modify the program supplied by Linear Graphics, but
using it as a model and armed with a DOS PD program called GCPrevue, I
wrote a new Basic program to do the conversion. It works well.
7.6
GCPrevue is a DOS program for examining Gerber and HPGL files and it
works under the PC Emulator, albeit slowly.
7.6
Another reason why I have been slow in changing from LinTrack is that I
have a lot of data in LinTrack format so a prerequisite of a new program
is that I should be able to transfer LinTrack data across.
7.6
Design rules
7.6
This brings us neatly into the area of design rules. The more a computer
program has to do, the more rules it must have to do it. An auto-routing
designer will need many more rules than an elementary program. On the
other hand, if I am doing a computer-assisted design, I do not want the
computer to dictate to me. I am the designer and I resent the computer
programmer telling me what I can and cannot do or making decisions as to
what looks good and what does not. By all means have design preferences,
but I should be able to switch them off if I wish. A demo program which
tells me “you can’t do that” gets thrown away. Design rules are useful
to computers, computer programmers and beginners learning about PCB
layout. They are not useful to a skilled designer who knows when to
break them.
7.6
Here are a couple of common design rules: (1) “Tracks must be orthogonal
or diagonal (horizontal, vertical or 45°).” This is not true − tracks
can be at any angle I care to put them. They can also be round,
straight, areas or lines. All will work most of the time. It is a useful
rule, certainly for the less-skilled layout artists, to keep tracks
orthogonal since nothing looks worse than higgledy-piggledy tracks.
However, orthogonality is a rule for the computer’s benefit, not for the
user and it must be optional.
7.6
(2) “Tracks must start on a pad.” This is not true either − some designs
may look better is this if so, but some boards just can’t be made like
this. A lot of my design would not be possible with this rule, so the
software is a non-starter if I cannot turn this off.
7.6
There are many other design rules that a package may have but these are
only likely to become visible as the program gets used. My question is −
can I break the rules? Lintrack is a ‘manual’ package, virtually without
rules, so I can do what I want except that the program is simple so it
has few abilities. This means that, as well as not having rules to
break, I also have to work around the things it won’t do.
7.6
Output options
7.6
Any software must be able to interface to the real world. There are
essentially two occasions that output is required; one is for prototype
purposes when a life-size master is required for contact printing onto
photo-sensitive board and the second is for commercial production of
boards. I shall consider DIY boards first.
7.6
Pen plotter − Early programs often output to a pen plotter. A latex-
based black ink (Staedtler 747-TL9) is used in a tungsten-carbide tipped
plotter pen, plotting onto polyester film. This can give a good output
but may take many hours in plotting. The plotter has to be attended
whilst it is running as this ink clogs in the pen very quickly. The
software must be correctly written − too much time off the paper, not
plotting, causes clogging. Also, putting the pen down onto an already
plotted area can cause the ink to chip off, again clogging the pen.
Plotters are time-consuming and temperamental and, speaking as one who
has used a pen plotter for many years, are to be avoided.
7.6
Dot matrix printer − This is not a method I have ever used but a new
ribbon can give a good enough output onto printer paper. The trick is to
oil the paper after printing: the paper becomes translucent after oiling
and can be used for a 1:1 contact print.
7.6
Inkjet printers − The main trouble I suspect, is paper stretch as a PCB
is likely to use a lot of dense ink. Dense ink means wet, crinkly,
stretched paper. Paper is a poor medium because it changes size with
humidity. (Some inkjets can output onto acetate. Has anyone tried that
for PCB layout? Ed.)
7.6
Laser printer − This is much the best method nowadays. Lasers give a
dense, near-photographic quality print and are ideal. A laser will print
onto polyester film which is ideal. Lasers do tend to stretch some
printing media because of the heat involved in fusing the toner but this
is a small problem.
7.6
PostScript files on disc can be sent to a commercial bureau. This seems
to be the cheapest option. However, for highly accurate work, the PCB
photoplotting bureaux I have talked to (who cannot use PostScript yet)
claim that laser printing is not accurate enough for some of the work
they have to do.
7.6
Gerber files can be sent on disc to a photo-plotting bureau. Photo-
plotters are immensely accurate and this will give the finest quality of
finished artwork. There are not many Gerber file converters available
but I have one for LinTrack files and if anyone wants a copy, please
send me a disc.
7.6
HPGL files can also be sent to a photo-plotting bureau. Most photo-
plotters can accept HPGL input as easily as Gerber files. However, few
programs give an accurate HPGL file: the file that they give is almost
certainly designed for an ink plotter where the ink spreads. Send one of
these files to a plotter bureau and you are likely to get a photographic
master riddled with holes although it was perfectly acceptable on a pen
plotter. HPGL also takes a long time to plot, compared to a Gerber file
so is not liked.
7.6
The contenders
7.6
The programs I know about and hope to be looking at are: Draw, LinTrack,
OakPCB, ArcPCB, CadMust, Vector, an unpublished program by Mike Harrison
and RiscCAD.
7.6
To do a proper in-depth review of six or seven programs is virtually
impossible since it would require the reviewer to use the programs
fully. This is one of the problems with reviews: if the package is
sophisticated, the reviewer needs to review the package whilst learning
it so that he can give not only a beginner’s viewpoint but also that of
an experienced user. This is a tall order but is the direction I hope to
follow, though I am restricted by the fact that I need to produce
products to sell so my design work has to be productive.
7.6
LinTrack I know very well − perhaps too well as this will inevitably
lend a bias to my comments. OakPCB I have been using for six months.
ArcPCB I do not know very well so shall tend to omit it. CadMust has
just arrived on my desk, looking very glossy and exciting. Vector is not
a PCB layout program but it appears to be better than some of the
‘dedicated’ PCB layout programs. The offering by Mike Harrison is one
written for his own use, not for public consumption, which he has given
me. If I like it, maybe he can be convinced to release it for general
use. His objection is that it lacks documentation, is not RISC OS
compliant and, being written for his own use, has an individual and
idiosyncratic user interface. However, I don’t find this off-putting as
this is also a fault with some of the commercial competition. RiscCAD I
add as I have just found out that the author is an electronic designer,
very much into PCB layout.
7.6
LinTrack
7.6
LinTrack is a simple, manual style routing program based on the ‘pads &
tapes’ manual design methods. Anything you can do with pads and tapes,
you can do with LinTrack. The limitation is that it only has eight pad
sizes, six round (50, 75, 100, 125, 150 and 200mil) and two elongated
pads, 50×100mil and 75×150mil. It also has eight track widths: 15, 25,
50, 75, 10, 125, 150 and 200mil. All tracks are straight (as the file
format only specifies start point, end point and parameters such as
layer, width, etc.) The program is not Desktop compliant as it pre-dates
RISC OS. Layout and editing are all simple, mouse or keyboard controlled
and even a rank beginner will find it easy to use.
7.6
The problem with LinTrack, apart from the limitations of its simplicity,
are due to its output options which are “anything you want as long as
it’s a plotter”. There is now also an option to transport LinTrack files
to Vector, but more of this next month.
7.6
Draw
7.6
I include Draw in this list only because you all have it. You could use
Draw, but it would be very difficult to use for anything but the
simplest boards. I have already discussed Draw’s shortcomings but these
are not totally insuperable. OakPCB is a Draw-style program and so is
Vector. If I were writing a CAD program, I would not use Draw as a
standard. It is a drawing program, not a design program (or presumably
Acorn would have called it Design). However, Draw is free with the
computer which, if I were a programmer, would not make me think that it
is the standard I have to follow. Rather, I would see it as the standard
I have to surpass if I am to sell programs. Vector uses Draw as a
starting point and improves it a lot.
7.6
OakPCB
7.6
I purchased this as an upgrade from LinTrack. If it had been as good as
I required, I would not now be doing this series, for in writing this
series, I am really trying to find a satisfactory solution to my own
requirements. OakPCB is Draw-based and I have already detailed the
problems with such programs. Draw-type programs are fine for simple,
orthogonal files (without diagonals) but this does not include PCBs with
a lot of tracks.
7.6
I do not propose to go into details of OakPCB’s shortcomings. Rather I
would like to tell you the story of my dealings with Oak.
7.6
(At this point, I wave the editor’s magic delete button over Richard’s
extensive comments about his dealings with Oak Solutions − sorry,
Richard! I have been acting as ‘pig-in-the-middle’ and feel that an
airing of their disagreements would not really be of benefit to anyone.
Richard is convinced that OakPCB, without modification, is not going to
meet his needs and Oak Solutions are equally convinced that their
product could do the job if Richard were prepared to work in a different
way. They say they have a large number of satisfied users, so if you are
using OakPCB for ‘non-trivial’ PCB manufacture − say 25 components or
more − and could give us your view, do let us know. Ed.)
7.6
Enough said about Oak. I don’t intend to go into any detail unless
feedback indicates that this is what you want. Suffice it to say that I
am now busy transferring all my work out of OakPCB into Vector. Keep an
eye on the ‘for sale’ ads if you want a second hand copy of OakPCB!
7.6
(We have just received a brief review of OakPCB from Bevis Peters to
whom we sent the original review copy some time ago. I will publish it
below in the hope that Bevis’ views will contribute to the debate. Ed.)
7.6
ArcPCB
7.6
I have a copy of ArcPCB (1.4) which we bought several years ago. It
looked OK − but I saw no reason to change from LinTrack then. Any
comments I make will be based on an old version − which did not seem
fair to Silicon Vision. I therefore wrote to them as soon as I knew Paul
was going to publish my ramblings, pointing this out and asking them if
they would like me to mention their latest version.
7.6
They have not answered my letter but simply sent me a printed sheet
telling me how I could buy an upgrade to my existing version. Nor did
they answer the two telephone messages I left. However, Paul managed to
get a response from Dr Yunas Nadiadi, Silicon Vision’s MD, who wrote to
say that they were “not interested in releasing ArcPCB v5.1 for review
at this stage” − although he did not give any reason for his decision.
Dr Nadiadi knows that we would like to try his product and report to the
Archive readers, so I hope that he will soon feel able to release a copy
for review. (Or is there anyone out there using ArcPCB v5.1 who would
like to give us their comments? Ed.)
7.6
CADMust
7.6
I had a demo disc of this when it first came out but I could not get
into the program. Since then they have upgraded and enhanced it, so it
was with some excitement that I opened the impressive-looking package.
USArc have obviously put a lot of trouble into preparing CADMust. It is
full of facilities and probably has all the bells and whistles that
anyone can imagine or ever want.
7.6
I spent three days trying to get into and use the program but without
success. I’m only a poor electronic designer who’s been designing and
producing PCBs for 25 years and am now trying to run my own business and
produce simple analogue circuit boards which would have been relatively
easy (if time consuming) by means of tape and pad layout. I’m so
unsophisticated that I cannot find out how to use CADMust. I cannot even
find out whether I can put a pad on one layer only: the manual doesn’t
say. I’ve even tried placing a pad and printing it but all I get is a
blank sheet of paper.
7.6
Now this is really frustrating − I want to use this program. I need a
program, OakPCB is not for me. I want CADMust to work out. I’ve spoken
to Wouter Kolkman at Lindis (the UK agents) who has tried to be really
helpful. I’ve also spoken on previous occasions to USArc in the
Netherlands − they too are very helpful.
7.6
What I’m trying to do is not complicated, so surely any good program
should be able to do a simple double-sided board, without any through-
plating. Surely it must be simple to do a simple board? Even a
complicated program must allow you to do simple task, mustn’t it?
7.6
The manual is (probably) very comprehensive but I do not understand the
methods that CADMust uses for its work. I do not understand why I need
to do things the way they say, rather than the way I want and I don’t
understand the philosophy behind CADMust. I know that most users of
software want to use it without understanding anything about it but it
is surely true that someone who understands a tool (be it a screwdriver,
a computer or a software package) can use it better and be more
inventive with it than someone who does not understand it.
7.6
USArc’s manual is possibly good for someone who has been trained on a
similar package and has been a computer PCB designer for many years. But
is there a similar package anywhere? Are not skilled computer layout
artists already using their favourite package? USArc must attract new,
inexperienced learners to their software by making is easy to use and
making the manual easy to read.
7.6
Vector
7.6
I have now taken the plunge and purchased a copy of Vector. It does the
job of PCB design (for which it was never intended) so well that next
month’s column is devoted to Vector for PCB work. One measure of a good
program could be how well it does a job for which it was not
designed... A
7.6
Relational Database Design − Part 2
7.6
Keith Underdown
7.6
Last month, I began the development of a Data Model to describe a
relational database holding names and addresses. We concluded that there
are at least three entities that we need to use to describe all the
information that we hold in an Address Book. The Entity-Relationship
Diagram that I used to describe that model is shown below:
7.6
The conventions used in this diagram are repeated in the box at the end
of the article for new readers.
7.6
In this article, I want to look at List in more detail in order to see
how to resolve the “many-to-many” relationships that it has with Person
and Household.
7.6
What is a List?
7.6
We need two many-to-many relationships to describe what we want to do −
to allow a Person or Household to be involved in more than one List and
a List to involve more than one Person or Household. How can we
eliminate these complications and thus eliminate the arbitrary
restrictions that we would otherwise have to have? For the moment, I
will look only at the relationship between Household and List. The
relationship between Person and List − and any other many-to-many
relationship − can be resolved in the same way.
7.6
What is a List − what does it consist of? It is fairly easy to see that
a List has Members. We can say that:
7.6
“A Household may be a Member of none, one or many Lists.” and “A List
has many Members.”
7.6
This can be modelled as in the next diagram:
7.6
This can be read as:
7.6
A List has none or many List Members
7.6
A List Member belongs to one and only one List
7.6
A List Member refers to one and only one Household
7.6
A Household may be none or many List Members
7.6
There is now no restriction on the number of Lists in which a Household
can be included and no restriction on the number of Lists we can create
(apart from the size of our disc). We need to say that a List can have
no members because, obviously, we need to be able to create a List
before we can put any members in it. On the other hand, both the
relevant List and Household must exist before we can create a List
Member.
7.6
Resolving many-to-many relationships
7.6
This is a general technique for resolving many-to-many relationships.
Break the relationship and put a new entity between the original pair.
Then put a zero-to-many crowsfoot at the new entity end of the
relationship and a one-to-one or zero-to-one crowsfoot at the ends next
to the two original entities, depending on the optionality of the many-
to-many relationship. It is sometimes difficult to work out what the new
box actually represents but it should always be possible. There will be
more examples as we go along.
7.6
Applying this technique to both kinds of List we can refine of our model
still further, although we still have not got to the stage when we can
implement our database. Our Entity-Relationship Diagram now looks like
this:
7.6
We now need to consider what information we need to hold in each entity
− to define its attributes. In database terms, we must decide what
fields we need to have in each table and how we should hold the data.
7.6
Let us take List first of all. It is easy to deal with and will cover an
absolutely essential point that will apply to all other entities.
7.6
What do we need to know about a list? Simply, what it is for − so we
need a description. Thus we need:
7.6
List Attributes:
7.6
List Description: A free format description of what the list is to be
used for.
7.6
Field Type: String.
7.6
In order to go any further, we need to understand how we use fields in
tables to indicate that there is a relationship between them.
7.6
Unique identifier
7.6
The answer lies in something that I have not seen discussed in any
article in the Archimedes press and that is not covered adequately in
the SQuirreL manual. It is this:
7.6
Every Entity must have a field which uniquely identifies every instance
of the entity.
7.6
In other words, every entity must have an attribute that can be used to
differentiate between the various members of the population. If we turn
to Household for a moment, it should be obvious that we will need a
Surname field. However, it will not be unique. My address book has three
Underdown Households in it. In order to avoid ambiguity, we need
something to act as the “Unique Identifier” or “Primary Key”. Sometimes
there is an attribute that naturally fulfils this purpose but more often
than not, an arbitrary key needs to be assigned. It must be determined
when an entry is created and never changed during the lifetime of the
entity.
7.6
If we were building a database of elements then a natural key would be
Atomic Number (12 => Carbon) or Chemical Symbol (C => Carbon). Sorting
on Atomic Number is important and Primary Keys are often the primary
index into the table so that would be the one to use here. What are we
going to use for our Lists and Households?
7.6
The answer is that we need to invent an arbitrary identifier that is
guaranteed to be unique. Here we come to the two features of the recent
upgrade to SQuirreL that make it worth getting. It introduces the
ability to label a field as unique − it will not save a record if the
value of such afield already occurs in another entry. Secondly, it
offers the ability to generate a default value that is one more than the
current highest in the table (Serial). I was not going to bother
upgrading until I read in Digital Services’ literature that these
facilities would become available. None of the articles about the
release in the press thought this important enough to mention! Even
Digital Services themselves say only that it is useful for counting the
records in a table! It is central to implementing a truly relational
database.
7.6
Every table must have at least one field that is unique. A suitable way
of generating this in SQuirreL is to use the Default Serial trick. Note
that if you import records from another package, perhaps using CSV, then
you must ensure that the Unique Identifier is supplied. SQuirreL does
not supply the default in this case.
7.6
List thus becomes:
7.6
List Identifier: A arbitrary identifier.
7.6
Field Type: Integer (serial, unique).
7.6
List Description: A free format description of what the list is to be
used for.
7.6
Field Type: String.
7.6
SQuirreL (and other Archimedes databases) has an advantage over
mainframe databases in its ability to handle complex objects like
application files and variable length text fields. List Description here
could be a variable length string.
7.6
There is another attribute required by List in order to be able to
distinguish between Person-based lists and Household-based lists. This
is List Type − in this case it could be a Boolean field but that might
turn out to be restrictive, so integer or string would be better.
Another alternative would be to use a list of allowed values in
SQuirreL’s validation dialogue. We have, in fact, identified another
entity − List Type − that we use to decide what kind of List we are
dealing with. This is an instance of a special kind of entity called a
classifying entity. Its relationship with List is as follows:
7.6
In this case, we would be justified in using a validation list with just
two values because a new value would imply a change to our Data Model.
This would automatically require other changes to the database
structures and so could not be done by our users. A single character
string taking the values “P” and “H” would be better than an integer as
its meaning would be more obvious. There will not be a table in our
database corresponding to this entity, it is implied by the validation
rules.
7.6
We have fully defined List. It has three attributes: List Identifier,
List Type and List Description. The order is not particularly important
but it is conventional to put the Unique Identifier and references to
classifying entities first.
7.6
We will take Household List Member next as it will help us to understand
how we implement a relationship. (Incidentally, a relational database is
so-called, not because it contains relationships, but because tables are
an implementation of a mathematical concept called a “relation”.)
7.6
I will refer to the entity as List Member for the moment, to stand for
both types.
7.6
What does the entity do for us? It tells us that Household (or Person )
X is a member of List Y so it must contain a reference to both a
Household or Person instance and a List instance.
7.6
Foreign keys
7.6
The only reliable way to refer to a given instance of any entity is to
use its unique identifier. This suggests that List Member will have two
attributes: one for each relationship involving it. This is a general
rule: where an entity is involved in a 1(or 0)-to-many relationship at
the “many” end, it will have an attribute holding the unique identifier
of the entity at the other end of the relationship. This type of field
is known as a foreign key.
7.6
List Member thus becomes:
7.6
List Identifier: The identifier of the List to which the member belongs.
7.6
Field Type: Integer (the same as the List Identifier in List).
However, this time it must be neither unique nor serial. If it were
unique, every List could only have one member and serial is not a
sensible default. I have not investigated SQuirreL’s ability to default
to a system variable but this could be a useful technique. Setting the
variable to the appropriate value would give a default that identified
the list you were setting up.
7.6
Member Identifier: The identifier of the Household or Person that is a
member of the List implied by List Identifier. Whether a Household or
Person is meant is implied by the List Type of List. This means that
Person List Members and Household List Members could both be held in the
same table but only if the two unique identifier fields have the same
type. Because this would probably complicate its use in queries and
reports, I would recommend that we keep them separate. Again, this field
is not unique as this would constrain each Person or Household to be a
member of only one List.
7.6
Compound keys
7.6
We have defined List Member but we seem to have broken our cardinal rule
− it has no unique field to act as its unique identifier. The answer to
this is that the combination of List Identifier and Member Identifier
will be unique. A Household can only be a member of a given List once.
In this case, we have to regard both fields as giving the unique
identifier. The entity is said to have a compound key formed from these
two attributes. SQuirreL does not allow us to specify this but that will
not prevent us from using it.
7.6
Summary
7.6
We have now explored and, I hope, understood the key concept in a
relational database − the way in which relationships are implemented. On
the way, we have discovered two important rules: how to resolve a many-
to-many relationship and how to avoid ambiguity between similar entries
in a table by ensuring that every table has a field that acts as a
Unique Identifier.
7.6
We have fully defined five of our entities but we have not yet defined
the two most obvious − Person and Household. We will define them next
time. More entities will appear as we delve deeper! Although an Address
Book looks like a simple example, it is not. This should not surprise us
as we are trying to develop hard and fast rules to handle ideas that
have grown up over the centuries.
7.6
Our Entity-Relationship Diagram now looks as shown on the previous page.
7.6
I would glad to hear from anybody who has any comments on these articles
and the general subject of database design. My address is: 619 Liverpool
Rd., Ainsdale, Southport, PR8 3NG. A
7.6
Data Modelling Definitions & Conventions
7.6
Entity: an object of interest to the problem under discussion.
Represented by a rectangle in an Entity-Relationship Diagram. Equates to
a table in a database.
7.6
Attribute: a property of an entity. Equates to a field in a table.
7.6
Relationship: a way in which entities are connected together that helps
us to understand the problem more clearly. Represented by a line
terminated at each end by a “crowsfoot” that indicates whether the
relationship is mandatory or not (optionality) and how many instances of
the entity at that end will be involved in the relationship
(cardinality).
7.6
The inner symbol indicates the optionality: a bar indicates that every
instance of the entity will be involved in the relationship at least
once and a circle indicates that the entity can exist without being
involved in the relationship. The outer symbol indicates the cardinality
− a bar indicates that the entity will be involved in, at most, one such
relationship and a trident indicates that it may be involved in an
indeterminate number.
7.6
Computer Concepts
7.6
From 7.5 page 16
7.6
Colton
7.6
From 7.5 page 10
7.6
The trend continues...
7.7
Although there are “only” five pages of Products Available this month
(cf eleven pages last month) there are going to be a large number of new
products launched at the Acorn User Show (preview on page 69). Only
about half of the exhibitors have so far responded to my request for
news but, from them, we have almost two pages of forthcoming products −
and only a brief description of each product is given.
7.7
As you can see from the list below of articles that didn’t make it into
this issue, Archive is growing, too.
7.7
I hope you will come and see us at the Acorn User Show (stand 119) − I
think you will be very pleased with the special offers we have for you
there − more details next month.... Watch this space!
7.7
Growth is the watchword in the Acorn world at the moment. Hope you enjoy
it!
7.7
Products Available
7.7
• A5000 with larger drives − The 4Mb A5000 now has a 210Mb drive
instead of a 160Mb drive and the price has not changed − still £1699 inc
VAT.
7.7
• Acorn Access − The plug-and-go Ethernet system from Acorn, was
described in Archive last month. The prices have now been finalised.
There are three versions: AEH70 for A5000 and older computers that take
standard size podule, AEH71 which is plug-in version for A3020/4000
(i.e. it does not take up the podule slot) and AEH 72 for the A3000
which is an internal mini-podule. They are all the same price − £145
+VAT or £162 through Archive.
7.7
• Acorn Level 4 Fileserver − The price of the new version has now been
set at £399 +VAT or £430 through Archive. The upgrade from earlier
versions is available from Acorn Direct in Wellingborough for £99 +VAT
if you send the original disc.
7.7
• Advantage is a new spreadsheet for education from Longman Logotron.
It aims to provide, at a budget price, all the key features to perform
straight forward calculations, data analysis and basic charting. Its
range of “intuitive and easy-to-use functions include: advanced point
and click user interface with button chart, formulae produced by typing
= and then clicking and dragging cells as required, print-to-fit
allowing the sheet to be fitted automatically onto the appropriate page
size, display of data as pie, area, column, line and scatter charts.
Advantage costs £49 +VAT for single user (£55 through Archive) or £120
and £190 for primary and secondary site licences (£132 and £207 through
Archive).
7.7
• ArcFax 1.10 − A new version of ArcFax (original version reviewed in
Archive 6.5 p65) is now (just about) available. Extra features include:
two dimensional data compression (i.e. sends faxes faster); Twain
compliant which allows material to be scanned in directly; supports
class 8 voice modems which allows the computer to act as an answering
machine and a fax switch; it can merge faxes, hold and release, auto-
print, auto-forward faxes; it has log file window, direct send/receive
with call option, caller ID support, call-barring, debug display, auto-
send after time and one call multi-fax capability. ArcFax 1.10 costs £35
from David Pilling or £33 through Archive. (David admits that 1.10 is
still not 100% robust, so you may still wish to buy the 1.09 version
which costs on £22 through Archive and upgrade later through David for
£12 plus your original disc − this includes a new manual.)
7.7
We have at last got round to sorting out a suitable fax modem to sell
through Archive and are stocking (and using!) the World Port 14,400 (see
page 6) so you can now buy a complete system with modem, software and
cable, knowing that they will all work together! Ed.
7.7
• Augusta Course − A new course is now available for Virtual Golf. 4th
Dimension have released Augusta in which “ball flight and performance
are accurately compensated to simulate local atmospheric conditions.”
This costs £16.95 from 4th Dimension or £16 through Archive.
7.7
• Bitfolio Graphics − LOOKSystems have renegotiated their licence on
Bitfolio Graphics (see the review on page 7) and have reduced the price
from £30 to £20 inclusive through Archive. The conclusion to the review
is that they are “very good value” and that was when the reviewer
thought that the price was £30!
7.7
• BCPL compiler − The ARM Club have the source code of a BCPL compiler
that was released into the public domain about 6 months or so ago. This
disc costs £1 from the ARM Club.
7.7
• Canon printer prices down − Canon have reduced the prices of their
three mono inkjets. The new Archive prices, with (and without)
TurboDriver, are: BJ10SX £255 (£215), BJ200 £320 (£280), BJ230 £390
(£350). The BJ10SX is the replacement for the BJ10EX. It is faster in
text mode but basically the same as the EX.
7.7
• CardShop − This is a design application produced by Clares Micro
Supplies and is aimed at younger children. It allows them to design
greetings cards for Christmas, birthday, Easter, Mother’s Day, etc. You
can create and manipulate your card containing both pictures and text,
print out and construct an envelope including a row of ‘stamps’.
CardShop doesn’t generate a single finished product but a series of
items that require cutting out / assembly and possibly colouring − this
is to give the children a wider range of associated activities. It comes
complete with a range of images, sprites and borders for you to use.
CardShop costs £24.95 inclusive from Clares or £23 through Archive.
7.7
• Coloured toner for LBP4/8 − We have had requests for colour toner
cartridges for laser printers. We looked into it and although Canon say
they don’t recommend the use of colour toners in mono printers (even
though they do in photocopiers − draw your own conclusions!) there is
one supplier in the States who does them. They are not cheap and the UK
importer admits that the colours are limited in range and not wonderful
in quality! All the coloured toner cartridges are £120 each instead of
around £80 for black. For the LBP4, the only colour is brown but it is
apparently a good strong colour but for the LBP8 there is Green, Blue,
Red and Brown (of these, the red is said to be the least effective).
We’ll put them on the Archive Members’ Price List but if we get no
interest this month, we will take them off again. (If anybody does try
them, perhaps they would write and tell us how good they are. Thanks.
Ed.)
7.7
• David Pilling software − Several items produced by David Pilling are
no longer available and have been removed from the Archive price list.
Also, all the programs that were £6 have gone up to £10. Even so, we
still feel that they are very good value for money.
7.7
• Design Processor from Oak Solutions is an “integrated design
environment” aimed at Key Stages 3 and 4 for “IT Design & Making”. It
has three distinct levels of entry. The first is a suite of CAD-type
packages and related applications, the second is a Design & Technology
database to inform pupils about components and processes and the third
is a database concept which includes not only components and design
elements but also complete projects. Design Processor currently covers
areas including Food, Electronics, Environments and Packaging but the
cost of a site licence for Design Processor, £900 +VAT, includes three
years’ worth of updates to the system. Payments can be made by
instalments − details from Oak Solutions.
7.7
• EdScheme − Lambda Publications have had to end their offer of a free
copy of the EdScheme software with each copy of the Schemer’s Guide − it
was too much of a bargain! However, they are prepared to offer a free
book with each copy of the software. Send them a cheque for £45 with the
order and your Archive subscription number. This represents a saving of
£17.50.
7.7
• Eizo monitors − A new 17“ Eizo monitor, the F552, has appeared as a
replacement for the F550iW. Although it is virtually the same price
(£1080 through Archive) and has the same display quality, it has several
advantages over the older monitor. On-screen display is used to simplify
the adjustments by providing a menu-driven display complete with help
function. In standby mode, it has a lower power consumption than the
F550. It has a Moiré pattern control to reduce the interaction between
the computer’s dot pattern and the monitor’s dot pattern. Finally, it
uses intelligent switching between inputs. This means that you can have
two computers connected to the monitor at the same time and whichever is
providing a signal gets displayed. Eizo also say that it has been
designed for even better reliability than the F550. (I would say that’s
a bold claim as I have never known an F550 to go wrong! Ed.)
7.7
• Ergo Keyboards − The special offer we had last month of Ergo
keyboards at £105 instead of £120 is continuing for another month
because the volume of orders for them is so high. When the volume of
orders drops, they will have to go back to £120. The feedback we have
had about them so far has echoed Brian Cowan’s comments last month (page
49). One point to note about these keyboards is that, unlike standard
Acorn keyboards, the Ergos work properly on the A4 portable computers.
7.7
Also, Castle have produced an A3000 adaptor (£40 +VAT from Castle
Technology) which allows the standard Ergo keyboards to be connected to
the A3000 via the mouse connector. It includes a small circuit board
that has to be fitted inside the A3000 but it needs no soldering.
7.7
Finally, Castle are also now able to supply foreign keyboards for 13
different countries − details from Castle Technology.
7.7
• Fortran 77 − Intelligent Interfaces are now able to distribute
Acorn’s !SrcEdit with the Fortran compiler. This means that the
throwback facility will now be available to all purchasers of the
compiler. The Fortran77 compiler costs £99 +VAT from Intelligent
Interfaces or £110 through Archive and the desktop front-end,
!Fortran77, costs £25 +VAT or £28 through Archive.
7.7
• Genesis Project + Genesis Professional − These new versions of
Genesis are now available (well they should be, by the time you get this
magazine) from Oak Solutions. Both have been developed to take full
advantage of the colour cards now available and the “newly announced
VIDC chip”. They are based on a 24-bit colour model and can represent
over 16 million colours. Both can deal with a range of data types
including Artworks files, Replay films and even .BMP files from the
Windows environment. There are various other new features which Paul
Hooper will deal with in his column but one of the most important is the
increase in loading speed − “up to ten times faster”.
7.7
Genesis Project costs £50 +VAT (£55 through Archive) and Genesis
Professional costs £120 +VAT (£132 through Archive). There are upgrades
available through Oak Solutions: Genesis/Genesis Plus to Project £35
+VAT, Genesis/Genesis Plus to Professional £90 +VAT and Genesis II to
Professional £60 +VAT.
7.7
• I/O card − Intelligent Interfaces have produced a 16-bit I/O card for
the Archimedes. It provides two separate 16-bit input/output ports, each
port being programmable as either input or output, and each with two
handshake lines. More details are given in the review on page 71. The
16-bit I/O card costs £200 +p&p +VAT from Intelligent Interfaces or £230
through Archive.
7.7
• KernPlus is PTW Software’s kerning data editor. It allows you to
generate RISC OS 3 fonts by providing an automatic algorithm for quick
conversion of old RISC OS 2 fonts as well as a manual facility for
editing the kerning data. The price is £15 which includes VAT, site
licence and free upgrades to new versions of the software.
7.7
• Landscapes is a PhotoBase CD from Longman Logotron with more than
2000 high quality colour photographic images illustrating aspects of the
natural and man-made environment. The images cover topics including
architecture, economic activity, infrastructure, geography and nature.
Landscapes costs £49 +VAT or £54 through Archive.
7.7
• Larger − This is a pinboard program with lots of extra features
beyond the one supplied with RISC OS 3. It has a virtual desktop (hence
the name, Larger, I presume) to give you more desktop space, backdrop
organisation and enhanced iconisation controls. It costs £10 inclusive
from Warm Silence Software and comes with unlimited free upgrades (on
receipt of a disc and SAE each time). Larger will work on a floppy-disc
system but is really intended for use with a hard disc.
7.7
• PC card software upgrade − Acorn have released PC Card software with
enhancements that now make it easier to run DOS or Windows software
simultaneously with RISC OS. Existing owners of Acorn PC cards and
A4000/PC card systems can obtain the enhanced software free of charge by
returning the original Acorn PC card software disc, and Windows driver
where supplied, along with their name and address in an envelope clearly
marked ‘PC card upgrade’ to: Customer Services, Acorn Computers Ltd,
Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge CB4 4AE.
7.7
• PinPoint 2 − This new version of Longman Logotron’s well-established
database program now has two new question types, one for holding
pictures or sound data and a calculated field type which allows
questions to be defined which fill themselves in from other information
entered elsewhere on your form. The import of information is “faster,
easier and more flexible”. For example, it can import a CSV file and
create a form for you automatically. PinPoint 2 has dispensed with the
graphics analysis workbench − instead, all the statistical and graphing
options work directly from the table view. There are more chart types,
together with crosstab analysis and more powerful statistical analysis
tools. Pinpoint 2 costs £99 +VAT from Longman or £108 through Archive
for a single user or £400 +VAT (£435 through Archive) for a site
licence.
7.7
• PinPoint Datafiles − Longman Logotron have a series of datafiles for
use in education. They are: Solar System (KS 3/4), Food Glorious Food
(KS 2/3), Junior Olympics (KS 2/3), 1851 Census (KS 3/4), Dinosaurs (KS
2/3), Animal Kingdom (KS 2/3), Second World War (KS 3/4), Kartei
(German) (KS 3/4). Each is £12 +VAT from Longman Logotron.
7.7
• Plot − Clares have released what they describe as “the most flexible
data manipulation and presentation package yet”. It provides a range of
facilities from simple pie and bar charts to illuminated surface plots
and will plot functions as well. For the advanced user, it can do linear
regression, least squares and curve fitting plus calculus operations “at
the click of a mouse”. Features include: scatter graphs, spherical
graphs, cylindrical graphs, surface plots, ternary diagrams; Cartesian,
parametric, polar, Lissajous, 3D Cartesian, cylindrical, spherical and
surface functions; graphs can be merged and intercepts calculated to
solve simultaneous equations; SID file import. Plot costs £79.95
inclusive from Clares or £74 through Archive.
7.7
• Plotter is a graphic plotting application for the Pocket Book. It
plots mathematical functions such as Cartesian and polar functions,
inequality graphs and coordinate pairs. It can be used in conjunction
with Calc, providing a specialist graphical calculator. It comes on SSD
and costs £29.95 +VAT or £34 through Archive. A class pack of 11 copies
costs £299.50 +VAT or £335 through Archive.
7.7
• Removable drive prices cut (again) − The prices of the 105Mb 3½“ and
the 45Mb 5¼” removable drives have dropped quite substantially this
month. The A5000 105M SCSI is down to £390, with the IDE version at
£360. The external SCSI 105Mb drives are now £470.
7.7
(I know this is tempting fate, but since I started using the 105Mb
removables in October − that’s five months using them all day, every day
− I haven’t had a single data error! Ed)
7.7
The 45Mb (external) drives are down to £370 and the cartridges to £70.
7.7
(As a matter of interest, when we first sold the 45Mb removables in
October 1990, they were £680 − and the previous month, one company was
selling them at £749 +VAT = £880! Ed.)
7.7
• Spooler − Clares Micros have produced a desktop print spooler which
allows you to print to disc so that you can continue working as the
printing is done in the background. It will even allow you to start
doing other work while the print-to-disc part of the operation is in
progress. You can queue documents ready for printing and change the
number of copies quite easily. Spooler costs £15 inc VAT from Clares or
£14 through Archive. There is a site licence available for £30 inc VAT
(£28 through Archive).
7.7
• SPOT image data − Spacetech are making data available from the SPOT
land-mapping satellite at very low prices − to educational
establishments only − in the form of a CD-ROM containing 50 images. Some
scenes are full-size (60km square) and down to 10 metre resolution while
others are sub-scenes selected for geographical interest and relevance
to the Geography syllabus. Because some of the images are very large
(50Mb+), SpaceTech have written an application called PDSmap to simplify
the extraction of full-resolution image data or to view the whole image
at reduced resolution. PDSmap costs £19.50 +VAT and the CD-ROM is
£139.50 +VAT to education only, i.e. only for non-commercial use. There
are various package prices available from SpaceTech for this and other
data on CD-ROM − write to them for full details.
7.7
We asked last month for a replacement for the now discontinued Morley
Teletext adaptor and here it is...
7.7
• Teletext expansion card − Design IT have just produced TeleView
Hardware, the first Teletext expansion card designed specifically for
the Archimedes. The software provided is a fully RISC OS compliant
application called !TeleCFax which allows you to select channels, hold
pages or reveal hidden text, etc. Pages can be saved as sprites, BBC
mode 7 screens or as ‘clean’ ASCII text where any graphics have been
filtered out. It is also possible to create script files to
automatically download pages and you can even set the computer’s time
via Teletext. !TeleCFax will also correctly display pages received in
foreign languages including German, French and Swedish.
7.7
There are two variants of the card. The first will receive teletext only
and costs £145 +VAT (or £165 inclusive through Archive). The second is
£159 +VAT (or £180 through Archive) and provides connections for
composite video and sound suitable for ‘walkman’ headphones. This allows
you to listen to the TV, use a digitiser to grab live images or use the
computer to record TV programmes to a video recorder that will not
normally receive TV signals.
7.7
The TeleView hardware is a half-width card suitable for use in the A310,
A4xx and A5000 computers. A version for the A3000 is also available
although at the time of writing the versions for the A3010, A3020 and
A4000 series are not yet ready. The system is fully compatible with both
RISC OS 2 and RISC OS 3. A version of the TeleCFax software for use with
Morley Electronics adapters is also available for £25 +VAT (£28 through
Archive).
7.7
Teletext serving for Econet, AUN and Access networks will be available
“in a couple of months”.
7.7
• WordSquare − This program from David Pilling allows word squares to
be solved and generated at random or from a given list of words. It is
supplied with a 200,000 word dictionary. Multiple/user defined
dictionaries can be added and dictionaries can be edited or browsed and
words added. The dictionaries are compatible with Ovation. You can save
the word square as a drawfile and the words as text. WordSquare costs
£10 inc VAT through Archive.
7.7
• World Port 14,400 fax/data modem − We are now stocking a fax/data
modem that can provide a “one-stop shop” way into getting fax facilities
on your Archimedes. The WorldPort 14,400 fax/data modem is actually a
pocket-sized modem so you could operate it from batteries and use it
with an A4 Portable but it comes with a mains power pack so you don’t
have to worry about batteries running out in the middle of a long fax!
The modem is compatible with V22 bis, V23, V32, V32 bis, V54, Bell 103,
Bell 212A, MNP and the fax facility is compatible with TIA/EIA-578
(Class 1 Asynchronous), V17, V29, V27 ter and V21. To the average end-
user (like Ed!) this just means that it sends and receives faxes (using
ArcFax £22 or ArcFax 1.20 £33 − see above) and you can log on to various
bulletin boards at up to 14,400 and down to 1200/75 (V23) with
appropriate software. (I use ArcComm but Hearsay or ArcTerm are equally
suitable.) The complete modem pack costs £270 through Archive and this
includes two 9V alkaline batteries, fax software and modem software for
using it on an MS-DOS PC and an AT compatible cable. The AT cable is no
good for the Archimedes and the plugs are sealed so you would have
difficulty modifying it. An Archimedes lead costs £13 through Archive.
7.7
(To be honest, the reason we got going on fax modems is that I have
moved my office upstairs at 96a and was getting very fed up with running
up and down stairs to send faxes so I picked this modem on the basis of
price and features and have been extremely pleased with it. The system
with ArcFax works beautifully in that I send a fax and if the number is
engaged, ArcFax tries again later while I get on with my work − it all
happens in the background. Ed.)
7.7
Review software received...
7.7
We have received review copies of the following: •Advantage (e),
•Augusta Course for Virtual Golf (g), •Basic WIMP Programming (bk),
•Music Box (e), •Night Sky (e), •Payroll Manager (b),
•PenFriend (u), •Switch (g), •WordSquare (e/g).
7.7
e=Education, b=Business, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.7
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.7
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.7
Do you listen to the radio much? When I hear interviews, I sometimes
wonder how much they have been edited. How much of what was actually
said has been edited out before it is played over the air? I’m sure
that, in the wrong hands, edited radio interviews could be quite
misleading.
7.7
When I speak to people about the Christian faith, I often get something
along the lines of, “You don’t have to go to church to be a Christian −
just follow Jesus’ teaching.” Well, yes, there is an element of truth in
that − it certainly isn’t going to church that makes you a Christian.
But when I ask what “teaching” they follow, the reply is often something
like, “Well, I obey the ten commandments and Jesus’ summary of it: Love
thy neighbour as thyself”. Sounds reasonable, doesn’t it?
7.7
Hang on a minute! Someone has edited the tape. The interview actually
went like this (Matthew 22 v35): One of them, an expert in the law,
tested him with this question: “Teacher, which is the greatest
commandment in the Law?” Jesus replied: “‘Love the Lord your God with
all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind.’ This is
the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: ‘Love
your neighbour as yourself.’”
7.7
Is it really fair to say that you keep Jesus’ teaching? Do you really
“love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and
with all your mind”? When was the last time you actually talked to God?
Was it the last time you had an emergency?
7.7
The Christian ethic is a very good and helpful one and I’d be quite
happy if more people followed it... but don’t kid yourself, following
the Christian ethic and having “a belief in God” doesn’t make you a
Christian.
7.7
What would your wife think if you said you loved her and believed in
her... but the only time you ever talked to her was when you wanted
something?!
7.7
Paul Beverley
7.7
P.B.
7.7
Fact-File
7.7
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.7
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.7
4Mation 14 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA.
7.7
(0271-25353)
7.7
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.7
Acorn Direct 13 Dennington Road, Wellingborough, Northants, NN8 2RL.
(0933-228953)
7.7
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4
4AE. (0223-254254)
7.7
(0223-254262)
7.7
Apricote Studios 2 Purls Bridge Farm, Manea, Cambridgeshire, PE15 0ND.
(0354-680432)
7.7
Castle Technology Ore Trading Estate, Woodbridge Road, Framlingham,
Suffolk, IP13 9LL.
7.7
(0728-621222) (0728-621179)
7.7
Clares Micro Supplies 98 Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich,
Cheshire, CW9 7DA.
7.7
(0606-48511) (0606-48512)
7.7
Colton Software (p13) 2 Signet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA.
(0223-311881)
7.7
(0223-312010)
7.7
Computer Concepts (pp14/33) Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts,
HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
7.7
(0442-231632)
7.7
Dalmation Publications 30 Henley Grove, Henleaze, Bristol, BS9 4EG.
7.7
Datafile 71 Anson Road, Locking, Weston-super-Mare, Avon, BS24 7DQ.
7.7
(0934-823005)
7.7
David Pilling P.O.Box 22, Thornton Cleveleys, Blackpool, FY5 1LR.
7.7
Davyn Software The Workshop, off Princess Street, Sandal, Wakefield,
WF1 5NY.
7.7
(0924-254800)
7.7
Design Concept 30 South Oswald Road, Edinburgh, EH9 2HG. (031-668-
2000)
7.7
Design IT 15 Woodlands Road, Wombourne, South Staffs, WV5 0JZ. (0902-
894775) (0902-894775)
7.7
EMR Ltd 14 Mount Close, Wickford, Essex, SS11 8HG. (0702-335747)
7.7
Expressive Software Products Holly Tree Cottage, Main Street, Strelley
Village, Nottingham, NG8 6PD. (0602-295019)
7.7
GamesWare Unit 26, The Bartletts, Hamble, Hants., SO35 5RP.
(0703−456523) (0703−456523)
7.7
Gremlin Graphics Ltd Carver House, 2-4 Carver Street, Sheffield, S1
4FS. (0742-753423)
7.7
(0742-768581)
7.7
Intelligent Interfaces Ltd P.O.Box 80, Eastleigh, Hants, SO5 5YX.
(0703-261514) (0703-267904)
7.7
Irlam Instruments 133 London Road, Staines, Middlesex TW18 4HN. (0895-
811401)
7.7
Krisalis Software Teque House, Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate,
Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.7
Lambda Publications 194 Cheney Manor Road, Swindon SN2 2NZ. (0793-
695296)
7.7
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge
CB4 4ZS.
7.7
(0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.7
LOOKsystems 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-
748253)
7.7
(0603-764011)
7.7
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.7
Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
9XD. (0603-33276)
7.7
Oak Solutions (p21) Dial House, 12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15
7RN (0532-326992)
7.7
(0532-326993)
7.7
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield,
B74 3PE.
7.7
PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
(0329-281930)
7.7
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN. (0506-
411162 after 6)
7.7
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-
840303) (0727-860263)
7.7
Robico Software 3 Fairland Close, Llantrisant, Mid Glamorgan, CF7 8QH.
(0443-227354)
7.7
Safesell Exhibitions (p22) Market House, Cross Road, Tadworth, Surrey
KT20 5SR.
7.7
Sherston Software Swan Barton, Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH.
(0666-840433)
7.7
(0666-840048)
7.7
Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
(0305-860483)
7.7
Stallion Software Ltd Arundel House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1
5JX. (0225-339090)
7.7
State Machine 75 Wellington Street, Luton, Bedfordshire, LU1 5AA.
(0582-483377)
7.7
(0582-480833)
7.7
Superior Software P.O. Box 6, Brigg, S Humberside, DN20 9NH. (0652-
658585) (0652-657807)
7.7
Techsoft UK Ltd Old School Lane, Erryrs, Mold, Clwyd, CH7 4DA. (082-
43318)
7.7
Tekoa Graphics 16 Murray Road, Rugby, CV21 3JN. (0788-571434) (0788-
546376)
7.7
The ARM Club Freepost ND6573, London, N12 0BR. (081-446-3020)
7.7
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.7
USARC Spuistraat 73, 1012 ST Amsterdam, The Netherlands. (+31-20-
381534)
7.7
Warm Silence Software St Catherine’s College, Manor Road, Oxford, OX1
3UJ. (0865-54382)
7.7
Wild Vision 15 Witney Way, Boldon Colliery, Tyne & Wear NE35 9PE.
(091-519-1455) (091-519-1929)
7.7
Archive Monthly Program Disc Contents
7.7
• Rhapsody files provided by Stewart Watson (Music Column)
7.7
• A sample program from Francis Crossley’s article about Writing a
Program
7.7
• Programs from Paul Hobbs’ Advanced Basic article
7.7
• A sample Magpie file (especially for Trekkies!) by Paul Hooper
(Magpie/Genesis Column)
7.7
• Some notes on setting up !Printers by James Munday plus printer
drivers for Epson FX85
7.7
• The DrawFile module as mentioned in Comment Column
7.7
• The full unexpurgated version of Richard Torrens’ article on
Electronic CAD − it was rather long so we only gave a summary in the
magazine.
7.7
Bitfolio Cartoon Graphics
7.7
Dave Wilcox
7.7
Bitfolio Cartoon Graphics is a new offering from LOOKsystems consisting,
as the title suggests, of cartoon drawings, converted from the PC world.
7.7
The package
7.7
The package consists of three discs presented very nicely in a double CD
type case adapted to carry 3½“ discs. Disc one contains !Sparkplug, the
PD read only version of the archiver by David Pilling, along with a
compressed file containing your first 35 pictures and discs 2 and 3 each
contain a further 28 and 38 pictures respectively, also archived via
Spark. For Archimedes users unfamiliar with !Sparkplug, there are
instructions on the rear of the case taking you through its use. When
decompressed, this gives you a grand total of some 3.2Mb of data.
7.7
The drawings
7.7
A large proportion of the drawings are office orientated, with sketches
of men and women performing version types of office work. There are
smaller selections of drawings covering different professions, sports
and pastimes.
7.7
All of the 100 drawings are fully coloured and in draw format − not
sprites. The quality is very good, with all of the drawings, without
exception, sharing the same high standard. One slight improvement to the
disc would be to have all drawings saved at the zoom setting of 1:1 −
for some reason, a large number have been saved to the discs at a zoom
of 4:1 but this is only a minor inconvenience.
7.7
An example of the quality and clarity can be seen below:
7.7
This one appeals to me, as I am sure it will to all other “music-on-
hold” haters − I’ll let you think of your own thought bubbles for this
one! Personally, I think the expression says it all. Excellent!
7.7
Conclusion
7.7
With clipart of this standard, you are getting very good value for
money, especially when you consider that PC or Mac users would be paying
double this price for the same product − serves them right for not
buying Acorn! If you have a need for cartoon-type drawings of people,
this package is for you. It certainly beats trying to draw them
yourself.
7.7
This three disc set is available direct from LOOKSystems for £30
inclusive, or through Archive for the inclusive price of £28. A
7.7
(The price has just gone down to £20 inclusive of VAT & carriage! Ed.)
7.7
Pocket Book Column
7.7
Audrey (& John) Laski
7.7
As a committed Pocket Book user, not technically-minded myself but with
an expert spouse, I am very happy to have the opportunity to run a
column devoted to this marvellous little machine. I’ve written a good
deal of it myself today, with John’s help, but hope in future that the
material will be chiefly from other users’ letters.
7.7
Please send letters direct to me in future, (Audrey Laski, 18 Ebury
Street, London, SW1W OLU) rather than via Paul, giving as full a
description as possible of your problems or successes. Mind you, in view
of the pressure on space in Archive, I’ll often fillet or precis. I’ll
try to pass on whatever other people might find useful, wants lists,
news and reviews about software, etc.
7.7
A short love letter
7.7
“Well, it’s only another executive toy, isn’t it?” said my brother-in-
law dismissively.
7.7
He looked slightly more thoughtful once he had seen the address book
(150 entries and rising) the budget, the four sets of lecture notes, the
almost perpetual diary and a few of the other goodies I have constructed
or acquired, all stored within an object the height and breadth of a
Filofax but much slimmer.
7.7
I have needed the Pocket Book all my life and it is slightly sad that it
has only come along when I am retired from the administrative work that
it would have made so much easier. I feel something like affection for
it, compounded by the fact that, when it is first opened, a faint,
agreeable smell drifts up from it: do other users experience this, or am
I just besotted?
7.7
A warning
7.7
I don’t know whether it was an electrical spike or what, but the Pocket
Book died on me when I was in the middle of a simple act of editing,
with the power supply operational to save batteries. With my technical
advisor out of the house, I flailed about, switching everything in sight
off and on, and either I performed a soft reset in my panic, or the
spike had already forced one.
7.7
When I looked at the desktop, I had got back all my original
applications and files, but seemed to have lost Schedule. It took some
time and hysteria to realise that it needed to be separately reinstalled
on the desktop screen, with its icon and button set up the way it first
was. The procedure is detailed on p.153 of the Users’ Manual; if you
don’t want to hunt for your copy, press <menu> when you have the desktop
display, choose ‘install application’, and do what you are told.
7.7
To my relief, not only did Schedule come back like a lamb, but so did
the schedules that were running my life; they had been securely held in
M:\SCH, the directory Schedule uses.
7.7
A couple of days later, I tried to use the A-Link and found the system
claiming that the Pocket Book was not connected; again, it took me a
little while to notice the fact that, presumably as another effect of
the reset, I no longer had the Remote Link constantly set to “On” and at
the right baud rate. A more efficient user than me would have thought of
dealing with that immediately, I’m sure, but I record these alarms for
the sake of those who, like me, tend to expect the machines to do our
thinking for us. (A-Link guide pp. 4ff., or choose ‘Remote Link’ in the
Special Menu on the desktop.)
7.7
A hardware problem
7.7
David Leckie, of Fort William, writes of a difficulty connecting his A-
Link to his Archimedes via an extension cable. It appears that v2.03
doesn’t like the non-standard Archimedes wiring of his extension cable,
though this is believed to be ‘the de facto standard for all A series
from the earliest A310 to the latest A5000, and even though later
machines had a different serial chip which worked OK with the PC
standard wiring.’
7.7
Perhaps someone out there knows how to wire an extension cable which
will work with old and new standard peripheral hardware: maybe a switch?
7.7
Using the A-Link
7.7
The A-Link’s documentation can be confusing, particularly for users of
Schedule and Event (see Ralph Sillett’s problem below). This memo from
JL attempts an overview of the A-Link organisation.
7.7
1) If you click <select> at the A-link’s iconbar icon, you can transfer
files of certain types only, i.e. files for certain intended uses. In
such a transfer, not only is the ‘container’ (file) in the Pocket Book
transferred to a ‘container’ on the Archimedes, (or vice-versa,) but the
contents are transformed from a structure that makes sense to the Pocket
Book programs into a structure that makes sense to RISC OS programs.
7.7
2) If you click on <menu> at the A-link’s iconbar icon, and then choose
“Open ‘$’”, you will get an ordinary looking Directory viewer titled
PocketFS:: Remote.$, containing drives M, A and B. Within these drives
are directories with three letter names, e.g. ‘WRD’ or ‘SCH’. These are
the default directories for the various Pocket Book applications, and
some (not including SCH) are recognised by the A-link software using (1)
above. However, files in directories have a three-letter extension and
this also must accord with the application’s requirements. If a file has
the wrong extension, the application and the display can’t see it and
(1) won’t work.
7.7
However, ordinary dragging from these directories into ordinary
Archimedes directories only takes the file over, without in any way
transforming the contents. It is most unlikely that such files can be
used, or even looked at on the Archimedes. The only useful thing you can
do with them is hold them in the Archimedes as backup files that you can
transfer back to the Pocket Book if you need to.
7.7
In order that they be useful on the Archimedes, they need to be
filetyped, and there has to be a program that can accept the contents in
Pocket Book format, or you need a program that can transform the
contents so that some other program can accept them. In this latter
case, e.g. Event, there has to be a third program that will reverse the
effect of the first if you want to take your work back to the Pocket
Book.
7.7
All this is done for you by method (1) above − for certain kinds of
contents: those of Card, Word and Abacus. There is a suggestion in the
documentation that modules can be written to extend this, but they give
no specification as to the rules of the game or, lamentably, how to find
out.
7.7
(There is a question about PipeDream to Pocket Book transfers in the
PipeLinez Column on page 62. Ed.)
7.7
Schedule and Event
7.7
Ralph Sillett of Penkridge, Staffs, another enthusiast who has replaced
1 lb. 10 oz. of Filofax with 12 oz. of Pocket Book, wrote with a problem
about transferring files between Schedule and Event. By the time I had
acquired Event, he had solved his problem himself, but his enquiry
prompted a lot of correspondence from the other side of our bed, some
about easing the relationship between Schedule and Event, and some about
the issues discussed above.
7.7
Dragging to Event from a file in the \SCH directory is straightforward:
click <menu> and choose ‘$’, as described in (2) above, to find the \SCH
directory.
7.7
However, if you save as EvSch from Event into this directory, you will
find that Schedule can’t find EvSch and, indeed, that you can’t see it
in the Pocket Book desktop.
7.7
Don’t Panic! The file is there. The problem is that it has the wrong
extension. You need to change the extension from .ris to .sch.
Unfortunately, the Pocket Book documentation on its filing system almost
hides the extensions from the user, and Event’s documentation, referring
to the Pocket Book documentation, does little to lift the veil.
7.7
You can’t find out about these extensions from the RemoteFS windows that
you see on the Acorn Desktop through the A-link. Nor are they shown on
the normal Pocket Book window. You have to press <tab> on the Pocket
Book and find your way round the filing system. Once you have got to the
\SCH directory, you will see the extensions, and the Pocket Book’s menus
make it very easy to rename EvSch.ris to EvSch.sch. Schedule will then
stop disdaining its new file, and you will see it on the Pocket Book
desktop.
7.7
Schedule wish list
7.7
What Schedule really needs is a way to print from a Schedule file,
either within the Pocket Book, or via Archimedes. It would be nice to be
able to export Schedule files as text in such a way that they make sense
to the reader, and can be printed out. Again, a specification of how
Schedule holds its information, which would be needed to do this, does
not seem to be readily available. You can, of course, transfer your file
into Event, but not everyone will want to acquire a second diary
program.
7.7
General wish list
7.7
Mr. Sillett suggests a program to provide password protection as with
the Psion 3 and 3A. What would you like to see? A
7.7
Hints and Tips
7.7
• A4 battery pack − There may be people who are worried about the idea
suggested in Hints and Tips last month, p35, of allowing the battery
pack of an A4 laptop to be run completely flat. Let me reassure you − I
used to race radio-controlled model cars which were powered by the same
type of Nickel Cadmium battery and serious model car racers always store
the battery packs completely flat, for weeks on end, precisely to avoid
the ‘memory effect’ mentioned. There is nothing worse than the car
running out of juice on the last lap − especially when you are in the
lead! The only point to mention is that the discharging should be done
as slowly as possible for the best results. Paul Hobbs, Germany.
7.7
• A-Link disconnection − The A-Link cable can be disconnected from the
Pocket Book (or Psion 3) without powering down. However, the computer
end must never be disconnected while the computer is on because the
serial port is quite sensitive. NCS.
7.7
• A-Link/Psion 3a compatibility − Acorn confirm that for the majority
of uses, A-Link will transfer files between a RISC OS system and a Psion
3a. One area where compatibility is not assured is with some formulae
when transferring a spreadsheet file converted from 3a format to CSV.
NCS.
7.7
• CC Turbo Driver and a printer switch − The Computer Concepts Turbo
Driver which I bought to go with the Stylus, achieves its protection by
“scrambling” the output to the parallel port, and unscrambling it with a
special cable. I was afraid that I would not be able to use my printer
switch to flip between the Stylus, driven by the Turbo, and my old
(cheaper-to-run) LQ850, driven conventionally. Happily, it seems that
the Turbo Driver, once it is installed, even though it may not be
active, scrambles everything that goes through the parallel port. So,
providing that the “unscrambling” cable is between the Archimedes and
the printer switch, all is well. Bill Mapleson, Cardiff.
7.7
• CC’s RISC OS 3 printer drivers − For ages, I had problems with CC’s
RISC OS 3 printers drivers for Laser Direct (at work) and the BJ10
TurboDriver (at home). They both complained that they didn’t like one of
my fonts (Freestyle that I use for my “signature”) and suggested I
switched “Quick Text off”. Unfortunately, unlike the RISC OS 2 drivers,
neither of these printer drivers has any configuration that is anything
to do with “Quick Text”.
7.7
CC themselves couldn’t tell me what the problem was or why it gave the
error or what I could do about it! Dave McCartney of DataFile came to
the rescue. (Thanks, Dave.) All you have to do is switch “Halftone” to
“Graphics only”. This is done by going through Printer Control, through
Printers Configure and then the Halftone Set. option. If you want to
continue to avoid halftones on text, remember to Save Choices. Ed.
7.7
• Epson Stylus and RISC OS 2 − I recently bought an Epson Stylus 1000,
a superb printer, able to take A3 paper “broadside”, but I found that I
could not get it to work properly under RISC OS 2. The problem was
solved once I had installed RISC OS 3.1. If anyone desperately wants to
make a Stylus work under OS 2, I can supply a work-around for printing
in text mode, but not in graphics mode. I imagine that the same would
apply equally to the (A4) Stylus 800, and there is some evidence that it
might not work under OS 3.0.
7.7
First thing after switching on the Stylus, send a non-printing character
to the printer by going to the command line (f12) and pressing <ctrl-B>,
<ctrl-L> and <ctrl-C> (and <return> to get back to the desktop). Then
all will be well for text printing except that I suspect things might
hang before the end of a very long file − more than 32Kb or 64Kb. I say
this because, in graphics mode, it hangs after about 32Kb, and in Hex
Dump mode, it hangs after printing exactly 64K ASCII codes. (64Kb is the
default size of the input buffer of the Stylus.)
7.7
The logic behind this is that the Stylus seems to need a pause between
the first and second character that it receives. Thus, immediately after
switching the printer on, typing at the command prompt (after hitting
<ctrl-B>) sends everything perfectly to the printer − although it will
wait until it has a few dozen characters before it will deign to
disgorge any from its buffer. On the other hand, if you program a
function key with a string of characters, switch on the printer, press
<ctrl-B>, and hit the function key (so that there are microseconds
rather than milliseconds between the characters) this will block the
connection: if the string is sent repeatedly, the Archimedes will
eventually lock, presumably with its output buffer full. If you then
press <escape> to clear the buffer, and start hitting the function key
again, all will be well. However, if the first character of the string
was different from the second, you will see that the first character is
printed twice so that the printer received the one character but then
refused to accept any more. Alternatively, if you send a file to the
printer (first thing after switching on) the printer and Archimedes will
lock. If you then abort the print on the Archimedes, and re-print, all
will be well − but with the first character of the file appearing twice.
7.7
Why all this should be so, and why Risc OS 3.1 should solve the problem
is a mystery; but I suspect that Acorn are aware of it because, in the
ReadMe file in “Printers.Canon” on the RISC OS 3.1 App2 disc, there is a
mention that, under Risc OS 3.00 or earlier, the Canon BJC-800 printer
will not print anything larger than about 7K “(the size of the buffer in
the BJC-800 printer)”. Bill Mapleson, Cardiff.
7.7
• Equasor − One of our customers recently experienced strange problems
using Equasor. The crosshairs that are used to place the caret when ‘New
Equation’ is selected from the Edit submenu simply locked when select
was clicked rather than disappearing to leave the caret. Equasor
continued to run and the crosshairs were erased when anything was
redrawn over the equasor window. It was impossible to create an
expression.
7.7
The problem was due to the configuration options for WimpDragDelay and
WimpDragMove both being set to zero. Presumably Equasor saw the mouse-
click event as a drag rather than a click and did not know how to
behave. With these set to the default values (5 and 32 respectively) or
any other non-zero values, the caret appeared as expected. NCS
7.7
• Impression date format − The hint last month (p37) about date and
time formats for Impression Style actually applies to Impression II as
well. Simply use Impression$DateFormat and Impression$ TimeFormat.
Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.7
• Incorporating formulae into Impression text − For quite some time, I
have been miffed at the trouble I had fitting formulae (both Equasor and
BestForm) into my mathematical texts. Only the intensive work needed to
get thoroughly acquainted with the new Impression Style caused me to sit
down and think about formulae. (Shame on me − such a lot of time
wasted!)
7.7
As there may be one or two amongst you with the same problems, so here
is what I found out:
7.7
a) Size… − I used to have to scale the view to something like 400%, then
change the size of the characters inside the Equasor window by adjust-
dragging, until it equalled that of the main text.
7.7
What I should have done is this: Either use the same font size in
Equasor as in Impression, then make sure that the graphic frame is at
100% (this can be checked by double-clicking somewhere in the frame,
thus opening the “Alter Graphics” dialogue box) or, if the Equasor
setting is larger, scale the graphics down numerically, again with the
help of the dialogue box.
7.7
b) Position… − If you embed a small frame containing a formula into the
text with <ctrl-shift-F>, the text inside the frame will sit above the
line, because the alignment takes place between the bottom of the frame
and the line. Therefore I used to place formulae on the page manually,
which meant that every change to the text above the frame made a new
positioning necessary.
7.7
Here is what I should have done: Embed the frame, put the caret just to
the left of it, then use the manual kerning facility to shift the frame
down with repeated presses of <ctrl-J>. Then all that’s left to do is
put the caret to the right of the frame and press <ctrl-U> the same
number of times to bring the rest of the line back up. Jochen
Konietzko, Köln, Germany
7.7
• Inspiration on RISC OS 3 − I have found out how to get the MIDI
sequencer ‘Inspiration’ to work with RISC OS 3.10. Basically, all you do
is to load both of the template files into a template editor and ensure
that the ‘Sprite’ option is switched off for all icons. This results in
a lot of blank icons in the templates, but at least it doesn’t give
address exceptions whenever you click anything. The writers of the
program abandoned the project some years ago and the company marketing
it have ceased trading, so for the moment this is the only fix, unless
anyone else has found a better way! Richard Millican, Manchester.
7.7
• Keystroke − (Here is Ed’s monthly crop of keystroking!) If you have
to add and subtract as many commas as I do, you will appreciate the
following ideas that I have used. At first, I used <ctrl-alt-,> to add a
comma at the end of a word. It was just a case of clicking anywhere in
the word to be comma’d and the key inserted the text “\S-⇨\\⇦⇦⇦⇦\,” which
worked except where the word to be comma’d was at the RH end of a line
of text − because it has to go past the linefeed as well as the space.
Instead, I now use “\S-⇨\\⇦⇦⇦⇦\|?, ” as my text string (note the space after
the comma). In other words, instead of moving back one space from the
beginning of the following word before adding the comma, it deletes the
space between the two words and adds comma and space.
7.7
The other change I made to my comma’ing function was to move it from
<ctrl-alt-,> to <ctrl-alt-A>. This means that my right hand doesn’t have
to leave the mouse to hit <,> while the left hand holds <ctrl-alt>.
Instead, I can add the comma entirely with my left hand and I can
continue to look at the text rather than looking down to locate the
comma key. (Similarly, I remove a character from the end of a word now
by using <ctrl-alt-Z> (left hand only) which inserts the text “\S-
⇨\|?|? ”.)
7.7
Other keys I now use include: <ctrl-alt-S> which capitalises (or
uncapitalises) the next word. It consists of “\S-⇨\|S”. The point about
it is that it can auto-repeat and capitalise a whole line of words.
7.7
My invert words keystring has now changed to “|D\S-⇨\|V\S-⇦\\S-⇦\”. If you
compare with the hint last month, all I have done is to add a “move left
two words” at the end. This means that the cursor is brought back to the
beginning of the first of the two words inverted. The reason I do this
is that if I invert two words by mistake, I can immediately see which
two words have to be re-inverted to restore things.
7.7
• Keystroke again − Just to show what you can do with Keystroke, I have
a key which does the following: load my Impression “envelope” file,
adjust the window so that a frame embedded within the file is in the
centre of the screen, load my standard “letter” file, adjust the size
and position, insert the date and move the cursor to the position where
I want to enter the address. I then type in the address and press
another key which copies the address, brings the envelope file to the
front, types in the address and prints the envelope. For people I write
to regularly, I can incorporate the address in the first Keystroke
sequence so that the whole thing is done with a single keystroke. Peter
Howard, Fleet.
7.7
• Print margins on HP DeskJet 500 − I use a monochrome DeskJet 500
printer and I have found that the actual print margins are different
from the “Generic DeskJet” settings as supplied with the RISC OS 3
printer drivers. And their A4 margins are different from their Legal and
Letter ones! The latter are, in fact, close to reality. The Legal and
Letter (Generic DeskJet) settings give the top and bottom margins as 5.1
and 20.1 cm respectively, while the A4 (Generic DeskJet) setting gives
12.5 and 19.9cm. I use the DeskJet+ driver with the colour options
turned off and my settings are 5.1cm for the top and 12.0 for the bottom
margin. The left and right margins, although differing slightly, I leave
as they are, as I (and most people, I think) usually set wider side
margins anyway. I leave the Paper Offsets at the supplied DeskJet (and/
or DeskJet+) setting i.e. 4.23 for X and 0.00 for Y. Rex Palmer,
Middlesex. A
7.7
Colton Software
7.7
New artwork
7.7
CC
7.7
New artwork
7.7
Writing a Program − Part 2
7.7
Francis Crossley
7.7
Design procedure
7.7
In last month’s article, I discussed some of the properties of compiled
and interpreted languages. In this article, I want to look at a method
of designing a program. I shall use Basic as the language because it is
available on all Archimedes computers but the principles considered are
common to whichever language you use. I shall use the approach known as
‘top down design’ also called ‘stepwise refinement’. In this technique,
the abstract − what the program is to do − changes by steps into the
concrete − how the program is actually implemented.
7.7
Method
7.7
(1) State what the problem is. To focus our ideas, I shall look at a
program to calculate the area of three simple shapes − this is our
problem.
7.7
(2) The next stage is to write down in general terms what the main
substages are, these might be:
7.7
a) get the name of the shape
7.7
b) calculate the area
7.7
c) display the results
7.7
d) request more data
7.7
e) stop the program when finished
7.7
(3) Now we break down each of these five parts into smaller parts, such
as:
7.7
a) Suppose that the shape is not one the program can deal with or the
name has been misspelled, we will have the following divisions:
7.7
i) input the name of the shape
7.7
ii) check that the name input is acceptable
7.7
b) The area is easy to calculate but we need to know what shape has been
input or the lengths of sides
7.7
i) what is the shape?
7.7
ii) what are the relevant lengths?
7.7
iii) calculate the area with a suitable equation
7.7
c) How do we want the results displayed?
7.7
d) Do we need to use a second request for data, as well as the one at
the beginning?
7.7
e) How do we tell the program we have finished? One possibility is to
have a dummy shape represented by say ‘*’. In this case, it could be
input as a response to the request for a shape. The item 3) a) ii) would
then become: check that the name is acceptable and whether the program
is to terminate, although two tests might be convenient.
7.7
(4) The end is near − it only (only?) remains to code these final
divisions. Assuming that you have some knowledge of Basic, inputting the
name of the shape should be easy, but what about checking that the name
is acceptable?
7.7
As you might expect, there are many ways of doing this. You might use an
IF ..THEN ..ELSE.. construction, the final ELSE leading to an error
message or the termination of the program. Would it be better to have
some sort of loop so that we have another chance to input the name of
the shape? This is the approach we will adopt. What loop structure
should we use? (NO! not one using GOTO!?)
7.7
Two are available: REPEAT...UNTIL or WHILE...ENDWHILE, the difference
being that the REPEAT loop tests the condition at the end and the WHILE
loop tests the condition at the beginning, the latter being more
suitable for this example.
7.7
PRINT “Give the name of the shape R(ectangle), C(ircle)”
7.7
INPUT “ T(riangle) or * to leave the program”,shape$
7.7
WHILE shape$<>“R” AND shape$<>“C” AND shape$<>“T” AND shape$<>“*”
7.7
PRINT “Please try again using only R, C, T or * ”
7.7
INPUT shape$
7.7
ENDWHILE
7.7
I have separated the message string into two parts to avoid having a
long line − this is cosmetic rather than essential.
7.7
Since we are going to calculate several areas, we must have a second
loop so that new data can be supplied. Again, a WHILE loop is the more
suitable. We need to be able to leave the program before we try to find
the area of ‘*’! Put this WHILE statement in the space between the INPUT
and the WHILE in the fragment above. In this way, the correct character
test need not be repeated. The request for data must be repeated later
in the program otherwise the WHILE loop will have no new data to test,
e.g.
7.7
WHILE shape$<>“*”
7.7
rest of the program as
7.7
above to get new shape
7.7
ENDWHILE
7.7
END
7.7
Before we can calculate the area, we must know the shape and choose the
correct equation. Two techniques come to mind:
7.7
a) a series of IF statements
7.7
b) the CASE construct − this might show the function of the block
better so we will try it.
7.7
CASE shape$ OF
7.7
WHEN “R” : get lengths of sides and calc area of rectangle
7.7
WHEN “C” : get diameter and calc area of circle
7.7
WHEN “T” : get lengths of 3 sides and calc area of triangle
7.7
ENDCASE
7.7
We could put an OTHERWISE statement after the last WHEN to allow for
incorrect characters but this has already been tested and since we are
trying to make small steps, it is better to keep the tests separate.
7.7
The statement following the ‘:’ could consist of several statements, on
one line, but would tend to spoil the structure and readability. We will
use procedures or functions to ‘hide’ the details of the program.
7.7
I will combine the two parts ‘get the lengths of sides and calc area’
into one subprogram and will use a function. A function is rather like a
procedure but it can return a result, e.g. area=FNCircleArea.
7.7
The function then requests the lengths of sides or diameter as
appropriate. A line in the CASE construct might be:
7.7
WHEN “C” : area=FNCircleArea
7.7
At the end of the program, after the final END, (the END being essential
or the program tries to execute the functions without suitable data)
there will be a series of definitions of functions and procedures, e.g.
7.7
DEF FNCircleArea
7.7
LOCAL diameter,area
7.7
INPUT “What is the diameter of the circle”,diameter
7.7
area=pi*diameter*diameter/4
7.7
= area
7.7
‘LOCAL’ defines these variables to have a meaning only within this
function. The final ‘= area’ associates the value with the calling
statement and shows that the end of the definition has been reached.
Other functions will be needed for the rectangle and triangle. I will
state the area of the triangle given only the lengths of the sides since
it might not be well known:
7.7
area=SQR(s*(s-a)*(s-b)*(s-c))
7.7
where s=(a+b+c)/2 and a, b, c are lengths of sides.
7.7
Using the base and perpendicular height makes an easier equation but it
is harder to measure in, say, a garden.
7.7
Finally, we need to consider the presentation of the results. This is a
matter of personal choice. If many areas are to be calculated, a tabular
form would be best with a heading for each column. In this case, the
headings must be written only once but the results many times. The PRINT
statement for the header must therefore be near the start of the
program. However, in order to use the IF construct, I choose to have a
line of results stating the shape, size and its area. As an example of a
procedure, I will use one for the display command, PROCDisplay.
7.7
DEF PROCDisplay
7.7
IF shape$=“R” THEN
7.7
PRINT“Area of rectangle, sides ”;x;“ x ”;y;“ is ”;area;
7.7
“ sq meters”
7.7
ELSE IF shape$=“C” THEN
7.7
PRINT“Area of circle, diameter ”;x;“ is ”;area;
7.7
“ sq meters”
7.7
ELSE
7.7
PRINT “Area of triangle, sides ”;x;“, ”;y;“, ”;z;
7.7
“ is ”;area;“ sq meters”
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDPROC
7.7
Notice that a nested IF construct has been used and two ENDIFs must be
present. The key words have been indented to help show the relations
between the tests.
7.7
Since numerical values are to be mixed with text, it will be neater to
use the ‘@%’ variable to format the results. (For details of the use of
@%, see my earlier article in Archive 7.3 p60.) Basic supplied with RISC
OS 3 accepts a string definition of ‘@%’, such as @%=“F10.5” meaning,
fixed format in a field width of of 10 and 5 digits to the right of the
decimal point.
7.7
The complete program appears on the monthly disc and can be LOADed as
“areas”. Check that it does actually do what I have planned!
7.7
Improvements
7.7
Changes which you could make are: include the test for ending the
program in the CASE statement; include the display of the results in the
calculation of area procedure; improve the presentation by putting the
request for data in one part of the screen whilst displaying the results
in another part; the data supplied for the triangle should be tested to
verify that it is a real triangle, i.e. is the sum of the lengths of the
two shorter sides greater than the length of the third side?
7.7
There are many ways of implementing the code. One possibility would be
to replace the INPUT when requesting the shape by GET$, which does not
require <return> to be pressed but you have no chance of correcting a
typing mistake, in which case, error detection is a must.
7.7
This is an example of a simple program but if routines such as Fast
Fourier Transforms were required, inline code would NOT be sensible. A
library procedure would be ideal, because the FFT would be only a small
part of the main problem and should be hidden from view in the way that
SIN, etc are functions hidden elsewhere.
7.7
Summary
7.7
Break the problem into smaller, simpler problems.
7.7
Use procedures or functions to hide the details.
7.7
If you cannot think of a solution to a subproblem today, write a
procedure which simply displays “to be completed later”. The solution
will probably come tomorrow or the day after. In the meantime, solve the
solvable.
7.7
It is sometimes useful to draw a flow chart but, for a short program, I
do not usually bother. However, a flow chart can help you sort out
relationships between different parts of the program.
7.7
Remember that, to make understanding of the program easier long after
you have written it, make each part have one function, indent lines so
that the structure is clear, use REMs to help clarify what is happening,
use meaningful names for variables and finally, writing programs is
supposed to be fun!
7.7
If you have any comments or suggestions for future articles, please
write to Paul or direct to me at 157 Holmes Chapel Road, Congleton,
Cheshire CW12 4QB. A
7.7
Small Ads
7.7
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.7
• 1Mb RAM card A3000 (Risc Dev.), unused £25. PipeDream 3 unused £40.
Beebug hard disc drive for 400/1 series, 20Mb unused £50. Phone
Northampton 0604-499379.
7.7
• 2Mb A3000 upgrade board (Watford) £10. (Chips are soldered, so
upgrade to 4 Mb impossible.) Gerald Fitton on 0793-723347.
7.7
• 2nd Hard drive (160Mb) for A5000. Phone Vera at NCS on 0603-766592.
7.7
• 4Mb RAM upgrade A3000 (Watford) £65, A3000 2Mb RAM upgrade (Acorn)
£25, RISC OS 3.1 £30, Scanlight Junior (A3000, internal) £90, Morley
A3000 2nd drive case (no drive fitted) £25, PinPoint £25, Interdictor 2
£7. All as new. Contact Dr Luigi Giuseppe via G D’Annunzio 68-66023
Francavilla al Mare (CH), Italy.
7.7
• A310, 4Mb, ARM3, MEMC1a, RISC OS 3.10, 47Mb ST506 drive, 47Mb SCSI
drive, Ferguson TX medium res TV/monitor, Impression II (upgrade to
Publisher paid for), Eureka, S_BASE 2 Developer, Revealation Image Pro,
Chocks Away, Birds of War, CyberChess, Lemmings the Tribes, Sim City
etc., also manuals and utility software. Offers around £850. Phone Mark
on 021-423-3500.
7.7
• A4 notebook, 4Mb RAM/60M HD + lots of software including PipeDream 4
and Impression II, £1350. Eizo 9060S multiscan monitor £295. Canon BJ200
bubble jet printer £199, Part exchange for BBC Master + cash. Phone
0254-771656 after 5pm.
7.7
• A410, 2Mb RAM 20Mb ST506 hard disc, 14“ ITT-Nokia remote control TV/
RGB SCART monitor, Panasonic KXP1124 24 pin printer with A4 sheet
feeder, CC hand scanner, Impression II, Hifi sound upgrade, plus lots of
software and books. Excellent condition, £500. Contact R Bedi on 031-
650-5655 (daytime).
7.7
• A410/1 4Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.1, ARM 3. Internal 40Mb and 20Mb ST506 hard
discs. Epson LQ500 printer and new Acorn AKF18 monitor. PipeDream4
(unregistered), DataPower and lots of PD software. Manuals inc. PRM OS2
£750 ono. Contact Mr Stott at Royston, Mount Pleasant, Simpson, Milton
Keynes, MK6 3AJ.
7.7
• A440 50Mb SCSI, 4Mb RAM, Philips colour monitor £500. FX800 printer
£50. Phone Cambridge 0223-311881.
7.7
• A5000 25Mhz, 40Mb HD, 4Mb RAM, no monitor £775. CC Laser Direct card
£150, Impression II £90, Impression Business Supplement £20, Equasor
£20, Borders disc £5, Good Impression £10, First Impression £15, Genesis
Plus £20. Phone Chris (after 7pm only) on 0252-519727.
7.7
• A5000 8Mb RAM, 120MB HD, Multisync monitor, Impression II, full
documentation, £1500. Phone 081-789-2663.
7.7
• A5000, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb RAM, 2×40Mb IDE drives with JP150 printer, PC
Emulator 1.81, multisync monitor, Turbo Driver, Ovation, Thesaurus,
Investigator III, Almanac, Plus 22 quality, original boxed games, £1350
o.n.o. Phone 0532-736943.
7.7
• Acorn Advance unregistered, still wrapped £80, Genesis II (v2.59)
£60, Acorn DTP £8. Phone 0273-684459 after 6pm.
7.7
• Archimedes software: EasiWord £25, Grievous Bodily Arm £10, Blowpipe
£10, Interdictor II £12, Enter the Realm £10, Lemmings £10, SWIV £8,
Blitz £10, Cataclysm £10, Saloon Cars Deluxe £15. Squirrel v1.21 manual
£4 +p&p, Quickshot Maverick 1M Joystick Interface £10, Quickshot Python
3 Turbo Joystick £5, Vertical Twist Joystick Interface v2.4 £20. All
sensible offers considered. Contact Jon Aylwin, “Oak Villa”, 4 St
Margarets Close, Hollingworth Way, Hemyock, Cullumpton, Devon, EX15 3XJ.
7.7
• CC Turbo Driver HP Deskjet £30, Ace ProDriver (Deskjet/Paintjet) £15,
DBedit £15, DeskEdit 3 £15, Compression £19, KeyStroke £12, FontDir £19,
Vigil £10, ABC v2 £18, Euclid £19, Splice £13, Mogul £10, Aldebaran £15,
Elite £15, Cataclysm £10, Pandora’s Box £10, Drop ship £8, Text Aid £6,
GraphBox £19, DrawAid £7, Interdictor 2 £10. Phone 0245-422237.
7.7
• EasiWriter v3.0 £69, Ace ProDriver for the HP500C/550C £15. Phone
0342-714905.
7.7
• Eizo 9060 14“ Multisync monitor, £200. Aleph One PC386/20 podule (4Mb
RAM, 80387 co-processor) plus Windows driver software, £350. Phone David
081-556-6839.
7.7
• HP Paintjet + HP printer stand, Ace ProDriver, six black, six colour
cartridges and 250 sheets of HP coated paper (consumables worth over
£300), £325 o.v.n.o. Phone 0602-722426.
7.7
• Epson LX800 dot matrix printer; used but working. Offers over £40!
Contact Bob Ames 071-477-8275 day or 0487-814227 evening.
7.7
• Laser Direct Qume with two spare toner cartridges. Very good
condition and latest software £500. Phone Ray on 081-864-7208.
7.7
• Midnight Tracer £19, Trace+D2Font £2.50, FontFX (RISC OS 3) £5, Air
Supremacy £9, Trivial Pursuit £5, Chocks Away+Extra Missions £18, Graph
Box Professional £75, Helix Basic v2 £45, Image Outliner £45, Snippet
£24, Atelier £35, Imagery £10, Split an Image £9, Glimpse £5, Christmas
Allsorts £9, Desk Edit 2 £15. Phone 0626-853774.
7.7
• Morley Teletext Adaptor £30. Phone 0508-499495.
7.7
• Ovation v1.38s £60, Hard Disc Companion 2 (Beebug) £30. Both boxed
with manuals. Phone Mr Carter on 0923-856009.
7.7
• PC 486 4Mb card + Windows driver, £295. Phone Jim on Leicester 0533-
892797.
7.7
• Psion II XP with 64K datapack, Pocket Spreadsheet, Comms Link
(RS232), mains adaptor, datapack formatter. £50 o.n.o. Phone Richard on
0703-667245 evenings.
7.7
• Scanlight 256 for A300/400/5000, cost £222 last June, serious offers
to 0602-722426.
7.7
• Single external 5¼“ Disc drive with PSU plus blank discs and storage
box £45, dual external 3½” disc drive with PSU £80, Risc Dev. A3000
external disc drive buffer podule £25, WE A3000 2Mb RAM upgrade £15.
Offers welcome. Midlands area. Phone Jon on 0283-31403.
7.7
• Wanted: Risc Basic. Phone 0626-853774.
7.7
• Wanted: Spell checker and Thesaurus for Psion 3 or Pocket Book. Phone
0603-55303.
7.7
• Watford MKII 16 grey scale hand scanner (A3xx/4xx/540 podule), 100-
400 dpi, 105 width, £55. For details ask for Roland on 010-33-88364245
(F413). For delivery in London, phone 071-600-0927.
7.7
Charity Sales − None this month as we were hoping to sell it all at the
Open Day on March 12th! If you have unwanted software or hardware for
Archimedes computers you could donate for charity, please send it to the
Archive office and we will advertise it next month. Thanks. A
7.7
Help!!!!
7.7
• Bugs in Impression Style? − The Installer program does not work with
SCSIFS or IDEFS and hangs the machine waiting for the second disc. If
you type ADFS at the command line before installing it works OK.
7.7
If you click on ‘Discard Document’ on the iconbar menu with <adjust> as
you used to in Impression II to remove several documents, it hangs the
machine.
7.7
I have also had several problems with Style crashing and aborting with
‘Illegal Window Handle...’ and supposedly ‘Corrupt Font Trinity.Medium.’
No other applications have any problems and Style reloads again quite
happily and carries on where it left off. Anybody else had this problem?
(RISC OS 3.10 of A540) CC say they have not heard of it. Ray Dawson,
Middlesex.
7.7
• Dhrystones & Whetstones − Does anyone have any information about
these two processor speed tests? What do they test and how? Does anyone
have figures for different processors? I like to tell people how fast my
Acorn is compared to their 486DX33 − or whatever. Colin Singleton,
Sheffield.
7.7
• File transfer − I have a mentally handicapped brother and I want to
transfer some software for him from a BBC Master. Could anyone help by
transferring 5¼“ DFS files to 3½” ADFS, please? Thanks. Grant Randall,
18 Richmond Road, Harrogate, HG2 9AP. (0423-520850)
7.7
• Hard drive problems − One of my Quantum 105S ProDrives (SCSI 3½“,
105Mb external) has been playing up. It appears to work correctly,
everything reads from it OK, but if I try to write to it and then try to
read back what has been written, the file either doesn’t exist or
consists of something that has been deleted previously. This doesn’t
happen every time and if I power the drive off and on it usually works
OK, although not always and I sometimes end up with “bad free space map”
or “broken directory” errors which require reloads to clear them. The
other drive works perfectly all the time. Has anyone any ideas what’s
wrong or can anyone suggest a good repairer, preferably a Quantum
service centre. I use a Cumana CA008 SCSI internal interface on my
A3000. Peter Young, 20 Racecourse Lane, Northallerton, N. Yorks, DL7
8RD.
7.7
(I know Cumana won’t thank me for saying this but we have had a number
of problems with the Cumana SCSI interface. We sometimes find that a
Morley SCSI will work where a Cumana one won’t. Ed.)
7.7
• High density disc interfaces − Has anyone got a high density (1.6Mb)
hard drive attached to an old Archimedes successfully? Various systems
have appeared and disappeared over the months. I believe that Vertical
Twist and Risc Developments both do them but (a) do they work and (b)
are they actually available? Clive Bell, Stevenage.
7.7
• International language − One issue raised by the RISC OS Style Guide
is the importance of standardising the wording used in the user
interface. However, Acorn don’t seem to have thought this out for
international users. If the same degree of conformity is to be achieved
in other languages as is being achieved in the UK, it would be helpful
if we had some preferred translations to work from.
7.7
Could any of our non-UK subscribers collect together the options
currently used in those packages which have been translated and create a
listing which could be generally used by both software houses and
individuals? Any offers of help would be much appreciated. Chris Mills,
1 Lambton Close, Crawcrook, Ryton, NE40 4UX.
7.7
While on this subject, it seems that the PRM makes no mention of how to
set the decimal point to default to a comma. Any ideas?
7.7
• PC partition problem − I have created a 300Mb PC partition on my
520Mb hard disc. The problem I have is that under RISC OS, you cannot
look inside this PC partition (the maximum viewable size being 32Mb).
Acorn cannot help me. Maybe somebody has cracked it. If you have, please
give me a ring on 0895-259245. David Ackie, Middlesex
7.7
• Pocket Book − Mine says “battery backup low” virtually every time I
switch it on. I haven’t lost any data yet but it is annoying and
slightly worrying to see it so often. I wonder if anyone else has found
this? Paul Beverley, Archive.
7.7
• Suffolk Archimedes Club??? − I am keen to start an Archimedes User
Club in Ipswich and wonder if there is anyone who would be interested in
coming along to meetings. I anticipate an informal event, probably
starting in a local pub and maybe hiring a local hall in the future. It
would be just a social event initially, hopefully expanding to offer
support, help newcomers, offer a book library, a PD library and maybe
help some of the local schools who are using Archimedes machines. I can
be contacted at 35 Clive Avenue, Ipswich, IP1 4LU, or by phone (8 p.m.
to 10 p.m. only, please) on 0473-216424, or mobile 0831-884703 (24hr
answer service) or Email on Fidonet 2:2501/302.5 (Andy Keeble).
7.7
Are there other local Archimedes user groups? I get info about general
ones but don’t publish them as we could fill up the magazine with them −
but if there are any specifically Archimedes ones, do let us know. Or if
you want to start one somewhere, again, let us know. Ed.
7.7
Help Offered
7.7
• !Printers setting up − James Munday has written five pages of notes
about setting up !Printers. I felt that it wouldn’t justify five pages
of Archive but some may find it useful so I have put it on the monthly
disc. Thanks, James.
7.7
• Brainsoft Multipod Professional − (Archive 7.6 p 31) The problem
sounds like the one I aired in Archive 6.3 p15. The bad news is that
there are some versions of the Brainsoft firmware which do not work
under RISC OS 3.10. The later versions unfortunately have the same
version numbers as the duff ones so that is no guide. The good news is
that I have a disc copy of the ROM image of a working version from which
an EPROM may be blown. I may even be able to get a ROM blown, if
required. Tim Nicholson, 3 Fawley Close, Cranleigh, Surrey, GU6 7JP.
7.7
• Teletext adaptors − Various people answered our pleas last month for
a supply of Teletext adaptors. This has resulted in several second-hand
ones appearing in the Small Ads column. Also, there is a new Teletext
product from DesignIT − see Products Available. Other suppliers
mentioned are...
7.7
GP Electronics on 0474-854677 − I couldn’t get any reply from them.
7.7
Hampshire Microtechnology Centre − I wrote and am awaiting a reply. A
7.7
Safesell
7.7
From 7.6 page 7
7.7
Oak Solutions
7.7
From 7.6 page 19
7.7
Advanced Basic Programming Forum
7.7
Paul Hobbs
7.7
The Basic language supplied with the Archimedes is very powerful and
easy to use. As with all languages, there are some things that are just
not possible or practical but I would like to suggest that it is a lot
more capable than many people think.
7.7
The aim of this column will be to introduce some thought-provoking ideas
on things that are possible using Basic and provide well-commented
example code, where necessary.
7.7
One thing I have learned from bitter experience is that, as far as
possible, each routine should be self-contained and perform only one
function. This involves the avoidance of global variables which can
cause side effects that are difficult to track down. Equally
importantly, each routine should claim and release workspace memory as
required.
7.7
If all routines are written in this manner, they can be copied and re-
used in other programs with no problems. I am aware that this does not
necessarily produce the fastest code but, personally, I prefer robust
code that I can use again, rather than strive for maximum speed.
7.7
Claiming and releasing memory blocks
7.7
With this in mind, the first topic I would like to cover is claiming and
releasing blocks of memory. Many of the other routines will depend on
the ability to do this. Memory management in Basic is probably one of
the weakest aspects of the language, providing only the DIM keyword for
reserving a non-resizable block of memory.
7.7
This month, I am going to discuss two methods of claiming memory, one
from the current WimpSlot and the other from the Relocatable Module Area
(RMA). Each method has its advantages and disadvantages, so it is up to
you to decide which is the most suitable for the task in hand.
7.7
Firstly, I shall look at the WimpSlot method which is illustrated by
routines taken with permission from !TemplEd (a template editor) by Dick
Alstein. The advantage is that all of the memory claimed by the
application is returned to the free pool automatically when the task
ends. The disadvantage is that the program will use at least two pages
(that is 64Kb on a 4Mb machine) because one page contains the program
and the other the claimed memory blocks.
7.7
It is important that your program does not attempt to move HIMEM or
adjust the slot size itself as this would result in the heap being
overwritten. There should be no need to do this, however, as all memory
required can be claimed using the routines given here.
7.7
Warning! The routine to release a heap block contains a trick that may
not work in future releases of RISC OS − the line SYS “OS_Heap”,5,_Heap%
,,(_HeapEnd% − _Heap%) − _Heap%!12 reads the current size of the heap
(at _Heap%!12) before releasing it. The difficulty is that a heap resize
request (OS_Heap 5) might shrink the heap by less that the requested
amount but, according to the RISC OS 2 PRMs, you can’t find out how much
it actually did shrink. The RISC OS 3 PRMs say the amount is returned in
r3 although it is not certain if this is true for RISC OS 2 as well.
Normally, this sort of thing is not recommended, as a rewrite may be
necessary in the future, but the routine as given works on both RISC OS
2 and 3.
7.7
The following example program allows experimentation with the routines −
note that it does not run under the Wimp to avoid complicating matters.
Also note that the routines (apart from _heap_init) do not generate an
error if something goes wrong − a return code is passed back to your
program instead. I take the view that the person actually writing the
program should be able to decide what happens if memory runs out. For
example, it is faster to perform processing on a file by loading it into
a RAM buffer, but if not enough RAM is available, it would be possible
to offer processing the file on disc instead.
7.7
REM >HeapTest
7.7
PROC_heap_init :REM Initialise memory heap
7.7
REM Globals for test program
7.7
quit% = FALSE
7.7
a% = 0
7.7
b% = 0
7.7
blk% = 0
7.7
amount$ = “”
7.7
g = 0
7.7
REM A simple menu to test the heap procedures
7.7
REPEAT
7.7
PRINT ‘“Slot size currently ”;~_SlotSize%
7.7
PRINT “Select from...”
7.7
PRINT “1= fetch”‘“2= return”’“3= resize”‘“4= quit”
7.7
g = GET − 48
7.7
CASE g OF
7.7
WHEN 1:
7.7
INPUT “size to fetch: &”a$
7.7
IF a$ <> “” THEN
7.7
a% = EVAL(“&” + a$)
7.7
blk% = FN_heap_get(a%)
7.7
IF blk% > 0 THEN
7.7
PRINT ‘“Block allocated at &” + STR$~blk%
7.7
ELSE
7.7
PRINT ‘“Unable to claim enough memory”
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
WHEN 2:
7.7
INPUT “block to return: &”a$
7.7
IF a$ <> “” THEN
7.7
a% = EVAL(“&” + a$)
7.7
b% = a%
7.7
PROC_heap_release(a%)
7.7
IF (a% = 0) THEN
7.7
PRINT ‘“Block at &” + STR$~b% + “ has been released”
7.7
ELSE
7.7
PRINT ‘“No block exists at &”+STR$~b%
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
WHEN 3:
7.7
INPUT “Block to resize: &”a$
7.7
INPUT “Amount (-ve to decrease): &”amount$
7.7
IF a$ <> “” THEN
7.7
a% = EVAL(“&” + a$)
7.7
b% = a%
7.7
PROC_heap_resize(a%,VAL( amount$))
7.7
IF (a% > 0) THEN
7.7
PRINT ‘“Block at &” + STR$~b% + “ has been resized ”;
7.7
IF a% <> b% THEN PRINT “(now at &”+STR$~a%+
7.7
“)” ELSE PRINT
7.7
ELSE
7.7
IF a% = -3 THEN PRINT ‘“No block exists at
7.7
&”+STR$~b%
7.7
IF a% = -2 THEN PRINT ‘“Unable to claim
7.7
enough memory”
7.7
IF a% = -1 THEN PRINT ‘“Block size is now 0
7.7
or negative”
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
WHEN 4:
7.7
quit% = TRUE
7.7
ENDCASE
7.7
UNTIL quit%
7.7
END
7.7
REM — Heap Procedures ————————————————————————
7.7
REM Global variables used:
7.7
REM _Heap% Start of heap
7.7
REM _SlotSize% Size of current WimpSlot
7.7
REM _PageSize% Size of a memory page
7.7
REM _HeapEnd% End of heap
7.7
DEF PROC_heap_init
7.7
_Heap% = HIMEM : REM heap starts just after end of allocated memory
7.7
SYS “OS_ReadMemMapInfo” TO _PageSize%
7.7
REM enlarge wimpslot (1 page) and
7.7
create private heap
7.7
in new memory
7.7
_SlotSize% = _Heap% − &8000
7.7
SYS “Wimp_SlotSize”,_SlotSize% + _PageSize%,-1 TO _SlotSize%
7.7
_HeapEnd% = _SlotSize% + &8000
7.7
IF _HeapEnd% <= _Heap% THEN ERROR 0, “Can’t claim space for heap”
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,0,_Heap%,,_HeapEnd% − _Heap%
7.7
ENDPROC
7.7
DEF FN_heap_get(size%)
7.7
LOCAL maxfree%,nrpages%,oldheapend% ,ptr%
7.7
REM Returns pointer to new memory block
7.7
REM -1 if claim fails due to lack of memory
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,1,_Heap% TO ,,maxfree%
7.7
IF size% > maxfree% THEN
7.7
REM largest free block is too small − try to enlarge wimpslot and heap
7.7
nrpages% = 1 + (size% DIV _PageSize%) : REM required # pages of memory
7.7
SYS “Wimp_SlotSize”,_SlotSize% + nrpages% * _PageSize%,-1
7.7
TO _SlotSize%
7.7
oldheapend% = _HeapEnd%
7.7
_HeapEnd% = _SlotSize% + &8000
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,5,_Heap%,,_HeapEnd% − oldheapend%
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,1,_Heap% TO ,,maxfree% : REM do we have enough now?
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
IF size% > maxfree% THEN
7.7
ptr% = -1
7.7
ELSE
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,2,_Heap%,,size% TO ,,ptr%
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
= ptr%
7.7
DEF PROC_heap_release(RETURN ptr%)
7.7
LOCAL maxfree%,nrpages%,flg%
7.7
REM Returns 0 if block released OK
7.7
REM Returns -1 if operation failed (i.e. block doesn’t exist)
7.7
SYS “XOS_Heap”,3,_Heap%,ptr% TO ;flg% :REM Free the block
7.7
IF (flg% AND 1) = 0 THEN
7.7
REM Block was released successfully...
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,1,_Heap% TO ,,maxfree% :REM Get info on heap
7.7
IF maxfree% > _PageSize% THEN
7.7
REM more than 1 page free − try to shrink heap (page by page)
7.7
nrpages% = 0 : REM # pages of memory freed
7.7
REPEAT
7.7
SYS “XOS_Heap”,5,_Heap%,,-_PageSize% TO ;flg%
7.7
IF (flg% AND 1) = 0 THEN
7.7
nrpages% += 1
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
UNTIL (flg% AND 1) <> 0
7.7
IF nrpages% > 0 THEN
7.7
REM successfully shrunk heap − shrink WimpSlot
7.7
SYS “Wimp_SlotSize”,_SlotSize% − nrpages% * _PageSize%,-1
7.7
TO _SlotSize%
7.7
_HeapEnd% = _SlotSize% + &8000
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
SYS “OS_Heap”,5,_Heap%,,(_HeapEnd% − _Heap%) − _Heap%!12
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
REM Return 0 to signal successful release of block
7.7
ptr% = 0
7.7
ELSE
7.7
REM Error occured trying to free the block, return -1 to signal to the
7.7
REM program that something went wrong (normally the program would
ignore
7.7
REM this anyway)
7.7
ptr% = -1
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDPROC
7.7
DEF PROC_heap_resize(RETURN ptr%, change%)
7.7
LOCAL flg%
7.7
REM Returns a new pointer to the block (it may be moved in memory). Any
7.7
REM data in the block will be copied to the new location if necessary.
7.7
REM Returns -1 if the block now has a size of 0 or less
7.7
REM Returns -2 if claim fails due to lack of memory
7.7
REM Returns -3 if block does not exist
7.7
SYS “XOS_Heap”,6,_Heap%,ptr% TO ;flg% :REM Read size of block to
7.7
check it exists
7.7
IF (flg% AND 1) THEN
7.7
REM It doesn’t exist.
7.7
ptr% = -3
7.7
ELSE
7.7
REM It does, so attempt to perform resize..
7.7
SYS “XOS_Heap”,4,_Heap%,ptr%,change% TO ,,ptr%;flg%
7.7
IF (flg% AND 1) THEN ptr% = -2
7.7
ENDIF
7.7
ENDPROC
7.7
RMA method
7.7
The second method is more suitable for small programs as the claimed
memory blocks are taken from the RMA and not the current WimpSlot. As
the above listing is rather long, the RMA routines are on the monthly
program disc. Unfortunately, memory taken from the RMA is not
automatically returned when the program ends and may not (under some
circumstances) be recovered at all. This means that it is possible that
the RMA area could grow and grow, taking memory from the free pool until
there is none left.
7.7
Due to this problem, I prefer to use the first method although it is
somewhat crude in that memory blocks are never relocated to make best
use of the available memory. However, as long as blocks are kept small
and released when finished with, they work well. For more sophisticated
memory handling, I would point you in the direction of the ‘WimpExt’
module by Jon Ribbens which implements a ‘sliding heap’ which can
automatically relocate memory blocks.
7.7
Using the RMA as a source of private workspace for your applications
does have a few advantages, especially for small utility programs in
that it is not neccessary to claim a complete extra page of memory from
the wimpslot and in a reduction of the code needed in your program.
7.7
Global variables are also not required making things much neater, and of
course it is not neccessary to initialise the heap as RISC OS has
already done it for you.
7.7
Next month
7.7
Next time we’ll look at the problem of discovering the buffer size
needed by “Wimp_LoadTemplate” to actually load the templates − and, yes,
I do know that RISC OS 3 has a new call to do this, but that doesn’t
help if you want your program to run under RISC OS 2 as well! If anybody
has any suggestions for Basic programming techniques that could be of
general interest, or problems that could be covered in the future, my
address is Paul Hobbs, Rheinpfalzstrasse 2, 85049 Ingolstadt,
Germany. A
7.7
Language Column
7.7
David Wild
7.7
At Acorn World 93, I upgraded my copy of Longman Logotron’s S-Base to
the latest version. It comes with a new set of manuals and seems to me
to be well worth having. One of the additional facilities is a “front
end” that automates much of the work of preparing an application and
avoids the necessity of typing a lot of code to deal with the usual
housekeeping of a database.
7.7
I was particularly interested in the different attitudes shown in the
two manuals supplied with the package. There is a “getting started” type
of manual which is very enthusiastic about the automatic generation
facility while the tutorial part of the main manual mentions it but
dismisses it as being for beginners. The tutorial then leads you through
all the code necessary to build up the application and implies that this
is the right way for experts to do the job.
7.7
My experience as a programmer and as a provider of technical support to
other programmers and users, suggests that programmers, just as much as
beginners, need all the help they can get. Many program bugs can be
traced to “silly” mistakes in “easy” parts of the program. (The word
silly is not meant to imply stupidity but describes the sort of mistake
which is often caused by distraction or haste and is not the result of a
fundamental lack of understanding − rather like letter-transposition in
typing.)
7.7
One classic type of error is using the wrong variable because you think
that you have remembered what the name is, and this will not be picked
up by the compiler because the syntax is still correct. If you have
several similar variables, this sort of error can go unnoticed for quite
some time and this is why we need thorough testing of all newly written
programs even if they seem to be trivial.
7.7
Because of this, I favour the idea of using as much help of the
automatic sort as possible and then “tweaking” the resulting code to
make the program do exactly what you want. This really ties in with the
idea of using separately compiled modules with the “normal” programming
languages − why bog yourself down rewriting the code to display the
results of your calculation on the screen when you have already written
the code for the display of other similar calculations. Much of the
fractal programming can be dealt with by writing one full program and
then a new “calculate” module for the rest of the results.
7.7
The problem of program errors has often been underrated, especially by
programmers themselves, and I have known people spend a lot of time
trying to prove that there had been a machine malfunction rather than
that there could be an error in their work.
7.7
I receive a magazine “The Sciences” from New York and I recently found a
fascinating article about the early days of computing and the discovery
of debugging. The author explained that they had expected quite a lot of
machine unreliability, but had expected that they, all experienced
mathematicians, would have had no trouble writing programs that worked
first time.
7.7
This is not quite as big-headed as it sounds as most of the programs
were actually quite simple, doing tasks that needed a lot of repetitive
calculation. In fractal programs, most of the program’s time is taken up
with calculating while most of the program content is taken up with
displaying the results − especially in a multi-tasking environment. As
they didn’t have any display facilities other than simple printers, the
complicated parts weren’t there. A
7.7
The Advance Column
7.7
Robert Chrismas
7.7
How satisfying it is to discover that self-styled experts have feet of
clay! Having written about the benefits of reading manuals, and about
Advance installation, I was disappointed to discover that the so-called
expert with egg on his face was me.
7.7
When my college bought a site licence version of Advance, I carefully
installed it on our Econet. It worked properly although, as I mentioned
last month, loading was slow.
7.7
I first realised that I might have missed something when I received a
letter from Mrs L. J. Handcock of The Perse School for Girls, Cambridge
about her experiences with Advance. In her description of the way her
students used Advance, Mrs Handcock mentioned that she had installed
Advance on ‘hard discs on a variety of machines.’ ‘My!’, I thought,
‘that must cost a bit for lots of single user packs.’
7.7
A wonderful disc
7.7
A couple of days later, I received from Acorn their Support Group
Applications Note 243 which includes advice on using Advance on a
network. This fascinating document made the extent of my mistake all too
clear. The Advance Program Disc 1 in the site licence pack is a
wonderful disc. When you have installed Advance on one network, you can
use the same disc to install Advance on all your other networks. The
same disc will install a copy of Advance on as many hard discs as you
require and it will even make floppy disc copies for individual
machines. In the words of the applications note: ‘unlimited copies can
be created on fileservers, hard discs, floppies etc from a single site
licence disc.’
7.7
When I went back to the installation instructions in the manual, it was
obvious that this was possible. I had not realised it because I had
never before come across a protected disc which allowed you to install a
program on an unlimited number of computers with different filing
systems. And I had not read the manually carefully enough.
7.7
Network problems
7.7
Mrs Handcock’s letter also described some problems she was having with
Advance on the network.
7.7
One problem involved pupils loading a file from an open area of the
network, editing it and saving the edited version back to their own
area. So far as I can tell, Advance WP behaves like other editors. It
will load a file which the user does not own provided the file has
public read access. However, users will not be able to save it back to
the public area of the network. I suggested that when students need to
save their own edited version of a public access file, they should be
told to copy the file into their own directory first, then to load it
from there. This seems a good strategy for all sorts of files and not
just Advance.
7.7
Database needs update access
7.7
Like most databases, the Advance DB does not load the whole file.
Instead, it reads and writes individual records. The file must be opened
for update. Naturally, this will fail if the user is not allowed to
update the file. Unfortunately, if the user does not have write access
to the file, or if the file is locked, Advance does not generate a
proper error message, instead it just beeps. Mrs Handcock’s local dealer
informs her that Acorn is aware of this problem.
7.7
Network users will know that there are file interlocks which prevent a
user opening a file for update if it is already open for update or just
reading, and they will also prevent any users opening a file at all if
it is already open for update.
7.7
Printing problem
7.7
Mrs Handcock writes, “Nearly all our printing is done over the net to a
Calligraph laser printer. All machines print WP files perfectly, but
when it comes to spreadsheets, any machines which have a hard disc
upgrade (A3000s have 20Mb HCCS IDE drives, the 310 has an ICS drive)
refuse to print and hang up the machine.” This problem has stumped me.
If anyone has any suggestions please let me have them and I will pass
them on to Mrs Handcock.
7.7
Too many fonts
7.7
The Advance spreadsheet will not run if you have ‘too many’ fonts. To
make matters worse the error message it produces, ‘Too many items in
menu,’ is unhelpful. In a letter in which he says he was “touched by
your desperate plea ... for letters on Advance”, Peter Young of
Northallerton, North Yorkshire, points out the fonts problem. Peter
remarks that it reminds him of RISC OS 2 versions of Edit − which should
be sufficient to galvanize Acorn/Clares into fixing it!
7.7
None of the other Advance tools seem as susceptible to this problem
which is made worse by the way the spreadsheet presents the fonts. It
uses one menu option for the regular version of the font and another for
any variations. The error seems to occur if the fonts menu has more than
39 entries.
7.7
Who needs it?
7.7
Elwyn Morris sent a very interesting letter responding to my request for
letters from people who have decided not to use Advance. He finds that
PipeDream is able to do all his word processing, and it also meets his
simple database and spreadsheet requirements. He finds PipeDream’s
ability to use its own printer drivers, as well as the RISC OS ones,
valuable and, finally, he can run PipeDream on MS DOS, so his files can
be linked with others done at work.
7.7
I am an enthusiastic PipeDream user and I cannot disagree with anything
Elwyn writes. Still, having tried to teach both programs, I find the
Advance tools much easier to explain to new users, and they seem to
learn them more easily.
7.7
Like Elwyn, most microcomputer owners have pretty simple requirements
for databases and spreadsheets, if we use them at all. We are not crying
out for relational databases or multi-dimensional programmable
spreadsheets. When we find a program which does what we need, reasonably
conveniently, we tend to stick with it. This is no doubt a
disappointment for all software developers − not just those in the
Archimedes world.
7.7
I like Advance because it seems to me to be straightforward and easy to
use without including a lot of features I do not use.
7.7
In a module?
7.7
Bernard Veasey from Chichester suggested that Advance might be quicker
to load on the Econet if it were combined in one module which would add
the program to the Resources:$.Apps directory. The advantage would be
that it would load over the network as one big module file. This should
help for other programs but I am not sure whether the Advance protection
would tolerate it. Also, you would be filling up memory with some tools
you might not need. However, I will try out the idea using a program
which creates a module from an application which appears on the Risc
User April 1993 magazine disc.
7.7
Has anyone tried importing Lotus 1-2-3 WK1 files to the spreadsheet
tool? The Advance manual says it is possible.
7.7
I would be glad to receive any correspondence about Advance. So far, the
score stands at three letters, only one of which came from a regular
Advance user. It was encouraging to find the column was not just of
interest to Advance users. Probably the other readers are people, like
me, who are determined to get full value from their Archive!
7.7
My address is 8 Virginia Park Road, Gosport, Hants, PO12 3DZ. A
7.7
Games Column
7.7
Dave Floyd
7.7
Over the years, the Archimedes games player has had a steady supply of
software but, compared to other platforms, you wouldn’t say it was
prolific. Towards the end of last year, a number of established games
companies began to take an interest in the Archimedes market, so we are
looking forward to seeing a good number of original new games as well as
conversions this year.
7.7
Future columns will be directed both by what is happening within the
Archimedes games market and also by your input, so if you have any
opinions on games or want to suggest the direction you would like the
column to take, please write to me.
7.7
Over the first two Games Column, I’ll look briefly at each game genre
and see what is available at present and what may be appearing in the
near future.
7.7
Shoot-Em-Ups
7.7
My favourite within this category has to be Axis from TBA Software. I
enjoyed this game with an ARM 2 chip fitted, but now that I have an ARM
3, it really is very slick indeed. When you rotate your tank, it stands
still while the whole of the scenery moves. Marvel at the power of the
Archimedes and the talent of the programmers while shooting everything
that moves − superb!
7.7
Certainly worth a mention is Apocalypse, from 4th Dimension. It bears
the mark of a good game in that it’s still playable years after release.
With many worlds to conquer and a vast selection of aliens to overcome,
the action is relentless, especially on the later levels. As if that
were not enough, you have limited fuel with which to complete your
mission.
7.7
Xenon 2 is a conversion of the Amiga classic by Gamesware and another
piece of software that should be in the collection of every self-
respecting shoot-em-up lover. The parallax scrolling is smooth and there
are hordes of aliens to blast while you try to collect power-ups to
increase your fire power. The graphics are well detailed and animated
and, unlike many vertically scrolling games, you can reverse if you find
you have taken a wrong turning. Great fun.
7.7
I was never a great lover of Asteroids, but Spheres of Chaos from Matt
Black is a must. It is not so much a version of the old classic as a
completely new game based on the principles of the original. The
colours, sound and variations on the original theme, along with a multi-
player option and the facility to modify the parameters of the game,
make this a winner.
7.7
Some may be surprised that I have not included Zarch in my selection but
I find that using the mouse to control the ship is less than
satisfactory − a bias that runs over to other Zarch-type games. Nevryon
looked very pretty when it was released but, unfortunately, I don’t have
four hands, which seem essential to master the controls.
7.7
The worst example has to be Zelanites. Basically, it is space invaders
with better graphics, and I was surprised that it was a full price
release at all. It totally amazes me that Superior Software have seen
fit to include it on Play It Again Sam 3.
7.7
Platform games
7.7
The obvious choices amongst platform games are all conversions. Zool
(Gremlin), James Pond (Krisalis), James Pond 2 − Robocod (Gamesware) and
Chuck Rock (Krisalis) are all absorbing and challenging games with good
cartoon-style graphics. That they have proved their quality on Megadrive
and Amiga where platform games face far greater competition than is
available Archimedes, speaks volumes, and the conversions themselves are
all of good quality.
7.7
Other conversions that no games collection should be without are Gods
(Krisalis) and Magic Pockets (Renegade). Good graphics and playability
combine with that “one-more-go” factor that ensures value for money. One
advantage with owning an Archimedes is that (so far) we only get
conversions of the better games and long may it continue.
7.7
One ‘home bred’ game that has been taking up more of my time than I care
to admit is Warlocks from Network 23. The sprites are a touch small and
the sound could be improved but this is still a very impressive effort
and offers hours of fun and frustration for the games player.
7.7
Fighting games
7.7
There is very little competition so far in the Archimedes field although
the genre appears to be flourishing on other systems. Grievous Bodily
’Arm from 4th Dimension and Aggressor from Matt Black have been the only
two titles to date. Of these two, Aggressor gets my vote but it’s not
Street Fighter 2 and if released on any other format, it would be
totally overwhelmed. I have seen an advert for a new game called
DeathBlow but have not seen the game yet so cannot comment.
7.7
Adventure games
7.7
Text adventures seem to have hit a bit of a lull within the computer
community − which I feel is a shame. With the power and memory available
on the Archimedes, some very large and enjoyable adventures could be
written but nothing seems to be happening. Most of the old Acornsoft
adventures have been converted from the BBC by Topologika along with
some new titles which are all of good quality and would be a good place
for the beginner to start out in the world of adventuring.
Unfortunately, my own personal favourite, Gateway To Karos, has not been
converted, but I live in hope.
7.7
Robico have been very quiet of late but released a number of games a few
years back which would provide a good buy for those who need more of a
challenge. I always found that their games were a little difficult but
they were always logical and the quality of the text kept me coming back
for more.
7.7
I find it a great shame that no-one has seen fit to convert the
marvellous adventures once produced by Level 9. From the truly colossal
Snowball through the rest of their adventures, I spent many a happy hour
exploring and puzzling. The Level 9 adventures are one reason why I
still keep my old BBC and actually get it out of the cupboard every now
and then.
7.7
Sadly, it is now very difficult to find either The Pawn or its follow
up, Guild of Thieves. I played both games on an Amiga long ago, and they
were exceptional examples of how to write an adventure game.
Unfortunately, I did not buy them when they were released on the
Archimedes and if anybody has a copy which they would be willing to sell
me, please get in touch. Wonderland is another adventure from Magnetic
Scrolls which is in the same mould and is well worth getting if you come
across it.
7.7
Possibly one of the best ways to obtain good quality text adventures is
through a public domain utility which allows you to use data files from
the extensive range written by Infocom. During the eighties, Infocom
were prolific in producing very good quality games but, being American,
they never turned their attention to the Acorn market. Using the PD
utility, you can use the PC versions of the games and play them as if
they were written for the Archimedes. Most of the games have been re-
released in compilation form now, so it is also a very cost-effective
method of increasing your software collection.
7.7
Finally, Gamesware have converted Simon the Sorcerer from other
platforms. Although it is not a text adventure in the classic style, it
has to be included with the genre. Unfortunately, it has also meant the
conversion of a Sega type price of £39.99. I know all the arguments:
small user base, licensing costs, programming costs, etc but, no matter
how many good reviews I read, I remain unconvinced that a game is worth
that kind of money. Maybe readers who have bought the game would like to
write to me with their opinions and convince me that I am wrong. (They
say “about two weeks” for Simon the Sorcerer”− but it was supposed to be
out for Christmas. Ed.)
7.7
Next month, I will look at simulations, puzzle games and Elite-style
games. If I have not mentioned your particular favourite shoot-em-up,
platform, fighting or adventure game, please let me know. Also, if you
have any opinions relating to the Archimedes games market, please write
to me c/o PO Box 2795, Harlesden, London NW10 9AY. A
7.7
Of the games Dave mentioned, Archive stock the following:
7.7
Aggressor − £15
7.7
Apocalypse − £29
7.7
Axis − £23
7.7
Chuck Rock − £24
7.7
Gods − £24
7.7
Grievous Bodily ’Arm − £24
7.7
James Pond − £24
7.7
James Pond 2: Robocod − £24
7.7
Magic Pockets − £24
7.7
Spheres of Chaos − £23
7.7
Xenon 2 − £24
7.7
Zool − £24
7.7
Music Column
7.7
Stewart Watson
7.7
Rhapsody 3
7.7
Rhapsody 3 has a number of features which are particularly useful for
teachers, but might well be of use to other users. The most obvious of
these is the transpose facility. Once a score has been input in one key,
it can be transposed up or down at will. If you are working with a class
on a piece prepared in Rhapsody and one of the pupils happens to play
the clarinet you simply load the score, select the appropriate stave and
transpose the stave up two steps. You then have the melody in the
appropriate key, ready to be printed, almost. The only change required
before printing is that some beams, especially notes on the middle line
of the stave, might need to be altered.
7.7
Re-tail
7.7
To do this, open the stave menu, select re-tail, then both. At this
stage, it is worth checking through the score to make sure that
everything is as you would like it before printing, as unfortunately
Rhapsody 3 does not appear to recognize whether beams of notes on the
middle line should go up or down to fit in with the notes on either
side, but simply sets beams of all notes on the middle line to go up.
This is an omission from the program − I hope it will be addressed in
some future upgrade.
7.7
Transposition
7.7
A point to note is that transposition in Rhapsody is cumulative.
Therefore if you transpose a part up two semitones, you could return it
to its original pitch by transposing it down two semitones. However, if
you had transposed it up by two semitones, and then wanted it transposed
down three semitones below the original, you would have to set the
transpose depth to −5.
7.7
Chord symbols
7.7
Before the guitar chord facility became available, I used to print chord
letters above the stave. This worked well for keyboard players and
guitarists, but if the piece had to be transposed, it would appear in a
new key with the chord symbols for the original key. I now realize that
I should have entered the chord symbols on a separate stave, above the
main melody stave, so that I could transpose the melody stave and print
it out without any chord symbols. I now use the guitar chord function
for inputting chords using a half size stave. This not only inputs chord
grids for guitarists, but also names the chords for keyboard players.
7.7
Editing
7.7
When moving from one stave to another while editing a multi-stave score,
ensure that a note or symbol is selected on the current stave before
editing or transposing.
7.7
Bar numbers
7.7
The automatic insertion of bar numbers at the start of each line, which
Rhapsody 3 implements by default, can very often be useful. However,
when it is not required, there is no obvious way to switch it off. From
the preferences menu, available from the Rhapsody icon on the iconbar,
you can switch off the bar numbers on the screen by making the bar
number colour the same as the background colour, but this does not
affect the printout. The only way I can think of to get round this is to
load each page into ScoreDraw and delete the numbers in Draw.
7.7
TAB
7.7
Most people are familiar with standard music notation, where notes are
written on a five-line stave. Guitar players, however, often have their
music written on two staves, one normal stave, and a second six-line
stave with one line for each string of the guitar. Unlike the keyboard,
a guitar can sound the same note on different strings at different fret
positions. The six line stave shows the guitarist which fret on which
string should be played.
7.7
Writing TAB
7.7
When writing parts in TAB, all you need do is prepare the top stave as
normal in Rhapsody, ScoreDraw, or your chosen notation package, but save
it as a drawfile with a big system gap, ie. the gap between the
different staves on the paper. Leave enough room so that when the stave
is loaded into Draw, or DrawPlus, there is room to add the TAB stave. If
you are using DrawPlus you can have the TAB stave, together with any
other symbols you might wish to add, in a library file, and once you
have made one TAB stave the correct size, you can simply duplicate it.
For accurate fitting, make sure the grid lock is switched off. As long
as both the normal stave and the TAB stave are the same width, you need
only align one corner.
7.7
Bass TAB
7.7
The principle of adding a TAB stave works equally well for music for the
bass guitar. The only difference is that, since the bass has only four
strings, you only need a four-line TAB stave.
7.7
Monthly disc
7.7
I’ve included several files for the monthly disc, including the
drawfiles with the guitar TAB stave and bass guitar TAB stave, and a
library of music symbols for loading into DrawPlus. The drawings are not
outstanding, and anyone with a bit of artistic flair should be able to
improve them without too much trouble, but they are functional. A
7.7
CC
7.7
From 7.6 page 28
7.7
Electronic CAD(4) − Vector for PCB Design
7.7
Richard Torrens
7.7
I have been using DrawPlus for a long time now and it was so good that I
never upgraded to Vector. When I was considering an upgrade from
LinTrack, I purchased OakPCB because I had heard that it looked
promising. As you read last month, it does indeed look interesting and
it is fine for small circuits. However, I found that there were
limitations for the kind of work I do. In the meanwhile, I have upgraded
to Vector and I regret not having done so before. Vector has some
special features which make it very good for PCB work. The latest
version is 1.10 and some of the features mentioned here may not be
present on earlier versions.
7.7
If, as a result of this article, you buy Vector (£85 +VAT), please
mention my name to 4Mation, so we can all assess the market for PCB CAD.
(The same applies if you buy it through Archive at £92. Ed.) If there is
sufficient demand, extra modifications are possible. In the meanwhile,
as 4Mation know little or nothing about PCB design, I have offered them
free technical support via Archive, so if you have problems please
contact me.
7.7
Vector was written, as was DrawPlus, by Jonathan Marten who is an
engineer in the aerospace industry. He started using Acorn’s original
Draw and found it lacking. So Jonathan started rewriting it. Eventually,
he was satisfied and released the new program into PD as Draw1½. This
was gradually upgraded and became DrawPlus. Then Jonathan teamed up with
4Mation, who put more ideas and improvements into the melting pot.
7.7
The important points are that the program was written for the
programmer’s own use. It is a ‘live’ program which still grows. It also
seems that Jonathan is a very clear thinker as Vector is a major work
which is very well thought out, useful for doing real things and copes
very well with a lot of tasks which he himself never even considered. I
suspect that he is never satisfied with his own work and, however good
it is, always seeks something better.
7.7
Jonathan has also written a utility to convert my LinTrack files to
Vector and the resulting display looks really good and prints out
extremely well (within the limitations of the original LinTrack file). I
had initially thought that I would still use LinTrack and simply use
Vector for printing out. I’m not so sure now − it looks as if I’ll do
the design in Vector also.
7.7
Special features
7.7
Vector’s special features are its layers, its rulers and position
readout, its ‘Overlay’ facility and its library. It also has facilities
for merging and splitting objects. These all combine to make the package
very versatile and powerful. My intention was that the rest of this
article should consist of instructions on how to use these features,
with special reference to PCB design, since these features are not
covered very well in the manual. However, as there is such a pressure on
space in Archive at the moment, Paul has decided to put the unexpurgated
version on the monthly program disc in Impression format and as a text
file and limit me to a summary!
7.7
Summary
7.7
Vector gives me, in a single package, a circuit design package, a PCB
layout package, a technical drawing package and a general drawing
package. I would love to find a dedicated PCB program which does better
but I haven’t yet. In the meanwhile, I enjoy using Vector. Using Vector
for everything also simplifies my learning curve. However, be warned:
Vector has no design rules to help you with PCB work: Vector will only
do what you tell it. It won’t fight you but it is so versatile that you
may easily confuse yourself. It can do just about anything you want − so
it can be very easy to make it do something you don’t want, especially
with the use of layers and grouping, so organise your thoughts.
7.7
I have several future articles planned but it would be interesting to
know what you would like to see. How about PipeDream for parts listing,
stock control, purchasing, letter answering, DTP and for general
business use? I also want to get into SBase and how to use it for stock
control. Circuit Analysis programs are on my list (a couple were
reviewed last month) and I may also cover ArcFax and Prophet −
incidentally Quentin Paine of Apricote Studios is working on a major
update of this which I await with interest.
7.7
RiscCAD
7.7
Then there’s RiscCAD from Davyn Software. The programmer, David Buck,
wants to write a PCB design package and I am in close contact with him.
Now is your chance to tell the programmer exactly what you do or do not
want in a program. All suggestions to me please. We could get the
program we all want if we act quickly.
7.7
Fastrax
7.7
There is also Fastrax from Techsoft. A pre-release copy of this arrived
by this afternoon’s post. It looks very promising indeed. There is, as
yet, no manual but the program seems pretty much self-explanatory. I
have had a long chat with the programmer and − would you believe it − he
used to work for Linear Graphics so, in effect, the program is taking
over the legacy of LinTrack. Maybe that’s why I find it so interesting −
more on this is sure to follow.
7.7
If you have ideas, suggestions, questions, etc, write to me, Richard
Torrens, 30 Reach Road, Burwell, Cambridge, CB5 0AH (0638-741930). A
7.7
New Outline Fonts on the Archimedes (2)
7.7
Richard Hallas
7.7
In Archive 7.3, p34, I examined a clutch of new fonts from ITC,
Letraset, Monotype and URW, brought to the Acorn platform by the
Datafile and LOOKsystems. The LOOKsystems Monotype conversions are
packaged in sets of 100 typefaces, which makes them very cheap
individually. These fonts are all official conversions, of the very
highest quality, from some of the world’s greatest and longest-
established sources of typefaces. They are all provided in both RISC OS2
and RISC OS3 format, complete with full kerning data, hinting and
scaffolding for each character, along with extra characters in some
cases. (See the end of this article for some important new information
about the Datafile’s font conversions.)
7.7
The (legal) conversion of fonts from other platforms is a new thing to
the Acorn world. Other fonts so far released have been created from
scratch on Acorn machines. The Monotype conversions are sold,
surprisingly, in a ‘budget’ form, with a pack of 100 faces working out
overall at under £1 per face. Two new contenders have now entered the
font scene in a similarly ‘budget pack’ form, but this time the fonts
are in RISC OS 2 format only and have all been created on Acorn machines
from scratch. Whilst they are not ‘official’ fonts in the same way as
the Datafile and LOOKsystems conversions, they emulate existing styles
and they are available very cheaply.
7.7
The first is Dalmation Publications’ Font Library: 101 fancy fonts for
£19.95 including p&p. The second is Tekoa Graphics’ Font Pack One: 25
body text fonts for £22.75 including p&p.
7.7
101 Dalmations
7.7
The Dalmation Publications Font Library consists of four discs
containing 101 faces, which group into 41 families with between one and
eight faces per family. The fonts are newly drawn on the Archimedes, but
there are equivalent PostScript versions of most of the fonts, and a
listing of correspondences between Acorn and PostScript names is
available. The vast majority of the fonts have ‘hinting’ lines which
ensure that bits of characters do not disappear when printed at small
sizes, but only a small number have scaffolding lines. Being RISC OS2
format, none of the fonts contain any kerning data.
7.7
The Dalmation fonts do not attempt to be up to the standards of the
‘official’ conversions but the author, Toby Richards, claims that their
quality is comparable with the fonts supplied with ArtWorks. In fact, I
believe he is doing himself a disservice with this comparison. The
ArtWorks fonts consist, in the main, of letters and numbers and a few
other symbols, but otherwise have fairly empty character sets and hardly
any contain hinting or scaffolding.
7.7
The Dalmation fonts do contain full hinting (and sometimes scaffolding),
and the character sets in virtually all the fonts are completely full.
In fact, the Dalmation Font Library fonts follow the EFF Latin 1 layout,
so in addition to all the standard Acorn Latin 1 characters, you also
get a number of extras, including the superscript 4 which is included in
EFF fonts but not in the standard Acorn layout. The accented W and Y
characters, which are used in Welsh, are also provided. These are fairly
rare inclusions in fonts other than those from EFF.
7.7
Close examination of the characters reveals that the majority of them
have been drawn to a very high standard. A few of the fonts are not
particularly good, but the majority are very well defined indeed. It
seems a bit of a pity that scaffolding lines are only present in a small
number of the faces. The purpose of scaffolding lines is, in the main,
to retain the correct proportions of letters regardless of the scaling
factors used. Hinting lines (which are present in these fonts) ensure
that thin parts of characters do not disappear when they are printed at
small sizes. As the majority of these fonts are of the ‘fancy’ variety,
they are more likely to be used at larger point sizes, so the absence of
scaffolding doesn’t really make a great deal of difference.
7.7
Although many of the faces are for display use, a number are suitable
for use as body text. These include the elegant Boulevard, which is
reminiscent of the font Acorn used in the older (RISC OS 2) manuals.
Another elegant font which I particularly liked is Transworld − very
modern, but quite suitable for body text use.
7.7
As for truly fancy fonts, there are some real gems in this collection.
The vampire-invoking Nosferatu font is very nicely designed, with
letters that look as though they’ve been drawn in blood. Rather less
gory is the Spotlight font. This makes an ideal companion to the
‘Broadway’ range (the official conversions of which are available from
the Datafile) – it’s designed in the same style but is a new addition to
the family. Open circles in the letters give the impression of attached
light bulbs. A particularly interesting font is Hoedown, in which all
the letters appear to be made out of planks of wood nailed together.
(This is one of the very few fonts, though, which contains little other
than the actual letters.)
7.7
As well as body and fancy text fonts, the collection also contains a
small number of very interesting specialised fonts. Checkmate provides
monochrome illustrations of Chess and Draughts pieces, with and without
shaded square backgrounds. (A similar font is available from EFF.)
Handsign provides, as you might expect, a set of hand signs, and a
family of three Zodiac fonts provide every conceivable astrological
symbol. As well as the Zodiac signs, there are symbols for Chinese
astrology, Chinese year pictorial symbols, Yin and Yang and I Ching
signs. A ReadMe file on one of the discs explains what all the symbols
in the Zodiac fonts are, and also details the keyboard layout of the
Checkmate font. Further files on the disc provide general character
layouts in Impression, Ovation and plain text formats. These provide a
very useful reference.
7.7
Although all the fonts are currently in RISC OS 2 format, Dalmation
Publications intends to provide a RISC OS 3 upgrade for minimal cost at
some point in the future.
7.7
To sum up, the Dalmation Font Library provides really excellent value
for money, considering that each face works out at slightly under 20p.
The claim that this is “a commercial font library at a PD price” is
entirely valid. A few of the fonts are a little bit lumpy but the vast
majority of them are extremely well defined, and a few are nothing less
than superb quality. The Zodiac signs, in particular, are very nicely
created. At under £20, this collection is not to be sniffed at.
7.7
It is important to remember that fonts available from some public domain
sources are quite simply illegal, and are usually of very poor quality
in any case. The Dalmation pack provides a large number of fonts at a
public domain price, but they are legal and generally of excellent
quality. Purchasers of Dalmation’s Font Book, published a couple of
years ago, may be pleased to know that the best free fonts supplied with
that publication have been included in this collection in an upgraded
form. The fonts in this collection are, on the whole, of a very much
higher quality than those supplied with ArtWorks. If you need any of the
specialised fonts such as the Handsign or Zodiac faces, then the
collection is well worth the asking price for those faces alone. I can
recommend this font pack without reservation.
7.7
(The illustration on the previous page shows a small sample of some of
the more attractive and novel faces in the collection.)
7.7
Tekoa Graphics Fonts
7.7
Font Pack One from Tekoa Graphics consists of two 800Kb floppies (or one
high density disc). There are 25 faces in total, divided into nine
families of one, two or four faces each. In contrast to the generally
fancy-font orientation of the Dalmation pack, the vast majority of the
fonts supplied here are body text faces, and very widely recognised ones
at that.
7.7
The author, Roger Amos (who has also written several books about Acorn
computers), describes the fonts as being ‘inspired by’ existing designs.
Versions of the popular fonts University, Benguiat, Bookman, Zapf
Chancery, Garamond, Optima and Palladio are provided (each having
similar-sounding but different names), along with a couple of extras,
namely a display font called Matrix and a cyrillic font called Moscow,
whose design appears to be based on Bodoni.
7.7
(The illustration top right of this page shows the main face in each
family.)
7.7
The fonts are in RISC OS 2 format, without kerning data but including
full scaffolding and hinting. They do not claim to be PostScript
compatible − they have all been drawn from scratch by hand, and employ
slightly revised and simplified designs in some cases. Certainly, you
should not expect them to appear identical to their ‘official’
counterparts with the original names. Nevertheless, they do a perfectly
good impersonation of the standard fonts, and they are perfectly useable
as body fonts. A good illustration of this is that Roger Amos typeset
his book ArtWorks Made Easy (published by Dabs Press) using the Garland
font (the Garamond equivalent) in this pack. Another tribute to the
quality of these fonts is the fact that some of them are supplied as
standard with Risc Developments’ Ovation DTP package. However, the fonts
have been revised and updated, and the latest versions are presented in
this collection.
7.7
All the fonts in the pack contain full character sets with the exception
of Matrix and Moscow, which are rather specialised. A drawfile showing
the keyboard layout of the Moscow font is supplied. However, the mid-
range characters are not included in any of the fonts (unlike the
Dalmation offerings). This effectively means that you can’t use these
fonts in Welsh − otherwise it’s of pretty minor importance.
7.7
The fonts in this pack work out at 91p each, which certainly makes them
very good value. As a starter pack, the range of fonts provided gives an
excellent introductory selection of popular faces. However, in all
fairness, I have to compare them to the Monotype fonts from LOOKsystems,
as the individual prices of each font are virtually the same from both
suppliers. Although the LOOKsystems pack is four times as expensive as
the Tekoa pack, you do get four times as many fonts, so it all works out
the same in the end. The LOOKsystems fonts are PostScript compatible
RISC OS 3 conversions of world-class fonts with full kerning data,
whereas the Tekoa fonts are RISC OS 2 format fonts which are drawn from
scratch and are therefore not PostScript compatible. Although, to the
majority of Acorn users, PostScript compatibility simply isn’t a valid
concern, it is important to remember that the Monotype fonts (and indeed
the ITC, Letraset and URW fonts from the Datafile) are the absolute top
quality original designs created by famous world-class type designers
such as Hermann Zapf. I also believe that kerning pairs, now that they
are available in Acorn fonts, should be provided wherever possible.
Kerning is important, and makes an appreciable difference to the
presentational quality of a document. I hope that Tekoa Graphics will
consider updating the fonts to included kerning data − it would
certainly make them even more useful and better value. Of course,
kerning data is more relevant to body text fonts than to display faces.
7.7
The Tekoa Graphics Font Pack One is, I believe, very good value
(especially when compared with fonts on other platforms) but I am unable
to recommend it unreservedly simply because you can get better quality
original Monotype fonts for the same price per face. However, you do
have to buy the Monotype fonts in packs of 100 at a time, which makes
them collectively quite expensive as a one-off purchase. The Tekoa font
pack is a quarter the price, and of all the Monotype fonts that have
been converted so far, only Garamond is common to both packs. Ovation
users may be less inclined to get this pack, as three of the font
families it contains (Bookmark, Chaucer and Paladin) are simply upgrades
to fonts supplied with their program. However, these fonts comprise an
excellent starter pack, and if you need these particular faces, this is
a very economical way of getting high quality equivalents.
7.7
Datafile’s Fonts
7.7
The licensing conditions concerning the Datafile’s excellent conversions
of various classic fonts, have been re-negotiated. As well as a
reduction in prices, a pick and mix service is now available.
7.7
Previously, entire families had to be supplied singly on separate discs,
with the first face costing £10 and subsequent faces costing £5, and
this condition was imposed by the previous licensing agreement. However,
the Datafile has managed to re-negotiate the deal and can now supply
fonts at a reduced rate of £7 for the first face. You are also free to
select any number of faces from any number of font families at a time,
and they will all be supplied on a single disc. This is very much more
economical, as you can now, for example, buy just the regular small caps
face from Antiqua for £7, rather than having to shell out £70 for the
whole set of 16 faces!
7.7
Regardless of how many faces you buy, you receive them on a disc in a
very attractive and economically-sized plastic wallet. The ability to
pick exactly which faces you want, is a significant advance for the
Datafile. It’s a condition which is not available to purchasers of these
fonts on other platforms and it is also worth stating that rather than
the £7 (maximum) which the faces cost in their Acorn-format conversions,
on the other platforms they cost £35 each, five times the amount!
7.7
Although these conversions may seem a little expensive compared with the
LOOKsystems Monotype ones, it is the nature of the Datafile’s licensing
conditions which determine the price. It is important to remember that
these fonts are of the highest possible quality, and come from some of
the world’s top designers. For example, Classico is Hermann Zapf’s
modern (1990s) reworking of of the classic Optima font. It’s a real
beauty.
7.7
I am told that demand for these fonts from the Acorn community is
currently rather small. I believe it is very important for the Acorn
world generally that the conversions continue, so if you need any new,
top quality fonts I urge you to have a look at these. The Datafile has
had a lot of interest from PC owners desperate to buy the fonts at the
Acorn prices. Unfortunately the Datafile cannot currently supply the
fonts in anything other than Acorn format, so the PC users will have to
go on paying top prices. However, the lack of interest from Acorn owners
indicates that they don’t know what a good thing they are missing! It
would be a tragedy if the Datafile had to stop converting these
excellent fonts because it was unable to gain revenue from them.
7.7
Since the first article in Archive 7.3, the Datafile has been busy
converting many more fonts, and they now total over 100 faces in more
than 30 families. My personal favourites are ITC Panache and URW
Commercial Script, both extremely attractive faces which I use a great
deal. A
7.7
A sample of the fonts added since the last review.
7.7
16-bit Digital Audio − Part 2
7.7
David Lenthall
7.7
Last month I looked at the theory and possibilities of 16-bit audio
expansion cards. This month I will look at four of the products which
are imminently, if not actually, available. As mentioned last month,
these products fall into two sub-categories − audio samplers and
wavetable synthesizers, with two offerings in each category.
7.7
16-bit audio has been around for some time now and the associated
integrated circuits have come down in price. All of the cards covered
here are around the £300 mark, a quarter of the asking price for
Armadillo’s ill-fated A616 of a few years ago. Additionally, most of the
new cards provide more functionality than the basic A-D-A of the A616.
7.7
I feel I should emphasise that I have not had any of these products for
trial in my own home, and that my assessment is based on demonstrations
and discussions in October at the Acorn World Show and at the recent
BETT Show, with additional information having been gleaned from numerous
telephone conversations with the respective companies. Also, as two of
the cards are currently pre-release, some of the information is
provisional. The information was current on 17th January 1994.
7.7
Wild Vision / Computer Concepts’ Lark A16
7.7
This is the latest product to come from this dual-company collaboration:
Wild Vision handling the hardware design and CC dealing with the
software development. This single width podule is the cheapest of all
the products considered here, a no-nonsense design providing stereo 16-
bit A-D and D-A converters capable of sampling at one of four fixed
frequencies: 8, 12, 44.1 and 48kHz. A Midi interface is included and the
release version will be able to intercept both incoming and outgoing
Midi commands to activate sample playback.
7.7
To save on development time, the Lark is based to a large extent on the
audio section of their Eagle card (except that that only provides 12-bit
sampling).
7.7
The bundled AudioWorks sample-editing software can play back at various
frequencies enabling pitch transposition, etc. AudioWorks also supports
a wide range of file formats, both native and foreign, including the PC
WAV format. AudioWorks is also available separately (£49 +VAT), and CC
intend to release driver modules to enable it to be used with other
manufacturers’ A-D-A cards.
7.7
A separate application, AudioCtrl (also included), controls the audio
flow through the Lark. Thus, it is possible to direct the internal sound
system out via the Lark’s D-A or to monitor the output of the A-D stage
using the Archimedes’ internal loudspeaker.
7.7
There is a possibility of including a Yamaha-based FM synthesis section
on the card, though this is very provisional. I don’t want to go into
the details here, but FM synthesis doesn’t compare very favourably with
wavetable synthesis, particularly if you want any warm lush sounds. Nice
tuned percussion and ‘synthy’ brass are a real possibility though.
7.7
The facility to sample/play directly to/from hard disc is still under
development, though it will be present on the release product. However,
as AudioWorks cannot handle samples larger than can be held in RAM, it
could not be used in its current form for full HD recording
applications. As Impression can handle documents larger than the
available RAM size, this is not an insurmountable problem, as similar
techniques could be used here.
7.7
WV/CC seem to be aiming this product at the multimedia market, producing
sound files for use with Replay, etc. They have no plans to produce full
HD recording software, as that’s not really their field. Any such
software will have to come from third party developers.
7.7
Given the pedigree, I was very optimistic about this product, though
personally I feel that it comes a little short of the mark. The quality
of construction is of the very high standard we’ve come to expect from
Wild Vision, though functionally it isn’t as versatile as some of the
other cards on offer. For example, they have no plans to extend the
initial design to include a DSP chip or S/PDIF connectors. However, I
must stress that this opinion is based on my particular requirements,
and that for most people’s needs WV/CC have come up with an attractive
product at a very attractive price.
7.7
Irlam − Soundcard
7.7
This product is similar to the Lark − a single width podule providing
stereo 16-bit A-D and D-A converters − although it is capable of
sampling at a wider range of fixed frequencies including CD and DAT
standards, but it is lacking a Midi interface.
7.7
The higher price is due partly to the presence of an Analog Devices 2105
DSP chip. At the moment, this is only used to control the A-D and D-A
hardware, though they plan to upgrade the software, making use of the
DSP to provide real-time sample file compression (to save on RAM and
disc space), fourier filtering and audio effects.
7.7
The software on demonstration at the Acorn World show was an HD
recorder/playback system with a simple control panel providing record,
play and stop controls, along with the means to change the sampling
rate, samples being saved in WAV format. A couple of utilities are
included, one enabling the waveform to be displayed and allowing the
conversion of samples to a number of different formats, and the other
enabling Wimp SWIs to be intercepted to activate samples (e.g. the sound
of a door closing whenever you click on any window’s close icon).
7.7
Although a Midi interface is not included, future versions may allow
Midi commands to be intercepted and used to activate samples. This would
certainly be more practical than the gimmicky interception of Wimp SWIs.
However, this would require the additional expense of a separate Midi
card, and the subsequent loss of yet another podule slot.
7.7
At the BETT show they were demonstrating a prototype of an HD Recorder.
The software allows four input tracks and two output tracks, so you can
load in two separate stereo samples, and cut and paste from those,
building a new stereo sample in the output tracks. Although this is
currently at an early stage, they intend to include a more comprehensive
range of editing processes including cross fades, audio effects, etc.
Even at this early stage, the editing software can edit samples bigger
than RAM, i.e. from hard disc, which is not possible with AudioWorks.
The presence of the DSP chip means that there is a lot of processing
power available and, consequently, considerable scope for development of
this sort of software.
7.7
According to Irlam, most of their cards sold so far are being used in
conjunction with Replay, although, unlike the Lark, this is more suited
to full HD recording applications in addition to multimedia.
7.7
Expressive Software Products’ SS1600
7.7
This is a little different from the Wild Vision and Irlam products in
that it is essentially a 16-bit digital synthesizer on a card. The
SS1600 is the first of a range of products collectively known as the
Super Sound Expansion System (SSES).
7.7
The input and output electronics (D-A and Midi) are housed in an
external case which connects to a single width podule (containing the
synthesizer) which is installed in the Archimedes. This route was chosen
because there are too many connectors to fit on a single width podule.
It also provides other advantages − the sensitive audio circuitry is
removed from the electrically hostile environment of the computer,
thereby improving sound quality, and it allows expandability whilst
using only one podule slot − and expandability is another aspect which
sets this product apart from the previous two.
7.7
The chip set used is the same as found in the Ensoniq ESQ-1 synthesizer,
a professional Midi keyboard retailing at around the £1000 mark, and in
the SS1600, it is under the control of an onboard 68000 processor. DSP
type functions are provided as part of the synthesis process allowing
multi-effects processing, though an actual DSP chip is not present. ESP
plan to include one on future versions, though this is fairly
provisional at the moment.
7.7
The synthesizer uses a 4Mb ROM containing wavetables providing 128
instruments and 49 drum sounds which conform to the GM standard. The
synthesizer is 32 note polyphonic and 16-part multitimbral. Planned,
though not yet implemented, is provision of 64Kb (expandable to 4Mb) of
private sample RAM into which instruments designed or captured by the
user may be loaded.
7.7
A Midi interface is included, and Midi commands can be intercepted to
activate the synthesizer voices or samples (held in RAM or on disc). The
synthesizer section is treated as a separate (Midi) port, so a full 16
Midi channels are available to it without encroaching on those of the
Midi port proper. To make full use of this aspect, a sequencer capable
of addressing multiple Midi ports is required.
7.7
Although there is a 16-bit stereo D-A converter used both for sample
playback and by the synthesizer section, at present there is no A-D
stage, so capturing samples isn’t yet feasible. The A-D stage, along
with S/PDIF connectors and sample RAM, represents stage two of the
product which is scheduled to appear in March/April. A number of
different sample file formats can be played via the D-A section, and the
replay rate can be set to any frequency between 1Hz and 60kHz in 1Hz
steps.
7.7
Also planned for later release is a range of software, including a
sample editor, a synthesizer (enabling control of the Ensoniq chip set),
and an integrated HD recorder / Midi sequencer. I have been assured that
the various upgrades including the software packages will all be
reasonably priced − the A-D stage will cost an additional £100, or
thereabouts, which indeed seems reasonable. Even at the revised price
(£249 −−> £299), the SS1600 certainly packs a lot for the money.
7.7
Vertical Twist
7.7
The prototype which was on show at Acorn World is similar in concept to
ESP’s offering, though they seemed unsure at that time about what form
any final product would take. They seemed to be dipping their toes in
the water, getting feedback from punters like myself, to assess the
demand.
7.7
The prototype comprised a 16-bit wavetable-based synthesizer section,
using Kurzweil chips, and a Midi interface. There is a 4Mb wavetable ROM
providing over 700 instruments (including percussion). The instruments
are arranged in three banks, one of which contains a GM compatible set.
An onboard 68000 processor is used to control the synthesizer, and the
Kurzweil chip set includes a DSP chip to provide digital effects. They
have no plans to include onboard sample RAM, so you are stuck with the,
admittedly superb, supplied sounds.
7.7
Kurzweil is generally considered to be the ‘Rolls Royce’ amongst
samplers − the authenticity of their sounds represents the state of the
art in sampling technology. It is this quality that determines the
higher price of this product over ESP’s SS1600.
7.7
A stereo 16-bit A-D-A card is planned as a separate product, to be
released towards the end of 1994. The synthesizer card is housed on a
small daughter-board which plugs directly into one of two podule cards,
either a cheap carrier board, should you only want the synthesizer, or
the A-D-A board, should you want both. This ensures that only one podule
slot is used whether you buy either or both products (the carrier board
is redundant if you opt for both).
7.7
As implied above, this is all still fairly provisional and the final
specification may well change.
7.7
Conclusions
7.7
The WV/CC and Irlam cards are aimed at similar markets, primarily
multimedia support requiring soundfile capture and replay. Unless you
are specifically interested in full HD Recording applications and want
the DSP features of the Irlam card (not yet implemented) then I would
recommend that you would do better to buy the WV/CC product, saving a
hundred quid and gaining a Midi interface.
7.7
For me, however, the most exciting product is the offering from ESP.
Although it’s not all there yet, they have ambitious (though not
unrealistic) plans concerning developing the system and in providing
professional application software. The GM standard synthesizer is, of
course, well suited to multimedia applications, though it can also
function in the wider context as a component within a full-blown Midi
setup. Once the A-D section is available, this product will have all the
functionality of the WV and Irlam cards (except Irlam’s DSP) in addition
to its synthesis capabilities. Given this versatility, the price is
extremely attractive.
7.7
More and more top-end wavetable-based synthesizers are now providing
sample RAM allowing the user to extend the machine’s default wavetable
palette. For owners of such synthesizers, the ESP system will provide a
highly cost-effective means of capturing, editing and testing samples
prior to transfer (via Midi) into the synthesizer.
7.7
Sensibly, none of these three products has been limited regarding sample
file formats.
7.7
I feel that Vertical Twist may have left things a little late. The user
demand which they have been assessing will most likely be absorbed by
the other products because they will be available sooner. On the other
hand, if you are one of those people who won’t be satisfied with
anything but the best, and for whom cost is not the issue, then the
Kurzweil-based Vertical Twist product, should it appear, is for you.
7.7
Concerning differences between the ESP and Vertical Twist designs. The
Ensoniq chip set (as used on ESP’s card) provides a powerful synthesis
engine, enabling considerable variation of the sounds available, whereas
the Kurzweil chip set (as used by Vertical Twist) is essentially a high
quality sample player which concentrates on realism.
7.7
As I close (17th Jan) only the Irlam and ESP cards are actually
available, though the other two hope to be ready to dispatch in the
first quarter of 1994.
7.7
I wholeheartedly welcome each of these products. The Archimedes has a
wealth of quality packages aimed at the visual medium − painting and DTP
programs, image scanners and printer management, and it really is high
time that audio/musical applications should be similarly addressed. I
now know what’s next on my shopping list. A
7.7
Manufacturer Wild Vision / CC Irlam ESP Vertical Twist
7.7
Product name Lark A16 SoundCard SS1600 (SSES)
7.7
A-D 16 bit 16 bit 16 bit (Mar/Apr ’94) 16 bit } Codec
7.7
D-A 16 bit 16 bit 16 bit 16 bit }
7.7
Sample rate: 4 x fixed rates Wide range fixed 3 x fixed rates Wide
range fixed
7.7
CD (44.1kHz) Yes Yes Yes Yes
7.7
DAT (32/48kHz) Yes (48kHz only) Yes (both) Neither Yes (both)
7.7
Playback rates 1Hz − 60kHz (1Hz res.)
7.7
Digital In/Out No No S/PDIF (Mar/Apr ’94)
7.7
Wavetable Synth: No (but see text) No Ensoniq chip set Kurzweil chip
set
7.7
Polyphony − − 32 32
7.7
Multi-timbral − − 16 part 16 part
7.7
Instruments (ROM) − − 128 + 49 perc (4Mb) 700+, inc perc (4Mb)
7.7
GM compatible − − Yes Yes
7.7
Wavetable RAM − − 64K-4Mb (Mar/Apr ’94) No
7.7
DSP chip No AD2105 (Codec) (Possibly later) Yes + 68000 (Syn)
7.7
Midi: IN/OUT/THRU No IN/OUT/THRU IN/OUT/THRU
7.7
Acorn compatible Yes − Yes Yes
7.7
Cmds intercepted In & Out (possibly later) In & Out In & Out
7.7
Software: AudioWorks (inc) HD Rec (edit later) MidiFile player (inc)
MidiFile player (inc)
7.7
AudioCtrl (inc) WimpSWI FX (inc) HD Rec (extra, later)
7.7
Midi Seq (extra, later)
7.7
Price: £233.83 inc VAT £351.33 inc VAT £351.33 inc VAT Syn/Midi −
£399 (prov)
7.7
A-D − ~ £100 extra A-D-A − £299 (prov)
7.7
Availability Mar/Apr ’94 Sep ’93 Jan ’94 Feb ’94, end of ’94
7.7
16-bit sound cards − Comparison of main features
7.7
JPEG Column
7.7
Stuart Bell
7.7
VIDC bottle-necks – yet again!
7.7
In January, I concluded that when using 256 colour modes, an A310 with
8MHz main memory (even with an ARM3) offers only 40% of the performance
of an A5000 with memory running at 12MHz. I reported also that the
Watford Electronics VIDC enhancer seemed to generate a further overhead
of about 30% when driving an SVGA monitor at its synthesised VGA-
standard 25.175MHz pixel rate compared with the performance obtained
using the monitor without the enhancer and its software, at the
theoretically incorrect 24MHz. Since then I’ve been experimenting with
making the enhancer software use the 24MHz clock for certain modes.
(Reference to the article “Modes, Megahertz and Monitors” in Archive 7.3
p9 may help those who feel ‘terminologically challenged’.) My conclusion
is that modes 27 and 28 can work quite happily at 24MHz, but that modes
20 and 21 have to be driven at 25.175MHz if they are not to over-fill
the screen in 640×480 VGA mode. The results are quite impressive. What
takes 43 seconds in mode 28 at 25.175MHz (and 48 seconds in mode 21)
takes only 33 seconds in mode 28 at 24MHz. That’s right: Slowing down
the pixel clock by 4.7% gives a 20%+ speed-up, and mode 28 becomes 30%
faster than the marginally larger mode 21. Presumably, just that slight
reduction in pixel rate means that the VIDC allows the ARM3 processor a
greater share of memory bandwidth, with a consequent increase in
computation speed.
7.7
If anyone else who has the Watford VGA enhancer wants a copy of my
module, just drop me a line and a disc. If anyone with a ‘newer’ machine
which can produce both the 24MHz and 25.175MHz pixel clocks has the
software to produce similar modes with different clock rates, I’d be
very interested to hear of their results. The final result is that all
my JPEG (and MPEG) conversions will run more than 20% faster than ever
before – a worthwhile benefit.
7.7
OneFor94
7.7
Since its inception, this column has always been well supported by
Archive members from mainland Europe. Now, Lars Fiolöp has written to
tell me of a new implementation of the JPEG algorithm which he found on
a bulletin board. Called “OneFor94”, it apparently optimises the
compression algorithm with 256 colour modes, by selecting a custom
pallette from the 16bpp or 24bpp original, and choosing a ‘best-match’
256 colours from the 32Kb or 16Mb+ of the original to achieve up to a
94:1 compression ratio − hence the title of the software. At the moment,
its only functional on Unix systems but, being written in ISO ‘C’ (with
one or two K&R extensions), should be portable without too much
difficulty. More details next time.
7.7
12MHz RAM speed-up?
7.7
Dennis Silverwood of IFEL responded to my enquiry about their idea of a
couple of years ago of speeding up the RAM of A300 and A400 series
machines to run at 12MHz and hence, with an ARM3, give the power of an
A5000. Their hope had been to speed up not just the RAM but the whole
machine. Sadly, they found that, because of differences between
different machines, (e.g. the speed of RAM), it was not a practicable
idea. Ah well, nice thought!
7.7
Irlam’s !ImageBank
7.7
Irlam Instruments have recently announced a range of scanners, including
the first hand-held colour scanner for the Archimedes. Of course, colour
sprite files can be very large, which is where JPEG comes in. Irlam have
also produced their own JPEG package – !ImageBank. A few months ago, I
was rather critical of a demo version of this software – largely on the
grounds of speed – whilst admitting that the full package might be worth
investigating. I’ve now received the latest version (0.46) for review,
and I’m quite impressed. Effectively, !ImageBank works as a filing
system for JPEG images, storing the JPEG file, a thumb-nail sprite and a
text description for each picture. It is the first commercial JPEG
product which I’ve come across and seems to have been implemented rather
well.
7.7
Existing sprites produced with, for example, scanners or digitisers, can
be compressed in the manner familiar to users of other JPEG packages.
This is achieved simply by dragging the sprite file onto an !ImageBank
directory display. A dialogue window then allows a title and source
information to be stored alongside the new JPEG file, and the
‘thumbnail’ view is stored as a small sprite. This means that you can
get an idea of what each image contains before decompressing the picture
from JPEG to sprite format. The usual range of JPEG compression options
– for example the “Q” factor – can be user-defined. The filer-like
window of each collection of pictures (which may have a nested directory
structure for the thematic grouping of images) can display either just
the thumbnail images or, additionally, the textual information
associated with each one. Images can be moved around such collections
simply by dragging and dropping in the usual manner.
7.7
The sprites produced when a JPEG file is decompresed can be saved in 256
grey, 256 colour (standard or optimised), 32,000 colour or 16M colour
formats. The ‘Clear’ file format is also supported. Each directory
heading gives both the total compressed and de-compressed sizes of the
images which it contains. An entry of (585K/7289K) is typical, and
reminds us of the benefits of the JPEG approach.
7.7
To benchmark !ImageBank, I tested version 0.46 against !JView (version
0.07) and !FYEO (version 1.02) for a number of 256 colour JPEG files.
Tests were performed on an ARM3-powered A310 in mode 28 (with a 24MHz
pixel clock!)
7.7
Image !JView !FYEO !I-Bank
7.7
Fruit (398×302) 10s 14s 21s
7.7
Pfieffer (472×647) 24s 31s 52s
7.7
Rock (668×888) 53s 67s 130s
7.7
Quality is harder to assess. !ImageBank is based on the latest Version 4
routines of the IJG, and the results are very good. Output sprites seem
smoother than !FYEO’s and – especially – !JView’s images.
7.7
To conclude, !ImageBank offers an excellent, polished, JPEG-based image
storage and retrieval facility. It is a product that requires little
technical knowledge to use and it implements a well thought-out filing
system that is essential for storing any collection of more than a few
scanned or digitised images. Trying to manage such an archive without
!ImageBank but with, say, !JPEGit and !FYEO, would be much harder,
primarily because of the absence of !ImageBank’s ‘thumbnail’ facility.
7.7
I suspect that !ImageBank is slower than some other JPEG applications
because it supports 32k colour and 16M colour sprite files. Perhaps a
global option to make it work only with 8bpp images would speed things
up a little. However, its ability to work transparently with 8bpp, 16bpp
and 24/32bpp images will become increasingly important in the future,
especially for users of separate display cards or the new Acorn machine.
I shall be using !ImageBank to store all my JPEG images. If you are
serious about using JPEG for economic image storage, then this package
is warmly recommended – but it would be even better if it were a little
faster.
7.7
ImageBank costs £25 +VAT from Irlam Instruments or £28 through
Archive. A
7.7
ImageBank’s “Thumbnail only” display format
7.7
ImageBank’s ⇩“Full Info” display format
7.7
Comms Guide − Part 2
7.7
Eddie Lord
7.7
My last epic on modems (Archive 5.8 p49) aimed to give an understanding
of the comms process and a passing acquaintance with the jargon. Now I
want to cover the more practical aspects of ‘going on line’.
7.7
Buying the modem
7.7
Referring back to the previous article will give you sufficient
understanding of the jargon to allow you to purchase a modem with
confidence. With the Archimedes, you have essentially two choices.
7.7
1) A free standing external unit with its own mains supply, that
connects to your serial port, via a serial cable. An external modem has
the advantage of lots of pretty LEDs, usually nine, on the front panel
that help with troubleshooting. An external unit does, however, take up
valuable desk space, an extra power socket and, if it is not supplied,
you may require a serial cable to connect to the computer. With more
than one computer, however, the modem can easily be switched from one to
the other, with only the serial cable to be changed depending on the
architecture, Acorn, Mac, PC, etc.
7.7
2) A pocket modem (about the size of a mouse), that is powered by
battery, or AC adaptors. The major advantage is size, making it easy to
take away with you if you have a portable. There are a limited number of
LED’s, usually three or four to help with troubleshooting. Of course,
you pay an extra premium for the reduced size.
7.7
There is, as far as I know, no internal modem podule for the Acorn range
of computers, and even Computer Concepts’ Fax Pack is going out of
production.
7.7
Features
7.7
When buying a modem, look out for the following:-
7.7
• an internal speaker
7.7
• Hayes compatibility
7.7
• Tone dialling
7.7
• Compatible with Comm ports 3 & 4 (if used on a PC)
7.7
• Minimum of V21, V22, V22bis (V23 is a Europe only standard and is
falling out of favour as the higher standards become the norm.)
7.7
• Compression using MNP5, V42 bis
7.7
• Error correction MNP4, V42
7.7
For a more advanced modem, V32 (9600bps) is the next step, but puts up
the cost.
7.7
V22bis (2400 bps) is about as fast as you can go without any error
correction. If the phone line is bad, some sort of error correction will
be required. (V42 and MNP 5 are now the minimum requirements.)
7.7
For modems boasting 9600bps (V32), 14400 (V32bis) or more, error
correction and compression techniques become essential. In this case,
V42 is the best error correction standard, whilst V42bis is the best
data compression protocol. It is worth it in a portable modem as time on
an international call can be expensive!
7.7
There is no point in buying a modem that is better than the BBS system
you are going to access, but technology is changing so fast and BBS
systems are updating all the time, so do get the best you can afford.
7.7
The Archive BBS sports 14400bps (v32bis) but Compuserve is only 9600bps,
(but even Compuserve is updating to 14400)!
7.7
There is no doubt that, if you are serious about downloading really long
files and can afford the outlay, a 14400 modem is the answer. Remember:
the faster the modem, the cheaper the phone calls!
7.7
Fax modems
7.7
One other consideration when buying a modem is the FaxModem.
Increasingly, modems are being offered with fax facilities built in. If
you are buying a modem anyway, it makes a lot of sense to include the
extra fax facilities in the modem. The price difference is only about
£15 to £30 extra, so well worth the extra.
7.7
A traditional fax machine consists of a relatively low resolution
scanner (200dpi), internal 9600 bps ‘fax’ only modem, and a thermal
printer.
7.7
A Faxmodem does away with scanner and printer and combines the ‘fax’ and
normal ‘data’ modems together. However, this has both advantages and
disadvantages.
7.7
Some of the advantages are:
7.7
• A faxmodem sends very clear and readable messages, as there is no
scanning involved, (scanning degrades the quality).
7.7
• It is also great for faxing the same message to several addresses,
which can be automated via a mail-merge package.
7.7
• Messages are received in the background and can be saved to disc
directly. They can then be printed out at leisure on plain paper.
Special thermal fax paper is not required.
7.7
Some of the disadvantages are:
7.7
• A faxmodem can only send information generated in the computer by the
wordprocessor, spreadsheet or other program.
7.7
• A separate scanner is required for sending a fax of pictures/letters
not generated in the computer. However, a separate scanner will give a
better resolution (typically 400dpi or better) than a standard fax
machine. You also get chance to manipulate the image before finally
faxing it.
7.7
• In order to receive faxes, the computer has to be either switched on
all the time, or to use an automatic switch on and boot up option. This
may not be desirable if you are away for any length of time, although
the monitor can be left switched off.
7.7
• Dedicated software is required to run the fax side of things, but is
available from the likes of David Pilling.
7.7
Ensure that the faxmodem is compatible with Group 3 fax machines. That’s
CCITT V29 (9600bps), V27ter (4800bps). Check to see if you can send and
RECEIVE.
7.7
The answer is to shop around. In the last year or so, prices have been
falling and facilities improving on most modems. A BT-approved modem
carries an extra premium of about £50 or so.
7.7
Understanding PC Comm ports
7.7
Archimedes owners can skip this bit (stop giggling). For those of you
who have bought 386/486 expansion boards or use the emulator, some words
of explanation may be appropriate.
7.7
Here we have to make the distinction between the serial port and the
comm ports. The serial port is the D connector on the back of the
computer, marked ‘serial’. The comm ports are the internal addresses to
which these serial ports, internal cards and some other add ons (e.g.
mouse), can be assigned.
7.7
Beware, though, IBM laid down the standards for Comm Ports 1 and 2,
other software writers have different interpretations of what is defined
as Comm Ports 3 and 4. (So much for industry standards!) This can create
problems with some PC expansion cards.
7.7
An internal modem uses an expansion slot, and requires a comm port. You
do not need to connect the internal modem to a serial port as the
internal modem has the serial port built into itself.
7.7
A computer works on ‘hardware interrupts’ and the comm ports share these
interrupts. Comm Port 1 and 3 share the same interrupt as do Comm Port 2
and 4. The upshot of this is that any shared interrupt must not conflict
with the other device of the pair. For example, a mouse in Comm port 1
and a modem in Comm port 3 may crash the machine if the mouse is moved
whilst trying to use the modem. A similar problem will occur if the
modem and mouse are allocated the same Comm port.
7.7
On a PC, the mouse is often allocated to Comm port 1, so the modem
should be allocated to Comm port 2 or 4.
7.7
Aleph One 386/486 expansion boards and the emulator use a bus mouse
driver so use Comm port 1.
7.7
What you need to get started
7.7
1) Modem (See above)
7.7
2) Computer − Any computer will do (there is nothing magic about a 386
or a 486) as long as it has a serial port and suitable software, it will
work.
7.7
3) Suitable cables − the serial connection between the modem and
computer differ between different makes of computer (Acorn, Apple,
IBM’s, etc). The modem is often supplied with a standard cable but you
will need to check for your own requirements. (e.g. Acorn machines use a
smaller 9pin D connector for the serial port.)
7.7
4) Phone socket nearby − it may be advantageous to change the single
phone outlet to a double, so that both modem and phone can be plugged in
together.
7.7
5) Software − buying a modem is not enough in itself to get you on line.
You will need some sort of comms software that will turn your fancy
machine into a dumb terminal. There are plenty of comms applications for
the Archimedes, ranging from Serial Port’s ArcTerm 7 (£74) to David
Pilling’s RISC OS Terminals Plus at £18. ProComm Plus works well with
the emulator and Aleph One PC cards.
7.7
The comms software will allow you to download any files you wish, which
can then be handled by the wordprocessor or run as a program as
appropriate.
7.7
What the software will do for you
7.7
This is the heart of the matter as all your comms will be done through
this software. The software will allow you to:
7.7
• Set up a dialling directory, giving full details of each BBS you
require
7.7
• Dial and connect you to the required BBS
7.7
• Automatically enter your name and password when requested by the BBS
7.7
• Download files from the BBS to your computer
7.7
• Upload files or letters from your computer to the BBS
7.7
• Hang up the phone line
7.7
• Keep a log of all your calls
7.7
• Allow full control of all the setup protocols, handshaking and screen
controls, etc. These are retained on the hard disc, so only need to be
set up once.
7.7
Setting up the modem
7.7
Read the instructions, connect serial and telephone cables and set any
DIP switches or links as appropriate for the CCITT standards and not the
Bell standards. Also, set any DIP switches (if provided) to allow the CD
and DTR lines to follow the state of the serial line rather than being
forced high, (see modem manual). Ensure that AT commands are selected
(again if this is an option provided).
7.7
Many of the newer modems have a programmable non-volatile memory
(NOVRAM). In other words, it doesn’t forget its settings when the modem
is unplugged from the mains. This NOVRAM memory is used instead of DIP
switches and can be programmed from the computer terminal screen (see
below).
7.7
Switch ON the modem!
7.7
Communication software
7.7
The crucial part of getting on line is setting up the software / modem /
BBS protocols and links.
7.7
Remember, Rule 1 − if it can go wrong, it will.
7.7
Rule 2 − Get someone else to set up your system.
7.7
So choose an evening (cheap calls) when you have plenty of time, and be
prepared for the possibility of a long evening with several abortive
attempts at getting on line.
7.7
Once the software has been finally installed correctly, there is very
little to do when accessing a BBS in the future, as virtually everything
will then be automated.
7.7
What you need to know to configure the software and modem
7.7
• Are your phones Tone or Pulse dialling?
7.7
• Modem type − if not known or not listed by the software, try Hayes
Compatible 2400
7.7
• File transfer protocol − try Z-Modem
7.7
• Destination for downloaded files
7.7
e.g. ADFS::HD4.$.Comms
7.7
Setting up the dialling directory will require more choices.
7.7
• Telephone number − 081 654 2212 (Arcade)
7.7
− 0603 766585 (Archive)†
7.7
• Predial code − e.g. 132 for Mercury network
7.7
• Baud rate − try 2400, or 9600 (See modem)
7.7
• Data bits − 8
7.7
• Parity − None
7.7
• Stop bits − 1
7.7
This is often written 8N1. The other common setting is 7E1, (Compuserve
and Prestel), any other setting is rare.
7.7
• Duplex − Full
7.7
• Terminal emulation − try ANSI (Used for colour) or VT102, 24 line page
length.
7.7
• Password − if required as you may need this to log on each time.
7.7
Installing the software
7.7
All the packages follow the normal RISC OS methods, so consult the
manual. Using the information in the previous section, set up the
software according to the instructions in the manual.
7.7
When you click on the application, you will normally be faced with a
blank screen which is called the “terminal mode”. You can now type some
simple commands which will tell the modem what to do.
7.7
Try entering a few commands to check out the modem. At the cursor prompt
in terminal mode type: AT<return>
7.7
All being well, you should receive an OK or 0 (zero). This verifies that
the modem is switched on and correctly cabled to your computer. If you
have a blank screen, type ATE1Q0<return>. This will ensure the modem
will respond correctly and try AT<return> again. If you still have
problems see the troubleshooting section, “Modem fails to respond”.
7.7
Next, test out the dialling code and verify the modem-to-phone
connection is correct. Type:
7.7
ATM2<return>
7.7
to switch the internal modem speaker on permanently. (This can be
changed later to ATM1 so the speaker is only active during dialling.)
7.7
ATD1234<return>
7.7
This will dial the number 1234, and you should hear the dialling tone,
then the tones representing 1234. Press <return> to disconnect and you
should have the message “No carrier”. If you have any problems, see the
trouble shooting section.
7.7
Now you are ready to try the real thing. Type:
7.7
ATD0816542212<return>
7.7
Note the dialling tone, the modem dialling, the ring tones, a 2-second
silence, a high pitched 2100Hz answer tone, followed by some static. You
should then get the “Connect” message. This sometimes includes the
connection speed, e.g. “Connect 2400”.
7.7
You should now have the initial log-on screen and graphics.
7.7
If not, hang up using ATH0<return>, or use the software hangup command /
key shortcut. Set up the dialling directory, using information from the
previous section above and try again.
7.7
Logging on to a BBS
7.7
With most Bulletin Boards, you must become a registered user. Normally,
the first time on line, you will be asked to give name, address, etc,
along with a password you wish to use in future.
7.7
To get on line each time, you will need to enter your name as the BBS
knows you. E.g. if John Smith is your ‘handle’, typing J Smith will be
rejected. This is not usually case-sensitive though.
7.7
The password IS usually case-sensitive. In this case, a password such as
‘Jersey’ will fail if you type ‘jersey’ or ‘jERSEY’.
7.7
Once logged on, you will be given limited access, until such time as you
become fully registered. You will have 20 to 30 minutes to explore the
Bulletin board.
7.7
Downloading text and files
7.7
Any text and graphics that you see on screen, can be kept and looked at
later when you are off line. You will need to turn on the LOG or SPOOL
feature, which will store all the text, menus, etc, that flow across
your screen. The saved LOG file can then be read using a text editor or
wordprocessor. (See your Comms manual for starting the LOG or SPOOL
file.)
7.7
So far, you have only downloaded some simple text. The next job is to
download a program file.
7.7
Find the download option. You will be presented with a list of files to
be downloaded. Press (D)ownload, enter the name of the file to be
downloaded. The file size, the BBS file transfer protocol and,
occasionally, the estimated time to download will be given. The BBS
protocol needs to be the same as the protocol you set up in the dialling
directory.
7.7
Logging off
7.7
You should log off from the BBS in the correct manner, otherwise all
sorts of pointers are not updated and it may result in higher charges,
as it takes time for the BBS to recognise that you have gone off line.
7.7
Arcade requires you to type “G” and compuserve “Bye”.
7.7
If all has gone well, type ATM1&W<return> to Mute the speaker after the
Connect message and Write your current settings into the NOVRAM.
7.7
If you have not already done so, add the BBS details into the dialling
directory.
7.7
AT Hayes command set and error correction
7.7
Most modem manuals give a list of the Hayes commands that pertain to
your modem. I have not included a complete list of commands here but the
main ones are referred to in the text.
7.7
It is possible to combine AT commands together. For example,
ATM1L3<return>, which turns the speaker on and increases the volume.
7.7
Hayes was late into the error-correction game and so the AT commands for
MNP and V42 functions cannot be explicit as they vary from one
manufacturer to another. See your modem manual.
7.7
For these error-correcting modems, you will need to set the comms
software to a speed higher than the quoted modem speed, i.e. a 2400 baud
modem set 9600bps and for 14400 baud modem, set 19200bps.
7.7
Use hardware flow control (RTS/CTS) and disable software flow control
(X-ON/X-OFF).
7.7
Turn off any auto baud detect feature. Use the appropriate AT command to
tell the modem to “send at a fixed DTE rate”. This is irrespective of
the “Connect 2400” message you may receive from the modem.
7.7
You will also have to inform the modem that you wish to use V42 or MNP,
with a suitable AT command.
7.7
Compuserve
7.7
Arguably the world’s largest conferencing system and BBS, Compuserve is
not particularly cheap, but has thousands of special interest sections
and many specialised databases. World wide E-mail and fax facilities are
available.
7.7
Compuserve is slow and requires a certain knowledge of the various
commands if you are not to spend a fortune on phone calls. A program
such as ARTIC is a must (if only I can get it to work). (Of course, in
the USA and Hong Kong, local calls are free which helps.)
7.7
Note that Compuserve has its own file transfer protocol called CIS B
plus, operates at 9600bps and uses 7E1.
7.7
Troubleshooting Guide
7.7
One of the problems with troubleshooting is the sheer number of things
that can go wrong. Often a single problem will prevent any communication
at all − all very frustrating!
7.7
Listed, in a roughly logical order, here are some of the common problems
that you may come across.
7.7
Most modems will respond to AT&V<return> which will allow you to view
the current setting in your NOVRAM.
7.7
Modem will not respond or dial
7.7
• Check modem plugged in AND switched ON. (MR, Modem Ready, LED on.)
7.7
• Check cables connected correctly and fully home in sockets.
7.7
• Check phone cable plugged in to correct sockets. Other phone
extensions not in use.
7.7
• Check that any modem Dip switches have been set correctly, e.g. CCITT
selected not BELL, and AT commands are enabled.
7.7
• Are your Comm ports correct? (PC stuff)
7.7
• Is the terminal program port speed set to a faster speed than the
modem? (But see error correction information above.)
7.7
• Ensure that stored telephone numbers are correct. i.e. 1 and not l for
lima, 0 (zero) not O for oscar.
7.7
• If you have an external modem, the LED light labelled TR should come
ON when your software is run and go out when you exit the program.
7.7
Using the hang up command should cause the TR light to flash off, then
back on. This shows that the DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal wire
between the modem and computer is correctly wired. (It also proves that
the correct comm port is selected by the terminal program.)
7.7
If the TR LED does not come on, check your cabling, in particular the
DTR cable (pin 20).
7.7
One other cause could be the modem not responding to the DTR signal.
Type:
7.7
AT&F&C1&D2&W<return>
7.7
This will set the modem to follow the DTR signal. If the DTR signal is
held “high”, it will be difficult to hang up the phone.
7.7
• The Send Data (SD) LED should flash each time you type a letter on the
keyboard. This shows that data is being transmitted to the modem. If
not, suspect the serial cable, in particular pins 2 & 3, the TxD and RxD
signals.
7.7
• The Receive Data (RD) LED should also flash at the same time as the SD
LED. If not, try ATE1 to echo back each keypress. Again suspect wires to
pins 2 & 3.
7.7
Modem dials but will not connect
7.7
This points to a problem with the modem to phone cable.
7.7
• Check the phone cables and connections (again).
7.7
Check that other modems are not plugged into the same phone socket (from
a laptop perhaps, even if switched off). Check also for other phones off
hook.
7.7
Note: The modem to wall phone cable should be plugged into the modem
socket marked “To Line”, not the “To Phone” socket.
7.7
• Those of you connecting US style telephone plugs to your private
exchanges should ensure that they are wired up correctly. Adapters are
available from the likes of Maplin Electronics for about £6. (The Tandy
one is suspect, I have had several complaints about them.) The two wires
on the US phone should be connected to the outer two cables of the UK
socket.
7.7
• Is the terminal program receiving the correct results code? Manually
dial ATD1234<return> and check to see the result. (No Carrier)
7.7
• If the dialling tone is still audible after dialling, check the modem
is set for tone dialling on the new exchanges and pulse dialling on the
old exchanges. Try ATDT123 for tone or ATDP1234 for pulse.
7.7
• If the remote modem answers and sends a tone but your modem hangs up
before connection complete, check the time out in the terminal program.
(This is the time the modem allows from dialling to connection.) Set
this to 45 sec or more, by using ATS7=45. (A high speed modem, V32+, may
need more.)
7.7
Modem gives CONNECT and then garbage
7.7
• The speed setting is wrong. Check that the baud rate is the same at
both ends of the connection.
7.7
• If every other letter is garbage and the baud rates are correct, check
the parity setting.
7.7
• If the screen output looks fine for the first few lines and then
becomes garbage, check your terminal program is set for hardware (RTS/
CTS) flow control.
7.7
• For V42 and MNP5 modems, there should be no garbage, so check for the
correct terminal emulation.
7.7
• For non-error-correcting modems, a noisy phone line will cause some
characters to be garbled, so try a lower speed.
7.7
• Interference from electrical motors (fans), and mains cables can also
cause problems. Move the modem away from potential noise sources.
7.7
Modem fails when doing file transfers
7.7
• If the failure occurs on all protocols, at different speeds, check
that the modem and terminal programs are set for hardware flow control
(RTS/CTS). Check also pins 4 & 5 of the serial cable.
7.7
• If the failure only occurs on some protocols, such as X-Modem and Y-
modem, but not Kermit, for example, your modem is intercepting the XON/
XOFF characters. This is undesirable during a file transfer, although
the BBS supports this for normal screen text.
7.7
• If failure occurs at ultra high speeds (19200, 38400) then an upgrade
to the UART chip may be required. (PC stuff)
7.7
Typed characters appear twice
7.7
Your modem is set to echo characters. The remote system is echoing back
the characters you type and so is your own software. If double
characters appear whilst on line, go off line and, at the command line/
screen, type ATF1<return>. (Full duplex)
7.7
If off line, the comms software is echoing back characters. Type
AT&E0<return> at the command prompt.
7.7
Reconfigure the comms software appropriately.
7.7
Typed characters do not appear at all
7.7
This is the opposite problem. You will need to enable the local echo in
your software.
7.7
Half the text is garbled
7.7
The Parity setting is wrong. Normally 8n1 is used, but try 7e1 or 7o1,
i.e. 7 data bits even or odd parity, 1 stop bit.
7.7
If all else fails...
7.7
Modems which store their settings in NOVRAM, may have to be cleared back
to their factory setting, and you will have to start again. The command
for this is AT&F <return>.
7.7
Finally
7.7
Once you have the modem working, type AT&W<return> to store the current
modem settings into NOVRAM.
7.7
Conclusion
7.7
I hope this will encourage more members to try serial communications,
and even help with those new to the subject, to sort out the wood from
the trees. A
7.7
† The Archive BBS is out of action at the moment but we are hoping to
get it up and running again during the summer holidays. Ed.
7.7
Comment Column
7.7
• CadMust feedback − I’m writing to you about the CadMust review in the
March edition of the Archive (7.6 p75), written by Richard Torrens. We
have two basic problems with this review.
7.7
Firstly, we believe that the approach Mr Torrens has towards CAD
programs is that of someone who is using tape and is not willing to move
on to more modern methods. We therefore think that he is not the best
person to review modern CAD programs like CadMust.
7.7
Secondly, in our extensive correspondence with Mr Torrens, we told him
about a new version of CadMust which solved almost all of the few
problems he had with CadMust. He didn’t make any mention of this in his
article, which we think he should.
7.7
In the past four years, we have tried to make CadMust as complete and
user-friendly as possible. We believe it offers real value for money. A
CAD system like this deserves much better and, above all, more fair
reviews, with well-founded arguments. H.J Kouwenhoven, Marketing & Sales
Manager, USARC, Amsterdam.
7.7
• A Comedy of Errors? − Is your computer rude, sarcastic and
uncommunicative? Do you ever get the feeling it’s laughing up its micro-
processed sleeve at you? Do you ever feel like giving it ‘a clip around
the ear’ − or even putting the whole thing through the mangle? I do!
7.7
It’s not the beeps I mind, I’ve got used to them, and anyway phones and
watches, and all manner of things beep at you these days. No, it’s the
mindless jargon and meaningless phrases it throws out that bother me.
7.7
It’s like this. When the computer gets fed up with what you’re doing, it
throws an electronic spanner in the works. So every now and then a
message appears on the screen − which tells you the computer is not
happy. In computer jargon, these are called error messages. Now not many
people know this, but the computer has a sliding scale of messages,
depending on how bored it is at any one time. For example...
7.7
Among the most rude are those which tell you that something you have
just done is ‘Invalid’, or even worse it tells you that ‘This operation
is not permitted’. It makes you wonder who on earth it thinks it’s
talking to? After all, I’ve been to university − I know things. How dare
this piece of silicon and metal tell me I can’t do something!
7.7
Then there’s the condescending or sarcastic ones, like, ‘Unable to read
this disk. Are you sure it’s formatted?’ Or what about ‘Are you really
sure you want to quit?’ Am I really sure? You mean you know something I
don’t? What I want the condescending little brat to say is ‘Excuse me,
Oh Most Favoured One, I hope you don’t mind me interrupting, but I’m
about to quit this program, is that all right with you or have I made
some terrible mistake?’
7.7
Cats and mice
7.7
Sometimes it toys with you − like a cat annoying a mouse it’s just about
to eat. ‘Impression has suffered an internal error. Press OK to
continue, cancel to Quit.’ Sounds reasonable, the poor old thing’s had a
seizure but it’s not terminal − I won’t lose any of my really important
work. I press OK expecting to continue. But the machine beeps again and
up comes another message. ‘Impression has a terrible headache... press
OK to continue...’ So I press OK. Beep... message... ‘Impression has had
a long day and would like to go to sleep... press OK to continue’ And so
it goes. It gives you the option to continue but it won’t let you use
it. It just goes round and round in circles, until you give in. It’s
laughing at you!
7.7
Then there are the tantalising ones, the ones that suggest there might
be something wrong without being too explicit. ‘This document MAY not
have been saved completely’ or ‘Some text or graphics MAY have been
lost’. It’s really very clever. It doesn’t say it has been lost, it just
dangles the possibility of something wrong. So you go to bed wondering
about it. It knows you won’t sleep, you toss and turn weighing up the
possibilities. When arrive back in the morning you discover everything
was all right after all − and, like idiots, we all feel ever so grateful
to the rotten little thing.
7.7
The one I really hate is the error message with a number. ‘Internal
error at &6768704blablabla’. As though it’s meant to mean something.
This time it’s telling you that someone more clever than you knows
something you don’t. You now have to ring technical help, with cap in
hand, and beg to be let into the secret. At the other end of the phone
you hear great explosions of laughter. ‘That’s OK’, they say ‘It’s been
infected with the Jeremy Beadle virus − it’s just having a bit of a
laugh at your expense’.
7.7
The final countdown
7.7
The most evil of all error messages is the FIE − ‘Fatal internal error −
about to quit’. There’s nothing you can do about this one. You can shake
your fist at it, you can mutter mild obscenities, you can pour coffee
over the keyboard − but it won’t work. You may as well go out and shoot
yourself. You see, FIE isn’t any old error message, it’s the computers
way of telling you that your life is about to be completely ruined. Not
only will you lose that best seller you’ve been working on for six
months, but your hard drive will be smeared with axle grease; your
computer will go into self-activated melt-down; your bank account will
be wiped clean; your car is will be repossessed; your children will be
taken into care... even your ever-loving cat will desert you. probably
for the Battersey Cats’ Home! Ed.) FIE is the end of life as you have
known it. Sorry.
7.7
Does it mind? Does it care? Does it feel any remorse? Not a bit of it.
There’ll be no apologies, no deep regrets. You won’t be able to talk it
round. You see, that’s what it’s really here for. I know you thought it
was a miracle of technical achievement, a brave new microchip utopia −
but, in reality, it’s only purpose in life is to make yours a misery.
Gabriel Swords, Norwich.
7.7
• Data interchange − About a year ago, in a moment of weakness, I
agreed to take over editing a bi-monthly magazine for the Boating Group
of the Camping and Caravanning Club. The circulation is around 600
copies and previously it had been produced with the help of an Amstrad
word processor, scissors and glue. It seemed like a good opportunity to
see what could be done with an Archimedes computer and Impression II.
7.7
I have an A420/1 with an ARM3, multisync monitor and SCSI disc, but no
scanner or laser printer. However, I have access to these facilities at
work, as well as image processing and OCR software, mostly on Unix
systems. This opens up some interesting requirements for data exchange
between Acorn systems and the rest of the world.
7.7
The first problem was that of getting copy into the Archimedes. I am a
hopeless typist, but I persuaded the major contributors to provide copy
on floppy disc. Impression has input filters for various word-processor
formats, so I can import much of the copy directly from the DOS format
floppy discs I receive.
7.7
Other contributors provide typewritten copy, which I scan on an A4
flatbed scanner at work attached to a PC which is networked to a Unix
server. The server has Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software
which I use to convert the copy to ASCII text. Ideally, I would do all
this on the Archimedes but (a) Father Christmas forgot my scanner
(again!) and (b) the only OCR package I have tried on the Archimedes,
Sleuth, doesn’t cope well with typewritten copy.
7.7
Ideally, I would like to receive copy via electronic mail, but few
people have access to this.
7.7
The second problem was artwork. I use the same A4 scanner and scan
artwork into TIFF format files on the Unix server. A couple of Unix
utilities make quick work of manipulating these images. For example,
pbmplus performs LZW compression which is compatible with ChangeFSI,
which I use to read them on the Archimedes (I hope that Impression
Publisher will do this directly when it is available). I have found that
compressed TIFF files are not always portable between applications even
on the same system, although John Kortink’s Translator seems more
tolerant than ChangeFSI.
7.7
Another issue was output. The magazine is produced in A5 booklet format,
and I use the invaluable pamphlet mode of Impression to produce draft
output on my Deskjet printer. I produce final camera ready A4 output
(for reduction to A5 by the printer) on a 300dpi laser printer at work
with the help of the Acorn PostScript printer drivers printing to a
file. The PostScript files tend to be rather large but I compress them
with David Pilling’s SparkFS utility, which is compatible with the Unix
uncompress command (or pkunzip on a PC).
7.7
The final problem was data transfer between the Archimedes and the
outside world. The ability of RISC OS 3 to read and write DOS format
floppy discs transparently is extremely valuable. The 800/720Kb drive on
my A420 is rather restricting, but data compression helps. Unix
workstations can generally handle DOS format floppies too. A useful
alternative is to transfer data via a modem link using Zmodem (on a Unix
or VMS system) and Hearsay II, which I highly recommend for
communications with the outside world.
7.7
Although the Archimedes, like the Mac, is in many ways a proprietary
system, I have found it is very capable of sharing data with other
systems. Impression is good in this respect, and getting better.
Richard Readings, Wokingham (readings@bst.dec. com).
7.7
• DrawFile module − Apparently, Acorn say that the DrawFile module can
be used in any product without their permission as long as its copyright
remains theirs. For programmers interested in rendering vector graphics,
I reckon it’s the best thing since sliced bread: it makes rendering a
drawfile so easy, and is also much quicker (compared to the Basic code
which I had been using, anyway). Hugh Eagle, Horsham.
7.7
• Impression Style − This seems to have a potentially very dangerous
feature. Whereas, conventional RISC OS 3 applications will refuse to
allow you to save a file with the same name as an existing directory,
Impression Style simply warns you that you are going to overwrite an
existing “object” and if you say “OK go ahead” it does it (even if the
directory is locked). My guess is that the reason it allows this is to
make it possible for you to overwrite old-style Impression document
directories with new style single document files but, if so, I should
have thought it would be much safer if Style only allowed a directory to
be overwritten if it was indeed an old style Impression document. This
would prevent a normal directory full of Impression documents from being
overwritten as has happened to us! Ouch!
7.7
• Ovation/Colourcard problems − When using Ovation in mode 99 (which is
the ColourCard expansion of mode 21), inverted text sometimes goes very
wrong − the text is black on black! But then trying to unmark the text
doesn’t work. There are various other strange effects but an infallible
cure is to scroll the document past the marked block and back again.
Nothing is lost, so this is tiresome rather than desperate.
7.7
I phoned Risc Developments, who did not know about the problem. Their
software writer is at present producing a new version of Ovation to
solve some other problems, and they said they would let me have a copy
of the new version to try when it appeared. (Nothing has happened yet.)
Philip Draper, Borehamwood.
7.7
RD now say they have a partial solution to this problem but are still
working on it. Apparently, it is only a problem in 256-colour modes and
15-bit modes. Ed.
7.7
• Space Encyclopedia CD-ROM problems − I have been having problems with
Cumana’s Space Encyclopedia CD-ROM when using the Acorn SCSI card. The
CD-ROM’s search routine sometimes comes up with a Fatal Internal Error.
Cumana say that it will reduce the problem if you set the SCSI card’s
buffers to 128Kb but although this does indeed reduce the problem, it
doesn’t remove it altogether. Cumana are looking into the problem but
have not, as yet, come up with a solution. Kate Crennell, Didcot.
7.7
• Spell-checker blues − With the ability of nearly every word processor
to perform spell-checking, you would have thought that the spelling
mistakes and glitches that were the hallmark of the Guardian newspaper
would have become a thing of the past. But, no, they live on in the
world of Acorn! Let me explain...
7.7
As I went around Acorn World and BETT, I collected leaflets extolling
the virtues of various bits of software. These, I presume, were produced
on the said Acorn computers using some sort of DTP or word processor, so
why am I treated to ‘Comapny Address Book’ or asked to submit an
‘Offucial Order’ before the end of January?
7.7
Again, even when these leaflets have been spell-checked, it becomes
fairly obvious that they have not been proof-read as I was recently told
that I could pay by ‘Access of Visa’ after I had used the voucher which
gave me ‘£10 of’ the normal price.
7.7
I have the feeling that although most people put their document through
the spell-checker, very few are now bothering to read it to check the
things that a spell checker misses.
7.7
Still, I’m glad to say that the situation isn’t quite as bad as that on
the PC. I have in my hand a leaflet extolling the qualities of a Sun
computer which is a ‘386 CP with spelll checker’! I didn’t think anyone
could misspell PC. Mind you, I do have trouble with Acorn Archemides
(sic) when I am typing, perhaps we could call it an AA? Paul Hooper,
Martham, Norfolk.
7.7
As the perpetrator of the “Battersey Cats Home”, I have no room to talk
but I am amazed by the number of companies who sell “site licenses” and
say this will “licence you” to do such-and-such. Ed.
7.7
Also, I can’t resist repeating the following comment that was published
in Archive a couple of years ago − just in case you mist it! Ed.
7.7
• Sow much four spelling chequers! Won knight sum phew daze a go, being
a try full board, icon clue dead the tit was thyme two sea watt a
spelling chequer wood do with an aviary day peace of righting. Eye sat
my sulphate my usual plaice at the key bored of my valley ant Acorn and
a sigh typed, I weighted in vein fore the yew till it tea too come
plane, butt knot a whirr did it take except shun to.
7.7
Aye no, of coarse, that a yam vary hard to pleas butt in too sheiks of a
lam stale I was shore that this was not rite four me. The hare on my
head stood up and I had quite a nasty tern when the lack of so fist
decay shun in such annexe pensive product was slayed bear. The real eyes
a shun that sow much cache had bean pay doubt to a choir a prod duct so
pour, maid me ring my hands. Know underwear in a recession!
7.7
Their is amoral two this storey as yew have know doubt already guest.
Bee knot sow shore yore chequer nose it all, in spy toff what the
cellars of the are tickle may have lead dew too be leave.
7.7
To bee fare though, a grate deal of prays is jew two pea pole a bull to
pro juice such works oh fart. Tony Stauber, Qatar, Arabian Gulf.
7.7
• Save box convention − I found myself saying “yes, yes, yes” out loud
to one point which Hugh Eagle made in his discussion of the RISC OS 3
Style Guide (Archive 7.6 p.52.) It was in agreement with his criticism
that when a Save box is opened for an unsaved file, it must contain the
default document name, and not a previously typed but never used name. I
often abort a save having typed in the name, but not having the
directory open, and it is very irritating to have to re-type it again.
Acorn have got it wrong. Their style instruction wastes time – lots of
it. They should change their rules, as they have – quite rightly – about
the standard cut and paste technique. Incidentally, when will a new
!Edit be released with Impression-style cut and paste? Stuart Bell,
Horsham.
7.7
• To K or not to K? − (Archive 7.6 p23) David Lenthal says that ‘K’ is
used for Kappa and is a recognised abbreviation for 10^18. I can find no
reference that Kappa has ever been the abbreviation for 10^18. The names
for multipliers were extended in 1990 by the CIPM to include names for
numbers up to 10^24 and 10^−24. For information, here follows the full
list:
7.7
Power Name Abbrev
7.7
10^3 kilo k
7.7
10^6 mega M
7.7
10^9 giga G
7.7
10^12 tera T
7.7
10^15 peta P
7.7
10^18 exa E
7.7
10^21 zetta Z
7.7
10^24 yocto Y
7.7
10^−3 milli m
7.7
10^−6 micro m
7.7
10^−9 nano n
7.7
10^−12 pico p
7.7
10^−15 femto f
7.7
10^−18 atto a
7.7
10^−21 zepto z
7.7
10^−24 yotta y
7.7
Roger Darlington, Manchester.
7.7
• Video-editing − (Edward Croot who has demonstrated video-editing at
both our NCS Open Days writes...) With the growth of domestic video,
there is an equal growth in the desire to edit all those miles of tape
and produce the sort of viewing that you are used to seeing from the
broadcasters. Looking at advertisements in magazines for other computer
systems, editing systems for Macs and PCs already exist for as little as
£300. You can add graphics for £500. All the advertisements imply, and
some even claim, that you can get “Professional results” with your
domestic recorder and camcorder. Upon reading further, you find that the
software does allow you to choose sequences which you can clump
together, but there is no mention about editing pictures and sound
separately. Neither is there a claim about making an accurately timed
edit so that the picture doesn’t jump at the join, though many VHS
recorders will do an adequate job, but patience (and enthusiasm) may be
required. With the right equipment, you can get frame-accurate editing
using this software, but the right equipment is not generally found in
the average household.
7.7
I use Optima software on an A540 as an “off-line” tool. Off-line editing
is a technique to make editing decisions on relatively cheap equipment,
reducing the amount of time spent on expensive broadcast quality
equipment. The software that I use is designed to produce an edit list
to control professional equipment which uses timecode to define every
frame of picture. Domestic machinery doesn’t use this technique, so it
is impossible for any video controller to keep accurate track of which
part of the tape it is reading. If you change tapes, the only accurate
reference point is the start of the tape. Alan Afriat (who wrote about
his system in Archive 7.3 p45) is developing a board which will control
recorders designed for editing including semi-professional S-VHS
recorders, but each of these machines cost in the order of £2,000+.
Also, if you want to do mixes, or any other effect, you will need three
of them plus a vision mixer and a sound mixer. Should digital recording
come along, you will be able to get by with just two. Alan and his
partner Adam Goodfellow are also developing some excellent quality
graphics and titling software.
7.7
It is possible to record your videos into your Archimedes, and that is
what Optima does, but the picture quality is governed by the storage
capacity on your discs, in this case magneto-opticals, as well as the
display capability of the computer. It is certainly not good enough to
match even the poor quality obtained by copying from VHS to VHS. Perhaps
the new Acorn machine will make this possible, then all editing could be
done within the computer and transferred back to tape when completed.
Edward Croot, Selby.
7.7
• What use is an Archimedes? The editor asked about the applications
for which people used their Archimedes computers. Here is my offering...
(I have included this because it illustrates a number of major strength
of Archimedes machines which those not working in a multi-platform
environment might not appreciate. (a) the ease of transfer and
manipulation of data between platforms and between packages (b) the
relative cost of software and (c) the upgradability of hardware compared
with PCs, etc and (d) the relative merits of RISC OS and Windows. Ed.)
7.7
I was persuaded to buy a BBC B in 1983 when I wanted something on which
I could type notes which could later be easily updated. I remember being
terrified of the thing for weeks but there was no looking back once I
had bought it. In the end, the Beeb did all and more of what I wanted
and I was hooked. It was only natural, later, to upgrade to an
Archimedes and this I have never regretted either.
7.7
At my place of work, we started to do some CAD in GDS, a complex drawing
program which runs on small networked DEC mainframes. A rather dated
word processor was also used on the same computers. The office manager
had a Mac which I used occasionally. The firm is now slowly converting
more and more to PC’s, adding to them as necessary. This mixed computer
background allows me to be somewhat detached when discussing with
colleagues the merits and demerits of MS-DOS/Windows 3.1 and the like.
7.7
Certainly, quite recently, a major program prepared for a world-based
customer was only possible because I could develop and edit parts of the
whole on my own Archimedes (using database/word processor programs which
have been designed by their manufacturers to work on both platforms).
Also, more important perhaps, the Archimedes alone could edit some of
the translated data which had first been generated on the PC or the DEC.
7.7
This article itself has taken advantage of another example of the
Archimedes’s adaptability. It was written on ProText on my PC notebook
when travelling to work, saved as an ASCII file, loaded into PipeDream
with practically no need to edit the results and re-saved as a PipeDream
file to send to Paul. (I then loaded in PipeDream, dragged it across, as
ASCII, onto DeskEdit, changed the filetype to Data and dropped it into
Impression which stripped out the line-feeds automatically and gave it
to me in the paragraphs you see now! Ed.)
7.7
On another level, when I produced some simple black and white A4-sized
“posters” advertising a small office party, and passed them round at
work, our pretty hardened Systems Manager looked very closely at the
anti-aliasing of the letters and the professionalism of the scanned
images. I do not think he believed me when I told him that my hardware
cost less than £2,000 in total, the software used was less than £200 and
one major piece (DrawPlus) was a freebee!
7.7
Another matter for office incredulity is the age of my machine. It is a
1987 A310, carefully and relatively cheaply later upgraded, which still
holds its own with later Acorn offerings. It can run any program I know
of which is sold to run on these machines. At the same time as I bought
my A310, my firm bought a PC which was comparable with my Acorn. The PC
was cheaper, true, but it could not upgrade successfully or keep up with
PC development and has long since been dumped. Within those terms, mine
was the more sensible buy in the long run.
7.7
Then, finally on this subject, everybody who is now converting to
Windows from their various previous environments, is totally
disappointed with Windows 3.1’s speed, its lack of user-friendliness and
the amount of memory it consumes. A few had seen/used my Acorn, others
knew something of the Mac’s presentation. They had perhaps expected too
much from Windows. I myself already knew of the drawbacks and prefer
working in MS-DOS as, to somebody used to the Desktop, Windows hinders
rather than helps. Elwyn Morris, Harwich.
7.7
• Windows v RISC OS − Readers may be interested in the following
excerpt from the Sunday Times (20/2/94). It’s from a special supplement
for the forthcoming Windows ’94 exhibition:
7.7
Once basic DTP had achieved reasonable penetration within the general PC
market, image handling and multimedia were the next obvious step...
...initially, image handling was dominated by the small specialists.
Acorn was one such example which, due to its keen pricing and ability to
run multimedia and video clips without additional hardware, has become
the leading IT supplier to education. Acorn’s RISC OS provides similar
icon-driven, multitasking, insert and paste techniques to Windows, yet
particularly user-friendly and aimed at multimedia and graphics
presentations. Indeed, Windows 4.0, due out later this year, will
incorporate many of Acorn’s RISC OS features.
7.7
Some would debate the ‘keen pricing’, but this is yet more praise, not
just from the PC-dominated press but, this time, from no less than
Microsoft themselves! I wonder just how similar the two operating
systems will become. I can’t help remembering when Apple tried to put a
stop to Windows simply because it operated in a similar manner to their
GUI! Steve Waters, Gravesend. A
7.7
Computer Concepts’ AudioWorks
7.7
Brian Barr
7.7
AudioWorks is a new package from CC that builds on their range of
products. It is an audio editor that takes audio files of various format
types created on various technology platforms (even PCs) and allows them
to be manipulated in various ways. The package can also control CC and
third party audio sampler boards allowing the user to create his or her
own audio files. The package comes in a sturdy cardboard box with a 60-
page A5 manual and two 800Kb floppy discs containing the main programs
and several example audio files. Naturally, the package is totally RISC
OS compliant and can be operated by either mouse or keyboard.
Installation onto a hard disc is straight forward. The usual !SysMerge
is supplied so that the !System modules can be brought up to the
required versions.
7.7
Terminology
7.7
Before doing a further review of the software, I think it would be a
good idea to explain some of the terminology used in digital audio
recording and playback. When recordings are made with AudioWorks, the
data is held in RAM. This means that there is a limit to the length of
recordings made. The length of recording is a function of the sample
rate, and sample resolution. Sample rate determines the quality of the
recording. With a low sample rate the recording can sound almost
telephone quality whereas, with a high rate, you can record someone
playing the spoons with perfect clarity. Sample resolution determines
the accuracy of the recording. Low resolution will give a noticeable
harsh edge to the recording and will be annoying to the listener. As
with most things in life, it’s all a compromise. The following equation
should make things clear:
7.7
High Quality + High Resolution = Tons of Memory
7.7
Software
7.7
On loading AudioWorks, an icon appears on the iconbar. At this stage, no
other windows appear. Clicking <select> on the AudioWorks logo opens up
the following dialogue box.
7.7
This gives the option to record a sound directly into the computer with
the ability to alter sample rate and resolution. For a 60 second, 16-bit
mono recording at a 20kHz sample rate (which will give a reasonable
quality recording) you will need about 2.4Mb of memory. To do any
recordings, however, you must have external hardware installed in one of
the podule slots. At the time of writing this report, recording hardware
was not available and so I was not able to test the recording facilities
of the package.
7.7
File playback
7.7
Loading an audio file is just a matter of dragging the icon of the audio
file onto the AudioWorks icon on the iconbar. The file is then loaded
into memory and an editing viewer appears.
7.7
This viewer shows a graphical representation of the sound amplitude of
the audio versus the time of playback.The X axis of the display shows
the audio duration in seconds. This display has the usual “scale”
selection mechanism allowing the user to zoom in and out of a recording
showing more or less detail. On pressing the play button above the audio
display, a bar will start moving from left to right indicating which
part of the audio file is playing. At the same time, the computer
speaker will burst into life playing the audio selected. One small
annoyance to me was the lack of an automatic sideways scrolling window
that tracked the audio if the whole of the audio was not visible within
the viewer. Because of this, the marker would just disappear off the end
of the display, leaving the user not knowing which part of the recording
was playing.
7.7
Once the play button has been pressed, AudioWorks will play the file to
the end and then come to a stop. A “looping” mode gives a continuous
playback of the entire recording or a selected section.
7.7
The best part of the package is, however, the editing facilities. By
clicking with the mouse and dragging right or left, any part of the
recording can be selected and played in isolation. This selected portion
of audio can be cut from, moved or copied to another part of the same or
a different recording. This, however, is only the beginning. AudioWorks
allows lots of effects to be added to the recording. Clicking <menu>
opens a menu giving a range of effects that can be applied to the
recording. These can range from filters adding or taking away base or
treble, or facilities to boost or moderate the sound level of the audio
file. Echo can be added to give your recording that Paddington railway
station feel. An option called “Envelope” allows you to control
precisely the fade in and out, or “pitch bend” of a recording. The
package also supports stereo recordings and options exist to move sounds
to the left or right speakers.
7.7
Another effect available is this keyboard. This emulates a sampler, a
device well known to most musicians. (Duran Duran used one of these to
death on many of their hits.) The pitch of a recorded sound is altered
depending on which key is played on a standard piano keyboard. The mouse
can play the keys but a better way is to use the computer keyboard which
is configured to play like a piano keyboard.
7.7
File saving
7.7
Once a file has been edited, a number of save options are available.
These include saving in DataVox, Armadeus and Microsoft .WAV formats. A
voice module can also be constructed so that a sound can be played
instead of the standard computer beep.
7.7
One point that I haven’t mentioned yet is that a second program comes
with AudioWorks called AudioCtrl. This allows your edited sound files to
be queued and played sequentially. Unlike AudioWorks, AudioCtrl makes
possible the playback of files from a hard disc.
7.7
Conclusions
7.7
I found this a good package for the price (£49 +VAT from CC or £55
through Archive). The user interface is the best feature by far. All the
operations that are applied to files behaved just as a word processor
does, showing that the Acorn GUI can be applied to just about any type
of program. Another feature is that all the keyboard shortcuts are
editable by the user. The major deficiency for me was the lack of
editing of files direct from hard disc. But then, I know that such
facilities on other systems can cost a hundred or even a thousand times
more. A
7.7
Irlam Instruments’ Colour Scanners
7.7
Jim Nottingham
7.7
If you are fortunate to have access to the ever-expanding range of
affordable colour printers for the Archimedes, you may also be
considering moving into colour scanning. This article is based on my
year’s experience of the SCSI version of the Epson GT6500 A4 scanner,
supplied by Irlam Instruments with their ProI-Mage software.
7.7
The GT6500 is only one of a range of scanners supported by Irlam and
there are large areas of commonality in the ProI-Mage drivers and
supporting hardware requirements. So, in most cases, what applies to the
GT6500 will also apply to the other devices; only major differences will
be covered here. Although this is not intended to be a comparative
review, many readers will already be familiar with the Computer
Concepts’ ScanLight range of monochrome scanners, so certain related
features will also be considered.
7.7
Hardware/firmware considerations
7.7
Apart from the hand-held unit, all the scanners have two or more
interface options, each with its advantages and limitations. This may
even dictate your eventual choice of scanner. The basic information is
given in Archive (7.5 p3 and 7.6 p4) and more details are given below
(prices are through Archive and include VAT/delivery):
7.7
• The Hand Scanner (£425) comes with a special interface card which
fits in a standard podule slot of the A5000 or earlier machines.
7.7
• If you have a ‘new’ computer (i.e. A5000 or later), the Sharp JX100
flat-bed scanner (£520) can be connected direct to the RS232 serial
interface but the port needs to be free of other devices. If you have an
‘old’ computer (i.e. pre-A5000), you will need to connect the scanner to
a BIP400 interface (£80) which fits in a standard podule slot.
7.7
• The baseline Epson GT6500 scanner (£1000) has a parallel interface
and can be connected to the bi-directional port of new computers but,
again, the port needs to free of other devices, including dongles. With
old computers, you will need to install a BIP400 card, as above. If
preferred, you could fit a BIP400 card in an A5000, freeing the parallel
port for other devices. Alternatively, you can specify the GT6500 with a
built-in SCSI interface (£1115) but, at present, only the Morley SCSI
podule will run the GT6500 reliably. The maximum resolution of the
scanner is 1200dpi.
7.7
• The Epson GT8000 (£1380) comes with both parallel and SCSI interfaces
built in, so all the above connection options apply. The SCSI interface
can be connected to Acorn, Morley or Oak SCSI cards. The maximum
resolution of the GT8000 is 1600dpi and the scanning speed is about 15-
20% faster than the GT6500.
7.7
The computer will need RISC OS 3.1 or later. The ProI-Mage application
takes 160Kb. Irlam say that, although it would be possible to run from a
floppy disc and a minimum of 2Mb RAM, this would severely limit image
size and resolution. In practice, you really need a hard disc with a few
Mbytes free and at least 4Mb RAM − my own experience is that, to do
justice to the A4 scanners, 8Mb RAM would be better.
7.7
The Epson GT6500 package
7.7
The GT6500 comes in a robust casing which, at 568mm × 333mm × 125mm, is
rather larger than the compact Scanlight Professional. The lift-up
document cover can be removed easily so that thicker tomes can be placed
on the A4 glass table.
7.7
Power and data cables are supplied and plug in at the rear. Where the
SCSI interface is installed, a rotary ID switch, a terminator DIP switch
and two SCSI connectors are fitted, so setting up is very
straightforward.
7.7
The power switch is on the front panel, along with various other
switches and indicators whose functions are replaced largely by Irlam’s
software so, normally, these can be disregarded. Removing a small cover
reveals 2 banks of DIP switches, which should not need to be adjusted,
and a reset switch which − hopefully − will never be used!
7.7
The Epson user guide is well written and illustrated. Most of the later
content can be disregarded as the Irlam software covers scanner
operation. Epson include a useful booklet of image samples illustrating
various effects.
7.7
The Irlam software/documentation
7.7
The relevant version of the ProI-Mage scanner driver software (currently
v2.02) comes on a single, unprotected floppy disc, along with v0.93 of
Acorn’s ChangeFSI and, where applicable, a Read_Me file of latest info.
Scanner operation is multitasking, while using the software is
conventional, largely intuitive and entirely uncomplicated.
7.7
Until recently, the documentation was adequate. However, Irlam have sent
me a pre-release copy of their updated A5, ring-bound manual (v3.00)
which really is excellent. The user guide portion is much improved but
its value is greatly enhanced by the inclusion of general advice on
using ChangeFSI, file formats and printing scanned material.
7.7
Scanning procedure
7.7
Loading the application and clicking <select> on the ProI-Mage icon
causes two windows to appear on the desktop; the Viewer on the right and
the upper portion of the Control Panel on the left.
7.7
The control panel is well thought out and, as the lower portion includes
all the preset variables, it needs to be accessed only when you wish to
select something other than the default settings.
7.7
The scan resolution and output format are pre-selected by clicking on
the relevant option buttons or entering a value in the dialogue box. Any
intermediate resolution can be set, up to the maximum capability of the
scanner. The output can be monochrome, 4/16/256 greyscales, or colour.
Clicking on the Scan button starts the scan.
7.7
If a scanned image smaller than A4 is required, this is achieved by
first clicking on Preview, followed by Scan. The scanner produces a low-
resolution image in the Viewer window in around 20 seconds, following
which the desired area can be defined by performing a conventional
<select-drag> operation on the image. The area covered by the select box
can be modified by using <adjust> on the relevant control handle, or the
nudge buttons or size dialogue boxes on the Control Panel. Clicking once
again on the Scan button then produces the high-definition scan but
covering only the defined area. This procedure speeds up the high-
definition scan, limits file size and saves having to crop the image
after scanning.
7.7
On completion of the scan, clicking <menu> in the Viewer window and
following through the Save Sprite option, leads to a conventional Save
dialogue box. Given sufficient memory, you can transfer direct to other
applications and a modicum of compression is applied to files saved to
disc.
7.7
Preset options
7.7
The lower part of the Control Panel contains numerous options such as
Gamma Correction and File Format. These are generally self-explanatory
and are preset before scanning, either by selecting the relevant radio
buttons or by entering values in the dialogue boxes. They cannot be
controlled during scanning so, if anything needs to be changed, it is
necessary to click on Press to Stop, amend the setting and re-initiate
the scan. The values can be saved as default settings by using the Save
Choices option on the iconbar menu.
7.7
Two of the preset options are especially valuable, the first of which,
the Brightness control. I used a Scanlight Professional for a few months
and became very frustrated by the fixed setting. It often prevented me
obtaining a satisfactory scan where, for example, the original image was
faint or where there was show-through from printing on the reverse side.
In my view, this is a most unsatisfactory feature of the Scanlight
Professional. The software-controlled brightness option of the Epson
scanners entirely suppresses this problem.
7.7
Secondly, in addition to producing a 256-colour sprite, the scanner can
output a file in one of a range of alternative formats, up to 24-bit. I
find TIFF to be particularly useful for export direct to PCs, Macs and
imagesetters, with the added bonus that the LZW compression generally
leads to smaller files than the equivalent sprite file. Where the result
still will not fit on disc, an alternative is to select the JPEG format
and reduce the quality factor until it does fit. This is often more
acceptable than, for example, reducing the scan resolution (see articles
in Archive 6.9 p45 and later issues).
7.7
Performance considerations
7.7
Anyone used to the Scanlight range may be surprised by the extra time
taken by the GT6500 to perform a scan. Even the GT8000, running 15-20%
faster, is still relatively slow. However, the Epson scanners are
multitasking and operate almost entirely in the background and there is
many times as much data to be processed. You may notice other tasks
slowing down a little but, on an ARM3 machine, this is not particularly
significant. The overall effect is akin to, say, background filer
operations and you soon get used to it, but a large, high-resolution,
colour scan can take 10 mins or more.
7.7
This does mean that, for example, you are going to lose the convenience
of the ‘quick photocopy’ facility which the Scanlight machines achieve
so well in conjunction with Laser Direct printers. The Epson/Irlam
equivalent is to perform a 300dpi scan, drop the resultant sprite into
an Impression frame or whatever, and print the result. All this will
take a couple of minutes or more but bear in mind that most of that will
be in the background.
7.7
The output quality of monochrome and greyscale images is at least as
good as that achieved by the Scanlight Professional; better if the
original image requires use of the brightness control. Subject to
certain considerations, the output quality of colour images is generally
very satisfactory indeed. From my own experiences, the potential problem
areas are as follows:
7.7
• Changes in colour hue and value are evident. In general terms, reds
are OK, greens tend to darken and blues pick up a purple hue. Anyone
used to colour printing on the Archimedes will already be familiar with
these phenomena and the value and limitations of image-processing such
as Gamma correction.
7.7
• The scanner can react to colours in the original which are not
readily visible to the eye and, often, this depends on the materials
used in the document. Certain colours can be problematical; I find that
flesh tones are sometimes sensitive to ‘wash-out’.
7.7
• Interference between the dot resolution on printed originals and the
scanner resolution (Moiré patterns) is more noticeable in colour than in
monochrome (you can get some bizarre effects on the monitor screen, e.g.
tartan paint!). It is best to use high-resolution originals such as
photographs and the usual tricks of rotating the original slightly or
changing scan resolution can help greatly.
7.7
Memory usage and resolution
7.7
With a 16Mbyte A540 available, I must confess to routinely bumping up
the scan resolution to the maximum possible, with the consequent strain
on data storage capacity. However, in their latest documentation, Irlam
make a detailed and elegant case for scanning at quite low resolution
(100dpi) and processing the image in ChangeFSI for use with 360 dpi
printers such as the Canon BJC600. A similar argument holds for export
to high-resolution imagesetters. This really is a very interesting
notion and warrants consideration. If satisfactory results can be
achieved by these methods, computer memory and storage requirements will
be eased considerably.
7.7
Conclusions
7.7
The colour scanners supported by Irlam’s ProI-Mage software satisfy a
wide band of performance needs. Given adequate memory and storage
capacity, the flexible interface options make them largely machine-
independent. The quality and ease of use of the software is a credit to
Irlam and the new documentation is impeccable.
7.7
At prices running to more than double that of, say, the monochrome
Scanlight range, you have to be sure you are getting value for money
when moving into colour scanning. From my experience, the Epson GT6500
scanner has been well worth the capital expenditure, providing an
excellent foil for the 360 dpi, 4-colour printers now available and
enabling a good proportion of my work to be published entirely in-house.
7.7
Even if Irlam’s premise that relatively low-resolution scans are
adequate for export proves to be the case, we still need someone to come
up with a method of transporting large TIFF files direct to
imagesetters. In the meantime, the ability to provide customers,
typesetters and printers with document drafts, in full colour, is
proving to be an absolute boon. If any reader would like further help
with choosing or using a colour scanner, please drop me a line with
details to: 16 Westfield Close, Pocklington, York, YO4 2EY. A
7.7
PipeLineZ
7.7
Gerald Fitton
7.7
Lots of odds and ends this month, starting with a few comments from me
before moving on to letters which I think may be of general interest.
7.7
Problems with old Fireworkz templates
7.7
If you have any templates which you created with Wordz prior to
Version 1.04 then get rid of them before they cause you problems. The
most serious thing which happens when you use those old templates is
that you save your work and then, when you reload it another day
everything is gone! Sometimes, only part of your work or a few styles
have vanished or part of your document isn’t quite as you remember it!
If you load an ‘old’ template and use it as a basis for a new one then
the new one might also give an unexpected performance.
7.7
If you have lost a large piece of work in this way and yet, by looking
at the size of the file, you know the data must still be there, send a
disc copy of your file to Mark Colton or to me. (If possible, please
include a self-addressed label and return postage.)
7.7
PipeDream for Beginners
7.7
Ernie Cobbold has sent me a complete set of tutorials for PipeDream 4 on
three discs. The discs contain 17 files each of which has been
compressed using Spark. When expanded, each of these files pretty well
fills up an 800 Kb disc and, if you print them out, you will produce a
book about 1“ thick!
7.7
The tutorials are illustrated by screen shots, and example files are
also included.
7.7
This set of tutorials started life as much simpler worksheets for use by
pupils who were on an Information Technology course at school. Ernie has
improved and expanded these worksheets into a ‘distance learning’ course
which starts at a level suitable for complete beginners and works up to
level which now might be described as GNVQ Advanced.
7.7
I think the tutorials are good but, by the time you read this, Archive
will have received a set of the three discs for review by someone more
independent than I am. However, if you can’t wait and would like to know
more about the contents of the discs before the review is published,
please write to me at the Abacus Training address.
7.7
Stamps
7.7
Danny Fagandini has put the following problem to me: “Is there a way of
using PipeDream or Resultz to find the ‘best’ way of selecting a stock
of stamp values?” He says that he faces this problem at least twice a
week. I can’t speak for Danny but I think our problem is similar. Jill
(who handles the outgoing post) has a good stock of first and second
class stamps (now 19p and 25p) but when we send out two discs in one
pack, we find that we need 38p regularly. The ‘obvious’ way of handling
38p is by using two 19p stamps. However, we also send larger parcels (3
discs needs 47p) and the UK postage then increments in 20p steps. So
it’s a good idea to hold 20p stamps but, what’s the ‘best’ way of
getting to 47p? We also send discs to EC counties and even as far away
as Australia and New Zealand, so we need a few large value stamps. What
Jill would like to know is what values (out of those which exist!)
should we stock in order to make up any of the standard postage fees
with reasonable efficiency.
7.7
I have in mind something like a PipeDream or Resultz spreadsheet with
available stamp values in column A and with standard postage charges
along the bottom (or top) row. The bulk of the table would show the
number of stamps of each value needed to make up the postal charge. I’m
sure that we could extend such a spreadsheet to keep a record of stamp
usage and then, after a short trial, ‘optimise’ the stamp purchases in
such a way that the stock of stamps was minimised and the turnover rate
of stamps of each value was maximised. As I write, stamp values
available are: 1p, 2p, 3p, 4p, 5p, 6p, 10p, 18p, 19p, 20p, 24p, 25p,
28p, 29p, 30p, 33p, 34p, 35p, 36p, 38p, 39p, 41p, 50p, 75p, £1.00,
£1.50, £2.00, £5.00 but I suspect (or have been told by our local PO)
that the 3p, 18p, 24p, 33p, and maybe others, will soon disappear. If
you know exactly what’s going to be generally available in, say, a month
or two from now (or if you have even a partial solution to this Stamp
problem) then please let me know.
7.7
Matrix inversion
7.7
Both PipeDream and Fireworkz contain a matrix inversion function but it
works only if the matrix is 3 by 3 or smaller! Has anyone a spreadsheet
custom function (or a technique or even a text book) which will invert
larger matrices?
7.7
Fireworkz spreadsheets
7.7
If you’re not going to print your spreadsheet but just need it as a
reference table of data or calculations, the page boundaries are more of
a nuisance than a help. If you select None from the Page − Paper menu,
you will modify your document so that there are no page boundaries.
7.7
Unwanted commas in Fireworkz
7.7
I’ve been asked how to make years appear as, say, 1994 instead of 1,994
particularly in Charts. The solution is to use the Style − Change −
Number − Format facility.
7.7
Acorn Pocket Book
7.7
Steve Hutchinson is having problems transferring files to and from his
Acorn Pocket Book. He uses the Lotus-123 PipeDream converter. He says
“Transfer in either direction causes problems. Going from PipeDream to
Pocket Book leads to continual recalculation in the Pocket Book. Going
the other way doesn’t transfer the formulae correctly. . . . I would
hesitate to commit a . . . spreadsheet to the Pocket Book if PipeDream
was my only transfer option on the Archimedes”. Fireworkz should provide
an easier route but can anyone help Steve?
7.7
(Perhaps I should print this question in the Pocket Book Column too.
Ed.)
7.7
PipeDream upgrade
7.7
The following paragraphs are only part of an interesting letter I have
received from Peter J Stoner.
7.7
“I am pleased to read in the current issue of the Risc User magazine
(January 1994?) that there will be an upgrade to PipeDream 4. While the
new FireWorkz programs seem to be highly regarded by those who have used
other integrated packages, I am not convinced that Fireworkz overcomes
the reasons for choosing PipeDream and Acorn machines instead of other
IBM PC or Apple solutions. No doubt when the upgrade to PipeDream is
launched, Colton Software will clarify the relative merits in favour of
PipeDream.
7.7
“It would be good to have some of the style and GUI interface
improvements which are in Fireworkz so as to make PipeDream look up-to-
date but without losing the command language and key shortcuts. It would
also be helpful to be able to see the actual height of fonts which are
higher than the height of the slot and the full picture when the slot to
which the picture is referred is scrolled off screen.
7.7
“I sometimes wonder whether, when PipeDream loads, much of the memory
used is taken up with routines which I may never use in a particular
session. Would it therefore be possible for the program to be more
modular (as Fireworkz) and start by loading only the minimum display
module and load further modules only when required? A Tidy up command
(as we had in PipeDream 3) could delete these extra modules until needed
again.
7.7
“Could the minimum display module together with a print module be
distributed in public domain as a PipeDream Document Reader. Perhaps a
module to save in ASCII only could be included. This would be different
from the present PipeDream Demonstration Disc in that it there would be
no facility to make alterations − it would only be possible to extract
ASCII text.
7.7
“Perhaps such a document reader could be incorporated in !Genesis to
enable PipeDream files to be distributed with !Genesis applications. I
am sure that this would help the sales of the new PipeDream.
7.7
“When references are made to slots in external files, do the supporting
files need to be displayed on screen? This only adds to the number of
windows open. Do they even need to be loaded rather than the relevant
slots just read? This could save memory.
7.7
“If it is possible to drag in sprites drawfiles and charts, would it be
possible to drag in “Guest” PipeDream documents. For example, there
could be a slot reference such as @P:document,70@. Rather as you can
edit a chart, could we have an option Guest document − Edit document”
7.7
If you have suggestions for the new upgraded PipeDream, please let Mark
Colton and me know.
7.7
Global resources
7.7
Bob Ardler asks: “What are ‘PipeDream global resources’ and
‘<PDGlobal$Dir>’ and ‘<PDGlobal $Path>’, referred to in PipeDream’s
!Run, !Path? The ‘Paths’ manual section (pp193-195) seems on the verge
of explaining, but...” Have you an example which will help explain these
system variables?”
7.7
Unwanted formfeeds in Fireworkz
7.7
J M Shepherd writes: “I have a problem with unwanted formfeeds which
appears to be associated with the ‘Read printer’ function. I have set my
printer (Star LC24-200) to A4 form length, the driver to A4 (generic dp)
and used the ‘Read printer’ option on the paper submenu. The result,
using Colton’s own software (Label3x8 on their Example disc), has
formfeeds between each set of 8 labels. From the row spacing specified
in the Style, Label3x8 has a total length of 396 mm, so this alone
should not generate formfeeds. You may have noticed that using the ‘Read
printer’ option gives a paper height that differs by a fraction of a
millimetre from the nominal value. In my case, Fireworkz read an A4
paper length as 297.02 mm rather than 297.00 mm and this was apparently
enough to force a formfeed. I confirmed this by reducing the printer
driver paper length to 296.5 mm. This, in conjunction with the ‘Read
printer’ function, eliminated the formfeeds, but Fireworkz struck back
by omitting a pass of the print head from the output. Had it been the
final pass, at the foot of the page, I might have got away with it but,
unfortunately, it was the first pass, at the top of the page! As a
result, the addressee’s name on the 1st, 9th, ... label was missing.
Colton are, I hope, sorting this one out for us all!”
7.7
Charts in Fireworkz
7.7
Franz Werner says: “Using Charts gave me some problems which might
interest others. Saving a chart as a drawfile does not work as described
on page 55 of the Tutorial book. After selecting the chart and selecting
Make Constant, the Selection button on the Save menu is greyed out and
it is not possible to save only the chart. The whole sheet is saved as a
Resultz file, not just the chart. The chart is no longer live − but it
is not a drawfile either. When the chart has been made constant,
selecting and cutting the series data in order to finish up with the
chart only, may remove the chart also. This appears to happen if the
chart is moved after it has been Made Constant. I find this all very
confusing.
7.7
“Colton Software point out that the correct way is to select the chart
(one red line round it) and go to Extra − Pictures − Save which saves
only the chart as a drawfile. This procedure is hinted at on page 15 of
the ‘user guide’ but that is about all.
7.7
“It turns out that it is not possible, as it is in PipeDream, to add
additional text legends/labels to the axes or a title/heading within the
chart and to move them around to suit. This is acknowledged as an
omission which Colton Software will put right. Unfortunately, the saved
drawfile of the chart contains a border which makes the subsequent
addition of legends or headings difficult. One workaround is to load the
file into Draw or DrawPlus, ungroup the objects, delete the border,
select and group all the objects and save the file. Further text can
then be added in Wordz or whatever.”
7.7
‘Lost’ marked text
7.7
Derrick Porter writes: “I have observed that if a word, or any section
of text, is selected and the space bar is then pressed, the section in
question is deleted. This can be very annoying if you have just
highlighted a substantial amount of text, to change the style, for
example. Colton Software have told me that this is an intended feature
and not a bug. In all current GUI applications (except some in
RISC OS!), it’s a convention that, to replace text, you select it, then
type. So when you press <space>, the selected text gets replaced with a
space. Fireworkz (and Wordz and Resultz) saves this text to the
clipboard − so if you didn’t mean this to happen you can paste it back.
If you get used to using the feature you should find it really useful; I
do!”
7.7
Finally
7.7
Thanks to you all! I’ve had a really interesting batch of letters this
month. Please keep them coming! A
7.7
Genesis/Magpie Column
7.7
Paul Hooper
7.7
Tidying up Genesis
7.7
Most of the applications/binders that I see could benefit from tidying
up and what I would like to look at this month is all those little
extras that improve the overall impression of your application. The
first and maybe the most obvious is that you have spent many hours
compiling this application, so why not claim some credit for it and
place your name not only on the title page but also the ‘info’ box that
is the top option on your icon? For this, you will need !FormEd which is
available on Shareware disc 20 from Archive. Just load the templates
file from your Genesis application into FormEd and alter it to your
heart’s desire. It also enables you to enter the version number so that
you can keep track of how your binder develops.
7.7
Surplus pictures
7.7
Genesis has a ‘feature’ which at first looks like a bug. If you delete a
sprite or drawfile from a page and then place a new sprite with the same
name on the page, the deleted sprite remains within the page definition
and the new sprite is renamed as ‘sprite0’. When you then save the page,
both sprites are retained within the page definition, although only the
second one is used. To tidy this up and to delete the surplus sprite,
call up ‘Show Pages’ on the application icon on the iconbar. Call up
each page definition in turn and examine the sprites within it and
delete the surplus ones.
7.7
While examining the page definition, check to see if a sprite occurs in
more than one page and if it does, then shift it into the shared
resources area and delete it from all the pages. I was recently able to
reduce the size of an application from 1800Kb to 880Kb by using both of
these techniques.
7.7
Icons and !Boot Files
7.7
A good icon improves the look of an application no end but, in some
circumstances, the icon can fail to initialise and is replaced with the
standard APP icon. I use the pinboard to store quite a few of the
applications on my hard disc, and sometimes these fail to load the icon
if you have edited the !Boot file in Edit. I don’t know the technical
reason for this but the cure is simple, just include a !Boot file within
your Genesis application that runs something like this:
7.7
IconSprites <Obey$Dir>.!Sprites
7.7
This will ensure that the sprites are correctly loaded.
7.7
Pages and the ‘missing link’
7.7
It can sometimes be very confusing when you have five or six alternative
ways of turning your pages and it becomes very easy to miss one or send
the user down a dead end. I always finish an application by drawing a
flow chart and then checking every available route. Although this can be
time-consuming, it is well worth it. If the end-user becomes frustrated
with dead ends or failed links, he is much more likely to bin your
application. Even better is to pass on a copy of your application to
someone else and let them identify the missing links.
7.7
Tidying up Magpie
7.7
Magpie binders are stored in a single file, and if you then delete a
sprite or page, the space that this occupied in the file is left blank.
This means that binders can have a series of ‘holes’ and take up more
disc space than required. There is an option to compact a binder which
will remove these holes but, by default, this option is disabled. To
check whether it is enabled in your copy of !Magpie, open up your copy
of !Magpie by holding down <shift> and double-clicking with <select>.
Drag the !Run file into Edit and examine the last line which should look
something like this:
7.7
Run “<Magpie$Dir>.!runImage” -g60 −r120 -a -h c“<Magpie$ Language>”. %*0
7.7
The only thing that needs concern us is the ‘-a’ parameter. If this is
missing from your copy of Magpie, insert it and save the !Run file. Load
any binder into this new version of Magpie and open up the contents
page. Use <menu> over any of the tools at the top of the contents page
and you should now have the option to ‘compact binder’.
7.7
Before you compact your binder, copy it into a RAM disc which is at
least 20% bigger than the size of the binder − more if you can manage
it. Also get up the free space option on the RAM disc and keep an eye on
it. Run your binder from RAM, open the contents page and compact it. The
first thing you will notice is that the size of the binder increases!
Don’t worry − this is the program claiming space to write to. After a
few minutes, Magpie will report that compaction is complete and you will
have a binder which looks bigger than the original, but all you need do
now is to close the contents page and only then will the binder actually
shrink.
7.7
Magpie applications
7.7
No, it’s not a mistake − you can make your binders into stand-alone
applications. I am grateful to Antony Froggett and Alan Shelton for
their ideas on this. Both had tackled the problem in a slightly
different way but the results are much the same.
7.7
Once you have made your binder, create an application directory with the
same name as your binder except that it is prefixed by the ! character.
Copy your binder into this application then open up !MagpiRead and copy
the entire contents into your application directory. Design your own
sprite with the same name as the application and place it in the
!Sprites inside your application.
7.7
Now we need to alter the !Run file, so drag it into Edit and find the
line which reads:
7.7
| set Magpie$Default Browse
7.7
At the moment, this line is commented out because of the | character at
the start of the line, so delete this character. Move on to the last
line of the !Run file. We need to alter this so that it will only load
your application. Add the parameter ‘-B’, as shown below, then a path
name to find the application. This parameter ensures that this copy of
!MagpiRead will only load your application.
7.7
Run “<MagpieBrowse$Dir>.!runImage” −BADFS::0.$.!Fun.Fun -sg -g60 −r120 -
c“<Magpie$Language>”. %*0
7.7
In this example, the application is called !Fun and the Magpie binder
inside it is called Fun and they are on a floppy in drive 0. As an
example, I have put a Magpie binder on this month’s disc which
illustrates the way to do this, but you will have to uncompact it on to
a separate disc in the root directory before it will run.
7.7
The Swap Shop
7.7
I would like to thank Paul Cross for a series of small Genesis
applications that he has sent. Most are designed by his class and we
have added two to the catalogue, ‘What are things made of?’ is on
materials, and ‘Queen Victoria’ is about the Queen and her family.
Antony Froggett sent me a copy of a Magpie binder that he uses at Open
Days at Portsmouth College to introduce students to the Sociology course
− I wish I could sign up for it! I have also compiled a hints binder
from the examples that normally go on the Archive monthly disc.
7.7
My thanks also to Alan Shelton who has sent two Magpie binders on the
Stuarts and Tudors, covering not only important events but also the
personalities of the periods. As an exercise in using Genesis script
language, I have designed an adding skill-and-drill program using
cartoon characters. At the moment, I am about half way through the
!Paint Tutor which should be ready in about three weeks time.
7.7
This gives us a catalogue with nearly thirty applications, so if you
require a copy of the catalogue then send me a blank 800Kb disc and the
return postage to the address at the end of the article.
7.7
The End Bit
7.7
If you have any question about Genesis or Magpie or if you would like to
send me any applications, please send them to Paul Hooper, 11 Rochford
Road, Martham, Great Yarmouth, NR29 4RL. (0493-748474)
7.7
Next month, I hope to be able to bring you a review of Genesis
Professional − if my copy comes through in the next few weeks. A
7.7
ASM_Help
7.7
Jonathan Quigly
7.7
ASM_Help from Stallion Software Ltd is an application that provides
interactive help for programmers developing assembler programs using the
Acorn Desktop Assembler. It uses the StrongHlp program (version 1.22)
which is also supplied by Stallion Software.
7.7
Documentation
7.7
There is no manual supplied with the application and so the use of the
program was determined by trial and error. Whilst the program is
intuitive to use, a READ_ME file to help get you started would have been
helpful.
7.7
The review was performed using an A410/1 fitted with RISC OS 3.10, so I
can’t comment on whether the program will run on RISC OS 2, although it
certainly makes use of the new RISC OS 3 facilities.
7.7
The disc
7.7
The disc contains the !ASM_Help application along with !StrongHlp and a
freeware copy of !StrongED (version 2.54 − dated 07-Jul-93). Also
included are !System and !Scrap directories. StrongED itself was
reviewed in Archive 7.2 p73.
7.7
The program
7.7
To use ASM_Help, you first have to start StrongHlp which causes a large
question mark icon to appear on the iconbar. Subsequently double-
clicking on the ASM_Help icon, whilst not showing any visible signs that
it has made any difference, will cause ASM_Help to make itself known to
the StrongHlp program and allow assembler help to be provided.
7.7
This help is provided either via interaction with the StrongHlp
application or it may be invoked using the <f1> key within StrongED −
more of that later.
7.7
Clicking <menu> on the StrongHlp iconbar icon shows that StrongHlp
provides the facilities to display help for multiple applications −
StrongHelp, Asm and StrongEd in this case.
7.7
Clicking on the sub-menu Asm entry displays the following help window:
7.7
Clicking on any of the middle five lines (which are displayed in red)
displays another window with further help. Likewise, in this window any
further words in red can be clicked on and further windows will be
displayed in a manner reminiscent of hypertext systems.
7.7
The program attempts to follow the Acorn Style guidelines and therefore
works in a largely intuitive manner. For example, clicking with <adjust>
on a red highlighted word closes the parent window and opens a new
window for the word highlighted in red.
7.7
An example of the help provided, the info on the ADC instruction, is
shown below:
7.7
For those of you who don’t yet subscribe to the full colour edition of
Archive(!), the cond, S, Rd, Rn, Op2 words on the Syntax: line are all
words highlighted in red that are selectable. Likewise, the 1S and 1N
words in the Speed: entry are also highlighted in red and therefore
selectable.
7.7
So, for example, selecting the highlighted Op2 word, displays the
following window:
7.7
where Rs, shift and Rm are all selectable words.
7.7
You can easily end up with a lot of windows open if you are not careful!
That is obviously why there is a Close all option on the StrongHlp
iconbar menu.
7.7
Configuration
7.7
The StrongHlp application allows a large number of configuration options
as shown in the submenu below (which is selectable from the iconbar
menu):
7.7
All the colours can be altered, including the red highlighted word
colour (Link col in the menu above). Full interactive help support is
provided, including for all menu entries − I wish all programs did this.
This help can either be displayed via Acorn’s Help application,
accessible via the standard Apps directory or via StrongHlp itself.
Clicking <adjust> on the StrongHlp iconbar icon opens an interactive
help window that works in a similar way to the standard Help
application. Amusingly, StrongHlp identifies ‘shy’ applications, i.e.
those applications that don’t provide any help, by displaying a message
such as “This is the shy Impression application” when the pointer is
moved over the Impression iconbar icon. (Yet another reason to upgrade
to Impression Publisher!)
7.7
StrongED
7.7
As mentioned earlier, the StrongED text editor provides a facility to
invoke help dynamically whilst editing. Placing the cursor in a word and
pressing <f1> attempts to display help for that word. If the word cannot
be found, a small window is displayed advertising this fact.
7.7
For this to be effective, both StrongHlp and ASM_Help must have been
loaded. If this hasn’t been done then, if the StrongHlp icon has been
seen by the Filer, StrongHlp will be loaded. However, this does not
appear to apply to ASM_Help and this has to be done manually by double
clicking on the ASM_Help icon.
7.7
Resource usage
7.7
!ASM_help takes up approximately 54Kb of disc space and !StrongHlp
approximately 36Kb. The help text is not compressed. Compressing the
applications by storing them in a Compression directory drops the total
disc space requirement down to under 56Kb − a saving of approximately
40%. I assume similar savings would be achieved with other compressed
filing systems.
7.7
The Task Manager indicates that StrongHlp is using 64Kb. A small
relocatable module is also loaded which provides a command to broadcast
a string to a running Wimp-task and appears to be the mechanism that
ASM_Help uses to announce itself to StrongHlp.
7.7
Improvements
7.7
It is nearly always easy to find ways in which a program can be
improved. However, all program authors have to draw the line somewhere
otherwise their programs would never get published.
7.7
It would be good for the program to recognise all forms of assembler
mnemonics when linking from StrongED via the <f1> key. For example,
whilst it provides help on the keyword LDR, it won’t find an entry for
LDRNE, LDRB, etc. This would create a more flexible link from StrongED
and make the use of the <f1> key even more effective.
7.7
An option to select (and save) the favoured help to be displayed when
clicking on the StrongHlp iconbar icon, would be helpful. You always get
help on StrongHlp if you do this. To get to ASM_help requires a <menu>
click followed by menu navigation and then selecting the Asm help entry.
7.7
Conclusion
7.7
The question is, how helpful is the help provided?
7.7
For the programmer who dabbles from time to time in assembly programming
or for those just starting to program in assembler, ASM_Help is a useful
aid. It provides more usable and effective help than that provided by
the <f1> key in SRCEdit program provided as part of the Acorn Desktop
Development Environment which is included with the Desktop Assembler.
This invokes an Acorn help description file that is of a far more
rudimentary form, only providing one level of help, unlike StrongHlp
with its “hypertext” style multi-level help.
7.7
It is important to note that the help provided is no substitute for
having at least a basic understanding of assembly language programming.
However, it does provide a useful facility. It can save time looking in
the manual for the finer points of detail and acts as an immediate
reminder of the instruction formats and assembly commands required. More
importantly, the help provided contains enough detail to be useful and
indeed helpful − short of having the full manual available via CD-ROM!
7.7
ASM_Help costs £15 inclusive from Stallion Software or £10 inclusive if
you already have StrongED. A
7.7
This review was of version 1.00 of ASM_Help but I understand that
version 1.01 is now available which also provides help for the assembler
provided as part of standard Acorn Basic. Ed.
7.7
Acorn User Spring Show ’94
7.7
Paul Beverley
7.7
Since last month’s article, the following exhibitors have decided to
come and join us at Harrogate:
7.7
Apricote Studios, Anglia TV, Iota, Minerva Software, Quantum Software
and Snap Computers.
7.7
New products
7.7
Some companies are prepared to say what they are working on, so I
thought it would be good to do a round-up of some of them. Other
companies are more cagey and won’t say what their new products are −
they just say that people should come and see for themselves −
tantalising! What I shall do, therefore is to list the products that
companies have told me about so far...
7.7
4th Dimension are hoping to have on sale (but certainly on
demonstration) the follow-up to Haunted House − Gordon Key’s latest
game, Time Machine. They are also hoping to have some new courses
available for Stunt Racer.
7.7
Apricote Studios − Personal Accounts version 3 is to be launched − a
complete re-write of their accounts program first launched in 1990. The
latest version gives Personal Accounts all the best advantages of up-to-
date WIMP techniques.
7.7
Castle Technology will, of course, be showing their Ergo Keyboards but
also various monitors, hard drives and printers as well as the CadMust
PCB programs which they are now importing.
7.7
Clares Micros say that version 2 of Schema should be available at the
Show with a whole range of new features.
7.7
Colton Software will be showing ClassCardz, educational support
materials to help teachers introduce Wordz, Resultz and Fireworkz to the
students and to use them across the curriculum. They will also be
talking about the progress of Recordz, due for release later in the
year.
7.7
Computer Concepts − Impression Publisher will be on show with advanced
features like text flow around irregular objects, control over page
bleed, crop marks, separation names and registration marks, advanced
colour support, TIFF filters, etc. MacFS is a filing system for
Archimedes which will read and write Mac SuperDrive floppies, external
hard discs and SyQuests. It will cost around £100. You will also be able
to see the JPEG and PhotoCD loaders.
7.7
Datafile will have a new package of fonts designed by Tony Nash. The
samples which Datafile sent looked very good − the fonts are very
intricate and decorative.
7.7
Irlam Instruments will be releasing a new version of ImageBank and are
working on their scanner software, ProI-Mage, as well as a Stitching
application which joins up images that have been scanned in strips.
7.7
Krisalis will be launching the Bitmap Brothers’ hit, Speedball 2.
7.7
Norwich Computer Services − They say they are going to be offering
special deals on computer sales. They will be giving free Archive
subscriptions, free telephone hot-line support and even a free hardware
upgrade with every computer sold at the Show!
7.7
They are also hoping to have a new range of removable drives on sale −
3½“, 270Mb Syquest drives to be specific. Pricing is not yet fixed.
7.7
Oregan Developments are launching two new games: Sally and Wally, an
action platform game, and Magnetoids, the first 3D version of Asteroids.
Their most important new program though is Photo-Touch which aims to
bring the facilities of Mac packages such as PhotoShop to Acorn
machines. It will be a complete image-processing and electronic photo-
touch-up package which will work on formats from 256-colour to 24-bit
TIFF and Clear files. Expected launch price: £79.95.
7.7
Quantum Software is working on a mega Pinboard program called Blinds,
which they will be demonstrating at the Show. They will be launching
Keystroke v3. Quantum claim that version 2 of Keystroke is the “best-
selling utility for the Acorn Risc computer range”.
7.7
Sherston Software − Around the World in 80 Days is designed for upper
primary school pupils and will introduce them to a range of geographical
skills including grid references, longitude and time zones, latitude,
contours, bearings etc, all presented within an adventure as wicked
Wiley Windbag tries to thwart the efforts of the global travellers
Freddie and Francis Fogg (Phileas Fogg’s children?). They have two maths
adventures, Space City and Sea Rescue, almost ready now and should
certainly be available in time for the Show.
7.7
Sherston are also arranging a Crystal Maze Challenge − players of
Crystal Maze are invited to enter a team to battle against the computer,
culminating in a head-to-head between the best teams in the main
theatre.
7.7
Spacetech say they are hoping to have something really exciting to
launch at the Show − aimed at a much wider market than hitherto − but
that’s all they will say for now!
7.7
Stallion Software will be launching C Help, providing on-line help for C
programmers and a new release of StrongEd.
7.7
StateMachine will have their new IDE interface as well as the A5000
ClusterCard expansion system. ClusterCard is based on a central board
which fits into the MEMC socket and is designed to accept 4 or 8Mb of
RAM to add to the A5000’s 4Mb. A G335 graphics accelerator card can also
be added to it and the ARM processor can then have direct access to its
video memory, meaning that whatever screen mode you are working in, the
processor will run at full speed.
7.7
Topologika say that Talking Rhymes will finally surface (details in
Products Available two months ago − oops!) and they will be showing a
program called Mottik written for Design Works, a hands-on design and
technology exhibition in Birmingham in June. Mottik will allow users to
experiment with a limited set of Mottik bricks − Britain’s answer to
Lego. Also on show will be Number Tiles, a number skills pack for
primary school children.
7.7
Wild Vision − Lark A16 is a 16-bit stereo sound-sampling board (a joint
venture with CC). For more details, see David Lenthall’s article on
page 39. It will retail at £199 +VAT or £230 through Archive. TV Buddy
is a TV tuner outputting video and audio for use with their own
digitisers. With it, you will be able to view TV on your computer
monitor while you work! It is a single width podule and the tuning is
done under software control.
7.7
Wyddfa Software will launch Talking Stories, a new series of interactive
story books starting with Gwen’s Nose, Gwen’s Tummy, Gwen at the Fair
and Gwen goes to School. Wyddfa are also running a competition for Welsh
primary schools, the aim being for each school to create a booklet in
Welsh. The winning booklet will be turned into a talking version by
Wyddfa.
7.7
Any more new products?
7.7
There will be lots more information about new products in the May issue
of Archive − some extremely exciting ones, too, I reckon.
7.7
See you there!
7.7
I hope we will see many of you at Harrogate next month − do stop off at
the Norwich Computer Services stand (119 − just past the 4th Dimension!)
and say hello. I think you will find that the Spring 1994 Acorn User
Show will be a show to remember − as they say, “Be there, or be
square!” A
7.7
16-bit I/O Card
7.7
Gary Stevenson
7.7
This article reviews the 16-bit I/O card for the Archimedes from
Intelligent Interfaces. It is difficult to review such a piece of
equipment without reference to a particular application. I will
therefore start by introducing the application for which I am using this
card and then move on to some of the details of the card.
7.7
A bit of background...
7.7
I have been interested in stage lighting for many years since being
heavily involved in lighting at school. While I was there, I built an
8-channel flash box which plugged into the user port of a BBC Micro. It
was then I realised the potential for a computer-controlled lighting
system and it has taken me 6 years (University got in the way) before
finally building the next version.
7.7
As you have probably guessed (because you’re reading Archive) this
system will operate using Acorn machines and this version is going to be
just a tad more sophisticated than Mark 1.
7.7
I should probably make it clear that I am not a hardware engineer. I
understand a bit about electronics and how to hook up lots of logic
gates to get the desired effect but the real nitty gritty of electronics
is not my field. I am much more of a software person and it is this
aspect of a computer-controlled lighting system that interests me the
most. The hardware I am building interfaces the Acorn machine to
standard lighting equipment and my own control panels. These panels will
have indicators and sliders which are used by the operator for features
that cannot be achieved using a mouse or keyboard.
7.7
What I wanted to build was a modular system that could be extended in
the future. It had to be relatively cheap because I was paying for it
all (there’s no commercial aspect to this at present) and I had to be
able to build it with limited tools and test equipment.
7.7
Interfacing the system to the Archimedes has taken a lot of time and
thought. However, in the end I went for the 16-bit I/O card. Other
options such as connecting to the serial port are too slow. Eight-bit
user ports are cheap and easily available but simply do not have enough
data lines. Building my own podule (sorry expansion card!) sounded
dangerous, involves too much electronics know-how and it would be
difficult to manage the timing.
7.7
The I/O card allows relatively fast data transfer (200,000 16-bit
operations per second is quoted) which is asynchronous, has simple
electronics to cope with it and allows me long leads (I am using about a
metre) to be used in connecting it the Archimedes.
7.7
The 16-bit I/O card from Intelligent Interfaces
7.7
The first point to make is the name. If this was the PC market, I’m sure
it would be called a 32-bit I/O card because it does in fact have 32 I/O
lines and 8 control lines all of which are buffered. The reason it’s
called a 16-bit card is because you can read or write to 16 bits in one
operation. There are two 16-bit ports which you can read or write to, 8
bits of each port at the same time. Note that you can’t of course read
from one and write to the other at the same time.
7.7
What you get:
7.7
• A half-width expansion card
7.7
• An A5 ring bound manual and errata sheet
7.7
• A disc
7.7
• A half-width expansion blanking plate to fill any gaps you may have
created in fitting the card.
7.7
The card itself uses two 6522 VIA chips, the same as used in the old BBC
Micro, although they are clocked at twice the rate. It’s a double-sided
single layer board with all the components on one side and with all the
ones you’re likely to wreck held in sockets. There are also quite a few
links and a DIP switch to configure the card, and the outputs which are
by way of two 40-way IDC connectors. OK, so we’re talking pretty low
tech, but that’s all it really needs and it does mean that it should be
very reliable and bomb-proof.
7.7
A point to note here is that the card is hardware-configured. You
cannot, for example, change the direction of one of the ports simply by
sending the appropriate commands to the card. The reason for this is
quite simple. The card has output buffers which are octal transceivers.
The DIP switches on the card select whether the ports are input or
output by setting up the transceivers. The quick ones among you would
have already worked out that, because of the octal transceivers, you
cannot, for example, have four input lines and four output lines on the
same port of a particular VIA. In other words, each of the four ports is
either an 8-bit input or an 8-bit output port and it is fixed until you
change the settings.
7.7
This then makes the card more difficult to use for general purpose
applications than the 8-bit user port on the Beeb − which got around
this problem by not being buffered. I think you may be able to get
around this restriction by removing the buffer chips from the sockets
and making the appropriate links across the socket so that the 6522
drives the connectors directly. This, of course, would mean that there
was no protection to the VIA (like the beeb) but you could put your own
buffering on your own particular piece of kit. I see no reason why this
shouldn’t work but I haven’t tested it and don’t quote me on it!
7.7
This may be a big restriction for some applications but not for mine, as
it is configured and will never be changed again. It is this type of
application that this card is aimed at − to enable the computer to drive
a special piece of equipment that can be driven or monitored using I/O
lines. You could connect up to four of these cards to one computer each
configured differently.
7.7
The manual refers to a special cable which you can use to test the card.
It requires the card to be configured to the state that it is supplied
in. Unfortunately, however, the manual does not tell you what the
special cable is, so I decided that, as I had already made up some 40
way IDC leads, that it probably just links the two ports together
straight through. It’s also unfortunate that the test programs listed in
the manual are not on the disc! Why? − I haven’t a clue − there’s plenty
of room for them. So I gave up on that idea − the last time I typed in a
program listing was in the days of ZX Spectrum hex dumps (never again!).
Don’t get me wrong, these programs are not long but they should really
be on the disc. Also, the details of the what the lead is, or even one
supplied, would be very useful.
7.7
(As a result of Gary’s comment, I-I are now supplying a test cable with
the podule. Ed.)
7.7
The card itself is of type ‘simple podule’ which means that it has no
software built into it but has a simple identification system (an 8-bit
word) to tell the computer that it’s there.
7.7
What’s on the disc?
7.7
On the disc are a couple of versions of a module to access the card
through SWI’s, Basic and Fortran libraries. Unfortunately, no C library
is included which is a shame, especially as I am writing my application
in C. The two modules do the same thing except one is a standard module
and the other is a bit clever, as it intercepts a vector for faster
operation.
7.7
(I-I say they don’t supply a C library because it is so easy to call the
SWIs using the generic SWI interface _kernel_SWI. Ed.)
7.7
Testing the card
7.7
Before I started fiddling with the settings on the card, I thought I’d
test it to some degree by hooking up something to the 16-bit output
port. Yes, I used − LEDs − well, it would prove that it worked!
7.7
Well, I managed to get myself in a bit of a mess here. Trying to work
out how to access a particular 8-bit port of a particular 6522 connected
to either of the two connectors at the back can get a bit confusing. Now
that I’ve done it, it actually seems quite logical, and I have to say
that the manual is absolutely correct − but it took a while to get my
head around it.
7.7
To access this port, you would use the command (in Basic) wrls(slot, 0,
&ff). This means (wr)ite to the (l)east (s)ignificant port. The first
parameter is the slot number in the computer. The second parameter is
the register in the VIA. Register 0 is the output register for Port B,
and &ff is the value to put in that register. This diagram shows you the
structure of the card.
7.7
My configuration
7.7
For my setup, I have configured the card like the bus of a computer. I
have allocated I/O lines to specific tasks as follows:
7.7
Lines I/O Use
7.7
Data lines
7.7
8 Out Address lines
7.7
8 Out Data Out lines
7.7
8 In Data In lines
7.7
4 Out Card select lines (16 cards)
7.7
4 Out Spare
7.7
Signal lines
7.7
1 Out Write handshake − data ready
7.7
1 In Write handshake − data taken
7.7
1 Out Read handshake − data taken
7.7
1 In Read handshake − data ready
7.7
4 In Interrupt inputs
7.7
This gives me sixteen cards each with 256 addresses to read and another
256 addresses to write to. I then access an 8-bit device by setting the
correct card number, address and then writing the data to the data out
lines. When this happens, a write handshake data ready signal is
automatically generated which latches that 8-bit word into the system.
This is achieved using by putting the VIA in pulse mode which takes the
handshake line low for 0.5µS. The circuit to do this would be something
like:
7.7
Support
7.7
When I have spoken to Intelligent Interfaces, they have always been very
helpful. They did, in fact, help me to decide the best way to go about
this system.
7.7
Quality of documentation
7.7
The documentation is OK but I would have preferred to see some
electronics discussed in the documentation. Although, as the manual
says, each application of this card is likely to be very different, I
think some examples of its use would be helpful to cover the basic
functions such as: handling interrupts, reading and writing data −
especially how to handle the handshaking aspects of this and using the
timers and shift registers.
7.7
Verdict
7.7
The card is quite expensive and you can get similar things for the PC
cheaper. However, in the Acorn market we have to pay a premium for very
low volume products, especially ones like this. What convinced me to buy
one was the fact that the cost for me to build one would be about the
same. (The cost of the technical reference manuals is £75 of it.) Then
there’s all the hassle of making it work. So far, I have had no problems
in getting it to work and it seems to be pretty robust. Some
improvements to the documentation and test programs on the disc would
make this the ideal solution for anyone wanting to build or control some
gadgets from their Archimedes.
7.7
The card costs £200 +p&p +VAT from Intelligent Interfaces or £230
through Archive. A
7.7
Computer & Electronics Holiday for Young People !!
7.7
Scripture Union runs a Computer & Electronics Holiday for 13 to 16 year
olds (boys and girls) at an attractive school in the Hertfordshire
countryside.
7.7
The dates? August 1st − 9th, 1994.
7.7
The price? £112.
7.7
For details, write to Jim Maddox, S.U. Holidays, 69 Claverdale Road,
Tube Hill, London SW2 2DH or phone 081-671-8761.
7.7
Sherston Naughty Stories − Volume 2
7.7
Jeanette Crafer
7.7
Talking Software Volume 2 for young children is produced by Sherston
Software and costs £47 +VAT or £52 through Archive. (For a review of
Volume 1, see Archive 6.6 p77.) The package contains six stories each
one on disc and in book format. Detailed operating instructions are
included which are well set out and easy to follow and once loaded on to
the iconbar using the program is plain sailing.
7.7
Classroom use
7.7
I introduced this program to a vertically grouped class containing Years
Reception, 1, 2, 3. The interest level was high in the early stages with
all children showing a keen interest. The characters in the stories were
popular and the children enjoyed the simple animation and sound effects.
The speech was clear and usually easy to hear even in a busy Infants’
class! After an initial introduction with the children, this really is
a program which needs very little teacher intervention. All the children
very quickly learned how to turn the page and use all the effects.
7.7
The only problem I experienced was that some children were so impatient
for the next page to load that they would not wait for the hour-glass to
finish before clicking the mouse buttons again. This resulted in a
continuous turning of pages before they could be read.
7.7
Conclusion
7.7
The Stories have an immediate appeal and are very user-friendly. All the
features I would look for in books for beginning-readers are present.
They are an ideal resource for children working up to Key Stage 1 and I
found that they were also readily used by older children with special
needs. A
7.7
Small
7.7
Gabriel Swords
7.7
Small is a new game from a new software house. Virgo Software have
recently started writing games for the Acorn platform and this is their
first offering. It’s a 3D maze game with 52 levels of complexity and a
host of evil-looking opponents to stop you reaching your goal.
7.7
The scenario...
7.7
To teach you a lesson, the gods have shrunk you to a microscopic size
and cast you deep into the labyrinthine realm of your own mind. To
return to normal size, you must escape from an expanding web of ever
more complex mazes before your time, or energy, runs out.
7.7
The game
7.7
You enter the maze at level one and navigate your way around until you
find the exit − on the way you can collect magic potions, health fixes,
ammunition, treasure and bombs.
7.7
Sounds easy? Well, it would be if all you had to do was wander round
collecting various bits of memorabilia − but it wouldn’t be much of a
game, would it? To slow you up, there’s an array of animate and
inanimate objects all doing their best to maim or exterminate you.
7.7
Level one is easy enough − but don’t hang around because time runs out
very quickly. Level two doesn’t present much problem but from level
three, it’s down hill all the way! This is where you come into contact
with some of the nasties − like the Acid clouds − nasty green things
which float along corridors, usually the ones you want to go down,
dropping slimy acid blobs on the floor − touch them and you have a
sudden decrease in health.
7.7
Then there are the Arachnids − giant leg-gnashing spiders who attack you
mercilessly from around corners or from behind and there are robot
sentries who run at you, sending out frightening electrifying charges.
Both of these you have to destroy before they get to you, otherwise it’s
bye, bye.
7.7
What you can’t destroy are things like the Evil Eyes. They don’t
actually harm you − they just paralyse you momentarily − but this can be
very annoying if you’re being chased by a spider. You can’t destroy the
Hermits either − no, not monks who live in caves but crab-like creatures
who appear, fire at you, then disappear.
7.7
Or the Heads. Heads aren’t too much of a problem in that they don’t do
anything except block your way, but if you fire at them, your shots
rebound back onto you! If they do get in your way, a bomb − providing
you have one − will easily eliminate them. Rocks are no problem either.
They just get in your way and can be blasted with ease − but be careful,
there may be something behind them!!!
7.7
Odds and ends
7.7
Every sixth level, you get a password into the next five − so you don’t
have to start at the beginning each time you have a game. With each new
set of levels, you also see a change in the style of maze. There’s about
five styles in all, including stockade fencing, steel walls − which
sound like steel walls when you hit them − and some futuristic designs.
7.7
One of the great things about Small is that you don’t know what’s around
the next corner so you go cautiously when you first enter but the more
cautious you are, the more time you take up. Of course, there maybe
nothing around the corner, on the other hand there could be a real nasty
waiting for you − the suspense is killing!
7.7
As you progress through the different levels, the mazes become
increasingly more complicated, and the nasties seem to increase in
number.
7.7
The 3D effect of this game is very good. You really do get the feeling
of depth, both horizontally and vertically. Put your head phones on and
you can hear the sound of bouncing Spirit Balls and Spiders, etc coming
at you in stereo, increasing the three dimensional feel of the game.
7.7
Niggles
7.7
Well, there are three. Firstly, although you score points when you pick
up treasure, keys and such-like, there’s no high score table − so it
doesn’t matter that I got more points than my kids because no one’s
keeping count. Secondly, you can’t alter the control keys − perhaps not
too much of a problem but I would have liked to use keys I was already
used to. Thirdly, I can’t get my joystick to work with the game, though
they say it should. These are only small niggles, not major complaints.
7.7
Conclusion
7.7
The kids and I enjoyed playing this game. I can see that once you get to
know where the exits are, it could become a bit too easy, but I think it
will take a bit of time before you do, and anyway once you’ve been off
it for a few days you forget where things are.
7.7
A good start from Virgo, and with more in the pipeline, I hope we can
look forward to some more entertaining games in the future.
7.7
Small costs £24.95 from Virgo Software or £23 through Archive. A
7.7
Introducing Your Computer − 4
7.7
Norfolk IT Team
7.7
Three months ago, we introduced disc-handling by covering the formatting
of a floppy disc. This month, we’ll do some more on discs and organising
your work on them.
7.7
Hard disc − floppy disc
7.7
Users of older computers, such as the BBC B and Master series, are
sometimes confused about the difference between a hard disc and a floppy
disc. This confusion usually arises because there has been a change in
the type of floppy disc in use in most machines from the old 5¼“ type to
the currently fashionable 3½” standard. The outer case of the 5¼“ disc
is rather flimsy and it is easy to appreciate the ‘floppiness’ of these
floppy discs. The 3½” disc used in the Archimedes machines is just a
floppy disc in a tougher shell. In fact, although it is physically
smaller, much more information is stored upon it than was possible with
a BBC Master and an old 5¼“ disc.
7.7
The confusion between the hard disc and the floppy disc is made worse by
the fact that although people are always talking about hard discs, you
never actually get to see them! Hard discs are large capacity discs
usually sited inside the main box of your computer − although there are
some which have boxes of their own and are connected to the computer by
a length of cable. Generally, you don’t pop hard discs in and out of a
machine like floppy discs and so you are unlikely to clap eyes on one.
7.7
(There are hard discs that you can take out like floppies so, to
differentiate them, we call the “removable hard discs”. Ed.)
7.7
Hard disc advantages
7.7
Why might you want one of these hard discs which everyone is talking
about? Well, they are bigger... and they are faster.
7.7
The size difference is quite significant − a standard density floppy
disc can hold only 0.8 megabytes of information.
7.7
[Hang on, what’s a megabyte? A computer stores information
electronically as a series of numbers. These numbers are all either 0 or
1, just as most electrical switches are either off or on. A single 0 or
1 stored by the computer is known as a ‘bit’. Computers use chunks of
eight bits at a time, known as bytes (‘by eights’, get it?). A byte can
have any value from 0 to 255. This provides more than enough numbers to
represent all the characters needed, characters such as the letter ‘A’,
digit ‘5’ or the ‘£’ character, for instance. So one byte of storage
space can represent one character. By itself, one character is not much
use and so memory is usually measured in larger chunks. A kilobyte is,
as one might expect, about 1000 bytes − actually it’s 1024 − two to the
power of ten. A megabyte is about a million bytes, or characters, of
storage space − actually, it’s 1024 × 1024 = 1,048,576. In other words
the 0.8 Megabyte disc can store about eight hundred thousand separate
characters.]
7.7
(’Scuse me, but for space sake, I’m going to change to Mb instead of
megabytes and Kb instead of kilobytes. OK? Ed.)
7.7
A hard disc, which might be any size from 20Mb upwards, can hold the
equivalent of a box load of floppy discs. Imagine the bother that does
away with! If someone were to suggest that it would be better to have
all the volumes of the Encyclopaedia Britannica bound into one, you
would no doubt think them a few bits short of a byte. Your opinion would
be based upon your knowledge of the difficulty of looking things up in
such a gargantuan tome. However, the computer’s gargantuan storage on
hard disc is not a problem because sorting through masses of information
to find something quickly is one of the things at which computers excel.
7.7
Computers find and read information stored on hard discs much faster
than with floppies. I remember when I first got a disc drive for my BBC
B microcomputer some years back, having previously stored everything on
audio cassette tapes (yes, we did that!). The difference in speed was
phenomenal. More than that, I seemed to spend much less time fiddling
about with the wretched machine trying to adjust it properly and so on.
As soon as I had got used to using a disc drive, I would not entertain
the thought of returning to tape-based storage. The move to using a hard
disc drive on my Acorn A3000 was similarly empowering. I would never go
back now to using a floppy-only machine − it just seems so inconvenient.
Acorn users who lack a hard disc often get messages to insert this or
that disc into their machine. This becomes frustrating as well as taking
up time. All this may sound rather depressing if you have parted with
hard-earned cash to buy a machine without a hard drive. Hopefully, this
article will help you to maximise the efficiency with which you use your
discs and be of assistance to owners of any Archimedes-type computer.
7.7
Disc organisation
7.7
A computer disc is rather like an office filing cabinet. You could store
everything in such a cabinet by just opening a drawer at random and
slinging things in. It would get things stored − and quickly too − but
think of the problem of trying to retrieve anything! In fact, you tend
to use different drawers to contain information of different kinds and
these drawers are likely to be divided into sections which may
themselves be further divided and so on. The point about this is that it
all takes a little time to plan and set up in the beginning but it is
worth it in the end because your information can be accessed more
efficiently.
7.7
Your computer allows you to subdivide your disc rather like the filing
cabinet above. ‘Directories’ or ‘folders’ (as they are represented on
screen) can be used to organise whatever you store on a disc. Put a
formatted floppy disc in your drive and click on the disc drive icon
with <select>. This will open a directory window on your screen. The
title bar will say something like ‘ADFS::Title.$’ where ‘Title’ is the
name you have given the disc. (If you have not given the disc a title,
it will be given one by the computer, based on the time when the disc
was formatted.) The ‘$’ indicates that the window is showing you the
contents of the ‘root’ directory for that disc. The root directory is
the first level of disc organisation. The terminology is based upon the
idea of the disc structure being rather like a tree − branches leading
to smaller sub-branches and so on. The root is the point at which you
start as you move along the tree to get to your destination on one of
the branches.
7.7
Now click <menu> with the mouse pointer over the directory window. One
of the options will be ‘New directory’. Slide the mouse pointer over the
arrow to the right of that and move it into the window titled ‘Name:’
that opens − and a red caret will appear. Now type in a name for a new
directory, say ‘pictures’, and press <return>. A new folder icon will
appear with the name you have chosen. If you double-click <select> on
the folder, a window will open showing the contents of your newly
created directory. Notice that the title bar of this directory shows the
whole path that you have followed from the root of this particular
‘tree’ to the branch you are now on. If you wished, you could create
other directories inside this one − perhaps you would might want to
store different types of picture in different directories − and so on. A
system of nesting directories and sub-directories can make for efficient
storage and retrieval of information on disc just as it does in a paper-
based filing system.
7.7
!System, !Scrap and !Fonts
7.7
The whereabouts of these three applications on your disc is very
important. Firstly, what do they do and secondly where should you put
them?
7.7
!System contains small sections of program which might be needed by any
application you use. If the computer needs one of these ‘modules’ as
they are known, it will need to know where !System is. The first time
the computer ‘sees’ !System is when a directory window containing it is
opened. It remembers where it is and afterwards will always look there
for any modules.
7.7
!Scrap provides a space for the computer to store things temporarily.
Imagine you are cooking a complicated meal which has resulted in every
available space in the kitchen being occupied by ingredients, utensils,
pans, etc. You open the oven and take out a piping hot dish of something
delicious. At that moment you realise that you forgot to put on the oven
gloves. You need a place to put that dish down and you need it now!
Sometimes the computer needs an area of its memory like that − !Scrap
provides it. As with !System, the computer will remember where !Scrap is
once it has ‘seen’ it.
7.7
!Fonts is the application which gives you access to different typefaces
for use in your own work. All your different fonts (typefaces) are
stored there and so the computer knows where to look if you decide to
use a different one. Your RISC OS 3 computer actually contains a number
of fonts already inside the computer itself, stored in a microchip.
!Fonts is therefore only strictly necessary if you wish to use more than
these basic typefaces.
7.7
Organising a hard disc
7.7
If you are lucky enough to have a machine with a hard disc, here are
some tips on how to organise the information on it.
7.7
• Place !System, !Scrap and !Fonts in the root (‘$’) directory of your
disc. Have no other copies of these three applications anywhere on your
disc. That way, the computer will always know where to go if it needs
them and won’t get confused by other such files.
7.7
• Use plenty of directories for your applications and files. If you
place your word-processor in its own directory and then place all files
in sub-directories titled according to the kind of file in them, you
will find life a lot easier. With most word-processors, once the
computer has seen the application itself then double-clicking <select>
on one of its files will automatically run the word-processor and load
the file. By storing files ‘further along a branch’ than the
application, you will be sure that, by the time you get to a file, the
computer will have seen the application which you used to create it.
7.7
• This is not really an organisation tip but it cannot be said too often
− keep backup copies of all your files! The world is divided into two
groups − those who have accidentally deleted valuable files from a disc
and those who haven’t... yet! Be warned. Keep a copy of anything
important on a floppy as well as on your hard disc.
7.7
Organising floppy discs
7.7
The organisation of floppy discs is based around the fact that the
computer needs to know where to find !System and !Scrap and possibly
also !Fonts.
7.7
• Have a disc called ‘System’. Keep on it a copy of !System which is to
be considered your master copy. When you need to update !System (we’ll
cover this in a future article) then make sure that it is this copy
which is updated. Always place this disc into the computer after
switching on and ‘show’ system to the computer by opening a directory
containing !System.
7.7
• If you use a lot of fonts in your word-processing or other activities,
have a separate disc with your copy of !Fonts on and show that to the
computer too once it has seen !System. If you only use the fonts built
into the machine, this is not necessary. If you only use one or two
fonts in addition to the basic ones, you could store a copy of !Fonts on
each of the discs you use for storing files. Double-click on this copy
of !Fonts to show the computer where to find them.
7.7
• Keep a copy of !Scrap on each working disc you have. When you insert a
disc to use, double-click on !Scrap before anything else. This tells the
computer to use that as its temporary storage space rather than asking
you to insert another disc at times.
7.7
• Because the computer needs to put information into the !Scrap area,
albeit temporarily, this cannot be on a disc which you have protected
against being altered.
7.7
Next time we will cover more about discs and organising files, including
how to move and copy files from one directory or disc to another and how
to protect individual files against accidental deletion, even though the
disc as a whole can be altered. A
7.7
Xenon 2 & RoboCod
7.7
Andrew Rawnsley
7.7
I have been ‘beta testing’ these two new releases from GamesWare for
some time, and it now seems right to start writing the review.
7.7
GamesWare
7.7
As a relatively new games house, GamesWare is trying to make its mark by
porting-over many of the biggest hits on non-Acorn platforms. Xenon 2
and RoboCod are available now, and watch out for Simon the Sorcerer,
Striker and Dune 2 in the near future. By using lots of small teams of
programmers, GamesWare hopes to be able to keep up its present release
rate of one game per month.
7.7
Common features
7.7
Each game has been designed to be as close to the original as possible,
both in presentation and playability. But a neat touch, which looks like
becoming a GamesWare trademark, is having the games install on the
iconbar. This is very useful, as I can have a game loaded whilst I write
this review, and keep swapping back to the game to check my comments.
7.7
All GamesWare releases except Xenon 2 have, and will have, special modes
for VGA and multisync monitors. These provide more vivid colours, more
detail and generally much improved graphics for owners of these
monitors. Naturally, the games work fine with standard monitors − you
just don’t get the special graphics.
7.7
Xenon 2
7.7
Xenon 2 is a vertically scrolling shoot-‘em-up. Some readers may
remember that I referred to it in my review of Quark. The Acorn market
has a lack of decent arcade-style games, but Xenon 2 goes a long way to
start filling that gap. It’s fast, it’s furious and its got more
powerups than errr... anything else you care to mention!
7.7
There are one or two player games, but the two player version seems to
have been tacked on to lengthen the features list. Each player plays
separately, with their own spaceship, but when one player dies, it’s the
other player’s turn again.
7.7
Presentation
7.7
The music is one of those things you either love or hate, and your
grandmother is sure to hate it. To those in the know, it is an excellent
rendition of Bomb the Bass’ “MegaBlast” and was, I believe, one of the
first fully-sampled soundtracks to accompany an Amiga game when first
released. It is noisy, it has a repetitive bass line, but is ideal to
blast away to. It can, of course, be turned off.
7.7
Graphically, Xenon 2 is second to none. With super animation and highly
detailed sprites, it is very nice to watch. Mind you, as one of the most
highly acclaimed games of its genre, you expect high standards of
presentation.
7.7
Gameplay
7.7
In terms of gameplay, Xenon 2 is fairly typical. You shoot the bad guys
and collect the cash they leave behind. Sometimes you can pick up extra
weapons or defence bonuses, and after wasting the traditional end-of-
section guardian, you can go to the shop to trade in your cash. It’s a
tried and tested routine, but remember, this is the original, the first
game ever to offer cash and loads of power-ups.
7.7
One novel feature is that the scenery, instead of damaging your ship, is
just impassable, leading to some interesting mazes on later levels.
7.7
When at the shop, it is wise to spend up, since the game zeros your cash
at the start of each level. There’s no economics here − you spend whilst
you have the chance, and before the game takes it away!
7.7
There are five levels to blast through, each divided into two sections.
However, by the time you reach the later levels, you have such an
awesome array of firepower, it becomes a little difficult to die.
7.7
Conclusions
7.7
If you’re one of those people who has been waiting for the arrival of
quality arcade games on the Acorn platform, then start opening your
wallet. Xenon 2 is good, very good. However, if you want a good two-
player implementation, try looking at Oregan’s ‘Quark’ before parting
with your cash.
7.7
RoboCod
7.7
You may remember James Pond, the underwater secret agent whose original
capers were released by Krisalis. Well, he’s back, and this time he’s on
dry land. Actually, its icy ground, because he’s saving the toy factory
at the North Pole, which has been sabotaged by that devious criminal, Dr
Maybe.
7.7
As our fishy hero, you must run around the many platforms and levels of
the factory, defusing penguin bombs and collecting as many bonuses as
possible.
7.7
RoboCod has a distinct feeling of Zool, but since RoboCod was released
first, maybe I should have written that the other way round? The
‘cuteness’ factor is here in force but, unlike Zool, there is much more
variety in the levels. You have transport levels, sweet levels and many
more, but most importantly, you have the jelly level.
7.7
Bonus Sections
7.7
The jelly level is hidden as part of a bonus level, and is possibly the
highlight of the whole game. When you jump, you can bounce off things,
and jump higher. By strategic jumping, you can be bouncing between the
top and bottom of the level at incredible speed.
7.7
There are extra bonus sections and rooms hidden all over the place. They
take all sorts of forms but try the upside-down screen ones. Wow! Some
levels have special objects in them which must be used to finish the
level. You’ll find a plane, a car, some wings, and. . . . a bathtub!?!
7.7
Presentation
7.7
The graphics and sound in Robocod are of a high standard, and the music
has that most important factor − hummability (?!?) − don’t blame me when
you start singing in the bath!
7.7
The graphics, as stated earlier, are very cute and colourful, and with
the special VGA mode, appealed to me a lot.
7.7
Suggestions
7.7
Since this game is very large, 2500 screens, I would have liked to see
passwords or a save-game option, but this is a fault of the original.
Still, it would be good to see GamesWare taking note of some of the
comments of reviewers of the original PC and Amiga versions, and making
improvements to the games for the Acorn market.
7.7
Conclusions
7.7
Again, RoboCod is a first class game and despite the small criticism
mentioned above, I can recommend it highly. Mind you, watch out for the
4096 colour background raster bars − don’t study them for too long or Mr
Pond might lose one of his valuable lives! A
7.7
There are quite a number of articles that wouldn’t fit in this issue so
they will be published in a later issue. They include an interesting
article on Mixing High & Low Level Languages plus reviews of: 10 out of
10 Statistics; AIM3; Artworks Made Easy; Basic Programmer’s Toolkit;
Celtic and Church Year clipart; Chemistry; Choices; Cowboys; Creator;
DataVision; DeskEdit 3; EasyFont; First Logo; Game Maker’s Manual;
Kerner & Kernall; Keyboard Trainer; Materials, Components & Techniques;
Molecular Modelling; MouseTrap; Numerator work cards; Observess expert
system shell; Opening Doors on IT; Optical OCR; Oxford Reading Tree
Talking Stories; Party, Wedding & Anniversary Clipart; Phases à la
Français; Punctuate; Sea, Trade & Empire; Small Steps; Soapbox; Tiles;
Time Detectives Victorians; TOM computer trainer. (34 articles)
7.7
Table 1
7.8
The Vision Revealed
7.8
After months of speculation, Acorn’s new vision is at last revealed −
and what a vision! It has taken me quite a time to get my mind round the
importance of the openness and adaptability of the new system. The
projects that could be launched with Risc PC at the heart are legion.
7.8
For the last 2½ years, i.e. since before the launch of the A5000, Acorn
have been working on the “Medusa” project. It must have been SO
frustrating for them to keep quiet about this new project when people
(and that includes me!) were criticising them for their lack of vision.
They really DO have a Vision for the Future − it’s plain for all to see
− but I get hints that there are more surprises in store for us Acorn-
watchers.
7.8
One other change that Acorn underwent at the inception of the Medusa
project was “integrated project management”. In other words, instead of
having the boffins upstairs, the marketing people on the middle floor
and the accountants downstairs, etc, they have had everyone who is
involved in the project in any way working together in adjacent offices.
It seems to have worked well!
7.8
Congratulation to Acorn on this exciting new (to us!) project. We wish
you well for the future... especially those of us whose whole livelihood
depends on Acorn’s success!!!
7.8
Yours, excitedly,
7.8
Products Available
7.8
• Acorn Risc PC − Details of Acorn’s new generation computers are given
in the Special Archive Supplement that you will have received with this
issue of Archive. If you have a friend, colleague, etc who you think
would like to know about this new range of computers (which represents
such a major change in Acorn’s philosophy), just phone the Archive
office and give us their name and address and we will be happy to send
them a copy of the Archive Supplement. The sooner people find out about
Acorn’s new generation machines, the better.
7.8
“How can I get a Risc PC?” − Ah, now you are asking! If you look at the
Risc PC’s specification, upgradability and price, it doesn’t take much
working out to realise that demand is going to outstrip supply by orders
of magnitude − well, it will be unless Acorn have also made a MAJOR
change in their production policy! They will be ramping up production as
fast as possible to cope with demand and they are talking about having a
production capability of “several thousand units per month” but,
realistically, the only thing to do is to choose a supplier (and
hopefully, many of you will choose NCS!) send in a cheque or give us
your credit card number as soon as possible and wait (im)patiently in
the queue.
7.8
• Acorn Risc PC − Archive special offer (1) − As a special (limited)
offer to Archive subscribers, we are offering a free ARM700 upgrade to
the first purchasers of a Risc PC from Norwich Computer Services. What
this means is that when we send you the computer, we will enclose a
voucher and will let you know when the ARM700 upgrades become available
(current ETA is Autumn ’94). You will then be able to send your ARM610
processor card back to us with the voucher and we will send you an
ARM700.
7.8
• Acorn Risc PC − Archive special offer (2) − As an alternative special
(limited) offer to Archive subscribers, we are prepared to supply the
first Risc PCs on credit card without making our normal 3% service
charge. (We have to pay 5% to Visa!) This means that you can simply
leave your credit card number with us until your place in the queue
comes up. We will then supply the computer and debit your card and you
don’t have to worry about when to transfer money to your current account
from your deposit account (or sell those Acorn shares!), or whatever.
7.8
• Acorn Risc PC memory upgrades − Because the new Risc PC uses standard
SIMM memory packages, we can buy them from Mac or PC suppliers and get a
reasonable price. For example, if you have a 2Mb Risc PC, you can buy a
4Mb SIMM through Archive for £150 and end up with a 6Mb computer (i.e.
the existing 2Mb SIMM is in one slot and the 4Mb goes in the other). The
8Mb SIMMs are £300 each, the 16Mb SIMMs are £640 and the 32Mb SIMMs are
£1350. We haven’t yet found a supplier of 64Mb or 128Mb SIMMs but we
will in due course! (These are all VAT-inclusive Archive subscriber’s
prices.)
7.8
• Ancient Egypt − Chalksoft have produced a package designed to help
with National Curriculum in History Key Stage 2. Through journeys back
along a time track, children (aged 7−11) visit seven important times/
locations and learn about aspects of life in Ancient Egypt. There are
factfiles at each location, activities to tackle on-screen and a quiz to
test knowledge. The cost is £25 +VAT from Chalksoft.
7.8
• CDFS and PhotoCD upgrade − Cumana tell us that the upgrade to their
CD-ROM filing system, that makes it PhotoCD compatible, is now
available. The cost of the upgrade depends on what system you have got,
so the best bet is to contact Cumana who will send you a four-page
leaflet about how to upgrade.
7.8
• ClickArt Education Image Pack is the first of a series of licensed
conversions from a leading US company supplying clipart for PC and Mac
markets. For £65 plus £2 p&p (no VAT) from Matt Black, you get 2,000
full-colour drawfiles in forty categories from Animals to Zodiac. The
pack includes a printed index and Hugh Eagle’s !PickAPic image-finder
application to aid the location of images.
7.8
• Diggers − This is a game of cunning, money-making and subterranean
adventure. Diggers has 33 levels to explore, encourages you to break the
Zargon bank and comes with “a sophisticated Zargon Guide Book”. Diggers
costs £29.99 from Millennium Interactive Ltd or £28 through Archive.
7.8
• DrawChanger is an application from DEC_dATA which lets you edit the
colour and line attributes of existing drawfiles. You can change a
drawfile to monochrome, to negative, lighten/darken it, tint it,
recolour even a single graduated file, thicken all thin lines, change an
object’s attributes without going through umpteen menus, create anti-
aliased sprites larger than memory, create thumbnail sprites, etc.
DrawChanger uses an icon-based method of building filters that allow
many other effects to be achieved. The ability to batch-process files
and use the OLE transfer system with Impression Style & Publisher are
also included. The price is £34 +VAT from DEC_dATA.
7.8
• Equate is a mathematical graph-plotting program from PTW Software. It
claims to provide ‘every facility required’ at GCSE and A-Level
Mathematics. Its features include: up to 32 equations on each graph,
Cartesian, parametric or polar graphs, auto or manual range setting,
zoom in and out, trace function to obtain coordinates, plot a tangent or
calculate a gradient at any point and an intersect function to find all
possible intersections of two equations. Equate costs £15 inclusive from
PTW Software and this includes an unlimited site licence.
7.8
• Maths Circus from 4Mation is a collection of twelve puzzles, each
with five levels of difficulty, and 24 activity sheets and suggestions
for away-from-the-computer activities. The overall aim is to help
children develop their problem-solving skills and although the problems
are “mathematical” in that they require reasoning, they are not drill-
and-practice exercises. The level? Well, 4Mation say that the simplest
levels can be used by pre-school children while the hardest may give
even the teachers a difficult time! Maths Circus costs £27.50 +VAT (£30
through Archive) for a single user copy or £55 +VAT (£60 through
Archive) for a site licence.
7.8
• Minerva price drops − Minerva software have reduced the prices of
some of their software. Home Accounts is now £34.95 inc VAT (£33 through
Archive), Ancestry is £59.95 inc VAT (£56 through Archive), Desktop
Office is £69.95 inc VAT (£65 through Archive) and Keyboard Trainer is
£69.95 inc VAT (£65 through Archive).
7.8
• NStore 4.0 is the latest version of HS Software’s National Curriculum
record-keeping package. It has been “greatly enhanced” and updated with
all the SATs from Levels 1 to 10. It now has report-writing facilities
to allow you to comment on a child’s performance under a whole range of
headings. NStore 4.0 costs £44.95 inc VAT from HS Software, and existing
users can upgrade for £16.95 inc VAT.
7.8
• Payroll Manager v3.0 is now available for the new financial year 94/
95. The upgrade fee is £25 inclusive but, for recent purchasers, the
upgrade is free. Simply return your disc and a cheque to Silicon Vision.
7.8
• PC Card improvements − Aleph One have increased the specification AND
reduced the price of their 486 cards for Archimedes computers. The
processors are now 486SLC with clock speeds 25MHz or 50MHz, the memory
is upgradable to 16Mb (initially supplied as 4Mb). The card has an
interface for a ‘local’ IDE drive and an optional very-high-speed serial
I/O chip (16550-compatible) and a second serial port. The card has a
custom ASIC which handles the interface to the Archimedes which
increases the I/O speed and gives very high performance from the 50MHz
cpu chip. The Windows driver software is now included in the price and
supports 800×600 pixel screens in 16 colours. There is also some network
driver software which has been field-tested on Netware 3.11 and Windows
for Workgroups 3.0. This is available at £25 +VAT per card with
discounts and site licences for multiple cards − details from Aleph One.
If you want to buy your own SIMMs memory (72pin SIMM ×32 or ×36, 70nS),
you can buy the board without memory. Prices inc VAT are:
7.8
Aleph One Archive
7.8
486/50MHz (0Mb) £529 £510
7.8
486/25MHz (0Mb) £439 £420
7.8
486/50MHz (4Mb) £719 £695
7.8
486/25MHz (4Mb) £629 £605
7.8
• (more) PinPoint Datafiles − Longman Logotron have produced some more
datafiles for use in education. They are: The Victorians (KS 2/3),
Festivals (KS 2/3), Diet & Nutrition (KS 3/4) and Far Away Places (KS 3/
4). Each is £12 +VAT from Longman Logotron.
7.8
• RiscView − This is a stand-alone template editor for RISC OS
applications based on the S-Base template editor. RiscView comes in two
versions, RiscView which will only load and save standard template files
and is intended as an alternative to !FormEd, and RiscView Professional
which will also load and save a new template format. The Professional
version includes provision for styles which act on icons, so that you
need only change the style, rather than all the icons that use it.
RiscView costs £9 (£19 for a site licence) and comes with a textfile
manual while RiscView Professional costs £29 (£69 for a site licence)
and includes a printed manual. The upgrade from RiscView to Professional
is £20 (£50 if you have a site licence) and a demo disc is available for
£1. All prices include p&p (no VAT applicable). Orders and cheques
should be sent to Simon Glass, PO Box 834, Landbeach, Cambridge, CB4
4DG.
7.8
• Schema 2 − The upgraded version of Schema from Clares Micros adds
various new features including: ability to read Advance files and import
SID files, improved memory use and speed, simpler method for applying
effects to the sheet, better date and time handling, improved graphics,
definition of ‘big’ cells for justified text over a number of lines,
live-linked graphs, data transfer through clipboard as in Advance.
Schema 2 costs £135 inc VAT from Clares or £125 through Archive.
7.8
• Sensible Soccer − It is long-awaited, I agree, but at last it is
here. Sensible Soccer offers Cup & League tournaments, 100 European
teams, design your own cup tournament, one or two-player action,
intelligent passing, new season team information, new back-pass rule,
red and yellow cards plus suspension and enhanced goal-keeping. Sensible
Soccer costs £25.99 from Sensible Software or £24 through Archive.
7.8
• Taxan 1095 price drop − The 20“ Trinitron multisync monitor (1095
Plus LR) from Taxan has dropped in price and is now available at £1995
through Archive. This has a dot pitch of 0.30mm and would be suitable
for the Risc PC running at 1600×1200 pixel resolution.
7.8
• Technical Clipart Collection − PTW Software have produced a clipart
disc for just £7.50 inclusive which consists of Chemistry clipart,
electronic circuit symbols and PCB symbols.
7.8
• The Spoken Word − This was published last year by Wyddfa Software but
there are now two Extra Pictures Packs at £12 each and an Overlay Pack
(for Concept Keyboard use), also at £12 inclusive. The Spoken Word is an
educational package aimed at National Curriculum AT1 and 21 at Level 1.
It aims to encourage an understanding of the spoken word and to
stimulate an interest in reading. The child can produce bright pictures,
the colours being shown with their written names, and different objects
can be selected from their written names and/or from an outline drawing.
The computer responds aloud by naming both the chosen colour and the
object. The software costs £22 inclusive from Wyddfa Software.
7.8
• TouchWindow from RESOURCE is an input device placed over the video
screen. It has a 1024×1024 resolution − just point at the screen. It has
all sorts of uses, especially in educational applications, providing an
easy way, for example, to interact with multimedia systems. TouchWindow
costs £279 +VAT from RESOURCE.
7.8
• WorldPort14.4 fax modem − We have found another suitable fax/data
modem which is even cheaper than the portable one we mentioned last
month. It has the same specification except that it doesn’t work from
batteries − but it costs £245 through Archive instead of £270. Also,
contrary to what I said last month, the cable supplied with the modem
will work on A5000 and later computers although not with pre-A5000
computers (i.e. A540 and A300, A400 series computers). It should work
with a Risc PC − but I haven’t got one yet, so I can’t actually try it!
7.8
Review software received...
7.8
We have received review copies of the following: •An Eye for
Spelling (e), •Ancient Egypt (e), •Basic WIMP Programming (bk),
•Earthwarp (e), •Elementary PipeDream (e), •Gestalt Number (e),
•Lemmings II (g), •PinPoint File: Dinosaurs (e), •PinPoint File:
Solar System (e), •RiscView (u), •Switch (g), •Technical Clipart
Collection (e), •The Spoken Word (e), •Through the Dragon’s Eye (e).
7.8
e=Education, b=Business, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.8
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.8
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.8
I can see you sitting there at home thinking, “Oh, I’d really love to
get hold of one of those new RiscPCs! I wonder how I could get one? I’d
give anything...” (By the way, I have to be honest and confess to a
remarkably similar feeling myself!) For some of us, thoughts of RiscPCs
occupy almost every waking moment. But just stop a minute and ask
yourself, “What is really important in my life? What makes me really
happy? What makes me really feel down?”
7.8
If your house were burning down and you were able to take out only one
item, what would it be? No, the RiscPC is too heavy! Apparently, for
most people it would be something small and personal, something given
by, or reminding you of, someone you love. (Confession time again... I
thought about this one and, for me, it would have to be my 105Mb
removable disc that carries all the magazine articles and a whole load
of other transient data that I haven’t backed up recently!!! But my real
point is...)
7.8
What is really important in your life and mine is the relationships we
have with other people. They are what give us the greatest sense of
happiness, fulfilment and joy... but, by the same token, they are what
make our life most miserable when our trust is betrayed by someone we
love. And have you noticed, too, when your relationship with one person
gets messed up, it often spills over and spoils your relationships with
others?
7.8
Now THAT is why Christianity is so important to me, because it concerns
THE most important relationship that anyone could ever have. If God
exists, and if he made us and loves us desperately, as the bible tells
us, then it is of prime importance to get that relationship sorted out −
it then helps our relationships with other people.
7.8
As Jesus says in John 10v10, “I have come that they may have life, and
have it to the full.” And what did he mean by “life”? Have a look at
John 17v3. He was talking to God, his Father and said, “Now this is
eternal life: that they may know you, the only true God, and Jesus
Christ, whom you have sent.”
7.8
Either Jesus is incredibly self-centred... or he is God. If the latter,
don’t you owe it to yourself to at least read through John’s gospel and
see if it has the ring of truth?
7.8
Paul Beverley
7.8
P.B.
7.8
Fact-File
7.8
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.8
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.8
4Mation 14 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA.
7.8
(0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.8
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.8
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4
4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.8
Aleph One Ltd The Old Courthouse, Bottisham, Cambridge, CB5 9BA.
(0223-811679)
7.8
(0223-812713)
7.8
Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
342510)
7.8
Anglia Television Education Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1
3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.8
Atomwide Ltd 7 The Metro Centre, Bridge Road, Orpington, Kent, BR5
2BE. (0689-838852) (0689-896088)
7.8
Castle Technology Ore Trading Estate, Woodbridge Road, Framlingham,
Suffolk, IP13 9LL. (0728-621222) (0728-621179)
7.8
Chalksoft P.O. Box 49, Spalding, Lincs, PE11 1NZ. (0775-769518)
7.8
Clares Micro Supplies 98 Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich,
Cheshire, CW9 7DA.
7.8
(0606-48511) (0606-48512)
7.8
Colton Software (p12) 2 Signet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA.
(0223-311881)
7.8
(0223-312010)
7.8
Computer Concepts (pp11/18) Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts,
HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
7.8
(0442-231632)
7.8
Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
(0483-503121) (0483-503326)
7.8
Dabs Press 22 Warwick Street, Prestwich, Manchester, M25 7HN. (061-
773-8632)
7.8
(061-773-8290)
7.8
Dalriada Data Technology 145 Albion Street, Kenilworth, Warkwickshire,
CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
7.8
DEC_dATA P.O.Box 97, Exeter, EX4 4YA. (0392-221702)
7.8
Design Concept 30 South Oswald Road, Edinburgh, EH9 2HG. (031-668-
2000)
7.8
HS Software 56, Hendrefolian Avenue, Sketty, Swansea, SA2 7NB. (0792-
204519)
7.8
(0792-298283)
7.8
Hybrid Technology 88 Butt Lane, Milton, Cambridge, CB4 6DG. (0223-
861522)
7.8
IFEL 34 Culver Road, Saltash, Cornwall, PL12 4DR. (0752-847286) (0752-
840029)
7.8
Keylink Computers Ltd 2 Woodway House, Common Lane, Kenilworth,
Warwickshire, CV8 2ES. (0926-50909) (0926-864128)
7.8
Krisalis Software Teque House, Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate,
Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.8
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge
CB4 4ZS.
7.8
(0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.8
LOOKsystems (pp25/26) 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY.
(0603-748253)
7.8
(0603-764011)
7.8
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.8
Minerva Systems Minerva House, Baring Crescent, Exeter, EX1 1TL.
(0392-437756)
7.8
(0392-421762)
7.8
Oak Solutions (p6) Dial House, 12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15
7RN (0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.8
PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
(0329-281930)
7.8
RESOURCE 51 High Street, Kegworth, Derbyshire, DE74 2DA. (0509-672222)
7.8
(0509-672267)
7.8
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-
840303) (0727-860263)
7.8
Safesell Exhibitions (Sppl) Market House, Cross Road, Tadworth, Surrey
KT20 5SR.
7.8
Sherston Software Swan Barton, Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH.
(0666-840433)
7.8
(0666-840048)
7.8
Sigma Press 1 South Oak Lane, Wilmslow, Cheshire, SK9 6AR. (0625-
531035)
7.8
(0625-536800)
7.8
Silicon Vision Ltd Signal House, Lyon Road, Harrow, Middlesex, HA1
2AG. (081-422-3556) (081-427-5169)
7.8
Techsoft UK Ltd Old School Lane, Erryrs, Mold, Clwyd, CH7 4DA. (082-
43318)
7.8
T-J Reproductions Unit D, Canada House, Blackburn Road, West
Hampstead, London NW6 1RJ. (071-372-0515)
7.8
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-
244682)
7.8
Widgit Software 102 Radford Road, Leamington Spa, CV31 1LF. (0926-
885303)
7.8
Wyddfa Software 3 Preswylfa, Llanberis, Gwynedd, LL55 4LF. (0286-
870101) (0286-871722)
7.8
Xavier Educational Software Ltd Dept of Psychology, 37 College Road,
Bangor, Gwynedd, LL57 2DG.
7.8
(0248-351151) (0248-382599)
7.8
XOB Balkeerie, Eassie by Forfar, Angus, DD8 1SR. (0307-84364)
7.8
Archive Monthly Program Disc Contents
7.8
• Sample program mixing Basic and Assembly language for Francis
Crossley’s article
7.8
• Programs from Paul Hobbs’ Advanced Basic Column
7.8
• Files from Gerald Fitton’s PipeLineZ Column
7.8
• Files from Paul Hooper’s Multimedia Column
7.8
• DrawPlus Keystrokes from Mike Hobbs − to transform plan & side views
to and from isometric
7.8
Tele-Card
7.8
XOB
7.8
Advert
7.8
New artwork
7.8
Oak Solutions
7.8
From 7.7 page 21
7.8
Risc PC − More Technical Details
7.8
Paul Beverley
7.8
With this issue of Archive, you will have received a copy of an Archive
Special Supplement about the Risc PC. In it, we have tried to explain
the fundamental change that Acorn have made in this latest step in their
computer development. In this article, I will give you some more
technical details of the Risc PC and its associated technology. But I
shall start by saying one or two more things about the philosophy behind
the Risc PC and how it compares with Apple’s latest offering, the Power
Mac.
7.8
Plug-in technology
7.8
The really important message of Risc PC is that it is plug-in, open-
ended technology. To try to illustrate this a bit more than we have in
the Supplement, I have drawn a block diagram showing the parts of the
system which are fixed (indicated by solid lines) and the parts which
are replaceable options (shown in dotted lines) which can therefore
change with the advance of technology.
7.8
As you can see, there is not a lot of the system that cannot be
replaced! The diagram also indicates at a glance, the huge range of
different means of adding to and expanding the basic system. The Risc PC
is really just a key (but a very powerful key) to a vast array of other
computer and allied systems.
7.8
I can hardly wait to see what applications will be designed around it −
and you can be sure we’ll be reporting on it all in Archive magazine!
7.8
Risc PC versus Power Mac
7.8
The point about adaptability and upgradability is illustrated (by using
a contrast) when you compare Risc PCs with Power Macs. As the
comparisons in the Supplement show, the Power Macs are more expensive
than Risc PCs and they certainly don’t have such a good graphics
specification. Also, it shows how far behind Apple are when you realise
that an 8Mb machine isn’t big enough to run their PC emulator − you need
to have 16Mb of RAM to run it properly!
7.8
But the main point I want to make here is that they are fundamentally
different in the way they are marketed. The Power Macs come as three
different models in three completely different cases with three
different price tags. Each model can be enhanced in various ways but
each has a pre-determined limit beyond which you have to sell up and
start again.
7.8
With the Risc PC, by contrast, even if you buy the very cheapest model,
it is completely upgradable to the highest current specification
currently available and, of course, to whatever higher specifications
come along in future.
7.8
Processor technology
7.8
I’m sure that many of you will be interested to learn more about the ARM
technology behind the Risc PC. As explained in the Supplement, the first
Risc PCs will have 30MHz ARM 610 microprocessors. Like its predecessor,
the ARM3, this is a 32-bit RISC CPU with a 4Kb cache, but it has been
further developed into a new family of even higher performance
processors. The 710 will be launched later this year, with an 8Kb cache,
enhanced write buffer and a memory Translation Look Aside Buffer (TLB)
doubled in size. (That was straight from the spec sheet. I’m sure there
must be at least one Archive subscriber who knows what it means, so
perhaps someone would write in and let us know! Ed.)
7.8
Subsequently, ARM Ltd expect to be able to offer an ARM700 with FPA
support, followed by a 43MHz ARM700 version on 0.6 micron silicon, (see
below) and, beyond that, the ARM800.
7.8
In addition to the 4Kb cache, the processor of the ARM610 includes, on
the same silicon, a write-back buffer and Memory Management Unit (MMU),
using a 4Kb page size. These features increase the average execution
speed and reduce the memory bandwidth required by the processor. This
allows the external memory to support additional processors and Direct
Memory Access (DMA) channels with minimal performance loss.
7.8
Processor performance
7.8
The new processor gives Risc PC exceptional performance, particularly in
high-resolution graphics modes (when fitted with VRAM) − approximately
twice as fast as a 25MHz A5000 in 16-colour VGA mode, for example. The
table below shows processor speed (in kDhrystones/second) against other
Acorn computers.
7.8
We can compare the ARM600 with other processors in terms of MIPS −
millions of instructions per second.
7.8
We also have some data, provided by Acorn, showing some processor speeds
which are definitely achievable and some which are predicted for the
next two generations of ARM processors.
7.8
An essential part of speeding up the ARM processors is to reduce the
size of the chips. This is limited by the minimum size of the details
within the chip − it’s a question of improving the resolution of the
manufacturing process. The first ARM chips (ARM2) were manufactured
using what they refer to as “1.2 micron technology” or “1.2µ”. This
refers to the minimum size of components that can be defined within the
silicon chip. Later ARM2s used 1.0µ silicon, the ARM3s started at 1.0µ
and are now on 0.8µ silicon and the ARM6 family is moving from 0.8µ to
0.6µ during the course of 1994. The ARM700 that we tested last time we
went down to Acorn Computers was only 0.8µ and was limited in speed but
when ARM Ltd manage to get the manufacturing techniques refined
sufficiently to produce 0.5µ chips, the speed increases will be
significant.
7.8
The future?
7.8
And what is the future for Risc PC and beyond? Well, one thing for
certain is that the Risc PC’s adaptability means that it will go on
being used for some considerable time to come. The Risc PCs being made
today will still be in action for several years to come because of the
way that they can be expanded and adapted.
7.8
Having said that, my contacts inside Acorn tell me that Risc PC in its
present form is unlikely to go on being manufactured for more than two
to three years. Acorn obviously have plans for newer machines for 1996/7
and beyond which we can only dream about. There are, however, one or two
things about which we can make intelligent guesses, so let me try to do
just that...
7.8
Macro-cell integration
7.8
To make the A3010, A3020 and A4000 computers, Acorn used the ARM250 chip
which involved ‘macro-cell integration’. In other words, they combined
ARM2, VIDC1 and MEMC1 into a single chip − the ARM250. In the same way,
ARM Ltd are combining ARM6 (or 7 or 8) with VIDC20 and IOMD/MEMC20 in a
single chip − ARM650 (750/850). This means that they are aiming, as a
basic minimum, to produce updated versions of A3000/4000 range desktop
computers at very low prices relative to the processing/graphics powers
involved and, surely, they must be building portables and maybe even
palmtops using this same technology.
7.8
As the following table shows, when you look at the relative merits of
Pentium and PowerPC (the RISC chip inside the Power Macs) versus ARM
technology, you can easily see the lead that Acorn still have in this
area. (Why else did Apple use the ARM610 in their Newton palm-top
computer?)
7.8
That is about as far as I can get in my crystal-ball gazing but if Acorn
continue their new ‘open’ policy, it shouldn’t be too long before we can
give you some firm news on the next step in Acorn’s Vision for the
Future! A
7.8
The Risc PC − The heart of a whole new world
7.8
Plug-in items are shown dotted. Fixed items are shown in solid lines.
7.8
Machine Mode 0 SVGA 16-col SVGA 256-col
7.8
A4000 (12 MHz) 11 7 3
7.8
A5000 (25 MHz) 22 20 10
7.8
A5000 (33 MHz) 26 23 13
7.8
A610 (30 MHz) 39 36 25
7.8
A610 (30 MHz) 1M VRAM 40 40 40
7.8
Machine MIPS
7.8
A4000 (12 MHz) 6
7.8
A5000 (25 MHz) 12
7.8
A5000 (33 MHz) 15
7.8
A610 (30 MHz) 26
7.8
A610 (30 MHz) 1M VRAM 26
7.8
Machine MIPS
7.8
386 SX (33 MHz) 6−7
7.8
486 SX/DX (25 MHz) 11
7.8
486 SX/DX (33 MHz) 15
7.8
486 DX (50 MHz) 22
7.8
486 DX2 (66 MHz) 26−27
7.8
Acorn’s Processor Technology Roadmap
7.8
kDhrystones/sec − vs − Clock Speed (MHz)
7.8
Pentium PowerPC ARM600
7.8
Frequency of operation 60 MHz 60 MHz 30 MHz
7.8
Power consumption (W) 15 8.5 0.8
7.8
Die size (mm²) 262 119 46
7.8
Cost per unit for 20,000 $700 $400 $23
7.8
Acorn’s Processor Technology Roadmap
7.8
Expanded view to show ARM2 − ARM7
7.8
CC
7.8
From 7.7 page 33
7.8
Colton
7.8
From 7.7 page 13
7.8
Risc PC Operating System − RISC OS 3.5
7.8
Matthew Hunter
7.8
Although there are large changes in the hardware between Archimedes and
Risc PC, it is important to note that these new machines do not come
with an all-new operating system − it is simply an enhanced version of
RISC OS 3. Most of the changes ensure that the new hardware is used to
the full, rather than adding much to the functionality of the system.
7.8
This has the advantage that there should be few incompatibilities.
Virtually all the software that runs on Archimedes machines should run
on the Risc PC without modification except, perhaps, for some games.
From the user’s point of view, the jump from RISC OS 2 to 3 will have
caused more difficulty than from RISC OS 3 to 3.5.
7.8
RISC OS 3.5 in use
7.8
In this first section of the article, I want to look at some of the
changes that have been made that will be apparent to the general user. I
will turn later in the section on “System Changes” to a more technical
view of the changes underlying what the general user sees.
7.8
User interface
7.8
Once you are in the desktop, the most obvious difference is the use of
the NewLook 3D desktop and the system font having been replaced by one
of the outline fonts which is, of course, configurable. These fonts
replace the system font in all dialogue boxes, menus, title bars and so
on, except where the redraw is done by an application. This means that a
text editor, for example, can still use the system font, so it does not
need to worry about proportional fonts. Some window backgrounds are also
tiled like the backdrop, which means that some dialogue boxes appear
with a marbled effect. However, what you notice most when using the
Risc PC is the increase in speed − particularly in redrawing.
7.8
Filer
7.8
One of the most used applications must be the Filer which has several
new features. When dragging a file, it displays the complete sprite,
rather than the drag box which was used as standard on earlier machines.
One nice extra touch is that every other pixel in the sprite is set to
transparent, so you can see through the icon to what is underneath. If
you are dragging multiple files, the sprite will be a bound package, to
show that it is not a single file.
7.8
Another nice touch is the addition of open directories. If a directory
display is open, the parent directory display will show that the
directory is open. The filer also uses the outline font set up for the
wimp, and will adjust the width of columns accordingly, to allow for the
length of strings. A DOSFS window, for example, will now show the whole
name, including the extension, which tends to get clipped with RISC OS
3.1. The bad news for users with large hard drives is that filecore
still limits the size of any one device (or partition) to 512Mb.
7.8
Apps
7.8
As before, there is an Apps icon on the iconbar but the contents are no
longer in ROM. Instead, they are held in a directory on the hard disc.
This makes it easier for third parties to add applications, as part of
an install procedure, or the user can drag in extra applications
directly.
7.8
In addition, updates to the software can more easily be made.
7.8
Display manager
7.8
The !Palette application in earlier versions of RISC OS has been
criticised for the fact that you need to know the number of the mode you
want. This was bad enough on the Archimedes computers but with the
versatility of the Risc PC’s graphics, it would have been unworkable.
7.8
Although you can still use the same method, an alternative has been
provided. This is a display manager which, when clicked on, gives a
small window showing the resolution and number of colours in the current
mode. You can then pick a new resolution or number of colours, and the
closest mode will be picked. If you are in 800×600, 16 million colours,
and change the resolution to 1024×768, the number of colours will be
dropped to 32 thousand, the maximum supported with 2Mb of VRAM. (See the
screenshot above.)
7.8
Unlike previous systems, there is no monitor type configuration either.
Instead, monitor definition files are produced, rather like the printer
definitions for RISC OS 3 !Printers. These files define what a
particular monitor can display, and since each is named appropriately,
you can simply set your system up as Acorn AKF60, Acorn AKF85, etc.
7.8
Colour picker
7.8
The colour picker in Draw has always been able to define and use a 24bit
RGB colour, using dithering to approximate the colour chosen. Now, a
colour can be chosen from within the RGB colour cube (shown below) or by
using the CMYK colour model (as used in printing) or the HSV colour
model (intended as an artist’s view of colour).
7.8
System changes
7.8
There are considerable changes in the underlying system for RISC OS 3.5,
in order to take advantage of the new hardware and to cushion the user
from some of its intricacies.
7.8
Memory management
7.8
Some major adjustments to the operating system have been necessary so
that it can access the much increased memory sizes. Previously, the
memory management was split between the kernel which set up the dynamic
areas and a single application space, and the wimp which split the
application space between a free pool and multiple application spaces.
However, with RISC OS 3.5, the free pool has been moved into the kernel,
leaving the wimp to handle the multiple application spaces and manage
tasks in the desktop. RISC OS 3.5 is capable of handling the 256Mb of
RAM, and the page size is now fixed at 4Kb, whatever the total memory
size. The kernel also has full support for a second bus master to access
main memory without clashing with RISC OS.
7.8
Device drivers
7.8
The device drivers have also been changed to optimise performance with
the new hardware. The parallel port can be opened for input or output,
and the serial port speed has been increased to 115Kb/sec, even in the
desktop.
7.8
Unlike earlier versions, the keyboard and mouse drivers are no longer
part of the kernel but have been placed in separate modules. The Acorn
keyboard driver has been replaced by an AT-style PC keyboard and a
second mouse driver has been added so that the serial port can be used
with a PC-type serial mouse. This has the advantage that, should you
wish to use alternative input devices, a new driver can be added to
cater for them.
7.8
Networking
7.8
Additional facilities for networking are included in RISC OS 3.5, with
AUN (Acorn Universal Networking) being built in, to take advantage of
the dedicated network card interface.
7.8
Expansion
7.8
Further adjustments have been made to allow for the new expansion card
architecture. 32-bit data paths are supported and there is a 16Mb
address space on each card.
7.8
System resources
7.8
The system resources have undergone some major adjustments. Many of them
are now on disc rather than in ROM, which makes the machine far more
configurable (just make sure you have a backup first). The !Boot file
has now become a !Boot directory with a structure similar to that shown
below.
7.8
The precise structure and contents obviously depend on the user’s
choices. The Library directory has moved from the root into the !Boot,
while !Fonts, !Scrap and !System have all moved into the resources sub-
directory. Other obvious changes are the separation of the boot sequence
into Pre and Post desktop sections (something that many current users
have found necessary) and the monitor definition files. The filename for
a desktop boot file defaults appropriately so that you do not need to
know your way around the directory structure in order to save your
choices, simply click on OK. It is quite possible to use the Risc PC
without any knowledge of, or interest in, the way the boot system works.
7.8
Configuration
7.8
The !Boot application is, of course, run at start-up to ensure that any
necessary paths are set up correctly, applications loaded and so on.
However, if it is run from the desktop, the !Configure program is
started (which is why, as the observant among you will have noticed, it
does not appear within Apps).
7.8
Most of this is similar to the options found within RISC OS 3.1. Screen
has been changed to take account of the new monitor definition files and
Windows includes the options given by the !NewLook application for 3D
effects, backdrops and so on. System is a built-in version of !Sysmerge.
Since !System is buried in the directory structure, it is useful to have
this segment of !Configure which allows newer module versions to be
merged.
7.8
The final option allows the user to lock access to the filing system, by
use of a password, to prevent unauthorised access to files. Configure
can also be locked to prevent the configuration being modified − useful
in a school environment. There is also a physical link on the main PCB
which prevents the <delete-power-on> working, without which, bypassing
the lock feature would be quite straight forward. (To avoid the physical
link being changed, the case can have a padlock fitted to it! Ed.)
7.8
Taskmanager
7.8
The taskmanager has not changed substantially. The task display option
allows for varying numbers of dynamic areas and there is a new section
devoted to them. The amount of VRAM present is not displayed separately
since, if it is not being used for video, it is used as if it were
ordinary DRAM.
7.8
An extra feature provides is the <alt-break> shortcut which open a
window which gives you the option to kill any task that is running. This
is useful if a program gets into an infinite loop and refuses to return
control to the user.
7.8
Extras
7.8
As with earlier versions of RISC OS, the Applications Suite is supplied
as standard, but several other applications have been added. !Replay is
supplied along with some example films and some sound-only Replay files.
Over a hundred still images are supplied, in JPEG format. These can be
loaded using !ChangeFSI but new versions of Impression should be able to
load them directly. I used !ChangeFSI to get some idea of the relative
speeds of different machines, by decompressing the same image in several
ways.
7.8
As expected, there is little difference between slow and fast modes on
the Risc PC machines, due to the presence of 2Mb of VRAM. The ARM700
machine was in fact the ARM600 with the processor card swapped. Allowing
for the difference in clock speeds, the ARM700 works out at about 16%
faster in this test. The longer time taken to generate the 256 colour
images represents the extra work needed to reduce the 24-bit pixel
values produced from the JPEG to the closest equivalent in 256 colours.
These values should not be taken as anything other than a rough guide
since they do not take account of the extra software running on either
machine, and the presence of expansion cards and so on.
7.8
Another new application is !Product. This is database of available
software, which documents known bugs for applications running on the new
machines. Should you find a bug which is not documented, it will even
help you write a letter to the manufacturer! A
7.8
Just in case any Archimedes users with RISC OS 3.1 are thinking how nice
it would be to upgrade to 3.5, I’m afraid there is no plan to make
RISC OS 3.5 available on any machines earlier than the Risc PC. Sorry!
Ed.
7.8
Machine ARM600 ARM700 A5000
7.8
Speed 30MHz 33MHz 25MHz
7.8
Time to decompress to:
7.8
16 million colours 6.25s 4.88s −
7.8
16 million colours (fast mode) 6.14s 4.85s −
7.8
256 colours 9.86s − 17.01s
7.8
256 colours (fast mode) 9.80s − 14.69s
7.8
TableMate
7.8
Dalriada Data
7.8
New
7.8
CC
7.8
From 7.7 page 14
7.8
Hint and Tips
7.8
• CC Turbo drivers − It has been stated in the past that to print from
Basic (or similar), you need to load the Turbo Driver before it will
work. This is not, in fact, the case. After installation, the !Printers
directory will contain a directory called td, which is where the Turbo
Driver resources are kept. In the subdirectory Resources.Modules is a
relocatable module ‘turbo’ which is all that is required to enable
printing from Basic. If you frequently wish to print in this way, it may
be beneficial to load the module as part of your boot sequence. G.
Smith, London.
7.8
• Conditional Basic − Following hours of head-scratching and computer-
bashing, wondering why an “IF...THEN...ELSE...ENDIF” did not work as it
should, I made the following discovery. The problem occurs if you are
using !StrongEd when after the THEN, for whatever reason, there is a
space which you cannot see. (It is possible to make it visible in
!StrongEd since you can set the window and text background colours
independently, e.g. two different shades of grey. MH) In my case, it was
left there after splitting the line. The program then seems to ignore
the THEN and just continues its flow, and of course, if the condition
has not been satisfied, the wrong result is achieved. If you delete the
unseen space or spaces it works correctly. The same does not occur with
!Edit. How about other editors? John Charman, Norfolk.
7.8
(I have tried this with the public domain editor, !Zap. If you edit in
BASTXT mode, the spaces are saved, but the program functions correctly.
If you edit in Basic mode, trailing spaces are removed. Is there a
difference if you run the program from within !StrongEd, rather than
saving the file and running it normally? MH)
7.8
• Deskjet printing − Examining the printer graphics output for the
Deskjet from the Acorn Printer driver, I see that graphics output ends
with the code <esc>*rB. This was the accepted code until the DJ500 but,
thereafter, <esc>*rC is required. The latter is recommended to cover
both cases. In the !Paint code, it is immediately followed by <esc>E to
reinitialise the printer, so it would probably work OK but, in other
contexts, it could have undefined results. John Laski, London SW1.
7.8
• Epson Stylus and Turbo Driver − If you are having problems with
spurious formfeeds being sent out to the Epson Stylus printer from the
CC Turbo Driver, don’t despair. It is a known problem and Computer
Concepts have a fixed version of the Turbo Driver. Contact them for more
details. Michael Pullin, Cheltenham.
7.8
• Ink Refills for Canon BJC-600 − The Canon Inkjet Colour Printer BJC-
600 is highly regarded as a suitable colour printer for Acorn 32-bit
(Archimedes) computers. It produces prints with 360 dpi resolution and
near-photographic quality in colour of an excellence previously
obtainable only with much more expensive printers. The method of
printing is to eject coloured inks in very small droplets from separate
reservoirs of ink of four colours (yellow, cyan, magenta and black)
through holes of microscopic size in a print-head which is traversed
laterally as the paper is advanced beneath it.
7.8
In the Canon BJC-600, the print-head is retained in the machine and only
requires renewal at long intervals. The four inks are contained in
liquid form in separate plastic cartridges which are conveniently
transparent to show the quantity of ink remaining. These four cartridges
plug into the print head and can be removed and replaced individually.
Each cartridge is sealed except for one hole which feeds ink to the
print head (the ink exit hole). A spongy material which is located
within the cartridge absorbs some of the ink and prevents it flowing too
freely from the cartridge.
7.8
Ink refill kits have become available to save on the cost of new
cartridges. It is particularly important, if refilling is contemplated,
that only inks of the special types used in inkjet printers should be
employed.
7.8
In my experience, it is not satisfactory to attempt to inject new ink
through the ink exit hole: Filling in that fashion can only be done
slowly as air must exit at the same time by the same hole. Furthermore,
there is a risk of disturbing the spongy material within the cartridge
at the critical position in the vicinity of the hole. So, my solution
has been to drill another hole in the cartridge for filling with ink.
Although this and the subsequent operations which I shall describe are
simple in nature, they require some dexterity. If you wish to experiment
at your own risk, proceed as follows:
7.8
To modify the cartridge, peel back the coloured adhesive label to expose
the top of the cartridge. Drill a small hole in the centre of the round
moulding depression on the top of the cartridge (see diagram opposite).
I shall call this the filling hole.
7.8
Take a piece of adhesive tape of about ¾“ square − the common brown
adhesive packaging tape is ideal as it adheres strongly to the material
of the cartridge. Place this tape to cover the filling hole which you
have drilled and bend the tape to extend it over the side of the
cartridge. This extension will facilitate its removal later. Finally,
smooth back the coloured label to its normal position at the top of the
cartridge. This completes the modification of the cartridge.
7.8
Filling a modified cartridge.
7.8
(a) My experience in refilling cartridges is limited to the use of ink
obtained from System Insight of Welwyn Garden City which I have found to
be satisfactory. The ink is supplied in plastic squeeze bottles which
are very convenient − specify that ink is required for the BJC-600 and
the bottles will be fitted with long straight hollow needles (or probes)
somewhat like a hypodermic syringe. Ink of all four colours will be
required.
7.8
(b) Seal off temporarily the ink exit hole in the cartridge with tape.
This requires care as the exit hole is near a corner of the cartridge. A
clamp against a soft rubber washer as a seal is a better solution.
7.8
(c) Peel back the coloured label at the top of an empty cartridge to
expose the brown tape and remove this brown tape to expose the filling
hole. Insert the probe of a squeeze bottle containing ink of the correct
colour (check the colour of the cartridge label carefully) and fill the
cartridge with ink. Do not overfill but move the cartridge as necessary
to ensure that air is not trapped.
7.8
(d) Seal the filling hole again with a fresh piece of brown adhesive
tape. Smooth back the coloured label over the top of the cartridge.
Remove the tape (or other seal) which was placed temporarily over the
ink exit hole.
7.8
(e) Place the cartridges vertically on a flat surface (in the stance
they would normally occupy when in the printer) and leave them overnight
to stabilize. There should be no leakage.
7.8
(f) Place the newly filled cartridges in the printer and perform the
four-colour cleaning operation which would normally be carried out with
new cartridges.
7.8
You should note that you will be unlikely to complete these filling
operations without spilling some ink especially until experience is
gained. So take care to undertake filling where spilled ink is of no
consequence. Toilet tissue is the best material for mopping up surplus
ink. A small quantity of ink on the hands is of little consequence as it
soon disappears with normal washing.
7.8
The amount of money to be saved by refilling cartridges is worth the
effort if the printer is used extensively. On the other hand, success
will depend considerably on your manipulative skill − you may consider
it preferable to employ only new cartridges as supplied by Canon.
George Foot, Oxted.
7.8
• Laser Direct and RISC OS 3 − Having recently upgraded to the RISC OS
3 version of the Laser Direct printer driver (v2.61), I’ve hit a couple
of snags when using a Canon LBP-4 printer fitted with a paper cassette.
Thinking these were new bugs, I reported them to Computer Concepts but
have been advised that they are ‘features’ of the (RISC OS 3) model.
7.8
In neither case do the problems stop successful printing but they do
need to be taken into account, thus making the system not quite so user-
friendly.
7.8
When the driver is first loaded and the paper cassette is selected, the
printer Alarm LED now remains on and the Status window shows ‘No paper
in multi-purpose tray’. This is not normally a problem as, once the
first page of a document has been assembled, the Ready LED comes on and
the printer fires up (thereafter, the Ready LED remains on). However,
where an application allows individual pages to be selected, e.g.
Pipedream’s ‘Wait between pages’ option, the printer may not fire up
until the final page of the document has been accepted or rejected. With
a large document, many minutes can be lost.
7.8
There are two work-around solutions; put a sheet of paper in the multi-
purpose tray or first print another full document. Either action will
bring on the Ready LED and allow printing to start as soon as the first
selected page has been assembled.
7.8
Secondly, when you use the ‘Print to file’ option, the paper feed
selected at the time is now saved with the file and, on printing, will
override any other setting. So, when printing to file, you must decide
where you want the paper to come from when the file is finally printed,
and pre-select Cassette or Multi-Purpose before printing to file. Jim
Nottingham, York.
7.8
• PipeDream to Impression − In Archive 7.7 p56, Paul mentioned getting
files from Pipedream to Impression via DeskEdit. If you have PipeDream4,
there is an option “Paragraph” on the save window. If you click that,
you can drop the text straight from PipeDream into Impression. Michael
Wright, Teignmouth.
7.8
• Quieter fans? − David Lenthall (Archive 7.6 p23) asked for a supply
of quiet Papst fans. You could try a company called Papst Direct,
Andover, Hants, SP10 3RT (0264-335714) (0264-332182) who advertised in
Computer Shopper some while back. Their Variofan will “run as fast as
your PC needs”. I haven’t tried them myself so if anyone does, perhaps
they would report back so we can all benefit. Thanks. David White,
Cambridge.
7.8
• Rodent sunglasses? − As a person of the bearded persuasion (those who
met Dave at Acorn World or the NCS Open Day can confirm that!) who
sometimes eats digestive biscuits whilst working at my Archimedes, my
keyboard and mouse mat often suffer a shower of crumbs and small hairs
as I scratch my chin. This requires frequent removal and cleaning of the
rubber ball in the mouse.
7.8
I have become accustomed to this so the other day, when the mouse
pointer started moving in jerks I removed the ball and cleaned it. No
improvement. I tried again, this time cleaning the little rollers with a
cotton bud as well. Still it wouldn’t work properly. I washed the mouse
mat but again, it misbehaved.
7.8
The mouse I normally use was actually taken from an A3020 because I
prefer it to the one supplied with my A5000, so at this point, I decided
to try the original mouse and everything worked perfectly.
7.8
A little later, determined not to be beaten, I took the top off the
mouse to give it a thorough clean. This still produced no improvement. I
therefore tried using it with the top cover removed in the hope of being
able to see what was going wrong. All the little rollers appeared to be
turning, but the mouse pointer wasn’t moving, just vibrating as I moved
the mouse.
7.8
The mouse uses an optical sensor with a slotted disc and, with the top
removed, there was too much light for this to function whereas shielding
the works with my hand made it function correctly.
7.8
Suddenly the penny dropped! I refitted the cover, placed my hand
completely over the mouse (instead of just moving it held between thumb
and little finger as usual) and it worked. The trouble was that I work
with my desk in a bay window, and it was the first sunny day of the
year. The afternoon sun shining through the window was landing on my
desk just where I had positioned the mouse mat. Enough of this bright
sunlight was penetrating the casing of the mouse to confuse the optical
sensor. I had wasted about an hour trying to find a non-existent fault
when all that was needed was to partially draw the curtains!
7.8
I have now stuck some kitchen foil to the inside of my mouse casing!
David Holden, Sydenham.
7.8
• !Spark(plug) 2.22 − John Laski also writes of !Spark “this
successfully unzips some files, but not others.” Unfortunately there
have been later versions of ZIP on the PC than !Spark will currently
handle. If you have access to the PC Emulator, I would recommend that
you use the PKUNZIP program within the PC partition. While slower than
!Spark, it does have the advantage that the decompressed files have the
correct extensions (which !Spark does not (yet?) offer), and if the
software is PC anyway, extracting it via !Spark to the PC partition and
then having to rename all the files is more hassle than resorting to
DOS. If you are sending the files to a Pocket Book (much of the Psion 3
software is distributed through PC media) then with PocketFS2 you can
drag a file directly from the PC partition to the PocketFS filer (not
the translation window), which is another advantage of the PC method.
Hopefully, future versions of !Spark will support extensions, as well as
later versions of ZIP files, thus making my PC partition redundant!
Matthew Hunter, NCS
7.8
• Taxan 789 problems − I’ve been offered quite a bit of advice on my
Taxan 789 problem; unfortunately, none of it is definitive and some of
it is contradictory. However, the general consensus is that the Taxan
789 should run OK direct from ‘new’ machines, i.e. A5000 or later. It
may run off ‘old’ machines, with or without multisync VIDC enhancers,
but this is unlikely. It probably will run OK with SVGA VIDC enhancers,
such as the version marketed by Watford Electronics.
7.8
Apparently, the clue is whether the computer/VIDC enhancer produces a
composite sync or the preferred separate horizontal and vertical syncs.
This may explain why I had identical problems trying to run it from an
A410/1, with multisync enhancer, or an A540 with built-in equivalent
hardware.
7.8
I’m now running the monitor successfully from a State Machine G16 card
and am extremely impressed with the display quality in the higher-
resolution modes, which is only marginally down on that of my Eizo
F550i. While I agree entirely with Stuart Bell’s rationale on 14“ versus
17” monitors (Archive 7.4 p31), for someone who cannot justify the
expense of the latter, a 14“ monitor and colour card (and, in my case, a
pair of reading glasses...) would make a relatively economical
compromise. Jim Nottingham, York. A
7.8
Credit where it’s due
7.8
It is very useful for us to hear about good service obtained from
different companies even if we don’t actually publish the comments. It
enables us to get a feel for which companies we should be recommending
when subscribers ask for advice and which not.
7.8
But here are some recommendations we decided would be good to publish...
7.8
Atomwide/Acorn − Five weeks ago, my A5000 failed. A three-week stay in
my local Acorn service centre proved fruitless since they do not have
the necessary “surface-mount component-level servicing equipment”. They
suggested I used Atomwide, so I sent it to them. Apparently, my machine
was one of a rogue batch that had some capacitors in back-to-front!
Acorn have accepted responsibility and supplied Atomwide with a new
mother board, so my A5000 is now on its way back to me. Many thanks to
both Atomwide and Acorn for good service. David White, Cambridge.
7.8
IFEL of Saltash, Cornwall, are a frequent recipient of pats on the back
and one comes this month from Professor Noel Thompson of Harrow. “I was
very impressed with the 4Mb expansion board for my A310 that I got from
them. The price was good, it looked very professionally made and the
instructions were clear. Even so, I had problems. I returned the mother
board and the expansion board to them and ,on the third day after
posting them, they were returned, tested, working and with a full
explanation of what I had done wrong. They apologised for having to
charge me a small sum for fixing the problem as it was my fault − it was
very modest and I was happy to pay it. Excellent service − thank you,
IFEL.”
7.8
LOOKsystems got a bit of stick when Adrian went away on holiday and
there was no-one around to give out password numbers to unlock the
Monotype Fonts packs that people had bought − one of the problems of
being a very small firm. Recently, however, we have had several very
good crits from people impressed with the way Adrian has dealt with
other people’s problems! The details are given in “Font problems and
solutions” in the Comment Column on page 33 but basically a problem came
to light when people were using LOOKsystems’ Monotype fonts with
TurboDrivers and other software. Adrian investigated it, found that the
problem was that the kerning facilities within RISC OS 3 weren’t working
properly, developed a work-around and sent out up-dated copies of the
font loader disc in next to no time. The letters were from people who
were impressed at the way Adrian had addressed what was basically
Acorn’s problem, solved it and sent out updates free-of-charge.
7.8
(’Scuse me asking, but do you get this sort of spirit in the PC world?!
Not having been involved, I don’t know but I would somehow doubt it.
Ed.) A
7.8
Games Column
7.8
Dave Floyd
7.8
Thanks to all those who have written to me so far. Keep the letters
coming, as I want to hear what you think about games on the Archimedes.
Last month, I looked briefly at what was currently available in the way
of shoot-em-up, platform, fighting and adventure games, and mentioned
some imminent releases. Unfortunately, an error crept in to the
paragraph on fighting games which I did not notice until it was too
late, so please accept my apologies. To rectify that error, I will begin
the second part of my overview with the corrected version.
7.8
Fighting games
7.8
There is very little competition so far in the Archimedes field,
although the genre appears to be flourishing on other systems. Grievous
Bodily ’Arm from 4th Dimension and Blood Sport from Matt Black have been
the only two titles to date. Of these two, Blood Sport gets my vote but
it’s not Street Fighter 2 and, if released on any other format, it would
be totally overwhelmed. I have seen an advert for a new game called
!DeathBlow but have not yet seen the game so cannot comment.
7.8
Simulations
7.8
There are a number of flight simulators available, most of which I have
not played. Perhaps readers could let me know which are their particular
favourites. I enjoy Chocks Away from the 4th Dimension, finding that the
controls are easy to understand and learn, thereby allowing me to play
it without spending hours in flight training first.
7.8
Golf games have also featured quite well in Archimedes games catalogues,
although they were not really simulations in the true sense of the word.
All that was swept aside with the release of Virtual Golf, again by 4th
Dimension. If you are looking for a golf game, I can see no reason at
present to look any further than this package.
7.8
Car racing games have always been popular with the computing fraternity
and there are a few out there for the Archimedes. E-Type (4th Dimension)
was the first and is still quite fun to play, as is Lotus Turbo
Challenge from Krisalis. Both are more ‘fun games’ as opposed to
simulations though, and do not really give you the feeling that you are
in the car. Saloon Cars from the 4th Dimension went a long way towards
providing a true simulation and is the only game I have seen so far on
the Archimedes that has come close to Revs in this respect.
7.8
Football games on the Archimedes have been sadly lacking to date,
although with the World Cup looming this year, there will be many
releases on other formats and it seems that we are to get conversions of
some of the best available elsewhere. Sensible Soccer from Renegade is
much respected on the Amiga and, having played the demo, I can see why.
Also coming soon is Striker from Gamesware − one of the best football
games on other platforms. What I have seen of this so far looks
promising. Both of these should be out very soon. Arcade Soccer from 4th
Dimension has its points but really does not compare with the two new
releases. (Sensible Soccer is available now for £24 through Archive.
Ed.)
7.8
Football management games have been sadly ignored until now. However,
Premier League Manager should hopefully be released soon, and this is
certainly one of the best management games on the Amiga. I would also
like somebody to convert Championship Manager and Championship Manager
Italia, although with all three in my collection, the temptation to do
nothing other than play games would perhaps be too great.
7.8
The other football games on the Archimedes come from Krisalis − I bought
Manchester United when it was first released. In my first season of
playing, I won the league and cup double and put it away never to be
retrieved. It really is a very tedious game − and I am a big fan of
football games. Manchester United Europe is reportedly better but I took
the attitude of ‘once bitten twice shy’, so have not played it myself.
Manchester United is now a budget release at £9.99 but in my opinion, it
is not even good value at that price.
7.8
Puzzle games
7.8
Puzzle style games were dominated on the BBC by Repton, and the cute
green reptile has made his way over to the Archimedes. Repton 3 was the
first to be released and is better than the BBC version with the
animation very smooth indeed. The addition of RAM-save was also very
welcome. Ego: Repton 4 was not a conversion but was a great
disappointment to me. It took me a grand total of 24 hours to complete
and I have not played it since. It is far too easy and far too little
imagination has been employed in its design. My all-time favourite,
however, has to be Repton 2. Second only to Elite on the BBC in terms of
hours spent playing, it has finally made its journey as part of Play It
Again Sam 2 and is worth every penny on its own. Some extra levels have
been added so those who can solve the BBC version will still have some
head-scratching to do. In my case, it is much head-scratching and I am
still puzzling over it. In my opinion, it is one of the most worthy BBC
conversions, along with Elite, but I would still like to see Frak! and
Chuckie Egg make an appearance.
7.8
Lemmings is another obvious candidate for inclusion in this section. I
enjoyed Lemmings 1, although the levels which required sheer brute speed
rather than puzzling skills put me off a little. These problems have
apparently been solved in Lemmings 2 but, having only played the demo, I
will reserve judgement for the moment − but the demo is very good.
7.8
Coming very soon is Diggers from Millenium. Diggers was the first game
to be released for the CD32 on the Commodore Amiga platform, and is a
cross between Lemmings and Populous. I will take a more detailed look at
Diggers in next month’s Games Column. (It’s here! We have it in stock at
£28 through Archive. Ed.)
7.8
Elite style games
7.8
I really cannot think of a better description and I am sure everybody
reading will understand what I mean. StarTrader from Gem Electronics was
the first of this type that I saw advertised. It sounded wonderful from
the claims in the advertising but, sadly, this was not to be the case
and it was a very ordinary game indeed. UIM from 4th Dimension came next
and I found this rather slow and unresponsive. It is also very quirky in
its handling of missions and the hardware required to complete them.
7.8
After what seemed like years of hype, Karma finally made its appearance
in the form of the Karma Flight Trainer, a major non-event in the
history of Archimedes games. It bore very little relation to anything
that had been written about Karma and was just plain tedious. Following
the tragic death of one of the programmers responsible for the project,
it now seems unlikely that the full game will ever be released which, if
it lived up to half the claims made for it, is a great pity.
7.8
Finally, Elite itself was converted by Hybrid Technology and, in
comparison to the BBC version, is far more difficult. On the BBC, I can
attain Elite status within 48 hours but, after many attempts on the
Archimedes, I am still far from that particular goal. It is still a good
game but, ten years on from its original release, it is beginning to
show its age. The fact that it is still as good as it is, shows what a
tremendous game it was originally. As was stated in Archive 7.6 p21,
Elite 2 has finally been released on other platforms and I can only beg
for its release on the Archimedes as soon as possible.
7.8
If I have not mentioned your particular favourite in this brief round
up, please let me know. Also, if you have any opinions relating to the
Archimedes games market, please write to me c/o PO Box 2795, Harlesden,
London NW10 9AY. A
7.8
LookSystems
7.8
Font Directory
7.8
LookSystems
7.8
BitFolio
7.8
Mixing High and Low Level Languages
7.8
Francis Crossley
7.8
This article considers the mixing of two languages in a program, why one
might do it and how it can be done. I will use Basic and assembly
language, as examples, in order to focus our ideas because we all have
access to them, although most high level languages could be substituted
for Basic.
7.8
Mixing a language such as C or Basic with assembly language can have
advantages, the most important being speed of execution. I wrote two
simple programs, both writing a large filled rectangle to the screen to
simulate a sprite. The one using Basic took more than 4 seconds to
complete the task but the one using assembler for the drawing part took
around 0.1 second − a vast improvement. These figures were for an A310
fitted with an ARM3 operating with the cache enabled.
7.8
Another advantage is the size of the code produced. Particularly if
compared with a compiled language, assembly language programs are the
smallest one can write − if well written!
7.8
It is less easy to write a program in assembler than in Basic since the
programmer needs to think of everything but the feeling of achievement
is considerable. There is a very large number of fundamental routines
available − the SWIs. These make our life easier and range from the
useful to the essential. Any serious assembly language programmer needs
to have the Programmer’s Reference Manual, even the one for RISC OS 2 is
better than none for the RISC OS 3 user. It is also necessary to have a
book on assembly language programming.
7.8
Example for discussion
7.8
As an example of using Basic and assembler, I will describe a program
which draws horizontal stripes of different colours in mode 15 − so that
we can have 256 lines and 256 colours. To produce a mark on the screen
using assembler, we need to write a byte to an address within the screen
memory. The value of the byte sets the colour − there is no need to
concern ourselves with TINT or GCOL. However, if particular colours are
required, a look-up table will be needed. In order to make an example,
the Basic program will generate the data (slowly!) which will be
displayed by the assembly code part.
7.8
Declaring space
7.8
First we must decide where to put the assembly code, the most convenient
way is to use the DIM statement to reserve some space. We do not need to
know exactly where it will be although we can find out quite painlessly.
The format of the statement is:
7.8
DIM code <size in bytes>,data 80000
7.8
‘code’ is any name you want to use and ‘size’ is the amount of space
your pieces of assembler will need. It MUST be large enough or something
important might be overwritten! Since each assembler statement uses four
bytes, you can check, as you write the program, how much space is being
used. Notice also that the normal representation of an array is not
used, even if integers were needed for the data. Extra care is required
if integers are to be used.
7.8
Basic uses the variable P% to represent the address where the assembled
code will start (i.e. the machine code) and the assembler in Basic looks
for the symbol ‘[’ to find the start of the code in your program,
7.8
P%=code
7.8
[
7.8
Forward references and OPT
7.8
There is now a subtle problem! If, at some stage in your code, you wish
to jump to a label further down the program, the assembler will be
unable to find it because the label has not been seen yet and an error
message will be shown stopping further assembly. To avoid this problem,
we use a pseudo-operator which is an assembler command, not an opcode
for the ARM − this is ‘OPT’. OPT can have eight different values
depending on what you want it to do, the most useful values being 0 and
3. OPT=0 tells the assembler to ignore errors and not to display the
machine code it is producing. We will see the value of this very soon.
OPT=3 tells the assembler to report errors and to display the machine
code. Using these two values, in turn, we make the assembler process the
code twice, the first time through, it will find all the labels and
their addresses ignoring errors, and the second time through, the code
being produced is displayed and the errors (which always somehow creep
in!) can be reported. Two passes can be arranged with a FOR...NEXT loop
as shown below.
7.8
FOR I%=0 TO 3 STEP 3
7.8
P%=code
7.8
[
7.8
OPT I%
7.8
.........
7.8
assembler
7.8
.........
7.8
]
7.8
NEXT
7.8
It is very important that ‘P%’ is set equal to ‘code’ within the FOR
loop or, on the second pass, ‘P%’ will start with the value it had
reached at the end of the first pass and horrible confusion will ensue.
7.8
Screen memory
7.8
Where does the screen memory start? This address probably depends on the
screen mode, at least, so Acorn supplies a low level command to tell us
− ‘OS_ReadVduVariables’ − note that the upper and lower case characters
are important. This is a general-purpose command with a list of
variables whose values we require. About 70 values can be found with
this command. The usual way of providing such a list is to put them one
after another somewhere in memory and to give the address of the first
one to the operating system routine, in R0. To do this we need some more
assembler commands (also called directives):
7.8
EQUB <number> save space for 1 byte value <number>
7.8
EQUW <number> save space for a 2 byte number <number>
7.8
EQUD <number> save space for a 4 byte number <number> known as a ‘word’
7.8
EQUS “some string” stores the string given
7.8
In our case, the variable whose value we want is represented by the
number 149, the end of the list is shown by ‘-1’. The following
directives are placed at the end of the assembly code, and each group of
directives usually has a label so that it can be referenced. A label is
a name preceded by a full stop.
7.8
.vdu_input
7.8
EQUD 149
7.8
EQUD -1
7.8
.displaystart
7.8
EQUD 1
7.8
At the start of the assembler code will be the commands:
7.8
ADR R0,vdu_input ; put address of ‘vdu_input’ in R0
7.8
ADR R1,displaystart ; routine puts address of ‘displaystart’ in R1
7.8
SWI “OS_ReadVduVariables” ; call the routine
7.8
The registers
7.8
R0 to R15 are the sixteen registers which the ARM uses for all its data
processing. They are all general-purpose registers although R15 is also
the program counter which contains the address of the instruction two
ahead of the one being processed (see later) and R14 is used as the link
register which allows a subroutine to return to the calling program. You
will remember that the ARM has a pipeline for instructions so that while
one is being executed, the next is being decoded and the third is being
fetched from memory. Thus, the PC must point to the third instruction,
even though the first is being executed, i.e. two beyond.
7.8
To help readability, the register numbers can be replaced with
meaningful names which is done in the Basic part of the program. e.g.
7.8
linestart = 4
7.8
xcounter = 5
7.8
pixvalue = 6
7.8
dataddress= 7
7.8
linelimit = 8
7.8
Note that ‘linestart’ in the assembly code is replaced on assembly by 4,
etc. In assembly code, R4 or 4 mean the same.
7.8
If ‘displaystart’ is an address which contains the address we want,
7.8
LDR linestart,displaystart
7.8
transfers the address of the start of screen memory into ‘linestart’
(R4).
7.8
The pattern will contain 200 lines, each 640 pixels long thus a total of
128,000 pixels, will be written. Adding this value to ‘linestart’ will
give a line limit so we will know when to stop the program. This will be
‘linelimit’. I want only to write a line 400 pixels long, so will use
‘xcounter’ to count the position along a line. At the end, I will
increment ‘linestart’ by 640 to reach the start of the next line. The
number 640 arises because I will use mode 15 which has a resolution of
640 × 256 pixels. If a mode with a different resolution were used, these
numbers would have to be changed. In Basic, this would not concern us
since the ‘housekeeping’ is done by the Basic system but when we use
assembler, we are on our own. Exciting, isn’t it!
7.8
Accessing the data
7.8
Using ‘ADR’, the address of the data is put into ‘dataddress’, the
actual value is then put into ‘pixvalue’ using
7.8
LDR pixvalue,[dataddress],#1
7.8
This instruction uses the data in the address in ‘dataddress’ and then
increments ‘dataddress’ by one. So next time I use this instruction, the
new address is ready waiting. One instruction thus does the job of two,
load and then increment.
7.8
Stopping the program
7.8
So that we know when to stop the program, I will test that 128 000
pixels have been ‘written’. As I am using addresses, I will add this
number to the value in ‘displaystart’ and compare this with ‘linestart’
at the end of each iteration, i.e. when the address of the line start is
incremented. A point to watch, no matter what language is used, is that
if a ‘branch if not equal’ or ‘branch if equal’ be used, it is essential
that equality is possible or else termination of the program will never
occur! For this reason, integer variables should be used as counters or
the condition should be ‘branch if greater’ or ‘branch if less’, as
these will always work.
7.8
Writing to the screen
7.8
To write to the screen, we simply store one byte at a suitable address.
This looks complicated because the values in two registers are going to
be added to supply the required address − this is an easy way of writing
to a series of addresses. The ‘B’ after the ‘STR’ instruction is needed
to ensure that the right value is written. ‘STR’ will write four bytes
to memory but the most significant byte will be placed where we wanted
the least significant. Perhaps, with care, four bytes could be written
at once, speeding the process. The colour seen on the screen depends on
the value written, in a non-trivial way!
7.8
The xcounter is incremented and tested to see if a line has been
finished. If not, control is passed back to write another byte and if
the line has been finished, the xcounter is set back to zero and the
linestart address is incremented by 640, so that it has the address of
the start of the next line. The value in ‘linestart’ must be tested to
see if all the pixels have been written. If not, control passes back to
start writing all over again and if they have, the address in the link
register (R14) is placed into the program counter (PC) so that control
is returned to the Basic program. The link register holds the address to
which control is passed when the assembly language program has finished.
This will be the address of the statement after ‘CALL start’ − the
transfer of this address is done for us.
7.8
At the end of the assembly code are the constants in their reserved
spaces set by EQUD. These constants could equally well be put in the
Basic before the assembly code.
7.8
I chose to have a line 400 pixels long but ‘any’ length up to 640 could
be used. There is a catch here in that, due to the way that constants
are held in the instruction, not all values are permitted. The assembler
will tell you if it is wrong! Difficult values can be obtained by
storing a ‘good’ value and adding a smaller ‘good’ value to it.
Experiment and see the results.
7.8
Modifications which could be made include: changing the increment for
the pixvalue or, harder, making two or more lines have the same colour.
How about producing vertical stripes? Diagonal stripes? See if these
changes can be effected by working on the assembly language.
7.8
One way of learning, perhaps, what values produce which colours, is to
start with a simple program, change pixvalue and to note the results.
7.8
I hope that this brief (brief?) introduction will encourage some of you
to try using assembler in your Basic programs.
7.8
Summary
7.8
For best results, try to limit the assembler code to what it can do best
and use Basic for the hard bits, such as input and output. We have seen
that data in Basic can be passed to assembly code which could change it
and return the new data to the same place it started. This is because we
are using addresses as pointers. Most functions will work faster in
assembly code but much more work might be required to implement them.
7.8
As before, comments to Archive or Dr F Crossley, 156 Holmes Chapel Road,
Congleton, Cheshire, CW12 4QB.
7.8
The whole program is shown below so that reference can be made to it.
7.8
10 REM > GTEST
7.8
20 DIM code 128 , data 80000
7.8
30 MODE 15
7.8
40 linestart =4
7.8
50 xcounter =5
7.8
60 pixvalue =6
7.8
70 dataddress=7
7.8
80 linelimit =8
7.8
90 FOR J%=0 TO 199
7.8
100 FOR I%=0 TO 399
7.8
110 K%=J%*400+I%
7.8
120 K%?data=J%
7.8
130 NEXT
7.8
140 NEXT
7.8
150 FOR I%=0 TO 3 STEP 3
7.8
160 P%=code
7.8
170[ OPT I%
7.8
180.start
7.8
190 ADR R0,vduinput
7.8
200 ADR R1,displaystart
7.8
210 SWI “OS_ReadVduVariables”
7.8
220 LDR linestart,displaystart
7.8
230 ADD linelimit,linestart,#128000
7.8
240 MOV xcounter, #0
7.8
250 ADR dataddress,data ; address of data in dataddress
7.8
260.loop
7.8
270 LDR pixvalue,[dataddress],#1 ; get byte from data
7.8
280 STRB pixvalue,[linestart,xcounter] ; store 1 byte on screen
7.8
290 ADD xcounter,xcounter,#1 ; increment xcounter for next pixel
7.8
300 CMP xcounter,#400 ; finished line?
7.8
310 BNE loop ; no, go back to do more
7.8
320 ADD linestart,linestart,#640 ; yes, start next line
7.8
330 MOV xcounter,#0 ; reset xcounter
7.8
340 CMP linestart,linelimit ; finished pattern?
7.8
350 BNE loop ; no, go back to do more
7.8
360 MOV PC,R14 ; yes, go back to basic
7.8
370 ; blank line for clarity
7.8
380.vduinput EQUD 149
7.8
390 EQUD -1
7.8
400.displaystart EQUD 1
7.8
410]
7.8
420 NEXT
7.8
430 CLS
7.8
440 CALL start A
7.8
Numerator Work Cards
7.8
Charles Hill
7.8
This booklet contains 32 worksheets for use with the computer program
Numerator. Each is presented on a single A4 page and an indication of
relevant National Curriculum statements is given at the top of each
page. The levels of difficulty range from L2 to L10 and cover work from
all five ATs.
7.8
The worksheets are designed not only to develop the use of the program
Numerator by easy stages, but also to suggest ways in which teachers may
use the program to motivate pupils, helping them to improve their
understanding of algebra and number work and also providing
opportunities of achieving a number of the statements in AT1.
7.8
To assist pupils who are new to the program, forty-four “Numerator
systems” are provided on eight A4 pages at the back of the booklet. Many
of the worksheets state which of these systems should be drawn as a
first step. The work sheet then suggests activities using the system,
which will enable the pupils to improve their understanding.
7.8
Contrary to the statement inside the front cover, this booklet is
currently available only to registered users of Numerator (free on
application to Longman Logotron). It is provided at no extra charge as
part of the Longman Logotron Numerator pack but is not available for
purchase as a separate item. A
7.8
Comment Column
7.8
• Apple’s erroneous claims − Apple Computer Inc. has agreed with Acorn
Computers Ltd to review claims made in Apple’s ‘PowerPC Technology: The
Power Behind the Next Generation of Macintosh Systems’ product
literature. Distributed as part of ‘The Apple Report on PowerPC’
advertising campaign, the brochure makes four statements that Acorn
believes need modification in order to represent accurately both Acorn
and Apple’s position in the development of, and commercial commitment
to, RISC technology.
7.8
The statements that Acorn believes need clarification are as follows:
7.8
“To date, RISC technology has been used only in systems designed for raw
computational power.”
7.8
Acorn has shipped over 300,000 personal computer systems based on RISC
chip architecture. For example, of the computers purchased by UK schools
between the 2nd and 4th quarters of 1993, 50% were Acorn RISC-based
machines. Acorn also supplies RISC-based computers to consumer and
professional markets. These systems are not designed specifically for
raw computational power but rather to provide cost-effective performance
and sophisticated solutions for Acorn’s customers.
7.8
“Apple is the only personal computer vendor publicly committed to moving
its entire product line to RISC technology”.
7.8
Acorn committed to the use of RISC chips when a team was set up to
develop the company’s own RISC chip in 1983. This was followed in 1987
by a public statement of Acorn’s commitment to use RISC across its
product portfolio with launch of the Archimedes range. The evidence of
this commitment is Acorn’s continued development of RISC based products
over the past seven years.
7.8
“.... has resulted in the first mainstream RISC microprocessor that can
be used in low-cost computers”.
7.8
As measured by an independent authority, more ARM processors were
shipped than SPARC chips in 1993. ARM has also sold three times more
chips than the PowerPC consortium. As the latest research shows that ARM
processors are mainstream processors, Acorn contends that this statement
is untrue. (Source: Inside the New Computer Industry, 14th January 1994)
7.8
“No other personal computer company is making the fundamental commitment
to RISC demonstrated by Apple.”
7.8
Acorn launched its first 32 bit RISC computer in 1987 and although Acorn
did not invent RISC, it designed and produced the first low-cost, high
volume chips. Over the past seven years, Acorn has constantly promoted
the case for RISC and has designed and sold products based on ARM’s
technology.
7.8
In 1990, Acorn expanded the availability of this technology by the
formation of ARM Ltd in partnership with Apple and VLSI. The success of
ARM Ltd and the strategy to widen the availability of RISC technology
has resulted in its chips now being used in a range of products
including the Apple Newton.
7.8
As you will guess from the polite nature of the above comments, they are
drawn from Acorn’s press release on the matter. I personally think that
Apple should not be allowed to make such claims and get away with it
just because Acorn cannot afford to enter into legal action against the
Apple giant.
7.8
Since that press release, more literature has come out making further
unsubstantiated claims. I have in front of me a brochure for the new
Power Macs which states, “Apple is the first company to ship personal
computers with RISC-based microprocessors.” They are only seven years
out of date!
7.8
How can we support Acorn in the face of this unfair advertising? Well,
I’m not a legal expert, but I think we should, as individuals, write to
the Advertising Standards Authority (address overleaf) and send copies
to the editors of any magazines which publish the adverts containing
these untrue statements. You could also go into your local Apple centre
and give them some stick, if they are handing out leaflets containing
these untrue statements. Ed.
7.8
(Advertising Standards Authority, Complaints Department, Brook House,
2−16 Torrington Place, London, WC1E 7HN.)
7.8
• Archive Open Day − We thought readers would be interested to know
what happened at the NCS Open Day last month. We had nearly 600 people
through in the day and everyone seemed to enjoy themselves. The range of
exhibitors and demonstrations was excellent and we were delighted to
receive support from so many ‘top-notch’ Acorn-related companies and
organisations.
7.8
The Archive stand, manned by Hugh Eagle, David Holden, Richard Rymarz
and Trevor Sutton was busy all day and the PD software copy-it-yourself
contributions box organised by David raised about £30 for charity. The
Charity Bring & Buy Sale did very well, raising just over £300 during
the course of the day. The refreshments stand was another popular area,
again run in aid of charity and the profit from that was £130. In all,
we were able to raise a total of £475 and this money will be sent, not
to Battersey (or even Battersea) Cats’ Home(!) but to Quidenham
Children’s Hospice caring for terminally ill children.
7.8
Archive subscribers came to the Open Day from various parts of the
country. The two longest distance travellers that I came across were
John Fidler from Newport, Isle of Wight and John Holden from West Kirby
on the Wirral. Was anyone else there from further afield?
7.8
Thanks very much to all who helped on the day − we couldn’t have done it
without you: Vera Cooke, Amanda Todd, David Webb, Matthew Hunter (i.e.
the paid NCS team) plus Gabriel Swords, Rosemary Swords, Catherine
Swords, Jonathan Swords, Sue Beverley, Kay Roberts (Sue’s Mum!), Tim
Beverley, Jonathan Beverley, Martin Booth, Martin Sellars, David Holden,
Richard Rymarz, Hugh Eagle, Trevor Sutton, Neil Walker, Chris Walker,
Val Bryce, Edward Croot, Brian Barr and Jos Baynes-Clarke. The spirit of
Archive was once again being demonstrated. Thank you!
7.8
• Archive Open Day Nightmare − The Open Day was definitely a “learning
experience” for us as organisers because of electrical supply problems.
What we learned may prove useful to others doing similar events. It took
place in a school and, to provide a “proper” electric supply to the
exhibitors, we employed an electrical contractor to install two separate
ring mains from the supply on the stage at the end of one of the two
adjacent halls. These two circuits went through two separate 30amp RCD
circuit breakers and into a third 63amp breaker.
7.8
As exhibitors arrived and started connecting up equipment, the circuit
breakers kept tripping out! I didn’t seem to matter what we did, we
couldn’t keep both circuits going together for more than 5 minutes. In
desperation, I left one circuit on for half an hour telling the
exhibitors that at the end of that time I would bring in the other
circuit and, when they both fell over would allow the other circuit to
have power on its own for half an hour. What actually happened was that
when I added in the second circuit it stayed on and continued to do so
all day even though more computers were added.
7.8
Why did that happen? Well, the theory we have is that when monitors come
in from the cold, having been transported, they can pick up
condensation. This condensation was enough, with the EHT voltages, to
cause a small earth leakage. As the earth leakage from all the various
monitors added together, it came to more than the 30mA that the main RCD
needed to cause it to trip. The half hour for which that one set of
monitors was on was enough for them to warm up and dry out, thus
reducing the leakage to manageable levels, even when the other set were
added.
7.8
Those first two hours before the power was sorted out were a nightmare,
so if(!) we do another Open Day, we would state that only one monitor
should be used per stand for the first half hour and then allow
exhibitors to add more.
7.8
If anyone else has had similar problems or has any suggestions, perhaps
they would let us know! Is there an easy was to check monitors for
leakage current so that we can test our theory? Ed.
7.8
• BJC600 + Turbo Driver − I have just purchased a BJC-600 and Turbo
Driver. It is interesting to note that on my ARM3 powered A310, it is
CPU speed which limits printing speed. I suppose that I can understand
why this should be the case when printing colour since there are four
heads to think about instead of just one. But even when printing purely
black and white pages rendering (but not printing) seems to take
significantly longer than on my old DeskJet Turbo Driver. I’m not
complaining though, the colours are fantastic and it’s quite fast enough
for most of my needs.
7.8
I have performed a very simple experiment to test the speed of the CC
BJC600 Turbo Driver in both “Mono” and “4 Colour, All” modes. I printed
two documents, both demos provided with Impression II; firstly the
“Twiggy” page from ImpDemo which is entirely monochrome and secondly the
last page of LD_Demo which contains some coloured graphs. In both cases,
I was using my ARM3 powered A310 in mode 98 (which is very much like
mode 31). I measured the time taken to return control to Impression and
the total time until the paper was ejected. The results are summarised
below:
7.8
Twiggy LD_Demo
7.8
Time (seconds) Colour Mono Colour Mono
7.8
Return control 82 32 111 43
7.8
Eject Paper 113 98 124 103
7.8
Basically, this demonstrates that the Turbo Driver renders more rapidly
in Mono mode than it does in colour. This is not surprising for a colour
image, but the two copies of Twiggy were identical. Remember that this
is a four colour system, so it was just using the black cartridge in
both cases. On a slower (i.e. non-ARM3 machine), the difference in paper
eject times would be closer to the return control times since the
printer would be more likely to keep up with the computer.
7.8
When the BJC600 dip switches are set as recommended by CC, the printer
defaults to Monochrome mode. The Color (sic) light illuminates at the
start of each print job and goes out again at the end. This happens even
when the Turbo Driver is set to mono. I am not sure what to conclude
from this (it may well be irrelevant). Richard Simpson, Farnborough
7.8
• DTP dabbling − As a new subscriber to Archive (having taken advantage
of your £4 introductory offer) I thought your readers might like to know
how I use my Acorn A5000.
7.8
My current job is as a Regional Sales Manager and I use Impression 2.18,
Eureka 2 and Squirrel 2 (amongst many others) to keep tabs on sales
performance and all administrative details. Additionally, I really enjoy
“dabbling” in DTP, having set all the latest work sheets for my company
(a division of Boots the Chemist).
7.8
My most recent project has come towards the end of our financial year
and money is tight, so I decided to do the work myself rather than use
an expensive bureau! This project, above all others, leads me to believe
that the Acorn platform has an excellent future, especially with ARM700
machines and Impression Publisher to come (anybody looking at a
PhotoShop equivalent?). This job consisted of a leaflet for parents-to-
be of babies who may suffer from kidney problems after birth. The text
was written by the hospital staff (all senior consultants) and required
the hospital logo, the children’s unit logo, a simple diagram and my
company’s logo. Using Impression, I entered the text and chose suitable
fonts from the LOOKsystems Monotype package − that part was very easy.
7.8
With regards to the graphics, I cannot get into Draw or Paint, never
mind ArtWorks, so I had the originals scanned at 800dpi by BirdTech in
Great Yarmouth who charged me £2 per scan and returned the discs within
four days (excellent service or what!). I then converted the graphics
(except my company’s logo) to Draw using Trace and added lines to the
diagram. I dropped them into Impression and printed them out at 300dpi
and my representative took them in for proofing. Apart from three
technical spelling mistakes, the customers accepted it immediately. Then
the problem we all face, who prints it? T-J Reproductions are the answer
not just for the quality of their printing but the superb price and the
help, advice and support that Tony Tolver will give any true Acorn
enthusiast. The whole job cost £149 (inc VAT) for an A4 folded to A5
pamphlet, reflex blue on white 80gsm paper, 2,000 copies. Other bureaux
wanted between £260 and £350 plus VAT. Perhaps I should have charged for
my time! Keith Parker, Southall.
7.8
• Font problems and solutions − I had a couple of problems with
LOOKsystems’ FontDir − a clash with ArtWorks due to FontDir not
recognising the Artfonts directory within the ArtWorks application and
document scanning not working correctly with Impression Style documents.
I wrote to LOOKsystems on January 17th detailing these difficulties and
received back from Adrian Look, a letter dated January 26th. This
included an updated version of FontDir which solved both the problems.
Excellent service by any standards!
7.8
However, there is a problem with the RISC OS 3 versions of the
LOOKsystems’ Monotype Fonts and the Computer Concepts’ Turbo Drivers
(and the Laser Direct drivers) − some punctuation characters are printed
incorrectly spaced. Adrian says that it is the Turbo Drivers that are
not conforming to Acorn’s latest standards for the kerning data of RISC
OS 3 fonts. The person I spoke to at Computer Concepts appeared to be
unaware of the problem but he was able to suggest that I tried turning
off halftoning of text. (I also found it interesting that he made no
attempt to deny that it is a Turbo Driver problem.) This I did and the
fonts now print correctly but it does mean that text cannot be printed
in anything other than black (or white on a black background). (And I
think you will find the printing is somewhat slower. Ed.) For me, this
is not a major problem as most of my documents do not use greyscale
text. For those that do, I have also installed the standard Acorn driver
for the Canon Bubblejet − the main problem is remembering to use it when
necessary!
7.8
Adrian tells me that even though the fault is with the Turbo Drivers, he
hopes in the near future to upgrade the font installation application to
allow a ‘Computer Concepts’ compatible format. (He has now done this −
apparently the problem lies in that the kerning pairs are not being
properly decoded. Adrian has produced a new version of his !Install
program which makes it so that the drivers don’t have to do any
decoding. Ed.)
7.8
Finally, the application !Kerner from Design Concept produces kerned
RISC OS 3 fonts that appear to be in the same format as the Monotype
fonts, as the same characters cause problems when printed using the
Turbo Drivers. Nick Edgar, Doncaster.
7.8
• HD drives on old Archimedes? − You asked whether anyone knew if Risc
Developments’ high density drive interfaces worked OK. Well, there were
some problems but now that RD have issued some new firmware, they seem
to be OK. I have one working on my A540 with a 1.6Mb drive and an 800Kb
drive attached to the same card. I did have a problem at installation in
that the existing floppy drive would not work on the interface but I
have a Watford Electronics drive and that works OK so I am well-pleased
with the system. Mike Hobbs, Basingstoke.
7.8
• Impression Style − Not really a plea for help, just a comment. My
quibble regards the toolbar which, in mode 20, overshoots the screen to
the right thus leaving all tools on the right hand side inaccessible via
this method. This is mentioned in the manual, but surely makes a mockery
of mode independence that should be observed by RISC OS software. If
scaling is impractical, could CC not have implemented an alternative
toolbar selectable by the user via preferences, for those of us who do
not want to work in wide screen modes. The dictionary screen from
Wordworks also initially appears half off the screen in mode 20 and
therefore has to be moved before use. I would also like to see the way
that Impression handles windows made user-configurable as was achieved
with NewLook. It is more difficult to line windows up if they are
allowed to leave the desktop to the top and left and would like to be
able to only move windows from the screen to the bottom and right. Dave
Floyd, London NW10.
7.8
• Ixion re-review − In his review in Archive 7.5 p32, Jean-Paul
Hamerton concluded that “If this game were cheaper, I would recommend it
but with the bad packaging, I don’t feel I can.” Since that review, the
price of Ixion has dropped from £25.99 to £19.99 and the packaging has
been significantly improved. It now comes in a strong white cardboard
box completely covered with a full-colour cardboard sleeve − it all
looks very impressive. How’s that for response to constructive
criticism?! Ed.
7.8
• JPEG (Archive 7.7 p43) − My Russian cousin Lars Opliof (also an
Archive subscriber), tells me that the ‘JPEG’ algorithm in this case is
not the one developed by the Joint Photographic Experts Group of ISO/IEC
JTC1 but the ‘Jake-the-Peg (with the extra leg, deedle-deedle-deedle-
dum)’ algorithm, and if used with an even number of bits-per-pixel, will
only compress the file sideways. Files with such an extreme aspect ratio
can only be displayed in mode 1494, which is not available in RISC OS
3.10. John Woodgate, Rayleigh, Essex.
7.8
• Laser printers for Acorn computers − The editor asked which laser
printers people found that worked OK on Acorn machines. I have just
bought an OKI OL400ex costing under £500 and it works very well,
printing a page at 300 dpi in just under a minute. If you do lots of
complex drawfiles and sprites, you may need a 2Mb RAM upgrade but that
only costs about £100. I’m certainly very pleased with my buy. John
Hooker, Uckfield.
7.8
• Stability of Impression Style, (3.01) − CC has certainly done a good
job with Style, but some minor bugs should urgently be fixed.
7.8
− Building up very large documents still has some room for improvements.
7.8
The claim that Style has virtual memory management is grossly
exaggerated (each individual chapter still has to fit completely into
RAM), and when I tried to repeat the actions described in Archive 6.12,
p32, I sometimes only got as far as the message, “This operation will
change a document on disc”. When I acknowledged it, Style died with
various error messages.
7.8
On the other hand, the word count now works perfectly and the
performance when processing files of 4Mb or more seems to be about the
same as in Impression 2.17.
7.8
− This isn’t a bug but something which I find mildly frustrating: When
you select something and replace it by typing in something new, that
text will be given the style active behind the selected text. This means
that trying to replace a piece of “stylish” text in this way will
usually mean that the new characters appear in the default style.
7.8
− The “remove document” bug which was reported in Archive 7.7, p19, at
least is not quite as bad as stated. Adjust-clicking to remove documents
from memory causes a crash only when you click onto a name that is
ticked because a view of the document is still on the screen.
7.8
− Still on the subjects raised in Archive 7.7, p19: The installation
program worked without any problem at all with the Morley SCSI card
(software revision 1.14).
7.8
Now for the good news: I have just been told at the CeBIT computer show
that version 3.03 of Style is almost ready and that this should be free
of those bugs so far reported. Jochen Konietzko, Köln, Germany.
7.8
• Style Guide − I have expended significant effort in getting !ArcTrack
to comply with the Acorn Style Guide. It is not always a very easy task,
and if I find the time, I will write an article containing a few
suggestions. In the mean time here are a few comments to add to Hugh
Eagle’s article (7.6 p50).
7.8
− The improved font selection scheme is an excellent idea, but it must
be sufficiently versatile to allow for the fact that not all fonts come
in the nice regular families of those in the ROMs.
7.8
− If dialogue boxes don’t have Close icons, how are you supposed to
iconise them?
7.8
− The problems with filenames in Save boxes drives me mad as well.
7.8
− On-line Help is easy to implement (except possibly for menus) and
everyone selling quality applications should include it irrespective of
what the Style Guide says.
7.8
− RISC_OSLib makes it extremely difficult to implement pop-up menus (see
page 96 of the guide). I have succeeded and will try to send details to
Archive soon. I wrote to Acorn asking if I could have a copy of the new
RISC OS 3 version of the library which they have released to registered
developers. I hoped that it would make pop-up menus easy (amongst other
things). After a long delay, they sent me a small application which uses
the current library to do it the hard way. Having spent £240 on a piece
of software, am I expected to pay another £180 per year in order to
receive support for it? Why were those who have purchased legitimate
copies of Desktop C not provided with an updated version of RISC_OSLib
within a few months of RISC OS 3.1 being released? I am changing over to
DeskLib at the earliest opportunity.
7.8
− The Style Guide briefly mentions what a good idea internationalisation
is and the PRM bangs on about it at some length. I have done my best to
ensure that !ArcTrack has international support in the hope that months
and days of the week will be correctly translated when the program is
run in other countries. However, I have no way of knowing whether I have
succeeded since I only have the UK Territory Module. I therefore asked
Acorn if they could let me have a copy of a Territory Module for ANY
non-English-speaking country. They told me that the only other Territory
Module was the one built into the German ROMs and therefore I couldn’t
have one to try. If anyone either knows of another available Territory
Module or has managed to get the German one onto disc then I would be
interested in hearing from them. Richard Simpson, Farnborough.
7.8
• Tapestreamer backup − The Iomega 250Mb tapestreamers are available in
the PC world for around £139 +VAT. Why doesn’t someone in the Acorn
world write some software for them to run on Archimedes machines?
Atomwide? Adrian Look? David Pilling? You can do it! David White,
Cambridge.
7.8
• Using an Archimedes − a more conventional user in a less conventional
setting.
7.8
I am a physical science teacher at a Catholic boarding school for about
550 girls at Mulanje in Malawi. I brought my A310, my BBC B and my Z88
with me, along with a KX-P1124 printer. The BBC was for data-logging and
display use in class but I found that the technology was more of a
distraction than a clarification, and have not followed this up.
7.8
My contract requires me to produce an educational project of value both
to the school and the country and I am producing a set of class notes
for the whole physical science syllabus (which is not only pre-GCSE but
pre-Nuffield science) for display on an overhead projector. Several
schools have OHPs that are unused due to a lack of both expertise and
materials. The originals are produced using Impression 2 and Artworks,
printed (oh so slowly!) onto A4 and them photocopied onto acetate to
give a very good looking and permanent transparency. The discipline of
getting as much information as possible on an A4 sheet at 32 point
(which is about the most comfortable font size) as clearly and
succinctly as possible, works well because of the flexibility of a DTP
system where alteration is so easy. It is all so much clearer than the
handwritten slides I have used in the past.
7.8
A further advantage is that I want to put all the notes together on
paper. By reducing the text to 10 point and the diagrams accordingly, I
can get it all on about 50 sides of A4. These could then be of use,
especially to new teachers, even if they have no OHP. You cannot do that
kind of reduction even with the most sophisticated photocopier.
7.8
Very few schools here have computers and hardly anyone on the staff has
any experience of them. Anything not handwritten is typed (not always
very well) and because photocopiers are very expensive to buy and to
run, circulars, exams, class lists, etc are typed on stencils and run
off on a Gestetner duplicator. By removing the ribbon, I can produce
good stencils on my printer. I think this is frowned upon as the head
could become clogged but I have done this without ill-effect for 18
months and friends in another school have done so for longer. We have
also done programmes for school events and a 32-page school magazine
this way.
7.8
Smart room labels and personal cupboard labels have been done, as well
as special reports when presentation was important. My exams are usually
done in PipeDream, with the system printer to save time, and when I was
teaching maths, I found WorraCad very good for the geometry diagrams,
especially as I find the way the Artworks draws circles very irritating.
All these will be run-of-the-mill things in a UK school but here they
are things to wonder at.
7.8
I have a responsibility for a small group of Anglican pupils and they
wanted to learn some new hymns. Virtually all music is unaccompanied and
learned by ear, often with peculiar results. So, using Studio 24 and a
Yamaha synthesizer, I produced some accompaniments with an emphasised
melody line and put them on tape so that they could get together and
learn them in their spare time.
7.8
My wife does a lot of needlework and wanted to make wall-hangings of
African birds, butterflies and trees, so, by digitising video film and
pictures from books, simplified drawings suitable for transferring with
carbon paper onto the fabric could be produced. A spin-off was the use
of a couple of the bird images to make some rather nice book-marks; as
the birds are black and white, the lack of a colour printer does not
matter. A very good local artist had done a sketch of me and when I
wanted a CV (in the hope of getting a job on my return!) in leaflet
style rather than the usual A4 sheet, I scanned the sketch to use as a
cover picture. The effect is quite good but whether it will do the trick
is another matter!
7.8
All this is, of course, in addition to the usual correspondence (in
PipeDream), score sheets for the Golf Club competitions, presentation
addresses for visiting Ministers, a newsletter for members of our
scheme, a plan of the school for maintenance purposes, year planners,
business card and so on. This increasingly venerable Archimedes − still
without ARM3 or RISC OS 3 − has become almost indispensable in this out-
of-the-way part of the world. When do I find time? No telly, four staff
meetings a term and no National Curriculum, living on the job, 40 rough
miles to the nearest bright lights all certainly help. However, I wish
NCS were a bit nearer. My floppy disc appears to have died, no competent
repairer in the country, and 4−6 weeks for the post to get here with a
new one. When your technology goes wrong here, patience is not a virtue
but a dire necessity. Howard Gorringe, Malawi. A
7.8
The Advance Column
7.8
Robert Chrismas
7.8
When the Advance Column started, it attracted very few readers’ letters.
I made increasingly desperate pleas for correspondence. I am now getting
plenty of letters. Please continue to send comments, advice and
problems, but there is no further need for sympathetic letters just
because I sound a bit lonely.
7.8
Database fields, enumerated values
7.8
In the database, you can use tick boxes (boolean fields) for information
which can take one of two values, Yes/No, Male/Female, Left/Right, etc.
7.8
We sometimes need a field which can store just a few different values.
For example, a file of information about a CD collection might have a
field describing the type of music classified as ‘Classical’, ‘Jazz’,
‘Rock’, ‘Folk’ or ‘Other’. Records of cricketers might include a field
‘How Out’ which just holds the values ‘Bowled’, ‘Caught’, ‘LBW’, ‘Run
Out’, etc.
7.8
I have described these fields as ‘enumerated’ because they are like the
enumerated variables in languages like Pascal and C. At the start of the
program, the programmer declares enumerated variables and lists the
values they may take.
7.8
Many databases allow validation tests which can force a field to take
just one of a set of different values. The Advance database does not
include this sort of validation test but you can create a ‘value list’
from which the user can select the value for a field.
7.8
When you are editing the record layout, select the required field and
enter the list of possible values on the Edit/Fields/Values dialogue
box. The values must be separated by commas.
7.8
When you are creating or editing records, as soon as the cursor moves to
the field, a menu will pop up with a list of values. A click on this
menu enters the value. However, the user can ignore the menu and type in
a value in the usual way so the contents of the field are not actually
restricted to the values on the menu.
7.8
The menu of values pops up when the field is edited
7.8
You can create values lists for any data type except boolean. If you
include a text value on the menu for a numeric field, it will appear on
the menu. However, when you click on it, to enter the value, the
database will complain, just as if you had tried to type the text in
manually.
7.8
The graphics package can show the frequency with which each value
occurs. Set the ‘Y’ axis to the required field and the ‘X’ axis to none.
You can produce pie, bar and line graphs of these frequencies.
7.8
Disappearing text and Advance support
7.8
Professor Noel Thompson from Harrow wrote to advise/remind readers that
if they delete all their text by inadvertently hitting <ctrl-A> as they
are typing, the text can be recovered with <ctrl-V>.
7.8
He contacted Computer Concepts about the WP program only to be told that
CC do not own their part of Advance nor do they support it. Fortunately,
Acorn replied to his fax with helpful advice. However, there does not
seem much chance of upgrades (or even bug fixes) if the original
software developers are no longer involved with Advance.
7.8
The <ctrl-A> key combination occurs in some other programs and in some
(e.g. Style) its effect came be just as disconcerting. I think Paul
should explain how ‘Keystroke’ can be used to overcome this problem.
(I’ve been a bit busy this month(!!!) but I’ll see if I can look at this
one for next month. Ed.)
7.8
Kerning
7.8
Advance and Impression use the same ‘Document Description File’ (DDF)
format. Advance seems to be able to display text correctly even if it
includes DDF commands which are not editable in Advance.
7.8
One of the easiest formatting commands to use is ‘kern’. In electronic
DTP, kerning means making small adjustments to the position of a letter,
usually to improve the spacing between the letters in a word. It may
also include adjustments to the vertical position.
7.8
Like all the other DDF commands ‘kern’ is enclosed in curly brackets and
it has two parameters, e.g. ‘’ where the horizontal displacement is −72
and the vertical displacement is 144.
7.8
To add commands which Advance cannot insert, you must first save the
file as text with effects. The text file can then be loaded into Edit
where the commands can be inserted. Finally, the text is saved back to
Advance replacing the original text.
7.8
The text file includes all the formatting information as well as the
original text. You may have to search to locate your words. In a typical
document, the first 1Kb is all formatting commands.
7.8
In the illustration above, the spacing of the first ‘ADVANCE’ has not
been altered. The space between the ‘V’ and the ‘A’ looks a little
bigger than the other spaces. In the second ‘ADVANCE’ the ‘A’ has been
moved a little to the left. Only the last few lines of the text file are
shown.
7.8
This is just one example of the way ‘extra’ DDF commands can be used.
Perhaps it is possible to create at least the appearance of text running
down the side of a graphic using a similar trick?
7.8
Send comments, ideas, suggestions and problems to Robert Chrismas, 8
Virginia Park Road, Gosport, Hants PO12 3DZ. A
7.8
Creating the list of values
7.8
PipeLineZ
7.8
Gerald Fitton
7.8
Thanks for all the letters you’ve sent to us this month. If you’re going
to the Acorn User Spring Show at Harrogate then come and have a chat
with Jill and me. We’ve been invited to attend as guests on the Colton
Software stand. I’ve been told that the Windows version of Fireworkz
will be on display but won’t be available for purchase yet. I wonder if
that implies that the new Acorn machines will run Windows as well as the
Desktop?
7.8
Elementary PipeDream
7.8
It seems that Ernie Cobbold’s ‘Book on a disc’ is filling a much wanted
need. Perhaps it’s all the new users of PipeDream 4 who want to get into
it as quickly as possible. As I said last month, I think the ‘book’ is
good – but by the time you read this, you may find a review in Archive
by someone more independent than I.
7.8
Stamps
7.8
First a mistake! I wrote that the cost of letters increased in 20p
increments. As Colin Singleton has pointed out, this is not so. I don’t
know how I made the mistake but it must have been when I edited a
version which said something like “10p and 20p increments up to 77p”.
Colin also asks for clarification about what I mean by the ‘best’
selection of stamps, pointing out that using nothing but 1p stamps will
minimise the value of the stock! As Colin surmised, that certainly
wasn’t the answer I wanted.
7.8
I’ve also received a program in Basic from Ivor Cook for UK postage
stamps. Ivor is an ex-Post Master and says, “I can vouch for the
difficulties which stamp selection can create, especially when customers
are waiting at the counter”! Ivor’s program uses current stamp values
and the result of his algorithm is that no more than two stamps are used
for weights up to 400g and never more than three stamps for (almost) any
weight. His program called [Postage] is on the monthly disc.
7.8
Using his program for a typical week of our post, I find that, for UK
use, I used only the following stamp values: 6p, 19p, 25p, 29p, 36p,
38p, 41p, 50p! Further investigation of Ivor’s program reveals that all
1st and 2nd class values up to 400g can be realised with a selection of
no more than two stamps from those eight stamp values.
7.8
The ‘basic solution’ of Ivor is the sort of thing I had in mind and,
although I can’t speak for Danny Fagandini, I suspect that such a
selection is close to the answer to his question. My ‘instinct’, which
was to buy 10p and 20p stamps, seems to be based on nothing more than
the fact that adding 10 makes the sums easy!
7.8
What we need now is a spreadsheet solution and a similar program for
overseas mail. Our two most popular overseas values are 42p and 54p
which I now make up with stamps from the eight values given above.
36p + 6p = 42p and 29p + 25p = 54p. Until I receive a better algorithm,
our next purchases of stamps will be the above eight values and I’ll
make up any other values of postage ‘by hand’ until someone comes up
with an Archimedes solution. Does anyone feel able to help?
7.8
Matrix inversion
7.8
Although it’s early days yet, the only contribution I’ve had to this
discussion so far is from Jonathan Ormond. He has sent in a PipeDream
spreadsheet inversion algorithm for a 4 by 4 matrix using co-
determinants. It works well. I have included his application as the file
[InvMat4] on the monthly disc. The only time it fails is if the matrix
is ‘ill-conditioned’ (i.e. when its determinant is near zero). I have
searched through my memory banks and the phrase ‘pivotal condensation’
came into my mind.
7.8
I think I remember using a method (it seems a long time ago) having that
name which was reputed to be more amenable to ‘computerisation’ (I hate
that word)! I can’t find any notes about it but my recollection is that
you extend the matrix (to the right) with a unit matrix and then
manipulate rows (adding multiples of one row to another) until the
original part of the matrix becomes a unit matrix. My recollection,
which is only half remembered, is that, when the original (left) half
has become a unit matrix, the right half of the extended matrix is the
inverse of the original.
7.8
Lost Wordz
7.8
Since my offer to recover ‘lost’ data appeared in last month’s Archive,
I have received about a dozen discs with this problem. How many more
will I get before this article is published? In the hope of reducing
some of this category of correspondence, here’s something you can try
before sending your disc to me (or to Mark Colton). Load a new empty
Wordz or Fireworkz template which you know is OK. I have included some
suitable templates on the monthly disc. Drag your ‘empty’ file into the
new open window. In many cases, you will recover the ‘lost’ data. Save
the file under a new name. Your next step is to delete unwanted styles.
If you use my templates, do not attempt to delete the ZLBase nor the
ZLHeadFoot style. Save the file before deleting your own BaseStyle or
HeadFoot base style – sometimes that results in a crash!
7.8
Unwanted commas again
7.8
If you create a chart in Fireworkz and you don’t want values over 1000
to show the comma (i.e. you don’t want 1,000) on the x-axis, a simple
way of avoiding it is to change the numbers which generate the axis
‘labels’ into text. Of course you won’t be able to do sums on the text
version of the numbers but that’s probably a problem you can work around
even if it means an extra column and using the ‘Make constant’ command.
7.8
The Fireworkz lookup(,,) function
7.8
It was Denis Murray-Smith who first put to me the problem of finding the
column heading of the column containing the minimum value for that row.
His problem was that of finding the best shop in which to buy a
particular item when you know the prices of the items in each of many
shops. The general problem is of wider application. For example, you may
wish to find out which of many subjects are best for each pupil and then
go on to find out which subject is best received! One of my
correspondents now uses a slight variant of this application to check
which of many types of investment is best for her.
7.8
In the November 1993 edition of Archive, I gave details of my PipeDream
‘solution’ to this problem. I expected to port that solution to
Fireworkz but, when I ported the PipeDream file to Version 1.07 of
Fireworkz, it didn’t work for the reason I describe below.
7.8
Although I have received a score of letters asking for details of a
similar application for use with Fireworkz, I have delayed describing a
work-around, believing that Version 1.08 was just around the corner and
that the PipeDream application would port across to Version 1.08 and
work first time. However, so many of you have asked me how to get
lookup(,,) to work in V 1.07 that I have decided to explain the work
around.
7.8
The screenshot below shows a simple spreadsheet which I’ve called
[Shopping]. The names of the products appear in column a as Alpha, Beta,
Gamma and Delta. The names of the shops appear in row 6 as Shop 1,
Shop 2, Shop 3 and Shop 4. Of course, you could have many more items and
a much greater choice of shops.
7.8
Data (prices) is entered in the block b8e11. Column f contains a formula
which calculates the cheapest price for the item in each row. Column g
contains a formula which returns the name of the shop having the lowest
price.
7.8
The price of each of the four items in each of the four shops appears in
the range of slots b8e11. The formula in slot f8 is min(b8e8), and it
returns the lowest price in row 8.
7.8
The slot g8 contains the formula
7.8
lookup(f8,transpose(b8e8),transpose( b$6e$6))
7.8
The difference between the Fireworkz formula and the PipeDream formula
is the use of the transpose() function.
7.8
The arguments of the lookup(,,) formula are:
7.8
f8 – the key field containing the minimum price
7.8
b8e8 – the range in which you hope to find f8 (the minimum price)
7.8
b$6e$6 – the range which contains the value to be returned (the shop).
7.8
Note the $ characters in this last range; these ensure that, as you
replicate the formula from g8 down through the column g (see below), the
final argument of the lookup(,,) function does not change.
7.8
For example, in the slot g11 you will find lookup(
f11,transpose(b8b11),transpose(b$6e$6)).
7.8
When you port the PipeDream version (which doesn’t have the transpose
function) to Fireworkz it doesn’t work. It seems that, in Fireworkz,
lookup(,,) works only with vertical arrays. The work around is to
include the transpose() function, as I have in this example, to convert
the rows to (invisible) columns.
7.8
The formulae in f8 and g8 have been replicated down the two columns
using the following technique. Place the cursor in f8 and drag from f8
to g11 to mark the block f8g11. Click on the ‘Fill down’ button which is
at the top left of the first button bar. You can extend the formulae
down as many rows as you wish.
7.8
Fixing rows & columns in Fireworkz
7.8
Many of you have suggested to me that one of the advantages that
PipeDream has over Fireworkz is that, in PipeDream, you can fix a row
containing column headings so that the headings remain visible as you
scroll down through the document.
7.8
In Fireworkz, you can achieve the same effect using the ‘Split window’
feature. If you click on the View control button (it looks like a pair
of glasses) at the left of the button bar, you will open a dialogue
window similar to that shown above. The two buttons you need to ‘press’
are the ones marked Horizontal split and Vertical split. Do this and
then click on the OK button.
7.8
The screenshot below shows the result. The original Fireworkz window has
split into four connected windows. I have arranged for rows 1 to 3 to
appear in the upper part and rows 10 to 14 in the lower part. Column a
appears in the left part and columns e to n in the right part.
7.8
You can adjust the size of each of the four windows using the usual
Desktop handles and you can scroll through each of the four windows with
the scroll bars. All the windows are connected so you can make changes
in any of the four windows.
7.8
There is another related facility available in Fireworkz that PipeDream
doesn’t have. It is the New view option. If you have another look at the
screen shot at the top of the previous page, you will see the New view
button on the right. If you select New view, you will find yourself with
two views of the same spreadsheet.
7.8
Although you can load the same spreadsheet twice in PipeDream, the two
documents are completely independent; in Fireworkz, the two views are of
the same document and so changes in one will immediately be displayed in
the second. A typical screen display is shown above.
7.8
Finally
7.8
Of the letters I received this month, more than usual include a phrase
similar to “Keep up the good work!”. I would like to take this
opportunity to say a “Thank you!” for expressing your gratitude. It
makes it all worthwhile.
7.8
Maybe we’ll see you at Harrogate? A
7.8
Help!!!!
7.8
• Acorn Access − I installed Acorn Access for a friend of mine and
everything appears to work fine except that it throws out a spurious
error − Expression is not a string − during the boot sequence. As the
cards were purchased from NCS, I rang to see if anyone else had come
across this before, and while Matthew was very helpful, his suggested
solution of placing !System higher in the !Boot file has had no effect.
The error only occurs when the second machine (of two) in the network is
booted so I can only assume it is directly attributable to Acorn Access
and is a bug in Acorn’s software. It is not critical and everything
works fine, just annoying! Dave Floyd, London NW10.
7.8
• C problems − In Archive 6.12 p33, I described how to get menu help to
work in C without the aid of the unavailable new RISC_OSLib.
Unfortunately, the process which I described has a drawback. Since
wimpt_init is now not called, the library is no longer informed of the
full name by which the program wishes to be known. This name is used in
the box which reports internal errors in the form “Error from X”. These
now simply read “Error from”. The only solution which I can come up with
(apart from switching to DeskLib) is to add the following line after
win_init().
7.8
strcpy (wimpt_programname (), “ProgName”);
7.8
Anyone who studies how this works, will rapidly realise that it is a bit
of a botch. I am not happy about it myself and it causes DDT to complain
violently. However, with a short program name like ArcTrack it does seem
to work. If anyone has a better solution, please let me know.
7.8
I have been trying to write some C code to make use of the Impulse
module. I have the Impulse II manual from CC, but it is not a model of
clarity. Simple commands work fine, but I am mystified as to how one
initiates a RAM transfer sequence. Anyone else had any success? Richard
Simpson, 16 Ashridge Cove, Farnborough, GU14 9UY.
7.8
• Modules galore? − I was interested to read about the availability of
the Drawfile module (Archive 7.7 p53). Does anyone know of any other
modules available − particularly anything to do with sound, e.g. a
Maestro player? Information about such modules would avoid a lot of
duplication of effort amongst programmers. Paul Hobbs, Ingolstadt,
Germany.
7.8
• Templates − Does anyone know of a program that will convert a
template file into code which I can use in assembler code? Also, is it
possible to get in contact with the programmer who was working on the
“Powershade” raytracer for Arxe. Please contact Stefan Fröhling, An den
Klippen 23, 57462 Olpe, Germany.
7.8
• VIDC enhancer problems − I bought a VIDC enhancer from a company that
shall remain nameless. It worked OK but the modes designer program did
not. The company ignored all my letters requesting help and some working
software. Does anyone know of any mode design software that will work
with a multiscan VIDC enhancer?
7.8
At the same time I bought a trackerball. It has never worked properly
from the day I got it and the company has ignored all my letters asking
them to fix it or replace it. If someone can get it working, I’ll
happily put it in the charity sale... and I shan’t be buying anything
from that company again. (Name supplied.)
7.8
• Wordworks − I received Wordworks as part of my upgrade to Impression
Style and everything seemed to work fine until I loaded Wordworks
directly, when I was confronted with an Address Exception at &0000AA60
and the dictionary not being loaded. I contacted Computer Concepts and
was told that deleting the Choices file would rectify this, which it
duly did. Unfortunately, this also means that every time I load
Wordworks, it uses the default settings because any configurations I
make can only be saved by creating another Choices file and thereby
recreating the Address Exception error. Is there another way around this
or will I have to wait for Publisher for the bug to have been
(hopefully) removed? Dave Floyd, London NW10.
7.8
Help Offered
7.8
• The ARM Club of Wales − This meets at the Roath Park Community Hall,
Cardiff on Wednesday nights (fortnightly) commencing 6th April 1994. The
meeting is open to non-members. Further details from Mr D.W.Rowlands, 9
Harlech Court, Hendredenny, Caerphilly, CF8 2TR. (0222-868635) A
7.8
FirstLogo
7.8
Joe Gallagher
7.8
Logo is the only computer language specifically mentioned in the
National Curriculum and whilst many teachers are appreciative of the
power of this open-ended program, a surprising number are intimidated by
the steepness of the learning curve that has to be scaled by teachers as
well as the children!
7.8
The standard Logo available first for the BBC range and later for the
Archimedes series, was Logotron Logo − and this is recognised to be a
powerful implementation of the language. However, it is not noted for
its friendliness to naive users. Many teachers are attracted by the
mathematical potential of turtle graphics but find that even this aspect
of Logo requires a fair bit of hand-holding if they want to introduce it
to young users.
7.8
A mouse driven turtle?
7.8
I was very interested to hear that Logotron, now part of the Longman
group, were producing a version of Logo aimed specifically at younger
children and other (older?) early users. Part of the problem of doing
Logo with young children has always been that of working with the idea
of angles which are always relative to the direction it is currently
pointing. This is usually referred to as its “heading”. Undoubtedly,
this is a useful feature and one which enables children to produce all
those attractive geometrical patterns which tend to adorn books about
Logo. However, for young children this can be quite confusing. It is for
this reason that many experts argue that children should have the
opportunity to “do Logo” with a mechanical turtle such as the Valiant
turtle.
7.8
Most people would agree with this in principle but the practicalities of
everyday class life, let alone the costs involved, mean that it would
not be possible to provide as much exposure to Logo as one would like,
using such a “concrete” approach. This program, FirstLogo, seemed an
ideal way of making the initial learning curve less intimidating by
allowing the child to use the mouse to move a turtle-like figure around
the screen, drawing as it goes.
7.8
Documentation
7.8
The program is accompanied by the customary high standard of
documentation that we have come to expect from the Longman stable. The
guide, although brief, is exceptionally clear and gives some useful
starting points for exploration with young children. The program disc
contains not only the main program but also example procedure files and
several useful background screens which can be loaded into the Picture
window to give a context for exploration with the turtle. The “turtle”
itself can be configured to one of several shapes to match the
background such as a spider to crawl around the scene of a web and so
forth.
7.8
Three ways to draw a line!
7.8
When the program is first started, you are presented with two windows −
the Notepad and the Picture window. The Notepad acts as a command line
interpreter as is found in most standard versions of the language. To
move the turtle, you type in the familiar commands and off the turtle
trundles in the Picture window. One novel feature of this version is
that when you edit a command which you issued earlier, the picture
window is updated accordingly.
7.8
There is an even simpler way to enter commands via the optional Slate.
This is another window which allows the child to write on the Notepad
simply by pressing the appropriate buttons.
7.8
In addition, FirstLogo can be operated almost entirely by mouse control.
The “turtle” can draw simply by being dragged in the desired direction
in the Picture window. The turns and moves are then translated into the
corresponding Logo commands in the Notepad window. This is undoubtedly a
nice feature and one which can only encourage much exploration and
experimentation. However, it would have been all the more useful if it
had been accompanied by the ability to constrain the moves to vertical
and horizontal lines or lines at 45-degree increments, by holding down,
for example, the shift key while executing the move. It is quite
difficult even for experienced hands to draw horizontal and vertical
lines freehand.
7.8
The toolbar
7.8
The Picture window also sports a toolbar which allows access to several
useful functions at the click of a button. These include three pre-
defined shapes, tools for measuring angles and distances, a button to
lift or drop the pen and one to change the colour of the ink. There is
also an icon showing two foot prints. Clicking on this results in the
program stepping through each stage of the work done.
7.8
Procedures
7.8
As a tool for exploring simple turtle graphics, there are few, if any,
complaints I can make about FirstLogo. However, I found that moving on
from this stage to that of using procedures quite frustrating − at least
initially.
7.8
The particular problems I encountered were to do with attempting to re-
use simple procedures by copying them. For instance, if a child were
making a house, he or she, having defined the moves necessary for one
window, could then re-use this code in order to produce another window
at a different point simply by copying the first procedure. Now an
object-orientated type of interface, such as that provided by FirstLogo,
would seem to complement ideally this building block approach towards
Logo. What better way could there be of manipulating procedures than to
have them represented by objects which can be copied or moved around in
different sequences?
7.8
Unfortunately, the way of doing this was not documented in the review
version of the program, either in the manual or in the form of a ReadMe
file on the disc. As a result, I spent several frustrating hours trying
to fathom out how to copy procedures from one part of the Notepad to
another before eventually giving up. A telephone call to Longman
revealed the secret, which is to select the procedure by dragging from
the left of the text margin rather than by double clicking on the object
in question. This information is apparently contained in a readme file
on the current batch of distribution discs. It is not in the manual
itself because Longman felt that it was best left to the teacher to
decide when it was appropriate for the child to have access to this
facility.
7.8
I think that this is a pity, as the “building block” approach is really
the stuff of Logo and it could be argued that the top down approach is
more effectively fostered by easy access to such an important feature of
the language. Moreover, it is not possible, as in most other versions of
the language, to call a procedure by typing its name. Attempting to do
this just results in a beep indicating an error.
7.8
In contrast, it is relatively easy to make more complex super-procedures
out of simpler ones and to repeat the procedures themselves. In this
way, quite elaborate patterns can quickly be built up with very little
programming overhead.
7.8
Conclusion: a step in the right direction?
7.8
While I certainly feel that FirstLogo is a step in the right direction,
it does seem to fall between two stools. On the one hand, the existence
of several windows for executing simple commands could lead to a
cluttered desktop for very young users and, on the other hand, the
process of building procedures seems more fiddly than it need be. I
liked the idea of using objects to denote procedures but, in practice,
manipulating procedures turned out to be not quite as simple nor as
intuitive as I thought they could be.
7.8
As it stands, FirstLogo represents a brave attempt to drag Logo into the
1990’s and bring the joys of the language to a wider audience.
Developing successful classroom practice with such an open-ended program
as Logo does take time and has as much to do with teaching strategies as
the intrinsic merits of a particular implementation of the language. In
the end, it will be the experiences of teachers with young children,
over a sustained period of time, that will determine the success or
failure of this program. Archive’s Educational Column would be an ideal
forum for evaluating a product like this on a long term basis.
7.8
FirstLogo is produced by Longman Logotron and costs £24 +VAT or £26
inclusive through Archive. A
7.8
Advanced Basic Programming − 2
7.8
Paul Hobbs
7.8
RISC OS messages
7.8
An interesting aspect of RISC OS is the message passing system which is
used extensively by the WIMP Manager to inform applications when a
window needs to be redrawn, for example. What may not be immediately
obvious, however, is that any application can send any message to
another application and that you can define your own messages.
7.8
A practical example would be the simulation of a double click on a file
icon to force a file to be loaded by another application − in fact,
duplicating the function of the Filer_Run command in RISC OS 3. The
advantage of using the following PROC is, of course, that it will work
with RISC OS 2 which Filer_Run will not. Note that some means of
claiming and releasing a block of workspace memory is assumed
(FN_heap_get and PROC_heap_release).
7.8
DEF PROCMessageSendDataLoad(type%,name$)
7.8
LOCAL msg_blk%
7.8
msg_blk% = FN_heap _get(256)
7.8
msg_blk%!00 = 256 :REM Size of message
7.8
msg_blk%!12 = 0 :REM your_ref (0 = original message not a reply)
7.8
msg_blk%!16 = 5 :REM DataOpen message action code
7.8
msg_blk%!20 = 0 :REM Normally Filer window handle containing
7.8
the file
7.8
msg_blk%!28 = 0 :REM Normally x offset of icon clicked on
7.8
msg_blk%!32 = 0 :REM Normally y offset of icon clicked on
7.8
msg_blk%!36 = 0 :REM Must be 0
7.8
msg_blk%!40 = type% :REM File type
7.8
$(msg_blk% + 44) = name$ + CHR$(0)
7.8
SYS “Wimp_SendMessage”,17,msg_blk%,0
7.8
PROC_heap_release(msg_blk%)
7.8
ENDPROC
7.8
With the above PROC, it would be possible for an application to create a
drawfile and then send it direct to Draw for viewing, avoiding the need
to write code to render the drawfile.
7.8
Further possibilities include simulating keypresses and menu selections,
bringing windows belonging to other applications to the top, forcing
other applications to shut down, etc. In fact, any message normally sent
by the Filer can be sent by other applications as well.
7.8
Loading template files
7.8
One problem with loading template files is discovering exactly how large
the buffer (which has to contain the largest template definition plus
space for all the indirected data) should be. Kate Crennell kindly sent
a Basic program which works this out, and there are many PD programs
that do the same thing, for example, TemplEd by Dick Alstein.
7.8
However, this is not the complete solution, because once the value
required is discovered, it is not a good idea simply to use this number
in the loading routine. Everything will be fine until someone modifies
the template files. The program will fail if the buffer proves to be too
small.
7.8
In order to make things as robust as possible, I consider the best
approach is to use a function to pass the value required to the loading
routine because then the program should never need altering even if the
template file is edited. The following routine opens the template file
and scans through it, returning the buffer size required.
7.8
TIME = 0
7.8
PROCScanTemplateFile(“Templates”,buff_size%, nr_templates%)
7.8
PRINT “Buffer size required = ” + STR$buff_ size% + “ (&” +
STR$~buff_size% + “)”
7.8
PRINT “Number of templates = ” + STR$nr_templates%
7.8
PRINT “Time : ”+STR$(TIME/100)+“ secs”
7.8
END
7.8
DEF PROCScanTemplateFile(filename$,RETURN buff_size%,RETURN
nr_templates%)
7.8
LOCAL pos%,total_indirsize%,largest_def%,file_ offset%
7.8
LOCAL buff%,X%,data_size%,entry_type%
7.8
LOCAL ctr%,char%,old_ptr%,nr_icons%,j%, flags%
7.8
REM Returns the size of the buffer needed by “Wimp_LoadTemplate”
7.8
pos% = 0:nr_templates% = 0:total_indirsize% = 0:largest_def% = 0
7.8
buff% = FN_heap_get(13)
7.8
X% = OPENIN(filename$) :REM Open the template file
7.8
PTR# X% = 16 :REM Skip header info
7.8
REPEAT
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,4
7.8
file_offset% = !buff%: REM File offset for this entry
7.8
IF file_offset% > 0 THEN
7.8
nr_templates% += 1
7.8
indirected_size% = 0
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,4
7.8
data_size% = !buff% :REM Size of data for this entry
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,4 :REM Read entry type
7.8
entry_type% = !buff% :REM Entry type (1 = window)
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,12 :REM Read window identifier string
7.8
old_ptr% = PTR# X% :REM Save current pointer position
7.8
PTR# X% = file_offset% + 56 :REM Move pointer to title flags word
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,4 :REM Read title bar flag word
7.8
flags% = !buff%
7.8
PTR# X% = file_offset% + 72 :REM Move pointer to start of title bar
data
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,12 :REM Read 3 words of title bar data
7.8
indirected_size%+=FNIconIndirSize(file_ offset%,flags%,buff%)
7.8
PTR# X% = file_offset% + 84 :REM Move pointer to icon count word
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,4 :REM Read number of icons
7.8
nr_icons% = !buff%
7.8
IF nr_icons% > 0 THEN
7.8
FOR j% = 0 TO nr_icons% - 1
7.8
PTR# X% = file_offset% + 88 + (j% * 32) + 16
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,4 :REM Read icon flag word
7.8
flags% = !buff%
7.8
PTR# X% = file_offset% + 88 + (j% * 32) + 20
7.8
SYS “OS_GBPB”,4,X%,buff%,12 :REM Read 3 words of icon data
7.8
indirected_size% += FNIconIndirSize (file_offset%,flags%,buff%)
7.8
NEXT j%
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
PTR# X% = old_ptr%
7.8
total_indirsize% += indirected_size%
7.8
IF data_size% > largest_def% THEN
7.8
largest_def% = data_size%
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
UNTIL file_offset% = 0
7.8
CLOSE# X% :REM Close the template file
7.8
PROC_heap_release(buff%) :REM Release workspace buffer
7.8
buff_size% = largest_def% + total_indirsize%
7.8
ENDPROC
7.8
DEF FNIconIndirSize(file_offset%,flags%,data%)
7.8
LOCAL size%,valid_offset%,ctr%,char%
7.8
IF (flags% AND &800100) = &100 THEN
7.8
size% = data%!8
7.8
IF (flags% AND 1) AND (data%!4 <> -1) THEN
7.8
valid_offset% = data%!4
7.8
PTR# X% = file_offset% + valid_offset%
7.8
ctr% = 0
7.8
REPEAT
7.8
char% = BGET# X%
7.8
ctr% += 1
7.8
UNTIL char% < 32
7.8
size% = size% + ctr%
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
ELSE
7.8
size% = 0
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
= size%
7.8
DEF FN_heap_get(size%)
7.8
LOCAL ptr%,heap%,flags%
7.8
REM Returns pointer to new memory block unless claim fails
7.8
REM in which case -1 is returned
7.8
REM First find start address of RMA
7.8
SYS “OS_ReadDynamicArea”,1 TO heap%
7.8
REM Now claim memory, trapping errors by using X form of SWI
7.8
SYS “XOS_Module”,6,,,size% TO ,,ptr%;flags%
7.8
REM If error occured return -1, else return address of allocated
7.8
REM block
7.8
IF (flags% AND 1) THEN ptr% = -1
7.8
= ptr%
7.8
DEF PROC_heap_release(RETURN ptr%)
7.8
LOCAL maxfree%,nrpages%,flags%
7.8
REM Returns 0 if block released OK
7.8
REM Returns -1 if operation failed (i.e. block doesn’t exist)
7.8
SYS “XOS_Module”,7,,ptr% TO ;flags%:REM Free the block
7.8
IF (flags% AND 1) = 0 THEN
7.8
REM Block was released successfully
7.8
ptr% = 0
7.8
ELSE
7.8
REM Error occured trying to free the
7.8
REM block, return -1 to signal to the
7.8
REM program that something went wrong
7.8
REM (normally the program would ignore
7.8
REM this anyway)
7.8
ptr% = -1
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
ENDPROC
7.8
However, RISC OS 3 has a facility to find out much more easily the
buffer sizes required. It is advisable to use the official method
whenever RISC OS 3 is detected as it is much faster − try the routines
yourself and you will see. A practical program will of course need to
include both routines to ensure compatibility with RISC OS 2.
7.8
TIME = 0
7.8
PROCScanTemplateFile(“Templates”,buff_ size%,nr_templates%)
7.8
PRINT “Buffer size required = ” + STR$buff_size% + “ (&” +
7.8
STR$~buff_size% + “)”
7.8
PRINT “Number of templates = ” + STR$nr_templates%
7.8
PRINT “Time : ”+STR$(TIME/100)+“ secs”
7.8
END
7.8
DEF PROCScanTemplateFile(filename$,RETURN buff_size%,RETURN
nr_templates%)
7.8
LOCAL pos%,total_indirsize%,largest_def%, file_offset%
7.8
LOCAL buff%
7.8
LOCAL ctr%,char%,old_ptr%,nr_icons%,j%, flags%
7.8
REM Returns the size of the buffer needed by “Wimp_LoadTemplate”
7.8
REM and the number of templates in the file
7.8
pos% = 0:nr_templates% = 0
7.8
total_indirsize% = 0:largest_def% = 0
7.8
buff% = FN_heap_get(13)
7.8
SYS “Wimp_OpenTemplate”,,filename$
7.8
REPEAT
7.8
$buff% = “*”
7.8
REM the following only works on RISC OS 3
7.8
SYS “Wimp_LoadTemplate”,,-1,,,,buff%,pos% TO
,buff_size%,indirsize%,,,,pos%
7.8
IF pos% <> 0 THEN
7.8
IF buff_size% > largest_def% THEN largest_def% = buff_size%
7.8
total_indirsize% += indirsize%
7.8
nr_templates% += 1
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
UNTIL pos% = 0
7.8
SYS “Wimp_CloseTemplate”
7.8
buff_size% = largest_def% + total_indirsize%
7.8
PROC_heap_release(buff%)
7.8
ENDPROC
7.8
DEF FN_heap_get(size%)
7.8
LOCAL ptr%,heap%,flags%
7.8
REM Returns pointer to new memory block unless claim fails
7.8
REM in which case -1 is returned
7.8
REM First find start address of RMA
7.8
SYS “OS_ReadDynamicArea”,1 TO heap%
7.8
REM Now claim memory, trapping errors by using X form of SWI
7.8
SYS “XOS_Module”,6,,,size% TO ,,ptr%;flags%
7.8
REM If error occured return -1, else return address of allocated
7.8
REM block
7.8
IF (flags% AND 1) THEN ptr% = -1
7.8
= ptr%
7.8
DEF PROC_heap_release(RETURN ptr%)
7.8
LOCAL maxfree%,nrpages%,flags%
7.8
REM Returns 0 if block released OK
7.8
REM Returns -1 if operation failed (i.e. block doesn’t exist)
7.8
SYS “XOS_Module”,7,,ptr% TO ;flags%:REM Free the block
7.8
IF (flags% AND 1) = 0 THEN
7.8
REM Block was released successfully
7.8
ptr% = 0
7.8
ELSE
7.8
REM Error occured trying to free the
7.8
REM block, return -1 to signal to the
7.8
REM program that something went wrong
7.8
REM (normally the program would ignore
7.8
REM this anyway)
7.8
ptr% = -1
7.8
ENDIF
7.8
ENDPROC
7.8
RISC OS 3 detection
7.8
It is sometimes useful to know which version of RISC OS your program is
running under, either to take advantage of the new features or,
alternatively, to abort the program if if won’t run at all under RISC OS
2. Here is a function to find out if RISC OS 3 is installed.
7.8
It relies on the fact that the Utility Module has the same version
number as RISC OS (perhaps a dangerous assumption − does anyone have a
better routine?). As usual, some method of claiming and releasing a
block of workspace is also assumed.
7.8
DEF FNRO3_Present
7.8
LOCAL blk%,len%,result$
7.8
REM Returns TRUE if RISC OS 3 is present, otherwise FALSE
7.8
blk% = FN_get_heap(256) :REM Claim some workspace
7.8
OSCLI(“Set RO3$Check Y”) :REM Set a system variable to “Y”
7.8
REM The next line sets the system variable
7.8
REM to “N” if RISC OS 3 or better is
7.8
REM not present.
7.8
OSCLI(“RMEnsure UtilityModule 3.00 Set RO3$Check N”)
7.8
REM Now we check the value of the system
7.8
REM variable by reading it into a buffer
7.8
SYS “OS_ReadVarVal”,“RO3$Check”,blk%,256,0,0 TO ,,len%
7.8
REM Add string terminator so that BASIC can read it
7.8
blk%?len% = 13
7.8
REM Unset the system variable to tidy things up
7.8
OSCLI(“Unset RO3$Check”)
7.8
result$ = $blk%
7.8
PROC_heap_release(blk%)
7.8
IF result$ = “N” THEN = FALSE ELSE = TRUE
7.8
(All the programs plus a few other useful bits and pieces are on the
Archive monthly disc.) A
7.8
Pocket Book Column
7.8
Audrey Laski
7.8
There has been a lively response to the opening of a Pocket Book column;
I have tried by judicious filleting to use something of nearly all the
contributions that have come in, and look forward to the next batch.
7.8
Dunce’s corner
7.8
This is where I regularly expose my own idiocies and failures to read
the manual properly, for the comfort of my peers. This month, it’s
questions of memory. I had been getting rather anxious about the way the
available memory seemed to be shrinking, and used TAB to examine details
of the individual files. The Card file where I keep a record of time-
shifted television programmes waiting to be viewed on videotapes, seemed
to have become enormous, though we haven’t many tapes. When John pointed
me back to the manual, I discovered that I had been failing to compress
after my frequent updatings of these records, so that ghost entries were
more than doubling the amount of memory this file occupied. No sooner
had I saved space by compressing all my Card files, than I got a letter
from John Woodthorpe, of Rugby, pointing out that by keeping the Remote
Link permanently configured, as I had admitted in the last column, I was
both tying up memory and using battery life. That rescued another 20Kb.
Anyone worried about space should perhaps check that there are no
follies like mine cluttering it up − if you find any other kinds, please
let me know.
7.8
More on A-Link/Psion compatibility
7.8
John Woodthorpe’s letter was packed with good things and I will cite it
again and again. He confirms that “the A-Link and PocketFS work well
with both the Series 3 and 3a, although there are occasional hangups,
especially in converting large word processor files to RTF”. He hopes an
upgrade to PocketFS2 will cure this problem but, like the rest of us, he
is still waiting for Acorn Direct to produce this.
7.8
He also strongly recommends a series of programs produced as PD and
Shareware for the Series 3 and 3a, most of which will run on the Pocket
Book. Their provider, a group called 3-Lib, run by Steve Lichfield,
supplies them at present on 1.44Mb or 720Kb PC format floppies which
means, of course, that they need to be rejigged by the PC Emulator or
SparkFS. To get the whole set, you need to send three 1.44 or eight 720
floppies plus £7 to 3-Lib, 8 Grove Farm, Mytchett, Surrey, GU16 6AQ − or
simply an SAE will get you their catalogue. I’m certainly going to try
them, and hope they may soon enable a direct Archive version in a PD
Library. (STOP PRESS! Just received the discs. Our !Spark doesn’t seem
to want to unzip all of them, so better wait till next column for
further news.)
7.8
Bugs and bothers
7.8
Both John Woodthorpe and Robert Newmark of Cleadon, Sunderland suggest,
for Paul’s problem of the “backup battery low” complaint, removing the
backup battery, without touching it with fingers, and gently cleaning it
and the contacts. The latter, John Woodthorpe says, with a cotton bud
moistened with alcohol. This seems to have solved the problem for them,
but I understand that it hasn’t worked for Paul.
7.8
(Lots of people have made similar suggestions and all seem to agree that
it’s a contact problem and a fairly common one at that, but I haven’t
solved mine yet. John Woodgate, Rayleigh, Essex says, “I believe the
problem with the battery low warnings is that the detection circuitry is
set incorrectly. You should send it to be repaired but be careful to
point out that you have put in a brand new battery and still get the
same problems − or they may just replace the battery and send it back!”
Ed.)
7.8
Robert Newmark has had A-Link problems that I recognise. While working
on batteries, he got the “Remote device disconnected” message when, as
far as he was concerned, it was connected and switched on. He thinks it
may have been caused by marginally low batteries. I used to get it
because I had the automatic switch-off occurring very frequently and
hadn’t thought of cancelling it while I worked with the A310. Any other
thoughts?
7.8
He has also had a difficulty with trying to transfer an open file, which
led to an error message. More seriously, trying to transfer that file
thereafter always produced an endless hour-glass, only cancelled by
switching off his A3000. I had a similar experience when first using the
A-Link, and have never dared try to transfer an open file since, so that
I don’t know whether or not this behaviour has been treated as a bug and
eliminated in the A-Link upgrade. Advice would be welcome − meanwhile I
can only say, “Don’t do it, babe! i.e. always close files before
transferring them”.
7.8
Spell dictionaries
7.8
Peter Young of Cheltenham points out that, contrary to what is stated in
the manual, a document dictionary is created at the moment you start to
check a document with Spell, and stays around in the D$S directory, even
if you put no words into it. It’s therefore worth keeping an eye on this
directory and weeding out useless dictionaries. However, he adds that a
dictionary containing technical terms − “writing your Hints and Tips for
Archive”, for example − should be saved when the document is deleted so
that, “when you write your next Hint and Tip, you can give the document
the same name, and the dictionary will be used again, saving you a bit
of time.” He also notes that the new version of Spell, which comes on
the Schedule SSD, has an Alternates (actually called “Options”) menu
slightly different from that illustrated in the manual and asks, “Is
this a quirk of this version of Spell?”
7.8
Endnote
7.8
I was delighted to get a letter from Ian Horsey, of Llangefni, Gwynedd,
who is using his Pocket Book as an invaluable adjunct to his GCSE
studies − evidence that it is doing the educational job it was primarily
built for, as well as supporting superannuated teachers like me. He
shares the wish for Password Protection; “computer illiterate friends”
can cause disastrous losses. A
7.8
(Pocket Book Magazine? I’m toying with the idea of starting a Pocket
Book magazine. I think we would have to call it a Newsletter at first as
I don’t think we could produce 80 pages a month just about the Pocket
Book. If there were anyone who would like to run such a newsletter
themselves, I would support them by giving as much information as I
could get from my contacts at Acorn. If there is no-one who would like
to do it as a hobby, we could do it here at Norwich Computer Services
but would have to charge a subscription of, say, £10 a year to make it
worthwhile financially.
7.8
Please let me or Audrey know what you think of the idea. Thanks. Ed.)
7.8
Sea, Trade & Empire − A Key Datafile
7.8
Paul Cross
7.8
Key is a database that has been with us some time. Cast your minds back
to the good old days of the 32Kb BBC Micro when, at that time, the only
database available was Key. Many struggled with the complexity of
setting up their own databases and managed to enter ten or so records.
Interrogation, was the next task, meaningless graphs and the comment, ‘I
could work that out for myself’ were seen and heard!
7.8
Rethink
7.8
Since that time, many databases have become available that are friendly
to use and ideally suited to the requirement of the National Curriculum
to set up your own database. Meaningful interrogation, on the other
hand, requires a large database with numerical and textual content.
Enter Key datafiles. Under review here is the one entitled, ‘Sea, Trade
& Empire’. It is aimed mainly at Key Stage 3 History: Expansion, Trade
and Industry.
7.8
What do you get for your money?
7.8
It is available for the Acorn range of computers at £22 +VAT and
includes one disc containing a number of datafiles, drawfiles and a map,
plus a detailed booklet containing study sheets for use with students.
This cost is inclusive of site licence, which also allows you to print
out maps and illustrations, for use within the purchasing establishment,
as well as using the data and maps in multimedia presentations, so long
as this is not for financial gain.
7.8
The technical bit
7.8
The datafiles are:- Ships named Lion, Shaw Savill Ships, Combined Crews
1874 − 1900, and Nineteenth Century Ports. The latter contains
information on the latitude and longitude of the ports which can be used
with Key Plus Maps to plot their positions at any scale. Some of the
files can also be used with Keynote.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
If you teach Geography, History or IT subjects at Key Stage 3, you will
find the vast amounts of data useful for research and the package of
good value.
7.8
Anglia Television suggest it could be used with ‘Ships and Seafarers’ at
Key Stage 2, but, as a primary school teacher myself, I would have
little use for it and would rather spend my money on datafiles directly
related to my areas of the curriculum. An example would be Viking World,
also from Anglia Television, at the same price, i.e. £22 +VAT. A
7.8
Electronic CAD on an Archimedes − 5
7.8
Richard Torrens
7.8
It must be obvious from March’s Archive that the electronics software
business is currently very active and there have been several recent
developments which I would like to mention briefly before I go on to
discuss another hot chestnut − that of Acorn’s recommended style for
RISC OS applications − during the writing of this series I have formed
some of my own opinions. These may be useful to programmers generally,
not simply to those writing electronics programs − and if we, the users,
can tell the programmers what we want, then I feel we should.
7.8
I have also had an official ‘warning’ about getting too technical.
Although I am prepared to do that, it is best kept to discs and private
correspondence so if you wish to contact me, see the end of this
article.
7.8
Fastrax
7.8
Just as I was sending off part 4 to Paul, an envelope arrived through my
door containing a pre-release version of Fastrax from Techsoft. I
started playing with the software and was very impressed. This is a very
capable little PCB designer, packed with features. There were no
instructions − but operation was, for the most part, pretty obvious.
7.8
So I rang Techsoft and had a long chat with Richard Amy, the author. The
program is aimed at schools rather than high-powered users. Richard used
to work for Linear Graphics so knew LinTrack well: several ideas have
been transplanted (perhaps this was why I was initially so impressed).
7.8
So I decided to port a board that I was designing across from Vector:
problem 1, Fastrax is not intended for drawfile import (not surprising
as no software author could be expected to anticipate any consistent
usage of Draw). However, Fastrax import drawfiles and can make some
sensible use of them: it the draw object is red (the colour of Fastrax’s
copper layer) the object ends up on the copper layer. Fastrax also has a
‘Draw’ layer where a drawing of the component can be placed. This is not
the same as the silk screen layer − Techsoft supply a file of resistors
that are Draw objects and are colour-coded so you can see a picture of
how the board will end up. Very nice for schools, but for an industrial
user it is interesting rather than useful.
7.8
Of course, any program intended for power use can only become a powerful
program by being used to debug it and polish the user interface. This is
a pre-release version, so I have been able to give Techsoft some
feedback, and Richard Amy he has been altering the program as a result.
7.8
Here I come to another point: a user interface which is easy to pick up
is also almost certain to be tedious for power use. A beginner wants
mouse interface but the experienced user works far quicker through the
keyboard. Fastrax is an educational program and does not yet have a good
power user interface, but Techsoft are working on this. The problem is
that a power user interface can really only evolve through a lot of use
over a length of time and it can take a lot of programming time for
relatively little commercial return. As Techsoft see it, the Archimedes
PCB CAD market is not large enough to justify this investment of time.
Also, Techsoft are essentially in the education market. Their
programming time is expensive, so has to be productive.
7.8
There is a distinct difference here between OakPCB and Fastrax on the
one hand and Vector and RiscCAD on the other. Jonathan Marten (Vector)
and David Buck (RiscCAD) both have full time jobs: they program for fun
so their programming time does not have to be measured in £ per hour but
in satisfaction per hour. Vector is, by any meaningful measure, a power
program with a double interface: WIMP for the beginner and keyboard for
the power user. The problem is that Vector is not aimed at PCBs, so has
none of the productivity aids one could hope for. So my current dilemma
is which is better for me, Vector or Fastrax? Time will doubtless tell −
but I cannot afford time, I have too much work to do on the design
front. As Fastrax is still growing it may well end up the winner but for
the moment Vector’s powerful user interface wins, if only by a whisker.
7.8
Between OakPCB and Fastrax I think there is no decision to be made:
Fastrax wins hands down. Oak has connectivity, so does Fastrax, but Oak
cannot edit multiple objects in the same way as Fastrax. In Oak you can
move an IC and all the tracks move with it but in FT you can pick up an
IC together with a whole group of surrounding bits and pieces and move
them all as one, with interconnecting tracks stretching as necessary. If
you choose the correct bits to move, things are a lot easier. This is
possible with OakPCB in theory − but try it on a dense board and you
will see what I mean.
7.8
Although my version is pre-release, FT also seems quite robust. I found
very few actual bugs to report back: most of my suggestions were to do
with the power user interface. Fastrax is priced at £75, the same price
as Oak now is. Fastrax also can put pads on the copper side, component
side or both, just as you wish. Oak cannot. Pads are on both sides
whether you like it or not. Oak can do a 4 layer board which Fastrax
cannot, but I cannot see anyone in education using OakPCB for a 4 layer
board − or do schools have facilities to produce 4 layer prototypes?
Fastrax also has round, oval and square pads, with or without centre
hole. Oak has round or square with a centre hole as well as a selection
of surface mount pads. Oak is much more Draw-like than FT whereas FT has
a more individual look which I find far better in practice. OakPCB also
tends (like Draw) to bog down as the drawing/PCB grows. There was little
sign of this with Fastrax which seems a lot easier to use.
7.8
Much of the problem in the area of PCB software area, as with other
areas of the Archimedes software market, is that there are considered to
be insufficient demand to justify commercial programming time for
sophisticated packages and until the sophisticated packages are
available there is nothing to attract buyers. However, both Vector and
Fastrax could be developed in this direction − so if this is what you
want, let me know so I can give them feedback.
7.8
CADMust
7.8
Which brings me neatly on to CADMust. This is fast overtaking the rest
of the field and I think I owe USArc an apology because my last mention
of it was far too negative. I don’t wish to discourage USArc − I need a
program such as CADMust, but how do you encourage authors to move their
program in the direction you think it should go? However, CADMust
version 1.2 is now just about ready and it seems much improved over
earlier versions so that, for probably 99% of users, it seems to be just
about everything they could desire. CADMust is expensive − but there are
literally many man-years of thought and programming in the program and
it is not simply a program for drawing PCBs but a complete design system
with advanced features such as schematic capture, back annotation,
automatic routing etc etc. I have not yet fully got to grips with the
program, so I will not go into much more detail, but if you are into
maximum automation of your PCB design, this would appear to be the
market leader and it has now come of age. I shall return to it later.
7.8
CADMust is available in the UK through Castle Technology, 0728-621222.
7.8
RiscCAD/RiscPCB
7.8
Then there is RiscPCB (for lack of another name) which David Buck is
writing, based on RiscCAD. He has already swapped ‘wish lists’ with me,
so is starting to think it through. What facilities do you want? You
don’t often get a chance to influence the programmer, but you have
several here.
7.8
Suggestions − Vector
7.8
I have had a suggestion (which has been passed on) that Vector should
include a method of entering a line, circle, box or whatever from the
keyboard: you enter the length, in millimetres or whatever, and Vector
creates the line which you then move into place. Alternatively, maybe
you could enter a start point then enter the length. This way, the start
point would have to remain where you put it and, as you have just
entered the length, the ‘free’ end would be constrained to a circular
path until you dumped it when it would become an ordinary object.
7.8
In 1992, Risc User published a program ‘Draw Tools’ which enables you to
enter a line, box, arc etc from the keyboard and drag it to a drawfile.
The program was available on Risc User Special Disc 5.
7.8
Whilst I am on the subject of reader feedback, I had about ten requests
for discs in response to the first in the series about using DrawPlus
for circuit diagrams. This would seem to reveal quite an interest in the
subject.
7.8
Acorn Style Guide
7.8
This is currently a hot potato, so here is my halfpennyworth... It is
indeed very important that we have a consistent user interface. But we
must not be consistent to the point of fossilization: too much
‘consistency’ and evolution stops. Also, if Acorn’s style is too rigidly
applied, there is a danger that original programming will be inhibited.
Those who indulge in excessive ‘RISC-OS’ification risk ossification
(sorry − I couldn’t resist that!). We Acorn users are not into excessive
standardization − or we would still be using MS-DOS machines, heaven
forfend. Rather, programmers must use the ‘Style guide’ as a guide to
the minimum acceptable standard − don’t be afraid to change it, but if
you do, make sure that the new method is a considerable improvement.
7.8
This tirade comes about because, during my investigations into PCB
design software two things have become all too apparent. Firstly, every
programmer seems to think that !Draw is intended for CAD and secondly
that !Draw does not work for PCBs or for circuit diagrams. I refer
particularly for the problems with Draw’s bounding boxes and the
difficulty of making a multiple selection of Draw objects (I covered
this in part 1, on drawing circuit diagrams). Every PCB design package
that I have so far examined, uses Bounding boxes and every package
without exception suffers as a consequence. However, there is an
alternative. Moreover, this alternative should not conflict with
existing user interfaces as it is an additional method which seems (to
me) to fit quite naturally into the existing style, extending it, not
replacing it.
7.8
Proposal
7.8
In addition to Select mode and Edit mode, I propose a new mode, let us
call it Multi-edit mode. On entering this mode, you can point to any
object and click the mouse. However, the routine doesn’t search for
objects but searches for points within a radius of the pointer. The
search radius is related to the scale of the drawing, so the search
radius will probably be a constant distance on the screen. If the point
belongs to a grouped object, the whole object changes colour or flashes
or announces itself in some such manner. If the point is a node in an
ungrouped object, it (the node) flashes in the same way. Pressing
<select> will ‘accept’ the node (or complete group) whilst pressing
<adjust> will ‘reject’ the item. An accepted node is considered to be
picked and will be operated upon when ‘picking’ has finished. The
routine then searches through for another point within the search radius
and flashes this for selection/rejection and so on until all the data
has been searched (when it is probably best to re-search the same data
again since, if the user is still searching, then he hasn’t picked up
something he wants). The pointer may be moved about (when no point is
flashing) so any number of points/objects may be picked.
7.8
The ‘picking’ routine is ended very easily by pressing <menu>. The user
now has a choice of what to do with the selection, which may be Delete,
Copy, Move, or whatever is appropriate to the program. For PCB work,
this includes ‘Pull’ which enables all picked objects and points to be
moved. If only one end of a track is picked, this segment stretches
rubber-band style. In this way, ends of tracks will be picked up with
components for moving whilst still retaining connectivity. For other
drawing work, the user can unambiguously make his selection with a
minimum of confusion. Apart from the search time, the routine works as
well with a complex drawing as it does with a simple one − which cannot
be said of Draw style selecting.
7.8
In addition to doing a search within a radius of the pointer, the user
should also have the option of selecting a rectangular area. The area
can be set by well-established wimp methods of dragging a box. In ‘area
select’ mode, the user has a choice of Select/Reject all points within
the area one at a time or he can select all objects which lie totally
within the area or he can select objects which cross the area. Since
‘area select’ mode is part of the picking routine, it can be combined
with point picking so the user can easily select the exact combination
of points/objects that he requires.
7.8
Feedback
7.8
If you have any comments/suggestions/criticisms/requests you can contact
me at: 4QD, 30 Reach Road, Burwell, Cambridgeshire, CB5 0AH. Phone or
fax on 0638-741930 at any reasonable time (I work from home). A
7.8
Small Ads
7.8
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.8
• A3000, RISC OS 3.1, 4MB (no monitor), discs and manuals £350.
PipeDream3 £30. PipeDream4 £80. Easiwriter (2.07) £60. Superior Golf
£10. Or all for £500. Phone 0462-682961.
7.8
• A3010 Family Solution, upgraded to 2Mb RAM, 3 months old, mint cond.
£295 o.n.o. Phone 0782-771914 or 412515 Ext 4034.
7.8
• A4 Model II, 4Mb, 60Mb HD, PC Emulator, boxed, good cond. £1149
o.n.o. A3000 Learning curve, 2Mb RAM, boxed, never used + Philips
monitor only £249 o.n.o. A310 1Mb RAM, Acorn 2-slot backplane £149
o.n.o. Phone 0420-83473.
7.8
• A4 Notebook, 4Mb 60M HD + software inc. Pipedream 4 and Impression
II, £1350. Eizo 9060S multiscan monitor £295. Canon BJ200 bubble jet
printer £199. Part exchange for BBC Master + cash. Phone 0254-771656
after 5pm.
7.8
• A4 Portable (4Mb RAM, 60Mb drive), 7 months old, carry-case, mains
adapter, spare battery and software inc. Artworks, Impression II, Visual
Backup, RemoteFS, PC Emulator v1.81, MS-DOS 5, and Compression. Mint
condition, warranty, boxed, £995 o.n.o. or may exchange for mint A5000.
Phone 0782-771914 or 412515 Ext 4034.
7.8
• A4000 £499. 4Mb RAM, 40Mb disc, 16 months old, ex cond. Carriage can
be arranged. Phone Tracey or Paul on Ipswich 0473 728943.
7.8
• A410/1 4Mb memory, Eizo monitor, some S/W, lots of books, back issues
of Archive with discs. £650. Phone 051-356-5969.
7.8
• Acorn PocketBook, 9 months old, mains adapter, A-Link, Schedule,
Printer interface, ex cond, boxed, £100 o.n.o. Phone 0782-771914 or
412515 Ext 4034.
7.8
• Any offers for RISC OS 2 user guide/manuals and A3000 monitor stand
plinths which fit on top of computers. Contact Charlie Alford 0533-
667566 or 0533-660123.
7.8
• Brother 1509 136-column dot matrix printer (takes A3 landscape
fashion), manual, £70. Akhter twin 5¼“ disc drive 40/80 track, boxed,
manual, £40. Sliding tray storage box for 5¼” discs £10. Phone 0276-
22031.
7.8
• CC Turbo Driver HP Deskjet £30, Ace ProDriver (Deskjet/Paintjet) £15,
DBedit £15, DeskEdit 3 £15, Compression £19, KeyStroke £12, FontDir £19,
Vigil £10, ABC v2 £18, Euclid £19, Splice £13, Mogul £10, Aldebaran £15,
Elite £15, Cataclysm £10, Pandora’s Box £10, Drop ship £8, Text Aid £6,
GraphBox £19, DrawAid £7, Interdictor 2 £10. Phone 0245-422237.
7.8
• Cumana 600 CD-ROM drive. Brand new & unused. Guaranteed. £390. Phone
0245-422237.
7.8
• Easiword £20, Grievous Bodily ’Arm £10, Blowpipe £10, Interdictor II
£12, Enter the Realm £10, SWIV £7.95, Chocks Away £5, Blitz £10, Saloon
Cars Deluxe £15, Cataclysm £10, Squirrel v1.21 Manual £4, Quickshot
Maverick 1M Joystick £10, Quickshot Python 3 Joystick £5. All sensible
offers considered. All prices exclusive of P&P. Contact: Jon Aylwin,
“Oak Villa”, 4 St. Margarets Close, Hollingarth Way, Hemyock,
Cullompton, Devon, EX15 3XJ.
7.8
• Juki 6100 daisywheel printer £10, buyer collects (Herts). Phone 0462-
682961.
7.8
• OPL and User manual for the Series 3, (useful if you have the Psion
emulator) £7 the pair. Documentation copy of C development kit for the
Series 3 (also applicable to the Pocket Book) £30. (Anyone who knows C
and wants more from OPL would find these VERY useful.) Also supplied are
PC disks containing the Psion C library routines for a TopSpeed
compiler. Both in good condition & cover other aspects of the machine.
Phone Mark after 6pm on 0905-754277.
7.8
• PipeDream 4 £80, Telephone K Tompkins 0276-28932.
7.8
• Psion 3 (256k), £110. Star LC24-10 Printer £90. Phillips 8833
Monitor, £100. Acorn DTP, 1st Word Plus and Logistix, £25 for all three.
Tel 0903-813524.
7.8
• Wanted A4 Computer in good working condition. Contact A Campbell,
0626-853774.
7.8
• Wanted Drafting or CAD Package. PDT for preference. Kenneth Hynes
071-609-9969.
7.8
Charity Sales − The following items are available for sale in aid of
charity. PLEASE do not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check
if the items are still available. Thank you.
7.8
We sold all our charity items at the Open Day and raised over £300 for
the Quidenham Children’s Hospice. Please send us some more items to sell
for charity. Thanks. A
7.8
Keyboard Trainer
7.8
Phillip Coffey
7.8
Are you aged between 5 and 105? Would you like to learn to play any type
of music from simple folk tunes such as ‘Michael Row the Boat’ to
Mozart’s ‘Piano Sonata in A major’ with a bit of blues and fusion thrown
in for good measure? Then Keyboard Trainer from Minerva Software could
be for you.
7.8
What Keyboard Trainer does
7.8
Keyboard Trainer is a way of using an Archimedes RISC OS computer to
learn to play a keyboard instrument. There are sixty-two lessons in
carefully graded steps starting with the assumption that the student has
no knowledge of music notation or keyboard instruments whatsoever. The
lessons are mainly tutorial, providing information about matters such as
the arrangement of notes on the keyboard, musical notation on the stave,
hand position, note duration and rhythm. These are interspersed with
easy-to-play music, enabling the student to practise newly acquired
knowledge and skills. Nine games introduce an element of fun to what
some might consider a serious or tedious subject.
7.8
Manual
7.8
The software is supplied on an 800Kb floppy disc and comes with a 44
page A5-size manual. The latter is nicely produced, well laid out and is
straight-forward to use. However, once the program is up and running
there is little need to consult the manual.
7.8
Midi interface
7.8
Keyboard Trainer requires the Archimedes computer to be attached to a
Midi keyboard via an Acorn compatible Midi interface. Users with an EMR
Midi interface will need to use an additional piece of software
available from EMR, the HCCS interface (Acorn SWI Emulator) software.
7.8
Which keyboard?
7.8
There are many different makes of keyboard and a bewildering array of
models by each manufacturer, so it is important that the software is
configured correctly for the particular keyboard in use. Twenty-four of
the most popular keyboards by Casio, Roland and Yamaha are recognised
and have configuration files provided. If you are unfortunate enough to
own a keyboard that is not included on their list, Minerva may be able
to help. (A HelpLine exists for registered users after 3.30p.m.)
Alternatively, if you are familiar with the Midi channels on your
keyboard, you may be able to make your own configuration file. This is
done by loading an existing configuration into !Edit and changing the
channels and saving the file under a new file name. The manual explains
how to do this. Once configuration is sorted out, this is saved and
remembered by the program.
7.8
Starting simple
7.8
The program is loaded in the usual way and installed on the iconbar. An
introductory menu lists the lessons. Different icons indicate the three
types of lesson: tutorials, games or tunes. It is easy to select the
required lesson. The first lesson assumes absolutely no prior knowledge
of piano keyboards and explains why a keyboard has black and white
notes.
7.8
Musical space ships
7.8
This leads straight on to the first game where certain keys must be
pressed to get your space ship back to base before being blasted by
rockets from an alien space ship. I managed this whilst the keys were in
the first finger position, but then there seemed to be no keyboard logic
to the selection of keys to press. Consequently, I either pressed too
many wrong notes or got blasted by the alien. I never succeeded in this
lesson.
7.8
After completing a lesson, the next lesson in the sequence is
automatically selected which is a good idea. Lessons can be selected in
any order by using the mouse.
7.8
Easy play music
7.8
Lesson four and five introduce the first five notes of the treble clef
and the five finger position. In practice, if too many wrong notes are
played, the lesson stops with an invitation to try again. The first tune
is a simple eight bar piece using the first five notes in first finger
position. As with all the tunes, it is possible to listen first, alter
the tempo (slowing it right down if necessary), record your own efforts
and replay the piece with your own contribution included with the in-
built accompaniment. Wrong notes are indicated.
7.8
The lessons and exercises dealing with note duration (crotchets and
quavers) were good, although on some of the scored practices, it was
possible to score highly even when making fundamental mistakes. For
example, the exercise on tied notes, it was possible to score 2002 by
playing four crotchets instead of one crotchet, a quaver followed by a
quaver tied to a minim. Some other scored practices gave no marks for
totally wrong entries.
7.8
The Note Invaders game was fun.
7.8
Automatic accompaniments
7.8
Most home keyboards have automatic accompaniments where the student
plays chords with the left hand and the keyboard plays back an amazing
accompaniment with rhythm, bass and drums. Chords are introduced in the
program, but not enough practice is provided. At no time is the student
able to play a piece of music with left and right hand together or to
play chords with the left hand whilst the computer plays the tune.
7.8
Chord patterns are introduced with twelve-bar blues, but again there is
no opportunity for the student to practise playing this. Other chord
patterns such as C − Am − F − G7 are not mentioned.
7.8
There is a minor chord tutorial, but again there is no practice.
7.8
Finale
7.8
The final tunes of Mozart’s ‘Piano Sonata in A major’ and Dvorak’s ‘New
World Symphony’ (29 bars) were very nice and anyone starting as a
complete novice from the beginning could achieve a sense of satisfaction
at playing these pieces and completing the course.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
Keyboard Trainer is a very simple, easy-to-use computer program that
would help a complete novice learn his/her way around a keyboard and
learn the very basics of musical notation and rhythm. Simple tunes using
the right hand could also be played with satisfaction with the
accompaniment provided by the program. However, the use of left-hand
chords for automatic accompaniments is fundamental to playing a keyboard
and this area is not at all well covered. There is some space left on
the program disc and it may be useful to include some of the above
mentioned omissions in future versions.
7.8
Keyboard Trainer is a Keyboard Tutor authored by Simon Foxall and Tim
Smith and published by Minerva Software. It costs £69.95 +VAT from
Minerva or £87 through Archive.
7.8
Keyboard Trainer Version 1.01 was reviewed on an A440 with RISC OS 3.1
using an EMR Midi 4 interface and a Roland E20 keyboard. A
7.8
PD Column
7.8
David Holden
7.8
I have received a few letters in the last couple of months complaining
that when I mention PD or Shareware programs, I don’t say from where
they can be obtained. This is not an oversight. Regular readers will be
aware that I run APDL (the Archimedes Public Domain Library), and so it
goes without saying that if I recommend a program, it can be found in
the APDL catalogue. Many programs also appear on Archive Careware or
Shareware discs. As I try to avoid using this column to promote APDL, I
don’t belabour you with this.
7.8
Other libraries
7.8
The question which normally accompanies this is, which libraries I would
recommend. This is also something that I am reluctant to do. One problem
is that almost all the various Archimedes libraries have their own
‘flavour’, unlike PC equivalents which are all pretty much the same.
This ‘sameness’ with PC Shareware libraries results from the fact that
most of them now use CD ROMs as their source of material. Fortunately,
this has not happened with the Archimedes and, because of the much lower
volume, it probably never will. Most PC libraries have almost identical
catalogues and charges, and those that depart from this formula have
much higher prices.
7.8
There are very few Archimedes libraries that I could recommend and one
or two that I would advise you to avoid, but any suggestions I make
would be biased by my own preferences and interests and yours could be
very different. Almost all libraries will, of course, have copies of all
the most well known programs.
7.8
If this was a field where you would have to spend a lot of money to
investigate for yourself, I would feel obliged to make some suggestions,
but it costs very little. Most libraries supply a catalogue disc for a
pound and, as there are only a handful, for very little expenditure, you
can obtain catalogues from all the major libraries. This is exactly what
I would encourage anyone to do who wants to know more about Archimedes
PD and Shareware. Not only will it reveal to the uninitiated just how
much is available, but it will also show which areas each library gives
prominence to. This will probably eliminate some, as their interests
won’t correspond with yours. If you want some discs, order a couple from
each of the libraries which have the sort of material you want. See
which deal with your order and queries quickly and efficiently. Once
again, I have my own preferences but I could be mistaken, and it will
probably be a rewarding task for you to experiment for yourself.
7.8
If you do, please write and tell me what you find. If I get enough
correspondence on this point to form some sort of consensus, I will
perhaps be able to make some recommendations based on your experiences
rather than just my own and hearsay.
7.8
Image
7.8
This is a new program from Ian Palmer (WordHound, BLIB, etc.) for
manipulating 16bpp and 24bpp images. It certainly appears very
interesting as it can alter the colour range, filter an image, resize
it, rotate it, merge two images, and so on. It can handle Sprites, Clear
files, PBMPlus, GIF and JPEG.
7.8
So far as I aware, this is the first package of this type to be made
available as Shareware or PD and with a registration fee of only £12, it
seems very good value.
7.8
RMA manger
7.8
This has been around for a while now but I was reluctant to recommend it
until I had tried it thoroughly. The idea is to try to return unused
blocks of memory in the Relocatable Module Area so that they can be used
by other applications.
7.8
When you kill a module or when it gives up workspace which it has been
using, although this RAM is, in theory, available for other applications
to use, it is quite often fragmented. There is no provision in RISC OS
for these blocks to be ‘tidied up’ and this results in lots of small
pieces of unused (and unuseable) RAM accumulating. After a time, quite a
bit can be used up in this way. What RMA Manager does is to try to
collect all of these small pieces together into one block at the end of
the RMA, where they can either be used by new modules or returned to the
Wimp Pool. In fact, this is another good example of a PD program helping
to make up for the shortcomings in the Archimedes OS.
7.8
Desktop customising
7.8
One very useful feature of RISC OS 3 is that the sprites used by the
Wimp to create the desktop can be replaced. As well as the icons for
disc drives, directories and the standard filetypes, the windows are
made up of a collection of sprites, and these, too, can be replaced.
Collections of sprites for customising window are usually called ‘Tools’
to distinguish them from those used to modify the file icons. The latter
can, of course, be used with RISC OS 2 as well, but tool sprites will
only work with RISC OS 3.
7.8
Most Archimedes users have probably seen a copy of Acorn’s ‘New Look’
which uses this feature to give a foretaste of possible future desktops,
but there are many others available in PD. One of the best of these is
DeskPatch. This is actually a collection of items and as well as some
rather nice directory and drive icons, it produces other improvements as
well, including attractive solid 3D file dragging and a better multi-
file drag icon than the one provided by Acorn.
7.8
What prompted me to raise this is that I took my A5000 along to the
recent NCS Open Day and a lot of people remarked upon my desktop. I have
become so accustomed to it that I no longer notice it but I certainly
find the ‘normal’ Acorn desktop very dated now. I have avoided things
like ‘fancy’ backdrops and high resolution screen modes because I prefer
things to be fast and functional rather than pretty, but over the past
year my desktop has become somewhat ‘personalised’. As well as
DeskPatch, I use some Window Tool sprites taken from a PD set and a
system font that I discovered among hundreds of others.
7.8
I have put together a disc of desktop sprites and tools plus DeskPatch
for this month’s special offer. You might think, as I did at first, that
you can’t be bothered with all this ‘fancy’ stuff but it’s amazing how
much you can do to customise your desktop.
7.8
For a copy of this disc, please send a cheque for £1 or four first class
stamps to me at 39 Knighton Park Road, Sydenham, London SE26 5RN. A
7.8
Kerner and KernAll
7.8
Dave Walsh
7.8
Kerning is the process by which two letters are moved closer together,
e.g. between the A and the W of AW − or should that be AW? Kerner and
KernAll aim to provide automatic kerning information between letters in
all applications.
7.8
Without doubt, text that has been kerned looks more professional, and
the ability to add kerning information to the RISC OS 2 fonts is very
attractive. There are two components to the system, one to add the data
to the font (but remember to keep an original of the font just in
case...) and the other a small module that redirects font data and tells
it to use kerned data instead.
7.8
Kerner allows the kerning data to be added to your current fonts by
having an individual font directory dragged to its icon on the iconbar.
A manual kerner control panel appears and you are ready to start.
Unfortunately, even though the first part of the manual was obviously
written for a complete novice, as soon as it approached the “techy” bit,
it fell a little short. Kerner works by calculating the space between
pairs of letters; these can either be laboriously typed in or accepted
from a pre-defined file. There didn’t appear to be any way of seeing
which pairs had been selected in the pre-defined file before the
calculation, or of saving any series that you typed in yourself for
further use.
7.8
Putting this small technical hitch aside, I continued with the automatic
kerning option (after which I could see a list of letter pairs that had
been kerned) on the Bede font. Sure enough, all the letters intermingled
in a far more aesthetically pleasing way on the sample words I tried.
Similarly, I kerned my Freehand font without thinking, only to find that
the tails no longer connected − which is why you should keep a safe
backup of the fonts before using Kerner!
7.8
Manual kerning is also very simple to undertake by dragging the right
hand letter towards or away from the left hand letter until you are
happy. It was at this point that I decided to try the Kernall function
of the program (which incidentally needs to be loaded before the !Fonts
application is initialised). As promised in the manual, it kerns the
letters beautifully in any application but it was whilst using Draw that
a rather serious flaw emerged. Although the font is kerned, the screen
still thinks that the word ends where the unkerned word would have
ended. In Draw, you could simply change the text to a path, ungroup the
letters and then regroup them to get rid of the extra “invisible”
letters at the end of the word, but could you really call this
“automatic kerning”?
7.8
Similarly, in Impression II and Advance (though not in Ovation), the
text is extended by the invisible space that would have been occupied by
the unkerned letters. Editing a document when the caret position does
not indicate the true text position is rather unnerving. Searching
within the application help notes, I came to the solution “Some programs
may have a few problems with this, such as Impression, where the cursor
appears where it used to, but the text is kerned. The best solution is
to wait for a new version.” I wonder if this is a new version of Kerner
or of Impression? It was whilst printing out from Impression through a
Turbo Driver that another apparent shortfall came to light, when the
printer superimposed the kerned text with a condensed typeface version.
7.8
In summary, Kerner does what it sets out to do, although Kernall clashes
with standard, best-selling software quite fatally. If you are lucky
enough to have a system where the kerned data can be used without using
Kernall, you will appreciate its features, otherwise the message seems
to be, in Design Concept’s words, “wait for a new version”.
7.8
Kerner and Kernall, from Design Concept, costs £15 inclusive. A
7.8
Punctuate
7.8
Rocky Grove
7.8
There are two separate programs called “Punctuate”. One is from Xavier
Software and costs £32 +VAT and the other is from Topologika and costs
£20 +VAT or £22 through Archive.
7.8
Both programs aim to provide tuition and practice in English punctuation
skills. To save confusion due to the almost identical tiles I shall
refer to the programs by the name of the software house i.e. Topologika
and Xavier.
7.8
Punctuate from Topologika
7.8
This program, first released in 1987, is a former BBC program. According
to the manual, the only change from the BBC version is that the scores
can be saved to Edit. It takes over the whole screen and makes no use of
the mouse.
7.8
To quote the manual, “it works like this. ‘Stories’, from which selected
punctuation marks have been deleted, are displayed. The player’s job is
to put them back.” It is aimed at children from “eight to adult”.
7.8
The manual
7.8
The manual is written for all computers with an Archimedes insert. (Is
this really necessary in the days of word processing?) It is quite a
well-written document, two thirds of which give an educational
background to the need for developing the skill of punctuation. This
includes children’s writing and extracts from the National Curriculum.
Unfortunately, the oldest example of a child’s work is from Emmeline −
aged 7, and all the other work is from younger children. This seems
strange when the stated age for which the program is aimed, is children
of eight years and older (an age range with which I would concur).
Instructions for the use of the program do not appear until page 16, but
they are not particularly necessary as there is a comprehensive series
of Tutor sessions on the disc, which take you through the basic use.
7.8
The program
7.8
When the program is loaded, you are presented with the initial menu
choice of; stories, punctuation marks, speed and sound volume; plus,
following the entry of a password, access to the teachers’ page. When
you have made your choice, you are given a page of text stripped of
whatever punctuation marks you have chosen (including capital letters).
At the bottom of the screen, on the left, is a box containing the
removed punctuation marks. On the right is a box labelled “Done”, which
contains the marks which have been successfully placed. The marks are
chosen at random and have to be steered by use of the cursor keys to
their correct place. Correct answers gain points and incorrect ones lose
them. <Escape> can be pressed to give up on that mark (and lose even
more points!) but I found it a drawback, that the only way to terminate
in the middle of a story was to select each uncompleted mark in turn and
press <escape> for each one.
7.8
The teachers’ page
7.8
This allows you to customize the exercises and to edit or enter text. It
is fairly straightforward for children or teachers to enter their own
text. Indeed, this is a necessary procedure as the supplied texts are
not really meant for class use. The text entry is very reminiscent of
the old BBC days − memories of my youth! There is word-wrap and left
justification. The only correction is by deleting back to the mistake or
finishing and editing the text. To edit the text you have to copy and
then amend it. This part can be confusing for those who are more used to
modern word processing packages. One handy utility for the clumsy is a
utility called !Recover which recovers any accidentally deleted stories.
7.8
Overall, it is a fairly basic program which just about does the job it
sets out to do; but it is very dated. Its main advantage is that it
treats capital letters as punctuation marks and therefore is of use to
children who are starting to punctuate their work.
7.8
Punctuate from Xavier (version 1.01)
7.8
This program is written specifically for the Archimedes and is thus far
more modern. The menu screen is multitasking although, once the program
is run, it takes over the whole display. The program can be terminated
at almost any time by pressing <escape>. One note − the copy with which
I was originally supplied, was only for RISC OS 2 (same version number!
but I got the error “Unable to move memory”). I was very speedily
supplied with an upgrade by Xavier.
7.8
To quote the manual, “It is the intention of the program to provide both
tuition and practice in English punctuation skills.”
7.8
The manual
7.8
The manual is straightforward and well written. It takes you step by
step through all the program’s facilities.
7.8
Installation
7.8
Before using the program for the first time, you have to initialize the
disc by entering the user’s name as the software owner. Once this has
been done, you apply to Xavier for a Lock code number. This then allows
you to make backup copies or install the program on hard disc or
network.
7.8
The program
7.8
Once the program is loaded, a menu is displayed, from which you can
select the list of sentences to be used, the punctuation marks to be
worked on, and one of three activities at three different levels.
7.8
The Tutor displays a sentence above which are ten punctuation marks.
Using the mouse pointer and on screen arrow icons, you chose the place
in the sentence and then the appropriate mark. A Clue is available which
highlights the missing mark. A Help facility will display either a
brief, or a detailed, explanation of the required punctuation mark.
7.8
The Speed Test is described as a light relief game. A displayed sentence
has one punctuation mark removed. At the top of the screen, the ten
punctuation marks rotate at quite a speed. You have to click on the
missing mark.
7.8
The Quiz Master is the most complicated and difficult of the three
options. It is, again, a type of game. The user selects the level of
difficulty and then has to choose from three possible solutions to a
punctuation problem before the time runs out.
7.8
The three Levels select the speed of the games and the number of
punctuation marks used. Practice allows the user to choose which ones
are used, and only use one mark at a time. Basic has a mixture,
excluding dash and brackets and Advanced uses all the available marks.
7.8
By clicking <menu> over the menu page, you get the choice of creating or
editing sentences or printing worksheets. These are fairly simple in
operation, the first two using normal word processing facilities. A
useful extra is that there is a facility to give alternative marks − for
example in the following sentence: Mary works hard;/, but she needs the
money. Either the semi-colon or comma would be acceptable and the
program allows for this.
7.8
This is a comprehensive program which, on the whole, succeeds in
providing an aid to learning punctuation. In my view, there are two main
draw backs. Firstly, capital letters are not treated as punctuation
marks, which means that the program is pretty useless for teaching full
stops on their own − the first stage in teaching punctuation. Secondly,
whatever level is chosen, all ten punctuation marks are displayed,
making it unnecessarily complicated for the younger child.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
Both my colleagues and I have used the programs with the whole range of
Key Stage 2 children. Both programs have their strengths and weaknesses.
I feel that the Topologika program is more suited for the lower end of
Key Stage 2 while the Xavier one would be better suited for the oldest
children at Key Stage 2 and probably most of Key Stage 3.
7.8
At a time when the average primary school is lucky to have more than one
computer per class, I have one niggling worry concerning any program of
this type which normally takes quite a time to complete. Is it a good
use of computer time for one pupil to practice punctuation while other,
more comprehensive programs, like word processors, databases, turtle
graphics, simulations, etc are lying idle? A
7.8
Opening Doors on IT Capability
7.8
Nick Harris
7.8
“Opening Doors on IT Capability − Educational Courseware from ITAL” is
the rather long-winded title for integrated collections of data in the
forms such as text, graphics, CSV and sound files. They contain extracts
from various sources such as newspapers, books, plays, etc in the form
of pictures, photographs, maps, graphs, drawings, data and/or sound. The
files also include tutor’s notes and sets of student activities.
7.8
Each collection comes in a plastic case slightly smaller than a video
cassette and, apart from a very brief explanatory sheet, there are no
actual printed instructions. However, it is possible to purchase a video
to accompany each set and also printouts of the text files.
7.8
The purpose of each package is “... to allow students to demonstrate
higher levels of IT capability. Currently, students have to collect all
their own data, and then process it, or the data arrives fully processed
in applications. These packages remove the hassle of collecting
information, leaving the challenge of handling and communicating it in
an exciting way.
7.8
What is more, by using spreadsheets and multimedia authoring packages,
students can also be actively involved in modelling.”
7.8
The packages contain one or more labelled and numbered discs all of
which hold !ArcFS (read only), plus a utility to set mode 15 on a
double-click and a directory of compressed data.
7.8
The first disc in each set also has a !Starthere file which explains
that all the package basically requires is a simple working knowledge of
Paint, Edit and Draw and directions as to which files to read first in
the Tutor’s Directory. In the multi-disc sets a “map” of the package is
given and also some information about relevance to the National
Curriculum.
7.8
Four sets have so far been issued, Using Pictures (KS2/3 History) £15,
Using Objects 1 (KS2/3 History & Technology) £20, Impressionism, (KS2/3
Art) £40 and Limestone Scenery (KS3/4 Geography) £40. These prices from
ITAL are inclusive of VAT and cover the cost of a site licence.
7.8
“Using Pictures”
7.8
A CSV file lists all the 120 plates in Pyne’s “Microcosm” “...a
national work devoted to the domestic, rural and commercial scenery of
Great Britain and may be considered as a monument, in the rustic style,
raised to her glory” and nine sprite files of single plates. There are a
series of eight text files which introduce the student to the following
skills: (a) learning to look at pictures, (b) using pictures as primary
sources for history and (c) computer-based picture-handling and database
techniques.
7.8
Some of the activities are: (1) identifying from which illustrations
details have been taken (2) finding details from short descriptions (3)
comparing a full written list of illustrations with those on disc (4)
interrogating a datafile of illustrations (5) more general questions
using the datafile (6) comparing domestic life then and now (7) A Day in
the Life − historical imagination (8) considering the reliability and
usefulness of historical sources.
7.8
“Using Objects”
7.8
A CSV file lists basic physical data and a set of 24 digitised
photographs illustrate the objects: “eight domestic irons”. Text files
present a range of eleven activities that use the pictures and data
supplied as both historical evidence and showing technological
advancement. In addition, the Tutor file contains answers to some of the
activities.
7.8
“Impressionism”
7.8
This is a four disc set containing text files on the history of the
period, short biographies of nine Impressionists and simple written
descriptions to accompany the seventeen digitised pictures. Fourteen
activities, from looking at pictures to using Paint and Draw as creative
tools, are given plus some extras.
7.8
“Limestone Scenery”
7.8
This is a four disc set with maps, diagrams and thirty photographs of
the area around Malham, Goredale and Ingleborough in North Yorkshire.
There are nine activities that aim to cover: revision of basic ideas
(weathering, erosion, deposition), practice of map skills, knowledge of
limestone features, understanding of the processes which help to form
them, knowledge and understanding of the three major factors affecting
the landscape in the area under study and ability to identify limestone
scenery.
7.8
Conclusions
7.8
I have been looking at these packs during the school holidays and
therefore have not had the opportunity to use the sets with classes,
however some points can be made.
7.8
The scanning used for the coloured images has resulted in low resolution
in the non-photographic images and also seems to have produced
aberrations in the Impressionists’ colour and texture which makes them
inferior to photographic reproductions. This makes it rather difficult
to see and comment on the details required for answering many of the
questions.
7.8
If Paint, Edit and Draw really are so effective, why has so much other
software been written? I suspect that many teachers would be more
familiar with applications purchased in addition to those supplied with
the machine so that using Paint, Edit and Draw might appear to them to
be a retrograde step. Some of the activities seem very basic − such as
simply finding and matching or completing sentences. These hardly
justify the expense of using the hardware. But then other activities are
more sophisticated, e.g. designing one’s own worksheet, so that there
seems to be a conflict between data, data handling techniques, software
and hardware.
7.8
I can appreciate that working through the activities, which do contain
data that pupils will not have to search for, would certainly fulfil IT
criteria. I feel, however, that the main content of the packages might
be better suited to being presented in book or folder form, given the
problems of accessing and examining the data by opening and closing
multiple windows in different applications especially in Paint.
7.8
ITAL are perhaps correct when they suggest that the data should be used
with a multimedia authoring program and a confident teacher might well
prefer to tailor the data and activities with such a program, to create
their own IT experience. Problematically, some of the data is copyright
(e.g. all the pictures in Impressionism and the OS maps in Limestone
Scenery) and cannot, I assume, be copied or printed out, which will
make it difficult to use these packs in a multi-user classroom
situation. A
7.8
Multimedia Column
7.8
Paul Hooper
7.8
(Having added some material about Key Author, Paul was going to call
this the “Genesis/Magpie/Key Author Column”, so we’ve agreed to change
it to “Multimedia”! Ed.)
7.8
Which multimedia are you using?
7.8
I have had a number of requests from teachers in Norfolk to cover Key
Author in this column, as many of the schools around here appear to be
using this particular multimedia package. Thanks to Peter Stibbons of
Anglia TV, I am now beginning to get to grips with this package. I will
start converting some of the existing binders in the Swap Shop in the
next couple of weeks to Key Author format, but I would like to see some
other work prepared using this package. So if you have done any, please
send them to the address at the end of the article.
7.8
This brings me on to the question in the title. With the availability of
Genesis, Magpie and Key Author, as well as Optima, GenUp, ClearView and
others, I was wondering whch is the most used multimedia package and
why? If you have any thoughts on this please write to me.
7.8
The Horizon Project
7.8
As any user of Genesis will be aware, Hampshire Microtechnology Centre
have published the final report on the Horizon Project along with the
CD-ROM. The original project was set up to allow schools in Hampshire to
create their own multimedia programs using Genesis, with support and
help from the Centre. Having now read the report and viewed many of the
applications on the CD-ROM, I am once again staggered at the abilities
of many of the pupils in our schools.
7.8
The Project was funded by Acorn but, as the report states, “...it is
clear that the enthusiasm of teachers and children was its real driving
force.” Certainly, the use of multimedia seems to have motivated the
pupils, but quite why this is, the report leaves open. To me, one of the
most revealing comments in the report was a quote from a ten-year-old
who concluded that creating a multimedia package “is much harder than
writing an essay, but I don’t mind spending the time on it. You keep
seeing ways to make it better, like adding audio and finding easier ways
to link the pages”.
7.8
Case studies
7.8
After the introduction and a brief history of the project, the report
takes twelve case studies which are very revealing. It seems that the
biggest problem is not so much the lack of resources or expertise in
schools but more a lack of time. This will come as no surprise to many
hard pressed teachers!
7.8
One of the more surprising outcomes of the project is the fact that a
vast majority of the applications were produced by primary schools
rather than secondaries. The report concludes that the cross-curricular
nature of multimedia is more suited to the Primary sector rather than
the more subject-based secondary sector.
7.8
The report is available from Hampshire Microtechnology Centre, Connaught
Lane, Paulsgrove Portsmouth PO6 4SJ. (0705-378266) Any teacher with an
interest in multimedia should get a copy for the excellent ideas and
case studies that it provides.
7.8
Copyright?
7.8
The report does make particular reference to the problems of discovering
copyright-free materials. I have always been very careful about the
materials that I use in applications. Yet it is very difficult to work
out what is copyright material and what is not. For example, if there is
an illustration in a book and it has been drawn by the author, it is
obviously his copyright. If, on the other hand, this author illustrates
his point about the Civil War with a contemporary illustration taken
from a broadsheet, is there any copyright on this and, if so, whose is
it? What about scanning pictures from books that are now out of print,
or from newspapers which are no longer published? How old does material
need to be before it is out of copyright? What about material that is
kept in national museums? If you video an object, can you then use a
still from that video in an application?
7.8
If I use something from a PD library that is later discovered to be
copyright, am I liable or is the library liable? I have heard it said
that if you are a member of an organisation that charges a fee, say the
Scout Movement, then you are entitled to use material that is copyright
to that organisation − but I don’t know if this is correct. Is there an
Archive reader who is a lawyer and who could come up with answers to
some of these questions?
7.8
The challenge
7.8
Back in March, I issued a challenge to readers to devise a way to keep a
running total in a quiz within a Genesis application. I knew this was a
difficult one and wasn’t surprised when I didn’t get any replies for a
few weeks. Yet within the last week, I have had five replies, from
different parts of the country, all offering the same solution. I must
admit that it is not the solution that I had thought up!
7.8
First from Peter Walder, “Essentially the trick is to create a page
which, whilst being open as far as Genesis was concerned, is not
actually visible on the screen. This page is hidden by using page
coordinates which means that, whilst the page is open, it is not
actually displayed. Information in the hidden screen was accessible to
any other Genesis page at any point during the use of the application.
The command HIDE WINDOW will do this for you. We used the technique so
that information that is entered at the start of the application, such
as name, date of birth, etc, could be stored out of sight and then be
‘read back in’ and printed out in a page designed to look like a
certificate at the very end of the application when the user has
completed a number of tasks.”
7.8
Graham Anderson of Itchen College in Southampton went one better, not
only did he suggest the same solution but he also included a quick quiz
on disc which I will put on the monthly disc. Graham says, “The idea is
to have a hidden page on which a frame holds the value of the current
score. The frame that holds the running score is created when the page
is opened by script text something like:
7.8
ON OPEN SET CONTENTS OF “Score” TO (CONT-ENTS OF “RTotal” ON PAGE 1)
7.8
To update the score we can use :
7.8
SET CONTENTS OF “RTotal” ON PAGE 1 TO (( CONTENTS OF “RTotal” ON PAGE
1)+1)
7.8
Thanks to both Peter and Graham for these suggestions, a couple of
Archive mugs each will be winging their way to you.
7.8
My solution
7.8
Rather than use the hidden page method, my solution relied on the
ability of Genesis to transmit contents of boxes from one page to the
next. For the first page, we set the running total box (called Score27)
to 0 using the script below:
7.8
DEF FRAME “Score27”
7.8
WORD “”
7.8
STYLE 8
7.8
FGCOL 7
7.8
BGCOL 0
7.8
AT 480 -672 608 -576
7.8
BORDER
7.8
END FRAME
7.8
SET total TO 0
7.8
DEF PROC “add”
7.8
BEGIN
7.8
SET total TO total + 5
7.8
SET CONTENTS OF “Score27” TO total
7.8
END
7.8
Procedure ‘add’ increases the score and should be called when the
correct answer is given. I also have a procedure called ‘minus’ which
takes a couple of points off if you get it wrong.
7.8
On the next page I call the running total box ‘Score28’ and then set its
contents using the following script:
7.8
SET CONTENTS OF “Score28” TO CONTENTS OF “Score27” ON PAGE 27
7.8
Now I reset the variable ‘total’ to the contents of ‘Score28’ using the
modified procedure ‘add’ as below:
7.8
DEF PROC “add”
7.8
BEGIN
7.8
SET total TO CONTENTS OF “Score28”
7.8
SET total TO total + 5
7.8
SET CONTENTS OF “Score28” TO total
7.8
END
7.8
Thus we can continue to build up any number of pages using this method.
To show how this works, on the monthly disc is !PPH, the quiz out of
“the Plague” that uses this method.
7.8
The Magpie Challenge
7.8
This month I think its time to challenge all the Magpie users. Can you
devise a binder of, say, four or five scrolling pages, with a piece of
music playing in the background? The trick is that the music must NOT
restart each time the page is opened but must continue playing without
interruption? This rules out using the preferences page but it is
possible. One clue is to think about the music, not the binder!
7.8
Hints and tips
7.8
No matter how well you think you know a program, there are always things
that come as a complete surprise to you. I was discussing the
improvements to Genesis with a salesman from Oak at the NCS Open Day. I
started to complain that if you had two different Genesis applications
running at once and then you tried quitting one of them, the whole
machine locked. I’ve always performed a soft reset to get out of this
and had to wait for the machine to reboot. Imagine my surprise and
embarrassment when, using my own machine, the salesman pointed out that
if I pressed escape instead of the soft reset, the application would
quit quite happily!
7.8
The Swap Shop
7.8
We have added three more Magpie binders to the catalogue. These come
from Nicholas Horn in Thetford and use Magpie as a way of delivering
science support materials. Images 1 and 2 contain images on plant
tissue, pollution and earth science. Water Transport shows how plants
take up the water that they require. All three binders have electron
micrographs of plant tissue and are designed for A-level students and
those in further education.
7.8
All the programs within the Swap Shop are available to any reader of
Archive or any educational establishments completely free of charge. All
you have to do is send a blank formatted DD or HD disc to the address at
the end of the article and I will send you the latest copy of the
catalogue from which you can order.
7.8
Wot no Professional?
7.8
As I write this on 24th March, and there is still no sign of Genesis
Professional as yet. My contacts within Oak inform me that the manuals
are to be delivered next Monday and they will start shipping towards the
end of the week. So, by the time you read this, I should have got to
grips with it and I will do a review next month.
7.8
The End Bit
7.8
If you have any questions about Genesis or Magpie or if you would like
to send me any applications, please send them to Paul Hooper, 11
Rochford Road, Martham, Great Yarmouth, NR29 4RL. (0493-748474) A
7.8
TOM
7.8
Robert Chrismas
7.8
TOM is a simulation of simple computer. The user can enter programs in
TOM’s memory and then watch what happens to TOM’s program counter,
accumulator and memory as the program is executed. It could be used as
part of a formal instruction program or by someone on their own who
wanted a simple introduction to programming in assembly language.
7.8
TOM is a standard RISC OS desktop application. It supports the !Help
application and it can be entirely mouse driven although the keyboard
may be used.
7.8
The TOM window shows the 48 word memory, accumulator, program counter,
keypad for input, a scrolling output device and a control pad.
7.8
Programs are entered directly into TOM’s memory. The initial values of
accumulator and the program counter can be set and then the control pad
is used to run the program. Program execution may be fast, slow or
single step execution. Any output appears on the simulated printer.
7.8
A decimal computer
7.8
All values are displayed in decimal. The display allows up to six digits
for each word, or five with a ‘−’ sign. However, despite what the
documentation says, it seems possible to store and calculate with much
larger numbers.
7.8
The instruction set
7.8
The TOM instruction set will seem quite strange to programmers of modern
microcomputers. About fifteen years ago, I remember teaching a similar
‘simulated’ low level language called CESIL (Computer Education in
Schools Instruction Language) to CSE students. (Never mind CESIL, who
remembers CSEs?)
7.8
TOM’s instruction set comprises:
7.8
0 Halt
7.8
1 Load accumulator
7.8
2 Store accumulator
7.8
3 Add to accumulator
7.8
4 Subtract from accumulator
7.8
5 Multiply accumulator
7.8
6 Divide accumulator
7.8
7 Jump unconditionally
7.8
8 Jump if accumulator negative
7.8
9 Jump if accumulator zero
7.8
10 Jump indirect
7.8
11 Input to accumulator
7.8
12 Output from accumulator
7.8
Unless otherwise stated, the addressing mode is absolute or implied.
There is no immediate addressing. TOM halts if it encounters an invalid
opcode.
7.8
The three least significant decimal digits store the address, if one is
required. The next two digits (thousands and tens of thousands) store
the opcode.
7.8
The manual
7.8
The 19-page A4 manual includes sections on computer architecture, the
TOM instruction set, using TOM, and some worked examples. Four of the
chapters include a page of exercises so the reader can make sure he/she
has understood what has been covered. There were no solutions to the
exercises but the questions were quite easy. There is sufficient
information in the manual to provide a basic introduction to the
architecture and operation of a stored program computer. With ingenuity,
it is possible to write programs which make even a very simple
‘computer’ like TOM do quite interesting things, but when someone
understands enough about programming to do so, they have no further need
of TOM. (The page numbers on the contents page are incorrect!)
7.8
TOM programs are saved as simple text files which can be loaded again by
dragging them onto the TOM window. Editing facilities are minimal; if
you need to insert an instruction near the start of a program, the only
alternative to altering every line is to save the program, adjust it in
Edit and then load it back again.
7.8
The version of TOM used for this review (version 1.1) includes a
disassemble option which displays the opcodes as two character
mnemonics.
7.8
The name ‘TOM’ stands for ‘Thoroughly Obedient Moron’ which probably
will not go down well in these ‘more politically correct than thou’
days.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
Part of the introduction in the manual says ‘TOM enables inexperienced
users to get to grips with the concepts of machine code while ignoring
the complications of using a real assembler ...’ So it is no criticism
to point out that the language which TOM uses is quite a long way from
modern micro-computer languages and that the simulation does not
include: binary representation, addressing modes, display of flag
values, stack handling, etc. TOM does what it sets out to do; you can
enter programs written in an ‘assembly language’ and you can watch what
happens as they are executed.
7.8
TOM is available from Keylink Computers Ltd, single user version £29.95
+VAT, site licence £99.95 +VAT. A
7.8
Choices
7.8
Hilary Ferns
7.8
There is a vast amount of potential for using this content-free program
in the Primary school. It has been developed by Widgit Software as part
of the Software Development Partnership Scheme by NCET.
7.8
What is Choices ?
7.8
It provides templates to create multiple choice type activities using
numbers, words, pictures, animation and sound. Over 30 excellent, user-
friendly activities (called exercises) come as part of the package.
Each exercise can be configured to respond to mouse, keyboard, concept
keyboard, touch window or switch control.
7.8
Any exercise can contain up to twenty screens, and as each is correctly
completed one is rewarded by a sound. The end of a whole exercise is
denoted by another musical interlude. You can set up a group of varied
exercises. Several different sounds are provided, or you can create your
own horrible noises using digitised sound. The simple sprites provided
include animals, transport, flowers, teapots, mugs, umbrellas, food,
clothes, actions, numbers, dice, coloured shapes, spotted ladybirds,
etc.
7.8
Starting off
7.8
The program loads in the usual way, but clicking on the icon on the
iconbar does not set the program running. You are required to drag a
Resources ‘folder’ (directory) to the icon, at which point the title
screen and menu appear. You can simply slide off the Start option to
reach a submenu showing the available exercises. I ran exercises
successfully from both floppy and hard disc. A short synopsis on each
one is provided as an appendix to the documentation. The documentation
was easy to follow, although not particularly well presented.
7.8
The exercises
7.8
The program comes with a huge selection of exercises, provided on four
floppy discs. Many of these follow similar ideas, for example: picking
the odd one out of a small group; sorting into sets according to
different criteria; matching dice and ladybirds to numbers; copying
sequences; pelmanism; snap. In addition to the exercises which have
obvious right and wrong answers, there are a few activities which allow
children to select their own preferences (e.g. clothes, food) and to
select a yellow blob to inform the computer that the activity or
sequence is complete. (This could be used for the start of simple
sentence construction.) Disc 4 is devoted to jigsaws with square pieces
which can be put together using various rules.
7.8
In order to give a little more detail of the program, I will explain a
few of the exercises provided:
7.8
OddType − Each screen has four pictures (e.g. lion, elephant,
helicopter, tiger), and a question (e.g. Which one is not an animal? or
Which one goes on water?) By using the mouse or space bar, a selection
box is moved from one picture to the next, and the correct answer
selected, again by mouse, keyboard, concept keyboard or switch control,
depending on how you have configured the devices.
7.8
FindCover − This shows a small picture at the bottom which must be
matched to one from a choice of four on the screen. At the initial key
or mouse click, the four pictures are covered up and you have to
remember the box where the matching one is hiding. An extension of this
covering up idea is used in a pelmanism exercise.
7.8
Snap − Here a series of pictures sit on top of each other, and clicking,
etc, will cycle through the pile. It can also be set to cycle through on
its own, the user only intervening for the snap.
7.8
Copy6 − Each member of a set of six ladybirds must be matched with the
numeral corresponding to the number of spots. Likewise, dice are matched
to numerals. The template used for this could be adapted to perform
varyious word-matching exercises at many different levels.
7.8
Sort3×3 − Nine objects are sorted by either shape, number or colour into
three sets of three.
7.8
Designing your own exercises
7.8
The introduction to the booklet suggests that many teachers would be
getting good value for money if they use the program only with its
existing screens. I would agree with this, but perhaps point out that
the exercises provided are excellent only for infants and special needs.
You can adapt existing activities, or develop your own. Unless you have
a vast supply of suitable clipart, you would probably stick to exercises
using the existing pictures. Pictures can be freely taken from one set
of resources to another (via the RAM disc). I used both Draw and FontFX
to create numbers and words for maths and language activities, which
were then imported quite successfully to a resources folder (where they
are automatically converted to sprites). Once there, they are available
for you to use in extending existing exercises or creating new ones.
7.8
Each activity is designed from a template. The layout and behaviour of
any exercise are determined by the design of the underlying template.
The existing content-free templates can be adapted, or new ones can be
created form scratch. It is this which is time-consuming and therefore
probably impractical for most class teachers.
7.8
Various icons have to be set ‘on’ or ‘off’ to determine such things as
which picture will be the correct answer; whether an arrow or a box
cursor moves from item to item; whether correct items need to be picked
in a particular order; whether items are covered up (as in pelmanism);
whether they will appear randomly or in fixed positions; whether the
chosen item is moved to another place on the screen.
7.8
The finished template is automatically saved into a resources folder. A
new resources folder, with its correct hierarchy of named sub-
directories, can easily be created by accessing the iconbar menu. Only
one resources folder can be in use at a time, and individual templates
cannot be extracted from folders. I found this rather annoying when I
wanted to use the template for a ‘snap’ game (in resources1) to add an
exercise to my resource folder (resources5). One way to have done it
would have been to copy the whole of folder 1, rename it, run the
program and delete the unwanted templates. But then I would have been
without my templates from folder 5. Consequently I chose to recreate a
‘snap’ template, making note of the settings.
7.8
I have tried to think of ways in which the use of the program could be
extended to juniors and high-flying infants. Consequently, I have
successfully designed a set of exercises to give times tables practice,
and also a challenge to match flags to their correct countries. It is
actually worth investing time in it, as the finished product is of good
quality. Furthermore, I suspect there would be in every Year 6 group at
least one computer whizz-kid who would enjoy the challenge of designing
more activities.
7.8
To conclude...
7.8
Overall I feel ‘Choices’ is excellent value for money. The package I
reviewed is version 1.03 dated 1992, so I don’t know where it has been
hiding since, or indeed how many existing users are out there. Users are
permitted to distribute any resource material which they create,
provided of course the actual program is not included on the disc.
(Maybe the education column could act as a suitable link?) A
7.8
AIM3 − Another Image Manager
7.8
Ken Cowap
7.8
AIM3 from The Delft University of Technology via Lingenuity is the
latest version of this image processing and management application,
updated to take full advantage of RISC OS3. In addition, it contains
improvements and some corrections to its predecessor AIM2 (for RISC
OS2). The software is primarily educational, giving the patient and
determined user a fairly deep insight into modern image analysis and
manipulation methods. Users with more modest needs will find image
improvement can be achieved without too much complexity. However, it is
limited to monochrome image output, though input may be mono or colour
and from a wide variety of formats and system types, including three
digitisers. Its great strength is its very wide range of powerful image
processing algorithms. It is not, however, an image manipulation package
in the manner of Paint or Draw and suchlike, though its images can be
output as sprites.
7.8
The package
7.8
AIM3 can be had as the software alone on two PD discs, costing £1.60, or
software plus documentation (about 100 pages). The latter comprises, in
one A5 volume: “Image Processing, a First Introduction”, “The AIM User’s
Manual” (version for RISC OS2) and “The AIM Reference Manual”. A
separate copy of the AIM User’s Manual Revision 1 for RISC OS3 is
included, supplementing the RISC OS 2 version in the main manual. All
this can be obtained from Lingenuity, cost £25 (no VAT). Disc 1 contains
the application itself and some special image files selected for various
undesirable characteristics to show how AIM3 can improve them. Disc 2
has copies of ChangeFSI, !Creator, !Translator, !Squash and a couple of
ordinary (squashed) sprites for experimentation.
7.8
Documentation
7.8
I would most definitely not recommend using the software without full
documentation; it is far too complex to yield to the intuitive approach,
particularly for a user starting on image manipulation. Having said
that, once the full books are available, it all becomes more
understandable, albeit in limited sessions. I found the first section
“Image Processing, a first introduction” very helpful, giving a
comprehensive overview of the whole concept, touching briefly on a wide
range of applications such as industrial inspection, medical and
biophysical, geology etc, as well as the methods used. The documentation
is well written and presented in an orderly sequence, with contents
lists and an index. The very few language translation idiosyncrasies
cause no real difficulties. Serious students might wish to study
“Digital Image Processing” (2nd. edition) by Rafael C Gonzalez/Paul
Wintz, ISBN 0-201-508036, from the Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
7.8
AIM2 to AIM3 changes
7.8
Existing RISC OS 2 version users will find it easy to evaluate the
differences between their version and the new one. The AIM User’s Manual
Revision 1 has margin lines denoting added or changed sections. I will
mention only the more important ones − certainly top of the list comes
the ability to accept images larger than the previous limit of 256×256
pixels, though obviously this incurs a memory penalty. Bear in mind that
AIM3 always needs the memory for four images even though the relevant
windows may have been removed from the screen.
7.8
To cope with larger images, a separate linking header file is
automatically written containing the relevant details; consequently the
writef[ile] option is now different.
7.8
The histogram analysis now includes calculated statistics and an extra
utility “histostat” prints the figures without displaying them.
7.8
An edit operation now permits selection of a part of the displayed image
by “drawing” a rectangle to enclose the wanted portion. This portion can
then be copied to another AIM display window, saved to disc or directly
copied into an open application.
7.8
Compatibility with the Computer Concepts, Wild Vision and Irlam EPSON
range and “I-Scan” digitisers/scanners is now embodied. The disc 2
supplement contains copies of “ChangeFSI”, “Creator” and “Translator”
for increased versatility of image access from other platforms.
7.8
Operation
7.8
AIM3 uses four windows to display images at different stages of
processing, the user having fully flexible control of the sequence. This
is an excellent idea allowing fast recovery from a misguided process
step, and ease of process evaluation. With the default image size of
256×256 pixels this ploy isn’t too expensive on RAM, but it will be
appreciated that increasing the size of the four images rapidly makes a
4Mb machine a necessity, and one with a minimised iconbar content at
that.
7.8
A novel feature is provided by an additional scrolling window in which
the AIM-specific *-commands appear, either as they are keyed in or as
they are read from a macro, several of which are supplied. User-
originated macros can be developed using any text editor such as Edit.
The majority of operations are invoked from menu options and a minority
from AIM *-commands. This might sound untidy (why not all as menu
options?) but, in practice, it causes no trouble.
7.8
The ‘engines’ of AIM3 are its 116 operational algorithms. It would be
quite impossible to describe all of them even briefly; I shall just list
the ‘families’ and describe a few interesting ones, with some
illustrations.
7.8
Grey-Value Image Operations
7.8
Grey-Value Point Operations (4)
7.8
Grey-Value Geometric and Arithmetic (28)
7.8
Grey-Value Non-Arithmetic (6)
7.8
Grey-Value Filter Operations
7.8
Linear Filters (18)
7.8
Non-Linear Filters (25)
7.8
Adaptive Filters (2)
7.8
Binary Operations
7.8
Morphologic (Cellular Logic) Operations (12)
7.8
Bitplane Binary Operations (7)
7.8
Measurements in Binary Images (3)
7.8
Utility Operations
7.8
Display (4)
7.8
Timer (2)
7.8
Statistics (2)
7.8
Miscellaneous (3)
7.8
Figure 1
7.8
Figure 2
7.8
Figures 1 and 2 illustrate the improvement to be had from a single pass
of the Enhance (Laplace) filter which operates on successive 3×3 pixel
groups using the following pattern:
7.8
0 -1 0
7.8
-1 5 -1
7.8
0 -1 0
7.8
This attempts to reverse the out-of-focus degradation of the original
image caused by diffusion of what should have been a point (pixel) into
its neighbouring points.
7.8
Figure 3 illustrates the image improvement possible using a Grey-Value
Non-linear (Fixed Size and Shape) filter called ‘median’ and a Grey-
Value Linear (Fixed Size and Shape) filter called ‘enhance’,
alternately. Image ‘A’ is obviously badly degraded by shot-noise,
typically the result of a sub-standard transmission system. The ‘median’
filter is applied first, resulting in image ‘B’. This filter detects
‘solitary’ full-white pixels and calculates the median value of the
eight pixels surrounding each, then changes the pixel to that value,
effectively merging it into its immediate background. This filter also
detracts a little from image sharpness and after one pass (image ‘C’) a
few noise pixels still remain − probably these were clumped pixels.
Experimentation shows that the best final result is obtained by next
applying the ‘enhance’ filter. For the mathematically-minded, this is a
near-equivalent of the Laplace operator. This brightens up the image
(‘C’) considerably, but a little noise still remains; this can be
completely removed by a second ‘median’ pass, giving the quite
remarkable final result in ‘D’.
7.8
Figure 4 shows an image of the moon lander, seriously degraded by lack
of contrast and being far too dark. This is treated with the Grey-Value
Image Operations option ‘equal[isation]’ (histogram equalisation). This
generates (but doesn’t display) a histogram for the image and
recalculates the grey-values to be as flat as possible, resulting in
Figure 6. If the histogram is to be screened, the Utility Operation >
Statistics > Hist[ogram] option is selected and produces the results
shown in Figures 5 and 7. The clump of brightness levels well to the
left hand side of the graph in Figure 5 is re-distributed much more
evenly over the range of brightness values, resulting in Figure 6, a
great improvement. This is classed as Image Improvement, where the
factors causing the original poor quality are not known exactly but have
to be estimated by calculation.
7.8
A slightly different process classed as Image Restoration is provided
and can be applied if the degrading factors are known with some
precision. This is the same as the process applied to pictures received
from the Hubble Space Telescope before its recent refurbishment, and is
possible because the mirror inaccuracies were eventually determined very
accurately (if late!) and can be used in algorithms to correct the
received images.
7.8
Summary
7.8
This is a fascinating and very instructive package for students of the
wide range of image processing applications, from sorting mechanical
components in a factory, through pictorial reconstitution, to the
analysis of space images, and very many more. No bugs were found. The
documentation is of a high standard, and good value for money. The only
risk is that you can spend hours exploring it while other tasks get
neglected! A
7.8
Figure 3
7.8
Figure 4
7.8
Figure 5
7.8
Figure 6
7.8
Figure 7
7.8
Creator 2
7.8
Robert McCann
7.8
The original version of Creator (which is a scrolling or platform games
creation system) was reviewed in Archive 6.7 p64 − the version under
review is 2.00b (Oct 25 1993).
7.8
Creator 2 is supplied in a video cassette box containing three discs, a
104 page A5 manual and some supplementary sheets. The discs are labelled
Programs, SoundFX and Examples and each disc contains a readme file with
further information about its contents. The supplement sheets explain in
more detail how to install the software onto hard/floppy disc.
7.8
New features of Creator 2 include:
7.8
Tiles
7.8
You can make up a larger background by using tiles which are small
sprites that might be parts of walls, doors, trees, windows, etc. The
use of tiles means that you don’t have to create large full-screen
backdrops but only small sections and then build up a complex picture
using the screen and map editors. The screenshot opposite shows a
section of the completed tutorial game. This is a full mode 27 screen,
to give you some idea how large the tiles are.
7.8
Multi-level games
7.8
There is now proper support for multi-level games that are made up of
different graphics and actions. In fact, the levels could be completely
different games.
7.8
Partial saves
7.8
Most of the editors allow you to save their individual contents, so it
is possible to build up a library of sprite files, path files, event-
handling lists, sound files etc. (Alpine have made use of this to create
a number of starter files to help you in your first game creation.)
7.8
Other new features
7.8
Other features include the ability to detect whether an ARM3 processor
is fitted. This will allow you to add to the graphics or action if the
computer running the game is capable of doing so. You now have the
option to create user events. This could be an event that is triggered,
say, after 5 minutes if you don’t complete a particular level or puzzle.
7.8
The games you create can be encoded, so that no one else can hack into
them even if they have a copy of Creator 2.
7.8
Installation
7.8
On my computer − a 410/1 with 4Mb ram, 40Mb hard disc, multisync
monitor, RISC OS 3.1 and an ARM2 − I simply dragged the contents of each
disc to their own sub-directory in a Creator 2 working directory. In
total this comes to 3,090,806 bytes because the example games are
compressed onto the floppy discs.
7.8
The manual
7.8
Before running the software, I began to read the manual and was pleased
to find a tutorial section. This takes you through developing a simple
one-screen platform game. The files for this tutorial are supplied in a
tutorials directory: variable, event and object lists, plus all the
necessary sprite files. Having said this, I suggest that you read all of
the manual first so that you understand what is happening in the
tutorial.
7.8
Creator 2 menus
7.8
Creator 2 installs itself on the right of the iconbar but clicking
<select> or <adjust> on the icon does nothing, because all operations
are from the main menu. This contains seven items in addition to the
usual Information and Quit: design, show sprites, show objects, game
options, print options, save game and save sprites. The design option
leads to a submenu where you do most of the game design work.
7.8
Screen & map editors
7.8
This is where you lay out the screens using the sprites that you have
created in Paint or whatever. After this, you lay out the maps on top of
the screens which involves defining where your character can and cannot
go, e.g. floors, doors, walls, ladders. The next stage is to define the
objects and animation in the game. If it is a scrolling game like
Invaders, you can also add waves of alien attacks or, if it is like
Repton, you can add paths.
7.8
Path editor
7.8
Paths are defined very much like drawfiles. You make the path up from
straight lines in the path editor and, while you are editing, you can
have the backdrop showing to enable you to go around objects correctly.
At the end of the path sequence, it will automatically repeat unless you
tell it otherwise, by using the event editor, where an event will then
occur for you to act upon.
7.8
Wave editor
7.8
At its simplest level, the wave editor allows the object editor and
event editor to deal with multiple objects as if they were one object.
This allows large attack waves to be built up quickly and controlled
easily.
7.8
Event editor
7.8
One of the most important parts is the event-handling editor which
allows you to decide what happens when you are shot or when a particular
key is pressed. The screenshot overleaf shows part of the event list for
the Z key. Most of the event lists are multiple IF statements. The list
shows what to do if <Z> is pressed, lines 1 to 3 in this screenshot are
for what happens if <Z> is pressed when your character has its back to
you: you replace on screen heroback with the animated sequence hero turn
left, so all you have to do is create the correct IF statements for the
possible actions of each particular key.
7.8
This is probably the hardest part of the software even though it has
been made as simple as possible. With most actions available from menus
or icon selections, you can even paste words from menus to help reduce
the amount of keyboard work. Although you don’t need to know how to
program a computer, an understanding of some of the concepts will help
you to produce better event-handling routines.
7.8
Object editor
7.8
Closely tied in with the Event editor is the Object editor. This is
where you create the animated sequences such as walking, turning,
climbing, etc. For this, you use the sprites that you have created. For
instance turning to the left may have three sprites to animate it as
shown opposite.
7.8
Each animation sequence can have up to twelve separate frames and each
object can be placed on different levels of the screen. This could allow
you to implement parallax scrolling. With each object, you set certain
parameters such as collision detection, invisibility and how long this
animation will take (in “ticks” each tick is 1 screen refresh).
7.8
Printouts
7.8
A very useful option on the main menu is the print option which lets you
print out all or part of the important game information such as event
lists, path details, sound details, etc. All you do is set the options
you want and then save the game to the printer driver. Unfortunately,
you cannot save this information into Edit as this option only works
with the printer driver.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
The software is simple and easy to use and I don’t think that Alpine
could make it much easier to create a game. However, games creation is
intrinsically difficult and so a lot of planning is required before you
can start to use this software successfully.
7.8
On the whole, the software is fast and efficient, and the results are
only really limited by your imagination and personal capabilities. So,
if you have ever wanted to create your own games but you cannot program
your computer, this software is for you. Alpine Software say that there
are no royalties to pay and you are free to distribute the games that
you create freely or for money. All they ask is that you acknowledge
Alpine Software and the use of the Creator 2 software.
7.8
Creator 2 is produced by Alpine Software at £49 plus £1.50 p&p or £55
through Archive. Users of Creator 1 can upgrade from version 1 direct
from Alpine Software at £20 +VAT. A
7.8
Chemistry by PTW Software
7.8
John Oversby
7.8
The disc contains an application, !Chemistry, a demonstration version of
!Chemistry, a screen font which is used by the application in place of
Acorn’s system font, some drawfiles of chemistry apparatus and
documentation in the form of both Impression files and text files.
7.8
The !Chemistry application loads onto the iconbar and appears as a
Periodic Table on the screen.
7.8
Selecting an element brings up information about that element, partly in
graphical format. This information is static but the numerical part can
be rounded up to the whole number, if desired. I had some difficulties
in appreciating the value of this presentation, apart from the
attraction of colour. It is not possible to have more than one element
displayed at once, so comparisons are difficult. Searching of the
database other than selecting via the Periodic Table is impossible which
is rather limiting. Graphical analysis of numerical data is not provided
and there is no provision for output to other applications. It is also
not possible to edit the database or to alter the layout of the
presentation. I felt that, compared with other databases, the
constraints outweighed its usefulness.
7.8
Other facilities are also available from a sub-menu, such as a
reactivity series.
7.8
A limited number of compounds are also provided from a sub-menu.
7.8
The Impression files contain objective questions related to the
properties of metals and their compounds, supplemented by diagrams. The
drawfiles contain hand-drawn labelled pictures of simple chemical
apparatus.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
With the increasing availability of hyper-databases (e.g. Genesis and
Magpie) and the opportunities for the use of animations and graphics in
searchable databases, this package has the feel of something a little
outdated. CD-ROMs are finding their way into schools at a rapid pace and
I would like see schools use their interactive facilities rather than a
more passive package.
7.8
Chemistry costs £15 inclusive from PTW Software. A
7.8
PTW say that they have upgraded Chemistry by including Ovation files as
well and Impression and ASCII files. The price remains the same and
existing users can upgrade by sending PTW a disc and quoting their
serial number. Ed.
7.8
ArtWorks Made Easy
7.8
Christopher Jarman
7.8
ArtWorks Made Easy is a book by Roger Amos, published by Dabs Press.
7.8
Being new to computers, as well as to Impression and ArtWorks, I am just
the chap for whom anything labelled ‘...made easy’ was designed.
Basically, my technology is that of the Brownie box camera but don’t get
me wrong, I love my A4000. Indeed, since getting it, my wife has not
seen me for most of the daylight hours in the last nine months. This
means that I have been on a really steep “learning curve” and am still
novice enough to know how it feels to be faced with incomprehensible
instructions. To me, a WIMP is still a playground insult, and anti-
aliasing is probably some devious way of dodging the Child Support
agency.
7.8
A hard act to follow
7.8
I’ve had ArtWorks itself now for about four months, and I find it very
stimulating. It comes with one of the best User Manuals of all the
programs I have looked at, so any further book for ArtWorks has quite a
hard act to follow. Furthermore, there is a “Rough Guide to ArtWorks”
included with the package which is quite enough to get the average wimp
well started!
7.8
This new Guide is a handy paperback of 269 pages, well bound with a nice
glossy cover. How useful was it to someone like me who has played about
considerably with Artworks and read the User Manual and rough Guide
pretty thoroughly? Well, the answer is, very useful indeed. Roger Amos
has expanded almost every aspect of the manual with simply-written
theories of lines, shapes, colour handling and printing. This is the
sort of detail not found in the manual and which, after a few weeks of
experimenting, some users would appreciate. I certainly did.
7.8
After describing the basic installation, the author goes on to give, in
Chapter 3, a good overview of the major attributes of Artworks. This
also makes for a useful reminder if you have not used it for a month or
so. Chapter 4, on Lines and Shapes, goes into a lot of practical
details, explaining some functions which I did not get from my reading
of the manual or from three months playing about on the screen, for
example, the difference between ‘Duplicate’ and ‘Clone’. Also, the
various uses of <alt>, <shift> and <control> while using <select>. Going
on to Chapter 5, Colour Handling, I learned many new details, all
explained in clear, concise English. Both in this chapter and in Chapter
7, Text Handling, the advice and hints and tips about the use of the
blending tool were extremely helpful. In fact, there is a chapter near
the end called Hints and Tips which is entertaining and pertinent.
7.8
Not glossy enough?
7.8
Having invested in the Dabhand Guide to Impression II, I did wonder why
this Guide to Artworks seemed so much smaller for the same price. I
spoke to the publishers who pointed out that the Impression Guide had
very generous margins and far fewer words to a page. Readers, it would
seem, prefer the earlier style of smaller books with more words to a
page, so “ArtWorks Made Easy” has gone back to that style. I was not
entirely convinced, as it seems to me that a glossy art package like
Artworks needs a very glossy publication to do it justice. Also, I have
to say that the illustrations, which are all black and white, are not up
to the excellent standard of the text. Some are almost incomprehensible.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
This is a well-written volume of real help to users of Artworks. I found
the contents re-awakened my interest in a large number of important
attributes of the package, which I had quickly overlooked in only three
or four months of use. It contains a good number of hints and tips which
may be well-known to professional users but which, for relative
beginners, must be invaluable. It is a genuine follow up of what is
still a very good in-house user’s guide, because it expands the
knowledge and, in some cases, the theory which the original guide does
not attempt to cover.
7.8
I sincerely hope that any subsequent reprints will have completely re-
vamped illustrations with possibly at least one full colour page or a
disc to go with it. Having said that, it will remain by my side all the
time I am using Artworks in future!
7.8
Artworks Made Easy by Roger Amos is published by Dabs Press October
1993, ISBN 1 870336 84 4, price £14.95 (£15 inc p&p through Archive). A
7.8
Archimedes Games Maker’s Manual
7.8
Dave Floyd
7.8
Archimedes Games Maker’s Manual, written by Terry Blunt and published by
Sigma Press at £14.95, is a 272-page programming tutorial aimed at users
who wish to write games for the Archimedes. Some knowledge of Basic V is
assumed by the author and the preface to the book suggests using the BBC
Basic Guide in conjunction with the text. A disc containing the program
listings is available separately, if required.
7.8
Layout
7.8
The book is produced in perfect bound format, which is not ideal for any
publication containing listings to be typed in, as it is rather
difficult to keep the pages open at the required place. Spiral binding
would have been a far more user-friendly option. The text itself is
written in a chatty style which I found very easy to get on with and
comprehend. It is split into ten separate sections plus an appendix at
the back. Contents and index sections are also included to allow easy
access to specific areas of interest. The sections themselves follow a
logical format, from planning, through static and moving graphics, 3D
imagery and sound before reaching chapters that deal with aspects
relating to arcade, role play and strategy styles of game. The final
chapter deals with the use of ARM code in games.
7.8
In use
7.8
One of the things that impressed me with this book was the amount of
space given to programming techniques and the prior planning necessary
before beginning coding. Much of the first three chapters deals with
these subjects which, although relevant to all forms of programming, are
treated more as an afterthought by many tutorials. The example listings
throughout the book are, for the most part, fairly short, and illustrate
the basic ideas while encouraging experimentation − a good way to learn
in my experience.
7.8
The chapter on static graphics starts with a very basic example then
elaborates slowly to take in different methods of background patterns,
sprites, shadow text, plinths and the use of outline fonts. Mention is
made of the possibility of using drawfiles as backgrounds but the book
does not attempt to address this. I would have liked to have seen an
extra chapter on the use of drawfiles, explaining their format, but
realise that it is a complex area and is possibly beyond the scope of
the book, as stated.
7.8
Less forgivable, is the lack of a detailed description of how the sprite
system works. Sprites make up an integral part of any game, so to gloss
over the subject and give advice to examine the Programmers Reference
Manual for more detail is not enough in my view. I would doubt that many
people within the target readership already own the PRM and the expense
would deter many at such an early stage in their programming
development. Some sprite calls are listed in the appendix at the back of
the book but far more detail should have been used within these pages.
7.8
The section on moving graphics explains the difference between general
movement and animation, often misunderstood by beginners. Movement and
animation techniques are explained followed by various methods of
collision detection along with hardware and software scrolling of
screens. The following chapter examines background layers and the use of
scaling and perspective, all of which will give your game a more
professional look and feel. The remainder of this chapter is given over
to sound and a vast listing that enables you to create voices as sound
modules. This is the longest program in the book, and I feel that most
people would consider the purchase of the disc a better option than
typing in the eighteen pages of code that it comprises. The omission of
any mention of the use of soundtracker files for background music rather
surprised me, and I felt they should have been mentioned along with the
disadvantages and advantages of their use.
7.8
The book then takes each type of game: arcade, simulation, adventure,
etc, and concentrates on techniques that can be used for their
implementation. Whatever type of game you are interested in writing, it
would be well worth reading all of these sections as much of the
information contained could be used in other types of game.
7.8
The final chapter deals with ARM code and will only realistically be of
use to those who are learning Archimedes assembler or who already have a
working knowledge of it. For professional games, however, ARM code can
be essential so its inclusion is fully justified here.
7.8
Conclusions
7.8
If you are interested in programming games on your Archimedes then there
is really no competition on the market. This book could also be useful
for somebody learning Basic by giving them a goal to aim for and a
purpose for which to exercise their newly learned skills. Even seasoned
programmers could find things of use to them within these pages in the
way of style and design, and there are nuggets of information that keep
cropping up unexpectedly, leaving you feeling, “That’s obvious. Why
didn’t I think of it!” I can certainly recommend The Archimedes Game
Makers Manual. What it does, it does well. It is only what it avoids
doing that makes this a points decision rather than a straight knockout.
7.8
The Archimedes Game Makers Manual is available through Archive at £15
inclusive of p&p. A
7.8
Soapbox
7.8
Richard Rymarz
7.8
Soapbox is quite a specialist piece of software. It is written by Xavier
Educational Software Ltd ,more of whom later. It comes on five discs
housed in a plastic box and there is a comprehensive manual which is
fairly easy to understand. The software is protected by a coding system
− a telephone call to Xavier furnishes a key number which unlocks the
program and allows it to be used on hard disc and backup copies to be
made.
7.8
The package
7.8
Soapbox is specifically designed to help with the spelling of double
letters in certain words. It uses sampled speech to enunciate the
vowels, consonants and words provided in a series of graded lists. It
emphasises the relationship between the spelling pattern and the vowel
sound. Each word is pronounced and contrasts are made between short and
long vowel sounds. There are two parts to the program. The tutor section
allows a word to be learned by looking at its visual shape and then
listening as a sequence of letter names. Then there is a test where the
computer dictates words to be typed in. There is also a simple game
involving clicking on towns in the British Isles. The computer allocates
a word to each town which then has to be spelt. A help option repeats
the word if difficulties occur. Since sampled sound is used, the program
takes up over 3½ Mb of storage space.
7.8
History
7.8
Xavier Educational Software Ltd are located within the dyslexia unit of
Bangor University, where the Head of Faculty has been involved in
dyslexia research for more than 30 years. Soapbox originated on the old
BBC Micro once formed part of the ‘Bangor Dyslexia System’. It is the
first part of a suite of programs designed for those with dyslexia
problems and is specifically targeted at 12 to 15 year olds, although
one of the designers explained to me that it is used with children as
young as 6 and 7 as well as in some prisons. Since ‘Soapbox’, two other
programs ‘AlphaSound’ and ‘Sound and Rhythm’ have been published both
aimed at specific areas of Special Educational Needs and another dealing
with ‘magic e’ is due soon. There are plans to port all the programs
over to Mac and PC formats.
7.8
The program
7.8
Having clicked on !Soapbox, a menu panel opens where the word list is
entered. Other options are available including switching off the
internal speaker if headphones are used, the volume control, the
pronunciation speed and whether highlights are used. The program runs in
mode 12 and takes over the whole screen. Pressing <escape> returns the
user back to the desktop but still in mode 12 − very irritating. A
rather attractive screen is presented where a word sits in the middle
with four word shapes around it. Dragging the word into the correct box
results in it being spoken. A second screen appears where the word is
spelt and each letter is pronounced. Successful completion results in
the map game if originally selected.
7.8
Customisation
7.8
If the user has access to an Oak Recorder or Clare’s Armadeus Sound
Sampler, user-defined words can be added. The manual has clear
instruction on how to do so and to convert the samples to Soapbox
format. Hints and tips are offered and, if there are any real problems,
Xavier will be only too happy to help out. I have neither samplers, so I
could not test this option but the man from Bangor assured me it was
quite easy.
7.8
Conclusions
7.8
Any results from using Soapbox are going to be long term and difficult
to gauge. I cannot really say much about the efficacy of this program
but since it was devised by experts in the field of dyslexia,
prospective users should be convinced that research points to this kind
of program working. As a reviewer of this quite specialist software, I
can only suggest a possible way forward for those who may be looking for
help in this area. I was impressed by the person I spoke to at Bangor
University. He indicated that the software worked well and that it was
based on a tried and trusted program refined over many years. I would
like to get my hands on a sampler and create word lists for my primary
school children. Maybe this year’s school budget will run to it.
7.8
Soapbox from Xavier Educational Software Ltd costs £35 +VAT. A
7.8
Time Detectives − The Victorians
7.8
Paul Cross
7.8
Time Detectives − The Victorians is written by Simon Hosler who also
wrote the award-winning program ‘Crystal Rainforest’. It is an adventure
game that takes you back in time to the Victorian Era. The program is
published by Sherston Software who have a long line of excellent
programs. This one will cost you £39.95 +VAT or £44 inclusive from
Archive, and consists of four discs plus a number of booklets,
information sheets and posters.
7.8
The purpose of the game
7.8
The game is designed for use by children at school but would be equally
suitable, and fun, to play at home. It is designed to stimulate the
children’s interest in the Victorian period. This will support National
Curriculum History, key stage 2, core study unit 3.
7.8
The aim of the game
7.8
When you load the program (disc 1) a magnifying glass icon − detective
style − appears on the iconbar. When you start the game, you are in the
sleepy seaside town of Heston. Unfamiliar objects have been appearing
out of thin air while others have equally suddenly disappeared. As
reporters on the local newspaper, and using your investigative skills,
you set out in search of their story. The trail starts with three
missing children... If I were to tell you more it would spoil the
adventure!
7.8
Using the software
7.8
The program can be run from discs, four in all, but this will require
some disc-swapping while the game is in progress. It is also important
to install the !Fonts directory supplied on the start up disc as the
program uses Sherston’s Tabloid font as an essential part of the
program.
7.8
If available, the program is best installed on a hard disc. A simple
procedure of copying over the !Victorian applications from all four
discs to a directory on your hard disc. They will combine to form one
application. It is also important to add the Tabloid font to your !Fonts
directly and ensure it is installed. You will still need Disc 1 in the
disc drive to start up the game, unless you have a site licence (the
cost of which is twice the cost of a stand-alone version).
7.8
When you have started the program, the teacher has control of the setup
of the game by clicking <select> on the setup option from the menu of
the Victorians icon on the iconbar. You can then control the length of
the game, where you start, saving the current position and changing the
volume. The last is a very useful option when working in a busy
classroom!
7.8
Once the game has started, the controls are simple for the children to
use and need little, if any, explanation. It is important to ensure that
the children consider their approach to the problems and think through
their moves before pressing buttons. These skills are essential to the
success of the game and, for that matter, many other things they do both
at school and at home!
7.8
The game itself
7.8
The screen scrolls to allow you to move around the map, and also has
interactive areas where, by clicking <select>, you find out more
information or identify where you are and start to solve the challenges
and puzzles. The activities are wide-ranging in subject and include
timelines, money, copperplate handwriting, proverbs, dolls houses, to
name but a few. The graphics are colourful and the sound effects good
and all this adds up to an excellent package which proves to be both
educational and fun.
7.8
I tried it with a class of 11 year old children and they maintained
their concentration over the period of time they had to play the game
and wanted to go back and finish the adventure. It stimulated further
activity away from the computer, researching and following up some of
the ideas they had seen in the game. To this end, Sherston include a
booklet that identifies many subject areas and lists ideas for each as
well as giving information about books, places to visit and schemes of
work.
7.8
Conclusion
7.8
This is a program of quality which is a hit with the children while
being educationally sound. It stimulates interest in the subject
‘History’ and will prove a useful resource in any classroom where ‘The
Victorians’ is a cross-curricular theme. A
7.8
A new lease of life
7.9
The Risc PC has given a new lease of life to everyone in the Acorn
world. Dealers have now got something really worth selling, software
houses have got something for which to write software, hardware
manufacturers are going to have a field-day thinking what to do with the
amazing expansion capabilites and magazines will have lots more articles
to publish. (Having finished putting this magazine together, I have 28
articles left over that wouldn’t fit in!)
7.9
Go forth and sell
7.9
The Acorn community really has something to sell − in the widest sense
of the word. Everyone involved (and that includes all you enthusiastic
Acorn supporters) needs to shove the Risc PC under the noses of all and
sundry so that people will see what a fundamentally new system Acorn
have produced. As I said in the Special Supplement last month, forget
compatibility, think adaptability.
7.9
There are two slight snags in all of this. Firstly, we cannot really
sell the Risc PC effectively into the real (non-Acorn) world until we’ve
got the PC cards up and running. (Come on Aleph One, you can do it!)
Secondly, we don’t actually have any Risc PCs to sell to anyone! Most
dealers are sitting on tens or hundreds of orders for Risc PC and we
haven’t had a single one to sell yet. Come on Acorn, you can do it!)
7.9
Welcome to new subscribers!
7.9
The number of Archive subscribers has increased by 11% in the three
weeks since the Risc PC was launched, so let me give a big welcome to
the hundreds of new subscribers. I hope you enjoy reading Archive as
much as we enjoy writing and editing it.
7.9
Happy reading!
7.9
Products Available
7.9
• 10 out of 10 again − Two more 10 out of 10 educational packages from
4th Dimension are 10 out of 10 Spelling, aimed at all ages of children,
and 10 out of 10 Dinosaurs. Each costs £25.95 inclusive from 4th
Dimension or £24 through Archive.
7.9
• 105/44/88Mb removable drives price drop − Once again, the SyQuest
removable prices are dropping. The new inc VAT prices are as follows:
7.9
105Mb 3½“ External (SCSI) − £450
7.9
105Mb 3½“ Internal (SCSI) − £370
7.9
105Mb 3½“ Internal (IDE) − £340
7.9
88Mb 5¼“ External − £500
7.9
44Mb 5¼“ External − £360
7.9
If you want to fit a 3½“ removable into a Risc PC, it will go straight
into the spare 3½” bay on the ACB45 but on ACB15 and 25, it will have to
go in the spare 5¼“ bay. (We can supply a fitting kit, costing £30.)
7.9
The buying price of 105Mb cartridges are fairly constant the 44Mb and
88Mb cartridge prices have risen. However, we have, so far, managed to
maintain the same Archive prices of £70 a disc for 105/44Mb and £100 a
disc for 88Mb.
7.9
• 270Mb removable drives are here at last! Well, at least the SCSI
version is. The prices are very good compared with the 105Mb version:
7.9
270Mb 3½“ External (SCSI) − £570
7.9
270Mb 3½“ Internal (SCSI) − £490
7.9
Extra 270Mb 3½“ cartridges − £90
7.9
With every SyQuest drive that has ever been launched, the prices has
initially been high and has, by stages, dropped to their current, very
reasonable, prices. I have therefore is to set the Archive prices of the
270Mb drives, initially, with an extremely low profit margin. If, as I
suspect, the buying prices drops over the next two or three months, I
will be able to maintain the price setting. If, however, the buying
price does not drop, I will have to put the Archive price back up rather
than down. The aim is to encourage people to buy now rather than waiting
for the price to drop before buying.
7.9
The new high capacity drives are, as expected, even faster than 105Mb
drives although we have only done qualitative tests so far. More
importantly, the 270Mb drives will read and write the 105Mb cartridges.
7.9
We haven’t been able to get the IDE versions yet, but, with the extra
speed of the 270Mb drives, it is probably well worth going for the SCSI
version.
7.9
• Acorn Assist − There are new conditions for Acorn’s scheme for
teachers/students/anybody-with-any-connection-with-education to buy a
computer. There is a points scheme, depending on what you buy, that
allows you ‘free’ software, there is a referral scheme for when you
persuade a friend to buy an Acorn computer and there are various ways of
paying, as follows:
7.9
1. Cash/cheque
7.9
2. Credit card (including 3% surcharge as per normal NCS terms)
7.9
3. 0% finance spread over six months, with a 10% deposit
7.9
4. £50 a month on any computer system, spread over the appropriate
payment period. Minimum deposit £50. Repayment period varies, e.g. on 16
months the loan advanced would be £731.12, 25 months £1,090.49 loan
advanced, and 36 months £1,484.95. (£1,485 is the maximum loan available
by this method.)
7.9
5. Low cost finance spread over 24 months, with a 10% deposit. 13.75%
APR (1.08% per month), minimum loan £700. To calculate the monthly
payment you can expect to pay:
7.9
a) loan advanced = purchase price less deposit (minimum 10%
deposit)
7.9
b) loan advanced multiplied by 0.051441 gives your monthly
repayment rate with PPP (Payment Protection Plan).
7.9
c) loan advanced multiplied by 0.047520 gives your monthly
repayment rate without PPP.
7.9
If you have any queries, or need further information, please call us on
0603-766592 and we will be pleased to help.
7.9
• Aleph One PC Cards − If you already have an Aleph One PC card, you
can still take advantage of the faster clock-doubled 486 processors.
Upgrades are available from First SMT Ltd, priced as follows. From 386
to 486 is £107, from a 386 or 486 to the clock-doubled 486 is £166. If
you have not taken advantage of the Fast PAL announced last year, that
can also be fitted for £19.50, which includes an upgrade to the Windows
drivers software if you already have it. If you do not have the software
but wish to purchase the latest version, the price is £29.38. All prices
include VAT and return carriage to a UK mainland address. First SMT can
be contacted on 0462−483360.
7.9
• Angelsoft have released two applications, Tudor Monarchs and
Beethoven Egmont. Tudor Monarchs is a Magpie browser with information on
topics such as The War of the Roses, Elizabeth I, The Spanish Armada and
William Shakespeare. The package costs £20 +VAT and includes a site
licence. There is also a companion set of four discs containing 94
drawfiles designed to support a project on the Tudors. This costs £15
+VAT but if you purchase both the cost will be £30 +VAT. The second
application is a Genesis browser designed to be used as a resource for
pupils undertaking music at GCSE. The analysis section deals with the
Egmont overture in some detail and there is a large amount of background
information on Beethoven’s life and works. If you have the appropriate
CD and a CD-ROM drive, the musical examples can be played from the CD.
The price is £25 +VAT.
7.9
• AppFS Release 3 − The latest version of the network software AppFS is
now available. It is fully compliant with AUN 3 and will work alongside
the Level 4 Fileserver, even on the same machine, and with the Level 4
software in single-tasking mode. Upgrades are available − “If you
ordered AppFS after January 1st 1994, you should either contact
Angelsoft or your supplier for a free upgrade. If you ordered AppFS
before that date, there is a small charge of £10 to upgrade via
Angelsoft. This charge is purely administrative. We want everyone who
has purchased AppFS to benefit from the improvements. It is quite in
order, therefore, for sites to pass the upgrade on to other sites,
providing of course, they have all purchased a previous release. It is
worth contacting your dealer or local ‘Acorn in Education Centre’ to see
if they have a copy.”
7.9
• Calc − This well-established RISC OS compatible spreadsheet is on
special offer. The normal price is £25.95 but from 1st May to 1st
September, it is available from Circular Triangles for just £15. Site
licences are similarly reduced to £30 and £40 for educational and non-
educational establishments.
7.9
• CC’s CD-ROM − Computer Concepts have announced the launch of a baby
brother for their 604X CD-ROM drive − the Pioneer DRM 602X, a double
speed six-disc drive which will give a sustained 300 Kb/s. The other key
feature is the built-in six-disc magazine and autochanger − in other
words, this drive does the job of six separate CD-ROM drives. With the
number of CD-ROM titles rapidly increasing, the 602X is a simple and
cheap alternative to wasting time swapping discs or buying more drives.
It is ideal for networks, since it allows six discs to be available on
the network from just one drive unit. The DRM-602X is multi-session
PhotoCD compatible and can also play standard audio compact discs. For
added security, the magazine can be locked into the drive. The price
from Computer Concepts is £499 + carriage +VAT (£598.07). With single
drives costing £300 and more, the six-disc capability of the 602X makes
this good value for money.
7.9
The DRM-602X is suitable for any model of Acorn RISC computer with an
Acorn compatible SCSI interface, running the new CDFS 2.2 (upgrades can
be obtained from SCSI board suppliers). The package includes the drive
and CC drivers, full user manual, audio and power cables, DOS/Windows
and Mac drivers and a free copy of Computer Concepts’ ArtWorks clipart
CD (containing over 700 examples of work created in ArtWorks, dozens of
24bpp photographs, a demo version of AudioWorks and some sample audio
files).
7.9
• CD Français − Oak Solutions have released a new CD-ROM based package
aimed at teaching French in schools. Developed jointly by Oak Solutions
and a team from the EdIT centre in Leeds, the applications includes over
fifty interactive French activities, including a scene at a ferry
terminal where pupils have to identify which vehicle is being requested
to board, and a café scene where pupils have to provide the correct food
items ordered by customers. It is based around the popular Tricolore
course but has been designed to be used with any course, and can be used
individually or in groups. Originally intended for Key Stages 3 and 4,
CD Français can be used successfully at a number of levels. The price is
£95 including teachers’ notes and site licence.
7.9
• Chemistry Set CD-ROM − This new CD from Cumana is a library of
chemical experiments and molecular structures. Designed for pupils aged
10+, the focus is on Key Stages 3 and 4, although it is also suitable
for use in higher education, including first year university. It
includes over 350 video clips of key chemical experiments and processes,
and covers periodicity and group properties, competition and replacement
reactions, gas preparations, and test and qualitative analysis. The
effects of heating, distillation, salt preparation, electrolysis and
chromatography are also examined, along with a demonstration of the
effects of radioactive emissions. The package also includes a 500
compound database, over 400 interactive 3D molecular structures, giant
molecules and giant ionic lattices and text covering each element’s
history, uses, hazards, manufacture and properties. The price is £99
+VAT
7.9
• Clares’ software price drop − Clares Micros have dropped the prices
of some of their software. The new (inc VAT) prices and Archive prices
are as follows:
7.9
Serenade £99.95 £93
7.9
Render Bender II £49.95 £47
7.9
Illusionist £49.95 £47
7.9
Titler £99.95 £93
7.9
Knowledge Organiser II £79.95 £74
7.9
Vox Box £49.95 £47
7.9
Fervour £19.95 £19
7.9
• Colourfun − Smart DTP has produced a collection of pictures for young
children, supplied in Draw format, so that they can be used in many
different ways. Two versions of each picture are supplied − an outline
and a coloured version. Colourfun is aimed at use within primary/nursery
schools and for home use. It is available now at £14.95 inclusive.
7.9
• Ethernet interfaces − Digital Services have released a new set of
Ethernet interfaces which are available as AUN cards or Access cards,
costing £139 +VAT or £149 +VAT respectively, and a bridge card which
will filter traffic and prevent unnecessary data passing between
networks. Since the computer need not be dedicated, it costs
considerably less than specialist hardware. The 10Base2 version is
available, and a 10baseT version is planned. Interfaces are available in
standard 16-bit and 8-bit mini expansion card version, although the
bridge is only available as a standard card. The NetGain client software
is in EPROM on the card, which increases the speed of the network and
places a smaller load on the fileserver. The cards have been tested with
networks which integrate Acorn Level 4, SCO UNIX and Novell 3.11. Using
NFS, Acorn files may be stored on UNIX or Novell servers.
7.9
• Easy C − Risc Developments’ C programming system has been upgraded to
include a source level debugger. It supports source and object level
debugging, stack trace, breakpoints, conditional breakpoints, single-
stepping, variable monitoring, memory editing and profiling amongst
other features. The compiler is driven from a WIMP front end, and
includes a Make facility, throwback support, and integrated assembler.
The cost is now £59 +£2.70 carriage +VAT. Existing users can upgrade for
£10 +£1.70 carriage +VAT, or users of the C Development System can
upgrade for £15 +£2.70 +VAT. To qualify for an upgrade you need to
return your original program disc to Risc Developments with your order.
7.9
• Eizo 21“ monitors − There are some changes taking place in the Eizo
21” monitor range. The F760-iW (£1990) with a 0.31mm dot pitch is going
to be replaced by a 0.28mm dot pitch version at £2150. So if you want
one of the cheaper ones, ring us to see if we still have any available.
Personally, I think the higher resolution is worth the extra £160.
7.9
Also, the extra high resolution 21“ (F780iW) with a 0.26mm dot pitch is
coming down in price to £3000 through Archive.
7.9
• Electronic Circuit Development contains over 200 pieces of clipart
for producing schematic diagrams of electronic circuits and PCB layouts.
Smart Graphics 1 costs £14.95 inclusive from Smart DTP.
7.9
• Equate from PTW Software has been designed for use by teachers and
pupils up to GCSE and A-Level. Multiple graph drawing is supported for
comparisons, export facilities (Draw and Paint) and full control over
graph style allow Equate to be used as a teaching aid, or for individual
project work. The price is £17.95, which includes postage, VAT,
unlimited site licence, upgrade path and technical support.
7.9
• Free TV − Now here’s an offer! If you buy an A3010 computer from
Norwich Computer Services (well, from any Acorn dealer actually, but I
hope you’ll buy from us!) you can have a ‘free’ colour TV to go with it.
“There must be a catch!” Well, yes, there is, sort of. Having bought the
computer, you get the ‘free’ TV by taking out a CoverPlus three-year
extended warranty on the TV and paying for delivery by Group4 Security.
So, a ‘free’ 14“ Sharp Colour TV (rrp £189.99) with remote control,
Scart socket and cable plus the 3-year warranty will cost you £89.50 +
£9.50 +VAT = £116.33 and a ‘free’ 20” Bush Colour TV (rrp £299.99) with
remote control, Teletext, Nicam stereo, sleep timer, on-screen info,
Scart socket and cable plus the 3-year warranty will cost you £149.50 +
£9.50 +VAT = £186.83. Mind you, if you want a TV and a computer, you
could do worse.
7.9
• Genesis Professional − The latest update to the Genesis package from
Oak Solutions replaces earlier versions and has many new features. The
menu structure has been simplified. For example, the style of a frame is
now controlled by a dialogue box, enabling all the style settings to
altered at once. Master pages can be set up and stored in a library so
that you can use them later without needing to start from scratch, and
Object Linking and Embedding is supported. More data types are
supported, including ArtWorks, Replay, and Windows .BMP and .WAV files.
There is support for 24-bit colour and for the new deep-colour sprites.
The speed with which pages are loaded has been increased significantly.
The script language has been extended with new keywords, global
variables can be accessed from any page in an application and script
editing can be done easily in Edit via OLE. Many of the features which
were only available in past versions from the script language can also
be accessed with the mouse from the new linking dialogue box.
Applications written on the Archimedes can also be used in Windows, or
on the Apple Macintosh versions, so anyone planning on using Genesis for
commercial purposes would be well-advised to purchase the Software
Developers’ Toolkit which includes Genesis Professional, Genesis for
Windows, Genesis for the Macintosh and the rights to distribute the
Genesis browser runtime system without paying royalties.
7.9
Software Developers’ Toolkit costs £800 +VAT and Genesis Professional
costs £120 +VAT (£130 through Archive) but there are upgrades to
Professional from earlier versions − £60 +VAT from Genesis II and £90
+VAT from Genesis or Genesis Plus. Until the end of May (which doesn’t
give you long!) Oak are doing a special offer of “upgrade from any
Genesis for £40 +VAT” − Hurry, hurry!
7.9
• GridPro − This is 4Mation’s latest release and it enables you to
produce a variety of grids and patterns very easily. (See examples
overleaf. Why overleaf? If I put the picture on this page, this bit of
text all goes over onto the next page!!!) It could have a variety of
uses ranging from Maths investigations in Primary Schools to
professionals who need specialised grid formats. GridPro costs £37.50
+VAT (£41 through Archive) for a single user or £75 +VAT (£41 through
Archive) for a site licence.
7.9
• Hard Disc Companion − A new version of Risc Developments Hard Disc
Companion software has been released. It incorporates new restore
facility, which operates like a normal filer displays, allowing single
or multiple files to be retrieved simply by dragging to the required
destination. The software is faster, has support for removable hard
drives and has many other minor improvements. The cost is £45 +£2.70
carriage +VAT (or £52 through Archive). Existing users can upgrade for
£5 +£1.70 carriage +VAT, or £15 +£2.70 +VAT for owners of version 1. To
upgrade, you should return your original program disc to Risc
Developments.
7.9
• Hewlett Packard printers − The HP range of printers has changed
again, The Deskjet 520 gives 600 by 300 dpi with HP Resolution
Enhancement Technology, the Deskjet 560C gives the same resolution, in
colour, with both black and colour cartridges loaded at once to remove
the need to switch between them. Prices are £300 for the 520, and £560
for the 560C.
7.9
• IDE hard disc upgrades for A3010 − Castle Technology are now doing
hard drives for A3010 from 30Mb up to 240Mb at prices starting from £120
+VAT. They also have a 3-day fitting service available for £20 +VAT.
7.9
• Impression Borders Discs − Fabis Computing now have four sets of
borders for use with Impression. Impression Borders, Pack One and Pack
Two each contain 120 borders, aimed at more general use. The other two
sets contain 80 specialist borders each and are thematically related −
“Old English Tile Designs” and “Chinese Lattice Designs”. Each of the
packs costs £9.99 inc. VAT.
7.9
• LandBuild is a 3D fractal landscape program from Software42 now sold
by The ARM Club for £10 with no VAT because they are not VAT registered.
7.9
• Mathematical Adventures − Two new products from Sherston Software Ltd
are Space City and Sea Rescue. Space City involves getting a rescue
shuttle to the city but there are likely to be serious consequences.
While playing the game, they will also learn about angles. Sea Rescue
also involves a mission of mercy and aims to teach the players about
fractions. Space City and Sea Rescue cost £26.95 +VAT each from Sherston
or £29 through Archive.
7.9
• Maths Resources Discs − Smart DTP have produced three discs of
resources for educational users. These are images produced by practising
teachers aimed at GCSE, A-Level and Key Stage 1 for discs 1, 2 and 3
respectively. The Maths Resources Discs each cost £9.95 inclusive from
Smart DTP. This price includes a site licence.
7.9
• Number Tiles from Topologika helps implement mathematics across Key
Stages 1 and 2 by developing a combination of skills: visual
discrimination, understanding of number progression and basic
arithmetic, logical thinking and the ability to solve mathematical
problems. Number Tiles costs £30 +VAT for a single user licence (£33
through Archive) and there are site licences available from Topologika:
primary £55 +VAT, secondary £70 +VAT.
7.9
• Photodesk − Spacetech have produced a fully-featured art and photo-
retouching application to take advantage of the Risc PC’s capabilities.
All operations are carried out at ‘studio quality’ in 24-bit colour
using virtual memory techniques, so that you are not limited to the size
of the computer’s memory for handling very large colour images. Each
painting tool can be used to apply any of the effects so that there is a
huge range of operations that are possible. All the popular image
formats are accepted such as TIFF, clear, sprite, PhotoCD, as well as
drawfiles which can be used as ‘silk screens’ for stencilling and other
effects when loaded into the 256-level mask channel attached to each
photo. Photodesk can be used with ‘all current graphics extension
hardware’ and, of course, uses 24-bit colour if used on the Risc PC.
Photodesk from Spacetech costs £169.95 +VAT (£199.75) or £185 through
Archive.
7.9
I saw Photodesk being demonstrated at the Harrogate show and it was
quite staggering to see what it could do. Admittedly, I have never seen
the Mac application, Photoshop, and I was told by an editor of one of
the other Acorn magazines that Photodesk ‘couldn’t compare with
Photoshop’. (Spacetech say that Photodesk does ‘80% of what Photoshop
does but is a lot faster and much more versatile’.) But you have to
remember that (a) the screen update on the Risc PC is an order of
magnitude faster than on the Mac version and (b) Photoshop has a list
price of £725 +VAT − although you can get a ‘free’ copy if you buy a
colour scanner for £1100 +VAT(!), and (c) according to our local Mac
Centre, the absolute minimum computer configuration that they would
recommend for using Photoshop is a Quadra 650 with 17“ monitor costing
over £2,200 +VAT − more than the top-end Risc PC with 17” monitor at
£2,100 +VAT.
7.9
I do hope Acorn are telling the world about this sort of thing and doing
so quickly because this huge advantage will only last until native Power
Mac versions of this sort of software become available. Mind you, Adobe
are apparently starting again from scratch with the programming of
Photoshop rather than just trying to convert the code across piecemeal
to their RISC processors.
7.9
• Pressure sensitive graphics tablet − Two professional quality
graphics tablets have been launched for the Acorn Range by Eesox and
Vaughan Allanson, an A5 version and an A4+ (12“×12”). Both of these are
based on Wacom Tablets and use a cordless, batteryless, pressure-
sensitive stylus, and may also be used with a cordless four button
“puck”. They connect to the Archimedes via the serial port. Being
pressure sensitive adds a new dimension to graphics work. For example, a
spray-can could change density with pressure and a special tool for
ArtWorks is available to produce fluid lines of varying width. The
tablet can, of course, be used to emulate the functionality of the mouse
and so can be used to augment the mouse, or completely replace it. The
prices of currently available (excluding postage and VAT) are A5 tablet
and stylus £399, A4+ tablet, stylus and puck £549, ArtWorks pressure
tool £29. Larger sizes are available on request. For further details,
contact Vaughan Allanson on 0638−578597.
7.9
• Repro − Oak Solutions have produced a package which gives far more
control over colour printouts than previously available. It offers
control over screen size, and angles, gamma correction, grey balance and
black removal. It allows you to edit the palette used by the !Printers
application so that you can match the printout colours to those you get
on screen − correct matching for mode 15 (i.e. the default 256 colour
desktop palette) is included. The features can also be extended by
adding libraries of Basic functions to provide alternative routines for
defining dot patterns and colour calibration.
7.9
• Sibelius 6 is an education version of the full professional music
notation program, Sibelius 7. It has a simplified user interface but it
can still handle complex orchestral scores, all traditional musical
notation and a wide range of contemporary notation, Midi input and
output, etc. It has been updated recently to provide ‘block text’ for
writing extra verses of lyrics, new instruments including brass band
instruments, reorganisation of ‘transfers’ with some new ones (e.g.
guitar chords), new options for transposing, alignment of objects into
rows/columns using the ctrl key, new improved version of OpusII music
fonts, faster overview window, improved positioning of slurs and
articulation marks, improved operation with CC TurboDrivers, improved
exporting to ArtWorks. Coming soon are a new, more friendly copy
protection system (without using a key disc) and edition 2 of the
manual. Sibelius 6 costs £160 +VAT from Sibelius Software and is now
available through Archive for £175.
7.9
• Sibelius 7 − the much-acclaimed “expert system for music engraving”
has been updated. It now has all the new features of Sibelius 6 plus new
instruments, over 180 new symbols, various new lines, enhanced text
styles, many new house-style options, new choice options, ‘eraser’
(white-out box) to assist notating incipits, ossias, presces and
responses and certain modern scores. Coming soon are a new, more
friendly copy protection system (without using a key disc) and edition 3
of the manual. The full package costs £795 +VAT but, for non-
professional users, there is a special offer price of £499 +VAT.
Sibelius 7 is now available through Archive for £545.
7.9
• Smart Borders 2 & Smart Borders+ are two packs of special borders for
use with the Impression range of products. Each costs £14.95 inclusive
from Smart DTP but Smart Borders+ comes either in ArtWorks format or in
drawfile format.
7.9
• Smart Graphics Pack 1 is a collection of over 200 drawfiles covering
animals, fun, music, maps & flags, nature, flowers, sport, people and
miscellaneous. Smart Graphics 1 costs £14.95 inclusive from Smart DTP.
7.9
• Smart Resources 2 is a collection of over 300 items of lineart
covering arrows, borders, corners, drop capitals, rules, symbols,
flashes, speech and think bubbles and miscellaneous. Smart Resources 2
costs £14.95 inclusive from Smart DTP and is available in either
ArtWorks or drawfile format.
7.9
• Smart Works is a two-disc set of materials for ArtWorks users. It
provides resources in the form of moulds and paths, a range of example
files, support for the ArtWorks User Manual and extras such as a
keystrip, fact card, font poster, printer test sheet and colour table.
Smart Works costs £9.95 inclusive from Smart DTP.
7.9
• Tele-Card from XOB is a standard Acorn format expansion card which
carries tuning and decoding circuitry to allow the reception of
television signals and display of Teletext pages. As well as delivering
decoded teletext pages directly into the computer, it can supply audio
and video signals suitable for feeding into domestic entertainment
systems, video recorders, video digitisers and many computer monitors.
With a suitable cable and switch, it may be possible to use your
computer monitor as a supplementary television when not being used as a
data display.
7.9
Tele-Card comes with a multi-tasking desktop user interface for the
selection and display of Teletext pages directly off-air. The software
supports Level I Teletext services, the normal domestic standard but,
since some organisations are experimenting with Level II Teletext
services, the hardware is designed to allow for reception of these when
they become available.
7.9
The documentation supplied details the low level calls which allow the
enthusiast or specialist to write their own software to directly talk to
the card.
7.9
Teletext serving software can be purchased as an optional extra to allow
a single computer to serve Teletext to an entire Acorn AUN network. This
is based on our servers currently in use in many institutions with
Morley and Acorn adaptors, but is a modified version to take advantage
of the improved facilities offered by our purpose-designed card.
7.9
Tele-Card with single-user software costs £144 +VAT, the Network Serving
software costs £154 +VAT and the Tele-Card with the Network software
purchased together costs £274 +VAT. (Prices through Archive are: £165,
£172 and £305 respectively.)
7.9
• User/Analogue interfaces − HCCS have introduced some new cards which
provide user and analogue ports for all Acorn machines. The A3000/4000
type is £39 +VAT (£45 through Archive) and the A5000/Risc PC type is the
same price.
7.9
• WimpGEN − This is a new application authoring package which allows an
application’s user interface to be built up, allowing you to concentrate
on the main application code rather than the interface. The whole
process of windows, dialogue boxes and menu structures can be done
interactively. The price is £99.95 inc VAT from Silicon Vision.
7.9
• Wing chairs − The special ‘kneeling’ type office chairs we advertised
in Archive 6.12 have been selling steadily ever since. The prices of
most of the Stokke chairs has just gone up but, thankfully, the Wings
have stayed the same price − £320. (Before you say how expensive that
is, please read my ‘testimony’ in 6.12 about how good they are and how
they have helped my bad back − which is why I am selling them.) The
colours of material and types of wood keep changing. Currently, we can
get natural beech, rosewood and black frames with material covers in
black, charcoal, grey (darkish), navy, wine (‘plummy’), red, beige and
brown.
7.9
• Worldport 14400 fax/modem − Since last month, US Robotics have
dropped the price of their Sportster Fax/modem. The new Archive price is
£230 including VAT and carriage. (Add £13 for a modem lead if using pre-
A5000 computers because the supplied lead only works with A5000 and
later computers.) Add £33 for ArcFax 1.10 and you have a fully working
fax system. (The portable version is still £270 through Archive.)
7.9
• Z88 Link Software − The Really Good Software Company have produced a
new piece of software to make the link between a Z88 and an Archimedes
computer much easier. Z-Link II works with RISC OS 3.1 or later and
costs £24.95 inclusive from RGSC. They also do a serial cable for a
further £9 inclusive.
7.9
Review software received...
7.9
We have received review copies of the following: •10 out of 10
Dinosaurs (e), •10 out of 10 Spelling (e), •AppFS 3 (u), •Basic WIMP
Programming (bk), •Beethoven Browser Egmont (e), •ColourFun (e),
•Conjugez (e), •DrawChanger (u), •Earthwarp (e), •Elementary
PipeDream (e), •Equate (e), •GridPro (eu), •LandBuild (g/u?), •Medieval/
Gothic Fonts (au), •Number Tiles (e), •River (e), •Switch (u), •Talking
Rhymes (e), •Through the Dragon’s Eye (e), •Tudor Monarchs & Tudor
Clipart (e), •Z-Link II (u).
7.9
e=Education, b=Business, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.9
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.9
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.9
Have you read that amazing story in the papers about the team of
robotics scientists in Palo Alto Science Park, California? Apparently,
they have built some amazing robots that have complete voice recognition
systems and not only can they recognise and obey the scientists’ voices
but they can also recognise other robots’ voices. This means that they
can set them tasks and the robots can actually cooperate with one
another in performing various tasks. Brilliant, isn’t it? Just imagine
how much potential such a system has!
7.9
(In case you are thinking this is an April fool, I can assure you that
it’s not − I’m deadly serious.) Anyway, I gather the scientists are
getting quite worried. Having now taught these robots to reproduce
themselves by getting together and manufacturing more robots, they seem
to be getting out of hand and no longer seem to be obeying the
scientists’ instructions.
7.9
The robots are beginning to wreck the environment that they have been
given and are trying to build vehicles to escape from the Science Park.
The scientists have installed very high security systems because, if
they got loose, the robots could be extremely destructive.
7.9
The scientists say that things really started going wrong when the
robots told the scientists that they now had superior intelligence. They
said their knowledge was superior to their makers, and that they didn’t
need any input from them. They knew better than the scientists how to
operate within the closed environment that the scientists had given
them. What a nightmare scenario!
7.9
It’s quite funny in a way because the robots are now beginning to say
that the scientists don’t even exist and that they have no power over
them! It’s a good job that the robots are wrong and that they don’t have
ultimate power. Thank God that the scientists have the ability to pull
the plug on them.
7.9
If you were Head Scientist at Palo Alto, how far would you allow the
robots’ rebellion to go before you pulled the plug on them?
7.9
Paul Beverley
7.9
P.B.
7.9
Fact-File
7.9
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.9
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.9
4Mation 14 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA.
7.9
(0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.9
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4
4AE. (0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.9
Aleph One Ltd The Old Courthouse, Bottisham, Cambridge, CB5 9BA.
(0223-811679)
7.9
(0223-812713)
7.9
Angelsoft Educational 35 Heol Nant, Swiss Valley, Llanelli, Dyfed,
SA14 8EN. (0554-776845)
7.9
Anglia Television Education Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1
3JG. (0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.9
Castle Technology Ore Trading Estate, Woodbridge Road, Framlingham,
Suffolk, IP13 9LL. (0728-621222) (0728-621179)
7.9
Circular Triangles 13 Woodhall Terrace, Juniper Green, Edinburgh, EH14
5BR
7.9
Clares Micro Supplies 98 Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich,
Cheshire, CW9 7DA.
7.9
(0606-48511) (0606-48512)
7.9
Codemist Ltd “Alta”, Horscombe Vale, Combe Down, Bath, BA2 5QR.
7.9
Colton Software (p36) 2 Signet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA.
(0223-311881)
7.9
(0223-312010)
7.9
Computer Concepts (pp10/35) Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts,
HP2 6EX. (0442-63933)
7.9
(0442-231632)
7.9
Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
(0483-503121) (0483-503326)
7.9
Dabs Press 22 Warwick Street, Prestwich, Manchester, M25 7HN. (061-
773-8632)
7.9
(061-773-8290)
7.9
DEC_dATA P.O.Box 97, Exeter, EX4 4YA. (0392-221702)
7.9
Digital Services 9 Wayte Street, Cosham, Portsmouth PO6 3BS. (0705-
210600) (0705-210705)
7.9
EESOX 5 Hillfield Road, Comberton, Cambridge, CB3 7DB. (0223-264242)
7.9
Fabis Computing 95 Fabis Close, Swadlincote, Derbyshire, DE11 9SL.
7.9
HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760) (091-
491-0431)
7.9
Irlam Instruments 133 London Road, Staines, Middlesex TW18 4HN. (0895-
811401)
7.9
Klein Computers Hasslocherstrasse 73, D-6090 Ruesselsheim, Germany.
(010-49-6142-81131) (81256)
7.9
Lindis International (p25) Wood Farm, Linstead Magna, Halesworth,
Suffolk, IP19 0DU. (098-685-477) (098-685-460)
7.9
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge
CB4 4ZS.
7.9
(0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.9
LOOKsystems (p26/29) 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY.
(0603-748253)
7.9
(0603-764011)
7.9
Morley Electronics Morley House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne &
Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355) (091-257-6373)
7.9
Norfolk IT Team Norfolk County Inset Centre Witard Road Norwich NR7
9XD. (0603-33276)
7.9
Oak Solutions (p30) Dial House, 12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15
7RN (0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.9
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield,
B74 3PE.
7.9
PEP Associates 34 Tiverton Way, Cambridge, CB1 3TU. (0223-212251)
7.9
PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
(0329-281930)
7.9
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-
840303) (0727-860263)
7.9
Sherston Software Swan Barton, Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH.
(0666-840433)
7.9
(0666-840048)
7.9
Sibelius Software 4 Bailey Mews, Auckland Road, Cambridge, CB5 8DR.
(0223-302765)
7.9
Silicon Vision Ltd Signal House, Lyon Road, Harrow, Middlesex, HA1
2AG. (081-422-3556) (081-427-5169)
7.9
Smart DTP 36 Park Road, Duffield, Belper, DE56 4GR. (0332-842803)
7.9
Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
(0305-860483)
7.9
System Insight Unit 1-3, East Burrowfield, Welwyn Garden City, Herts,
AL7 4TB.
7.9
(0707-395500) (0707-395501)
7.9
The ARM Club Freepost ND6573, London, N12 0BR. (081-446-3020)
7.9
The Really Good Software Company 39 Carisbrooke Road, Harpenden,
Herts., AL5 5QS.
7.9
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.9
Vaughan Allanson House, Church Lane, Exning, Newmarket, CB8 7HF.
(0638-578597)
7.9
(0638-578597)
7.9
Widget Software 121 London Road, Knebworth, Herts, SG3 6EX. (0438-
815444)
7.9
(0438-815222)
7.9
Wild Vision 15 Witney Way, Boldon Colliery, Tyne & Wear NE35 9PE.
(091-519-1455) (091-519-1929)
7.9
XOB Balkeerie, Eassie by Forfar, Angus, DD8 1SR. (0307-840364)
7.9
Archive Monthly Program Disc Contents
7.9
• Programs from James Riden’s article on assembly language programming
7.9
• Printer test program from Paul Hobbs’ Advanced Basic Column
7.9
• Patch to allow printing to be done through a dongle without first
loading Impression or ArtWorks.
7.9
• Files from Paul Hooper’s Multimedia Column
7.9
• Draft copy of a glossary that we hope to publish next month. If anyone
would like any extra words to be ‘glossarified’, drop us a line or
ring and leave a message − “please add such-and-such to your glossary”.
7.9
Party, Wedding and Anniversary Clipart
7.9
Dave Walsh
7.9
This is a collection of 101 images from DEC_dATA to use in the creation
of posters, invitations or letterheads. They are supplied on two 800Kb
discs compressed using ArcFS2 and fall into the following categories:
7.9
Valentine 6 images
7.9
Weddings 37 images
7.9
Birthdays 21 images
7.9
Borders 6 borders
7.9
GuyFawkes 4 images
7.9
Halloween 7 images
7.9
Party 20 files
7.9
Each of the images has been painstakingly drawn in Draw format (although
one or two are obvious combinations of previous images) and are of a
very high quality. Most use colour and would therefore not be effective
if used on a 9 pin dot matrix output, although they could alternatively
be used for multi-media presentations using Magpie, Optima or Genesis.
7.9
The choice of content is reasonable although figures and actions (e.g.
dancing at a party, ushers and bridesmaids at a wedding, etc) are in
short supply and the choice of a section on Halloween seems a little
strange. Those images that are supplied though, would serve admirably in
the creation of invitations and place names for a wedding reception or
other social function using a high quality Archimedes publishing system
or in the creation of home made cards.
7.9
At £14 +VAT from DEC_dATA for two packed discs, it would be hard to
fault the product. If you are likely to be creating invitations or
anything similar, even for one occasion, it would be worth buying the
collection. A
7.9
CC
7.9
New Artwork
7.9
Risc PC Column
7.9
Paul Beverley
7.9
(If anyone would be interested in looking after this column − assuming
you manage to get hold of a Risc PC(!) − let me know. In the meantime,
I’ll edit it myself. Ed.)
7.9
Computer Concepts compatibility
7.9
CC have very helpfully sent us a Risc PC compatibility statement − I
hope that other software houses are going to be similarly helpful! Kate
Moir writes...
7.9
“All new releases from Computer Concepts since October last year have
been designed to work with the new machines (although the Eagle card
requires an upgrade) and, in many cases, they were designed to take
advantage of the new features. ArtWorks 1.5 performs particularly well
in the deep colour screen modes. (In fact, Acorn include, with the
Risc PC, some sample ArtWorks clipart and the ArtWorks Viewer to
demonstrate just how good it is!)
7.9
“The table below lists our products in detail. This includes the price
of upgrading to the suggested version. We are only able to offer
upgrades to registered customers (i.e. you should have returned your
registration card). Please quote your serial number when requesting an
upgrade and please make it clear what the product is and which version
you have got.”
7.9
Thanks, Kate. It’s extremely helpful to have this sort of information.
We look forward to hearing from other software suppliers soon.
7.9
Photo-retouch programs
7.9
Visitors to the Acorn User Show would have seen three very impressive
new programs for the Risc PC. I have to say that I was absolutely
staggered by the capability of these packages: PhotoDesk from SpaceTech,
PhotoTouch from Oregan and Picture from Digital Arts. Admittedly I have
never seen PhotoShop in action on the Mac but those who have, say that
the Acorn equivalents, whilst not having as many different facilities,
are lightning fast by comparison. When PhotoShop becomes available for
the PowerMacs in native RISC code, they will be able to achieve the same
or better speed but, unlike some Mac packages, PhotoShop is not being
converted to RISC code piecemeal but is being totally re-programmed from
scratch − so Acorn machines will have at least a few months lead on
them!
7.9
Key selling points
7.9
As we have been thinking about the Risc PC, we have gradually distilled
some of the important points in terms of “selling” it to the non-Acorn
community. If you, like me, are an enthusiastic Acorn supporter and want
to point out the value of the Risc PC to your non-Acorn-aware friends
and colleagues, these are some of the important selling points. (If you
think of any more, do let us know.)
7.9
• Innovative multi-processor / multi-platform technology
7.9
• Full 24-bit colour is standard on all machines
7.9
• Full motion video as standard on all machines
7.9
• 8-channel stereo as standard on all machines
7.9
• Every Risc PC has space for an internal CD-ROM drive which can be
accessed via RISC OS or (by using a PC card) DOS CD-ROMs can be used.
7.9
• Even the entry-level version is fully upgradable to the highest
specification: high speed ARM8 processor, Pentium second processor,
256Mb RAM, 2Gb+ hard drive, eight Acorn expansion cards, PCI bus, SCSI
II bus, Ethernet, etc.
7.9
If you know someone who is interested in the details of the Risc PC,
give us their name and address, and we’ll happily send them a free copy
of the Archive Risc PC Supplement.
7.9
What?
7.9
Somewhere in the Acorn blurb, I read that, “Additional multi-session
cards will enable one or more protocol stacks (e.g. TCP/IP and IX) to be
run simultaneously regardless of the type of media.” Sounds an important
idea, doesn’t it! (Psst! Can anyone tell me what it actually means?!)
7.9
The rest of the Risc PC Column this month is devoted to some frequently
asked questions (FAQs!) about the Risc PC and peripherals...
7.9
Product Compatibility status Price to upgrade to suggested version
7.9
Impression II Upgrade to Impression Publisher £29 + £3 p&p + VAT
(£37.60 inc) †
7.9
Impression Junior Upgrade to Impression Style £29 + £3 p&p + VAT
(£37.60 inc) †
7.9
ArtWorks Upgrade to version 1.5 £10.00 + VAT (£11.75 inc)
7.9
Equasor Compatible Latest version is 1.04
7.9
Compression Compatible Latest version is 1.17
7.9
TurboDrivers Upgrade to version 3.07 £10.00 + VAT (£11.75 inc)
7.9
ScanLight (all versions) Software upgrade to version 2.06 £10.00 + VAT
(£11.75 inc) ‡
7.9
AudioWorks Compatible Latest version is 1.38
7.9
WordWorks Compatible Latest version 1.05
7.9
LaserDirect HiRes 4 & 8 Software upgrade to version 2.64 £10.00 + VAT
(£11.75 inc)
7.9
LaserDirect Qume Not compatible No upgrade possible
7.9
FaxPack Not compatible No upgrade possible
7.9
ColourCard Not compatible Not needed
7.9
ScanLight Video Software upgrade to version 2.06 £10.00 + VAT (£11.75
inc)
7.9
Eagle M2 ScanLight upgrade to version 2.06
7.9
TakeTwo upgrade & EPROM upgrade All three £17.00 + VAT (£19.97 inc)
7.9
Pioneer CD ROM drive Compatible Latest version 1.00
7.9
MacFS Compatible Not yet released
7.9
Graphics loaders Compatible Not yet released
7.9
† Impression − Note that the upgrade price of Impression Junior to
Impression Style increases on the 10th April to £49 + £3 p&p + VAT
(£61.10 inc). The upgrade price of Impression II to Impression Publisher
will go up to the same amount after a similar introductory period).
7.9
‡ ScanLight − ScanLight Professional requires an Acorn compatible SCSI
interface card. We are aware of compatibility problems with older
versions of the the software on this card, but know that version 2.20 of
CDFS and 1.10 of SCSIFS should work.
7.9
Risc PC − FAQs
7.9
Dave Webb, NCS
7.9
What CD-ROM drives can I use? − For fitting inside the Risc PC, Cumana
have developed a CD-ROM drive, the 300i that is driven by the built-in
IDE disc controller via a special interface. It will be priced at around
£300 inc VAT.
7.9
Existing low cost external CD-ROM drives such as Cumana’s 300 series and
Morley’s Revolution will also work if you want to reserve the IDE
connection for a different device (IDE can support two devices, one of
which is the hard drive fitted as standard to the Risc PC).
7.9
SCSI CD-ROM systems will work although some SCSI controllers will
require software or firmware updates to work on the Risc PC. Toshiba CD-
ROM drives require a utility to make multi-session (Photo-CD) discs
accessible from Acorn’s CDFS. This fix will be available from Morley.
7.9
Can removable hard drives be fitted? − SCSI removable hard drives will
work as long as the SCSI controller has been updated (where necessary)
for the Risc PC. The 5¼“ removables could be mounted into the Risc PC
case but since most of these are quite happily cased on their own
already, there seems little point. 3½” devices will fit into the 5¼“
slot through the use of a special mounting kit (£25 through Archive).
However, if you have extra slices, this won’t be a problem as you will
have one or more 3½” drive bays free. The IDE versions of 3½“ removable
drives run happily alongside the 210Mb IDE drive. The new 270Mb 3½”
removable drives also work very nicely on the Risc PC.
7.9
When will the Risc PC be freely available? − The NCS crystal ball is
unable to produce any reliable predictions on this matter. Those with
orders placed with us will be informed as soon as we have firm news of
delivery dates. If you haven’t yet placed an order, it would be
advisable to do so soon, because the waiting list is growing by the day.
7.9
Can I fit a second hard drive? − The IDE interface will support a second
drive. It will require a special mounting kit to fit a 3½“ drive into
the 5¼” bay (£25 through Archive), but not if you have a 3½“ bay free in
an additional slice.
7.9
How many free slots and drive bays do I have in the standard Risc PC? −
The single-slice machines (ACB15 and ACB25) have a floppy drive
occupying the one 3½“ bay but the 5¼” bay is free. Each additional slice
provides one 3½“ and one 5¼” bay, so the ACB45 has one free 3½“ and two
free 5¼” slots.
7.9
Each slice accommodates two expansion cards (podules), arranged one
above the other. The standard machines have nothing in these slots so
the ACB15 and 25 have two free podule slots and the ACB45 has four.
7.9
All Risc PCs have a network slot in addition to the podule slots.
7.9
All Risc PCs have two SIMMs sockets for DRAM. As supplied by Acorn, the
three models each have only one of these occupied, leaving one SIMM
socket free for extra RAM.
7.9
There is only one VRAM socket and this is occupied by 1Mb of VRAM,
except in the ACB15 which has no VRAM.
7.9
All Risc PCs have two processor card slots, one of which is occupied by
the ARM610 processor card.
7.9
Can I buy the Risc PC without a monitor? − Currently NCS offer £150 off
the list price for a Risc PC without a monitor. It is only £150 because
we cannot afford to get stuck with a large number of AKF60 monitors that
we cannot sell! However, Acorn say they will, in certain circumstances,
offer Risc PCs through Archive without a monitor at a much better
discount. Call us for more details.
7.9
Do all the existing Acorn modes work on the Risc PC? − Modes 12, 15 etc,
are supported but they are displayed in ‘letter box’ mode on the two
Acorn monitors available with the Risc PC (the AKF60 and AKF85). This is
not disastrous as the letter box is quite deep and both monitors allow
the screen height to be adjusted. An AKF50 connected to the Risc PC will
display these modes as normal.
7.9
How much will it cost to upgrade to faster ARM processors? − There is an
‘upgrade matrix’ which gives the upgrade cost depending on the processor
you’ve got and the one you want. The prices are guaranteed but they are
index-linked and so may increase slightly by the time the ARM800
appears.
7.9
What are SIMMs, and how do I know what to buy? − SIMM stands for Single
In-line Memory Module. They are thin strips of circuit board with memory
devices surface mounted into them. They fit into angled plastic carriers
on the main board inside the computer. They are very easy to fit and
change. You don’t have to change any links or tell the computer in any
way how much memory is fitted. You can mix different sizes of SIMM
together.
7.9
Most Acorn suppliers will be selling SIMMs in varying sizes that will
work with the Risc PC. However, there is nothing to stop you from buying
the RAM from other reputable sources, as this style of memory is
commonly found in other types of computer system.
7.9
The SIMMs must be 32-bit, 72-way, and must be rated at 70ns or faster.
There is also a restriction on the capacitance a SIMM may have. As a
guide, the SIMM should have no more than sixteen memory devices fitted
to it (i.e. eight on each side). Full details of exactly what you should
look for are included with the computer’s documentation. You can avoid
confusion by buying RAM from Acorn dealers.
7.9
What can I do with my old, small SIMMs when I upgrade? − Whichever
Risc PC you buy, the standard configuration leaves you one SIMM slot
free. However, at some point, you may want to have larger RAM modules in
both slots leaving you with the original SIMM. NCS will be offering a
SIMM Swap facility where these spare modules can be made available to
new customers at a lower price than new SIMMs. If you have an unwanted
SIMM, we will offer a certain amount less than the current NCS price for
a new SIMM and pass most of the difference in price onto the purchaser.
Therefore you can save money when buying SIMMs by ringing us first and
checking if we have a used SIMM of the right size. The exact figures for
this scheme will be reviewed once we have a feel for the supply and
demand for used SIMMs.
7.9
If you want to start with more than the standard amount of RAM, NCS will
swap on a price for price basis, e.g. if you want an ACB45 with 16Mb, it
will cost £1996 + £640 − £300.
7.9
You can buy other RAM configurations than the standard ones, when
purchasing a Risc PC from NCS, and get the full price for any SIMMs not
used.
7.9
Can I buy a base computer, without hard disc, keyboard, etc? − As a
minimum, the Risc PC can only be sold in the three configurations
advertised (ACB15, 25 and 45). We will happily add any extra hardware to
a new computer but we cannot offer a discount for reduced
configurations.
7.9
What processors are likely to be available for the Risc PC? − The dual
processor system has enormous potential for specialist applications. We
will have to wait and see which markets the Risc PC moves into, and what
the developers can produce. The areas that I have heard most ‘buzz’
about, since the launch of the Risc PC, are a high-end graphics
processor, and DSP (digital signal processing) for audio and video
production.
7.9
Those that we know are coming include the rest of the ARM family, up to
the ARM800, occupying the first processor slot in the computer. The
first new ARM card to come available will be a high speed version of the
ARM610.
7.9
The 486 processor card will be the first product to occupy the second
processor slot. It is highly likely that third party developers will
launch high end 486 and Pentium-based cards. A second ARM processor,
giving a degree of parallel processing is under development. With the
right task − management software, this could be a very powerful product.
7.9
When will the 486 PC card be available? − The 486 card will not be
released until autumn 1994.
7.9
Can I use an ARM700 processor card alongside the ARM610? − The main ARM
processor cards, which map out the future of the Risc PC, can only be
used one at a time. The ARM700 and ARM800 cards will replace the ARM610.
A special second ARM processor card is being developed, which can be
used in parallel with the main ARM card.
7.9
If I buy a 486 card, what can I do if I want another specialist
processor card in the future? − The processors are mounted on cards
which connect vertically, to the main board. Removing the cover of the
computer and swapping a processor is very straightforward and takes only
a matter of seconds. It will be quite possible to change the card
between working sessions. You do not invalidate your warranty by
carrying out this kind of operation but you must, at all times, respect
the fragility of electronic components and be aware of the risks of
static damage.
7.9
Will my existing monitor work with the Risc PC? − Most monitors will
work on the Risc PC. This includes RGB monitors although you are
restricted to a handful of poor desktop modes. Each monitor is
accommodated by a definition file, named after the monitor and
containing the specification of all the desktop modes that the monitor
can display. The computer is shipped only with Acorn monitor
definitions. However, these work with other monitors, and the
conventions used in the definition files make it possible to create your
own.
7.9
Will my existing Acorn keyboard work with the Risc PC? − No. The Risc PC
uses a different type of keyboard.
7.9
How can I make the Risc PC compatible with the world of DOS and Windows?
− There are a number of ways of achieving this.
7.9
The breakthrough with the Risc PC is the ability to add a 486 card as a
second processor, giving it access to the same resources as the native
ARM processor. This means that the PC card does not have to carry its
own RAM or I/O hardware. In fact, the video side of things will probably
be slightly faster than an equivalent IBM-compatible with the same speed
486 chip in it, as the ARM is very efficient at graphics processing and
redrawing. The PC card uses special partitions of your hard disc for
storage. These partitions are fully accessible by RISC OS, as well as by
DOS and Windows. The PC card can be made to run in a RISC OS window on
the desktop, or it can have full use of the screen (running Windows
within the desktop can be a little confusing to say the least).
7.9
If you really want to keep the second processor slot free, there are
other ways of accessing the PC world.
7.9
The PC Emulator will work on the Risc PC using a patch, which is
provided. Software emulation is quite slow and can only run DOS and not
Windows.
7.9
Aleph One have improved the design of their PC 486 card. This occupies a
standard podule slot and carries its own RAM, I/O hardware and now has a
built-in hard disc controller.
7.9
How “PC compatible” is the 486 processor card? − The processor card will
give you access to ‘most’ Windows and DOS software. The applications
that are unlikely to work are those which rely on a certain BIOS, or
which need to directly address hardware which is not present in the
Risc PC. There are rumours of the development of an adaptor which will
allow standard PC ISA expansion cards to be fitted. The high performance
sound card being developed for the Risc PC (a standard expansion card)
will provide support for Multimedia PC and Soundblaster audio.
7.9
How backwardly compatible is the Risc PC with my existing hardware and
software? − The Risc PC is shipped with an database (S-Base) application
called !Products which details the majority of hardware and software
products, whether they will work and what upgrades, if any, are needed
for full operation. The information can be looked up either by company
or product or by dragging on the relevant application.
7.9
Most podules (half width) will work but many will require updates,
either to the ROM, or the support software. Minipodules, that fit inside
the A30x0 and A4000, and full-width podules (such as the Acorn I/O card)
cannot be fitted. Some podules can only be fitted to the lower four
slots, as they did not anticipate the possibility of 8 slots.
7.9
Most applications will work, either as they are, or with an update.
7.9
Contact the product manufacturer if you have any concerns over
compatibility.
7.9
How do I expand the case and why would I want to do so? − The Risc PC is
based on an open case system which allows you to expand quite easily.
The base (which houses the main board, processors, RAM, first hard disc
and power supply) and the lid remain unaffected by the number of slices
fitted in between. The addition of an extra slice gives you the space
for two more storage devices (one 3½“ and one 5¼”) and two more podules
(up to a maximum of eight). Along with the case slice itself, you will
receive longer locking pins (to hold the assembly together) and an
extended backplane for the podules, replacing the existing one. A
further option is replacing the 70W power supply (fitted to the ACB15
and 25) with a 100W version (standard on the ACB45) to ensure adequate
supply and cooling to any extra hardware.
7.9
Can I add extra floppy drives? − Much of the early press information
(our own included) omitted to mention floppy drives amidst all the
excitement of dual processors and ARM700s. All the Risc PC models are
equipped with a single 1.6Mb (2Mb) 3½“ floppy drive occupying the 3½”
drive bay in the first slice. There is currently no provision for adding
further floppy drives. We do not yet know if it is possible to daisy-
chain a second drive off the existing one.
7.9
Which monitors take advantage of the large, colourful desktops? − The
higher resolution screen modes do need a large, high quality monitor to
be viewed with reasonable clarity, particularly if you are going to be
working with text. The table below gives a summary of the specifications
of monitors that we currently recommend for use with the Risc PC.
7.9
Can I buy a Risc PC on credit? − NCS can offer credit (subject to
status), though Chartered Trust, over a variety of periods from 12
months to 60 months. Interest is charged at 2.14% monthly or 28.9% APR.
We can supply full written details for each particular purchase.
7.9
(If you are a teacher, lecturer, student, sixth former or education
support person, Acorn Assist also provides credit terms. See page 2 for
details of the latest scheme.)
7.9
What is the difference between DRAM and VRAM? − DRAM is Dynamic RAM
(‘dynamic’ describes the way the data is retained electronically) and is
the ordinary RAM that has always been present in Acorn systems. The
memory used for the screen display has always been just an area of DRAM,
and VIDC shares the data path to the DRAM with the processor. The screen
is updated by VIDC reading the screen memory and outputting what it
reads to the monitor. The screen must be updated at a consistent rate,
otherwise there will be a disturbing flicker and ‘tearing’ of objects
moved around the screen. Therefore, if the processor wants to read or
write at the same time as VIDC is updating the screen, the processor
must wait. The higher the resolution and colour depth of the mode, the
more often this clash occurs, and the processor slows down by a
considerable amount. The VRAM (Video RAM) is dual-ported, i.e. the
processor uses the normal data bus while the VIDC has its own bus by
which it can access the RAM. This access can take place at the same time
as the processor’s access. So the processor can continue unhindered,
regardless of the size of the display.
7.9
Is 2Mb really the maximum amount of VRAM you can have? − There are
rumours of a 3Mb VRAM under construction but don’t really know the
implications of this but we’ll keep you informed.
7.9
When will the other ARM processors be released? − The first processor
upgrade will be a faster ARM610 processor, probably near the end of
1994. The first ARM700 and FPA11 (floating point accelerator) will be
unlikely to appear before the first quarter of 1995.
7.9
Will PC CD-ROMs work at a sensible speed on the Risc PC? − The
performance of PC CD-ROM access will be greatly improved. Text and
graphics will be accessible. We cannot confirm whether video sequences
will be retrievable until it has been tried.
7.9
Can the Risc PC be mounted on its side? − The Risc PC has been designed
to be either placed flat on a desktop, or stood on its side in what
Acorn call ‘Tower mode’. Feet are included to make the machine stable if
it is used as a tower. The feet can be moved so that they fit on the top
and bottom slices of an expanded system. All modern disc drives can now
happily operate on their sides, but CD-ROM drives that do not use
caddies to hold the discs will not be usable in tower mode because the
discs will fall out.
7.9
How can I network the Risc PC? − Existing Ethernet and Acorn Access
cards will work in the podule slots of the Risc PC. Econet modules
cannot be fitted. A special network slot is part of the main board
allowing you to fit either an Econet or Ethernet card without using a
podule slot. Acorn is likely to announce connectivity products to non-
Acorn networks in the near future. A
7.9
Some of the offers mentioned above, such as computers without monitors
and the SIMM swapping scheme, may alter as we adapt to the new Risc PC
market. Also, the prices of monitors, SIMMs and other new hardware for
the Risc PC may change (hopefully decreasing as the quantities
increase!) so it would be worth calling us before you place an order.
Ed.
7.9
New Processor From: 610 / 30 610 / 30 plus 700
/ 40 710 / 40 plus
7.9
ARM610 (more than 30MHz) £75 − − −
7.9
ARM700 (40MHz) £100 £75 − −
7.9
ARM700 (more than 40MHz) £125 £100 £75 −
7.9
ARM800 (standard speed) £150 £125 £100 £75
7.9
ARM800 (high performance) £175 £150 £125 £100
7.9
Manufacturer Acorn Acorn Taxan Eizo
7.9
Monitor AKF60 AKF85 1095LR 780iW
7.9
Size 14“ 17” 20“ Trinitron 21” FST
7.9
Dot pitch 0.28mm 0.27mm 0.30mm 0.26mm
7.9
ARF* 50 63 67 81
7.9
Scan frequency:
7.9
Horizontal 30-50kHz 30-82kHz 30-80kHz 45-100kHz
7.9
Vertical 40-90Hz 50-120Hz 50-120Hz 55-120Hz
7.9
Programmable No Yes Yes Yes
7.9
Weight 12.5kg 21kg 36kg 46kg
7.9
Price n/a n/a £1995 £3000
7.9
Price with Risc PC included £470 £1745 £2750
7.9
* ARF = ‘Archive Resolution Factor’ = (size in inches) / (dot pitch in
mm)!! This is only intended to give some way of measuring the relative
resolutions of these monitors and is not part of the official
specifications.
7.9
Multimedia Column
7.9
Paul Hooper
7.9
Risc PC and Multimedia
7.9
Acorn has made much in its advertising of the multimedia capabilities of
Risc PC. Certainly, the ability to have an integral CD-ROM drive, the
increases in sound capability and the use of Replay makes the machine
very attractive. Also, the dramatic increase in graphic display opens up
all sorts of new ways to use multimedia on such a machine. For the first
time, the whole world of PC multimedia will also be open to Acorn Users,
at a reasonable speed.
7.9
The question that immediately sprang to my mind was whether you could
author a Genesis application in the RISC environment and export it, in
the same box, into the PC version of Genesis. The answer appears to be a
qualified yes! Oak Solutions haven’t tried it yet but they see no reason
why it should not be possible. The trouble is that there are certain
resources and script that are specific to the Archimedes, even in
Genesis Professional. Graphics will be easy to convert using !Translator
and various other PD or Shareware programs. Plain text will be no
problem and drawfiles can be converted into sprites using the snapshot
facility in paint and then converted into BMP format. Sound samples can
also be converted fairly easily but what about Replay, Maestro, Ace
films and Euclid files? I presume that these will have to be converted
but quite how, I don’t yet know. Hopefully, Genesis SDK will have
solutions to these problems. As soon as I get some answers, I will let
you know.
7.9
Getting a response − Genesis
7.9
One of the things that impressed me about the applications in the
Horizon project was the way that the buttons used in some of the
applications were made to respond to the users clicking on them. For
instance, a click on a button caused it to emit a beep and appear to
‘sink’ into the page. In Genesis, this is just a matter of setting up
two buttons within the same sprite window along with a sound sample.
Then you can use the script below to make the button respond:
7.9
DEF FRAME “NextPage”
7.9
SPRITE “next2p”
7.9
FGCOL 7
7.9
SIZE 128 96
7.9
ON SELECT BEGIN
7.9
SET RESOURCENAME OF “NextPage” To “Next2n”
7.9
PLAYSAMPLE “Noise”
7.9
NEXT
7.9
CLOSE
7.9
END
7.9
END FRAME
7.9
The two sprites within the sprite window are ‘next2p’, the positive
version, and ‘Next2n’, the negative version. When the user clicks on the
button, the positive version is changed to the negative version, then a
sample is played and the next page is opened. With the size of both the
sprites and sound samples, it is best to save these in the shared
resources area. To give you some idea of how this works, there is the
start of an application on this month’s disc which uses these buttons.
Also, included are the sprites, a sound sample and a Genesis button.
7.9
Magpie response
7.9
Magpie can also be made to respond to ‘clicks’. Due to the limitations
of the program, the sprite cannot be changed but a most satisfactory
‘beep’ can be emitted. Due to the size of sound samples, it is best to
use a skeleton page for all the pages that you wish to beep. Create a
master page with the turn page icons (don’t use a sprite that has a mask
− the book or the raised arrows are best), then drop the sound sample
onto the page, position it over the icons and use the ‘put to back’ tool
to put it under the icon. Now save your skeleton page. When you use it,
you will find that it beeps when the page turns. An example is on this
month’s disc.
7.9
Key Author response
7.9
Having had Key Author for only a few weeks, one of the first jobs was to
convert all the Swap Shop applications to this format, so I have only
had a short time to explore the package. I can work out how to set up an
event which can play the sound sample, I can also set up a hotspot to
turn to the next page but, at the moment, I have failed to link the two
to provide a responsive button. If there is anyone who has the answer,
please write and let me know.
7.9
Genesis Professional
7.9
Yes, it’s finally here! Genesis Professional dropped through my letter
box while I was away at Harrogate and I have just had a quick try this
morning. I’ll do a review for next month but I thought I would answer a
few of the more important questions this month.
7.9
The restriction on the number of fonts has been lifted, so there will be
no more of the ‘MENU AREA FULL’ error messages. The user interface is
much friendlier and an Index application is included. All existing
applications created using Genesis Plus and II can be run by
Professional without any conversion. Genesis Professional applications
can only be run under the older versions of Genesis if they do not use
the new features, but the new version of !Browser will allow you to run
them and, as it is PD, there should be few problems.
7.9
The new manual is excellent and covers all the features including the
new script language, so there will be no separate Script Language book.
More on this next month.
7.9
CableNews II
7.9
I always thought there was much potential in the CableNews program but
its linear format precludes its use as a serious multimedia program.
Lindis are going to release a new version which will be able to include
‘hotspots’ and a new version of the viewer which will enable you to
create a ‘tree’ structure rather than the present linear style. All the
normal file types can be used, including Replay. The professional look
which can be created with CableNews must make it a serious contender in
the multimedia market. The pre-release version, which was on show at
Harrogate, certainly shows great potential.
7.9
Free software
7.9
A number of people have written to me asking about the Swap Shop
applications. The most frequently asked question is do I require a copy
of Genesis/Magpie/Key Author to run them? The answer is that virtually
all the applications can be run without owning the relevant package. All
that is required is the appropriate reader program which, because they
are all PD, can be provided at the same time. The only thing you will
not be able to do is to alter the application and, in some cases, you
will not be able to export the resources within the package.
7.9
Although I called it the ‘Swap Shop’, there is actually no obligation to
swap! If you have never thought about multimedia or have wondered what
it’s all about, then just send me a few blank, formatted discs, the
return postage and I can provide you with a catalogue and a few sample
applications to try out. Again, if there is any school in the Norfolk
area who would like me to come along and demonstrate multimedia or the
differences between the three programs, all you have to do is give me a
ring. The only cost involved would be my expenses.
7.9
With nearly forty applications in the Swap Shop catalogue, this is a
useful resource that is available to all Archive readers free of charge.
7.9
The Swap Shop
7.9
We have added the following applications to the Swap Shop, The Romans
and The Vikings both by Dave Walsh, Manned Space Exploration by Paul
Hooper, Woodland by Gill Murphy, and Smarties, Neighbours, Churches2,
and Beginning all from Hampshire Microtechnology Centre. All are Genesis
format at the moment, but I hope to convert them to Magpie soon. I have
now finished converting 1665 into Key Author format and I’ve started on
a few others.
7.9
At the moment, I have yet to receive any applications in Key Author
format, so if you have done one please let me have a copy.
7.9
The End Bit
7.9
If you have any question about Genesis, Magpie or Key Author, or if you
would like a copy of the catalogue, please write to Paul Hooper, 11
Rochford Road, Martham, Great Yarmouth, NR29 4RL (0493-748474). A
7.9
JPEG Column
7.9
Stuart Bell
7.9
MPEG versus !Replay – or is it?
7.9
Following on from my expression of concern that !Replay could become
commercially out-gunned by the industry-standard MPEG moving video
format, I received a most helpful letter from a correspondent who had a
long chat with an Acorn representative at the recent BETT ’94 show. He
hasn’t asked me not to give his name, but just in case the Acorn chap
said more than he had meant to, I won’t name my source.
7.9
When asked about Acorn’s attitude to MPEG, it was revealed that in
“recent discussions with Roger (Wilson)” they had allocated part of the
Replay budget to research into including the MPEG codec (coding – de-
coding) in Replay.
7.9
We should remember, said the Acorn man, that Replay is not a closed
system, nor a single way of doing digital video. Rather, it’s an
architecture into which new technologies can be fitted. It’s a service
provider, rather than a specific way-of-doing-things.
7.9
With regard to the new MPEG chip-sets which are now available, and being
incorporated into MPEG boards for (amongst others) PC-compatibles and
Amigas, Acorn expect that, at some time in the future, such technologies
will be available on a RISC OS machine, but probably not from Acorn
themselves. If a machine has a third-party MPEG card, Replay will
recognise and use it. The client application that calls the Replay
routines will not have to worry about what hardware is available and
what is not. Even an ARM 7 powered machine will not have the power to do
real-time multi-tasking MPEG decoding in software, so a hardware MPEG
solution will be necessary.
7.9
My interpretation of all this is that Acorn are aware that MPEG will be
increasingly important, and that they must not let themselves be cut off
from such an industry standard. Replay will incorporate the MPEG codec
at some stage, and the issue of !Replay versus MPEG will become
irrelevant. Thanks to my correspondent. Any other comments or news from
other sources would be most welcome.
7.9
!FYEO2 will blow your socks off!
7.9
A while back, I mentioned that Frank Lyonnet was working on a new
version of “For Your Eyes Only”, the fastest JPEG decompression
application available for Acorn machines. !FYEO2 is now complete and
it’s even better than the original version.
7.9
Just to summarise the improvements, output can be scaled to cope with
both high and normal resolution monitors (thus avoiding the ‘stretching’
I previously reported); output can be colour or grey scale; output can
be scaled to any size – yes any size; dithering can be “Floyd-Steinberg”
(best results, slowest processing), simple, or disabled (very fast, but
some strange colours). FYEO2 now uses version 4 of the Independent JPEG
Group routines and it runs about 35–40% faster than !FYEO1, which was
already the fastest de-JPEGer around. Finally, as expected, !FYEO2 is
not PD but shareware. You can use it freely for two weeks, but if you
want to use it after that, you should get a registered copy from the
author. The cost is just £5, so it’s a bargain! To compare it with my
previous results, here are three sets of timings, using the best quality
dithering setting for !FYEO2. (The !ImageBank times are for version
0.46. A faster version is imminent – see below.)
7.9
Image !FYEO1 !I-Bank !FYEO2
7.9
Pfieffer (472×647) 31s 52s 20s
7.9
Rock (668×888) 67s 130s 40s
7.9
In my test of !Image-Bank, I concluded that its relative slowness
(partly a consequence of its ability to handle 16bpp and 24bpp sprites)
was outweighed by its facility to store thumb-nail copies of each JPEGed
image in a filing system. Now, the extra speed offered by !FYEO2 demands
that any comparative conclusions be re-assessed. After all, !FYEO2 is
about three times the speed of !ImageBank version 0.46.
7.9
I wondered, therefore, if it might be possible to simulate the thumb-
nail facility offered by !ImageBank. The answer is quite simple: Use the
‘scale to fit’ option of !FYEO2 to create small sprites ‘fit to’ about
100×80 pixels. (If time is of the essence, switch off dithering at the
same time.) Save the first thumb-nail view in its own sprite file,
change the filename to something sensible like ‘thumbnails’, and then
load it into !Paint to change the sprite name from ‘picture’ to the JPEG
filename. For subsequent JPEG images, use !FYEO2 to produce the small
sprites as before, and then save them directly from !FYEO2 into !Paint’s
sprite file window of the thumbnail file, again changing sprite names as
applicable. Voilà! A pseudo-ImageBank thumb-nail filing system, at
shareware prices.
7.9
Please be clear, I’m not writing off ImageBank. My DIY thumb-nail system
is not quite as simple to use, does not maintain information about the
images, and will only work with 8bpp sprites. (16bpp and 24bpp sprite
handling is in the yet-to-be-implemented category as far as !FYEO2 is
concerned.) Also, !ImageBank will compress sprites into JPEG format,
whereas !FYEO, being only a decompression application, must be used with
a compression package such as JPEGit. But, most users need to decompress
JPEG files far more frequently than they need to produce them and
!FYEO2/!Paint does have a considerable speed advantage!
7.9
A screen-grab of my DIY thumb-nail JPEG filing system, using !FYEO2 and
!Paint. Compare it with the screen-grabs printed with the !ImageBank
review in the April JPEG column (7.7 p44).
7.9
Get your copy of !FYEO2
7.9
Eventually, I will put !FYEO2, the demo version of the new !ImageBank,
and some JPEG images on a new Archive shareware disc. In the mean time,
if you want !FYEO2 now, it’s available (I have Frank’s permission) on
the usual ‘send me a blank disc with a label and return postage’ basis.
But I will add two conditions. Firstly, by asking for !FYEO2, you
promise to register with Frank if you use it after the two week trial
period. Secondly, you agree to run, for the JPEG Column, a simple
benchmark decompression using !FYEO2, and to return the results to me by
post. It will take less than 5 minutes, and should enable us to compare
the CPU-memory performance of the whole range of Acorn machines.
(Risc PC users will be very welcome!) Please ask for the !FYEO2 disc,
and write to 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham, RH12 2AW, with jiffy bag, 800Kb
disc, return label and stamp.
7.9
Better, faster, !ImageBank
7.9
Announced recently was a new version of this excellent package which I
reviewed in the April JPEG column. Conversation with a very helpful
person at Irlam Instruments confirmed that it should be out soon and I
was promised a review copy as soon as it is, so watch this space. Faster
decompression of JPEG files is a major feature.
7.9
JPEG and the new Risc PC
7.9
When I’d recovered from the amazing news about the new Risc PC – amazing
because Acorn have got some sensibly low prices to match the high
technology – I noticed that RISC OS 3.5 is distributed with 100 JPEG
images (Archive 7.8 p16). This suggests a developing Acorn interest in
JPEG, but I must add that Matthew would have been far better off using
!FYEO rather than !ChangeFSI for the image decompression (unless, of
course, !ChangeFSI is much improved with RISC OS 3.5). Perhaps he
doesn’t read this column?
7.9
OneFor94
7.9
Finally, just in case you were interested in this algorithm which I
mentioned last time, please remember that OneFor94 = 1–4–94 = 1st April
1994, that Lars Fiolöp = April Föols (anag.), and that this allegedly
super new JPEG algorithm was mentioned in the April issue of Archive.
Thanks to John Woodgate (Archive 7.8 p34) for a most illuminating and
musical comment from his Russian cousin about this matter.
7.9
That’s all until the next column – probably in the August issue – when I
hope that the manner in which Impression Publisher handles JPEG files
will be clearer, simply because the column will have been written using
that package. I can but hope! A
7.9
Hardware Column
7.9
Brian Cowan
7.9
So, at long last, we have concrete information about the “new machine”.
Much could have been predicted; we knew about the VIDC20 and its
consequences for high-quality video, and news of the IOMD chip was
trickling around. This chip connects to an industry standard (i.e. used
in PCs) peripheral controller for management of floppy disc, hard disc,
etc., similar to that used in the A5000 range. The IOMD also manages the
machine’s RAM as well as providing the high-speed interface to an
optional second CPU.
7.9
This much we knew but although there is more information available, in
the last issue of Archive and its special supplement, there are still
some questions unanswered and some general points which are worth
considering. What I mean is that there are questions which I have, and I
think that other people might be wondering the same things. Perhaps some
answers might appear as a result.
7.9
Happy or sad?
7.9
I am sure the reaction of some people to the launch of the Risc PC will
be one of disappointment! After all, their pride and joy, for which they
have eagerly saved their pennies, has become obsolete at a stroke. Even
those enthusiasts fortunate enough to have been able to update their
hardware with MEMC1a, ARM3, more RAM, high density disc drive, video
card, etc. have reached the end of the road. But take heart. The new
machines are only approximately twice as fast as the A5000 computers. To
my mind that is no big deal − I would worry if the new machines were ten
times faster.
7.9
The other point is software obsolescence. From now on, software houses
will be devoting their energies to producing programs for the new
machines. It is not immediately clear what sort of software
compatibility there will be between the new and the old machines. There
are fundamental differences between the operation of the ARM3 and the
later ARM CPUs. New software will obviously exploit the superior
hardware of the new machines but I hope compatibility with the older
machines will also be possible.
7.9
The new machines run RISC OS 3.5. How close is this to RISC OS 3.1? We
really must find out about compatibility. I think the first hint of this
should be from Computer Concepts: will there be separate versions of
Impression Publisher for the new and old machines, or will the same
version work on both? This, I believe, is a key question. (The answer is
in the Risc PC Column on page 11. Ed.)
7.9
PC compatibility
7.9
At the launch of the Archimedes machines, I think that Acorn regarded
“PC compatibility” as an alien concept. After all, if Apple could become
a success by using superior technology (68xxx as opposed to 80xxx
processors) then why not Acorn, with the infinitely superior ARM? Well,
it was not to be. Although the Apple Macintosh was a success, that
company now realises the importance of PC compatibility and, of course,
the (68xxx-based) NeXT cube never really took on, for all its technical
superiority. The 80xxx/DOS/Windows PC might be an example of marketing
triumphing over technology, but it is here to stay.
7.9
Readers with a good memory will recall that, in the early days of the
Archimedes, we were promised a PC card from Acorn. The software PC
emulator was an interesting and particularly clever piece of programming
but no-one would pretend it was suitable for serious use. So it was with
disappointment that we learned that Acorn had decided to abandon the
project. Then followed the abortive episodes of Mach Technology and
Watford Electronics, both of whose advertised PC card projects never
reached completion. Thank goodness for Aleph One! Was Acorn taken by
surprise with the success of the Aleph One PC cards? It was certainly a
sensible move on Acorn’s part to commission Aleph One to build a cut-
down PC card for the new A3000 range and the A4000 range machines.
7.9
With two-processor operation, a decision must be made about how many
resources will be shared and how many not. Thus, with the original PC
cards (and the Tube of the old BBC computers) each CPU had its own RAM,
but shared floppy disc, hard disc and keyboard/screen I/O. Aleph One’s
new Archimedes PC cards provide all this but they also allow the PC card
to have dedicated hard disc and floppy disc. This will be very useful
because of the speed bottleneck in transferring data across the
interface bus. This is particularly important when running memory-hungry
Windows and its virtual memory system.
7.9
With the Risc PC, the philosophy has changed. The IOMD allows such fast
data transfer that not only is it feasible for processors to share hard
and floppy discs, but RAM can also be shared. So the PC second processor
card contains only the PC CPU and clock together with the “glue” ASIC.
7.9
The Risc PC publicity states that the PC card contains a 486SX. This
chip has a 16-bit external data bus whereas the full 486DX chip has a
32-bit external data bus and a built-in floating point unit. This is
disappointing because, compared to the power of the ARM600/700, the PC
power is limited by using only a 486SX. I certainly hope that the IOMD
CPU interface can support full 32-bit operation. Then perhaps a 486DX
processor card will become available.
7.9
However, I assume the older-style PC cards will continue to be available
and, with the dedicated RAM and discs, it might well be the preferable
option for optimum PC performance.
7.9
Apple PowerPC
7.9
As mentioned above, the Apple PowerPC can run DOS applications. However,
there is a fundamental distinction between that machine and the Acorn
Risc PC. The Apple machine does not use an actual 80xxx CPU to run DOS.
The claim is that the PowerPC can run DOS ‘directly’, which really means
that a software emulator is used.
7.9
The review in the PCW (May 1994, page 332) says that it is an emulation
of the 286 instruction set and that Insignia, the authors of
SoftWindows, as it is called, claim that “on a PowerMac, it will run at
the speed of a slow 486SX or a fast 386” but they don’t say which Power
Mac they are talking about. The cheapest way to run Windows on a
PowerMac is to buy the 6100/60 with SoftWindows costing £2019 inc VAT,
without a monitor, keyboard or mouse, which runs at 60MHz. For the 80MHz
version (8100/80), you will have to fork out £4980 inc VAT and then buy
a monitor, keyboard and mouse. (These are PCW’s quoted prices.) Compare
this with an ACB25 upgraded to 16Mb − more memory than really needed for
the PC card − at £2005 inc VAT which includes a real 486 chip, and a 14“
monitor. The only extra would be a copy of Windows which is not included
with the PC processor.
7.9
Also, Insignia recommend that you do not try to run SoftWindows on a
machine of less than 16Mb and, even then, you won’t be able to run much
else besides. This is because, according to PCW (May 1994, page 332) the
operating system needs 3Mb+ and Insignia suggest that you allocate the
emulator 12Mb of memory partition (real RAM, not virtual memory). So if
you want to multitask SoftWindows with another Apple package, you will
need a machine with a minimum of 24Mb RAM.
7.9
The undeniable fact is that the 386/486 and Pentium processors are the
ones around which DOS and Windows is based, so it must make sense to use
them to run such software rather than try to emulate them.
7.9
The future
7.9
The ARM philosophy leads most naturally to macro-cell integration, more
so than with other CPU families. If, as mentioned last month, plans are
afoot for integration of ARM6/7/8 together with the VIDC20 and IOMD, we
may look forward to cheaper, smaller machines of comparable power and
maybe even a portable!
7.9
CPU-independence
7.9
The trend is towards operating systems which are not specific to a
particular CPU family. Unix is a good example of this, as is Windows NT.
The ideal is to have a small kernel of code written for the specific
computer hardware, with the software sitting on top of this. Only in
that way will the Intel/Microsoft stranglehold on the computer industry
be broken. If/when that happens, the Risc PC will be in an even stronger
position. A
7.9
DataVision − A Relational Database
7.9
Eric Ayers
7.9
DataVision (v.1.3) from Silicon Vision is listed as a relational
database management system. It comes on a single disc, with a
comprehensive loose-leaf manual and costs £93 from NCS. I am not
competent to compare it with later relational databases such as Squirrel
or S-Base, but will try to set out what DataVision is and can do.
7.9
Once you leave the iconbar ‘shell’ menu, the program ceases to be
multitasking, takes over the whole screen, and eschews Desktop menu
conventions etc. However, the submenus, are for the most part, clear and
intuitive, though the occasional non-obvious feature demands recourse to
the manual.
7.9
There are really four fairly distinct parts to the program, all accessed
via the main menu. They are the database manager proper (DBM from now
on), a wordprocessor (WP), a Report Writer and Enquiry Language (RWEL)
and a ready-made application called ‘Financial Accountant’ (FA) which is
probably comprehensive and powerful enough to serve many small
businesses or clubs.
7.9
What is a database?
7.9
A database is a collection of one or more tables, each divided into
fields. The data in a record takes the form of a set of values or
attributes arrayed under the appropriate field headings. DataVision
allows up to 999 fields per table, with only the available memory
restricting the number of records, each up to 254745 characters in
length, with a maximum of 255 in each field.
7.9
The functions of a DBM include creating such tables and the design of
(screen) entry forms with definitions for each field of title, size, and
the data type allowed in it (e.g. Alpha, Numeric, Date, etc). Actual
data entry is into these forms, and it is possible to apply validation
restrictions on what will be accepted (e.g. range of numerics, etc). The
DBMS must also, of course, provide for accessing and manipulating the
entered data in various ways.
7.9
In a flatfile database, each table is an independent set of data. A
relational database allows a number of tables to be linked (related) in
such a way that entries in one may update another, for example. It
should also be possible to interrogate such a database for data drawn
from, and with conditions dependent on, more than one table. (An
obviously necessary condition is that tables to be related must have at
least one ‘key’ field in common which contains only unique, non-
repeated, data values.)
7.9
The Database Manager
7.9
The DataVision DBM allows the creation and editing of tables and entry
forms, including validation of data entries (default values, numeric
range checks, etc). Field types include alphanumeric, capital alpha,
multiple-choice (1-16 allowable entries selected from a specifiable
menu), logical (Y/N), date, time, integer, real and formula:
inappropriate entries are refused. The value in a formula field is not
entered directly, but is evaluated − most Basic functions and
expressions can be used in a formula, plus several date and time
statements.
7.9
The number, titles and sizes of fields, and the data values in
individual records may be modified at any time. A group update may be
applied to all records in a field (e.g. for VAT rate changes). The DBM
also provides for browsing a table, sorting on any field and reporting
to screen, printer or file of selected fields in any order. A table may
be interrogated for entries meeting up to ten logically related
conditions, and the query can be saved for re-use. Labels may also be
created from specified fields.
7.9
The facilities listed above are essentially those required for a good
flatfile database. The DBM also allows four types of relations to be set
up between specified fields in pairs of tables (defined as Parent and
Child): Insert Child value in Parent, Write Parent value to Child, Add
Parent value to Child and Subtract Parent value from Child. Up to 99
related files may be in use simultaneously. Such relations could update
a stock record from entries into sales and purchase ledgers for
instance. However, they are operative only as entries are made, and
their effects are not updated by later modification operations, nor will
they take account of formula-evaluated quantities. Equally, relational
updates do not cause re-evaluation of formula fields. The DBM does not
provide for the multiple-table enquiry and reporting operations
described above. For this the RWEL (see below) has to be used, entailing
some programming.
7.9
The wordprocessor
7.9
A fairly basic wordprocessor is also available from the main menu. It
has a range of functions accessible via the keystrip but has, for
example, no cut-and-paste facilities. It can be used to generate scripts
for RWEL, and it also offers mail-merge for multiple document printing
by linkage to an addresses file in the main database. The output is,
however, limited to native printer fonts − there is no access to RISC OS
outline fonts.
7.9
The report writer and enquiry language
7.9
Also available from the main menu and taking over the whole screen, the
RWEL has a syntax not unlike a rather basic Basic, with no PROCs, FNs or
FOR-NEXT for example. It does have IF-THEN and WHILE-ENDWHILE, but most
programming inevitably requires use of GOTO. There are 35 numeric and 35
string variables, but no meaningful names. They are identified simply as
&1 to &35 and $1 to $35, so the programmer has to keep track of what
they are used for. It has, of course, means of searching for, extracting
and printing data items identified by table, field and record, and has
date, time, arithmetic and string manipulations. It can accept keyboard
entries at run time and can define keypresses to jump to appropriate
code fragments. With some programming effort, the RWEL can be made to
provide multi-table (relational type) interrogation and reporting, and
programs written to meet specific applications can be saved and loaded.
FA (below) is one such.
7.9
The Financial Accountant
7.9
The distribution disc holds the necessary files for this application,
which can be opened from the main iconbar menu. The FA provides for
processing, maintenance, enquiries and reports of data under three main
headings: Sales Ledger + Stock Control, Purchase Ledger + Stock Control
and Nominal Ledger. The whole complex of tables is relationally linked
and is controlled by programs written in the RWEL. Topics such as
invoicing, credit notes, VAT, profit analysis, aged debtors and mail-
merge are covered. To me as an utter idiot in accounting matters, it
appears comprehensive − the only major area not covered is payroll.
7.9
Integrity
7.9
Maintaining the integrity of a database involves control of access,
consistency in entry formats, and avoidance of data corruption by human
error or carelessness. Some protection is provided by the entry
validation facilities mentioned earlier, but no database can cope with
plausible but erroneous data. Password protection could probably be
written with RWEL, but there appears to be no bar to entry of amendments
which could leave related tables out-of-step.
7.9
Conclusions
7.9
This program is a versatile and powerful database manager, albeit non-
WIMP, with useful but limited relational capabilities. If you need an
accounting package, the ‘ready-to-go’ Financial Accountant application
could help to justify the price. A ‘plus’ is that the discs are not
copy-protected, and a DEMO disc is available to try out most of the
features. A
7.9
Lindis
7.9
New artwork
7.9
LOOKsystems
7.9
From 7.8 page 25
7.9
ArtWorks Column
7.9
Trevor Sutton
7.9
I would, first of all, like to say how much I enjoyed the Norwich
Computer Services Open Day. I was delighted to talk with readers and
although I didn’t spend a great amount of time discussing ArtWorks,
there were plenty of other puzzles and problems to try to solve.
7.9
On my return home, I found AW version 1.5 waiting for me on the mat. So
this is where we kick off.
7.9
Version 1.5 − At last!
7.9
This version has been a long time coming and we have perhaps begun to
expect something special after waiting. Well, there are certainly some
changes for which we should be very grateful.
7.9
In my very first column, I discussed the problem arising when selecting
a new font and then working with it. The chosen font can now be used
immediately rather than having to select and change after having typed
some text. However, the size can only be changed once text has been
displayed. The font size defaults to 32pt for new text. I have not used
this new version enough to decide whether this is a benefit or a
disadvantage.
7.9
‘Deep colour’ sprites and TIFF graphics can now be displayed in AW and
it seems that the printing difficulties described in my last column have
been corrected.
7.9
Thanks to John Hollier for letting me know that CC were aware of the
problem and that the Turbo Drivers were a solution. He will now have his
copy of AW1.5 and I expect will be pleased about the font handling. I
thank him also for his concern about my ailing monitor. It is now back
from Acorn, fixed with several new parts, an extended guarantee and at
no cost. That makes up for the long wait.
7.9
New preference options
7.9
A Quick-start for AW is a throwback to version 1.1 and speeds up loading
by installing a limited number of modules. This will be a help for
network users.
7.9
New text can be made to default to black. This avoids the occasional
invisible text when a white fill has been selected.
7.9
New objects can take on the most recent attributes. This is Draw-like
and is useful, particularly as an option. However, I have discovered
that if an open shape is drawn and filled using the options in the Line/
shape info box (using <shift-f1>) it defaults to black. Perhaps this too
could be useful.
7.9
Finally, the option to remove the page shadow has been included. I am
really glad about that one!
7.9
As expected, several improvements have been made to the printer output,
particularly for CMYK colour printers such as the BJC600/800. I would be
delighted if someone would try out some prints to these printers and let
me know the results.
7.9
New options when clicking on the close icon have been included and this
will prevent that irritating build up of documents. It is now easy to
choose whether or not to save, discard or retain a file when clicking on
the close icon.
7.9
Also, the default selected tool can be chosen. I like the magnifier −
how about you?
7.9
So, we do have some useful improvements. There is still greater support
for colour printing and PostScript options, but are some of the other
changes just bug fixes? We will need something very significant in
ArtWorks 2 if we are to feel happy about spending more on an upgrade.
What would you really like to see? Many people seem to want rulers, so
CC really do need to look closely at developments from 4Mation with
Vector. Feedback at Acorn World 93 suggested that there is a divided
user base. Price plays a part, but many Draw+ devotees have always felt
happier with Vector.
7.9
Well that’s enough of my moaning. I promised you some really positive
ArtWorking and so here it is.
7.9
ArtWorking from life
7.9
Ian Gow, from Durham, has used Draw for many years. Like me, he was
delighted with the improvements in RISC OS 3 Draw (Version 0.88, we
can’t wait for Version 1.0). Much of his work was of a technical nature,
particularly in the production of physics information and work sheets.
7.9
To relax and in contrast, he paints in watercolours. So I am delighted
that he tried AW as a medium for painting instead of computer-aided
design. With very little practice, he produced this glass of water (he
told me it was water) drawn from a real one on the computer bench.
7.9
Having spent some considerable time, recently, with the AW Clipart CD,
Ian’s work would have justified a place alongside some of the more
imaginative work. Especially when we see the contortions of his glass.
7.9
Though AW is not the most convenient medium for life drawing, these
examples demonstrate the potential for making vivid and exciting images.
I’ve just printed the files to a Canon BJC-600 (thanks to Cath
Stevenson) and the images are most impressive.
7.9
Perhaps Ian could borrow an A4 and get himself out into the countryside
and sketch some of Durham’s wonderful countryside!
7.9
Ian’s comments about AW were very favourable, particularly the ease and
speed with which he grasped the tools and the intuitive nature of AW’s
line and shade handling. Thanks to him for his pictures and his
observations. I think we have got another convert.
7.9
DEC_dATA ArtWorks Resource Disc
7.9
Perhaps the most useful file on this very reasonably priced disc (£8.95
+ VAT) is the ClearView file which provides a detailed and easy-to-use
help file for AW. PC Windows users will find a familiarity with this
type of help file. I would like to see this with all RISC OS software,
as I have always found it to be a great strength of the PC. Impression
Style is the first package which really implements this approach.
7.9
There are a few moulds, perspectives and decorative motifs (see below −
I like the little acorns). Also included are key strips and key press
charts. A few sample clipart files are there to whet your appetite and a
file of ‘difficult to draw’ stars.
7.9
Perhaps the strangest inclusion is a directory of four gears (again
difficult to draw!).
7.9
Coda
7.9
I have spent the last couple of weeks exploring the ArtWorks Clipart CD.
I think I’ve looked at every one of the 703 AW files, some of them
solely in the Portfolio application, which gives thumbnail views, while
some of them I have printed from AW.
7.9
I will say more about them in my next column but I was struck by the
incredible variety of inclusions and, because they were created by a
host of different ArtWorkers, they show a vast range of approaches and
techniques.
7.9
Though you may only use a few in your DTP work, I hope to demonstrate
how you can learn from this vast resource. A
7.9
LOOKsystems
7.9
From 7.8 page 26
7.9
Oak Solutions
7.9
From 7.8 page 6
7.9
A Comparison of C and Fortran
7.9
Francis Crossley
7.9
I hope Francis realises what he is taking on here! Anyone brave enough
to pronounce on the relative merits of two computer languages is setting
himself up to be shot down by those with strong views on the subject.
Any comments to Francis, please, not me! Ed.
7.9
When a compiled language is to be bought, the first problem is to decide
which one is the most suitable. Some have been designed for special
purposes such as Logo, Lisp, for database querying etc and, for these,
the choice is fairly clear because of the sparsity of competition. For
general purposes, however, there are several languages available such as
Pascal, C, Fortran, Forth and, dare I say it, compiled Basic? This
article concentrates on a comparison between Acorn ANSI C and Acorn
Fortran release 2 for scientific programming. I have not included
Pascal, although it is a popular language, because most of what can be
done in Fortran can be done in Pascal and I do not think that it is used
as much as Fortran for scientific work. ANSI C is the version which
conforms to the standards set by the American National Standards
Institute and, for portability, is the version which is preferable.
7.9
General comparison
7.9
Being realistic, one of the first properties of interest when buying a
language is the price − although it ought not to be! Archive prices are:
7.9
• ANSI-C release 3 − £148
7.9
• Acorn Desktop C − £240
7.9
• Fortran 77 − £110
7.9
• Front end for Fortran 77 − £28 (provides
7.9
desktop access)
7.9
• Cambridge Pascal − £77
7.9
Now we must examine the operational differences. Fortran was designed
for scientific purposes and contains a large number of mathematical
functions, although nothing to help with matrix manipulation or
graphics. To provide these and other deficiencies, extra libraries of
functions are required. C is no different in this respect.
7.9
Fortran contains some concessions to structured design but has no
composite data types or other data structures.
7.9
Speed of compilation and execution are important and I have found no
major differences between Fortran and C when using the Archimedes. Using
a PC some years back, when compiling a C program, there was time to make
a cup of coffee before the computer had finished! The difference was
almost certainly due to the compiler in use. Examine the comparisons of
Basic compilers in past issues of Archive to prove this point. (This
start in Archive 2.1 p8 and rumbled on as far as 2.12 p43.)
7.9
Let me first of all give you some comparisons and similarities of
particular aspects.
7.9
Types of variables and their sizes
7.9
Both languages provide a range of variable types, integers, reals,
character, string and logical. Integers and reals can be 4 or 8 byte in
Fortran but C permits 2 and 4 byte integers, unsigned integers and 4 and
8 byte reals. Variables must be defined with their type in C but this is
optional in Fortran, which has an implicit naming convention but not one
as inconvenient as that used in Basic (a% for an integer etc). Arrays in
one or more dimensions are available in both languages. C assumes that
the lowest index will be 0 and requires the number of elements to be
given, Fortran is better in that either the range of indices can be
given or the number of elements (starting at 1). This facility is often
useful because a problem may naturally have an index starting at 0
whilst another problem would prefer it to start at 1. This ability can
be achieved in C by defining arrays in terms of pointers (see later) and
building a set of utilities for defining the types of arrays needed.
7.9
The same memory location can be used for different variables at
different times. This is called ‘union’ in C and ‘equivalence’ in
Fortran. The programmer must be very clear what variable is using the
space at any time − reading a real value when an integer has just been
stored does not help maintain sanity!
7.9
Control structures
7.9
Loop control structures are the mainstay of structured programming, and
both languages have a reasonable supply. A loop with a predefined number
of iterations is available (Basic FOR loop) as is a loop with the
condition tested at the beginning (Basic WHILE) but one with the test at
the end (Basic REPEAT) is not present in Fortran. The IF.. ELSE..ENDIF
and an IF..ELSE IF..ELSE..ENDIF structures are present, known to the
Fortran programmer as the ‘block if’.
7.9
Fortran has a strange structure called the ‘arithmetic if’ which jumps
to one of three locations depending on the result of a test being less
then, equal to or greater than zero. This brings in a command which is
supposed to be virtually illegal, I refer to GOTO! It is available in C
as well as in Fortran and has its uses, but it does muddy the visible
flow of control because it is not clear from where and why we came to
this point. Comments in the program could solve this problem.
7.9
Two other types of GOTO in Fortran are: computed GOTO and assigned GOTO,
both carrying lack of clarity with them. C has a ‘switch’ structure
(CASE in Basic) for choosing between a number of alternatives, a
suitable arrangement of IF-type statements will do the job just as well.
The differences between C and Fortran seem to be very few so far,
particularly if a loop with the test at the end is not a significant
loss.
7.9
Input and output
7.9
C and Fortran use commands to control exactly how information is output
to the screen. The format control in C, I think, is easier to understand
than that used in Fortran. The format statements in either language
permit a wide range of presentations. For input from the keyboard, the
format controls how the character will be interpreted, as string,
integer or real. Fortran also has a list-directed output in which the
computer decides how the output will appear on the screen. This is very
convenient because if a format specification is given and the value to
be output does not fit, only a string of asterisks will appear, not
helpful! In spite of a comment that i/o in C is primitive, I believe it
is quite satisfactory.
7.9
Writing to a file can be performed either as formatted or binary data in
both languages. Formatted data can be displayed on the screen or
printer, it is also known as ASCII; binary data does not make sense when
shown on the screen and it can produce nasty side effects! In C, a file
is opened for writing or reading but how the data is written is decided
at the time it is written. Fortran expects the file to be opened for a
particular type of access. Two forms of file access exist in Fortran,
sequential and direct. A sequential file is simply a long line of data,
but with direct access, any item can be read without reading all the
preceding items first. The concepts of sequential and direct access do
not exist in C, although similar effects can be obtained if required.
7.9
Subprograms
7.9
Functions returning a value, and subroutines which can change values in
an array, can be used in both languages. They can be written as part of
the main program or as separate files to be compiled and linked in
later.
7.9
Facilities only in C
7.9
Composite data types − C has the ability to group a number of data
types, integer, reals, characters etc, so that they can be regarded as
one entity. Fortran does this, in a limited way, with its intrinsic
‘complex’ type (not in C!). In C, you could define a structure called
‘date’ which contains the month, day, year as follows:
7.9
STRUCT date {month ;
7.9
int day ;
7.9
int year;
7.9
} today ;
7.9
‘today’ is an entity of type date, to assign values one can write:
7.9
today.month=4;
7.9
today.day=12 ;
7.9
today.year=1994;
7.9
The types in the structure do not need to be the same, so there could be
a fourth entry, say ‘float credit ;’, used perhaps, to show your day to
day wealth! I am not sure where this would be useful in a scientific
program.
7.9
C also has a data type permitting individual bits in a byte to have
their own significance, e.g. as flags.
7.9
Defining types − In C, you can rename the basic types of variables,
integer etc, so that the name is more suitable for the job that the
variable is doing, e.g. ‘counter’ could be defined as integer, but now
‘daycounter’, ‘weekcounter’ would be of type ‘counter’. Again, I am
unsure of the value of this facility in scientific work. You can also
limit the legal range of values that these “enumerated” variables can
have so that ‘daycounter’ could have only the values 0 to 6, or a flag
could be defined to have the values ‘true’ or ‘false’. Clearly, this is
advantageous for checking the validity of data being input.
7.9
A very nice technique allows you to combine several variables and then
to treat them as vectors. This is neater than the STRUCT system
described above.
7.9
TYPEDEF STRUCT {x ;
7.9
double y;
7.9
} point ; Point has been defined to
7.9
consist of a pair of values.
7.9
point origin,maximum ;
7.9
Values can be assigned as follows:
7.9
origin={0 .0,0.0} ;
7.9
maximum={20 .0,20.0} ;
7.9
This can be used for other useful types such as complex numbers, polar
coordinates, etc.
7.9
A facility which would be useful in Fortran is the ability to add file
names to the command line − easily done in C. A command could then be of
the form “ fft dat.mydata”. Meaning: perform a Fourier Transform on the
data in file ‘dat.mydata’.
7.9
A few more facilities only in C are “register variables”, which the
programmer wants kept in registers for speed of use − oddly enough, the
assignment is not guaranteed. In operating systems, it is useful to be
able to claim extra memory at run time and commands are available in C
for this purpose. Bitwise logical operations are also possible in C such
as AND, OR, EXOR and Complement and shift left or right. Shifting and
adding is a quick way of multiplying by certain values. C also has
pointers which are missing in Fortran. A pointer is the address of an
entity, familiar to Acorn Basic users in the ‘?’ operator. Pointers are
a useful way of accessing elements in an array and are used in C when
dealing with character arrays. Many results from functions are returned
as pointers, indeed, some parameters are passed as pointers.
7.9
Facilities only in Fortran
7.9
The only major facilities in Fortran which are not in C are the concept
of ‘common’ and that of variable dimensions of arrays. ‘Common’ defines
a region which can be accessed by any subroutines and is a convenient
way of passing large numbers of parameters without referring to them in
the subroutine call. ‘Common’ can have no name, only one of these, or it
can be named, in which case several can exist.
7.9
In Fortran, the dimension of an array is passed as one of the parameters
in a subroutine call and then the array is declared in the subroutine.
This is important in scientific programming and is a serious deficiency
in C. It can be circumvented but is an extra pain.
7.9
Abilities missing from both languages
7.9
In neither language is it possible to plot graphs without specially
written routines or extra libraries. With Fortran, it is possible,
rather inelegantly, using VDU 25. C uses what it calls the kernel
library which is a set of low level routines which permit a vast number
of operations to be performed. Alternatively, a wide range of BBC-type
commands in a library can be accessed. Extra facilities including
graphics are available for Fortran users, such as those from CCD
Computer Services (some years ago) and the Archive Shareware Disc 44,
both libraries containing subroutines which partially redress the
balance between C and Fortran.
7.9
I am not able to compare desktop versions of C and Fortran since I do
not have them and am a dedicated command line user!
7.9
Conclusion
7.9
This has been a brief comparison of C and Fortran and, of necessity, has
not included all the minor differences, some of which are rather
esoteric. C is used for scientific programming although a general
purpose language and it is possible to design subroutines to make it
more useful. ‘Numerical Recipes for C’ is a very useful and readable
volume for help. C also permits easier access to the operating system if
wanted.
7.9
Fortran is an old language specifically designed for scientific
programming but is still very popular. Structured programs can be
written although it is not as fully structured as other languages. Last,
but not least, it is cheaper than desktop C and a similar price to non-
desktop C even if the desktop front end is bought. Unhelpfully, I will
say that either language could be used successfully!
7.9
Please send all your views on this subject to me at 156 Holmes Chapel
Road, Congleton, Cheshire, CW12 4QB. A
7.9
RISC OS 3 First Steps
7.9
Richard Rymarz
7.9
‘First Steps’ is a guide book designed to help newcomers to the Acorn
environment get to grips with using RISC OS 3. It is written by Anne
Rooney, an experienced writer on Acorn computers, and follows on from
her earlier guide ‘Archimedes First Steps’. It is published by Dabs
Press and costs £14.95 (£15 inc. p&p from NCS.)
7.9
Contents
7.9
The book contains nearly 500 pages divided into 28 chapters, an appendix
listing the changes between RISC OS 2 and 3, a glossary and, crucially,
a very detailed index. Following the introduction, the first three
chapters are useful to those new to RISC OS computers. Introducing the
desktop, the work area and the wimp environment are covered in detail.
Everything from menus to function keys, and dialogue boxes to iconising
a window are all covered in Chapter 2. Chapter 3 looks at the
applications in ROM and Chapter 4 concentrates on preparing and using
floppy discs, files and directories, backing up discs and virus
protection.
7.9
Chapters 5 to 10 focus on the programs supplied free with the computer −
those in ROM such as Paint, Edit and Draw as well as those on the two
Applications discs. This is a substantial section and an important one.
Some of it is quite detailed and would require real concentration to
understand fully. However, it is worth the effort since there are
snippets of information that I, supposedly an ‘expert’ user, found much
clearer.
7.9
The next 13 chapters explain how to master the computer more thoroughly.
They cover the use of hard discs, customising the environment to suit
the user’s needs, creating !boot files, what Basic is, what the
emulators do, portability with other computers, using * commands, memory
management, programming and the new 3D desktop. Also in this section is
a chapter on fonts, one on the difficult area of printing and printers
and another on system resources.
7.9
The final chapters concern options on expanding the computer. Hardware
(extra drives, CD-ROMs, digitisers and so on) and software are discussed
to try and give some idea of the options now available.
7.9
Conclusions
7.9
‘First Steps’ is easy to read. The layout is quite attractive without
too many words on each page. Illustrations are used appropriately, if
not lavishly. It is structured in a logical way taking the reader gently
from simple concepts to more complex ones. References are easy to find.
Having read it from beginning to end, I have a better understanding of
some parts of the operating system. It is a book that you can dip into
when a problem occurs or it can be read through from beginning to end −
it is certainly better than the rather dry approach in the official
manuals.
7.9
The real test was to give it to a beginner. Having just introduced my
partner to the new and fascinating world of desktop publishing, I handed
the book over to her. Her comments included, ‘That’s quite good isn’t
it’; and, ‘Oh, is that what you do!’ She now refers to it quite
regularly.
7.9
‘First Steps’ achieves its aim of providing a simple and effective guide
to getting started quickly with the newer range of Acorn computers. As a
book for beginners, it provides a more ‘chatty’ style of presentation
that helps to disarm the anxious. It was published in September 1993 but
still manages to refer to the new 3D desktop. Advice concerning specific
software is bound to date quickly but, in general terms, it remains
sound. If you or a colleague in school or at the office are struggling,
or if you are a parent who is being overtaken by your children and need
to catch up with the basics, then ‘First Steps’ could be a great
help. A
7.9
Computer Concepts
7.9
From 7.4 page 6
7.9
Yes, that’s
7.9
7.4 page 6
7.9
Scanlight Video advert
7.9
Colton
7.9
From 7.8 page 12
7.9
Assembly Language Programming − 1
7.9
James Riden
7.9
Most series on assembly language programming tell you how to write
“Hello world” and add two and two to make four. This series will,
hopefully, be a little different because I shall be telling you how to
achieve useful things using assembler. For this reason, I am assuming
limited knowledge of the instructions used. If you don’t know these yet,
I can recommend trying one of these other series first. Better still get
hold of ‘ARM Assembly Language Programming’ by Peter Cockerell. (Out of
print now, I fear. Ed.)
7.9
Software interrupts
7.9
The way of calling the operating system on a RISC OS machine is to use a
SWI call (SYS from Basic). A good working knowledge of these is
essential for all low level programming.
7.9
When one of these is called from assembler, for example SWI “OS_Byte”,
the registers R0, R1, R2, etc form its parameters. If a string is
needed, one of these registers points to (i.e. holds the address of) the
start of the buffer. Strings are usually null or control code
terminated.
7.9
Type in the following program section by section. Remember to use the
correct line numbers and don’t renumber it at any stage. Do not run it
until you’ve finished it.
7.9
10 REM >SysAnim
7.9
20 MODE 13
7.9
30 DIM code 40*1024
7.9
40 PROCassemble
7.9
50 CALL screenbase
7.9
60 END
7.9
70 DEFPROCassemble
7.9
80 FOR pass=0 TO 2 STEP 2
7.9
90 P%=code
7.9
100 [OPT pass
7.9
110.screenbase
7.9
120 ADR R0,input ;R0 and R1 point to
7.9
130 ADR R1,output ;the input and output blocks
7.9
140 SWI “OS_ReadVduVariables”
7.9
150 LDR R0,output
7.9
160 MOV PC,R14
7.9
170.input EQUD 149:EQUD -1
7.9
180.output EQUD 0:EQUD 0
7.9
5000 ]NEXT pass
7.9
5010 ENDPROC
7.9
The SWI used can tell us all sorts of useful information about the
screen. The value 149 means we want to know the screen base address.
When the SWI is called, the item we have requested is placed in the
block pointed to by R1. R0 is then loaded with the value at this
address. The routine terminates by copying the old value of the PC
(stored in R14) back into R15. You may end this way if your routine has
been CALLed from Basic or if BL screenbase has been used.
7.9
The use of FOR pass...NEXT is in case a forward branch is used. When OPT
0 is performed, it prevents errors in the assembly language from
stopping the program. When the code has been processed and all the
labels have been set up, the error-checking can be re-enabled and the
code re-assembled in the same place.
7.9
Animation
7.9
The following is useful to anyone who requires smooth animation. It uses
the technique known as bank switching.
7.9
200.screen EQUD 1
7.9
210.animate
7.9
220 STMFD R13!,{r14 }
7.9
225.animloop
7.9
230 MOV R0,#112
7.9
240 LDR R1,screen
7.9
250 SWI “OS_Byte”
7.9
255 SWI &10C ; vdu 12 − cls
7.9
510 MOV R0,#19
7.9
520 SWI “OS_Byte”
7.9
525 MOV R0,#113
7.9
530 LDR R1,screen
7.9
540 SWI “OS_Byte”
7.9
550 LDR R1,screen
7.9
560 RSB R1,R1,#3
7.9
570 STR R1,screen
7.9
580 SWI “OS_ReadEscapeState”
7.9
590 BCC animloop
7.9
600 LDMFD R13!,{pc }
7.9
Simply, one screen is updated while the other is being displayed.
OS_Byte 112 changes the screen bank being written to by the operating
system. OS_Byte 19 waits until the electron beam has finished scanning
over the screen and OS_Byte 113 displays the new screen.
OS_ReadEscapeState sets the carry flag if <escape> is pressed, if not,
carry is cleared.
7.9
This is all very well, but we really want to plot something. For now, we
can use the system sprite area. Use *SLOAD <filename> to load a sprite
file − it will need to be a 16*16 pixel mode 13 sprite with no palette
or mask. The following code will plot it.
7.9
1000.plotsprite
7.9
1010 MOV R0,#34
7.9
1020 ADR R2,spritename
7.9
1030 MOV R5,#0
7.9
1040 SWI “OS_SpriteOp”
7.9
1050 MOV PC,R14
7.9
1060.spritename EQUS “MySprite”
7.9
1070 EQUB 0:ALIGN
7.9
This will plot the sprite at .spritename at the coordinates R3,R4. These
should be in OS units. Perhaps we should make the sprite go round in a
circle. You cannot access the sin() function of Basic from assembler
for we must use Basic to create a lookup table of values.
7.9
55 CALL animate
7.9
201 .counter EQUD 0
7.9
300 ADR R5,lookup
7.9
310 LDR R0,counter
7.9
320 SUBS R0,R0,#8
7.9
330 MOVLE R0,#360*8
7.9
335 SUBLE R0,R0,#8
7.9
340 STR R0,counter
7.9
350 ADD R0,R0,R5
7.9
360 LDMIA R0,{r3 ,R4}
7.9
370 BL plotsprite
7.9
4000.lookup
7.9
4010 FNtable
7.9
8000 DEFFNtable
7.9
8010 FOR I%=0 TO 359
7.9
8020 [OPT pass
7.9
8030 EQUD 640+400*SIN(RAD(I%))
7.9
8040 EQUD 512+400*COS(RAD(I%))
7.9
8050 ]N.I%
7.9
8060 =“”
7.9
Notice the use of the FN call from the assembler. You can use this for
repetitive tasks such as the lookup table or for reserving space. For
example, the following will reserve a variable size block filled with 0
bytes.
7.9
FNspace(1024)
7.9
DEFFNspace(size)
7.9
FOR I%=1 TO size
7.9
[OPT pass
7.9
EQUB 0
7.9
]NEXT I%
7.9
=“”
7.9
Now save and then run the program. (Always save regularly and especially
before you run anything.) If it doesn’t work, check that you have 160Kb
or more of screen memory (putting Desktop into mode 15 will do it).
7.9
The code that redraws the screen must use the system drivers such as SWI
and VDU calls to access the screen. If direct writing to the screen is
needed, the program should be slightly modified to change the screen
base address being used.
7.9
10 REM >DirectAnim
7.9
155 STR R0,scbase
7.9
200.screen EQUD 1 ; bank number
7.9
205.scbase EQUD 0 ; screen base address
7.9
235 LDR R12,scbase
7.9
245 CMP R1,#2
7.9
246 ADDEQ R12,R12,#81920
7.9
Now save this program. This assumes the mode being used takes up 80Kb
per screen bank. Mode 13 is the most commonly used for this kind of
thing. After this code has been incorporated into the main program, you
can write your own custom plot routines. Nevryon, for example, uses such
routines because they are specific to the requirements of the author and
so they run much faster than the general operating system routines.
7.9
Next month, I’ll show you how to write a simple custom sprite plot. A
7.9
Advanced Basic − Text Printing via !Printers
7.9
Paul Hobbs
7.9
I have recently had an enquiry from Paul Pibworth about outputting text
via the RISC OS printer drivers − which basically was how does one go
about it? This is an important question as the latest RISC OS Style
Guide states that all printed output must pass via the drivers and with
the advent of the Risc PCs and RISC OS 3.5, it advisable to follow Acorn
guidelines as closely as possible.
7.9
The theoretical advantage is that !Printers translates certain embedded
codes (for bold, italic, etc) to the correct ones for the printer in use
meaning that a program can output the same codes whichever printer is
attached. I say ‘theoretical’ because I haven’t actually managed to make
it work 100% yet!
7.9
Communicating with !Printers requires the use of the RISC OS message
passing protocol which in turn means that the program must be running
under the wimp. The procedure is as follows:
7.9
The application sends a Message_PrintSave (&80142). If !Printers is
loaded, it sends a Message_ PrintFile (&80140), else the
Message_PrintSave ‘bounces’ (i.e. it is returned unanswered) and the
application should complain that !Printers is not loaded. If !Printers
is loaded, it will send a Message_ DataSaveAck (&2) which will contain a
file name which can be used for data transfer. The application then
writes the data and finishes by sending a Message_DataLoad (&3).
Finally, !Printers will send a Message_DataLoadAck (&4).
7.9
To keep things simple, we’ll only consider the case when
Message_PrintSave is used to start a print job without dragging an icon
− for example, via a dialog box obtained by pressing <Print>. In the
case where a file icon is dragged to the !Printers icon on the iconbar,
the code is exactly the same as that required to save to the Filer so
we’ll ignore this for now.
7.9
The example program on the monthly disc simply sends an ASCII file to
!Printers when the iconbar icon is clicked on. Note, however, that the
full printing protocol is considerably more complicated than this
example but it does work in the case of text files.
7.9
Having worked out how to send the file to !Printers, all that remains is
to embed the required control codes to turn bold on/off etc. It is
possible to turn on bold printing, for example, by embedding the
following codes in the text:
7.9
<27><%10000001> (i.e. ASCII 27 followed by ASCII 129)
7.9
The bits that are set in the second byte determine whether the effect is
on or off and have the following meanings:
7.9
bit 0 bold on/off
7.9
1 light on/off
7.9
2 italic on/off
7.9
3 underline on/off
7.9
4 superscript on/off
7.9
5 subscript on/off
7.9
6 must be 0
7.9
7 must be 1
7.9
The section of code from the example program to demonstrate this is as
follows:
7.9
file% = OPENOUT(name$)
7.9
BPUT# file%,“This is a printer test file..”
7.9
BPUT# file%,&0D
7.9
BPUT# file%,27:BPUT# file%,%10000001
7.9
BPUT# file%,“And now in bold (hopefully!)”
7.9
BPUT# file%,27:BPUT# file%,%10000000
7.9
BPUT# file%,“And now bold IS OFF.”
7.9
cond$=CHR$&1F+“9201” :REM part of a FWP file! (probably won’t
7.9
BPUT# file%,cond$ :REM work on printers other than a BJ10)
7.9
BPUT# file%,“Now in CONDENSED HOPEFULLY!”
7.9
BPUT# file%,27:BPUT# file%,%10000001 :REM Bold on
7.9
BPUT# file%,“And now in condensed and ”;
7.9
BPUT# file%,27:BPUT# file%,%10001000 :REM Bold off, underline on
7.9
BPUT# file%,“underlined”;
7.9
BPUT# file%,27:BPUT# file%,%10000000 :REM all effects off
7.9
BPUT# file%,“ (hopefully!)”
7.9
CLOSE# file%
7.9
Unfortunately, the range of effects that can be produced in this manner
is very limited and does not include condensed printing which would be
handy. It should be possible to place any control code sequence in the
file by embedding the following codes:
7.9
<27><%11000000>
7.9
<printer specific codes..>
7.9
<27><0>
7.9
These codes will be sent directly to the printer without being
translated by the driver, but this means of course that your program
will need to allow the user to input the correct codes for their
particular printer (not the ideal solution!). Further details of the
‘Fancy Text’ format as it is known, can be found in the RISC OS 3 User
Guide, page 247.
7.9
As can be seen from the above code, condensed printing has been turned
on in a non-Acorn approved manner because the <27><%11000000> sequence
appears to have no effect on my system. If anyone can tell me what is
going on I would be very grateful!
7.9
Whilst on the subject of printing, does anyone have routines to detect
whether a printer driver is loaded and whether the printer is online?
(Various routines have been published in the past but I have yet to find
one that works correctly when a Turbo Driver is in use.)
7.9
Any questions or comments about Basic programming would be gratefully
received by Paul Hobbs, Rheinpfalzstrasse 2, 85049 Ingolstadt,
Germany. A
7.9
Comment Column
7.9
• Apple’s claims for Power Mac − As we mentioned last month (Archive
7.8 p31), Apple have been publishing literature and placing adverts that
contained statements about RISC technology and computers which many
people feel are either untrue or, at best, misleading. Apple seem to
have admitted their mistakes and changed their adverts. However, I am
not sure that I agree even with the “toned down” claims in the latest
adverts. Have a look at them yourself and see what you think. Watch out
for claims about “most powerful personal computer” and claims that “You
can own a Power Mac for as little as...”, and see if you agree −
remember that Apple pricing does not include mouse, keyboard or monitor
which most people tend to think of as being part of a “computer”. If you
are not happy with any of the adverts, please write to the ASA (address
below) and complain. Tell them clearly and succinctly what your
objection is (please don’t waste their valuable time with unnecessary
detail even if you are cross about it!) and tell them exactly where you
saw the advert − a copy of the advert might help. Also, you could write
to the editor of the magazine in question. As an editor myself, I would
certainly want to know if any advertiser in my magazine were making
false claims.
7.9
I am not convinced that Apple dealers have got the message about the
original false claims. Some of them are still handing out literature
that contains untrue statements. Why not contact your local Apple Centre
and ask for information about Power Macs and see what they send you. If
you are not happy about any of the statements in the literature you
receive, write to the ASA stating clearly what your objection is and
giving the name and address of the dealer who provided you with the
literature.
7.9
(Some people may feel that I am unnecessarily inciting people to attack
a rival computer company because I gain commercial advantage from
Acorn’s success. Well, it is true that my whole livelihood depends on
the success or failure of Acorn Computers Ltd. However, I don’t see any
good reason why, if Apple are doing things which could be classed as
‘unfair trading’, they should be allowed to get away with it just
because Acorn hasn’t got enough ‘clout’ to do anything about it. The ASA
was set up to offer this sort of protection and it is they who will
decide if Apple are indeed using unfair trading, not me.)
7.9
(Advertising Standards Authority, Complaints Department, Brook House,
2−16 Torrington Place, London, WC1E 7HN.)
7.9
• Archive − the last surviving ‘true’ Acorn magazine? − Now that Acorn
User has gone over to the Database Publications stable, it is presumably
produced on Macs. Does this mean that Archive is the only ‘true’ Acorn
magazine? I hope you will continue to use Acorn machines for producing
Archive. Alan Latten, Weston Longville.
7.9
Yes, you are right, all the Acorn magazines are now produced on Macs
except Archive. Even Risc User has just invested in another couple of
Macs. I can understand the commercial reasoning behind it but I do think
it is a shame that Acorn magazines aren’t produced on Acorn computers −
especially now that three PhotoShop equivalents are available. Yes, you
can be sure that I shall continue to use Acorns − indeed, I’m looking
forward to being able to transfer from my trusty old A540 onto a Risc PC
as soon as I can afford it and the supply position improves. Ed.
7.9
• “Buy from your local Acorn dealer” − One of our subscribers rang up
to say that he was buying his Risc PC from his local dealer instead of
us − that’s fair enough − it’s good to have local expertise. He then
said that he had asked the dealer how to connect a Taxan 795 to the
Risc PC and whether it needed a special driver. The dealer said he
didn’t know and advised him to ring Norwich Computer Services who would
be sure to know!
7.9
We like to be as helpful as we can, but we have a business to run and
have to make a profit in order to survive. Since the subscriber didn’t
have a Technical Help Subscription, we said we couldn’t help him over
the phone but that he could write to for an answer. Was that
unreasonable? I don’t believe it was. Ed.
7.9
• Canon inkjet refilling − I have to admit that I was a little reticent
about publishing in George Foot’s ink cartridge refilling instructions
last month (7.8 p19) and, sure enough, I have had a letter from a reader
who got in an awful mess with it because he found it difficult to seal
the hole properly and got ink everywhere, eventually causing blocked
jets and causing him to have to thrown the whole cartridge away. This
just emphasises the point that advice given in Archive is always at the
owner’s risk! We try to check things before we put them into print but
it’s not always possible. Sorry. Ed.
7.9
• Oak PCB − I would like to answer some of the comments that Richard
Torrens makes in his PCB Layout Software article (Archive 7.6 p72).
Before I answer his specific comments, I would like to offer a few
comments regarding the difficulties of reviewing and commenting upon any
software package.
7.9
There is no doubt that balanced reviews are extremely difficult. Unless
the reviewer is both experienced as a reviewer and a regular user, they
will tend to be biased towards the package they currently use, have a
narrow view as to modern packages and the facilities they offer, or have
limited application knowledge. I therefore do not envy any reviewer
because, by going into print, they immediately set themselves up to
ridicule and having their views challenged. I also believe that any
software package should be reviewed against a standard (whether formal
or accepted practice) such as its adherence to the RISC OS rules. I
think it makes it much easier for the user, if all packages conform to a
standard.
7.9
Richard Torrens does make it clear as to his current position regarding
PCB layout software and is, in my view, in a very strange position in
having a pen plotter and not wishing to change away from his BBC-based
software due to his existing investment in layouts. This starting point
is hardly typical, as the majority of users are likely to have a dot
matrix or inkjet printer and not necessarily to have such layout
investment. (I wonder if he will be able to find any package which
offers a seamless transfer from LinTrack files.) He goes on to discuss
the merits of various design rules and the restrictions they place upon
the designer. I agree wholeheartedly with his sentiments that
experienced designers will tend to work ‘freehand’ and unfettered by
design rules. However, for the beginner and occasional user, design
rules impose a consistency which enhances their work and can also be
very useful for certain types of design. As far as OakPCB is concerned,
I believe the 45° rule is no great problem as I turn down the grid
spacing and just carry on. I do not understand his concern that the
‘tracks must start on a pad’ rule, as on my version of OakPCB (1.1) a
track can start and finish anywhere. However, I always try and start and
finish on a pad, as the tracks stick to pads, and moving a pad or pads,
moves all the attached tracks (very useful).
7.9
Moving on to his comments on inkjet printers, I cannot agree about paper
stretch (but there again I probably only require 0.25mm accuracy) as it
clearly depends on the use of black and hence track density. I have
tried direct printing onto acetate, but there was quite a bit of
banding, and the image was not really dense enough. I went back to
printing onto paper and photocopying onto acetate. The direct print
acetate is coated to get the ink to stick and does not produce a very
lasting image (albeit no worse than a photocopied image). I have used
plotters in the past and I cannot conceive of waiting 2 hours for the
finished output − I can currently print and make a pcb in that time, so
I can understand why Richard wants to change.
7.9
Yes, I do use OakPCB for quite large audio and video pcb assemblies with
upwards of one hundred components. No, it is not perfect and I find the
bounding boxes sensitive and liable to leave debris when deselected.
However, now that it has been reduced in price, it seems to me to offer
good value for money, is RISC OS compliant, has crashed very
occasionally and combines schematic and PCB layout drawing facilities.
7.9
I note that LinTrack, according to Richard, has a very limited number of
track and pad widths whereas OakPCB has unlimited options and is RISC OS
compliant. This makes it a non-contest (but there again I have not used
other products). To be using standard drawing packages misses a great
deal as far as the amateur user is concerned and, yes, I have tried
DrawPlus and Draw. I always try and assess any new program objectively
and question whether my way is the best way, or see if the author is
offering something more effective which goes against my traditions − and
I get some very pleasant surprises.
7.9
So where does that leave us? Well, the only conclusion I can draw is
that Richard’s article, whilst being interesting, was of little value as
a review and not really relevant as far as the average user is concerned
− but there again it is much easier to criticise than to write a good
review, isn’t it? Peter Seddon, Solihull.
7.9
• Processor Speed Tests − In Archive 7.7 p19, I asked for information
about these two processor speed tests, used to compare computing power
of different machines. By return, I received a collection of analyses
from Laurie van Someren of Aleph One Ltd and from Acorn (via NCS). Many
thanks to all. I can now report some conclusions from this information,
although the picture is still rather hazy.
7.9
A Dhrystone is a unit of processing, involving integer arithmetic. The
speed of a processor is measured by the number of times it can execute a
cycle of the standard test program in one second. I am still hoping that
someone can supply the coding to clarify this. Whetstones, similarly,
measure processing involving floating point operations. In this article,
I will report Dhrystone tests only.
7.9
The operation of a processor is regulated by a clock, in each cycle of
which it can perform one (and only one) operation. This might be the
interpretation of an instruction, the retrieval of a value from RAM, the
execution of an arithmetic function, etc. If the clock is running
slowly, all is well. Each operation is completed comfortably within the
cycle time, with unused time wasted. If the clock is speeded up a
little, each operation will still be completed within the shorter clock
cycle, so the processing speed is proportional to the clock speed.
7.9
At significantly greater clock speeds, however, some operations cannot
be completed within the cycle time, and the processor must be modified
to allow two (or more) cycles for the longer operations, but only one
cycle for the quicker ones. The faster clock cycle continues to increase
processing speed, though not now in proportion to the increasing clock
speed. If the clock is speeded up considerably, all processor
operations, including the simplest ones, require several clock cycles.
Increasing the clock speed further merely increases proportionately the
number of cycles required by each operation, and the processing speed
remains unchanged.
7.9
Aleph One have given the following figures of processing speeds using
their ARM3 replacement processors in screen mode 0.
7.9
Clock (MHz) kDhrystones/sec
7.9
8 6.1
7.9
12 8.4
7.9
15 9.9
7.9
20 12.0
7.9
24 13.5
7.9
25 13.9
7.9
27.5 14.6
7.9
30 15.3
7.9
33 16.2
7.9
36 16.9
7.9
The graph of Processor Speed against Clock Speed starts as an oblique
line from the origin, then curves downwards and levels out. (See Acorn’s
‘Technology Roadmap’, Archive 7.8 p9.) My notes from Aleph One advise
that the theoretical maximum processing speed (which cannot be increased
by higher clock speed) can be found by plotting the reciprocals of the
speeds, and noting the processing speed corresponding to infinite clock
speed.
7.9
I tried this using their ARM3 figures, plotting cycle times rather than
speeds. (See right.) This, interestingly, gives a perfect straight line,
as shown in the chart below, which is more convenient than the curves
for graphical analyses and comparisons. I have moved the origin to the
top right, so that technological progress still proceeds from bottom
left to top right. The theoretical speed limit can be read where the
line reaches the right hand edge, zero cycle time. In this example, it
appears to be 28µs per Dhrystone, or about 35k Dhrystones per second.
7.9
Processing speed is affected by the screen mode being used. More pixels
and more colours require a larger block of screen memory, which has to
be used to refresh the screen 50 times or so per second. In extreme
cases, this can become close to a full time job for the memory
controller, and internal processing can only take place in the ‘spare
time’ during which access to RAM is free of the demands of the video
processor. (This problem is removed by the use of dual-ported video RAM,
as in the Risc PC. This is explained under a question about the
difference between VRAM and DRAM on page 16. Ed.)
7.9
Mode 0 is one of the simplest available and can be used to test
processor speeds virtually unencumbered by screen operation. Additional
figures from Aleph One show that ARM3 processing speeds are reduced
significantly using SVGA 16-colour modes, and considerably using 256
colours, as shown by the lower lines on the chart.
7.9
In addition to the test results for their ARM3 upgrade, Aleph One also
supplied figures for a 25MHz A540. This is shown to be about 33% faster
in Mode 0 than the upgrade at 25MHz but, unlike the upgrade, it degrades
only about 13% in Mode 28 (which I can confirm on my own machine). These
observations can be explained by the faster RAM clock, which runs at
12MHz on the A540 compared with 8MHz on the older machines for which the
upgrade is supplied. This speeds up all RAM access and reduces the
burden which screen display places on processing, most noticeably in
higher screen modes. My A540 is one of the early machines, running at
30MHz, so I would expect it to be about 10% faster than the new ones at
25MHz, i.e about 20 kDhrystones/sec in Mode 0.
7.9
In response to my request to compare my A540 with a PCs, Aleph One have
also given me figures showing the processing speed of a standard ’386SX-
16 as 3.2 kDrhystones/sec, and that of a standard ’486DX -33 as 15.8. On
the face of it, this makes my machine some 25% faster than the ’486, but
this requires qualification. ARM3 comes in a number of different guises,
with different performance figures (see above and below). The same is
undoubtedly true of PCs, probably more so since there are numerous
manufacturers, supplying different implementations of the same Intel
chips. I can really only conclude that the A540 and the ’486-33 are
comparable.
7.9
Acorn’s figures for the ARM3 A5000 (Archive 7.8 p8) contrast with those
from Aleph One for the A540. They show the A5000 some 20% faster than
the A540 in modes 0 and 27, but 40% slower in Mode 28! The first
discrepancy is probably explained by the fact that the tests were run by
different testers, using different versions of the test program. The
processing speed, measured in ‘calculations per second’, depends on the
efficiency of the compiler in producing machine code, as well as on the
actual power of the hardware. This does not, however, explain the
reported fall-off in speed of the A5000 in 256-colour Mode 28. If the
12MHz memory relieves this problem on the A540, why does it not do so on
the A5000? More surprisingly, Acorn’s accompanying figures for the A610
show a less drastic, but still significant, degradation in 256-colour
mode, which can be cured by the installation of VRAM.
7.9
Acorn’s ‘Roadmap’ (Archive 7.8 p9) shows curves for ARM3 and ARM6, and
also limited figures for ARM7 and ARM8. I have attempted to plot these
on a similar ‘Reciprocal Speed’ chart. The sparsity of data does limit
the confidence of any conclusions, but the figures available do seem to
be generally consistent with parallel straight lines on the reciprocal
chart. The proximity of the ARM7 and ARM8 lines reflects the fact that,
on Acorn’s ‘Roadmap’, the ARM8 line is almost a continuation of the ARM7
line, plus the mathematical fact that reciprocals of large numbers are
close together (being all close to zero). A magnifying glass, however,
shows that the intercept of the ARM7 line on the right hand edge of the
chart is twice that of the ARM8 line. This implies that the ARM8 has
twice the theoretical top speed of the ARM7. The ranges of figures shown
on the charts suggest that, at practical clock speeds, the ARM6 machines
will be perhaps not quite twice as fast as the ARM3 machines. ARM7 will
be not quite twice as fast again, with a similar further step to ARM8.
7.9
Acorn have also provided figures of MIPs (million instructions per
second) for ARM3 and ARM6 and for ’386 and ’486 (see Archive 7.8 p 9).
Taken with Acorn’s Dhrystone figures, these imply a ratio of kDrhystones
to MIPs of 1.8 for ARM3 and 1.5 for ARM6. Aleph One’s Dhrystone figures
for PCs suggest ratios of about 0.8 for the ’386 and 1.0 for the ’486.
In view of the discrepancies between Acorn’ figures and Aleph One’s for
the same processor, an element of caution is needed, but there is a
definite suggestion that ARM achieve significantly more processing per
instruction than Intel, hence we cannot use published figures of MIPs as
direct speed comparisons for incompatible machines. I would suggest that
Paul’s lists in Archive 7.8, showing ARM and PC processors with similar
MIPs figures, imply a comparison which is a little unfair to Acorn.
7.9
My anticlimactic conclusion is that we have no precise and reliable
method of comparing the processing speeds of different machines. This
situation, unfortunately, allows considerable scope for advertisers to
present figures of MHz or MIPs (accurate, but not directly comparable)
to provide misleading comparisons between machines. Is it really beyond
the wit of man to devise the basis for accurate, impartial,
comparisons? Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.9
• Risc PC − the name − At first, I was disappointed to see that Acorn
had apparently severed all contact with the past − the name Archimedes
is gone for ever. Later, I realised what a master-stroke ‘Risc PC’ is!
Users, and potential users, out in the big wide world will soon realise,
from many sources, that RISC is the way ahead in computing − and for
good reason. (They may even find it out from the Apple’s infamous
adverts!) Now, here is the Risc PC − it is a registered trade mark, so
there won’t be any other. At the same time, the name identifies it as a
PC. Archimedes has always suffered from not being a PC. Acorn have now
turned the tables and ‘hijacked’ the generic term RISC as part of their
name, rather as Microsoft have hijacked the everyday word Windows.
Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.9
• Risc PC or ACBxx? − In your articles, you refer to ACB15/25/45
variously as three models, or versions, or configurations. To my mind,
they are not different models. You can convert an ACB15 to an ACB25 by
swapping the 2Mb RAM for a 4Mb and adding 1Mb of VRAM. The result is not
‘equivalent to’ an ACB25, it is an ACB25 − identical to the machine sold
as ACB25. The three are just different configurations (my preferred
term) from the almost limitless combinations of options. You could
supply bespoke configurations, not just in terms of RAM, VRAM, discs and
number of slices, but also all the available add-ons. This, of course,
is what you are offering via your special price list in the Risc PC
Supplement.
7.9
The difference now is that the Risc PC user is clearly intended to do
his own upgrades. A far cry from boxes secured by sealed screws and
marked “Keep out! − Opening the box will invalidate your warranty!”.
There is really no such thing as a ‘standard’ model of Risc PC − you can
have it anyhow you want! Dealers will have to recognise Acorn’s policy
and supply machines accordingly. It makes advertising difficult, of
course, especially if the advertiser wishes to be honest! He can only
quote prices for sample configurations (such as ACB15, etc) and stress
the fact that they are only examples.
7.9
By the way, why ‘ACB’, and where do the strange figures 15/25/45 come
from? Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.9
I prefer the term ‘configurations’ and I think Acorn do too. “ACB15” is
an Acorn part number, in the same way that the A5000 is an ALB22 or
ALB25 (or now, 32 and 35 with the bigger hard drives). Acorn have
deliberately not given them model names to avoid them being thought of
as different machines − but then when dealers and magazines talk about
them, we need to call them something to differentiate them − hence we
have used the Acorn part numbering. Ed.
7.9
• Risc PC − a PC? − Acorn can now sell Risc PC (with PC card already
fitted) as a PC, and in the appropriate market place they should do so,
without detailed explanations of how it works. They can claim (with
detailed explanation for those who want it) that the Risc PC with an
Intel 486SX/33 out-performs any other machine with the same processor
(and at the same price?). I don’t mind superlative claims if they are
true! Colin Singleton, Sheffield.
7.9
I would really love to get some PC people together and demonstrate the
Risc PC to them as follows: Start with it working as a PC in single-
tasking mode, tell them that it’s a 33MHz 486SX processor (or whatever)
and point out that the screen update is a bit faster than they might
expect because Acorn have used a ‘RISC second processor’ as a screen-
handling graphics accelerator. Hopefully, some of them will be
moderately impressed. Then the master-stroke is that you have PhotoDesk
or some other impressive graphics-intensive application working in the
background. You click the middle button of the mouse, relegate Windows
to being just one of many windows on the RISC OS desktop and start to
demonstrate PhotoDesk as an example of the sort of things you can do on
the machine. When their jaws have been restored to their normal position
and they say, “You can’t do that on a 33MHz 486SX!”, you tell them that
the ‘second processor’ (which comes ‘free’ with every Acorn PC486, or
whatever you choose to call it) has taken over from the 486 because it
can also run its own applications.
7.9
Come on, Acorn/Aleph One, get that PC card going! I can’t wait to have a
go at this one. I have to admit, though, that this wasn’t my idea − the
thought was seeded in my brain by a guy I met at the Risc PC launch − I
think he said his name was Sam.
7.9
Unfortunately, you cannot say that the Risc PC is “PC-compatible”
because it cannot, at the moment, take PC expansion cards. If it were, I
would be tempted to hide the Acorn logo (because, as we know only too
well, as soon as the name ‘Acorn’ is mentioned, the shutters come down)
and try and sell it as a “Norwich Computer Services 486PC” or some such.
Oh well, I can dream, can’t I?! Ed.
7.9
• Risc User editor redundant − (No, I’m not taking a swipe at the
opposition!) I’m sorry to have to report that Mike Williams, who has
worked on Beebug magazine for eleven years and been editor of Risc User
since it was launched nearly 7 years ago, has been made redundant.
Despite any comments I may have made in the past about Risc User
magazine, I was sad to hear Mike’s news. Still, I think that Risc User’s
loss will be someone else’s gain so if anyone wants any free-lance
writing or consultancy done, Mike can be contacted on 0582-881614. Ed.
7.9
• System Insight Consumables − System Insight (SI) have recently
expanded their range of consumables for inkjet/bubblejet printers,
including Inkmun ink refills and their own-brand papers and
transparencies. Their prices are competitive and include VAT & carriage,
with useful discounts for quantity. Their new catalogue (Issue 9) is
still awaited but the majority of details are in their Inkjet Insight 2
leaflet.
7.9
Ink Refill Kits − Roughly speaking, the Inkmun ink refill kits cost
around half the price of original makers’ replacement cartridges. I’ve
used a kit for the four cartridges in my Canon BJC-800 and was very
pleased with the ease of refilling − not a drop spilt − while the
printed result is indistinguishable from that using original inks.
7.9
I was extremely concerned to read in Archive (7.4 p60) about the
possibility of damaging the printer by the use of refill inks, so took
Ed’s advice and asked SI for a written assurance. They have replied
saying that “if any damage is caused to the printer which is proved to
be specifically the result of using these (..Inkmun..) refill inks,
System Insight will undertake to repair the printer at... no cost to the
customer”. Fair enough.
7.9
Media Sample Pack − If you want to try out the quality of SI’s own-brand
papers and transparencies before buying in bulk, a useful option is to
buy their Media Pack (£5.99); 10 sheets in total, consisting of 1−2
sheets of each of their own varieties. I do recommend that you try this
because results can depend very much on your own printer.
7.9
The following notes reflect my personal experiences, using Inkmun inks
on the BJC-800, and update the notes in Archive 7.1 p35. My comments are
entirely subjective:
7.9
− CEP Colour Enhancement Paper. Recently reinstated by popular demand −
hurrah! £34.95 for 500 sheets (not available in lesser quantity).
Single-sided, a bit thin (70-75gsm?) but superb results in colour or
monochrome.
7.9
− CLC Canon Brand Paper. £25.95 for 200 A4 sheets; £42.99 for A3. Not
included in the Media Pack but added here for comparison. Single-sided,
weight not given (90−95gsm?), very good but printed results not as sharp
or colour as intense as CEP.
7.9
− CPP Colour Printing Paper. £14.98 for 200 sheets. 90gsm. Double-sided
but some slight bleeding through onto reverse. Economical and probably
OK for proofing but, on the BJC-800, text and line graphics not sharp
and areas of colour rather blotchy. Not really suitable for finished
work.
7.9
− GLP Special Glossy Paper. £69.95 for 100 sheets, £39.95 for 50.
Single-sided. A very impressive paper for special purposes. Text/line
graphics very sharp but some horizontal ‘banding’ on block areas of
colour. Instruction page in Media Pack rather confusing as to which side
to print on. Use the side which feels rough to the touch (i.e. bevelled
corner at top-right).
7.9
− FQS Final Quality Smooth Paper. £24.98 for 500 sheets, £8.98 for 100.
95gsm. Double-sided. Some previous confusion as to suitability, now
resolved by SI. Good results in monochrome, including the black (Key)
ink in 4-colour printers, but not recommended for colour or if
reproducing black by mixing cyan-magenta-yellow in 3-colour printers.
Superb results on laser printers.
7.9
− JETP Plus Laser Jet Paper. £24.99 for 5 reams (2500 sheets), £13.99
for 2 reams. 90gsm. Double-sided but very slight bleed-through onto
reverse side from areas of colour. Extremely respectable results in
monochrome and colour, so a very economical alternative to CPP.
7.9
− Transparencies. Two versions available (TFP paper backed and TFS
paper stripe), both at £59.95 for 100 sheets, £34.95 for 50. Very good
results, barely distinguishable from makers’ equivalents and around 20%
cheaper. Best results if you use primary colours (CMY) or 2-colour mixes
(RGB) for text, line graphics or block colours, but perfectly
satisfactory on full-colour images. If the results look a little washed
out, you’ve probably forgotten to select Transparency Mode on the
printer! Jim Nottingham, York.
7.9
• Translate look-aside buffer In talking about one of the Risc PC’s
facilities last month (Archive 7.8 p8), you said you didn’t know what a
translate look-aside buffer was. If this means the same as it did when
IBM announced virtual storage in 1972 then it is as follows:
7.9
The Acorn machines are not virtual storage machines (memory is not off-
loaded to disc) but the memory is paged. On the older machines, the page
size varied with the total memory size but with the Risc PC, it is fixed
at 4Kb. The advantage of paging, of course, is better use of memory. If
an application needs 40Kb, as long as there are ten free pages
somewhere, the 40Kb can be made available as the application’s address
space even though the ten pages may be scattered across real memory and
not contiguous (as they have to be in some systems).
7.9
The down side is that every memory access needs to be translated from
what the application thinks the address is, to the real page in memory.
On an 8Mb machine, with 4Kb pages, that means a list of 2048 pages to
scan. The TLB is a way of speeding up this process. It is a special kind
of cache for the address translation process and contains the last few
pages referenced. Perhaps it is best thought of as a scrap of paper on
the front of a telephone directory listing your most-used numbers. The
paper is of limited size and so the older less-used numbers get over-
written by newer numbers.
7.9
John Thorn, Cardiff. A
7.9
Risc PC for DTP?
7.9
Neil Whiteley-Bolton
7.9
Before writing this brief assessment of Acorn’s new range of computers
from a publishing perspective, I read through my last article “The
Future of DTP on the Archimedes” (Archive 7.5 p11). In it, I itemised
features and improvements which I thought needed to be implemented in
the next generation of machines in order for Acorn to remain competitive
in the professional publishing world. I started, however, by saying that
the machines must be sufficiently competitive, so that the user base
would be large enough for software houses to feel it was worth their
while writing/porting software for/to RISC OS. This is quite clearly a
subjective assessment, and indeed a complex one. It is affected by many
factors, such as the nature of a company’s product and the current state
of the market. Indeed, the competitiveness of Acorn’s computers is
affected by the availability of appropriate software. My personal belief
is that this new range of machines will win Acorn many new friends.
7.9
Looking again at my wish list of features/improvements, I am satisfied
that they have been broadly met by the Risc PC:
7.9
• More power − The first machines will be roughly twice the speed of an
ARM 3 based machine, though this will be more marked in high resolution
screen modes (the performance of a Risc PC with VRAM is unaffected by
screen mode). More importantly, the new architecture provides a very
high degree of protection from obsolescence and Acorn offer a clearly
defined upgrade path. (I look forward to a 100MHz ARM 800 some time next
year!) Very sensibly, they have fixed the costs of these upgrades for
those people who purchase machines now. I don’t believe anyone could
reasonably ask for more.
7.9
• More memory − I said that I felt that the architecture ought to allow
at least 128Mb of RAM to be fitted, the Risc PC allows for up to 256Mb
of RAM, as and when the necessary SIMMs become available.
7.9
• Virtual memory − I said that I felt that a virtual memory system
would be desirable. This has not been implemented as part of the
operating system, but this will be much less of an issue as RAM becomes
even cheaper. Software packages which use large amounts of memory will
implement virtual memory management systems themselves − PhotoDesk, a
new professionally featured photo-retouch program from Spacetech, uses
virtual memory management to allow for the manipulation of large images
on the existing range of machines.
7.9
• Faster disc controllers − This requirement will clearly be met. As
David Webb has said, Acorn are already working on providing a SCSI II
interface, making use of the Dual Processor Open Bus. There is full
support for PhotoCD from the word go − fantastic. PhotoCD, if it lives
up to its promise, will make a wealth of high quality public domain
images available to users and provide them with a cost-effective means
of converting their own photographic material to electronic format.
Perhaps not surprisingly, DEBI, the new Interface Card Bus Specification
is a vast improvement over the Podule Interface, and provides 32-bit DMA
− with up to 16Mb of directly addressable memory on each card. I suspect
this means that we will soon see a new breed of ultra high performance
peripherals − direct drive laser printers with sparkling performance
and, dare I say it, perhaps even a RIP? (In case you need it, I’m
starting a glossary service this month − see page 51 Ed.) The next
twelve months is going to be tremendously exciting anyway!
7.9
• OS support for a 24-bit desktop − I said this was absolutely
essential and it is, of course, available as standard on the Risc PC.
The actual performance is determined by the amount of VRAM fitted to the
machine, and whilst a 24-bit ultra high resolution desktop is not
available as standard, the theoretical limits of the video circuitry are
very, very respectable (with no OS limitations), and I would not be
surprised to see graphics accelerators offering ultra high resolution
32-bit desktops − in fact, Millipede Electronics Graphics have already
announced their new APEX Imager Expansion Board featuring pixel by pixel
blending via its real-time alpha channel.
7.9
• OS changes such as support for pressure sensitive stylii and removal
of the filecore limit of 512Mb on disc size, have not yet been
implemented but it is clear that Acorn decided that their highest
priority was to get the new machines onto the market as quickly as
possible, incorporating the minimum number of changes necessary to get
RISC OS running and saving all the major enhancements for RISC OS 4.
This seems quite reasonable to me.
7.9
• Reasonably priced peripherals − Last, but not least, I mentioned that
I felt peripherals needed to be more reasonably priced and this is a
problem Acorn have definitely addressed. The keyboard and mouse are now
standard PC items, RAM memory now comes in the form of standard SIMMs
(there is no longer a need for MEMC circuitry on board memory cards) all
of which means that Acorn users will benefit from the economies of scale
and market pressures currently enjoyed by PC users.
7.9
Publishing issues aside, one of the most interesting battles taking
place in the “outside world” is the battle for the “Executive Desktop”
with vendors selling ultra high performance decision support systems
running NT, AIX, Workplace OS, Solaris, et al, on systems based on the
DEC Alpha, Mips R4x00, SPARC, PA-RISC and PowerPC processors. In order
to woo users away from Intel-based Windows systems, they are offering
very sophisticated software emulation − on the grounds that hardware
add-in boards are too expensive. The thing is that even when using
100Mip+ processors, these emulators offer a very lacklustre performance.
Acorn, thanks to DPOB, are able to offer genuine PC performance at a
fraction of the cost of these software emulators! I’m sure the Risc PC
will be a great success. A
7.9
Hints and Tips
7.9
What has happened to the hints & tips? I guess everyone has been too
busy reading and talking about the Risc PC. Please send in your tips for
both machines to maintain this valuable service to other readers. Ed.
7.9
• TeX − In response to the help plea in Archive 7.6 p31, TeX can be
made to run by dragging the directory containing the TeX file onto the
TeX icon by changing one line in !Wimpman.
7.9
Line 860 should be changed from Param$=“<TeX Source>” +
FNfilename(Param$) to Param$ = FNfilename(Param$)
7.9
This correction comes from Graham Toal, and I have had no problems since
making the change. Kathy Burrows, Bedford.
7.9
• WordWorks problems − In reply to Dave Floyd’s WordWorks problems
(Archive 7.8 p43) one of our subscribers (I didn’t catch the name,
sorry) called in with a solution that works for him. Once you have
deleted the choices file and got the configurations back as you want
them, quit WordWorks and then load the choices file into Edit. Find the
line that starts NewView followed by some coordinates and comment it out
by placing a colon at the start of the line. Save the file back and all
should be well. Dave Webb, NCS. A
7.9
Introducing Your Computer − Part 5
7.9
Norfolk IT Team
7.9
In part 4 of this series (Archive 7.7 p76) we were concerned with the
organisation of work on discs. This time we shall continue with
consideration of some other important disc operations.
7.9
Backing up floppy discs
7.9
Backing-up discs is extremely important because there is always a very
real possibility of loss of your valuable work for one reason or
another. Make backups frequently and keep them in a different place from
your working copies. Any important work should always exist in more than
one location!
7.9
You will need a blank, formatted disc (Archive 7.4 p47) of the same
format as the disc of which you wish to make a backup (the ‘source’
disc). Ensure that the contents of the source disc are protected
(Archive 7.4 p47).
7.9
Insert the source disc into the disc drive and click <menu> over the
floppy disc drive icon.
7.9
Click <select> over the ‘Backup’ option. A window will open which will
prompt you when to swap discs.
7.9
Following these prompts should lead to you having two identical discs −
don’t forget to label your new copy − it will have the same name as the
source disc.
7.9
Copying files
7.9
There are plenty of occasions when you do not need to make a complete
backup of a disc but merely wish to copy one or more individual files −
perhaps you want to give a copy of your latest Draw masterpiece to a
friend!
7.9
You will need to be able to see on the screen a window containing the
icon for the file you intend to copy and a window for the directory
where you want to store your copy. If you are copying from one floppy
disc to another, this will mean inserting the disc from which you wish
to copy and clicking <select> over the disc drive icon, then (after
removing the first disc!) inserting the disc to which you wish to copy
and again clicking <select> over the disc drive icon.
7.9
Place the mouse pointer over the icon for the file you wish to copy and
drag it (move the mouse while holding down the <select> button) to the
destination − you will see a dotted outline appear which moves with the
mouse pointer. If you are copying from one floppy disc to another, you
will be prompted when it is necessary to swap discs.
7.9
Moving files
7.9
There is an important distinction between ‘copying’ and ‘moving’ files.
When something is copied, you end up with two copies − the original
remains. When you move a file, a copy is made and the original is then
deleted. In fact, if you move a file from one place to another on one
disc, the computer does this rather more economically (and therefore
more rapidly) by simply renaming the file. This means that, as far as
you, the user, are concerned, the file appears in the new location but
the computer does not bother to move it about physically on the surface
of your disc.
7.9
To move rather than to copy a file, simply hold down <shift> as you drag
the file from one window to the other and you will see its icon
disappear from the first and appear in the second.
7.9
Working with more than one file at once
7.9
You may very often wish to copy, move or delete more than one file at a
time. To do this you first select the files you wish to act upon by
clicking over the first one with <select> and then clicking over the
icons for additional files with <adjust>. Files you have selected in
this way will be highlighted. To de-select any file, just click <adjust>
again over its icon and the highlight will be removed. When you have
selected the files you want to copy, drag any one of them as described
above and the whole selection will move in one go. A box will appear
which is larger than that for just one file but be aware that it is
still the tip of the mouse pointer which indicates where you want things
to go − the whole box does not need to fit into the window where you are
trying to put your files.
7.9
If you wish to copy all the files in a single directory, you can click
<menu> with the pointer over the window for that directory and click on
the ‘Select all’ option which appears. In fact, if you wish to copy most
of a large number of files, it may be quicker to select them all in this
way and then de-select the ones you do not require with <adjust>.
7.9
There is also one other way of selecting a number of files at once and
that is to place the pointer in the directory window and, using
<select>, drag a box around the files you want. Upon releasing the mouse
button the surrounded files will be selected. You can do the same
dragging action with <adjust> to add to (or remove from) your selection.
7.9
If you are wishing to move a number of files in one go from one floppy
disc to another, it is actually quicker to copy them and then delete the
original, unwanted version. This is due to the way the computer handles
file transfer. If you move rather than copy the files, you will find
yourself involved in a lot of disc swapping. Note that this problem does
not occur if you have more than one floppy drive, just when moving files
between two floppy discs with only one floppy drive.
7.9
Deleting files
7.9
A brief digression before we cover the method of removing a file from a
disc altogether...
7.9
Organising files on a hard disc or on a number of floppy discs kept in a
disc box is much the same as organising your desk at work, your kitchen
utensils and supplies or the tools in a garden shed. However you decide
to do it, some kind of system is likely to be better than no system at
all. What is also true is that the file you finally decide to delete
today in a fit of spring-cleaning frenzy is the file that you will need
desperately in a fortnight’s time!
7.9
To delete a file, first click <menu> over the file’s icon. A menu will
open which includes an entry for your file (as for the file ‘Boris’ in
the illustration). Move the mouse pointer over the arrow to the right of
the filename and then down to the ‘Delete’ option. Click <select> and
you should see your file disappear from the window.
7.9
If the file has been locked against deletion (see below), the file will
not be deleted and you will be informed of this.
7.9
Protecting files against deletion
7.9
To lock a file against accidental deletion or alteration, first click
<menu> over the file’s icon. A menu will open which includes an entry
for your file (as for our file ‘Boris’ again in the illustration). Move
the mouse pointer over the arrow to the right of the filename and then
down to the ‘Access’ option and right again. You can then protect an
unprotected file by clicking <select> over the ‘Protected’ option, or
remove protection by clicking over the ‘Unprotected’ option.
7.9
A file which has been protected in this way cannot be casually deleted
but, of course, anyone with a knowledge of the computer will be able to
alter the protection status of the file. If you feel that you need to
give some of your files more heavyweight protection against the unwanted
attentions of family, friends, students or colleagues, there are
commercial applications available that allow you to confer password
protection on your work. Ask your favourite software dealer for advice.
7.9
Viruses
7.9
This seems to be the logical point at which to say a bit about computer
viruses. A computer virus is nothing more or less than a computer
program. Like any other program, it needs to get into your computer by
being loaded from a disc or through your computer being connected in
some other way to other computers.
7.9
All this sounds pretty innocuous. What makes viruses a nuisance (or
worse) is that you have no control over what they do. The first thing
they are likely to do is make a copy of themselves onto any available
disc connected to your machine − without informing you. In this way, a
virus will spread through your discs. If you put one of your discs into
someone else’s machine, the virus spreads again and so on. A normal
program will indicate its presence in some way, by putting an icon on
your iconbar for instance, but a virus will do no such thing but will
lurk unseen in your computer’s memory.
7.9
Apart from replicating themselves, viruses may do various things to
entertain, exasperate or infuriate you. Some of them place messages on
the screen on certain dates (Friday the 13th of any month is a
favourite). These messages may be humorous but could also be offensive
or disturbing. Rather more malicious viruses do such things as wipe the
information from discs or ‘crash’ your machine, losing your work-in-
progress at least.
7.9
Disinfectants
7.9
All is not lost, however. There are, as in the world of medicine,
disinfectants. These, too, are programs. Their job is to be able to
identify virus programs in the memory of your computer or on a disc and
to take appropriate action. This action is likely to be to inform you of
the presence of a virus in your machine and to offer to remove the
offending program. The trouble with disinfectants is that new viruses
are written which are able to circumvent the actions of the disinfectant
programs or which might actually alter the disinfectant itself so
turning it into a virus. (There are distinct parallels here with viruses
of the biological kind.) For this reason, the best disinfectant for
Acorn computers (!Killer from Pineapple Software − Phone: 081-599-1476)
is not bought as a one-off purchase but as a yearly subscription so that
the program may be constantly updated as new viruses come to light.
7.9
Keep IT clean
7.9
If your machine is used by people other than yourself, or if a large
number of discs from various sources are likely to be used on it, virus
protection software is a good idea. There is another parallel with the
world of medicine here − as with inoculation against disease, if we all
use disinfectant software, the spread of viruses through the Acorn-using
community will be slowed or stopped. The public-spirited computer owner
really has no choice but to be a decent, clean-living type! A
7.9
Help!!!! Column
7.9
• Archive Glossary − We are hoping to publish a glossary next month. I
have been “working on it” since January − i.e. I started it but the
Risc PC appeared! In fact, the coming of the Risc PC is what has spurred
me on to get it finished because there is a whole new vocabulary for us
to learn − VRAM, DPOB, DEBI, etc. What I have done is to put a draft
version on the monthly program disc so that people can look at it and
see if there are other words that ought to be added. So, if you have the
monthly disc, could you please have a read and to tell us if there are
any extra words you would like ‘glossarified’ − just drop us a line or
ring in and leave a message on the ansaphone − “please add such-and-such
to your glossary”.
7.9
• C Programming − The one area where Basic still scores over C is the
EVAL command. I’ve tried various things in C but my programming just
isn’t up to it. Has anyone out there written a function parser, i.e. a
routine whereby the user can input a function (such as sin(5x+3)/7) at
run-time and the program will evaluate it? Brian Stewart, Nairn.
7.9
• FX80 Printing problems − Has anyone had any luck getting an Epson
FX80 to work with the PC Emulator. Whenever I try printing, I get
spurious line feeds, in text or graphics modes, although it works
perfectly in the native Acorn mode. Please contact me on 0268-747839.
7.9
• Hawk V9 − Having purchased a Hawk V9 Mk2 digitiser second hand, I
have experienced difficulty in getting help from Wild Vision because
their technical support is “non-transferrable”, i.e. it doesn’t pass on
with second hand goods to the new owner. My problem is that I wish to
alter the aspect ratio and do not know what any of the adjustable
components on the board do. Can anyone help?
7.9
In addition, I am experiencing some problems with the board. My normal
16 colour desktop mode now turns white when the disc drive is accessed,
even with the Hawk module unplugged. There is also a bar running through
the capture screen that is of a different colour to the rest of the
screen. Also, the output isn’t always colour when I initially switch on
(in a 256 colour mode) − I have to unplug the camera and re-insert
several times before the software displays colour.
7.9
I don’t mind paying to get the unit serviced and working properly (but
Wild Vision wouldn’t do that as I am not the original purchaser.)
7.9
I have the on-board module HawkV9 2.17 (14 Oct 1988) and !Fastgrab v2.00
(13 Oct 1992). Can anybody help?
7.9
Richard Burnell, 280 Badminton Road, Coalpit Heath, Bristol. BS17 2QW.
7.9
• Raytracer programmer − Does anyone know who was the programmer of the
raytracer “Poershade” for ARXE?
7.9
Stephan Fröhling, An den Klippen 23, 57462 Olpe, Germany.
7.9
• Red Boxes − I wish to cease using my Beeb for these and hoped to use
my A440. I eventually tracked down General Information Services to a
third new address, 8/9, Bridge Street, Cambridge CB2 1UA (0223-462200).
They do not make the Boxes any longer, but do give a degree of support
still. Mr R. van der Hoorn seems to be in charge of this side. He told
me some time ago that although the Boxes can be connected to either the
Beeb or a PC, it is not possible for an Archimedes − something to do
with the relative operating voltages of the Serial Ports.
7.9
This puzzles me, as Archimedes can be connected both to Beebs and PCs
through the serial port, so why not a Red Box? Can anyone shed any
further light on the matter? Michael Nunan, Shaftesbury.
7.9
• Template files in assembler? − Do you know any program which allows
me to convert template files into code, which I can use in assembler
code?
7.9
Stephan Fröhling, An den Klippen 23, 57462 Olpe, Germany.
7.9
• TurboDrivers and Basic − A few months ago, I replaced my HP Deskjet
500 with a 550C and purchased the Computer Concepts TurboDrivers. I am
more than delighted, dongle aside, with the speed with which it renders
the printing image and returns control of my A5000. However, it refuses
to print correctly from Basic! This bug has, as far as I know, never
been mentioned in any of the reviews I have read.
7.9
I regularly use a database/stock control program written in Basic by
myself − originally for the BBC − and subsequently ported across to the
A310 and A5000 to run from the desktop. The program has performed
excellently, even under RISC OS 3.1, since it was written in 1986 until
I installed the TurboDrivers. Printing proceeds for about 30 lines then
the printer just hangs. Switching the printer off and on to clear its
buffer allows the remainder of the document to be printed on a second
page, suggesting that the problem lies with the TurboDriver software. CC
have so far only been able to suggest that there may be something wrong
in their ‘PrintQueue’ module. Am I the only person still using Basic
programs and suffering from this bug? I wonder if any of my fellow
Archivists can help?
7.9
Tom Harkness, 16 Sylvan Way, Bathgate, West Lothian, EH48 2RH.
7.9
• Watford digitising tablet − Does anyone have a patch to make the
Watford Electronics Gemini digitising tablet work with RISC OS 3?
Watford say they do not intend to provide one and have, to use a well-
worn phrase, stopped selling the tablets. C J Mills, 1 Lambton Close,
Crawcrook, Ryton, Tyne & Wear, NE40 4UX.
7.9
Help Offered
7.9
• Printing through a dongle − The utility, DPatch, on this month’s
program disc, will unlock CC’s dongles without the need to run the
relevant application first. The patch was supplied by CC to Mr Goddard
of Bury St Edmunds, after he enquired if it were possible to print
through a dongle without having to run the ArtWorks or Impression
application first. The answer is this piece of code. A
7.9
Pocket Book Column
7.9
Audrey Laski
7.9
Dunce’s corner
7.9
I wondered why the Applications menu had an item called “Kill
Application” as well as “Quit Application” and “Remove Application”.
Then I found myself unable to delete the file of an application I
believed I had Removed. The system claimed that it was still being run.
After some anguish − it was eating memory and I didn’t want it − I tried
Killing it. Bingo! I had killed an application with my bare hands (to
misquote the first great adventure game), and deletion followed without
any problems. Of course, if I’d read the manual properly and remembered
everything it said, I’d have known about Kill Application, but as it
comes at the end of the Troubleshooting section, and says grimly that I
should never need to do it, I hadn’t taken it in.
7.9
PocketFS2
7.9
At last, this upgrade to the A-Link software has arrived, and I can’t do
better than quote Robert Newmark’s enthusiastic follow-up to his
previous letter:
7.9
“ ...it works like a dream. For the endless hourglass, the end has come!
Inadvertent attempts at transferring files ‘in use’ are easily handled.
There will be no further lying messages about the Pocket Book being
disconnected, lost, mislaid, sold or thrown out of the window. Mind you,
I now always use the mains unit when using the A-Link.”
7.9
Transfers to and from the Pocketbook
7.9
Chris Bass of Grimsby writes that the Winlink software, from Widget
Software, allows file transfer between a PC and Psion 3/3a(PocketBook)
within a GUI environment (Windows). He expresses great satisfaction with
the efficiency of Clove Technology, (Chris Love, 43 Springbank Road,
Bournemouth, Dorset, BH7 7EL. 0202-302796) from whom he ordered the
software after lunch and received it the following morning. This
supplier is also praised by John Woodthorpe of Rugby.
7.9
3-Lib programs on the Pocket Book
7.9
Our problem with unzipping seems to have been solved by an upgraded
SparkFS (v2.23-latest) and John Woodthorpe writes that he finds v1.26
copes with the vast majority without problem, save for those with a
built-in directory structure. He says that, when opened on the A5000,
these appear to be empty; using the PC Emulator and the PKUNZIP.EXE
program on the 3-Lib discs, usually reveals that the file needs
unzipping with the d attribute set, and PKUNZIP filename.ext -d should
recreate the whole directory structure. So far, we haven’t encountered
one of these programs, so haven’t discovered whether the v2.23 could
deal more simply with them. However, we have encountered Zip files
within the first level. You can unpack these into a directory, whence
dragging them again to !Spark unzips their contents. Note that Spark is
only a Sparkplug for PC Zip Archives.
7.9
Delay in receipt of OPL software has limited the try-outs we have so far
been able to do, though I can now enliven bus journeys with games of
Tetris and Business, just like a youngster with a Gameboy; John
Woodthorpe has had to ‘lash out on a flash SSD’ to make room for all the
software he has found useful, including graph and equation plotting and
solving, a reverse translator to decompile applications for editing and
retranslations, and a Periodic Table of the Elements program.
7.9
Software development
7.9
A note from John Laski, of the far side of the bed: “Psion have put in
the public domain an S3 Emulator for MSDOS, and other PC Tools for
developing OPL programs larger than those that can be easily managed on
the desktop. They emphatically do not maintain these, but there is a CIX
where they can be discussed. However, they do supply various tools for
writing OPL or C programs for the Pocket Book on MS-DOS at prices from
£90 to £320. (Enquiries to 071-258-7368.)
7.9
“I don’t know what support there is for OPL developments in RISC OS but
with the way that Risc PC will support a 486, I would think the market
is too small to maintain two platforms.”
7.9
Endnote
7.9
Contributors are very interested in the idea of a Pocket Book newsletter
or magazine, but more than one suggests that it should be welcoming to
Psion users as well. Marshall Middleton, of Rainow, Cheshire, writes in
as a Psion 3a user, with a warning about an experience of losing files
and having to reformat his internal RAM disc when an OPL program he had
typed in crashed (Backup! Backup!) He feels that a joint PocketBook/
Psion 3/3a magazine might attract Psion users who at present know
nothing of Acorn. John Woodthorpe reminds us that two Psion user groups
already publish PocketBook magazines, and thinks it might be worth
looking to setting up a wider user base in collaboration. A
7.9
Can anyone put me in touch with the Psion user groups so that I can
compare notes, please? Thanks. Ed.
7.9
DeskEdit 3
7.9
Peter Jennings
7.9
The original DeskEdit appeared in September 1991 and new, renumbered,
versions have followed towards the end of each succeeding year, so that
it has now become DeskEdit 3 (version 3.0). For anyone unfamiliar with
this very useful utility, it can best be described as a text and program
editor with a toolkit and a large number of other facilities. The two
earlier versions were both reviewed in Archive (5.4 p63 and 6.5 p58)
and, if you are new to DeskEdit, these write-ups are worth reading for
fuller details of what it can do, as this review is mainly concerned
with the latest additions.
7.9
The program, from Risc Developments, comes on a single, unprotected,
disc accompanied by a 71-page manual with a 16-page supplement, a
laminated reference card and an enormous function key strip. The manual,
reference card and keystrip are all DeskEdit 2 versions, with the
supplement covering the new features. This has helped to keep the price
unchanged at £27.19 and £2 postage plus VAT (or £30 inclusive from
Archive) and users of earlier versions can get upgrades (direct from
Risc Developments) from DeskEdit 1 for £8.47 and from DeskEdit 2 for £5,
adding £1 post and packing plus VAT.
7.9
DeskEdit can be for programming in Basic or C, at whatever level, or
working with text files. It is customisable and this itself can be
helpful to less experienced programmers as many of the changes, which
can be made to suit individual needs or tastes, can be done by copying
existing lines, substituting the appropriate directory and file names.
7.9
DeskEdit is useful to have permanently on the iconbar for reading text
files and for the instant examination of programs. Features continued
from earlier versions include a menu of user commands which can run
programs and open files stored anywhere on disc, extended saves
including page settings and other information, multi-purpose browsers, a
procedures and functions lister, macros, throwback, help files including
Basic keywords, a dustbin and a calculator.
7.9
It is a utility which offers such a variety of facilities that few
people are likely to use all of them and, even when you think you know
about all those that you need, you can browse through the manual again
and discover more.
7.9
Debugger and scroller windows
7.9
Among its valuable new features are two user-dedicated windows: a 20-
entry debugger and a scroller. These can be used with the help of a
library of functions and procedures, provided in Basic and C. Appending
these to a program under test can, for example, enable lines of text to
be added at various sections and displayed in the scroller window to
check on progress as the program is run. The value of variables can also
be shown for any line.
7.9
The earlier versions of DeskEdit used combinations of function keys F9
and F10 to set invisible markers, go to them and return from them to the
original place in a program or text. DeskEdit 3 has added the 10 keypad
numbers, teamed with the Escape key. All these combinations can be used
independently in every window opened.
7.9
Moving from the name of a function or procedure to its definition and
back again can now be done very quickly with three new keyboard
shortcuts.
7.9
Another existing feature which has been enhanced is the ability to get
information about a file by dragging it to the DeskEdit icon with <alt>
depressed. Doing so with both <alt> and <shift> held down now gives
extended information on five filetypes: module, template, sprite, Basic
and PCX. For a module, the version number and date, list of addresses of
major blocks and list of star commands are shown. With a template file,
the windows and the number of icons in each are listed.
7.9
A sprite file has the individual sprites within it listed with their
size, mode, mask and palette details. Basic files have the first ten
lines displayed, to show REMs, and the total number of lines given. A
PCX file has image data, including the size and the number of colours,
displayed.
7.9
Safe saves
7.9
Anyone who has ever accidentally wiped a file by saving another one with
the same name will welcome the introduction of “safe saves”. This allows
you to create a “SafeSave” directory (or you can call it by any other
name you prefer) and have a copy of the original file automatically
saved there if you duplicate its name. Most of these copies will
probably be old versions of updated files. You may wish to keep them in
the SafeSave directory until it is full, when you can either weed the
directory or rename it to keep the contents longer. If you are confident
enough not to want to keep more than the last file saved, the copies can
all be given the same set name, such as “LastSave” which means that each
new safe save will replace the previous one. This will cut down on disc
space and the chore of weeding. If you have a hard disc, the SafeSave
directory can be on this or on a floppy.
7.9
DOS files, or other specified filetypes, can now be filtered when loaded
into DeskEdit and saved from it. This makes it possible to strip off DOS
end-of-file characters, remove carriage return characters, replacing
them with linefeeds if necessary, and change tabs into a specified
number of spaces. Except for the tabs, the process can be reversed when
resaving. This is mainly designed to normalise files being imported from
PC machines but it is also useful for converting files from programs
such as Arcscan into text files. A number of other DeskEdit features
have been expanded, such as the C syntax checker which now reports on a
much wider range of errors with improved accuracy, and numerous other
smaller improvements and additions have been made.
7.9
Recommended
7.9
I have some reservations about the inclusion of DeskEdit 2 documentation
with DeskEdit 3. It can be something of a jolt to open some brand new
software and find a manual for an earlier version. On the favourable
side, though, it does keep the price down for new users and those who
wish to upgrade. Existing users also have the advantage of being able to
find all the new features explained together in the supplement without
having to thumb through the full manual looking for changes. The
supplement seems to show signs of being hastily put together and some of
the instructions lack the clarity of those in the manual. This is,
however, a minor criticism. DeskEdit has always been a program which
could be recommended wholeheartedly and Risc Developments’ commitment to
it is underlined with an invitation for users to write in with comments
or suggestions for future enhancements. Owners of earlier versions
should find the additional features well worth the small cost of
upgrading. A
7.9
Small Ads
7.9
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.9
• 20Mb IDE hard drive for A3010. Contains 8 word processors, 1
spreadsheet, 32 fonts, database and loads more, a total of 11Mb. No
reasonable offer refused. Phone 0904-470890.
7.9
• A3000, RISC OS 3.1, 2Mb, 30Mb IDE HD, Aries Colour monitor. Excellent
condition, £750. Phone Jonathan on 0522-682520.
7.9
• A310, ARM 3, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb, 40Mb IDE disc, colour monitor, four-
layer (four slot) backplane, First Word Plus 2, PD software, 5¼“ disc
interface, 40 track drive, DFS reader software and 50 5¼” discs. The lot
for only £650 o.n.o. +p&p (offers considered). Phone Derby 0332-557751
(evenings).
7.9
• A310 (RISC OS 3.1), £295. ARM3 + 4Mb + MEMC upgrade for A310 £250.
VGA VIDC enhancer, unused £30. Acorn I/O podule £50. Acorn Ethernet card
£100. Pace Microlin fax modem £100. Taxan 787LR monitor, only 2 months
old, £200 + carriage. 0736-63918.
7.9
• A410/1 4Mb, RISC OS 3.1, ARM3, VIDC Enhancer, 40Mb Hard disc, Eizo
colour monitor, manuals inc RISC OS2 PRM, £780 o.n.o. Phone 051-526-
8931.
7.9
• A410/1 4Mb, RISC OS 3.1, ARM 3, Internal 40Mb and 20Mb ST506 hard
discs, Epson LQ500 printer, new Acorn AKF19 monitor. PipeDream4
(unregistered), DataPower and lots of PD software, manuals inc. PRM OS2
£750 ono. (There’s no phone number! Printing it was the only way we
could alert the person who sent it in on disc! Ed.)
7.9
• A5000 (25MHz), 4Mb, 80Mb, AKF50 monitor (5 months old) £900. A4
notebook, 4Mb, 60Mb HD £1100. Phone 0383-739629 after 4.30pm.
7.9
• A5000 4Mb, 40Mb, RISC OS 3.1, Acorn Multisync, mint condition, PC
Emulator 1.8, Graph Box Professional, Midnight Tracer, DeskEdit 2,
Atelier, £995. Phone 0626-853774.
7.9
• A5000 4Mb, 120Mb IDE HD, Acorn Multisync, 1yr old, ex cond, £1200
+p&p. All sensible offers considered. Contact Jon Aylwin, 4 St Margarets
Close, Hemyock, Devon EX15 3XJ.
7.9
• A5000 8Mb, 120Mb, multisync monitor, PC Emulator 1.81, Impression II,
full documentation, £1300 o.n.o. Phone 081-789-2663.
7.9
• A5000, 4Mb RAM, 40Mb HD, Multisync AKF18, plus software, boxed, good
cond, £1000. Phone 0746-765812.
7.9
• A540 4Mb, 100Mb, RISC OS 3.10, SCSI & CDFS, Econet, AKF40 Monitor
£895. A5000 4Mb, 40Mb, Econet, AKF40 Monitor £775. Acorn SCSI card
(Issue 2 + CDFS) £160. A5000 4Mb Memory upgrade £60. Aleph One PC card
(486/25MHz 4Mb, Windows driver) £375. Unregistered software: ArtWorks
£90, Revelation ImagePro £75, S-Base Personal £70, PinPoint £55. All
serious offers considered. Phone Moray on 0734-572020.
7.9
• A-Link with PocketFS2, unused £33. Phone D Marshall, 061-941-1683.
7.9
• CC Laser Direct 4, sheet feeder + spare toner cartridge, £800 o.n.o.
Spare 3½“ disc drive for A310 £40. Phone 0744-58404.
7.9
• EasiWord £20, Grievous Bodily Arm £10, Blowpipe £10, Enter the Realm
£10, Chocks Away £5, Blitz £10, Saloon Cars Deluxe £15, Cataclysm £10,
Quickshot Maverick 1M Joystick £10, Quickshot Python 3 Joystick £5. All
sensible offers considered. All prices are exclusive of p&p. Jon Aylwin,
4 St Margarets Close, Hemyock, Devon, EX15 3XJ.
7.9
• OPL + User manual £7, Documentation copy of C Development Kit for
Series 3 & Pocket Book £30. Also PC discs of Psion C library. Phone Mark
after 6 on 0905-754277.
7.9
• PC Emulator, DR DOS 5, Artisan, Interdictor I, Pandora’s Box,
Olympics, E-Type, Repton3, PipeDream4, PipeLine discs Feb 92 to Aug 93,
FlexiFile, Acorn DTP, Genesis Plus and DeskTop Thesaurus. Phone David on
0752-781286.
7.9
• Pineapple digitiser in external box, £115 + SVHS decoder £25. Both
£135. Morley EPROM programmer, £20 +EPROM eraser £20. Both £35. Phone
06977-46786. A
7.9
Diggers
7.9
Dave Floyd
7.9
Diggers is a game that can loosely be described as a cross between
Lemmings and Populous. It is available from Millennium and costs £29.95
or £28 through Archive.
7.9
Scenario
7.9
You play the part of a mining contractor on the planet Zarg during the
mining season. Being a contractor, of course, you will not be doing any
of the work yourself and, before starting, you must decide which race of
miners to employ. There are four to choose from, each with different
characteristics. The Quarriors, who look like descendants of Repton, The
Grablins who look like renegades from the American gold rush, The
Habbish who appear to be dressed as medieval monks and The F’Targs who
resemble mice wearing jeans.
7.9
Once you have hired your workforce, you are ready to select which area
to mine. At first, you are limited to two but, on completion, of each
level, your choice is expanded to include any of the areas directly next
to those which have been completed. Before beginning, you also have the
choice of visiting the shop where you can buy extra equipment to help
you in your quest. There is a wide choice including lifts, mechanical
digging machines, trains to carry your gems, rails for the trains to run
on and bridging blocks which allow you to cross gaps in the terrain.
Although you start each level with a certain amount of credits, many of
these items are too expensive to buy until you have mined some gems and
earned enough credits to be able to afford them.
7.9
Hi-Ho
7.9
Preparations having been made, you now get down to the serious job of
personal enrichment. For each level, you have five miners and each can
be individually controlled by the simple use of the mouse. They can be
made to walk or run, dig in any of eight directions assuming there is
earth there to remove, pick up and drop objects, teleport back to the
surface and home base where there is the forementioned equipment shop
and also a trading centre where you can sell your gems and gain more
credits to purchase equipment.
7.9
It pays not to get too complacent with the workforce and to keep an eye
on them as they tend to get bored after a while and start to do their
own thing, which invariably is at odds with what you actually think they
should be doing. When the arrow above their number begins to flash their
minds are wandering and they are in need of a reinforcing instruction
from you to get the job done in a logical manner.
7.9
While mining, you will come across a group of rival miners who you can
either avoid or confront, although unless you have chosen one of the
races whose fighting ability is strong, avoidance is advisable. There
are also caverns which usually contain large caches of gems or jennite
which is most precious. However, these are patrolled by spirits and
other strange creatures which can lead to an early demise if your
strategy is not right when entering. Once the confines of the caverns
have been breached, the creatures can also leave, to plague you in the
other areas of the mine.
7.9
Sound and graphics
7.9
The loading screen and other incidental screens such as the trading
centre and shop are beautifully drawn and a delight to behold. The
graphics for the main game are fairly small but are well animated and it
is difficult to see how they could be made bigger while still allowing
you to keep a proper supervisory eye on your miners. The playing area
itself for each level is vast, allowing plenty of scope for exploration
and allowing you to be choosy in which gems to collect, should you wish
to only collect gold and diamonds, for instance. All in all, Diggers is
graphically very pleasing and many software developers for the
Archimedes would be advised to take note of the quality displayed and to
integrate the same kind of finish to their games.
7.9
Sound is fairly limited and consists mainly of digging noises and a
trill when gems are discovered. In the parts of the game where you are
selecting things, there is a tune which has an Oriental feel to it and
is pleasant enough not to become annoying.
7.9
Conclusion
7.9
Bearing in mind all the things that this game does exceptionally well,
it gives me no real pleasure to become critical of it in the final
paragraphs. However, in the final analysis, I consider Diggers to be
sadly lacking in gameplay and longevity. After a few hours, the monotony
of the game and the simplicity of devising a successful strategy become
only too apparent. Diggers is crying out for another goal to be
accomplished on each level.
7.9
It would be good if, for example, there were parts of a magical artefact
to be unearthed. You could set some of your employees mining for riches
while two went off to negotiate a route to a specific point on the map
to find the artefact. They would be forced to overcome obstacles and
solve problems on their journey and the level would not be complete
until they had been successful. Implementing an end game to each level
whereby, on achieving enough wealth to progress, your miners would have
to negotiate themselves to a point on the map where they could teleport
out before choosing the next level, would have added some much needed
spice to the game.
7.9
As it stands, however, I would be surprised if the majority of people
buying Diggers were still playing it a month or two later and therefore
cannot recommend it. Diggers has so much potential and it could have
been one of the greatest ships to sail on the Archimedes ocean − all but
for a hap’th of tar. A
7.9
Easy Font
7.9
Hutch Curry and Richard Hallas
7.9
This review is somewhat unusual in that it has been written by two
people. Hutch Curry has written a review of version 1.00 of EasyFont,
and this has been brought up-to-date for version 1.11 of the program by
Richard Hallas, who also compares it with Font Directory from
LOOKsystems. Hutch Curry’s review first...
7.9
EasyFont is a utility program to assist in the organisation and
management of outline fonts for the Archimedes range of computers
running RISC OS 3.1 or above. It is designed to allow the user complete
control over the availability of fonts. EasyFont can store over 1000
font families, allowing the user the choice of over 300 of these to be
installed at any one time. The idea is that users can simply select,
from the list of available fonts, those they wish to be installed. As
soon as the selection is made, the new list of fonts will automatically
be usable.
7.9
EasyFont is supplied on one disc with a very short and succinct manual.
I appreciate that, as EasyFont is a fully RISC OS compliant program, the
need for extensive documentation is reduced. However, in this instance,
I found the manual lacking in detail about specific aspects of
EasyFont’s operation that really should have been covered.
7.9
In use
7.9
Over a few weeks of constant use, I have been generally very impressed
with EasyFont. I think that its main attraction is – as the name
suggests – the ease of use once the program has been installed (see
below). I have previously tried a number of PD font management systems
and have discarded each after a short trial. EasyFont will stay on my
machine for the foreseeable future, and this despite some errors and
shortcomings of the program.
7.9
Niggles and complaints
7.9
During the period of use, I did find a couple of problem areas. The more
general one has to do with the requirement that the fonts have to be
stored within the application itself. This is a problem at two levels.
The first is that you aren’t able to keep your fonts on a mixture of
media. For example, I keep my most frequently used fonts on my hard
disc. Additionally, I am fortunate enough to have a 20Mb floptical drive
on my system and I have one disc with the several hundred Artworks-
supplied fonts. I would like to have been able, occasionally, to access
these fonts through EasyFont installed on my hard disc. Unfortunately,
this is not possible with the system as it stands.
7.9
The second level of problem arising from EasyFont’s internal storage of
fonts appears during installation. If you are installing EasyFont on a
hard disc system, you will find that, when you install fonts from an
existing font directory, you will need a lot of free disc space. This is
because – at least in the short term – you will have two copies of each
of the fonts you have installed. Obviously, you can then delete the font
from your previous font directory but I found the process quite tedious
as I have lots of fonts and very little free disc space. The
installation problem could be solved by either altering the way EasyFont
stores the fonts or by adopting the same convention (shift-drag) as the
filer does for moving files as opposed to copying them.
7.9
The other area of complaint I have with EasyFont concerns what should be
one of its most useful features. According to the manual, if you drag a
document (of unspecified type) to the EasyFont icon on the iconbar, the
document will be scanned for fonts and any that are found will be
activated, if possible. The manual is woefully inadequate in its
description of this feature in that it doesn’t even list which filetypes
EasyFont can understand. By trial and error, the only ‘documents’ that
seem to work at all are Impression and drawfiles. Even with these
filetypes, I have often found that only a fraction of the ‘new’ fonts
were identified and activated. Unless I am doing something incorrectly,
it seems that Easy Font is unable to process Style, Resultz or Wordz
documents. Clearly there is need for improvement in this part of the
program.
7.9
Conclusions
7.9
Despite its problems, I think EasyFont is very good value for money. Its
usefulness is positively related to the number of fonts on the system
and the usage that is made of these fonts. If Fabis Computing were to
fix the problems I encountered, it would make EasyFont incredibly good
value for money.
7.9
EasyFont 1.11
7.9
Richard Hallas
7.9
The latest version of EasyFont addresses some of the points mentioned by
Hutch in the above review. In particular, the number of filetypes that
the program can cope with has been greatly increased, and they are now
listed in the manual. In addition, for filetypes which EasyFont does not
recognise, it is possible to save a list of the currently installed
fonts and drag it to EasyFont when you want to use the file again:
EasyFont will install just the fonts in the saved list. Although the
manual has obviously been updated for the new features, I agree entirely
with Hutch’s evaluation of it. It’s quite nicely presented but has an
unfortunate tendency to assume you know about some of the program’s
features before it introduces them let alone explains them.
7.9
EasyFont versus Font Directory
7.9
EasyFont works by keeping all your fonts within itself and renaming them
as you change your selection of active fonts. Effectively, it keeps ‘in
use’ and ‘not in use’ directories, and moves fonts between them as you
install and remove them. This entails rather a lot of disc activity. It
is possible to view the names of the members of any particular font
family in a small window, but this is for information only because you
can only install or remove entire families at once. In order to install
or remove a font family, you must double-click on a radio icon next to
the font in question. If you want to install or remove several fonts at
once, you have to double-click on each font in turn, with each change
entailing hourglass activity and chugging of the hard disc as files are
moved around. EasyFont can store ‘over 300 font families’, according to
the manual.
7.9
Font Directory, on the other hand, takes a vastly more sophisticated
approach − it is a complete new filing system for fonts. Rather than
just copying the fonts into the application, you store them in a
partition (which is treated in the same sort of way in which the PC
Emulator treats a ‘PCDisc’ partition file as a hard disc in its own
right). Once installed, fonts are listed individually within a window,
although you can group them in several sub-directories. Whereas with
EasyFont you have to install or remove each font individually by double-
clicking on its icon, in Font Directory you simply click on each font
you are interested in (or drag to select a group – and you can select
several separate groups) and then one click on a tick or cross icon will
install or remove the selection, all in one go.
7.9
As Font Directory is a true filing system, it can do some clever things
that would otherwise not be possible. All the shifting around of fonts
happens within memory, so there is no disc activity at all during
installation of fonts and this also makes it faster to use than
EasyFont. It is also possible to handle weights or faces individually −
you are not obliged to deal with whole font families at once.
7.9
An additional, useful side-effect of the use of a partition for storing
fonts is that storage is made much more efficient for many hard disc
users. On my hard disc, for example, each time I create a new directory,
26Kb is eaten out of my free space. This means that fonts in particular
(which usually contain many directories) are especially wasteful of disc
space. In the font partition, however, each new directory only uses 2Kb,
so it is possible to store many more fonts on my hard disc than would
otherwise be possible. The price to pay for this is that physically
installing or removing fonts from the partition requires Font
Directory’s ‘manager’ application to scan through them all and re-
compile tables of data about what is stored there − this takes 2 or 3
minutes on my system. (However, LOOKsystems are already investigating
ways of removing this need.) The installation of fonts in the partition
in the first place can be a bit awkward for very similar reasons to the
ones Hutch mentions in his review. You really need enough space,
initially, to keep both the fonts on your hard disc and a partition
which is big enough to copy them into. It would be possible to start off
with a very small partition and keep moving fonts into it and then
enlarging it but this would be very time-consuming and tedious. Font
Directory can store over 5900 font families − presumably more than
anyone would ever possess.
7.9
In addition to being able to scan known filetypes for the fonts they
contain, Font Directory can also scan through unknown filetypes and
install any fonts it finds. It can also save out a list of the fonts
currently in use, in the same way as EasyFont. Dragging a file to Font
Directory, with <Shift> held down, results in the fonts in the document
being highlighted in Font Directory’s window.
7.9
When it comes to making the font changes known to applications which are
running, EasyFont simply installs them and hopes for the best. Font
Directory, on the other hand, is again more sophisticated. Whilst it
can, at the most basic level, behave in the same way as EasyFont, it
also has options to force a redraw of the screen or perform a mode
change, both of which are more likely to make less well-written
applications take note of the changes. More importantly, it provides a
SWI interface which, when supported by other applications, will make its
integration into the operating system even more complete.
7.9
Finally, Font Directory gives you fine control over the Font$Path system
variable, listing its constituent parts in a menu and thus letting you
install or remove external font folders manually.
7.9
EasyFont’s new font generation
7.9
EasyFont’s distinctive is its ability to generate new faces out of
existing ones. This makes use of the RISC OS 3 font manager’s ability to
render transformed fonts on the fly. For example, if you examine the
definition of Homerton Medium Oblique in ROM, you will find that the
Outlines file is just a text file containing the name “Homerton. Medium”
and some numbers. The numbers are a transformation matrix which gives
the font manager the information it needs to create the oblique face out
of the medium one. EasyFont creates such files in order to add extra
styles to font families.
7.9
I found that operation of this feature was easy and quick, though not
without confusion and ambiguity. The only fonts from which you are
allowed to make transformations are those with a ‘Regular’ or ‘Medium’
style, which seemed somewhat arbitrary to me. For example, my copy of
Garamond has just Light and Bold styles, so it is not eligible.
7.9
Whether you make any use of this feature of EasyFont is really dependent
on how strongly you feel about typographical correctness. I consider it
(just about) acceptable to make an oblique face for a font which does
not have an italic one, but I am not really happy with the different
weight fonts created out of standard faces. Let me explain why.
7.9
The ‘SemiBold’ and ‘SemiLight’ faces which EasyFont creates are really
just slightly broadened or narrowed versions of the standard face. A
true SemiBold or SemiLight face, which has been properly designed, will
have changes made to it (such as its line widths and metrics being
proportionally altered and some of its letter designs appropriately
amended) which are impossible to do by a simple computer program, let
alone by a mere on-the-fly rendering via a transformation matrix. The
exact same arguments apply to the condensed and expanded faces, but to a
greater degree. If you want to use a condensed face, you should use a
font which has one as part of the family. Admittedly, this is not always
possible and the arguments I present might be considered pedantic or for
purists only, but it all boils down to how much attention you pay to
typographical niceties. I would not use these font-creation facilities
in EasyFont, but I am fully aware that many people will consider them a
great boon.
7.9
Conclusions
7.9
If there were no competition for EasyFont, I would agree that it is a
highly useful utility. It certainly does everything that is claimed of
it and, during my testing, it always worked well. However, it does have
competition, and against Font Directory, it doesn’t fare too well,
especially as the difference in price is only £4.45!). Font Directory is
a superb application which is presented very well both in terms of on-
screen presentation and extremely good quality packaging (including an
excellent, well-written manual).
7.9
Although EasyFont is quite nicely presented in many ways, it
nevertheless falls down by breaking quite a lot of style guidelines,
quite badly in some cases (such as presenting information in menu items
which don’t do anything if you choose them). Whilst EasyFont does its
job perfectly acceptably, Font Directory does the same thing a whole lot
better.
7.9
If you have a good number of fonts, you need a font management
application and, to my mind, there is only one real choice. Unless you
are keen on EasyFont’s ability to create new weights, I suggest you go
for LOOKsystems’ Font Directory which, by the way, will work on both
RISC OS 2 and RISC OS 3 whereas EasyFont requires RISC OS 3.1.
7.9
EasyFont costs £25 +£1 p&p +VAT (= £30.55) from Fabis Computing and Font
Directory costs £35 inc VAT from LOOKsystems or £33 through Archive. A
7.9
Psion Series 3a
7.9
Mark Godwin
7.9
As this new machine has so many facilities, I intend to cover those new
features and changes that will have the greatest effect on the end user.
If I tried to review the whole machine, I could quite easily fill a
complete issue of Archive.
7.9
(Well, we did say it would be good to have a separate Pocket Book
magazine − perhaps it ought to be a Pocket Book /Psion magazine? What do
you think? Ed.)
7.9
I have broken my review down into two parts − hardware and software. In
the first part I will deal with the hardware and the system screen
software and then I will deal with the application software and the
changes to OPL.
7.9
The Series 3 has undergone some big changes to become the Series 3a, but
it is still housed in its tiny case and, at first glance, they look
identical. To differentiate this new machine from its predecessor with
just an ‘a’ suffix does not do it justice.
7.9
Hardware
7.9
I have not been brave enough to take my Series 3a apart yet (it’s still
under warranty) but the inside of the original Series 3 does not have
much room to add extra components. The hardware changes I am about to
detail are the obvious ones, plus a few extras I have obtained from
friends or people at Psion.
7.9
Screen
7.9
When you open the case you see the first obvious difference − the bigger
screen. This screen is 52% bigger in area than the Series 3/PB and has a
higher resolution. These two new features increase the effective
graphics display by 300%, i.e. in pixel terms, this screen is four times
bigger than the Series 3/Pocket Book.
7.9
In addition to it being bigger, it also has a twin-plane screen. This
means that there are two layers of liquid crystal, in this case grey and
black. This allows each pixel to be one of four colours: green (none),
grey, black and grey with black. However grey with black looks
remarkably like black(!), so you only really have three colours, but the
ability to light both planes may prove useful for future games.
7.9
This increased resolution allows a readable 80 characters by 18 lines,
with the smallest font allowing 120 characters by 26 lines (a small ‘TV’
screen).
7.9
Function keys
7.9
The next difference you will notice is the lack of the OPL function key
but don’t panic, OPL is still there although its function key has been
replaced by the spreadsheet function key.
7.9
The OPL editor is invoked by <ctrl-Word> and OPL execution is invoked by
<ctrl-Calc>.
7.9
Keyboard
7.9
The last noticeable difference is that the “caps” key has been replaced
with a diamond key. Caps is still available, but you will have to press
this and the Psion button.
7.9
The diamond button will be explained when I detail the software changes,
but basically it allows you to swap between the main functions of an
application. Prior to this, you would have to repeatedly press the
function key, which is a bit cumbersome.
7.9
Processor and memory
7.9
The new processor runs at twice the speed (7.68MHz) of the Series 3
without consuming any more power. This is pretty good because you
normally expect that the faster the machine, the more electrical power
required.
7.9
Not only have they doubled the processing power, but they have also
doubled the memory. Two versions of the Series 3a are available, one
with 256Kb and the other with 512Kb of memory (512Kb being more
practical).
7.9
If you change from a Series 3/Pocket Book to the Series 3a, you will
notice the extra speed and wonder what to do with the extra memory.
However, all too soon, you will take for granted the extra power and use
up the extra memory.
7.9
Serial port
7.9
Because of the faster processor, the baud rate for the serial port has
increased from 9,600 baud to 19,200 baud. This is particularly useful
for backing up or using PocketFS2. Incidentally, if you examine the !Run
file for !PocketFS (version 2) you will notice that the baud rate can be
set to either 9,600 or 19,200. Does this mean another Pocket Book is on
the way or are they just catering for the Series3a. (I would think it’s
a pretty good bet that Acorn will be working on a ‘PB3a’ − or whatever
they are going to call it. Ed.)
7.9
A to D to A converter
7.9
The last, but by no means least, hardware difference is a built-in 13
bit Analogue to Digital to Analogue converter. Its primary function is
to assess the battery usage more accurately (the Series 3/Pocket Book
only having a 2 bit resolution).
7.9
Another more interesting use for this hardware, coupled with the
addition of a built-in microphone and speaker (which replaces the
buzzer/DTFM dialler), is sound sampling with audio reproduction.
7.9
The quality is very good, considering the space available for parts, but
this is not surprising as it is a 13-bit sampler (1-bit used for the
sign). Each 13-bit sample is converted to 8 bits using ALAW encoding and
the Series 3a can process 8000 encoded bytes per second or, to put it
another way, 104,000 bits/second (including sign bit). This encoding is
obviously used to save memory and whenever a sound is replayed, it is
automatically decoded.
7.9
For budding OPL users, Psion have explained in the programming manual
how to record and play sampled sounds from OPL.
7.9
Manuals
7.9
The manuals are like the Series 3 manuals in layout and construction but
have a smaller print and consequently more data. They cover all of the
applications adequately, as well as the other facilities available
through the system screen. The section on OPL has also been expanded,
giving more examples and far more technical information.
7.9
Software
7.9
Applications
7.9
The Series 3a now comes with the following applications: Data, Word,
Agenda, Time, World, Calc, Sheet, Record, OPL editor and a new version
of the Comms application and Script editor (which can only be used if
you have the comms link).
7.9
I will also include the system screen here as this software has also
changed. The total amount of built-in software has gone from 384Kb to
1Mb.
7.9
To allow for all of the extra menu options, Psion have now added the use
of <shift-Psion> and a letter. This obviously doubles up the number of
menu options, which is particularly useful as the system screen now has
43 directly accessible options and some of these have sub-options.
7.9
System screen software
7.9
You now have a seven option main menu giving you the following: File,
Disc, Apps, Info, Control, Special and ‘diamond’. These main options
have 43 directly accessible functions.
7.9
Diamond button − On this screen, it will add/remove a memory bar on the
bottom of the screen. This bar summarises the amount of memory being
used and available.
7.9
Backup/Restore − Full or incremental, from any origin to any
destination.
7.9
Copy disc − The facility to copy an entire disc (like Archimedes
backup).
7.9
Exit all applications − Quits all running applications (useful just
before a backup).
7.9
Battery usage − This new window gives you information on how the
batteries are performing, namely: date batteries were inserted, time on
external power, time on batteries, total batteries used (mAh) and
average current (mA). This information is retained for the current and
previous set of batteries, so you can now assess whether you are getting
the best mAh per pound.
7.9
Application information − This new window gives you information about
the application, alias or group the cursor is currently over. It tells
you where it was installed from, the directory displayed underneath it
(apps only), the file extension put in list (apps only), what it is
based on (alias only), and the number of files in the group (group
only).
7.9
Print setup − Most of the options here are the same as the Series 3.
However, you will notice another option on the bottom called ‘Print
Preview’. All of the supplied applications have an option of previewing
print. The parameters from these menus give the default options used in
each application.
7.9
As print preview is common to all of the supplied applications, I will
explain this feature along with these parameters. When an application
uses print preview, the print is spooled to the screen but each
character is replaced by a single or group of dots, which allows you to
make sure the layout is correct (left/right adjustment, centring, page
overflow, etc).
7.9
Depending on the size of paper in use, you can view from one to four
pages on the screen and scroll around the rest. For example, you can
view on screen four A4 pages at a time, but only two A3 or four A5.
7.9
The options from this menu allow you to specify how many pages can be
displayed (if they will fit) and whether you want the margins displayed.
Margins include left, right, top, bottom, header and footer these are
shown in grey.
7.9
When an application has spooled print for previewing, you have another
menu which is common to all. This menu allows you to alter the number of
pages on display and add/remove the margins, you can specify which page
you want to look at or print it if you are satisfied.
7.9
Auto switch off − Before this option was provided, you only had a Yes/No
option and the time limit. It now has one further option which is ‘If no
external power’. This will switch off the machine if it is running on
batteries after the specified time has elapsed, but not at all if it is
using external power.
7.9
Status window − This option allows you to configure the display of the
status window on the righthand side of your screen (which effects every
Psion-compliant application).
7.9
This window can contain: day of month; day in week; time; drive icons;
serial link status; caps indicator; battery low indicator; the current
file in use (or application name if no file required) and options
available by pressing <diamond>. Pressing <diamond> cycles forward
through these options and pressing <shift-diamond> cycles backwards.
7.9
The space available for application options varies in size depending on
the presence of all the other icons and the number of options available.
However, if there are more options than available space, they will
automatically scroll when <diamond> is pressed.
7.9
The icons in this window are very useful. Whenever a drive is accessed,
the relevant disc will flash. If the link is on, a wave symbol appears
which shuffles along when data is being passed and finally, if the caps
lock is on, a caps symbol appears.
7.9
This main menu option allows you to specify either a digital or analogue
clock (date and filename always present), but all/selected icons (except
the battery low icon) can be omitted. Omitting an icon basically gives a
line back to the application options, saves a bit of processing and
makes it look different.
7.9
Another function available in all applications is <control-menu>.
Repeatedly pressing this cycles through the status window options; full
size, half size and not present. Pressing <Psion-menu> brings up the
full status window for a few seconds and then returns back to its
previous setting.
7.9
Set preferences − Another option has been added called font which can be
set to either Roman or Swiss. This gives either serifed or sanserifed
text on the system screen.
7.9
Create new list − Applications on the 3a can be one of several types.
This function is only interested in applications that deal with files,
like Word.
7.9
When an application is installed, it will place an icon on the screen
and, underneath this list, files that it can load. It does this by
looking at a specific directory (on each device) that has files with a
specific extension. This path and extension information is coded into
the application when it was written.
7.9
For applications that support this feature (Psion firmware), you can
install further copies of that application but make it look at a
different directory and different file extensions. If you really want
to, you can also have a different icon.
7.9
For example, I have two copies of Word. The first one looks at all the
WRD directories and is for items related to work. The second one looks
at the PERS. WRD directories and is for my personal items.
7.9
This new feature is extremely useful but I should point out that it
existed on PD prior to the Series 3a.
7.9
Create new group is another very useful feature. It helps to reduce the
number of icons on the main window by replacing many icons with just
one.
7.9
This option allows you to create another window which appears on the
system screen as an icon. Pressing <space> over this icon opens the
window and pressing <space> again closes the window. These new windows
have the same options available as the system window and act in the same
way.
7.9
On the main system screen, underneath the group icon, is a list of
available and active applications which you can select instead of
opening the window. This is useful, as you can close the group window
when applications are still running.
7.9
Zoom − This feature is available in all the resident applications and
allows you to select one of four different font sizes (five in the
Spread).
7.9
The smallest font allows 80 characters per line (120 in Spread and
Comms) whereas the largest font allows about 50. The reason I say ‘about
50’, is that all but the smallest font (smallest two in SPREAD) are
proportional, whereas the smallest are fixed width fonts.
7.9
The type of font displayed in an application depends on the selected
printer and selected options. If a serifed font is current, the text
will be serifed otherwise it will be sanserifed. A
7.9
Three CD-ROM Drives Compared
7.9
Paul Hooper
7.9
One of the things that has always bugged me is the rate of change of
technology today − you never quite know when to take the plunge! I speak
as one of those who held onto his BBC B until the advent of the A5000
and then bought one as they came out! I can now buy an A5000 that has a
hard drive four times as big, is 25% faster than the one I have got and
costs £200 less than I paid! I was also one of the first to buy a Pocket
Book at £249! I know it is never the right time to buy a new piece of
technology, so is it the right time to go ‘CD’ or not?
7.9
The advantages
7.9
What are the advantages of CD-ROM drives? The most obvious is the amount
of information that can be stored on a CD. The maximum capacity is 650Mb
which will allow you about 250,000 pages of A4 text or 7,000 pictures or
over an hour of video. This information is read-only and cannot be
altered − I’m not quite sure if this is an advantage or a drawback.
Certainly in education, it is nice to have a disc that the pupils can’t
hack about, but what about the rest of us....?
7.9
Another advantage is the extra filing system that you have available on
the desktop. Having things like the Replay and Artworks viewer on CD-ROM
saves space on the hard drive or floppy, yet this hardly justifies the
price of the drive.
7.9
So what does justify this price? A CD-ROM drive is one of those pieces
of hardware that crosses the divide between the computer literate and
the rest of the population. As I sit here typing, I have my head phones
on listening to Helen Shapiro singing ‘Walking back to Happiness’,
courtesy of the CD-ROM drive. The drives could also be used to view the
family snaps taken using you favourite 35mm camera and transferred onto
PhotoCD through your local Boots chemist, so this drive could save you
buying a special drive to view your snaps on the TV and also that midi
hi-fi system could become redundant if you only want to play CDs.
7.9
The drawbacks
7.9
This almost unlimited storage for information does have the drawback of
what one magazine calls ‘Shovelware’ − this is the term for the rubbish
that gets put onto a disc just to fill it up! Certainly, some of the CDs
that I have seen contain a fair amount of shovelware. Yet it is
certainly possible to fill a CD with a lot of useful information. There
are other drawbacks but they will become apparent later.
7.9
The three drives
7.9
The three drives that Paul asked me to test were:
7.9
Morley Revolution − £355
7.9
Cumana 300 − £350
7.9
HCCS Ultimate − £335† (See end of article)
7.9
(All these are Archive inc VAT prices but remember that the HCCS version
is a micropodule so you must already have, or must buy, a multipodule to
put it on.)
7.9
I was also given a series of CDs to test the drives. All the drives were
in turn connected to my A5000 with 4 Mb running RISC OS 3. As I had no
PC format CDs or PhotoCDs, I was unable to test any of the drives using
those formats.
7.9
Rather than go for raw speed tests, I tried to envisage how the drives
would be used and I attempted to devise a series of tests that would
reflect this use. This was somewhat limited by the CDs that I had
available and the space on my new hard disc, but I hope the tests I have
done will give some indication of the merits of the various drives. The
results are set out in a table below and there is a comparison with my
160Mb IDE internal hard drive. Now, before we get into the tests, I
would like to look at each drive in turn.
7.9
Morley Revolution
7.9
This is a Sony drive in a light grey box and comes complete with
interface which is easily fitted by following the instructions. A half
blanking plate is included along with the right size screws. On the
front is the drive drawer along with a volume control, eject button and
headphone socket. The on/off switch is located at the rear along with
two phono sockets for loud speakers, the socket for the lead to the
interface and the power supply.
7.9
The first snag I hit with this drive is the cable that connects the
interface to the drive. This is only twelve inches long so, on the
A5000, the only position was between the monitor and the main box. This
raised my monitor by about four inches and made it slightly more awkward
for me to work, as the monitor was now above eye level. (Morley tell me
that production versions will have cables twice that length! Ed.)
7.9
The location of the switch around the back of the drive at first seemed
quite awkward, as the drive needs to be switched on before the computer.
It was only later that I realised that this prevented my daughter from
switching it off accidentally and certainly, in classroom use, this
could be quite an advantage.
7.9
On power-up the drive emits a ‘fan’ sound, which is hardly noticeable
over the whirr of the internal fan on my A5000 but it is certainly more
noisy than the other drives.
7.9
Revolution in action
7.9
The first thing that becomes apparent is that this drive wants your
fingers! The eject button is underneath the CD drawer, one press and the
drawer shoots out and, unless you are careful, it will bruise your
finger! The drawer stops about a third of the way out and you have to
pull it out the rest of the way. There is no gearing on this − it relies
purely on a catch. In goes your CD and a click on the CDFS icon reveals
the contents of the disc. The display and the speed of reaction was
slower than my IDE drives, but is still acceptable. The large busy light
on the front changes from yellow to orange as the disc is accessed. This
is very useful as the slower speed of the CD-ROM compared to a hard
drive made me double click again, as I thought I had missed the icon.
7.9
The first test was the Replay CD-ROM, now in mode 15 at 25 fps, the
drive was fine with sound and video well synchronised, but switching up
to mode 28 produced a jerky movement as the A5000 and the CD-ROM drive
tried to cope but I was to find that this was going to be a problem with
all the drives.
7.9
This was quickly followed by an audio CD, and I had one or two problems
using the CD-Player which is provided on disc − Joe Cocker came out
sounding like Pinky and Perky! The drive was playing my audio disc in
double speed mode. Oh well, if in doubt read the manual. I realised that
I had forgotten to dismount the Replay CD and thus the thing was still
in double-speed mode. This was soon cured but when I then went to
dismount the audio CD (yes, I do learn from my mistakes), all I got was
an error message telling me that this was an illegal track. From what I
gather, this is a problem with the CDFS filing system and would be
common to all CD drives.
7.9
A phone call to Morley soon cured the problem, with a new version of the
CD-ROM driver arriving on chip within a couple of days. This was quickly
installed and Joe Cocker went back to his gruff voice.
7.9
The extras
7.9
There are two manuals, one full of technical bits and pieces about PCs
written in three languages and the proper one written for the
Archimedes. This is a model of clarity, with easy-to-follow
instructions. A floppy disc is included that contains the audio CD
player and ChangeFSI, which enables you to view PC format image files.
Part of the manual is given over to an in-depth look at ChangeFSI, which
is the first time I have seen it written so well and in such depth.
7.9
A second floppy disc was sent with the new chip and this contained a
small demo of PhotoCD and quite a few useful screen shots of CD-ROM
drive’s menus, along with a user guide in Edit format.
7.9
Cumana
7.9
The layout of the Cumana Drive is much the same as the Morley except
that the on/off switch has moved to the front. This time, the box is
beige and again the eject button is below the drawer, but the movement
of the drawer is totally geared with a smooth eject movement which
leaves the tray fully out. But your fingers may still suffer with this
drive − not from the tray but from the on/off button. This is a simple
push button but is fitted flush with the front of the drive and is only
10mm square. As you attempt to push this in, the edges of your fingers
catch on the side and it can break your nails.
7.9
Connection was easy, with a good length of data cable which enabled me
to have the drive anywhere I wanted on my desk. The drive was almost
silent with only a slight whirr as the disc was accessed.
7.9
Cumana in action
7.9
This drive coped well with both mode 15 Replay movies and also mode 28
all running at 25 fps. There was very little jerky action in the higher
screen mode. Again, I had problems with the audio CD as the player
wouldn’t work, but after a quick read of the manual, I realised that I
needed to reconfigure the drive as I was working from a different
expansion slot.
7.9
Discs and manual
7.9
Again the two discs contain the Audioplayer and ChangeFSI along with a
user guide and release notes, with the second disc containing a PhotoCD
demo. The manual is clearly laid out with a trouble-shooting table, and
installation was easy.
7.9
Ultimate CD-ROM drive
7.9
This is the smallest of the drives. It wouldn’t fit underneath my
monitor as the case of the drive is too small to take the monitor stand
but plenty of cable allowed me to place it next to my machine with no
problems. It is connected via a multipodule which has its own separate
power supply. The drive itself has no on/off switch, as it draws power
from the podule and powers up as soon as you switch on your computer.
There is a volume control on both front and back and the usual phono and
and headphone sockets. It is decorated with the tasteful Ultimate Logo.
The tray is geared and slides out smoothly and the colour is the A5000
beige. Again, the eject button is beneath the tray, so if it is on a
flat desktop, be careful of your fingers.
7.9
Ultimate in use
7.9
When you switch on your machine, you not only get the RISC OS logo but
also an Ultimate Logo. To configure the drive is simple. All you do is
insert the floppy and click on a small application called !CD Config,
which works out which expansion slot it is connected to and initialises
the drive. Replay at 25 fps worked well in mode 15 but was jerky in mode
28. Audio CDs worked fine as the configure application had set the
correct expansion slot. The one thing I missed was that large busy light
on the drive. This drive has a small light which does indicate its use,
but it is very small.
7.9
Manuals and discs
7.9
The drive I was reviewing was a pre-production and so the manual was
only a photocopy, but it was well laid out with easy, simple-to-follow
instructions. The configure application made the whole process of
setting up the drive very easy. The disc contained ChangeFSI, CD Config
and CDPlayer along with the release notes. I understand that the
production versions will also include the Acorn PhotoCD demo as well.
Using the Ultimate podule will mean that machines that don’t take the
standard-sized podules can be connected to a CD drive.
7.9
The tests
7.9
As mentioned above, I have tried to devise a series of tests to reflect
how a CD-ROM drive might be used. The details of the tests and the CDs
used are set out below. Each test was performed three times and then the
average was entered in the table.
7.9
TEST A: Artworks Clipart CD − Mode 28, load into Art works viewer, a
file named ‘Bullet’ 1.3Mb.
7.9
TEST B: 19th Century Biographies Key Plus CD − mode 27, search this 29Mb
database for references to Norwich in one small field and one free text
field.
7.9
TEST C: Biographies again − mode 27, sort 252 records in order of date
of birth.
7.9
TEST D: Mode 27, copy a 29Mb Key Plus file from CD to IDE Hard disc.
7.9
TEST E: Really Useful CD, Volume 2 − mode 28 search entire disc for the
key word ‘Space’
7.9
TEST F: Acorn Education directory − mode 28, search for references to
Genesis or Magpie.
7.9
TEST G: Acorn Replay mode 15, 25 frames per second, shuttle launch.
7.9
TEST H: Acorn Replay mode 28, 25 frames per second, shuttle launch.
7.9
TEST I: Will the drive play Audio CDs?
7.9
Conclusion
7.9
As I have a CD to review for next month’s Archive, I have the
opportunity to keep one of these drives for an extra month. So which one
will I be keeping? Well, it will be the Cumana drive, because of its
speed and the way it is styled along with the fact that it looks as if
it is part of my machine. However, whilst at Harrogate, I heard a rumour
that the price of the Ultimate drive was coming down to £199 +VAT (£234)
which certainly would make this drive much more attractive, even if you
had to buy a multipodule to put it on − which will cost around £45 inc
VAT, depending on which machine it is for.†
7.9
Is it the right time to go CD yet? Certainly, the drives have come a
long way in the last few years but I am still unconvinced that the
software on CD justifies the price of the drive. Yet it is a Catch 22
situation. If a lot of people have access to CD drives, the software
will be produced but if we don’t buy them, the software will never be
produced. The Department of Education has announced an initiative of
£4.5 million to put CD drives into primary schools and this will
certainly help to stimulate the production of good software for the
Acorn market. (I gather that most of this money has already been
allocated and that the CD-ROM equipment will be shipped out to schools
over the next couple of moths or so. Ed.)
7.9
The price of CD-ROM drives in the Acorn market has come down in the last
few years but they are still higher than the prices for Apple or PC
drives but the difference is getting smaller by the week. Yes, I think
it is time to take the plunge... now does any one want to buy a 24MHz
A5000 with a 40Mb hard drive? A
7.9
†The HCCS pricing information is a little confusing because there are so
many permutations and combinations of standard podule, micropodule,
multipodule, etc. But as I understand it, from HCCS’s information, the
retail price is £249 +VAT = £292.57 for a standard A5000 style or A3000
style interface (i.e. one not needing a micropodule) and that the
micropodule version is £224 +VAT = £263.20 to which you have to add the
cost of a multipodule on which to mount it. The Cumana drive is also
available in a version with an A3000-style interface and they do an EMU
version too. Ed.
7.9
TESTS
7.9
Test Revolution Cumana HCCS
7.9
A 12.1 secs 11.6 secs 11.8 secs
7.9
B 21.5 secs 11.1 secs 28.7 secs
7.9
C 1.80 secs 0.97 secs 1.5 secs
7.9
D 13.2 mins 3.6 mins 10.3 mins
7.9
E 4.0 secs 2.1 secs 3.7 secs
7.9
F 9.6 secs 5.2 secs 9.0 secs
7.9
G YES YES YES
7.9
H Jerky YES Jerky
7.9
I YES YES YES
7.9
As a comparison, the Artworks file in test A loaded from my A5000’s IDE
drives in 8.6 seconds. Test B took 2.1 seconds − a lot less − and yet
test C took 1.3 seconds.
7.9
NightSky − Astronomical Program
7.9
Peter Jennings
7.9
The purpose and scope of NightSky, the astronomy program from Clares, is
very aptly summed up in the first page of introduction in its manual.
This says “NightSky is intended to accompany and to encourage active
observation of the heavens, if possible using binoculars or a small
telescope...[It] is a RISC OS compliant application which generates star
maps on any scale and as seen from anywhere on earth and at any past,
present or future date and time.”
7.9
NightSky (version 1.01) costs £79.95 including VAT (or £74 from Archive)
and comes in an attractively presented package containing two discs and
a well-illustrated 118-page spiral-backed manual. A drawfile for a
function key strip is included. The manual is easy to understand without
having to be a knowledgeable star-gazer, or even a very experienced
computer user, although it could be improved further with a glossary.
There is a tutorial section designed to give an overall understanding of
the way the program works.
7.9
When NightSky is first loaded, it has to be initialised by typing in the
owner’s name and address. It can then be copied onto hard disc and
backed up. Running it puts an icon on the iconbar in the usual way and
clicking on this brings up the “Draw a Map” window offering a choice of
viewpoints and times “Here now, Here then, There now, There then and
Options” which can also all be selected from the function keys. The
default “Here now” setting produces a circular, horizon to horizon, view
of the sky at the current time. The view can be set to be as seen from
your own longitude and latitude and with your home town shown in the
title. The more important stars and planets are named although, because
the whole visible sky is shown, the names are difficult to read at that
scale. This does not matter because just about every aspect of the map
can be customised and even your own labels added.
7.9
Choice of densities
7.9
There are two “places” files (one for daylight saving times, including
British Summer Time) to show views from a selection of towns and cities
throughout the world and there is a choice of three files to include
different densities of stars. These range from 2,704 of the brighter
stars, down to a magnitude (brightness) of 5.4, to a database of 26,104
stars including fainter ones down to a magnitude of 7.55, which is three
times fainter than the dimmest star that can be seen by the unaided eye!
You can choose the file to use according to how much detail you want on
the map and how much memory your computer has. The angle of view can be
narrowed to zoom into any section of the sky, down to a segment as small
as one eighth of a degree, or a box can be dragged round an area to be
enlarged. At suitable magnifications, Jupiter’s moons and Saturn’s rings
can be seen, correct to scale and in the right positions, and even the
phases of the planets are shown.
7.9
Clicking on a star brings up a panel of information including: name,
right ascension and declination, magnitude, distance, absolute
magnitude, surface temperature, luminosity and spectral class. There is
often additional text tagged on and this can be added to at any time.
The planets have their own panels and both types include a button to
click on for a closer view of the object and its immediate neighbours.
7.9
Information files
7.9
Users with RISC OS 3.0 or later can generate a text file of more general
information from any map, using the function keys. This shows the place
name and location; local date and time including time zone; Julian date;
local sidereal time; altitude, azimuth and the rise and set times for
the moon, sun and planets; any interesting approaches between planets
and between planets and bright stars; and the local dates and times of
the moon’s phases for the next month.
7.9
When a map is drawn with a “now” option selected, it is, by default, in
real time mode and the screen is redrawn every minute. This is easily
changed from a menu option and events such as eclipses can be speeded
up. You can be locked onto the main subject of interest to prevent it
being moved off screen as the earth rotates. A sequence can be saved and
re-run as an animation, while static screen displays can be saved as
drawfiles or sprites and printed out in colour or black and white
versions.
7.9
A selection of 38 animations of past and future events, including a
total eclipse of the sun due to be seen from parts of Britain in 1999,
are included as demonstration files.
7.9
Worth considering?
7.9
NightSky has too many features to be able to describe them all here.
This is clearly a program which will appeal to astronomy buffs
enthusiastic enough to pay nearly £80 for it but is it worth considering
if you do not know the difference between an occultation and a transit†
but are still attracted by the beauty and mysteries of a star-studded
night. You can certainly learn a lot from it. Twenty-two pages of the
manual are an interesting and informative astronomical reference section
and there is a useful two-page bibliography. If you just want to
identify the stars and planets that you can see on a clear night, a
printed star map would be cheaper but, if you would like to take up
astronomy more seriously, NightSky could help point you, and your
telescope, in the right direction. A
7.9
†Bluffers’ guide − An occultation is the disappearance of a celestial
body moving behind another. A transit is the passage of one across the
face of a larger body, as seen from earth.
7.9
Jupiter showing its moons, correctly positioned and to scale, and
information window.
7.9
Lunar eclipse as seen from Melbourne in June 1993.
7.9
Text file generated from a map window.
7.9
CD-Net Trial Pack
7.9
Malcolm Fraser
7.9
Networking CD ROMs should be an efficient use of expensive equipment. At
school we have The Times CD ROM from 1990 (four discs so far) and three
drives. Only a few students can use the CDs at a time. As coursework
deadlines approach, demand rises and the queues get longer. If we use
the CDs from a number of network terminals, this will ease the problem.
7.9
However, CD site licences can be expensive, and network managers will
want to be sure that their network can cope with the demands made on it.
The CD-Net Trial Pack allows managers to test CDs before buying a full
site licence.
7.9
I shall describe, firstly, what you get when you buy the Trial Pack and
then I shall discuss the implications for hardware and software in the
network. Finally, I will give a description and evaluation of CD-Net in
operation.
7.9
CD-Net Trial Pack
7.9
The package consists of two floppy discs and two manuals. One disc has
the CD-Net Server and Client software. The server software does a
similar job to Acorn’s network fileserver software. It runs on the
machine with the CD ROM drive and deals with requests for data from
other machines on the network. The client software allows a network
station to communicate with the CD ROM Server(s).
7.9
The second disc contains the software necessary to use the Hutchinson
Encyclopedia over a network. These replace the versions which comes with
the single user CD pack. The booklets are a network manager’s guide with
installation notes and an introductory guide for users.
7.9
In addition, buying the pack gives you limited period site licences for
four ‘World of Number’ CD ROMs, the Hutchinson Encyclopedia (1993
version), and the Hutchinson Multimedia Encyclopedia (1992). There is
also unrestricted access to the Acorn Replay sampler CD and the 1992
Acorn Education Directory CD, which may still be available from Acorn
Customer Services.
7.9
If you have the stand-alone version of a CD, you can try it out on your
network for a limited period and then decide whether to buy a full site
licence. PEP Associates plan to supply further limited licences to
registered users by agreement with the publishers, for the cost of
postage. This means that the Trial Pack will continue to be useful when
the initial test periods are over.
7.9
Performance issues
7.9
It may help to describe some network options which can be found in the
Acorn world. There are several variations, so I will not attempt to
cover them all.
7.9
The original Acorn network system, Econet, is still used in many
schools. It is now rather elderly, and loading Archimedes software and
data files can be painfully slow. The length of the network cable limits
the speed at which data can be transmitted; longer means slower.
Ethernet is faster by about a factor of ten. There are a number of
different types of Ethernet cable, and two of the most common allow for
network lengths of about 200 metres and 500 metres. Individual runs of
cable can be linked using repeaters or bridges.
7.9
The Acorn AUN system allows Econet and Ethernet systems to be linked
using a ‘gateway’ computer, i.e. one which has both Econet and Ethernet
interfaces. Computers on one type of network can communicate with
servers on the other if both machines run the AUN network software. The
system used in testing has four Ethernet strands joined in a stretched
‘X’ shape by repeaters. There is a gateway at the crossing point linked
to a 400 metre Econet network.
7.9
My two priorities for running the system are reliability and speed, in
that order. The fileservers are spread around the school, and tracing a
problem on a server some distance away is time-consuming. Server
software in particular must be reliable. Problems with a server can
affect all users and they may lose important files before the fault is
corrected.
7.9
Speed is important when demand on the network peaks. Loading large files
slows down other users and can cause fileservers to ‘vanish’. This
happens when servers ignore the requests from terminals to identify
themselves because they are transmitting continuously.
7.9
Using CDs across a network could lead to problems in these areas. CD
files can be very large, while using CDs of newspapers and encyclopedias
may involve searching through large indexes. If many users want CD data
at one time, they could bring the network to a standstill. Replay films
demand large quantities of data at frequent intervals.
7.9
It is possible, in theory, to put a CD onto a network with Level 4
Fileserver. In practice, difficulties arise because of network speed and
the maximum file size which the Level 4 software can handle. Experiments
with an early CD Sampler on Econet a few years ago were not a great
success. PEP Associates, who have produced the CD-Net package, give more
details of the problems in a Fact Sheet.
7.9
CD-Net is a separate server for CD ROM which works alongside AUN. It is
designed to overcome the difficulties mentioned but, in order to get the
best out of it, you should run it on a high performance computer if
possible. The server used in testing was a 33 MHz A5000 with 4Mb of RAM
and a 160Mb hard disc. The CD ROM drive was an Acorn Multimedia
Expansion Unit. (An older Cumana drive was also used.)
7.9
CD-Net will run successfully on less powerful machines, and many discs
will perform acceptably on slower drives. Problems are most likely with
Replay films and running over Econet. You must have AUN in operation,
even if your system is purely Econet. This means that the Fileserver
must run at least Issue 2 of the Level 4 software.
7.9
Setting up the system
7.9
The Network Manager’s Guide describes very clearly the process of
setting up the server software. The installation disc allows the server
software to be installed on one machine. Ideally, the CD server should
not be used as a network station, although it is possible within limits.
Using a machine as a CD ROM server and network fileserver at the same
time is unlikely to be successful.
7.9
You then have to copy a separate key file onto the server for each CD.
You can only copy the key file once, so you have to decide where the CD
is to run if you have more than one server. The key file comes with the
CD ROM site licence. Compared to other forms of protection, this seems a
reasonable compromise between the needs of the user and protecting the
rights of the copyright holders. You can take a backup copy of the
server and key, and use this on a second machine if the first is out of
action. You cannot use original and backup on the network at the same
time.
7.9
A SCSI interface can support seven devices, but more than one server may
be needed if you want a large number of CDs available at once. The
physical space taken up by six or seven separate drives is likely to be
a problem, not to mention the number of signal and power cables needed,
but this could be solved by using one of the new six-CD disc units.
7.9
The server must be configured by allocating RAM and hard disc space to
CD-Net. The server uses these as caches to store data where it can be
accessed more rapidly than from the CD. This is particularly effective
if repeated reference is made to the same blocks of data. Writing Replay
clips to hard disc can actually slow CD-Net though, and the hard disc
cache can be turned off for these discs. The caches are configured for
the server, not for a CD. If you have a CD which works best with the
hard disc cache and one without, you cannot have both options at once.
If it is not convenient to reconfigure the server when discs are
changed, or if you are running two discs at once, you may have to find a
compromise solution.
7.9
Finally, you have to load the Server application at your terminal. Also,
some CDs such as the Hutchinson Encyclopedias require the network
version of a software front end to replace the stand-alone version. The
server and client software runs independently of the AUN network, so you
do not have to log on to the network to load data from a CD.
7.9
Testing CD-Net
7.9
CD-Net was tested with four CDs which represent the common types
available for Archimedes. The Acorn Education Directory is an
encyclopedia application, with mainly text and simple graphics. This CD
provides a test of how your network will cope with typical encyclopedia
applications.
7.9
The Multimedia Encyclopedia holds large amounts of data. It is popular
with students, so we have had the CD running over the network regularly.
There are a number of sprites and sound samples as well as text. Most
users will want to carry out searches, which may limit the number of
users who can use the disc at once.
7.9
The other discs used both included Replay clips. The Acorn Replay
sampler has two versions of the films, one which runs 12½ frames per
second and one at 25 frames per second. If you try to use the 25 frame
per second version across the network, the results are disjointed, but
the Manager’s Guide warns about this. In fact, with a fast client
(A5000) over Ethernet, CD-Net just about copes with the faster speed to
one station, which indicates how fast the software runs.
7.9
At 12½ frames, the results are better. It is possible to have two
terminals showing the same film simultaneously on Ethernet, although
this pushes the network and server to their limits. If a hard disc cache
is in use, considerable time is taken up reading and writing, and it is
more efficient to turn the cache off. Again, this is covered in the
manual.
7.9
The Perspectives disc from ‘World of Number’ also includes Replay clips,
all at 25 frame per second, so they cannot be used on a number of
machines simultaneously, at least not with current network hardware.
This CD is one which teachers may well want to use with a class at a
number of stations, but only the non-Replay software will run
successfully.
7.9
How it performed
7.9
The CD-Net server and client software proved to be reliable during the
period of the test. Text and sound samples were transmitted across two
lengths of Ethernet and from Ethernet to Econet through the gateway. The
client software ran alongside the Application Accelerator client
software which is now available from Acorn for Ethernet systems. The
implementation has certainly met my first priority, as it has proved to
be almost ‘crash-free’ during the test period.
7.9
We did have a few problems with the Hutchinson Encyclopedia during the
trial. On a few occasions, the client station stopped working, though
not the server. However, there have been similar problems using that CD
on a stand-alone system, so this may not be due to the CD-Net package.
7.9
The speed of operation depends on the hardware and network system in
use. On an A3000 over Econet, data from the encyclopedias loaded in a
reasonable time but Replay sequences were not successful even at 12½
frames per second. There was some improvement when the terminal on
Econet was an A410 with ARM 3.
7.9
Four and five students at a time could search the Encyclopedia CD across
the network because these were rarely simultaneous. When a number of
users are carrying out the same operation, the size of the caches
becomes important and should be as large as possible to avoid
unacceptable delays.
7.9
Sound samples had gaps in the playback on a few occasions when the
client was some distance from the server. This was overcome by
increasing the amount of memory available for a sound buffer.
7.9
The slower CD ROM drive handled the Hutchinson Encyclopedia
successfully, including sound samples. As an experiment, we used the
slow drive for the Encyclopedia over the network and a second, faster
drive for local work on a different CD. The system worked well, and only
showed signs of strain when searches were under way on both discs.
However, I would not recommend this as a normal practice.
7.9
There are some areas where the package might be improved, particularly
to avoid problems on school networks. It would be better if it were more
difficult to quit from the server software. Our server could not be put
in a secure room as it was also used for other purposes, and there was
always a risk that a user might quit the application by accident. CD-Net
does display a warning if users are working with a CD, but it is
possible to force them off and then dismount the disc from the server
desktop.
7.9
An option to disable the hard disc cache for individual CDs would be
valuable. Once six-drive units become common, it will be difficult to
find a configuration which suits a range of CDs, and this could become a
problem.
7.9
The hourglass seems to take some time to appear when the client software
is loading over the network. This can lead to users attempting to load
the server software twice.
7.9
While the Network Manager’s Guide is clear and gives all the information
needed, I feel that network managers will want to tailor the User’s
Guide for their system. Perhaps PEP Associates would consider providing
parts of the document as a set of text files and sprites, or as an
Ovation or Impression document, if the copyright situation is made clear
for users.
7.9
A final improvement would be some means of dismounting CD-Net to move it
to another machine. As networks evolve, it is likely that managers will
want to upgrade servers from time to time. Although there are a number
of possible ways to work around this, I am not sure how convenient they
would be in practice.
7.9
These are all minor points, and I am very impressed by the overall
performance of CD-Net. Under favourable conditions, the system is not
dramatically slower than stand-alone use, although if there are a large
number of users at once then, as with a normal network, the delays will
become more obvious.
7.9
In the end, the success of the package will depend on how many CD ROM
suppliers participate in the trial arrangements. The Times CD ROM is
about to appear in a CD-Net version, and there are a number of other
titles which would also be useful, such as the Dictionary of the Living
World and the ECCTIS disc of university and college information. This
will encourage PEP Associates to continue developing the CD-Net system.
The cost of site licences are set by the publishers, not PEP Associates,
and this will have to be at a level which customers can afford.
7.9
Conclusion
7.9
The package provides a valuable service at a relatively low cost (£39.95
+VAT from PEP). The company have been helpful in answering questions
while testing the software, and have suggested where problems might
arise and how to avoid them. Testing has convinced me that a system
based on CD-Net can work successfully, provided sensible decisions are
made on hardware and CDs.
7.9
If you plan to use CD ROMs on a network, it is important to remember the
limitations which the components will impose and, in particular, that
older equipment and networks will not cope with certain CDs. As network
technology improves, it may become possible to extend the range of files
which can be run across a network and to increase the number of users
and discs.
7.9
I am looking forward to trying other discs, not to mention seeing an end
to the scramble for the CD ROM drives which develops every time students
want to use the Times CD for course work which is due in within two or
three days! A
7.9
KernPlus and EverKern
7.9
Dave Walsh
7.9
KernPlus and EverKern are utilities first to add kerning data to your
fonts, and then to force all applications to use this data. A thorough
configuration menu allows the definition of how the system is to run;
initially it may be wise to do automatic kerning on loading of fonts but
the configuration allows later use to be non-automatic, so all those
hours that you’ve spent making sure the characters are ‘just so’ isn’t
lost! Once installed, the applications have a very professional feel to
them, using anti-aliased fonts in the menus and allowing multiple fonts
to be loaded and manipulated together.
7.9
A font can be loaded into Kernall simply by dragging its directory (or
the internal metrics file) to the icon. A whole family of fonts can be
loaded by <shift> dragging them in the same way. A nice point, for those
that use it, is that the system works ‘almost’ happily with FontFS from
LOOKsystems. (There were a number of machine “locked out” occurrences,
until I had learned which order to shut down the font manager and
kernplus applications.) The system is very efficient indeed,
multitasking in its work, if required, at a rate far surpassing that of
!Kernall from Design Concept, although, in truth, this is because it
uses a far more sensible range of kerning pairs. In fact, as a design
brief for people wishing to add kerning data to their fonts in RISC OS
3, it is hard to fault. The kern pairs are evaluated from the shape of
the font, combined with common letter patterns. A default template of
kern pairs can also be added to the data, as well as changed to your own
requirements. The utility even allows the kerning of glyph characters
(those little beasts like Ý at the end of the character range).
7.9
As the manual explains, automatic kerning can make a fairly reasonable
‘guestimate’ but with the manual override, this can be spruced up to
your requirements. The manual kerning is simple enough to use, requiring
the user to drag the characters together or apart until they are to your
liking. Beware of the use of <ctrl-u> to update values of kern data at
this point in the program − it still wipes entries clear!
7.9
The second application, EverKern, forces the use of the kerning data in
other applications. Unlike !Kernall from Design Concepts, it will
effectively kern characters in applications like !Draw without the
invisible space at the end, although the manual does comment on this
possible flaw with “some word processing” software. This, in itself,
makes the product as a must for anyone looking for kerned fonts within
Draw where kerning is not automatic. It goes slightly further though,
allowing the user the opportunity of simply clicking between ‘kerning
on’ and ‘kerning off’ through the icon bar front end.
7.9
Comparing this product from PTW with that from Design Concept, there is
no doubt in my mind which one I would recommend. Kernplus, at the same
cost, seems much quicker and more effective and intuitive to use as well
as to customise to your own requirements. For £15 this has got to be one
of those essential little utilities for anyone who wants a professional
finish to their written output.
7.9
KernPlus and EverKern from PTW Software costs £15 incVAT. A
7.9
KleinFS
7.9
Mark Godwin
7.9
KleinFS is a compression filing system that uses Acorn’s Squash module −
as supplied with RISC OS 3. The combination of KleinFS and Squash gives
you a filing system with all the ADFS, filer options but which also
compresses and decompresses the data. The result is a package not to
unlike Compression from CC or SparkFS from David Pilling, with which I
shall try to compare it.
7.9
What you get & how to install it
7.9
KleinFS arrived on a single disc with a booklet and some release notes.
The booklet explained everything I needed to know − not that you need
much.
7.9
KleinFS is not protected and can be installed on your hard drive or run
from floppy. On execution, KleinFS adds another icon by the side of your
current floppy drive icon. Once installed and loaded, adding/deleting
further drive icons for other storage devices is very easy and this can
then be saved as the default configuration.
7.9
On the main menu (selected from the new floppy drive icon) there is a
New Icon option. This presents you with a new window which has easy
selection for the standard drives (ADFS floppy and hard drives) and text
input plus menus for the others. It was very easy to install an icon for
my SCSI hard disc.
7.9
Another nice feature is the addition of an icon in the Resources window.
This allows you to run KleinFS easily if you accidentally quit it, or
you could modify your boot file to add it only to the Resources
directory without loading it onto the iconbar.
7.9
How well does it work?
7.9
As far as I am aware, all of these compression filing systems use a
similar technique for file access − they use the scrap file to expand
the file before it is used by an application, assuming it can’t be done
in memory. So, if you have a 12Mb compressed file, you will most
probably need a 12Mb scrap file to access it.
7.9
To evaluate performance, I did some tests and have given figures (Table
1) for compression, decompression. target size and ‘shutdown’. One set
of figures covers thirteen ‘typical’ applications and the other set is
for a PC partition. The latter was chosen because it presents a problem
in that the decompressed version of the partition has to be kept until
you have finished with it.
7.9
I should also point out that all of the compression filing systems
require you to shutdown down your computer properly. This is so that
they know that you have finished with the partition and can re-compress
it. My use of the PC partition may not be the only situation where it
keeps a copy of a decompressed file open, so always shut your machine
down properly or you will lose the work you have done on the file.
7.9
The figures in Table 1 give you a typical example of the performance for
each application. I would not put too much emphasis on the PC partition
as this is the exception rather than the rule. Compressing this type of
file may be unwise and impractical, but at least they all cater for it.
7.9
I then examined the compressed applications hoping to see that one
filing system would always compress one filetype better than another,
but this was not the case. I did perform further tests, but as they were
not substantially different to those in Table 1, I have not detailed
them.
7.9
Most of my tests showed that the resultant file size would not really be
a factor in your choice of filling system. However, what is different
and may make you decide on one instead of the other is ‘presentation’,
‘convention’, ‘dialog’ and the time it takes to manipulate data
(compressing/decompressing).
7.9
‘Presentation’ includes the quality of icon and how they were located on
the iconbar. In addition to this, I looked at the options each filing
systems provides and the user interface (parameter input).
7.9
‘Dialog’ was broken down into two categories, namely standard dialog and
error dialog. For each of these, I looked at the presentation of the
windows and the clarity of the messages. The clarity is very important
when considering the error messages you may get. You can read ‘POOR’ in
my table as not complete, misleading and not helpful.
7.9
‘Convention’ briefly details how the filling system is used from the
desktop. This indirectly covers how data is compressed, decompressed,
accessed and stored (if it not the ‘normal’ ADFS file format). Table 2
contains a summary of the latter points for each of the filing systems.
7.9
In this review, I have only used a small part of the facilities offered
by SparkFS (which I believe to give the best results). Also, SparkFS
provides facilities for a range of compression and decompression formats
as well as file conversion, password encryption and dynamic control over
memory usage.
7.9
With all of these filing systems, you are locked out during the actual
compression, but KleinFS makes use of the percentage timer on the mouse
pointer, giving you proof that something is actually happening and how
far it has got.
7.9
Another particularly good feature is that you can remove all of the
KleinFS drive icons, leaving the filer modules installed, and use <alt-
double-click> to open a KleinFS window.
7.9
One other feature of KleinFS worth mentioning is the ‘filer remove and
revive’ option which is very useful. If you select ‘filer remove’, it
will remove all of the current filer icons and conversely ‘filer revive’
brings them all back.
7.9
Can you run compressed applications?
7.9
I compressed several applications with each of the filing systems and
tried to execute each of them from within the compressed filing systems.
7.9
With KleinFS, Compression and SparkFS, applications can quite happily
run in compressed form. The difference between them comes when you look
at the PD read-only versions which allow you to decompress the
compressed files. Compression is the only one with a PD read-only
version which can run a compressed application.
7.9
A PD read-only version of KleinFS was not available for review but is
nearly ready for release. However, since it uses Squash as its means of
decompression, it would be no good for anyone without RISC OS 3. If you
have Squash, but not KleinFS, you merely have to double-click on the
application and it will automatically decompress − then double-click
again and it will run. Double-clicking on any Squash file will
automatically decompress it as long as Squash has been seen.
7.9
Network use
7.9
I have also been informed by PTW Software that KleinFS now includes
network support but I was unable to test it as I do not have access to a
network. From the information I have obtained, a lot of work has been
put into this part of their software, and it is getting a good response
from the people testing it. Hopefully, a review of this will be
following from one of their ‘testers’.
7.9
Features of the network version will include: Open ‘&’ (URD), not $ when
accessing a network; opening of $ on all network hard discs; free space
display on networked discs; log on/off. These features are currently
being tested with Econet and Ethernet by Acorn, Oak Solutions, SJ
Research and Digital Services’ NetGain.
7.9
As none of the competing products mention networks, so I can only assume
that they do not cater for them.
7.9
The personal touch
7.9
During this review, I did come across some problems with KleinFS. All of
these problems were corrected very quickly. I also passed on a few
suggestions, some of which, I am pleased to say, were implemented.
7.9
From the conversations I had with representatives of PTW Software, I was
also pleased with their approach and open-mindedness. If you purchase
KleinFS and find something you wish to comment on, I am sure you will be
pleased with their attitude. Another recommendation for PTW is that they
are offering free upgrades of KleinFS if you return your original disc.
7.9
Conclusion
7.9
KleinFS provides compression and decompression with all of the standard
filer operations and has very good support. It quickly grows on you and
even though it may be slow in achieving its goal, this is more than
reflected in its price, £17.95.
7.9
For a limited period, Archive members can obtain a copy of KleinFS from
PTW Software at the reduced price of £16.00. To obtain a copy, send
payment and the envelope from this month’s magazine before the end of
the month on the magazine cover. A
7.9
13 Applications, 150 files. All values rounded up.
7.9
To compress To decompress, Resultant file size File size Closing
down
7.9
(copy ADFS) open viewer. reduced by. (i.e. shutdown).
7.9
ADFS 45 sec 0 sec 664Kb N/A N/A
7.9
Compression 78 sec 95 sec 348Kb 48% N/A
7.9
SparkFS 75 sec 68 sec 335Kb 50% N/A
7.9
KleinFS 155 sec 85 sec 352Kb 47% N/A
7.9
Squash 56 sec 60 sec 346Kb 48% N/A
7.9
PC partition, All values rounded up (The original file size was 2048k)
7.9
ADFS 18 sec 0 sec 2048Kb N/A N/A
7.9
Compression 40 sec 10 sec 1394Kb 32% 15 sec
7.9
SparkFS 60 sec 35 sec 1429Kb 30% 40 sec
7.9
KleinFS 130 sec 60 sec 1736Kb 15% 90 sec
7.9
Squash 165 sec 120 sec 1736Kb 15% N/A
7.9
Table 2
7.9
Presentation Convention Time Std. Error
7.9
Dialog Dialog
7.9
Compression Basic. Icons grouped in a cluster, Standard filer. Open
opposite Quick N/A Poor
7.9
Clutters iconbar. Basic means of viewer by pressing <alt> and
7.9
input for options. then <insert> while mouse in
7.9
viewer.
7.9
SparkFS Single icon, not used to access Own file format. Once
opened, Quick Good Poor
7.9
drives, but used to access options. operates like a standard filer.
7.9
Good means of input for options.
7.9
KleinFS Good. Icons placed by original drive Standard filer. Open
opposite Slow Good Very
7.9
if possible. Good means of input for viewer by pressing <alt> and
Good
7.9
options. Basic form clutters iconbar, double clicking in viewer.
7.9
but useful option can reduce this.
7.9
Squash Basic. Icon, providing drop and save Drop and save to
compress Quick OK OK
7.9
approach. and decompress.
7.9
Reduce 3.5
7.9
Brian Cowan
7.9
I have given a review of Reduce 3.4 in Archive some time ago, under the
heading of Scientific Software (Archive 5.6 p51). Reduce 3.5 has now
been released and it has a number of useful new features. In this brief
review, I will concentrate on these.
7.9
Computer algebra
7.9
Reduce is a program designed primarily for algebraic manipulation. So,
rather than solving mathematical problems in terms of numbers, one is
working with formulae. However, computer algebra packages can do much
more than this. Arithmetic can be done exactly or to an arbitrary
precision not limited by the machine hardware. All sorts of algebraic
operations may be performed such as manipulation of expressions,
factorisation, symbolic solution of equations and matrix algebra. By
following built-in rules, the programs can perform the calculus
operations of differentiation and integration. Most algebra packages can
perform both definite and indefinite integration. Reduce can only do
indefinite integration. There is numerical support for the solution of
equations and evaluation of Special Functions, etc. And, particularly
from the numerical facilities, one would also expect some graphical
support.
7.9
Reduce
7.9
Reduce is a multi-platform product. The source code is written in Lisp
and there are various implementations for different machines. It is the
only computer algebra package that will run on Acorn RISC computers in
native mode. The result of the multi-platform approach is that there are
very few machine-specific features and, although the program operates in
a standard RISC OS window, it operates with a command line, with only
the simplest editing and cut/paste facilities. Editing of entered text
is really rather clumsy and cut and paste are certainly not implemented
according to the RISC OS style recommendations. From version 3.3
onwards, the Windows support has increased and I believe there are a few
more improvements in the pipeline.
7.9
Graphics
7.9
There is, finally, a graphics support in Reduce version 3.5. This is
cleverly done in a machine-independent way by connecting with GnuPlot.
This is a PD graphics program which is available for all sorts of
machines. Reduce 3.5 is supplied with GnuPlot and there is a GnuPlot
command within Reduce. The result is that when a 2d or 3d graph is to be
plotted, it is sent to GnuPlot for display. Since the Archimedes
implementation of GnuPlot can create sprites and drawfiles as well, this
is a very versatile facility. The only problem is that it is very hungry
on memory. Running Reduce and GnuPlot together is difficult on a 4Mb
machine. The command:
7.9
plot (cos sqrt(x**2 + y**2), x=(-3 .. 3), y=(-3 .. 3),hidden3d);
7.9
produces the display below. The line at the top indicates the location
of the file of data transferred from Reduce to GnuPlot.
7.9
Arithmetic
7.9
In computer algebra systems, you can specify the precision for
arithmetic calculations. If you need 100 decimal places then that is
fine! However, speed of calculation can be a problem. In Reduce 3.5, the
floating point arithmetic runs much faster. Many of the routines have
been completely rewritten. In high precision, there are speed gains of
up to ten times!
7.9
An important part of any numerical package is the solution of linear and
nonlinear equations. In Reduce, this can be done to arbitrary precision,
and here again, with recoding of the routines, many calculations run
considerably faster in Reduce 3.5.
7.9
Special functions
7.9
A major development in version 3.5 is the support for the so-called
special functions. These include such things as Bessel functions (of
many types) sine and cosine integrals, error functions, Euler
polynomials, Chebyshev polynomials and many, many more. Both numeric and
algebraic properties of these functions are supported, but I think the
links with the integrator are limited.
7.9
Conclusion
7.9
I use various algebra packages in my work. Both Mathematica and Maple
are run on PCs and on a PC card on my Archimedes but, as mentioned
above, Reduce runs under RISC OS directly. It is very fast and reliable
and I always prefer to use Reduce if it can do the job required. That
really means everything except definite integration and involved
mixtures of symbolic, numerical and graphics work, where the integrated
environments of the other packages win out.
7.9
Buying Reduce
7.9
The full cost of Reduce is £340 +VAT, which includes the CSL (Codemist
Standard Lisp) compiler, Reduce and Lisp source code, and printed
manual. For a short time existing licensees of Reduce 3.4 can upgrade
for £180 +VAT. However, there is a personal version of Reduce 3.5 which
comprises the full Reduce implementation, but without the sources or the
printed manual. This costs £79 +VAT, and the manual may be purchased for
an extra £20. (The manual text is included on the discs, however.) For
most applications, unless you want to re-compile a custom version of
Reduce or create fast-loading modules, the personal version is all you
require. Reduce may be purchased from Codemist Ltd. A
7.9
Tiles
7.9
George Barnett
7.9
Tiles is a letter game which endeavours to encompass the use of
strategy, vocabulary, foreign languages, spelling and arithmetic as well
as incorporating the use of computer and the WIMP interface.
7.9
The application contains a number of boards, as the one opposite, each
having a crossword layout. These boards are arranged in folders of
several foreign languages, English and arithmetic. The names of the
players, the rules of the game and the board layout may all be altered
and these settings may be saved for future use.
7.9
The game requires the player to drag a letter from the rack to replace
the same letter on the board. Letters can only be replaced in an orderly
fashion from the beginning of a selected word. Points are awarded for
each completed word and the player with the most points at the end of
the game is the winner.
7.9
Each player is allowed two moves at a time, and part of the strategy is
to consider the letters, when they are visible, in your opponent’s rack.
This obviously becomes more important as the game proceeds and none of
the words near completion.
7.9
There are only the same number of tiles (letters) available for use on
the racks as letters on the main board. These tiles are replaced on the
racks by random selection as they are used.
7.9
It is also possible to add speech with Arcticulate. With this, I can see
a positive value of the game for the lower ability reader.
7.9
The instruction manual is extremely comprehensive with extensive
technical detail, which I fear would leave the majority of readers
unimpressed.
7.9
Although it is an inexpensive game with limited educational application,
I find it rather difficult to recommend. It might be considered on a par
with ‘Draughts’ which is a simple game for beginners but, for the
expert, quite sophisticated. However, I doubt whether a player of Tiles
would anticipate an advanced application.
7.9
(Arcticulate was not supplied with the review copy of Tiles, so I
requested the loan of a copy from Fourth Dimension who sent one by
return of post. Thank you, Fourth Dimension!)
7.9
Tiles costs £19.75 from Brain Games and Arcticulate costs £24 from
Archive. A
7.9
Articles to come...
7.9
Once again, we’ve run out of space well before publishing all the
articles I have in my in-tray. Those as yet to be found a space include:
7.9
Reviews of: 10 out of 10 Stats, Advantage, Autograph, Basic Programmer’s
Toolkit, Borders, Car − Maths in Motion, Cardshop, Carnage, Celtic
clipart, Cowboys, Larger, Materials Components and Techniques, Molecular
Modelling, Mousetrap, Music Box, Navigator, Observess, Optical OCR,
Oxford Tree Reading, PenDown Etoiles, Phases, PinPoint Datafiles, Screen
Turtle, Small Steps, Technical Clipart, Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit.
7.9
Also, the Games Column and PipeLineZ just came in too late for me to fit
in − sorry Dave and Gerald.
7.9
How is Medusa now?
7.10
All that I have seen about the Medusa project (i.e. the Risc PC) has
convinced me that Acorn have fundamentally changed their ways of doing
things. They have certainly changed from the ‘closed box’ computer
philosophy, they have become much more open with the media (especially
the Acorn press) and they have gone some way to breaking their
reputation for over-pricing.
7.10
The only major question mark for me is whether they have broken their
habit of launching a new computer but then not having any machines to
sell. The feeling I get is that they have done better than with the
A5000 although there is still a certain amount of patience needed! There
is a (small but) steady flow of machines − we are getting a few each
week so that our back-order list is actually shrinking, albeit not as
fast as we would like. (Unfortunately, we are getting rather more ACB15
and 25 models than ACB45s − which the majority of Archive subscribers
actually want.)
7.10
Come on, Acorn. We’re on your side. If there’s some problem with ACB45s,
tell us and I’m sure you’ll find us very understanding. Not knowing what
is going on, and why, is very frustrating for those who have been
waiting (fairly) patiently for up to two months.
7.10
Products Available
7.10
• A5000 is no more − Acorn have officially stated that the A5000 is no
longer in production and that they have no stocks left. We have one left
(2Mb/210Mb 33MHz) without monitor for £990.
7.10
• Acorn mice galore − We have now managed to buy a total of 250 Acorn
mice at special prices and, “while stocks last” they are available to
Archive subscribers at £20 each (normal price £40). This makes them
cheaper than Clares’ mice at £30 which aren’t as reliable as the
Logitech Acorn mice. Also, since replacement mouse cables are £11
(Digitech) and £13 (Logitech) it makes it hardly worthwhile re-tailing
mice!
7.10
• Around the World in 80 Days is designed for upper primary school
pupils and will introduce them to a range of geographical skills
including grid references, longitude and time zones, latitude, contours,
bearings etc, all presented within an adventure as wicked Wiley Windbag
tries to thwart the efforts of the global travellers Freddie and Francis
Fogg (Phileas Fogg’s children?). Around the World in 80 Days costs
£39.95 +VAT from Sherston software or £44 through Archive.
7.10
• CDFS-FSCSI upgrade − If you upgrade your Acorn SCSI card to CDFS 2.2
by buying the Acorn upgrade, you also now get a copy of PhotoView. This
is an application that allows Kodak PhotoCDs to be viewed and used as a
resource in other applications. The price has risen slightly to reflect
the provision of the new software. It now costs £41 inclusive through
Archive.
7.10
• Graphics Loaders − With the greater range of graphics available to
the Acorn machines in different formats, Computer Concepts have released
a disc of graphics loaders. These cover PhotoCD, JPEG, Clear and an
enhanced TIFF loader. The Graphics Loaders disc costs £39 +VAT from
Computer Concepts or £43 through Archive.
7.10
• Impression Publisher − This is now shipping from Computer Concepts
although there is quite a backlog of orders. This new version of
Impression provides a range of new features with the professional user
in mind. Irregular shaped frames will be useful to many users and the
range of controls for colour work will be particularly welcome and
reinforce its position as the leading DTP package for Acorn machines. We
hope to have a review shortly which will give details of the new
facilities. Impression Publisher costs £169 +VAT or £180 through
Archive.
7.10
• James Pond2+ − James Pond 2 has had almost 500 new screens and new
tunes added to become James Pond 2+ ! You can upgrade from Gamesware for
£7.99 if you send them proof of purchase. The normal retail price
remains at £25.99 or £24 through Archive.
7.10
• Keystroke version 3 − This new version offers much more compatibility
with CC’s products, provides a slow demonstration mode and “numerous
extras that have been added at customers’ request”. Also, it is fully
Risc PC-compatible. The upgrade costs £4.95 inclusive from Quantum
Software.
7.10
• Logix is a suite of applications from Silicon Vision, allowing
students to design and simulate logic circuits. Features include
multiple tailored libraries, fully hierarchical operation, custom design
of circuits and casings, built-in LEDs and displays for feedback,
switches and push buttons for logic input, drawfile saving of circuits
and simulations. Logix costs £99.95 +VAT (or £109 through Archive) and a
site licence for twenty machines is £300 +VAT from Silicon Vision.
7.10
• Magnetoids − Oregan Developments’ latest game is a 3D space battle
game. It features variable light sourced vector graphics, Acorn and RTFM
joystick support, enhanced ARM 3 mode and hard disc installation.
Magnetoids costs £24.95 from Oregan Developments or £23 through Archive.
7.10
• Morley SCSI upgrade − There is now an upgrade for the Morley 16-bit
SCSI cards to make it compatible with Risc PC and also to provide the
latest CDFS and a PhotoCD viewing application. The other improvement is
in the formatting / partitioning / installation software which is now
easier to use and has password protection to prevent unauthorised
formatting or alteration of the SCSI configuration. The upgrade is only
available from Morley Electronics and costs £35 inclusive.
7.10
• Ovation price drop and special offer − There is no sign yet of an
Ovation 2 but Ovation 1 is being given a sales boost. The price has been
dropped to £69 +p&p +VAT (£67 through Archive) and if you buy it before
the end of August, you will get free copies of Desktop Thesaurus and a
book called “Getting into Ovation”.
7.10
• Photo-retouch software − This month sees the release of two more
photo-retouch packages for the Acorn machines. They are PhotoTouch at
£79.95 inclusive from Oregan or £75 through Archive and Digital Arts’
Picture at £99 +VAT or £108 through Archive. We hope soon to have
comparative reviews of these two packages with Photodesk from Spacetech,
which costs £185 through Archive.
7.10
• ProArtisan 2 CD − Clares have updated ProArtisan so that it will
handle PhotoCD images and have made the whole thing available on a CD
for £169.95 or £158 through Archive. You can upgrade from ProArtisan 2
direct from Clares Micros for £29.95 inclusive.
7.10
• Professional full colour scanning service − T-J Reproductions, who
provide a full Acorn disc-to-print bureau facility, now have full colour
drum scanning facilities. Existing users of T-J’s imagesetting and litho
printing services can take advantage of this complimentary service of
scanning images at up to 5,000 dpi in four colour format − presumably
using SyQuest removable hard discs to transfer the massive files
produced!
7.10
• Psion3a − We are now stocking the Psion3a Personal Organisers. The
256Kb version is £269 and the 512Kb version is £329.
7.10
• Rephorm update − Oak Solutions have updated Rephorm for the Risc PC,
providing support for 15-bit and 24-bit sprites. They have also
introduced a number of other improvements including OLE support, Clear
file conversion and swap start and end frames. The price remains at £50
+VAT from Oak Solutions or £55 through Archive and an upgrade path is
available − just send your master disc plus £15 +VAT to Oak Solutions
for the latest version.
7.10
• Repro − Oak Solutions’ printer driver control utility was described
last month on page 7 but, unfortunately, we forgot to mention the price!
It costs £50 +VAT from Oak Solutions or £55 through Archive.
7.10
• RISC OS 3 Style Guide − This is now available from stock through
Archive for £10 inclusive.
7.10
• Risc PC with no monitor − Acorn have announced a “no-monitor” option
for the Risc PC. If we supply a monitor-less computer to an
“enthusiast”, Acorn will allow us to supply it at £250 +VAT off the
normal price. So if you want to order a Risc PC without a monitor, just
deduct £294 off the basic price. This offer only applies to individual
Acorn “enthusiasts” (but you don’t have to wear an anorak to prove it)
and not to schools, colleges or businesses, presumably. (Mind you, we
haven’t yet had the official conditions of this offer from Acorn yet.)
7.10
• Risc PC VRAM price drop − We have managed to reduce the Risc PC VRAM
prices: 1Mb is now £130, 2Mb is £200 but the 1−2Mb upgrade is still
£110.
7.10
• Risc PC SIMM price drop − With increasing volume of sales, we have
been able to get better pricing for the Risc PC SIMM memory as follows:
7.10
4Mb SIMM: £150 −−> £145
7.10
8Mb SIMM: £300 −−> £265
7.10
16Mb SIMM: £640 −−> £590
7.10
32Mb SIMM: £1350 −−> £1225
7.10
• Speedball II − Take control of Brutal Deluxe, the worst team in
Speedball history, and turn them into champions. You can play a knock-
out competition against progressively tougher teams and there is a Cup
option played over four two-leg rounds but the main challenge is in the
full league. Brutal Deluxe begins in division two with their aim being
to achieve promotion and then win the title. You can choose to manage
the team, buy and sell players and let the computer handle events on the
pitch. Speedball II costs £25.99 from Krisalis or £24 through Archive.
7.10
• Stunt Racer Extra Tracks − For all you keen Stunt Racers, here is a
compilation of new tracks and scenery to keep you playing for many happy
hours! Stunt Racer Extra Tracks costs £19.95 from 4th Dimension or £19
through Archive.
7.10
• Top quality fonts at less than 60p per font? LOOKsystems are doing a
special summer promotion so that we can sell their 100 Monotype Fonts
pack (full price £95) for just £59.
7.10
• Toshiba CD-ROM driver − If you want to run Toshiba CD-ROMs in
multisession mode, e.g. with PhotoCD, you will need a special driver.
This is available as part of the SCSI upgrade for Morley 16-bit SCSI
interfaces (see above) but is also available as a separate soft-loadable
driver for use with other SCSI cards. This costs £25 inc VAT from
Morley.
7.10
• WimpGEN − This is a new application-authoring package which allows an
application’s user interface to be built up, allowing you to concentrate
on the main application code rather than the interface. The whole
process of creating windows, dialogue boxes and menu structures can be
done interactively. The price is £99.95 inc VAT from Silicon Vision or
£93 through Archive.
7.10
• World Development Database − CWDE Software are releasing a version of
its World Development Database in general format (as well as in existing
Key Plus and Grass database formats) thus making it possible to use the
data with whatever database you already use. The information provides
social and economic statistics on 129 countries in CSV and text format.
This costs £35 +VAT from CWDE Software.
7.10
Review software received...
7.10
We have received review copies of the following: •Beethoven Browser
Egmont (e), •Conjugez (e), •Equate (e), •GridPro (eu), •ProArtisan 2
CD (a), •Schema 2 (b), •Switch (u).
7.10
e=Education, b=Business, u=Utility, a=Art.
7.10
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.10
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.10
Do you suffer from “Black Cherry Yogurt” syndrome? When you buy a pack
of mixed flavours of yogurts from Sainsburys or wherever, there’s always
one flavour that no-one in the household likes! Well, in our case, it’s
black cherry. We buy them because we like all the other flavours but
what happens to the black cherry ones?
7.10
Until a few months ago, my wife, Sue, was always the one who ate the
black cherry yogurts − and this, despite the fact that, as I well knew,
she didn’t really like them. (Mums are wonderful, aren’t they?! I don’t
think they get sufficient recognition for their self-less service... but
I digress!)
7.10
I began thinking about the black cherry yogurt syndrome when I was
studying an excellent series of talks by Colin Urquhart entitled, “How
to love and be loved”. (Copies available f.o.c from NCS − just send an
A5 S.A.E. marked “HTLABL”.) I decided that if I really loved Sue, I
would eat the black cherry yogurt − why should she always have to make
the sacrifice? The funny thing is that I have now actually grown to like
them!!
7.10
Yes, OK, maybe it’s a silly example, but the idea of self-sacrifice in
relationships is not a popular one these days, is it? There is much more
talk about how I can be self-fulfilled within my relationship.
7.10
Actually, we have been made to think about the idea of self-sacrifice
just recently with the anniversary of the D-Day landings in Normandy. We
should surely never take for granted the way those thousands of
servicemen laid down their lives so that we could be free − neither
should we take for granted those who didn’t die − wasn’t their
sacrifice, in many ways, just as great?
7.10
What does Jesus have to say about this? In John 15, verses 12 to 15, he
says, “My command is this: Love each other as I have loved you. Greater
love has no-one than this, that he lay down his life for his friends.
You are my friends if you do what I command.” And he didn’t just talk
about it, he actually laid down his life for us when he died on the
cross. THAT is self-sacrifice.
7.10
(If you are thinking, “I can see how the D-Day sacrifice was, in some
sense, for my benefit but how could the death of an itinerant preacher
2,000 years ago be of any benefit to me?” That’s a very good question...
but I’ve run out of space so you’d better ask someone who calls themself
a Christian − if they don’t know the answer, they jolly well ought to!)
7.10
Paul Beverley
7.10
P.B.
7.10
Fact-File
7.10
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.10
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.10
4Mation 14 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.10
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2 6QA.
7.10
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4
4AE.
7.10
(0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.10
Aleph One Ltd The Old Courthouse, Bottisham, Cambridge, CB5 9BA.
(0223-811679) (0223-812713)
7.10
Anglia Television Education Department, Anglia House, Norwich, NR1
3JG.
7.10
(0603-615151) (0603-631032)
7.10
Arachne Software Orchard Cottage, East Morden, Wareham, Dorset, BH20
7DL.
7.10
Beebug Ltd 117 Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-840303)
7.10
(0727-860263)
7.10
Cambridgeshire Software House 8 Bramley Road, St Ives, PE17 4WS.
(0480-467945) (0480-496442)
7.10
Clares Micro Supplies 98 Middlewich Road, Rudheath, Northwich,
Cheshire, CW9 7DA. (0606-48511) (0606-48512)
7.10
Colton Software (p10) 2 Signet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA.
(0223-311881) (0223-312010)
7.10
Computer Concepts (pp21/22) Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts,
HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.10
Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
(0483-503121) (0483-503326)
7.10
CWDE Software 1 Catton Street, London WC1A 4AB. (071-831-3844) (071-
831-1746)
7.10
Dalriada Data Technology (p15) 145 Albion Street, Kenilworth,
Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
7.10
David Pilling P.O.Box 22, Thornton Cleveleys, Blackpool, FY5 1LR.
7.10
DEC_dATA P.O.Box 97, Exeter, EX4 4YA. (0392-221702)
7.10
Design Concept 30 South Oswald Road, Edinburgh, EH9 2HG. (031-668-
2000)
7.10
Digital Arts 231 Northborough Road, Norbury, London SW16 4TU.
7.10
(081-679-7307) (081-764-7898)
7.10
GamesWare Unit 26, The Bartletts, Hamble, Hants., SO35 5RP.
(0703−456523)
7.10
(or 0243-531194) (0703−456523)
7.10
Glyn Howells Sicar Uchaf, Brongest, Newcastle Emlyn, Dyfed, SA38 9ET.
7.10
HCCS Ltd 575-583 Durham Road, Gateshead, NE9 5JJ. (091-487-0760)
7.10
(091-491-0431)
7.10
Integrex Systems Ltd Church Gresley, Swadlincote, Derbyshire, DE11
9PT. (0283-550880) (0283-552028)
7.10
Irlam Instruments 133 London Road, Staines, Middlesex TW18 4HN. (0895-
811401)
7.10
Krisalis Software Teque House, Mason’s Yard, Downs Row, Moorgate,
Rotherham, S60 2HD. (0709-372290)
7.10
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge
CB4 4ZS. (0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.10
LOOKsystems (p9) 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5 9AY. (0603-
748253) (0603-740203)
7.10
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.10
Morley Electronics Morley House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne &
Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355) (091-257-6373)
7.10
Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
627-4469)
7.10
Oak Solutions (p16) Dial House, 12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15
7RN (0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.10
Oregan Developments 36 Grosvenor Avenue, Streetly, Sutton Coldfield,
B74 3PE.
7.10
PTW Software 72 Frosthole Crescent, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 6BG.
(0329-281930)
7.10
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN.
7.10
(0506-411162 after 6pm)
7.10
RESOURCE 51 High Street, Kegworth, Derbyshire, DE74 2DA. (0509-672222)
(0509-672267)
7.10
Risc Developments (p33) 117 Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS.
(0727-840303)
7.10
(0727-860263)
7.10
Sherston Software Swan Barton, Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH.
(0666-840433) (0666-840048)
7.10
Silicon Vision Ltd Signal House, Lyon Road, Harrow, Middlesex, HA1
2AG.
7.10
(081-422-3556) (081-427-5169)
7.10
Solent Computer Products Ltd 2 Mills Lane, Longstanton, Cambridge,
CB4 5DG. (0954-789701) (0954-782186)
7.10
Spacetech 21 West Wools, Portland, Dorset, DT5 2EA. (0305-822753)
7.10
(0305-860483)
7.10
SSERC 24 Bernard Terrace, Edinburgh, EH8 9NX. (031-668-4421)
7.10
The Serial Port Burcott Manor, Wells, Somerset, BA5 1NH. (0749-670058)
7.10
(0749-670809)
7.10
T-J Reproductions Unit D, Canada House, Blackburn Road, West
Hampstead, London NW6 1RJ. (071-372-0515)
7.10
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.10
Warm Silence Software St Catherine’s College, Manor Road, Oxford, OX1
3UJ. (0865-54382)
7.10
Archive Monthly Program Disc Contents
7.10
• Files for Schema 2 from Aneurin Griffiths. They print out “Hotkeys”,
“Cursor Keys” and a “Keystrip”.
7.10
• Programs from James Riden’s article on assembly language programming.
7.10
• Printer test program from Paul Hobbs’ Advanced Basic Column.
7.10
• Files from Paul Hooper’s Multimedia Column.
7.10
• Glossary, latest version − I’ve decided not to print the glossary just
yet because it is already 13 pages long (7,400 words) and is still
growing. If I put it on the program disc every so often in Impression
and Edit format, will that be OK? Or would people like a printed
version? If so, once it has settled down and stopped growing, I could
use, say, the middle four pages of the magazine, four months running.
Tell me what you think and keep feeding me words and acronyms that you
want defining.
7.10
Small Ads
7.10
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.10
• 128Kb RAM SSD with backup battery for Pocket Book or Psion 3/3a, £35
inc postage. Will fill with PD games and software for an extra £5. Also
Psion Games Pack 1, will work on Pocket Book, £20, or £50 for the lot.
Phone 0788-521189 after 6pm.
7.10
• 20Mb ST506 hard disc with backplane, fan and podule £100. I/O podule
£30, CC ROM/RAM podule with 96Kb RAM £25. MIDI/user port (A3000) £20.
1Mb for A3000 £15. Minerva Business Accounts £55. Flexfile £15. ANSI-C
v3 £25. Ovation £60. System Delta+ £15, ABC Compiler v2 £25.
Investigator II £12. OS2 PRMs £30. Details from Alan 051-606-0289.
7.10
• A3000 LC, 4Mb RAM, ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 43Mb IDE HD in PRES housing
with PSU, BBC B compatible with 5¼“ disc buffer & DFS filer, good
software, manuals etc £733 (cost £1800). Colour Card Gold for A3000/
A5000 £185. PRES double podule expansion for A3000 £50. PC Emulator v1.8
with DR DOS £55. Phone 0602-605718.
7.10
• A3000 2Mb, 60Mb IDE HD, RISC OS 3.10, Philips CM8833 monitor,
Panasonic KXP1123 Printer, Colton Wordz, SimCity, much PD) £675. A5000
2-4Mb upgrade £55. Unregistered software: Revelation ImagePro £75,
PinPoint £45, Notate £50. All serious offers considered. Ring Moray on
Reading (0734) 572020.
7.10
• A310, 1Mb, two slot backplane, green monitor, Genesis, Acorn DTP,
1stWord Plus. Offers? Ian 0734-661431.
7.10
• A310 2Mb, RISC OS 3.1, 5¼“ external drive, colour monitor, £200.
Phone 081-986-4442.
7.10
• A310, ARM3, 4Mb, twin disc drives, 45Mb external SCSI hard disc, 4-
slot IFEL backplane, colour monitor, Qume LaserDirect printer, PC
Emulator software, £900. Phone 081-715 5523 after 7pm.
7.10
• A310, ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb RAM, 40Mb IDE hard disc (latest ICS
interface), colour monitor, fan quietener, some software, plus PD
software, Beebug 5¼“ disc interface, +40 track drive, DFS reader
software and 50 discs. The lot for only £600 o.n.o. +p&p (offers
considered). Phone Derby 0332 557751 (eves).
7.10
• A410/1, OS3.1, 4Mb RAM, 170Mb IDE hard disc, ARM3, video enhancer and
Eizo 9060 multiscan colour monitor. £950. Phone 0772-634492 evenings.
7.10
• A420/1 4Mb, 40Mb HD, 200Mb external SCSI HD, ARM3, RISC OS 3.10,
Taxan 775 multisync monitor, G16 Graphics card, Hawk V9 Digitiser, Sound
sampler, Midi interface, ArtWorks, Style, PRM’s etc. £700 o.n.o. Phone
0277-657147
7.10
• A440, ARM3 (30MHz), 200Mb HD, RISC OS 3, PCATS Graphics enhancer
£500. Taxan 770+ multisync £125. External Syquest removable hard drive
(+SCSI) + 4×84Mb discs only £300. Phone 0646-681186.
7.10
• A440 with hi-res col monitor, ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 20Mb HD, VIDC
enhancer, CC RAM/ROM podule and Acorn I/O podule £550 o.n.o. Phone Doug
on Sunbury 0932-783252, 5-8pm.
7.10
• A5000 25MHz, RISC OS 3.11, 4Mb RAM (upgradable), PC Emulator v1.81
with DR DOS 5.0, Acorn m/sync monitor, boxes, manuals. Excel. cond.,
£850. Available after Risc PC arrives. Phone 0276-22031.
7.10
• A5000 40Mb/2Mb, AKF18 colour monitor, RISC OS 3.1 1stWord+, DTP, PC
Emulator, Genesis, Lemmings, Pacmania. All originals with documentation.
£950 o.v.n.o. Phone Alan Spencer on 0272-316561 (day) or 0275-844388
(evenings or weekend).
7.10
• A5000 4Mb, 80Mb HD, Taxan m/sync monitor, Prism 1000 modem. £1050
o.n.o. Phone 0625-429363.
7.10
• A5000, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb 100Mb HD, PC Emulator, DTP and software,
excel. cond. £750. I/O podule £60, Acorn MIDI Podule £50, Master 128
£150, 100Mb external SCSI drive £200, Oak SCSI podule +CDFS £100 or with
drive £250. 250 Mb 3½“ bare IDE drive £250. Toshiba 3401 external SCSI
CD-ROM drive £450. Phone 0602-272282 after 6pm.
7.10
• A540 (4Mb RAM, 100Mb SCSI HD), Eizo 9060 multiscan, PC Emulator,
Multistore, £800. SyQuest 84Mb SCSI removable HD inc. cartridge, £350.
E-TEC P9624 Fax Modem, £100. Phone Robin on 0663-741419, 6am-3pm Mon-
Fri.
7.10
• Acorn A5000, 33MHz, 8Mb RAM, 160Mb HD, m/sync monitor, six month
guarantee, software (lots), books, boxed. Offers? Phone Ian on 0734-
661431.
7.10
• Acorn A5000 Learning Curve, 25MHz, 4Mb RAM, 120Mb hard disc.
Excellent condition £700. State Machine ColourBurst Graphics card for
A5000 £290. All with packaging and manuals. Contact G. Rhodes on 0302-
722781 evenings.
7.10
• Acorn DTP £35, MS-DOS 5 £30, GammaPlot (v2) £15, SystemDelta+ (v2)
£25, Investigator 2 £10. Boogie Buggie, Superior Golf, Zarch £6 each,
Startrader, Word Up Word Down £3 each or all five for £20. ARM Assembly
Language Programming £8, MS-DOS Quick Reference £5, RISC OS 2 PRM £35.
Phone 0737-832159 (evenings).
7.10
• Archimedes/Acorn games for sale. Low prices. Games sold separately.
Send SAE for list to Daniel Peppett, 28 Dene Road, Northwood, Middx, HA6
2BT.
7.10
• Archimedes products. Impression II, PC Emulator, Books: upgradable
RO2 PRMs, A3000 TRM, Basic, OS programming, Assembler programming.
Offers? Ian 0734-661431.
7.10
• Citizen Swift 24 dot matrix 24 pin printer, £100 o.n.o. Phone 081-
898-0447.
7.10
• Citizen Swift 24-pin colour, excellent output. New print head last
year. Complete with manuals, printer drivers, all leads, 2 black and 2
colour ribbons. Cost over £375, accept £125 (+carriage) o.n.o. Phone
Nigel Caplan on 0532-675673.
7.10
• Computer Concepts Colour Card Gold £140. Phone 06977-46786.
7.10
• Computer Concepts Fax Pack £300 o.n.o. Pace Linnet 1200+ V21/22/23
modem, £50 o.n.o. All with full documentation. Phone 081-789-2663.
7.10
• Conner external 125Mb SCSI hard drive, £140. Serial Port, Econet SCSI
adaptor, 2m cable, £30. All incl. p&p. Phone Mark after 6pm on 0905-
754277.
7.10
• EasiWord £20 o.n.o., Grievous Bodily ’Arm £10, Blowpipe £10, Enter
the Realm £10, Blitz £10, Cataclysm £10, Quickshot Maverick Joystick
£10, Quickshot Python 3 Joystick £5. Acorn A5000 4Mb RAM, 120Mb hard
disc, Acorn M/sync monitor, RISC OS 3.1, 1yr old, excellent condition,
£1200. All sensible offers considered. All prices +p&p. Contact Jon
Aylwin, 4 St Margarets Close, Hemyock, Devon, EX15 3XJ.
7.10
• EasiWriter v3.5, with manual and version 3 supplement £85. Phone
0383-739629.
7.10
• Pineapple 16 bit colour digitiser in external case, v.g.c. with
software and manuals. Works on all pre-Risc PC machines, £115 (inc p&p).
Phone Mark after 6pm on 0905-754277.
7.10
• Real McCoy 2 £12, Chess 3D £7, 1st Word+ 2 £8, Genesis (rel.1) £5,
Ballarena £5, Boogie Buggy £5, Grievous Bodily ’Arm £4, Drop Ship £4,
Man at Arms £4, UIM £4, Powerband £5 or all for £53 +p&p. Offers
considered. All original discs. Phone Neil on 0522-685295.
7.10
• Rhapsody 2, £35. Casio CZ3000 full size, multitimbral synthesiser
with midi leads, all manuals, boxed, v.g.c. £150 (will reduce if
collected). Armadeus with Armadillo sound card, £65. Phone Mark after
6pm on 0905-754277.
7.10
• Roland DXY1200 A3 plotter + Drawplot. As new, hardly used. £525. Also
Multistore II £25, Imagery £15, Phone 081-864-4805.
7.10
• Roland DXY-880A A3 pen plotter £250, Roland Camm2 PNC-2100 engraver
with Techsoft Designer V3 software £1600. System Delta+ £20, Archway 2
with Mahjong £30, Autosketch £20. Phone 0986-872465.
7.10
• Sleuth OCR £40, Impression Style £80, Artworks v1.5, £100, Impression
v2.19 (upgradable to publisher) £85, ARCterm7 £50, High performance dual
serial card £70, S-Base Developer £150, Acorn Desktop C rel. 4 £110,
Archimedes Disc Rescue £20, RISC OS 3 PRMs £80, ARCbbs £85. All
negotiable but add p&p. Phone 0633-894533.
7.10
• Taxan Viking II 17in hi-res mono monitor, together with R140 (like
A440), ARM3, 63Mb ST506, Impression II and ArtWorks. Ideal system for
serious DTP. Also Microvitec Cub colour monitor for games, V21/V23 modem
for comms and KX-P1124 printer for drafts. Other s/w inc Compression, PC
Emulator, ABC Compiler, Archway, Chocks Away, E-Type, etc. Also RISCiX
licence. The lot for only £700 ono, or will separate. Phone Alan
Robertson 071-607-0700.
7.10
• Wanted: A-Link for the Psion 3. Phone Derby 0332-557751.
7.10
• Wanted: Notate or Rhapsody. Contact Colin 0786-461501 (Stirling).
7.10
• Z88, 128Kb RAM pack, 128Kb and 32Kb EPROMs, EPROM eraser, parallel
lead, soft case, hard top, mains adaptor, Arc lead, boxed with manuals.
£80. Phone 0705-819125 Ext. 223 (day), 0705-830429 (evening).
7.10
Charity Sales
7.10
The following items are available for sale in aid of charity. PLEASE do
not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check if the items are
still available. Thank you.
7.10
Software: First Word Plus £9, Acorn DTP £8, DR-DOS5 £5, Impression
Junior £20, Genesis £5, Genesis Plus £20, PC Emulator 1.7 £20, Twin £8,
3D Construction Kit (RISC OS 2 & 3.00 only) £5, Oh No More Lemmings £10,
Pacmania £5, Leading Edge Midi Tracker £15, Chocks Away £8, Bubble Fair
£2, Quest for Gold £2. Also, new, unregistered (unwanted competition
prize!) Font Directory £28 (full price £35).
7.10
Hardware: Faxpack £185, 40Mb IDE drive £50, 40Mb ST506 drive £40, A3000
1Mb RAM £30, Cumana 40/80 external 5¼“ floppy drive £40, WE external
disc interface (for A400/1 and earlier) £15, 2-way backplane for A310
£30,
7.10
(If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers
thatyou could donate in aid of charity, please send it to the Archive
office. If you have larger items where post would be expensive, just
send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of
them.) A
7.10
Hardware Column
7.10
Brian Cowan
7.10
I am afraid that this hardware column will not be discussing matters
relating to the new Risc PC in any detail for some time, because I don’t
think I will be able to find the cash to buy one in the near future.
Instead, I will tell you about a new piece of hardware that I have, and
with which I am very impressed. But first an apology for an error in
last month’s column.
7.10
Correction
7.10
I misled readers last month about the difference between the 486SX and
486DX chip. In the case of the 386 chips, neither the DX nor the SX has
a maths coprocessor. Internally, both chips are the same, but
externally, while the 386DX has the full 32-bit data bus, the SX version
only has a 16-bit bus. Things are different, however, with the 486
family. Here both have the full 32-bit data bus. The difference is that
the DX has a maths coprocessor built in while the SX does not have one.
My assertion that the 486SX chip has only a 16-bit external bus was an
unfortunate slip of the brain.
7.10
PC processors for Risc PC
7.10
It has been well-publicised that Risc PC owners will be able to purchase
a PC processor card for £99. This will have a 486SX CPU, probably
running at 33MHz. This is, realistically speaking, the absolute minimum
performance acceptable for a PC and it is being marketed at a rock-
bottom price, considering that DR DOS 6 will be bundled with the card.
7.10
It is likely, however, that there will also be higher-performance PC
processor cards available, produced by the PC card experts, Aleph One.
My personal opinion is that Pentium coprocessors will be unlikely as
those chips have a tendency to draw a lot of current, overheat and self-
destruct. There are already clock-quadrupled 486 chips running at
100MHz, and a DX version as a PC second processor seems very likely.
With the Risc PC’s IOMD chip providing high speed access to RAM, discs
etc, and the ARM and VIDC20 acting as a video coprocessor for the PC,
the performance should be stunning, particularly using the new version
of the Windows driver under development.
7.10
High performance PC card (podule)
7.10
Now to my latest piece of hardware. This is the new high performance PC
card from Aleph One. There are two problems with the Archimedes podule
bus. Firstly, it is only 16 bits wide and, secondly, it is relatively
slow. The first point means that there is not a lot of sense in using a
CPU with anything larger than a 16-bit external bus. This rules out the
regular 486 chips but there is a 486SLC CPU produced by Cyrix. This has
a 16-bit external data bus, and is a sort of souped-up 386SX but with an
internal cache, like the 486, and a full implementation of the 486
instruction set. So, when combined with a 387SX maths coprocessor, it is
rather like a 486DX. The new PC card uses one of these Cyrix chips,
running at a clock-doubled 50MHz. So this gives quite impressive
performance.
7.10
With the old PC card, the podule bus provided a speed bottleneck for
hard disc access. This was particularly important in Windows
applications where virtual memory is implemented as a swap file on the
hard disc. I had campaigned for a PC card with its own hard disc, and
now we have it. When the new card is connected directly to a dedicated
IDE drive, the performance is absolutely superb. However, the down-side,
is that such discs cannot be accessed from RISC OS. It is worth
mentioning that, as well as also supporting the old system of PC
partitions on RISC OS drives, it is also possible to access, through the
podule bus, a dedicated SCSI drive connected to the Archimedes. This is
actually possible with the older cards but setting up the configuration
options for all these types of hard disc is now very easy with the
Config application.
7.10
A further advantage of the new cards is that they will support up to
16Mb RAM. The old cards had a maximum of 4Mb, which was rather
restricting when running Windows applications. I have 8Mb on my card and
it certainly makes all the difference. I can now run Mathematica and
other memory-hungry programs with ease, without lots of virtual memory
“disc thrashing”.
7.10
One could argue that 8Mb is a lot of RAM to have lying around. It would
be nice to be able to use this from the RISC OS side. At the very least,
one should be able to use the PC card’s RAM as a RISC OS RAM disc when
the PC card is not running. Come on someone, this would be a really neat
piece of programming.
7.10
Another point worth considering is that, if an IDE bus is available on
the card, it should be fairly straightforward to convert it to a
standard PC ISA backplane.
7.10
There are some other interfacing facilities on the card such as an
optional high speed serial port. I will report on these when I have
tried them.
7.10
Upgrading old PC cards
7.10
Unfortunately, it is not possible to install the IDE bus on the old
cards, nor can they be upgraded to more than 8Mb of RAM. However, one
can have the CPU changed to the 50MHz 486SLC. Details of this were
announced in last month’s Archive. This is an option well worth
considering.
7.10
Some practical matters
7.10
There is only limited space inside an Archimedes case, unless one is
fortunate enough to have one of Ray Maidstone’s tower cases. However,
hard disc drives have been getting smaller and smaller in physical size
while increasing in storage capacity. You can stack two new drives in
what was the space of one older one. In this way, I have been able to
install a 350Mb SCSI drive for RISC OS together with a 350Mb IDE drive
for the PC card. I drilled some new holes in the old Archimedes hard
disc cradle to mount the drives, together with some ventilation holes
between the two drives. Everything went together beautifully.
7.10
Both hard drives have connectors for “busy” LEDs. I discovered that two
small round LEDs could be squeezed into the rectangular hole of the old
hard drive LED on the fascia, so I did not need to make any new holes.
Before pushing the LEDs in, I filled the hole with clear silicone grease
for better light transmission.
7.10
Much to my surprise, when I turned the computer on, the LED of the PC
card’s IDE drive remained lit. However, it eventually went out once the
PC card application was running. It was worrying that the hard disc
seemed to be accessed constantly. I queried this with Aleph One, and was
reassured that no harm was being done to the drive. The disc was not
being accessed − it was just that when the PC is not operational, it
can’t turn the LED out. Incidentally, there is a connector on the card
to light a hard disc access LED but the same thing happens if you use
that.
7.10
Finally, watch out that the memory board is installed securely to the PC
card. At one stage, my PC card stopped working and I discovered that the
memory card had fallen out! The PC card PCB is quite densely populated
and there is a jumper link quite close to the memory socket which can
make “clicking” the memory card into place a little tricky; but with
care it can be done. A
7.10
(Talking of the new Aleph One 50MHz PC expansion cards, I’d like to give
a warning to Risc PC owners. We put a 50MHz card in a Risc PC and, after
a few hours of use, it seems to have done an auto-self-destruct! We’re
not certain yet what caused its demise but we suspect it may be because
it was in the top slot on an ACB45 two-slice machine − i.e. furthest
from the fan − and over-heated. The other factor, we think, was direct
sunlight on the lid of the case. Our advice would be that, until you get
your Acorn PC co-processor, put your PC card in the bottom expansion
slot and close the blinds! Ed.)
7.10
LOOKSystems
7.10
New artwork
7.10
Colton
7.10
New Artwork
7.10
Relational Database Design − Part 3
7.10
Keith Underdown
7.10
I must apologise for the break in the series. I understand from Paul
there have been several enquiries about it, which is very gratifying!
There were various reasons for the lack of articles but the main one was
that I was not at all happy with the way that the model was turning out
and I felt I needed to work on something more practical. This is a
common dilemma in data modelling, where there is an attractive
theoretical model but the real world does not fit!
7.10
I have also had one letter − from a fellow professional, Ian Stafford
from Blythe in Northumberland. Ian makes the point that there is a way
of representing mutual exclusivity in Entity-Relationship diagrams
(ERD). In my first article, I said that I did not know of a convention
for this. In fact, I came across the same method just before I received
Ian’s letter. It is probably worth saying that there are various
different styles of ERD’s, and I use the one that has been adopted by
the modelling tool I use at work. The new convention comes from a
methodology known as SSADM (Structured Systems Analysis and Design
Method). In this method an arc is used instead of a straight line for
the Optionality indicator on the mutually exclusive relationships. If
the lines can be made to touch the entity close together, a single arc
can be used across both. If there are more than two sets of mutually
exclusive relationships and multiple arcs are needed, the members of
each set can be labelled with a number to avoid ambiguity. I have
adopted the new convention in the current version of our ERD below.
(This is probably the only advantage of not having suitable design tools
on the Archimedes − we can evolve our conventions.)
7.10
A reminder of the terms used in data modelling and some of the key
concepts are described in the box at the end of the article. So far, we
have looked at the identification of the important things − entities −
in a model, how relationships are defined between them and how we can
keep the model simple and theoretically correct by breaking a many-to-
many relationship into two one-to-many relationships by finding the
linking entity.
7.10
The next step
7.10
Our data model currently looks like this:
7.10
We have fully defined four of our entities and we will try to define the
two most important this month − Person and Household.
7.10
Defining PERSON
7.10
What do we need to know about a Person? We need their Forename, at
least. We have to make a decision about what we do about multiple names.
Strictly speaking, to avoid any restrictions about the number of names
that our database will allow anybody to have, we ought to define
Forename as a separate entity along with a Forename Usage entity like
this:
7.10
This is probably a bit over the top, unless we were researching the
popularity of names in some depth. Instead, I propose we cheat! We need
to know the name by which the person likes to be known as one attribute.
We probably do not need to know about the rest of somebody’s names,
although we may need to record additional initials.
7.10
We can do this using a variable length string. We need to impose a limit
on the length of Forename; 32 seems to be a value used a lot by systems.
I cannot think of an English Forename that is this long but it may not
be long enough for the names used in some cultures.
7.10
This illustrates the fact that, while there may be a theoretically
correct model, it is not always necessary or desirable to implement it.
However, the bigger and more important a database is, the less such
compromises are likely. I would guess that the Inland Revenue’s database
is more like the model above! Indeed, it probably has lots of
information about the aliases that people use.
7.10
For the moment we will assume that all members of a Household use the
same surname, so that will be an attribute of Household.
7.10
We also have to decide on what we are going to have as a Person’s Unique
Identifier. This is a very vexed subject in the real world as it touches
on issues like a National Identity Card and the government’s ability to
keep tabs on individuals. In our microcosm, I suggest we simply use
SQuirreL’s ability to generate a serial number by default to give
arbitrary IDs for each Person.
7.10
We now need to implement the relationship between a Person and the
Household to which they belong. This means that Person needs to have an
attribute corresponding to the Unique ID for Household. There does not
seem to be a natural key for Household, so an integer field will
suffice.
7.10
We also need to know the title by which each person should be addressed.
This is another classifying entity. As there is a relatively small and
well-defined set (in UK usage, anyway), we can probably just define this
as a validation list. It would be better to define it as a table, as
this would give us the ability to define not just the title as it
appears on the envelope but also the form in which it should be used in
the salutation in a letter or when speaking to such a person. I will
stick to the simpler method as it will probably suffice for us, but I
know that my company’s database includes the latter information.
7.10
Person thus becomes:
7.10
Person ID: An arbitrary identifier.
7.10
Field Type: Integer (serial, unique, mandatory).
7.10
Forename: The name by which the Person likes to be known.
7.10
Field Type: String (length 32, mandatory).
7.10
Title: The title (Mr, Miss, Mrs, Dr., Rev., etc.) that applies to the
Person.
7.10
Field Type: String (length 12, mandatory, value from list).
7.10
Other Initials: The other initials for the person.
7.10
Household ID: The Unique ID of the Household to which the Person
belongs.
7.10
Field type: Integer, mandatory.
7.10
Defining HOUSEHOLD
7.10
What do we need to know about Household? We have already decided that
its Unique ID will be an arbitrary integer. We also need to have the
Surname, the full address (including postcode) and a phone number. We
also need some way of handling the fact that the members of the
Household might have different surnames, will have different phone
numbers at work, may have a mobile phone or a fax or even an e-mail
address!
7.10
An iterative approach is a good way to make progress. We can define the
bits we understand and leave the rest vague, for the moment. This is
analogous to the well-known coding trick of deferring the solution of a
difficult problem by calling a procedure within the program, before we
know how the procedure will work.
7.10
So a simplified view of Household would be:
7.10
Household ID: An arbitrary identifier.
7.10
Field Type: Integer (serial, unique).
7.10
Surname: A fixed length string giving the surname used by the members of
the Household.
7.10
Field Type: String (32 characters, indexed, mandatory).
7.10
Address: The Postal Address including Postcode.
7.10
Telephone Number: We need to decide how we handle dialling codes,
especially in the light of Phone Day 1995.
7.10
Why was I having a problem?
7.10
The problem is that postal addresses and geographical addresses are
similar and, for a long time, the Post Office was able to manage by
using geographic addresses. Each village or area had its Post Office and
the letters were sorted there by hand by someone who knew the area well
− like Mrs Goggins and Postman Pat!
7.10
As towns grew in size and the number of letters increased, this simple
system could no longer cope. The Post Office needed to become more
efficient, so they started to define addresses that were more aligned to
their needs rather than accurate from a geographical or political
viewpoint. Alsager, where I used to live, has a postal address of Stoke-
on-Trent, because that is where its mail is sorted, but it is actually
in Cheshire and shares a telephone dialling code with Crewe.
7.10
This was taken a stage further with the introduction of postcodes. These
are structured in such a way that each postcode applies to a group of
about fifteen houses for domestic premises and a business would tend to
have a postcode of its own. This is described in some detail in your
Thompson Directory at the start of the white pages at the back.
7.10
I knew that a combination of house number, postcode and first letter of
the street is guaranteed to be unique to the house. For example, a
letter addressed to “619, PR8 3NG, L” should have no difficulty in
reaching me. The use of postcodes to organise the data model seemed to
offer a way forward and I tried it when writing the first draft of this
article. However, the Post Office uses postcodes to organise the way in
which their delivery service operates. This is not necessarily closely
aligned to geographical boundaries. I tried the assumption that PR8 3
postcodes would cover Ainsdale and only Ainsdale but was not convinced
this would always be true.
7.10
As Paul was well supplied with other material, I chickened out
altogether for a couple of months and as this article is already pretty
long and the deadline is upon me I am going to chicken out of a solution
again and leave things here until next month. A
7.10
The Theory
7.10
In the first two parts of this series we have explored and hopefully
understood, the key concept in a relational database − the way in which
relationships are implemented. This requires that every entity has an
attribute that uniquely differentiates each instance of that entity from
every other instance of the entity. This is its Unique Identifier or
Primary Key. A relationship is indicated when another entity has an
attribute that matches the Unique Identifier from the other table. This
“foreign” key will always be contained at the “many” end of a “0-to-M”
or “1-to-M” relationship. We have also seen how to resolve a many-to-
many relationship by creating a linking entity with a M-to-1
relationship to each of the original entities.
7.10
Carnage Inc.
7.10
Gabriel Swords
7.10
Carnage is the kind of game you’ll either love or hate. Me? I hate it −
but that’s only because I couldn’t do it. I got two thirds of the way
through level 1 and had to ask The Fourth Dimension for help. So, does
this mean it’s too hard for the average games player? Probably not. What
it does mean is that it’s too hard for an impatient games reviewer!
However, if you like to think before you blast then this is a very
enjoyable game.
7.10
The scenario
7.10
It’s the year 2297. The Earth council has abolished all weapons, and
earth is at peace. Imagine their horror then when intelligence reports
the presence of a hostile alien empire intent on conquering the
universe!!! Oh no, what can they do? There’s only one thing they can do,
they bring in some hired help. This help comes in the form of a
Cyberkill Mk III Battle Droid, leased to you by General De’ath, head of
Carnage Inc.
7.10
Its mission, or rather YOUR mission, is to ‘infiltrate, provocate and
annihilate the enemy power...’ Easy for your average Cyberkill Mk III...
or is it?
7.10
This is no ordinary blast ’em, kick ’em and beat ’em to death type
killer game. This is a game where you have to think before you dink...
7.10
The layout
7.10
Once you go through the load-up sequence − which includes a musical
excerpt from Mission Impossible − you land by shuttle on the first
level. Your mission here is to find the body and ‘info pad’ of a lost
earth agent. Of course, you don’t know where he is, and there are about
50+ rooms for you to explore on your way to locating him − not that
you’ll actually find him in one of the rooms!!!
7.10
The rooms are 3D, in the style of Pandora’s Box, and contain various
movable and immovable objects, plus a whole load of suspicious-looking
people. There are policemen, gangsters, ‘blokes’, guards, robots, women,
purple things which zap your energy, things that look like
handkerchiefs, and you − it’s a cosmopolitan place if ever there was
one! Some of these people you can push out of the way or blast, others
fight back, so be careful!
7.10
Displays at the top and bottom of the screen give you information about
the objects in these rooms. Touch them and you’ll be able to get
information about the objects − you might also be able to pick them up,
or throw them, drag, open or drop them... You’ll find guns, hand-
grenades, flame throwers, metal bars, dust bins, boxes... and loads of
other really useful things.
7.10
Playing
7.10
The idea of this game is to find your way around the various rooms
looking for clues to the whereabouts of whoever it is you’re looking
for. Nothing is immediately obvious, and to start with you have no
weapons. So you go through doors into other rooms, you open dust bins
and boxes to see if there’s anything useful inside. Sometimes it’s worth
blasting someone just in case they have a key to a locked door.
Sometimes you’ll find a weapon, sometimes a jar, sometimes nothing at
all.
7.10
Having found something, you then have to decide what to do with it.
Weapons are obvious, so too are keys. But what do you do with the iron
bar on level one, or the stick on level two? They’re not for poking
people with... they’re for opening things, but what and how? This is the
part of the game which needs thinking about. Most of the time, the game
will lead you towards an answer, but you have to work it out for
yourself. If you find a key, for example, there’s usually a door nearby
to open. Sometimes you get clues by asking for information about the
object you’re holding − it might be part of a machine, so all you have
to do is find the machine and fit the object into it.
7.10
This isn’t the kind of game where time is of the essence. Usually, you
can hang around and think about what you’re supposed to do next.
Sometimes, of course, there are other pressures, such as when you’re
being chased by purple worms. At other times, there are objects to be
skilfully avoided or moving platforms onto which you leap in order to
get across a river or some other murky obstacle.
7.10
Level 1 is set in a kind of work colony with, amongst other things,
factories, bars, sleeping areas, back streets and gangsters. Level 2 is
set on a island with spiders, mines, rivers, foliage, a submarine and
soldiers. Level 3 is a kind of derelict area with bombed streets,
sewers, crocodiles, junk yards and genetics labs. Level 4 is set in a
space station − I haven’t finished level 4 yet!
7.10
Thankfully, you can save your present position to disc so you don’t have
to start from the beginning each time.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
If you want instant thrills, this isn’t the game for you. If you want
something more akin to a jigsaw puzzle, albeit with laser weapons, then
Carnage will probably suit you down to the ground. The graphics are well
crafted, full of imagination and detailed. The movement and sound are
good. There’s a good balance between gratuitous violence, skill,
judgement and puzzle solving. There’s also a fair amount of humour
scattered about the place.
7.10
The only possible drawback is that, like a jigsaw, once you’ve done it
and you know where everything goes, you may not want to to it again −
though it will probably take you some time before you get to that stage
− you’ll spend enough time on it to get your money’s worth.
7.10
Helpful tip
7.10
It wouldn’t run on my A5000 the first few times I tried it, so the nice
man at 4th Dimension suggested that I do a <shift-ctrl-break>,
initialising the computer without running the !Boot file − it worked
well after that.
7.10
Carnage costs £25.95 from 4th Dimension or £24 through Archive. A
7.10
“Help Make A Good Impression”
7.10
New
7.10
Dalriada
7.10
From 7.8 page 17
7.10
Oak Solutions
7.10
From 7.9 page 30
7.10
Multimedia Column
7.10
Paul Hooper
7.10
Genesis Professional
7.10
Well, it’s finally here and I have created my first application. What
are the differences? To say it is astounding is an understatement − it
is almost a completely rewritten application. One of the major
criticisms of Genesis II was that it was difficult to use − you needed
to have a deep knowledge of the script language to use it to the full.
All this has changed with Professional − so much so that the separate
script language book is no longer needed, as everything is included in
the main manual.
7.10
Initial impressions
7.10
The first and most obvious difference is the change in all the icons.
This new look reflects the more polished image of Professional. All the
familiar parts of Genesis are there but they have been joined by a new
application called !GenStyles. This is used to store master pages which
can be defined by the user and then stored for later use within
applications − similar to Magpie skeleton pages, the only difference
being that alterations are not retrospective.
7.10
The manual has been extensively rewritten and is now in A5 ring binder
format and includes far more illustrations with detailed descriptions of
how to create many of the new effects as well as much clearer
instructions on the program. All the script language is listed in the
Script reference chapter.
7.10
In use
7.10
Loading Genesis produces a title screen similar to Impression. Clicking
on the iconbar icon allows you to edit an existing application or to
create a new application. Pressing <menu> produces the normal quit and
info alternatives, along with a submenu of the default options. Using
this, you can change the default font, set up the grid, set the level of
detail on ArtWorks files, set the ‘home’ page and all sorts of filing
options. These will become the default when you start creating your new
application. All your outline fonts will be available because the
restriction of sixteen fonts has been lifted.
7.10
Clicking <menu> over your new title page will produce the page menu
shown below. This type of menu is common not only to pages but also to
graphics and text frames that you place on a page. The style option
leads to a submenu which enables you to name the page, apply a style to
that page, and specify the page size, colour and window controls.
7.10
Other options on the page menu allow you to alter the backdrop and index
words on the page. The normal save page, copy, print and delete are all
here, as well as the option to lock the backdrop and prevent the user
from pulling out extra frames.
7.10
Frames have a very similar menu but depending on their content. All
types of graphics can be used, sprites, drawfiles, ArtWorks, BMP, Euclid
and even Replay and Ace films. The clever new thing is the OLE (Object
linking and Embedding). This is a system which enables you to edit any
of the frames and then resave them in an application. For instance, if
you discover a spelling mistake in one of your frames, hold down <Ctrl>
and click in the text frame. Genesis will then load your text into Edit,
and you can then correct your spelling mistake and, using the save
option, you can then save the text straight back into the Genesis page.
This can be used for all types of frames, not just text, but you do
require a copy of the relevant editor. If you haven’t got ArtWorks, for
example, you won’t be able to modify ArtWorks files.
7.10
Style menus
7.10
Having covered the page style menu above, let’s look at creating a frame
of text. You pull out a frame using <select> as normal − the default
text size will be used if you enter some text. By using <menu> over the
text frame, you can bring up the text menu. Choosing the style option
presents you with the dialogue box shown below which gives you total
control over the text in a frame. Not only can you change the font style
and size but you can also justify it and even set it up in a scrollable
window within the page. The colour of your text is no longer restricted
to the sixteen standard colours, and if you are in a 256 colour mode,
you can use a colour picker to choose exactly the colour you want. The
background can again be any colour that you require or even transparent.
You can save up to sixteen colours in your own palette for later use or
just pick a colour direct from the screen.
7.10
Having got your text exactly as you want it, you can go on to alter the
border. You have four options: a conventional black border, no border at
all, a ‘sunken’ border where the frame has a lowered 3D effect or a
raised 3D border.
7.10
Graphic frames also have a style menu which allows you to alter a sprite
into a BMP or vice versa. ArtWorks can have the amount of detail
changed. By default, the graphic is snapped to size but you can, of
course, resize the graphic.
7.10
Linking frames
7.10
Any multimedia program is only as good as its ability to link actions
and pages together. The new Frame Linking dialogue box shown below, is a
model of clarity. At the top are the events which trigger the actions.
You have twelve alternative events and one of these can be linked to an
action in the lower box. So, to turn to another page, choose the
‘Select’ event and the ‘Open Page <n> and close’ action, insert the page
that you wish to open in the writable icon and click on OK. The
combinations are endless. The ‘Do’ action enables you to enter a line of
script language to, say, play a sound sample or run a film. You can even
edit the script using OLE from here or remove the link all together.
7.10
Risc PC and Professional
7.10
Having had a Risc PC for a week, I tried Professional on this platform
and, apart from a minor problem with the colour picker, the program
worked fine. In fact, to test it out, I created the example on this
month’s disc using the Risc PC. If you have Genesis II and wish to run
the example, please use the browser supplied on the monthly disc and not
your version, as many of the new features will only operate with the new
browser.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
I could wax long and lyrical over the improvements and potential of
Genesis Professional and even after having had the program for a month,
I’m still discovering new features. Genesis II was a fine package but
Professional is, in a word... professional! If you have any version of
Genesis then upgrade to Professional immediately − it’s worth every
penny. If you have been put off by the unreliability of Genesis before,
or the difficulty of learning the script language, try Professional −
you won’t be disappointed.
7.10
The Swap Shop
7.10
After my offer last month, I have had over forty letters requesting
sample applications to which I have now replied. I have decided to
extend the offer for another month, so if you have never thought about
multimedia or have wondered what it’s all about, just send me a few
discs and the return postage and I can provide you with a catalogue and
a few sample applications to try out. With over forty applications in
the Swap Shop catalogue, this is a resource that is available to all
Archive readers free of charge.
7.10
My thanks this month must go to John Wilson of Strathclyde who sent me a
copy of a Magpie binder called ‘Dictionary’ which is a dictionary of
computer terms used in his school. No-one has sent me a Key Author
example, but I have converted a couple of Swap Shop applications into
this format.
7.10
The End Bit
7.10
If you have any questions about Genesis, Magpie or Key Author, or if you
would like a copy of the Swap Shop catalogue, write to Paul Hooper,
11 Rochford Road, Martham, Great Yarmouth, NR29 4RL. (0493-748474) A
7.10
The Advance Column
7.10
Robert Chrismas
7.10
Advance update?
7.10
Will there be an upgrade to Advance? If there is, will it offer more
features, or just bug fixes? Last month, I was suggesting that an
upgrade was unlikely since Computer Concepts say they are not supporting
their part of Advance. Then I received a letter from Jane Handcock of
Cambridge which included the news that Acorn had told her that ‘an
update of Advance has already been tested’ and so they (Acorn) would not
be able to fix the problem she had reported until ‘the next release’.
7.10
What changes would you like to see in Advance? Should it have more
features? How could it be made easier to use? Please send me your
suggestions.
7.10
Incidentally, Jane’s problem with Advance and the Calligraph laser
printer (Archive 7.7 p27) still remains a mystery. Calligraph might be
expected to blame Advance − just as, when things go wrong, programmers
can be relied on to blame hardware faults and computer manufacturers to
blame software. However Calligraph, who seem to have been very helpful,
are investigating the possibility that the problem might be caused by
insufficient memory. So Advance may yet be exonerated.
7.10
Numbered paragraphs
7.10
If you want to start a paragraph with a number or a bullet, it will look
neater if the number appears to the left of the text.
7.10
You might try to do this by moving the ‘first indent’ margin to the left
of the left margin. As the illustration shows, the start of the text on
the first line does not quite line up with the left margin of the
following lines.
7.10
To cure this, put a tab stop at exactly the same position as the left
margin. Type the paragraph number then <tab> to align the following text
with the left margin.
7.10
Remember the ‘Numeric’ button on the ruler will allow you to position
margins and tabs precisely.
7.10
Data transfer
7.10
“Sorry, you can’t load that file into this program.” How many times have
you seen some variation on this infuriating message. Gabriel Swords
missed it from his list of depressing error messages in the Comment
Column (Archive 7.7 p51). I cannot imagine why. No amount of crying,
“But it’s a picture, and you’re an art package. What are you thinking
of?” will have any effect.
7.10
I spent a fair time last week experimenting with file transfer between
Corel Draw and ArtWorks and now I know the first principle of data
portability: ‘You cannot have too much data portability.’
7.10
Archimedes users may find they need to transfer files between different
Archimedes applications, or even to and from applications on IBMs and
Macs. If you need to move files to or from other machines, most of the
work will probably have to be done on the Archimedes. There are more IBM
files in the world than Archimedes files, so we gain more from being
able to use both.
7.10
In the same way, it is more useful to an Italian to learn English than
it is to an English person to learn Italian. Italian may be a better
language, but more people speak English.
7.10
Advance is pretty good at handling standard Archimedes file formats.
There is a diagram illustrating this on page 301 of the manual. I have
presented the information as a table below. The manual omits AdvanceWP’s
ability to output CSV and TSV files, presumably because you have to set
the filetype after the file has been saved.
7.10
When it comes to transferring files between different makes of
computers, we can all be grateful that ASCII code is a well established
standard, so text, CSV and TSV files should present no problems.
7.10
I have tried importing Lotus 123 files (filetype WK1) into AdvanceSH and
this seems to work but there are a few things to watch. WK1 files will
only load into a new blank sheet − if you have edited the sheet at all,
the WK1 file will just be ignored.
7.10
Files straight from Lotus 123 have loaded without problems although I
have not checked what happens to features which cannot be reproduced in
Advance (like unusual formulae). I have also transferred some Fireworks
files in WK1 format, but here I have had a few problems. So far as I can
tell, they only occur if the sheet is bigger than the AdvanceSH default
size. Larger files cause my computer to crash.
7.10
Next I plan to try altering the size of the default AdvanceSH document.
If you want to try this, look in the !Advance.defaults directory. Before
altering the SH document, make sure you make a backup of the original.
The SH document can be loaded into !Edit and I suspect the size can be
changed by editing the second line. Alternatively, it may be possible to
create a new sheet, enlarge it then save it over the default.
7.10
A wide range of DTP and word processing documents can be transferred
into AdvanceWP, but only if you have access to Impression or Style.
Advance can use the Extension ‘modules’ which come with these packages.
Included with Style are modules to load Rich Text Format, WordStar and
Word Perfect 4.2. There are also modules to load different types of
ASCII files as well as many native Archimedes formats. These modules are
easy to use − you just double click on them after Advance has been
loaded.
7.10
Stand alone translation programs
7.10
Thanks to the convenience of the RISC OS desktop, there is no reason why
we should not see a wide range of programs which translate files from
one format to another. How hard would it be to write a program which
converted, say, Microsoft Works files into Archimedes Advance formats?
If it could also translate in the opposite direction, that would be all
the better.
7.10
I would not mind if it was not able to translate absolutely every detail
of the original file. It would not matter much if a spreadsheet lost its
original fonts, for example. A log file listing the details which could
not be translated would be quite adequate.
7.10
Send comments, ideas, suggestions and problems to Robert Chrismas, 8
Virginia Park Road, Gosport, Hants PO12 3DZ. A
7.10
CC
7.10
From 7.9 page 35
7.10
CC
7.10
From 7.9 page 10
7.10
PipeLineZ
7.10
Gerald Fitton
7.10
Thanks to all of you who came and had a chat with Jill and me on the
Colton Software stand at Harrogate. It is always an interesting
experience to meet the faces behind the voices and the letters.
7.10
Elementary PipeDream
7.10
There has been much interest shown in Ernie Cobbold’s book-on-a-disc,
‘Elementary PipeDream’. The Archive office has a review copy so, if you
feel able to review it, please contact them. You will need PipeDream 4
and be interested either in learning PipeDream ‘from the beginning’
yourself or be interested in resource material for a course in PipeDream
that you are going to teach.
7.10
Stamps
7.10
I have had a wealth of mail thanking Ivor Cook for his Basic program
which works out UK stamp values. That program appeared on an earlier
Archive disc as the file [Postage]. Since then I have received a draft
PipeDream custom function version from Ivor. He is still working on it
and I’ll include it on the monthly Archive disc when it’s ready.
7.10
Matrix inversion
7.10
I have received almost as much mail about matrix inversion as I have
about stamp selection algorithms. Perhaps the nearest format to a
PipeDream solution which I have received is from Bob Ardler. The way in
which you use the method he has sent me is to run a Basic program. The
somewhat novel feature is that the Basic program accepts as input a
matrix held as a PipeDream spreadsheet and returns its inverse also in
PipeDream format!
7.10
Bob does not claim originality for the method but acknowledges the work
of two of his 12 year old students who originally wrote the essentials
of the program in Basic for a BBC model A in the ‘good old days’ when
WIMPs hadn’t killed off the thrill of writing simple (and not so simple)
programs. I agree with the sentiment expressed by Bob: “The sad thing is
that when the Master gave way to the Archimedes, the flow of programming
prodigies pretty well stopped... What became of those ZX81, Pet and Beeb
reared coders?... Current wisdom is that you teach word processing and
spreadsheets, not programming. But for ten glorious years, programming
meant freedom for little mathematicians straining at the leash . . .”
7.10
However, I would add that I’ve discovered a new breed of ‘programmer’
who, instead of writing in Basic, writes custom functions for
spreadsheets and is thrilled by the way in which their ‘creation’ takes
on a life of its own. Perhaps that’s why I’m so thrilled to have
received Ivor Cook’s custom function version of his Stamps algorithm. Of
course, Basic is much more versatile in that you can ‘get at’ the
operating system and, when doing sums, Basic is much faster than even
the best of custom functions. By the way, don’t have any doubts about
it, nearly all the constructs of Basic (including constructs such as
CASE and INPUT) can be written into a PipeDream custom function.
7.10
Lost Wordz
7.10
Following up my comment under this heading in my last article, I have
had a few replies saying that the ‘fix’ I described works most of the
time. One disc file which I received which wasn’t fixed was sent me by
Stephen Williams. His Fireworkz document included quite a few embedded
DrawFiles. He selected the whole document and then executed the Edit
− Make − Make constant command. All looked OK. He saved the amended file
(overwriting the earlier version as he did so). When he came to load it
− disaster − it wouldn’t load (“fatal error”)!
7.10
Stephen is not the only one of my correspondents who has saved a complex
Fireworkz file which looked OK at the time of saving only to find that
it wouldn’t reload.
7.10
In Stephen’s case, I was able to salvage nearly all of his work (it was
a big document) by deleting all the embedded graphics using !Edit. I
guess that he has the non-embedded versions of his drawfiles somewhere
and will be able to reload them.
7.10
This brings me round to my request to you. If you send me Fireworkz
Version 1.07 documents for publication, please don’t embed the graphics
but leave them referenced. Not embedding graphics is my ‘work around’
for fatal errors caused by embedded graphics!
7.10
Finally, on this topic of lost words − do not attempt to delete the base
style nor the base HeadFoot style − more often than not that results in
a fatal crash!
7.10
Z88 to Archimedes Link
7.10
At the Acorn Spring show at Harrogate, I was told about a new, improved
method of transferring files between the Z88 and the Archimedes. When I
get more information myself I’ll let you know.
7.10
ClassCardz
7.10
This product is not software on a disc but printed paper. Two sets of
ClassCardz are available, one for Wordz and one for Resultz. A set of
ClassCardz consists of worksheets which allow you to work through a
sequence of tutorials and so learn how to use the package. If you buy a
site licence, you get ClassCardz free, otherwise, you can buy them
direct from Colton Software.
7.10
Harrogate
7.10
There have been many changes at Colton Software since Robert Macmillan
left. They have taken on new specialist staff and we met one of them,
Jeremy Turner, for the first time. Better still, on Saturday afternoon
we were treated to his excellent demonstration in the ‘Acorn Lecture
Theatre’ of the Fireworkz package. The application he used for his
demonstration was an analysis of the use of electricity in the home
which showed off Fireworkz to great effect. I have modified his file
slightly and I’ll be including it on a future disc when I’ve checked
back with him.
7.10
After his talk he was approached by many would-be purchasers − I can
recommend the Acorn Lecture Theatre to software suppliers!
7.10
In the past, users of PipeDream or Fireworkz have visited the stand with
the intention of having a chat about their uses of a product they used
regularly. This time fewer owners of PipeDream or Fireworkz than usual
came to talk to members of Colton Software (see below); in contrast more
readers of PipeLineZ than usual came along with messages of
encouragement and thanks.
7.10
At Harrogate, I found that many more of the visitors to the stand than
usual were not PipeDream or Fireworkz users but they had a very specific
application in mind and they wanted to know whether the packages on
offer would do the job. More than that, they wanted to see a
demonstration of the package running with their own application. I spent
much of my time on the stand building up a large variety of skeleton
applications using either PipeDream and Fireworkz. At the end of this
demonstration, and only then, would the enquirer decide to buy the
product. I find it interesting that potential customers are now quite
determined to have their own application demonstrated (some in
reasonable detail) before they will purchase the package! They don’t buy
on reputation or on reviews any more!
7.10
I talked to about half a dozen owners of small companies who I have come
to know but whom I shall not name. It would seem that recently cash flow
has been a problem − for those of you who know the difference I don’t
mean profitability! A theme they all expressed in common was that they
all believed that Acorn’s new Risc PC machine had arrived just in time
to save them having to reduce the size and flexibility of their
businesses. (I admit to being one of those companies! Ed.)
7.10
Colton Software
7.10
Although there was a Risc PC on the Colton Software stand, it was not
fitted with a 486 board (they don’t exist yet) but a PC running Windows
was used to demonstrate the PC Windows version of Fireworkz. It does
look good to me and was commented on favourably by the many PC users who
visited the stand. If you have the RISC OS version of Fireworkz, you
will be able to buy the Windows version at a substantial discount − my
guess is about £75. Get your name on the Colton Software mailing list
for release dates.
7.10
The current version of Fireworkz is 1.07 and, from my investigations, it
would seem most likely that the next version will be released at the
same time as Recordz, the Fireworkz database. The best estimate I can
make is September 1994. I know many of you would like it to be sooner. I
believe an earlier release data is unrealistic but I am still hoping
that Colton Software will prove me wrong!
7.10
Colton Software, like many other vendors, reduced their prices specially
for the Show. These low prices are not ‘general’ prices.
7.10
However, let me say this to those of you who are contemplating upgrading
your software to Fireworkz; get a quote from Colton Software as well as
your favourite supplier. Colton Software will take a whole range of
packages (even the obsolete Acorn DTP) in part exchange − it is possible
that your favourite supplier (NCS?) doesn’t offer that service (yet!).
7.10
In the PC world, it is a common practice to charge for upgrades from one
version of a package to another. I believe we shall see that practice
becoming more common in the Acorn world. I have no inside information,
so don’t read more into what I say next than that it is my guess. I have
said before in my PipeLineZ column that software suppliers (in the Acorn
world) take their cash only when they sell you the package. Every time
they upgrade the product and give you a free upgrade, it costs them
money. Generally, they hope that there will be enough new sales to
offset the cost of upgrading current users!
7.10
Let’s think about PipeDream 4. The current version is 4.13. It is
‘stable’; there are a few bugs but they are obscure and well understood.
If (when?) a new version is announced and if free upgrades were to be
given to all current users, the cost of putting the upgrade on the
thousands of returned discs could easily be much greater than the
revenue generated from new sales of PipeDream 4 (at its new low price)!
What to do about it? Would PipeDream 4.13 users pay a few pounds for an
upgrade from 4.13 to 4.20? How much ‘better’ would it have to be before
you’d pay for it? Answers to Mark Colton please!
7.10
Now let’s think about Fireworkz, currently at version 1.07. When Wordz,
Resultz and Fireworkz were launched, a large number of PipeDream 4 users
converted to Fireworkz. Because of this, the number of Fireworkz users
is much larger than the number of PipeDream users was when the latter
was at the same stage in its development cycle. The price of Fireworkz
now is lower than PipeDream was. These factors combine to make the cost
of providing a free upgrade to the large number of Fireworkz users, a
much larger proportion of the potential revenue from new sales than was
the case with PipeDream.
7.10
Perhaps the only solution for our software suppliers is to charge for
upgrades. Hence my next question. If you decide not to buy Recordz
(because you don’t need it) but want to upgrade the Wordz-Resultz
combination you now have, would you be willing to pay for the upgrade or
would you expect it to be free? Once again, answers to Mark Colton
please − but, in this case, I’d like to know what you think too!
7.10
Finally (on this topic at least), I decided to ‘upgrade’ my
Impression II to Impression Publisher. I telephoned Computer Concepts to
find out how to do it. I didn’t have to send back my master disc. All I
had to do was to quote the serial number of my Impression II (found in
the manual), give them my credit card number and that was that! I still
have Impression II complete and intact. It doesn’t seem right to me. One
thing for sure, if I sold it to one of you and you tried to use it to
upgrade to Publisher then you would be disappointed!
7.10
Colton Software insist on you sending them the master disc before they
will use it as a ‘trade in’ towards Fireworkz.
7.10
Risc PC
7.10
It’s probably not a PipeLineZ topic but what do I think of the new
machine? The thing which struck Jill immediately was the beautiful way
in which coloured pictures are displayed. Much better than pictures on
the TV. I can’t remember where I heard it but one of the second
processors which may become available is an MPEG board. MPEG is a
compression algorithm for full motion video. The next two Astra
satellites will be beaming down MPEG-2 digital TV pictures at about
15 Mbits/sec. This data stream can be decompressed to about 300 Mbits/
sec and displayed on a monitor. Phillips, who sell a monitor for use
with the Risc PC, also sell high quality analogue TVs. When we look at a
Risc PC, maybe we’re looking at a prototype digital TV! If Acorn can get
into the digital TV market, we might find Risc PC machines substantially
undercutting 486s!
7.10
My only other comment is that I’m going to wait until my birthday
(28th July) before I give serious consideration to buying whatever is
then the ‘top of the range’ Risc PC.
7.10
Finally
7.10
Thanks for even more “Keep up the good work!” letters from you; I’m
truly flattered.
7.10
Once again it seems that it is time to remind you that it is quicker to
write to me at the Abacus Training address given on the inside back
cover of Archive than via the Archive office. If you have something
substantial, please let me have it on an 800 Kb format disc (I can’t
read HD format discs) − particularly if you have a problem rather than a
contribution. This will save me a lot of typing and will ensure that my
solution to your problem is relevant to you. A
7.10
Comment Column
7.10
• Aggrieved editor strikes back − In Archive 7.9 p41, I answered Alan
Latten’s comments by saying that Archive was indeed the last-surviving
Acorn magazine to be produced using Acorn technology. An aggrieved Acorn
magazine editor has taken me to task and so I am hereby repenting in
dust and ashes.
7.10
Seriously though, this gives me the opportunity to tell you about GAG-
NEWS (which may sound like a contradiction in terms) − the German
Archimedes Group news magazine. This is a 52-page A4 magazine produced
for the German Archimedes (and Risc PC?) market. If you want details,
please contact Olaf Krumnow, August-Bebel-Straße 102c, D21029 Hamburg.
Ed.
7.10
• Macs/Risc PCs − Alan Latten (Archive 7.9 p41) seems to be dismayed at
the way some of the other Acorn magazines have moved to/reverted to the
Mac platform and Quark Xpress. Having used Quark extensively myself, I
feel sorry for the poor editors. Quark is very slow and not as easy or
friendly to use as Impression (still waiting for Publisher!) and, whilst
there are many features in Quark 3.2 that are easier to implement than
Impression 2, Publisher appears to solve most of these. Apart from the
use of Pantone colours, I cannot think of anything that can be done in
Quark that cannot be done in Publisher (and often Style as well), and
there are several areas in which Publisher is far more sophisticated
than Quark, especially in handling wordprocessing and longer documents −
what an amazing utility WordWorks is! The display is far more WYSIWYG
than Quark, with the hardware being fast enough to handle almost
anything without having to revert to ‘greeking’ of text (and hardly ever
for pictures, at least I never use this facility in Impression).
Generally, I find that it takes half the time to complete a task in
Impression than it does in Quark. (ArtWorks is very much more usable
than Illustrator, helped somewhat by its speed and the fact that it
doesn’t seem to have the same problems with memory that Illustrator
has.)
7.10
I don’t see why anyone who has used Quark or Illustrator cannot, within
a couple of hours, learn how to use all the features they normally use
on these packages in Publisher and ArtWorks. Another thing is that RISC
OS 3. With !NewLook, or version 3.5, RISC OS looks a lot nicer than
System 7.1. While this might not seem important, I believe that it is.
When you are looking at a screen all day, the easier it is on the eye
and the touch, the less tired and worn out you feel at the end of the
day. Added to that is the fact that RISC OS is easier to use in general,
especially on filer operations, and considerably faster. I say let these
editors suffer, because we know that when they get home they’ll switch
on their Archimedes/Risc PCs and wish that they could use them at work.
Charles Matthews, Leeds.
7.10
• Monitor resolutions − Some monitor suppliers make literally
unbelievable claims for the pixel resolutions of their products.
Monitors are advertised as XGA (1280×1024 pixels) when they simply do
not have enough dots to come near that resolution. I suspect that such
advertisements indicate that the circuitry of the monitor will process
the data stream for XGA without the picture breaking up, but the
resulting display may be little or no better than SVGA+ (1024×768
pixels) on the same monitor.
7.10
Whether such advertisements can be described as misleading is
questionable. It is difficult to establish the relationship between the
triangular array of triple dots produced by a (non-Trinitron) monitor
and the rectangular pixels defined by the screen mode. The resolution
limit is, I think, not as simple as ‘divide the screen width by the dot
pitch’, unless you are drawing vertical red lines one pixel wide, for
example. However, if you try to stretch the resolution much beyond this
simple formula, there must quickly come a point where no improvement is
achieved. The skeleton feature of outline fonts may even fail for very
small text.
7.10
I therefore offer a rule-of-thumb to determine the maximum effective
resolution for a given monitor. First calculate the Archive Resolution
Factor (see Archive 7·9 p16), which is the nominal screen size in inches
divided by the dot pitch in mm! The Singleton Formula then states that
the maximum horizontal pixel resolution is twenty times this figure.
7.10
The results are shown on the quick-reference chart, above. The lines are
deliberately fuzzy because the relationship is not precise. The chart
suggests that I am just OK using mode 102 (1152 horizontal pixels) on my
16“ Eizo 9070 monitor, which has 0·28 dot pitch. The manufacturer’s
claim that it will display 1280×800 pixels, however, is questionable.
The A540 cannot generate that resolution, so I cannot try it. Colin
Singleton, Sheffield.
7.10
• Risc PCs and RISC OS 4 − Well I’ve seen and used the new Acorn “ARM
RISC processor based, RISC OS Risc PCs” (I get the feeling that Acorn
are trying to ram a few things home, to Apple perhaps...). They are
everything everyone predicted and more. The hardware has major changes
in both architecture and components, and yet Acorn don’t seem to have
had the major compatibility problems Apple have every time they change
hardware to any extent. The Dual-Processor Open Bus is a great piece of
innovation, and apparently more than one extra processor can be
supported. (In future machines this could be useful for, say, Pentium,
MPEG and DSP support simultaneously!)
7.10
I note with interest Charles Moir’s comment that the VRAM shouldn’t have
been limited to just(?!) 2Mb. Perhaps third parties could get around
this but, if not, there’s always the 16Mb DMA capability using the DEBI
bus. We could see larger and larger screen modes because the VIDC20 can
be programmed to clock faster. As the production rate increases, the
chips may be rated higher. They are currently rated at 110-135MHz but
Acorn say that they’ve got some to run at 165MHz+. I also believe that
16-bit stereo sound should have been standard, but if the sound card is
£99+VAT like the PC card, I won’t be complaining. (I heard nearer the
£50 mark. Ed.)
7.10
Moving on to RISC OS 3.5, OK, so not much has changed, except a few
cosmetics, but it’s still easier to use and more intuitive than either
Windows or System 7. Those things that have changed are mainly to
support new hardware, and everything else solves all the problems which
various PD and homegrown patches do on my machine! (Acorn are out to
spoil the fun I get from righting their wrongs.) The boot sequence which
is split into pre- and post-desktop areas, is very much like my own,
except that, with the new machine, I wouldn’t need to bother because the
pre-desktop section of my boot is almost exclusively devoted to some of
my more stubborn patches (now defunct). The ability to include your own
applications in Apps covers the other major part of my patchwork.
7.10
So what is left to fiddle? There’s the 512Mb hard disc partition limit,
but Acorn are ‘working on it’ and are doing something about the 77
directory entry limit too, apparently. The filer can now display more
than 10½ letters in a filename, so how about filenames to suit? And
maybe even Replay icons! (or perhaps not...) However, it would be a
bonus to have 32-36 character filenames with the ability to use normal
spaces, to configure both the font size and the number of pixels
(logical) that the filer used for each desktop display entry and have
filename text able to be displayed on more than one line. As display
sizes get bigger, filer font size could go down to 8pts.
7.10
Another nice feature would be if the Task Window could also run
independently of a text editor and emulate a non-desktop screen mode.
This could be fully editable with an icon appearing on the iconbar, of
your own choosing, and the wimp poll allotted to it could be configured
so as to allow slower chips to be emulated. This would be useful for
some old games and such-like which run too fast on newer chips already.
It should also allow full-screen operation in a similar manner to the PC
Emulator/cards.
7.10
With all these new graphics capabilities, something really does need to
be done about Paint. Firstly, it needs the ability to use transparencies
and secondly Paint should be merged with ChangeFSI. Or perhaps, rather
than this last step, a nice modular graphics filing system should be
introduced, integrated into the normal filer, with the ability for
conversions for loading into applications simply by dragging like a
normal sprite. TIFFs, PhotoCD, Clear and JPEGs should also have the
options of not being converted into sprites, as these are becoming
standard RISC OS files anyway. This would leave “!PaintFSI” free for
simple graphics processing, like gamma correction. This, combined with
OLE support, would allow all applications which use sprites (Draw,
Genesis, etc) to accept any bit-map graphics format and process them in
the background. There could be standard conversions to VGA or SVGA pixel
sizes and an optional Shift-load that would bring up a dialogue box with
extended conversion options.
7.10
On a similar note, it would be nice to see standard Replay soft MPEG
support in RISC OS 4, with hardware support provided when/if you buy
MPEG chips. This would give rudimentary support for VideoCDs (another up
and coming standard).
7.10
The pinboard needs radical updating with the ability to save to the
pinboard, which could store the files in a scrap directory, along with
pointers as to where on the screen they were saved. The filer could also
have a wastebin-style retain-after-deleting option with a maximum size
configurable scrap directory which held the newer files deleted. This
could be accessible from the iconbar, with its own icon which could also
be used for deleting.
7.10
On the hardware front, it would be nice to see somebody somewhere
providing 3DO cards, be they DEBI or DPOB. This could be very
interesting as the 3DO standard uses an ARM610 as its central processor.
Maybe the card could be configured in order to allow the second ARM chip
to co-process RISC OS when idle, or maybe a second ARM chip wouldn’t
even be necessary! The colour support already exists, so maybe all that
would have to be added would be a couple of the 3DO ASICs for
specialised rendering and a double-speed CD-ROM drive. I can but
dream... Charles Matthews, Leeds.
7.10
• Risc PC could be better! − The Risc PC is a good machine, and capable
of standing on its own merits, but I feel that some of the comparisons
with other machines have been a little biased.
7.10
For example, Acorn have compared the Risc PC to the Power Macintosh.
While the Risc PC has a lot of nice features, it should be pointed out
that none of the Risc PC range (although I cannot speak for future ARM 8
processors) is anywhere near as fast as a Power Mac. It’s not dissimilar
to comparing an A310 to an A540 − the Power Mac is indisputably more
expensive, but it is also significantly more powerful. Similarly, the
Risc PC is slower than a Pentium based PC, at least while it only has an
ARM610 in it. On the other hand, I’d choose RISC OS over System 7 or
Windows any day, but that’s only a personal preference.
7.10
ARM are in the business of making low-cost, efficient, low power
consumption processors, and are market leaders in these terms. Hence, a
comparison of the ARM600 with the comparable chips is, quite rightly,
going to show it in a good light in these areas. But it should be
pointed out that ARM are not building processors for pure speed and, as
such, the ARM series are going to be slower than their competitors.
While the low power consumption is good for portables (for example, the
Newton), it is not such a major issue for a desktop computer. So, to be
fair, the ARM6 looks slightly deficient as the basis of a desktop
machine − although, because RISC OS was written for ARM processors, it
was the only choice Acorn had in the matter. On computing power alone,
Acorn have only just caught up with (the lower performance part of) the
competition, and I feel it is slightly unfair to claim processor to
processor equivalence while the ARM6 is significantly slower.
7.10
Related to this point is that the bus (i.e. the connections between a
processor and the memory) in the Risc PC is only 32-bit (i.e. there are
32 parallel connections). Perhaps I am asking too much here as Acorn
are likely to have restricted the bus for price reasons, but there are
an increasing number of 64-bit processors out there − the Pentium, Dec’s
Alpha, the MIPS 4400 − all of which are fast. If Acorn are encouraging
people to plug in second processors from third party manufacturers, (or
if ARM eventually release a 64-bit processor) then the performance of
these chips is going to be restricted by the bus − a 64-bit bus can
transmit twice as much information as a 32-bit one (all other things
being equal). Hopefully, the performance loss will not be too bad, given
a decent cache, but to see the importance of the bus width, look at the
performance difference between an Intel 80386DX chip (which is 32-bit)
and an 80386SX (which is almost identical but with a 16-bit bus). The
person from Acorn that I spoke to at Harrogate said that there were no
plans to make the bus any larger, but perhaps Acorn will reconsider for
their next computer.
7.10
The Risc PC currently (although there are rumours to the contrary) seems
to have a 2Mb limit on video RAM. Hence, it can display 800×600 screens
in 16 million colours, which is quite impressive. On the other hand, the
VIDC20 itself is capable of displaying that many colours in 800×800, and
(if the frame rate is dropped to 56Hz) 1024×768. There is a technicality
about the latter − workstation guidelines are coming in which say that,
in order to reduce flicker, computer displays should update at a minimum
of 60Hz (compared to 50Hz for British television and for the older
Archimedes modes 0-21 and 24). There is a small but significant
difference in quality between a 16 million colour screen mode and a
32,000 colour screen mode, and since VIDC-20 is capable of displaying
these larger screens, I would have preferred Acorn not to limit their
use. Anybody who has used a 1024×768 display will tell you that an
800×600 display feels small.
7.10
I am also a little disappointed that Acorn did not take the opportunity
with RISC OS 3.5 to produce a pre-emptive multitasking system, similar
to that on Unix, which would have a few advantages over the current co-
operative multitasking which RISC OS has had so far. RISC OS 3.5 also
depends rather heavily, it seems, on some compatibility features between
the newer chips and the earlier ARMs (2 and 3). This means that ARM are
restricted to producing chips which are backward compatible with the old
ones, rather than concentrating on the newer design features of the ARM6
and above − this consideration is one reason for the inefficiency of the
Intel processors, since even a Pentium must be compatible with an 8086,
designed in the late ’70s. I acknowledge that this will involve a lot of
work, though. Perhaps they will consider these issues in RISC OS 4.
7.10
I hope Acorn will take these matters into account with their next
machine, and that their next machine is not too long in coming. For now,
the Risc PC is a well-designed computer and the Acorn crew are worthy of
a great deal of praise for it; but it is not perfect, and I do not think
that it will have quite the commercial draw which Acorn seem to expect
of it. Andrew Garrard, Downing College, Cambridge.
7.10
I sent Andrew’s letter to Keith Parker, knowing that he was familiar
with Macs and Acorns, both at work and at home...
7.10
• Risc PC, the reply − I was interested to read Andrew’s letter but, as
someone who has used Apple Macintosh machines (up to and including
Quadra 950s and the PowerMac) I would like to address some of his
comments.
7.10
The Risc PC review was written by and for Acorn users so a little bias
is to be expected. Reviews written by Mac fans about Risc PC are just as
biased the other way! (See comments on the PCW review of Risc PC on page
34. Ed.)
7.10
Speed is a very subjective matter. The current Risc PC uses an ARM610
running at 30MHz, the next 610 chip will probably run at 40MHz and,
early next year, the ARM700 will run at 30MHz+, etc. However, clock
speed is not the best way to measure the speed of a computer despite the
fact that it is definitely measurable. My guess is that the faster
ARM700 will run at the same speed as PowerMacs and the ARM800 much
faster.
7.10
Productivity is probably the best measure of the speed of a computer
although this is less quantifiable. The way that you have to move to the
menu bar every time you want to bring up a menu on a Mac (old or Power)
is not as intuitive as RISC OS which relies on the middle mouse button.
No matter where you are on the screen, click <menu> and Hey presto! up
comes the menu related to the process under the mouse pointer!
7.10
I am particularly aware of this, having been struggling with PhotoShop
2.5.1 on a big Quadra. The process is so slow I have to fight off sleep
− and remember that, on a Quadra, PhotoShop runs in native mode whereas,
on a PowerMac, it runs under emulation − and I enjoyed some good naps.
(Flippant? Yes, maybe, but PhotoShop is extremely slow.) I was delighted
to be able to save the scanned image (36Mb of it!) as a TIFF file,
transfer it to a Risc PC using a SyQuest and complete the editing in DA
Picture. (I could equally well have used PhotoDesk.) The difference in
speed is quite staggering. The icing on the cake is that PhotoShop costs
£700 on the Mac, and is estimated to cost about £1,000 for the PowerMac
version whereas DA Picture costs £99. Programs such as DA Picture and
PhotoDesk (£170) should really ‘speed up’ Risc PC sales.
7.10
What I have found interesting is the reaction of companies who sell Mac
(or PC) hardware when they see the Acorn (any 32 bit model). I have been
working with Tony Tolver of T-J Reproductions and he has had a drum
scanner installed. He uses a lonely Mac Quadra 900 to drive the scanner
and an imagesetter and, yes, it is fair to say that the Mac acts as a
slave for his Risc PC, A540 and A4. He demonstrates the power,
simplicity and the speed of true multitasking on his Acorns and the Mac/
PC people’s reaction is always (well, 99%) “Very impressive, but why
isn’t it marketed properly?” But that’s another question!
7.10
Finally, for Andrew to compare Acorn’s Risc PC with DECs, Alphas and
MIPS 4400 is rather unfair. It’s like comparing an Austin Sprite with an
Aston Martin − they both have four wheels, look good and are
convertibles but when they were sold they cost £2,000 and £50,000
respectively − let’s have a little realism! However, it is fair, to
compare the Risc PC with a Pentium native machine and all I have said
above applies equally well to that as it does to the Macs!
7.10
Overall, give me Risc PC over the Macs and IBM compatibles any day! Now,
if somebody wants to write the driver software for a RIP and a drum
scanner... ? Am I dreaming? Watch this space!
7.10
Certainly, in my area of interest, virtually everything that IBM
compatibles and Macs can do can be done just as well on the Acorn
platform. Also, if we are concerned about the UK’s needs, if everybody
bought Acorns, the deficit on the balance of payments would fall. Acorn
would then take over Olivetti and they would start producing Alpha and
MIPS beaters, 256Mb of VRAM, 64 bit busses and everything else we could
ever want. Am I dreaming? Well, maybe, but the Risc PC can do a very
good job now and it does it without the one thing that is standard in
every other platform − built-in-obsolescence! Keith Parker, Southall.
7.10
• Wot? No tapestreamers? − I am often asked, “Why doesn’t Archive stock
tapestreamers?” The less polite enquirers imply that it is because we
make too much money selling removable drives. It is true that we have
championed SyQuest removable drives over the years but only because I
think they are good and have, for a long time, used them for both data
backup and data transport.
7.10
Why not tapestreamers? Well, we used to sell them e.g. I have just
looked at an October 1990 Archive Price List which has Oak Solutions’
60Mb tapestreamers at £1100 and 1Gb tapestreamers at £2995!!! These
days, the cheapest tapestreamer I can find to run on Acorn machines are
from Morley Electronics: £699 +VAT (=£821) for 250Mb and £1099 +VAT
(=£1291) for 2Gb. When you compare these with 270Mb removable hard
drives at £550 inc VAT which are so much faster and so much more
convenient, perhaps I can be forgiven for not stocking tapestreamers?
7.10
If anyone knows of Acorn-capable tapestreamers at prices more like those
you find in the PC world, please let me know and I’ll pass the word on
through Archive!
7.10
The other device I keep getting suggested to me as an alternative is the
magneto-optical drive. True, the media are less expensive than SyQuests,
but the drives are somewhat more expensive and they are extremely slow
by comparison, especially on writing which takes place at roughly one
third of the speed of reading. Ed. A
7.10
Hints and Tips
7.10
• Cumana CD-ROM 300 (SLCD), Photo CD. I had problems installing the new
module on my A5000. I had followed the installation instructions given
in the help file, putting new lines in the !Boot file but could not
change the module and kept getting error messages. I contacted Cumana
who were very helpful. By a process of elimination, we found out that
the lines added to the !Boot file should be this:-
7.10
RMEnsure SLCD 1.22 RMLoad (Path).SLCD. SLCD1
7.10
RMEnsure SLCD 1.22 error SLCD version 1.22 not found
7.10
where (Path) will be something like
7.10
ADFS::IDEDisc4.$.Cumana
7.10
or whatever the directory is that contains the new module. Angela
Bareford, Woking.
7.10
• IDEFS and RISC OS 3. I recently upgraded my A3000 to ARM3, which
proved to be a very harrowing experience due to certain... err...
misunderstandings on the part of Watford Electronics. However, with the
computer back on my desk, I felt more contented, until I discovered that
my hard disc drive disagreed with the new processor. So, I contacted
Risc Developments, who were very helpful, and they sent me a new IDE
controller ROM. I would recommend that all owners of R.D. internal hard
disc drives and RISC OS 3 should get this as it interfaces better with
the new operating system and provides a proper space free window.
7.10
Unfortunately, I can’t do that, as it doesn’t seem to work with my
system. Everything is fine until it has to cope with a file that is
about 1Mb long; this can occur when using ArcFS archives which are
treated as one file or when installing Wordworks − the dictionary file
is massive! RD are somewhat confused by this as they thought they had
fixed it, so my faithful little hard drive must be entrusted to Parcel
Force for the hazardous journey to St. Albans.
7.10
Therefore, I felt I ought to warn Archive readers with a similar
configuration that archiving and WordWorking can be very bad for your
general welfare − no-one likes having to wipe everything! The versions
in question are: IDEFS v:1.27 and IDEFiler v:1.11 on the EPROM v: 1.33A.
7.10
It is, however, nice to see that some companies can be genuinely helpful
− notably those who do not also deal with PC products ... Nigel Caplan,
Leeds.
7.10
• Indelible files in CFS − Sometimes, in using Computer Concepts’ CFS,
a file may become corrupted, and end up on the disc as an indelible
file. No direct * command, such as *WIPE, *REMOVE, or *DELETE has any
effect. The simple solution is to create another file in Impression or
Artworks with exactly the same name as the dud file. On attempting to
save the new file, you meet the familiar CC warning message inviting you
to delete the old file and save the new one. When you press OK, the dud
file is replaced by a nice new file which can then be deleted as
normal. Gerald Moxon, Leeds.
7.10
• Inkjet problems on BJ10? − If you find that the ink stops flowing a
short time after installing a new cartridge, and if the self-clean does
not work, try removing the cartridge and blowing into the little hole at
the side of the cartridge. This trick has worked every time I have tried
it and was taught me by a printer repair engineer. Clive Bell,
Stevenage.
7.10
• Menu Help ...continued. I would like to add a suggestion to the saga
about getting menu help, first raised by Gwyn Williams (Archive 6.11
p11), and followed by two articles by Richard Simpson (Archive 6.12 p33
and 7.8 p42).
7.10
The problem is that the Gwyn Williams’ examples only work for those
mythical owners of the new RISC_OSlib, and the solutions suggested by
Richard Simpson cause other problems which he referred to last month.
7.10
Although I also do not own the new RISC_OSlib, I implemented menu help
using Gwyn Williams’ solution by including my own function for
wimpt_messages.
7.10
(1) Add the header reference
7.10
#include “swis.h”
7.10
(2) Define a new swi
7.10
#define Wimp_AddMessages 0x400F6
7.10
(3) Include the new wimpt_messages routine
7.10
static void wimpt_messages (wimp_ msgaction *messages)
7.10
{r ;
7.10
r.r[0]=(int)messages;
7.10
wimpt_complain(os_swix(Wimp_AddMessages, &r));
7.10
}
7.10
I hope this is useful. Peter Tuson, Fleet.
7.10
• Saving the desktop state at shutdown − After playing with !Help and
Switcher’s save Desktop file, I discovered an icon that was almost
completely out of view. The icon is at the bottom of the ‘Desktop boot’
save-window below the ‘Auto boot’ icon. (it can be seen by loading the
Switcher templates into FormEd, and altering the window size.) It
transpires that it is possible to make the desktop save the current
state at shutdown. It all revolves around the alias SaveDesk$File.
7.10
By typing
7.10
*Set SaveDesk$File <filename>
7.10
the current state of the desktop will be saved, as a desktop file called
<filename>, whenever a Shutdown (Ctrl-Shift-F12) is performed, or ‘Exit
’is selected from the Switcher menu.
7.10
I have been unable to find any references to this in the RISC OS 3 User
Guide, so I would imagine that it is not fully implemented, or not
recommended by Acorn. Neil Walker, Wymondham, Norfolk.
7.10
• Toshiba CD-ROM drives and CDFS − I recently experienced problems in
connecting a Toshiba 4101 SCSI CD-ROM drive to my system. The problem
was that the CD-ROM icon would be displayed on the iconbar but clicking
on it, or trying to play audio discs would cause the error ‘CD-ROM drive
not found.’
7.10
I found out that the Toshiba EE50X driver provided with CDFS does not
work with this drive, (nor apparently the 3401). Luckily, Morley
Electronics sell a new driver for £25 which does work, and so these
cheap CD-ROM drives will now work with Archimedes computers.
7.10
Apparently, the latest CDFS is v2.21 and hopefully allows drives to be
set to double speed, and removes the bug where ejecting an audio disc
kills CDFS. Richard Burrell, Bristol.
7.10
• Two dimensional scroll bars − Here’s an interesting ‘feature’ of RISC
OS 3.11. Load up Edit or Impression with a file that covers more than a
screenfull. Now go to one of the scroll bars and click on the ‘thumb’
(the bar) with <adjust>. The pointer will disappear and moving the mouse
will cause the window to scroll in any direction − up, down, left and
right! Impression seems to do this better than Edit, but any offers why
it happens at all? Nigel Caplan, Leeds.
7.10
This feature is part of the normal Wimp-controlled operation of a
window. It is particularly useful in graphics programs such as Draw,
Artworks and bitmap applications with pages much larger than the
window. Dave Webb, NCS. A
7.10
DeskEdit 3
7.10
Risc Development
7.10
New
7.10
Risc PC Column
7.10
Paul Beverley
7.10
PCW review
7.10
I have had several letters from unhappy Archive subscribers about Ian
Burley’s Risc PC review in PCW June 1994. The article stated, “An entry
level model with ... (list of features) ... costs £1249. This looks
pretty poor when you consider a PowerMac with 8Mb RAM costs about the
same.” True, the entry level PowerMac costs £1299 − but that doesn’t
include monitor or keyboard! I have written to the editor of PCW with my
complaint about it.
7.10
Since then, Ian Burley has been challenged about this in an exchange on
the Arcade Bulletin Board. His reply was that those comments did not
appear in the text he sent in to the PCW editor! I will make no comment
on this.
7.10
Slogan time
7.10
Clive Bell of Stevenage suggests we help Acorn by providing some slogans
for them. When the PC cards are up and running and Acorn are ready to
attack the PC world in earnest, they will have some material ready for
their adverts. Clive suggests:
7.10
• IBM adaptable
7.10
• Microsoft Works, but Acorn Advances
7.10
• Acorn Assists Intel Insiders
7.10
• Acorn’s Window on the World of Windows
7.10
• Spend less DOSh on tosh, buy RISC OS
7.10
Then his last one was something about rotten apples but it wasn’t
suitable for adverts!
7.10
I don’t think we are meant to take Clive’s suggestions too seriously but
they kept the NCS staff amused. Has anyone else got any suggestions?
7.10
More info on monitors
7.10
We have tried out some more big monitors for use with the Risc PC and
have come up with some interesting conclusions. The first is that the
Eizo 780iW is proving to be a bit of a problem.
7.10
When we upgraded from 1Mb to 2Mb of VRAM, we discovered that although
the 780iW is OK at 1600×600 in 256 colours, at 32k colours, it is unable
to lock onto the signal. The reason is that the horizontal refresh rate
for this mode is 56Hz. In theory, the 780iW should scan down to 55Hz but
the one we had couldn’t cope with 56Hz. The Taxan 1095, on the other
hand, still keeps going strong as it can scan down to 50Hz. The Eizo
also has difficulty with the special Acorn Replay ‘full-screen’ mode −
it won’t lock onto that either.
7.10
We are looking at some alternative 21“ 0.26mm dot pitch monitors to
replace the Eizo. We currently have three 20” or 21“ monitors connected
to our Risc PC through a four-way video splitter − it looks like a shot
from Cape Carnaveral. This means that we can do direct comparisons
between the different monitors − and we can be sure that we are viewing
them under the same conditions. As well as the Taxan and the Eizo, we
are looking at a ‘Nokia’ and an ‘Idek Iiyama’ and are trying to get hold
of a Phillips Brilliance 2120 (the big brother to the Acorn 17”, which
is a re-badged Phillips 1720). We will report our findings next month
but if you are wanting to place an order before then, just give us a
ring and we’ll tell you our views to date.
7.10
Supply of Risc PCs?
7.10
We are getting quite a few machines through now but they are virtually
all ACB15s and ACB25s and we haven’t seen very many AKF85s. I gather
from other monitor suppliers that Phillips monitors are like the
proverbial hen’s teeth at the moment. Although Acorn say, “It’s OK, we
have a contract with Phillips”, the fact is that we still haven’t seen
many AKF85s coming through.
7.10
As far as ACB45s are concerned, we haven’t even had enough to supply all
the orders that were placed on the first day after the launch. I don’t
know why there should be such a delay on these compared with the other
two models but obviously we’ll get them out to you as soon as we
possibly can.
7.10
(One possible theory is that the supply of slices may be very limited;
Acorn would then make ACB15 and 25 computers because they can make two
of those for every one of the ACB45s. Certainly, Atomwide say that Acorn
are quoting the 10 weeks for the supply of extra slices for use in their
2-3 and 2-4 slice upgrades and, despite ordering quite a number of 1-2
slice upgrades from Acorn, we haven’t had any at all through yet. But
this is just a guess − it may be that they can’t get 420Mb IDE drives!)
7.10
If we have problems with getting the 17“ monitors, it is possible that
we may be able to supply an alternative (and, I think, slightly better)
monitor at the same price. (In fact, there may even be about £30
change!) But we’ll have to see how things go in the next two or three
weeks. If you would be interested in changing your order, give us a
ring.
7.10
What we do actually have is a couple of ACB15s in stock now if anyone is
interested. The trouble is that if you want to upgrade them to ACB25
standard, they don’t work out such good value. If you buy an ACB15 at
£1468 and add a 4Mb SIMM (£145) and a 1Mb VRAM (£130), that comes to
£1743 instead of £1644 − £99 more than an ACB25 − mind you, you end up
with a 7Mb computer instead of the 5Mb of the ACB25. If you are in a
hurry and want to upgrade either of these ACB15s we have in stock, give
us a ring. (For anyone going for an ACB25 with 2Mb VRAM, the price
differential is not as big: £1644 + £110 = £1754 compared with £1468 +
£145 + £200 = £1813 so that’s only £59 extra for a 7Mb machine instead
of a 5Mb.) A
7.10
Risc PC Column
7.10
Keith Hodge
7.10
A new machine and a new editor who is going to be stumbling (like most
new owners) through the learning curve, which we all face, no matter how
small the change of machine or operating system. For me, it will be a
very large change, because my present machine is an ARM2-based A305,
which has grown over the years to become a 4Mb RAM, 245Mb SCSI hard
disc, MEMC1a, VIDC-enhanced, RISC OS 3, NEC multisync 14“ system.
7.10
Why have I changed machines?
7.10
I regularly used mode 108 to allow an A3 landscape electronic drawing to
be visible in its entirety on screen. However, in this mode, the machine
was so slow that if I attempted to perform any other tasks whilst
redrawing was taking place, it was impossible to achieve any real gain
in productivity, plus, with only 4Mb of RAM it also ran out of
application memory far too easily with today’s larger programs.
7.10
My new machine
7.10
I have gone for the largest machine, i.e. ACB45 with 8Mb DRAM, (upgraded
to) 2Mb VRAM, 420Mb HD, PC card, and a 17“ Acorn Monitor. But please do
not be put off from writing to the column if you have only a base
machine − many of the problems will be machine-size independent, and for
any that are not, I can soon absorb the surplus DRAM in a RAM disc, and
I am sure someone will provide the utility to disable some or all of my
excess VRAM, thus allowing me to simulate a base or 1Mb VRAM machine.
7.10
Column objectives
7.10
These are very early days in the life of the machine and I do not think
it would be very wise to set out concrete objectives, as nobody can
really begin to know what the machine is capable of, or what some of
those amazingly clever people who have provided such things as colour
cards, SCSI interfaces, Laser Printer Cards, etc for the Archimedes, are
going to produce for us all. I do however feel that, at first, there
will be a lot of minor incompatibilities to be overcome, and I hope that
the column will be able to compile an index of problems and solutions,
plus possibly a support disc or two, containing these fixes, thereby
saving much heartache.
7.10
Next issue
7.10
I will, in the next few weeks, be transferring all 167Mb of my software
to the new machine − by 800Kb floppy disc! (Worth investing £53 on
RemoteFS? You could sell it on afterwards via the Small Ads. Ed.) Then I
will be fitting my Brainsoft Video/Sound card, HCCS SCSI card and 245Mb
hard disc so that, when funds allow, I will be able to add an HP colour
flatbed scanner thus enabling me to import images from camera and
scanner. I will report my success or failure and also hope to be able to
give details of what power connectors etc, are provided with my machine
for powering extra floppy and hard drives, as I have an immediate need
for a 1.2Mb 5¼“ floppy drive. Will all this be without problems?
7.10
Tailpiece
7.10
This column will, I hope, develop along the lines of the PipeLineZ
column. By that, I mean that it will become a focal point for
information and ideas, relating to all aspects of the Risc PC, and for
that to happen, it will require feedback from users, about how things
are working on the new machine, and also about what they want − without
this type of feedback, software and hardware developers will be working
in the dark.
7.10
I can be contacted by letter at the HES address on the inside back page,
by telephone after 7p.m. and by Packet Radio from anywhere in the World,
as GW4NEI@GB7OAR.#16.GBR.EU. A
7.10
Oxford Reading Tree Talking Stories
7.10
Dave Walsh
7.10
Many schools will be more than familiar with these charming and
interesting characters already. Sherston have managed to take a popular
formula from the early reading world and transfer Roderick Hunt’s
stories successfully to the computer medium, with the aid of Hannah
Gordon’s narration and the original animations by Alex Brychta.
7.10
The discs each contain one complete book along with a primary style font
(Pipkin medium) and !System. The documentation claims that initial
problems with RISC OS 2 have been addressed so the books work on older,
non-upgraded A3000s.
7.10
The six books cover the whole of the second stage. Somewhat
disappointingly, the books are not to be included in the pack, although
there is a precis of the philosophy behind their use in the teacher’s
notes. This lack of books will be only a minor irritation to schools
already using the Oxford reading tree materials, but will diminish its
usefulness in homes − after all, they are designed to encourage reading
of the printed material!
7.10
Having said that, the books are delightful, following the exact script
of the reading scheme but extending the humour and anticipation with
sound samples, animation and the human voice. Each page can be read as a
whole, or have children pointing at the individual words can have them
spoken. The animations are quite endearing − Floppy waving his tail as
you hear the squelch of the mud or all the toys waiting for Kipper’s
unique brand of home cooking.
7.10
Sherston have obviously learned a great deal from their Naughty Stories
Volumes one and two. The Oxford reading tree materials are far more
polished. An example of this is the backup of keywords, in context,
after hearing the story all the way through. Each word is shown and
spoken by itself and then shown in its place in the story. Another
feature is the dual “listen” icon where the user listens to one part of
the page and then has the choice to move on to the second part or re-
listen to the first.
7.10
The program loads a great amount of compressed data between pages so
does run a little slowly. A tip here is to load the program into a RAM
disc, if you have the memory, making the page turns almost
instantaneous, although you will still need the “key disc” in the drive.
Another problem I have encountered with the series is connected with
other programs turning the sound channel off, leaving the reading books
speechless!
7.10
As with most Sherston products, there is a configuration menu that
allows the user to determine the overall volume and whether individuals
have access to the whole sentence “read out” option. Configuration of
highlighting colour schemes has been also considered. A log file will
record which words children have selected individually. An enhancement
from the Naughty Stories range is the ability to have the whole story
read to you automatically either at a slow or fast speed.
7.10
As an extra resource for schools already using the Oxford reading tree,
these books have to be thoroughly recommended as an effective teaching
aid. Even without the printed material, they have a great deal of
potential, combining a structured approach to reading, with the sound,
speech and special animations provided through the computer.
7.10
Oxford Reading Tree Talking Stories cost £39.95 +VAT from Sherston or
£44 through Archive. A
7.10
Copyright Issues
7.10
Michael Wright
7.10
In his Multimedia Column (7.8 p17), Paul Hooper asked for help on
copyright. Although my day-to-day work is mainly concerned with probate
and trusts, one of my hobbies is music and for many years I have acted
as adviser to an amateur charitable association on copyright law. In
this capacity, I have written articles, and given talks and hosted
question and answer sessions at seminars in various parts of the
country.
7.10
General
7.10
To start from basics, what is copyright? It is a concept which
recognises the need to protect the livelihood of those members of the
community who are gifted with creative abilities, whether they be
painters, writers, composers or whatever. Copyright gives them a
property in what they create. Where the right exists at all, it arises
automatically without the need for registration or any other action by
the creator or owner. It is, in essence, concerned with the negative
right of preventing the copying of physical material existing in the
field of literature and the arts and gives the owner the exclusive right
to control the ‘work’ in question, to do and to authorise others to do
certain acts centred round the reproduction and performance of the work.
7.10
Quite simply, copyright is the right to copy – but copying is very
widely defined to include not only copying in the usual sense but also
performance, recording, broadcasting, etc. The owner is the only person
who can copy the work; if you want to do so, you must obtain his
permission first. He may refuse his consent; he may grant it subject to
any conditions (reasonable or unreasonable) he chooses to impose; and he
may charge for it. It is his work and the law gives him this right.
Copying without the consent of the owner is variously referred to as
plagiarism, piracy or infringement of copyright.
7.10
Sources
7.10
The modern law of copyright is contained in a code of statutory
provisions as interpreted from time to time by judicial decisions. The
first copyright statute – indeed the first in the world – was the
Statute of Anne in 1709. The present UK statutory code is contained in
the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (price £12.50 from H. M.
Stationery Office) which came into force on 1st August 1989. The Act
contains descriptions of three broad categories of works which are
protected:
7.10
• literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works;
7.10
• sound recordings, films, broadcasts and cable programmes;
7.10
• the typographical arrangements of published editions.
7.10
Note that literary and dramatic works are not limited to the usual books
and magazines, but cover virtually every form of written communication,
even private correspondence. However, copyright does not protect an
idea. What is protected is not original thought or information, but the
original expression of thought or information in some concrete form.
Consequently, it is only an infringement of copyright if you make use of
the form without consent; you would not be liable if you took from the
work the essential idea, however original, and then expressed that idea
in your own form, or used the idea for your own purpose (unless perhaps
the work has protection under patents law).
7.10
Note also that it is only breach of copyright to copy a substantial part
of a work. So what is substantial? This is where the fun starts. It has
been held to be a qualitative description not a quantitative one. And it
has been more robustly said, that if something, however small, is worth
copying then it must be worth protecting!
7.10
Ownership
7.10
Who owns the copyright? The general rule is that the creator of the work
is the first owner of the copyright in it. For instance, this would be
the author of a book or article, the composer of a piece of music, the
artist in respect of any drawing or painting, the photographer in the
case of a photograph, etc. The main exception is where the work is
created in the course of your employment, when your employer will
normally own the copyright and not you.
7.10
Copyright, being property the same as a car, a house or a computer, can
be transferred. A copyright owner can sell his copyright, give it away,
grant a licence to use it, and generally deal with it in any way he
chooses – it will also pass on his death to his next of kin or to the
beneficiaries named in his will.
7.10
Duration
7.10
The standard copyright period is the life of the creator plus 50 years.
In other words, copyright in a work lapses at the end of the fiftieth
year after the year in which the author/composer/artist died. There are
exceptions, but most are of limited effect, although there is one which
may be of more general interest to computer users.
7.10
There is a separate copyright in a typographical arrangement – this is
to protect a publisher who may have gone to considerable trouble in
setting up matter in type and publishing it. It protects me when I
typeset old music: the music itself is public domain, but anyone copying
it breaches my copyright in the typographical arrangement. This
protection lasts for a flat period of 25 years from the date of first
publication. Under this provision, Paul has copyright in the printed
page of Archive, quite independent of any copyright in the material on
that page.
7.10
Illustrations
7.10
This brings me neatly to the first of the specific queries raised by
Paul Hooper. He asks what the position is if an author illustrates a
point with a graphic taken from a contemporary source. Is it covered by
copyright? Even if the original graphic (Paul refers to a historical
broadsheet) is itself out of copyright – i.e. older than 50 years from
the death of the creator of it – the answer is still probably, yes.
There are two main reasons. First, someone presumably photographed the
broadsheet, so copyright subsists in that photograph. Secondly, to
photocopy or scan the reproduction will also breach the publisher’s
copyright in the typographical arrangement of the publication. These
are, of course, in addition to the author’s copyright in the actual
text.
7.10
This concept of multiple copyright is guaranteed to make the newcomer
reach for the valium. If it’s any consolation, it is even worse in the
music field where performing right and sound and visual recordings often
make it difficult to pick out the trees from the wood.
7.10
Copying from old publications
7.10
The copyright aspects of copying (by any means, even by hand) from books
now out of print or from newspapers that are no longer published is
straightforward – in theory. If the publication is over 25 years old,
you are free of the publisher’s copyright in the typographical
arrangement; but you are not free of the author’s copyright in the text
or the artist’s copyright in the illustrations, which, if they were
employees, may belong to their employer.
7.10
If the creator is dead, when did he die? To reproduce his material in
any way, you need the copyright owner’s permission. If you cannot trace
him, it would be scrupulous to include an acknowledgement in any use you
make of his work, something on the lines of: “Every effort has been made
to trace the owners of copyright material, but I would welcome hearing
from any I have missed.” There are exceptions, basically copying for
your own private use, fair dealing for the purposes of criticism or
review, fair dealing for the purposes of research or private study; and
there are various exemptions connected with educational use.
7.10
If the copyright is owned by a company which has since gone to the wall
and been struck off, you are probably home and dry. Unless the copyright
is very valuable, it is highly unlikely that the creditors will consider
it worthwhile resurrecting it just to recover a few pounds in royalties.
However, if a company were taken over by another, such a transfer would
normally pass all assets, which would include copyrights and other
intangibles.
7.10
Museums
7.10
The column also enquired about articles in national museums. The normal
copyright rules apply to the article themselves – has the creator been
dead for over 50 years? Subject to this, you commit no breach of
copyright by photographing or videoing them. You may, of course, fall
foul of the museum’s own rules and be in breach of contract with them
(the National Trust, for instance, bans photography in many of its
properties).
7.10
PD libraries
7.10
If you use something from a PD library which is subsequently discovered
to be not in the public domain, both you and the library are liable – as
copyright is a proprietary right, ignorance of ownership is no excuse
for infringement. However, under Section 97(1) of the Act, it would be a
defence to a claim for damages to show that you did not know, and had no
reason to believe, that copyright subsisted in the work. The onus would
be on you to establish this – but the authorities indicate that it is
not at all easy to bring yourself within this section. Your main
protection is that the copyright owner will in practice be gunning for
the PD library to prevent further infringements.
7.10
Organisations
7.10
Paul Hooper finally mentions the Scout Movement. Probably what he has in
mind is that organisations are quite likely to negotiate a copyright
licence which will cover use by any of its members. This could be on the
basis of a blanket fee, which they may or may not seek to recoup by
charging their members, or it may be on the basis of agreeing a fixed
fee for each use which they collect and periodically pass on to the
copyright owner. Either way, it is a convenience to the user who does
not have the hassle of getting individual consent, and to the copyright
owner who probably does rather well out of it, given that if it was left
to individuals, most would not bother to apply for consent.
7.10
Further reading
7.10
The British Copyright Council is always very helpful over copyright
matters and they publish several booklets which are easier going than
fully-fledged legal textbooks. They are at 29/33 Berners Street, London,
W1P 4AA.
7.10
Although the material in this article is believed to be accurate, it is
of necessity an outline only and not complete. You are strongly
recommended to seek legal advice on specific copyright problems and not
to rely on general statements of the law in governing your affairs. A
7.10
Games Column
7.10
Dave Floyd
7.10
Following my lamentations about Gateway To Karos not being converted for
the Archimedes, I was very pleased to receive a letter from Joyce
Haslam, the wife of the game’s original programmer. Joyce is currently
in the process of converting the game to RISC OS and Acorn have kindly
given their permission for it to be released into the public domain on
its completion. Once Karos has been finished, Joyce is then intending to
convert Mirror Of Khoronz, the sequel which has not previously been
released. I certainly wish her the best of luck with this project, a
sentiment which will be echoed by many Archimedes owners, and look
forward to seeing the finished article. Maybe this would be the time to
ask publicly why nobody has converted The Seventh Star, another
seemingly forgotten Acornsoft text adventure.
7.10
Judging by the mail I have received, there does seem to be quite a bit
of interest in text adventures amongst the Archive readership. This is
slightly puzzling as the genre would appear to be a commercial no-go
zone judging by recent releases, which usually signifies low sales. It
is possible that with its highly technical content, Archive attracts a
more intellectual readership than most other magazines. (Flattery will
get you nowhere! Ed.) Maybe the answer is that, with the exception of
the Mad Hatter column in Acorn Computing, text adventures are ignored by
the rest of the Acorn press, and this has inspired adventure fans to put
toner to paper in order to encourage me along those lines. Following the
response, I intend to devote a future column solely to text adventures
on the Archimedes, but what about the rest of you? Don’t forget that
while video may well have killed the radio star, apathy is the true
enemy of all forms of artistic expression. Write to me. I know you are
out there somewhere.
7.10
Finally, on the subject of text adventures, I mentioned before that,
given the memory and disc capacity of the Archimedes, it would be
possible to write a very large and absorbing adventure game. While the
task may be too time consuming and daunting for one person to attempt,
it would be by no means an impossible project if enough people
collaborated and pitched in ideas towards that aim. I therefore throw
down the gauntlet to the Archive readership. Do you have any ideas for
an adventure game? If so, whether they be puzzles, maps, scenarios or
whatever, please let me know and I will try to coordinate them all into
a coherent whole. If the interest in this is out there, who knows what
may come of this? We may be able to raise some money for the Archive
charity pot as well as producing the world’s biggest adventure game.
7.10
Pinball games
7.10
It has been pointed out to me that I didn’t mention pinball games in my
summary of the Archimedes games scene. The reason I stepped around it
was that there is, to date, only one − ArcPinball. This was released in
late 1990 by Shibumi Soft and has subsequently been re-released by
Superior Software as part of Play It Again Sam 2. While its mathematical
algorithms were good and therefore the angles that the ball bounced at
were perfect, the playing area was woefully small and the only
justification for it being the best Archimedes pinball game is that it
remains to this day the only one. Perhaps Krisalis or a company of that
ilk would consider converting one of the pinball games from the Amiga/PC
marketplace or maybe 4th Dimension may like to channel Gordon Keys’ not
inconsiderable talents towards producing a home-grown pinball game that
does justice to the capabilities of the Archimedes.
7.10
Risc PC
7.10
I read the Archive supplement from last month’s issue with much interest
(and not a little longing) and only have one query on what would appear
to be an excellent machine. Bearing in mind its almost limitless
expansion capabilities, at least within the bounds of reality, why is
the VRAM limited to just 2Mb? This seemed inconsistent to me when the
main RAM in the machine can theoretically be upgraded to a truly mind-
boggling 256Mb. I am sure there is a good reason for this which will
become clear over the next few months but as nobody else seems to have
questioned this, I thought I would take this opportunity to do so.
7.10
Acorn’s launch also started me thinking about how the new machine could
affect the Archimedes games market in the future. Having put together a
rough draft containing my thoughts in this direction, I received a
letter from Neil Dickson which, by a rare stroke of luck, coincided with
much that I had written. I have therefore taken the opportunity to
combine both our lines of thought in the finished article, and thank
Neil for his contribution.
7.10
While not everybody will need the power and expansion capabilities of
the new machine, over the next couple of years it is certain to be very
popular and I think that, in two or three years from now, the majority
of Acorn owners will have Risc PCs rather than Archimedes. With the
extremely competitive pricing of the 486 card with the machine, I also
feel that most will buy one at the same time, opening up the option to
purchase IBM PC software. It is also perfectly feasible, given the open
architecture of the new machine, that somebody could license the rights
from Sega to supply an add-on that provides Sega Megadrive emulation.
Risc User may have broached this subject as an April Fool spoof recently
but, bearing in mind that Amstrad launched a combined PC and Megadrive
system a while back, it is not as unlikely as some may think. The time
has most definitely come for those software houses producing native
Archimedes software to wake up to the big wide world and raise their
standards which, at present, fall only too often into the realm of
mediocrity.
7.10
There are, however, positive aspects to the Archimedes games market.
There are a relatively small percentage of games released that are truly
not worth the price of the discs they are duplicated on, possibly as low
as 20-30%. My estimate for the PC and Amiga markets would be in the
region of 60-70%, so, in that respect, we are lucky. However, not
including conversions from other formats, there are very few games that
would sell in any great numbers on other platforms. It has been seven
years now since the launch of the Archimedes along with Zarch which was,
at the time, a ground-breaking start and a game which should have
inspired developers on to far greater things that would have made games
players everywhere aspire to owning an Archimedes. Unfortunately, it was
not to be.
7.10
How many readers of Computer & Video Games, an all formats magazine,
will be beating a track to Acorn’s door after their recent headline over
a review which stated, “Who said 32-bit games had to be good? Check out
this awful Archie effort!”? The review was rounded off with a rating of
10%. What makes it worse, to my mind, is that they were not referring to
a game by a one-person operation launching their first tentative steps
into the software market with a budget-priced release, but to The
Crystal Maze from Sherston. Is this game really as bad as all that? I
have not seen a bad word written about the game in the Acorn press.
7.10
The time for complacency is gone and if the Archimedes games companies
are to continue trading in the face of direct competition from large
corporations with huge resources, they will have to mature quickly and
produce games that are better than the opposition, something which I
feel Acorn have always done with their hardware. Sound and graphics
alone do not make a good game but, with the capabilities of the
Archimedes, top quality sound and graphics should be a minimum
requirement for any game released at over, say, £10£-15. By that I do
not mean to imply that a cheap price tag is any excuse at all for poor
quality. Also, the Acorn press must realise that blindly praising every
Archimedes release regardless of its relative values in the wider
computing world is, in the long term, damaging. It benefits neither the
customer nor the games developers for whom a little constructive
criticism could reap great rewards.
7.10
Any comments relating to this column, or any other games-related subject
should please be sent to Dave Floyd, c/o PO Box 2795, London NW10
9AY. A
7.10
Advanced Basic Column
7.10
Paul Hobbs
7.10
Bit manipulations
7.10
When a flag variable is required, for example a user choice as to
whether interactive help should be provided, I suppose the first
instinct of many programmers is to use a line like:
7.10
IF <some condition> THEN help_on% = TRUE ELSE help_on% = FALSE
7.10
This has the advantage of being readable. However, 32 bits are being
used when one would do. Normally, this is hardly a problem but when
there are many flags to be saved in a choices file, it would be much
faster to use bit flags (remember that many users have no hard disc!).
In addition, bit manipulation is an important technique which is needed
quite frequently when making SWI calls.
7.10
Bits can easily be set, cleared, toggled and tested as follows:
7.10
word% = word% OR (1 << n) :REM Set bit n of word%
7.10
word% = word% AND NOT (1 << n):REM Clear bit n of word%
7.10
word% = word% EOR (1 << n) :REM Toggle bit n of word%
7.10
IF word% AND (1 << n) THEN ... :REM Test bit n of word%
7.10
A practical example would be to read the ‘3D’ flag bit held in the CMOS
RAM to discover whether 3D or 2D templates should be used by your
applications. Routines have been published in the past to detect if
!NewLook has been run (by looking for certain system variables or
modules), but this will probably not work on a Risc PC, or in situations
where the bit has been altered by other programs.
7.10
Acorn have taken the trouble to reserve a bit in the CMOS RAM to denote
whether the user wants to use 3D icons, so it seems to be a good idea to
read the state of it, if you are considering allowing a choice of
templates. I should point out that this particular bit was used for
something else under RISC OS 2 and so, to be totally correct, you should
only use this routine if you have already checked that RISC OS 3 is
installed.
7.10
It is certainly a nice touch to provide both 2D and 3D templates and
sprite files. If I had to work all day long on a slowish Archimedes, I
might well appreciate being able to use 2D templates to speed things up
a little. In addition, 2D dialog boxes can usually be smaller which is
useful when using a lo-res screen mode.
7.10
REM Test program to see if 3D bit is set in
7.10
REM CMOS RAM (i.e. !NewLook has been run,
7.10
REM the lucky user has a Risc PC etc..)
7.10
REM read value of word at loc 140 of CMOS RAM..
7.10
SYS “OS_Byte”,161,140 TO ,,val%
7.10
REM and test bit 0..
7.10
IF (val% AND 1) THEN _3d% = TRUE ELSE _3d% = FALSE
7.10
PRINT _3d%
7.10
IF _3d% is TRUE, i.e. (−1) then 3D templates should be loaded if
available. To be really slick, the applications could check the value of
the bit at every mode change and load new templates if required but this
is probably difficult to arrange. Most users will choose a setting and
never change it again.
7.10
More on messages
7.10
I have received a letter from Matthew Newton regarding the piece on
messages in RISC OS in the May issue. He asks about how exactly one
sends what might be called a ‘custom’ message (i.e. one that contains
data in a form that you can specify) from one application to another
which opens up many exciting possibilities − one such would be to send
debugging messages from one application to another for display.
7.10
To send a user message, all that is required is to pick an unused
message code, build the message block (maximum length 256 bytes,
although multiple messages could be sent) and then broadcast the message
using SYS “Wimp_SendMessage”. As the message is broadcast it will be
received by all running applications but, as it has an ‘unknown’ reason
code, it will be ignored by all but the applications that have been
written to respond to it.
7.10
For this example, I have chosen a reason code of &43B00 which was used
by the StrongEd/StrongHlp applications at one time. Almost any unused
reason code will do for your own programs, but if you intend to release
your applications to a wider audience, it is important to write to Acorn
and request that a reason code be allocated to you.
7.10
The monthly disc includes these two simple applications, one of which
allows the typing of a text string into an icon, and a second one that
displays the string (i.e. the basis of the debugger mentioned above).
7.10
The core of the demonstration applications is as follows − to send the
message (when OK is clicked in !Proggy1) the following code is required:
7.10
DEF PROCMessageSend(message$)
7.10
LOCAL msg_blk%,m_len%
7.10
m_len% = (LENmsg$ + 24) AND NOT 3
7.10
REM the message length must be a multiple
7.10
REM of 4, AND NOT 3 ensures this
7.10
msg_blk% = FN_heap_get(m_len%)
7.10
msg_blk%!00 = m_len%:REM Size of message
7.10
msg_blk%!12 = 0 :REM your_ref (0 = original message not a reply)
7.10
msg_blk%!16 = &43B00 :REM User message reason code
7.10
REM the ‘data’ part of the message is simply REM a zero terminated
string in this case..
7.10
$(msg_blk% + 20) = msg$ + CHR$(0)
7.10
REM send message with reason code 17
7.10
REM (UserMessage, no reply required)
7.10
REM the 0 passed as the third parameter
7.10
REM means broadcast to all tasks..
7.10
SYS “XWimp_SendMessage”,17,msg_blk%,0
7.10
PROC_heap_release(msg_blk%)
7.10
ENDPROC
7.10
To receive the message and display it (as in !Proggy2) :
7.10
DEFPROCmessage
7.10
LOCAL msg$
7.10
REM called from Wimp_Poll loop when reason codes 17 or 18 detected..
7.10
REM bk% is the block containing the data returned by Wimp_Poll..
7.10
CASE bk%!16 OF
7.10
REM handle other reason codes here...
7.10
WHEN &43B00
7.10
msg$ = FNstring(bk% + 20)
7.10
IF LEFT$(msg$,8) = “Proggy2:” THEN
7.10
msg$ = MID$(msg$,9)
7.10
PROCshell_IconPut-Data(mainw%,0,msg$
7.10
,TRUE)
7.10
ENDIF
7.10
ENDCASE
7.10
ENDPROC
7.10
Once again, I have assumed that routines are available to claim and
release a block of workspace memory.
7.10
I have used a prefix of “Proggy2:” on the messages sent from !Proggy1 to
!Proggy2 as a means of denoting who the message is intended for (the
messages are broadcast to every task, remember). !Proggy2 will only
respond to messages of type &43B00 that start with “Proggy2:”. This
means that only one reason code is needed for all messages sent between
these applications.
7.10
A much more sophisticated system of user messages is available in the
form of the Computer Concepts Impulse module but the scheme outlined
above is sufficient for most purposes. For those who are interested, the
monthly program disc contains documentation and examples of using
ImpulseII.
7.10
Any questions or comments about Basic programming would be gratefully
received. Please write to Paul Hobbs, Rheinpfalzstrasse 2, 85049
Ingolstadt, Germany. A
7.10
Pocket Book Column
7.10
Audrey Laski
7.10
Warning
7.10
In the last Pocket Book Column, I boasted of having killed an
application with my bare hands, or rather with the use of “Kill
Application” in the applications menu. I now have to report that this
piece of magic does not always work. In the course of trying out various
programs from the 3-Lib collection, I set up a little game called Snake.
I was irritated to find that copies of it seemed to be proliferating, so
I tried first to Delete and then to Kill it. Killing appeared to work,
but every attempt to delete the file produced the message that it was
still being run. John succeeded in stopping it from scattering copies
around, and I have had to settle for letting the file sit still in the
APP directory, hoping it has no more tricks up its sleeve. I don’t
recommend anybody to lumber their Pocket Book with this tiresome little
program, especially as its maker identifies himself as ‘Nick’.
7.10
3-Lib programs on the PocketBook
7.10
On the other hand, many of the other 3-Lib programs make brilliant
additions to the Pocket Book facilities, and I can now join John
Woodthorpe of Rugby in heartily recommending the package; like him, I
have had to invest in a flash SSD to expand my memory to take in all the
goodies I want to use. I’m particularly taken with a fiendish Solitaire
and an excellent thought organiser called Outline; there’s a tree
program which makes it easy to see all one’s directories and their
contents − highly desirable when expanding them so much − and an opo/a
disassembler, REVTRAN, which John of the far side of the bed is
exploring and will report on soon.
7.10
He writes, ‘The PocketBook’s ability to cope with applications on any
drive without bothering the user is one of its operating systems’ most
agreeable features.’
7.10
Dunce’s corner
7.10
However, one does have to co-operate properly with it. For some time,
John could not get Solitaire to work from the flash disc(A). Poor
communications: I’d originally installed Solitaire and put its auxiliary
file, cards.fon on the opd directory in M without letting John know,
when he transferred it, that there was an auxiliary file. Solitaire
would only work − as the ReadMe did tell him when he checked up − if
this file and the application file were on the same drive. When two
people work with the same machine, information has to flow.
7.10
Adventures in printing
7.10
We are about to take off for a month in Europe, and have acquired a
portable printer (the BJ-10SX) which connects to the Pocket Book. In
accordance with Murphy’s Law, the printer didn’t work when we got it,
and has only just returned to us after a lengthy convalescence, so we
have barely begun to experiment, but it certainly does seem to be
printing out Pocket Book files quite happily. I’m hoping to have half a
novel not only on disc, but on paper too by the time we get back; I’ll
report on any interesting peculiarities.
7.10
Endnote
7.10
Hardly any correspondence this month: only a letter from Alan Mothersole
of Bracknell who draws attention to some useful advice on transfers in
the A-Link manual and mentions reasons why he has bought a Psion 3a
rather than a Pocket Book. This suggests again that any substantial
newsletter or magazine ought to cover both marques. A
7.10
Colour Scanning Revisited
7.10
Jim Nottingham
7.10
Following the article on Irlam Instruments’ colour scanners (Archive 7.7
p59), a number of readers responded with queries, comments and some
invaluable advice, so this is a resumé of the correspondence, in the
hope we may all learn from others’ experiences. Not all of it is
specific to the Irlam solutions, nor limited to scanning in colour.
Thank you to all who contacted me − especially the few who sent an SAE!
7.10
The most common query was “Are there any alternatives to the Irlam
Instruments’ colour scanners?” The familiar names which came up were
Integrex and Canon, the second in conjunction with Twain and
ImageMaster. Richard Readings has taken the latter route and has sent a
most interesting and useful report, reproduced below. (Comments in
italics are my own. JN)
7.10
Richard writes: “I recently purchased a Canon IX-4015 scanner (a colour
version of the one used in Computer Concepts’ Scanlight Professional
package), together with a copy of David Pilling’s ImageMaster software
and Twain driver. I wanted an A4 flatbed scanner that could potentially
be used on a computer other than Acorn, at a reasonable cost. Colour was
optional but seems to cost little more than grey-scale devices now. The
compact footprint of the Canon was an important consideration. A PC
interface kit and software are available, though they’re quite
expensive.
7.10
“The scanner, with Twain driver, worked at the first attempt on my
Cumana SCSI interface, and the scan times seem short compared to the PC
set-up I have been used to. The only niggle I have with the scanner is
that it only has one ‘proper’ SCSI connector (the big one, rather like a
Centronics printer connector − referred to as an Amphenol connector).
The other connector is a 25-pin D-type. I had to get a special cable
made up so that I could daisy-chain it with my SCSI disc. Integrex were
very quick to supply both the scanner and the special cable when I
requested it. (No, that’s not a typo − Integrex do sell Canon scanners
as well as their own − and they sell Canon and HP printers as well as
Integrex ones! Ed.)
7.10
“The initial preview scan is very quick, and high resolution (400dpi) A4
mono scans are almost as fast. (The way ImageMaster first completes a
Preview scan, prior to doing a high-resolution scan of a user-selected
area, is near-identical to the method used by Irlam’s ProI-mage
software.) The image is not displayed until the scan is complete. But
colour scans, particularly 24-bit, are considerably slower. The scan
itself still seems relatively quick, and most of the time seems to be
taken processing the raw data image for display on the screen. Reducing
the resolution and minimising the image area scanned in colour makes a
big difference. (It’s just the same with ProI-mage. Large, 24-bit colour
scans run to megabytes of raw data and, depending on available memory,
seem to take ages to process, compress and move to the storage medium.)
My own use is mostly high resolution mono scans and, for this,
ImageMaster works well.
7.10
“ImageMaster has a user interface rather like ArtWorks, with floating
tool and info panels. I personally prefer the Windows’ style ribbons but
that’s just a quibble. I would prefer to have a direct scan button (as
well as F10) to open the image acquisition window. (See Keystroke
comment below.) There is a useful print option that can provide an A4
copy of the scan, though it makes a rather slow photocopier with a
DeskJet! (This is a delight on Laser Direct; fast and very convenient,
just like the Photocopy facility on Computer Concepts’ Scanlight
software.)
7.10
“It is possible to save images in various formats, including TIFF, with
various compression schemes. These appear to be compatible with the PC
world, and I have used CCITT compressed TIFF files extensively to
transfer images to Xerox Textbridge for character recognition on a PC.
It’s also possible to specify which mode to use when saving sprite
files. For example, I have configured ImageMaster to save mono scans in
mode 18 so I can transfer them directly to Sleuth. Only occasionally
does my input produce useful results with Sleuth, but I look forward to
the projected new release, with improved character recognition and
direct scanning via the Twain driver. Having to transfer images to a PC
for OCR purposes is a pain, but Textbridge puts Sleuth to shame, for
just twice the cost.
7.10
“ImageMaster provides a wide range of filters etc, but the version I
have (1.01) lacks an undo button. This makes it difficult to do anything
useful so I have little to say about this area currently. I have been
promised an upgrade to a new version with this facility as soon as it is
complete. (V1.03 is now available with Undo/Redo and various bug fixes.)
Those image operations that I have attempted seem slow on my A420/1
(with ARM3), but I’m used to doing such things on a Unix workstation
which costs rather more than an A420! (with 16 times the memory....). A
useful feature is the ability to configure ImageMaster to single or
multi-task during long operations, or even blank the screen for maximum
performance.
7.10
“I have found that ImageMaster is liable to crash from time to time,
occasionally hanging the Archimedes and necessitating a reboot. It will
be interesting to see if the upgrade (with the “undo” button) will
improve things.
7.10
“When I have had to retouch scanned images, I have had to resort to
Paint, but I find this very limited.
7.10
“In conclusion, I have no complaint about the Canon scanner and although
ImageMaster is currently a little rough round the edges, it shows
considerable promise. What is needed is a combined scanning/image
processing/retouching program, like Photoshop, but cheaper!” Richard
Readings, Wokingham.
7.10
Having recently had an opportunity to use Twain and ImageMaster in
conjunction with my Epson 6500, I would agree with everything Richard
has said about the excellence of Twain and the limitations of
ImageMaster v1.01. We have now received v1.03 which is looking good but,
at the time of writing, neither of us has had an opportunity to give it
a thorough check-out. One particular feature struck me as being
especially valuable; David Pilling confirms that the software brightness
‘control’ works with the Canon IX3010 monochrome scanner as used by
Scanlight Professional which does not have the brightness control and
which, as a result, I found virtually unusable.
7.10
Regarding my Keystroke comment in Richard’s report, I’ve set up a
Keystroke hot-key combination (ALT-Copy) which, whenever I want a quick
photocopy of something, loads Twain and ImageMaster, opens the image
window, initiates an A4 scan and prints the result, mostly in the
background. OK, I have to remember to first put the document to be
copied in the scanner(!), but what more could a chap want?
7.10
As we have come to expect with anything from the Pilling stable, Twain
and ImageMaster represent remarkable value for money, particularly if
bought under David’s introductory offer. He is being his usual very
helpful self in listening to customers’ requests and smoothing off the
‘rough edges’.
7.10
However, I would like to play devil’s advocate here and throw up a
warning flag. In theory, it would be possible to put together what, on
the face of it, could be a very cheap scanning system, by using Twain/
ImageMaster to drive a monochrome or colour scanner bought from a deep-
discount ‘box-shifter’. Personally, I would strongly advise against
taking this route as it would be quite unreasonable to expect David
Pilling to support the hardware elements of the system (including the
all-important interface) should there be problems and, from my
experience, Acorn, Epson, et al are unlikely to support something which
they do not see as their specific ‘part of ship’. SCSI interfaces seem
to be the weak link. You may be as lucky as Richard was but, for
example, if the scanner doesn’t work on your particular set-up, who’s
going to fix it?
7.10
I know that Richard agrees with me on this one and he elected to get a
complete package from Integrex who, it appears, have been both
knowledgeable and helpful. Similarly, I’ve had splendid service from
Irlam. I have my own (unprintable) thoughts on which box-shifters to
avoid; no doubt Ed will advise in particular cases.
7.10
Having now used both ProI-mage and Twain/ImageMaster to drive my Epson
6500, do I have a preference? To this, I would ‘say’ horses for
courses”, or “yer pays yer money...”.
7.10
Irlam’s ProI-mage has been around for a good while, is an extremely
capable and stable package which very effectively supports a good range
of colour scanners − but it doesn’t come cheap and there are some
limitations, albeit minor ones. (To be fair to Irlam, we can expect to
see their prices dropping shortly because market forces, such as
increasing interest, falling scanner prices and economies of scale,
allow them to pass on savings to the customer.)
7.10
David Pilling’s Twain and ImageMaster are relatively new runners with
some residual rough edges but are exceptional value and, between them,
support a fair range of monochrome and colour scanners (expanding all
the time) and offer post-scan processing facilities. Scanner/interface
support could prove a problem unless you have confidence in the package
supplier.
7.10
To dither or not to dither...
7.10
Now to cover a few more readers’ queries. In each case, I have taken
advice from one or more experts and will try to give a resumé. Firstly,
and specific to ProI-mage, should Dither be switched on or off? The user
manual says that, normally, Dither should be switched on for best screen
presentation. However, you should switch Dither off if you are
converting images to monochrome using ChangeFSI or, more importantly,
printing (as it will clash with the printer driver halftoning).
Invariably, I will be printing the scanned image, so I have Dither
switched off as a default.
7.10
Scanner resolution
7.10
There has been considerable confusion and discussion over scanner
resolution. Although, for example, my Epson 6500 is advertised as a 1200
dpi machine, the optical resolution of the scanner is actually only 300
dpi and the higher resolutions are synthesised by software processing as
the scan progresses. In principle, this feature seems to be common to
all scanner/software systems, the major differences being the optical
resolution of the scanner (which may be quite different in the
horizontal and vertical axes) and whether, when resolutions higher than
the scanner’s optical capability are required, synthesising takes place
within the scanner itself or by the image processing software during or
after the scanning process.
7.10
One reader raised this point with regard to image storage, the gist
being that high-resolution scans, even in monochrome, can quickly eat up
disc space. He recommended initially scanning and storing a low-
resolution image, subsequently processing to high-resolution immediately
prior to printing. My own feeling is that this is quite valid for a one-
off print but that the hi-res image could not be exported to other
applications (e.g. DTP) or saved for future use without negating the
original savings.
7.10
Gamma correction
7.10
I’ve left the difficult one until near-last... There were numerous
queries along the lines “What is Gamma?” and “What Gamma correction
should I set?”. I received reams of extremely complex explanation and
advice from the experts on this one but readily admit that, as a non-
techie user, I failed to understand virtually all of it. So on the
assumption that those who sent in the queries are in the same boat as me
(otherwise they would probably know the answer), and at risk of
offending the experts, I will try to give a much-simplified picture.
7.10
As an end-user, it seems to me that the effect of the Gamma control in
ProI-mage, ChangeFSI and many other image-processing applications has a
somewhat similar effect to the contrast control on a monitor or TV.
Indeed, the control which seems to have an identical effect in
ImageMaster is called Contrast, so I feel we are on the right track.
However, a monitor/TV contrast control seems to affect both ends of the
spectrum, i.e. a low contrast setting will turn black into dark grey and
white into light grey, to produce a rather ‘flat’ picture. It seems that
Gamma correction leaves the white end alone and affects only the black
end.
7.10
So why should we wish to apply Gamma correction? Probably the major
reason is to improve printed images. We can be reasonably sure that what
appears white on the monitor will be white on paper. However, darker
shades on a ‘back-lit’ monitor will invariably come out far too dark on
paper. Dark greys, for example, can turn almost black. Hence the need
for a process that will leave whites alone, but lighten the darker
shades; Gamma correction seems to do exactly that.
7.10
Note that the numerical value for Gamma for no correction at all is
unity (1.0). The correction to lighten the dark end will be greater than
1.0. (Conversely, to increase the contrast by moving dark greys towards
black, values less than 1.0 should be used.)
7.10
So what value should we set? Unfortunately, there is no one answer I can
give apart from “suck it and see”. This is because there are so many
variables; the image quality, monitor brightness/contrast settings, the
printer and its resolution, material (paper type/transparencies),
personal preference, and so on. Even changing printer resolution − from
300 to pseudo-600dpi on Laser Direct for example − can have a marked
effect on perceived image contrast when printed. However, a numerical
Gamma value of 2.2 appears in various publications and, for me, has
always been a good starting point. With a modicum of trial and error,
you will soon get a feel for what Gamma to set routinely, for the
particular image and your own set-up, to achieve the desired results.
Does anyone have further advice on this one please?
7.10
Comments, please
7.10
Finally, can I invite comments and ideas from anyone who has tried out
the scanning process recommended by Irlam as described in the original
article (scanning at low-resolution and processing in ChangeFSI prior to
printing). I’ve made a few admittedly half-hearted attempts at getting
to grips with this but with only limited success. The main problem has
been that my printed results have been somewhat unpredictable, not
helped by the fact that, as Irlam have said, the screen image after
processing will look pretty awful.
7.10
As before, I would welcome inputs to me at 16 Westfield Close,
Pocklington, York, YO4 2EY. A
7.10
Small Steps
7.10
Richard Rymarz
7.10
Small Steps is a dedicated database-style program that attempts to
simplify the planning and recording of Key Stage 1 of the National
Curriculum. It has been written by Derek Allen and is published by
Resource, an educational software house based in Doncaster. (Now moved
to Kegworth, Derbyshire! Ed.)
7.10
The package includes two discs, the first of which contains the program
and field data. This can be installed onto hard disc without any
problems. The second disc includes the curriculum data for English,
Mathematics and Science and a full guide. These are supplied as
Easiwriter, Pendown or !Edit files and can be printed at leisure. There
is an A4 written guide which takes the user through the installation,
‘getting started’ and overview stages.
7.10
Aims
7.10
Small Steps is designed to break down the very broad statements within
the Attainment Targets of the core subjects of English, Mathematics and
Science of the National Curriculum. It also contains a user definable
option to allow one chosen curriculum area to be included. It is one of
the great criticisms of the N/C that the sub-divisions are too broad and
that the difference between the levels is too great − Small Steps is an
attempt to remedy this situation.
7.10
The full guide notes proclaim very distinct aims and I quote:
7.10
“The Small Steps program records will serve a variety of purposes:
7.10
They will identify which Attainment Targets (and Programmes of Study) a
pupil has studied;
7.10
They will record a pupil’s level of attainment and speed of progress as
measured against nationally prescribed statements of attainment;
7.10
They will provide a teacher with information which will enable schemes
of work, allocation of resources, teaching methods, staff deployment and
classroom organisation to be evaluated and modified where appropriate;
7.10
They will provide important information when pupils change schools;
7.10
They will provide feedback to pupils and a basis for discussion about
their achievements and areas for future effort;
7.10
They will provide the evidence which will be used as a basis for
negotiation and discussion with parents about the achievements of their
pupils; (Curriculum Guidance 1. Framework for the Primary Curriculum
p15).
7.10
In addition, the school management disc will manipulate and print
personal information on pupils. e.g. Form 7 information, class lists,
etc.”
7.10
These are extremely ambitious aims. Teachers know only too well the
complexity of recording the N/C and any aid should be applauded,
however...
7.10
The program − criticisms
7.10
Maybe I am fussy but it seems to me that most programs written for the
Acorn range should be multitasking. There are exceptions which break
this convention, especially in education where art, adventure and
simulation programs do not need a multitasking environment. However, a
management package must multitask since information needs to be
transferred from application to application. As a Headteacher, I need to
be able to move data in and out of Ovation, Style, PipeDream, or
whatever, and I need to be able to do it easily. Small Steps is NOT
multitasking and takes over the whole screen in mode 12. It allows the
export of information as Edit files but in a rather convoluted way since
the program has to be exited. Furthermore, there is no provision to
export as CSV files for instance, so I cannot transfer information into
another database package for further manipulation. Another criticism is
that I had problems using my Laser Direct printer and could not get it
to print properly. On top of that, outline fonts cannot be used although
this is a very minor quibble.
7.10
The program − in use
7.10
Clicking on !Steps results in a date check and then a fairly attractive
main screen that offers four options: curriculum, analysis, toolkit and
closedown. Clicking one of the first three results in a variety of pages
which can be followed quite easily. For instance, following the
curriculum window leads the user through the subject area, the
Attainment Target, the level of attainment and the editor which then
lists the statements and the small steps defined from it. These can be
changed, deleted or added to. Exiting the editor results in the changes
being saved.
7.10
The Toolkit option allows the user to enter class lists, design a chosen
subject, edit the pupil names, draft a review of progress and print
selected information.
7.10
The analysis option allows the teacher to review progress made by the
pupil and prepare a plan for either an individual or a group.
7.10
Many of the pages have a help option which is quite useful if the user
gets lost among the range of pages.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
I have been quite critical of the program design. However, everything
moves very quickly, especially on my A5000 and, as familiarity grows,
the possible seeds of using the program do germinate. It is daunting at
first and I feel that only experienced or very brave users would attempt
to use it to accomplish the stated aims. Curriculum management packages
do not seem to make much impact (what happened to P.I.P.P.?) and there
are possible changes just round the corner with the Dearing Report.
There may be a niche for a program like Small Steps but future
developments in the N/C, teacher resistance to complicated programs, the
scepticism of computer-based methods as distinct from tried and tested
paper-based methods and the sheer effort of entering the appropriate
data, make me doubtful. I have attempted to give a flavour of what Small
Steps attempts to do but if you find your curriculum planning, record-
keeping and analysis of pupil attainment lacking, you may find a use for
this program.
7.10
Small Steps costs £99 +VAT from Resource for a single user version and
£199 +VAT for a site licence. A second pack covering History, Geography,
Technology, Music and Art at the same levels is in preparation. It will
cost £49 +VAT for a single user or £99 +VAT for a site licence. A
7.10
First Impressions of Risc PC − 1
7.10
Paul Hooper
7.10
A Risc PC for a whole week? When Paul mentioned it to me, I jumped at
the offer. All I had to do was write a piece about my first impressions
− a fair exchange. When I got home with the machine, there, waiting on
my doorstep, was Impression Publisher. So this is the result − an
article written on the Risc PC using Impression Publisher. (...but
converted back to Impression II on my A540 to produce the magazine − I
can’t afford a Risc PC just yet! Ed.)
7.10
The technical details have been covered in great detail in all the other
publications, so what I would like to look at is the feel and style of
Risc PC and what it is like to use.
7.10
Set up
7.10
The machine I used was a Risc PC ACB25 with 200 Mb hard drive and 1Mb
VRAM but it had been upgraded from 4 to 8Mb of DRAM connected to the
AKF60 monitor. The hard disc was packed with programs, most of which I
had little time to use, but there is a table of what software works with
the machine set out below.
7.10
Setting up the Risc PC was easy, despite the fact that I had no manuals.
The connections at the rear of the main slice had little icons which
showed you which lead to connect to it. I first decided to mount the
main slice in ‘bookcase’ style, but I found the insertion of floppy
discs was very awkward, and my young daughter kept trying to insert the
floppy upside down. So, the little plastic feet came off and the main
slice went under the monitor. This seemed fine but, as I began to type,
my heavy-handed use of the keyboard tended to make the monitor wobble
slightly. The problem was soon solved and the slice went under the
printer next to the monitor.
7.10
Up and running
7.10
Powering up produced very little difference to my A5000 as I use the
NewLook icons as a default on that machine. The palette icon has gone,
and in its place was a little TV icon called the display manager. A
click with <select> brought up a menu showing the number of colours and
the screen resolution, with a couple of submenus which allowed you to
change them. Working through the resolutions, I found 800×600 was fine,
the 1024×768 and 1280×450 were usable for typing but the largest mode of
1600×600 made 12 point text almost unreadable. Thinking about this soon
produced the answer − I stayed in the higher resolution mode but
magnified the Impression document to 200%.
7.10
I found it easier to work in terms of screen resolution measured in
pixels rather than the more difficult mode numbers. However, a click
with <menu> over the display manager icon brings up a writable icon in
which you can enter the old mode numbers.
7.10
The keyboard
7.10
You may have read that Acorn has gone for a ‘standard’ PC type keyboard.
What this means in practical terms is that Control and Caps lock on the
left hand side of the keyboard have swapped places, the £ sign has
shifted to the ‘3’ key and hash has moved next to the return key. One or
two of the other keys have moved but more annoying is that the words
‘Shift’ ‘Tab’ and ‘Return’ are now missing from the keys. For regular
computer users, this will be no problem, but in the primary classroom
the missing words may make it more difficult for the pupils. The keys
themselves are slightly deeper but the same width as those on an A5000.
The feel of the keyboard is very much a matter of personal preference.
Initially, I preferred the A5000 keyboard but, after sustained use, the
Risc PC keyboard became second nature.
7.10
The slice
7.10
The main box has had much praise showered on it for its radical design,
materials, etc. Certainly, inserting an expansion board or second
processor is very easy and very fast. The modular design will make
expansion simple with one slice mounted on top of another. A lot of
thought has gone into the design of the slice from a technical point of
view but I am not convinced that the same amount of thought has gone
into how the slice is going to be used. The cover on the front of the
machine may have seemed like a good idea, and certainly if you have a
number of slices, covering up the empty bays makes good sense. The cover
itself is easy to open but I found difficult to close, as there is
little of the plastic to get hold of. (You certainly need good
fingernails. Ed.)
7.10
All this reminds me of those plastic screens that used to protect cash
machines at banks. Initially, all the machines had a screen which came
down when you had completed your transaction, but a few years ago a
couple of yobs armed with a tube of super glue managed to put over 300
cash machines out of order in one weekend by running a line of super
glue along the join. If the Risc PC is going to be used in education
then, sad as it is, Acorn does need to make them vandal proof.
7.10
Boot, fonts, system and scrap
7.10
The first thing you notice on opening the hard disc directory is the
absence of Fonts, System and Scrap directories. Instead, you have a
!Boot directory that uses the old System icon and which contains the
other three directories along with a boot file which you can customise
to your own requirements. Clicking on the !Boot icon brings up the
configure application which has moved here from Apps. Once you have
configured the machine, you can remove the configure program to floppy
disc and prevent any reconfiguration of your machine. You can also lock
the system up by using a password system. The trouble with this is that
a delete-power-up can undo all of this, so a link inside the computer
can be set to protect your machine It will then only reboot until the
link is changed again. The various techniques that are available to
protect your data will be welcome within education.
7.10
Your own apps
7.10
Apps has also moved and is no longer contained within the ROMs but is on
the hard disc. The icon still appears on the iconbar and a click will
bring up its contents. This means that you can customise your own
version of Apps. So if, like me, you use about three or four programs
most of the time, these can reside in Apps and be available at a single
click.
7.10
The hard disc also contains a number of Replay files and JPEG images
along with various games which used to come on the Apps disc. There is
also the ArtWorks viewer and ChangeFSI. The hard disc contains a
database of products which lists any known problems with software. To
check if an application runs with the Risc PC just drag the
application’s icon onto the database and up pops the relevant page with
all the details. The database will even generate a letter to the
supplier for an upgrade.
7.10
Draw, Paint and the rest
7.10
Draw has not only been given a revamp with the ‘NewLook’ icons, but also
benefits from the improved graphics display. The Style submenu now has
the colour picker as standard so that you can choose just about any
colour you want. This uses the three industry standards of RGB, CMYK or
HSV. Although there are few new features in Draw, the manual has a much
more detailed guide to Draw and a first-class tutorial.
7.10
Paint has the ‘NewLook’ but appears unchanged apart from the graphic
improvements. Calc has been replaced by SciCalc but Alarm remains
unchanged as far as I can see.
7.10
Other changes
7.10
There are numerous other changes from the Archimedes range and I will
detail a few of them here. You can use any outline font as the desktop
font, making the display much clearer. The Task Manager is almost
identical to the old manager but has an extra line detailing how much
space is taken by the Wimp sprite pool. The screen-saver actually
switches off the monitor rather than just blanking it, so if the monitor
has been off for a while, then after a very audible click, the screen
may take a few seconds to warm up.
7.10
The dramatic increase in the graphics display provided means that not
only do graphics come in many more colours but are also redrawn at about
twice the speed than on the A5000. The hard disc seems marginally faster
than that in the A5000 but the floppy is the same speed and is capable
of reading 1.6Mb discs.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
Risc PC is certainly the machine of the future, although it is not
radically better than the A5000 in performance terms at the moment. If
you are thinking of upgrading from a pre-A5000 machine, then the speed
and the graphics capability will certainly come as a revelation to you.
Also, the upgrade path will ensure that you don’t have an obsolete
machine in two years time. For anyone with an older machine, I should
get your order in now.
7.10
What about me, with my heavily modified A5000? Well, I shall be saving
my money, at the moment. Risc PC does not offer me any significant
advantages over the A5000 as I do very little graphics. Yet all this
will change when the PC processor becomes available in September and the
ARM700 later in the year, then I shall take the plunge.
7.10
Mind you, having just copied this article over from the Risc PC to the
A5000, I am realising that the speed of the hard disc inside the Risc PC
is actually rather faster than I first thought and the graphics on the
A5000 certainly look pretty tired − now where did I put my cheque
book... ?
7.10
On a final note, I was talking to a teacher the other day who was
delighted with the launch of Risc PC. As he put it, “At long last, Acorn
has come up with the real successor to the good old BBC ‘B’ − a machine
that can be used not only by the reception class but also by a
University Professor.” Now that’s what I call praise!
7.10
Thanks to...
7.10
Much has been said in Archive about the ‘Acorn Spirit’ and certainly,
during the past week, I have experienced it. I had to ring a number of
software houses about getting versions of their software that would run
on the Risc PC. Because the time scale was so short, I didn’t have time
to send back my master discs and wait for the upgrades, so I rang them
and explained the situation and almost without exception, the upgrades
arrived on my door step the following day. My thanks must go to Brian
Kerslake at Topologika, Nick Wright at 3T Productions (Key Series), and
Sharon Fellows at Solent Computers (Oak Recorder) who all answered my
queries and problems. Certainly, these firms displayed the Acorn Spirit
to the full. Thanks again! A
7.10
First Impressions of the Risc PC − 2
7.10
Gabriel Swords
7.10
You know how the excitement mounts when you get hold of the latest piece
of software or hardware − you quickly open the packaging so that you can
get the thing out and running. Well, when it comes to the Risc PC, you
can forget it. There is just no way you will ever get the packing open
quickly enough. My advice is to calmly put the kettle on, make yourself
a drink and study the box carefully! The packaging is so complicated
that Acorn have put three photographs (on the bottom of the box!) to
show you how to get into it. It’s probably some kind of initiation test
to make sure you’re worthy of owning the new machine. Fortunately,
opening the box is the most complicated thing you will have to do with
the Risc PC.
7.10
Once inside
7.10
Once inside the box, the first thing you notice about the Risc PC is how
light it is. Out has gone the utilitarian metal box which tries to cut
your fingers off when you attempt to open it (spot the A5000 owner! Ed.)
and in has come a neat, plastic ‘this-looks-like-a-real-computer’
casing. It’s curved at the front and has a pull down flap which hides
the disc drive and the spare slot for something optional like a CD or
additional hard drive.
7.10
The case itself is slightly higher and narrower than the A5000, so if,
like me, your A5000 tucks snugly under a custom made shelf, you’ll have
to raise the shelf half an inch.
7.10
The keyboard is compact and well laid out. It’s a standard PC design so
some of the keys are in different positions from the standard Acorn
keyboard. For example, the lefthand control key is where the caps lock
is on the Acorn one. The lefthand shift key, just above control, is half
the size of the Acorn key. Where the £ sign is on the Acorn keyboard
you’ll find a double-sized delete key. It takes a while to get used to
some of these new positions but, after a couple of days, I found I was
getting around quite well. In fact, I prefer the larger sized delete key
because, when I’m touch typing, I no longer hit the pound sign −
something I invariably do on the Acorn keyboard.
7.10
Setting up the system is simplicity itself. The Acorn screen has two
wires already in place and they plug straight into the back of the
computer. The keyboard and mouse also plug into the back. On the
keyboard you get a much longer wire so you can have the computer further
away from your working area. You can even mount the case on its side
pushing it right out of the way.
7.10
The screen (mine was an AKF60) is much better than the old Acorn ‘Fisher
Price’ screens of yester-year. The picture is much sharper, although it
still doesn’t go right to the edge. With the new screen configuration
dialogue box, it’s also easier to choose a screen mode and colour
combination − colours go from basic black and white to 16 million
colours, depending on how much VRAM you have (whatever VRAM is!). The
only annoying thing is that the screen takes several seconds to come
back to life once the screen blanker has been in operation.
7.10
All the plugs at the back are neatly spaced and clearly labelled. There
are also two slots for additional expansion cards at the back. Getting
in and out of the case is as easy as everyone says. It has a lid with
two catches on top, swivel them back, lift the lid and you’re in. This
makes plugging in cards and chips really easy − in that sense, it is the
most accessible computer I have ever used.
7.10
My only criticism of the design is to say that, in the words of my son,
the on/off switch is pretty cheap looking!
7.10
Getting going
7.10
Being the excitable type, when I got the machine for my week’s
evaluation, I quickly removed my A5000 and plugged the Risc PC in its
place. I stupidly thought I would be able to get going straight away −
which I could, sort of!
7.10
So here’s my second piece of advice. After you’ve finished that drink I
mentioned earlier, you had better start writing to all your favourite
software companies because you might find your most treasured word
processor is now obsolete. If you run Impression, you will need to
upgrade to Style or Publisher. If you have a Laser Direct or Scanlight
Professional, you’ll need an upgrade to their software. The same goes
for any old SCSI cards you might have tucked away in your old machine.
If you want to avoid this huge disappointment, it might be worth getting
hold of the upgrades before you actually get the machine. Alternatively,
if you do get the machine first, you will at least find a helpful
product directory included on the hard drive which will tell you if any
of your particular bits of software need upgrading − very useful!
7.10
Operating system
7.10
In operation, the Risc PC is very similar to existing machines... which
isn’t surprising because the operating system is only a slightly altered
version of 3.11. This makes getting used to the machine very easy − at
least there are no new procedures to learn, and hopefully no new bugs to
cope with! The changes that have been made seem to be more cosmetic than
anything else. For example, the pinboard now has a choice of textured
backdrop, which can be chosen from the new screen configuration
dialogue. Buttons and such-like are in 3D, and when you open a file,
its icon opens up like an ‘open file’. Selecting and moving a group of
files looks a bit different too. Instead of the boring old dotted box
moving across the screen, you now get a parcel wrapped up like a present
− very cute!
7.10
All the system software is neatly collected together in a new-style
!Boot directory. This includes Fonts, Configure, Scrap, System, Choices
− including a new or old style boot-up sequence.
7.10
One major difference between the Risc PC and the older style machines is
that Paint, Draw and Edit are no longer in ROM but are included as disc-
based programs. They still open extremely quickly and work much the same
as before but if you run them all together, even without anything drawn,
painted or typed, they use up about 850Kb compared with 224Kb on RISC OS
3.1. In the past, one of the selling points of Acorn machines was that
you got a reasonable painting package, WP and drawing program included
in ROM − this made them fast and always accessible because they were not
so reliant on the RAM. That is no longer the case. Mind you, with the
Risc PC it’s easier and cheaper to upgrade the RAM and there are no
floppy-disc-only versions for the computer, so it’s not so much of a
problem.
7.10
Speed
7.10
The Risc PC only runs at twice the speed of an A5000! At first I didn’t
think that was going to be very impressive. Having used it for a week, I
have now changed my mind. Take a simple operation like manipulating a
scanned image. I set the machine two simple tasks. Having scanned a
fairly complex image, I dropped the sprite into !Paint and filled it
with a mask − a very time-consuming task at the best of times! From
there it had to trace the sprite and turn it into a drawfile. The job
took about 20 minutes on my A5000 and, as you would expect, less than 10
minutes on the Risc PC.
7.10
Although ‘speed isn’t everything’, in practice, being able to accomplish
a simple but time-consuming task in half the time actually makes me more
productive. It means that I can get on with my work and not have to wait
for the machine to finish. And when you realise that in a matter of
months, we shall have the ARM 700, and later the 800, it makes the
future look very fast... before you know it, you’ll be able to finish
for the day even before you’ve begun.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
The two words that sum up this machine are ‘easy’ and ‘neat’. For once,
Acorn seem to have really thought about the design, layout and ease-of-
use of their computer. This is a computer I could do business with. It’s
also a computer that looks like a business computer − one that would
proudly sit in any office or design studio. All that’s needed now is the
right kind of software and a decent marketing strategy and this machine
could do wonders for Acorn’s share of the market. On the software front,
things are beginning to look a little more promising; on the marketing
side, just using the term PC is a major change in people’s attitudes −
though I bet it has given some of the diehard Archimedes users
apoplexy! A
7.10
Pendown Etoiles
7.10
Phyllis Brighouse
7.10
Some time this year, the RSA plans to run a CLAIT examination in French
and I have been looking for a suitable wordprocessor to use. I think
this may be it. PenDown Etoiles is a French conversion of Longman
Logotron’s PenDown Plus program with some added features and changes.
All program instructions, menus, dialogue boxes, etc are in French.
7.10
The package comes with two manuals: a tutor’s manual in English and a
pupil’s manual in French, and the computer disc. A sheet of Teachers’
Notes gives some initial guidance to the teacher.
7.10
Installation
7.10
The program installed to hard disc perfectly. To me, this is important
because, although I understand the need to protect software, that does
not stop me from loathing programs that compel me to run them from
floppy disc when I have paid for a hard disc.
7.10
There is provision for both RISC OS 2 and RISC OS 3 fonts, and a clear
Help file, with step by step instructions for network users.
7.10
Running the program
7.10
Double-clicking on the !Etoiles icon brings up a copyright message, in
French, and the Etoiles icon installs on the iconbar. Clicking <menu>
over this icon gives four options: Info, Recommencer, Configuer and
Terminer.
7.10
Clicking on Configuer brings up the PenDown Plus dialogue box, in
French, to allow the user to tailor the program’s main menu, and the
program’s save, autosave, print, screen and ruler.
7.10
Clicking on Recommencer brings up the editing window, with a ruler and a
strip of icon buttons for a new ruler, graphics, the insert/overwrite
mode, font selector and change font icons, text colour, underscore,
superscript and subscript, justification, line spacing (in desktop
publishing “points” rather than the typewriter’s “single/double spacing”
options), and a case change button (an option I always miss in a
wordprocessor when it is omitted).
7.10
Pointing and clicking at these buttons brings up French language
dialogue boxes. Point and click at what you want and make the change.
Pupils will find the meaning of the icons clear and easy to learn. The
system follows PenDown Plus and should be easily followed by PenDown
Plus users but, of course, there are changes.
7.10
Apart from the obvious change, that everything is in French, the other
main differences are the function keys. All eleven have been totally
reprogrammed as accent keys (F12 still brings up the star command line)
and a tear-off function key strip is provided on the Registration card.
Shift and function gives capital accented letters for those people who
still wish to use accents on capital letters. Control or Shift/Control
and the function keys do nothing at all.
7.10
This contrasts with PenDown Plus which provides a wide range of options
on the function keys. I have to admit to a prejudice here. I like my
function keys simple, with easy-to-read instructions. Inexperienced
pupils find mouse menus, and now point and click icon buttons, easier
and faster than trying to read function key strips printed about 3
points high. Dedicated PenDown Plus users may feel otherwise and may
wish to reprogram the function keys for Control/function and Shift/
Control/function using the Key Scripts directory located in the PenDown
Etoiles directory.
7.10
In the classroom
7.10
The pupil’s book provides a set of activities and the program disc
contains example files, and pupils quickly learn to use the basics of
the program. Activity 1 displays pictures and short texts about William
the Conqueror. Pupils overwrite the dashes with words selected from a
choice beneath the text. Pupils then spellcheck their French from the
French spellchecker provided. In other activities, pupils design
posters, and learn how to place graphics, choose fonts, format text,
save and print.
7.10
On the disc is a “Mot Juste” file which contains prepared lists of
words, in French, and selecting a word from this list automatically
enters it into the document. This is a French word file from the very
useful PenDown Plus !WordList utility. If pupils who are given
assignments are using these wordlists, and then make a mistake, it will
clearly be a mistake in their French, not their keyboarding skills.
Pupils are also exposed to correct French, not repeated errors.
7.10
This utility is also useful in vocabulary work. Words can be grouped
together into subject areas, and the Mot Juste file supplies a list for
you, providing eighteen word groups. The !WordList utility is provided
with its facilities for creating word groups, anagrams and search and
sort, making this a valuable classroom addition to the French word
processor for teacher and pupil alike.
7.10
A Cloze utility is also provided to make Cloze files from text.
7.10
Manuals
7.10
I tend to be obsessed with manuals. Many are not well written or clear,
and clarifying points with software publishers by telephone is expensive
and therefore discouraged in schools. Longman’s manuals are all well
written and models of clarity, and these manuals are no exception, with
one reservation.
7.10
The pupil’s French manual provides simple exercises, in simple French,
with clear graphical signals to pupils on what they are intended to do.
At the end of the manual is a complete translation of all dialogue boxes
and menus, with the French and the translations side by side. Any pupils
unsure what a menu or dialogue box is asking them to do, have a
straightforward reference section to look up the action. This is an
excellent manual.
7.10
The English language manual is the PenDown manual inside Etoiles covers.
It too is excellent and covers much more ground than the French manual.
Unfortunately, the changed function keys are not included, only the
original PenDown Plus ones. That one discrepancy throws the rest of the
manual into doubt.
7.10
The Contents page includes details about Chapters and Master Pages, Mail
Merging, and The Bin, which are not covered in the French manual. If you
are not a regular PenDown Plus user (I am not), you may become confused
about what is included from PenDown Plus to Etoiles, and what is not. In
the references at the back of the pupil’s book, some lines are greyed
out.
7.10
Longman informs me that everything in the English language manual works
for PenDown Etoiles with the exception of the Suggest option in the
spellchecker. PenDown Etoiles is a fully functioning desktop publisher,
but because English word patterns are so different to French ones, the
Suggest function does not work. Longman are reprinting the English
manual and have promised to look at the function keys when they do so.
7.10
Etoiles for CLAIT?
7.10
There is no doubt that when the French language CLAIT begins, this word
processor will allow pupils to complete the two hour assignment. The
program’s editing functions are more than adequate, with centre and
bold, search and replace, and cut and paste functions; its formatting is
particularly easy to use, so that pupils will have no difficulty editing
the ruler, or changing the justification and line spacing. With the
function keys providing accent keys, text entry is quick and easy, and
the spell-checker efficient.
7.10
PenDown Etoiles, Version 1.17 is available from Archive, price £58. A
7.10
Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit
7.10
Hutch Curry
7.10
The Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit from Risc Developments contains sixteen
utility programs to assist anyone programming the RISC OS Wimp. Most of
the programs have general utility to any programmer, although a number
have particular relevance to Basic. Each of these programs can be run as
a stand-alone application by double-clicking the filer icon or,
alternatively, there is a front-end menu program called !!WimpKit from
which any of the other applications can be run. The programs included in
the toolkit are listed below with a brief description of the purpose of
each.
7.10
!WimpLib by Mark Moxon. This provides a useful library of Basic
functions and procedures for use when writing Wimp applications. It has
routines to perform many of the usual operations that Wimp programs have
to perform (like placing icons on the iconbar), so that a Wimp
application can be written more quickly. The library should enable the
aspiring Basic programmer to develop Wimp applications more easily.
7.10
!WimpAid (Version 1.1) by Graham Crow. WimpAid displays a variety of
information related to the position of the pointer on the desktop. As
you move the pointer, you can obtain continuously updated and detailed
information about pointer coordinates, the window the pointer is over
and the icon within that window.
7.10
!Tempi (Version 1.3) by Graham Crow. Tempi is a program to read window
template files and display their complete contents in a digestible
format.
7.10
!Spyglass (Version 1.01) by David Spencer. Spyglass is a very useful and
powerful application which allows you to ‘spy’ on the memory locations
used by another application whilst that application is running.
7.10
!PollMask (Version 1.37) by Mike Whiteman. This is a small application
to generate the poll mask number required in R0 of the Wimp_Poll
routine. It is also an excellent example of the type of application
which can be developed with the Wimp Library.
7.10
!Pointer (Version 1.1) by Graham Crow. Pointer is an invaluable utility
for debugging template files. It allows you to locate missing icons,
either by giving Pointer the missing icon’s number, or by cycling
through all the icons in any window. It also continuously monitors the
mouse pointer and reports useful information about the windows and icons
beneath it, in a similar fashion to WimpAid.
7.10
!Messages (Version 2.0) by A Phillipson. This is a useful utility which
enables you to gain an insight into the Wimp messaging system.
Installing the program opens the Messages window, which displays the
reason codes returned to the program by Wimp_ Poll, together with a
description of each. These may be messages directed specifically to the
task itself; e.g. a request to open a window; or messages broadcast to
all tasks; for example, notification that a task has been started up or
closed down.
7.10
!MenuEd (Version 1.8) by Keith Moulding. MenuEd is designed to simplify
the process of creating menu structures for Wimp programs. The
application generates a data file containing the menu structures
required, which is given a filetype of &7FD or Menus. This file is then
loaded into your own application when it is run, and the menus are
accessed by using library routines which must be appended to your
program.
7.10
!LoadFile (Version 1.05) by Lee Calcraft. The LoadFile application is
designed to assist the debugging of Basic Wimp programs within the
desktop environment by allowing you to load a program directly from the
desktop by double-clicking on the file with <ctrl> pressed. This action
enters the Basic environment with the program already loaded.
7.10
!IBarShell (Version 1.3) by Ben Avison and Lee Calcraft. IBarShell is a
skeleton application which is designed to enable you to write simple
tasks that can operate with just an iconbar icon.
7.10
!FormEd (Version 1.26) Copyright Acorn Computers Ltd. Risc Developments
have apparently licensed the Acorn window template editor, FormEd, as
part of the toolkit. This venerable application allows you to define
windows on the screen and save the definitions in a file ready for
loading by your own application.
7.10
!Flags (Version 1.0) by Graham Crow. Writing Wimp applications, no
matter what language you use, invariably involves calculating the bits
for various flag settings. Amongst the more difficult to calculate are
the 32-bit flags used by RISC OS for icons, windows, menus and the Wimp
poll. The Flags application will dynamically calculate and display the
required flag value in either hex, decimal or binary, and this value can
be incorporated directly into your program code. Any display may also be
saved as a text file for printing or future reference.
7.10
!EasyWimp (Version 1.0) by Mike Ironmonger. EasyWimp is a very useful
shell program, written in Basic, which provides a ready-made Wimp
structure for applications which require just a single window containing
any number of icons. EasyWimp sets up the application on the iconbar and
handles opening and closing of the window. It also monitors user input
for keypresses and clicks over the window and its associated icons. All
that the user needs to add is the code to perform the necessary actions
when button clicks and keypresses are made.
7.10
!Debug (Version 0.5) by Lee Calcraft. When developing Wimp-based multi-
tasking applications for RISC OS, debugging can present quite a problem.
The Debug application provides one solution to this problem. It runs
from the iconbar and has a single window which displays ten numbered
lines of text about the program being tested. One or more short
procedures can be included in the task to allow it to send messages to
Debug. These can be called at any time within the task to display the
value of any variable, or any other program information, such as a
message that a particular procedure has been called. Procedures and
functions to communicate with Debug are provided for both Basic and C
programmers.
7.10
!BVar (Version 1.0) by Graham Crow. BVar is one of two applications
included in the Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit for analysing and debugging
Basic programs. It performs a similar function to the Basic command
LVAR, which lists the variables defined in a Basic program. BVAR also
identifies all the procedures and functions in the Basic program.
7.10
!BPF (Version 1.2) by Graham Crow. BPF is another application for
analysing and debugging Basic programs. It identifies all the procedures
and functions in a Basic program and lists them by name, together with
the line at which they are defined, their length, and the percentage
they represent of the total program. It also lists any procedures and
functions called but not defined, defined but not called, and most
importantly, defined more than once.
7.10
The programs are supplied on one disc and are accompanied with a well-
written and well-illustrated A5 manual of 54 pages.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
In total, the Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit is good value for money for
anyone programming the Wimp on the Archimedes as some of the programs,
such as !Pointer and !Tempi, will be useful to even the most experienced
programmers. If you are a novice programmer, I think you will find the
majority of the applications extremely useful. My only real complaint is
with the supply of the Acorn template editor, !FormEd, instead of one of
the others now available such as !TemplEd or !Glazier. I personally
dislike !FormEd and think it makes Window creation much more onerous
than it should be.
7.10
Wimp Programmer’s Toolkit costs £21.95 inc VAT through Beebug (£17.95
for Risc User subscribers). A
7.10
Assembly Language Programming − 2
7.10
James Riden
7.10
Custom sprite plot
7.10
The screen display you see on your computer is simply an area of memory.
The screen base address (the lowest memory location) is the top left
corner. The memory location increases as you move right. When the end of
the row is reached, the next highest location is on the next row down on
the left again. In 256 colour modes, each colour corresponds to one
byte. What follows is a simple sprite plot − for more complex routines
see some of Bjørn Fløtten’s articles (Archive 2.10 p23 and 3.1 p40). It
replaces the previous .plotsprite routine in the DirectAnim program from
last month. Remember that R12 holds the screen base address.
7.10
10 REM >Custom
7.10
1000.plotsprite
7.10
1010 ADD R0,R12,R3
7.10
1020 ADD R0,R0,R4,ASL#6
7.10
1030 ADD R0,R0,R4,ASL#8
7.10
1035 ADR R6,spriteaddr+56
7.10
1040 MOV R1,#16
7.10
1050 .yloop
7.10
1060 MOV R2,#16
7.10
1070 .xloop
7.10
1080 LDRB R5,[R6],#1
7.10
1090 STRB R5,[R0],#1
7.10
1100 SUBS R2,R2,#1
7.10
1110 BNE xloop
7.10
1120 ADD R0,R0,#(320-16)
7.10
1130 SUBS R1,R1,#1
7.10
1140 BNE yloop
7.10
1150 MOV PC,R14
7.10
1160.spriteaddr
7.10
1170 ]P%+=512
7.10
1180 [OPT pass
7.10
5005 SYS “OS_CLI”,“Load mysprite ”+STR$~ spriteaddr
7.10
8030 EQUD 160+100*SIN(RAD(I%))
7.10
8040 EQUD 128+100*COS(RAD(I%))
7.10
As before, the file mysprite should contain a 16*16 pixel sprite with no
palette or mask. Check this with !Paint and then save first before
running the program. If any errors occur, check you’ve typed everything
correctly.
7.10
A lot of changes have been made for this routine to work. Firstly, the
sprite is no longer referred to by name but instead is loaded into
memory at the address .spriteaddr. Sprites with no palette have a header
block and the routine compensates for this.
7.10
Also the lookup table is altered from the number of OS coordinates to
the number of pixels (in mode 13 one pixel is four OS units).
7.10
The routine is called with R12 equal to the screen base address and R3
and R4 the pixel offsets from the bottom right hand corner of the
screen. The x position is added to the screenbase and the result is put
into R0. Then R4*320 is added to R0 to give the absolute address to
start plotting. The ASL# statements can be simplified as follows:
7.10
R4 ASL#8 + R4 ASL#6 = R4<<8 + R4<<6 = R4*(2^8+2^6) = R4*(256+64) =
R4*320
7.10
We now know where to plot the sprite. Two registers are set up to be
used in the assembly version of a FOR NEXT loop. Most loops like this
count downwards because it’s one instruction shorter. Simply, a byte or
one pixel is loaded from the sprite and stored on the screen. The ,#1
after each statement means increment the pointer (the register in the
square brackets) after the operation. The screen pointer is incremented
by 320-16 to bring it along one whole row minus the 16 pixels of the
sprite which have been plotted. It should then be immediately below.
7.10
The SUBS instruction does the equivalent of a SUB and CMP. One register
is subtracted from the other as normal but when the S suffix is present,
the flags are set as if a CMP result,#0 has been performed immediately
afterwards. A lot of ARM programmers, having learned on small machines
such as the BBC, are incredibly careful to squeeze every last bit out of
the computer so they do it this way and save one instruction per loop.
You’ll know why when you try writing your own demos.
7.10
There is a faster way to plot sprites providing they are on word (four
byte) boundaries.
7.10
10 REM >WordPlot
7.10
1060 LDMIA R6!,{r7-r10 }
7.10
1070 STMIA R0,{r7-r10 }
7.10
1080 ADD R0,R0,#320
7.10
then type:
7.10
DELETE 1090,1120
7.10
to get rid of lines 1090 to 1120 inclusive.
7.10
Save and run this program. Can you see how jerky the movement is? This
type of plot is only useful for a few situations.
7.10
These lines alter the routine to use the much faster multiple load/store
instruction. The format is slightly different, with the pointer being
the first register and the list of registers being inside the curly
brackets. The exclamation mark after R6 means that it advances R6 by the
same number of words as there are registers. The IA stands for Increment
After, while I means store the registers going upwards in memory and A
means first store a register and then increment the pointer. The
opposites are D which means the pointer goes downwards in memory and B
which means move the pointer before storing a register.
7.10
Next month, I’ll start on scrolltexts. Keep experimenting and enjoy
yourselves! A
7.10
CardShop
7.10
Richard Rymarz
7.10
Children love making cards. Not only does it save them money, but they
gain a great deal of satisfaction from creating their own design,
colouring it in, making an envelope and even drawing a stamp. Then there
is the pleasure of handing over their finished cards. Parents, grannies,
brothers and sisters also appreciate the effort that a child has put
into something they have created themselves. In school and at home,
there are endless opportunities for children of all ages to make their
own cards.
7.10
With this in mind, Clares have produced a neat program that allows
children to do all those things. It is written by Mark Smith and cost
£24.95 or £23 through Archive.
7.10
The package
7.10
Cardshop comes on two discs − one contains the main program, a fonts
folder, some borders and some pictures. The second is a resource disc
containing lots more pictures. There is a well-written, 36-page, ring-
bound manual which explains how to initialise the discs, install the
program on hard disc (no problems), how to get started and so on. It is
clearly written with loads of illustrations. The program is fully RISC
OS compliant.
7.10
The program
7.10
Clicking <select> on the Cardshop icon brings up the main window. There
is a work area which, by default, shows the front of a card. Two banks
of large icons adorn the left side of the window and, at the top, is a
toolbox with five icons. The top four icons on the left correspond to
the four ‘modes’: card mode used to design the front of the card;
message mode used to write messages inside the card; envelope mode which
creates the envelope and an address; and finally stamp mode which can be
used to design a row of stamps which can then be cut out and stuck on
the envelope.
7.10
The lower four icons concern housekeeping allowing the user to: save a
card; reset boarder and picture lists; set directory paths for boarders
and pictures; and there is a dustbin to quit work in a particular mode
ready for a fresh start. User-defined directories of pictures can be
created and selected.
7.10
The tool box allows the user to select a font, write messages (up to 6
rows, each 35 characters long − easily sufficient), print a card, select
a border and select a picture. The tool box changes according to the
mode selected. All this is fairly intuitive and even quite young
children are soon be able to create a complete card.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
This is not the place to discuss whether the computer should or should
not be used for a task that, traditionally, children have done with
paper and ink. Children should continue to be encouraged to draw
freehand. I will simply state that this is another way of producing an
effective result which, for some children, might be the only way they
achieve a neat and tidy piece of work. A word processor does the same
for those with poor handwriting. One very useful addition, partly
implemented, is a larger selection of monochrome drawings and some fonts
in outline so that the children could colour in their selections − not
too many of us have access to colour printers.
7.10
I could give a long wish list for improvements such as resizing of text
and pictures, overlapping of text, picture movement, etc but, to be
fair, such features belong to a DTP program. Maybe some will be
incorporated in future versions which would then broaden its appeal to
older children. However, for the asking price (the price of a standard
game) there is a lot of pleasure to be gained by children at home and at
school. Card Shop does what it sets out to do quite effectively and
simply. A
7.10
10 out of 10 Maths − Statistics
7.10
Richard Rymarz
7.10
Looking through the computer press, it is noticeable that 10 out of 10
Educational Systems − a subsidiary of game producers 4th Dimension − are
producing a whole variety of programs under the 10/10 banner. Not only
are their programs produced for all computer formats, they now include
areas such as dinosaurs, foreign languages and even passing the driving
test.
7.10
10/10 Maths Statistics is an extension of their series of games for
primary and secondary school children with the emphasis on fun and
arcade style presentation to aid learning. I have used 10/10 Maths and
English for some time with my group of ten and eleven year olds. The
programs have been quite successful offering one way of checking the
children’s progress through some of the National Curriculum Attainment
Targets.
7.10
The package
7.10
The program comes on two discs and can be installed onto hard disc − no
protection is used. An easy-to-use install program makes the whole thing
painless. There are two booklets: the Parent/Teacher guide which
introduces the program, relates it to the National Curriculum, explains
the grading and scoring system and unravels how to customise the games;
and the Player’s guide which makes clear how to play the games and how
the Record of Achievement works. Everything is quite comprehensive but
requires a little effort to fully understand.
7.10
The games
7.10
Statistics has been produced two years later than the two other programs
that I use and I was interested to see how much further the design
element had progressed.
7.10
There are six games relating to 36 areas of Attainment Target 5 of the
National Curriculum − Data Handling. Each game has six grades which
relate to the ten levels of the N/C − so it is claimed that it can be
used from early primary school to secondary schools up to Year 10 (14
year olds). This is very ambitious and I have no way of knowing how
effective they are beyond primary school age.
7.10
I will give you a brief description of the aims of each game and the
gameplay involved:
7.10
Bomber − simple construction of block graphs, pictograms, bar line
graphs, frequency curves and histograms.
7.10
The game involves bombing and building block graphs. A helicopter or
plane flies across the screen getting lower and lower as the blocks are
altered. This I thought was quite difficult even at the simplest grade
and it took my children some time to master the skill − the fun slightly
tarnished by the amount of information needed to be held in the
children’s heads.
7.10
Survey − recording observations, grouping and ordering, tallying, using
relative frequency and estimating probability.
7.10
Grade 1 offers young children the chance to record the number of
creatures around a pond. There are then some simple questions to answer.
This was good, the children coping very well. The last grade involves
tallying dice throws and answering questions on frequency.
7.10
Cheers − recognising outcomes from random events, placing events in
likely order, understanding mean and mode, distinguishing between
estimates and probabilities and the addition of probabilities for
mutually exclusive events.
7.10
At Grade 1, Cheers is a simple ‘snakes and ladders’ game. A dice is
thrown and the children have to read a statement and then choose the
correct one from a list of possible answers. Once again this was quite
difficult and a great deal of thought was needed by the children.
7.10
The highest grade involves working out the probability of a combination
of chances.
7.10
Archer − sorting a set of objects, using words to identify chance,
calculation of the mean and range of data, calculation of probability of
a combined event and calculation of the probability of two events
happening.
7.10
Archer is an arcade-style game like Whack It (see below). The children
have to shoot an arrow through a coloured balloon that contains a word
belonging to a family. My children enjoyed this game but again some of
the vocabulary was too difficult for very young children.
7.10
The hardest grade was basically the same but involved some − to my mind
anyway − quite difficult calculation of probability.
7.10
Whack It − choosing criteria to classify objects, recognising events as
certain, uncertain or impossible, distinguishing between fair and
unfair, know that P(E)+P(not E) = 1 and P(not E) = 1-P(E) (whatever that
might mean) and calculate the mean.
7.10
This game has been seen before in other 10/10 programs and, at its
easiest level, involves the children reading groups such as ‘elephant,
monkey, lion, tiger’, then finding the word ‘animals’ somewhere in the
main screen and ‘whacking’ it with a hammer. My main concern is that
some of the vocabulary is too difficult for very young children.
7.10
The highest grade involves using a calculator to discover the ‘mean’
from a set of frequencies.
7.10
Sniper − interpreting block graphs, pictograms, pie charts, network
diagrams, frequency tables and histograms.
7.10
Sniper has also been seen before. Grade 1 involves simple interpretation
of block graphs. A moving target containing the answer to a question has
to be ‘shot’. Again, some of the language is quite difficult.
7.10
Grade 6 involves careful reading of the question and interpretation of
the graph before attempting an answer.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
I have mixed feelings about this group of programs. The presentation is
much slicker than previous offerings. It offers more than just drill and
practice since some heavy thinking is required to solve some of the
puzzles. The games are enjoyed by the children, particularly those
styled along arcade lines. However, there are some careful
considerations needed:
7.10
1. How will it be integrated in the classroom?
7.10
2. How are questions of language overcome, especially for younger
children or slow learners?
7.10
3. What exactly does it do for the child and how is it related to his/
her mathematical development?
7.10
Please don’t be too discouraged from buying and using the program at
home (especially for primary school age children − I find it hard to
imagine teenagers playing it at home) or school. There does seem to be
an awful lot in the program that could lead to useful work away from the
computer. As usual with most ‘educational’ software, an imaginative
teacher or parent will derive much from it.
7.10
Maths-Statistics costs £25.95 inclusive from 4th Dimension or £24
through Archive and represents good value for money.
7.10
Finally, there is a bonus. Another game called ‘Word Fit’ is included.
What this has to do with the main suite of programs, I do not know.
Perhaps it was ‘superfluous’ to requirements or not good enough to be
included in a full suite of English programs. Anyway, it is there and is
a spelling game. Unfortunately, I don’t think it is particularly
brilliant, the idea being to fill in a grid with words in a crossword-
type pattern. The words across the grades are user-definable but playing
the game is quite cumbersome. Never-the-less it is there if you can find
a use for it. A
7.10
Observess − An Expert System Shell
7.10
Les May
7.10
What is an expert system?
7.10
Well, the following story will help to illustrate it for us... Some
years ago a friend of mine built an audio compressor/expander unit for
his home studio. So far as one could tell, it was built exactly to the
design given in the audio magazine, but it refused to work. After a few
hours spent in checking the circuit, he brought it to my house and asked
if I would take a look at it. With my scanty knowledge of analogue
electronics, I checked for dry joints, wrong component values and so on.
Having found nothing wrong, out came a test meter. Starting with the +ve
and −ve supply lines and the power pins of the ICs, the voltages at
different points in the circuit were checked, before moving on to do the
same test at the various transistors.
7.10
After about ten minutes work, it seemed that the problem probably lay
with three transistors. One faulty new transistor I could understand,
but not three! As I did not have replacements to hand, I decided to look
in my transistor equivalents book to check on possible substitutes. It
was at this point I realised what the problem was. It appeared that the
transistors giving the trouble were manufactured with two different lead
configurations but with the same encapsulation! After resoldering them
with the leads correctly oriented, the circuit worked as described.
7.10
Diagnostic situations like this are by no means rare. The problem domain
is narrowly defined, in this case, analogue electronics, and there is a
clear goal − discovering the fault. Applying the tests is equivalent to
asking a series of questions and the results are equivalent to
‘answers’. Knowledge of which ‘questions’ to ask and what can be
inferred from the various ‘answers’ is where the skill lies. If the
skill is difficult to acquire because the number of possible questions
is very large and interpreting the answers requires the exercise of
judgement, we call the people ‘experts’.
7.10
Initially, attempts to automate these procedures lead to the development
of specialised computer programs in which the knowledge, the question
and answer routines and the process of making inferences from the
answers were intermingled. This is equivalent to writing a new
wordprocessor program to operate on every new piece of text! Not
surprisingly, these were superseded by programs which separate the
questions and answers − the knowledge base − from the mechanism which
asks the questions and processes the answers − the inference engine.
This type of generic program is usually called an ‘expert system’ shell
because the same program allows the building and using of any number of
different expert systems. The inference engine must also be able to
explain to the user its reasoning.
7.10
Although the term ‘expert system’ was the first to be coined, today, the
term knowledge-based system (KBS) is often used. A KBS may be formally
defined as, ‘a computer-based system which supports or performs
automatically, a cognitive task in a narrow problem domain which is
usually only carried out by human experts’.
7.10
Enter Observess
7.10
Observess from Rebecca Shalfield is a fully multitasking expert system
shell for RISC OS computers. It allows developers to construct and test
their own KBSs in a knowledge domain of their choice, and to distribute
them along with a run-time edition upon which no royalties are payable.
Up to a thousand rules with an IF... THEN... structure are allowed, each
with up to three conditions which are ANDed together. OR is not
supported but a method of avoiding this limitation is explained in the
manual as is the way of dealing with more than three conditions. Rules
can be Displayed, Added, Amended, Deleted, Swapped or Reset. Most of
these are self-explanatory. Swap changes the order in which the rules
are dealt with during a consultation session. Known conditions or
conclusions are called facts and up to a hundred of these are allowed.
Because both rules and facts may be indicative rather than diagnostic of
a particular conclusion, both can be assigned percentage certainty
factors.
7.10
Observess is a complex program designed to simplify the task of making
use of some quite sophisticated ideas. It succeeds in doing this, but
whether it is successful enough will depend on the motivation of the end
user of the knowledge base. The explanation facility is, perhaps
inevitably, rather primitive. A reasonably experienced computer user
would have no difficulty but a reluctant user would probably expect to
find a much more detailed and verbose explanation.
7.10
Documentation
7.10
Initially, I found myself judging Observess by the quality of the
supplied knowledge bases, which would be quite wrong. Having said that,
I did find them rather poor, even pointless. Only eight lines of the
twenty page manual are devoted to advice on how to construct a knowledge
base. It would be a real asset to have a couple of extra pages devoted
to building a knowledge base from scratch − it could use one of those
supplied as an example.
7.10
The manual is a mixture of clear ‘do this’ instructions and occasional
obscure sentences. Topics are dealt with as a series of numbered
sections and the index refers to a section number rather than a page.
This will make the addition of new topics a simple task. Unfortunately,
even with spacing between topics there are 45 lines per page and more
than a hundred characters to a line. In other words it is quite
difficult to read! The manual is very honest about things that are
missing from the program or might be done better. It also indicates what
will be added in later versions.
7.10
Niggles
7.10
Apart from the manual my other reservations include a number of minor
niggles like the choice of colours for the windows − one is a sickly
orange, and the layout of the ‘Ask question’ window. Changing a rule is
done via the Amend window and the user has to remember to click on the
OK icon to ensure that the rule is amended. It would be nice if the
program detected a text change and made the rule change automatically
when the rule number is incremented or decremented. When the expert
system cannot provide a recommendation, the user is informed of this
through an error window because the condition is treated as an error. It
isn’t an error. The problem arises from an attempt to simplify the
procedure responsible for supplying messages.
7.10
Feedback from the programmer
7.10
Users are encouraged to contact the author with queries, comments and
recommendations. I did this and got a quick response to the points I
raised. This will probably lead to a succession of minor changes in the
program as the author tweaks it in the light of feedback from users. A
number of changes are already being made to the next version being
prepared for release, version 1.11. Perhaps the necessary feedback
should have been obtained before it was released onto the market.
7.10
One of the points raised with the author was that one menu suggests that
it is possible to launch a consultation session using a function key.
Even after getting a reply to a query about this, I still could not get
it to work as it should. It does work, but not consistently. I also
found that when I wanted to drop the program from the iconbar, I kept
being told that I had not saved the knowledge base, even though I had
not modified it.
7.10
News of upgrades, answers to queries and hints on using the program are
promised in The Observess Chronicle which came with update 1.09.
7.10
Great potential
7.10
If this were a preview of an as yet unreleased program, my feelings
would be entirely positive, because it has a great deal of potential.
Because it’s a review of a program that has already been released, I
have reported the problems I encountered.
7.10
In spite of the ‘rough edges’ which the Observess undoubtedly has, it
would be good value for money to anyone who wants to develop an expert
system to sell or distribute to others. If you have a use for it, you
will put up with the problems. It is not a toy, it is a real expert
system shell and you can freely distribute the run time version with
your knowledge base. I used it to make a simple expert system to help
with the identification of common gases such as might be encountered by
children in the lower secondary school. Another use which comes to mind
is building an adviser about which statistical test is most appropriate.
7.10
You may have noticed that it is very unlikely that an analogue
electronics expert system would have been able to diagnose the ultimate
cause of my problem with the transistors − which is good news for we
humans! The program was tested on an A5000 with 4Mb of RAM and hard
disc.
7.10
The developer’s version of the Observess expert system shell, complete
with the royalty-free run-time version, is available from Rebecca
Shalfield, 51 Swallowfield Road, Charlton, London, SE7 7NT, price
£20. A
7.10
Technical Clipart Collection
7.10
Mike Tomkinson
7.10
The problem with clipart is that you never have enough of it. Perhaps
that sentence should read ‘good clipart’ as there is certainly enough
poor quality material around. It must be said that some of the PD houses
are the worst offenders. Some are guilty of supplying clipart
“collections” which might charitably best be described as of variable
quality. The argument that it is cheap does not excuse the fact that
some of it consists of no more than poorly scanned images and even
worse, conversions of PC clips.
7.10
Good clipart
7.10
It is always good to see clipart which has a quality look to it. This
certainly applies to the Technical Clipart Collection from PTW Software.
7.10
The disc contains a library of Chemistry apparatus and an electronic
circuit drawing system which can be combined with a PCB symbol library
to produce printed circuit diagrams which can also include ICs.
7.10
PCB artwork
7.10
The latter feature is really only an option on drawing packages which
have the ability to layer or overlay views and which have a library
facility. The excellent PD DrawPlus or its most commercial and fully-
featured development, Vector from 4Mation, are highly recommended. Some
of the more specialised PCB drafting clipart is supplied in DrawPlus
format for this reason. Draw is simply not up to this task.
7.10
Given the low cost of this clipart collection (£7.50 inclusive) it could
be argued that savings are likely to be achieved when comparing it to
specialised PCB drafting software. A copy of the Technical Clipart
Collection plus Vector represents excellent value for money. No-one is
suggesting that it replaces professional standard PCB design software
but, for occasional use, it is more than adequate.
7.10
The clipart is supplied with an A5-sized 8-page manual which gives users
all the help they are likely to need to produce worthwhile results.
However, it does not replace the Vector manual and the person who has
not got to grips with libraries and layers would need to consult the
appropriate sections.
7.10
The supplied documentation does assume that the user has the ability to
use Draw and DrawPlus. Perhaps a worked example using layers and
libraries would be useful for those new to packages other than Draw.
DrawPlus is certainly not that different from Draw but a learning curve
would certainly exist for some users. However, it is good to see clipart
supplied with printed manuals rather than the usual scant help file on
disc (if you are lucky).
7.10
Perhaps others would argue that this clipart fills a niche in the market
and it certainly has the redeeming features of being high quality and
inexpensive at the ridiculously low price of £7.50 inclusive. The price
represents particularly good value for schools as it also includes a
site licence.
7.10
Chemistry apparatus
7.10
The Chemistry apparatus library is certainly the most accessible part of
the collection. It is very easy to produce highly acceptable worksheets
and examination papers, by using it in combination with Draw and/or any
DTP package. It should certainly be of use to all teachers of Chemistry
and would be a worthwhile addition to the hard discs of all Science
Department Archimedes and Risc PCs.
7.10
Hobbyists and schools with electronics departments and would also find
the circuit and PCB collections useful but they will need DrawPlus or
Vector. My only slight criticism is that the individual pieces of
Chemistry apparatus and the flasks and tubes are not included as a
Vector library file. A
7.10
Phases à la Nouveau
7.10
Phyllis Brighouse
7.10
I teach junior and senior pupils in an Independent school. We teach
French starting from Year 6, and RSA CLAIT, and are looking for a French
word processor to teach the new French CLAIT.
7.10
The program
7.10
Phases à la Français, Version 1.08, is a full French language version of
NW SEMERC’s wordprocessor and desktop publisher Phases 3, with the
wordbank facility found in the Full Phases program added. This is a
second screen which can be used as a substitute for an overlay keyboard.
7.10
You can create pages of text, change the font size and font type, import
graphics, and import Cloze texts created in Full Phase. The text size is
especially easy to use; six size options are given, with the size of the
final text displayed in the size it will appear on the screen and in
print. Point and click at the size wanted. There is also a notepad. Text
can be centred, or left or right justified, and rearranged into two
columns, newspaper style. You can remove a graphic or add new graphics
to a page as required.
7.10
With Phases à la Français, all the menus and instructions are presented
in French. Save becomes Sauvegarder, for instance. It should be noted
that somebody seems to have missed the screen page numbers; these are
still in English as page one, page two, etc. I am sure NW SEMERC will
change this in the next version.
7.10
Documentation
7.10
This consists of the English language version of the Phases 3 manual
with a French language supplement. As I think in English when working,
this did not worry me. The book is small, well laid out, and ring bound,
so it sits neatly beside you and does not get in the way. The supplement
I saw was not as detailed as it could be in explaining how to use the
wordbank, but SEMERC informs me that this will be looked at.
7.10
Installing the program
7.10
We use A3000s with a hard disc and RISC OS 2, and a BJ200 printer. To
install the program, you simply create a suitable directory on the hard
disc, display the contents of the floppy disc in their window, and drag
each file across.
7.10
I already use Phases 2 and run fonts from my hard disc font manager. The
only font file supplied which I did not have was Cloze. I added it to my
hard disc font directory and everything worked perfectly.
7.10
Running the program
7.10
With RISC OS 2, you have to install your printer driver first, so that
the program can set up correctly, or it does not run. A large clear
notice inside the manual front cover instructs you to do this.
7.10
Double click on the font manager, open the Phases directory and double
click on the !Phases 3 icon. It appears on the iconbar. Clicking <menu>
over this icon gives you your mouse menus − all in French.
7.10
The French language supplement instructs you to open the directory
called Work containing a file called banque_mot (the wordbank file) and
load it to the Phase à la Français icon on the iconbar. You can either
double-click on the directory icon, or else drag it to the iconbar. Two
screens appear: a blue one (the wordbank) and a writing screen. Each
screen is separate and you can drag them apart, enlarge or reduce them
individually, push one or the other to the back, or remove one
completely.
7.10
Next you are instructed to drag a text file called Accents onto the blue
area. I did so, and accented French characters appeared on the blue
wordbank. You are now instructed to click on the white writing area and
write something in French. When you need an accented character, the
instructions stated, click on the character in the wordbank and it will
be entered into your writing at the caret position.
7.10
I tried to write “Bonjour Dénise” but what I got was “Bonjour Dé nise”.
The wordbank is literally that − a wordbank − and a space is
automatically inserted after each accent clicked on. NW SEMERC informed
me that a separate accent generator was being prepared, rather like
!Chars, but neater.
7.10
An alternative way of entering text is to click <menu> over the iconbar
and select a New Screen − nouvel écran. You should not do this if you
plan to use the wordbank; when the file is loaded to the icon on the
iconbar, it deletes any new screen you have created, and the work on it.
7.10
Creating banque mots files
7.10
Creating an Edit file with banque_mot was very simple. I dragged the
banque_mots file to the icon on the iconbar so that the white writing
area and the blue wordbank area appeared, and loaded the text file
Accents into the wordbank. I deleted the writing window and replaced it
with an Edit window instead and clicked on the accents in the wordbank
to transfer them to Edit whenever I needed an accent. This was easier
than using !Chars, even if I did have to keep removing the spaces. You
do have to remember to end each Edit file with a return, or you will
lose the last letter entered. To merge two separate files, create a new
Edit file and drag the two files into it.
7.10
None of this was in either the manual or the French language supplement
supplied, but the program is so intuitive to use that I had no
difficulty working it out for myself, and NW SEMERC assure me they are
looking at improving the supplement.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
As an English language word processor and desktop publisher, Phases 3 is
superbly easy to use and, apart from the one slip up with the page
numbering, an excellent conversion has been made to the French language.
7.10
It is not suitable for French RSA CLAIT simply because of the time
constraint of 2 hours for the examination. It is, however, an excellent
French language word processor for everyone else, especially people who
already use Phases 3. NW SEMERC can supply a range of graphics very
cheaply to load into the program, and also supplies a good database
program called Optima which could be used as an electronic book, and
Edit files of French text pasted into it.
7.10
Phases à la Français, Version 1.08 costs £24 (+£3 p&p) +VAT from NW
SEMERC. A
7.10
Materials, Components and Techniques
7.10
George Barnett
7.10
Anglia Television Education’s range of curriculum datafiles for its KEY
data-handling system is increased by this Key Plus database package
‘Materials, Components and Techniques.’
7.10
Key Plus is a powerful database program designed to meet the data-
handling requirements of the National Curriculum. Key Plus Version 2.5
or above is required (Version 3 is now available). These versions would
have been supplied as upgrades to any schools registering for Technical
Support at a cost of £45. Otherwise an individual cost of £60 or a site
licence ranging from £65 to £180 would be required.
7.10
The disc contains five datafiles designed to help students in the 11-16
year age group make choices during the ‘design and make’ process.
Information is given on materials. The other datafiles on tools,
components and joining techniques contain over 70 graphics which help
students illustrate their work. These graphics can be exported using
Draw. There are datafiles on 65 different types of materials, 26
components, 37 tools, 17 methods of joining and a glossary of 48 terms
used in the field of plastics and polymers.
7.10
The datafile ‘Material’ includes a wide range of information on common
materials and the names of some of the materials (particularly the
plastics) include several alternatives in a single record. The datafiles
‘Component’, ‘Tools’ and ‘Joining’ each have a graphic field to present
pupils with a pictorial representation of the record.
7.10
A sixteen-page comprehensive booklet is provided, which is designed
specifically for classroom use. This includes information which will
encourage pupils to ask a variety of questions when considering the
materials, components and techniques used in project work. It also
includes information about the datafiles and their use. There are
several study sheets including ‘The right tool for the job’, ‘Material
properties’, ‘Choosing metals’, Choosing plastics, ‘Choosing timber’,
and a sheet on adhesives.
7.10
The study sheet ‘Meeting the need’ gives useful suggestions under the
headings Design and Make, Identify an area of need, Produce a design
brief, Investigate the various possibilities, Decide on the best
solution, Make the product, and Test and modify it. The study sheet ‘The
right tool for the job’ helps in picking tools − tools for holding and
tools for safety.
7.10
The running of the program follows the usual Key Plus format of loading
Key Plus then dragging the required datafiles onto the icon on the
iconbar. The files can then be searched, sorted etc.
7.10
All sheets may be freely photocopied by the purchasing school.
7.10
This is highly recommended and would be a great help for any teacher
involved in Design and Technology but remember Materials, Components and
Techniques can only be used with Key Plus.
7.10
Materials, Components and Techniques is available from SCA (Anglia
Television) at £22 +VAT. A
7.10
MouseTrap
7.10
Dave Walsh
7.10
MouseTrap is a small but useful utility, from Design Concept, to control
the presses of mouse buttons. Mousetrap can make the friendly rodent
even more accommodating by ignoring stray presses made by young,
disabled or inexperienced users.
7.10
It is able to turn off select, menu and adjust buttons in any
combination, as well as making the mouse left-handed by swopping
<adjust> and <select>. It can even make all the buttons act as <select>
if you fancy a one button mouse!
7.10
One of the most promising features is the ability to “latch” on with
<select> rather than having to hold it down continuously. A welcome
addition to the program might be an alterable timespan to achieve the
latch though, as some users will find a full second static too
difficult. A further helpful aid would be an audible “beep” once the
mouse is in “latched” operation. The feature works within each of the
paint programs that I tried allowing young users the pleasure of
painting without worrying about being able to keep the button down AND
move the mouse!
7.10
As the program arrived for review in a non-documented state, it was
difficult to comment on the manual. Even so, it’s the sort of program
that should be largely intuitive and it was therefore a little
surprising that I managed to lock myself out of the options on numerous
occasions and had to revert to killing it through the task manager.
7.10
Mousetrap uses 128Kb as well as having a module residing in the module
area. Quitting from the application on the iconbar makes the trapping
function cease so you are forced into using the full memory version.
7.10
With a few minor modifications, this program could be ideal for a range
of users who have specific difficulties operating the mouse. A
7.10
Lemmings 2 − The Tribes
7.10
Dave Floyd
7.10
Lemmings 2, not surprisingly the sequel to Lemmings, has at last made
its journey from other formats to the Archimedes courtesy of Krisalis.
The package comprises four discs, requires a minimum of 2Mb of memory
and is available for £29.95 or £28 through Archive.
7.10
Background
7.10
There can be few people within the computer fraternity who have not at
least heard of Lemmings. In this masterpiece amongst puzzle games, the
idea is to help a group of Lemmings through a plethora of screens
containing puzzles which get gradually more difficult as the game
progresses. For my taste, the only real drawback of the original was
that some of the screens relied too much on fast reactions to complete
them rather than puzzling skills. Lemmings 2 − The Tribes has no such
screens to spoil the enjoyment, which will come as good news to many.
7.10
Since the original, the lemmings have settled on Lemming Island and have
lived prosperous and fruitful lives as members of separate tribes,
thanks to a talisman of which each of the twelve tribes holds a piece.
All is not well, however and, as foretold in the prophecy, a great
darkness is coming and they must escape the island. Preparations have
been made in the centre of the island where an ark has been constructed
to spirit the lemmings away to safety. Your objective, is to guide each
tribe of lemmings from their village to the ark so that the twelve
pieces of talisman may once again be joined together to give the
lemmings the power to escape their fate.
7.10
Each tribe of lemmings has cultivated its own distinct culture and
personality and they have learned many new skills, fifty-two in all,
although only a maximum of eight are available for use at any one time.
The graphics are small but detailed, as before, and a major improvement
on the original is the scrolling of the screen which can now be moved in
all directions, allowing larger and more devious screens. Owners of
multisync and VGA monitors are also catered for with improved graphics
if the game is loaded in mode 27, while those who have 4Mb machines will
be rewarded with better quality sound. Finally, the function keys can
now be used as an alternative to the mouse for selecting skills which
comes in very useful at time critical moments.
7.10
The game
7.10
In order to complete the game, all pieces of the talisman must reach the
centre of the island. To achieve this, you must help each tribe through
ten separate levels. Each tribe starts the game with sixty members and
you must try to get as many of those sixty as you can through each
level. If you succeed in guiding them all through, you have sixty on the
next level, whereas if you only manage to save, say, ten lemmings, you
have the option of trying to do better or attempting the remaining
levels with your ten lemmings. The colour of your talisman piece changes
to reflect how well you have done. If all lemmings are successfully
saved, it is gold; a less than perfect go will be rewarded with a
silver, while if most of your tribe have been left behind or died in the
attempt, you will only have a bronze piece. How well you have succeeded
is denoted by means of a medal awarded at the end of each level. This
works well as a way of extending the life of the game, because even if
you complete all the levels in a couple of weeks of playing, it will
take far longer before you devise methods by which your completed
talisman is solid gold.
7.10
There are no passwords in Lemmings 2. Instead, you have the facility to
save your game position onto a blank disc, or your hard disc if you have
installed the game. Each different tribe’s trek can be attempted in any
order and it is not necessary to complete all ten levels before moving
to a different part of the island and another tribe. This means that if
you get stuck on a particular problem, you can move on to another tribe,
coming back to attempt any unsolved parts later. You can also move back
through previously solved levels to attempt to improve your lemming
count. The progress of each tribe is shown on the map of Lemming Island
by the pieces of talisman which move inwards corresponding to the
progress made in each area.
7.10
The puzzles themselves are graded well and get increasingly difficult as
you progress through each of the ten levels for the twelve tribes.
Experimentation and a bit of lateral thinking can be rewarded when you
feel that there is no way possible to complete a screen. Like a good
adventure game, a real sense of achievement is felt when a problem is
solved and a level completed after hours of believing that it was
impossible.
7.10
On reaching the end of a screen, each tribe has its own way of
finishing. One tribe bows down to you before disappearing while the
Highland tribe, whose finishing block is a telephone box, actually
staggers past before falling backwards into it in a drunken stupor.
Stereotypical and not overly politically correct perhaps, but it brought
a smile to my face, and it is attention to small details such as this
which helps to make Lemmings 2 such a good game.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
Lemmings 2 is one of those rare phenomena. Playable, highly addictive
and with no obvious faults or down sides at all throughout its total of
120 levels. The game design is a gem and the conversion has been carried
out with all the skill and care we have come to expect from Krisalis. If
you only have 1Mb of memory and have not been able to justify upgrading,
this game is reason enough. A
7.10
Cars − Maths in Motion
7.10
George Barnett
7.10
‘Cars Maths in Motion’ is simulation program (not a game) that is based
on a season of Formula 1 Grand Prix motor racing. It is an educational
program which covers an understanding of percentages, multiplication,
division, simple geometry, scale drawing, modelling, probability,
ratios, strategy and logical thinking. The program is suited to
individuals or group work and cars have to be adjusted to compete on the
chosen circuit. There are many available circuits and teams have to make
decisions based on a combination of information presented to them and
their own skills in measuring, estimation and calculation.
7.10
The teams compete in an attempt to achieve the fastest practice lap time
to obtain the pole position at the start of the race. The task then is
to develop a winning strategy! Fuel loading, tyre types, pit stops and
weather forecasts will all come into play when making decisions.
7.10
Tutorial
7.10
There is an excellent tutorial that pupils may use on the Silverstone
racetrack. There are six files set up on the ‘Teams’ directory:
‘Stewards Information’ showing the race venue, distance, and weather
information (dry weather requires fast dry tyres), ‘Drivers Temperament’
(what sort of driver are you?), ‘Workshop Adjustments’, ‘Pit Team
Briefing’, ‘Race Planning’ and ‘Grid Position’. The information must
then be saved and the race started.
7.10
The climax (or anti-climax depending on your expectations) is the race
itself. It is at this point that the teams find out whether their
strategies were successful or not. There is no roar of engines though
and no movement of cars, only records of times or incidents. All the
pupils who tried this program were disappointed at this stage. Flying
simulations have aeroplanes and, of course, some action was expected.
However, by persevering, most pupils became interested in the
Silverstone Report which appears at the end of the race, e.g. Weather,
warm and dry. Lap 1, Ian overtakes Wendy. Lap 2, Ian spins car but
recovers. Lap 3 Ian crashes car. Finally Kevin wins at an average speed
of 205 km/h. This, of course, shows only brief excerpts of the report
but it was of great interest to the pupils taking part.
7.10
Running the program
7.10
The program disc has to be initialised but then the three discs may be
loaded onto a hard disc. By clicking on the !Cars icon, the icon appears
on the iconbar and if you do not wish to study the well-presented
manual, you can simply follow the tutorial.
7.10
Creating a race scenario
7.10
Before being able to set up a race, a circuit has to be selected from
the 21 supplied and provision has been made for a degree of security for
teachers, to prevent pupils tampering with the Setup. Clicking <menu> on
the Cars icon produces, amongst others, ‘Start Race’ and the Setup Page.
This has a sub-menu showing Start Time, Lap Details, Circuit Details,
Weather Forecast and Save Setup. The Setup has to be saved before the
race can be run.
7.10
In setting up the car, the circuit plans have to be studied. There are
six types of features to be considered: short, medium and long
straights, tight, medium and long bends. Each feature type is defined on
every Circuit Plan, creating different mathematical situations. The
angles have to be measured (by a protractor). The race distance and safe
speed have to be calculated, as has the required quantity of fuel, and
the necessary pit stop times have to be forecast. There are helpful tips
for the classroom covering these features printed in the manual, as well
as Travel and History suggestions. Listed too, in Appendix 3, is
program-related classwork in Maths, Science, Art, Social Skills, Life
Skills, Language, Design and Technology and car problems.
7.10
As the race progresses, incident reports appear on the screen (as
mentioned in the tutorial above) and if a ‘Journalist’ option is set,
the race is paused to allow time for notes to be taken. There are
facilities to construct your own circuit.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
The 23-page manual, 21 circuits and three discs are housed in a strong
box and I consider that this is a worthwhile educational program,
reasonably priced at £49.95 +VAT from Cambridgeshire Software House. A
7.10
Vanguard Graphics − Cowboys and Indians
7.10
George Barnett
7.10
This consists of over a hundred examples of Cowboys and Indians coloured
clipart that can be used in cartoons or whole comic books. No drawing
ability is required − just a vivid imagination and a lot of time. A
‘Wild West’ font is also included.
7.10
There are two filled discs of drawfiles and the twenty wild west scenes
that can be ungrouped so that individual parts can be used separately.
There are ‘effects’ available, such as POW! WHOOSH! ZOOM and various
shaped speaking bubbles into which ‘cowboy talk’ can be typed.
7.10
The ten-page pamphlet that comes with it shows each item of clipart and
gives suggestions for creative writing, colouring books and National
Curriculum areas.
7.10
I can thorougly recommend this clipart library − at £15 + £2 p&p (that’s
less than 17p a picture!) from Matt Black, it’s worth every penny. A
7.10
Impression Style Resource Disc
7.10
Gabriel Swords
7.10
DEC_dATA have produced a useful disc of clipart and borders. There are
six files on the disc including... borders, masks, decorative and office
clipart, chess pieces, and a UK map.
7.10
The clipart isn’t the best part of the disc − in fact, among the last
four files, you’ll only find 26 drawfiles, and thirteen of those are
chess pieces.
7.10
The borders on the other hand are much more useful. You can choose from
arrows, round and square corners, celebrations, fancy, jumbo, plain and
top borders − 110 in all. Even amongst the plain borders, you’ll find
all the lines you always meant to create but never got around to doing −
dotted, 2mm, 5mm, ½pt etc.
7.10
In with the celebration and fancy border files, you’ll find, among other
things, a football, a collection flowers, pins, screws, taped corners, a
Christmas tree, holly, balloons, a horseshoe, a fish and a cross.
7.10
If you have a copy of Impression Style, you can also access some help
files. These give you some ideas about how to use the clipart and the
borders and shows you how to create drop caps and text runaround.
7.10
Although the collection is called an Impression Style Resources disc,
you don’t have to have Style to use the drawfiles and borders, but you
do if you want to look at the help files.
7.10
Impression Style Resource Disc costs £7.95 +VAT from DECdATA. A
7.10
Molecular Modelling Update
7.10
Dave Kent
7.10
Just over a year ago, in Archive 6.4, I reviewed two pieces of molecular
modelling software, one from Arachne and the other from SSERC. In
February of this year, I was given the opportunity to look at updated
versions of both pieces of software. The new versions are SSERC Version
3.3 and Arachne Version 3.72. Both modellers have been improved in a
number of ways.
7.10
SSERC’s ChemMod
7.10
The main improvements with the SSERC modeller is that it is now fully
mouse-controlled and can save a number of types of structure as
drawfiles and the manual is more user friendly. Ball and stick and
coloured line structures can be saved as drawfiles. There are also a
number of molecule discs now available (at £10 +VAT). These appear to be
compilations of molecules sent in by users and so have a rather random
feel. However, there are a large number of simple and complex molecules
available. The manual now comes in a ring binder with each page in a
plastic wallet. The menu system and overall feel of the program is
unchanged − it still reflects its origins in the PC world. The upgrading
cost is £10 +VAT − a very reasonable price given the improvements and
the fact that the upgrade contains the first of the extra molecule
discs.
7.10
Arachne’s Modeller
7.10
The manual and tutorial are now both A5 booklets. The package includes a
pair of red/green specs for viewing the 3D options and there is also a
keystrip. Several discs of molecules are available, each disc covering a
specific area; organic, crystals and lattices and biochemistry. A disc
with a selection from the others is also available. This modeller has
undergone a greater number of changes − but then perhaps it needed to do
so to overcome its major problem of producing incorrect molecular shapes
for some less simple molecules.
7.10
The program algorithms for determining shape obviously have limitations
because the program still has similar problems with molecules like
cyclohexane. However, the author has introduced a number of tools and
options that attempt to solve this shortcoming.
7.10
There is an option to allow the program to use the correct bond angles
and lengths at the bond-making step. This results in the atoms jumping
to new positions on the screen as they are bonded. You need to keep
track of what is what but it is very effective for linear and branched
molecules. However, it will not work for the ring-joining step of cyclic
molecules. This is a pity because it would be nice to show that the
final molecular shapes arise from repulsions between electron pairs in
the molecules.
7.10
There is an excellent line editor/parser which generates molecules from
their formulae! Typing ‘CH4’ generates methane, whilst CH3CH2CH2CH=CH2
instantly produces a model of pentene. Alkynes can be formed using # to
represent the triple bond. Various fragments can be included using two
letter codes. For example, you only have to type
CH3CHPhCH2CHPhCH2CHPhCH3 to produce a model of the backbone of a
polystyrene molecule with three phenyl side groups. PhCx produces
benzoic acid. The resultant molecules needs a bit of twiddling to get
the conformation as you want it to be, but this is a very powerful
feature of the program. It speeds up and simplifies the production of
large molecules enormously. In fact, it forms a method of incorporating
accurate cyclohexane molecules − the chair and the boat form are both
offered as fragments!
7.10
A number of new tools have been added and others improved to set bond
angles angles and bond lengths. These are fairly straightforward to use
so that fine-tuning molecular shapes is fairly easy. Dot surfaces have
been added to the display types. The display quality has been improved
and the author has promised a ray-traced rendering tool in a future
upgrade. Animations can now be saved to disc, with the option of using
Acorn’s Squash module.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
The Arachne modeller has been greatly improved; it still has the better
selection of drawfile options and is very easy to use. Its inability to
calculate cycloalkane structures correctly is perhaps more a comment on
the difficulty of this task than on the modeller.
7.10
Last year, I suggested that buying both of these programs would not
break the bank and would provide an excellent set of molecular modelling
tools. The improvements to each program reinforces this view. Both are
excellent, robust and useful programs; they complement each other and
can be highly recommended. A
7.10
Optical OCR
7.10
Peter Jennings
7.10
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) programs, which convert images of
text saved as sprites into editable words, are such complex programs
that they have been appearing on the market well short of being fully
developed.
7.10
The standard for OCR on Acorn machines was set last year by Risc
Developments’ Sleuth (Archive 7.1 p53). A contender quickly followed
when the first versions of Optical and Optical Professional appeared on
the Neurotron Software stand at Acorn World, with the ability to be
user-trained to recognise new fonts.
7.10
These first versions lacked some of the intended features but, after
another five months’ more of intensive work, they have been added and
the “completed” version 2.16 of Optical Professional was issued at the
end of March.
7.10
Optical Professional costs £119 + £2 p&p while the budget version,
Optical, which has fewer features but can be upgraded, is £59 + £2 (with
no VAT to pay on either price). It comes in a smart black plastic video-
style case, containing two colour-coded discs and a 34-page well-
illustrated manual with an extra seven pages of updates. The manual is
not very well ordered, some of the instructions could be clearer and an
index would have been useful.
7.10
The program disc is encoded with a registration number and has to be
initialised with the owner’s name before it can be used. It can then be
copied onto hard disc and backed-up. Registered users are notified of
significant upgrades and can return the program disc for a free
exchange.
7.10
It must always be borne in mind that no OCR program can produce good
results unless it is working from a well-scanned sprite made from a
well-printed original. Three sample sprites of scans are provided and,
on the basis that these examples should be the best quality obtainable,
I tried them out before attempting to convert any scans of my own.
7.10
Conversion tests Optical Professional produced the following output. The
original text, which ends in mid sentence, has 573 characters.
7.10
There are two ways of placing these icons on the ruler. * Cliching on
one ol the icons Rghlights it. Then, clicking on the qraduate4 scale
causes the icon to appear at that Position on the ruler. TAs mainly
applies to tabs, since you can have up to 32 tabs on the ruler at once.
With xsargins, you can only haoe one ol each type on the ruler, so
clicking with a margin highlighted mooes the margin to the new Position.
R further restricron is that you are not allowed to place the right
margin to the left ol either the return nsar$$n or the left margin [and
oice versa). Thus, the mar$$n IVll not appear when you are cliching in
an illegal Place. * The icons can also be dragged, either from thep
current
7.10
Thirty-two characters were wrongly reproduced, making an accuracy of
94.4%. The time taken was 55 seconds. Optical Professional incorporates
an intelligent spelling checker which can be used to make corrections
either under user control or automatically. The above output text was
next auto spell checked.
7.10
There are two ways of placing these icons on the ruler. * Clicking on
one of the icons Daylights it. Then, clicking on the graduated scale
causes the icon to appear at that Position on the ruler. TAr mainly
applies to tabs, since you can have up to 32 tabs on the ruler at once.
With charging, you can only have one of each type on the ruler, so
clicking with a margin highlighted moves the margin to the new Position.
A further restricted is that you are not allowed to place the right
margin to the left of either the return coarsen or the left margin [and
vice vernal. Thus, the margin Ill not appear when you are clicking in an
illegal Place. * The icons can also be dragged, either from thee current
7.10
Spell checking added some errors of its own but reduced the total to 26,
improving accuracy to 95.4%. Inevitably, Optical has to be compared with
Risc Development’s Sleuth and, even though this does not have a spelling
checker, the output from the same sprite file was markedly better,
although it took three times longer to process.
7.10
There are two ways of placing these icons on Ihe ruler. ‘ Clicking on
one of the icons highlights it. Then, clicking on the graduated scale
causes the icon to appear at that position on the ruler. This mainly
applies to tabs, since you can have up to 32 tabs on the ruler at once.
With margins, you can only have one of each type on the ruler, so
clicking with a margin highlighted moves the margin to the new position.
A further restricHon is that you are not allowed to place the right
margin to the left of either the return margin or the left margin (and
vice versa). Thus, the margin will not appear when you are clicking in
an illegal place. ’The icons can also be dragged, either from their
current
7.10
The Sleuth output had five characters wrongly interpreted, making an
accuracy of 99.1 per cent. The time taken was three minutes five
seconds.
7.10
Font definer
7.10
Optical’s most exciting feature is its ability to be taught to recognise
new fonts. The powerful tool that makes this possible is the font
definer. At its simplest, clicking on a wrongly interpreted character in
the output window will show the original in the definer window alongside
Optical’s guess at what it is. The latter can then be corrected in
various ways, including just deleting the guess and typing in the
correct character, which is then automatically substituted in the
output. ASCII numbers can also be entered. A quicker way to make
corrections, or to train the program to recognise a new font, is to open
the definer’s font-teaching window. This enables corrections to be made
by over-typing in the output window and the corrected character is
learnt automatically. Another window can be opened to show which
characters in that font are now recognised. When completed, the new
definitions are saved into the file of recognised fonts.
7.10
This is a fast and simple method to add new or corrected definitions for
fonts but it has some problems. Sometimes a single letter is split into
two characters by the definer and although clicking <select> and
<adjust> on the two parts of the letter will usually rejoin them, the
definer will not always accept this. There is a ligature splitter which
will try to separate joined letters but this does not always prevent two
or three closely printed characters being interpreted as a single one.
They cannot be separated nor can deletions be made to correct them.
7.10
The definer will recognise characters it has already been taught and
will make many of the corrections itself as soon as a wrong character
appears in its window. It is then rather fascinating to watch text in
the output window change as you move the cursor along it. Unfortunately,
though, this does not stop many of the errors being repeated if the same
sprite is processed again, even though the wrong characters will be
recognised as such and immediately corrected by repeated use of the font
definer.
7.10
Font teaching
7.10
I taught Optical Professional to recognise a number of different fonts
and the following examples, from a scan of part of the back page of
Archive, are typical of the results.
7.10
This is how the text was rendered before the program had been taught to
recognise the font.
7.10
@yCX!UR @AQAZ!HR GOX2AiXG
7.10
Leos Reciews Hits & tips ~ a ma!Or feature Ahicles for beginners We
latest technical ixfonoation Free small ad`s for subscrb6rs Help _
requested and offered Tomments from readers
7.10
@ACKX!GA) MA)Q @Ayy!GA
7.10
A telephone hot.Line semice for immediate help with your technical
problems. Any member can sexd wri#en e^qu&‘es, but for a fast resoo^se.
*se rhe T.H.5. Ar fts oer rear.
7.10
Using the font definer’s font teaching facility, the output was
corrected as follows. The errors still remaining are where two or three
letters have been read as a single character and could not be corrected.
7.10
Archive Magazine contains
7.10
• News • Reviews • Hints & tips − a major feature • Ahicles for
beginners • We latest technical infonoation • Free small ad’s for
subscrbers • Help − requested and offered • Comments from readers
7.10
Technical Help Service
7.10
A telephone hot-line semice for immediate help with your technical
problems. Any member can send wri#en enqu&‘es, but for a fast response,
use the T.H.S. at £15 per year.
7.10
After saving the font definitions, the same sprite was reprocessed with
the following results. Some of the errors have been repeated.
7.10
Archive @agazine contains
7.10
. News • Reviews • Hits & tips - a major feature • Ahicles for beginners
• We latest technical infonoation • Free small ad’s for subscRbers •
Help - requested and offered • Comments from readers
7.10
Technical Help Service
7.10
A telephone hot-line semice for immediate help with your technical
problems, Any member can send wri#en enqu &‘es, but for a fast response,
use tne T.H.S. at £15 per year.
7.10
Twenty-one of the 350 characters were wrongly interpreted (including
hyphens for dashes), making an accuracy of 94 per cent. This rate does,
of course, vary with the quality of the original.
7.10
Optical Professional is designed to work directly from the output of
various scanners, including the Computer Concepts and Watford ranges. I
could not, however, get Optical to accept the scans made directly from
my Scanlight 256 hand scanner and Neurotron are looking into this, but
Dave Walsh of Herne Bay has reported successfully using a Watford
scanner.
7.10
The Professional version can also append text from more than one scan,
which is useful when using small hand scanners, and it can cope with
multiple columns of text and multi-coloured pages. Various speech
synthesizers can be used with it to read the output aloud.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
Optical Professional, which has the avowed aim of becoming better than
PC programs costing well over £600, still has some shortcomings. It is
less accurate than Sleuth although much faster and with the advantage of
being user-trainable to recognise new fonts. It can still make mistakes
with characters it has already learnt. Despite the imperfections, a 95
per cent character recognition rate is impressive at the present stage
of OCR development. Also, improvements to Optical come free but upgrades
to Sleuth, which has a price advantage (£10 +VAT) at the moment, are to
cost extra. Both programs are still being developed and the fight for
supremacy between them will be an interesting one to watch. A
7.10
Advantage
7.10
George Barnett
7.10
Longman Logotron have specifically designed and produced this
spreadsheet for use in schools. A budget price Advantage may provide the
answer for users who want pupils to use a modern spreadsheet.
7.10
Students will find that Advantage offers a wide range of intuitive and
easy to use functions, including the following:
7.10
Point and click − Users can drive the software just by using the button
bar at the top of the sheet.
7.10
Creating a formula − Simply type =, enter the function, point and click
at the cells or drag across the cell ranges you want to use.
7.10
Print-to-fit − Allows Advantage to do the work of fitting the sheet onto
one page, whatever the size.
7.10
Charting − Display data using a choice of graphs (Pie, Area, Column,
Line and Scatter).
7.10
The package
7.10
The software comes as one unprotected disc (with copyright warnings).
The disc is full and contains nine tutorial worksheets, five charts, a
key strip as well as the Advantage program. An A4-size manual of
approximately 100 pages is a well presented booklet containing
comprehensive instructions on getting started. The tutorial consists of
seventeen pages starting with ‘What is a spreadsheet?’ and covers the
use of formulae, graphs and functions for saving and loading. The
software installs on the iconbar in the usual way and a click on the
icon produces the default spreadsheet complete with the button bar on
top of the sheet.
7.10
Getting started
7.10
The requirements are version 2 or later of RISC OS (version 3.10 or
later is recommended), at least 2Mb of RAM, a printer driver, the
Advantage program disc, a system disc containing !System, any frequently
used applications and a work disc to contain the Advantage files.
7.10
When Advantage is loaded, a blank spreadsheet is displayed, complete
with a grid of rows and cells numbered and labelled and with the title
Sheet 1. The complete worksheet contains 16,384 rows and 256 columns
with the normal labelling. Only a small part of the sheet is displayed
at any time but scroll bars may be used to reveal all.
7.10
The control window
7.10
The status bar shows what operation is in progress: Enter, Edit, Copy,
Point, etc. If no operation is in progress, it displays Ready. The Tool
(Button) bar has cut, copy, paste, fill cells with data, realign data
left, centre, or right in the selected cells. There is a button which
makes an intelligent guess at the cells needed to be added. Another is
used to display a menu of frequently used functions and finally a button
which opens a chart window to display the selected data in chart form.
The charts available are Area, Bar, Column, Line, Pie and Scatter.
Titles may be added to charts. Curiously, the Adjust size icon is not
displayed but a pointer placed in the absent position with <select>
depressed will size the window.
7.10
General
7.10
The manual provides eight pages on the use of formulae and Advantage
provides around 100 functions for use to build formulae. The facility to
automatically use a repeated formula by highlighting columns or rows and
clicking on the Fill button is quite impressive. There are four fonts
supplied with the usual variations but 256 fonts could be used in a
single worksheet should it be necessary.
7.10
Row height and column width can be changed easily with the mouse by
moving the cursor onto the row or column labels then dragging, the
gridlines may be moved as required.
7.10
There are 21 built-in formats which cannot be deleted or changed. These
are selected from a menu displayed when required. For example, by
selecting one particular built-in format, on entering 1250, £1250 would
be displayed.
7.10
Printing worksheets or charts could not be simpler with the normal
facilities for Page Setup, Orientation, Headers, Footers, and Scaling
output.
7.10
Advantage worksheets can be saved and loaded as normal files, drawfiles,
CSV (Comma Separated Values) or SID (Software Independent Data format)
files.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
Advantage is a user-friendly spreadsheet, well documented (although I
would have preferred an A5 format) and inexpensive. The price is £49
+VAT from Longman Logotron for a single user version (£55 through
Archive). The primary school site licence pack is £120 +VAT (£132
through Archive) and the secondary school licence is £190 +VAT (£207
through Archive). A
7.10
Bible Software for Acorn Computers
7.10
Colin Randall
7.10
Do you get fed up with running ‘BibleMaster’ using the PC Emulator? The
emulator is both slow and memory-consuming. In BibleMaster, saving
passages for use in DTP is quite a fiddle. But what can we do apart from
lobbying Hodder & Stoughton to produce Bible software for use on Acorn
computers?
7.10
I have found a partial solution. The main things I want to be able to do
with Bible Software are:
7.10
1) Call up a passage quickly
7.10
2) ‘Cut and paste’ passages into DTP documents
7.10
3) Do word and phrase counts and searches
7.10
4) Save such lists.
7.10
I can now do all this wholly within the Acorn environment, and the
process is simplicity itself, although time-consuming to set up
initially.
7.10
What I use is Risc Developments’ DeskEdit which comes with Acorn’s
‘Find’ utility. First of all, the separate books of the Bible (in NIV)
were saved as separate DOS text files and then changed to Edit files
(using DeskEdit). These were then put into directories (as the NT
directory above) so as to allow searches to take place following the
Biblical order of books. Each book was then edited so that each line
gave chapter and verse reference (see below) − this is important for
searches. This is the long part.
7.10
Using these text files is simplicity itself. Different passages can be
displayed on screen at the same time because DeskEdit allows multiple
windows within the same text file. To cut and paste, it is simply a
matter of highlighting a section and and dropping the resulting text
file into Impression (or any other DTP program). A simple search
facility is provided with DeskEdit (indeed even with Edit), but this
only finds the first occurrence of a word or phrase. However, Acorn’s
‘Find’ utility comes free with DeskEdit (see below) and is very
powerful.
7.10
All uses of a word or phrase will be displayed (see below) and the list
itself can be saved as a text file. Moreover, if DeskEdit’s ‘Throwback’
facility is used, clicking on one line in the list will call up the text
file and open it at the right place. ‘Find’ can be used to go through
the whole Bible or just a single book. It is not fast (I use it on an
A4000), but quite adequate, and is not limited by the size of any
directory loaded for searching. It would be quite possible to drop a
file containing several different versions of the Bible into ‘Find’, and
it would merrily work its way through them. It can also cope with
wildcards.
7.10
If anyone would like to help me edit text files by putting chapter and
verse references at the start of each line, please contact me and we can
pool our work. The same processes can also be used with hymns and
liturgies and I am slowly building up collections.
7.10
Please also contact me if you would be interested in forming a Christian
Acorn User Group, for sharing experiences, discoveries and ideas,
perhaps via a simple newsletter.
7.10
Rev. Colin Randall, The Rectory, Swan Lane, Long Hanborough, Witney,
Oxon. OX8 8BT (0993-881270).
7.10
(DeskEdit3 retails at £27.19 + VAT from Risc Developments or £30 through
Archive.) A
7.10
Larger − The Virtual Desktop
7.10
Dave Wilcox
7.10
Larger is a piece of software being sold by a company called ‘Warm
Silence Software’ at a mere £10. This includes VAT and p&p and, at the
Company’s discretion, free future upgrades − not a bad start.
7.10
The version received for review is 2.05 but WSS are currently working on
version 2.06. There appear to be frequent modifications to the software,
mainly based on requests made by users.
7.10
The package
7.10
The program comes on one 3½“ floppy disc accompanied by Sparkplug from
David Pilling (PD de-archive utility), and two ‘sparked’ directories −
‘Backdrops’ and ‘Manual’. There is no fancy packaging, no printed
manual, just the disc and a covering letter from the company. What a
refreshing change − you are paying for the software. I know one other
person who works on these lines − he is also mentioned above!
7.10
The manual and backdrops
7.10
The sparked file called ‘manual’ contains files in Impression, Draw and
Easiwriter formats. Future versions are hoped to include Ovation,
PipeDream and Wordz versions, if required. I used the Impression manual
and printed out 25 sheets of A4. The manual is well thought out and is
laid out very professionally. It is clear, concise and easy to follow −
a pleasure to read. Larger was soon loaded onto my machine configured
and up and running.
7.10
The backdrops directory is self-explanatory and contains four sample
backdrops designed for WSS − great for WSS but a waste of space for you
or me. This would be better left off or a few general samples included.
7.10
The program
7.10
The disc is not copy-protected, but each has a unique serial number
registered to the owner. The application can be transferred to hard disc
by dragging, this being the preferred environment for use of the
program. Loading the application requires the usual double-click, with
the application appearing on the iconbar, but this is configurable to
load on the bar or not. Even if no iconbar icon is selected, the
application menu is obtainable from any area of the backdrop. Once
Larger is loaded, your desktop takes on a new dimension − instead of
being the size of your screen, the backdrop can now be up to a million
times bigger.
7.10
Items you now select to be dropped onto the backdrop can be configured
via the application menu option to appear on 3D slabs textured in a
similar way to the Acorn Newlook pattern, or like the usual pinboard
with icons and application names. Applications can have their names
shown or just their icons. When a selection is made, you can choose to
have inverted icons and/or depressed slabs.
7.10
The main option is for the organisation of ‘pins’ applied to the
backdrop. There are ‘gravity’ options of left, right, up and down, or
none, for Applications, Directories, Backdrops and Iconised sprites.
This gives you a neat backdrop by just dragging and letting go.
Alternatively, by selecting ‘none’, you have the versatility to arrange
your own layout. All sprites are grid-locked for the sake of neatness.
7.10
If directories are loaded on the backdrop, you have the further options
to either open the filer window and/or set the directory as the CSD. The
usual filer operations can also be applied − access, copy, rename, etc,
but you also have extra facilities. Any files dragged onto them can be
saved or auto-started, the parent directory can be opened, or hot-key
options can be applied as per settings within the config file.
7.10
The virtual desktop section allows you to set the way you are able to
move around this extra large desk space. The best way I found was the
default selection of holding <shift> and moving the mouse to the
position required. Backdrop sprite control is also configurable from
this menu, giving the usual centred, tiled or scaled options, and
automatic path inclusion by dragging and dropping your backdrop sprite
to the window having the text input focus. Hot-key selection is defined
within this menu for the frequently used options of Larger if required.
Another option available is the selection of desktop focus as either
‘click to type’ or ‘focus with pointer’. I found this best left on the
‘click to type’ option, as the cursor then stays where you left it,
especially useful in Impression documents.
7.10
The nicest aspect of this program is the possibility of having many
different backdrop configurations saved on the main backdrop. A simple
double-click on the required backdrop selects it and changes your
pinboard to the new selected topic. A double-click with <adjust> on the
blank background takes you back to the main backdrop. This allows you to
configure different pins for different tasks, e.g. DTP, Comms, Graphics,
etc and thereby avoid the clutter of a large number of ‘pins’.
7.10
Once you have configured your backdrops and sub-backdrops, it is
necessary to save the icons used within Larger in order that the correct
sprites are applied to the correct slabs. It is also necessary to save
the backdrop settings − both are easily done from the main menu. On my
set-up, I lost a sprite from the ArcFax printer when the system was re-
booted. This is not really a problem − you either save the relevant
sprite into Larger’s internal sprite pool or you include a filer-boot
line in your boot file. This latter method I found to be best. If you
modify your backdrop, you need to resave both backdrop and a new sprites
file − saving the new sprites file will erase your included sprite.
7.10
All of the configuring completed, you now come to the use of the larger
backdrop allowing you to have numerous windows open, memory permitting.
If you have a desktop area for graphics, for instance, you can load your
application(s) and open their windows. Then you can load your DTP
application(s), open a window and, whilst holding down <shift>, move the
window off the screen until a clear backdrop is found and use the DTP
here. (Pins remain visible regardless of screen movement.)
7.10
If you wish to return to the graphics area, either move back the same
way or use the map option. This is a graphical display of the whole
backdrop and simply clicking on the desired location brings this to the
centre of the screen. If you want all windows back on the work-screen, a
retrieve option is available.
7.10
There is a user-defined menu section for installation of your own most
used commands. Examples are given ready installed on this menu option,
and programming your own items is relatively simple − the manual
contains examples to help.
7.10
Conclusion
7.10
This has got to be easily the best piece of software of its kind
available at present. Although there are several PD programs available,
which work along similar lines, they fall well short of this program.
Larger is highly recommended.
7.10
Warm Silence Software can be contacted on 0865-54382 or by snail mail at
St. Catharine’s College, Manor Road, Oxford, OX1 3UJ. A
7.10
Music Box
7.10
Paul Cross
7.10
Music Box from Topologika comes in a colourful, if flimsy, box and the
programs are on two discs − a program disc and a resources disc. In the
single user version, the program disc is a key disc which must be in the
drive when you run the software. (There must be a better way of
protecting software than this. If you use a hard disc, as many people
do, you have to search for the key disc every time you want to start the
program − most inconvenient!)
7.10
To complement the discs, there are a number of booklets and some printed
photocopiable sheets, plus the obligatory ‘justification of use sheet’,
all about how suitable the program is for use with the National
Curriculum. The cost of all this £38 if you buy it from Archive.
7.10
What does it do?
7.10
After you have loaded the Music Box program, (a little tedious if you
load it from floppy disc as it requires some disc swapping), a little
blue box with the word ‘music’ written on it will appear on the iconbar
and it opens to let musical notes out when the program is active. On the
screen will be a menu, in the form of four pictures showing the four
parts to the program. It is obvious that the program is designed for use
in schools. In fact, it is designed for younger children working towards
Key Stage 1, (AT1) Performing and Composing and (AT2) Listening and
Appraising. It will also be useful for children working towards towards
Key Stage 2 who lack musical experience or as a precursor to using
‘proper’ music notation.
7.10
The menu
7.10
The four parts of Music Box are, Sound Box, Chord Box, Beat Box and Tune
Box.
7.10
If you click on an icon, the screen will fill with a collection of items
to enable you to make and record music. There are a number of items
common to all screens: a ‘tape recorder’ to record your music-making, a
variable metronome to keep you in time, a volume control, save and load
facilities and the exit to leave the program and return to the main
menu.
7.10
Using the program
7.10
The main theme of the programs is that you should experiment with sounds
and patterns. The programs need an input from an adult to direct and
keep the children on target otherwise they will play without much point
to their activity. When I first used the program, I tried it with a
group of children who lacked musical experience, I was unsure of its
usefulness. However, when I tried it with a group who played instruments
and had some understanding of music they were more purposeful and soon
constructed interesting sound patterns.
7.10
The program grows on you and you have to allow time for experimentation
and direct the children to the next stage of work − some playing is
important. All the groups of children who used the program, whether they
made a ‘tune’ or not, clearly enjoyed the activity.
7.10
The resources disc
7.10
This disc contains a number of files to supplement the main program, but
the main one is !MBInsts. This contains 35 additional instruments which
you can use to replace the seven set by the program. Each of the sounds
is stored as a sound module and has its own natty little icon. You can
use your own sound modules and icons if you wish.
7.10
There are also sample tunes, chords and rhythms (beats) stored in
!MBFiles and this is the place you can save your own creations.
7.10
Additional resources include drawfiles to print out blank CHORDS and
STAVES record sheets.
7.10
These are useful to allow children to record their musical creations,
and to aid their work towards ‘real’ notation.
7.10
Conclusions
7.10
This is one of those programs that needs ‘to be given a chance’. As a
non-musician, I found it useful as it helps me teach elements of
National Curriculum music that I find difficult. The children enjoyed
using it. The groups that had two chances of working with the program
produced tunes and rhythms quickly and tunefully. Finally, the quality
of the music can be improved by playing it through an external amplifier
or by using headphones and the latter allows the rest of the class to
concentrate on their work until it is their turn to use the program. A
7.10
Celtic Designs and Church Year Clipart
7.10
Peter Jennings
7.10
If you do any sort of desk top publishing, you can never have too much
clipart. Public domain libraries are the best sources for buying the
more general subjects cheaply but it is always a pleasure to find more
specialised topics when you need them. Two of these now available are
Celtic Designs, from Glyn Howells, at £10.99 (no VAT) and The Church
Year, Parish Magazine clipart set, from DEC_ dATA, at £7.95 +VAT. Both
come on single unprotected discs and have similar copyright notices
saying they can be used for printing in DTP and other applications but
permission must be obtained for commercial use.
7.10
Celtic patterns
7.10
The Celtic Designs disc has 33 black and white drawfiles of borders,
chains, motifs and panels which can be combined in various ways to
create other patterns. Some of the borders are designed to be used in
Impression. There is also an instructional drawfile showing how the
designs can be manipulated by changing the thickness of the lines and
using colours for lines and fills.
7.10
The collection comprises nine borders, rectangular, round and oval, plus
three Impression borders; ten chains, vertical and horizontal; seven
motifs, mostly knot designs, and four panels.
7.10
The file names are uninformatively numbered, such as “Border1”, “rhaff1”
(a chain) so it would have been useful to have had a printout showing
them. One may be included in future† but, in the meantime, to make the
best use of this collection, it is worth getting a graphics cataloguing
program, such as the public domain PickAPic (Shareware 45), if you do
not already have one.
7.10
The designs are based on Celtic originals, rather than being precisely
copied from them. Despite this, it could be a useful collection for
appropriate projects in history and art although its main intention is
simply to provide decorative motifs for general use. It may seem a
little expensive for non-specialised purposes, compared with PD discs,
but the designs are intricate and attractive and can be used for unusual
and strikingly effective decoration.
7.10
A second disc is in preparation if there proves to be a demand for it.
7.10
(†We have recently received a copy of a printed directory that now comes
with the clipart so that you can see what the designs look like before
loading the files. Ed.)
7.10
Church symbols
7.10
The Church Year is aimed directly at very specialised users. Anyone
expecting colourful Biblical scenes, suitable perhaps for Easter and
Christmas cards, will be disappointed. There are 105 symbolic designs,
supplied as black and white drawfiles, to illustrate themes from the
Church of England’s Alternative Service Book throughout the year. Some
are traditional symbols for the theme and others are based on the
contents of the lessons set for the day.
7.10
The drawings have a simple, rather old-fashioned, look that borders on
folk art. They are mainly suitable for use as “thumbnail” illustrations
and there is a note that many are best printed in 2.5cm (1 inch)
squares. The files are numbered, not named, but all the images have
printed captions. They are catalogued, in a text file, with a list of
holy days and festivals throughout the year (Good Friday, the 9th Sunday
before Christmas, the 4th Sunday in Lent, and so on), the days’ themes
and the numbers of the files which illustrate them. This makes it easy
to find the symbol needed for any occasion.
7.10
This collection is clearly labelled for parish magazines and it provides
an inexpensive selection of small illustrations for them and possibly
for other Church purposes, such as text cards and hymn sheets, but the
designs are rather esoteric and there are few that would be of more
general use. A
7.10
Acorn launches out on the Information Super-highway!
7.11
As you can see from the press release on page 2, Acorn are making the
most of their leading-edge ARM technology together with their knowledge
of multimedia, to launch out into the world of Interactive Multimedia on
the Information Super-highway. At a press event on 6th July, Acorn
demonstrated a set-top box which, once the services are established,
could give access to on-line shopping, video-on-demand, audio-on-demand,
TV program pre-viewing, educational services, etc, etc − the list is
potentially endless.
7.11
During a private demonstration of the system, at the click of a button,
the IMM main menu suddenly turned into the familiar RISC OS desktop! In
other words, Acorn are using their existing prowess in hardware and
software and applying it to a big (potentially VERY big) consumer
market. Existing Acorn software houses − especially those with
educational expertise − will have a head start as potential service
providers, once this project takes off.
7.11
They are also implying that it will be possible to adapt an existing ARM
computer to double as a set-top box? So if people want to buy a
computer for, say DTP, that can also run DOS and Windows software and
double as a set-top box, the Risc PC must be at the head of the field.
7.11
The future of Acorn Computers is getting more interesting by the month!
And, as always, we’ll try at Archive to bring you the latest
developments as they happen.
7.11
Happy reading!
7.11
Acorn Computers − A Major Announcement
7.11
Acorn Computers Ltd has just announced plans to exploit the emerging
interactive multimedia marketplace, working in partnership with its
newly launched sister organisation Online Media. Online Media has been
set up to develop the use of Acorn’s technology to allow the Acorn
Computer Group to expand into this new and emerging market. Acorn will
bring its unique understanding of education and its established market
leadership to the partnership.
7.11
“Acorn has always been recognised as a technology innovator,” comments
Sam Wauchope, MD of the Acorn Computer Group. “We demonstrated this with
the launch of the first 32-bit RISC computer in 1987 and have done so
again with the Risc PC earlier this year. We now believe that the time
is right and the market is ready for the multimedia technologies that
Online Media will deliver.”
7.11
Acorn Computers Ltd will enable Online Media to capitalise on its
expertise and technology to deliver effective solutions to the set top
box and related service markets. The partnership will be further
strengthened by Acorn’s unique understanding of the education market,
ensuring that Acorn fully exploits these emerging technologies to make
products available to both educational establishments and to home
education markets.
7.11
Peter Talbot, General Manager UK Education at Acorn Computers, comments:
“Acorn has today announced its plans to realise the enormous potential
of interactive multimedia and we believe Acorn is in the strongest
position to ensure that education gets the best from this innovative
technology.
7.11
“Acorn has undertaken the challenge to work with Online Media to develop
a complementary environment and systems which will allow schools to use
their current multimedia solutions with future products. In the future,
education will benefit from new products and technologies from both
Acorn and Online Media.”
7.11
Acorn Computers Ltd will continue its own development plans whilst
working closely with Online Media to integrate both companies’
technologies to exploit opportunities in their respective markets.
Online Media will provide Acorn with significant product enhancements
and the run time environment and interfacing cards to allow Acorn
computer systems to be connected to interactive services.
7.11
The partnership will also provide Acorn Computers with a range of
capabilities including multimedia authoring tools, MPEG video support, a
range of alternative network service protocols and set top boxes. It
will also provide increased opportunities for Acorn’s existing
developers and potential new Acorn partners.
7.11
Sam Wauchope continues: “Acorn’s philosophy of identifying and working
with partners to exploit technologies has enabled us to remain
successful in our major markets. We have shown this through creative
exploitation of technology with another Acorn sister company Advanced
RISC Machines Ltd. This philosophy has been fundamental to the success
of ARM, which is rapidly becoming the global RISC standard for consumer
applications, and will continue to ensure the success of Online
Media.” A
7.11
Products Available
7.11
• 105Mb removable hard drives − We have made a special purchase of a
number of 105Mb removable drives which can be used for A5000 or Risc PC.
These are brand new, fully guaranteed drives but are only £270 (normal
price £340) including fitting kit and including one cartridge − while
stocks last! Please ring the NCS office to book one rather than just
sending a cheque.
7.11
• 270Mb removable hard drives − We can now get the IDE version of the
270Mb removables. There are internal versions for both the A5000 and the
Risc PC and each is £490. This includes fitting kit and one cartridge.
Extra cartridges are £90 each.
7.11
• Acorn standard resolution monitors − The AKF30 and the AKF40 are now
out of production. There are some stocks left but they may have all gone
by the time you read this. The AKF52 multisync is now the minimum
standard (VGA) monitor that Acorn supply.
7.11
• Acorn Enthusiasts’ Scheme − Acorn have agreed to allow “Enthusiasts”,
who have a special reason for doing so, to order a Risc PC without a
monitor at £294 off the full with-monitor price. To do this, you must
first fill in a special form giving details of your reasons for wanting
a computer without a monitor and to register as an Acorn Enthusiast.
Acorn say that Enthusiasts will be given ‘priority information’ and that
there may be ‘special offers’ and ‘limited edition literature’ available
to them. These special forms are available from the NCS offices.
7.11
If you want to register as enthusiast even though you don’t want a
monitor-less Risc PC, we can send you a form if you send us an SAE.
7.11
• Apollonius PDT − Oak Solutions have announced a fully parametric CAD
package, allowing the user to specify relationships between elements in
the drawing so that any change updates all the elements automatically.
It also features an ‘intelligent’ toolbar which provides a large number
of features based on eight basic tools, which vary in precise function
according to context. The price is £150 +VAT from Oak Solutions or £165
through Archive. (£75 +VAT as an upgrade from Oak Solutions’ Parametric
Design Tool).
7.11
• Calendar − Kudlian Soft have released Calendar, a package intended
for primary education with the purpose of producing wall calendars. It
is intended to be very easy to use, with a WYSIWYG display, and uses the
RISC OS outline fonts and printer drivers to produce high quality
results in several formats. It also allows pupils to include their own
pictures. The pack costs £25 +VAT including a site licence for primary
schools, or £40 +VAT for secondary schools.
7.11
• Calligraph A4-1200 − Following on from their high resolution A3
printer, Calligraph have released a direct drive, A4, 8ppm laser printer
capable of true 600 × 600 dpi resolution and up to 1200 dpi horizontal
resolution through software enhancement. The software provided can
handle variable screen density and gamma correction, as well as a draft
printing mode and OPI-like virtual sprites (which leave large scans on
disc until print time). The A4-1200 can be driven entirely from the
computer, including all status and menu option information which would
normally be on the printer itself. It also emulates an Epson FX80. The
single bin version is available at £999 +VAT, and the dual bin version
is £1149 +VAT (£1140 and £1315 through Archive).
7.11
• CD-ROM for Risc PC − Cumana are now selling an IDE CD-ROM 300iA drive
for Risc PC. It is a caddy-less drive (i.e. you cannot operate the
computer in tower mode as the discs will fall off the tray!) but the
drive comes complete with an audio mixer so that the CD-ROM sound can be
combined with the computer’s own sound and output through the computer’s
own sound socket. Also included are the ProArtisan 2 Clipart CD and a
PhotoCD disc with sample pictures. The price is £249 +VAT + carriage
from Cumana or £290 through Archive.
7.11
• CD-ROM for Risc PC − Morley Electronics have two internal CD-ROMs for
the Risc PC, both SCSI devices. The 4101 is a caddy-less version (i.e.
you cannot operate the computer in tower mode as the discs will fall off
the tray!) and costs £249 +VAT + carriage from Morley or £290 through
Archive. The 3401 has a caddy and is slightly faster than the 4101 (330
Kb/s cf 300 Kb/s) and costs £349 +VAT + carriage from Morley or £400
through Archive. (Both require SCSI interfaces, e.g. the Morley uncached
SCSI card at £160 through Archive.)
7.11
• Classcardz − Colton software have launched resource packs which take
the user through the first steps in document processing and creation of
spreadsheets with the company’s popular programs Wordz and Resultz. The
packs are £20 each from Colton, and consist of sets of A4 laminated
cards which can be photocopied for classroom use.
7.11
• Colton Software price drop − Colton have announced some price
reductions on the ‘z family’ of programs: Wordz is now £59 +VAT (£64
through Archive), Resultz has been reduced from £99 to £79 +VAT, (£88
through Archive) and Fireworkz has been reduced from £149 to £99 +VAT
(£110 through Archive), with site licences discount also available from
Colton Software.
7.11
• Commodore64 conversions − XL.C.US Software are planning to provide a
picture and sound sample transfer service between Archimedes and
Commodore 64 machines. For details, contact Jonathan Hunt at 21 Green
Street, Milton Malsor, Northampton, NN7 3AT.
7.11
• Design Processor update − Oak Solutions are working on a new version
of their Design Processor to be packaged with OakPCB, DrawPlot, Genesis
Professional and Apollonius PDT, due out in September. The new version
will be £1200 (it used to be £900) for a site licence and regular
upgrades but the price increase will not affect existing users or those
who purchase Design Processor before September.
7.11
• First Page − Longman Logotron have released a new easy-to-use DTP
package. First Page is capable of multiple columns, headlines and
captions, and can import PenDown and PenDown Plus files maintaining
layout and styles. In addition, it has its own basic word processing
facilities. Illustrations can be included both as separate images and as
frame backgrounds. FirstPage costs £49 +VAT for a single user or £140
and £190 +VAT respectively for primary and secondary site licences. The
Archive prices are £54, £155 and £208 respectively.
7.11
• Flashback − This new release from US Gold is another port from the
Amiga/PC markets. It is a graphic adventure, which was widely acclaimed
for the innovative techniques used in production. The character
animation was produced by filming athletes, to give very accurate
movement − the character you play has 681 animation frames to himself.
The plot involves having your memory wiped after your latest invention
identifies the presence of hostile aliens on Earth. All you have to help
you is a message from yourself, explaining what has happened, and then
it is up to you to explore. Sections of the game are linked with “Cine
Sequences” which are short, non-interactive sections to add to the feel
of the game.
7.11
• HQ Tracker − Mycroft Software have released a low-cost alternative to
SoundTracker, based around their PlayModule relocatable module and
intended for use in adding sound effects and music to users’ software.
The system is intended to be more extendable than its competitors, and
comes with a converter for soundtracker files. HQ-Tracker is £25 from
Mycroft Software with a special price of £20 to people who mention
Archive when ordering.
7.11
• Idek Iiyama monitors − These new monitors are now available in both
17“ and 21” sizes. The prices are £734 (£440 with Risc PC) and £2144
(£1850 with Risc PC) respectively. As you can see from the
specifications opposite, the 17“ monitor is a slightly higher
specification than the Acorn 17” monitor and it works out slightly
cheaper provided you class as an Acorn Enthusiast (see above). Our
subjective view, having had the two monitors side by side is that there
is little to choose between them in terms of display quality or
programmability. The only real difference apart from the price is that
the AKF85 comes with a 12-month on-site warranty whereas the Idek
monitor has a three-year return-to-base warranty, i.e. it’s guaranteed
for three years but you have to pay to get it shipped back to Idek −
they fix it and send it back to you.
7.11
As regards the 21“, we are very impressed with this one. It is, in our
view, better than the Eizo F780iW costing several hundred pounds more!
It has a very easy-to-use control tray that slides out from the front of
the monitor and allows you to adjust all the various parameters and save
that particular mode definition. The 20” Taxan doesn’t have quite such
good definition but it has the advantage of being a Trinitron tube and
yet is £150 cheaper.
7.11
(As soon as I can afford it, I shall be buying an Idek 21“ and a
Risc PC. This will make production of Archive an order of magnitude
easier. Ed.)
7.11
• IFEL 8Mb RAM upgrades − A5000 and A3000 machines may now be upgraded
to 8Mb by means of a new upgrade from IFEL, for £259 +VAT for the A5000
or £249 +VAT for the A3000. However, IFEL recommend their fitting
service (£50 +VAT for 4Mb machines) since the upgrade requires removing
the surface-mounted MEMC. A300 and A400 series upgrades will follow.
7.11
• ImageFS is a RISC OS 3 image filing system (similar to that used for
PC partitions) which allows transparent loading of a number of image
formats RISC OS-legally − including TIFF, BMP and PICT. The images are
converted to sprites on the fly, and the software supports deep sprites
and a number of dithering options. ImageFS is available for £34.95 +VAT
from Alternative Publishing Ltd.
7.11
• Landmarks − Microworld Invasion and Pinpoint Datafile − Britain since
the 1930s are new educational programs from Longman Logotron aimed at 9-
13 year-olds. They are designed to complement the BBC’s Landmarks
history series to be broadcast in Autumn 1994. Prices are £24.95 +VAT
and £12 +VAT from Longman Logotron (£27 and £13 respectively through
Archive), with versions for the IBM PC and site licences also available.
7.11
• Lark − Wild Vision’s 16-bit audio sampling and play-back card for all
the Acorn machines is now available. It can sample and playback in
stereo and sample up to 48kHz, and features MIDI connection and on-board
filtering. The Lark A16 is £199 +VAT + carriage or £225 through Archive.
7.11
• Lenses & Light is a pack from Anglia Television for the Key Plus
database and the Key Calc spreadsheet. It covers eye testing, shadows,
polarisation, single and double lenses, microscopes and telescopes with
background information and worksheets for photocopying provided. Lenses
& Light costs £22 +VAT from Anglia Television.
7.11
• Premier Manager − Gremlin Graphics Ltd, the makers of Zool, have
released a game for those who prefer their football as most of us get to
see it: from the sidelines. Starting in the Vauxhall Conference League,
up to four players can simultaneously work on their teams, investing
their money on the grounds and their players in the hopes of bringing in
the sponsors and the fans. The game features five divisions, cup
competitions, match highlights, full ground sponsorship, complete
results service, weekly fax data on match reports, transfer news and
player information and complete interaction with other team managers.
Available for £25.99 from Gremlin or £24 through Archive.
7.11
• Sound FX #2 − Alpine Software have released another disc of sound
effects for Creator, Creator II or UltraSonic. The effects are grouped
under the headings of VOCAL_1, VOCAL_2, TREK, WeirdFX and Weapons. The
disc is £5 from Alpine Software.
7.11
• Tekkie CD − Emerald Publishing have produced a CD that contains the
RISC OS 3 PRMs. Not only that, but it also contains the Style Guide,
Basic Guide, Desktop C, Assembler and DDE guides, all for the same price
as the paper version of the PRMs − £99 +VAT. (See the review on page
61.)
7.11
Review software received...
7.11
We have received review copies of the following: •Beethoven Browser
Egmont (e), •Calendar (e), •Equate (e), •HQ-Tracker (u), •Langdale River
Project (e), •Lenses & Light (e), •Report Writer (e).
7.11
e=Education, b=Business, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.11
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.11
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.11
“I don’t agree with you... but I like to see what you have to say in
your God-slot each month.” From the letters I receive, it seems that
many of you feel like that and I have found just the thing for you...
7.11
Hundreds of churches of different denominations, all over the UK, are
running “Alpha Courses” and thousands of people are attending them. They
are proving so popular that one church in London has 500 people on the
course it is running at the moment.
7.11
So what is Alpha? It’s a 10-week course designed to give you the
opportunity to find out about the Christian faith in a relaxed and
friendly atmosphere. The following acronym should give the flavour of
Alpha:
7.11
Anyone can attend − You can be atheistic, agnostic, antagonistic,
apathetic − whatever − you’ll be welcome.
7.11
Learning and Laughter − There is teaching and discussion about
Christianity but it is good fun too.
7.11
Pizza and Pudding − (or Pasty and Peas or whatever you eat in your part
of the UK) i.e. it includes a meal.
7.11
Helping one another − People who come on the courses often end up firm
friends.
7.11
Ask Anything − For those who attend, this is a no-holds barred course.
You can ask any questions you like.
7.11
Although it’s a 10-week course, there is absolutely no pressure to
complete it. The people who run the courses make an undertaking that
they will never “chase” anyone who drops out. If you choose to stop
coming to the meetings at any stage, that’s entirely up to you. This
isn’t some new cult − it’s just ordinary run-of-the-mill local church
members trying to share honestly and openly what they believe − the same
as I try to do here month by month.
7.11
If you want more information, ring the Alpha Helpline on 0603-765073 or
ring Holy Trinity, Brompton on 081-581-8255, either of whom will be able
to tell you if any church is running an Alpha Course near you.
7.11
Why not investigate and see what you think? You have nothing to lose!
7.11
Paul Beverley
7.11
P.B.
7.11
Fact-File
7.11
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.11
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.11
4Mation 14 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon,
EX32 8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.11
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.11
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4
4AE.
7.11
(0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.11
Alpine Software P.O.Box 25, Portadown, Craigavon, BT63 5UT. (0762-
342510)
7.11
Alternative Publishing Suite 91, 9A Pentagon House, 36 Washington
Street, Glasgow, G3 8AZ. (041-248-2322) (041-248-3638)
7.11
Apricote Studios 2 Purls Bridge Farm, Manea, Cambridgeshire, PE15 0ND.
7.11
(0354-680432)
7.11
Calligraph Ltd 53 Panton Street, Cambridge, CB2 1HL. (0223-566642)
7.11
(0223-316144)
7.11
Colton Software (p31) 2 Signet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA.
(0223-311881) (0223-312010)
7.11
Computer Concepts (pp8/13) Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2
6EX.
7.11
(0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.11
Cumana Ltd Pines Trading Estate, Broad Street, Guilford, GU3 3BH.
7.11
(0483-503121) (0483-503326)
7.11
Dabs Press 22 Warwick Street, Prestwich, Manchester, M25 7HN.
7.11
(061-773-8632) (061-773-8290)
7.11
Dalriada Data Technology 145 Albion Street, Kenilworth,
Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY.
7.11
(0926-53901)
7.11
DEC_dATA P.O.Box 97, Exeter, EX4 4YA. (0392-221702)
7.11
Emerald Publishing 166 Shelford Road, Trumpington, Cambridge, CB2 2NE.
7.11
(0223-840138)
7.11
Evolution Trading AG Industriestrasse 12, CH-3178 Bösingen,
Switzerland.
7.11
(010-41 +31-747-6531) (+31-747-6596)
7.11
GamesWare Unit 26, The Bartletts, Hamble, Hants., SO35 5RP.
(0703−456523) (or 0243-531194) (0703−456523)
7.11
Gremlin Graphics Ltd Carver House, 2-4 Carver Street, Sheffield, S1
4FS. (0742-753423) (0742-768581)
7.11
Hodge Electronic Services 16 Mold Road, Mynydd Isa, Clwyd, CH7 6TD.
(0352-755331)
7.11
Humpidge H B (p57) 2A Kingsley Park Grove, Sheffield S11 9HL.
7.11
Kudlian Soft 8 Barrow Road, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 1EH.
7.11
(0926-851147)
7.11
Longman Logotron 124 Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge,
CB4 4ZS. (0223-425558) (0223-425349)
7.11
Matt Black P.O.Box 42, Peterborough, PE1 2TZ. (0733-315439)
7.11
Mijas Software (p7) Winchester Road, Micheldever, Winchester, SO21 3DJ.
7.11
(0962-774352)
7.11
Morley Electronics Morley House, Norham Road, North Shields, Tyne &
Wear, NE29 7TY. (091-257-6355) (091-257-6373)
7.11
Mycroft Software 53 Cottonmill Lane, St Albans, AL1 2ER.
7.11
Oak Solutions (p13) Dial House, 12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15
7RN.
7.11
(0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.11
Quantum Software 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN.
7.11
(0506-411162 after 6)
7.11
RGSC 39 Carisbrooke Road, Harpenden, Herts., AL5 5QS.
7.11
Risc Developments 117 Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 4JS. (0727-
840303)
7.11
(0727-860263)
7.11
Sherston Software Swan Barton, Sherston, Malmesbury, Wilts. SN16 0LH.
7.11
(0666-840433) (0666-840048)
7.11
Simon Glass Software (p7) P.O.Box 834, Landbeach, Cambridge, CB4 4DG.
7.11
Smart DTP 36 Park Road, Duffield, Belper, DE56 4GR. (0332-842803)
7.11
Stallion Software Ltd Arundel House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath, BA1
5JX.
7.11
(0225-339090)
7.11
The Really Good Software Company 39 Carisbrooke Road, Harpenden,
Herts., AL5 5QS.
7.11
Topologika P.O. Box 39, Stilton, Peterborough, PE7 3RL. (0733-244682)
7.11
Utopia Software (p6) 92 Queenhythe Road, Jacobs Well, Guildford, GU4
7NX.
7.11
Wild Vision 15 Witney Way, Boldon Colliery, Tyne & Wear, NE35 9PE.
7.11
(091-519-1455) (091-519-1929)
7.11
Wyddfa Software 3 Preswylfa, Llanberis, Gwynedd, LL55 4LF. (0286-
870101)
7.11
(0286-871722)
7.11
Archive Monthly Program Disc Contents
7.11
• Programs from James Riden’s article on assembly language programming
7.11
• Text from the !Products application showing Risc PC software and
hardware compatibility
7.11
• Some Keystroke definitions (Jonathan Cox)
7.11
• A small application to test if the caret is currently set (Jonathan
Cox)
7.11
• A !Style template document for creating tape inlays (Jonathan Cox)
7.11
• Glossary, latest version − It has now reached over 9,000 words and is
still growing. Please keep sending us words and acronyms that you want
defining. Just because we have put it in printed form (see page 33)
doesn’t stop it growing and becoming even more useful.
7.11
• Maths Card − A fully working version (apart from saving) of Creative
Curriculum Software’s application to help teachers produce well laid out
maths question sheets.
7.11
Some suggested monitors for use with the Risc PC
7.11
Manufacturer Acorn Acorn Idek Taxan Idek
7.11
Monitor AKF60 AKF85 MF-8617 1095LR MF-8621
7.11
Size 14“ 17” 17“ FST 20” Trinitron 21“ FST
7.11
Dot pitch 0.28mm 0.27mm 0.26mm 0.30mm 0.26mm
7.11
ARF* 50 63 65 67 81
7.11
Scan frequency:
7.11
Horizontal 30-50kHz 30-82kHz 23.5-86kHz 30-80kHz 25-85kHz
7.11
Vertical 40-90Hz 50-120Hz 50-120Hz 50-120Hz 50-120Hz
7.11
Programmable No Yes Yes Yes Yes
7.11
Weight 12.5kg 21kg 21kg 36kg 36kg
7.11
Price n/a n/a £734 £1995 £2144
7.11
Price with Risc PC included £470 £440 £1700 £1850
7.11
* ARF = ‘Archive Resolution Factor’ = (size in inches) / (dot pitch in
mm)!! This is only intended to give some way of measuring the relative
resolutions of these monitors and is not part of the official
specifications.
7.11
At last, quality artwork for use with Impression and other DTP packages.
Fully compatible with all Archimedes computers, all clip art is supplied
in sprite format. Volume One has 68 full size sprites and 29 system
icons, compressed with ArcFS. Themes covered include: Animals, Borders,
Christmas, Furniture and Transport. Send £10 (+50p p&p) for your copy or
75p for a thumbnail printout of the contents. This is redeemable against
purchase of Volume One.
7.11
QUALITY ARTWORK AT A SENSIBLE PRICE
7.11
CC
7.11
From 7.10 page 22
7.11
Hints and Tips
7.11
• Dongled software on the PC card − When running dongle-protected PC
software on the Aleph One PC card, some problems may be experienced
where the dongle isn’t seen. This can be cured by a simple hardware
upgrade to the parallel port. Contact Aleph One for details. W H
Bradbury.
7.11
• ImpChars on the Risc PC − ImpChars, included on Archive program disc
7.6, doesn’t work with the Risc PC. The error “Too many nested
structures” appears. This can be solved by changing the value of the
WimpSlot in the !Run file eg. from 24 to 45. Anon.
7.11
• Maximising memory using Keystoke − I have used Keystroke for a year
or so and I am now using v2.33. The most commonly used sequence I have
is on booting up. My !Boot file includes the line
7.11
/ADFS::IDEDisc.$.!Keystroke
7.11
My default Keystrokes file sets up <Alt-Q> to quit those applications
which have been loaded during the boot sequence and which are no longer
needed (e.g. the Printer Manager). They are quit either by using the
quit option from their icons menu on the iconbar or, if that is not
available, from the quit task option in the Task window by opening the
window, positioning the pointer over the item and quitting via the menu.
7.11
My !Boot file also contains the lines
7.11
Set $Do0 Alt+Q@Quit Printer Manager
7.11
Set $Do1 Alt+Q@Quit ...
7.11
Set $Do2 Alt+Q@Quit ...
7.11
Set $Do3 Alt+Q@Quit ...
7.11
Set $Do4 Alt+Q@Open Tasks Window
7.11
Set $Do5 Alt+Q@Position Tasks Window
7.11
Set $Do6 Alt+Q@Position Pointer
7.11
Set $Do7 Alt+Q@Quit (application name)
7.11
Set $Do8 Alt+Q@Close Tasks Window
7.11
which successfully remove those applications and leaves me in the
desktop with the machine set up with all the applications and modules
that I like to have loaded, but also with the maximum amount of free
memory available. M P Churchill, High Wycombe. A
7.11
This glossary has been created on the basis that someone may read a word
or a technical term or an abbreviation within the pages of Archive
magazine and think, “What does XXXX mean?”. If you think that about a
word, look it up in this glossary. If it does not appear, please ring,
write or fax and tell us what it was that you wanted to know.
7.11
Some of the definitions will be specific to Acorn computers whereas
others are also more generally applicable.
7.11
We have printed this in the middle 16 pages so that, if you wish, you
can either tear it out and keep it as a separate booklet or, if you open
the staples carefully, you should be able to take the pages out,
photocopy them (only one copy, please!!) and put them back again, thus
preserving the magazine as supplied.
7.11
!
7.11
! − (pronounced “pling”) A term used to denote an exclamation mark!
7.11
10base2 − An Ethernet standard that uses BNC connectors and coaxial
cable. Also known as “thin wire” Ethernet.
7.11
10base5 − An Ethernet standard that uses 9-pin D-type connectors and
special cable. Also known as “thick wire” Ethernet.
7.11
10baseT − An Ethernet standard that uses telephone connectors and
telephone cable. Also known as “Cheapernet”.
7.11
A
7.11
Action button − A button in a dialogue box which causes some action to
occur.
7.11
ADFS − (Advanced Disc Filing System) This is the proprietary system used
by Acorn for organising and storing data on floppy and hard drives.
7.11
AIM − (Another Image Manager) A suite of image processing software
produced by Delft University of Technology in the Netherlands.
7.11
Application − The more general use of this word means any job for which
the computer may be used, but it has a more specific definition. It is
used to refer to a directory (with a name beginning with a “!”) which
contains a program or programs that work under RISC OS to perform a
particular function. When the application is loaded, it usually makes
itself available to the user via an icon on the righthand side of the
iconbar.
7.11
Application directory − Similar to an ordinary directory in that it
contains other files and directories but its name starts with an
exclamation mark so that when you double click on the directory, it
starts up the application rather than just opening the directory. To
open an application directory, double click with <shift> held down.
7.11
Apps icon − This is an icon that appears on the lefthand side of the
iconbar (RISC OS 3 onwards). It gives you access to a range of
applications such as Draw, Paint, etc that are provided with each
Archimedes or Risc PC computer.
7.11
ARM − (Acorn RISC Machine) This is the original name for the 32-bit RISC
processor designed by Acorn Computers Ltd. In the name “ARM Ltd”, the
company formed between Acorn and Apple, the “ARM” actually stands for
Advanced RISC Machine.
7.11
ASCII − (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) This is the
most commonly used code for representing text using 8-bit binary
numbers.
7.11
ASIC − (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) A single chip
electronic circuit that is specially designed (by computer
simulation − what else?!) for a particular application, e.g. to provide
the logic needed to interface a ’486 processor on a Risc PC second
processor card to the main ARM600 processor and its address and data
buses.
7.11
Assembler − A compiler for converting a program written in mnemonics
into a machine code executable program.
7.11
AUN − (Acorn Universal Networking) This does not apply to a specific
product or even a network user interface but “the overall banner for
Acorn’s networking policy for the ’90s giving the strategic direction of
networking for Acorn computers.”
7.11
B
7.11
Back icon − The icon at the top lefthand corner of a window which allows
you to push the window to the back of the desktop.
7.11
Backdrop − This is a desktop background which may be a sprite or just a
pattern.
7.11
Backplane − A small printed circuit board with connectors on it that
allows you to plug in a number of expansion cards.
7.11
Basic − (Beginners All-purpose Symbol Instruction Code) A commonly-used
interpreted high level language. It comes as standard on all Acorn
computers.
7.11
Baud − This is a unit of speed for serial data transmission. 1 Baud = 1
bit per second.
7.11
BBS − (Bulletin Board Service) A bulletin board is an application run on
a computer which stores information and messages that can be accessed by
other computers, usually via the telephone line using a modem. Many
bulletin boards allow a number of other computers to connect to the host
computer at the same time by using a number of different modems and
phone lines.
7.11
BIOS − (Basic input/output system) This is the part of a PC compatible’s
operating system that is held in ROM, allowing the computer to start up
and load the rest of its operating system from disc. (cf RISC OS
computers where the whole of the operating system, plus a few extra
goodies, are held in ROM and are available at switch-on.)
7.11
Bit − (Binary digit) A bit is the smallest unit of binary data. It has
two values, 0 and 1. A group of 8 bits of data (referred to as a byte)
could be used to represent a single character using, most commonly, the
ASCII code or it could represent (part of) an instruction that the
computer would execute at some stage or it could represent (part of) a
number.
7.11
Bit-mapped (graphics) − It is possible to represent a picture on a
computer by using a matrix of (coloured) dots. The resolution of bit-
mapped pictures is limited by the numbers of dots used. (This contrasts
with vector graphics − see below. For example, the Paint application
produces bit-mapped graphics whereas Draw produces vector graphics.)
7.11
Bpp − (Bits per pixels) The number of binary bits used to store the
colour of each pixel.
7.11
Bubblejet printer − This is a type of inkjet printer where the patterns
on the paper are generated by squirting ink through a series of tiny
nozzles in the print head. Functionally, it is the same as an inkjet
printer.
7.11
Bug − Error in a computer program.
7.11
Bullet − A large black dot − • − used to highlight something within some
text.
7.11
Bus − A set of parallel wires or PCB tracks along which data is
transmitted in a computer system. The width of the bus refers to the
number of parallel tracks − the wider the bus, the faster data can be
transmitted down it.
7.11
Byte − A byte refers to (usually) 8 bits of binary data stored within a
computer’s memory or on a data storage medium.
7.11
C
7.11
C − A high level compiled language.
7.11
C++ − This is an object-oriented version of the C language.
7.11
CAD − (Computer Aided Design) A computer-based application that allows
users to draw, design and model engineering objects.
7.11
Caps − Short for ‘capitals’. See also small caps.
7.11
Capslock key − This is a key on the lefthand side of the keyboard. When
it is pressed and the Capslock light comes on, all text typed into the
keyboard appears in upper case.
7.11
Caret − A red vertical bar in a screen display that marks the point at
which text will appear if it is typed in from the keyboard.
7.11
CD − (Compact Disc) A high density digital storage medium originally
intended for hi-fi sound reproduction but now applied to storage of text
and image data for various computer applications.
7.11
CDFS − Filing system used for accessing CD-ROMs.
7.11
CD-ROM − (Compact Disc Read Only Memory) A CD used for the storage of
computer data. It is called a ROM to emphasise that the data on the
disc, once written in the manufacturing stage, cannot be modified.
7.11
CFS − (Compression Filing System) This is a way of accessing a data
storage system through a compression/decompression system such that it
is transparent to the user, i.e. the user need hardly know that the data
is being compressed and decompressed but just sees it as being read from
and written to the storage device.
7.11
Clear (files) − A standard format for storing and transferring 24-bit
pictures.
7.11
CLI − (Command line interpreter) Pressing <f12> allows you to type
command lines into your RISC OS computer. These are then interpreted by
the CLI.
7.11
Close icon − The icon at the top left of each window, next to the back
icon which allows you to close the window.
7.11
Colour depth − Every pixel on a computer screen display has its colour
defined by a certain number of bits of data. The colour depth refers to
the range of different colours available for each pixel in a particular
screen mode. If a single bit were used, it would only allow it to be one
of two colours − usually black or white. If it were defined by two bits,
it could have 4 (22) different colours, four bits would provide (24) 16
different colours, 8-bit provides 256 (28) colours, 16-bit gives over 32
thousand colours and 24-bit allows each pixel to have any of about 16.7
million different colours − about as much as the human eye can
distinguish. The 32-bit colour of the Risc PC “only” gives 16 million
colours but the extra 8 bits can be used by the computer to produce
various different special effects.
7.11
Command line − All Acorn computers now come with a WIMP interface.
However, it is possible to give the computer commands by typing them in
from the keyboard. If you press <f12>, a star prompt appears. This is
the command line. You can enter commands such as CAT<return> to get a
catalogue of the current storage device.
7.11
Compiler − In a computer language, instructions that the programmer
enters as (vaguely) understandable words have to be translated into
series of the very simplest steps that the cpu executes. These simple
instructions are called machine code. The job of a compiler is to take
the whole of a program and convert it into a single machine code program
which can be executed then or at a later stage. This contrasts with an
interpreted language in which each individual line of the program is
converted into machine code as the program is running. In a compiled
language, you have to convert the whole program before you can run any
of it whereas in an interpreted language you can run the program at any
time, stop it, change the program and run it again. On the other hand,
interpreted programs tend to run more slowly because even if one line of
the program is run many times, it has to be interpreted into machine
code every time it is run.
7.11
Compression/decompression − There are various mathematical techniques
which can be used to store computer data in a smaller amount of memory
than the uncompressed data occupies. Some of these techniques are
completely reversible so that the decompressed data is identical to the
original data. However, in the case of images, it may be acceptable to
allow a degree of degradation of the data in order to increase the
amount by which the data is compressed.
7.11
Configuration − A collection of settings and option which describe how
the computer will operate when it is first switched on.
7.11
Control codes − Special non-printing ASCII codes which cause a device to
perform some electronic or mechanical action, e.g. ASCII 10 is linefeed,
13 is a carriage return and 12 ejects the paper or clears the screen.
7.11
Coprocessor − See Second Processor.
7.11
CPS − (Characters per second) A way of measuring the speed of dot matrix
or inkjet printers.
7.11
CPU − (Central Processing Unit) This is the electronic circuitry at the
heart of a computer that executes (very rapidly!) a series of simple
steps of reading, manipulating and writing information to and from the
computer’s RAM memory and input/output devices.
7.11
CRC − (Cyclic redundancy check) This is a way of checking for errors in
stored and transmitted data.
7.11
Crop marks − In publishing, it is important to define where a printed
image appears in relation to the edges of the paper. To do so, the
images can be printed on a larger sheet of paper and markers placed on
the sheet to show where the corners of the paper will be.
7.11
CSV − (Comma Separated Variables) A standard way in which data is stored
in a file where the items of data are separated by commas.
7.11
CMYK − (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key) A method of specifying colour by
using the amounts of the three primary (subtractive) colours plus the
amount of black (Key).
7.11
D
7.11
Database − The definition of this word has changed over the years. It
used to mean a unified collection of data files but now it tends to
refer to an integrated system of data plus the means of interrogating
and manipulating the data − even to the extent of referring to a
database language.
7.11
Daughterboard − See under ‘motherboard’.
7.11
DEBI − (DMA Extended Bus Interface) This is a means of connecting
expansion cards to the Risc PC. (Depending on which magazine you read,
it can support anything between eight and fourteen expansion cards!
Currently, the maximum is eight but we think it is theoretically
possible to have more.)
7.11
Debug − Remove the bugs (errors) within a program.
7.11
Debugger − An application written to provide tools to aid the process of
finding errors in a program.
7.11
Decompression − See under compression.
7.11
Default − The standard setting or option which the computer selects
unless the user has specifically told it to do otherwise.
7.11
Device − This is the technical term for any information storage medium
(e.g. floppy or hard drive) or transmission system (e.g. network, modem
or printer) that can be accessed through the computer. Each currently
available device is represented by an icon at the lefthand side of the
iconbar.
7.11
Dhrystones − (strictly Dhrystones/second) This is a means of indicating
the speed of a processor by testing the number of iterations of a
particular test program it can perform each second. For example, the
Risc PC 600 with a 30MHz ARM600 processor can perform about 40,000
Dhrystones/second.
7.11
Dialogue box − A window in which you are expected to select various
options and/or enter a filename before the computer performs a
particular task or operation.
7.11
Digitiser − An electronic circuit which takes an analogue signal such as
a sound of a video signal and turns it into digital information which
can be stored and/or manipulated within the computer and output again as
a sound or video signal.
7.11
Direct drive laser printer − In conventional laser printers, the
computer sends information to the printer about what is to be printed,
in what position and with what styles etc. The processor and memory in
the laser printer are then used to work out what dots to place where on
the paper. In a direct drive laser, by contrast, the computer works out
what the pattern of dots should be and then sends the dot pattern down
to the printer on a high speed (“video”) parallel interface. This means
that the printer needs little or no memory of its own and the process is
faster because ARM processors tend to be much more powerful than the
processors used in laser printers.
7.11
Directory − When data is stored on a storage medium such as a floppy
disc, it can be grouped into directories. When the iconbar icon is
clicked, a window appears showing the data in the root (i.e. main)
directory. This may be items of data (stored as files), applications or
other directories. These directories in turn can contain more
information and/or further sub-directories. This system of directories
within directories is called a hierarchical data structure.
7.11
Dithering − When displaying a picture on a computer screen in, say, a
256 colour mode, it is possible to give the impression of intermediate
colours by mixing dots of the different colours in different ratios.
This is done using a random displacement of these dots to avoid a
patterned effect. This technique is called dithering.
7.11
DMA − (Direct Memory Access) When information is being taken into a
computer from an external source, the cpu normally reads a location, or
block of locations, in the external device and writes the information
into its own RAM memory. With DMA, by contrast, the information is
written directly from the external device into the cpu’s memory without
the cpu being involved. This means that the process is much faster, as
the cpu can be doing other things while the information is being loaded
automatically into memory.
7.11
Dongle − This is a small electronic circuit, usually held in a plastic
connector block, that goes on the parallel port of a computer. It forms
an electronic ‘key’ that allows you to use a particular application
(such as Impression or ArtWorks). The application checks every now and
then to see if a dongle is present and, if not, it shuts itself down and
will not restart.
7.11
DOS − (Disc Operating System − but also now used as shorthand for DR-DOS
or MS-DOS) These are the operating systems most commonly used on IBM PC
computers and compatibles. They can be used on Acorn computers by using
the PC Emulator or a PC expansion card or, on a Risc PC, a PC processor
card. They are command-line operating systems, i.e. they do not use a
wimp interface. (For most practical purposes, there is very little
difference between DR-DOS and MS-DOS.)
7.11
Double density floppy discs − Discs that can store approximately 800Kb
of data when formatted.
7.11
dpi − (dots per inch) On a desktop printer, the text and graphics are
reproduced by rows and rows of tiny dots. The smaller the dots, the
better the definition of the resulting printout. This is usually
specified as the number of dots per inch that the printer can lay onto
the paper. The same idea is used for scanning. When scanning a picture
or diagram, the grey level (see below) of rows of tiny areas of the
picture are assessed by the scanner. The closeness of the areas being
differentiated is measured in dots per inch.
7.11
DPMS − (Display Power Management Signalling) When monitors are not being
used, it is a waste of energy to have them on at normal brightness.
RISC OS 3 supports screen blanking which helps to reduce energy
consumption, but some monitors can accept special electronic signals
from a computer to tell it to drop into a very low power consumption
mode if it is not being used. This signalling between computer and
monitor is not available in all monitors, although a lot of newer
monitors are beginning to provide it.
7.11
DPOB − (Dual Processor Open Bus) On the Risc PC, the processor(s) are
held on separate cards which plug into the main PCB or motherboard. It
can take two such processor cards and the dual processor open bus is a
way of allowing two different (or similar) processors to share the use
of the computer’s memory and input/output and data storage facilities.
7.11
DRAM − (Dynamic Random Access Memory) This is the most common form of
RAM memory used in computers today. ‘Dynamic’ is a technical term which
refers to the way in which the information is stored within the chips.
7.11
DSP − (Digital Sound Processing) A set of techniques for modifying sound
signals. It involves digitising the signals, performing various
mathematical processes on the data and then turning the resulting data
back into an analogue signal.
7.11
DTP − (DeskTop Publishing) As desktop computers have increased in
processing power, it has become possible for them to handle both text
and graphics, to allow users to manipulate them on-screen and output
them to a printer. In this way, “books” can be produced on a desktop
computer − hence the term ‘desktop publishing’.
7.11
E
7.11
Econet − This is a means of connecting two or more computers together so
that they can exchange information and share the use of peripherals such
as printers. It is a type of Local Area Network (LAN) developed in the
early ’80s by Acorn Computers Ltd.
7.11
Editor (1) − An application that allows you to edit the contents of a
file.
7.11
Editor (2) − Someone who is daft enough to take on the task of putting
together a massive glossary!
7.11
EEPROM − (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory) A form of
non-volatile memory that remains unchanged, even when the power is
switched off but which can be altered in situ by using appropriate
electronic circuitry i.e. it can be reprogrammed through software.
7.11
E-mail − (Electronic mail) A means communicating with other computer
users via a LAN or through a modem to a national or international
computer centre.
7.11
EPROM − (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory) A form of non-volatile
memory that remains unchanged even when the power is switched off but
which can be altered by using ultraviolet radiation to erase the
information and high voltages to re-program it. (But see Flash ROM and
EEPROM.)
7.11
EPS − (Encapsulated PostScript) This is a type of computer-generated
file containing the necessary PostScript commands to reproduce the
picture. It usually includes a ‘snapshot’ of the picture that can be
used for positioning purposes. EPS is a defined standard allowing output
from one application to be used within another.
7.11
Error box − A special type of dialogue box that gives information to a
user about the type of error that has occurred, requiring him to
acknowledge that it has been read.
7.11
Ethernet − Another type of LAN, but much faster than Econet. It was
developed by Xerox Corporation in the late ’80s.
7.11
Expansion card − (formerly called podules or peripheral modules) An
extra circuit board fitted to your computer that will allow it to
perform various extra functions which cannot be done with software
alone.
7.11
F
7.11
FAST − Federation Against Software Theft
7.11
File − A collection of information gathered together and given a
filename to identify it. It is stored in a directory in a filing system.
7.11
Filer or Filing system − A system used to handle the storage of
information. The ADFS filer and the SCSI filer are the two most common
on Acorn machines.
7.11
Firmware − This refers to software, applications and/or data which is
stored in a ROM.
7.11
Flash ROM − To change the contents of a conventional EPROM, the chip has
to be removed and erased using ultra-violet radiation. It can then be
electrically re-programmed. A flash ROM, by contrast, can be re-
programmed electrically in situ, i.e. it can be reprogrammed through
software.
7.11
Floating point numbers − In order to represent a wider range of numbers
than can be done with integers, and to represent fractions, computers
use floating point numbers. These use a number of bytes (usually four)
to represent the main part of the number and another byte to represent
the power of two by which the number is multiplied.
7.11
Floppy disc/drive − This is a data storage medium consisting of a
removable flexible (floppy) magnetic disc in a hard plastic case. These
discs can be inserted as required into a floppy drive usually housed
within the case of the computer. The most common standard of floppy
drive used now is 3½“. Some 5¼” drives are still in use but the 8“
floppies have virtually all been consigned to the museum of computer
technology.
7.11
FMV − (Full Motion Video) A term used to refer to displaying video on a
computer screen at full speed. Acorn Replay provides FMV at 12.5 or 25
frames per second.
7.11
Fonts − Characters on the screen and on the printed page can take on all
sorts of different shapes and styles. A font is a set of characters that
have been designed so that all the letters of the alphabet and a whole
range of other special characters (200 or more in a complete set) have
the same style. There are also sets of related fonts using the same
basic style but with the characters angled (italic) or made heavier
(bold) or both (bold italic).
7.11
Format − Formatting is preparing a floppy disc or hard disc ready to
receive data. Hard discs usually arrive ready-formatted. Floppy discs
may be formatted in a number of different ways. Not all formats of
floppy disc can be read on all computers. Without any extra software,
Acorn computers can read and write various Acorn formats as well as a
number of different PC and Atari formats. With extra software, other
formats, such as Apple Mac, are also accessible on Acorn computers.
7.11
FPA − (Floating Point Accelerator) This is a hardware add-on to a cpu
which enables it to do floating point calculations more quickly.
7.11
FPE − (Floating Point Emulator) If an application requires full floating
point calculations, it is possible to run it on a computer that doesn’t
actually have an FPA by emulating the FPA’s functions in software.
7.11
Function keys − These are the set of twelve keys at the top of the
keyboard, all prefixed with an “F”. What they do will depend on the
application currently in use.
7.11
G
7.11
Gb − (Gigabyte) Approximately one thousand million bytes of computer
data. (Actually, it is 1K × 1K × 1Kb = 230 = 1024 × 1024 × 1024 =
1,073,741,824 bytes.)
7.11
Genlock − This is a device which enables the output from the computer’s
video system to synchronised with a normal video signal so that
computer-generated text and graphics can be superimposed on the video
signal.
7.11
GIF (files) − (Graphics Interchange Format) A standard format for
storing and transferring bit-mapped graphics.
7.11
Grey levels − A photograph may have some areas completely white and some
completely black. Most areas, however, will be somewhere in between. If
you wish to represent that picture electronically, you have to judge the
‘greyness’ of each part of the picture. If you represent this on a scale
of 0 to 15 (16 grey levels), it will not give such a faithful
representation of the picture as if 64 or 256 grey levels were used.
However, the more grey levels used to represent each point on the
picture, the more data is being used. For example, in 256 grey levels, a
full A4 picture scanned at 400 d.p.i. could occupy as much as 12Mb!
7.11
GUI − (Graphical User Interface) At one time, virtually all interaction
between humans and computers was done on the basis of the human typing
words or codes into some form of keyboard. As computing power became
more accessible, it became possible to provide a form of interaction
that was based far more on pictures (icons) within windows on the
screen. The user could then indicate choice and initiate action by using
a mouse or trackerball to move a pointer around the screen.
7.11
H
7.11
Hard drive − A case containing a number of rigid metal discs covered
with magnetised material that can be used to store data; it usually has
a capacity of several megabytes or even gigabytes.
7.11
HD − (Hard drive)
7.11
Hierarchical − This is usually used in referring to the data structure
on storage media − see ‘directory’.
7.11
High level language − This refers to a computer language in which
instructions that the programmer enters are each converted into a number
of machine code instructions by a compiler or an interpreter. Basic,
Fortran, C etc are high level languages, whereas assembly language is a
low level language.
7.11
High density floppy discs − Discs that can store approximately 1,600Kb
of data when formatted under ADFS or up to 1,440Kb when formatted under
MSDOS.
7.11
HSV − (Hue Saturation Value) This is a colour-picking system for use in
DTP.
7.11
Hourglass − This is the egg-timer thing that appears on the screen all
too often, telling you that the application is taking a long time to do
something and that it doesn’t want interrupting.
7.11
I
7.11
Iconbar − The strip along the bottom of the computer screen that
contains icons for devices (to the left) and applications (to the right)
that are currently available to the user.
7.11
Icons − Small pictures representing devices, files, directories,
applications, etc.
7.11
IDC − (Insulation Displacement Connector) This refers to a connector
where the connection between the contacts and the individual wires is
made by squeezing a row (or usually two rows) of sharp metal teeth onto
a ribbon cable so that the teeth cut into the insulation and make
contact with each individual wire.
7.11
IDE − (Integrated Drive Electronics) An electronic standard method of
connecting one or two hard drives to a computer system. The standard was
set up to provide a simpler and cheaper means of connecting hard drives
to IBM and compatible computers than was currently available.
7.11
Image processing − If an image is stored on a computer as binary data
(such as a sprite file) it is possible to manipulate the data
mathematically to enhance, distort, translate or otherwise modify the
picture in controlled ways.
7.11
Inkjet printer − This is a type of printer where the patterns on the
paper are generated by squirting ink through a series of tiny nozzles in
the print head.
7.11
Input focus − The output from the keyboard can be directed to one and
only one window at a time. The window currently receiving information
from the keyboard is said to have the input focus. This is indicated by
the title bar of the window changing from grey to yellow.
7.11
ISA Bus − (Industry Standard Architecture) This is a “standard”
expansion interface as used on PC compatibles.
7.11
Interlace − Build up a picture on a monitor screen using two passes,
each displaying alternate lines, the aim being to reduce flicker
effects.
7.11
Interpreter − A type of high level language in which each instruction is
converted into machine executable code line by line, as the program
proceeds. (See ‘compiler’ for more explanation.)
7.11
I/O − (Input/Output)
7.11
IOC − (Input/Output Controller) The I/O chip used on pre-Risc PC Acorn
computers was called IOC.
7.11
IOMD − (Input Output Memory Device) This is a computer chip designed by
ARM Ltd which allows ARM processors to control input/output devices and
to access memory.
7.11
J
7.11
JPEG − (“Joint Picture Encoding Group” or, some say, “Joint Photographic
Experts Group”) It is a body set up in the USA to produce an industry
standard for still picture compression and storage. The theory is that,
with an agreed file format, one company’s decompression program can read
the files produced by someone else’s compression program.
7.11
K
7.11
Kb − (Kilobyte) Approximately one thousand bytes of computer data.
(Actually, it is 210 = 1024 bytes.)
7.11
Kernel − The main part of the RISC OS operating system.
7.11
Kerning − This refers to the spacing between individual pairs of
characters. To improve the look of printed text, certain character pairs
need to be printed closer together than others.
7.11
L
7.11
LAN − (Local area network) A general term for a means of connecting
computers together on one site so that they can share information.
Econet and Ethernet are examples of LANs.
7.11
Leafname − The last part of the pathname, i.e. the name of the file or
directory being referred to.
7.11
Letter box mode − There are some monitors that were never designed to
display screen modes of the like of Acorn modes 12, 15, etc. Some are
completely incapable of displaying them whereas others can display them
but with a somewhat reduced vertical height, the shape being likened to
the mouth of a letter box.
7.11
Linker − When using a compiler, this is the program that joins the
object code from various sub-programs, including the library routines,
to form the final executable machine code program.
7.11
Lisp − A high level computer language often associated with artificial
intelligence programming.
7.11
Low level language − A language which involves programming the computer
at the level of one written instruction (or mnemonic) for each machine
code instruction.
7.11
M
7.11
Mb − (Megabyte) Approximately one million bytes of computer data.
(Actually, it is 1K × 1Kb = 220 = 1024 × 1024 = 1,048,576 bytes.)
7.11
MEMC − (MEMory Controller) The chip used on pre-Risc PC Acorn computers
to control the way the cpu and video controller accessed the computer’s
memory.
7.11
MHz − (MegaHertz or Millions of cycles per second) This is most often
used to refer to the speed of a computer’s processor or memory. e.g. the
Risc PC 600 has a 30MHz processor which means that it can carry out 30
million program steps each second.
7.11
Midi − (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) A defined standard for the
physical link-up between musical instruments and controllers, and also
the format of the data transmitted.
7.11
MIPS − (Million Instructions Per Second) A measure of how fast a cpu is
running in terms of the number of instructions it can execute each
second.
7.11
Mnemonic − A code used in an assembler to represent a machine code
instruction.
7.11
Mode − See screen mode.
7.11
Modem − (An abbreviation for modulator-demodulator) It is a device which
takes a serial stream of computer data and converts it into audible
tones that can be transmitted down a telephone line that was originally
design for carrying voice information. It enables two computers to
exchange data at a distance via the telephone system.
7.11
Monitortype − A computer variable that determines which ranges of screen
modes the computer will attempt to display on your monitor.
7.11
Motherboard − The main circuit board of a computer is sometimes referred
to as a motherboard, especially when, as in the Risc PC, many of the
functional parts of the computer are on separate PCBs (sometimes called
daughterboards) that are plugged into the main or motherboard.
7.11
MPC − (Multimedia Personal Computer) The “standard” multimedia computer
used in the PC world.
7.11
MPEG − (Motion Picture Experts Group) A group of technologists who are
establishing an international standard for the compression of moving
video and its associated audio.
7.11
MTBF − (Mean Time Between Failure) An indication of how long, on
average, it will be before a machine goes wrong.
7.11
Multimedia − A blend of communications elements, usually computer-based,
which allow information in such forms as sound, speech, text, still
pictures, moving images and animations to be presented to the user so
that it can be accessed in an interactive way, the user selecting which
piece(s) of information to pursue.
7.11
Multisession − Information stored on a PhotoCD can be added to at a
later date with the appropriate (very expensive) equipment. In order to
read all the information on these CDs, you need a CD-ROM drive that is
multisession capable.
7.11
Multisync monitor − Some monitors are designed (for cheapness) that only
display in certain modes. Others can display a range of different
modes − they can synchronise onto a range of different frequency signals
and are therefore called ‘multisync’ monitors.
7.11
Multitasking − An operating system like RISC OS is capable of running a
number of different tasks all at the same time. This is multitasking.
(Actually, I think it’s a bit of a con. The cpu can really only does one
job at a time but what it does is to do a little bit of each task every
fraction of a second.)
7.11
N
7.11
Network − A means of connecting a number of computers together so that
they can share data and the use of peripherals.
7.11
NFS − (Network Filing System) A RISC OS filing system that uses Acorn’s
Econet network system.
7.11
O
7.11
Obey file − A file of commands prepared for execution by the RISC OS
command line interpreter.
7.11
Object code − the machine-executable code produced by a compiler.
7.11
Object oriented − The approach used in conventional programming is to
have a number of procedures or routines which can work on some data.
There is no conceptual connection between the data and the operations
which are performed on it. In contrast to this, object-oriented
programming works on a concept of objects, which consist both of data
fields (similar to a structure in C) and of a list of methods which may
be applied to that data. For example, you could define an object point
(with data x and y, both integers), and define a move method on it to
change these fields.
7.11
One of the most useful concepts which may be derived from this is
inheritance − an object can be defined as a sub-type of another object,
and in doing so inherit all its methods (and data fields), but may also
add its own. As an example, you could define a circle object with data x
and y (inherited from the parent point object) but with another data
field, radius. Similarly, the circle would inherit the move method
(which would not have to be rewritten), but could also have a resize
method added to it.
7.11
The result of these changes in approach is that it is often easier to
implement large programs, since it is harder to get confused about how a
piece of data should be used, and less code needs to be rewritten.
Object-oriented languages include Modula-3, C++ and Objective C.
7.11
(Well, you wanted to know what it meant, didn’t you?! Thanks to Andrew
Garrard for that definition. Ed.)
7.11
OCR − (Optical Character Recognition) Computers can be trained to
examine the shapes of typed or printed characters and work out what the
letters, words and sentences are. So, combined with a scanner or camera
and digitiser, the computer can ‘read’ text off books and paper. Because
of the difficulty of being 100% accurate, it may take as long to edit
out the mistakes as to type the text in from scratch, so OCR programmers
are fighting all the time to make their programs more and more accurate
without becoming too slow for practical use. This facility will become
more viable as we get progressively faster processors.
7.11
OLE − (Object Linking and Embedding) This is a means of linking data of
different types (e.g. text, drawfiles, sprites, etc) within one document
so that each element can be easily edited. Double-clicking on an element
brings up the appropriate editing application (Draw, Paint, ArtWorks,
etc) to allow you to make the necessary changes without having to export
and then re-import the data.
7.11
Operating system − This is the set of “house-keeping” programs within a
computer which handle all the input/output, filing systems, etc. All
modern Acorn computers come with the RISC OS operating system as
standard (stored in ROM) but it is possible to use alternative operating
systems such as DR-DOS and MS-DOS by adding the appropriate software or
hardware.
7.11
Option icon − An icon that appears in a dialogue box. Each time you
click on it, you will switch a particular option on or off.
7.11
OS − (Operating System − See above)
7.11
OS graphic unit − A unit for defining graphics under RISC OS so that
they are independent of the current screen mode. There are nominally 180
OS graphics units to the inch.
7.11
Outline fonts − These are fonts that are described mathematically by
using equations to define the curves that make up the outline of the
character’s shape. Using these equations, it is relatively simple to
work out how to display any font at any size, either on the screen or on
a printer where the shape has to be reproduced as a series of dots.
7.11
P
7.11
Palette − This is a set of colours used for the desktop display. If the
display has, say, 256 colours, the palette determines which actual
physical colour is displayed on the screen for each of the colour
numbers from 0 to 255.
7.11
Pane − A dialogue box that is attached to a particular window, e.g. the
toolbox at the side of a Draw window.
7.11
Parallel − A device or communication channel is said to be parallel if
the data is sent several bits at a time down several parallel
wires − the printer port sends eight bits of data at a time.
7.11
Parallel processor − In some computers, such as the Risc PC, it is
possible to have two processors working side-by-side, sharing the use of
memory, data storage and peripherals − such processors are referred to
as ‘parallel processors’.
7.11
Parent directory − The directory within which the directory you are
currently dealing with is stored. (It is the opposite of a
subdirectory.)
7.11
Parity − A method of checking for errors in transmitted or stored data.
An extra bit (the parity bit) is added to each ASCII character so that
the number of ‘1’ bits is always odd (or always even).
7.11
Pathname − This is the full name of a file or directory including the
filing system, disc name (or number) and the sequence of directories
that have to be opened to access that particular file or directory e.g.
SCSI::Paul105.$.Archive.Bits.!Glossary
7.11
PBM (files) − (Portable Bit-Maps) A standard format for storing and
transferring bit-mapped graphics.
7.11
PCB − (Printed Circuit Board) A piece of insulating material covered
with conducting tracks, used to interconnect electronic components to
make up an electronic circuit.
7.11
PC Card − A PC processor on a separate card that can be used as a second
processor in a Risc PC.
7.11
PC Emulator − A software application that can work within RISC OS or as
a separate program taking over the whole of the computer’s processing
power which enables the computer to pretend to be an IBM PC and run
(most of) the programs that are written to run under MS-DOS or DR-DOS on
those computers.
7.11
PC Expansion Card − An expansion card containing a PC processor plus
memory plus some I/O capability that can allow PC programs to be run
within the RISC OS environment.
7.11
Pentium − This is a 32-bit cpu with a 64-bit data bus produced by Intel
Corporation.
7.11
Peripheral − An item of hardware such as a monitor or printer that can
be connected to your computer.
7.11
Pinboard − This is an application that makes use of the blank areas of
the desktop. You can ‘stick’ various files or applications onto it so
that they are easily accessible without having the filer windows open
for each of the directories in which they are stored.
7.11
Pixel − A tiny point of light and colour which is the smallest picture
element in a video or computer image. The more pixels making up the
image, the better the resolution.
7.11
Podule − See ‘expansion card’.
7.11
Pop-up menu − A menu available by clicking an icon in within a dialogue
box. The icon is often placed alongside a display showing the current
setting of that option.
7.11
PostScript − A page description language used in some laser printers and
imagesetters. PostScript is a defined standard so that applications
using it can produce output that can be printed on any PostScript
device.
7.11
Printer driver − This is the program that converts a document or file
created by an application into information that your particular printer
needs to reproduce the information on paper. The term can be extended to
“printing” a file or document via a fax modem. The output is in the form
which a fax modem can then transmit, the printed output appearing on the
fax at the other end of the phone line.
7.11
Printer manager − An application that oversees the printing process.
7.11
Prolog − A high level computer language often associated with artificial
intelligence programming.
7.11
Processor − See CPU.
7.11
PRM − (Programmers Reference Manual) A set of manuals covering many
highly technical programming details of the RISC OS operating system.
7.11
Public Domain (PD) − There are a number of enthusiastic people who
produce programs and clipart which they want to make freely available
for other people to use − rather than trying to make money by selling
them. The material is distributed at cost by various individuals and
agencies. There are quite a number of PD libraries dealing with material
for Acorn computers. (Norwich Computer Services currently runs one such
library, part of which raises money for charity.)
7.11
Q
7.11
Quit − Close a file or application so that its window(s) disappear from
the screen and, in the case of an application, it disappears from the
iconbar.
7.11
Qwerty (keyboard) − Look at the six characters at the top left of your
keyboard and you’ll see what it’s called a qwerty keyboard.
7.11
R
7.11
Radio icons − A group of buttons within a dialogue box, only one of
which can be selected at a time.
7.11
RAM − (Random Access Memory) This is the place within the computer where
information is stored on a temporary basis. When the computer is
switched off, information in RAM is lost.
7.11
RAM disc − Part of the computer’s RAM memory can be set aside so that
the user can store files and data on a temporary basis during a computer
session. The information is accessed through a filer in the same way
that you would access an external storage medium such as a floppy or
hard drive.
7.11
Relocatable module − A section of computer code that can be used to
extend the facilities of the operating system and which can then be used
by any application running in the computer.
7.11
Removable hard disc drive − This is cross between a hard drive and a
floppy drive. It uses a solid metal disc so that it can store large
amounts of data (currently up to 270Mb on a single disc) but the disc is
held in a plastic case like a thick floppy disc. The cartridge can be
taken in and out of the drive so that a number of discs can be used for
different purposes, and the data can be transferred easily from one
computer to another.
7.11
Resolution − The complexity of detail that can be seen on a computer
screen or a printer can be specified in terms of resolution, i.e. the
numbers of dots per inch.
7.11
Resources − The various programs and data files which an application
uses to perform its task.
7.11
RGB − (Red Green Blue) Any colour can be made up of a combination of
different amounts of light of these three primary colours. So colour
monitors (RGB monitors) use sets of three coloured phosphor dots of
these three colours.
7.11
RIP − (Raster Image Processor) This is a device used in the printing
industry to produce a very high resolution output.
7.11
RISC − This is an acronym for Reduced Instruction Set Computer.
Companies like Acorn realised that the trend to more and more complex
computer processors wasn’t necessarily the best way to increase the
overall speed of computer processing. These complex processors were
spending the majority of their time doing simple tasks anyway. Acorn
made the processors simpler, which meant they could work much faster
doing the simple jobs like pushing text around and drawing dots on the
screen. This is partly why RISC processors are so well-suited to DTP
applications. (N.B. This explanation is a gross over-simplification
which doesn’t do justice to the brilliance of the designers of the Acorn
RISC processors!)
7.11
RISC OS − This is the operating system used on Acorn’s RISC-based
computers.
7.11
RISC_OSLib − A library supplied with Acorn’s ANSI C compiler designed to
help you program applications that run in the RISC OS desktop.
7.11
RMA − (Relocatable Module Area) The area of RAM set aside for the
program modules used by different applications.
7.11
ROM − (Read-Only Memory) A form of non-volatile memory that remains
unchanged even when the power is switched off and which cannot (usually)
be altered. (But see Flash ROM and EPROM.)
7.11
Root directory − The main directory of a storage device which contains
all other directories and files and which is displayed when the iconbar
icon of the device is clicked.
7.11
RS232/RS423 − These are two different (but similar) electrical standards
for the transmission of serial data.
7.11
S
7.11
Sampler − An add-on that takes a sound signal as input and turns it into
digital data that can stored and/or manipulated within the computer and
then be output again through a DAC (digital to analogue converter).
7.11
Scanner − An add-on that enables the user to read visual images into the
computer from originals such as photographs and books.
7.11
SCART − (Syndicat des Constructeurs d’Appariels de Radio et de
Television − well, you wanted to know, didn’t you!) A means of
connecting computers, video recorders, etc to televisions and monitors
using standard connections.
7.11
!Scrap − A special directory on which RISC OS makes available for
applications to use as temporary storage space. Use of this directory is
under the control of the application and the user is normally unaware of
it.
7.11
Screen blanking − Within RISC OS 3 is an optional facility (set in the
configuration) which switches the screen to black after a user-definable
length of time if the computer is not being used. As soon as a key is
pressed or the mouse is moved, the screen returns to normal. This
reduces the likelihood of monitors having patterns ‘burned in’ to the
face of the tube (and reduces the power consumption of the monitor to
some extent).
7.11
Screen mode − Information can be displayed on TV or monitor screens in a
number of different formats. The numbers of pixels that make up the
screen may be different (from, say, 480 × 512 to 1600 × 1200 or more)
and the colour depth of each pixel may vary. The amount of memory used
to display the screen will increase as both the number of pixels and the
colour depth are increased. There is a trade-off between the two as the
amount of video memory is usually limited. A particular size and colour
depth is referred to as a screen mode.
7.11
Scroll arrow − The arrows within a window that are used to allow you to
scroll through a document or list or to move around the contents of a
window that is too big to display in the current size of window.
7.11
Scrolling − If a file or document is too large to be displayed on the
screen all at once, it is displayed in a window with scroll bars and
scroll arrows so that you can move around and view different parts of it
as necessary.
7.11
SCSI − (Small Computer Systems Interface) This is an agreed standard
system for communicating data between computers and data storage and
acquisition devices, the data being transmitted along parallel data
paths. It is commonly used to link a computer to hard drives, CD-ROMs
and/or scanners, but it can also be used to link computers together,
subject to the limitation that you can only link a total of eight
different ‘devices’ together.
7.11
SCSIFS − A RISC OS filing system used for communicating with devices
attached to the SCSI interface.
7.11
Second processor − In computers such as the Risc PC it is possible to
have more than one processor working together sharing memory, data
storage and peripherals. In the Risc PC, the ARM610 takes charge when
the computer is first switched on and it then allows the other processor
(the ‘second processor’) access to memory etc.
7.11
Select box − A rectangular box used to outline an area within which any
objects are selected.
7.11
Self-test − When a computer is switched on, it runs through a series of
tests to check, as far as it is able, that it is functioning correctly.
In a RISC OS 3 (or later) computer, if any of these self-tests fails, it
will usually issue some sort of error message. If the system has not
managed to get as far as producing a working display on the VDU, it will
send a coded message about the likely error by flashing the LED on the
floppy drive.
7.11
Serial − A device or communication channel is said to be serial if the
data is sent sequentially, one bit at a time, as opposed to being sent
several bits at a time down parallel wires.
7.11
Shovelware − This is a derogatory term for software and other data of
inferior quality that is used to ‘pack out’ a CD-ROM and make it up to
600Mb, or whatever, to convince the potential purchaser that the disc is
worth buying.
7.11
Shutdown − A menu option on the task manager iconbar menu which ‘clears
up’ the computer prior to switching it off. It can also be done by using
<ctrl-shift-f12>.
7.11
SIMM − (Single In-line Memory Module) An industry standard plug-in
memory card as used in the Risc PC, for example.
7.11
Slice − (Single Layer Item of Computer Expansion!) The name applies to a
single extra layer of case in a Risc PC. It includes a new backplane
with two more slots than previously and four locking pins longer than
the ones they replace.
7.11
Smalltalk − A high level computer programming language that allows you
to use object-oriented techniques.
7.11
SOHO (market) − (Small Office Home Office) A defined market into which
companies try to sell their computer goodies.
7.11
Source code − the name given to the program written in a high level
language which is converted by a compiler into machine executable code.
7.11
Sprite − A graphic made up of coloured pixels.
7.11
Sprite pool − An area of memory used by RISC OS for storing sprites.
7.11
SQL − (Structured Query Language) Language for extracting information
from a database.
7.11
Subdirectory − Within any directory, you can store files and other
directories. A directory that appears inside another directory is
referred to as a subdirectory.
7.11
SVGA − (Super VGA) An enhanced colour graphics standard from the PC
world − 1024×768.
7.11
System application (!System) − An application that contains many of the
resources that can be used by any or all other applications.
7.11
System disc − A floppy disc containing a copy of !System.
7.11
T
7.11
Tapestreamer − Computer data has, for many years, been stored on
magnetic tape. This is a basically inefficient method in the sense that
if you are at one end of the tape and the data you want is at the other
end, it can take a long time to reach the information. However, it is
very efficient in the sense that the medium, magnetic tape, can be very
inexpensive per megabyte. A tapestreamer is a glorified (video) tape
recorder controlled by the computer and is used mainly for backup
storage purposes.
7.11
Task manager − This is the Acorn icon at the far right of the iconbar.
It is an application that controls the allocation and use of memory
within the computer.
7.11
TCP/IP − (Transfer Control Protocol / Interface Protocol) This is a
standard protocol for transferring data between different computers on a
LAN or via modem link.
7.11
Template − A set of windows and dialogue boxes that have been designed
for use within an application.
7.11
TIFF (files) − (Tagged Image File Format) A very versatile format for
storing and transferring bit-mapped graphics.
7.11
Title bar − The bar along the top of a window that contains the name of
that window.
7.11
TLB − (Translation Look-Aside Buffer) This is part of an ARM processor
which helps it to access different areas of memory more quickly.
Basically, it’s the bigger the buffer the better!
7.11
Toggle size icon − The icon at the top righthand corner of a window that
is used to extend and contract a window between its maximum size and the
size and position to which you last reduced it.
7.11
Tokenised − When a Basic program is stored, it is usually stored with
each keyword represented by a single byte rather than as a string of
ASCII codes. These single bytes are referred to as tokens.
7.11
Toolbox − A window or pane of tool icons. It may be free-standing or
attached to another widow.
7.11
Toner − This is the fine powder used in a laser printer (or
photocopier).
7.11
TPI − (Tracks per inch) This is one way of specifying the amount of data
you can store on your floppy discs, e.g. 800Kb 3½“ discs (DD) are
135tpi.
7.11
Tracking − In some applications, the spacing between individual letters
within a block of text can be controlled − this is called tracking. If
the tracking is changed, the spacing between all the characters is
increased or decreased. This is distinct from kerning which relates to
the spacing between individual pairs of characters.
7.11
Transparency mask − An optional part of a sprite that defines which
pixels of that sprite are transparent.
7.11
TRM − (Technical Reference Manual) Term used to refer to the optional
hardware manual for Acorn computers.
7.11
TSV − (Tab Separated Variables) A standard way in which data is stored
in a file where the items of data are separated by tab characters.
7.11
U
7.11
U think of something − I can’t!
7.11
V
7.11
Vapourware − A derogatory term for software that is being advertised but
isn’t actually available − it is often said to be available “real soon
now”!
7.11
VDU − (Visual Display Unit) The monitor or television used to display
the output of the computer.
7.11
Vector graphics − It is possible to represent a picture on a computer by
using a series of lines, shapes, characters etc. When such pictures are
printed, the resolution of the pictures produced is only limited by the
resolution of the output device. (This contrasts with bit-mapped
graphics − see above. For example, the Draw application produces vector
graphics whereas Paint produces bit-mapped graphics.)
7.11
VESA − (Video Electronics Standards Association)
7.11
VGA − (Video Graphics Adapter or Array) A graphics standard from the PC
world − 640×480.
7.11
VIDC20 − (Video Controller) The video and audio controller designed by
ARM Ltd and used in the Risc PC.
7.11
Virtual memory − A method by which an application, which requires more
RAM memory than a computer actually has, can still operate. It is done
by using parts of a hard drive’s memory as an extension of the real
memory, the information being swapped in and out by the operating
system, as and when it needs to be accessed by the application.
7.11
Virus − A computer program which can replicate itself (unbeknown to the
user) in various storage devices and in several places on one storage
device. As discs are taken from one computer to another, the virus can
be spread to more and more computers. Often, the effect of these
programs is to cause malicious damage to data within the computer
system.
7.11
VRAM − (Video RAM) This is a bank of high speed RAM used to store the
information for the screen display. It can usually (as in the Risc PC)
be accessed by the computer’s processor and by the video controller at
the same time. The computer accesses it as necessary to change the
screen display and the video controller accesses it on a continuous
basis to constantly generate the signals the monitor needs to display
the information set up by the computer.
7.11
W
7.11
Weight − This refers to the density of the characters within a typeface
− e.g. bold, light, extra, demibold, extrabold, etc.
7.11
WIMP − (Windows, Icons, Menus and Pointer) A method by which a user can
interact with a computer without having to learn lots of special words.
It provides a much more intuitive ‘view’ of the computer and its
facilities than non-WIMP operating systems provide.
7.11
Winchester − Old-fashioned term for a hard disc, named after the
inventors of the technology.
7.11
Window manager − This is the official name for the RISC OS WIMP system.
7.11
Word − A group of bytes considered by the cpu to be a unit of data. In
Acorn 32-bit computers, a word is four 8-bit bytes.
7.11
WP − (Word-Processing) − In the early days of microcomputers, word-
processing was limited to handling text to create documents. These days,
however, many of the programs that are referred to as word-processors
can also handle pictures, so the distinction between WP and DTP is
becoming less clear.
7.11
Writable icon − A submenu into which you can type some information such
as a filename.
7.11
Write-protect − Open the tag at the corner of a floppy disc in order to
protect the contents from being edited or accidentally deleted.
7.11
WYSIWYG − (What You See Is What You Get) In the days of text-based word-
processing, the screen display would only gave an indication of which
words would appear on a given printed page but often not much more than
that. WYSIWYG describes a system where the screen display shows the size
and positioning of all the text (and graphics) exactly as it will appear
on the printed page.
7.11
Whetstones − This is a floating point version of the Dhrystones test.
7.11
X
7.11
XGA − (Extended Graphics Adapter or Array) The definition varies (as
well as the name) depending which book you read but it is roughly 1024 ×
768 in lots of colours!
7.11
Y
7.11
Y do we have to have something for every letter?
7.11
X
7.11
Zzzz − This is what happens to anyone who tries to read right the way
through a glossary like this one!
7.11
Sources
7.11
I acknowledge, with grateful thanks, the many Archive subscribers who
have contributed ideas and definitions for this glossary. I would also
like to acknowledge various books I have consulted that have been most
useful in compiling this glossary:
7.11
Acorn RISC OS Style Guide − Acorn Computers Ltd − 1-85250-148-0
7.11
Acorn Risc PC Welcome Guide − Acorn Computers Ltd − 1-85250-143-X
7.11
Acorn User Magazine − various issues
7.11
Archimedes World Magazine − various issues
7.11
DTP at a Glance − Rob Pickering − Bookmark Publishing − 1-85550-002-7
7.11
RISC OS First Steps − Anne Rooney − Dabs Press − 1-870336-83-6. A
7.11
Archive Glossary − August 1994
7.11
Colton
7.11
From 7.10 page 10
7.11
Mijas
7.11
New artwork
7.11
Small Ads
7.11
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.11
• 2Mb SIMM for RISC PC, £50 o.n.o. Phone 0328-864177.
7.11
• A3000, 2Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.11, ext 3½“ and 5¼” disc drives. Colour
monitor. All boxed with manuals etc. ex cond. £450 o.n.o. Phone 0533-
882528.
7.11
• A3000, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb, 100Mb HCCS hard card, colour monitor and
monitor stand, PD software, ex cond, £800 o.n.o. Phone 0642-472065 after
6pm.
7.11
• A310, 4Mb RAM, MEMC1a, ARM3 (33MHz), RISC OS 3.1, 47Mb HD, Taxan 775
monitor, loadsa software, inc PC Emulator, £800 o.n.o.. Phone John on
0328-864177.
7.11
• A310, ARM 3, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb RAM, 40Mb IDE hard disc (ICS
interface), colour monitor, fan quietener, some software, plus PD,
Beebug 5¼“ disc interface + 40 track drive, DFS reader and 50 5¼” discs,
£525 o.n.o. + p&p. Phone 0332-557751 (eves).
7.11
• A310, monitor, 2Mb RAM, twin floppies, Watford digitiser and
Lingenuity colour converter, memory expansion will take RISC OS 3.1,
£395 o.n.o. Phone 0452-417697.
7.11
• A310, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb, ARM3, MEMC + 20M HD, Hifi Audio, VIDC
enhancer, 4 layer back plane, Acorn I/O podule, external disc interface,
Taxan 770+LR multisync, Kaga KP-810 printer, leads, manuals, software.
£600 +p&p. 071-272-1027. Sensible offers considered.
7.11
• A310 (RISC OS 3.1), 4Mb RAM, 2nd internal 3½“ disc drive, DFS buffer/
podule, PAL TV converter, £385 o.n.o. Cub 3000 colour monitor (built in
stereo sound) for £185 o.n.o. Oki wide carriage DM printer tractor/
sheet/envelope feed for £65 o.n.o. Phone 0553-672841 after 6pm.
7.11
• A410, 4Mb RAM, 35MHz ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 47Mb HD, Colour monitor, Oak
SCSI board, 5¼“ FD interface, all cables, manuals and boxes, loads of PD
software and games. Bargain only £750, no offers. Phone 081-778-9166
(office hours).
7.11
• A410, monitor, 20Mb hard disc, RISC OS 3.1, £475 o.n.o. Phone 0452-
417697.
7.11
• A410/1, 4 Mb, ARM 3, RISC OS 3.10, External 40Mb IDE disc, Acorn
multisync (AKF18), Epson MX80 (9 pin), £750 o.n.o. Amstrad SM2400 modem,
5¼“ drive and interface card, Graphbox Professional, 1st Word Plus,
Logistix. Offers. Phone 0272-682108 after 7.
7.11
• A440/1, 4Mb RAM, 47Mb HD, 25MHz ARM3, VIDC enhancer, 5¼“ floppy
interface, RISC OS 3.1, PC Emulator v1.8. immac cond, all original
packing, software, manuals etc, £600 o.n.o. 0924-255515.
7.11
• A5000, 100Mb hard disc, 4Mb RAM. M/Sync monitor, as new, with over
£1000 of original software inc Lemmings, Populous, 1st Word Plus, £975
o.n.o. Phone 0268-775356.
7.11
• A5000 25MHz, RISC OS 3.11, 4Mb RAM (upgradable), PC Emulator v1.81
with DR DOS 5.0, Acorn m/sync monitor, boxes, manuals. Ex cond, £750.
Phone 0276-22031.
7.11
• A5000, 4Mb, 100Mb HD, Std Resolution monitor £800. 100Mb Mac style
external SCSI HD £200. Contact Leslie Wiggins on 0332-204040 day or
0602-272282 eves.
7.11
• A5000, 4Mb RAM, 40Mb HD, Eizo Multiscan monitor, RISC OS 3.11,
Learning Curve software, all manuals, £1050 o.n.o. Phone 0732-862404.
7.11
• A5000, 4Mb RAM, 405Mb Hard disc, RISC OS 3.1, AKF18 Monitor £900.
Phone 0704-534156 evenings.
7.11
• A5000 Fan silencer, £15. Phone 071-703-5675.
7.11
• A5000 Learning Curve, 4Mb RAM, 120Mb HD, lots of software. £800 for
quick sale. Phone Howard Bailey on 0202-394057.
7.11
• A5000, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb 40Mb HD, multi-sync monitor, Learning Curve
pack, also Draw Plus, Powerbase and lots of software, £950 o.n.o. Canon
BJ-300, £200 o.n.o. All ex cond. Scan Light Video, as new, £190 o.n.o.
Buy the whole lot for £1300. Phone John 081-504-0802, eves, w/e.
7.11
• A5000, RISC OS 3.11, AKF18 monitor, 40Mb HD, 4Mb RAM, £800. Phone
Garry on 091-3771-489.
7.11
• A540 without monitor, 8Mb RAM, 120Mb hard disc, £975. Acorn colour
monitor £100. Fax Pack £125. Phone 0272-736237.
7.11
• Acorn Risc PC, 10Mb DRAM, 210Mb IDE hard disc, 14“ SVGA (AKF60)
monitor, Impression Publisher, S-Base2 Developer, RISC OS 3 PRM, PD
Software, discs, manuals, etc. 1 month old, immac cond, £2000 o.v.n.o.
Phone Craig on 0633-894533 anytime.
7.11
• Citizen Swift 24 dot matrix printer. £80 o.n.o. Phone 081-898-0447.
7.11
• Conner CP3044 40Mb IDE drive ex A5000, offers around £70. Home Office
pack unused, offers around £80 to Derby 0332-701969.
7.11
• Econet interfaces £15 each, Filestore E015 £125, AppFS software £50.
Contact Hill 0953-605566 (0953-850948 eves).
7.11
• Eizo 9070S 16“ multiscan 0.28mm dot pitch with warranty, H-scan
frequency 20-50kHz, V-scan 50-80Hz, TTL or analogue RGB inputs. Offers
to 0332-701969.
7.11
• HCCS Colour Vision Digitiser for A400 series, brand new £75. Phone
Ian on 061-476-0229.
7.11
• System Delta Plus, £35. Phone Peter on 0924-862602.
7.11
• WordWorks £20, PC Emulator 1.8 £30, Artisan 2 £10, HP Printer Drivers
£10, Artisan Support Disc £5, AlphaBase £10, Sporting Triangles £5,
Blowpipe £10, The Last Days Of Doom £5, Avon £5, EMR Soundsynth £15,
Corruption £10, Nevron £10, Rotor £10, Wherewith The Clues £10, Desktop
Games £10, Hoverbod £5, Orion £5, Repton 3 £5, Terramex £5, Inertia £5,
Quazar £5, Alerion £5, Conqueror £5, Zarch £5, Word Up Word Down £5,
Startrader £5, Thundermonk £5, Ancestry £10, Drop Ship £10, Desktop
Thesaurus £5, Holed Out Compendium £10, Gods £10, Archway2 £25. Phone
0442−822875 6pm-9pm weekdays.
7.11
Charity Sales
7.11
The following items are available for sale in aid of charity. PLEASE do
not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check if the items are
still available. Thank you.
7.11
Software: First Word Plus £9, Genesis £5, Genesis Plus £20, PC Emulator
1.7 £20, Pacmania £5, Leading Edge Midi Tracker £15, Bubble Fair £2,
Quest for Gold £2, Fireball II £5, Spellmaster £5, Landbuild £5, Ancient
Egypt clipart £3, Blaston £2, Pysanki £3, Blowpipe £3, Zelanites £3,
Rotor £3, Man United Europe £5, Apocalypse £5.
7.11
Hardware: 40Mb IDE drive £35, A3000 1Mb RAM £25, Cumana 40/80 external
5¼“ floppy drive £30, WE external disc interface (for A400/1 and
earlier) £9, Quest trackerball £15, Z88 + p.s.u. £40.
7.11
(If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers that
you could donate in aid of charity, please send it to the Archive
office. If you have larger items where post would be expensive, just
send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of
them.) A
7.11
Bodywise
7.11
Nick Harris
7.11
Bodywise is an “annotated pictorial database” of the human body packaged
in a neat A5 plastic folder. It consists of a key disc (software
protection) and two data discs (the second data disc is only required
when you are printing or saving with empty labels!) with two 16-page A5
manuals − the “Bodywise User Guide” and “Using Bodywise in the
Classroom”. In addition, there are two differentiated sets of activity
cards with answers, six double-sided A4 fact sheets covering: The
Skeleton, Hormones, Genetics, Food, Drugs and Aids plus an A4 skeleton
sheet and a simple A3 promotional poster. Sherston are now shipping
v1.03, so Bodywise will run on all Archimedes and on the Risc PC. It can
be installed on to a hard disc but will still require the key disc to
run. Site licence holders will be provided with an unprotected key disc.
It will require virtually all the memory on a 1Mb machine but if you
load and then ‘quit’ the printer driver before loading Bodywise, you can
still do printouts.
7.11
The user guide, which includes tutorial, is both clear and concise. It
deals with loading and using the software in a straightforward manner
and the tutorial takes the user through the Bodywise database with
simple clicks on relevant buttons. “Using Bodywise in the Classroom” has
suggestions for using printouts from Bodywise in the classroom and also
many suggestions for use in lessons across the full range of the
curriculum. It mentions various useful books with authors and publishers
and addresses of charities and institutions who could supply additional
material for the lesson suggestions.
7.11
Within the application, the illustrations are compressed using the
“Squish” method (Archive 7.2 p54) whereby a sprite is converted into one
long strip. This allows a huge amount of pictorial information to be
stored on three ordinary 800Kb discs. Bodywise allows you to save or
print any one of the many complete pictures, cross sections, diagrams or
frames from the animations in colour or black and white outlines, with
full text labels or with blank labels. Text can also be saved out and
edited so that you can prepare teaching materials to your own
specifications. The saving out function works very well, in that, not
only does it remember the path name from save to save, but it actually
alters the filename for you for each sprite or text area. The quality of
each saved sprite is shown in the clarity of the examples here.
7.11
The Bodywise database covers eight main body systems: musculo-skeletal,
nervous, blood and lymph, respiratory, digestive, excretory, endocrine
and reproductive. A choice may be made between male and female, which is
only required for the endocrine and reproductory systems. When a single
System is selected, it is accurately superimposed with its labels, on a
human figure. You can also show more than one system at a time but then,
no labels are shown. The view can be magnified to twice the size but
remember that these are sprites, so too great a magnification is a
hindrance. Selecting a label opens up further windows showing text and/
or labelled details. Again selections may be made to show further
information, cross sections, close ups and/or animations of which there
are several. For example, the cutaway diagram of the heart (shown
above), when animated, shows the circulation of the blood as arrows and
then switches to show ‘pulses’ of blood plus sound effects!
7.11
The teacher can set Bodywise to show one, some or all of the systems and
a choice can be made between simple or greater depth for the labels and
text − see “the heart and its position” above. The reproductive system
has password protection to prevent unwanted animations of “making a
baby!” This covers all the stages and ends with the foetus in the womb.
The database can be configured to display selected individual organs
from any body system in any combination but, of course, if you show the
‘skin’ you can see nothing inside! (My only criticism of the package is
the colour of the skin which is sadly still Zombie grey even at 16.7
million colours!)
7.11
For revision, testing or for fun, the database can be set up for
“Placing of the Parts” which tests the accuracy of the students’
positioning of up to eight named parts. These can be chosen at random by
Bodywise or selected by the teacher. Bodywise will score the accuracy of
the placement so that there can be an element of competitive testing.
7.11
The more I investigate this package, the more impressed I become. The
Head of Science took one look and asked to use it with a class next
lesson! I have used it with a general group who all found the package
easy to use.
7.11
Students from Key Stage 2 right through to the bottom of Key Stage 4
will find the speed, ease and simplicity with which it presents a
considerable amount of information amazing. I think it is also important
to stress that the excellent Saving Out facilities allow Bodywise to be
used as a data resource for further IT work for students. For the
teacher, Bodywise also represents a wealth of ready-made work sheets,
fact sheets and clipart of good quality. Sherston Software offer a 28
day approval service and I think most schools would do well to
investigate Bodywise further for it has a great deal to offer.
7.11
Bodywise from Sherston Software costs £35.95 +VAT or £44 through Archive
for a single user version. A primary site licence costs £79.90 +VAT and
a secondary site licence is £119.85 +VAT from Sherston. A
7.11
The heart
7.11
The heart is made of special muscle. It is the pump which pushes blood
around the body in arteries and veins.
7.11
The heart’s position
7.11
The heart sits on the diaphragm, between the lungs and behind the rib
cage. It receives blood from and pumps blood to the lungs and rest of
the body.
7.11
CC
7.11
From 7.10 page 16
7.11
Help!!!!
7.11
• Internet − I am trying to connect my A5000 to the Internet via a
Worldport 14400 fax/data modem and a dial up connection to Demon
Internet. The software I am presently struggling with (KA9Q and !TCPIP)
is an adaptation of an adaptation with all that implies. I would be
grateful for help and advice from anyone who has managed to get this
software up and running, or who can direct me towards something better.
Nigel Pauli, 081-866-6242.
7.11
• Printer help − (This is actually help needed for a BBC computer
user.) Back in about 1987, we wrote a program for a gentleman who was
using Wordwise Plus to print certain special Serbo-croat characters onto
a Star NL10 (Epson compatible). It was a machine code program that
interrupted the printer output stream so that when certain special
characters appeared, it sent out a combination of other characters,
accents, back-spaces etc to generate the Serbo-croat characters. Mr
Sidor has bought a Canon BJ200 and cannot get the program to work.
Presumably, the printer uses different codes. On a commercial basis,
this might cost tens or even hundreds of pounds. Is there any helpful
person out there who would be prepared to try to help Mr Sidor − perhaps
on an expenses-only basis? If so, do get in touch with him at 90 Mostyn
Road, London, SW19 3LP. (081-542-5604)
7.11
• PostScript printing − I have a “budget” PostScript printer (DEClaser
1152) which I have been successfully using with the Acorn printer
drivers. However, it takes forever to print scanned images, which must
be a real problem for PostScript type-setters too. A colleague converted
one of my print files to PostScript Level II and I found that it reduced
the print time by a factor of almost three. He also assures me that this
could be improved if the Level I file were better organised! This begs
the question of how to generate Level II PostScript files, from
Impression for example. Or is there another way to significantly reduce
the time it takes to print PostScript files? Any ideas? Richard
Readings, 4 Arthur Road, Wokingham, RG11 2SX.
7.11
• Publisher and RISC OS 2 printer drivers − We use an A5000 with an
LBP4 printer driven by either CC’s RISC OS 2 driver or the upgraded RISC
OS 3 version. The RISC OS 3 version gives frequent problems with multi-
page documents returning a “Bad Compression ID filed” error. CC say that
this is a known error and that they are working on it and in the
meantime to use the old RISC OS 2 driver.
7.11
Now that we have upgraded Impression 2 to Publisher, it has not been
possible to print documents containing some graphics that were OK with
the old printer driver − it won’t print the graphics from scans etc.
Using the newer version of the printer software causes the original
problem.
7.11
I feel a little fed up with this − we already have an expensive Qume
printer sitting doing nothing because it is incompatible with RISC OS 3
and the LBP4 setup is still causing problems.
7.11
I would be grateful for any help that can be offered on this − has
anyone solved similar problems, and does the Qume printer have any use −
or should it go on the tip? Peter Clarke, Warwickshire.
7.11
• Psion Link − Has anyone written the equivalent of the A-Link software
that I can use for the Psion 3a? I have a serial connector and can use a
comms package to get files across to my A5000 so I don’t want to buy a
complete A-Link just to get the software. Any ideas, anyone? P J
Holman, London.
7.11
• Science teacher in Preparatory school 8−13 age range (equivalent to
Key Stages 2 & 3) seeks Acorn compatible information sources and contact
with others working in this field. M Halmarack, Greenside, Upper Green
Road, St Helens, Isle of Wight, PO33 1UX. (0983-874090)
7.11
• Turbo Drivers and !Printers 1.22 − Has anyone successfully managed to
get the latest Turbo Driver v3.05g to work properly with !Printers v1.22
without running Artworks or Publisher first. I have tried DPatch from
June Archive and it only prints out a few lines before coming up with
“printer not on line” error. It even crashed Publisher while printing
with “Hardware Key not found” error.
7.11
My computer is a 4Mb A3000, Cumana Emu board with SCSI drive, VIDC
enhancer. Please ring Brian on 0730-812341 ext 5059 evenings. A
7.11
DTP Column − Style Review
7.11
Neil Whiteley-Bolton
7.11
Impression Style was launched by CC at Acorn World last Autumn, and
although it was advertised as a word-processor, it is in fact a fully
featured ‘page make-up’ program, having all of the functionality of
Impression II and more!
7.11
On the assumption that nearly all Archive readers will have some
experience of Impression II, I have limited this review of Style to a
discussion of the differences between it and Impression II. I have done
this so that I can fully describe the new features which I considered
most important.
7.11
The toolbar
7.11
The most obvious difference between Impression Style and Impression II
is the toolbar which appears whenever a document has the input focus.
Toolbars are not new and, to the best of my knowledge, every Windows-
based wordprocessor now comes complete with toolbar. CC might therefore
be accused of bowing to market pressure, but their toolbar has been very
thoughtfully designed rather than added as an after-thought.
7.11
The toolbar provides access to the most frequently used facilities such
as print, save, alter and create frames and control frame stacking, set
up and apply text effects and styles and alter view options.
Interestingly, the toolbar is also interactive − it provides information
about the styles and effects currently applied at the cursor position,
the frame type and the position of the cursor within the document (the
chapter and page number).
7.11
It is, in fact, possible to hide the toolbar. This is useful when trying
to view a page at maximum size.
7.11
Text handling
7.11
Cut and Paste is now much more intuitive − simply select the area of
text to be moved and drag the selection to the destination. Cutting to
the clipboard is still supported, of course.
7.11
Effects
7.11
The Effects menu has a number of new options: Kerning & Tracking, Keep
together and Ruler as well as Bold and Italic.
7.11
‘Kerning’ is only displayed when there is a cursor in the text it
provides for control of the vertical spacing between two characters.
‘Tracking’ is available when a region of text is selected, and it
controls the horizontal spacing between letters. ‘Keep Together’
controls how paragraphs may be split over page/linked-frame boundaries.
7.11
‘Ruler’ allows a local ruler which has already been applied to a region
of text to be removed. (Local rulers are created by dragging out tabs
and/or margins on the text ruler below the toolbar.)
7.11
The ‘Bold’ and ‘Italic’ options are discussed under Styles.
7.11
Further, a number of existing options have been altered: Line spacing
can now be specified as a percentage of the text size, as well as by the
old method of specifying an absolute value. The alignment options are
now offered as a sub-menu of effects.
7.11
Styles
7.11
The Style dialogue has been radically altered. Four action buttons now
lead to separate dialogues for Font, Text, Paragraph & Rules. The Font
dialogue sets font name, font size, text colour and script − i.e. sub or
super. New options exist for bold and italic (these are the extra
options seen on the effects menu) and allow styles to be created which
simply specify a weight without specifying a font name. Impression Style
will look for (and use if found) a bold or italic weight of whichever
font family name has already been applied − for example, it is now
possible to create a “bold” style which does nothing but use the bold
weight of whichever font is already in use, so if the style specifying
the underlying font is edited, and the font family changed, this change
is reflected in the ‘bold’ style.
7.11
The Text dialogue controls underline, strikeout with colour,
hyphenation, the leadering string and now the decimal tab character, as
well as the index and contents labels.
7.11
The Paragraph dialogue controls space above and below paragraph, ruler,
alignment and line spacing and the keep together − this latter now
allows single paragraphs, multiple paragraphs and next paragraph to be
kept together, as well as the existing keep together for a specified
distance.
7.11
The Rules dialogue provides control of rule off above and below text
with rule off colour and vertical rule − there is no new functionality
compared with Impression II.
7.11
Finally, the main style dialogue has two other options: Show on Style
Menu and a completely new one, ‘Paragraph Apply’. This applies the style
to whole paragraphs only and is automatically selected when paragraph-
based options are selected.
7.11
Graphics handling
7.11
There are two important differences in the way Impression Style handles
graphics.
7.11
Firstly, it offers support for TIFF files and for the new so called
“deep” sprite format (an optional set of loaders now available from CC
extends this list to include JPEG and PhotoCD files).
7.11
Secondly, we now have a graphics tool which offers no real extra
functionality, but is (in my opinion at least), immensely useful because
of the way it simplifies graphic manipulation. The tool appears in the
selected graphics frame as two lines, meeting in the centre of the
frame, and forming a slightly acute angle. There are three handles, one
at the intersection of the two lines and the other two at the open ends
of the lines. Moving the pointer over the handles changes the pointer
shape to indicate which function the handle in question performs. The
handle at the intersection, pan, allows the graphic to be moved, double
clicking on this handle centres the graphic in the frame. The other
handles allow for resizing (scale) and rotation (rotate). Double
clicking on the scale handle sets the scale to 100%, whereas double
clicking on the rotate handle sets the rotation to 0°. Simplicity itself
and a joy to use!
7.11
OLE
7.11
I believe that Impression Style was the first application to support
Object Linking and Embedding on the Acorn platform. OLE is a means of
allowing objects created in one application to be edited when they are
“embedded” in another. An example might be an Artworks file in an
Impression Style graphic frame. Ctrl double clicking anywhere in the
graphic frame “fires up” the parent application (in this case Artworks −
but note that Artworks must have already been seen by the filer) with
the object loaded. When the object is saved, it will, by default, be
saved back into the Impression Style graphics frame from which it came.
All information regarding scale, rotation and offsets will be retained.
7.11
General
7.11
The menu structure is somewhat altered: Document is now called File, and
the Misc menu has been replaced by View, Utilities and Help. The options
previously found on the Misc menu are now split between the View and
Utilities menus as is a new option to save a document as the default
used by Impression on start up. View master pages is now on the view
menu, as is Scale view and New View. The Help menu offers interactive
help via Acorn’s !Help application and detailed help via !Wordworks.
Master pages can now be given meaningful names, and a “pop-up” buttons
on the New and Alter chapter dialogues bring up menus of master page
names for selection.
7.11
Extras
7.11
Impression Style comes bundled with a number of utilities, a font
installation application originally supplied with Artworks, Equasor
(CC’s formulae generator), Tablemate (a table generator) and Wordworks
(CC’s new thesaurus and dictionary).
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
I consider Impression Style a major upgrade to Impression II. The
Toolbar is particularly handy for novice users, and yet it can be
switched off by expert users who use keyboard short-cuts. The graphics
tool is a genuinely intuitive aid to graphics manipulation, and the
support for deep sprites and foreign file formats is invaluable for high
quality colour work (CC have been working very hard at improving the on-
screen rendering of colour bit-mapped images and the display quality of
images on screen in a 256 colour mode, even in 16 colour modes, is
extremely good). Impression Style is at least as stable as Impression
II, and reformatting seemed subjectively faster. Bundled as it is with
such high quality utilities, it represents extremely good value for
money − highly recommended. A
7.11
Comment Column
7.11
• Aleph One PC cards − In Archive 7.10 p8, I reported the apparent
demise of the 50MHz PC card in our Risc PC. We should have waited for a
diagnosis before going into print. Humble apologies to Aleph One! The
problem was that the PC partition had got corrupted and so the PC card
could not get started. The 486 was in a high dissipation state and
therefore got very hot indeed. However, although it therefore appeared
to be dead, once the PC partition was restored, it was fine.
7.11
Alex van Someren of Aleph One says: “We are confident that our PC cards
do not in fact suffer the temperature instabilities described in last
month’s issue of Archive. It does, however, appear that the metalisation
of Risc PC card-guides can sometimes interfere with the reliable
operation of these cards. This is the subject of an application note
available from Aleph One.”
7.11
Once again, apologies for spreading alarm and despondency. The fact that
they can survive such high temperatures just goes to show how robust
they must be! Ed.
7.11
• Archive production techniques − Richard Readings of Wokingham
writes... Have you ever published any details of how you produce
Archive? I would be interested to know, for example, what DTP package
you use and how you get from that to the final magazine. The quality is
excellent and those of us who attempt to produce magazines etc on the
Archimedes could probably learn a lot from your experience. Perhaps an
idea for a future issue?
7.11
Ed replies... In terms of the production, there’s not much to tell. I
use Impression II on an A540 with an Eizo T560iT 17“ monitor and a Laser
Direct LBP8. I print the magazine as 80 (plus covers) A4 sheets of paper
(I use a good quality matt art paper) and give those to the printer who
reduces them photographically to A5 and prints the magazine by some
means best known to him! The adverts are mostly pasted in physically by
the printers although some of them are DTP’ed with the main body of the
magazine.
7.11
You may wonder why I’m still using Impression II. Well, I’ll change to
Publisher at the same time as I change to Risc PC so that I can make all
the changes in one go. Publishing an 80-page magazine virtually single-
handed every month doesn’t leave a lot of time for learning new tricks.
If I now go on to explain how the magazine is edited as opposed to
physically produced, you’ll see why.
7.11
When people send in articles, I first of all have to transfer them
across from the form in which they arrive into Impression II. I then do
a quick visual edit on screen, adding in any styles for headings etc, I
do a spell-check (it’s amazing how few contributors check their articles
before sending them in!) and then I print it out double-spaced, single
column on A4 paper and read it through carefully making edits on paper
as I go. I then edit the files on the computer and print them out
single-spaced for Vera to read through as a final check for errors that
I have missed and to try to maintain our consistency of things like
“5 Mb” instead of “5Mb”, “RISC PC” instead of “Risc PC”, etc.
7.11
After the final edit, they are ready for pasting up into the magazine.
On the day before the magazine is due to go to the printers, I create a
list of all the adverts and articles available, noting on a spreadsheet
the lengths of each. I then know how much material I have got to try to
fit into the 80 pages. I note which of the articles (usually reviews)
have been held over from previous months and decide which articles would
give me roughly the right number of pages.
7.11
I load a standard file of the magazine, try to remember to change the
date on the footers (I’ve only ever forgotten once!) and start pasting
in the text and pictures. The priority I give is to get all the
technical articles in as well as the regular “Columns” so they tend to
be towards the front part of the magazine with the adverts which must,
of course go in as booked. I then fill up with any of the less urgent
reviews. I try, where possible, to start articles on a facing page and/
or near the top of the non-facing page but obviously, this is a bit like
fitting stones into a crazy-paving path − it can be most frustrating!
7.11
I don’t know if this insight has been of interest to anyone but when I
look at the old Mac Plus with its 9“ monitor, I cannot believe that I
produced a (then 64-page) magazine every month on it! Ed.
7.11
• Inkjet refilling − May I comment on the paragraph on page 41 of the
June 1994 issue of Archive relating to refilling of ink cartridges for
the Canon BJC-600 colour printer?
7.11
The method I describe (see Archive 7.8 page 19) has enabled me to use
the same set of cartridges repeatedly by refilling in an operation
which, with experience, I find very simple − it is simple!
7.11
Anyone using this experimental technique does so at his own risk. But
although it is not suitable for the inept, it can save a lot of money
for the reasonably dexterous. George Foot, Oxted.
7.11
• Keystroke − I recently bought KeyStroke (version 2) with the
intention of using it to automate the many repetitive tasks I have to
perform when editing a thesis with Style. At first, the package did not
live up to my expectations as I encountered a couple of problems.
Principally, Style did not respond to open dialogue requests making
Keystroke useless for most of the tasks I wished to perform. Another
annoying problem was that Keystroke caused the caret to be lost. This
meant that I had to use the mouse constantly to reselect the window I
was working on after using any key sequence. Finally, the inability to
set horizontal and vertical scroll bars independently made centering the
Style window, e.g. after changing chapter, impossible.
7.11
I am glad to say that upgrading to version 3 of Keystroke has fixed all
of my problems. (I must say I was very impressed when a member of staff
rang me up on a Sunday to sort out my upgrade! − Thank you!). An
additional bonus for me was a set of Keystrokes for Style.
7.11
The improvements have allowed me to automate many tasks. For example, I
can compile the contents chapter of the thesis in one keypress. This
includes a traditional contents together with lists of figures, tables
and plates. The process takes about 50 keystrokes and includes
generating both a contents and index with Style and then filtering the
output with a C program. The process normally took me about 15 minutes.
Creating the sequence of commands took me over an hour − but I was
learning the system as I went. Other keystrokes of mine that I find
particularly useful are ones to print a given chapter, start Wordworks
and lookup the current word, minimise memory in all the applications
that are running and start Style with a given default document.
7.11
For those using Keystroke, I have a couple of hints:
7.11
When opening Style dialogues or selecting menu options, always use the
manual option. This may be obvious but when I was only told that version
3 would work with Style, I didn’t realise which option made it do so!
7.11
To scroll or position a Style window, drag the setting icon to the small
white area that appears in the top left of the window between the page
rulers. This is the only part of the main window visible. Once the
keystroke is set, the page rulers can be removed and Keystroke will
still find the correct window.
7.11
Keystrokes that execute *commands, can be executed conditionally by
using the If .. Then construct. For example, I have a simple application
that records whether or not the caret is set in a system variable. This
lets me create keystrokes that will only execute when the caret is not
currently in any window; that is, in a similar manner to the way hot-key
shortcuts work in Menon, the application launcher.
7.11
If I have one minor niggle. I would like to have more control over the
way errors in one keystroke terminate a linked sequence. In particular,
I would like a way of aborting an entire sequence if some system
variable is not set or if a *command fails or produces an error. Also I
would like to be able to start one keystroke/action from another. Can
anybody help?
7.11
Those points aside, I am now very happy with Keystroke. Jonathan Cox,
Manchester.
7.11
• Why complain? − I’ve been reading the Archive magazine since the
first issue, I have never made any comments until now. The thing that
seems to crop up in almost every issue of the magazine is someone’s view
on the shortcomings of the Acorn machines. Every time a new machine is
launched, you are sure to get a whole crop of people complaining about
how the graphics could be improved, or why the sound system is not up to
scratch.
7.11
Another reason for writing is Andrew Garrard’s comments in Archive 7.10
p28. It seems to me that he expects far too much from the Risc PC. Is it
not true that the Risc PC is a very open system that is capable of
adapting to the needs of almost everyone? Almost every part of the
computer can be upgraded as and when the upgrades are available. It’s
not a case of whether Acorn could have done better but rather whether
they have done their best with the technology to date. If extremely high
quality graphics are needed, this can be added using the appropriate
expansion card, as can sound synthesizers. If this is still not enough,
why not buy a Dec Alpha or the MIPS 4400? I suspect the price of one of
these would probably buy an extremely powerful Acorn machine (or two!).
7.11
If all the expectations of these people were to be built into the
Risc PC, would the machine still be marketed at the same price as
currently advertised? I think that Acorn have done an exceptionally good
job by producing a computer with the number of features that the Risc PC
has, selling it at a price that is quite affordable.
7.11
I currently own an A410 with all the usual extras and I expect that it
will be quite some time before I buy a Risc PC but I am sure it will
come up to my expectations. Until then, I will continue to use my A410
and hope that Acorn don’t take too much to heart some of the criticisms
made about their computers. If this were to happen, it might just price
it out of mine and many other people’s reach. That would mean looking at
the alternatives... and that really is something to complain about! Jim
Simmonds, Cleveland. A
7.11
Recent Software Upgrades
7.11
Jim Nottingham
7.11
Keystroke Version 3
7.11
A new version of Keystroke became available around the time of the
Harrogate show and, since then, has been raised to v3.04. Keystroke is
available from NCS for £28 and the cost of upgrading from any version
prior to v3.00 is £4.95, which includes a revised manual. The upgrade is
available only from Quantum Software.
7.11
Keystroke v3.04 adds some valuable facilities which are outlined in the
following paragraphs (this is not an exhaustive list).
7.11
A feature of RISC OS caused a problem with previous versions in that,
although it was generally possible to open menu dialogue boxes, on
occasions they stubbornly refused to stay open! The manual suggested
ways of getting round this but, to say the least, it was all a bit
tricky and not always satisfactory. One new feature is the “Manual”
option which, when set, causes dialogue boxes to stay open, allowing the
user to enter data.
7.11
A very nice touch is that a simple user-modification to Executor’s !run
file will now allow !Executor to be loaded but then remove its icon from
the iconbar, reducing the clutter. That used to affect !Keystroke as
well but this has been corrected recently so that you can still load and
control Keystroke via the iconbar menu (e.g. to modify your Keydefs)
without having to revert Executor’s !run file to normal.
7.11
Finally, in the Extras folder on the application disc is a very useful
library of Basic programs (!KeysLib) which can be used in conjunction
with Keystroke. In part, this is an extension of the EVAL function
described in Archive 7.4 p17. But whereas operations allowed by EVAL are
limited to applying the four basic arithmetical functions, the Basic
programs in the library open the door to allowing all manner of other
good things such as changing the case of text, stripping out numbers,
returning current date or time or ‘reading’ the screen mode. Nineteen
sample Basic programs are included and clever users (not me) can write
and add their own.
7.11
This upgrade demonstrates the need to keep an eye on what useful
programs Quantum Software often sneak in via the Extras folder and which
are not always mentioned in the manual or Read_me files. The rather nice
!Helper utility is a case in point.
7.11
With this upgrade, thanks mainly to the Manual option, I have finally
run out of things I would ideally like Keystroke to do but which, for
one reason or another, it didn’t quite do before (this really is being
hypocritical). In other words, Keystroke now gets an unqualified 110%
from me. To put its productivity into perspective, I now load Executor
during boot-up, with 23 ‘standard’ hot-key definitions covering DTP,
scanning and common macros (e.g. entering my credit card number). To
input all these functions manually, even once, would require in excess
of 400 keypresses and mouse clicks − ’nuff said?
7.11
TableMate2
7.11
An earlier version of TableMate was reviewed in Archive 6.8 p59 and,
since then, this invaluable table-making utility has been bundled with
Impression Style and appears with Publisher. TableMate2 is now
available; see the advert on page 20 of last month’s magazine. The full
price is £32.50 inc p&p (no VAT) from Dalriada Data Technology while the
upgrade price from Impression Style is £17.50. You will need to check
with Dalriada if you want a price for upgrading from other versions.
7.11
Any bugs in the new version have not stopped the program being used and,
once reported, have been cleared very promptly. For me, the ability of
TableMate2 to import drawfile graphics into tables, simply by dropping
them into the desired cells, has proved to be a tremendous bonus and
that feature alone makes it well worth the cost of the upgrade.
TableMate will accept sprites but they have first to be dropped into
Draw before importing to the table.
7.11
The other new and improved features of TableMate2, especially the
automatic word-wrapping in columns and the complete colour control of
text, data, lines and cell background, make it an extremely flexible and
user-friendly facility which should satisfy all but the most exacting
requirements. Although the new user-manual is a very well written
booklet, I’ve spotted a few features and bonuses which are not
documented.
7.11
If you wish to modify an existing file, provided it has been saved as a
Table, it can be re-imported into TableMate. However, if you haven’t
done this and the table exists only as a drawfile, the majority of
elements (including text, data and most line styles) can still be
modified in Draw in the normal way.
7.11
When you import drawfiles into a table, unlike DTP programs where the
drawfile size is adjusted to fit a frame, the TableMate2 cell height and
width is adjusted automatically to the drawfile size. So, if you import
different-sized graphics, you are going to get different cell sizes
which can look very untidy. However, once the graphics have been
imported, it is then possible to rescale them and/or change their aspect
ratios so that everything looks balanced. An undocumented feature is
that, having changed the size of a graphic in this way, it may finish up
left or right-justified which, again, can look untidy. This is because
its position is controlled by the column tab and, in this situation,
setting the tab to Centre instead of Left/Right will recentralise the
graphic.
7.11
Finally, once a graphic has been imported, you still have control over
the cell background colour and this can be used to give very pleasing
effects.
7.11
On the monthly disc is a drawfile (“TableMate2”) illustrating the
features described in the previous two paragraphs. Graphics have been
rescaled/recentred and cell background colour added. A
7.11
PipeLineZ
7.11
Gerald Fitton
7.11
I always believed that as the days began to lengthen in Spring you all
put your computers away. It hasn’t happened this year. If anything, my
mail bag these last couple of months has been heavier than before April.
We now refer to the size of our morning post by the number of Post
Office rubber bands needed to contain it.
7.11
Anyway, thank you for all your letters and particularly for the words of
praise and encouragement. However, without wishing to sound too
critical, it might be a good time to repeat my request that you send me
examples of your problems on a disc. An example on a disc removes
ambiguities and saves me the labour of creating a disc file of data
similar to that used by you. Another reminder from me: it is generally
quicker to send your letters to me directly at the Abacus Training
address which you will find on the inside back cover of Archive than to
route them through the Archive office.
7.11
The main part of this month’s article is about character printing using
PipeDream printer drivers but, as usual, my remarks have a wider
application. In particular, you will find some of my remarks relevant to
character printing from Fireworkz and (for those of my many followers
who don’t have any Colton Software products) relevant to character
printing from many non-Colton packages.
7.11
First let me deal with a few other topics.
7.11
Fireworkz v1.08
7.11
I have a copy! But before you rush out to post your master disc back to
Colton Software, it’s not what you think it is! It’s true that I have
version 1.08 but the copy I have runs only in Windows on an ‘IBM type’
PC. It is a beta test copy which I’ve had for a few days now and my
pronouncement is that it is very close to a standard which can be
released to the general public.
7.11
I have ‘ported’ many of my ‘standard’ applications from the RISC OS
version of Fireworkz to the Windows version and I’ve had hardly any
problems. I’m used to using RISC OS Fireworkz, so I found myself using
Windows Fireworkz confidently within half an hour. Indeed, I think that
many of my little difficulties arose because I kept forgetting that I
was in Windows and not RISC OS rather than because of differences in the
way Fireworkz was working.
7.11
I’ve been told that the Windows version will be available in July and
that the price to registered RISC OS version users is about £50! I think
you have to add £13.75 for VAT and postage and you must quote your
RISC OS Fireworkz registration number and you must have registered with
Colton Software. Anyway, by the time you read this, at worst, the
Windows version of Fireworkz will be only a few weeks away.
7.11
Help for Windows Fireworkz
7.11
I’ve been asked how I feel about receiving correspondence and questions
about Windows Fireworkz. The quick answer is that you should feel free
to write to me and I’ll do what I can. For the moment at least, I shall
limit what goes into Archive about the Windows version to a few lines
each month. With the advent of the new RISC PC machine and the offer of
a 486 board at a bargain price, perhaps the Archive Editor may become
willing to accept information about Fireworkz running under Windows.
We’ll see. In the meantime, if you do buy the Windows version of
Fireworkz and have problems, please do write to me and I’ll try to help
in the same way as I do with problems which arise with the RISC OS
version.
7.11
Special offer prices
7.11
I have had a press release from Colton Software which includes a price
list of special offers which apply until September 1994. When it comes
to explaining these low prices to those of you who bought (or upgraded)
earlier and explaining them to distributors such as NCS, I confess I am
nonplussed to say the least. I feel as if I should apologise but it
isn’t my fault! Let me add that it is my impression that the prices of
Colton Software products are going to remain at a much lower level than
they have been in the past (typically at these “special offer” prices),
even after September 1994!
7.11
Let me give you two examples. The UK price of Fireworkz for RISC OS is
now £121.33 including VAT and p&p. An upgrade from PipeDream 4 to
Fireworkz is £40.25 inclusive. In the past NCS, have matched prices for
items like Fireworkz (to customers who would be new to Colton Software)
but NCS has not operated the upgrade service from, say, PipeDream 4 to
Fireworkz.
7.11
The ClassCardz that I mentioned last month are available at £25
inclusive for Wordz and the same price for Resultz.
7.11
!Printers Version 1.22
7.11
Now to my major theme for this month − character printer drivers −
particularly, but not exclusively, for use with PipeDream.
7.11
What, you might wonder, has a new version of Acorn’s !Printers got to do
with PipeLineZ? The answer is that information contained within it may
help you improve your PipeDream printer driver!
7.11
When (or rather if) you upgraded from, say, PipeDream version 4.10 to
4.13, you would expect that it wouldn’t matter when you got your
upgraded disc − it would be the same as everybody else’s 4.13 disc. No!
They weren’t all the same! In particular, files which differed from time
to time (all supplied under the heading of PipeDream version 4.13)
included the PipeDream printer drivers. One reason for this difference
(but not the only one) is the way in which the discs were upgraded by
Colton Software. In order to save time in upgrading, only some of the
files (such as the !RunImage file) were replaced. If you modified and
then saved a PipeDream printer driver back to the Master disc then
(because of the date stamp) it might not have been replaced by a later
version of the PipeDream printer driver. Of course, you wouldn’t notice
since you didn’t expect the PipeDream printer driver to be upgraded.
7.11
Again, what has !Printers to do with PipeDream printer drivers. To
answer that, please bear with me and I’ll start nearer to the beginning.
7.11
What is ‘character printing’?
7.11
When you use an Archimedes for printing a document, your choice is
between so called ‘graphics printing’ and ‘character printing’.
7.11
When you print a document using graphic printing, the page is
represented by a mass of dots. If you are using a resolution of, say,
300 × 300 dots per inch for printing then your page of approximately 8“
× 11” is divided into 2400 columns by 3300 rows of dots − that’s just
under 8 million dots. When you print in monochrome (i.e. not colour)
then each of these 8 million dot positions is either black or white and
can be represented by a single binary digit (usually called a ‘bit’).
Each of these bits is either ‘on’ (for black) or ‘off’ (for white) and
arithmetically is stored in memory as a 0 (off) or a 1 (on). In binary
arithmetic 8 bits make a byte so our 8 million bits is usually referred
to as 1 million bytes or 1Mb for short.
7.11
To summarise, you need to process and then send 1 Mb of dotty data to
your printer if you want to print an A4 page using graphics printing!
7.11
As you might guess, graphics printing is essential for printing
drawfiles and sprites. However, as you might not guess, printing using
Acorn’s outline fonts also uses graphics printing because the shapes of
the characters are sent to the printer as graphics dots. Each printed
page of outline fonts needs 1 Mb of data to be processed and transferred
from computer to printer − no wonder it takes a long time to print each
page.
7.11
After that slight digression, let’s get back to character printing.
Character printing is much quicker because a typical page (consisting of
about 3000 characters) requires only one 8 bit byte per character to be
sent to the printer. For each page, you need to process and then send to
the printer, about 3000 bytes (usually written as 3 Kb) instead of 1 Mb,
i.e. only about one three hundredth of the amount of data. This is why
character printing is much quicker than graphics printing.
7.11
System font for screen display
7.11
PipeDream allows you to display on the screen either the system font or
any outline font you have installed. As a general rule, you display
outline fonts on screen if you are going to use graphics printing and
you use the system font for your screen display if you are going to use
character printing.
7.11
To see which font you are using, hold down the <Ctrl> key and tap the
keys P F G, in that order. (In future, I shall write something such as
“Execute the command <ctrl-PFG>” for such a control key combination.)
You should find that the system font is selected but, if not, use the
arrows to move to the top of the font table to find it and click on the
word System. If you are one of the many with RISC OS 3, you may find
that you have a choice of weights which include (None), Fixed and
Medium. Only the first, (None), is a true character font (called a
BBC font for historical reasons − Acorn built the BBC Computer and the
Archimedes is “backwards compatible” with it); the other two, Fixed and
Medium, are outline versions of the System font and, at least until you
know what you’re doing, you should ignore them.
7.11
The ASCII code
7.11
An 8 bit binary number is called a byte. In binary such an eight bit
number is a number between 0 (usually written with leading zeros as
00000000) and 11111111. If these binary numbers are converted to decimal
they represent numbers between 0 and 255. Let me put this another way,
if you want to describe the contents of one single byte of memory
(you’ve probably got a few million bytes of RAM in your machine) then
you can do so by saying that the memory location contains a number
between 0 and 255 inclusive.
7.11
Look at the your keyboard and consider the following. Our alphabet has
26 lower case letters, 26 upper case letters, 10 digits (note that these
are not numbers) 0 to 9 and a miscellany of punctuation symbols. In
total, there are about 96 characters directly available from the
keyboard (yes, I know there are a few more but let’s keep it simple for
now). Each of these printable characters can be coded as a number. For
example, the capital letter A is coded as the number 65 and the lower
case a as the number 97. This code is called the ASCII code and is used
for storing text within the memory of your computer.
7.11
A <space> is stored in memory as ASCII code 32. ASCII codes below 32 are
reserved for printer instructions, for example, ASCII code 12 is an
instruction to the printer to execute a form feed. In general, all the
codes necessary to print a letter in English (or should I say American)
correspond to ASCII code numbers between 0 and 127.
7.11
For example, to send the word ‘Gerald’ to the printer, the codes stored
in memory and transmitted to the printer are:
71 101 114 97 108 100. The printer will decode this six byte
message and, using its internal fonts, will print the corresponding
‘ASCII coded’ characters. Only six bytes are required to store and to
print ‘Gerald’! These six bytes can be transferred from computer to
printer and decoded at the printer about 300 times more quickly than the
outline font (graphic) equivalent. Speed is the biggest single advantage
of using character printing when compared with graphics printing.
7.11
The extended ASCII code
7.11
Up to now, I haven’t said what the codes between 128 and 255 inclusive
are used for. These are called ‘top bit set’ characters because, in
binary, the first (i.e. the most significant) of the eight bits is a 1,
ie ‘set’ to a 1 (for codes between 0 and 127, the top bit is a 0). In
the so-called Latin 1 character set, one of the uses of these top bit
set characters is to represent characters such as ± and accented
(foreign) characters such as é ï ö or ç. The Latin 1 character set used
by the Archimedes has a few extra characters more than the
internationally agreed Latin 1. These extras include the ‘smart quotes’
“ & ” − the standard Latin 1 includes only ‘sexless quotes’ such as “.
7.11
Perhaps the most important thing to understand is that, within your
computer, each character you see displayed is stored in memory as a
single byte, a number between 0 and 255.
7.11
When you send a text file to your printer, every character is sent as a
single byte; each byte sent corresponds to a number between 0 and 255.
Having specified a character set at your printer, the printer decodes
that number into a printable character and prints the character from
that particular character set. If you have the Latin 1 set loaded for
your screen display but you have the IBM set selected at the printer,
top bit set characters won’t print out as they are on the screen. Each
character will print out as the character with the same code number from
the IBM set!
7.11
The !Chars application
7.11
You will find a copy of this application on your PipeDream master disc
or, if you have RISC OS 3, in the Apps directory.
7.11
If you double click on !Chars, it doesn’t load onto the iconbar but a
window will pop up containing the full 256 ASCII character set. This
utility can be used to enter top bit set characters into your document.
You use it by moving the pointer within the !Chars window and then
clicking <select> on the character you want to appear in your document.
When you click on a character in !Chars, that character will appear at
the cursor as if it had been entered at the keyboard.
7.11
Alternatively, you can hold the pointer over a character and press
<shift>. This executes that character in the same way as clicking on it.
The trouble with this is that if you leave the pointer within the !Chars
window, then whenever you press <shift>, extra characters will
mysteriously be added into your text!
7.11
If you don’t have !Chars maybe you have Beebug’s CharSel or the PD
program ImpChars, both of which are better than !Chars.
7.11
PipeDream printer drivers
7.11
It is difficult to generalise too much but here goes. So far as choosing
a PipeDream printer driver is concerned, there are four kinds of
printers suitable for use as character printers for the Archimedes.
7.11
The first is the daisywheel driver but daisywheel printers are so rare
these days that there isn’t really anything I want to say about this
one.
7.11
The second is the IBM type. Generally, if you want to use these for
anything other than using the IBM ‘box graphics’, you should configure
your printer as either an Epson or HP by using an emulator. I shall say
no more about IBM printers in this article.
7.11
The third type is the Epson series and emulations. Most of the earlier
Epson printers do not generate the Latin 1 ‘foreign’ characters when the
top bit is set but italic versions of the English characters. For
example, code 65 is an upright capital A and code 193 (i.e. 65 + 128)
prints an italic A. Many of the Latin 1 characters can be printed but
require a ‘long control code sequence’ to be sent to the printer.
7.11
The fourth type is the HP (Hewlett Packard) and its many emulations.
Nearly all the HP emulations I have seen allow you to select either the
Latin 1 or ECMA 94 character set using physical switches (of a variety
of types) at the printer. Refer to your printer handbook and set the
switches appropriately. Even so, because Acorn use an extended Latin 1
character set, there are a few characters such as the ligature fi (note
that the f and i are joined together as one character, code 158) which
are not part of the international (and hence HP) Latin 1 character set.
This means that the HP printer won’t print them correctly without a
‘fix’.
7.11
Examining a printer driver
7.11
You may have noticed that PipeDream printer drivers have the filetype
Text. However, don’t double click to run it, otherwise it will load into
Edit. Then, if you make changes and save the file from Edit, it won’t
work because you will lose all the tab/column settings.
7.11
Drag the printer driver file onto the PipeDream icon and then adjust the
column widths so that you can see the contents of each column. Yes! I
know it takes a bit of juggling but it’s worth it. When you finally save
the file, it is worth checking that you are saving in ASCII format.
PipeDream remembers the format of the file it loaded so it should be set
to ASCII but you never know!
7.11
The Epson printer driver
7.11
The driver most suitable for the Epson is the one called [DotMatrix].
Load it into PipeDream.
7.11
The first line executed by the printer driver is line 27 of [DotMatrix].
Before the printer starts to work on the text of your file, this command
is executed. The codes ESC “@” reset the printer clearing out all stored
commands so, if you have previously sent a set of codes to your printer
telling it to use some fancy font then ESC “@” will negate all your
efforts! The remainder of the PON string, ESC “I” 1, allows the use of
seventeen of the ASCII codes between code 1 and code 31 to be used to
print ‘foreign’ characters. These codes appear in the translation table
(see below).
7.11
As I mentioned earlier, Epson computers use top bit set characters to
print italic versions of the standard English character set so, to
generate the top bit set characters of the Latin 1 set, you need to
‘translate’ the Latin 1 ASCII code to a ‘long control code string’ which
instructs the printer to print the appropriate character.
7.11
One of the most common problems is trying to print the £ symbol. In
Latin 1, this is a top bit set character. Unfortunately, much confusion
arises because you used to be able to buy keyboards where the symbol
above the 3 was a £ instead of #. This was called a “UK Keyboard” and
Epson (and other printer manufacturers) compensate for this keyboard
translation by allowing you to set up your printer for the “UK character
set”. In writing the [DotMatrix] printer driver, Colton Software have
used the string ESC “R” 3 to select the UK character set.
7.11
In the [DotMatrix] file, you will find the printer translation for the £
on line 64. The sequence ESC “R” 3 35 causes the Epson printer to print
the £ symbol when it receives the ASCII code 163. Note that the American
(USA) character set is not reinstated − that would require the sequence
ESC “R” 0.
7.11
Many of the ‘foreign’ characters have direct translations at the
printer. For example, the é (code 233 on line 133) is generated by the
sequence ESC “R” 1 123 ESC “R” 3. Some ‘foreign’ characters have been
generated by using the ESC “6” sequence to enable codes 128 to 159
(inclusive) to print them. Some ‘foreign’ characters such as ý (code 253
on line 154) have to be faked by adding accents using a backspace
(code 8) at the printer to superimpose an accent over the ‘standard’
letter.
7.11
Although the heading states that the printer driver is for use with an
FX80 and compatibles, some of the translations use an ESC “t” 1 sequence
which I don’t think is available on the FX80 but only on higher
specification machines such as the LQ series. Because of this, you may
find that the symbol ± (shown on line 78 of the printer driver) does not
print on your Epson! Read this paragraph again and you may be able to
guess why the information contained within the new !Printers might be
useful (we’re getting there)!
7.11
In the version of [DotMatrix] which I have, many characters are missing
from the translations provided by Colton Software. For example, the
ligature fi (code 158) is not translated. I think it could be faked by
translating code 158 to “f” “i” so that the f and i are printed instead.
Such faked translations can be added quite easily as we’ll see when we
look at the HP printer driver [HPJet].
7.11
If you have extended your [DotMatrix] printer driver to include faked
translations for these omissions, I’m sure many PipeLineZ readers will
be interested in your extended version.
7.11
Finally, I am not convinced that the strategy used by Colton Software in
designing this printer driver is the ‘best’. I would have preferred a
strategy in which the ‘basic’ configuration of the printer used the
standard American (USA) character set and ‘slipped into’ other character
sets (such as the UK set) temporarily with ESC “R” 3 when necessary but
returned to the USA set immediately afterwards. The strategy adopted by
Colton Software is to use the UK character set and ‘slip into’ the USA
set temporarily with ESC “R” 0 to print characters such as # with a
quick return to the UK set immediately afterwards with ESC “R” 3.
7.11
If you have adopted the strategy of using the USA character set and have
a suitable [Epson] PipeDream printer driver then, once again, I’m sure
that many PipeLineZ readers will be interested in hearing from you
(either directly or via me).
7.11
The HP printer driver
7.11
In my view, Colton Software have done a much better job on this than
they have with [DotMatrix]. In fairness to them, I must add that I think
Hewlett Packard have done a better job of providing a consistent and
useable printer control language than Epson (but you may disagree − I
used to think that the Epson system was ‘better’)! Another general point
is that it has been set up more as a page printer for cut sheet paper
(e.g. A4 sheets) than for use with fan-fold paper. For example, the EP
string on line 30 is set to code 12 so that an end of page instruction
always feeds the cut sheet of paper out of the printer. Compare this
with [DotMatrix] where the EP is missing.
7.11
The major problem people have using this printer driver is that they
don’t set up the switches at the printer correctly. HP printers
“prioritize” the character set above all else. ISO UK (similar to
ISO 04) is a character set which is supported by the HP DeskJet (and
other HP machines and their emulations) but note that it is a 7-bit
character set! With it, you can’t print out top bit set characters so,
although UK in the title sounds tempting, don’t use hardware to select
that character set! I suggest (indeed I almost insist) that you select
the ECMA 94 character set as your default (using the hardware switches
at the printer) in order to avoid this problem.
7.11
Having said that, the PON string selects the ECMA 94 character set.
ECMA 94 may be different from the basic (i.e. non-Acorn) Latin 1 set
but, as yet, I’ve not been able to discern the difference. Please drop
me a line if you do know what the difference is.
7.11
Acorn’s extended Latin 1 set includes about 20 extra characters not
available on most (possibly all) HP printers. These extra characters
have to be faked by the [HPJet] driver using translations. The
translations for the extensions start at line 50 of the printer driver.
Look at line 68 and you will see that the ligature fi is translated into
an f followed by an i. This type of faking could have been included in
[DotMatrix] but hasn’t been! You will also notice that the smart quote ”
(code 149) is translated into a sexless quote in line 59. I’m not
convinced about the method of translating single quotes at lines 54 and
55; I think I would have preferred to translate to the sexless quote ‘
rather than to the acute and grave accents chosen by Colton Software.
7.11
If you have any opinions or advice about this then please let me know.
7.11
A test file
7.11
With a little effort, you can create a file containing the full set of
printable characters with which you can test your printer. If you are
unable to create such a test file, send me a blank formatted disc, a
self addressed label and, if you live in the UK, return postage. I’ll
send you a copy of my [CharSet] test file. When you have such a file,
print it out using PipeDream printer drivers and compare it with the
screen display you get for [CharSet].
7.11
If there are only a few discrepancies, it is almost certain that they
will be a few of the top bit set characters which are printed
incorrectly or not at all. In the circumstances that I have outlined
above (e.g. trying to print out the ± symbol with an ‘old’ FX80 or
trying to print the ligature fi using [DotMatrix]) the problem is that
your printer driver doesn’t accept (or doesn’t have) the translation
you’re trying to use. Having read this article, you may you feel able to
add the translations you want.
7.11
If you have major blocks of incorrect printouts, it is likely that you
have set your printer hardware defaults (the printer switches) to an
incorrect setting such as forcing a 7-bit character set (e.g. ISO UK) to
be used instead of one which supports top bit set characters.
7.11
Back to !Printers
7.11
A wide range of printers by different manufacturers are covered in the
printer definitions of the new !Printers. I have had a good look at the
“Start of text job” string and at the way in which they handle the
“translations” of top bit set characters. They contain a wealth of
information which could be useful to PipeDream printer driver designers.
For example, looking at the LQ-860 and FX-80 drivers, I find different
ways of printing ± (ASCII code 177). In the LQ-860 driver, the mapping
is from code 177 to 241 after including the ESC “t” 1 sequence in the
“Start of text job” string. (It would be much more ‘elegant’ to include
this string as the PON string of the corresponding PipeDream printer
driver and not in the translations as Colton Software have done.) On the
FX-80, the ± is ‘faked’ by printing a + followed by a back space and
underline. What I’d like to know (not just purely for interest) is which
Epson printers do have the ESC “t” 1 sequence available and which
don’t. Part of my curiosity is because I am having an exchange of
letters about ESC “t” 1 with about half a dozen correspondents. (A name
which springs instantly to mind is Charles Martin − hold on Charles, I’m
calling up reinforcements from the Archive readers.)
7.11
Those of you with an HP type of printer may find the “Start of text job”
string used in the new !Printers for your HP type printer makes a better
PON string in your PipeDream printer driver than your existing PON
string. Remember, Acorn have done a lot of work with the printer
suppliers on these printer definitions − certainly more work than Colton
Software did when they put their original drivers together. Is there a
message here for those of you like Sue Lindley who have had serious
trouble with setting up PipeDream printer drivers for the HP 500C or the
compatible Integrex ColourJet Series 2?
7.11
Any volunteers?
7.11
If you get the urge to redesign your PipeDream printer driver so that it
more nearly matches your printer and if you use the information
contained within the definitive translations supplied by Acorn as part
of !Printers V 1.22 and if you are successful then please make your
efforts available to other PipeLineZ readers by sending the modified
driver (together with information about what you’ve done and the source
of your information) to me on disc. In advance, many thanks.
7.11
In conclusion
7.11
I hope that you’ve been able to follow this article and that it has
helped you to set up and choose a suitable printer driver for your
system. However, if you still have trouble, please write to me but
enclose a disc copy of the printer driver you think should work.
7.11
If you regularly use a different character set (and have that character
set available as a BBC font file) and if you have PipeDream printer
drivers to match, please send them to me so that I can make them
available to other PipeLineZ readers.
7.11
Finally
7.11
Thanks once again for all your letters. How do I keep up with answering
them all? I think the answer is that I find your problems very
interesting and I really enjoy having the opportunity to be helpful. A
7.11
Risc PC Column
7.11
Keith Hodge
7.11
First impressions
7.11
My first and strongest impression of the Risc PC is speed! I can hardly
believe the difference in speed between my old Archimedes and the
Risc PC. A small idea may be gleaned from the fact that Prophet, with my
medium size account file, used to take twenty eight seconds to load in
mode 108 − it now takes 4.2 seconds in 1280 × 480, 32 thousand
colours(!). Of course, there is no difference in speed whatever the
screen resolution or colour depth in use − assuming you have some VRAM.
7.11
Initial advice to new owners
7.11
When you receive your new machine, please make sure that you make a new
directory called ‘backup’ or other name of your choice, and copy into it
the complete !Boot application. This will only take up a very small
amount of the relatively huge amount of hard disc space that you will
have, and more importantly, it will allow you to recover any files lost,
as a result of your first attempts at configuration etc. (This advice
comes from bitter experience!)
7.11
Transferring from old to new machine
7.11
I said last month that I would be transferring my 167Mb worth of data
from machine to machine using 800Kb floppy discs. I did, and there is
not a lot to add, except that it took the best part of two days on and
off! (I could not resist looking at the JPEG pictures in 16 million
colours every so often.) If there is any faster way (serial port?),
please let me know so that I can pass it on.
7.11
(Atomwide say that they have almost got the RemoteFS software working on
Risc PC. This would allow you to transfer things via the serial or
parallel ports very easily. Hopefully, by the time you read this, it
should be available − give us a ring at the NCS office if you need a
copy. Ed.)
7.11
Monitors
7.11
Paul has, quite rightly, pointed out that with the vastly enhanced
resolution of the Risc PC, you should buy the largest monitor you can
afford. However, it must be recognised that many of us will have to make
do with our existing monitors, or try and use an ex IBM PC monitor. This
will be quite a simple task for those of us with access to reference
manuals for the monitor and the required skills, but for a new owner
with no knowledge of such things, it may completely ruin their
introduction to Acorn computing. Could I please ask everybody who
produces new monitor definition scripts, to submit them to this column
so that I can assemble a compilation disc which will be available to all
for the cost of the return postage.
7.11
Software compatibility
7.11
I have already received by packet radio and one letter, comments on this
subject! It would appear that there are some problems in this area. I
have spoken to CC myself, as my Turbo Driver for the Canon BJ230 does
not work, and it will be at the end of June before the update is
available. All of Colton Software’s products run OK, (PipeDream v4.13,
WordZ v1.07, FireWorkZ v1.07), Minerva’s MultiStore v2.00, etc, and it
is starting to look as if most software which does not go in for any
speed-up tricks is OK. The rest, however, are in trouble − e.g. games
which use speed cheats and/or calls to the disc controller for
protection.
7.11
One thing that is coming to light is that one person finds that package
X works, while another says it does not. This is almost certainly
because they are using different versions, so could everybody please
quote the version number of the package they are using when writing.
From next month, when sufficient information has arrived, I will be
sending Paul a list of software status for inclusion on the monthly
disc. It will be too large, I think, to be published in the magazine.
7.11
Hardware news (HCCS)
7.11
First the good news: the Ultimate micropodules plug in and go. I have my
8 bit SCSI unit in and running with the 245Mb hard disc. This had been
made very simple, as Acorn provided three extra power connectors, all
nicely dressed to length. The only problem I had was that they were so
tidily wrapped up under the disc drive that I did not see them at first!
7.11
Now the bad news: the 16bit HCCS cards do not work. There is a hardware
incompatibility which I have been advised cannot be corrected, so these
units will not work on the Risc PC.
7.11
BrainSoft combined video/audio/serial card
7.11
Total failure here − my card seems to be too wide to fit in the slot, so
I am now in real trouble, as one of the jobs that I do is to import
images for people. I must now decide on which new digitiser to purchase.
This does, however, give me an opportunity to ask if anybody uses/knows
of a high spec video digitiser which will accept (PAL), (Y,C), (R,G,B),
+ Broadcast Betacam (Y, R-Y, B-Y) signals either direct into the board,
or via external adaptors. This would improve my end quality considerably
if I did not have to convert down to PAL.
7.11
This brings me to a subject dear to my heart. Risc PCs are now of such a
high standard in all respects, including the all-important video
resolution and colour depth, that they could be used for broadcast image
editing and manipulation. Are there any companies out there pushing
these machines/their software to the TV companies? If not, why not?
7.11
Floppy drives
7.11
No success here either. I have made up an extended ribbon cable, with
the appropriate connector for my 5¼“ drive, and checked pin 1 to pin 1
etc, along the cable, but no luck. Some guidance from Acorn (Phil
Colmer?), would be much appreciated here. (We have checked this out with
the Acorn tekkies and they say that the necessary select lines have not
been brought out to the floppy drive connector so it is definitely not
possible (as with A3010/20/4000) to fit a second floppy drive of any
description without soldering onto chips on the PCB, thus voiding the
warranty. Ed.)
7.11
Qume Laser Direct
7.11
CC still say that the Qume Laser Direct printers will not work on the
Risc PC. However, we are getting reports that some of them do work. Paul
tells me that he has a version of the RISC OS 3 driver (printer
definition file says it is: mod_version: 291) which works OK on some
Qume printers and not on others. Send Paul a formatted floppy disc (plus
a charity donation or a return envelope & stamps) if you want to try the
version he has used.
7.11
Tailpiece
7.11
There are so many things I could have commented on that it would have
filled the magazine. So I have tried to stick to the things that I felt
would interest and/or be of use to people who have just received their
machines. If there is anybody out there who is thinking of buying a
Risc PC but is worried that they may have problems with software
compatibility, I would be quite prepared to try software on my machine
for them, to allay these fears.
7.11
Gripe of the month
7.11
The only niggle with the machine so far is that there are three spare
bays in my ACB45, but no spare clips to retain the drives which will go
in them. Or have I missed them like I missed the power connectors? (No,
there aren’t but we’re trying to find out how to get hold of some. Ed.)
7.11
As usual, I can be contacted by letter at the HES address on the back
page, by telephone after 7p.m. or by Packet Radio from anywhere in the
world, as GW4NEI@GB7OAR.#16.GBR.EU. A
7.11
DRAW_Changer
7.11
Peter Jennings
7.11
DRAW_Changer, with those capital letters and the underline in its name
just has to come from DEC_dATA! It is designed to let you edit drawfiles
easily and quickly without having to ungroup objects. It can change fill
and line colours, including converting to monochrome or even negative
images, change the thickness, join styles and cap styles of lines, strip
out selected objects including text, create anti-aliased sprites larger
then the computer’s memory and “thumbnail” sprites. Files can be batch-
processed and there is support for OLE (object linking and embedding)
from and to Impression Style and Publisher. This means that if, for
example, a graphic is printing too dark, it can be loaded into
Draw_Changer, lightened and then saved back onto the page in its
original size and position.
7.11
The utility is not just for use with Draw itself but can handle
drawfiles exported from other programs such as Draw Plus, Vector and
ArtWorks. One exception is that some layered files from Vector will not
load, even though saved in Draw format.
7.11
Draw_Changer (version 1.00), which costs £39.95 including VAT, is very
neatly packaged as a slim A5 booklet (the 24-page manual) with a plastic
pocket containing a single disc inside the front cover. There is no
unnecessary box to take up shelf space. The disc contains the program
and an interactive on-line help file with a ClearView hypertext reader.
There are also six drawfiles and the program contains example settings
to demonstrate some of the ways they can be changed.
7.11
When all else fails...
7.11
If your usual approach to new software is to ignore the manual until you
get stuck, be warned. When you start using Draw_Changer, you will be
faced with strange windows full of unfamiliar icons and you will quickly
realise that “all else” has indeed failed and you just have to read the
instructions. It all looks a bit daunting at first but, with the aid of
the manual and the very good on-screen help, it soon makes sense and you
will find the program quite easy to use.
7.11
Put simply, the icons (all clearly illustrated and detailed in the
manual) represent the various possible attributes of a drawfile, such as
colours and line styles. Icons for the features you want to alter are
dragged to one side of a window and icons representing the new features
to replace them are dragged to the other side. This creates a filter
specification, which can be given a name or even a description of up to
31 characters long. The specification is then saved into another window,
which already contains a supplied selection of pre-set filters designed
to carry out most of the changes you will want to make. Any number of
these filters can be applied to a drawfile in any order.
7.11
Making the changes
7.11
The editing is done by dragging the drawfile to be changed onto the
iconbar icon. This opens a toolbox and two windows, each showing an
identical view of the image. The windows are either side by side or one
below the other, according to how they best fit on the screen, and this
can be changed at the click of a button. The left or upper window always
displays the unmodified source file while changes are shown on the
“target” image in the other. These changes can be regarded as previews
of the possible end result as they are not permanent until saved and
they do not alter the original file unless, of course, the new picture
is saved over it. This makes it possible to experiment with a succession
of changes, using different combinations of filters, without having to
keep undoing the previous results.
7.11
Colours can be substituted, mixed and graduated in various ways but you
have to remember that changes are always carried out in relation to the
original image. So if, for example, you have changed an area of red to
green and you now wish to change this green to blue the appropriate
change will be from red to blue.
7.11
There is another, very useful, window for “Specific object attributes”
which can be used to apply local changes to individual objects within a
picture.
7.11
There are so many features in this program that you could be happily
using it without realising that it had still more to offer. The first
half of the manual is rather closely printed and it is worth re- reading
all of it and browsing through the on-line help index to see what you
may have missed.
7.11
One particular feature which should not be overlooked is the ability to
produce a sprite file of “thumbnail” reproductions of all the drawfiles
in a directory. This can make a very useful index. It works very quickly
and produces very good quality dithered images. The maximum size of the
resulting sprite is shown in advance but the program works economically
and the final result is often smaller.
7.11
Quicker and easier
7.11
Draw_Changer can be used with all Acorn RISC OS 3 machines, including
the Risc PC, except that it will not produce 24-bit sprites for the
latter. If you use drawfiles frequently for DTP or any other purposes,
you will find this versatile utility will make the job quicker and much
easier to carry out.
7.11
Draw_Changer costs £34 +VAT from DEC_ dATA. A
7.11
A drawfile in colour changed to a monochrome negative. Areas which were
originally filled black have been given a black outline to retain the
shape.
7.11
A coloured image can be changed to an outline drawing by using the
“Black lines, White Fills” filter. The filter specification was set up
in a window by dragging in icons representing the instructions to change
any line which “has colour” to “line colour” black and any object which
“is filled” to “fill colour” white.
7.11
Risc PC supplies???!!!
7.11
We have now got ACB25 (5Mb) computers in stock − not many, admittedly,
and Acorn say we won’t get any more until the end of July but it means
we don’t have a waiting list any more for ACB25. If you want an ACB25,
give us a ring to see if we have any left. (There are no AKF85 monitors
at all, so it’s 14“ or sign on as an Acorn Enthusiast and buy an Idek.)
7.11
If you are still waiting for an ACB45 (9Mb) machine, they are coming
through in dribs and drabs but there is still a longish waiting list,
I’m afraid. Ed.
7.11
DOS is Different
7.11
Mike Tomkinson
7.11
(In the Archive office, we rejoiced that the Risc PC, with its PC second
processor, went a long way to answering the “non-standard” criticism of
Acorn computers. Now we are beginning to realise some of the
implications for us. If we are to provide comments and technical
information about “Acorn computers”, that means that we will have to
deal with “DOS” topics to some extent! Mike has offered to start us off
and is happy to receive and collate your comments. Ed.)
7.11
Many Acorn users will be coming to PC software for the first time in
coming months. There will be a variety of reasons for this but the
release of the Risc PC and the end of the wait for the PC card will be
chief amongst them. The existing PC Emulator is a remarkable piece of
software but it is slow and cannot run Windows software. As anyone with
a computer probably knows, Windows is the current “big thing” in the PC
world.
7.11
Before we go any further, perhaps I had better define a few terms for
those really new to the world of PCs and DOS. More experienced user
might want to skip this section if they feel it is too basic.
7.11
Firstly, the term PC − it is short for Personal Computer and has become
a generic term for any computer which uses DOS and particularly MS-DOS
as its operating system. PC comes from a shortening of IBM PC and dates
from their first personal computer released in the early ’80s.
7.11
These computers used an operating system called MS-DOS, an acronym for
Microsoft Disc Operating System.
7.11
The story of why IBM used Microsoft DOS and not an operating system
derived from the, then, industry standard CP/M is very interesting and
perhaps I could re-tell it if anyone is interested.
7.11
DOS, as it has become known, is still the main operating system that is
used on PCs. It comes in various numbered versions, the current latest
version being 6.2.
7.11
It is characterised by the dreaded, (to those more used to a GUI or
Graphical User Interface), A: or C: prompt. It has also come to mean the
class of software which runs from this prompt. Thus “DOS-based” software
is non-Windows software and has largely been replaced by Windows
variants.
7.11
The general unfriendliness of the A: and/or C: prompt led to the
development of a new GUI front end for DOS. This is the (in)famous
Windows. Again this comes from Microsoft and the current version is
either 3.1 or the newer and more memory hungry 3.11 or Windows for
Workgroups.
7.11
To the user accustomed to the RISC OS desktop, Windows is a come-down.
It is very un-intuitive although, for most users, it is considerably
easier to use than pure DOS which is why it is popular.
7.11
The use of Microsoft software on PCs is what has made its chairman Bill
Gates the second richest man in America.
7.11
As an experienced user of a wide range of DOS and Windows software, I
would like to share a few experiences and points with those more used to
Acorn software.
7.11
The first point is that DOS (the operating system) and its associated
software, both DOS and Windows-based is very different from what Acorn
software. I do not mean that a RISC OS spreadsheet differs fundamentally
from a Windows or DOS-based spreadsheet. All spreadsheets will be
essentially pieces of software with rows and columns forming cells into
which numbers, text or formulae can be entered.
7.11
The same point will certainly be true of all other content-free
software. A word processor is still a word processor whatever the
platform. You know that all word processors have a cut and paste
facility and it is simply a case of establishing how this has been
implemented in another package that forms the fundamental difference
between knowing one package and learning another. That is not beyond
anyone, given time and a degree of motivation.
7.11
What I mean by saying that PC software is different is that it comes
from elsewhere. There are two aspects to this and they have further
implications for both the individual user and certainly for the IT
coordinator in any Acorn school.
7.11
The first aspect is that PC software comes almost exclusively from the
world of business/commerce. An obvious implication of this is that it is
not written with children in mind. No-one in their right mind would
attempt to teach word processing with WordStar to average school pupils.
In fact, WordStar, the early “industry standard” DOS-based
wordprocessing package, has been almost completely sidelined by more
modern Windows-based packages.
7.11
This brings us to the oft quoted phrase of “industry standard”. The
Risc PC itself is final acknowledgement that some such standard exists
but please don’t be fooled into thinking in these terms. Industry, or
what is left of it, does not have standards − it has habits. The PC and
its attendant software may be the current standard but only as a result
of inertia and some clever marketing.
7.11
If you confront the computer buyer in any large organisation with a
patently better product, what will prevent its adoption will be inertia
and the fear of not conforming to a mythical standard.
7.11
Most Acorn software has educational needs somewhere to the fore. It
tends to be easy to use − intuitive. If it is not, it tends not to be
popular. This is not to say that it is not powerful − a package should
be judged, in part, by the thinness of its manual not its thickness.
7.11
A further aspect to this idea of “industry standard” is the price one is
expected to pay for software. To be honest, PC software has fallen
dramatically in price in recent years − as a result of the same economic
forces which have forced most prices down. However, rather like house
prices in the South East, they have fallen from very high levels.
7.11
The upshot of this is that you can expect to pay much more for PC
software than you would for RISC OS software. This applies to both
single user and site licence versions.
7.11
Let me give you an example. The school at which I am IT co-ordinator,
uses PCs on the administration side. This was not my decision and
happens even in Acorn schools. The office staff use WordStar and
Supercalc. Both are DOS-based, and somewhat past their best. They now
exist in Windows variants but both were very late into the arena.
7.11
After careful consideration and evaluation, I recommended a move towards
the 1990s and beyond in the shape of Windows-based software. I know it
is not ideal, but it is better than DOS for non-computer literates. I am
sorry if that sounds either patronising or high-handed but I get paid to
make hard decisions.
7.11
After further evaluation and consultation, it has been decided to go for
Ami Pro and Lotus 1-2-3. Both these are Windows-based and from Lotus.
Ami Pro 3 is an excellent word processor with many similarities to
Impression Style. Perhaps sub-consciously that is why I like it so much.
Lotus 1-2-3 is a spreadsheet and even non-DOS users tend at least to
have heard of it because it is an “industry standard”.
7.11
The pricing structure means that if you intend to buy more than one
package it is cheaper (more cost effective) to buy a bundle called the
Lotus Smartsuite. This bundle includes Lotus 1-2-3, Ami Pro, Approach (a
database), Freelance (presentation graphics) and Lotus Organiser (a
smart Filofax replacement).
7.11
I may not actually want presentation graphics software but that is not
the point − I am also paid to save money where possible.
7.11
The above bundle attracts a special education price because some, but by
no means all, software manufacturers realise that schools are not
generally profit-oriented organisations.
7.11
Of course, I want to install it on more than one computer and, being a
law abiding representative of a law abiding institution, I realise the
need for a site licence. We have approximately 10 PCs used for
administration. Thus Smartsuite plus a 10 user site licence
(educational) would seem a minimum specification.
7.11
The grand total comes to £1533 + VAT = £1801.28. For PC software, that
is a real bargain. An actual business would pay much more. It really is
no wonder that so much pirated software exists in the PC world. It is
simply unaffordable and that is not to condone software piracy, which is
totally wrong.
7.11
My local Acorn dealer tells me that many IT coordinators are being
pressured to introduce PCs on the basis that they are currently
relatively inexpensive and that they run “industry standard” software.
7.11
This pressure is often exerted by one or two influential Governors via
weak Headteachers. I would agree that PCs are generally cheaper to
purchase than Acorn computers but the software that makes them usable is
very expensive if used legally. As for “industry standard”, well, we all
have our habits but not all of them are good ones!
7.11
The second aspect of DOS being different is that it comes from somewhere
else literally − the United States of America. Thus, even the
educational software is written with American children in mind.
7.11
I cannot think of any RISC OS software which is American. I am not a
raging xenophobe but I cannot be alone in supporting the view that the
North Atlantic Ocean is not the only divide between us and that we are
increasingly divided by our “common” language. Teaching children to
spell properly is more important than slavish notions of industry
standards when the standards are not those of this country.
7.11
However, and notwithstanding any of my comments above, all is not doom
and gloom in the world of DOS. Some excellent software does exist and I
hope to cover some of this and other important points in future issues.
7.11
Obvious points include the vast amounts of shareware that exist for PCs,
the high cost of software upgrades, the memory and space hungry DOS/
Windows applications, where to obtain software and what to read to
become informed about PCs.
7.11
If you have any comments, write direct to me, Mike Tomkinson, 1 Albert
Crescent, Queensbury, Bradford, BD13 1PE. (No phone calls, please.) A
7.11
DTP Hints & Tips
7.11
James Parry
7.11
James Parry, proprietor of Smart DTP, “Specialists in DTP ware for 32-
bit Acorn machines”, has sent us a whole set of DTP hints and tips. He
admits he has an ulterior motive of drawing attention to his company’s
products but the hints are helpful, so here they are.
7.11
• Getting organised(1) Fonts − There are now several applications on
the market for managing outline fonts, the leading applications being
Easyfont II (Fabis) and Font Directory (LOOKsystems). I’ve just received
Easyfont II, and it’s a lot faster and has many new features. (I’m not
going start a font management war as I haven’t seen a copy of Font
Directory yet.)
7.11
If you can spare the cash, you would be well advised to invest in a font
management system. The application will help you to cope with the
growing number of fonts being introduced so that you can keep track of
them and, more importantly, use your collection more effectively. If you
can fit all your fonts on one font directory on your hard drive then you
probably don’t need a font management system yet. Before I used
Easyfont, I organised all my fonts into separate !Font directories such
as !Fancy, !General, !Script, !Titles, etc. For those who use a floppy
drive system, you will have to make up different font discs using this
sort of system.
7.11
• Getting organised(2) Clipart/Resources − Many people have lots of PD
and commercial clipart but is your clipart well-organised? Can you find
that piece of clipart just when you need it? A while ago, I decided I
would have to get my collection into some sort of order. It took quite a
while trying different ways of organising my resources before I decided
on my current system which is quick and easy to use.
7.11
If, as I do, you tend to hoard software and simply can’t bear to delete
anything, make a backup of your entire collection of clipart. Once this
is done, you can sift through your collection, pruning as you go, with
no fear of losing images from your collection altogether.
7.11
If you don’t have a hard drive, your best bet is to sort out your
clipart by topic onto disc. Each disc should concentrate on a single
topic. For example, you may have discs dedicated to sport and leisure,
business, cartoons, etc. If possible, use a compression application to
maximise space.
7.11
Hard disc users have a better option although they can use the method
above to keep backups. I store my clipart in an application on the $
directory called !Clipart. It simply opens a directory, revealing the
clipart. It’s not exciting and it doesn’t do anything fancy but if you
want a copy, send for our catalogue disc (see below) and ask for a copy.
7.11
My clipart directory is made up of many archives, each archive covering
a set topic. Archives or ArcFS archives are the best way of storing
clipart on your machine. To give you some idea of the sort of categories
that you might want to use, here is my list.
7.11
Animals, Arrows, Borders, Buildings, Comms/Media, Computers, Corners,
Drawing, Drop Capitals, Flashes, Food, Fun (animals, cartoons, toys,
party), History, Leisure/Sport, Logos, Misc, Music, Nature (flowers,
insects, pondlife, trees), Objects, Occasions (easter, weddings, xmas),
People (famous & anatomy) Speech, Symbols, Think, Transport (aircraft,
boats, others), War and World (maps & flags). (Topics in brackets are
sub directories.)
7.11
Keep the clipart that you use most regularly on your hard drive.
Depending on the free space available, you may decide to store some of
your collection on floppy disc. Incidentally, Huge Eagle has produced an
excellent application called !PicAPic (available from all good PD
libraries). It is an absolute must for DTP users, allowing you to view a
whole directory of clipart at a time and it includes numerous other
useful features.
7.11
• Go easy on the fonts and clipart − One of the biggest mistakes for a
DTP user is to use too many different fonts and images in one document.
Try to decide on a set of fonts which you are going to use throughout a
document. By using a good balance of fonts, your work will look well-
structured and attractive yet easy to read. Then, by introducing the
right images, the document can be enhanced still further by making it
more eye-catching.
7.11
• Ideas − The more DTP work that you create, the more experienced
you’ll get. One of the best ways of developing your ability to produce
different styles of work is to look critically at the literature you see
in everyday life. Just by observing how other people produce leaflets,
brochures, reports etc, you can get ideas for our own work.
7.11
• The right font for the right image − Typefaces can act as a powerful
communication tool, drawing the readers’ attention by suggesting what
the text is about. For example, an advertisement describing a new
product aimed at primary education might well use a primary school font
as this would give the reader the image of education and learning.
7.11
Because the typefaces that you use can make such a difference to the
first impression, it is important that you choose the correct font for
each job. As an example, it would be inappropriate to use a decorative
font for the titles of an exam paper or a primary school font for the
body text of a business report. Decorative and title typefaces are often
used excessively.
7.11
(As an exercise, can I suggest you look through the adverts in the June
issue of Archive? Ask yourself which ones communicate most clearly and
then try to analyse why that is so. It’s not a case of which advert gets
the largest amount of information into an A5 advert but which one
“communicates” in the broadest sense of the word. Ed.)
7.11
• Printing and papers − Unless you use professional imagesetting and
printing all the time, the majority of your work will be printed using a
desktop printer. It’s worth remembering that standard A4 white copier
paper isn’t always the best medium. Some excellent effects can be
achieved by using different sorts of paper to add some variety to your
work. You can choose from papers with varying weights, colours, sizes,
and types. Shop around for the best deal − you’ll probably find that
your local paper merchant gives the best choice and price. Viking Direct
(0800-424444), offer a nationwide delivery service and have a range of
colour, graduated colour and designer papers. The designer papers are
pre-printed in full colour A4 pages and are ideal for work that really
needs to stand out.
7.11
• Are you Smart? (This is the advertising bit! Ed.) − Last but
certainly not least, buy your clipart, resources, fonts & DTP
applications from SmartDTP! We produce our own range of publishing
resources which is complemented by the products in our DTPDirect
catalogue. We supply publishing resources from iSV(Exclusive), Micro
Studio, Tekoa Graphics, Fabis Computing, Design Concept, Southern
Printers, ABC Of Art & Dabs Press. We offer fast delivery which is
backed up by a full telephone support service. To obtain our latest
catalogue disc send your details with a £1 coin stuck to a piece of card
(so it doesn’t get lost in the post) to the following address:- Smart
DTP, Catalogue disc, 36 Park Road, Duffield, Belper, Derbyshire, DE56
4GR. (0332-842803) A
7.11
(Other software houses or hardware producers may feel that I am being
unfair by publicising SmartDTP’s products. First of all, I don’t sell
their products through Archive, so I cannot be criticised for doing it
for my own commercial gain. Secondly, if you have something worthwhile
to contribute that you think Archive readers may find interesting,
please send it in to me − even if it deliberately draws attention to
your own products. I don’t promise to publish it and I may need to edit
down your self-advertising (as I have done with this entry!) but I will
certainly consider your contribution. Ed.)
7.11
Advanced Basic Column
7.11
Paul Hobbs
7.11
Handling choices
7.11
One factor that makes a program easy and pleasant to use is the amount
of thought given to allowing the end user to configure it the way that
he or she wants. A programmer can rarely anticipate exactly how people
will use it, so it is a good idea to build in plenty of choices such as
the foreground and background colours used for the main work area of a
window, whether interactive help will be sent etc.
7.11
It is worth considering carefully how to implement this. Normally, a
data file containing the user’s settings is simply saved in the
application directory and reloaded when the program is run, but what
happens if the application is being run from a read-only medium such as
a CD or a protected partition on a hard disc? This is not as unlikely as
it first appears and, in future, this situation is certain to become
more common as more CD-ROM drives are sold.
7.11
In writing my latest application, I have reached the point where I am
considering the choices file and this is what I propose to do expressed
in pseudo code (I am, of course, always open to better suggestions!).
7.11
IF choices file found in MyAppChoices$Path THEN
7.11
load choices file
7.11
ELSE
7.11
IF choices file found in application directory THEN
7.11
load choices file
7.11
ELSE
7.11
create default choices file in memory
7.11
IF MyAppChoices$Path is defined THEN
7.11
save choices file in MyAppChoices$Path
7.11
ELSE
7.11
save choices file inside application directory
7.11
ENDIF
7.11
ENDIF
7.11
ENDIF
7.11
This pseudo code shows that the case of a missing choices file is
handled by creating a new default one (much nicer than issuing an error
message). Also, the first action is to check if a system variable exists
which points to the location of a choices file. This allows the user to
keep the application itself on a read-only medium, although the
disadvantage is that the system variable will need to be set up in the
system boot file.
7.11
Incidentally, I find that writing code fragments in pseudo code like
this is an excellent way of checking that all eventualities have been
considered before writing the actual code.
7.11
If saving the choices file inside the application directory returns an
error, it could be caused by the application residing on read-only
media, too many files in the directory or insufficient space on the
medium. In any case, the user should, at this point, be offered the
chance to save the file elsewhere via a standard save box.
7.11
Designing option dialog boxes
7.11
There seems to be an increasing trend recently for the ‘Options...’ or
‘Choices...’ menu item to open either a huge dialog box with an
overwhelming number of radio buttons or a smaller dialog box which
contains a seemingly endless scrolling pane which in turn contains an
overwhelming number of radio buttons. I think I am not alone in finding
all this rather daunting and it is sometimes not at all easy to gain an
overview of what all the available choices are.
7.11
In the PC world, this problem has been tackled in a way that I have
never seen used on Acorn machines − the ‘tabbed’ dialog box. In this, a
small dialog box opens which contains the first ‘page’ of choices and a
series of icons that look like the page dividers in a folder or filofax.
Clicking on any of the tabs opens the next page of choices.
7.11
At this point it would have been nice to show a graphic of “a dialog box
I designed earlier” but I have to admit that I haven’t actually
implemented this yet! When I have, I’ll share the details with you, but
for now I am just presenting the idea as food for thought.
7.11
By the way, the Style Guide recommends that the dialog box for option
settings should be opened from a menu item called ‘Choices...’ and
should contain four icons at the bottom of the window in addition to the
ones that display the available choices. These should be (from left to
right) ‘Default’ (restore default choices set within the application),
‘Save’ (save the choices as a file called ‘Choices’), ‘Cancel’ (close
the dialog box) and ‘Set’ (apply the current choices but do not save
them).
7.11
And finally...
7.11
If you have any suggestions for topics that could be covered in future
issues, I would be pleased to hear from you. What I have attempted so
far is (hopefully!) is to provide some thought-provoking suggestions on
how better programs can be written in Basic (although many of the topics
are equally relevant to other languages). I haven’t been exactly
overwhelmed with feedback so far, so if anybody wants particular
techniques covered, now is the time to write. My address is Paul Hobbs,
Rheinpfalzstrasse 2, 85049 Ingolstadt, Germany. A
7.11
The Spoken Word
7.11
Christopher Jarman
7.11
Any program that will help to re-enforce reading skills in Key Stage 1
will always be welcome, particularly if it is the kind of self-
motivating task which involves the children and gives them a sense of
being in control. Wyddfa Software’s The Spoken Word seems just to hit
the right note. While it is not a painting package as such, it does have
many of the attributes of one. It is sub-titled ‘Colouring by Words’,
which describes it well.
7.11
The package consists of one program disc and one picture disc containing
six pictures between them, with a modest 12 page handbook, all enclosed
in a very colourful and attractive plastic wallet. Two other extra packs
of picture discs are available, with eight and six pictures
respectively, and the handbook contains instructions for teachers on how
to make up more picture discs of their own if they wish.
7.11
The Spoken Word is far easier to use installed on a hard disc than
coping with taking floppies in and out. In fact, I would think using
floppies hardly worth the bother. However, on hard disc everything is
straightforward, full directions are given, and should be followed
exactly because both Fonts, Sounds and System modules must be loaded
properly for it all to work together, for this is, in effect, a multi-
media package. Children may learn to read or recognise a fair number of
nouns and fourteen colours.
7.11
When the first picture is loaded, a vertical printed list of the objects
in the accompanying picture is shown down the lefthand side of the
screen. If the mouse is clicked on a word, it is spoken clearly and
distinctly in a pleasant Welsh male voice! There are picture icons
representing an artist’s palette, an eraser and a pencil doing some
writing. When the mouse is put over each of these, the voice tells you
what it is. By clicking on the palette, another vertical printed list
appears, this time with 14 little blocks of colour. By picking an object
and then a colour with the mouse, that object in the picture will be
coloured in the selected hue. The voice will say the object’s name and
the colour and finally will say both together. It is very simple to use,
very easy to understand and very powerfully motivating. In particular,
once children have got the hang of it, they will love to make each other
laugh by making pictures of people with blue faces and pink hair,
sitting on red grass! In fact, I would not be surprised if some budding
psychologist makes up a personality test with this program to check on
levels of creativity! Finally, by clicking on the pencil, a small
dialogue box comes up for the child to label the coloured picture and
save it as his or her own if need be.
7.11
Some extra features put this into a very professional class of
educational software. Firstly, the voice is very good and has a
reassuring ring to it. I checked the pronunciation of path, grass, bath
and jumper and noted that it was particularly different from that
received in the South of England, and consider that to be an asset
rather than anything else. Some research into an acceptable variety of
accents in this sort of program might be useful in the future, as
children need to get used to them as soon as possible. It is not
something we should ignore. Secondly, there is a “click picture” feature
which, when selected, means that just by clicking on the picture of any
object, its name will be spoken and you may choose its colour. Thirdly,
I liked the fine touch that when any colour is selected, the mouse
pointer fills with a minute amount of that colour just to remind you
what you have chosen.
7.11
A word about the quality of the illustrations. I particularly liked the
fact that the artist has chosen to use straightforward book-like
drawings which are clear without being whimsical. I realise that this is
a question of personal taste, but as children see an enormous number of
cartoon type drawings in comics and on TV already, I prefer them to see
slightly more realistic drawings in an educational context. There is
room for much more good draughtsmanship in this area. Some software art
is very bad in this respect, and it is good to see Wyddfa refusing to go
down that path.
7.11
This is good value at £22 for the main package and £12 each for the two
extra picture packs, carriage within the UK and VAT included. A
7.11
JPEG Column
7.11
Stuart Bell
7.11
NASA images on a new shareware disc
7.11
Philip Draper kindly sent me two discs full of JPEGed pictures which
originally came from NASA and found their way to him via Internet and
Janet. As promised, therefore, I’ve put !FYEO2 (see the June JPEG
column) onto a shareware disc, filled it up with the best of the NASA
images, added a ‘thumbnails’ file with postage stamp-sized previews of
the files, and sent it to Paul for distribution. It is available as
Archive Shareware disc number 51. Please remember that !FYEO2 is true
shareware, and so must be registered if you wish to keep on using it
after a two week trial period. (The awaited new release of ImageBank
hasn’t hit my doormat yet, so its demo version isn’t on the disc.)
7.11
The NASA images are super, and are from 24 bit-per-pixel originals.
Thus, with the right JPEG application (e.g. ImageBank) and the right
hardware (either an A300/400/5000 with a separate colour card supporting
16M modes, or a Risc PC with 2Mb of VRAM) they should produce stunning
images. Of course, !FYEO2 will read 24 bpp JPEG files; its limitation is
that it will only produce 8bpp sprites. As the timings for JPEG
decompression printed in Archive’s Risc PC write-up (7.8 p17) showed,
decompressing to 24bpp sprites should be quicker than going to 8bpp, as
there is no optimisation of colours to be done.
7.11
CD ROM – the JPEG medium
7.11
The five images on the new shareware disc total 570Kb, and the disc
hasn’t a spare sector on it. The benefit of JPEG compression is obvious
from their total decompressed size of 2.7Mb, but even so, it’s rather
laborious to distribute images five at a time. Moving to 1.6Mb discs
would help – but only by a factor of two. The 105Mb removable discs
offer a hundred-fold capacity increase, but the cost would be 10p or so
per image.
7.11
Enter the CD ROM, which seems to me to be the ideal medium for picture
distribution. I read of a PC-compatible CD ROM ‘Space and Astronomy’
disc of 1,000 images and 5,000 text files for £24. That’s about 10p a
megabyte! No wonder that, with the new Risc PC, Acorn have re-introduced
5¼“ disc bays, for a CD ROM drive will surely become an indispensable
peripheral in the next generation of ‘AV’ computers.
7.11
A new ‘discrete wavelet transform’ algorithm
7.11
Stuart Halliday sent me a cutting from Electronics Weekly about a new
JPEG-related compression method which “may offer high compression ratios
– of the order of 170:1 – while maintaining acceptable picture quality.”
The article describes work on an adaptive bit-plane run-length codec
(ABPRLC) being done at Strathclyde University headed by Professor Tariq
Durrani. Even with a Computer Science degree (albeit getting a little
rusty) I only just understood most of the account, so I’ll simply quote
a summary of the results: “The algorithm was tested on a 512×512 image
against the JPEG scheme. At a compression ratio of 50:1 both the
algorithms reproduced good quality images. At a compression ratio of
166:1 the JPEG scheme produced a very poor image (PSNR − averaged pixel
signal to noise ratio − of 26.33dB) while the new algorithm reproduced
an acceptable image (PSNR of 32.20dB) at a compression ratio of 178:1.”
In other words, JPEG is no longer state-of-the-art for picture
compression, but rather a starting point for new work. The article was
published on April 13th for those who want the technical details.
7.11
ChangeFSI is better!
7.11
In my last column, I noted that, supplied with the new Risc PC, is a
whole set of JPEG images, but commented at the end, “but I must add that
Matthew would have been far better off using !FYEO rather than
!ChangeFSI for the image decompression (unless, of course, !ChangeFSI is
much improved with RISC OS 3.5).” The good news is that ChangeFSI, the
graphics file conversion utility supplied by Acorn is, in its 0.95
version, very much improved. Not only will it accept JPEG files being
dragged onto its icon, but it is very fast indeed − in fact, it’s faster
than !FYEO2! It was brought to my attention by Ian Palmer, who has
written his own “Thumbnail” application for keeping an archive of
thumbnail versions of images in a whole range of file formats − of which
more later.
7.11
ChangeFSI now handles the decompression of JPEG files very cleanly
indeed. Part of its speed is due to the fact that in fast mode it
totally blanks the screen. Also, the help file says that “the !Run file
is set up for colour pictures of around 3000 pixels across maximum,
monochrome pictures of around 9000 pixels across maximum. You will need
to increase the slot size for larger pictures. ChangeFSI$Cache can be
set to values larger than 128Kb to speed processing. (In particular,
JPEG files smaller than the value of ChangeFSI$Cache will be read much
more quickly.)”
7.11
I set the wimpslot value in the !Run file to 448Kb as suggested and then
tried altering ChangeFSI$Cache to different settings. Since it’s not
mentioned in the !Run file, I set it each time from the command line,
e.g. press <F12>, and type
7.11
set ChangeFSI$cache 512K
7.11
Clearly, this is crucial, for when I tried the “Rock” JPEG file which I
used for tests last time, it at first seemed to be slower than !FYEO2,
whereas Ian had given me to expect faster decompression. The size of the
decompressed “Rock” sprite is 590Kb, from a 136Kb JPEG file.
7.11
cache size: 128K time: 54 secs
7.11
cache size: 160K time: 29 secs
7.11
cache size: 256K time: 29 secs
7.11
In all cases, mode 28 (256 colour VGA) was used. For comparison, the
time taken by !FYEO2 was 40 seconds, and by ImageBank 130 seconds. Brief
comparisons suggest that the output from ChangeFSI is at least as good
as from the other applications.
7.11
Neither Ian nor I am clear about the status of ChangeFSI. Acorn don’t
charge for it, but it’s certainly not public domain software, so I’m not
distributing the latest version. If you do want a copy, ask your Acorn
dealer, or perhaps Paul could ask Acorn for permission to put it on the
Archive monthly disc? But don’t write off !FYEO2. For the inexperienced
user, it still offers greater ease of use over ChangeFSI.
7.11
Thumbnail
7.11
After my DIY thumbnail system, which I described in the last column, Ian
Palmer sent me a copy of his proper thumbnailing system. Its user
interface is very much like the ImageBank system, but with a number of
differences. First, it’s not a JPEG compression/decompression system,
but rather a means of storing thumbnail images of graphics files in a
range of formats, including drawfiles, Artwork files and, of course,
JPEG files. To use it, you simply drag a JPEG (or whatever) file into a
Thumbnail directory viewer, and the thumbnail is produced and stored
together with information about the original file and its thumbnail
view.
7.11
Like ImageBank, it offers a filer-like interface with nested
directories, and the whole package provides a very neat way of visually
indexing a variety of graphics files. Particularly when used with the
latest version of !ChangeFSI, it’s pretty quick, too. I encountered just
one problem − it didn’t seem to like Compression. Even when I made sure
that neither Thumbnail nor the files it saw were compressed, it still
fell over if a !CFS directory with Thumbnail on it had been opened.
Thumbnail is shareware available for a registration fee of £5 from Mr I
J Palmer, 40 Birch Crescent, Aylesford, Kent. ME20 7QE. It could be a
fiver well spent.
7.11
By next time, perhaps I will be able to report on the latest version of
ImageBank and on using JPEG files with Impression Publisher – the
upgrade has been ordered for a few weeks now. Any further experiences of
using the latest version of !ChangeFSI and of the JPEG images supplied
with the Risc PC would be appreciated. A
7.11
Help make a good Impression
7.11
New
7.11
Z-Link II − The Missing Link?
7.11
Mark Jolliffe
7.11
The Cambridge Computers’ Z88 was, or perhaps still is, an under-
appreciated machine with many good features, but several shortcomings.
The lack of any backup medium and a tendency to crash unexpectedly form
a traumatic duo. Fortunately, the Z88 has a serial port, and virtually
any computer can be made to receive and store its data, given suitable
software. Enter Z-Link II, from The Really Good Software Company.
7.11
RGSC describe Z-Link II as “...the most comprehensive implementation of
the Z88 import/export protocol ever produced for Acorn RISC OS
computers, and it is by far the most versatile”. Later, it is described
as “...your all-singing, all-dancing gateway to the world of Z88
portability”. Oh dear!
7.11
The package consists of a slip case with disc, an A5 booklet, and an
optional but essential serial lead. It requires OS 3.10 or above (and
works on Risc PC) and 1Mb of memory (plus a serial port upgrade on A3000
machines). The instructions for installation and operation are
comprehensive, including a drawfile showing the pin connections of both
the Archimedes and Z88 D-type connectors for those wishing to make up
their own leads. The supplied lead had an unsuitable plug for the Z88;
it was too bulky to pass through the latter’s case properly, and was of
the type equipped with retaining screws, which the Z88 cannot exploit.
Plugs that simply fall out of sockets are a complication which one can
well do without.
7.11
Z-link II installs on the iconbar, and is multitasking. Clicking
<select> opens a window at the top of the screen showing the program
waiting to receive from the Z88. When a file is sent from the Z88, the
window changes to indicate that a file is being received, its size, and
its full Z88 filename. On completion of transfer, a further window opens
showing the file size again, its type (PipeDream or text), and the
opportunity to cancel or save. Selecting save opens a standard drag or
click save window, with the Z88 filename as default, stripped of its
directory component. Dragging a file either to the Z-Link II window or
its icon causes the Z-Link window to show that it is transmitting a
file, its size, and its filename. The file is saved on the Z88 using the
Archimedes filename. Basic programs are treated as text files in both
directions, but losing top-bit characters and therefore being rendered
useless.
7.11
Files can also be received and sent in batches; a Batch Save Directory
can be named and selected from the icon menu. Files sent from the Z88
are now saved to this directory without user intervention, and all the
files in a directory are sent to the Z88 when dragged as with a single
file.
7.11
The iconbar menu also leads to a configuration submenu, and offers the
opportunity to abort or suspend a transfer, or to quit. Configuration
involves the selection of a baud rate between 300 and 19200, CR/LF
conversion, and the batch transfer option. The selections can be used
for the current session or saved as default. The suspension option
temporarily removes Z-Link’s claim on the serial port.
7.11
Transfer at 19200 baud was successful from the Z88, but not in reverse.
9600 baud was error-free in both directions at all times.
7.11
Z-Link II succeeded in its tasks neatly and reliably. It is the best
presented link program that I have seen, but its claim to be the most
comprehensive is firmly open to question. Certainly, there is a
shareware program that has the additional facilities of allowing the Z88
to print to the Archimedes parallel printer (the Z88 has no parallel
port), saving the file as a printfile, and it deals with Basic files
without corruption. Whilst not multi-tasking, it is equally efficient at
file transfer, and costs a mere £7 as against Z-Link II’s £24.95. RGSC’s
timing is unfortunate: by now most Z88 owners will either have bought a
link program or abandoned their machine to save their sanity. Five years
ago it would have sold like the proverbial hot cakes.
7.11
Z-Link II works with RISC OS 3.1 or later and costs £24.95 inclusive
from RGSC. They also do a serial cable for a further £9 inclusive. A
7.11
10 out of 10 Dinosaurs
7.11
Elliott Hughes
7.11
It is difficult to think of a more tried and tested topic to interest
students of all ages than dinosaurs. This two disc version is intended
to be “for all ages”. I have tried it with 11-16 year olds of lower to
middle ability and my experience suggests that the claim is true. The
higher levels on some of the games (such as Raptor) were well beyond my
capability, but I am not sure what that says about the ‘upper limit’!
The accompanying literature is useful and although it contains a number
of minor errors relating to dinosaurs and the evolution of life on
Earth, these do not distract too much.
7.11
I consider myself to be of medium ability and enthusiasm when it comes
to dinosaurs and I have to admit that I was not motivated by the level
in the games which requires knowledge of the sub-groups to which they
belong (e.g. Anatosaurus is a member of the subgroup Ornithopoda). This
also stopped all but one of my pupils. There is a list in the booklet of
all 96 creatures used but I would have preferred use of the database in
the application as a browsing exercise, to allow me to learn some of the
properties before I attempted the games.
7.11
If the database could be linked with the sprites, it would be even
better. I would certainly have liked the allocation to subgroups to have
been the highest level in all games. A number of non-dinosaurs are in
the list.
7.11
Loading instructions are included although none of the pupils that
tested the games needed them. We used a variety of machines and the
program ran with RISC OS 2 and 3 with 1Mb+. As expected, the A4 could
not adequately cope with the scrolling in T.Rex and Lost Island.
7.11
The main menu that appears is self-explanatory and provides the option
of six different games which cover many of the standard game formats and
appeal to varied tastes. They may be played at different levels, and
bonuses are available for rapid selection of correct answers. The games
test many of the commonly accepted ‘facts’ about dinosaur features
including size, mobility, diet and many others. Some of these ‘facts’
are debatable and there are some errors but these do not unduly detract
from the appeal and, to some extent, add to it!
7.11
In a teaching situation, it is not necessarily a bad feature to have
‘errors’ in the material. This may be used to develop a critical
approach amongst students and allows them to challenge the system.
Having said that, it helps if the errors are known to the person in
charge of the learning situation. The only major criticism is with the
‘Missing Link’ game. This includes the strange feature, quickly spotted
by players, that not all links are random.
7.11
My personal gripe is with the visual representation of the dinosaurs. I
had previously bought Micro Studio’s Pre-Historic Animals, which is
almost exclusively of dinosaurs, and the overall quality is excellent.
The 10 out of 10 graphics are obviously limited by their need to be
small so as to be incorporated within the games, and I have to admit
that my pupils found them acceptable, but I would expect better for
educational use.
7.11
The response of pupils was, as expected, very mixed. Those with a
predominantly ‘Nintendo mentality’ found some ‘boring’ (because they
require some learning) but others with a genuine interest in dinosaurs,
or a more enquiring mind, were more enthusiastic. The second “Wordfit”
disc is a very demanding scrabble-like game. This proved to be far too
difficult for my students (except at a very simplistic level) as names
were generally long and complex, but I found it very enjoyable. We only
managed to crash the program once (on Lost Island).
7.11
From the main menu one of six games may be selected. With each game, the
number of players, the number of attempts, and the speed at which the
game is to be played may be altered. The literature suggests that you
start on Level 1 and need a high score to progress. When this happens,
you are informed that ‘the colour has changed’ (as levels are colour
coded). If you score particularly well, you may be informed that the
‘high score table’ has been amended. A permanent record of each player’s
performance is recorded for access from the Main Menu as ‘Player
information’. This may be printed out if required. With most games,
levels 1 and 2 were immediately available for a new player.
7.11
T.Rex
7.11
In this game, a pair of jaws may be used to bite a dinosaur whose
properties are displayed. The dinosaurs that may be bitten scroll on
both sides of the screen. One problem encountered was the selection of
time limits for the higher levels. If, having selected a time limit, it
was then decided to switch the time off, it was necessary to return to
the main menu and start again.
7.11
Tracker
7.11
Footprints appear across the screen together with clues (the number of
which varies between levels). A selection of possible answers is
displayed at the bottom of the screen, from which the correct one has to
be selected. An incorrect choice leads to another clue being given, but
the bonus is disappearing with the time taken.
7.11
Raptor
7.11
Twelve dinosaur sprites are displayed together with a description which
applies to one or more of the dinosaurs. The problem is that the sprites
change positions so that, unless you are quick enough, your selection
moves before you have time to select it. At the highest levels the
changes were so rapid that it was just about impossible to keep up.
7.11
Spare ribs
7.11
This was generally the most popular amongst my pupils. The object is to
stop a row of six dinosaurs’ heads reaching food (spare ribs) at the
bottom of the display. The dinosaurs may be returned to their start
position by answering a question correctly and then selecting the
particular head that you want to be returned to the start. If ‘grades’
is selected there are two levels plus a ‘USER’ option. The latter allows
selection of the subject matter of the questions. Another facility here
is that QFiles inside the application allow you to enter your own
questions. There is a Help file displayed when the disc is first loaded
which informs players of this option. This particular game caused some
argument as several of the ‘correct’ answers caused concern; such as
“Which one can you ride on?” Answer: “A woolly mammoth”. Another option
claimed that Diplodocus was “more dangerous” than Tyranosaurus. But one
that is not debatable claimed that the longest dinosaur was 10m long.
Although this is (perhaps) unsatisfactory for a game it proved useful in
a teaching situation!
7.11
Missing link
7.11
In this game, boxes containing dinosaurs arranged in two rows have to be
linked with other boxes containing descriptions in two upper rows. The
boxes may be Open, so that the options can be seen, or Closed so that
the option only becomes visible (for a time) when selected. This then
becomes similar to playing the card game ‘pairs’. As mentioned
previously, this game includes the strange arrangement that the top row
of features always matches directly (vertically) with the dinosaur
sprites. Thus only the second rows of each are random. Once this is
spotted, it leads to the achievement of some remarkable scores !
7.11
Lost island
7.11
I’m not sure why the game has this title. A vehicle has to run over
dinosaurs fitting the descriptions displayed. You may move faster using
<select> and slower with <adjust>. Steering is undertaken by moving the
mouse. ‘Overdrive’ is available on the game menu. This doubles the speed
of the vehicle and allows higher scores to be reached. For the time that
this game was tested it appeared that running over the first dinosaur
you see was a safe option!
7.11
Finally
7.11
The main menu includes the option ‘Player Information’. Assuming you
enter your name each time you begin to play, your Achievement Record is
kept. It is colour coded and 100% on any game turns the corresponding
box green. Once one green box has been obtained, a certificate may be
saved on a disc and loaded into Paint for printing.
7.11
Conclusion
7.11
We found the games interesting and stimulating. Whether they are
sophisticated enough for anyone other than a dinosaur fan is debatable.
Unfortunately, dinosaurs are not on the National Curriculum so the
appeal to schools will be limited.
7.11
10 out of 10 Dinosaurs costs £25.95 inclusive from 4th Dimension or £24
through Archive. A
7.11
The Tekkie CD
7.11
Andrew Rawnsley
7.11
Ever since Acorn released the Multimedia Expansion Unit, demonstrating
their acknowledgement that CD-ROMs were the way forward for mass
storage, we have been awaiting the release of the Programmer’s Reference
Manuals (PRMs) on CD. After all, the original volumes were so large and
comprehensive that they really needed a bookshelf to themselves!
Wouldn’t it be nice to have all those sheets of paper replaced by
circular disc 12cm in diameter and 1mm thick?
7.11
Well, it’s here, and not only does the Tekkie CD contain the RISC OS 3
PRMs, but it also contains the Style Guide, Basic Guide, Desktop C,
Assembler and DDE guides, all for the same price as the paper PRMs −
£99.
7.11
Access
7.11
The Tekkie CD has been designed with expansion in mind (a bit like the
Risc PC really!). The whole system is driven from a disc-based
application called Librarian which manages which books are open etc, and
each book is loaded in as a file from the CD. This can be a little
fiddly to begin with, but you soon get used to it.
7.11
Once loaded and opened, the books look exactly like their paper
counterparts, right down to the blank pages in the original. This was
prescribed in the licensing conditions from Acorn, who have given the
product their seal of approval.
7.11
The index and contents pages can be viewed immediately by clicking on
the appropriate control buttons mounted on the lefthand side of the
book’s window.
7.11
This toolbar also allows access to Librarian’s manual which comes as a
‘book’ on disc.
7.11
Product requirements
7.11
The immediate problem most users will meet is that the books require a
lot of screen space. A multisync monitor is virtually a necessity, and
it really should be in mode 31 (800×600 in 16 colours) which is the
highest built-in mode for RISC OS 3.10. This is feasible on an old Acorn
multisync, as supplied with the A5000, but many VGA monitors cannot cope
with this mode. Although you can use it in the standard mode 27 (640×480
resolution) you’ll need to scroll up and down a lot.
7.11
2Mb of RAM is also mandatory, because the Librarian application eats up
1024Kb. Since all the words are rendered in outline fonts (just like the
paper versions) an ARM 3 is helpful.
7.11
The product certainly lives up to its name − you would need to be a
Tekkie if you can meet the above requirements!
7.11
The content
7.11
The material in each book is exactly the same as in the Acorn originals,
right down to the illustrations. However, I did experience some problems
with the pictures appearing in the wrong places, particularly in the
Style Guide. Also, the nice anti-aliased text occasionally reverted back
to the system font. These are just small niggles, but had they been
removed, the product would have felt a little more professional.
7.11
The CD version does have advantages over the paper version. Firstly,
wherever the original had a page or subject reference, it is now
highlighted in green, and a double-click over the text will transport
you to the reference. Naturally, this facility is also implemented for
index and content page references. A click on the Back icon will the
return you to where you were before. This icon will take you back
through all the pages you’ve viewed right back to the contents page − a
bit like an infinite undo!
7.11
The second advantage of the CD version is that you can conduct a search
on all the information just as you would in a text file. However, due to
the slow nature of the searches, and the presence of indexes, you are
unlikely to use this option regularly − the search rate is about 1½
pages per second.
7.11
Usefulness
7.11
As I have tried to make clear, each CD book is very much like a paper
book − you can even insert bookmarks into pages and save the bookmarks
out! However, many people prefer to read from paper than from the
screen. Unfortunately, no printing facilities are available at present,
although the authors − Emerald Publishing − are considering a Print One
Page option for the future. This would not threaten Acorn’s profits on
the paper versions because at 4p per page, the 3000+ pages of the PRM
will cost a lot more than their street price to print out!
7.11
However, at present you can add and save notes to each page, giving some
of the advantages of a paper copy.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
There is certainly no doubting that this CD is excellent value for money
− the documentation on this one CD would cost about £150 if bought
separately, and here it is for £99 complete with the added advantages of
the computer version. The difficult question is whether you would still
need the paper versions for practical use.
7.11
Personally, I think I probably would. I say this because the computer
versions are so demanding on the computer.
7.11
As a software developer, I would claim that you need at least an 8Mb
machine to have enough memory to use the Tekkie disc as you would a
paper copy, and probably an ARM 600+. This is because the page redraw
time is still slow on an ARM 3, so it makes flicking through the pages
searching for the appropriate OS_Byte call almost impossible. A monitor
of at least 17“ would also be useful.
7.11
Having said all this, the Tekkie disc does represent great value, and
it’s really up to the user whether he prefers paper or pixels.
7.11
The Tekkie Disc costs £99 +VAT from Emerald Publishing. A
7.11
ColourFun
7.11
Christopher Jarman
7.11
ColourFun is a collection of child-centred clipart, obtainable from
SmartDTP, which gives access immediately to 56 coloured drawfiles and
their 56 outlines, should you wish children to colour them in
themselves. It comes on one standard disc so the memory use for each
clip is pretty low.
7.11
The items are all the kind of thing that one would expect of a
collection aimed at Primary schools; a clown, clock face, football,
teddy, kite and so on. There is nothing too disturbing or original. A
great deal of fun can be had, however, by dropping and mixing the
pictures into almost any WP or graphics program. For children to learn
to use pictures, by enlarging, distorting or combining them, it is
useful to have a good variety of pictures to work with. While the ideal
may be always for them to produce their own, even professional artists
sometimes like to manipulate other peoples artwork!
7.11
These clips, although childlike, are professionally designed and very
attractive − in the general comicbook style now widely associated with
clipart.
7.11
They look good dropped into Artworks and combined − you can make sheep
appear in space, or a huge rainbow engulf a house! The ability to play
about with relative scale seems to me to be one of the most creative
ways for a child to use computer graphics.
7.11
Such an eclectic group of images could be very useful in writing stories
in Genesis, Magpie or Optima format, whether by the teacher for a class,
or by the children themselves. You are reminded in the manual, however,
that piracy is theft, and copying is illegal. A notice on the disc
reminds you that it is not public domain, so be careful to whom you pass
on any resulting programs! It does make me wonder just to what purposes
any really good program using these images might be put? Perhaps a
letter of enquiry to Smart DTP would produce results.
7.11
The manual does make several good suggestions for making scenes, and
encourages users to contact the manufacturers with good ideas for
ColourFun 2. My suggestions would be to include some grittier images
next time, perhaps some more ethnic minority inspired, more
geographical, and more technical. After all, five-year-olds are very
machine literate today. I would also make a plea to allow the pictures
to be copied and distributed freely in any genuine educational context,
even commercial ones, providing credit for the source was always given.
With these points in mind, I recommend ColourFun as good value for money
at £14.95 inclusive. A
7.11
Number Tiles
7.11
Denise Bates
7.11
Number Tiles from Topologika is designed to develop number skills up to
the number 99. It is applicable to National Curriculum levels 1-4.
7.11
The review was carried out on version 1.0 of Number Tiles using an A5000
(RISC OS 3.1) and an A3000 (RISC OS 2).
7.11
Manual
7.11
The supporting manual has twenty pages and is easily understood by those
who are not computer literate. It explains precisely how to perform any
function with the software and gives hints and tips as to how to get the
best out of the program. I learned a lot about the program by a careful
reading of the manual before I started to use the software.
7.11
The manual itself appears to have been photocopied from masters produced
on a bubble jet printer. This makes the clarity of some of the diagrams
a bit fuzzy, but they remain more than adequate for the purpose and are
not likely to trouble the user.
7.11
Loading Number Tiles
7.11
After completing the initial registration procedure, Number Tiles loads
easily. Opening the window from the disc drive displays two icons, one
of which is !NumTiles. The other, !BigPoint, is a public domain utility
for which no charge has been made. Clicking on this icon makes the
pointer much larger than usual. This is useful for small children to
help them acquire mouse control.
7.11
Four levels
7.11
At level one, children are offered addition and subtraction up to ten,
using pictorial representations for the numbers. Four designs are
provided. Of these, the one of a fish with bubbles coming out of its
mouth caused initial confusion, as it was not immediately obvious that
it was the bubbles and not the fish which were the tokens to be counted.
7.11
Level two provides the same range of exercises as level one but with
recognition of number symbols rather than counting objects.
7.11
Level three extends to twenty and introduces multiplication whilst level
four extends to 99 and introduces division.
7.11
Using the program
7.11
The package can be used from pre-school to middle junior and, as
children develop competence in using the mouse, minimal teacher
supervision is required. The program has a very intuitive feel to it and
children are soon familiar with what to do. The idea is to complete a
sum by entering the missing figure or figures. Tiles of all numbers are
available at the bottom of the screen and they have to be entered
correctly into the answer box to complete the sum shown higher up the
screen. Manipulating the number tiles is done exclusively by the mouse,
either by dragging or double clicking. Initially, some children were
surprised that input by the keyboard was not possible but soon accepted
the mouse as a great way of input.
7.11
The number tiles themselves are large and very clear. This, together
with the large pointer and the option to double click on tiles to move
them, gives the program great potential for being used in a remedial
capacity and for certain types of special needs as well as being valid
in the mainstream from a very young age.
7.11
Operating Number Tiles
7.11
The teacher has a great deal of control over the configuration of Number
Tiles. For example, it is possible to select the number of questions to
be attempted by the pupil, the format of the equation, the number of
tries and whether pupils are to work against the timer. It is also
possible to leave the desktop and run the program across the whole
screen. Topologika recommend this approach as it means that children do
not have the ability to access the iconbar and perhaps change the
settings.
7.11
With older pupils, I am not sure that I completely agree with this
philosophy. Most regular computer users learned their skills by
experimentation. My seven year old was quite capable of configuring the
program for himself and I think the straightforward configuration
options provided by Number Tiles could provide a good opportunity to
introduce wider aspects of information technology into the classroom.
7.11
Strengths of the program
7.11
In a classroom environment, the opportunity to turn sound off has to be
a plus. I also liked the fact that it is possible to specify the number
of questions each pupil is to be allowed in a given turn and to be able
to print out the results.
7.11
The restart sequence for each new turn is activated by clicking either
on a set of traffic lights or a “click here to start” box. This makes
the program very good for use in a classroom situation where the teacher
wants each child to have an individual turn, perhaps leaving the main
lesson for a few minutes one at a time. Each child can start their own
turn rather than the teacher having to reset the computer. Many teachers
of younger children found that the need to keep resetting some of the
earlier desktop type programs was a disincentive to use.
7.11
Weaknesses of the program
7.11
Number Tiles has no serious weaknesses although I was not convinced of
the benefits of the timer option. On lower levels, it is frustrating for
young children to work out a correct answer but see it marked as wrong
because they were out of time. On level four, options which involve
working out and entering four digits can leave numerate adults out of
time. The greatest benefit of the timer is with older pupils on
multiplication and division exercises where speed practice in tables can
be gained.
7.11
Ancillary aspects
7.11
Number Tiles allows the user to define and save his own tiles using
Paint. This considerably extends the versatility of the program both for
pupils as classwork and teachers for lesson preparation. The manual has
several interesting suggestions on this theme for a keen teacher who has
a grasp of Paint.
7.11
Conclusion
7.11
Number Tiles is a very competent, well-designed, child-friendly program.
My own children were very taken with it and tested it extensively at
home for several days. I also noticed their understanding of number
bonds increase during that time.
7.11
I can recommend any school looking for a straightforward counting
program to consider this one seriously. The topics covered will remain
relevant to the curriculum for a number of years and the straightforward
approach to them cannot be faulted.
7.11
Number Tiles from Topologika costs £30 +VAT (or £33 through Archive). It
is also available with a site licence for £55 +VAT from Topologika. A
7.11
Personal Accounts v3
7.11
Mick Burrell
7.11
Having used version 2 of Apricote Studio’s Personal Accounts program for
some time, both for my own bank accounts and as treasurer of the local
tennis club, I was eager for version 3 to be released. When I acquired
an A4 and increased my data’s portability, it became vital − PA 2 uses a
mode 12 screen and those that have seen a mode 12 display on an A4 will
know what I mean!
7.11
The software arrives!
7.11
I was promised a launch date to coincide with the Harrogate show and,
sure enough, a couple of days after the show, the smart white pack
containing ring bound manual and single disc arrived. The disc has to be
initialised with your name, and a card returned to Apricote with your
serial number so that you can benefit from their excellent technical
backup, although I suspect that you will find little to query. The disc
can be copied to a hard drive and, unlike some software houses, Apricote
are happy for me to use my copy on both my machines without further
payment. Version 2 files are converted automatically to the new format,
though if you have a very early copy of version 2 which used ‘data’
rather than the ‘Personal’ file type, then this needs to be changed
before version 3 recognises it. With RISC OS 3, you just ‘set type’ to
‘Personal’.
7.11
I have been using Personal Accounts on my A440/1 with ARM3 and RISC OS 3
and, to a certain extent, on my 4Mb A4, but I am told it should work on
a 1Mb machine.
7.11
An overview
7.11
As the name suggests, Personal Accounts will look after all your bank
accounts unless, that is, you have more than sixteen! The way it works
is to categorise all your income and expenditure under headings. It
doesn’t work with credits and debits as some find them confusing − you
can set up to 92 different sources of income (I should be so lucky!) and
92 different categories for your expenditure. These are set on four
pages (each) of 23 headings numbered from A1 (the first on page 1) to W4
(the last on page 4). You then decide what each heading will be called.
For example, income heading A1 is my salary and expenditure C1 my
motoring expenses. I’ll no doubt find something to put on pages 2 to 4
soon! For the tennis club, I am able to give a very detailed breakdown
of our income and expenditure. Usually, an income will come from an
income heading and go to a bank account. Payments will usually come from
a bank account and go to a payment category. In this way, you can see at
a glance how much income you have had from a particular source (your
salary?) and how much you have spent on, for example, your hobby.
7.11
Naturally, it copes with standing orders; and this with great
flexibility over intervals of payment. All bank account balances are
shown in the ‘Accounts’ window. The statement balance, the current
balance and the balance at a time in the future after all standing
orders have been deducted, are all shown. This ‘Forecast’ is as useful
as it is flexible. I use it to show what the balance should be at the
end of the month, but it is equally possible to continually show what it
will be in seven days time.
7.11
An ‘Undo’ and ‘Redo’ feature is included allowing you to step forwards
and backwards through your work. There are facilities for producing
reports which can be printed or dropped into ‘Edit’ for screen display.
These can, of course, be tailored to your requirements, and there is
even a facility to remember five of the most frequently used layouts.
7.11
Transactions that are often repeated can be entered in the ‘Preset’
section, and then a single keypress enters all details. For example,
when I buy petrol, the money comes from my VISA account to my car
expenses. I enter the date and, with the cursor still in the date field
press ‘C’ (the preset I have chosen) and the program automatically fills
in VISA (where it comes from) CAR EXPENSES (where it went) PETROL (as a
description) and, finally, waits in the amount column for me to type it
in. (Version 4 will probably be psychic!)
7.11
The software in detail
7.11
As with most current software, many actions can be achieved with either
a function key press or a mouse click, and the program can be configured
to start with your preferred setup. When you double click on a Personal
Accounts file, the program loads onto the iconbar with that data file
loaded. The display will depend on what you have set from the options
menu when you previously used or first created the file. You have the
choice of just the main menu open or all the windows you had open at
your last save, or of course none. If you get into a set pattern of
using the program, having it load and open the windows just as you left
it is a great feature. You then have the choice of whether you save
every few minutes (with or without prompt), or whether to save on exit.
Other options include drag and drop set-ups, what character to use for
reconciled fields, sorting of standing orders, paper sizes and,
naturally, a password to keep out the unauthorised.
7.11
The bulk of your usage will be in the Entries window where there are
many changes from version 2. There are still columns for date, from and
to, amount, reference and description, but the reference column is a bit
clever. If your description in version 2 started with the cheque number,
(no separate reference column was available) then version 3 will
automatically load it as a reference, leaving the remainder as the
description. It then increments the reference by one every time you make
a payment from that account, even keeping track of the next cheque
number for each of the accounts you have!
7.11
Sorting entries by date order can now be left until you are ready
instead of always being automatic. The search is also much improved, as
it no longer alters your search string! If you enter ‘Smith’ in the
description box, click on ‘Find First’ and it finds ‘J.Smith’, then
clicking on ‘Next’ will still leave it looking for ‘Smith’ as it should,
not ‘J.Smith’ as in version 2!
7.11
Reconciling bank accounts has also been made much easier by the search.
Enter the number of the account (e.g. 1) in the search area of both from
and to and by clicking on ‘Find First’ and then ‘Next’, it will cycle
through all unreconciled entries for that account. You can mark an entry
as reconciled with a mouse click − look no keyboard! If only I could
control my mouse with one hand and tick entries on my bank statements
with a pencil in the other!
7.11
The income and payment heading pages give the current totals in each
category and, like all sections, are updated the instant you enter a
transaction. There is also the facility to enter a budget amount, in
which case you are also shown ‘Budget − Current’ i.e. how much you still
expect to spend or receive.
7.11
Standing orders are set up by entering a payment date, how many have to
be made and how frequently. Payments normally made on 30th of the month
will automatically be made on 28th in February. The Standing Orders page
now shows how many have been made, how many are left to pay and when the
next is due for each one, saying ‘Finished’ after the last payment.
There are two ways of resetting a finished standing order, one which
leaves most of the entries filled so that you just alter the relevant
part. For example, your Council Tax bill will probably be made from the
same account each year, and it will only be the amount which changes, no
doubt reducing as your council improves its efficiency!
7.11
Finally, there is the reports section. As already mentioned, the
‘Reports 1’ window allows five different report styles to be remembered,
each of which offers control over start and finish dates, single or
ranges of categories or bank accounts to be included and a summary
option to give a breakdown of the transactions. These can be included or
not as you wish and the results printed out via either a RISC OS driver
or direct to your dot matrix using its own internal font. You can also
export the report as a file, either text, CSV or a new Personal Accounts
file. ‘Reports 2’ offers basic summary reports to allow you to print out
your bank accounts, standing orders etc very quickly.
7.11
In conclusion
7.11
Having used previous software from Apricote, and with this being the
release version, I was not surprised that the software performed
faultlessly with no hint of a bug or crash on either machine. This
review was written in Impression Style with Personal Accounts running
alongside to check detail. Again, neither program had any problem. In
the manual, the author says that version 3 has been completely re-
written with the help of owners of versions 1 and 2. This shows. This is
a program which has ‘developed’ through use into an excellent bank
account control system. If you tried to find a home or club banking
program which was either more capable or easier to use, I doubt you
would succeed on either count.
7.11
I tried not to make this just a list of features, but I could not find
anything which I considered badly written or even just not too well
thought out! The author begs you to read the manual, but I suspect that
version 2 users will be instantly at home with no further help. Indeed,
anyone used to RISC OS will find that, with a little help from !Help,
the learning time will be impressively short. I have however, managed to
think of something I wish had been included! It would be useful for me
to be able to group certain headings together so that I could have, for
example, headings for petrol, servicing, and repairs, each with their
own totals, but able to group them together to give a total for car
expenses automatically. But then I can easily achieve this (not quite so
automatically) by dragging the individual totals to the calculator, by
setting up a report to include that range of headings or, as most of my
headings are on page one, use another page to just contain the group I
want as each page has its own subtotal. Perhaps I shouldn’t complain!
That aside, this has to be the bench mark bank account software for RISC
OS.
7.11
Personal Accounts is available direct from Apricote Studios for £49.95
inclusive or £47 through Archive. (As an upgrade from version 2, it
costs £29.95 from Apricote.) A
7.11
Basic Programmer’s Toolkit
7.11
Paul Hobbs
7.11
The Basic Programmer’s Toolkit (v1.00) consists of nine desktop
utilities which can be used to develop any Basic program. Also supplied
is a desktop menu program for displaying information about or running
the programs and a library of Basic routines.
7.11
BasPrint 2.20
7.11
This is a printer driver for Basic programs. It can print a range of
lines or the whole program in multiple column format in any font
supported by your printer although the necessary control codes need to
be entered in a dialog box (an Epson settings file is supplied). This
application is very useful for producing neat listings although it does
not multitask while processing.
7.11
Unfortunately, it is not possible to print to a file, which would have
been handy for formatting blocks of code for inclusion in DTP documents.
As the !RunImage file is in Basic, however, this should be relatively
easy to add.
7.11
This application (despite what the documentation says!) does not check
if the printer is online and will cause a system hang if data is sent to
the printer while it is offline.
7.11
LibMgr 1.04
7.11
This is a manager of library routines that can be appended to an
existing program. Documentation for each of the routines can be written
as a separate text file and displayed. Obviously, a certain amount of
discipline is required to document the routines as they are added to the
library, although around 50 routines are already supplied and
documented.
7.11
BasHelp 1.00
7.11
This is simply a front end to the RISC OS 3 Basic ‘help’ command to
display the built-in help information on Basic commands. This
application works well, except that clicking in the main window can
cause a non-fatal error (‘subscript out of range’) which is surprising −
also the help you actually get is rather terse.
7.11
SWIMgr 1.00
7.11
This converts references to SWIs in a program to either numbers or
variables to speed up execution. It also does the reverse process which
is useful for de-mystifying other people’s code. The Print option
doesn’t check if a printer is online causing a fatal hang of the system
so there is a danger of losing data in other applications. The list of
SWIs is interesting and quickly produced but is of limited use − knowing
the SWI name doesn’t tell you how to use it!
7.11
If you choose to convert an existing program there is a short pause
while the program is processed and then the program can be saved in the
usual way − although dropping the file icon back onto the SWIMgr window
causes a non-fatal ‘Data transfer failed: Receiver died’ error message.
7.11
BasFormat 1.00
7.11
This application indents programs, and splits up multi-statement lines
which is good for untangling other people’s code or programs that have
been crunched to save space. It is rather slow with large programs but
at least it mutitasks while processing.
7.11
BasCrunch 1.00
7.11
This is a front end to the RISC OS 3 Crunch command which is quick with
several options such as removal of REM statements and extra spaces.
However, as variables and FN/PROC names are not shortened, the
compression that can be achieved is limited − but this is the fault of
the Crunch command, not of BasCrunch.
7.11
BasDiffer 2.00
7.11
This is potentially very useful in that it creates an obey file
consisting of the differences between two Basic files. This would be
useful for sending out updates of programs or for checking whether two
files really are the same. Unfortunately, I didn’t have much luck with
this application as the data is stored in memory blocks DIMensioned
within the program. This means that editing of the !RunImage and !Run
file was necessary before it would process the (admittedly large −
180Kb) test program and when it did work, it created an obey file of
over 70Kb when the actual differences amounted to 7Kb.
7.11
Processing of my chosen test files was also slow and not multitasking,
although performance with small files (around 5Kb) was practically
instantaneous. When used within its limitations, BasDiffer is a very
useful program but I would prefer something which ran faster and handled
large files in a better way.
7.11
BasAnalys 1.00
7.11
This creates a report of FN/PROCs contained within a Basic program,
giving details such as how many times each is called (if at all!). The
only problem here was that FN/PROC names over 23 characters were
unfortunately truncated! Routines that are called but not present in the
program can be listed, which should ensure that all necessary routines
have been included. Redundant routines can also be listed although they
cannot be automatically removed.
7.11
This application should prove useful for authors who develop programs
using standard libraries and who want to combine all the routines into
one program for distribution as one can be sure that all necessary
routines (and only the necessary routines) have been included.
7.11
BasMonit 2.00
7.11
The purpose of this application is to view a Basic program in memory,
rather like the *DUMP command for disc files. However, the program can
also be viewed in a ‘decoded’ format where the Basic keywords are
decoded and also appear highlighted. This application would be very
useful for developing other applications that either write or modify
Basic programs to check the format of a Basic program in memory − which
is probably exactly why it was written.
7.11
The display may also be printed out and a check is made in this case if
the printer is actually online before printing.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
There are some potentially useful applications in this package but some
have problems which reduce their usefulness in my view. I think that all
of the applications would have benefited from more testing and attention
to detail, such as working printer detection in some cases. However,
none of the problems is serious and as the programs themselves are
written in Basic, they should be easy enough to modify.
7.11
The Basic Programmer’s Toolkit is available from Risc Developments Ltd.
The price is £15.28 (£12.72 for Risc User subscribers) +VAT + £2
carriage. A
7.11
ARM Programming Part 3 − Scrolltexts
7.11
There are almost as many scrolltext routines as there are demos. The
more pedestrian simply slide text across the screen whilst complex ones
may roll the text along a sine wave. The first thing to consider is what
you want your routine to do.
7.11
Last month I described how the screen memory is mapped onto the various
positions on the monitor. This article is based on the assumption that
the program will run in mode 13. In essence, going one pixel across
means adding or subtracting one and moving vertically means subtracting
(up) or adding (down) 320. We want our text to go horizontally from
right to left so we will have to subtract from a counter. When dealing
with scrolltexts, a decrement of 4 rather than 1 will give a good speed.
7.11
If we take the position to plot at as being x pixels from the left of
the screen and y pixels from the top, the memory address can be
calculated by using :
7.11
address = screen base + x + (y * 320)
7.11
To implement a scrolltext, we need two registers. One points to the
letter currently being plotted and another holds the position of the
letter on the screen, called textptr and offset respectively. (You can
add up and down movement as well which requires another register.) The
method I am using here cheats slightly in that you plot a blank space
either side of the screen but the alternative involves a more complex
plot routine.
7.11
Offset starts off equal to 8 with textptr pointing to the letter A.
Offset goes down by two every frame until it reaches 0. Alert readers
will notice that this situation is the same as having offset equal to 8
and textptr pointing to B. The following letter’s positions can be
obtained by adding the width of the letter to offset. You can summarise
this in the following pseudocode where
7.11
width is the width of each letter in pixels
7.11
speed is the scrolling speed in pixels
7.11
startoftext and endoftext hold the address of the two ends of the
message
7.11
numletters is the number of letters that you want to display on screen
7.11
xpos is the horizontal distance from the left hand side of the screen
7.11
for textptr = startoftext to endoftext step 1
7.11
for offset = width-speed to 0 step speed
7.11
for xpos = offset to offset + width * numletters step width
7.11
plot letter at xpos
7.11
next xpos
7.11
sys “OS_Byte”,19 :REM wait for screen update to finish
7.11
next offset
7.11
next textptr
7.11
Note that offset = width duplicates the same position as offset = 0 so
it is not included in the loop. The plot letter routine will depend on
the value of the variables used.
7.11
A rolling scrolltext as seen on Hugo Fiennes’ demos four and five can be
coded by providing a lookup table of heights at different points of a
sine wave:
7.11
DEF FNtable
7.11
FOR K%=0 TO 360*4
7.11
[OPT pass
7.11
EQUB 128+64*SIN(RAD(K%/2))
7.11
]NEXT K%
7.11
=“”
7.11
The value 128 gives the position of the mean of the sine wave and the 64
is the amplitude. These are both reasonable values for mode 13. Next,
you need a pointer to the base of this table and if you want the sine
wave to roll, you need another offset. These will be known as tablebase
and sineoffset for obvious reasons. Every frame will advance sineoffset
to alter the portion of the sine wave which is currently seen. As soon
as sineoffset has moved one wavelength along, it can be reset to zero.
The size of the table must be no smaller than 320 plus the maximum value
of sineoffset. The original pseudocode can be modified to give:
7.11
sineoffset = 0
7.11
for textptr = startoftext to endoftext step 1
7.11
for offset = width-speed to 0 step speed
7.11
sineoffset = sineoffset + 1
7.11
if sineoffset >= wavelength then sineoffset = 0
7.11
for xpos = offset to offset + width * numletters step width
7.11
load ypos from address (tablebase + sineoffset + xpos)
7.11
plot letter at (xpos,ypos)
7.11
next xpos
7.11
sys “OS_Byte”,19 :REM wait for screen update to finish
7.11
next offset
7.11
next textptr
7.11
I hope that this gives some idea of how to write the kind of scrolltext
routines you see in ‘proper’ demos. An example of a rolling scrolltext
is included on this month’s magazine disc. A
7.11
Almanac 3
7.11
Andrew Rawnsley
7.11
Almanac 3.00 was released in November last year, so you may wonder why
this review has taken so long to appear. Firstly, the review version is
now in 3.06, and has a manual! The other, and unfulfilled, reason is
that I was hoping to compare it with ExpLAN’s long awaited Occasion
information manager.
7.11
Readers may also note the change from the phrase ‘desktop diary/
organiser’ to the above ‘information manager’. This has been made to fit
in with Stallion Software’s (Almanac’s publishers) publicity claim −
Integrated Information Manager (I²M). Why can’t product descriptions be
simple to understand? We can all cope with the idea of a diary or a
filofax, but I²M?!?
7.11
Packaging
7.11
Almanac 3 has shed its once restricting filofax packaging for a more
conventional video style plastic box.
7.11
The new box allows space for a fairly thick A5 manual, running to 85
pages. The manual is rather cheap and cheerful considering that this is
claimed to be ‘the most important product since Impression’. It looks as
if it has been printed on A4 sheets of paper straight out of the laser
printer and through the photocopier, crudely folded and stapled. I could
have coped with that but the content of the manual is sketchy, as are
the diagrams! Such a complex and powerful program as this requires a
superb manual − maybe Stallion ought to hire Computer Concepts’ manual
writers?!
7.11
The software
7.11
The software itself comes on one disc which also contains a copy of
!StrongHlp which is used to drive the interactive help. This is quite a
life-saver given the poor manual. It is certainly useful to have some
context-related help for beginners, because the tutorial (one of the
good points of the old manual) has vanished.
7.11
This help is available via the standard Info dialogue box, and as an
option from the iconbar menu. Strong Help is then loaded automatically.
7.11
Various examples are included on the disc as a demonstration of
Almanac’s versatility, and these could also help new users.
7.11
New features
7.11
You will forgive me if I don’t go into depth on Almanac’s old features
which were reviewed previously. (Archive 7.2 p 51)
7.11
The most obvious changes are the introduction of 3D buttons for RISC OS
3.1 users, resizing of the icons for the proportionally spaced fonts of
Risc OS 3.5, and an accounts section for recording financial
transactions.
7.11
This doesn’t offer any of the advanced features of applications like
Prophet, but it is none-the-less quite useful. Despite not being 100%
intuitive, it may provide many users with as much financial recording as
they will ever use on computer, although budgeting and such-like are not
implemented. It can handle standing orders, and the whole process is
constructed around stored, dated statements. You can store multiple
statements, each containing various transactions.
7.11
Drag and drop of records, like file icons in the filer, is implemented
here as it is virtually everywhere else.
7.11
The sticky pad now allows items to be given a cost, so project costing
can be achieved. The address book has also been enhanced to cope with
fax and e-mail numbers via special icons. There are direct links to
Computer Concept’s ‘Fax Pack’ expansion card, and David Pilling’s ‘Arc
Fax’ fax modem driver. This saves time when looking up numbers − there
is no need to re-type them.
7.11
It would be fair to say that most areas of the software have been
modified in some ways to improve their functionality, but I still have
some reservations.
7.11
Problems
7.11
An important omission (and one that is to be found in most products of
this type) is that only UK style post codes are catered for. This means
that they always come after the county, rather than with the town as is
the case elsewhere in Europe and overseas.
7.11
Although the authors claim that you can press <F3> anywhere and save
your work, the address book requires you to add the record or click on
OK before saving can occur.
7.11
There is still no alarm function for appointments, but now that it has a
680Kb memory requirement, you are not likely to have the application
loaded all the time!
7.11
Design
7.11
I also think that the program still feels as if it has been designed by
a programmer. The operation is not really intuitive, and the icon layout
is poor and aesthetically displeasing. It is worth noting that most PC
development teams include dedicated artists for icon and window design.
Certainly Acorn teams should aim to have at least one person with some
artistic experience involved.
7.11
The Almanac windows seem to bristle with buttons and icons, which can be
daunting to new users who just want a simple interface so that they can
get started quickly. Another point worth noting is that the category
icons, used in virtually every Almanac window, are drawn in low
resolution screen modes, in only 16 colours. The latter may not be too
important, but with the amount of hi-res monitors around these days, the
blocky mode 12 icons make the software look rather crude.
7.11
With the huge resolutions available on the Risc PC, I feel that
developers should produce high resolution icons instead − at least this
will cater for the majority of professional users at whom Almanac is
aimed.
7.11
The business angle
7.11
Most business users will probably not be too concerned with storing
birthdays and wedding anniversaries. Personally, I have found that the
address book and its links to be the most useful. All users need to
store this kind of information, and it is particularly valuable in
research, sales and marketing, and report production.
7.11
Almanac’s links to Impression, although not stunning, work effectively,
and can be a boon when producing contact lists or drawing up contracts.
7.11
The sticky pads are also useful here for managing related documents and
graphic images from all over your hard disc. The appropriate quote could
be in your ‘Quotes’ directory, and you may also have a separate
‘Invoice’ directory. The relevant files can be merged into a sticky pad
from where you can simply double click to access your files.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
Almanac is a very competent information manager, but is let down by a
poor manual and a complex and graphically displeasing interface.
7.11
I shall certainly be using it for the time being, as there is really no
competition in this field. However, with products on the horizon from
ExpLAN and, at some point, Rheingold Enterprises, I shall be keeping an
eye on the market.
7.11
If you can put up with the interface, Almanac 3 offers unrivalled
control over correspondence, appointments and other events. The address
functions will be particularly useful for business users, but the
accounts section is a little limited.
7.11
Almanac costs £85 including VAT from Stallion. Upgrades from version 1
are available from Stallion for £17.62, and the optional filofax retails
at £23.50. A
7.11
SmartDTP
7.11
Gabriel Swords
7.11
SmartDTP of Duffield, Derbyshire have come up with a collection of
borders and clipart presented to you in either Draw or Artworks formats.
7.11
Each collection can be found on one disc inside a neat looking mini
video cassette box. Also in the borders box is a really useful booklet
with all the designs laid out in groups. This means you can browse
through the booklet looking for the border you want rather than having
to open every file.
7.11
Borders
7.11
Just when you thought you had the definitive set of borders, out comes
another collection. Just how many border designs can there be, I ask −
presumably as many as designers can think up.
7.11
The two Smart sets are more or less the same, the only difference being
the way they are put together. Smart Borders 2, for example, are the
kind you drop into Impression documents − there are about 200 of them.
Smart Borders + contain fewer designs, about 150, and they have been
turned into complete boxes for you.
7.11
As with all border collections, there are going to be the ones you will
use a lot, and ones you will never use at all. Even though some of them
will be similar to ones you already have, these borders are worth
considering because the quality is good and the price isn’t
extortionate. There are probably enough new ones to make the collection
worth having − for example, I bet no one’s got a bone or a Union Jack
border in their collection!
7.11
There are square corners, round and curved corners, triangular corners,
lines with arrows, lines with stripes, lines with lines. There are fun
ones, ornate ones, even colour-shaded ones. You can make a clipboard, a
computer printout, a Christmas border with holly or a talkative one with
quotes.
7.11
One thing to watch out for with the Impression type borders is that
because some of them are so big, you sometimes have to dramatically
resize the frame to get the whole border onto the page. That then
reduces the amount of space you have for text.
7.11
Tip: The way round this is to create another frame on top of the
bordered frame and set view to transparent. This frame can then be
resized right up to the edge of the border and text typed into it.
7.11
One style that isn’t in the collection − or any of the collections I
have − is a dotted line that uses round dots. There are plenty of dash
type lines but none of the round ones. Has anyone ever seen one? Perhaps
the next big collection of borders could be all dots!
7.11
Clipart
7.11
Smart 2 Resources is a collection of over 100 drawfiles, many of which
contain more than one example of a particular design. There are more
than 300 pieces of artwork and line drawings, making a collection of
useful design elements which can be used in all manner of publications.
You will find seven files of arrows − almost every arrow you could ever
think of. There are four files of corners, from crazy squares to pins to
wavy lines. There are four sets of flashes as well as some individual
flash-type drawings. There are groups of speech and thinks bubbles,
rules and symbols. Then there are ten files of drop caps, giving ten
complete alphabets of capital letters in different designs. Add to that
over fifty general and border type drawings and you have a very useful
set of resources.
7.11
Smart Graphics 1 is more of a general clipart collection with 200 plus
pictures. There are, for example, over 80 silhouettes of animals and
insects, including farm animals, pets and sea creatures... there are 18
assorted flowers... 8 sporting groups plus a few individual sporting
pictures... an assortment of European maps, flags and British political
symbols... musical type drawings... 26 fun-type cartoons from a clown to
a ghost to footprints... and there are a few people drawings.
7.11
As with any clipart, the quality will vary from picture to picture, and
there are certainly some here I wouldn’t be seen dead with. Having said
that, most of what’s there is pretty good. I’ve had them for the last
six weeks and there are a lot I have already used.
7.11
You can get them either as Draw or Artworks files, and each of Smart
Graphics pack 1, Smart 2 Resources, Smart Borders + and Smart Borders 2
costs £14.95 inclusive from SmartDTP. A
7.11
Leisure Software Upgrades
7.11
Andrew Rawnsley
7.11
Over the last few months, various pieces of leisure software (not just
games) have been upgraded to give them a longer shelf-life. This should
be good news for the user, as upgraded software can only be better than
the original, can’t it?
7.11
Aldebaran
7.11
This is probably the oldest upgrade, and is really only relevant to ARM
3 owners. Readers may recall that the original game received good
reviews, but with some reservations as to the wire-frame sections of the
game.
7.11
The new version makes you feel that the original was purposely cut down
to work quickly on ARM 2 machines, since it doesn’t so much feel
‘enhanced’ as that the ARM 2 version seems downgraded. It isn’t of
course, but the best enhancements always merge seamlessly into the old
version and simply make the game far more appetising.
7.11
As mentioned previously, the wire-frame sections have been improved −
not to solid graphics, but many more wire frames have been introduced
making the effect much better. The solid graphics have also been
enhanced, particularly those of the planets which now look like the
smooth spheres they should be.
7.11
If you had any doubts about the old version of this original and
involved arcade simulation, forget them, and buy the new version.
7.11
Upgrades may be hard to come by, due to the European nature of the game.
At the October Acorn User show, it surfaced on the Klein Computers
stand, but you may need to contact the Swiss distributors Evolution
Trading AG. (Aldebaran costs £32 through Archive.)
7.11
Spheres of Chaos
7.11
Matt Black have achieved considerable success with this Meteors clone,
and recently I discovered that it had been selected for a regular
challenge on a Sky TV computer show! The latest versions feature even
better graphics (the beautiful explosion showers have to be seen to be
believed), more adversaries − each with their own characteristics, up to
eight players, I think, (the review version only allowed four, but I
believe the Sky version allows eight) and loads more configuration
options. When you think that each level is generated randomly, and you
can control the amounts of each type of alien, there are millions of
different level possibilities.
7.11
Spheres of Chaos is certainly one of the best multi-player games around,
and if you have some friends available, the evenings just seem to
vanish!
7.11
As a single player game, it is not so strong because, since despite the
volume of options, the formula on every level is fairly similar − blast
all the aliens and collect any power-ups. You really need a second
player to get the most out of it. Having said that, you could do a lot
worse than buying a copy of this game for a rainy afternoon on your own!
7.11
Spheres of Chaos costs £24.95 from Matt Black, with an upgrade available
from the original for only £5 (plus your original disc, of course) which
represents excellent value for money.
7.11
Games Wizard − The Apprentice
7.11
Readers may remember that I found the original release of this cheat
compilation rather limited in hacking features (compared to The Hacker
from DoggySoft) and overpriced.
7.11
This new version offers a few more cheats (about 50 − 60 in total) but
there are still really not enough compared to over 100 with The Hacker.
It is a copy-protected disc and has no hacking features at all (surely a
downgrade!) and with a price tag of £19.99 it isn’t going to have much
of an impact.
7.11
Remember that all of The Hacker’s cheats can be obtained for a blank
disc and £1 p&p to DoggySoft and I don’t think you’ll find it hard to
pass on GamesWare’s offering.
7.11
James Pond 2+
7.11
This is a conversion of the Amiga 1200 version of GamesWare’s cute
platform hit. The new version offers improved graphics and sound, as
well as some new levels. These are scattered throughout the game, and
include an upside-down ‘jelly-level’ as described in the original
review.
7.11
You can probably imagine what it’s like bouncing madly up and down
around the level, but playing it upside-down...?!?
7.11
James Pond 2+ is certainly better than the original, and retails at the
same price, thus replacing the old version in GamesWare’s catalogue. It
still lacks a save game or password option, which seems important in
this new larger version, but otherwise I can’t really fault the product.
If you like cute platform games, buy James Pond 2+!
7.11
As an upgrade, the new version will cost you £7.99 from Gamesware which
I feel is a little excessive. Mind you, that includes p&p. If you are a
dedicated Pond fan, desperate for more, then spend the money, otherwise
you may be content with the large, and often difficult, original. (James
Pond2+ costs £24 through Archive.) A
7.11
ScreenTurtle
7.11
Richard Rymarz
7.11
ScreenTurtle, written by Marshal Anderson and published by Topologika,
has been around since 1991. It was then described as, ‘..... a friendly,
safe Logo graphics environment for students to work in.’ I have used the
program extensively with my class of 10 and 11 year olds, finding it
more than adequate.
7.11
Now Topologika have released a new version called Desktop ScreenTurtle.
It is an altogether more sophisticated package and addresses some of the
short-comings of version one as well as adding new features.
7.11
Why Logo?
7.11
Logo is specifically mentioned on a number of occasions in the National
Curriculum. Regardless of this requirement, Logo is good fun, allowing
children to draw shapes and objects quickly; it can help children learn
to understand some simple programming concepts such as ‘procedures; it
can provide problems which can be solved in a number of ways; it can
lead the way to controlling floor turtles; and it allows children to
make mistakes which are easily rectified or which provide further
insights or solutions.
7.11
There are a number of ‘official’ versions of Logo but, for the primary
school, something simpler and easier has been provided. There is a
version that comes with Sherston’s excellent ‘Crystal Rain Forest’;
Longman Logotron have produced ‘First Logo’ which offers a very gentle
introduction to Logo where everything can be mouse driven; and
Topologika themselves publish ‘TinyLogo’ which introduces simple
concepts to very young children. ScreenTurtle continues with this
emphasis on ease of use, although the level of sophistication is higher.
7.11
The package
7.11
ScreenTurtle comes in a sturdy case. There are two discs: disc one
contains the program and the usual !Scrap, !System and !Sysmerge
applications. Disc two contains example words (procedures) and screens
(backdrops), a Tiff conversion utility allowing Tiff files to be
converted to sprites and vice versa; and !Dribble, a new utility that
keeps a constant record of everything the user does. This provides a
record of how a child has reached a solution to a problem or simply a
journal of what he has done.
7.11
There is a comprehensive manual, a booklet that provides useful
information concerning installation, differences between using RISC OS 2
and 3, hard and floppy disc operation, using printer drivers, problem
solving, and so on. There are a number of worksheets to start the
children off, a function key strip and, finally, there is a booklet
written by Marshal Anderson which outlines the use of Logo in the
classroom as well as offering a number of pre-Logo games and some more
advanced ideas.
7.11
Using ScreenTurtle
7.11
Clicking on !ScreenTurt loads the program and is represented by a turtle
on the iconbar. This is a major change from version one which took over
the whole screen. Now the program is fully RISC OS compliant although,
if desired, a full screen option can be selected. Choices are made by
clicking <menu> on the turtle icon and selecting the preferences option.
This allows no fewer than four possible layouts, a selection of screen
mode, whether the tool window is shown, the command window colours, the
number of commands that the undo buffer holds, whether screens are saved
as sprite or TIFF files and the scaling and screen angles options. It is
all very comprehensive.
7.11
My preference is for the desktop version with the toolbox visible. Three
windows present themselves, the largest being the work area where a
pointer (turtle) sits at its centre. Then there is a command window
where instructions are entered and one which provides a toolbox
containing twelve of the most commonly used commands. All window can be
resized, which is great, because you can move the windows around so that
the monitor screen is used most effectively.
7.11
In use, the program is very simple. Either typing in commands or using
the toolbox require the minimum of effort. One lovely feature of
ScreenTurtle is that it understands a variety of words to execute a
command and will ‘guess’ if a command is unclear. It will then tick a
command that is acceptable. It will accept upper and lower case letters
and give fairly helpful on-screen error messages. Finally, there is a
very comprehensive, mouse driven ‘Help’ system.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
My children enjoyed using ScreenTurtle. It was used very simply by my
slower children whilst the brighter ones were soon defining procedures,
filling and painting shapes, and even defining procedures within
procedures. Saving drawings was easy but there was some confusion when
loading and saving procedures. It can easily be used by children at the
upper end of Key Stage 2 (8 − 11 year olds) and at the lower end of
secondary schools. If I had to nit pick, I would have liked to be able
to edit commands in the command line window although a limited amount
can be done in the procedure define window.
7.11
With such a wealth of additional materials, the program, which retails
at £39.95 +VAT or £44 through Archive, is excellent value for money.
There is an upgrade path from version one which costs £10, with a 50%
reduction for site licences. All in all, this is excellent value for
money for an implementation of Logo that bridges the gap between a
simple introduction to Logo and the ‘real’ thing. A
7.11
Magic Pockets
7.11
Andrew Rawnsley
7.11
This release of the Bitmap Brothers’ successful Amiga/PC platform game
represents software giant Renegade’s first foray into the Acorn games
market. The product certainly doesn’t feel like a quick conversion − you
know the signs: pretty graphics toned down to make conversion easy;
reused Amiga or ST boxes with ‘Acorn Version’ stickers plastered on. The
reason that I mention this is that with Sensible Soccer ready for
release now, Renegade would appear to be jumping straight into the
water, not just testing it with their toes, so to speak.
7.11
The plot
7.11
Perhaps I should have learned to steer clear of the plot for a platform
game − they are usually nearly as bad as those of shoot-’em-ups! Magic
Pockets is all about a kid − the Bitmap Kid (groan). The Kid has special
Magic Pockets, which have an infinite capacity, to store all his
favourite toys. Unfortunately, his toys have vanished, so the Kid leaps
into his pockets, risking life and limb, to rescue them. Clearly the Kid
knew nothing of physics − the box illustration shows that there is no
way the kid could get his head through the opening of the pocket!
7.11
Loading the game
7.11
But to the game itself... Booting reveals a nice intro, complete with
soundtrack by Betty Boo (‘Doing the Do’). It’s a shame that this music
doesn’t continue into the game, on ARM3 machines perhaps, given the
enhanced audio capabilities of Acorn machines. There is a version of the
game with higher resolution graphics, for those with VGA and multisync
monitors − even the old Acorn multisync!
7.11
The game is copy-protected by the key disc method, but it’s not until
you try to start the level that you need to insert the disc (obviously
this only applies to hard disc owners).
7.11
The levels
7.11
Anyone who has played Gods (from Krisalis, but original written by the
Bitmap Brothers and marketed on the Amiga by Renegade) will be familiar
with the style of the game. Unfortunately, the similarities continue
right down to the graphics of the first zone. There are four main
graphical environments, each split into numerous levels. Each time you
finish two of these levels, you are given a four digit numerical
password, which allows you to skip them in the future.
7.11
The major disadvantage of structuring the game in this way is that these
environments can quickly become boring − even with extremely well drawn
and detailed graphics such as those on offer here, so variety is needed
to keep you playing. This, for me, is where Magic Pockets fails − there
are too many sub-levels in each zone, all with the same graphics and
associated problems:
7.11
The Cave − 5 levels
7.11
The Jungle − 6 levels
7.11
The Lakes − 8 levels
7.11
The Mountains − 7 levels
7.11
Clearly six zones with four levels each, or five zones with five levels
each (already pushing it a bit) would be preferable.
7.11
Gameplay is simple − you have to throw weapons, or send yourself
spinning, into the nasties (‘bad people’) to destroy them, and collect
power-ups; and to try and find the ‘best toy’ on each level before going
through the exit. A fairly basic platform game in design, and the
problem is that there are no real puzzles to solve − you simply have to
keep killing bad people, and exploring, until you find the toy and the
exit. At the end of each graphical zone, there is also a special event,
rather like an end of zone guardian in other games.
7.11
Forgive the comparison with Gods, but I found that to be rather more
fulfilling, since you could carry around objects and keys leading to
reasonably intricate puzzles, making the game much more mentally
pleasing.
7.11
I feel that the Bitmap Brothers have tried to make up for this flaw in
the gameplay by giving us more levels, hence the problem described
previously.
7.11
The power-ups
7.11
To be fair, Magic Pockets does include lots of power-ups and teleporters
to bonus rooms, which do add to the gameplay. The next power-up to be
released is shown in the bottom corner of the screen, and can be changed
by careful destruction of bad people. However, to my mind, lots of
power-ups really don’t make up for the lack of puzzles.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
Maybe the problem is me? Gods was my ideal game − puzzles in a
mythological environment. After role playing games, this is my favourite
genre of game, so maybe I’m not being fair on Magic Pockets.
7.11
However, most of my Amiga and PC owning friends seem to agree that Magic
Pockets isn’t really up to the usual calibre of Bitmap Brothers’ games,
since it lacks something in gameplay − no puzzles!
7.11
Anyone who wants a real treat in platform games should go for Gods, and
when you’ve finished that then turn to Magic Pockets. I’d like to say
that Magic Pockets was the poor man’s alternative, but it costs more!
7.11
If you are looking for a new platform game, and have finished or are
tired of Gods, then give Magic Pockets a go. However, at £25.95 (£24
through Archive), you need to be sure it’s the game for you. A
7.11
Circus
7.11
Richard Rymarz
7.11
Maths Circus, from 4Mation, is a series of games designed to stimulate
problem-solving skills at Key Stages 2 and 3. However, 4Mation say that
the simpler levels can be solved by even younger children. It comes on
one disc and can be loaded onto hard disc although a key disc system is
used for protection purposes. It costs £27.50 +VAT for a single user
version or £55 +VAT for a site licence − Archive prices are £30 and £60
respectively.
7.11
Aims
7.11
Circus is composed of twelve games loosely based on a circus theme. Each
game contains five levels − sixty in all − and are designed to allow
children use of their imagination, initiative and sense of
experimentation. There is no use of drill and practice − all the
problems are ‘open ended’ allowing the children to use trial and error
to produce strategies that succeed. Each level is graded so that
children are not penalised for failure but are motivated to try again or
use a new strategy to succeed. Teachers and parents are NOT encouraged
to help or provide solutions − but careful matching of levels is
necessary.
7.11
Getting started
7.11
Clicking on the Circus icon results in a full screen picture of a circus
tent on which are printed the menu options. These include: instructions
for the children, a practice option from which the children’s results
are not recorded, starting a new circus, continuing a saved circus,
teachers’ options and, of course, quitting. The teacher options allow
the viewing and deleting of saved circuses, setting the level of default
difficulty, switching off the sound and so on. All are easy to
understand and use. A coding system is used to record the children’s
progress.
7.11
The problems
7.11
The children soon master how the mouse is used to control the games
although I feel that young children will need some adult help.
Thankfully, the problems all use the same conventions.
7.11
Seals − This involves placing the correct balls on the noses of the
seals. At its simplest level, moving the balls left and right is
sufficient. Later, the problem takes on the guise of a two-dimensional
‘Rubik’s Cube’ (can there be such a thing?).
7.11
Trapeze − This involves an investigation into the properties of a
pendulum.
7.11
Magician − Here, the children have to save Marvel the Magician from the
wicked witch and her monsters.
7.11
Traffic Lights − This involves careful observation and note-taking of
patterns, as the children attempt to avoid the traffic lights when going
to the circus.
7.11
Canon − A lovely problem involving elevation and gunpowder strength as
the children attempt to fire Captain Blunthead through a series of holes
into a bucket of water.
7.11
Cage − This does involve practice of simple arithmetic and is the least
visually inspiring.
7.11
Unicycles − This involves balancing a group of unicyclists on a see-saw.
Simple addition and subtraction are needed to keep the unicyclists from
falling.
7.11
Tickets − Once again this gives practice at arithmetic but, at the more
advance levels, it involves multiplication. The aim is to calculate the
relationship between the number of tickets and the circus takings.
7.11
Elephant − This is an investigation into capacity and involves working
out how much medicine to give the the sick elephant.
7.11
Bolts − This puzzle gives practice in spatial awareness in two and three
dimensions. Bolts are missing from the scaffolding and the problem is
finding where the gaps are.
7.11
Clowns − Clowns are sitting down holding different implements, each of
which affects those next to them. The aim is to make all the clowns
stand up at once.
7.11
Lions − This problem involves sorting lions out in order of size. Bigger
lions can jump over smaller ones but not vice versa.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
This suite of problems is definitely good value for money. The graphics
are not arcade standard − in fact some are fairly basic. However, I
firmly believe that it is the active and supportive parent and teacher
that will help children achieve the best from any piece of ‘educational’
software. The programs were tested by a group of children ranging from 9
to 11 and were enjoyed by them all. Listening to their strategies was a
treat, and all but the highest levels were within their capabilities.
Documentation is excellent for the teacher/parent providing further
assistance and extension ideas. For the children there is a series of
twelve double-sided worksheets to assist and supplement the program.
7.11
These programs make a welcome change from other suites of mathematical
computer programs where more emphasis is placed on drill and practice. I
wonder whether the simplistic graphics would appeal sufficiently to Key
Stage 3 children − I sense that more sophistication would be needed to
inspire them. However, for children from the age of 5 to 12 there is
plenty here of value to recommend. A
7.11
Virtual Golf − Augusta Course
7.11
Richard Rymarz
7.11
This is the second course offered by 4th Dimension and adds to the
Wentworth Course originally written for the Virtual Golf simulation and
released before Christmas. Written by the prolific Acorn games writer,
Gordon Key, it features the American Masters course in Augusta, Georgia.
I thoroughly enjoyed ‘playing’ Wentworth and readily grabbed the
opportunity to review this latest offering.
7.11
There are a number of golf simulations or games on all computer formats
− the Acorn range has at least four. Until the release of Virtual Golf,
the best by far was Micro Drive published by Cambridge International
Software. This came with two courses as standard and more were added.
There is also a course designer. This is not a comparative review or a
full review of Virtual Golf − that was done in Archive 7.1 p33, but I
will briefly summarise of the original. The main aim of the game is to
win six tournaments beginning with the Beginners’ Handicap and ending
with the British Open. However, the main difference between Virtual Golf
and its predecessors, which sets it apart from its rivals, is that the
swing of the club is determined by the movement of the mouse rather than
any swing meters or timed clicks of the mouse buttons. Consequently,
practising moving the mouse itself − keeping it in a straight line −
will result in the ball flying straight. This may sound complicated but
it does give a feeling of actually playing the shot. However, it also
makes the game more difficult because any deviation from a straight line
results in a hook or slice, and the quicker the mouse moves the stronger
the shot. Practice is needed. The game runs from the desktop and there
is a huge variety of options including, action replays of shots,
practice of any hole, ‘gimmies’, alternative seasons and even access to
the driving range.
7.11
So why spend another £16 on the Augusta Course? Well, if you have the
original game − which you must have to run the Augusta Course − you will
probably be bored with being the British Open Champion. Becoming the
Masters’ Champion must spark the competitive nature inside you and the
challenge will be too great to resist. The format is similar to
Wentworth although the scenery has been improved and, finally, the
behaviour of the ball is different from its movement at Wentworth.
Apparently, the atmospheric conditions at Augusta result in the ball
having different characteristics.
7.11
I have a book showing maps of some of the holes at Augusta and,
comparing them with Gordon Key’s versions, I can verify that they are
very similar. One feature I am a little unsure about is the much-feared
putting difficulties at Augusta. I feel that Gordon has been a little
kind and made the greens quite damp, making putting a touch easier than
the real professionals have to face. However, this course is well worth
the money for those who are already past masters of the game and its
success should guarantee further courses. I wonder what the ball
characteristics are like at St Andrews, or Pebble Beach, or the Royal
Melbourne or ....... A
7.11
Navigator
7.11
George Barnett
7.11
Navigator is a package to help the teaching of mapping skills. It
provides various ways of navigating a pointer, or ‘dart’, around the
screen which can contain any kind of picture but, usually, a map or plan
of some sort.
7.11
You can navigate in the following ways:
7.11
Rubber banding − This is not really a navigation system but it provides
a way of drawing routes onto your maps, as well as allowing the
introduction of some of the package’s features.
7.11
Turtling − This provides, at two levels of sophistication, a turtle
graphics activity based on turns and moves.
7.11
Lat&Long − This lets you navigate around the screen using degrees,
minutes and hundredths of minutes.
7.11
Compass Points − With this, you can move using 4, 8 or 16 compass
directions.
7.11
Ordnance Survey − This uses Eastings and Northings.
7.11
Bearings − This allows you to move using absolute bearings from north.
7.11
Vectors − With this, moves are relative to the current position of the
user on the map.
7.11
The use of the program
7.11
The aim of the program is to develop navigation and mapping skills. You
move around a map or plan using one or more of the seven ways shown
above and the scale can be adjusted as required and a coloured trace can
be left customised to colour and thickness.
7.11
Maps
7.11
Many maps or plans are supplied as examples on one of the three discs
which come with Navigator, and the documentation helps, should you wish
to create your own. Normally, in a class situation, specific maps would
be required of the area being studied and these can be found from
various sources, but watch the copyright restrictions. Many maps are
supplied as drawfiles and those from David Pilling are excellent and
cheap. The manual gives several source suggestions.
7.11
Getting started
7.11
First register the disc, which may then be copied. Double click on the
!Navigator icon which will then be installed on the iconbar. Open up one
of the Activities Disc e.g. (School), then double click on the !Nav_Data
icon. This opens a window containing the maps that Navigator knows
about. Maps can be sprites (uses up memory), drawfiles or compressed
Imagine (or even Tiny Draw) files. The required map is then dragged to
the icon on the iconbar. Navigator will then start up with that map with
the title (filename) of the map and the navigation system in brackets.
7.11
You will see the dart, either at its default home position or at the
home position recorded for that map. The maps appear on the screen with
a Toolbar containing fourteen options: grid, snap to grid, fixed
compass, measurement, timer, home dart, line thickness, line colour,
print, record, stop record and a switch from toolbar to tool menu.
Linkpoints are available to enable interconnection between maps or
plans.
7.11
Clicking <menu> on the Navigator icon on the iconbar will give you a
menu with Info, Save, Clear, Quit and four other options. These are: to
use the full screen, calibration, preferences (setting of defaults), and
Nav System. To change the navigation system click on ‘Nav Systems’ and a
second menu appears showing these choices.
7.11
The first exercise recommended is called ‘Going to School’ and this is a
series of three maps demonstrating large scale movement. A pupil’s
journey from home to school is shown, ending up at at a desk in the
classroom with an appropriate congratulatory message to those successful
in their navigation. ‘Around the world in eighty ways’ is a more
advanced planned route supplied as an example and this is quite
impressive.
7.11
Support materials
7.11
The A5 manuals are excellent. The main manual (43 pages) is well
indexed. There are teacher’s notes and six ready-to-use disc-based
activities. Included are sample maps from National curriculum Key Stages
2 to 4 in Geography and the program will be useful in Geography AT1 and
AT4 skills and parts of Maths AT3 and 4.
7.11
Conclusions
7.11
Navigator is a worthwhile program, not expensive, well-documented and is
supplied by Topologika at £45 +£2.50 p&p +VAT or £52+VAT through
Archive. Site licences cost £70 +VAT for primary schools and £85 +VAT
for secondary schools direct from Topologika. A
7.11
Let us look at New Zealand − sample map
7.11
Police Plan
7.11
Pinpoint Datafiles
7.11
Denise Bates
7.11
The Pinpoint Datafiles under review are “The Solar System” and
“Dinosaurs”. Each costs £12 +VAT, (site licence £36 +VAT) from Longman
Logotron.
7.11
Solar System (Key Stages 3 & 4) requires Pinpoint or Pinpoint 2, to use
it to its full potential. Dinosaurs (KS 2 & 3) can be used with Pinpoint
Junior.
7.11
The philosophy behind Datafiles is to provide a significant volume of
data which pupils can use to develop skills of handling and interpreting
information, and to integrate IT skills across all areas of the
curriculum. Both files contain at least 50 records with multiple fields.
This allows pupils to perform more meaningful and complex analyses than
if they had to build up their own database.
7.11
Worksheets
7.11
Each datafile comes with an explanatory booklet for teachers. Six
photocopiable worksheets are provided. These have been well thought out
to link the datafiles to attainment targets. The exercises are self-
explanatory and a pupil could reasonably be expected to interrogate the
database properly by following the hints and instructions.
7.11
The suggested exercises cover only a fraction of what could be achieved
with the datafiles. By building up my own sort and search exercises, I
was able to use them with much younger children than is envisaged and
obtained very impressive results in terms of database handling and
interpreting of selected information from them.
7.11
Apart from exercises in data manipulation and testing of hypotheses,
pupils could extend or update the data from their own researches or
create similar files on related subjects such as the galaxies.
7.11
Running the datafiles
7.11
I did encounter some problems. Some of the Solar System files are
squashed. I was unable to unsquash these as my computer (A5000, RISC OS
3.1) locked up the moment I attempted to run them. The unsquashed RISC
OS 2 files which were also provided worked without problem. The only
difference between the files is the availability of certain fonts.
7.11
My other reservation concerns the presentation of the datasheets. In
Solar System, individual entries are recorded over a background of
celestial objects, some of which are white. This means that some of the
text is impossible to read. In Dinosaurs, each card contains the same
picture of two dinosaurs. My testers, knowledgeable in the wake of
Jurassic Park, were very keen to point out that the pictures were wrong
and to show me what the dinosaur in question looked like. Persuading
them to work with the data and ignore the illustrations took some time.
7.11
Spreadsheet format
7.11
The information from the record cards is also accessible in spreadsheet
format. Because of the volume of data, I was frustrated that Pinpoint
Junior (used as the running medium for both files) does not allow the
screen to be split and the name box locked whilst scrolling across the
screen. Many questions require scrolling to find the answer and, even
for an experienced database user, it is easy to forget which lines you
should be examining.
7.11
Information extracted from the database can be saved in CSV format. This
should increase their versatility for older pupils.
7.11
Conclusion
7.11
Despite my misgivings over the presentation of data, I would say that
schools already using Pinpoint Datafiles should find Solar System and
Dinosaurs a valuable addition. If you have a Pinpoint, but no files,
these are worth investigating to see whether they could fit into your
current curriculum development plans. For schools without Pinpoint, you
have to take into account the cost of the system (Pinpoint £99 +VAT,
Pinpoint Junior £27 +VAT). At this price, if you have no other use for
the Pinpoint system, the costs involved would be greater than the
benefit of being able to access these particular files.
7.11
At the Harrogate Show, I discussed my reservations with a representative
of Longman Logotron who said he would put my criticism of clarity of the
cards on the “wish list”. I hope that the company will look at this as a
priority because I feel that it detracts from a very good and sensibly
priced product. A
7.11
Customer Service Survey
7.12
As part of our continuing efforts to improve and develop the services we
give you, we are asking if you will help us by taking part in another
Customer Service Survey. I would be most grateful if you could spend a
short while completing the enclosed questionnaire about Norwich Computer
Services and Archive. (Even if you do not intend re-subscribing to
Archive, we would value your response to the questionnaire.)
7.12
I hope that those of you who responded to our survey last year, will
feel that you have benefited from the changes/improvements made as a
result of the questionnaire comments. We appreciate your support −
thanks, in anticipation, for your contribution! Certainly, if the growth
in subscription is anything to go by, Archive is more appreciated now
than it was this time last year.
7.12
Happy reading!
7.12
Products Available
7.12
• Archive mousemats − We are having some top quality Archive mousemats
made for us. They will have antistatic plastic tops with non-slip rubber
base − none of your flimsy cloth-top mousemats these! The rather
tasteful design features the Archive logo and the Norwich Computer
Services logo and the cost is £5 each including p&p.
7.12
(These shouldn’t really be in Products Available because they aren’t
going to be ready until the end of September. Still, you can place your
orders with confidence − they aren’t vapourware. Paul Beverley, MD of
Norwich Computer Services, assured our Archive reporter, “The software
is virtually finished − just one or two bugs to be ironed out − we have
to make sure, of course, that there are no viruses on it. Also, we’re
waiting for the manuals to be printed.”)
7.12
• Archive PD discs − It was in July 1988 (yes, six years ago!) that
Archive launched its first disc of PD software. At that stage, the PD
discs were a first in the Archimedes world and we feel they performed a
very useful function in the early days of Archimedes computers and
software. However, we have reached a point where Archive PD, by and
large, has outlived its usefulness.
7.12
We have decided to transfer all our PD material over to APDL (address in
Factfile). So if you want any of the programs and applications we have
published in the past, please contact APDL. However, there are a number
of programs that are still very popular and things like the Archive data
for the Arcscan database are being maintained as a set of Archive PD
discs. (We are dropping the Shareware and Careware names altogether.)
The discs still available at £2 each are:
7.12
• Archive Utils 1 − (was Careware 18) − VIDC enhancer software (2
versions), iconbar mode number display, modes for Sony CPD-1402, modes
for Acorn AKF18, various modes and modules for NEC 3D, mode creation and
editing for pre-A5000s with AKF18.
7.12
• Archive Utils 2 − (was Careware 19) − !CGM −>Draw, !Draw−>CGM,
!Draw−>EPS, !AiEps −>Draw !Draw−>Meta, !DXF−>CGM, !Translator, !Creator
(sprites to GIF, TIFF, AIM, PBM), utility to output drawfiles on
SketchMate A4 plotter.
7.12
• Archive Utils 3 − (was Shareware 7) − Disc database of Archive
magazine plus ArcScan data files for Archive magazine.
7.12
• Archive Utils 4 − (was Shareware 51) − JPEG utilities 1 − !ChangeFSI,
version 0.90a; !FYEO, 1.02; !Jewel, 0.04; !JFIF, 26th June 1993;
!JPEGinst to install !JPEGit, 1.11A, i.e. the PD version; !JView, 0.07;
djpeg (Keith Sloan’s implementation), 18 Nov 1991; JPEG-FAQ − a text
file pulled off Usenet and headed “JPEG image compression: Frequently
Asked Questions”.
7.12
• Archive Utils 5 − (was Shareware 52) − JPEG utilities 2 − !FYEO2 (see
June JPEG column) sample NASA images plus a ‘thumbnails’ file with
postage stamp-sized previews of the other available files.
7.12
• Archive Utils 6 − Hard drive utilities including SyQuest 105Mb fix
for A5000/Risc PC.
7.12
• Archive Utils 7 − Acorn’s new printer drivers !Printers 1.22.
7.12
• Barcode generator − Kang Software have produced a RISC OS application
that generates drawfiles of barcodes in a variety of formats: EAN-13,
EAN-8, ISSN, ISBN and BIC. Within these formats, there is also a variety
of other options. The software costs £85 (no VAT) which compares very
favourably with PC equivalents costing of the order of £150 +VAT.
7.12
• Betsi − Another winner from 4Mation. This time it is a historical
adventure aimed at 7 − 12 year-olds studying the Tudor period. Betsi is
a dog who, having been evicted from the royal hunting kennels for being
too soft, is looking for someone to provide her with a comfortable home
where she will be loved. During her travels, she meets all manner of
folk from different backgrounds, sees the interiors of various
buildings, hears some of the things that people were concerned about at
that time, and welcomes opportunities to be a good citizen.
7.12
Betsi costs £34.50 +VAT (or £38 through Archive). A site licence costs
£69 +VAT (or £75 through Archive).
7.12
• CC takes over − Computer Concepts have taken over distribution of all
Wild Vision products so that WV can concentrate on development work. One
effect of this is a reduction in the discount given to dealers. This has
had to be reflected in a reduction in Archive members’ discounts on WV
products.
7.12
• Celtic clipart 2 − Glyn Howells has produced a second disc of celtic
clipart including borders, panels, chains, crosses and motifs. As with
disc 1, this costs £10.99 inclusive, or you can get both of them
together for £18.99. (There is no VAT as Glyn is not VAT registered.)
They are available from: Glyn Howells, Sicar Uchaf, Brongest, C N Emlyn,
Dyfed, SA38 9ET.
7.12
• Flashback − We gave details of US Gold’s new game last month (page 4)
but forgot to tell you the price. Flashback costs £27.99 or £26 through
Archive. (See the review on page 27.)
7.12
• Goldilocks − This is a Genesis application from Oak Solutions
“designed to introduce young children to IT skills through a
professionally produced audio CD and high quality visual interpretation
of the traditional fairy tale.” While the child is using the program,
its use of the various options is recorded so that the teacher can see
how the child is progressing. Goldilocks comes on floppy discs with an
audio CD and a pack of photocopiable resources and costs £40 +VAT from
Oak Solutions or £44 through Archive.
7.12
• Impression manual extras − If you are an Impression user who makes
frequent use of the manual, H B Humpidge has just the thing for you! The
pack includes a quick reference guide with keyboard shortcuts (arranged
by function), a printed keystrip, a set of divider cards for the manual,
some self-adhesive binder strips, about 50 sheets of paper to put your
own notes in the manual, two thick card ends to help preserve the
integrity of the manual and a pack of ring reinforcements for those
pages that get over-used and fall out − he seems to have thought of
everything! This comes in three forms: Impression II £6, Impression
Publisher £7.50 and a special version for those who have upgraded from
Impression II to Publisher £6. These are all available from H B
Humpidge, 2A Kingsley Park Grove, Sheffield, S11 9HL. If you just want
the quick reference guide and the keystrip, they are available for
£1.50.
7.12
• I/O card alternative − Risc PC owners, in particular, will be pleased
to hear that there is now an alternative to Acorn’s dual-width I/O card
in single-width format. Paul Fray Ltd have produced a card which
provides all the functionality of the Acorn card, except the Midi add-
on. So it provides user port, analogue port and 1MHz bus. Advantages of
this newer card, apart from it taking up only one slot, are that it has
an improved interface that makes it work more reliably with faster
systems and it has a socket to take a user-programmed EPROM (128Kb × 8).
These cards are available from Paul Fray Ltd for £129 +VAT or £144
through Archive.
7.12
• Izzy & Lizzy in The Playground − Topologika have released a version
of their popular Freddy Teddy title, ‘The Playground’. The idea is that
it allows the program to be used with older children as Izzy and Lizzy
are trendy young children (Izzy looks to me as if he’s wearing ‘Cats’!)
as opposed to the teddy bear which appeals to younger children. If you
already have The Playground, you can obtain Izzy and Lizzy from
Topologika by sending them £10 +VAT + £1 p&p (£12.75) and quoting the
serial number of your copy of The Playground. Otherwise, you can buy The
Playground in a combined format for £25 +VAT + £2.50 p&p (£31.88) from
Topologika or £29 through Archive.
7.12
• JPEG Disc number 2 − I said in the JPEG Column last month that the
new JPEG Shareware disc was number 51. Actually, that was the number of
the first JPEG Shareware disc the new one is, yes, you’ve guessed it,
number 52! It contains FYEO2 (as mentioned in the June JPEG column, p19)
plus some of the best of the NASA images sent in by Philip Draper plus
added a ‘thumbnails’ file with postage stamp-sized previews of Philip’s
other files. (Actually, we have just scrapped the Archive Shareware
discs, so this has become Archive Utils disc 5.)
7.12
• MacFS − MacFS is a filing system for RISC OS 3.1 or later which will
read and write Mac SuperDrive (1.44Mb) floppies, external hard discs,
magneto-opticals and SyQuests. It costs £99 +VAT from Computer Concepts
or £108 through Archive.
7.12
• PD on CD-ROM − The Datafile have produced a CD-ROM containing 265 Mb
of PD, freeware and shareware material, clipart, games, utilities,
music, graphics, magazines, games demos, languages, !Earthmap,
Gutenburg, classic demos and educational software. PD-CD costs £30
inclusive from The Datafile or £28 through Archive.
7.12
• Professional full-colour scanning service − We mentioned last month
that T-J Reproductions were providing a full Acorn disc-to-print bureau
facility and now have full-colour drum-scanning facilities.
Unfortunately, we quoted their fax number instead of their phone number.
The corrected version is (hopefully!) in the Factfile at the back of the
magazine.
7.12
Because of the huge files produced by these high resolution colour
scans, T-J are looking into offering a file replacement service. What
they would do would be to scan the image at low resolution (and send you
a copy) as well as at high resolution (which they would store for later
use). You could then prepare your document with the low-res image, send
it to T-J who would then substitute the hi-res image. This is similar to
OPI except that OPI will only work with Impression Publisher whereas
this service would be available to users of Style as well. If you are
interested, get in touch with T-J and tell them to what extent you might
use the service. That will help them to gauge whether it is going to be
worth the setting-up costs.
7.12
• Scanlight Professional − CC have dropped the price of their greyscale
A4 flatbed scanner to £499 +VAT. However, they are not giving any dealer
discount anymore so they will no longer be available through NCS.
7.12
• Supersound expansion system − In Archive 7.7 p39, David Lenthal gave
details of Audio Dynamics’ 16-bit digital audio SuperSound Expansion
System. The SSES1600 provides 128 instruments + 49 percussion sounds,
Midi in, out and thru, and software which plays Midi files and sample
files. The board also has line output on two phono sockets and a 3.5mm
stereo socket plus headphone output on ¼“ jack socket. SSES1600 costs
£299 +VAT from Audio Dynamics or £335 inclusive through Archive.
7.12
• “Technology for Secondary Mathematics” − There will be a day
conference for maths teachers at Oundle School, Peterborough on Monday
3rd October 1994. It will cover Macs and PCs as well as Acorns but it is
presented “in association with Acorn Computers Ltd and Mathematics in
Education and Industry”. Details from Douglas Butler, Head of
Mathematics, Oundle School, Oundle, Peterborough, PE8 4EN (0832-273444).
7.12
• The Acorn Companion, written by Geoff Love, is a guide to using Acorn
computers and software. It is aimed at “the average classroom teacher or
non-specialist IT coordinator who needs to know enough to use the
computer, solve any problems they encounter and keep things running
smoothly but doesn’t want to spend every waking hour pawing through
jargon-filled manuals.” It costs £9 inclusive from NW SEMERC.
7.12
• The Time Machine − The latest desktop adventure game from Gordon Key
is The Time Machine. This is a game for all Acorn machines with 2Mb or
more, has five discs, 3Mb+ of sprites, 80 sampled sounds plus music. It
seems to be a sequel to Haunted House. At least, you are the same
employee of Acorn Antiques but the action starts as you leave the shop
to break out of the boredom, go for a long walk, decide you need a leak
and espy a blue portaloo in the distance... The Time Machine costs
£25.95 from 4th Dimension or £24 through Archive.
7.12
• Tiles French Supplement − Brain Games have released a supplement to
their Tiles program which gives 223 French crosswords to play on their
Tiles package. The supplement requires Tiles version 3.29 or later.
Tiles and the French Tiles Supplement each cost £19.75 (no VAT) to which
you add £4.50 per machine for site licences for each package.
7.12
Review software received...
7.12
We have received review copies of the following: •Barcode (b/u),
•Beethoven Browser Egmont (e), •Goldilocks (e), •MouseTrap (u), •The
Time Machine (g), •Tiles + French Supplement (e).
7.12
e=Education, b=Business, bk=Book, g=Game, h=Hardware, l=Language,
u=Utility, a=Art.
7.12
If you would like to review any of these products, please contact the
Archive office. Potential reviewers will need to show that they would
use the product in a professional capacity or that they have some
knowledge of the particular field. A
7.12
Government Health Warning − Reading this could seriously affect your
spiritual health.
7.12
Last month I mentioned the Alpha courses which are being run at churches
all over the UK. Here are some comments from people who have been on the
courses...
7.12
Lee Duckett is a Mercury Telecoms engineer who went to do a job at Holy
Trinity Brompton (the church where the Alpha courses first started). He
began chatting to the girl on the reception desk, who suggested he might
like to try Alpha.
7.12
He came to the first night and said later, “I couldn’t believe it. It
wasn’t at all what I expected. All the people looked normal. I thought
they would be people who would speak funnily, wearing pairs of glasses
with little bandages on − anorak jobs, and stamp collectors.”
7.12
Lee was impressed by the leader of his discussion group. “I thought,
‘He’s got what I’m missing. He’s got something − something I want.’”
During the course, he gave his life to Jesus Christ and he said later:
“My life has completely changed. I now look at this world through
different eyes. I feel love for everyone and an inner peace that I never
imagined could exist.”
7.12
Bruce Streather is a London solicitor whose wife, Geraldine, had been a
Christian for 10 years when he went to an Alpha supper party. (These are
held at the end of every course as an opportunity for participants to
invite their friends to hear a light-hearted talk on the subject
“Christianity: Boring, Untrue and Irrelevant?”) He got talking to Nicky
Gumbel who gave the talk and agreed to go on the next Alpha course.
7.12
“The more I did the course, the better I enjoyed it,” he said. “I was
struck by all the evidence, but I wasn’t really convinced. I thought at
least it was making sense and I could understand why people actually
believed it.”
7.12
At the seventh talk on ‘How can I resist evil?’, he became struck by a
thought which would not go away. “I suddenly thought,” he said, “that if
there is an evil influence about, is it the biggest step in the world to
believe that there is a good spiritual influence? That means there is a
God... and Jesus... and Christianity... and the penny dropped.”
7.12
Soon after that, he said a prayer in bed at night: “I confessed what I’d
done wrong, I repented of it and turned away from it and I asked Jesus
to come into my life.”
7.12
Hundreds of people all over the country are going on Alpha courses and
having similar experiences. It’s wonderful to see the sense of relief
and excitement on people’s faces when they have had a real encounter
with the Living God. People go on one course and then bring their
friends on the next... and they bring their friends... It’s no wonder
these courses are spreading like wild fire!
7.12
For more information about Alpha, or to see if there is one in your
area, ring HTB on 071-581-8255 or the Alpha Helpline on 0603-765073.
7.12
(If you have been touched by God in a new way through an Alpha course,
do write and let us know.)
7.12
Paul Beverley
7.12
P.B.
7.12
Fact-File
7.12
(The numbers in italic are fax numbers)
7.12
4th Dimension P.O. Box 4444, Sheffield. (0742-700661) (0742-781091)
7.12
4Mation 14 Castle Park Road, Whiddon Valley, Barnstaple, Devon, EX32
8PA. (0271-25353) (0271-22974)
7.12
Abacus Training 29 Okus Grove, Upper Stratton, Swindon, Wilts, SN2
6QA.
7.12
Acorn Computers Ltd Acorn House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge, CB4
4AE.
7.12
(0223-254254) (0223-254262)
7.12
APDL 39 Knighton Park Road, Sydenham, London, SE26 5RN.
7.12
Apricote Studios (p11) 2 Purls Bridge Farm, Manea, Cambridgeshire,
PE15 0ND.
7.12
(0354-680432)
7.12
Arnor Ltd 611 Lincoln Road, Peterborough, PE1 3HA. (0733-68909)
7.12
(0733-67299)
7.12
Audio Dynamics 10 Durnford Close, Norden, Rochdale OL12 7RX. (0706-
868803) (0706-868803)
7.12
Brain Games Swinegate, Hessle, North Humberside, HU13 9LH. (0482-
649288) (0482-641136)
7.12
Colton Software (p24) 2 Signet Court, Swanns Road, Cambridge, CB5 8LA.
(0223-311881) (0223-312010)
7.12
Computer Concepts (pp32/36) Gaddesden Place, Hemel Hempstead, Herts,
HP2 6EX. (0442-63933) (0442-231632)
7.12
Dabs Press 22 Warwick Street, Prestwich, Manchester, M25 7HN. (061-
773-8632) (061-773-8290)
7.12
Dalriada Data Technology (p35) 145 Albion Street, Kenilworth,
Warkwickshire, CV8 2FY. (0926-53901)
7.12
Datafile 71 Anson Road, Locking, Weston-super-Mare, Avon, BS24 7DQ.
(0934-823005)
7.12
Eastmond Publishing 33 West Street, Oundle, Peterborough, PE8 4EJ.
7.12
ESM Duke Street, Wisbech, Cambridgeshire, PE13 2AE. (0945-63441)
7.12
Gremlin Graphics Ltd Carver House, 2-4 Carver Street, Sheffield, S1
4FS. (0742-753423) (0742-768581)
7.12
Hodge Electronic Services 16 Mold Road, Mynydd Isa, Clwyd, CH7 6TD.
(0352-755331)
7.12
Humpidge (p9) 2A Kingsley Park Grove, Sheffield S11 9HL.
7.12
Kang Software Location Works, 1 Charlotte Street, London W1P 1HD.
(071-637-7766) (071-637-2727)
7.12
LOOKsystems (pp12/23/40/41) 47 Goodhale Road, Bowthorpe, Norwich, NR5
9AY. (0603-748253) (0603-740203)
7.12
Mijas Software (p20) Winchester Road, Micheldever, Winchester, SO21
3DJ. (0962-774352)
7.12
Northwest SEMERC Fitton Hill CDC, Rosary Road, Oldham, OL8 2QE. (061-
627-4469)
7.12
Oak Solutions (p31) Dial House, 12 Chapel Street, Halton, Leeds, LS15
7RN (0532-326992) (0532-326993)
7.12
Paul Fray Ltd 4 Flint Lane, Ely Road, Waterbeach, Cambridge CB5 9QZ.
7.12
(0223-441134) (0223-441017)
7.12
Quantum Software (p7) 35 Pinewood Park, Deans, Livingston, EH54 8NN.
7.12
(0506-411162 after 6)
7.12
Silicon Vision Ltd Signal House, Lyon Road, Harrow, Middlesex, HA1
2AG.
7.12
(081-422-3556) (081-427-5169)
7.12
Simon Glass Software (p20) P.O.Box 834, Landbeach, Cambridge, CB4 4DG.
7.12
Stallion Software Ltd (p8) Arundel House, Arundel Road, Camden, Bath,
BA1 5JX. (0225-339090)
7.12
T-J Reproductions Unit D, Canada House, Blackburn Road, West
Hampstead, London NW6 1RZ. (071-372-4430) (071-372-0515)
7.12
Topologika Islington Wharf, Church Hill, Penryn, Falmouth, Cornwall,
TR10 8AT. (0326-377771) (0326-377771)
7.12
Utopia Software (p39) 92 Queenhythe Road, Jacobs Well, Guildford, GU4
7NX.
7.12
Archive Monthly Program Disc Contents
7.12
• Thumbnail creation − Quantum Software have provided a copy of
Executor (the playback-only version of Keystroke) which has the ability
to produce, from a directory of JPEG or TIFF* files, a multi-sprite file
− in effect, making a !Paint ‘thumbnail’ file.
7.12
• Risc PC compatibility list from Keith Hodge.
7.12
• Risc PC palette restorer and mode selection (see H & T page 42).
7.12
• Drawfile rendering program from Hugh Eagle’s article on page 71.
7.12
• Files from Gerald Fitton’s PipelineZ article.
7.12
Special Offers on Archive Subscriptions
7.12
This is the final issue of the 7th volume of Archive magazine and a
large proportion of our members are due to renew their subscription this
month so we’re running some special promotions this month:
7.12
• Free Archive Mousemat (worth £5) − All those who renew their
subscriptions before 30th September 1994 will receive one of our new
high-specification mousemat − see page 2 for details. This offer is
available to anyone, regardless of when your renewal date is.
7.12
(N.B. We will not actually be sending out the free mouse mats until
after 30th September. This will enable us to get the right number of
mats printed once we see what the take-up is for the offer.)
7.12
• Renew early and save £3 − We’ve held the price of the magazine at £19
for the last two years and will continue to do so until the end of 1994.
So this is advance warning that, from issue 8.4 onwards, the new Archive
price will be £22 a year. If you would like to beat the price increase
and renew in advance, regardless of when your subscription expires, you
should send in your renewal before the end of the year. Renewals
received after 1st January 1995 will be at the new price of £22.
7.12
• £10 voucher for any Archive member who gets a friend or colleague to
subscribe to Archive. See the special order form on the back of this
month’s Price List for details.
7.12
Christmas Card Competition
7.12
Acorn Computers are running a Christmas card design competition and the
prize is... a Risc PC ! The theme is “A World of Opportunities” and your
job is to design a card using that theme. All entries must be original
work and should be produced using an Acorn computer and submitted as a
Drawfile plus an A4 hard copy. Entries have to be in by 10th October
1994 so that Acorn can judge the best one and get it printed to use for
their corporate card for Christmas 1994.
7.12
The terms and conditions are as follows:
7.12
1) All entries must be received by second post 10th October 1994.
7.12
2) The prize will be an Acorn Risc PC 600 2Mb HD210.
7.12
3) The winning entry will be chosen on 24th October 1994 at Acorn
House.
7.12
4) The prize winner will be announced at Acorn World 94 (October 28th-
30th 1994).
7.12
5) Photographs and other promotional material may be requested of the
prize winner.
7.12
6) All designs must be original.
7.12
7) Only one entry per person or per group.
7.12
8) Designs cannot be returned.
7.12
9) The competition is open to all UK residents, except employees and
contractors of Acorn Computer Group plc, ARM Ltd and their subsidiaries,
agents, dealers or anyone connected with the competition.
7.12
10) Entries must be submitted in Drawfile format and A4 hard copy.
7.12
11) Acorn Computer Group plc and its subsidiaries shall have the right
to reproduce all designs for future use and applicants shall, if
requested, sign an appropriate for of authorization.
7.12
Keystroke − Archive Special Offer
7.12
Stuart Halliday of Quantum Software is doing a special offer on
Keystroke for Archive subscribers. The normal price is £29.95 but he is
prepared to offer it at £19 (through Archive) for a period of two
months. This is the latest version of Keystoke as detailed in last
month’s magazine on page 19, i.e. Keystroke 3, not an earlier version.
The offer lasts until the November issue of Archive is sent out from
NCS. To take advantage of this offer, just send in your order in the
normal way but simply do so at £19 instead of £29.95.
7.12
There is also a site licence version which is normally £90. This is
available for the offer period at £70 through Archive.
7.12
(Keystroke is one of those applications which you don’t know you need
until try it out. Then, once you start using it, you see more and more
ways in which you can use it to increase your keyboard productivity.
What I will say is that, if you buy Keystroke to enhance your keyboard
productivity and you really feel it does not do so, write to me
explaining why, send back your copy and we’ll refund your money. Ed.)
7.12
Personal Accounts − Archive Special Offer
7.12
Following the excellent review which Mick Burrell gave Personal Accounts
last month (page 65) we have arranged a special deal with Apricote
Studios for Archive subscribers only. The full price is £49.95 and the
special Archive price is £35. The only difference is that, to save
costs, it will not come in a presentation case − which is only designed
to make it look pretty on the saleroom counter. The offer lasts for two
months, i.e. until the November issue of Archive is sent out from NCS.
To take advantage of this offer, just send in your order for Personal
Accounts to NCS in the normal way but simply do so at £35 instead of
£49.95.
7.12
In his conclusion, Mick Burrell said, “This is a program which has
‘developed’ through use into an excellent bank account control system.
If you tried to find a home or club banking program which was either
more capable or easier to use, I doubt you would succeed on either
count.”
7.12
Quantum
7.12
New
7.12
Stallion
7.12
New
7.12
Advanced Basic Column
7.12
Paul Hobbs
7.12
Moving memory blocks
7.12
It is quite often useful to be able to move blocks of memory from one
location to another, for example when inserting or deleting characters
from the buffer of a text editor. At first glance, RISC OS appears not
to have a call to achieve this, although it must be a technique that is
needed by RISC OS itself. This apparent lack has probably resulted in
countless hours of coding by third parties...
7.12
In fact, RISC OS provides the SWI Wimp_TransferBlock which is normally
used as part of the RAM data transfer protocol to move blocks of memory
from the workspace of one application to another. What the PRMs don’t
tell you is that the source and destination task handles can be the same
which means you can use it to move memory in the current task’s
workspace. In addition, the memory block to move does not have to lie on
a word boundary (i.e. it is byte-aligned) and the source and destination
blocks can overlap.
7.12
Disadvantages? It can only be used in a wimp program (because a task
handle is required) and it is probably a little slower than a word-
aligned memory moving routine although much faster than the usual FOR
... NEXT loop.
7.12
The documentation for the call is as follows:
7.12
r0 Handle of source task
7.12
r1 Pointer to source data
7.12
r2 Handle of destination task
7.12
r3 Pointer to destination buffer
7.12
r4 Length of buffer (number of bytes to move)
7.12
Assuming the task handle is mytask% and the buffer is 256 bytes long and
at location loc%, the following code will remove n% bytes at offset
pos%:
7.12
SYS “Wimp_TransferBlock”,mytask%,loc%+ pos%+n%,mytask%,loc%+pos%,256-
pos%
7.12
and to insert n% bytes at offset pos%:
7.12
SYS “Wimp_TransferBlock”,mytask%,loc%+ pos%,mytask%,loc%+pos%+n%,256-
pos%
7.12
You must be very careful to ensure that the buffer is large enough to
contain all the data after the memory move as otherwise Basic workspace
could be overwritten leading to all sorts of problems! The memory
claiming routines given in Archive 7.7 p23 can be used to claim and
extend private blocks of memory.
7.12
Making SWI calls
7.12
How are you supposed to know how to call a particular SWI? Well, you can
look them up in the PRM (or the documentation for third party modules),
find another program that uses them or buy StrongED from Stallion
Software which includes extensive help on the subject.
7.12
One vital piece of information that you need to know is how to interpret
the information the PRMs or documentation give you. Data is passed to
the SYS command via the ARM registers R0, R1, R2, etc, so if the
documentation says the SWI needs a window handle in R0 and an icon
handle in R1, the command would be:
7.12
SYS “SomeSWI”,window_handle%,icon_handle%
7.12
If the SWI requires (say) the address of a data block in R1 but nothing
particular in R0 then the command would be:
7.12
SYS “SomeSWI”,,address%
7.12
Note the double commas after the SWI name − this means we are not
passing any data in R0. Without the extra comma, the address would be
passed in R0 not R1. Finally, if you are told that data is returned in
certain registers, you can use the TO keyword. Assuming the SWI needs a
window and icon handle in R0 and R1 and returns data in R3 the command
would be:
7.12
SYS “SomeSWI”,window_handle%,icon_handle% TO ,,,data%
7.12
After the ‘TO’, the data for R0, R1, etc, follows, separated by commas −
it is easier to write the command as:
7.12
SYS “SomeSWI”,window_handle%,icon_handle% TO R0,R1,R2,data%
7.12
and discard the values returned in R0, R1 and R2. Of course, if you are
told that a string is returned in R3 then you must use data$ (or
similar) to hold the returned value.
7.12
Printing again
7.12
I have received a letter from Byron Blessed of Solihull School who asks
if it is possible to set up the printer module without loading !Printers
first as this is very slow over a network. I don’t have any experience
of networks, but I would imagine that this is a common problem that
somebody might have already solved (I hope!).
7.12
A quick look in the PRMs uncovered the SWI “PDriver_SetDriver” described
on page 3-656 and associated information on page 3-668. PDriver_
SetDriver requires two 256 byte data blocks which correspond to the
choices set up with !Printers and I assume that !Printers makes this
call to set up the module.
7.12
Therefore, it should be possible to write a simple Basic program to set
up the data blocks and make the SWI call instead of using !Printers. So,
am I on the right track? Has anybody written a small program to do this
as there is at least one other person who would be interested (although
it would doubtless be of general interest as !Printers loads slowly even
from a hard disc).
7.12
And finally..
7.12
If you have any suggestions for topics that could be covered in future
issues, I would be pleased to hear from you. My address is Paul Hobbs,
Rheinpfalzstrasse 2, 85049 Ingolstadt, Germany. A
7.12
Dates for Your Diary...
7.12
Music Open Evening
7.12
Tuesday 4th October 1994
7.12
NCS and Sibelius Software have teamed up for a Music Open Evening, with
guest speaker John Rutter.
7.12
John Rutter is a well-known composer and choral conductor... and also a
dedicated Sibelius/Acorn user and Archive subscriber. Amongst other
things, he will be telling us about the impact of the computer on his
composing. This evening event will be held in the King of Hearts (Centre
for People and the Arts) in Norwich.
7.12
We are inviting anyone interested in the use of the computer for
processing/printing music, to discover the powerful combination of
Sibelius with the Acorn computer: music teachers; university and college
lecturers/students; choral directors and choir members; local amateur
and professional musicians, and so on.
7.12
Entrance will be by ticket only but we’ll give more details in next
month’s Archive.
7.12
Acorn World 94
7.12
Friday 28th to Sunday 30th October 1994
7.12
Acorn World 94 is being held at Wembley, London again this Autumn. Watch
this space for more information, as it becomes available.
7.12
NCS Open Day
7.12
Saturday 12 November 1994
7.12
The next NCS Open Day will be held at Eaton (CNS) School in Norwich.
Once again, a wide range of companies will be displaying the latest
computer technology, peripherals and software for Acorn computers.
7.12
Centre-stage, of course, will be the Risc PC and by then we should have
the PC Card available to demonstrate and sell ! (?!)
7.12
Apricote Studios
7.12
New
7.12
LOOKSystems
7.12
From 7.10 page 9
7.12
LOOKSystems
7.12
From 7.5 page 40
7.12
LOOKSystems
7.12
From 7.5 page 41
7.12
Online Media and the Digital Superhighway
7.12
Steve Bruntlett
7.12
Steve Bruntlett assesses the launch of a new company and the
implications for interactive multimedia.
7.12
After a long time developing one of the best computers available, it’s
good to see Acorn receiving some high profile attention in the general
computing press. Firstly it was the development of ARM Ltd, set up
jointly with Apple, to develop and produce a set of world-beating RISC
chips, ARM 250, 300, 600, 700 etc. Then there was the well-received Risc
PC and now it’s the development of another Acorn-based company, Online
Media which was launched on July 6th.
7.12
The new company has been well-covered in the Innovation column in the
Sunday Times for a couple of weeks. They have been reporting on the
partnership of Online Media with Cambridge Cable which is to run trials
in September using the first ATM (asynchronous transfer mode) system in
Britain to develop home-based interactive video. If links with Oracle
and Bell in America go ahead, it will be the first international system
as well. ATM is used to send vast quantities of multimedia data, such as
video, down fibre optic cabling at very high speeds − all part of the
digital superhighway that President Clinton is known to have commented
on from time to time.
7.12
Online Media is working with several partner companies to develop
affordable interactive multimedia products and services for the huge
market emerging from the development of the information superhighway.
These include: Olivetti, Advanced RISC Machines Ltd, Advanced
Telecommunications Modules Ltd, BNR/Northern Telecom, News
International, MAI, Anglia Television, Oracle and Cambridge Cable.
7.12
From an education and home use point of view, the involvement of Anglia
Television seems particularly exciting as they will be responsible for
providing regional news bulletins, current affairs, weather forecasts
and educational CD-ROM programmes covering science, history and
geography. Buying individual copies of CD-ROMs may be shortly be a thing
of the past with the trend towards access to libraries of vast
quantities of information becoming available in a variety of interactive
multimedia formats.
7.12
So what are Acorn up to this time? According to the press releases from
Acorn and Online Media, the main product seems to be a TV set-top box
(STB) powered by four(!) ARM chips which will allow users in the trial
around Cambridge access to video on demand i.e. to select a video or
other forms of multimedia material whenever they want to see or use
them. The STB will not only allow large numbers of users to watch the
same video all at different stages and at the same time but, more
importantly, will open up a wide range of interactive services.
7.12
The more mundane uses of this may be used for teleshopping but more
excitingly, it could be used for interactive community links through
teleconferencing. It could be used for home banking, interactive
education and training, access to expert systems, (virtual reality test
drives or visits to holiday locations? − the whole ‘try before you buy’
bit), home security and connection to Internet and Mosaic for starters.
To explain this in a bit more detail and perhaps a bit more clearly for
those of us who are still trying to figure out exactly what the digital
superhighway is or might be, it may be worth including part of one of
Online Media’s information sheets, so here it is.
7.12
“Hot and cold running information − The advent of the Online Media STB,
and the MPEG datastreams it handles, can be compared with the arrival of
mains water to a house. Before, you could get water from the stream, but
you were reliant on an intermittent supply, and the quality was variable
− you took what you were given, when you were given it. Then you bought
a bucket, so you could collect the water when you wanted and save it for
later, but it was only a small quantity. Substitute broadcast video for
the stream, and cassette video for the bucket and you have the situation
as it is today.
7.12
Tomorrow you get mains water − as much as you want, when you want it,
and you can control it exactly. The advent of MPEG digital data
compression services and the STB to control them means that now our
homes will have access to good quality video and digital audio down our
existing telephone or cable connection, as much as we want and when we
want it. Using a normal TV remote-control, you can ask for any film or
computer game to be played on your television, or any recording to be
played through your audio system, whenever you want it.
7.12
Furthermore, it’s not just a one-way process (and this is where the
water supply analogy starts to break down)! The STB is fully
interactive. Wherever in the world there is something that can be
digitised − film, audio, still pictures, data, software, even realtime
video − you will see it, hear it and interrogate it, fully
interactively.”
7.12
All this has phenomenal implications for all aspects of society such as
control of, and access and to, material, subscription costs, effects on
traditional providers of software, video and audio services. What
happens to record and video shops, for example, or libraries for that
matter. Do we actually want or need all this information anyway? Some of
it probably not, but much of it will be useful to the home and
educational user and this is probably where the digital superhighway
will have most impact, i.e. on the area between home and school which by
the end of the century will become increasingly blurred. Some children
will have better individual access at home to the teaching and learning
materials available on this kind of system than they will at school,
witness the phenomenal growth of Internet.
7.12
Schools will have to develop a changing role to ride the move from
teaching to learning and also examine their role as facilitators rather
than as information providers. Learning will develop through much more
interactive structures than school can offer unless education starts
using these kind of systems very quickly. But that would seem to require
some serious funding... unless we believe the claims of Peter Talbot...
7.12
Peter Talbot, General Manager UK Education at Acorn Computers comments:
“Acorn has announced its plans to realise the enormous potential of
interactive multimedia and we believe Acorn is in the strongest position
to ensure that education gets the best from this innovative technology.
Acorn has undertaken the challenge to work with Online Media to develop
a complementary environment and systems which will allow schools to use
their current multimedia solutions with future products.” This has
implications for home users as well, who seem to be being promised an
integrated interactive multimedia solution compatible with existing
equipment.
7.12
The BBC have just had their mandate renewed until the next century but
by the end of this century, television as we know it today will have
changed out of all recognition. It will be much more interactive with
‘users’ rather than ‘viewers’ who will determine their own schedules
rather than relying on set output, and will have rather more educational
material available than at present. These are indeed exciting times − I
just wish I lived in Cambridge! A
7.12
Small Ads
7.12
(Small ads for Archimedes and related products are free for subscribers
but we reserve the right to publish all, part or none of the material
you send, as we think fit. i.e. some people don’t know what ‘small’
means and there are certain things, as you can imagine, that we would
not be prepared to advertise as a matter of principle. Sending small ads
(especially long ones!) on disc is helpful but not essential. Ed)
7.12
• 2Mb SIMM for RISC PC, £50 o.n.o. Phone 0328-864177.
7.12
• A3000, 2Mb RAM, RISC OS 3.11, ext 3½“ and 5¼” disc drives. Colour
monitor. All boxed with manuals etc, ex cond. £450 o.n.o. Phone 0533-
882528.
7.12
• A3000, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb, 100Mb HCCS hard card, colour monitor and
stand, PD software. Ex cond. £800 o.n.o. Phone 0642-472065 after 6pm.
7.12
• A310, 4Mb RAM, MEMC1a, ARM3 (33MHz), RISC OS 3.1, 47Mb HD, Taxan 775
monitor, loadsa software, inc PC Emulator, £800 o.n.o. Phone John 0328-
864177.
7.12
• A310, 4Mb, ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 40Mb IDE hard disc (with ICS
interface), colour monitor, fan quietener, some software, plus PD
software, Beebug 5¼“ disc interface + 40 track drive, DFS reader and 50
5¼” discs. All for £525 o.n.o. +p&p. Phone Derby 0332-557751 evenings.
7.12
• A310, monitor, 2Mb RAM, twin floppies, Watford digitiser and
Lingenuity colour converter, memory expansion will take RISC OS 3.1.
£395 o.n.o. Phone 0452-417697.
7.12
• A310, OS3.1, 4Mb, ARM3, MEMC + 20M HD, HiFi Audio, VIDC enhancer, 4
layer back plane, Acorn I/O podule, external disc interface, Taxan
770+LR multisync, Kaga KP-810 printer, leads, manuals, software £600
+p&p. Phone 071-272-1027. Sensible offers considered.
7.12
• A310 (RISC OS 3.1), 4Mb RAM, 2nd internal 3½“ disc drive, DFS buffer/
podule, PAL TV converter for £385 o.n.o. Cub 3000 colour monitor (built
in stereo sound) £185 o.n.o. OKI wide carriage DM printer tractor/sheet/
envelope feed £65 o.n.o. Phone 0553-672841 after 6pm.
7.12
• A4000, 4Mb RAM, 80Mb hard disc, multisync monitor, Home Office
(EasiWriter, Desktop Database), Educational (ArcVenture), Games
(Populous, Lotus 2, etc), etc. £750 ono. Phone 0403-266728.
7.12
• A410, 4Mb RAM, 35MHz ARM3, RISC OS 3.1, 47Mb HD, colour monitor, Oak
SCSI board, 5¼“ FD interface, all cables, manuals and boxes, loads of PD
software and games. Bargain only £750, no offers. Phone 081-778-9166
(office hours).
7.12
• A410, monitor, 20Mb hard disc, RISC OS 3.1, £475 o.n.o. Phone 0452-
417697.
7.12
• A410/1, 4Mb, ARM3, RISC OS 3.10, External 40Mb IDE disc, Acorn
multisync (AKF18), Epson MX80 (9 pin). £750 o.n.o. Also available:
Amstrad SM2400 modem, 5¼“ drive and interface card, Graphbox
Professional, 1st Word Plus, Logistix. Phone 0272-682108 after 7 pm.
7.12
• A4 Model II, 4Mb RAM, 60Mb HD, PC Em., RemoteFS (serial + parallel),
boxed £900. Phone +49 8458 6339 (office hours) or +49 841 47467
(evenings) before 20/08/94 and ask for Paul Hobbs.
7.12
• A5000, 100Mb hard disc, 4Mb RAM. m/sync monitor, as new, with over
£1000 of original software inc. Lemmings, Populous, 1st Word Plus. £975
o.n.o. Phone 0268-775356.
7.12
• A5000, 4Mb, 100Mb HD, std res monitor £800. 100Mb Mac style external
SCSI HD £200. Contact Leslie Wiggins on 0332-204040 day or 0602-272282
eves.
7.12
• A5000, 4Mb, 120Mb HD, hi-res monitor, RISC OS 3.11, Advance
(unlicensed), PC Emulator, fonts and other software, VGC, £900 o.n.o.
Tel: Charlie or Debbie on 0484 517612.
7.12
• A5000, 4Mb, 40Mb HD, Eizo multiscan, RISC OS 3.11, Learning Curve
software, all manuals. £1050 o.n.o. Phone 0732-862404.
7.12
• A5000, 4Mb, 405Mb hard disc, RISC OS 3.1, AKF18 monitor £900. Phone
0704-534156 eves.
7.12
• A5000 fan silencer, £15. Phone 071-703-5675.
7.12
• A5000 Learning Curve, 4Mb RAM, 120Mb HD, lots of software. £800 for
quick sale. Phone Howard Bailey on 0202-394057.
7.12
• A5000, RISC OS 3.1, 4Mb, 40Mb HD, msync monitor, Learning Curve, also
Draw Plus, Powerbase and lots software, £950 o.n.o. Canon BJ-300, £200
o.n.o. All ex cond. Scanlight Video, as new, £190 o.n.o. Buy the whole
lot for £1300. Phone John, evenings or weekends on 081-504-0802.
7.12
• A5000, RISC OS 3.11, AKF18, 40Mb HD, 4Mb RAM, £800. Phone Garry on
091-3771-489.
7.12
• A540 without monitor, 8Mb RAM, 120Mb hard disc, £975. Acorn colour
monitor £100. Fax Pack £125. Phone 0272-736237.
7.12
• Acorn Risc PC, 10Mb DRAM, 210Mb HD, 14“ SVGA (AKF60), Impression
Publisher, S-Base2 Developer, RISC OS 3 PRMs, PD software, discs,
manuals, etc, 1 month old, immac cond, £2,000 o.v.n.o. Phone Craig on
0633-894533 anytime.
7.12
• Conner CP3044 40Mb IDE drive ex A5000, offers around £70. Home Office
pack unused, offers around £80. Phone 0332-701969.
7.12
• Econet interfaces £15 each, Filestore E015 £125, AppFS software £50.
Contact Hill 0953-605566 (0953-850948 eves).
7.12
• Eizo 9070S 16“ Multiscan 0.28mm dot pitch with warranty, H-scan
frequency 20-50kHz, V-scan 50-80Hz, TTL or analogue RGB inputs. Offers
to Derby 0332-701969.
7.12
• HCCS Colour Vision Digitiser for A400 series, brand new £75. Ian 061-
476-0229.
7.12
• System Delta Plus, £35. Please call 0924-862602 and ask for Peter.
7.12
Charity Sales
7.12
The following items are available for sale in aid of charity. PLEASE do
not just send money − ring us on 0603-766592 to check if the items are
still available. Thank you.
7.12
Software: First Word Plus £5, Genesis £3, Genesis Plus £10, PC Emulator
1.7 £10, Leading Edge Midi Tracker £9, Bubble Fair £2, Spellmaster
(disc) £5, Ancient Egypt clipart £2, Blaston £2, Pysanki £2, Blowpipe
£2, Zelanites £2, Rotor £2, Man United Europe £3, Apocalypse £3,
DrawBender £10, Equasor £9, Impression Businnes Supplement £9, First
Impression tutorial book and discs £9, Good Impression ideas book and
discs £9, Party, Wedding & Anniversary clipart £9.
7.12
Hardware: Floppy discs as new £15 per 50, A3000 1Mb RAM £20, WE external
disc interface (for A400/1 and earlier) £5, Quest trackerball £12.
7.12
(If you have unwanted software or hardware for Archimedes computers that
you could donate in aid of charity, please send it to the Archive
office. If you have larger items where post would be expensive, just
send us details of the item(s) and how the purchaser can get hold of
them.) A
7.12
Gothic & Medieval Font Collection Pack II
7.12
Richard Hallas
7.12
About a year ago, the Datafile published a collection of period fonts
and clipart by designer Tony Nash. The popularity of the first pack has
prompted the publication of a second collection, Pack Two, which has a
price tag of £40, all inclusive. (The first pack was reviewed in Archive
6.12, p. 78.)
7.12
Packaging
7.12
The pack consists of three discs, a manual, a single-user licence and a
laminated reference card for one of the fonts, presented together in a
plastic wallet with a colour-photocopied cover. The overall appearance
is very similar to that of the first pack and, as with the first pack,
the manual is interestingly presented, making imaginative use of the
various fonts and clips to be found on the discs. It just seems a pity
that it couldn’t have been colour-printed, given the colourful nature of
the clipart.
7.12
The first disc (which is contained in an envelope, the opening of which
commits you to the licensing conditions) is the most important of the
three, as it contains all the outline fonts. It also contains a copy of
the public domain adaptation of !Chars, !NewChars2, and a few pieces of
Celtic decoration and tile patterns.
7.12
Disc two contains more Celtic drawfiles − this time a directory of
border designs and another of highly ornate, colourful capital letters.
Disc three contains some more borders and a few assorted saints’ heads
and other drawings. There is also a directory of ten files, each of
which illustrates the complete character set of one of the outline
fonts.
7.12
Outline fonts
7.12
The pack contains six basic font families with between one and three
members each, making a total of eleven faces in all. All have
commendably full character sets and contain full hinting, although they
are RISC OS 2 fonts, i.e. without kerning data, but still useable on
RISC OS 3. The quality of the designs and drawing is generally very
good, and many of the fonts are very detailed indeed − although this
does mean that you have to use them at relatively large point sizes.
7.12
The Abbey fonts are black letter designs, but the ‘Highlite’ weight has
an open upper half, which produces a very striking and attractive
effect.
7.12
Amadeus is an extremely florid and attractive face based on an alphabet
which was reputedly used in the Papal Chancery in the 16th century. For
owners of the first Medieval and Gothic pack, this is an outline font
version of one of the draw-format fonts provided in that collection, but
greatly extended and far more useful.
7.12
Bede has three members: regular, bold and tooled. They are basically of
an uncial design, and the tooled face is particularly attractive.
7.12
El-Cid also has three faces: regular, tooled and swash, and is based on
a Spanish gothic script hand. Again, the tooled face is very attractive
but it is the swash face which is particularly interesting. It provides
a total of 18 swashes which can be added simply by entering the
character code on the numeric keypad. This is a nice idea which works
well, and a reference card showing the swashes and codes is provided.
7.12
Kells is based on text in the Book of Kells, and is intended to be used
in conjunction with the Celtic draw-format capitals provided on disc 2.
7.12
Scriptoria has a particularly hand-drawn feel, and is based on body-text
lettering of early manuscripts.
7.12
Altogether, these fonts are very good quality and provide a good range
of styles.
7.12
Clipart
7.12
The clipart in this pack follows along the same lines of that in the
first pack. There is a significant number of border designs, along with
other intricate designs which could conceivably be used as parts of
borders or on their own. In fact, some of the fonts provide unusual
bullets and other abstract designs which could in themselves be used as
borders or for the purpose of breaking up sections of text.
7.12
Several attractive repeating tile patterns are provided, both on their
own and sometimes as part of other pictures. The remainder of the
clipart consists of knots and other fairly abstract designs, a few
saints’ heads and faces and a few assorted monks. The clipart seems well
drawn, and is very authentic-looking. It would have been very easy for
the designer of the clipart to use the computer to make geometric shapes
such as knots, tiles and repeating patterns look very mathematically
precise, but this has been avoided. The small degree of unevenness which
has been introduced into the drawings adds a more authenticly human
quality.
7.12
As with the first pack, many of the drawfiles contain a large number of
shapes, and you are expected to ungroup some of the pictures and use the
parts you want. Although slightly inconvenient, this is a good approach
for two reasons. Firstly, it means that space is not wasted on the discs
by unnecessary duplication, and secondly, it shows the elements in use,
which is far better than just providing lots of components and expecting
you to know exactly what to do with them all.
7.12
Conclusions
7.12
If you liked the first pack, you’ll love the second. It’s basically more
of the same, but better quality. Whilst the first pack had possibly a
greater emphasis on the clipart than the fonts, the reverse is probably
true with the second. The fonts are well-made and interesting, and many
of them are quite unlike anything else currently available (particularly
Abbey Highlite). Also, there are almost twice as many of them compared
with the first pack (11 rather than 6). I did feel that the ten font
printout files were rather a waste of space (ten because El-Cid Swash is
not included among them) and could more usefully have been included
printed in the manual. Aside from that, though, I have few criticisms,
and recommend this interesting package. A
7.12
Multimedia Column
7.12
PR and multimedia
7.12
Many organisations are becoming increasingly aware of their public image
− this is even the case now with Schools. With the increasing choice
available to parents, it is vitally important that schools project a
good image. The relative cheapness of DTP has led to many schools
producing glossy brochures which they distribute to the parents. What
has this to do with multimedia? Well, I was asked to come up with some
ideas to help a local primary school to promote its image and
immediately thought of multimedia.
7.12
What about the cost?
7.12
With budget restrictions within all schools, the cost was going to be a
big factor. In a small rural primary school of only 120 pupils, whatever
I did was going to have to involve little or no expense. There were a
number of times during the next few months when many of the parents were
coming to school and the obvious solution was to produce a self-
scrolling display of school activities. The school has an A3000 and an
A5000 with a CD-ROM, plus a selection of BBC Masters. They also have
Genesis along with an Oak Recorder. After talking it over with the Head,
we decided that the pupils should select what they wanted to go into the
display but overall editorial control was to be retained by the Head!
7.12
Collecting the resources
7.12
The pupils were challenged to design pictures under various headings and
also a School logo. They could either use Splosh or pencil and paper.
Text was also written by the pupils and saved as Edit files. I then took
a video camera into School and, using my own A5000 along with an HCCS
Vision Digitiser and !ChangeFSI, I was able to produce a good number of
static images. Photographs were also scanned in, along with some of the
pupils’ work.
7.12
The storyboard
7.12
Once all the resources were collected, along with one or two pieces of
commercial clipart, we constructed a rough outline of how the display
would scroll. We wanted to include as many pictures of the children as
possible but also certain ‘ads’ that the Head wished to get over to the
parents. It then became an easy job to assemble the resources into the
multimedia program and add appropriate sound samples onto the pages and
set up the scrolling display. It was set up on the A5000 in the main
entrance hall − but then we realised that we needed to attract the
parents’ attention as they came in. After a little thought, we realised
that using CD-ROM to play an audio disc would provide the answer.
7.12
The proof
7.12
The final version was put on display at three parents’ evenings and many
people commented on a very professional-looking display. The governors
were also impressed and released £400 for extra hardware and software
for future displays to be done ‘in house’. One parent even asked the
school how it was done and what sort of PC his company would have to get
to run it on! I have since shown this to a number of schools and all
have been impressed.
7.12
The decision to use Genesis was driven by the fact that the school had a
copy, but since then I have converted it to both Magpie and CableNews.
The monthly disc contains a Magpie version but all three versions are
available through the Swap Shop.
7.12
The Swap Shop
7.12
I have been inundated with requests for items from the swap shop over
the past two months with many favourable comments on the column and I
just like to say thank you to those who have written. I have had letters
from afar away as Germany, New Zealand and Australia, and I hope to set
up some sort of distribution of the swap shop items in Australia so that
overseas readers will be able to use the local contact and save the
expense of writing to England.
7.12
This month has also seen a number of firsts. Christopher Jarman has sent
me three rather nice Optima examples aimed at middle primary children −
these will be added to the catalogue. I have also had an advance copy of
a Key Author file which isn’t quite finished yet but which will be added
to the catalogue in the next few months.
7.12
I also have an apology to make. I announced in the last column that Man
in Space was ready, when in fact, I still had a few bits to finish as I
was writing the article, but due to my own stupidity I couldn’t get the
database within the application to work properly. I have now solved the
problem and have sent out copies to all the people who requested them. I
have also finished the Advanced WIMP Tutor in Genesis format and the
Magpie version should be ready by the time you read this. Paint Tutor is
also now finished and all the above have been added to the catalogue.
7.12
I have also updated the catalogue, but to make it easier for me, the
catalogue will, in future, only be available in Magpie format − a reader
is supplied with it so that anyone can read it.
7.12
Hints and tips
7.12
• Genesis Professional − One reader wrote to complain that he was
getting repeated crashes when trying to replicate frames. I must admit,
I was unaware of the problem, so I went back and tested it out. The gist
of it is this: if you open a blank page and pull out a frame and then
replicate it, the program crashes. Now when you first pull out a frame,
by default it is a WORD frame, and if you try and replicate it the crash
occurs as Genesis will not allow you to replicate this type of frame.
The cure is simple, just convert the WORD frame into a TEXT frame by
clicking in the frame itself, then you can copy it as many times as you
like.
7.12
• Magpie − Some months ago, I issued a challenge to Magpie users about
making a scrolling binder with continuous music. I got no replies to
this challenge, but my solution was a bit of a cheat. Using my CD-ROM, I
set up an audio CD running and then loaded in the Magpie scrolling demo
which had no sound effects! I’m sure there is a better solution so I
will keep the prizes until someone comes up with a better one!
7.12
The End Bit
7.12
If you have questions about Genesis, Magpie, Key Author or any
multimedia program, or if you would like a copy of the Swap Shop
catalogue, write to Paul Hooper, 11 Rochford Road, Martham, Great
Yarmouth Norfolk NR29 4RL. (0493-748474) A
7.12
Humpidge
7.12
New
7.12
Mijas and Simon Glass from 7.11
7.12
Any chance of Simon Glas being on top and not having his lightening fork
cut off!
7.12
Using a Notebook PC with an Archimedes
7.12
Stuart Bell
7.12
About a year ago, I was approached to act as a newspaper reporter for
one week a year, reporting for the Methodist Recorder on the annual
Methodist Church Conference which meets in different locations across
the country every June. My particular task would be to produce the
Conference Digest, a 12-page ‘pull out’ published about three weeks
after the Conference ends and which details every decision made by the
Conference. As those twelve pages are tabloid newspaper size, and as my
job would be to record decisions rather than debates, this was clearly
an information-processing task, rather than a journalistic one. As such,
it was a clear candidate for some careful use of technology to minimise
the work involved and, in particular, the amount of time the task would
take outside the actual week of the Conference. This article charts my
investigation of the technological solutions to the problem, and my
experiences in using ‘the solution’.
7.12
Option 1: An A4 notebook
7.12
Clearly, with unlimited resources, this would have been the ideal
solution. Using familiar software, and transferring material between it
and my A310 via floppy discs, Impression II would have provided all I
needed. But resources aren’t unlimited, and I could neither afford an
A4, nor expect one to be purchased for me for one week’s use a year.
Ahh!
7.12
Option 2: A Mac or PC laptop
7.12
A visit to the printers of the newspaper revealed that they use a
mixture of PC-compatible and Apple Quadra machines, and that they could
accept ASCII text on 720Kb PC format discs with no difficulty. A PC or
Mac laptop seemed to be the obvious alternatives. But, again, the cost
seemed rather high for the use envisaged, and I didn’t want to have to
face the steep learning curve of running full-blown WP software on
either platform. I knew too, from all the comments in Archive, how
unfriendly Windows 3.1 and System 7 are, compared with RISC OS! It was
becoming clearer that what I wanted was a ‘text acquisition’ machine,
not a high-powered laptop. Furthermore, battery life on full-sized
laptops seemed to be less than ideal.
7.12
Option 3: A palmtop
7.12
The availability of the Acorn-badged Psion 3 offered an obvious
solution, but one that was soon rejected because the keyboard size is
not really ideal for heavy text-bashing. Also, I didn’t need the ultra-
compact size which it offers. The same could be said of a range of
palmtops on the market. I was tempted by the Psion MC400 which Tord
Eriksson discussed in Archive 6.11, p.59, but rejected it as being too
non-standard, and hence limiting the options for software to run on it.
It could well have provided an alternative solution to my problem,
however, and Tord certainly liked it!
7.12
Likewise, the Amstrad NC100 was considered, but rejected because of
limited storage facilities without expensive PCMCIA cards. The NC200
with a 720Kb floppy disc was better in that respect, but rather
expensive for a Z80A-based machine with the same problems of being tied
to software supplied by the manufacturer.
7.12
After three months of investigating the market and considering the job
in hand, I’d come to the conclusion that I wanted a machine no larger,
and preferably rather smaller, than a standard laptop, costing no more
than about £400, with a reasonable battery life, PC or Mac compatibility
to keep the software options open, and with some form of disc or non-
volatile storage to keep my valuable text safe.
7.12
Option 4: A PC sub-notebook
7.12
Early in my search, I’d noticed the Olivetti Quaderno, an A5-sized (i.e.
8“ × 6” × 1“) PC compatible machine with an 8086 processor, 1Mb of
memory, a 20Mb hard disc, and a slightly squashed keyboard. At the time,
its cost of £800 put it out of consideration. However, largely because
of its relatively limited CPU power (forget Windows 3 or serious DTP)
and small keyboard, it was never a commercial success, and was soon
reduced to £400 at your local Dixons. When a small advert in a PC
magazine listed a stock clearance at less than £300 + VAT, the solution
to my problem seemed obvious. The final order, with leather case, spare
battery, P&P and VAT came to £402.38 − stage one of the project
completed!
7.12
Stage two was to identify how to use the machine in conjunction with my
Archimedes, on which any text-preparation before and after the
Conference would be done. Impression II would be used to produce printed
output in newspaper-like columns to tell me how ‘long’ my text was, and
it would produce the ASCII text on a DOS format disc for the printers.
(Supplying PostScript file images of the whole pull-out ready for
typesetting would be the most direct method of producing the Digest, but
also the most adventurous, and potentially most traumatic!) The two
issues which I had to address may well be applicable to other Archive
readers, so I’ll discuss them in relatively general terms.
7.12
PC<−>Archimedes communication
7.12
The obvious methods are disc and serial links. The former was not
possible for me, as the Quaderno does not have a floppy disc drive. With
the machine came a serial link and some software to run on a desktop PC
to make the Quaderno’s disc look like an extra disc for the desktop
machine. The latter would not be much help and the serial lead needed an
adaptor to make it usable. As so often, Archive came to the rescue. Tord
Eriksson’s article referred to an earlier one by Richard Oldman (6.1
p.57) which described an adaptor which worked first time with the
Quaderno – thank you, gentlemen!
7.12
As regards serial software, to send binary program files from the
Archimedes to the Quaderno, I wrote very simple file transfer programs
in Basic on the Acorn, and the excellent QBasic on the Quaderno. After a
few problems, 100Kb+ files transferred faultlessly. To recover text
typed on the Quaderno back onto the Archimedes, I use an ancient version
of ArcTerm, and the CTTY facility (change the ‘console’ device to the
serial port) under DOS on the Quaderno. It’s basic, but it works!
7.12
Once the text files are on the Acorn machine, they need converting from
DOS-style text files to Acorn ones (and, of course, the ASCII files for
the printers need a reverse conversion). John Winters’ excellent
!Convert utility (again, thanks to Archive) accomplishes the task
simply. If anyone wants a copy of my inelegant Basic routines, drop me a
line: Stuart Bell, 23 Ryecroft Drive, Horsham, West Sussex, RH12 2AW.
7.12
PC text editors
7.12
The Quaderno’s display is both small and not back-lit. 80 columns are
legible in the right lighting conditions but I knew that such an
environment could not be guaranteed. Enter B-Edit, a shareware product
designed for visually impaired users, which offers large-character
displays on any PC screen. I use 53 columns per line, but up to 12-per-
line is possible. It’s a pretty clever text editor, allowing
manipulation on up to two files at once, with a spelling checker, and a
good range of editing functions. It’s no WordPerfect or Wordstar, power-
wise, but more than enough for my needs. Also, the author in the USA
responded by return to a problem that I encountered. Registration is
$29.00. If you’d like a trial copy, drop me a line.
7.12
Conclusions
7.12
Despite what the PC magazines may imply, you don’t need a ’486 running
at 100MHz with 32Mb of memory and a huge hard disc to run simple laptop
applications. The trailing edge of PC technology may offer a cost
effective solution. Despite the unpleasant nature of DOS, it’s arguable
that it’s actually better when run on the kind of simple 1Mb machine for
which the first versions were designed than in its latest incarnations
which demand all sorts of memory management tricks, and still don’t make
use of the power of the latest 80x86 processors.
7.12
Secondly, Archimedes machines and PC compatibles can work well together,
with a little effort. After all, ASCII data is ASCII data, whatever
machine it was produced on. Exotic Ethernet connections running at many
megabits per second may be essential for high volume everyday use, but
the traditional serial link works fine for non-demanding applications.
Indeed, I run mine at 1200 baud so I can read the text as it is
transferred!
7.12
Finally, with PC compatible laptops and notebooks falling in price, we
urgently need a new lower cost Acorn of that type. The latest generation
of machines are sub-A4 in size, and cost less than £1000. Since ARM3s
are supposed to be so cheap, why don’t Acorn produce an A5-sized
portable Archimedes, rather like the Quaderno which, after all, was made
by Acorn’s parent company, Olivetti. A
7.12
Would the person who sent me an article about using an NC100 please
contact the office − we have mislaid your name. Sorry!! Ed.
7.12
LOOKSystems
7.12
New
7.12
Disc Rescue
7.12
Colton
7.12
From 7.11 page 31
7.12
PD Column
7.12
David Holden
7.12
Libraries merge
7.12
One of the reasons why there has been a long gap since this column last
appeared is because APDL has recently ‘taken over’ the Data Stream. For
new readers (or those with short memories − it would be understandable
in view of the long delay since I last wrote) I actually run APDL, and
trying to merge the two libraries has been such an enormous undertaking
that I haven’t had much time for anything else.
7.12
If you are a regular Data Stream customer, you can still order discs
from the ‘old’ catalogue but please send them to the APDL address which
you will find at the end of this article.
7.12
I have previously remarked on the demise of libraries and a couple of
years ago the numbers were diminishing rapidly. Since that time some new
ones have appeared and the situation is looking more healthy.
7.12
So far, PD and Shareware for Acorn computers has tended to follow a
different path from those in the Amiga and PC worlds. The large numbers
of small libraries which abounded for the Amiga a few years ago have
almost entirely disappeared to be replaced by a couple of major players
and a few smaller ones run by dealers. These ‘dealer libraries’ almost
invariably just sell repackaged material obtained from the major
libraries. Because these all ‘pool’ their material, there isn’t much
variety for customers and the authors have very little influence. There
are some very good programs available but I would hesitate to call the
situation healthy.
7.12
The PC Shareware scene has been transformed by CD ROMs. Glancing through
PC magazines from a couple of years ago, you would see pages of adverts
from Shareware libraries. The majority of these have now vanished. I
must admit that I don’t mourn the passing of most of them. People who
have a serious interest in PC Shareware, now tend to buy their programs
on CD ROM. Assuming that you have a suitable drive (and you can buy one
for just over £100 for a PC) this is a very cheap way of getting a lot
of programs for a comparatively small outlay, especially if you don’t
mind obsolescent versions because out of date Shareware compilations are
quite cheap. This has obviously reduced the turnover in individual discs
for most libraries but the larger ones now sell CDs to compensate.
7.12
I don’t think that the future for Acorn PD libraries will be in either
of these directions. My experience of Archimedes authors is that they
are far too individual to allow a few large libraries to dominate as has
happened with the Amiga. Many are now writing major Shareware
applications and therefore insist upon controlling distribution of their
programs to ensure that obsolete versions are removed from circulation
as quickly as possible.
7.12
It will probably be a very long time before we see CD ROMs of PD and
Shareware for the Archimedes, although ‘a long time’ in computer terms
can be a misnomer. If you remove all the real rubbish and ‘ported’
artwork, I doubt if it would be possible to find enough good material to
fill two complete CDs. In fact, because of its very much smaller user
base, I think it extremely unlikely that Acorn Shareware and PD could
even begin to approach the scale attained with the PC. Combine this with
the extraordinary high price of drives for Acorn computers (although I
expect this to change soon) and there is little likelihood of PD
programs appearing on CD in the immediate future. However, if major
software houses start producing large programs on CD (especially games,
as with the PC) at sensible prices, the use of CDs will increase and
this could alter very rapidly.
7.12
I say ‘at sensible prices’ because, so far, the prices of those few
which have been released have been extortionate. I know that the people
who produce them will complain about the high cost of production,
economies of scale, etc, but the fact remains that most seem to cost
£80-£100. Looking through catalogues of CDs for the PC, I can’t find
any, including a few multi-disc sets, that cost even half this. If CDs
are to become popular on Acorn machines, they must be sold at sensible
prices, otherwise, no-one will buy the drives (at whatever price). If
this means that the people who produce them must make little or no
profit at this stage to stimulate the market, I hope they will have the
wit to do so.
7.12
The introduction of the Risc PC (which brings its own headaches for
libraries) adds new impetus to the possible move towards CDs. Acorn have
made it clear that they regard the future for their computers to be in
‘multimedia’. I hope this doesn’t mean that they will forget the
thousands of enthusiasts that have supported Acorn since the days of the
Atom. Without them there wouldn’t be an Acorn Computers today and it is
these same enthusiasts who both create and support the PD and Shareware
network.
7.12
These rapid changes make it very difficult to predict what is likely to
happen. What seems to be emerging is that there will soon be only a
handful of major libraries, say three or four, and lots of smaller ones.
7.12
This will probably be a healthy development. We need large libraries to
provide support for authors and a general ‘baseline’. It is only the
large libraries that can afford to invest in new equipment and all the
other things necessary to provide a ‘professional’ service to both
authors and customers. Briefly pausing to tap out a few rough figures on
a calculator, it would seem that I have well over £6000 worth of
computer hardware within reach as I’m writing this, plus still more in
another room, and a very large part of that is dedicated to running APDL
rather than for my personal use.
7.12
What would be very bad is for a small number of libraries to dominate
and ‘squeeze out’ the others, either by accident or design, as has
happened with the Amiga. However, I don’t think this is very likely. All
of the the major libraries are very disparate, and are run by single
individuals or small groups so they all have their own ‘identity’. There
is comparatively little direct interchange of material between
libraries. Personally, I think this is a good thing. Most authors prefer
to communicate directly rather than send a program to one library which
will then circulate it to all the others. This keeps libraries and
authors in direct contact. Because the Acorn world is comparatively
small, this works well. It simply wouldn’t be possible with PC
libraries.
7.12
Another reason that I think this is a good thing is because it still
leaves plenty of space for small libraries. If there are a few larger
ones to provide stability and a repository for the collected works of PD
authors, the fact that smaller libraries come and go (as they tend to
do) won’t have a major impact. If this means that some of the newcomers
grow to such an extent that one or more of the larger libraries get
knocked off their perches, that too may be healthy.
7.12
Another competition
7.12
It had always been my intention to run another PD/Shareware competition
but general lack of spare time has delayed it somewhat. Hopefully, by
the time this appears in print, I shall have sorted out the majority of
the Data Stream discs and transferred most of my software over to my new
Risc PC, so I think it’s about due, and if I wait until I’m sure I have
the time it will probably never happen.
7.12
I will be offering prizes for the best new work or major upgrade of an
existing PD or Shareware program. I don’t know exactly what the prizes
will be or how many − that will depend upon the number and quality of
the entries, but I have over £200 set aside for this purpose and I will
add to this amount if I consider the entries warrant it so it will
certainly be worthwhile.
7.12
Don’t just send me your program(s). If you are interested, send a blank
disc with a self-addressed label and a stamp for return postage to me at
the address at the end of this article. I will return your disc with a
copy of the entry conditions plus a lot of useful information about the
sort of things I will be looking for. Without this, you might find your
program disqualified or you might waste a lot of time changing things
that I regard as unacceptable.
7.12
As before, I will leave the ‘closing date’ flexible to allow people
whose programs are still just in the idea stage to put them into
practice.
7.12
Desktop ‘sillies’
7.12
I’m sure that most of you will have seen some of these at one time or
another, from the ‘original’ Wanda to the amusing Great Train Robbery.
So far, I have always tended to concentrate on more serious matters in
this column but, for a change, I have decided to offer something a
little more light-hearted. I have therefore put together a special disc
of a selection of programs that do all manner of strange and amusing
things to relieve the tedium of running all those heavyweight
applications. Things that pop up, zoom about, eat your windows, and
generally brighten your day and all of which are guaranteed to do
absolutely nothing useful.
7.12
For a copy of this disc send £1 or four first class stamps to me at: 39
Knighton Park Road, Sydenham, London, SE26 5RN. A
7.12
Flashback
7.12
Ron Page
7.12
Ron is a student at Eaton (City of Norwich) School and has been on ‘Work
Experience’ at NCS for the last fortnight. One of his ‘experiences’ has
been to write a review of an Acorn game...
7.12
The history
7.12
In late 1993, US Gold released a Delphine game on the Sega Megadrive
which was to change the standard of animation, atmosphere and depth of
play on all gaming platforms. That game was Flashback. Now after one
year and five different conversions, this classic piece of gaming art
has made the it to the Acorn Archimedes series.
7.12
As a PC owner(!), I was expecting a good solid conversion seeing as this
is a Delphine games but nothing could have prepared me for what I was to
find. This conversion is absolutely stonking − it is of the same
standard as the PC version, possibly better!
7.12
Is it live? Or is it Flashback?
7.12
As mentioned before, one of the reasons for Flashback selling bucket-
loads on every other platform was the animation, at 24 frames per second
− the same quality as the majority of cartoons. Couple this with the
incredibly moody graphics and an overwhelming sense of realism and you
get one of the most graphically pleasing games. One other aspect that
made a subtle but substantial difference is the minute detail, such as
the shells (which are 2 pixels by one pixel in size) being ejected by
the gun when fired, the flickering monitors... I could go on about this
all day!
7.12
The cinematic sequences have made it through the conversion process
along with a few new ones to boot! Unfortunately, there has to be a
price. There is a really annoying glitch at the end of the sequence when
the screen colours go weird for a second − still, the sequences can be
turned off so it isn’t that bad.
7.12
Ooer! This is spooky!
7.12
In the later Lucasfilm games on the PC, such as X-Wing, and the new
Delphine games, a sonic system is used to change the tempo and style
depending on the situation. For example, when you come across a guard,
the music becomes distinctly heavy. Incidentally, this system is called
iMUSE by Lucasfilm, who pioneered this system in Monkey Island 2, I
believe.
7.12
The echoing of your gun and all sound effects sound as though they have
be sampled and then modified, leading to a tremendous sense of reality.
There are only a few games that I can think of that can top this and
that would be those VR machines that cost £15,000 and which can be found
in an arcade in a large city!
7.12
This is all fine, but how does it play?
7.12
A game can look like a dream, but no-one wants a game that plays like a
heavily drugged donkey, I’m pleased to say that this game is more
addictive than most types of illegal drugs, so prepare to become a very
lonely person!
7.12
The control method is awkward at first but once you get used to it, it
is actually quite good and instinctive. (But why the space bar is used
only to draw the gun, instead of firing it, escapes me.) One problem
with this game being so ‘in depth’ is that, for very minor parts of the
game, it tends to get repetitive, tedious and in some cases frustrating.
However, as I said, this only occurs in very small doses.
7.12
Conclusions please
7.12
If you buy only two games a year, make sure that this is one of them
(the other being Sensible Soccer). This is one of the best games
available on any machine not just the Archimedes! However this is ‘just
another platform game’... but a Ferrari is ‘just a car’, right? Now, if
you don’t want to look like a donkey on steroids, pick up the ’phone and
dial 0603 766592 (This is the number for NCS, but you know that anyhow!)
and say in a frenzy “I’m not a donkey! Send me Flashback for the
ridiculously low price of £26!” Or failing that, US Gold sell it for
£27.99.
7.12
What can it run on?
7.12
Flashback will run on any Archimedes under RISC OS with 740Kb of free
RAM and around 2.5Mb of hard drive space (although it can be run from
floppies!) a high density disc drive† and, of course, it must be
interfacing with a human or any other sentient life form! A
7.12
†US Gold say that you can return the high density discs and they will
replace them with 800Kb discs.
7.12
Games Column
7.12
Dave Floyd
7.12
Welcome to another saunter around the Archimedes games world. I was very
interested to see in the August edition of Archimedes World, that Mike
Williams appeared to share much the same view on the future of the
Archimedes software industry, following the Risc PC’s release, as I
expressed in my last column. Only time will tell, but I sincerely hope
that we are both wrong.
7.12
I was also interested to receive a couple of letters which picked up on
my point about the Acorn press praising every Archimedes games release
and tried to make a connection between that and advertising revenue.
What a cynical bunch you are! I’m shocked and, if I may quote Michael
Dobbs, “You may very well think that. I couldn’t possibly comment.”
7.12
I feel that a far more likely cause is lack of time spent on what many
see as just games reviews. In two recent reviews in other magazines, the
reviewers proudly announced they had spent three and four hours,
respectively, playing the games before writing. Forgive me if I’m not
impressed. Three or four hours may have been sufficient back in the days
of Space Invaders, but nowadays it is barely enough to scratch the
surface of any self-respecting release.
7.12
My last two games reviews for Archive, Diggers and Lemmings 2, were each
preceded by at least thirty hours of playing. I am sure that most others
who write reviews for Archive are equally diligent, if not more so,
because of the voluntary nature of the task and long may it continue to
be so.
7.12
Special offers
7.12
There can surely not be an Archimedes games player left who is unaware
that this summer has seen a plethora of special offers on games
originally released a couple of years ago. I am also sure that many,
like myself, saw this as an ideal opportunity to fill in some gaps in
their games collections. Sim City and Heimdall were the two that
particularly appealed to me.
7.12
Sim City
7.12
So much has been written on Sim City that it would be superfluous to go
into too much detail here, but basically you play the part of a newly-
elected mayor. Depending on the scenario you choose, this could be of a
small town that wants to be big or of a specific city with existing or
imminent problems to be solved. You can build, bulldoze and try
different strategies to reach your specified goals, and if you finish
all the provided scenarios you can then create your own. It’s great fun
and, if used in conjunction with the teacher’s guide that comes with it,
it could also have some educational value. The only real down side to
this game is the user interface which, for those of us used to RISC OS,
is about as intuitive as Windows File Manager. Fortunately, the game is
good enough to make perseverance worthwhile.
7.12
Heimdall
7.12
Heimdall is a game that I would have bought on release, if I had not
been put off by playing the demo that appeared on a magazine cover disc.
For anybody else who made this mistake I can only say, buy it now. The
game is of the role-playing type and, along with your selection of
warriors, druids, wizards and others, you must explore many different
lands in order to find certain treasures of the gods which have been
scattered around three worlds. Much exploration will have to be done and
many foes overcome with your trusty sword before this game is finished.
Me? I’m still stuck in the first world but the fact that it is taking up
a much needed 4Mb of my 20Mb hard disc at present is probably the best
testament I can give to Heimdall.
7.12
Premier Manager
7.12
Finally, having taken the plunge and mothballed my copy of League
Division One, which I converted over from the BBC B, in favour of
Premier Manager from Gremlin (£24 through Archive), I thought I would
finish up by giving my initial impressions of the first football
management game to be released on the Archimedes. The package consists
of one disc, a code wheel which provides protection against piracy and
an all-formats-except-Acorn manual along with a four-page addendum sheet
in English and German which notes the differences. The addendum sheet
contains at least one spelling and one factual error in the same
sentence as each other. There may be more but I can’t read German.
7.12
Inattention to detail is not confined to the addendum sheet, either.
Once into the game, the mis-spelling of Yeovil Town was another which I
feel should have been noticed by somebody before release. The manual
states that all cup competitions are played to their real-world rules.
Why then are the European and Cup Winners Cup finals played over two
legs in the game? Football purists who claim the game was better in the
sixties will be pleased, however, to see that the League Cup final has
also reverted to its original two-legged format. Play-offs are a feature
of each of the leagues, even the Conference, which are once again
incorrect and, to rub salt into the wounds, the play-off matches are
decided wrongly. Of the four teams who qualify for the play-offs, the
first games should be 1st v 4th and 2nd v 3rd. In Premier Manager, 1st
plays 2nd and 3rd plays 4th. Setting aside the Conference play-offs,
which could be termed a ‘feature’ of the game, all these other errors
are shoddy and should have no place in a final release version.
7.12
Another final point is that the quality of teams appears to bear no
relation to their results against each other. In both divisions that I
have played in so far, the teams at the bottom are far stronger than
those at the top. This was really brought home in my first season of
playing, in which the League Cup Final was contested between Crewe and
Port Vale. The FA Cup Final that year, the crowning point of the
domestic season, was held between those renowned footballing giants,
Telford United and Northampton Town. (It could be the first final in
living memory to have tickets freely available on the gate, assuming you
had been unfortunate enough to miss the ticket touts en route, trying to
sell you one for half price!)
7.12
But this is not real life. It is a game, and if you can put the above
into that context, and assume that Gremlin have got it right and that we
are all involved in some kind of virtual reality, it is actually quite
absorbing and wholly time-consuming − if football games are your kind of
thing. You can play it inside a desktop window or allow it to single-
task with instant access to the desktop when you need it. It will run in
any screen mode that suits your monitor configuration but 256 colours
are recommended.
7.12
The ideas behind the game are excellent and you are involved in all
aspects of running the club from playing staff to financial dealings
such as pitch advertising and bank loans. I would have liked the
coaching staff side to have been more personalised and to have been able
to see the league tables from all six divisions rather than just the one
my team was involved in, but these are amongst the reasons that
Championship Manager is widely regarded as the best on other formats.
Realistic it certainly is not, but neither was Football Manager, and
that was the best selling football management game ever. It is also
difficult, and it will certainly take some time to win every trophy on
offer, although I do not consider this to be a bad thing.
7.12
I do like good football management games, and I am totally absorbed by
this one, in spite of everything. That the errors and inconsistencies
listed earlier do not completely ruin Premier Manager are a tribute to
its design − I just find it a pity that it was released like this and
would strongly urge Gremlin to release a rectified version quickly and
offer a free or cheap upgrade to existing users. Alternatively, perhaps
they would be good enough to convert and release version 2, as has been
seen on other formats for a long while now, maybe offering an upgrade
path. If not, then maybe somebody would be good enough to convert
Championship Manager for us or release a home-grown football management
sim, thereby creating some much needed competition into the marketplace.
7.12
Any comments relating to this column, or any other games-related subject
should please be sent to Dave Floyd, c/o PO Box 2795, London NW10
9AY. A
7.12
Pocket Book Column
7.12
Travel notes
7.12
The Pocket Book has been to the Aeolian Island of Lipari, off Sicily,
and back, and has proved an excellent travelling companion and talking
point. I can particularly record that the “fiendish Solitaire” I
mentioned last time (as a game picked up from the “3-Lib” collection of
shareware software originally designed for the Psion-3) filled many
boring moments in trains and waiting rooms and even distracted me from
wondering where John had got to and whether he would be back before the
train left. I have only succeeded in getting it out once in all the many
times I have played it, and would like to thank its maker, Dave
(Florish? − he gives no address and asks no licence fee) for hours of
entertainment.
7.12
I also gained the satisfaction I expected from another piece of software
from the “3-Lib” collection, John Whiting’s Outline, which cleverly
enables the user not only to make an ordered set of headings, but also
to write associated notes; to have this quite sophisticated thinking aid
in one’s pocket is immensely valuable. He has also applied some of the
Outline techniques to the structuring of joblists in a piece of software
called ToDo, much more complex than the facility in Schedule. This would
have saved me many mini-breakdowns in my working life, though it comes
too late for me now that I’m retired.
7.12
A hardware problem
7.12
We continued, as reported earlier, to have problems with intermittent
functioning of the printer (the BJ-10SX) which we acquired to connect to
the PocketBook. Finally, we have made a mental link with another
problem: the fact that when the Pocket Book is theoretically connected
to a power supply to conserve batteries, the little green light which
shows that mains power is on keeps going out. Jiggling the lead at the
Pocket Book socket temporarily restores power, but unless this is done
frequently, particularly in a slightly unstable situation, the light
soon goes out again.
7.12
Since I frequently use the Pocket Book on my knee while sitting in bed −
my favourite place of work − such instability is something I need the
hardware to be able to cope with. Our suspicion is that the problem with
the printer is a similar one: that the lead which links Pocket Book to
printer does not sit securely at one or other end. This problem needs to
be addressed by the hardware manufacturers; meanwhile, any advice or
shared experience would be welcome.
7.12
Dunce’s corner
7.12
John of the far side of the bed wants to stand in the DC this month. He
writes: “We keep an old Amstrad portable in the Aeolian Isles.
Accordingly, we wanted to be able to use the A-link to back-up files
between the Pocket Book and the Amstrad. A source close to Psion let us
have RFM, a program which has been written to enable the Psion drives to
be addressed as MS-DOS drives from the host Amstrad. ‘Psion have not,
and may not release this program’, means Psion neither supports nor
maintains this program, and you will get a thick ear if you ask them
about it.
7.12
We shall be getting a Risc PC by next column so I can report on RFM as
soon as DR-DOS comes, but if anyone within easy reach of Victoria
Station has experience with PCs and serial ports, I should like to try
out this useful little program.”
7.12
Endnote
7.12
Is it midsummer torpor, or the fact that I mentioned I was going to be
away? This month, the whole short column has been written by either my
partner or myself, because there have been no letters. Please start them
flowing again; there must be lots more Pocket Book problems and
pleasures out there to communicate. A
7.12
Oak
7.12
From 7.10 page 16
7.12
CC
7.12
From 7.11 page 8
7.12
Dalriada
7.12
From 7.10 page 15
7.12
GridPro − Grid Processor Program
7.12
Peter Jennings
7.12
GridPro, the grid processor from 4Mation, was inspired by the pleas of a
lace-maker who wanted a dot lattice for designing her patterns. This did
not seem a likely subject for software which would sell in commercial
quantities until it was realised that it could form the basis for a grid
designer with far wider applications.
7.12
Everyone has used a grid at some time or another, whether compiling a
table, drawing a graph, working with a spreadsheet or just doing a
crossword. If you make your own grids, or need to buy specialised and
perhaps expensive designs, GridPro could well interest you. It can also
be used for designing repeating patterns, tessellations, tiled sprites
and polar grids, which make it particularly useful to schools. The
resulting files can be printed out, on any size paper, or exported into
other applications and documents.
7.12
GridPro (version 1.00) costs £37.50 +VAT (or £41 inclusive from
Archive). The price is double with a site licence or extra copies of the
single disc can be supplied at £10 +VAT each. The program has a
registration number and needs to be initialised by entering the user’s
name before it can be run or copied to hard disc. Unfortunately for hard
disc users, it has the irritating extra protection that makes it
necessary to find and insert the original floppy disc every time the
program is run, which is something I feel could sometimes be more of a
deterrent to purchasers than to pirates.
7.12
There are more than 80 sample files giving you various types of grids
and patterns, which are easily customised and which will probably fill
most requirements. The 20-page manual explains how to edit them. This
section of the manual, in tutorial style, comes immediately after the
brief introduction but it is advisable at least to skim through the rest
of the pages before studying it, to get to know the unfamiliar icons
used in the toolbox and windows.
7.12
Line grid
7.12
For the most common type of grid, the line grid, GridPro provides
horizontal and vertical “major” lines and similar pairs of “minor” lines
which can be used to make subdivisions. The lines can be set to any
spacings, thicknesses or colours and either vertical or horizontal lines
can be turned off. Colours can be set to “none” and this will eliminate
the minor lines when they are not needed. Logarithmic grids can be
created by clicking on a button and entering a cycle value to specify
how many times the log scale is to be repeated.
7.12
A grid can be dragged to size and this can be done without altering the
spacing between the lines so as to give the required number of boxes of
the chosen dimensions. It can also be dragged to anywhere on screen or,
more precisely positioned by changing the parameters shown in a window.
7.12
Chequer
7.12
A “chequer” grid is similar in appearance to a line grid except that
alternate rectangles have a fill colour which can, however, be set to
“none”. Apart from this, the main difference from a line grid is that
the number and size of rectangles are adjusted rather than the lines
which form them. The number and the size can each be set to be the same
horizontally and vertically to keep the grid and/or the boxes square,
making it simple to change the configuration to that of a chess board,
for example.
7.12
Crosswords, one of the commonest uses of grids, cannot be made directly
as there is no facility to colour individual squares. This could be done
in a program such as Chameleon or, if a sprite is acceptable, you can
use Paint to snapshot a squared grid and then to fill in the black
areas.
7.12
Dot lattice and polar
7.12
Other types of grids on offer may be less familiar. A dot lattice is
composed of rows of dots which can have their size, colour and spacing
adjusted. The arrangement can be rectangular or skewed at any angle from
20 to 70 degrees.
7.12
Polar grids are the most complex. They can take the form of a complete
circle or a sector of one, with interior rings and/or spokes and
optionally with a “hollow” centre.
7.12
Modulo circles
7.12
Thirty-five sets of six modulo circles are also supplied, as both
separate files and in a Vector-type library which can be loaded into a
tessellation window. These have different numbers of points marked round
the circumference and can be used for modulo arithmetic or just for
creating patterns. One set, called Clockface, has twelve points with the
appropriate numerals marked in. The manual has a page of suggestions for
using modulo circles, tessellations and dot lattices. There is also a
directory containing a set of calendar blanks, a diary page and a sample
table ruling.
7.12
Designing
7.12
Designing your own grid is basically a matter of clicking on a toolbox
icon to choose the required type and then changing the default settings
in a pair of windows, Design and Size/Position, in the same way that the
example files are edited. The options vary according to the type of grid
and can look a little confusing at first. For example, with line grids
there are four different sets of lines − major and minor lines both
horizontal and vertical − which can all be adjusted separately. The
manual shows how to change the parameters but it took me some time to
work out the best way to make my own designs.
7.12
I wanted to get single lines of square boxes, both horizontal and
vertical, to fit together for an interlocking word game. It was easy to
do this by dragging the example matrix of 1cm squares into a single line
(using <select> so that the spaces between the lines, forming the square
boxes, do not change size or shape) but I eventually worked out how to
design it from the beginning from scratch.
7.12
This can be done by setting the major lines to 1cm (that is the space
between them) both horizontally and vertically and ignoring settings for
the minor lines except to change their colour to “none”. You then toggle
from the Design window to the Size/Position window and set either the
vertical or horizontal size to the number of boxes required in that
dimension. The size for the other dimension must be 1cm. For example,
setting the vertical size to 10cm and the horizontal to 1cm will give
you a vertical line of 10 square boxes. This all takes about a minute
and is much easier to understand when doing it on the computer than just
reading about it!
7.12
In practice, you can simply load the 1cm square example file and just
make the changes needed in the Size/Position window in a few seconds but
doing it all from the start at least once does make it clear how the
program works.
7.12
Tiles and tessellations
7.12
Tiled sprites and tessellations are somewhat different and the manual
could be a little more detailed on making them. You begin by dragging
the sprite to be tiled or the drawfile to be tessellated into a window.
You then have to open a menu and confirm the choice of graphic by
clicking on its name before it can be used. The instructions then fail
to say how to make the graphic into a repeating pattern, but it is again
done by increasing the size, this time both vertically and horizontally.
This is logical enough once you have discovered how the program works
but is not very apparent to newcomers.
7.12
Worth having
7.12
This is a very versatile program, aimed for use in education from
primary schools to colleges and for anyone else who uses grids of almost
any type. If you want to make your own grids, simply and quickly, you
will find GridPro well worth having and frequent users may wonder how
they managed without it.
7.12
GridPro costs £37.50 +VAT from 4Mation (£41 through Archive) for a
single user or £75 +VAT (£41 through Archive) for a site licence. A
7.12
CC
7.12
From 7.11 page 13
7.12
The Internet, Fidonet and Schools
7.12
Doug Weller
7.12
Email isn’t new to schools; schools in the US, Canada and Australia/New
Zealand have been using the Internet and Fidonet for years for
communications.
7.12
At the moment, Campus 2000 is the main network British schools use for
electronic communications. The Internet isn’t new to UK schools, but up
until now, only a handful of schools have been using it, many through
the Chatback Trust which has been funding about 40 schools with special
needs departments. This is set to change soon. Within months, if not
weeks, Campus 2000, the BBC and Edex (The Educational Exchange) will be
vying with each other, and more traditional providers such as Demon, to
provide Internet services for schools.
7.12
Why use the Internet?
7.12
We’ve already used the Internet to exchange diaries with 125 schools
around the world. Next school year we will be working with schools in
the US, Canada, Australia, Brazil, Israel, Latvia and Russia, with
children in (at least) Years 2 to 6. We will be writing joint stories,
exchanging data on acid rain and the weather, discussing different
landscape features, doing joint reading projects, and other activities
still to be planned. Through the Chatback Trust, our less able children
will be engaged in projects specifically tailored to their needs.
7.12
All of this will be done using only Email. We also hope to be able to
use some of the more sophisticated research facilities, for instance, to
get up-to-the-minute earthquake information. Unfortunately, at the
moment, the software required for some of the more exciting Internet
explorations (e.g. Mosaic) isn’t available for the Archimedes.
7.12
How can my school get onto the Net?
7.12
There are a variety of ways that schools can access the Internet.
Probably the simplest is the way we started, via a Fidonet BBS which
allows its users access to the Internet. An increasing number of BBSs
are offering Internet Email and newsgroups. These can be accessed using
any Archimedes comms software, but the best method is to become a point
(i.e. a mini bulletin board) using the free software which is already
available for the Archimedes, !Binkley and !Fidomail.
7.12
More direct access to the Internet is available from providers such as
those mentioned above, but of course these cost more. Schools with
special needs departments could consider asking the Chatback Trust to
sponsor them. This would mean Chatback paying a bursary for phone bills
in return for the school’s special needs pupils being involved in
various projects using Email.
7.12
Once on the Internet, there are a variety of newsgroups and mailing
lists for teachers. These will probably be the subject of a future
article. Right now though, if you have access to Internet newsgroups,
either through direct access to the Internet or a Fido BBS hooked up to
the Internet, look for the newsgroup uk.education.teachers. (If your
local bulletin board doesn’t take it, ask the Sysop!). This particular
newsgroup has been set up as a helpline for teachers wanting to use the
Internet, and I will be regularly posting information about mailing
lists, suggested projects, etc.
7.12
How about Fidonet?
7.12
Paul Welbank’s StarNet BBS at Eaton (City of Norwich) School acts as a
support centre for schools using FidoNet as a low cost medium for inter-
school communication. Several schools run Fidonet points from StarNet.
StarNet provides advice, help and often software to schools wanting to
join Fidonet.
7.12
They have originated the UKSCH_* clutch of Fidonet conferences,
including High-School Chat and 6th Form Chat (both of which are highly
actively used by school-age kids), Junior and Teacher Chat; all of which
are UK backboned.
7.12
They have also been researching and developing software for making the
‘pupil interface’ to email systems manageable. The current project has
produced a system capable of connecting all users on a school Acorn
Econet or Ethernet network. It runs up to sixteen simultaneous users and
can interface them to local email and conferences, Fidonet and, soon,
Internet.
7.12
They have recently achieved a ‘first’, I think, in establishing a direct
fido link between two large secondary schools. Pete Bradbury’s 100
station network in Stantonbury Campus school is linked with our school’s
60 station net. StarNet BBS can be contacted at 0603-507216, 2:2501/405.
7.12
If you want more information specifically on using the Internet, my
email address is dweller@ramtops. demon.co.uk, or via Fido netmail,
2:2501/405.16. Or you can phone me on 021-708-1254. A
7.12
Talking Rhymes
7.12
Paul Hooper + Class H, Martham First School!
7.12
According to the credits, this suite of programs was written by Brian
and Maddy Kerslake whilst stuck in traffic on the way back from the 1993
NCS Open Day. If that’s what it takes to produce a first class set of
programs then please may we have more NCS Open Days on very busy holiday
weekends out in the middle of rural Norfolk!
7.12
All the programs were tested on an A4000, an A5000 and a Risc PC and
worked fine, but you do need at least 2Mb, so on the A4000 space was a
little tight.
7.12
The review copy came in a neat little box and contained four discs with
a rhyme on each. The manual is an A5 booklet which not only has full
instructions but also gives hints on how to use the rhymes in the
classroom. Also included is a set of photocopy masters which can be
coloured in or cut up as jigsaws. Volume one contains Little Miss
Muffet, Humpty Dumpty, Georgie Porgie and Little Jack Horner but an
extra four rhymes are listed on the outside of the box and will be
available later in the year.
7.12
Getting started
7.12
Each rhyme had to be registered before it could be run but was easily
installed on a hard disc. Jotter font is provided and has to be
installed in your font directory. The normal double click on the icon
produces a blank screen for a few seconds and then a loading screen. The
program is not multi-tasking and will take over the whole machine. The
program checks if a printer driver is present and, if not, gives you the
opportunity to load one. Then you are presented with a picture that has
been split horizontally into four pieces and mixed up. Using a drop and
drag technique you must reassemble the picture. Now a nice touch here is
that it doesn’t matter which button you use on the mouse, they all work
the same − so young children who sometimes have difficulty hitting the
right button can use this program without difficulty.
7.12
Once the picture is correct, you then get a voice in a cartoon style,
reciting the rhyme. Although this is not synthesised speech, it does
sound slightly disjointed as it is made up of a series of one word sound
samples. Then comes the best bit − the picture is then animated so that
Humpty Dumpty does fall off the wall and the Kings men turn up to try
and put him together again − complete with a pot of glue! The cartoon
characters are delightful with lots of humour in the animations − Little
Miss Muffet’s tonsils have to be seen to be believed!
7.12
Certainly, the animations became the main talking point in the
playground and because they are so detailed, each pupil had seen
something different and wanted to come back and check out what they had
missed the first couple of times round. At the same time as the
animation, a music only version of the rhyme is played allowing the
pupils to sing along with the animation.
7.12
Yet more
7.12
Even if this was all the program was capable of doing, it would still be
a good buy. Yet there is so much more. Instead of using the picture, you
can have the words of the rhyme instead, or the words superimposed on
the picture. The picture can be split into six vertical stripes or a six
by four box grid. All pictures can be printed out, even the jigsaw ones.
The animations can be run backwards causing much hilarity. The sound can
be adjusted and all the icons can be configured on or off. When the
words are switched on, the voice speaks the words. The number of
different features available explains why the voice sounds a little
disjointed − there was no room left on the 800Kb disc. In fact, it is
surprising that they have got so much on to one disc.
7.12
Conclusions
7.12
This program certainly deserves a place in any Primary School, as it
will certainly give encouragement to reading. The measure of any good
program is that children want to talk about it and use it again and
again. Using this criteria, the programs were definitely a hit at
Martham School. The cost is a very reasonable at £44 for all four rhymes
through Archive, and there are site licences are available through
Topologika.
7.12
Now where can we send Brian in rural Norfolk to get him to devise yet
another brilliant program? I wonder if he’s heard of
Whissonsett........? A
7.12
At last, quality artwork for use with Impression and other DTP packages.
Fully compatible with all Archimedes computers, all clip art is supplied
in sprite format. Volume One has 68 full size sprites and 29 system
icons, compressed with ArcFS. Themes covered include: Animals, Borders,
Christmas, Furniture and Transport. Send £10 (+50p p&p) for your copy or
75p for a thumbnail printout of the contents. This is redeemable against
purchase of Volume One.
7.12
QUALITY ARTWORK AT A SENSIBLE PRICE
7.12
User Feedback
7.12
What do the users of Talking Rhymes think about it? Two of the pupils of
Martham First School give their views:
7.12
l liked it because I like the music and pictures. Russell.
7.12
I liked it because I liked trying to work out how to move the bits
around. Kirsty.
7.12
One of the King’s men, glue-pot in hand!
7.12
Hints and Tips
7.12
• Boot structure on the Risc PC − How many of you have got to grips
with the Boot application on the Risc PC? It’s a little bit messy on
first glance − and even on second and all subsequent glances! However,
it is also very powerful and practical. The following is brief guide to
its contents and what they are used for and goes a little beyond the
discussion in chapter 11 of the User Guide.
7.12
As many of you have discovered, the !Boot application simply runs the
configure utility, enabling you to select various hardware and desktop
options. It has also done an awful lot of work by the time you get to
the desktop, setting up system variables, configuring your preferences
and booting and running several applications, modules and obey files.
Those of you with stronger stomachs may have shift-double-clicked on it
and will have been faced with a bewildering array of nested directories
and files, many of which are named !Boot or Boot, !Configure or
Configure, and all of these are sufficiently dotted with references to
each other to ensure that all who enter are reduced to quivering
technophobes.
7.12
Please note that if you are going to make changes to the insides of
!Boot, you would be wise to take a copy of it first. If you do find that
the contents of !Boot.Choices.Boot are irretrievably messy, you can run
the application !ResetBoot in $.Diversions.Tools which will restore
!Boot to its factory settings. Also, I would recommend keeping a copy of
the RISC OS applications contained in $.Apps if you intend to make any
changes to them − as you do not get a copy of them on floppy disc, as
you did with previous versions of RISC OS.
7.12
Apart from the usual application baggage of !Run, !Boot, !Sprites and
!Help, there are two directories that are of interest (Resources and
Choices) and two that aren’t (Library and Utils.)
7.12
Resources contains the applications that RISC OS needs, but which
needn’t concern the user most of the time, these being !System, !Scrap
and !Fonts. The !Configure application that gets run automatically by
!Boot is also here.
7.12
Choices contains nothing but a directory called Boot and it is here that
the interesting stuff resides.
7.12
The obey file PreDesktop gets run first and sets up aliases and system
variables. Its most interesting job is to control which applications
appear when the Apps icon on the iconbar is clicked. In the following
discussion, ‘Apps’ refers to the directory viewer opened by clicking on
the ‘Apps’ icon on the icon bar, whilst ‘$.Apps’ refers to the directory
called ‘Apps’ in the root of the hard disc. As you will see, they are
not the same.
7.12
By default the contents of $.Apps all appear in the Apps resource. The
easiest way to have one of your own applications accessible through Apps
icon is to copy it into $.Apps. Note that any applications deleted or
moved from $.Apps will no longer appear in Apps after a reset, and
cannot be retrieved. Apps only contains a ‘facade’ for the real
applications which are stored elsewhere. If you have a whole suite of
applications you would like to appear in Apps, and you don’t want them
messed up with the contents of $.Apps, you can ask PreDesktop to add
them from any other directory. Near the end of the file PreDesktop is
the line
7.12
AddApp Boot:^.Apps.!*
7.12
which will place any application in $.Apps into the Apps. If you want to
add to this a single application stored elsewhere, you can add a line
something like
7.12
AddApp Boot:^.MyApps.Impression.!Style
7.12
or to add all the applications in a given directory add a line like
7.12
AddApp Boot:^.MyApps.UsefulApps.!*
7.12
The directory PreDesk contains things which need to be run before the
desktop starts. This is intended for use by applications which need
software, modules or drivers in place prior to the desktop but you may
find you are required to place things there manually when installing
certain new hardware and software products.
7.12
The file Desktop is where the !Boot system filer_boots anything that may
be needed by the operating system, and some of the essentials for the
user. Desktop also causes any applications or obey files contained in
the directory Tasks to be run. Inside Tasks is where applications may
place files they want to be run within the desktop but before the user
gets started. It already contains !ROMPatch and a file called Configure.
If you create a Desktop Boot file from the task manager icon, this is
where it is saved (see page 139 in the User Guide). You can also store
your own goodies here. For instance, if you are using an IDE 105Mb
removable drive in your Risc PC, you may want to place the !SyQuest
Application in the Tasks directory so that it is always present on the
iconbar when you start.
7.12
There is a drawback with placing applications in Tasks that install
themselves on the icon bar. If you choose to create a desktop boot file,
you may find you get a duplicate copy of your favourite application next
time you reset the computer. The best way is to try it and see. !Syquest
doesn’t suffer from this problem.
7.12
You may have tried putting your best backdrop on the pinboard and saving
the desktop to have it appear every time you use your Risc PC, only to
find that RISC OS has decided to put one of its bland wallpapers up in
its place. This is because the ...Tasks.!Boot file containing the state
of the desktop (and therefore your pretty picture) gets run before the
file Configure (simply because the files are run alphabetically). Then
the Configure file simply pastes up the textured background choices you
make from the !Configure utility and thus overwrites your true
preference for a backdrop. You can overcome this either by running
!Configure (by double-clicking on the !Boot application), selecting
‘none’ for background texture in the ‘screen’ options and clicking on
the ‘set’ icon. You could try renaming either !Boot or Configure, so
that they swap positions, but this is not the way to do it because
changing either the desktop boot, or running !Configure, will create the
same problem again. David Webb, NCS.
7.12
• Changing ChangeFSI − It is possible to modify !ChangeFSI v0.95 to
enable non-Risc PC owners to create high/true colour sprites.
7.12
!ChangeFSI v0.95 allows Risc PC owners to create 16bpp (32,000) or 32bpp
(16,000,000) sprites, but it will not work on non-Risc PC machines − an
error message comes up if you try and create one! However, a little
modification of the !ChangeFSI Basic file gets over this problem.
7.12
Open up the !ChangeFSI application and look for a blue Basic file called
ChangeFSI. Load this file into !Edit and 21 lines down you will see a
line:
7.12
SYS “OS_SWINumberFromString”,, “OS_SpriteOp” TO spop%
7.12
insert an ‘X’ at the start of the “OS_Spriteop” word so that it reads:
7.12
SYS “OS_SWINumberFromString”,, “XOS_SpriteOp” TO spop%
7.12
and 531 lines down (you may wish to use !Edit’s F5 key short cut here!)
you will see:
7.12
SYS“Wimp_ReadPixTrans”,&100,sar%,n$,,,, ifactors%,pixtrans%
7.12
insert a ‘X’ at the start of the “Wimp_Read...” word so that it reads:
7.12
SYS“XWimp_ReadPixTrans”,&100,sar%,n$,,,, ifactors%,pixtrans%
7.12
Resave the file!
7.12
Now when you enter a 32,000 colour display mode (or set !ChangeFSI’s
output option) and drag a suitable JPEG/TIFF, etc image to !ChangeFSI,
the error will not occur, but a seemingly ‘blank’ white window will
appear. The image is really there − it just can’t be seen! Save this
‘blank’ image and you will have created your very own high-colour
sprite! Stuart Halliday, Quantum Software.
7.12
• Replacement mice − With the Acorn mouse costing £40* and both the
Clares and Watford mice costing £30, the survival of our school mice has
been of some concern to me. The oldest mice for the A310s have caused
most problems as they have weak leads and a little stretching breaks the
wires inside the cable. They also go out of adjustment causing the
pointer to stall or go off in the wrong direction. The A3000 mice have
far fewer problems but, after a lot of use, they too can have cable
breaks and one has failed electronically. So far, the A3020 type have
not failed − but perhaps they have not been in use long enough.
7.12
(*We still have a few cut-price Acorn mice at £20. Ed.)
7.12
Repairing mice myself was a time-consuming business and replacement
leads were costly too; one from Archive is £11 or £13 depending on the
mouse-type. I have used a company called CSL to repair all the A310
mice. They are reliable and quick and have a fixed charge of £15 plus
VAT, which includes a new cable. This is strong and thick and definitely
child-proof, if a bit clumsy. Meanwhile, I have kept my eyes open for a
cheap replacement. There are numerous compatible Atari and Amiga mice,
usually selling for about £10 at shows, but they only have two buttons.
Similarly, there are PC mice at a slightly higher price, but the 3-
button variety are for the serial port.
7.12
Thankfully, the latest Maplin catalogue has a cheap 3-button Amiga
mouse. A little investigation worked out the connections and then a bit
of delicate soldering to a 9-pin miniature DIN plug, also from Maplin,
produced a fully working replacement. The mouse is neat and fits well in
the hand. It has a coated steel ball and membrane switches rather than
microswitches. These could be replaced, but the feel is good anyway. A
possible bonus is that the sensitivity is about twice that of the Acorn
mouse, i.e. it moves twice as far on screen for a given movement across
the mat.
7.12
For anyone who needs a replacement, I can recommend this route if you
are a competent solderer with a fine iron. The connections and parts are
shown below. Although the wire colours in my mouse were in a convenient
resistor-code order, you should confirm this before soldering.
7.12
Parts from Maplin Electronics:
7.12
RT51F − Amiga Mouse − £10.95
7.12
JX19V − Min DIN Line Plug 9W − 98p.
7.12
(Prices are inc VAT.)
7.12
Mouse plug connections
7.12
Pin Function Colour
7.12
9 menu white
7.12
8 adjust grey
7.12
7 select black
7.12
6 yb blue
7.12
5 ya green
7.12
4 xa yellow
7.12
3 xb orange
7.12
2 +5v red
7.12
1 0v brown
7.12
Keyboard socket (or rear of plug)
7.12
Steve Drain, Portland.
7.12
(If you have never soldered a mini-DIN plug before, be warned − it is a
VERY fiddly job! Ed.)
7.12
CSL’s address is: 15 Spencer Road, New Milton, Hants, BH25 6BZ.
7.12
• Resetting the palette on the Risc PC − One of our subscribers happily
ran one of the alternative palette files, such as those given for
Artworks and Impression, only to realise that on RISC OS 3.5 there is no
palette icon with which to alter it, or, more importantly, to reset to
default. We’ve not been able to find any easy way to reset the palette
other than to take a default palette from a pre-RISC OS 3.5 computer and
double-click on it on the Risc PC. This does the job so, for those of
you who do not have the luxury of another machine, a default palette is
included on the program disc. David Webb, NCS
7.12
• RISC OS 3 Laser Direct driver problems − If you look at last month’s
Archive carefully, you will see a small printing problem with the new
RISC OS 3 LD drivers from CC. Take page 50 for example and look at line
8 which starts, “Star to average”. As you will probably be able to see,
there is a distortion of the text which looks like a missing line or
lines of dots on the printout. Having once identified it, you will
probably be able to see it on many of the pages of the magazine at about
the same position!!!!
7.12
CC know about the problem and say that they are looking into it. There
is, however, a temporary solution. To stop it, you have to switch off
the half-toning of text. To do this, shift-click on the !Printers icon
on the iconbar and set the options as shown opposite to “Graphics only”.
7.12
The only slight snag with this is that it reveals another (even worse)
bug. If, with half-toning on graphics only, you print something
sideways, it goes completely AWOL and prints the text at the wrong
spacing and in totally the wrong place! Ed.
7.12
(Stop Press − CC say that they have a beta-release of version 2.65 which
they are going to send me. It seems to have fixed the problems but, of
course, you can never be sure until it is thoroughly tested. Ed.)
7.12
• Selecting modes in Basic on the Risc PC − We recently had an enquiry
regarding the effects of the MODE command in Basic on the Risc PC.
Unlike previous machines, the mode can be set using a mode definition
string rather than just a number. The idea is that this gives access to
the whole range of modes available to the Risc PC. If the specific
machine on which the software is running does not support the mode
requested, the closest mode which is available will be selected.
7.12
The mode description string takes the form “Xn Ym Ck” where n is the
desired X resolution, m is the desired Y resolution, and k sets the
number of colours – 2, 4, 16, 256, 32K, 16M are all valid colour
specifiers. For example MODE “X800 Y600 C16” will choose a mode similar
to mode 31 on earlier machines. Note also that the resolutions given in
the string are the required resolutions in Pixels, not logical units as
used by the Basic MOVE/DRAW/PLOT commands for example. More on this
later.
7.12
The mode can be specified either by number or by string. Most of the old
modes are supported, and with some calculation, the new modes are also
accessible by number. The easiest way to find the number is to enter the
mode using the mode string, and then “PRINT MODE” which will display the
current mode number.
7.12
Unfortunately, for users who have worked their way up from earlier
machines, the new system has some strange effects. The new method makes
more sense than the old system which was based on the BBC Micro system
of TTL rgb colours, but you do need to be aware of the changes. When a
mode is chosen by number and the mode has 2, 4 or 16 colours, then the
palette is redefined to be the same as that offered on the BBC,
including, for 16 colour modes, the flashing colours. This is identical
to the operation of earlier RISC OS machines.
7.12
If the mode string is used, however, there are some differences.
Firstly, using the string has the same result as a “*wimpmode” command
being issued rather than a “*mode”. The effect is that (a) the desktop
mode will have changed, and (b) the palette will be redefined to match
the desktop palette for that number of colours, including clearing the
screen to a mid-grey background, and selecting black text on a white
background. Secondly, the computer gets to choose what it thinks is the
best mode for the job. As noted above, MODE “X800 Y600 C16” gives you
the same size and colours as mode 31, however the two are not identical.
MODE 31 specifies a particular mode whereas the string specifies general
requirements for the mode. In this case, where mode 31 has a refresh
rate of 56Hz, the mode string selects a mode which has a refresh rate of
75Hz, considerably reducing the flicker. The important point here is
that, by passing a string, the choice of mode is more independent,
allowing the computer to choose the mode it can support that is closest
to the mode requested.
7.12
If you need to use a limited number of colours, the best method to use
is the mode string, followed by a redefinition of the palette if needed,
using VDU 19,n,16,r,g,b. Individual colours can be chosen as normal
using GCOL a,c. The more “official” method, especially for high colour
modes is to use the mode string and the SWI ColourTrans_SetG-COL since
that will choose the closest colour in the palette defined. (For best
results, you may still wish to change the palette in low colour modes
for particular tasks). An example is shown below in procedural form
which you may find useful. The procedure will work on earlier machines
as well.
7.12
REM PROCsetcolour
7.12
REM r%, g%, b% set the amounts of red green
7.12
REM and blue for the desired colour,
7.12
REM Colourtrans will be used to pick
7.12
REM the closest colour and set it.
7.12
REM effect% is a standard GCOL effect field
7.12
REM Use SWI number for speed :
7.12
REM ColourTrans_SetGCOL = &40743
7.12
:
7.12
DEF PROCsetcolour(r%,g%,b%,effect%)
7.12
LOCAL colour%
7.12
colour%=(b%<<24)+(g%<<16)+(r%<<8)
7.12
SYS &40743,colour%,,,0,effect%
7.12
ENDPROC
7.12
Finally, let me deal with the OS and pixel units conversions mentioned
earlier. Unlike PCs where locations of pixels tend to be addressed
directly, Acorn has always had a level of indirection - the “logical
resolution”. This had two main advantages in the past, firstly that the
logical resolution did not change with mode, so a line across the middle
of the screen would still appear in the middle even if you changed the
number of pixels on the screen. Secondly, the display worked in the same
way as a mathematical graph, with the origin at the bottom left corner
of the screen, y increasing upwards. If absolute pixels are used, the
top left is the origin, and y decreases downwards.
7.12
The first of these two advantages no longer holds. Because of the
dramatic increase in resolutions and the need to fit more onto the
screen mean, the logical resolutions for different modes are no longer
identical. Consider the table on page 525 of the Risc PC User Guide:
Mode 12 is 640×256 pixels but has a logical resolution of 1280×1024.
Incidentally, this was the standard logical resolution for all modes on
the BBC and earlier Archimedes. Mode 27 at 640×480 only has a logical
resolution of 1280×960 i.e. although mode 27 is “higher resolution”, you
actually get less of a page on the screen than you do in mode 12! (You
will have to take my word for the logical resolutions − they have been
taken out of the Risc PC manual, but appeared in earlier versions if you
have access to those – page 221 of the joint User & Applications guide
for RISC OS 3.)
7.12
This has been used to good effect on the Risc PC, allowing large area
desktops such as the X1600 Y600 mode which has four times the area of
the X800 Y600, but only double the number of pixels.
7.12
This means that you do not know what the logical resolution of a mode is
when you choose it, so to make your software as mode independent as
possible, you need to check the actual and logical resolutions using the
SWI OS_ReadModeVariables and set up appropriate scaling factors. If you
do not have the PRMs, you can assume that for rectangular pixel modes
2*X converts a pixel to the correct logical position, and 4*Y gives the
appropriate scaling for the vertical. In square pixel modes, use 2*X and
2*Y for the scaling. If the actual Y resolution is less than half of the
actual X resolution then it is probably safe to assume a rectangular
pixel mode, otherwise assume square pixel.
7.12
On the monthly program disc is a program called “setcolour” which
includes the above procedure. As a demonstration, the program goes
through 2, 4, 16, 256, 32K and 16M colours and displays a slice from the
colour cube. (You may find the program fails to display the higher depth
modes if you do not have any VRAM). Simply double click on it, once it
has finished the first colour square, press a key to move on to the next
higher colour depth. You may need to reset your desktop mode after it
has finished. SetColourN is similar but only uses 2, 4, 16 and 256
colours referenced by number to demonstrate the difference between
desktop and default “BBC” palettes. This version will also work on pre-
Risc PC machines. Matthew Hunter, NCS.
7.12
• Sound Boots? − For those of you seeking to boost the sound output of
your computer, may I suggest you take a quick trip to your local branch
of Boots the Chemist. In the music department, you should find a pair of
Boots’ own brand ZX200CD microspeakers for a mere £14.99. These come in
rather a naff cardboard box, but do have a volume control on the front
of each speaker plus a PBS button which enhances the bass sound. They
require four LR6 batteries (about another £3) but as they have auto
power switch off, these last a fair time. The supplied lead plugs
directly into the headphone socket on an Acorn computer.
7.12
The difference is stunning and, certainly in a noisy classroom, they
would be a great help. Even in the home environment, they can make a lot
of difference. Paul Hooper, Martham, Norfolk.
7.12
• Thumbnail creation − Quantum Software have provided Archive
subscribers with a copy of Executor (the playback-only version of
Keystroke). It has been supplied as seen, with no warranty, etc, for use
by Archive magazine subscribers only, to demonstrate some of the
abilities of Keystroke.
7.12
The application has the ability to produce, from a directory of JPEG or
TIFF files, a multi-sprite file − in effect, making a !Paint ‘thumbnail’
file.
7.12
These thumbnail sprite files are very useful for displaying your bit-map
images quickly and, whilst it isn’t as good as a professional thumbnail
application, they cost money. Because Paint and this copy of Executor
come free, this is an definite advantage! Stuart Halliday, Quantum
Software.
7.12
N.B. Quantum are also offering Keystroke at a special price of £19 to
Archive subscribers for a limited period. For details, see page 5. A
7.12
Second Impressions of the Risc PC
7.12
Martin Angove
7.12
My Risc PC finally arrived on the 1st June, so I’ve had some time to
assess the thing for myself after all the hype in the Acorn press. It
was about time I had a new computer − my trusty old A310 (4Mb, 130Mb
IDE, Laser Direct, Vision Digitiser and Watford Handscanner) was
beginning to show its age (six years old in July) with various symptoms
for which no-one seems to be able to suggest a cure.
7.12
I ordered, from my local Acorn dealer Uniqueway, a 5Mb model with VRAM
upgraded to 2Mb, and a 17“ monitor. Unfortunately, they forgot to order
the extra VRAM, so I’m running with 1Mb at the moment. When I got it
home I started to unpack the thing on the kitchen table rather than
clearing the space where it would eventually end up. I was a little
surprised at first that the monitor had its own mains plug (rather than
plugging into the monitor socket on the Risc PC), but after hunting for
a two-way adaptor, I got it all switched on. I suppose I will eventually
buy an IEC to IEC lead so that the two-way adaptor can return to its
rightful home.
7.12
To avoid disturbing the rest of the family, I issued a *Speaker Off
command so that the beeps (and later the Replay music) wouldn’t annoy
him. It didn’t work. This was my first clue that, even though the
machine superficially looks similar to the current RISC OS 3.1 machines,
things are different deeper down. To save you from my burbling on, I’ve
set my other observations out as a sort of list.
7.12
The case
7.12
Yes, it does look pretty, and is certainly easy to get into, but the lid
is a pain to put back on straight − you have to press hard on about
three places at once. (You can actually push each of the three points
along the front of the lid clicking it into place one bit at a time.
Ed.) The flap over the drive bays, which makes the machine look so good
when it is closed, is not quite big enough to close with a floppy disc
partially inserted in the drive. I do this quite a lot with document
discs − they are in the drive while I’m working, and then if I have to
go off to do something else I press the eject button and leave the disc
sticking out of the drive − just in case. Actually, the door is big
enough to close with the disc in this state, but you’ll need a small
screwdriver to push the disc back a bit so that you can open it again
later!
7.12
The keyboard
7.12
It is good that the keyboard is a more-or-less standard item. It
shouldn’t cost too much to replace if it ever goes wrong − it looks like
a fairly standard PC keyboard with a PS/2 style plug. On the other hand,
I don’t like Caps Lock where Control should be − I very rarely use Caps
Lock, but use Control all the time. Where it used to be it was quite
easy to use one hand to (for example) type <ctrl-U> to delete the text
in a writeable icon or <ctrl-I> to insert a frame in Impression II. Even
a single-handed <ctrl-shift-I> was just about possible, in order to do
the same in Publisher, but now both operations result in severe cramp
unless I use two hands. I also preferred the larger left-hand Shift key
− I keep hitting ‘\’ now!
7.12
(This keyboard change is why I’m only half looking forward to changing
to Risc PC. I use <ctrl-A>, <ctrl-S> and <ctrl-D> with alarming
regularity when I’m editing text. Does anyone have a module that will
exchange the use of <ctrl> and <capslock>? Ed.)
7.12
The monitor
7.12
I ordered the AKF85 monitor with my Risc PC, and I’m glad that I did.
Desktop Publishing is immeasurably easier in 256 colours at 1024×768
resolution than in the old 16-colour 1056×256 mode 16 I used on my A310.
I’ve only had two problems with this monitor. Firstly, its serial number
comes from Phillips, not Acorn, so doesn’t fit neatly into the box
provided on the registration slip, and secondly, juggling the screen
controls to get as near a perfect picture as possible can be quite time-
consuming since they all affect each other. It also displays TV modes
(old numbers 0 to 15) in ‘letterbox’ format, but this is not usually a
problem except with games (which often use mode 13).
7.12
Manufacturing problems
7.12
Acorn machines used to be manufactured by a company which is quite local
to where I live, AB Electronics. Whether it was their fault or Acorn’s
for not anticipating demand for new machines I don’t know, but there
have always been problems with supply when a new machine was launched.
Given that Acorn are no longer using AB Electronics, I tentatively
expected fewer problems, until I had to wait three (or was it four?)
weeks for my machine.
7.12
Whoever manufactures the machine, they seriously need to do something
about their Quality Assurance. I had been using my machine for a couple
of hours before I noticed that the floppy drive icon was missing. Closer
investigation revealed that the Power-On-Self-Test routine failed to
recognise the floppy, so assumed there wasn’t one. There obviously was
(I could see it!) so I took the lid off to have a closer look. It
transpired that the power wasn’t connected to the drive. It was then a
relatively easy task to remove the backplane and plug the connector in.
This raised a second point. There is only one 3½“ style power connector,
although there are two 5¼” style ones, one of which is attached to the
IDE disc.
7.12
I telephoned Uniqueway to let them know, and they said that of the six
(I think) machines they’d delivered up until then, three had had
problems − their IDE hard drives weren’t attached.
7.12
Design
7.12
Talking about the IDE drive, I thought the easiest way to transfer
things from my A310 to the Risc PC would be to transplant the A310’s IDE
drive into the Risc PC. No such luck! The cable in the Risc PC only has
one connector, and the one in the A310 (which does have two) is
permanently attached to the IDE interface card. I suppose I could have
put the Risc PC’s drive into the A310, but I didn’t feel like chancing
it. How do I expand the Risc PC if I want to add another IDE drive? I
suppose I’ll have to buy another cable.
7.12
(Yes, you need an IDE cable with three connectors on it to replace the
one you get which has two. There is a spare power cable coiled up under
the floppy drive. You may find some mechanical problems fitting a second
drive though. NCS can supply all the bits you need or a complete kit
including hard drive. Ed.)
7.12
One final point about the hardware − if you look carefully you will see
that there is space for another speaker to be fixed in the front of the
case. Yet again, Acorn have supplied the machine with a tinny little
excuse for a speaker, and in mono to boot! At least the sound output
from the 3.5 mm socket is of better quality than used to be the case −
maybe they’ve heard Ray Maidstone’s Hifi upgrades, and incorporated a
better filter. (Yup! Ed.)
7.12
Supplied software
7.12
I, too, regret that Paint, Draw and Edit are no longer supplied in ROM
(although at least the three basic fonts still are). This obviously
makes it easier to update them when required, but does use more memory.
As a result, my 5Mb machine (4Mb main and 1Mb VRAM) has little advantage
in terms of memory use over the A310 − any extra memory I may have soon
gets eaten up by these programs which have in effect doubled or tripled
in size.
7.12
Draw and Edit seem pretty much identical to the versions supplied with
RISC OS 3.1, although Draw has obviously been updated to take advantage
of the new 32 thousand and 16 million colour screen modes. What
surprises me is that Paint hasn’t been updated in a similar fashion.
7.12
Granted, Paint was never the world’s most powerful bitmap editing
package, but it did have its uses. I can’t see why it wasn’t possible to
enable it to edit sprites with large numbers of colours. One of my main
uses for Paint is to crop images before transferring them to Impression
or Draw to save space. Not being able to use, for example, a small part
of a 24-bit sprite converted from one of the JPEGs on the hard disc is a
bit limiting. On top of that, Paint won’t even display 256 colour (16
greys) sprites from my Vision digitiser properly unless I’m using a 256
colour mode!
7.12
The other slight disappointment − sorry to the guys at Uniqueway who
wrote it − is the Replay player. This application seems to sit uneasily
on the gleaming new hardware. The most perplexing thing is that this
package, which can play movies at 25 frames per second with stereo sound
on an A5000, still needs to freeze all other tasks to do the same on a
machine that is said to be twice as fast. At least when it’s only
reproducing sound it is able to multitask. Dig a little deeper, and you
will find that it seems to be possible to get Replay movies to do all
sorts of funny things − pretending to be film, moving about the screen,
zooming or whatever. It is not as easy as all that − you have to fiddle
with some of the supplied utilities which are written in Basic.
7.12
On the subject of the hard disc, I was also a little worried that Acorn
had not seen fit to include the supplied utilities etc on floppy as
well, or even to provide a utility to back-up the hard disc. Even cheap
PC clone vendors are starting to realise that very occasionally
accidents do happen, and it’s very reassuring to know that your valuable
applications are sitting on a floppy, just waiting to be copied back to
the hard disc in an emergency. I spent quite some time working out how
best to fit them onto floppies, and then copying them.
7.12
Compatibility
7.12
I was not pleased by the amount of software I had that didn’t seem to
work properly on the new hardware and OS. Among the more important (to
me, at any rate), Drawbender from Ian Copestake crashes every time (an
update is promised as soon as they can get hold of a Risc PC); ArcFS
(version 1) works, but seems to affect some other applications − an
upgrade is recommended for users of both version 1 and version 2; the PC
Emulator needs an upgrade, costing £9 plus VAT (my current version is
1.6); Laser Direct needs an upgrade which I hope will also fix the bug
in the current version that prevents it printing ☓ (wcircumflex) and Ŷ
(ycircumflex) from the internal fonts; Translator by John Kortink gets
confused and hangs the machine if you’re using a 32 thousand or 16
million colour mode.
7.12
This last point brings out an important addition to RISC OS 3.5. If your
machine hangs (an application gets stuck in a loop, mouse clicks won’t
work and so on) just press <alt-break>. This will, nine times out of
ten, bring up a dialogue box enabling you to stop the process in
question and continue. This answers one of the main criticisms of a co-
operative multitasking system; that you have no control over a process
independent of the process itself.
7.12
Having said all that, it is pleasing just how many things do work!
Perversely, it seems as though the programs that are presented most
professionally (see some of the list above) have problems, whereas
programs you’d expect to fail, don’t. In this last category, I include
such gems as the Digital Symphony player and tunes (although Trackers
and Teq Music as used on some games seem to have problems), various game
demos from cover discs (Spheres of Chaos, Flashback etc.) and PD
utilities such as William Tunstall-Pedoe’s excellent Supergram (I
recommend upgrading to the much-enhanced version 2), and Panorama
(produces drawfile world maps). PD utilities often cut compatibility
corners because some programmers are just plain lazy. The Vision
digitiser is an excellent example of a cheap and cheerful product that
needed no upgrading to work on the new hardware, although it still needs
to be in mode 15.
7.12
On the other hand
7.12
Don’t think I’m not pleased with my new machine! I’m glad that I waited
for it. This time last year I was wondering if I should try to scrape
the money together for an A5000, as my A310 was starting to do some
funny things. Fortunately, I held off, saved up, and have been well
rewarded. All I need now is yet more money so that I can buy a 24-bit A4
colour scanner, colour laser printer, CD-ROM, 21“ monitor, Syquest
removable − the list goes on! A
7.12
Comment Column
7.12
• Acorn success story − We have received news of another Acorn success
story. Congratulations to Archive member Philip Foster and the
production team of StreetWise, the parish community magazine of St
Matthew’s Church, Cambridge. StreetWise has won joint first prize in the
National Parish Magazine Competition, awarded at a special ceremony
during the General Synod at York in July.
7.12
Ruth Geldhill of the Daily Telegraph, who was one of the judges,
commented on Radio Five Live that the quality of both the production and
the journalism had impressed her. The Rev Philip Foster of St Matthew’s
Church and one of the editorial team of five said, “We used Acorn
equipment from the second edition and have never looked back. We now
produce the entire magazine in-house and present our Printers with
positive film so that they can go direct to plate. What further
encouraged us was the discovery that our co-winners (“Newslink” from St
Faith’s church in Crosby) were also Acorn users. A real double first for
Acorn and Computer Concepts’ Impression DTP software.”
7.12
StreetWise is delivered to each of the 1700 households in the parish
each quarter and it has nearly completed four years in circulation. You
can get in touch with Philip Foster on 0223-63545 (fax 512304) for
further details of the equipment and production process used for
StreetWise. If you would like a sample copy of the magazine, please send
Philip £1 in money or stamps as the magazines are a little postage-
hungry!
7.12
• “Don’t sign for it!” − (Vera Cooke, NCS, writes...) We have had a
couple of problems lately with carriers (and have tried one or two
different ones). If you receive a parcel from NCS, please examine it
carefully BEFORE signing for it. If it looks as if it might possibly
have been damaged in transit, put something like “Packaging appears
damaged” and then sign near what you have written and not in the box
where they ask you to sign. The point is that if you sign to say that
the goods are accepted, the insurers refuse to pay out if you then try
to say later on that the goods were damaged.
7.12
• “Sign it!” − (Vera Cooke, NCS, writes...) When you receive a Risc PC,
please be sure to fill in and send the warranty card. If you don’t do so
within the specified time, you will not be entitled to the one year on-
site warranty. Also, if a computer is going to go wrong then after it
has been shaken about twice by carriers (Acorn−−>NCS−−>you) is the most
obvious time for it to go wrong, so it’s important to get that warranty
card off a.s.a.p. to avoid delay in the event of something going wrong.
7.12
• Impression Publisher is here at last. Has it been worth the wait?
Indubitably yes! There are so many extra features − some are cosmetic,
others make life simpler and there are many, many others which are major
enhancements to what was already a powerful piece of software.
7.12
I gather there is going to be a full review in a future issue of Archive
but, in the meantime, here are a few initial comments (mostly
cautionary, and aimed at those who are familiar with Impression II).
7.12
− Not surprisingly, with so many extras, the size of the basic program
has virtually doubled. With Impression, it was Computer Concept’s claim
that useful documents could be produced on a machine with just 1Mb of
memory. Now, inevitably, the recommendation is for a minimum of 2Mb and
if you use it for producing books or other lengthy documents, 4Mb is
essential (and 8Mb desirable).
7.12
− Once you have learnt the keyboard shortcuts, they speed up work more
than a little. But a large number have been changed between Impression
II and Publisher. Refer to the manual or my quick reference card. (Plug,
plug! See Products Available on page 4.)
7.12
− With early versions of Impression, I managed to crash it quite often,
but by version 2.19, it only occurred rarely. With Publisher, the
sequence seems to have started over again, so make regular backups,
preferably to files with different names. Barry Humpidge, Sheffield.
7.12
(I have a decidedly vested interest in knowing if this last comment is
true! We haven’t heard many bug reports yet. Ed.)
7.12
• PC Dilemma − (Ed writes...) If Archive claims to cover “anything to
do with Acorn’s range of computers”, does this mean we should now be
dealing with Windows, DOS, etc? We have, in the past had articles about
using the PC Emulator and various comments about the relative merits of
Macs, PCs and, in particular, Risc PCs.
7.12
What I am inclined to do is only to cover the areas of interface between
the PC and the RISC OS world. If people want articles specifically about
“using Windows” or such-like, wouldn’t it be more sensible to get them
from the (ubiquitous) PC magazines? How much coverage do you think we
should be giving to “things PC” in Archive? Perhaps people would write
and let us know their views (on the questionnaire, perhaps).
7.12
Is there anyone who would like to have a go at fielding the questions,
suggestions, etc about the use of the PC second processors on the
Risc PC and do a couple of issues of a “Risc PC−PC Column” − or however
many it takes? Ed.
7.12
• Protext 6 − Users of Arnor’s Protext 5 word processor, one of the few
major Archimedes programs which is not multi-tasking, are still waiting
for the RISC OS compliant Acorn version of Protext 6 which was promised
for “early 1994”. PC and Atari versions were issued last year but Arnor
still do not have a release date for Acorn machines. They say they hope
it will be available in September or October, so perhaps it will be
running on RISC PCs at the next Acorn World show. Peter Jennings, St
Albans.
7.12
• Puzzles, please − In Personal Computer World, there is a monthly
prize competition (normally far too easy) and a maths/computer article
by Mike Mudge (usually far too difficult for me). Any chance of
something similar, preferably of a degree of difficulty half-way between
these two? R W Newmark, Sunderland. Any offers, anyone? Ed.
7.12
• Risc PC and the future − As would be expected, there has been a lot
said about the Risc PC in a very short space of time. Since I have had
my machine for a week now, I thought I might as well get my oar in too.
First impressions are very favourable, but although the ARM 610 is
noticeably faster than the 30MHz ARM3 in my A540, it is VIDC20 and the
improved efficiency of the video system which is the more significant
factor.
7.12
I am running in 1600×600 in 256 colours and 75Hz refresh rate. This is
excellent for spreadsheets and gives a nice steady image with the large
expanses of white in Impression Publisher. These areas are prone to show
flicker at rates slower than 60Hz.
7.12
I think that the limit of 2Mb of video RAM is sensible since, although
higher resolution and greater colour depth are theoretically possible
with more VRAM, I suspect that correspondingly low refresh rates would
make it impracticable. Still, VIDC enhancers have been known in the past
and I dare say that someone out there needs (wants?) 1600×1200 in 32 bit
colour and 70Hz.
7.12
If I am honest, as far as my business is concerned, I’m not sure I
really need a Risc PC. My A540 can do most things I require and it is
the larger monitor and bigger capacity drives which have helped the most
rather than processing speed. I am a bit faster printing with the
Risc PC but software upgrades from Computer Concepts, such as a RISC OS
3 Laser Direct which can print rotated text, certainly improved the A540
system.
7.12
I can’t help thinking that the IT industry is at a bit of a watershed
though. The vast majority of business machines are sold to people who
have very limited needs, and they will not just upgrade for the sake of
it. How likely is it that Pentium processing power will really be needed
by the hundreds of thousands of secretaries doing wordprocessing plus
the odd bit of graphics in Windows? If that’s the case, the growth in
the number of desktop computers could well tail off with people buying
new to replace worn out rather than new to give vitally needed
additional functionality. Acorn’s move into telecommunications might
turn out to be a shrewd move. (See page 13.)
7.12
I must at this point mention the efficiency of Granada Microcare. I had
only had my new machine a few hours when the monitor refused to come
back from an auto-blank. Although the fault seemed to clear itself after
a phone call to Microcare, they still came out and swapped it for a new
one. This was in under six hours from the time the first call was made
on the Friday morning.
7.12
Since the Risc PC has cost me over £2,000 of my own money, do I think I
have got value for money? Despite what I said in the first few
paragraphs, I think the answer is yes, since I did need a second machine
for the business. Also, I get a lot of pleasure from being different
from my colleagues in my computer habits and enjoy being able to tell
them that they make do with boring Ford Cortinas while I have the
equivalent of a Ferrari. I also enjoy the knots they get themselves into
when the Windows Drivers don’t work or a machine with 16Mb of RAM says
there is no room to run a wordprocessor and crashes amidst a flurry of
gobbledegook or the salesman tells them that a site licence for
Microsoft Office is £10,000 +VAT. Hilarious!
7.12
Looking at the component count on the Risc PC circuit board, and the
overall design, I would be surprised if the manufacturing costs are more
than a fraction of the retail price − probably similar to those of the
A4000. Hard disc prices have fallen enormously since the launch of the
A5000 and the use of standardised components such as a PC keyboard
coupled with bulk buying must have helped.
7.12
Whereas the PC clone manufacturers are squeezed on their margins and
must sell enormous quantities, Acorn have greater freedom to design a
system which probably has higher margins and can therefore survive on
fewer sales. But before you all rush to complain that they should slash
prices, think things through. If they reduce the profit margin by 50%,
they will have to sell twice as many machines just to stand still. Such
a strategy is very dangerous as it could bankrupt the company if it
doesn’t work. (And from a dealer’s point of view, we only get a very
small margin, so would we survive on the reduced profit of the reduced
prices? Ed.)
7.12
Apple found that reducing prices did increase sales but not
profitability. Personally, I am happy to pay a premium for superior
design and I don’t want too many PC converts because I will lose my
exclusivity. It’s not half as much fun owning a Ferrari if everyone has
got one.
7.12
I actually wonder if it would be possible to manufacture a PC clone
version of Risc PC which could be sold competitively in the PC market,
i.e. under £1,000 − heresy perhaps but commercial sense if it were
possible. From a marketing perspective, Acorn seem to be doing the right
thing. They phase out a machine which is relatively expensive to
manufacture and replace it with a better machine which could be less
expensive. However, they keep the price of this machine as high as
reasonably sustainable while all the “propeller heads” such as myself
want one to satisfy their technological lust. They even make supply a
little difficult to start with so that there is a real feeling of demand
but not so bad that the enthusiasts give up. They then sell as many
machines as they can make for a while with the highest margins. Then
they design and launch a cut-down lesser version (cf the A3000 after the
A310/A400 series and the A3000/4000 after the A5000) so that the masses
and, in particular, the volume education sales who couldn’t afford a
Risc PC, can be satisfied. At the same time, they reduce the price of
the original machine to entice a few of the customers at the lower end
to go up market and buy a more expensive and more profitable machine.
They then launch a new flagship and the cycle is repeated.
7.12
The only flaw in this analysis is that Risc PC is so expandable, it is
difficult to see how the new flagship could be significantly different
yet still maintaining software compatibility. Perhaps a 64-bit machine
or a multi-(RISC)processor machine?
7.12
(The next real goal in my mind is the technology to run and edit full-
screen, full-motion digital video of better than VHS quality without
needing to break the bank for storage space.)
7.12
The interesting question is whether or not the next down-market machine
will be similar to Risc PC with a coprocessor slot and built-in
processor upgrade strategy. The more probable alternative is to use an
integrated chip design like ARM250, perhaps ARM750 or ARM850. An ARM750
would presumably out-perform the current Risc PC and so there must be
some inherent limitation to a new low spec machine or it would severely
hit sales of the higher spec machines. If a fictitious ARM 750 machine
sold at a similar price to the current A30x0 series, and had a
coprocessor slot, it would make a fairly cost-effective IBM clone in its
own right at current prices.
7.12
My guess though is that the replacement for the A3000/A4000 series will
have an integrated processor such as an ARM750 but it will be fixed to
the circuit board and therefore not easily upgradable. I also think that
there will probably be no coprocessor slot. This will be a shame, given
the potential to get in at the home user with a low budget who needs PC
compatibility or the school likewise, but I think that’s what they will
choose in order to maintain product differentiation.
7.12
What I would then do is produce a variant of this machine without a hard
or floppy disc but with Ethernet on the main circuit board and boot
software in ROM so that it could be used exclusively as a network
station. A high performance machine to go on a network at around £699
including monitor would allow schools to start thinking about providing
the pupil machine ratio which is necessary for IT to become an everyday
tool in all subjects.
7.12
Anyway, all this is sheer speculation and perhaps totally up the creek
but then half the fun of owning an Acorn machine is guessing the next
development. In my view, it’s far more interesting than being
constrained by a system with more inertia in its operating system than
planet Earth. Ian Lynch, Tamworth.
7.12
• Scanner controls − In the recent colour scanning articles (Archive
7.7 and 7.10), I blethered on about the importance of scanners having a
brightness control. Two snippets have since come in on this point.
Firstly, users of OCR packages (e.g. Sleuth) are finding that, by
adjusting the control to optimise the quality of the monochrome scan,
they can improve the accuracy of the subsequent character recognition
process. This may need some trial and error to give consistently good
results.
7.12
Secondly, users of David Pilling’s ImageMaster application, with certain
scanners, may find that, when BW (monochrome) is selected for scanning −
for OCR work for instance − the brightness control has no effect. If
this proves to be the case with your scanner, the contrast control
should be used to achieve the same result. Jim Nottingham, York.
7.12
• SCSI card compatibility − As the range of SCSI devices available for
the Archimedes/Risc PC widens, it is becoming increasingly clear that,
at present, there is no ‘universal’ SCSI interface card. By this, I mean
that, typically, Card A will drive Scanner B but not Hard Drive C, while
Card D will drive Scanner B but not CD ROM drive E, and so on.
7.12
What I would like to do is to put together a database of which SCSI
cards will drive which peripherals satisfactorily, with a view to making
this available through Archive for general benefit. In this, could I
invite the help of everyone who has a SCSI card driving one or more
internal or external devices. I would be very grateful if you could find
the time to drop me a line (no ‘phone calls please), giving me the
details of your installation and how well it works or otherwise. Please
could you include the following data:
7.12
− Computer model number, e.g. A410/1.
7.12
− Make + model of SCSI card, e.g. Morley cached.
7.12
− Version number of the SCSI software, e.g. V1.10. (To find out which
version you have, press <f12>, then type *Devices <Return> and read the
number against “Device 7” under the column headed “Revision”.) (I tried
this on my Oak card with no success but *HELP SCSI did the trick. Ed.)
7.12
− Make, model number and other details of your SCSI devices (again,
press <f12>, type *Devices <return> and read off the details against the
relevant device number, eg “Syquest internal 105Mb removable drive,
Revision F7P”). (Oak users, run !SCSIForm and do a (S)can. Ed.)
7.12
− Name and version of software drivers for the device(s), where
applicable. (For example, to read the version of CDFS, press <f12> and
type *Help CDFS <return>. The answer will look something like “Module
is: CDFS 2.13 23 Nov 1992”.)
7.12
− Whether the device works or does not work correctly with the SCSI
card. If not, how does the problem show up?
7.12
Ease or difficulty in connecting up. For example, are the connectors
standard (“Centronics”).
7.12
Please do not hesitate to add any other info outside this list which you
feel might be useful. Thanks in anticipation. Jim Nottingham, 16
Westfield Close, Pocklington, York YO4 2EY.
7.12
• “What ever happened to PIPP?” − So said Richard Rymarz in his review
of Small Steps (Archive 7.10 p47). Well, I can tell you that PIPP
(Primary Integrated Project Planner) is indeed alive and well in the
form of ‘Harmony’ from On Target Solutions, 80 Headcorn Drive,
Canterbury, CT2 7TX. Both Acorn and PC versions are available, allowing
the whole of the National Curriculum to be searched for keywords as well
as linked to classroom based activities. Dave Walsh, Herne Bay.
7.12
• Wot!? No Acorn machines?? − (Steve Turnbull of Acorn Computing writes
in response to comments about Archive being the only ‘true’ Acorn
magazine, i.e. the only one that is produced only on Acorn computers.)
At the Acorn User Show in Harrogate, Mike Cook and I did a question and
answer session and one of the questions was Why don’t you use Acorn
machines to produce your magazine? What follows is a little bit more
than what I said then.
7.12
Until the advent of the Risc PC, the answer was quite simple: The
machine is not up to it. But, I hear you cry, what about Acorn User?
Well, although they designed the pages on an Archimedes, it was mostly
just mono − the pictures were added afterwards by a bureau.
7.12
At Europress Publications, we produce everything up to and including the
final colour separated films in-house. The only thing we don’t do is
print. And to do that, you need a machine with 24-bit colour display and
software with the power of QuarkXPress, Illustrator and PhotoShop.
7.12
For Acorn, the software finally exists and so do the machines... but
it’s too late for us.
7.12
Europress produces thirteen magazine titles per month using an
established network of over sixty Macs. Each magazine, apart from the
editorial staff, has one dedicated art editor and shares advert setting
art editors. When the production of one magazine is running late and
needs help, the other art editors pitch in by loading the page templates
across the network and laying out pages. This involves a great deal of
data transfer and it requires that every art editor uses the same
software.
7.12
If the Acorn art editor was using an Acorn machine to work, what would
happen if he fell behind in production? He’d be in deep trouble. No one
could help and, in our environment, where three magazine are produced
every week, that must not happen. In addition, to be cost effective, he
must be able to help others − which would be tricky.
7.12
Acorn themselves are sensibly not trying to target established Mac
publishing networks, and no company in its right mind is going to dump
all its Macs just to buy Acorn machines − it’s not financially sane.
Instead, Acorn are promoting their systems at the droves of small
printers who don’t yet use a computer and think they should.
7.12
As it happens, our advert setter does have a 10Mb Risc PC because 90% of
our adverts are supplied in Acorn format. In fact, he’s taken his A5000
home so he can learn to use the software properly.
7.12
And just to clear up another misconception: All the Acorn Editors
produce their copy and pictures on Acorn machines − we don’t use Macs
and why should we? We don’t do layouts, we have Art Editors for that.
7.12
When I queried Steve about this last paragraph, he explained further...
7.12
The Acorn and Mac systems aren’t integrated. The Acorn adverts are
PostScripted on the Risc PC and transferred by disc to the Mac. Until
now, it’s been by PC disc (yuck), usually compressed by Spark. We now
use MacFS and we’re bringing in a couple of SyQuest drives which will
make it much easier.
7.12
Editorial is written in Impression with styles (headlines, italics,
listings and so on) saved out as text with styles then converted using
ImpQuark to text with XPress codes. Sprites are sent as TIFF using
purpose-written converter, no frills or options − it just turns sprites
of any colour depth into compressed TIFFs, singly or in batch. The
resultant files are then put on Mac disc and put through to the sub-
editor and appropriate art editor. Mark Moxon (Acorn User) is also now
doing layouts in Impression − not for printing − just as ideas for his
Art Editor. Steve Turnbull, Editor, Acorn Computing.
7.12
All I can say is, I’ll never complain about difficulties in the
production of Archive again!
7.12
I explained last month (7.10 p17) how Archive is produced but I didn’t
give any idea of timescales. I usually finish editing all the articles
on a Friday (although it sometimes spills over into Monday morning).
During the course of Monday, I paste up the articles and print out the
camera-ready copy which goes to the printers by 6.00 a.m. Tuesday
morning. The following Monday afternoon, 6,000 finished Archive
magazines are delivered to the office. On Tuesday morning, the stuffing
team come to stuff and frank the envelopes and, by lunchtime, the
magazines are on their way to you. A
7.12
Risc PC Column
7.12
Keith Hodge
7.12
First my apologies if some of the material in the column seems a little
dated this month, this is because I have submitted it to Paul some weeks
ahead of my normal date. By the time you read this, my wife and I should
be lying in the sun on the Atlantic coast of France.
7.12
Monitors
7.12
My 17“ Acorn monitor has arrived − I do not know how I managed to work
on A3 engineering drawings in landscape format before it arrived. The
level of detail and the clarity of the display have to be seen to be
believed. It is also so much less strain on the eyes and, with the new
machine, the speed of redraw is quite remarkable, a speed increase of
over 600% with a 193 Kb drawfile in 1024×768.
7.12
Software compatibility
7.12
In view of the full statement from CC in the June issue, there is no
need to detail CC’s products. However, it is worth noting that there are
delays with some of the upgrades and I have received two reports that
Artworks V1.50 will not install, giving a “internal error 13.6760” from
the installer.
7.12
I am told that one of the reasons that games and music software are
falling over, is due to some early (all?) versions of the SoundTracker
module being incompatible with the Risc PC.
7.12
Following on from this, the complaint from the programmers is that Acorn
released their new machine and only then the technical documents that
explain it. Non-mainstream programmers therefore spend months waiting to
find out why their programs do not work.
7.12
So how about it, Acorn? Why not release the OS extension notes as a
readme file as soon as the machines are out (or before)? This will allow
all the programmers who produce the software ideas (some of which have
ended up in RISC OS 3.5), to stop the loud complaints coming from some
subscribers, who say that over 59% of their software does not run!
7.12
On a positive note, Solent Computer Products have updated and improved
the Soundlab software that accompanies the Oak Recorder 2 hardware.
Upgrades are available by returning your master disc + £5 + a stamped
addressed envelope.
7.12
Hardware news
7.12
If real improvements in performance are to be achieved we need a SCSI-2
interface now! I wonder who will be the first to market one? I am
delaying my scanner purchase until these are released.
7.12
The Alpha / ex-Arxe SCSI card (from the Serial Port) does not work, but
the good news is that it is hoped to produce replacement PALs for this.
Oak SCSI cards are reported to work well. Can people please advise me
how they are getting on with other devices (scanners, tape-streamers,
etc) on SCSI cards, as their experiences may save other people much
heartache.
7.12
Floppy drives
7.12
The situation here is really unsatisfactory, as there is no way to use a
second drive on the machine, other than by filling up an expansion slot
with an adaptor card (and as yet, none are available), as there is no
drive select hardware on the pcb. This is madness! Even a 10-bob Amstrad
will allow that. Acorn need to do something about this now. Many people
(myself included) receive work on different size media and need to add a
5¼“ second drive.
7.12
Readers’ comments
7.12
From Herbert...
7.12
(1) If you move the “images” directory away from the top level of the
hard disc then !SlideShow stops working. What sort of programming is
that? The images are still in the same place relative to SlideShow$Path.
7.12
(2) I got LOOKsystems !FontDir to run at boot time by placing the
directory containing the font partition in !Boot.Resources. Since that
directory contains the !Fonts directory, I called it !LookFonts and
changed the name of the relevant sprite in !Sprites22. I then placed
!FontDir in the previously mentioned Tasks directory and away it went!
7.12
(3) Paint still cannot locally fill using a transparency mask.
7.12
(4) The CLib time bug (Archive 7.6 p38) seems to have been fixed.
7.12
(5) The restart button which follows a Shutdown request does a proper
cold boot. Under 3.1 it did a warm boot which caused problems for my
boot sequence.
7.12
(6) I am glad that Acorn have produced the User Guide as one volume,
rather than the 3.1 version which is two manuals in one volume with
separate indexes. I always found that confusing.
7.12
(7) The new boot system is very interesting but also very complicated. I
haven’t got fully to the bottom of it yet, but I have observed that one
can live without a desktop boot file. I have effectively achieved
exactly the same boot configuration as I had under 3.1 without producing
a single boot file. The answer is to observe that any file or
application which needs to be run at boot time should be placed in
$.!Boot.Choices.Boot.Tasks. Examples include !Printers and the alarm
database file. Leave the !Alarm application where it is. Applications
which need to be “Filer_Booted” can be placed in !Boot.Resources (e.g.
!CCShared).
7.12
(8) The switched monitor outlet is a great improvement, especially with
the front mounted on/off switch.
7.12
(9) Although, as mentioned previously there is now a !Fonts directory on
disc, the main fonts are still stored in ROM.
7.12
(10) I have found the cause of the problem with !ArcTrack under RISC OS
3.5. The next release will incorporate a fix. Registered users will be
contacted.
7.12
From Arthur Taylor...
7.12
Arthur comments that he has managed to modify the monitor script file
for his AKF85 so as to allow 1600×1200 in 16 colours with 1Mb of VRAM,
and that it works well, (can we have a copy please, Arthur, for the
column’s PD disc?). Also, he says that the Marconi tracker ball works
fine.
7.12
Requests for help
7.12
From Herbert...
7.12
The release note says that the Risc PC will only work with a serial
mouse. Presumably, this means that my new mouse is a serial one. Why? I
would like to use my optical mouse which I adapted (by changing the
connector) from an Atari, but I dare not plug it in. It cannot be to
allow people to use PC mice, since there are plenty of bus mice
available for the PC. Using a serial port for a mouse is a botch caused
by the lack of a mouse port on most PCs.
7.12
I observe that it is possible to configure the mouse type and that one
option is a Mouse Systems mouse. I have an optical mouse from that
company on my PC at work and it is very nice (I fell in love with
optical mice when we got our first SPARCstation at work and now insist
on having one on every machine I use.) Unfortunately, it has a 9-way D-
Type connector. Is the Risc PC’s mouse port connector a standard? Is it
possible to order a 3-button optical mouse from Mouse Systems which will
plug straight in? Basically, I want to know everything about Risc PC
mice. (Can anybody do an article on this?)
7.12
Lastly from myself − is there anyone at Acorn who would like to supply
some feedback from the horse’s mouth, so to speak, about anything in the
column? I would like to see problems sorted out quickly.
7.12
Question of the month
7.12
How many people have realised that there is a fan in the machine? It was
only upon reading comment on this in a letter from Steve Waters, that I
realised there must be one fitted. Acorn have been listening! It is very
quiet. The question is, where is the filter ? And how often should it be
changed ?
7.12
Gripe of the month
7.12
It is impossible to copy computer hardware today given the very high
level of silicon integration used, so why don’t Acorn provide a copy of
the circuit diagram and PCB layout with each machine?
7.12
Tailpiece
7.12
One of the reasons that the number of classroom whiz-kid programmers is
falling, is probably the lack of a Windows 3.1 style, Visual Basic for
the machine, i.e. one where you do not have to use SYS calls to produce
windows. How about it Acorn? And yes, I know it is easy in C but there
are plenty of large, worthwhile programs out there, written in Basic.
The more people there are writing programs for the machine, the more
machines get sold.
7.12
Thanks to all the people who have contacted me by snail mail, and those
who have sent mail by Packet Radio. As a part-time columnist, it would
make my life much easier if people could send their letters on disc, in
almost any format (except Impression) as it saves me a lot of time
entering it in the column. In return, if a stamped addressed label is
enclosed, I will return the disc with any required PD software (as
available), which is Risc PC compatible.
7.12
As usual, I can be contacted by letter at the HES address on the back
page, by telephone after 7p.m. or by Packet Radio from anywhere in the
world, as GW4NEI@GB7OAR.#16.GBR.EU. A
7.12
Acorn and the National Curriculum
7.12
Ian Lynch
7.12
Anyone who works in education will realise that there is a major
revision of the National Curriculum in progress under the direction of
Ron Dearing, Chairman of the School’s Curriculum and Assessment
Authority (SCAA). In this article, I am going to raise some issues about
the proposed revision to the Information Technology component but first
a little background for the uninitiated.
7.12
Each subject in the National Curriculum has a programme of study which
lays out what should be taught and a set of criteria, called attainment
targets, against which the subject should be assessed. The attainment
targets are divided into ten levels which supposedly cover ages 5 to 16
across the full ability range. The curriculum is further divided into
four key stages. Key stages 1 and 2 are for primary schools and 3 and 4
for secondary.
7.12
You might think that this seems fairly straight forward and, in many
ways it is, but the controversy begins when you try to interpret the
precise meanings of the statements at each level. Take for example the
two statements “Pupils use computer models of increasing complexity and
are beginning to assess the validity of these models” and “Pupils can
apply their knowledge to compare two or more software packages
critically in terms of their suitability for specific uses.” Which of
these statements would you think is aimed at the middle ability GCSE
candidate and which at the most able candidate at the end of year 11? To
me, there would be certainly some doubt if I did not know in advance. In
fact, the first statement is level 6 and the second is level 10 i.e. the
highest level.
7.12
The aim of the Dearing Report is to simplify the curriculum because the
original had too many criteria, and teachers were getting bogged down
trying to assess every child against every statement. It is true that
the number of criteria has been reduced, but might this create more
problems than it solves? After all, I could reduce the previous sentence
to the word “is” but that would not be very helpful.
7.12
Whilst all subjects suffer from variation due to interpretation, well-
established subjects such as mathematics, science and English have a
fairly long heritage from which teachers make judgements about how they
interpret level statements. Previous examinations, which cover all
children of all abilities, provide exemplars of how syllabuses should be
interpreted, at least as far as the degree of difficulty is concerned
and so judgements made by teachers are likely to be within a reasonably
narrow spread. Information technology has no such heritage and,
furthermore, it changes rapidly with teacher qualification that is far
more variable (non-existent?) than in, say, mathematics or English. Yet
few people complain about unqualified IT teaching and, in my experience,
are impressed just to see a young person at a keyboard.
7.12
To illustrate the variation in standards, let me mention a couple of
cases which I have come across while inspecting schools. The first was a
business studies lesson where 16 year old students were wordprocessing
with Pendown from Longman Logotron. Impression was available on the
machines, which were relatively new, and I was given the distinct
feeling that it was teacher-security rather than the appropriateness of
the software which dictated the application used. Pupils towards the end
of a course were padding out indents with spaces and were unaware of the
spellcheck on the main menu.
7.12
One could argue about the merits of using Acorn machines and software
for business studies at the end of key stage 4, but it strikes me that
this is a complete red herring. In this situation, teaching good
practice, in terms of the skills involved and having up-to-date
facilities at the right level for age and development, is far more
important. Sticking a 486 PC with WinWord in this environment would make
no difference and would probably have made matters worse. While the
debate in this area is focussed on machine politics, we are unlikely to
see a change to real quality of application and it is a sad fact that an
outsider coming into this situation might be inclined to believe that
this mode of teaching and learning is a consequence of using “toys”
instead of “real business machines”. In my experience, situations such
as this are not particularly rare.
7.12
At the other end of the scale, I saw a young pupil working in a library
without supervision scanning and animating images using Iota’s colour
scanner and image animator. (I have never seen examples of this type of
work done on a Nimbus or an IBM compatible but this is not to say that
it never does.)
7.12
We have to ask why it is that variation in IT standards are tolerated to
a degree which would be unacceptable in, say, English or mathematics. I
think the main reason is technophobia and ignorance amongst most of the
general adult population. Most adults have experience of English and
maths because they learnt these themselves at school and things haven’t
changed that drastically. Specific skills and knowledge in IT are often
viewed with disdain − “you only need to be able to use it”. Contrast
this with English, where study of literature and grammar beyond simple
communication is thought to be important or with mathematics, where all
sorts of specific processes such as algebra and trigonometry, which most
people never ever use, are viewed as essential.
7.12
It is because IT changes so rapidly that some of the underlying
technicalities need to be understood if we want to produce children and
adults educated for change rather than trained in a specific skill which
will soon become redundant. Surely, we want more open attitudes to
change rather than a reinforcement of the attitudes of most of the
present generation of adults. A more open-minded approach amongst
managers in industry and commerce would have seen the dangers of a
Microsoft monopoly with most new users adopting the IBM compatible path
for reasons of fear rather than because it was the most appropriate
solution to their particular needs.
7.12
So, how is this related to the proposed National Curriculum revision?
There are several points.
7.12
1. The revised attainment targets seriously under-emphasise the
technology component of information technology. This is rather like
ignoring numeracy in mathematics or grammar in English.
7.12
2. There is no recognition of the importance of the technology itself
in determining the degree of difficulty involved in specific activities.
We all know that it is easier to do some things on a Risc PC than it
would be on a BBC B.
7.12
3. There is no direct linkage between levels in the proposed IT
attainment targets and those in more established subjects such as
English, mathematics and science which every pupil has to study and
which will provide the contexts for much of the IT application.
7.12
4. The suggestion is that 45 hours per year will be used to teach IT
skills and knowledge and 45 hours for practice in other subject areas.
Imagine a proposal that English or mathematics should be taught in this
way.
7.12
So what is the solution?
7.12
There is probably not a perfect one, but at least let’s go for
consistency of standards expected in comparison with other subjects.
Consider, for example, the level 4 English proposal, “handwriting is
fluent, joined and legible”. There is no mention of the equivalent IT
skills of keyboarding or document layout conventions. There is the
mathematics proposal, “They understand and use simple vocabulary
associated with probability such as fair, certain and likely” but no
mention of IT vocabulary such as file, directory, graphical user
interface (GUI), filetype etc. At level 4, the IT order expresses a need
for “precision in framing questions” which is, in my view, a
considerably higher level skill than those mentioned in the other
subjects but one which is probably more acceptable to adults than
understanding that lots of colours results in big files and therefore
more expensive machines.
7.12
Specific IT lessons should be used to teach the specialist technical
bits such as filetypes, operating systems and the latest goings-on in IT
developments where appropriate. This implies the need for some
specialist IT teachers who really know their subject and who are willing
to read the micropress regularly and keep up to date. The generic tools
such as document processing, spreadsheets, databases, data-logging and
control, graphics and music should be taught and practised in
appropriate subjects. Calculators and slide rules have previously been
taught by maths teachers so why not spreadsheets? English teachers
should be prepared to teach wordprocessing − after all everyone else is
expected to teach English!
7.12
Is this scenario realistic? Perhaps not currently in all schools. There
is usually insufficient access to machines and appropriate software and,
quite frankly, even if this were not the case, the majority of teachers
are not sufficiently confident with IT to deliver an improved IT
curriculum. However, reducing standards and specifying attainment
targets vaguely is not a good long term solution because, as technology
advances, the gap between the minimalists and the innovators will become
wider and wider. A
7.12
PipeLineZ
7.12
Gerald Fitton
7.12
During the years I have been writing for Archive, I have been asked on
many occasions for a tutorial explaining how to design a structure for a
large set of interdependent documents. Of course, this is a big subject
and there is no way in which I can deal with all of its aspects within a
single article. What I have decided to do this month is to tackle one
type of application which is relatively popular and use it to explain
one of the most common problems which arises when a set of
interdependent documents is ‘badly designed’.
7.12
Naturally, I shall not only explain how the problem arises but describe
the recommended solution. I have decided to use PipeDream for my example
application (you’ll see why later) but, like so many of my articles for
Archive, you will be able to apply the principles I describe much more
widely, for example to Fireworkz, and maybe to other spreadsheets as
well. Let me take this opportunity to recognise yet again the existence
of readers of this column who don’t have any of Colton Software’s
products. I welcome your letters as well as those from users of
PipeDream or Fireworkz.
7.12
Mailshot
7.12
Before I start on this major topic perhaps the editor of Archive might
allow me a (not very!) subtly disguised ‘free ad’ for our PipeLine and
ZLine User Groups.
7.12
Colton Software are sending out a mailshot to all registered users of
PipeDream with a special offer price for an upgrade from PipeDream to
Fireworkz. Included in the mailshot is an ‘Orange Leaflet’ of ours
(Abacus Training) in which we refer to the User Groups we run for users
of PipeDream and Fireworkz. Although I think the leaflet does make it
clear that we are independent of Colton Software and that all we do is
run the User Groups, many people who receive that mailshot ask us to
supply the upgrade from PipeDream to Fireworkz. We can’t do this. The
upgrade is available only direct from Colton Software.
7.12
The ‘Free Ad’
7.12
Let me try to clarify the situation. As well as writing the PipeLineZ
articles for Archive, my wife, Jill, and I run the two user groups
called PipeLine and ZLine. For their annual subscription (a modest
amount which I shall delicately avoid mentioning in this ‘free ad’) our
members receive four PipeLine or ZLine discs each year and as much free
technical help with the use of PipeDream or Fireworkz as they need.
7.12
Colton Software regard the fact that an “Independent User Group exists”
as a plus point for their products and one manifestation of this is that
they give us a ‘free ad’ by enclosing the Orange Leaflet with their
mailshot.
7.12
This Orange Leaflet should not be interpreted in any way as proof of an
‘interdependent link’ between our two organisations. We are totally
independent of Colton Software. For example, sometimes our public
comment about their products (in Archive and on our quarterly discs) are
not to their liking. Nevertheless, they do respect our right to make
such unfavourable comments (provided they are accurate). They put their
side of the story to us and we try to report the true situation as
objectively as we can to our readership (in Archive) and to our User
Group members. We like to think that feedback from our members and
Archive readers (through us to Colton Software) does help with product
development.
7.12
Introduction
7.12
Now to the major topic, interdependent documents. If you have the
Archive monthly disc, it will save you some time in that you won’t have
to create the documents of the example. If you don’t take the monthly
disc, you should be able to create the files from the screenshots which
I include in this article.
7.12
All the files on the Archive monthly disc (and in this article’s
screenshots) are in PipeDream format. There are three good reasons why I
have not used Fireworkz. Firstly, PipeDream files can be loaded into
Fireworkz whereas the reverse is not true. If you have Fireworkz then
drag the PipeDream files over the Fireworkz icon (installed on the
iconbar) and the ‘PipeDream loader’ built into Fireworkz will convert
the files to Fireworkz format. Secondly, as far as I can determine from
my correspondence, there are many more PipeDream readers of this column
than Fireworkz users! I’ll let you know when (and if) this situation
changes. The final reason is that, because of a few (known) bugs in
Fireworkz, some of the formulae inherent in the ‘method’ I am
recommending don’t work in version 1.07 of Fireworkz (but will work in
V 1.08 − or so I’ve been told). This last remark about Fireworkz bugs
applies particularly to the use of set_value(,) with Names (which I
recommend in the final part of this article).
7.12
Unwanted dependent documents
7.12
In some applications, you can generate what I am going to refer to as “a
long chain of unwanted dependent documents”. As the application grows,
the chain grows unwieldy because all the files in the chain are loaded
one after the other when, perhaps, you want to work on only the most
recent document.
7.12
The set_value(,) function can be used to ‘unlink’ the chain without
destroying the (occasionally wanted) dependency. Using Named variables
further simplifies many applications which use dependent documents.
7.12
For my example, I’ve chosen a simple accounts application where each
month’s transactions are kept in a separate document. First I’ll explain
how the basic application works, then I’ll go on to demonstrate how the
chain of dependent documents becomes unwieldy and, then we’ll see how
set_value(,) can help by ‘unlinking’ the chain.
7.12
Finally, we shall see how the use of Names for variables further
simplifies the creation of new documents which have to be added to the
‘unlinked’ chain.
7.12
Monthly transactions
7.12
If you have the Archive monthly disc, double-click on the file
[Acc_9301] to load it. If you don’t have the monthly disc then you
should create the file from the screen shot opposite − and the
description I have given below. You will see that it represents a set of
transactions for January 1993. The slot [Acc_9301]D5 contains the
formula D4+B5-C5. The value brought forward from the previous month is
held in slot [Acc_9301]D4, credits are added to that amount and debits
are subtracted from it (line by line) to find the current balance and,
finally, in slot [Acc_9301]D8, the amount to be carried forward to next
month’s accounts.
7.12
This formula has been replicated down the column from D5 to D8 by
marking D5D8 and using the command <ctrl-BRD> (Block Replicate Down) so
that, for example, the formula in [Acc_9301]D7 is D6+B7-C7.
7.12
In the form in which I’ve included it, the file [Acc_9301] contains only
three transactions, two credits and one debit but you can extend it
quite simply. Place the caret anywhere in the last row and tap <F7> to
insert a new row, make your credit or debit entry and, finally,
replicate the formula in the “Balance” column through to the line you
have just created.
7.12
Usually you would save the file (with its extra row) at this point but,
in this case, don’t do that or my next exercise won’t work properly!
Save it without the extra row if you must or, better, use the original.
7.12
Brought forward
7.12
Delete the modified file [Acc_9301] from your screen (decline to save it
by clicking on the ‘No’ box) and then double-click on the file
[Acc_9302] (the transactions for February 1992) (or, if you don’t have
the monthly disc, create it from the instructions below). You will find
that [Acc_9302] and [Acc_9301] are both loaded so that your screen will
look like the screenshot [Screen1] above. The reason why [Acc_9301] is
loaded is because slot [Acc_9302]D4 contains the formula [Acc_9301]D8.
Provided that you have not modified my version of [Acc_9301] (on the
Archive monthly disc) then this formula will bring forward the balance
from January 1993 into the February 1993 document.
7.12
There are at least two difficulties which arise when you use this
strategy of entering the slot reference of the previous “Carried
Forward” file, [Acc_9301]D8, into the “Brought Forward” slot,
[Acc_9302]D4, of the current month’s document.
7.12
The first difficulty arises if you don’t have both [Acc_9301] and
[Acc_9302] loaded and you want to add to or delete rows from the earlier
document. If you have [Acc_9302] loaded and add a row to [Acc_9301] then
you will find that the slot reference in [Acc_9302]D4 will change to
match the extended [Acc_9301]. However, it is all too easy to forget
that you need both files loaded. If you don’t have them both loaded when
you add a row to the earlier document then, when you do load the later
document, it will look for the amount to bring forward in the slot where
it used to be instead of where it now is. The consequence will be that
you’ll have the wrong answer!
7.12
Yes! Before you start writing to me, I do know that a method of avoiding
the ‘loss’ (some would say ‘corruption’) of slot references in this
fashion is to use Names in the earlier document for the slots used by
the later document. Some of the examples I have received from you use
this method of ‘non-local’ Names − I don’t recommend it. I shall explain
how I use Names (and give my explanation of why ‘non-local’ Names are
not a good idea) later in this article!
7.12
The second difficulty is one about which I get much correspondence. To
understand why I get so many letters on this topic, I’d like you to
imagine the situation in December 1993. When you load [Acc_9312] (not
provided on the Archive disc) then it will call up [Acc_9311], which in
turn will call up [Acc_9310], and so on until either all the monthly
sheets have been loaded into memory or (as has happened to those of my
correspondents with large monthly files going back over many years) you
don’t have any memory left to use!
7.12
The automatic loading all these earlier files is what I mean when I
refer to a “chain of unwanted dependent documents”. As a document
becomes older, the likelihood of you wanting to change it is reduced. If
you don’t need to change it then it is ‘unwanted’ − at least as far as
the screen display is concerned. One way of ‘breaking the chain’ is to
‘snapshot’ a “Brought Forward” value with <ctrl-BSS> (Block SnapShot).
This method of ‘unlinking’ the earlier dependent documents from later
ones seems to be the favourite solution adopted by the majority of my
correspondents. Of course, it requires a personal judgement about the
likelihood of wanting to change an earlier ‘unlinked’ document against
the desirability of keeping it (and all earlier ones in the chain)
‘alive’.
7.12
I’d like to suggest to you what I believe to be a much better
alternative.
7.12
Carried forward
7.12
You might regard the use of the formula [Acc_9301]D8 in slot
[Acc_9302]D4 as a function which creates a ‘backwards chain’ of
dependency.
7.12
Let me try to convince you that chaining backwards is not consistent
with the nature of the application we’re considering. The application is
one in which amendments to an earlier document need to be ‘chained’ in
the forward direction whereas additions to the most recent document have
no effect on earlier documents. Chaining backwards, loading earlier
documents into memory, is a waste of time and effort! What we need is a
set of documents which ‘chain forwards’. To put it another way, we want
to ‘push’ the “Carry Forward” balance from the earlier document into the
“Brought Forward” slot of the later document rather than drag the value
from the earlier document into the “Brought Forward” slot of the later
document. If we can find a way of doing this, we don’t need to have the
earlier documents in memory unless they need amendment. If they do need
amendment then we want that amendment to ‘ripple forwards’ through the
‘chain’.
7.12
This is where the function set_value(,) comes in useful. It can be used
to ‘push’ the “Carried Forward” balance into the “Brought Forward” slot
of the next document in exactly the way we want. This is the strategy I
have adopted in dealing with the [Acc_94##] series (on the monthly
Archive disc and shown in the screenshot, [Screen2], above.
7.12
If you load the file [Acc_9403] from the Archive monthly disc and look
at the “Brought Forward” balance in slot [Acc_9403]D4 you will find that
it does not contain a formula but a value. The document [Acc_9403]
contains no reference to earlier documents so it does not ‘pull’ on the
next link in the “chain of unwanted dependent documents” uselessly
dragging them into memory in the way I’ve described in the previous
section.
7.12
So how do we know that the “Brought Forward” balance is correct? How did
it get there? One way would be to use <ctrl-BSS> (Block SnapShot) and
another would be to copy the “Carry Forward” (from the previous month’s
transactions) manually into the “Brought Forward” slot. Either of these
methods are unsatisfactory if there is a chance that you might want to
make an amendment to an earlier document. Amendments to earlier
documents won’t ripple through a ‘snapshot’ and it’s too easy to make a
mistake!
7.12
If you have the Archive monthly disc then load [Acc_9402]. If not then
look at the screenshot [Screen2] and look at slot [Acc_9402]D12. You
will find the formula (in the formula line) set_value([Acc_9403]D4,D8).
It is this set_value(,) function which ‘pushes’ the “Carried Forward”
value from [Acc_9302]D8 into the “Brought Forward” slot of the
March 1994 document. If you make an amendment to the earlier document
you will find the the amendment is ‘chained’ through to the later
document. Try adding rows to the February 1994 document and you will see
that the set_value(,) formula in what was [Acc_9402]D12 adjusts to the
enlarged sheet.
7.12
Now delete the earlier [Acc_9402] document from the screen. You can
continue to work on the March 1994 document and ultimately save it with
all the additions you have just made.
7.12
To see how the ‘chain’ works, delete both the February 1994 and
March 1994 documents from the screen and then double click on [Acc_9401]
(the January 1994 file on the Archive monthly disc). That file and all
subsequent files (February and March 1994) will be loaded. Make an
amendment to the January 1994 file, save it and then delete it from the
screen.
7.12
Using the 1994 chain of documents
7.12
For most of your work, you will not need the earlier documents loaded;
probably you will need only the most recent document. You will make your
changes to it and then save it.
7.12
Now and again, you will need to change an earlier document either to
amend a value which has been entered incorrectly or to add an item which
has been forgotten. If you load that earlier document then all
subsequent documents in the chain will be loaded because the
set_value(,) function from slot D12 will drive the “Carried Forward”
value into the next sheet. When you make your amendments to an early
document, the consequences of those changes will ‘ripple through’ all
later documents.
7.12
When you have finished with the early document, you can save it and then
delete it from the screen. In fact, you can work through all the chained
documents in chronological order saving the new versions and then
deleting it from the screen.
7.12
If you run out of memory, you can ‘unlink’ the chain by tricking the
package into believing that a particular file can’t be found. For
example, if you change the name of the file [Acc_9404] to, say,
[Acc_9404a] (use the RISC OS feature Rename) and then double-click on
[Acc_9401] you will find that the chain is broken when [Acc_9404] can’t
be found. You can make your amendments to the earliest file and then go
through the process of saving the chain of files and deleting them from
the screen.
7.12
Restore the renamed file to its original name and then load the file
whose position in the chain is just prior to that one. The new values
will ripple through the rest of the files in the chain.
7.12
Using names
7.12
The process of creating a new document (in PipeDream at least) is made
easier if you use Names. But first, a word of warning for Fireworkz
users. Several of my correspondents who have Fireworkz have tried using
the technique which I describe below with near disastrous consequences.
Fireworkz V 1.07 sometimes (but not always) gives the wrong answer but
it never gives an error message. This is potentially dangerous,
particularly for an accounts application. You have been warned! I have
been told that in V 1.08 this known bug will be rectified. Version 1.08
will be released at the same time as the new database, Recordz
(scheduled for September 1994). Either use PipeDream or wait for version
1.08.
7.12
I have used PipeDream Names in the [Acc_95##] series shown in the
screenshot [Screen3] overleaf. If you have the Archive monthly disc then
double-click on [Acc_9501] and you will find that the 1995 series will
load and can be used in exactly the same way as you have seen when you
used the [Acc_94##] series.
7.12
Have a look at the contents of slot [Acc_9502]D12 (as shown in the
screenshot). You will see that the formula set_value([Acc_9503]D4,D8)
(using slots) has been replaced by set_value([Acc_9503]bf,cf). Two
Names, bf and cf (Brought Forward & Carried Forward) are used in the
formula instead. The Name cf is ‘local’ to the [Acc_9502] sheet whereas
the Name [Acc_9503]bf is what I am calling ‘non-local’.
7.12
Now let’s have a look at the Names which have been defined in
[Acc_9502], what I am calling ‘local’ Names. These are shown in the
screenshot [Screen4]. If you have the disc then place the pointer on the
italic f which is just to the left of the cross and tick boxes (in the
same line as the formula line) and click once. At the bottom of the pop-
up menu you will find the option “Edit name”. Run the pointer through
“Edit name” and you will see that within [Acc_9502] only two names have
been defined, bf and cf which are both ‘local’. By looking at the
definitions (as if you were going to edit them) you will see that the
Name bf refers to D4 and the Name cf refers to D8 − both of these slots
are within the current sheet. There are no definitions which refer to
slots in other sheets. At the risk of boring you, I shall repeat that I
believe it is bad practice to define ‘non-local’ Names.
7.12
Now let’s see how many Names we have in the whole chain of three
documents. These are shown in the screenshot below. Once again, click on
the italic f but this time run the pointer through “Names”. You will
find that six Names have been defined, two we know about (bf and cf) but
the other four are Names which have been defined (locally) in the other
two documents.
7.12
On the Archive disc, I have included a blank file called [Acc_95xx]
(also shown in the screenshot below) which can be used as a template for
the whole [Acc_95xx] series. In it, the local Names bf and cf have been
defined. Defining the two Names bf and cf in the template document makes
it easier to create the next document. If you have the disc, double-
click on the file [Acc_95xx] to load it, change the formula in the slot
[Acc_95xx]D12 from its present value to set_value([Acc_9505]bf,cf) and
then save the file as [Acc_9504].
7.12
Next you will need to ‘push’ the “Carried Forward” value from the
previous document, [Acc_9503] into your new [Acc_9504] file. To do this
you double click on [Acc_9503] to load it − then delete it from the
screen! You will find that the “Brought Forward” value in [Acc_9504] has
taken the correct value ‘pushed’ into it from the file [Acc_9503] which
you loaded and then removed from the screen and memory.
7.12
To summarise
7.12
When you have a long ‘chain’ of dependent documents, you should consider
whether you want to ‘drag’ or ‘push’ values from one member of the
‘chain’ to another. I suggest that for an application such as this one
you need to ‘push’ rather than ‘drag’ slot values from one sheet to the
next in the ‘chain’. When you have decided that the correct strategy is
to ‘push’, you need to use the set_value(,) function in the (often
unwanted) ‘dependent’ document to ‘push’ the value (or values) you want
to carry forward to the next document.
7.12
Names can be used for single slots or for ranges of slots. Generally, it
is better practice to define Names in such a way that the definition is
‘local’. That is to say the definition does not refer to (and thus call
into memory and onto the screen) another document. If you define a Name
in one document you can always use it in another document − we have done
this in the 1995 ‘chain’ of documents − but if you define a Name in one
document which refers to a slot in a different document (what I call a
‘non-local’ definition) then you have a ‘link’ that you may not want.
7.12
Finally
7.12
If you have an application which you think may be simplified by the use
of set_value(,) or Names but can’t quite work out how to do it, please
ask me. I will be able to work on your problem and send you the solution
much more easily if you provide a disc-based example of what you are
doing together with some note (in a [ReadMe] file) indicating exactly
what you are trying to achieve.
7.12
Thanks for all your letters − we’ve been on holiday recently so please
accept my apologies for the delay in replying to some of them. A
7.12
Elementary PipeDream
7.12
Mike Tomkinson
7.12
I like PipeDream − I always have. It may not be as fashionable as once
it was and it now has many rivals as an integrated package − notably
Advance. I graduated to PipeDream 4 via its predecessors even using the
original View Professional on the Master. There have only been very rare
occasions when I have been unable to get PipeDream to perform as I
wanted it to do. Recent price reductions have meant that many users are
coming to PipeDream 4 afresh.
7.12
Its unique user interface is perhaps not the easiest to understand. That
is not to be too critical of it. The new user cannot be overly critical
of a package which has simply been overtaken in style by newer packages,
particularly as many newer packages are not as functional. Thus, while
the spreadsheet part of Advance looks more modern, it is not as powerful
as the spreadsheet aspects of PipeDream. There is also a distinct trade-
off in useability and the user’s ability to get the most out of more
powerful software.
7.12
The manual and tutorial supplied with PipeDream 4 also show its age.
Like most manuals, what you want and need to know is in there but the
function you actually need is never explained in quite enough detail −
especially for the beginner. Try using Lookups or Macros with the manual
as your only reference.
7.12
For this and other good reasons, PipeDream has attracted a dedicated
band of devotees, many of whom have subscribed to PipeLine − the
PipeDream disc-based user group led by Gerald Fitton as part of Abacus
Training. Here, for a small fee, PipeDream users have been able to turn
for help and advice over the years.
7.12
This review is concerned with a group of three new discs published by
PipeLine and called ‘Elementary PipeDream’. The three discs cost £17 inc
VAT. The files on the discs not only cover the various functions of
PipeDream (e.g. PipeDream as a word processor) but also its desktop
operation like saving files, opening files and so on.
7.12
It does this via a tutorial approach based on a number of drawfiles
which are annotated screen shots of actual operations. These are
incorporated into a series of lessons on PipeDream which appears on
screen as a PipeDream file. The user scrolls through the document,
learning as they go. This approach, while not new, at least attempts to
overcome the problems associated with cryptic messages like “to save
drag the icon to a directory filer” which can completely baffle a
newcomer. A picture is certainly worth a thousand words.
7.12
The files on two of the three discs are compressed and need expanding
via Sparkplug onto new floppies before use. This is a distinct weakness
and I personally would not have liked to use the package without the
benefit of a hard disc. Disc swapping is not my idea of a productive use
of time and I estimate that you would need approximately eighteen 800Kb
discs to decompress the whole package. The third disc contains files
which form exercises and the answers to the exercises.
7.12
The files are a disc-based substitute for a book written by Ernie
Cobbold. However, this book is not published in the normal sense of
being able to order a copy from your local W.H.Smiths but is available
as a series of desktop published notes.
7.12
The subject matter is certainly comprehensive for a package which styles
itself as elementary − wonder what the author would consider ‘advanced’?
The topics are covered in the order wordprocessing, spreadsheet and
database. Charts (or graphs) are covered in the spreadsheet section.
Certainly, PipeDream functions best as a spreadsheet followed by word
processor and, lagging a long way behind, as a database.
7.12
However, it is the integrated nature of PipeDream that is its strength
and it is here that the Elementary PipeDream package is perhaps weakest
by concentrating on the separate aspects of the program.
7.12
In use, Elementary PipeDream needs committing to paper via a good
printer. The beginner would end up with too many open windows on the
desktop to be able to use the tutorial on-line. The distribution of what
eventually needs decompression and printing, preferably via a hard disc,
can really only be justified on the grounds of cost and I do not know
what Ernie Cobbold would charge for a full set of his work DTPed.
7.12
It would certainly be worth the asking price if it were in the region of
the cost of these three discs, given the number of discs subsequently
required and the fact that a good printer would then be required to make
the files easily useable.
7.12
Conclusion
7.12
If you are new to PipeDream and/or new to RISC OS, or a teacher
introducing pupils (or other staff) to PipeDream, I can thoroughly
recommend this package. It will save you hours after you have
decompressed it all and produced a set of printouts. However, this is
not a job for the faint-hearted and really requires a hard disc and a
quality printer.
7.12
Elementary PipeDream costs £17 inc VAT from Abacus Training. A
7.12
Quo Vadis − Using Multimedia
7.12
David Cartwright
7.12
(Continuing the theme we started some months ago, we have another
article in the “I use my computer for... ” series. Many thanks to David
for an interesting and honest article. Ed.)
7.12
Since I first started taking an interest in computers, it was always the
potential of computer graphics to show the unimaginable which fascinated
me. Even back in the early 80’s, the simple ability to manipulate shapes
on screen using the BBC Micro revealed the potential of the powerful
tools we have today. Until recently, the programs and ideas I have
developed on my humble A3000 were merely for my own entertainment. So I
was full of enthusiasm when I was asked by a friend to assist in
producing an “alternative” church service aimed at today’s younger
people, using a technological culture with which they could identify.
7.12
The vision
7.12
We gave the Palm Sunday service the name “Quo Vadis”. (Latin: Where are
you going?) The aims of the service were clear and challenging and were
being prayed about some nine months before the event. We proposed to use
enlightening computer visuals and videos to show our audience the
relevance of Christ’s teachings today and illustrate the miracle of
God’s creation by using technology. To achieve this aim required
consideration of the content of the service and the use, motives and
impact of the technology. For my part (not being an active Christian at
the time) I was to provide all the visuals needed for the service.
7.12
Collecting images
7.12
Many months in advance, we started collecting the photos and imagery
that we would use. This involved taking an original photo of, say, a
landscape or sunset and videoing it using a standard compact video
camera. This signal was then fed through a genlock card on an Amiga so
that we could superimpose text over the image. The final image on the
screen was then photographed using a 35mm SLR camera onto slide film to
give us a set of slides to show on the night. Videos were collected and
edited into a film that we wanted to show using two HQ Nicam videos that
both had active heads − the type that stay dead-still when paused so
that we could make perfect cuts from scene to scene with no ripple or
distortion.
7.12
Enter the Archimedes
7.12
The trusty Archimedes was connected to the video camera via a Pineapple
16-bit real-time digitiser. We used this to digitise some of the
pictures we needed onto the Archimedes, cleaning them up with Translator
and storing them on my tiny 20Mb IDE hard drive to use as computer slide
shows. Another piece of vital hardware was the Pineapple RGB to PAL
encoder to generate the video signals we needed from the Archimedes. On
the night, the images looked like perfect broadcast quality pictures
even at the low mode 13 resolution of 320×256 pixels. This is because
the video projector has the effect of diffusing the image slightly
taking the roughness out of the image without loss of focus or clarity.
7.12
Controlling the displays
7.12
Having filled up most of the hard disc with pictures, we had to turn our
attention to software and how we would control things on the night.
After a long period of experimentation, we developed a collection of
small demo programs that performed various nice effects on the pictures
in real time. These included fade out to black, fade in, white out,
colour cycle, zoom in/out and video feedback. We also put together some
Basic programs which loaded approximately eight mode 15 pictures into my
2Mb of memory and replayed them at various rates from one every minute
up to about four per second. Finally, we used some simple but colourful
wave and kaleidoscope routines which produced nice patterns by the use
of cycling the colour palette.
7.12
Equipped with a graphics tablet and pen stylus, we aimed to select these
effects just by clicking on them. This would be preferable to using the
keyboard as it would be difficult to see the keys in low light and
mistakes might happen. The graphics tablet, by contrast, had a large
illuminated grid of effects that we could select easily. It was at this
stage that we came across the first major stumbling block. Some of the
routines took 20 seconds to load the pictures and we couldn’t just leave
the screen blank for that amount of time. We had to find another way of
mixing the software together. The solution appeared to be to rewrite all
of our effects in machine code.
7.12
Some hairy machine code
7.12
We altered all the routines to run as machine code interrupts, updating
a small part of the screen every 1/50s. That way, you could still
perform an effect on a picture whilst loading other effects or other
pictures. This was by no means an easy thing to do as changing every
pixel on the screen takes more than 1/50s. Indeed, realistically, you
could only hold up the computer on interrupts for about 1/100s,
otherwise you would just be continuously interrupting the foreground
program which would stop completely.
7.12
The way to solve the problem was to break down the task into smaller
chunks. Our routines had to update just one in every sixteen pixels on
the screen each time the interrupt occurred. It then took sixteen
interrupt cycles for one update of the screen, but each single cycle was
scattered within the step between pixels so that the update looked
smooth and continuous to the human eye. This eventually worked better
than we had hoped for but it took so long to amend all the routines that
I was still preparing software on the night before the service.
7.12
The service
7.12
For the service itself, we had hired a four-channel video mixer and a
video projector, projecting onto an eight foot screen. Other hardware
brought on the night by all those who helped, included numerous TV’s,
two high-specification music keyboards, a 16-channel sound mixer, reverb
unit, amp and speakers − not to mention the two slide projectors
controlled by a BBC B. We mixed video from two video recorders, along
with text from an Amiga, live video from a camera of the person speaking
and the visuals from the Archimedes.
7.12
The 20 minutes before the service started were the longest of my life.
As people started coming in, we were all very nervous about whether it
would work. However, after quite a few last minute prayers, everything
went smoothly and the congregation loved it. The service started with
lively music whilst people entered and sat down. Then after a short
introduction and a prayer, we played our video showing the beauty of
God’s universe (a computer animated tour edited from clips such as
NASA’s Voyager space probe simulations). We followed this with prayers
of intercession and thanks and a bible reading. Then we had a live
singing session to some verses including a beautiful recomposition of
‘Great is the Lord’, created using soft drums and pan pipe sounds by one
of our talented musicians on his Korg WFD01 keyboard.
7.12
Our main sermon about the relevance of Christ was enhanced by placing
the image of the preacher on the large screen whilst over-laying
pleasing and subtle effects behind her on the screen as she spoke.
Finally, we had a beautiful slideshow of galaxy pictures displayed
whilst a group gave a powerful combined reading from the back of the
hall.
7.12
Do technology and Christianity mix?
7.12
All the time, we aimed to enhance the service and not doing anything
that would distract from it. In the end, I think we achieved what we set
out to do. Certainly, we brought the younger members of the community
(over 70 of them) back into the church and taught them something of the
relevance of God’s creation and how he is still with us today. The whole
service was one of enlightenment and beauty both to the people and to
me. Looking back on it, I cannot believe that we could have accomplished
what we did without guidance and help from God − we are all complete
amateurs in this. We had very little in the way of skill or experience
in multimedia but what we did worked and felt right.
7.12
Where do we go from here?
7.12
So where are we going in the future? Well, spiritually, the church is
behind us all the way and we will be running another service on October
2nd. Several other churches have showed an interest in either running a
joint service or just seeking our assistance to help them put on a
similar service. In all our efforts, we are trying to make sure that the
technology is just an aid to the service not a dictator. As such, we’ve
tried to keep our visuals as varied and spontaneous as possible to
assist us in whichever direction the service may take.
7.12
The latest technology?
7.12
On the technology side, we’ll probably use old BBC Micros (as we have
several of them) for displaying text. The Amiga was unreliable and kept
falling over and its text fonts were too small and difficult to read on
the screen. If we use Beebs, we can send VDU commands down the serial
port and display the Archimedes outline fonts on the old monochrome mode
0 screen. I’ve upgraded the A3000 to 4Mb and ARM3 now so that we can
cope with the visual effects that we wish to do. The only other main
factors are the cost of hiring the video projector and mixer (over £250)
and the necessity to be original and not copy other people’s visuals.
7.12
To this end, I’d like to make an appeal for help to anyone out there,
Christian or not. If you have either some artwork or a graphical demo
that is your own work and you think may be relevant to the service and
you would like to see it shown, please send it to me on a disc to the
address given below. I’m also interested to hear any advice or opinions
that any readers may have on this subject, so please don’t hesitate to
write to me.
7.12
If nothing else, our service made two converts to Christianity − my
friend and I were confirmed at our church on July 10th.
7.12
If you have ideas, comments, questions, graphics or suggestions, please
write to me, David Cartwright at: 53 Bowshaw, Dronfield, Sheffield, S18
6GB. A
7.12
Basic WIMP Programming on the Acorn
7.12
Dave Floyd
7.12
Basic WIMP Programming on the Acorn by Alan Senior is a 464 page book,
complete with disc, which aims to teach the reader how to create multi-
tasking WIMP-based programs using the Basic programming language as
supplied with the Archimedes. It is published by Dabs Press and costs
£14.95 (£17 through Archive).
7.12
The cover
7.12
BWP (as I shall call it) is perfect bound, and although the point has
been made before, I must say that this kind of binding is not really
suitable for this kind of book as it will not lie flat on the desk.
Although perfect binding is cheaper and looks better on the shelf, I
feel that the extra user-friendliness gained by ring binding is worth
the added expense.
7.12
Overview
7.12
The assumption is made by the author that the reader is already
conversant with Basic V and with the RISC OS operating system at a user
level, such as running applications and the effects of the different
mouse buttons, etc. The book also does not attempt to replace the BBC
Basic Guide or the PRM, although more help than normal is given in these
directions within its pages.
7.12
Coffee time
7.12
It does not take long before you realise that BWP has a different
outlook on teaching to many of its competitors. Most books that attempt
to teach any computer-related subject try to involve the reader at as
early a stage as possible by getting them to run, type in or modify
small programs, and forcing a kind of interaction between the reader,
the book and the computer. BWP is different.
7.12
My advice would be to make a large pot of coffee, find a quiet room and
make yourself comfortable. Depending on how fast a reader you are, it
could be some time before you reach that stage. If I have made it sound
like a daunting prospect, it was not intentional. From the basic ideas
behind multitasking and the WIMP front end through to error-handling and
debugging, the author has used a patient and informative style. Even
those who know much of the information contained in the first 120 pages
should find it an interesting read. Also, by understanding the
principles of what you are trying to do, in advance, it makes it far
easier to understand what is happening and why, when the time comes to
study the sample programs and, later, create your own.
7.12
Bare bones
7.12
Detailed study of the example applications is next on the agenda, and
here lies the real advantages behind the philosophy of this book. With
the exception of the first one, which is almost as basic as one could
get, all further examples are based around a skeleton application
(!BareBones), to which the necessary code has been added. Although each
example demonstrates different aspects of WIMP programming, they all
follow the same basic format, so are easy to follow and understand.
7.12
A comprehensive procedure/function library is also included, which means
that once you have understood the examples and are ready to write your
own programs, it becomes (almost) as easy as painting by numbers to
create the user interface and standard functions such as save boxes etc,
thus saving you time to concentrate on the individual purposes of your
program.
7.12
The programs and procedure/function library supplied are copyright, but
permission is given to use them in either PD or commercial software so
long as acknowledgement of their use is made. The style which the
acknowledgement must take is stipulated within the book. I think this is
a very fair and sensible attitude for both the author and Dabs Press to
have taken. The library is also included on the disc in two formats, one
which you should use for programming, and the other with full REM
statements and notation for browsing and reference.
7.12
Utilities
7.12
Also on the disc, and detailed within the book, are some utility
programs. The Basic <−> Text converters will only really be of use to
those who have not upgraded to RISC OS 3, but the others will be of use
to everyone. The SWI converter, for example, converts SWI calls from
names to numbers and vice versa, and the menu viewer, takes the menu
templates that you create and displays them on screen so that you can
quickly check you have made no mistakes in your design.
7.12
And there’s more
7.12
The final section comprises one of the most detailed and worthwhile
collection of appendices that I have encountered. The 175 pages contain
the variables used by the library functions, the interdependence of
library procedures and functions to each other, a REMed listing of the
procedure library, Basic V extensions and SYS calls. Certainly, the
Basic V extensions will be of use to anybody who learned programming on
a BBC, as an easy reference to the extra facilities available. The
section on SYS calls provides a subset of what is already available in
the PRM, and for those who will not be programming enough to justify the
cost, it should be detailed enough to see them through without too many
problems. Contents and index sections are also included, and these match
the high standards set by previous Dabs Press publications.
7.12
Improvements?
7.12
One thing I would have liked to see included is an extra section setting
out the steps to creating a new application not included on the disc.
This could take the form of an ordered exercise in which you would be
forced to do the thinking, in small steps so that you could check that
things were going according to plan. A further section would detail the
steps you should have taken, thereby enabling you to put right any
errors you had made before continuing.
7.12
Although this sounds very much like school textbook territory where, on
completing a chapter, you have to answer questions on it, I feel it
would have been a nice touch, enabling the reader to check whether he or
she had really assimilated as much information as they thought they had.
This is, however, a small point and should not detract from what is the
best WIMP programming tutorial that I have come across.
7.12
Also, in the appendix relating to SYS calls, there is an alphabetical
list, cross-referencing the appropriate page numbers in the PRM where
they can be found. The PRM in question, however, is the RISC OS 2
release. I would have expected to see page numbers quoted for both that
and the RISC OS 3 version. I suspect the reason for the omission is that
the book was printed before details of the RISC OS 3 PRM were known, but
perhaps the information could have been included as an extra file on the
disc.
7.12
Conclusion
7.12
Skeleton programs and procedure libraries are by no means a new idea and
have been available for a while from the public domain and magazine
cover discs and listings. None, however, have been documented and
explained to the extent that BWP achieves. For anybody who wants to
learn how to write multitasking WIMP-based programs, I can
wholeheartedly recommend this book − I only wish something like this had
been available six years ago. A
7.12
Drawfile Display in Basic
7.12
Hugh Eagle
7.12
Until recently, displaying drawfiles on the screen was a fairly complex
programming task, but Acorn have recently revolutionised the
programmer’s life by releasing a module for rendering drawfiles.
7.12
Although the module (called DrawFile !) is not public domain, Acorn have
made it freely available. It was included, together with a demonstration
program from Acorn (written in C), on the monthly program disc for
Archive volume 7.7 and Paul will include it again on this month’s disc
if there is room. The module can also be obtained from PD libraries − if
by no other means, you can get a copy by ordering version 1.13 of my
program PickAPic which contains the module!
7.12
A drawfile consists of a short header section, containing information
such as the size of the bounding box, followed by a sequence of draw
objects such as lines, curves, text and sprites. Until now, your program
would have to work laboriously through the file, object by object,
reading the descriptions of the objects one by one, working out scaling
factors and colour translations, and calling the appropriate operating
system routines to display each one. This would involve many lines of
code.
7.12
However, with the DrawFile module loaded, the following code is all that
is required if you want to prompt for the name of a suitable file, then
clear the screen and display it. As well as cutting out reams of code,
the program also runs much more quickly than an equivalent Basic
program.
7.12
INPUT “Please type in full pathname of drawfile: ”FileName$
7.12
SYS “OS_File”,5,FileName$ TO ,,,,FileLength%
7.12
DIM DrawFile% FileLength%
7.12
OSCLI(“Load ”+FileName$+“ ”+STR$~DrawFile%)
7.12
REM Leave desktop and clear screen
7.12
MODE 15
7.12
REM Clear background to white (most draw
7.12
REM files will look odd on black background)
7.12
GCOL 191 TINT 192:CLG
7.12
SYS “DrawFile_Render”,0,DrawFile%, FileLength%,0,0
7.12
It could hardly be simpler, could it? Of course, nothing in real life is
quite that simple. Since the drawfile is displayed at its pre-defined
size and position relative to the bottom left-hand corner of the screen,
the picture could easily be too big and overflow the edges or even be
off the screen entirely. The first stage in refining the program is
therefore to define a procedure that will adjust the magnification and
positioning of the picture:
7.12
DEF PROCRenderDrawFile(Drawfile%, FileLength%,OriginX%,OriginY%
7.12
,Scale,TransfMatrix%)
7.12
REM Render drawfile with origin at OriginX%, REM OriginY% (screen units)
scaled by a
7.12
REM factor of Scale TransfMatrix%
7.12
REM is a reserved block of 24 bytes
7.12
!TransfMatrix%=Scale*&10000
7.12
TransfMatrix%!4=0
7.12
TransfMatrix%!8=0
7.12
TransfMatrix%!12=Scale*&10000
7.12
TransfMatrix%!16=OriginX%*256
7.12
TransfMatrix%!20=OriginY%*256
7.12
SYS “DrawFile_Render”,0,DrawFile%,FileLength%,TransfMatrix%,0
7.12
ENDPROC
7.12
This procedure will move the origin of the drawfile from the bottom left
corner of the screen to (OriginX%, OriginY%) and magnify it by the
factor Scale. The only additional feature introduced here is the use of
a “transformation matrix” of the form:
7.12
the significant numbers in which are defined by the contents of the six-
word (i.e. 24 byte) block at TransfMatrix% (space for which must be
reserved by a DIM statement earlier in the program). I’m afraid there
isn’t room here for a detailed explanation of matrix arithmetic but, in
fact, these six numbers are capable of defining any combination of
rotation, translation or stretching that you desire. However, all we are
interested in here is the simple transformation of moving the origin and
magnifying the drawing in both the x and y directions by the same
factor, Scale. To achieve this, the elements of the matrix are defined
as follows:
7.12
a = Scale * &10000
7.12
b = 0
7.12
c = 0
7.12
d = Scale * &10000
7.12
e = OriginX% * &100
7.12
f = OriginY% * &100
7.12
The next stage is to define the following procedure to scale the drawing
automatically to fit a given rectangle and to centre the drawing inside
it:
7.12
DEF PROCRenderDrawfileCentredInRectangle(
DrawFile%,FileLength%,RectLowX%, RectLowY%,RectHighX%,RectHighY%,
TransfMatrix%,BBoxCoords%)
7.12
REM TransfMatrix% is a reserved block of
7.12
REM 24 bytes and BBoxCoords% is a reserved
7.12
REM block of 16 bytes
7.12
LOCAL BBoxLowX,BBoxLowY,BBoxHighX,BBoxHighY
7.12
LOCAL XScale,YScale,Scale,OriginX%,OriginY%
7.12
REM Get the bounding box coordinates
7.12
REM (assuming the drawing is at its
7.12
REM defined position and scale...
7.12
REM i.e. it is untransformed).
7.12
SYS “DrawFile_BBox”,0,DrawFile%,FileLength%, 0,BBoxCoords%
7.12
BBoxLowX=!BBoxCoords%/&100
7.12
BBoxLowY=BBoxCoords%!4/&100
7.12
BBoxHighX=BBoxCoords%!8/&100
7.12
BBoxHighY=BBoxCoords%!12/&100
7.12
XScale=(RectHighX%-RectLowX%)/(BBoxHighX-BBoxLowX)
7.12
YScale=(RectHighY%-RectLowY%)/(BBoxHighY-BBoxLowY)
7.12
REM The next line maintains the original proportions
7.12
IF XScale>YScale THEN Scale=YScale ELSE Scale=XScale
7.12
REM Omit the next line if you want to allow
7.12
REM small pictures to be magnified to fill
7.12
REM the rectangle.
7.12
IF Scale>1 THEN Scale=1
7.12
OriginX%=(RectLowX%+RectHighX%)/2-(BBoxHighX +BBoxLowX)*Scale/2
7.12
OriginY%=(RectLowY%+RectHighY%)/2-(BBoxHighY +BBoxLowY)*Scale/2
7.12
PROCRenderDrawFile(Drawfile%,FileLength%,
OriginX%,OriginY%,Scale,TransfMatrix%)
7.12
ENDPROC
7.12
If these two procedures are preceded by a few lines of code such as the
following, we have the beginnings of a useful program:
7.12
DIM TransfMatrix% 23
7.12
DIM BBoxCoords% 15
7.12
INPUT “Please type in full pathname of drawfile: ” FileName$
7.12
SYS “OS_File”,5,FileName$ TO ,,,,FileLength%
7.12
DIM DrawFile% FileLength%
7.12
OSCLI(“Load ”+FileName$+“ ”+STR$~DrawFile%)
7.12
PRINT “Please type in the coordinates of the bounding box”
7.12
PRINT “LowX, LowY, HighX, HighY”
7.12
PRINT “for example type 200,200,600,600 including the commas”
7.12
PRINT “then type <Return>”
7.12
INPUT RectLowX%,RectLowY%,RectHighX%, RectHighY%
7.12
MODE 15
7.12
GCOL 191 TINT 192:CLG
7.12
GCOL 23
7.12
RECTANGLE RectLowX%,RectLowY%,(RectHighX%
7.12
-RectLowX%),(RectHighY%-RectLowY%)
7.12
PROCRenderDrawfileCentredInRectangle(DrawFile%,FileLength%,RectLowX%,
RectLowY%,RectHighX%,RectHighY%, TransfMatrix%,BBoxCoords%)
7.12
END
7.12
To make this program into a self-contained package, all that is
necessary is to call it !RunImage and place it inside an application
directory along with the DrawFile module and a !Run file reading simply:
7.12
RMLoad <Obey$Dir>.DrawFile
7.12
Run <Obey$Dir>.!RunImage
7.12
Conclusion
7.12
I hope that readers find this article interesting. If there is any
demand, I shall follow it up with one on the rather more demanding
subject of displaying ArtWorks files. A
7.12
Acorn’s technical description of the SWI’s in the DrawFile module reads
as follows:
7.12
DrawFile_Render
7.12
Entry: R0 = flags:
7.12
bit 0: = render bounding boxes (as dotted red rectangles)
7.12
bit 1: = do not render the objects themselves
7.12
R1 -> drawfile data
7.12
R2 = size of drawfile in bytes
7.12
R3 -> transformation matrix
7.12
= 0 <=> use identity
7.12
R4 -> clipping rectangle in OS units
7.12
= 0 <=> no clipping rectangle set up
7.12
Exit: All registers preserved
7.12
Use: This SWI renders a drawfile at a given screen position where that
position is defined as screen position 0, 0 with the x- and y-
translations as specified in the transformation matrix. Hence to render
a non-rotated 1:1 drawfile at (x, y) (screen coordinates in OS units)
the transformation matrix is
7.12
The effects of calling the module with the matrix not of the form
7.12
(which is a translation and a magnification) should not be relied on.
7.12
The clipping rectangle is typically a redraw rectangle returned by the
Wimp on a redraw window request.
7.12
If R4 = 0, the whole drawfile is rendered. If non-zero, only objects
which intersect the clipping rectangle are rendered. If R3 = 0, unit
transformation matrix is assumed (i.e. the drawfile is rendered with its
bottom left corner at screen coordinates (0, 0).
7.12
Altering the transformation matrix can allow you to alter the scale of
the diagram. For example, you can use the following transformation
matrix to render your diagram at a scale of 2:1:
7.12
and the following to render your diagram at half scale:
7.12
DrawFile_BBox
7.12
Entry: R0 = flags (must be 0)
7.12
R1 -> drawfile data
7.12
R2 = size of drawfile in bytes
7.12
R3 -> transformation matrix
7.12
= 0 <=> use identity
7.12
R4 -> 4-word buffer to hold the bound-
7.12
ing box of the drawfile (x0, y0, x1, y1) in
7.12
draw units
7.12
Exit: All registers preserved. Buffer pointed at by R4 holds the
bounding box of the drawfile (x0, y0, x1, y1) in draw units.
7.12
Use: This SWI is used to determine the bounding box (in draw units) of
the given drawfile, as if it were plotted with the transformation given.
7.12
DrawFile_DeclareFonts
7.12
Entry: R0 = flags
7.12
bit 0: do not download font (passed to PDriver_DeclareFont)
7.12
R1 -> drawfile data
7.12
R2 = size of drawfile in bytes
7.12
Exit: All registers preserved. All fonts used by the document have been
declared.
7.12
Use: If a printer requires font declarations, this SWI must be called
for each drawfile to be printed, between the calls to PDriver_SelectJob
and PDriver_ DrawPage.
7.12
All fonts are declared as “kerned”, since this includes the non-kerned
case.
7.12
Other information
7.12
The SWI chunk number of the DrawFile module is 0x45540 and its error
base is 0x20C00. A
7.12
Technical Details of the DrawFile module:
7.12
Language Column
7.12
David Wild
7.12
After I sent in the last Language Column about S-Base (Archive 7.7 p26),
I wrote to Longman Logotron pointing out that the manuals tended to
contradict one another, and also pointing out that there were no
instructions on how to do the “tweaking” that I mentioned. I have had a
letter from them in which they say that my comments were useful, and
that they would be borne in mind as and when the manual came to be
rewritten.
7.12
A large part of the problem is that, when programmers are enthusiasts
and there is no direct customer (as there would be with a bespoke
application), they tend to assume that other people are enthusiasts too
and write the documentation accordingly.
7.12
A similar problem arises with sales literature from such programmers
which can contain such things as “written in machine code”. While this
can be of interest for enthusiasts, it should not be of any concern at
all to people in offices and workshops wanting to use a program to help
in their work. I suspect that it is a hangover from the days of small
machines such as the BBC where a “machine code game” probably was a
better game, not because machine code programmers were better, but
because the code made better use of the limited amount of memory.
Nowadays, with the use of compiled programs rather than interpreted
Basic, this is largely irrelevant. The danger is that mention of the
language in which the program is written tends to make people think that
they need to have technical knowledge to be able to use it.
7.12
One of the problems that Acorn faces is that too big a proportion of its
users are enthusiasts, making others think of it as an enthusiasts’
machine rather than one which can be of use to ordinary clerks,
engineers and accountants. Enthusiasts are needed: one good thing about
using an IBM compatible is that help is easily available, often by just
shouting in the office! Acorn programs are often much simpler to use,
but this seems to be a closely guarded secret. If there is such a thing
as a best language, which I doubt, it is almost certainly going to be in
the area of programmer productivity rather than program quality. Indeed,
it will often be the quality of the compiler which will force a
decision. Some years ago I was working with a PC project management
program which turned out to have been written in compiled Basic. When I
asked someone I knew at the software house, he told me that, at the time
they started selling the program, the Basic compiler was the only one
which was virtually certain to provide correct code, although they would
have preferred one with better data structures.
7.12
When you think that a large part of ChangeFSI is written in interpreted
Basic, you realise that, although it is not often a good idea to use the
interpreted version for distributed programs, there is little or nothing
that cannot be done in any of the languages available to us. I have a
copy of Almanac and would endorse the criticisms by the reviewer in the
latest Archive 7.11 p70 but, in spite of the boast in some of their
sales literature about using machine code, it is unlikely that this is
the reason for the problems which are more likely to have come from lack
of thought about what the user really needs.
7.12
An unfortunate feature of trying to be a good programmer is that no-one
will ever know about your achievements so long as you succeed, whereas
it will soon become obvious if you have been a bad programmer. Even if
you were to break the rules and disassemble a program you would be
unlikely to find out about the programmer’s skill; partly because you
wouldn’t know what problems were met and also that, as in almost any
area, once a solution has been found it becomes “obvious”, even though
many people have been trying for a long time to find it.
7.12
Wandering around Blackwell’s bookshop in Oxford recently, I came across
a copy of “Code Complete” by Steve McConnell of Microsoft. In it, he
presents ways of improving the standards of commercial programs so that
they are no longer “buggy, late and over budget”. He gives examples in
‘C’, Pascal and Basic but points out that his lessons can be extended to
any procedural language.
7.12
I would like to suggest that every programmer should have a copy but,
with it costing £29.95, it isn’t really possible. All the same, I would
suggest that every establishment employing programmers ought to have a
copy and that individual programmers should try to read it. There are
certainly some changes that I shall make in my own program construction
and I suspect that everyone could benefit from the lessons learned.
7.12
A recent issue of Archimedes World brought a copy of the PD program Zap
with various extensions for programming in specific languages. One thing
offered is the ability to have different parts of the program, such as
variables, key and reserved words, and comments in different colours. I
looked at the C and assembler examples and my first impression was that
they were a little bit messy and overpowering. You can, though, alter
the colours yourself and I think that the ability to have comments in a
different colour could be very valuable, especially if you have
“commented out” part of the program. A
7.12
Payroll Manager (3.0)
7.12
Dave Wilcox
7.12
The aim of Payroll Manager, from Silicon Vision, is to reduce the time
and effort involved in maintaining a company’s payroll. I thought at
first that the software was going to have a long learning curve and be
very intricate to set up. I am not usually involved in the accounting
side of the business, so I set up the software, initially, with a
fictitious company, but this was unneccesary − I could easily have used
the real data from the start.
7.12
The package
7.12
The program comes on one disc with a 20 page A5 manual with no elaborate
packaging. There are two main parts to the program, !Data and
!Payroll94, but also included are the usual !System and !Sysmerge files,
and a text file with any late dditions not yet documented.
7.12
The first job is to enter the name and address of the company, followed
by the details of each employee. This can be done in one file for all
staff, or one file per department. The number of employees that the
system can handle is only limited by the available storage space and, as
a guide, the following figures are quoted:
7.12
800Kb floppy 48 Employees
7.12
1.6Mb floppy 100 Employees
7.12
40Mb hard drive 2400 Employees
7.12
This will give storage space for the full 52 weeks pay period for the
stated numbers of employees.
7.12
Once the software is initialised by telling it whether pay is weekly or
monthly and the necessary information relating to NI and PAYE, you are
almost up and running. All that remains is to enter the requested
details for each employee. This will include entering details of payroll
figures to date, stoppages etc. Your new payroll is now ready to use.
7.12
Each time you use it, you enter the pay date, hours worked and the rates
applicable to these hours. There is space provided for three rates of
pay, bonus payment, SSP, holiday pay and SMP. Calculation control
requires entry of the employee’s PAYE code, and weekly or monthly pay
should be indicated along with the appropriate NI tables. Total earnings
will then be calculated by the software using the appropriate data and
settings for each employee. A separate section takes into account
further deductions or allowances to be made, e.g. private pension scheme
contributions etc, and a running total is kept of pay and stoppages
received to date.
7.12
From the menu, it is easy to (a) search for any employee in any tax
period; (b) save repetitively entered data as a template for future use;
(c) write-protect records and (d) print out either pay advice,
worksheets or breakdowns to the printer or to the screen.
7.12
The printout of the worksheet will show a full year’s deduction sheet
for the selected employee and will let you print out a P60/P14 at the
end of year. The printout of the breakdown will inform you exactly what
notes and coins are required to enable you to make up all pay packets
for the period. If you require hard copy of this information, the
software assumes that you are using an IBM proprinter emulation. This is
in order that the IBM font can print out the neccessary stationery lines
onto blank paper, saving on the purchase of special stationery. If you
cannot emulate an IBM proprinter, the data can still be printed minus
the lining.
7.12
This software is also capable of handling payment to contractors,
commissions and royalties and directors’ remuneration. Data can be
exported as CSV files for inclusion in reports or spreadsheets. It is
possible to use this program as a stand-alone package or in conjuction
with book-keeping software − it really does appear to cover every
eventuality.
7.12
Conclusion
7.12
There are two major oversights with this program from my point of view.
The first is the lack of password protection on entry which is needed to
provide security for the information contained therein. I also feel that
the printer routine would benefit from more versatility. In particular,
it should be able to use the RISC OS drivers.
7.12
The initial cost of this program is £99.95 inc VAT followed by a charge
of £25 inc VATper annum to upgrade for the following financial year.
This upgrade will incorporate any variations in tax rates and such-like
as the result of budget changes, etc. Is the time saved worth £25 per
annum to you? I think it should be. Please also remember that the Data
Protection Act requires you to be registered!
7.12
Despite the two minor gripes, the conclusion has to be that Payroll
Manager does an admirable job of running a payroll, with a remarkably
short learning curve. The small amount of setting up time is soon
recovered with regular use. For a package designed for business use, the
cost of initial purchase and upgrade seem reasonable and this would soon
be recouped in saved time and effort. A
7.12
An Eye For Spelling
7.12
Paul Cross
7.12
“A spelling and handwriting aid based on letter patterns” is how the A5
ring-bound documentation describes the program. This does not sound very
interesting but it describes the program accurately and it would be a
mistake to dismiss it because of a lack of gimmicks and pretty pictures.
7.12
Along with the documentation is one floppy disc which contains the main
program and other directories and utilities. The program is designed to
run on all Acorn systems and sets the screen mode to mode 12. This is a
pity if you have one of the later machines with better screen
resolution. It runs on the latest machine, the Risc PC 600, albeit in
the letter box mode.
7.12
Introduction
7.12
Spelling is one of the subjects in the ‘Back to Basics’ campaign that
stirs much controversy and discussion in staff rooms across the country.
It is also something of concern to many parents and employers as it
underpins the important communication skill of writing.
7.12
Some people work on the theory that as long as you throw at the children
as many spelling lists as possible, something will stick. In my view,
this just does not work!
7.12
Those children, and for that matter adults, who cannot spell, see words
as a whole and generally do not see or understand that words are
patterns of letters that exist in certain combinations.
7.12
This is where the computer can assist the teacher. By using a program
that stores structured lists of words grouped by letter patterns, the
teacher can plan structured support for a child’s learning programme.
7.12
An Eye For Spelling is just such a program. It is based on a programme
of study devised by Charles Cripps, a well respected guru on the
teaching of spelling. It is designed for children aged 5 to 11 but can
also be used by older children with Special Educational Needs. It
presupposes that the child has some level of reading ability. There are
three banks of words graded and selected as words likely to be used and
useful in both reading and writing.
7.12
An excellent program
7.12
As you read this you may think to yourself that this is all very dry and
boring. Well, I have been using the program with a small group of
children who have problems with spelling, and, in a short space of time,
there has been an amazing improvement in three areas. Firstly, they have
been motivated to consider spelling to be important; secondly, they have
begun to recognise that words belong to families that can be identified
by groups of letters; and thirdly, their handwriting has improved.
7.12
How the program works
7.12
After the program has been initialised by entering your name and
address, you can make as many copies as you like for a single site. The
licence also allows teachers to make copies for use at home to prepare
school work. All of this comes at the very reasonable price of £37.50
+VAT from ESM, or even better, £38 inclusive from Archive.
7.12
Once the program is loaded from floppy or hard disc, an ‘eye’ icon
appears on the iconbar. If you click on this, the introductory screen
appears. You work through a series of screen selecting the level and
letter pattern to be used. You can even select which hand the child
writes with, as this will change the way the work is written on the
screen to suit the handedness of the child.
7.12
The program then takes you through the ‘look − cover − write − check’
routine to aid the learning of the words. The handbook explains this in
great detail, with illustrations on the way to help.
7.12
Extra features
7.12
There are two extra features that add to the usefulness of the program.
Firstly, as the program ‘writes’ the word for you in a joined style of
writing, and you can print out word lists, this gives a worksheet that
the children can use away from the computer. Secondly, even though the
word lists are very comprehensive and well structured, it is useful to
make up your own. The facility to do this is built into the program.
7.12
Conclusions
7.12
For the busy teacher in the classroom, this program is a must. It is the
best ‘aid to learning spellings’ I have seen, and is excellent value for
money. It motivates those children who have difficulty with their
spelling and is efficient in the limited computer time available to each
individual child. It gets my star rating for programs I have seen
recently. A
7.12
Autograph
7.12
Colin Jeavons
7.12
In recent months, a number of leaflets have appeared in schools
extolling the virtues of this piece of software, and the obvious
questions are: ‘What is it?’ and ‘Is it as good as it is claimed to be?’
7.12
Essentially, Autograph is a teaching package designed to help in the
understanding and illustration of many aspects of mathematics seen at
both GCSE and A-level. It covers a very wide range of topics and every
time that you delve into it, you find a new idea and ask why no-one has
thought of this before. Is it as good as it is claimed to be? Yes, with
one proviso that I will come back to later on.
7.12
Autograph comes on two discs, one for the program and one for data, and
very extensive documentation. The documentation for this software must
rank among the best and comes in three separate parts. At the most
basic, there is a small booklet that gives examples that have been tried
in the classroom with very clear instructions of precisely what steps to
follow. This is always a help for a teacher approaching a new piece of
software for the first time. For the more technically minded, there is a
56 page reference manual giving detailed information on setting up the
program, interchange of data between the individual applications, ideas
for setting up a mathematics laboratory and much more. Finally, there is
a very readable 350 page book giving information, ideas and suggestions
about using the various programs. There are reputed to be over 1000
screen shots in these books and they do ensure that the documentation is
very readable. Incidentally, all of this work was published using
Ovation DTP and it is a reminder of how powerful that package can be.
7.12
What is in the package?
7.12
The application is divided into four main areas and within each area
there are up to eight different programs. The four main areas are: Graph
Plotter, Graphic Calculator, Pure Mathematics Programs and Statistics /
Data Handling.
7.12
The Pure Mathematics section illustrates the diversity of ideas that are
present: Algebra, Trigonometry, Transformations, Matrices, Maclaurin
Series, Sequences, Combinations and Tables.
7.12
In the Statistics section, the ideas range from a simulation of tossing
two dice to an illustration of the Central Limit Theorem and Confidence
Intervals for sample means. The A-level statistics programs, involving a
comparison of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions as well as the
Central Limit Theorem, are particularly useful and enable the students
to obtain a real appreciation of these topics.
7.12
Many of the ideas have been seen before on the old MEI suite of programs
and a few still have the look and feel of BBC programs, but they still
work and have been extensively trialled in schools. At the other end of
the scale are the brand new Graph Plotter and Graphic Calculator suite
of programs and it is with these that the best is seen, as well as a
problem.
7.12
The Graph Plotter is powerful, very versatile and will do anything that
you can think of and much more! Expressions can be entered in many
forms: Cartesian, parametric, polar, implicit, composite functions,
families, differential equations and it is claimed that almost any
expression up to, and including, college level will be accepted. Having
plotted the expression there is a wide choice of options and only a few
of them can be mentioned in this review. The gradient function, both 1st
or 2nd gradient, can be plotted either using the same axes or on a
different set by adopting the twin screen mode. Likewise, the integral
function can be drawn from any starting point.
7.12
Whilst much of mathematics teaching involves a logical progression of
ideas with proof and reasoning being of paramount importance, there must
also be room for intuition and a sense of ‘seeing’ that an idea is true.
A simple illustration of this would be to draw the graph of y=1/x and
then ask for the integral to be drawn. The simultaneous plotting of y=1/
x and y=logex would do much to emphasise their interconnection and to
clarify this traditional problem. Equally useful is the ability to
conduct numerical integration to find areas underneath curves, volumes
of revolution, arc length, surface areas of revolution and so on.
7.12
I could write much more about the many other features that are available
but these are all well documented in the program description manual. It
is, however, this wealth of additional features and the manner in which
they have been catered for that causes the concern that I mentioned at
the start of this review. Autograph is designed as a teaching tool and,
as such, it takes over the desktop when being used (although a return to
the original desktop setting is only one keypress away); at first this
seems strange but one soon gets used to it. Having taken over the screen
it does not, unfortunately, use the normal conventions of menu control
using the mouse. Rather, the various options are initially selected by
moving a cursor around the screen and then further selected by following
the instructions and prompts that occur. To the unfamiliar user, this
can be a daunting prospect since there are so many possibilities.
7.12
The teaching program does need to be carefully thought out so that the
students can obtain the maximum benefit otherwise there is a danger that
some, especially the weaker ones will become lost. This point has been
recognised and, in most cases, sensible default values or actions take
place by pressing either <return> or <space>.
7.12
Would I use this in my own school? For certain applications I already do
and I will continue to expand my use of it in the future. At present, I
use it for differential equations, sixth form statistics and the Newton-
Raphson method. For standard graph plotting to beyond A-level, I would
use the simpler graph drawing program produced by Graham Howlett at
Charterhouse. In terms of being user-friendly this cannot be beaten.
7.12
As far as I am aware, Autograph is unique in the field of software for
Acorn machines. It contains a wealth of useful ideas and, provided staff
and students are confident with its layout, it should find a place in
the teaching programme of many schools.
7.12
Autograph costs £90 inclusive (no VAT) from Eastmond Publishing. A site
licence costs £180. A
7.12
Birds of War
7.12
Christopher Jarman
7.12
As an afficionado of flight simulators, I was expecting the ultimate
when I loaded up Birds of War. In many ways, my expectations have been
fulfilled. It is a game covering a large field or more correctly, four
historical eras. It is pretty well essential to load the seven floppies
onto hard disc, and to carry out some extra installations for maps etc.
Minimal instructions for this are given in the “Pilot’s Brief”,
otherwise the manual is quite comprehensive and easy to follow.
7.12
The game begins with a clipboard showing a roster of pilots’ names. You
choose a name to make the first flight. Subsequently, these can be
invented and added to with callsigns or nicknames. You are then offered
a choice of eras in which to fly. The 1920s, 1945, 1960s or the 1990s.
On selecting your era, an appropriate jolly burst of period music brings
a feeling of those times to the game! (This assumes you have 4Mb of RAM.
Less than this, and there may be a little trouble always getting full
sound.) There follows an interesting and quite complex chain of
briefings, intelligence, controls, arming and aircraft selection before
you then go for take-off.
7.12
A vast array of choices
7.12
Each era contains a choice of six battlefronts or campaigns and a choice
of eight different aircraft. (There was a bug in the Malta campaign in
1945 causing the computer to seize up. Fourth Dimension say this has now
been eradicated, but you have to return all seven discs to them to have
it fixed.) The choice of weaponry and control over the difficulty levels
of the game seems almost infinite! For example, there will be no need
for cheats in Birds of War because John Whigham has built in the ability
to choose infinite ammo, infinite fuel and invulnerability if you wish.
Also, the level of enemy pilot competence can be selected from rookie to
veteran.
7.12
The selection of eras is inspired because there are three distinct kinds
of nostalgia catered for, plus a perfect contemporary feel about flying
a stealth bomber in the Gulf for the 90s.
7.12
There is so much to think about in the way of weaponry, decoys, radar
and the amusing briefings, that it would be spoiling the fun to
elaborate too much in a review. Enough to say that with so much choice I
don’t yet see an end to it in the next few weeks. In fact, after a month
I am still selecting invulnerability and rookie enemy pilots in order to
survive the learning period! You may choose accelerated time or fast
accelerated time; and minimum, medium, maximum or auto-setting for
detail. You can fly with or without clouds, with or without a graduated
horizon or shadows. When you are killed or shot down you get an amusing
epitaph or sometimes a telling off from your CO for bending a valuable
aircraft!
7.12
For those who like a competitive game, I’m afraid that there are no
scores other than the count of planes shot down or campaigns survived.
There is no graduated promotion to Marshall of the RAF. As far as I can
tell, players remain as humble flight lieutenants all their lives. As
life expectancy is very short I am hardly surprised. I have not survived
one mission or even managed to land yet.
7.12
Suggestions for the future
7.12
I have one minor and one major comment to make. Firstly, it takes rather
a long time to get flying again after being shot down. One has to click
back through choosing a new pilot by name, and the first briefing, and
then a new aircraft, and on to the airfield or carrier. I think there
should be a short cut for the beginner who is constantly crashing.
7.12
Secondly, I believe that while Birds of War is terrific and well worth
the money, it must be remembered by programmers that flight simulators
are quite different from all other games. They appeal to a sense of
exploration and a sense of place. Therefore maps are absolutely
essential. The great and lasting value of Chocks Away is in its maps and
charts. Quite apart from the action, it is enormous fun just to fly
around a well-mapped landscape, under bridges, to land on strange
airfields, and to work out where you are. Remember, more of us were
navigators in our day than pilots! Birds of War only has maps for eras 1
and 2, and these lack detail compared with Chocks Away. The radar and
waypoint systems provided for navigation are fine as far as they go, in
eras 3 and 4, but maps are needed. There is mention of electronic maps
in the Pilot’s Brief booklet, but try as I might, I could not locate
them. I would be prepared to sacrifice quite a lot of choices of timing,
clouds, decoys etc to have really detailed maps in a new update.
7.12
Conclusions
7.12
A satisfyingly complex flight simulator which may take months to
complete. The different cockpit designs alone are worth the price. It
contains an immense range of choices for the fussiest of pilots but
could possibly do with more interesting landscape maps for the
navigators !
7.12
Overall, it is excellent value for money. Birds of War costs £34.95 from
Fourth Dimension, or £32 through Archive. A
7.12
This article disappeared somewhere between Christopher and the Editor
so, since it was written, he has had more time to comment on it. He
adds...
7.12
(Seven months later, I have given up on this game as being too difficult
and gone back to Chocks Away. Some games have an indefinable
‘playability’ − I am not sure whether Birds of War has it yet, even
though it appears to have everything else... or perhaps I am just
getting too old for it!) A
7.12